Category: Uncategorized

  • Grimms’ Fairy Tales

    By Jacob Grimm and Wilhelm Grimm

    PREPARER’S NOTE

    The text is based on translations from
    the Grimms’ Kinder und Hausmärchen by
    Edgar Taylor and Marian Edwardes.

    CONTENTS:

    THE GOLDEN BIRD
    HANS IN LUCK
    JORINDA AND JORINDEL
    THE TRAVELLING MUSICIANS
    OLD SULTAN
    THE STRAW, THE COAL, AND THE BEAN
    BRIAR ROSE
    THE DOG AND THE SPARROW
    THE TWELVE DANCING PRINCESSES
    THE FISHERMAN AND HIS WIFE
    THE WILLOW-WREN AND THE BEAR
    THE FROG-PRINCE
    CAT AND MOUSE IN PARTNERSHIP
    THE GOOSE-GIRL
    THE ADVENTURES OF CHANTICLEER AND PARTLET
    1. HOW THEY WENT TO THE MOUNTAINS TO EAT NUTS
    2. HOW CHANTICLEER AND PARTLET WENT TO VISIT MR KORBES
    RAPUNZEL
    FUNDEVOGEL
    THE VALIANT LITTLE TAILOR
    HANSEL AND GRETEL
    THE MOUSE, THE BIRD, AND THE SAUSAGE
    MOTHER HOLLE
    LITTLE RED-CAP [LITTLE RED RIDING HOOD]
    THE ROBBER BRIDEGROOM
    TOM THUMB
    RUMPELSTILTSKIN
    CLEVER GRETEL
    THE OLD MAN AND HIS GRANDSON
    THE LITTLE PEASANT
    FREDERICK AND CATHERINE
    SWEETHEART ROLAND
    SNOWDROP
    THE PINK
    CLEVER ELSIE
    THE MISER IN THE BUSH
    ASHPUTTEL
    THE WHITE SNAKE
    THE WOLF AND THE SEVEN LITTLE KIDS
    THE QUEEN BEE
    THE ELVES AND THE SHOEMAKER
    THE JUNIPER-TREE
    the juniper-tree.
    THE TURNIP
    CLEVER HANS
    THE THREE LANGUAGES
    THE FOX AND THE CAT
    THE FOUR CLEVER BROTHERS
    LILY AND THE LION
    THE FOX AND THE HORSE
    THE BLUE LIGHT
    THE RAVEN
    THE GOLDEN GOOSE
    THE WATER OF LIFE
    THE TWELVE HUNTSMEN
    THE KING OF THE GOLDEN MOUNTAIN
    DOCTOR KNOWALL
    THE SEVEN RAVENS
    THE WEDDING OF MRS FOX
    FIRST STORY
    SECOND STORY
    THE SALAD
    THE STORY OF THE YOUTH WHO WENT FORTH TO LEARN WHAT FEAR WAS
    KING GRISLY-BEARD
    IRON HANS
    CAT-SKIN
    SNOW-WHITE AND ROSE-RED

    THE BROTHERS GRIMM FAIRY TALES

    THE GOLDEN BIRD

    A certain king had a beautiful garden, and in the garden stood a tree
    which bore golden apples. These apples were always counted, and about
    the time when they began to grow ripe it was found that every night one
    of them was gone. The king became very angry at this, and ordered the
    gardener to keep watch all night under the tree. The gardener set his
    eldest son to watch; but about twelve o’clock he fell asleep, and in
    the morning another of the apples was missing. Then the second son was
    ordered to watch; and at midnight he too fell asleep, and in the morning
    another apple was gone. Then the third son offered to keep watch; but
    the gardener at first would not let him, for fear some harm should come
    to him: however, at last he consented, and the young man laid himself
    under the tree to watch. As the clock struck twelve he heard a rustling
    noise in the air, and a bird came flying that was of pure gold; and as
    it was snapping at one of the apples with its beak, the gardener’s son
    jumped up and shot an arrow at it. But the arrow did the bird no harm;
    only it dropped a golden feather from its tail, and then flew away.
    The golden feather was brought to the king in the morning, and all the
    council was called together. Everyone agreed that it was worth more than
    all the wealth of the kingdom: but the king said, ‘One feather is of no
    use to me, I must have the whole bird.’

    Then the gardener’s eldest son set out and thought to find the golden
    bird very easily; and when he had gone but a little way, he came to a
    wood, and by the side of the wood he saw a fox sitting; so he took his
    bow and made ready to shoot at it. Then the fox said, ‘Do not shoot me,
    for I will give you good counsel; I know what your business is, and
    that you want to find the golden bird. You will reach a village in the
    evening; and when you get there, you will see two inns opposite to each
    other, one of which is very pleasant and beautiful to look at: go not in
    there, but rest for the night in the other, though it may appear to you
    to be very poor and mean.’ But the son thought to himself, ‘What can
    such a beast as this know about the matter?’ So he shot his arrow at
    the fox; but he missed it, and it set up its tail above its back and
    ran into the wood. Then he went his way, and in the evening came to
    the village where the two inns were; and in one of these were people
    singing, and dancing, and feasting; but the other looked very dirty,
    and poor. ‘I should be very silly,’ said he, ‘if I went to that shabby
    house, and left this charming place’; so he went into the smart house,
    and ate and drank at his ease, and forgot the bird, and his country too.

    Time passed on; and as the eldest son did not come back, and no tidings
    were heard of him, the second son set out, and the same thing happened
    to him. He met the fox, who gave him the good advice: but when he came
    to the two inns, his eldest brother was standing at the window where
    the merrymaking was, and called to him to come in; and he could not
    withstand the temptation, but went in, and forgot the golden bird and
    his country in the same manner.

    Time passed on again, and the youngest son too wished to set out into
    the wide world to seek for the golden bird; but his father would not
    listen to it for a long while, for he was very fond of his son, and
    was afraid that some ill luck might happen to him also, and prevent his
    coming back. However, at last it was agreed he should go, for he would
    not rest at home; and as he came to the wood, he met the fox, and heard
    the same good counsel. But he was thankful to the fox, and did not
    attempt his life as his brothers had done; so the fox said, ‘Sit upon my
    tail, and you will travel faster.’ So he sat down, and the fox began to
    run, and away they went over stock and stone so quick that their hair
    whistled in the wind.

    When they came to the village, the son followed the fox’s counsel, and
    without looking about him went to the shabby inn and rested there all
    night at his ease. In the morning came the fox again and met him as he
    was beginning his journey, and said, ‘Go straight forward, till you come
    to a castle, before which lie a whole troop of soldiers fast asleep and
    snoring: take no notice of them, but go into the castle and pass on and
    on till you come to a room, where the golden bird sits in a wooden cage;
    close by it stands a beautiful golden cage; but do not try to take the
    bird out of the shabby cage and put it into the handsome one, otherwise
    you will repent it.’ Then the fox stretched out his tail again, and the
    young man sat himself down, and away they went over stock and stone till
    their hair whistled in the wind.

    Before the castle gate all was as the fox had said: so the son went in
    and found the chamber where the golden bird hung in a wooden cage, and
    below stood the golden cage, and the three golden apples that had been
    lost were lying close by it. Then thought he to himself, ‘It will be a
    very droll thing to bring away such a fine bird in this shabby cage’; so
    he opened the door and took hold of it and put it into the golden cage.
    But the bird set up such a loud scream that all the soldiers awoke, and
    they took him prisoner and carried him before the king. The next morning
    the court sat to judge him; and when all was heard, it sentenced him to
    die, unless he should bring the king the golden horse which could run as
    swiftly as the wind; and if he did this, he was to have the golden bird
    given him for his own.

    So he set out once more on his journey, sighing, and in great despair,
    when on a sudden his friend the fox met him, and said, ‘You see now
    what has happened on account of your not listening to my counsel. I will
    still, however, tell you how to find the golden horse, if you will do as
    I bid you. You must go straight on till you come to the castle where the
    horse stands in his stall: by his side will lie the groom fast asleep
    and snoring: take away the horse quietly, but be sure to put the old
    leathern saddle upon him, and not the golden one that is close by it.’
    Then the son sat down on the fox’s tail, and away they went over stock
    and stone till their hair whistled in the wind.

    All went right, and the groom lay snoring with his hand upon the golden
    saddle. But when the son looked at the horse, he thought it a great pity
    to put the leathern saddle upon it. ‘I will give him the good one,’
    said he; ‘I am sure he deserves it.’ As he took up the golden saddle the
    groom awoke and cried out so loud, that all the guards ran in and took
    him prisoner, and in the morning he was again brought before the court
    to be judged, and was sentenced to die. But it was agreed, that, if he
    could bring thither the beautiful princess, he should live, and have the
    bird and the horse given him for his own.

    Then he went his way very sorrowful; but the old fox came and said, ‘Why
    did not you listen to me? If you had, you would have carried away
    both the bird and the horse; yet will I once more give you counsel. Go
    straight on, and in the evening you will arrive at a castle. At twelve
    o’clock at night the princess goes to the bathing-house: go up to her
    and give her a kiss, and she will let you lead her away; but take care
    you do not suffer her to go and take leave of her father and mother.’
    Then the fox stretched out his tail, and so away they went over stock
    and stone till their hair whistled again.

    As they came to the castle, all was as the fox had said, and at twelve
    o’clock the young man met the princess going to the bath and gave her the
    kiss, and she agreed to run away with him, but begged with many tears
    that he would let her take leave of her father. At first he refused,
    but she wept still more and more, and fell at his feet, till at last
    he consented; but the moment she came to her father’s house the guards
    awoke and he was taken prisoner again.

    Then he was brought before the king, and the king said, ‘You shall never
    have my daughter unless in eight days you dig away the hill that stops
    the view from my window.’ Now this hill was so big that the whole world
    could not take it away: and when he had worked for seven days, and had
    done very little, the fox came and said. ‘Lie down and go to sleep; I
    will work for you.’ And in the morning he awoke and the hill was gone;
    so he went merrily to the king, and told him that now that it was
    removed he must give him the princess.

    Then the king was obliged to keep his word, and away went the young man
    and the princess; and the fox came and said to him, ‘We will have all
    three, the princess, the horse, and the bird.’ ‘Ah!’ said the young man,
    ‘that would be a great thing, but how can you contrive it?’

    ‘If you will only listen,’ said the fox, ‘it can be done. When you come
    to the king, and he asks for the beautiful princess, you must say, “Here
    she is!” Then he will be very joyful; and you will mount the golden
    horse that they are to give you, and put out your hand to take leave of
    them; but shake hands with the princess last. Then lift her quickly on
    to the horse behind you; clap your spurs to his side, and gallop away as
    fast as you can.’

    All went right: then the fox said, ‘When you come to the castle where
    the bird is, I will stay with the princess at the door, and you will
    ride in and speak to the king; and when he sees that it is the right
    horse, he will bring out the bird; but you must sit still, and say that
    you want to look at it, to see whether it is the true golden bird; and
    when you get it into your hand, ride away.’

    This, too, happened as the fox said; they carried off the bird, the
    princess mounted again, and they rode on to a great wood. Then the fox
    came, and said, ‘Pray kill me, and cut off my head and my feet.’ But the
    young man refused to do it: so the fox said, ‘I will at any rate give
    you good counsel: beware of two things; ransom no one from the gallows,
    and sit down by the side of no river.’ Then away he went. ‘Well,’
    thought the young man, ‘it is no hard matter to keep that advice.’

    He rode on with the princess, till at last he came to the village where
    he had left his two brothers. And there he heard a great noise and
    uproar; and when he asked what was the matter, the people said, ‘Two men
    are going to be hanged.’ As he came nearer, he saw that the two men were
    his brothers, who had turned robbers; so he said, ‘Cannot they in any
    way be saved?’ But the people said ‘No,’ unless he would bestow all his
    money upon the rascals and buy their liberty. Then he did not stay to
    think about the matter, but paid what was asked, and his brothers were
    given up, and went on with him towards their home.

    And as they came to the wood where the fox first met them, it was so
    cool and pleasant that the two brothers said, ‘Let us sit down by the
    side of the river, and rest a while, to eat and drink.’ So he said,
    ‘Yes,’ and forgot the fox’s counsel, and sat down on the side of the
    river; and while he suspected nothing, they came behind, and threw him
    down the bank, and took the princess, the horse, and the bird, and went
    home to the king their master, and said. ‘All this have we won by our
    labour.’ Then there was great rejoicing made; but the horse would not
    eat, the bird would not sing, and the princess wept.

    The youngest son fell to the bottom of the river’s bed: luckily it was
    nearly dry, but his bones were almost broken, and the bank was so steep
    that he could find no way to get out. Then the old fox came once more,
    and scolded him for not following his advice; otherwise no evil would
    have befallen him: ‘Yet,’ said he, ‘I cannot leave you here, so lay hold
    of my tail and hold fast.’ Then he pulled him out of the river, and said
    to him, as he got upon the bank, ‘Your brothers have set watch to kill
    you, if they find you in the kingdom.’ So he dressed himself as a poor
    man, and came secretly to the king’s court, and was scarcely within the
    doors when the horse began to eat, and the bird to sing, and the princess
    left off weeping. Then he went to the king, and told him all his
    brothers’ roguery; and they were seized and punished, and he had the
    princess given to him again; and after the king’s death he was heir to
    his kingdom.

    A long while after, he went to walk one day in the wood, and the old fox
    met him, and besought him with tears in his eyes to kill him, and cut
    off his head and feet. And at last he did so, and in a moment the
    fox was changed into a man, and turned out to be the brother of the
    princess, who had been lost a great many many years.

    HANS IN LUCK

    Some men are born to good luck: all they do or try to do comes
    right–all that falls to them is so much gain–all their geese are
    swans–all their cards are trumps–toss them which way you will, they
    will always, like poor puss, alight upon their legs, and only move on so
    much the faster. The world may very likely not always think of them as
    they think of themselves, but what care they for the world? what can it
    know about the matter?

    One of these lucky beings was neighbour Hans. Seven long years he had
    worked hard for his master. At last he said, ‘Master, my time is up; I
    must go home and see my poor mother once more: so pray pay me my wages
    and let me go.’ And the master said, ‘You have been a faithful and good
    servant, Hans, so your pay shall be handsome.’ Then he gave him a lump
    of silver as big as his head.

    Hans took out his pocket-handkerchief, put the piece of silver into it,
    threw it over his shoulder, and jogged off on his road homewards. As he
    went lazily on, dragging one foot after another, a man came in sight,
    trotting gaily along on a capital horse. ‘Ah!’ said Hans aloud, ‘what a
    fine thing it is to ride on horseback! There he sits as easy and happy
    as if he was at home, in the chair by his fireside; he trips against no
    stones, saves shoe-leather, and gets on he hardly knows how.’ Hans did
    not speak so softly but the horseman heard it all, and said, ‘Well,
    friend, why do you go on foot then?’ ‘Ah!’ said he, ‘I have this load to
    carry: to be sure it is silver, but it is so heavy that I can’t hold up
    my head, and you must know it hurts my shoulder sadly.’ ‘What do you say
    of making an exchange?’ said the horseman. ‘I will give you my horse,
    and you shall give me the silver; which will save you a great deal of
    trouble in carrying such a heavy load about with you.’ ‘With all my
    heart,’ said Hans: ‘but as you are so kind to me, I must tell you one
    thing–you will have a weary task to draw that silver about with you.’
    However, the horseman got off, took the silver, helped Hans up, gave him
    the bridle into one hand and the whip into the other, and said, ‘When
    you want to go very fast, smack your lips loudly together, and cry
    “Jip!”’

    Hans was delighted as he sat on the horse, drew himself up, squared his
    elbows, turned out his toes, cracked his whip, and rode merrily off, one
    minute whistling a merry tune, and another singing,

    ‘No care and no sorrow,
    A fig for the morrow!
    We’ll laugh and be merry,
    Sing neigh down derry!’

    After a time he thought he should like to go a little faster, so he
    smacked his lips and cried ‘Jip!’ Away went the horse full gallop; and
    before Hans knew what he was about, he was thrown off, and lay on his
    back by the road-side. His horse would have ran off, if a shepherd who
    was coming by, driving a cow, had not stopped it. Hans soon came to
    himself, and got upon his legs again, sadly vexed, and said to the
    shepherd, ‘This riding is no joke, when a man has the luck to get upon
    a beast like this that stumbles and flings him off as if it would break
    his neck. However, I’m off now once for all: I like your cow now a great
    deal better than this smart beast that played me this trick, and has
    spoiled my best coat, you see, in this puddle; which, by the by, smells
    not very like a nosegay. One can walk along at one’s leisure behind that
    cow–keep good company, and have milk, butter, and cheese, every day,
    into the bargain. What would I give to have such a prize!’ ‘Well,’ said
    the shepherd, ‘if you are so fond of her, I will change my cow for your
    horse; I like to do good to my neighbours, even though I lose by it
    myself.’ ‘Done!’ said Hans, merrily. ‘What a noble heart that good man
    has!’ thought he. Then the shepherd jumped upon the horse, wished Hans
    and the cow good morning, and away he rode.

    Hans brushed his coat, wiped his face and hands, rested a while, and
    then drove off his cow quietly, and thought his bargain a very lucky
    one. ‘If I have only a piece of bread (and I certainly shall always be
    able to get that), I can, whenever I like, eat my butter and cheese with
    it; and when I am thirsty I can milk my cow and drink the milk: and what
    can I wish for more?’ When he came to an inn, he halted, ate up all his
    bread, and gave away his last penny for a glass of beer. When he had
    rested himself he set off again, driving his cow towards his mother’s
    village. But the heat grew greater as soon as noon came on, till at
    last, as he found himself on a wide heath that would take him more than
    an hour to cross, he began to be so hot and parched that his tongue
    clave to the roof of his mouth. ‘I can find a cure for this,’ thought
    he; ‘now I will milk my cow and quench my thirst’: so he tied her to the
    stump of a tree, and held his leathern cap to milk into; but not a drop
    was to be had. Who would have thought that this cow, which was to bring
    him milk and butter and cheese, was all that time utterly dry? Hans had
    not thought of looking to that.

    While he was trying his luck in milking, and managing the matter very
    clumsily, the uneasy beast began to think him very troublesome; and at
    last gave him such a kick on the head as knocked him down; and there he
    lay a long while senseless. Luckily a butcher soon came by, driving a
    pig in a wheelbarrow. ‘What is the matter with you, my man?’ said the
    butcher, as he helped him up. Hans told him what had happened, how he
    was dry, and wanted to milk his cow, but found the cow was dry too. Then
    the butcher gave him a flask of ale, saying, ‘There, drink and refresh
    yourself; your cow will give you no milk: don’t you see she is an old
    beast, good for nothing but the slaughter-house?’ ‘Alas, alas!’ said
    Hans, ‘who would have thought it? What a shame to take my horse, and
    give me only a dry cow! If I kill her, what will she be good for? I hate
    cow-beef; it is not tender enough for me. If it were a pig now–like
    that fat gentleman you are driving along at his ease–one could do
    something with it; it would at any rate make sausages.’ ‘Well,’ said
    the butcher, ‘I don’t like to say no, when one is asked to do a kind,
    neighbourly thing. To please you I will change, and give you my fine fat
    pig for the cow.’ ‘Heaven reward you for your kindness and self-denial!’
    said Hans, as he gave the butcher the cow; and taking the pig off the
    wheel-barrow, drove it away, holding it by the string that was tied to
    its leg.

    So on he jogged, and all seemed now to go right with him: he had met
    with some misfortunes, to be sure; but he was now well repaid for all.
    How could it be otherwise with such a travelling companion as he had at
    last got?

    The next man he met was a countryman carrying a fine white goose. The
    countryman stopped to ask what was o’clock; this led to further chat;
    and Hans told him all his luck, how he had so many good bargains, and
    how all the world went gay and smiling with him. The countryman then
    began to tell his tale, and said he was going to take the goose to a
    christening. ‘Feel,’ said he, ‘how heavy it is, and yet it is only eight
    weeks old. Whoever roasts and eats it will find plenty of fat upon it,
    it has lived so well!’ ‘You’re right,’ said Hans, as he weighed it in
    his hand; ‘but if you talk of fat, my pig is no trifle.’ Meantime the
    countryman began to look grave, and shook his head. ‘Hark ye!’ said he,
    ‘my worthy friend, you seem a good sort of fellow, so I can’t help doing
    you a kind turn. Your pig may get you into a scrape. In the village I
    just came from, the squire has had a pig stolen out of his sty. I was
    dreadfully afraid when I saw you that you had got the squire’s pig. If
    you have, and they catch you, it will be a bad job for you. The least
    they will do will be to throw you into the horse-pond. Can you swim?’

    Poor Hans was sadly frightened. ‘Good man,’ cried he, ‘pray get me out
    of this scrape. I know nothing of where the pig was either bred or born;
    but he may have been the squire’s for aught I can tell: you know this
    country better than I do, take my pig and give me the goose.’ ‘I ought
    to have something into the bargain,’ said the countryman; ‘give a fat
    goose for a pig, indeed! ‘Tis not everyone would do so much for you as
    that. However, I will not be hard upon you, as you are in trouble.’ Then
    he took the string in his hand, and drove off the pig by a side path;
    while Hans went on the way homewards free from care. ‘After all,’
    thought he, ‘that chap is pretty well taken in. I don’t care whose pig
    it is, but wherever it came from it has been a very good friend to me. I
    have much the best of the bargain. First there will be a capital roast;
    then the fat will find me in goose-grease for six months; and then there
    are all the beautiful white feathers. I will put them into my pillow,
    and then I am sure I shall sleep soundly without rocking. How happy my
    mother will be! Talk of a pig, indeed! Give me a fine fat goose.’

    As he came to the next village, he saw a scissor-grinder with his wheel,
    working and singing,

    ‘O’er hill and o’er dale
    So happy I roam,
    Work light and live well,
    All the world is my home;
    Then who so blythe, so merry as I?’

    Hans stood looking on for a while, and at last said, ‘You must be well
    off, master grinder! you seem so happy at your work.’ ‘Yes,’ said the
    other, ‘mine is a golden trade; a good grinder never puts his hand
    into his pocket without finding money in it–but where did you get that
    beautiful goose?’ ‘I did not buy it, I gave a pig for it.’ ‘And where
    did you get the pig?’ ‘I gave a cow for it.’ ‘And the cow?’ ‘I gave a
    horse for it.’ ‘And the horse?’ ‘I gave a lump of silver as big as my
    head for it.’ ‘And the silver?’ ‘Oh! I worked hard for that seven long
    years.’ ‘You have thriven well in the world hitherto,’ said the grinder,
    ‘now if you could find money in your pocket whenever you put your hand
    in it, your fortune would be made.’ ‘Very true: but how is that to be
    managed?’ ‘How? Why, you must turn grinder like myself,’ said the other;
    ‘you only want a grindstone; the rest will come of itself. Here is one
    that is but little the worse for wear: I would not ask more than the
    value of your goose for it–will you buy?’ ‘How can you ask?’ said
    Hans; ‘I should be the happiest man in the world, if I could have money
    whenever I put my hand in my pocket: what could I want more? there’s
    the goose.’ ‘Now,’ said the grinder, as he gave him a common rough stone
    that lay by his side, ‘this is a most capital stone; do but work it well
    enough, and you can make an old nail cut with it.’

    Hans took the stone, and went his way with a light heart: his eyes
    sparkled for joy, and he said to himself, ‘Surely I must have been born
    in a lucky hour; everything I could want or wish for comes of itself.
    People are so kind; they seem really to think I do them a favour in
    letting them make me rich, and giving me good bargains.’

    Meantime he began to be tired, and hungry too, for he had given away his
    last penny in his joy at getting the cow.

    At last he could go no farther, for the stone tired him sadly: and he
    dragged himself to the side of a river, that he might take a drink of
    water, and rest a while. So he laid the stone carefully by his side on
    the bank: but, as he stooped down to drink, he forgot it, pushed it a
    little, and down it rolled, plump into the stream.

    For a while he watched it sinking in the deep clear water; then sprang
    up and danced for joy, and again fell upon his knees and thanked Heaven,
    with tears in his eyes, for its kindness in taking away his only plague,
    the ugly heavy stone.

    ‘How happy am I!’ cried he; ‘nobody was ever so lucky as I.’ Then up he
    got with a light heart, free from all his troubles, and walked on till
    he reached his mother’s house, and told her how very easy the road to
    good luck was.

    JORINDA AND JORINDEL

    There was once an old castle, that stood in the middle of a deep gloomy
    wood, and in the castle lived an old fairy. Now this fairy could take
    any shape she pleased. All the day long she flew about in the form of
    an owl, or crept about the country like a cat; but at night she always
    became an old woman again. When any young man came within a hundred
    paces of her castle, he became quite fixed, and could not move a step
    till she came and set him free; which she would not do till he had given
    her his word never to come there again: but when any pretty maiden came
    within that space she was changed into a bird, and the fairy put her
    into a cage, and hung her up in a chamber in the castle. There were
    seven hundred of these cages hanging in the castle, and all with
    beautiful birds in them.

    Now there was once a maiden whose name was Jorinda. She was prettier
    than all the pretty girls that ever were seen before, and a shepherd
    lad, whose name was Jorindel, was very fond of her, and they were soon
    to be married. One day they went to walk in the wood, that they might be
    alone; and Jorindel said, ‘We must take care that we don’t go too near
    to the fairy’s castle.’ It was a beautiful evening; the last rays of the
    setting sun shone bright through the long stems of the trees upon
    the green underwood beneath, and the turtle-doves sang from the tall
    birches.

    Jorinda sat down to gaze upon the sun; Jorindel sat by her side; and
    both felt sad, they knew not why; but it seemed as if they were to be
    parted from one another for ever. They had wandered a long way; and when
    they looked to see which way they should go home, they found themselves
    at a loss to know what path to take.

    The sun was setting fast, and already half of its circle had sunk behind
    the hill: Jorindel on a sudden looked behind him, and saw through the
    bushes that they had, without knowing it, sat down close under the old
    walls of the castle. Then he shrank for fear, turned pale, and trembled.
    Jorinda was just singing,

    ‘The ring-dove sang from the willow spray,
    Well-a-day! Well-a-day!
    He mourn’d for the fate of his darling mate,
    Well-a-day!’

    when her song stopped suddenly. Jorindel turned to see the reason, and
    beheld his Jorinda changed into a nightingale, so that her song ended
    with a mournful _jug, jug_. An owl with fiery eyes flew three times
    round them, and three times screamed:

    ‘Tu whu! Tu whu! Tu whu!’

    Jorindel could not move; he stood fixed as a stone, and could neither
    weep, nor speak, nor stir hand or foot. And now the sun went quite down;
    the gloomy night came; the owl flew into a bush; and a moment after the
    old fairy came forth pale and meagre, with staring eyes, and a nose and
    chin that almost met one another.

    She mumbled something to herself, seized the nightingale, and went away
    with it in her hand. Poor Jorindel saw the nightingale was gone–but
    what could he do? He could not speak, he could not move from the spot
    where he stood. At last the fairy came back and sang with a hoarse
    voice:

    ‘Till the prisoner is fast,
    And her doom is cast,
    There stay! Oh, stay!
    When the charm is around her,
    And the spell has bound her,
    Hie away! away!’

    On a sudden Jorindel found himself free. Then he fell on his knees
    before the fairy, and prayed her to give him back his dear Jorinda: but
    she laughed at him, and said he should never see her again; then she
    went her way.

    He prayed, he wept, he sorrowed, but all in vain. ‘Alas!’ he said, ‘what
    will become of me?’ He could not go back to his own home, so he went to
    a strange village, and employed himself in keeping sheep. Many a time
    did he walk round and round as near to the hated castle as he dared go,
    but all in vain; he heard or saw nothing of Jorinda.

    At last he dreamt one night that he found a beautiful purple flower,
    and that in the middle of it lay a costly pearl; and he dreamt that he
    plucked the flower, and went with it in his hand into the castle, and
    that everything he touched with it was disenchanted, and that there he
    found his Jorinda again.

    In the morning when he awoke, he began to search over hill and dale for
    this pretty flower; and eight long days he sought for it in vain: but
    on the ninth day, early in the morning, he found the beautiful purple
    flower; and in the middle of it was a large dewdrop, as big as a costly
    pearl. Then he plucked the flower, and set out and travelled day and
    night, till he came again to the castle.

    He walked nearer than a hundred paces to it, and yet he did not become
    fixed as before, but found that he could go quite close up to the door.
    Jorindel was very glad indeed to see this. Then he touched the door with
    the flower, and it sprang open; so that he went in through the court,
    and listened when he heard so many birds singing. At last he came to the
    chamber where the fairy sat, with the seven hundred birds singing in
    the seven hundred cages. When she saw Jorindel she was very angry, and
    screamed with rage; but she could not come within two yards of him, for
    the flower he held in his hand was his safeguard. He looked around at
    the birds, but alas! there were many, many nightingales, and how then
    should he find out which was his Jorinda? While he was thinking what to
    do, he saw the fairy had taken down one of the cages, and was making the
    best of her way off through the door. He ran or flew after her, touched
    the cage with the flower, and Jorinda stood before him, and threw her
    arms round his neck looking as beautiful as ever, as beautiful as when
    they walked together in the wood.

    Then he touched all the other birds with the flower, so that they all
    took their old forms again; and he took Jorinda home, where they were
    married, and lived happily together many years: and so did a good many
    other lads, whose maidens had been forced to sing in the old fairy’s
    cages by themselves, much longer than they liked.

    THE TRAVELLING MUSICIANS

    An honest farmer had once an ass that had been a faithful servant to him
    a great many years, but was now growing old and every day more and more
    unfit for work. His master therefore was tired of keeping him and
    began to think of putting an end to him; but the ass, who saw that some
    mischief was in the wind, took himself slyly off, and began his journey
    towards the great city, ‘For there,’ thought he, ‘I may turn musician.’

    After he had travelled a little way, he spied a dog lying by the
    roadside and panting as if he were tired. ‘What makes you pant so, my
    friend?’ said the ass. ‘Alas!’ said the dog, ‘my master was going to
    knock me on the head, because I am old and weak, and can no longer make
    myself useful to him in hunting; so I ran away; but what can I do to
    earn my livelihood?’ ‘Hark ye!’ said the ass, ‘I am going to the great
    city to turn musician: suppose you go with me, and try what you can
    do in the same way?’ The dog said he was willing, and they jogged on
    together.

    They had not gone far before they saw a cat sitting in the middle of the
    road and making a most rueful face. ‘Pray, my good lady,’ said the ass,
    ‘what’s the matter with you? You look quite out of spirits!’ ‘Ah, me!’
    said the cat, ‘how can one be in good spirits when one’s life is in
    danger? Because I am beginning to grow old, and had rather lie at my
    ease by the fire than run about the house after the mice, my mistress
    laid hold of me, and was going to drown me; and though I have been lucky
    enough to get away from her, I do not know what I am to live upon.’
    ‘Oh,’ said the ass, ‘by all means go with us to the great city; you are
    a good night singer, and may make your fortune as a musician.’ The cat
    was pleased with the thought, and joined the party.

    Soon afterwards, as they were passing by a farmyard, they saw a cock
    perched upon a gate, and screaming out with all his might and main.
    ‘Bravo!’ said the ass; ‘upon my word, you make a famous noise; pray what
    is all this about?’ ‘Why,’ said the cock, ‘I was just now saying that
    we should have fine weather for our washing-day, and yet my mistress and
    the cook don’t thank me for my pains, but threaten to cut off my
    head tomorrow, and make broth of me for the guests that are coming
    on Sunday!’ ‘Heaven forbid!’ said the ass, ‘come with us Master
    Chanticleer; it will be better, at any rate, than staying here to have
    your head cut off! Besides, who knows? If we care to sing in tune, we
    may get up some kind of a concert; so come along with us.’ ‘With all my
    heart,’ said the cock: so they all four went on jollily together.

    They could not, however, reach the great city the first day; so when
    night came on, they went into a wood to sleep. The ass and the dog laid
    themselves down under a great tree, and the cat climbed up into the
    branches; while the cock, thinking that the higher he sat the safer he
    should be, flew up to the very top of the tree, and then, according to
    his custom, before he went to sleep, looked out on all sides of him to
    see that everything was well. In doing this, he saw afar off something
    bright and shining and calling to his companions said, ‘There must be a
    house no great way off, for I see a light.’ ‘If that be the case,’ said
    the ass, ‘we had better change our quarters, for our lodging is not the
    best in the world!’ ‘Besides,’ added the dog, ‘I should not be the
    worse for a bone or two, or a bit of meat.’ So they walked off together
    towards the spot where Chanticleer had seen the light, and as they drew
    near it became larger and brighter, till they at last came close to a
    house in which a gang of robbers lived.

    The ass, being the tallest of the company, marched up to the window and
    peeped in. ‘Well, Donkey,’ said Chanticleer, ‘what do you see?’ ‘What
    do I see?’ replied the ass. ‘Why, I see a table spread with all kinds of
    good things, and robbers sitting round it making merry.’ ‘That would
    be a noble lodging for us,’ said the cock. ‘Yes,’ said the ass, ‘if we
    could only get in’; so they consulted together how they should contrive
    to get the robbers out; and at last they hit upon a plan. The ass placed
    himself upright on his hind legs, with his forefeet resting against the
    window; the dog got upon his back; the cat scrambled up to the dog’s
    shoulders, and the cock flew up and sat upon the cat’s head. When
    all was ready a signal was given, and they began their music. The ass
    brayed, the dog barked, the cat mewed, and the cock screamed; and then
    they all broke through the window at once, and came tumbling into
    the room, amongst the broken glass, with a most hideous clatter! The
    robbers, who had been not a little frightened by the opening concert,
    had now no doubt that some frightful hobgoblin had broken in upon them,
    and scampered away as fast as they could.

    The coast once clear, our travellers soon sat down and dispatched what
    the robbers had left, with as much eagerness as if they had not expected
    to eat again for a month. As soon as they had satisfied themselves, they
    put out the lights, and each once more sought out a resting-place to
    his own liking. The donkey laid himself down upon a heap of straw in
    the yard, the dog stretched himself upon a mat behind the door, the
    cat rolled herself up on the hearth before the warm ashes, and the
    cock perched upon a beam on the top of the house; and, as they were all
    rather tired with their journey, they soon fell asleep.

    But about midnight, when the robbers saw from afar that the lights were
    out and that all seemed quiet, they began to think that they had been in
    too great a hurry to run away; and one of them, who was bolder than
    the rest, went to see what was going on. Finding everything still, he
    marched into the kitchen, and groped about till he found a match in
    order to light a candle; and then, espying the glittering fiery eyes of
    the cat, he mistook them for live coals, and held the match to them to
    light it. But the cat, not understanding this joke, sprang at his face,
    and spat, and scratched at him. This frightened him dreadfully, and away
    he ran to the back door; but there the dog jumped up and bit him in the
    leg; and as he was crossing over the yard the ass kicked him; and the
    cock, who had been awakened by the noise, crowed with all his might. At
    this the robber ran back as fast as he could to his comrades, and told
    the captain how a horrid witch had got into the house, and had spat at
    him and scratched his face with her long bony fingers; how a man with a
    knife in his hand had hidden himself behind the door, and stabbed him
    in the leg; how a black monster stood in the yard and struck him with a
    club, and how the devil had sat upon the top of the house and cried out,
    ‘Throw the rascal up here!’ After this the robbers never dared to go
    back to the house; but the musicians were so pleased with their quarters
    that they took up their abode there; and there they are, I dare say, at
    this very day.

    OLD SULTAN

    A shepherd had a faithful dog, called Sultan, who was grown very old,
    and had lost all his teeth. And one day when the shepherd and his wife
    were standing together before the house the shepherd said, ‘I will shoot
    old Sultan tomorrow morning, for he is of no use now.’ But his wife
    said, ‘Pray let the poor faithful creature live; he has served us well a
    great many years, and we ought to give him a livelihood for the rest of
    his days.’ ‘But what can we do with him?’ said the shepherd, ‘he has not
    a tooth in his head, and the thieves don’t care for him at all; to
    be sure he has served us, but then he did it to earn his livelihood;
    tomorrow shall be his last day, depend upon it.’

    Poor Sultan, who was lying close by them, heard all that the shepherd
    and his wife said to one another, and was very much frightened to think
    tomorrow would be his last day; so in the evening he went to his good
    friend the wolf, who lived in the wood, and told him all his sorrows,
    and how his master meant to kill him in the morning. ‘Make yourself
    easy,’ said the wolf, ‘I will give you some good advice. Your master,
    you know, goes out every morning very early with his wife into the
    field; and they take their little child with them, and lay it down
    behind the hedge in the shade while they are at work. Now do you lie
    down close by the child, and pretend to be watching it, and I will come
    out of the wood and run away with it; you must run after me as fast as
    you can, and I will let it drop; then you may carry it back, and they
    will think you have saved their child, and will be so thankful to you
    that they will take care of you as long as you live.’ The dog liked this
    plan very well; and accordingly so it was managed. The wolf ran with the
    child a little way; the shepherd and his wife screamed out; but Sultan
    soon overtook him, and carried the poor little thing back to his master
    and mistress. Then the shepherd patted him on the head, and said, ‘Old
    Sultan has saved our child from the wolf, and therefore he shall live
    and be well taken care of, and have plenty to eat. Wife, go home, and
    give him a good dinner, and let him have my old cushion to sleep on
    as long as he lives.’ So from this time forward Sultan had all that he
    could wish for.

    Soon afterwards the wolf came and wished him joy, and said, ‘Now, my
    good fellow, you must tell no tales, but turn your head the other way
    when I want to taste one of the old shepherd’s fine fat sheep.’ ‘No,’
    said the Sultan; ‘I will be true to my master.’ However, the wolf
    thought he was in joke, and came one night to get a dainty morsel. But
    Sultan had told his master what the wolf meant to do; so he laid wait
    for him behind the barn door, and when the wolf was busy looking out for
    a good fat sheep, he had a stout cudgel laid about his back, that combed
    his locks for him finely.

    Then the wolf was very angry, and called Sultan ‘an old rogue,’ and
    swore he would have his revenge. So the next morning the wolf sent the
    boar to challenge Sultan to come into the wood to fight the matter. Now
    Sultan had nobody he could ask to be his second but the shepherd’s old
    three-legged cat; so he took her with him, and as the poor thing limped
    along with some trouble, she stuck up her tail straight in the air.

    The wolf and the wild boar were first on the ground; and when they
    espied their enemies coming, and saw the cat’s long tail standing
    straight in the air, they thought she was carrying a sword for Sultan to
    fight with; and every time she limped, they thought she was picking up
    a stone to throw at them; so they said they should not like this way of
    fighting, and the boar lay down behind a bush, and the wolf jumped
    up into a tree. Sultan and the cat soon came up, and looked about and
    wondered that no one was there. The boar, however, had not quite hidden
    himself, for his ears stuck out of the bush; and when he shook one of
    them a little, the cat, seeing something move, and thinking it was a
    mouse, sprang upon it, and bit and scratched it, so that the boar jumped
    up and grunted, and ran away, roaring out, ‘Look up in the tree, there
    sits the one who is to blame.’ So they looked up, and espied the wolf
    sitting amongst the branches; and they called him a cowardly rascal,
    and would not suffer him to come down till he was heartily ashamed of
    himself, and had promised to be good friends again with old Sultan.

    THE STRAW, THE COAL, AND THE BEAN

    In a village dwelt a poor old woman, who had gathered together a dish
    of beans and wanted to cook them. So she made a fire on her hearth, and
    that it might burn the quicker, she lighted it with a handful of straw.
    When she was emptying the beans into the pan, one dropped without her
    observing it, and lay on the ground beside a straw, and soon afterwards
    a burning coal from the fire leapt down to the two. Then the straw
    began and said: ‘Dear friends, from whence do you come here?’ The coal
    replied: ‘I fortunately sprang out of the fire, and if I had not escaped
    by sheer force, my death would have been certain,–I should have been
    burnt to ashes.’ The bean said: ‘I too have escaped with a whole skin,
    but if the old woman had got me into the pan, I should have been made
    into broth without any mercy, like my comrades.’ ‘And would a better
    fate have fallen to my lot?’ said the straw. ‘The old woman has
    destroyed all my brethren in fire and smoke; she seized sixty of them at
    once, and took their lives. I luckily slipped through her fingers.’

    ‘But what are we to do now?’ said the coal.

    ‘I think,’ answered the bean, ‘that as we have so fortunately escaped
    death, we should keep together like good companions, and lest a new
    mischance should overtake us here, we should go away together, and
    repair to a foreign country.’

    The proposition pleased the two others, and they set out on their way
    together. Soon, however, they came to a little brook, and as there was
    no bridge or foot-plank, they did not know how they were to get over
    it. The straw hit on a good idea, and said: ‘I will lay myself straight
    across, and then you can walk over on me as on a bridge.’ The straw
    therefore stretched itself from one bank to the other, and the coal,
    who was of an impetuous disposition, tripped quite boldly on to the
    newly-built bridge. But when she had reached the middle, and heard the
    water rushing beneath her, she was after all, afraid, and stood still,
    and ventured no farther. The straw, however, began to burn, broke in
    two pieces, and fell into the stream. The coal slipped after her, hissed
    when she got into the water, and breathed her last. The bean, who had
    prudently stayed behind on the shore, could not but laugh at the event,
    was unable to stop, and laughed so heartily that she burst. It would
    have been all over with her, likewise, if, by good fortune, a tailor who
    was travelling in search of work, had not sat down to rest by the brook.
    As he had a compassionate heart he pulled out his needle and thread,
    and sewed her together. The bean thanked him most prettily, but as the
    tailor used black thread, all beans since then have a black seam.

    BRIAR ROSE

    A king and queen once upon a time reigned in a country a great way off,
    where there were in those days fairies. Now this king and queen had
    plenty of money, and plenty of fine clothes to wear, and plenty of
    good things to eat and drink, and a coach to ride out in every day: but
    though they had been married many years they had no children, and this
    grieved them very much indeed. But one day as the queen was walking
    by the side of the river, at the bottom of the garden, she saw a poor
    little fish, that had thrown itself out of the water, and lay gasping
    and nearly dead on the bank. Then the queen took pity on the little
    fish, and threw it back again into the river; and before it swam away
    it lifted its head out of the water and said, ‘I know what your wish is,
    and it shall be fulfilled, in return for your kindness to me–you will
    soon have a daughter.’ What the little fish had foretold soon came to
    pass; and the queen had a little girl, so very beautiful that the king
    could not cease looking on it for joy, and said he would hold a great
    feast and make merry, and show the child to all the land. So he asked
    his kinsmen, and nobles, and friends, and neighbours. But the queen
    said, ‘I will have the fairies also, that they might be kind and good
    to our little daughter.’ Now there were thirteen fairies in the kingdom;
    but as the king and queen had only twelve golden dishes for them to eat
    out of, they were forced to leave one of the fairies without asking her.
    So twelve fairies came, each with a high red cap on her head, and red
    shoes with high heels on her feet, and a long white wand in her hand:
    and after the feast was over they gathered round in a ring and gave all
    their best gifts to the little princess. One gave her goodness, another
    beauty, another riches, and so on till she had all that was good in the
    world.

    Just as eleven of them had done blessing her, a great noise was heard in
    the courtyard, and word was brought that the thirteenth fairy was
    come, with a black cap on her head, and black shoes on her feet, and a
    broomstick in her hand: and presently up she came into the dining-hall.
    Now, as she had not been asked to the feast she was very angry, and
    scolded the king and queen very much, and set to work to take her
    revenge. So she cried out, ‘The king’s daughter shall, in her fifteenth
    year, be wounded by a spindle, and fall down dead.’ Then the twelfth of
    the friendly fairies, who had not yet given her gift, came forward, and
    said that the evil wish must be fulfilled, but that she could soften its
    mischief; so her gift was, that the king’s daughter, when the spindle
    wounded her, should not really die, but should only fall asleep for a
    hundred years.

    However, the king hoped still to save his dear child altogether from
    the threatened evil; so he ordered that all the spindles in the kingdom
    should be bought up and burnt. But all the gifts of the first eleven
    fairies were in the meantime fulfilled; for the princess was so
    beautiful, and well behaved, and good, and wise, that everyone who knew
    her loved her.

    It happened that, on the very day she was fifteen years old, the king
    and queen were not at home, and she was left alone in the palace. So she
    roved about by herself, and looked at all the rooms and chambers, till
    at last she came to an old tower, to which there was a narrow staircase
    ending with a little door. In the door there was a golden key, and when
    she turned it the door sprang open, and there sat an old lady spinning
    away very busily. ‘Why, how now, good mother,’ said the princess; ‘what
    are you doing there?’ ‘Spinning,’ said the old lady, and nodded her
    head, humming a tune, while buzz! went the wheel. ‘How prettily that
    little thing turns round!’ said the princess, and took the spindle
    and began to try and spin. But scarcely had she touched it, before the
    fairy’s prophecy was fulfilled; the spindle wounded her, and she fell
    down lifeless on the ground.

    However, she was not dead, but had only fallen into a deep sleep; and
    the king and the queen, who had just come home, and all their court,
    fell asleep too; and the horses slept in the stables, and the dogs in
    the court, the pigeons on the house-top, and the very flies slept upon
    the walls. Even the fire on the hearth left off blazing, and went to
    sleep; the jack stopped, and the spit that was turning about with a
    goose upon it for the king’s dinner stood still; and the cook, who was
    at that moment pulling the kitchen-boy by the hair to give him a box
    on the ear for something he had done amiss, let him go, and both fell
    asleep; the butler, who was slyly tasting the ale, fell asleep with the
    jug at his lips: and thus everything stood still, and slept soundly.

    A large hedge of thorns soon grew round the palace, and every year it
    became higher and thicker; till at last the old palace was surrounded
    and hidden, so that not even the roof or the chimneys could be seen. But
    there went a report through all the land of the beautiful sleeping Briar
    Rose (for so the king’s daughter was called): so that, from time to
    time, several kings’ sons came, and tried to break through the thicket
    into the palace. This, however, none of them could ever do; for the
    thorns and bushes laid hold of them, as it were with hands; and there
    they stuck fast, and died wretchedly.

    After many, many years there came a king’s son into that land: and an
    old man told him the story of the thicket of thorns; and how a beautiful
    palace stood behind it, and how a wonderful princess, called Briar Rose,
    lay in it asleep, with all her court. He told, too, how he had heard
    from his grandfather that many, many princes had come, and had tried to
    break through the thicket, but that they had all stuck fast in it, and
    died. Then the young prince said, ‘All this shall not frighten me; I
    will go and see this Briar Rose.’ The old man tried to hinder him, but
    he was bent upon going.

    Now that very day the hundred years were ended; and as the prince came
    to the thicket he saw nothing but beautiful flowering shrubs, through
    which he went with ease, and they shut in after him as thick as ever.
    Then he came at last to the palace, and there in the court lay the dogs
    asleep; and the horses were standing in the stables; and on the roof sat
    the pigeons fast asleep, with their heads under their wings. And when he
    came into the palace, the flies were sleeping on the walls; the spit
    was standing still; the butler had the jug of ale at his lips, going
    to drink a draught; the maid sat with a fowl in her lap ready to be
    plucked; and the cook in the kitchen was still holding up her hand, as
    if she was going to beat the boy.

    Then he went on still farther, and all was so still that he could hear
    every breath he drew; till at last he came to the old tower, and opened
    the door of the little room in which Briar Rose was; and there she lay,
    fast asleep on a couch by the window. She looked so beautiful that he
    could not take his eyes off her, so he stooped down and gave her a kiss.
    But the moment he kissed her she opened her eyes and awoke, and smiled
    upon him; and they went out together; and soon the king and queen also
    awoke, and all the court, and gazed on each other with great wonder.
    And the horses shook themselves, and the dogs jumped up and barked; the
    pigeons took their heads from under their wings, and looked about and
    flew into the fields; the flies on the walls buzzed again; the fire in
    the kitchen blazed up; round went the jack, and round went the spit,
    with the goose for the king’s dinner upon it; the butler finished his
    draught of ale; the maid went on plucking the fowl; and the cook gave
    the boy the box on his ear.

    And then the prince and Briar Rose were married, and the wedding feast
    was given; and they lived happily together all their lives long.

    THE DOG AND THE SPARROW

    A shepherd’s dog had a master who took no care of him, but often let him
    suffer the greatest hunger. At last he could bear it no longer; so he
    took to his heels, and off he ran in a very sad and sorrowful mood.
    On the road he met a sparrow that said to him, ‘Why are you so sad,
    my friend?’ ‘Because,’ said the dog, ‘I am very very hungry, and have
    nothing to eat.’ ‘If that be all,’ answered the sparrow, ‘come with me
    into the next town, and I will soon find you plenty of food.’ So on they
    went together into the town: and as they passed by a butcher’s shop,
    the sparrow said to the dog, ‘Stand there a little while till I peck you
    down a piece of meat.’ So the sparrow perched upon the shelf: and having
    first looked carefully about her to see if anyone was watching her, she
    pecked and scratched at a steak that lay upon the edge of the shelf,
    till at last down it fell. Then the dog snapped it up, and scrambled
    away with it into a corner, where he soon ate it all up. ‘Well,’ said
    the sparrow, ‘you shall have some more if you will; so come with me to
    the next shop, and I will peck you down another steak.’ When the dog had
    eaten this too, the sparrow said to him, ‘Well, my good friend, have you
    had enough now?’ ‘I have had plenty of meat,’ answered he, ‘but I should
    like to have a piece of bread to eat after it.’ ‘Come with me then,’
    said the sparrow, ‘and you shall soon have that too.’ So she took him
    to a baker’s shop, and pecked at two rolls that lay in the window, till
    they fell down: and as the dog still wished for more, she took him to
    another shop and pecked down some more for him. When that was eaten, the
    sparrow asked him whether he had had enough now. ‘Yes,’ said he; ‘and
    now let us take a walk a little way out of the town.’ So they both went
    out upon the high road; but as the weather was warm, they had not gone
    far before the dog said, ‘I am very much tired–I should like to take a
    nap.’ ‘Very well,’ answered the sparrow, ‘do so, and in the meantime
    I will perch upon that bush.’ So the dog stretched himself out on the
    road, and fell fast asleep. Whilst he slept, there came by a carter with
    a cart drawn by three horses, and loaded with two casks of wine. The
    sparrow, seeing that the carter did not turn out of the way, but would
    go on in the track in which the dog lay, so as to drive over him, called
    out, ‘Stop! stop! Mr Carter, or it shall be the worse for you.’ But the
    carter, grumbling to himself, ‘You make it the worse for me, indeed!
    what can you do?’ cracked his whip, and drove his cart over the poor
    dog, so that the wheels crushed him to death. ‘There,’ cried the
    sparrow, ‘thou cruel villain, thou hast killed my friend the dog. Now
    mind what I say. This deed of thine shall cost thee all thou art worth.’
    ‘Do your worst, and welcome,’ said the brute, ‘what harm can you do me?’
    and passed on. But the sparrow crept under the tilt of the cart, and
    pecked at the bung of one of the casks till she loosened it; and then
    all the wine ran out, without the carter seeing it. At last he looked
    round, and saw that the cart was dripping, and the cask quite empty.
    ‘What an unlucky wretch I am!’ cried he. ‘Not wretch enough yet!’ said
    the sparrow, as she alighted upon the head of one of the horses, and
    pecked at him till he reared up and kicked. When the carter saw this,
    he drew out his hatchet and aimed a blow at the sparrow, meaning to kill
    her; but she flew away, and the blow fell upon the poor horse’s head
    with such force, that he fell down dead. ‘Unlucky wretch that I am!’
    cried he. ‘Not wretch enough yet!’ said the sparrow. And as the carter
    went on with the other two horses, she again crept under the tilt of the
    cart, and pecked out the bung of the second cask, so that all the wine
    ran out. When the carter saw this, he again cried out, ‘Miserable wretch
    that I am!’ But the sparrow answered, ‘Not wretch enough yet!’ and
    perched on the head of the second horse, and pecked at him too. The
    carter ran up and struck at her again with his hatchet; but away she
    flew, and the blow fell upon the second horse and killed him on the
    spot. ‘Unlucky wretch that I am!’ said he. ‘Not wretch enough yet!’ said
    the sparrow; and perching upon the third horse, she began to peck him
    too. The carter was mad with fury; and without looking about him, or
    caring what he was about, struck again at the sparrow; but killed his
    third horse as he done the other two. ‘Alas! miserable wretch that I
    am!’ cried he. ‘Not wretch enough yet!’ answered the sparrow as she flew
    away; ‘now will I plague and punish thee at thy own house.’ The
    carter was forced at last to leave his cart behind him, and to go home
    overflowing with rage and vexation. ‘Alas!’ said he to his wife, ‘what
    ill luck has befallen me!–my wine is all spilt, and my horses all three
    dead.’ ‘Alas! husband,’ replied she, ‘and a wicked bird has come into
    the house, and has brought with her all the birds in the world, I am
    sure, and they have fallen upon our corn in the loft, and are eating it
    up at such a rate!’ Away ran the husband upstairs, and saw thousands of
    birds sitting upon the floor eating up his corn, with the sparrow in the
    midst of them. ‘Unlucky wretch that I am!’ cried the carter; for he saw
    that the corn was almost all gone. ‘Not wretch enough yet!’ said the
    sparrow; ‘thy cruelty shall cost thee thy life yet!’ and away she flew.

    The carter seeing that he had thus lost all that he had, went down
    into his kitchen; and was still not sorry for what he had done, but sat
    himself angrily and sulkily in the chimney corner. But the sparrow sat
    on the outside of the window, and cried ‘Carter! thy cruelty shall cost
    thee thy life!’ With that he jumped up in a rage, seized his hatchet,
    and threw it at the sparrow; but it missed her, and only broke the
    window. The sparrow now hopped in, perched upon the window-seat, and
    cried, ‘Carter! it shall cost thee thy life!’ Then he became mad and
    blind with rage, and struck the window-seat with such force that he
    cleft it in two: and as the sparrow flew from place to place, the carter
    and his wife were so furious, that they broke all their furniture,
    glasses, chairs, benches, the table, and at last the walls, without
    touching the bird at all. In the end, however, they caught her: and the
    wife said, ‘Shall I kill her at once?’ ‘No,’ cried he, ‘that is letting
    her off too easily: she shall die a much more cruel death; I will eat
    her.’ But the sparrow began to flutter about, and stretch out her neck
    and cried, ‘Carter! it shall cost thee thy life yet!’ With that he
    could wait no longer: so he gave his wife the hatchet, and cried, ‘Wife,
    strike at the bird and kill her in my hand.’ And the wife struck; but
    she missed her aim, and hit her husband on the head so that he fell down
    dead, and the sparrow flew quietly home to her nest.

    THE TWELVE DANCING PRINCESSES

    There was a king who had twelve beautiful daughters. They slept in
    twelve beds all in one room; and when they went to bed, the doors were
    shut and locked up; but every morning their shoes were found to be quite
    worn through as if they had been danced in all night; and yet nobody
    could find out how it happened, or where they had been.

    Then the king made it known to all the land, that if any person could
    discover the secret, and find out where it was that the princesses
    danced in the night, he should have the one he liked best for his
    wife, and should be king after his death; but whoever tried and did not
    succeed, after three days and nights, should be put to death.

    A king’s son soon came. He was well entertained, and in the evening was
    taken to the chamber next to the one where the princesses lay in their
    twelve beds. There he was to sit and watch where they went to dance;
    and, in order that nothing might pass without his hearing it, the door
    of his chamber was left open. But the king’s son soon fell asleep; and
    when he awoke in the morning he found that the princesses had all been
    dancing, for the soles of their shoes were full of holes. The same thing
    happened the second and third night: so the king ordered his head to be
    cut off. After him came several others; but they had all the same luck,
    and all lost their lives in the same manner.

    Now it chanced that an old soldier, who had been wounded in battle
    and could fight no longer, passed through the country where this king
    reigned: and as he was travelling through a wood, he met an old woman,
    who asked him where he was going. ‘I hardly know where I am going, or
    what I had better do,’ said the soldier; ‘but I think I should like very
    well to find out where it is that the princesses dance, and then in time
    I might be a king.’ ‘Well,’ said the old dame, ‘that is no very hard
    task: only take care not to drink any of the wine which one of the
    princesses will bring to you in the evening; and as soon as she leaves
    you pretend to be fast asleep.’

    Then she gave him a cloak, and said, ‘As soon as you put that on
    you will become invisible, and you will then be able to follow the
    princesses wherever they go.’ When the soldier heard all this good
    counsel, he determined to try his luck: so he went to the king, and said
    he was willing to undertake the task.

    He was as well received as the others had been, and the king ordered
    fine royal robes to be given him; and when the evening came he was led
    to the outer chamber. Just as he was going to lie down, the eldest of
    the princesses brought him a cup of wine; but the soldier threw it all
    away secretly, taking care not to drink a drop. Then he laid himself
    down on his bed, and in a little while began to snore very loud as if
    he was fast asleep. When the twelve princesses heard this they laughed
    heartily; and the eldest said, ‘This fellow too might have done a wiser
    thing than lose his life in this way!’ Then they rose up and opened
    their drawers and boxes, and took out all their fine clothes, and
    dressed themselves at the glass, and skipped about as if they were eager
    to begin dancing. But the youngest said, ‘I don’t know how it is, while
    you are so happy I feel very uneasy; I am sure some mischance will
    befall us.’ ‘You simpleton,’ said the eldest, ‘you are always afraid;
    have you forgotten how many kings’ sons have already watched in vain?
    And as for this soldier, even if I had not given him his sleeping
    draught, he would have slept soundly enough.’

    When they were all ready, they went and looked at the soldier; but he
    snored on, and did not stir hand or foot: so they thought they were
    quite safe; and the eldest went up to her own bed and clapped her hands,
    and the bed sank into the floor and a trap-door flew open. The soldier
    saw them going down through the trap-door one after another, the eldest
    leading the way; and thinking he had no time to lose, he jumped up, put
    on the cloak which the old woman had given him, and followed them;
    but in the middle of the stairs he trod on the gown of the youngest
    princess, and she cried out to her sisters, ‘All is not right; someone
    took hold of my gown.’ ‘You silly creature!’ said the eldest, ‘it is
    nothing but a nail in the wall.’ Then down they all went, and at the
    bottom they found themselves in a most delightful grove of trees; and
    the leaves were all of silver, and glittered and sparkled beautifully.
    The soldier wished to take away some token of the place; so he broke
    off a little branch, and there came a loud noise from the tree. Then the
    youngest daughter said again, ‘I am sure all is not right–did not you
    hear that noise? That never happened before.’ But the eldest said, ‘It
    is only our princes, who are shouting for joy at our approach.’

    Then they came to another grove of trees, where all the leaves were of
    gold; and afterwards to a third, where the leaves were all glittering
    diamonds. And the soldier broke a branch from each; and every time there
    was a loud noise, which made the youngest sister tremble with fear; but
    the eldest still said, it was only the princes, who were crying for joy.
    So they went on till they came to a great lake; and at the side of the
    lake there lay twelve little boats with twelve handsome princes in them,
    who seemed to be waiting there for the princesses.

    One of the princesses went into each boat, and the soldier stepped into
    the same boat with the youngest. As they were rowing over the lake, the
    prince who was in the boat with the youngest princess and the soldier
    said, ‘I do not know why it is, but though I am rowing with all my might
    we do not get on so fast as usual, and I am quite tired: the boat
    seems very heavy today.’ ‘It is only the heat of the weather,’ said the
    princess: ‘I feel it very warm too.’

    On the other side of the lake stood a fine illuminated castle, from
    which came the merry music of horns and trumpets. There they all landed,
    and went into the castle, and each prince danced with his princess; and
    the soldier, who was all the time invisible, danced with them too; and
    when any of the princesses had a cup of wine set by her, he drank it
    all up, so that when she put the cup to her mouth it was empty. At this,
    too, the youngest sister was terribly frightened, but the eldest always
    silenced her. They danced on till three o’clock in the morning, and then
    all their shoes were worn out, so that they were obliged to leave off.
    The princes rowed them back again over the lake (but this time the
    soldier placed himself in the boat with the eldest princess); and on the
    opposite shore they took leave of each other, the princesses promising
    to come again the next night.

    When they came to the stairs, the soldier ran on before the princesses,
    and laid himself down; and as the twelve sisters slowly came up very
    much tired, they heard him snoring in his bed; so they said, ‘Now all
    is quite safe’; then they undressed themselves, put away their fine
    clothes, pulled off their shoes, and went to bed. In the morning the
    soldier said nothing about what had happened, but determined to see more
    of this strange adventure, and went again the second and third night;
    and every thing happened just as before; the princesses danced each time
    till their shoes were worn to pieces, and then returned home. However,
    on the third night the soldier carried away one of the golden cups as a
    token of where he had been.

    As soon as the time came when he was to declare the secret, he was taken
    before the king with the three branches and the golden cup; and the
    twelve princesses stood listening behind the door to hear what he would
    say. And when the king asked him. ‘Where do my twelve daughters dance at
    night?’ he answered, ‘With twelve princes in a castle under ground.’ And
    then he told the king all that had happened, and showed him the three
    branches and the golden cup which he had brought with him. Then the king
    called for the princesses, and asked them whether what the soldier said
    was true: and when they saw that they were discovered, and that it was
    of no use to deny what had happened, they confessed it all. And the king
    asked the soldier which of them he would choose for his wife; and he
    answered, ‘I am not very young, so I will have the eldest.’–And they
    were married that very day, and the soldier was chosen to be the king’s
    heir.

    THE FISHERMAN AND HIS WIFE

    There was once a fisherman who lived with his wife in a pigsty, close
    by the seaside. The fisherman used to go out all day long a-fishing; and
    one day, as he sat on the shore with his rod, looking at the sparkling
    waves and watching his line, all on a sudden his float was dragged away
    deep into the water: and in drawing it up he pulled out a great fish.
    But the fish said, ‘Pray let me live! I am not a real fish; I am an
    enchanted prince: put me in the water again, and let me go!’ ‘Oh, ho!’
    said the man, ‘you need not make so many words about the matter; I will
    have nothing to do with a fish that can talk: so swim away, sir, as soon
    as you please!’ Then he put him back into the water, and the fish darted
    straight down to the bottom, and left a long streak of blood behind him
    on the wave.

    When the fisherman went home to his wife in the pigsty, he told her how
    he had caught a great fish, and how it had told him it was an enchanted
    prince, and how, on hearing it speak, he had let it go again. ‘Did not
    you ask it for anything?’ said the wife, ‘we live very wretchedly here,
    in this nasty dirty pigsty; do go back and tell the fish we want a snug
    little cottage.’

    The fisherman did not much like the business: however, he went to the
    seashore; and when he came back there the water looked all yellow and
    green. And he stood at the water’s edge, and said:

    ‘O man of the sea!
    Hearken to me!
    My wife Ilsabill
    Will have her own will,
    And hath sent me to beg a boon of thee!’

    Then the fish came swimming to him, and said, ‘Well, what is her will?
    What does your wife want?’ ‘Ah!’ said the fisherman, ‘she says that when
    I had caught you, I ought to have asked you for something before I let
    you go; she does not like living any longer in the pigsty, and wants
    a snug little cottage.’ ‘Go home, then,’ said the fish; ‘she is in the
    cottage already!’ So the man went home, and saw his wife standing at the
    door of a nice trim little cottage. ‘Come in, come in!’ said she; ‘is
    not this much better than the filthy pigsty we had?’ And there was a
    parlour, and a bedchamber, and a kitchen; and behind the cottage there
    was a little garden, planted with all sorts of flowers and fruits; and
    there was a courtyard behind, full of ducks and chickens. ‘Ah!’ said the
    fisherman, ‘how happily we shall live now!’ ‘We will try to do so, at
    least,’ said his wife.

    Everything went right for a week or two, and then Dame Ilsabill said,
    ‘Husband, there is not near room enough for us in this cottage; the
    courtyard and the garden are a great deal too small; I should like to
    have a large stone castle to live in: go to the fish again and tell him
    to give us a castle.’ ‘Wife,’ said the fisherman, ‘I don’t like to go to
    him again, for perhaps he will be angry; we ought to be easy with this
    pretty cottage to live in.’ ‘Nonsense!’ said the wife; ‘he will do it
    very willingly, I know; go along and try!’

    The fisherman went, but his heart was very heavy: and when he came to
    the sea, it looked blue and gloomy, though it was very calm; and he went
    close to the edge of the waves, and said:

    ‘O man of the sea!
    Hearken to me!
    My wife Ilsabill
    Will have her own will,
    And hath sent me to beg a boon of thee!’

    ‘Well, what does she want now?’ said the fish. ‘Ah!’ said the man,
    dolefully, ‘my wife wants to live in a stone castle.’ ‘Go home, then,’
    said the fish; ‘she is standing at the gate of it already.’ So away went
    the fisherman, and found his wife standing before the gate of a great
    castle. ‘See,’ said she, ‘is not this grand?’ With that they went into
    the castle together, and found a great many servants there, and the
    rooms all richly furnished, and full of golden chairs and tables; and
    behind the castle was a garden, and around it was a park half a
    mile long, full of sheep, and goats, and hares, and deer; and in the
    courtyard were stables and cow-houses. ‘Well,’ said the man, ‘now we
    will live cheerful and happy in this beautiful castle for the rest of
    our lives.’ ‘Perhaps we may,’ said the wife; ‘but let us sleep upon it,
    before we make up our minds to that.’ So they went to bed.

    The next morning when Dame Ilsabill awoke it was broad daylight, and
    she jogged the fisherman with her elbow, and said, ‘Get up, husband,
    and bestir yourself, for we must be king of all the land.’ ‘Wife, wife,’
    said the man, ‘why should we wish to be the king? I will not be king.’
    ‘Then I will,’ said she. ‘But, wife,’ said the fisherman, ‘how can you
    be king–the fish cannot make you a king?’ ‘Husband,’ said she, ‘say
    no more about it, but go and try! I will be king.’ So the man went away
    quite sorrowful to think that his wife should want to be king. This time
    the sea looked a dark grey colour, and was overspread with curling waves
    and the ridges of foam as he cried out:

    ‘O man of the sea!
    Hearken to me!
    My wife Ilsabill
    Will have her own will,
    And hath sent me to beg a boon of thee!’

    ‘Well, what would she have now?’ said the fish. ‘Alas!’ said the poor
    man, ‘my wife wants to be king.’ ‘Go home,’ said the fish; ‘she is king
    already.’

    Then the fisherman went home; and as he came close to the palace he saw
    a troop of soldiers, and heard the sound of drums and trumpets. And when
    he went in he saw his wife sitting on a throne of gold and diamonds,
    with a golden crown upon her head; and on each side of her stood six
    fair maidens, each a head taller than the other. ‘Well, wife,’ said the
    fisherman, ‘are you king?’ ‘Yes,’ said she, ‘I am king.’ And when he had
    looked at her for a long time, he said, ‘Ah, wife! what a fine thing it
    is to be king! Now we shall never have anything more to wish for as long
    as we live.’ ‘I don’t know how that may be,’ said she; ‘never is a long
    time. I am king, it is true; but I begin to be tired of that, and I
    think I should like to be emperor.’ ‘Alas, wife! why should you wish to
    be emperor?’ said the fisherman. ‘Husband,’ said she, ‘go to the fish!
    I say I will be emperor.’ ‘Ah, wife!’ replied the fisherman, ‘the fish
    cannot make an emperor, I am sure, and I should not like to ask him for
    such a thing.’ ‘I am king,’ said Ilsabill, ‘and you are my slave; so go
    at once!’

    So the fisherman was forced to go; and he muttered as he went along,
    ‘This will come to no good, it is too much to ask; the fish will be
    tired at last, and then we shall be sorry for what we have done.’ He
    soon came to the seashore; and the water was quite black and muddy, and
    a mighty whirlwind blew over the waves and rolled them about, but he
    went as near as he could to the water’s brink, and said:

    ‘O man of the sea!
    Hearken to me!
    My wife Ilsabill
    Will have her own will,
    And hath sent me to beg a boon of thee!’

    ‘What would she have now?’ said the fish. ‘Ah!’ said the fisherman,
    ‘she wants to be emperor.’ ‘Go home,’ said the fish; ‘she is emperor
    already.’

    So he went home again; and as he came near he saw his wife Ilsabill
    sitting on a very lofty throne made of solid gold, with a great crown on
    her head full two yards high; and on each side of her stood her guards
    and attendants in a row, each one smaller than the other, from the
    tallest giant down to a little dwarf no bigger than my finger. And
    before her stood princes, and dukes, and earls: and the fisherman went
    up to her and said, ‘Wife, are you emperor?’ ‘Yes,’ said she, ‘I am
    emperor.’ ‘Ah!’ said the man, as he gazed upon her, ‘what a fine thing
    it is to be emperor!’ ‘Husband,’ said she, ‘why should we stop at being
    emperor? I will be pope next.’ ‘O wife, wife!’ said he, ‘how can you be
    pope? there is but one pope at a time in Christendom.’ ‘Husband,’ said
    she, ‘I will be pope this very day.’ ‘But,’ replied the husband, ‘the
    fish cannot make you pope.’ ‘What nonsense!’ said she; ‘if he can make
    an emperor, he can make a pope: go and try him.’

    So the fisherman went. But when he came to the shore the wind was raging
    and the sea was tossed up and down in boiling waves, and the ships were
    in trouble, and rolled fearfully upon the tops of the billows. In the
    middle of the heavens there was a little piece of blue sky, but towards
    the south all was red, as if a dreadful storm was rising. At this sight
    the fisherman was dreadfully frightened, and he trembled so that his
    knees knocked together: but still he went down near to the shore, and
    said:

    ‘O man of the sea!
    Hearken to me!
    My wife Ilsabill
    Will have her own will,
    And hath sent me to beg a boon of thee!’

    ‘What does she want now?’ said the fish. ‘Ah!’ said the fisherman, ‘my
    wife wants to be pope.’ ‘Go home,’ said the fish; ‘she is pope already.’

    Then the fisherman went home, and found Ilsabill sitting on a throne
    that was two miles high. And she had three great crowns on her head, and
    around her stood all the pomp and power of the Church. And on each side
    of her were two rows of burning lights, of all sizes, the greatest as
    large as the highest and biggest tower in the world, and the least no
    larger than a small rushlight. ‘Wife,’ said the fisherman, as he looked
    at all this greatness, ‘are you pope?’ ‘Yes,’ said she, ‘I am pope.’
    ‘Well, wife,’ replied he, ‘it is a grand thing to be pope; and now
    you must be easy, for you can be nothing greater.’ ‘I will think about
    that,’ said the wife. Then they went to bed: but Dame Ilsabill could not
    sleep all night for thinking what she should be next. At last, as she
    was dropping asleep, morning broke, and the sun rose. ‘Ha!’ thought she,
    as she woke up and looked at it through the window, ‘after all I cannot
    prevent the sun rising.’ At this thought she was very angry, and wakened
    her husband, and said, ‘Husband, go to the fish and tell him I must
    be lord of the sun and moon.’ The fisherman was half asleep, but the
    thought frightened him so much that he started and fell out of bed.
    ‘Alas, wife!’ said he, ‘cannot you be easy with being pope?’ ‘No,’
    said she, ‘I am very uneasy as long as the sun and moon rise without my
    leave. Go to the fish at once!’

    Then the man went shivering with fear; and as he was going down to
    the shore a dreadful storm arose, so that the trees and the very rocks
    shook. And all the heavens became black with stormy clouds, and the
    lightnings played, and the thunders rolled; and you might have seen in
    the sea great black waves, swelling up like mountains with crowns of
    white foam upon their heads. And the fisherman crept towards the sea,
    and cried out, as well as he could:

    ‘O man of the sea!
    Hearken to me!
    My wife Ilsabill
    Will have her own will,
    And hath sent me to beg a boon of thee!’

    ‘What does she want now?’ said the fish. ‘Ah!’ said he, ‘she wants to
    be lord of the sun and moon.’ ‘Go home,’ said the fish, ‘to your pigsty
    again.’

    And there they live to this very day.

    THE WILLOW-WREN AND THE BEAR

    Once in summer-time the bear and the wolf were walking in the forest,
    and the bear heard a bird singing so beautifully that he said: ‘Brother
    wolf, what bird is it that sings so well?’ ‘That is the King of birds,’
    said the wolf, ‘before whom we must bow down.’ In reality the bird was
    the willow-wren. ‘IF that’s the case,’ said the bear, ‘I should very
    much like to see his royal palace; come, take me thither.’ ‘That is not
    done quite as you seem to think,’ said the wolf; ‘you must wait until
    the Queen comes,’ Soon afterwards, the Queen arrived with some food in
    her beak, and the lord King came too, and they began to feed their young
    ones. The bear would have liked to go at once, but the wolf held him
    back by the sleeve, and said: ‘No, you must wait until the lord and lady
    Queen have gone away again.’ So they took stock of the hole where the
    nest lay, and trotted away. The bear, however, could not rest until he
    had seen the royal palace, and when a short time had passed, went to it
    again. The King and Queen had just flown out, so he peeped in and saw
    five or six young ones lying there. ‘Is that the royal palace?’ cried
    the bear; ‘it is a wretched palace, and you are not King’s children, you
    are disreputable children!’ When the young wrens heard that, they were
    frightfully angry, and screamed: ‘No, that we are not! Our parents are
    honest people! Bear, you will have to pay for that!’

    The bear and the wolf grew uneasy, and turned back and went into their
    holes. The young willow-wrens, however, continued to cry and scream, and
    when their parents again brought food they said: ‘We will not so much as
    touch one fly’s leg, no, not if we were dying of hunger, until you have
    settled whether we are respectable children or not; the bear has been
    here and has insulted us!’ Then the old King said: ‘Be easy, he shall
    be punished,’ and he at once flew with the Queen to the bear’s cave, and
    called in: ‘Old Growler, why have you insulted my children? You shall
    suffer for it–we will punish you by a bloody war.’ Thus war was
    announced to the Bear, and all four-footed animals were summoned to take
    part in it, oxen, asses, cows, deer, and every other animal the earth
    contained. And the willow-wren summoned everything which flew in the
    air, not only birds, large and small, but midges, and hornets, bees and
    flies had to come.

    When the time came for the war to begin, the willow-wren sent out spies
    to discover who was the enemy’s commander-in-chief. The gnat, who was
    the most crafty, flew into the forest where the enemy was assembled,
    and hid herself beneath a leaf of the tree where the password was to be
    announced. There stood the bear, and he called the fox before him
    and said: ‘Fox, you are the most cunning of all animals, you shall be
    general and lead us.’ ‘Good,’ said the fox, ‘but what signal shall we
    agree upon?’ No one knew that, so the fox said: ‘I have a fine long
    bushy tail, which almost looks like a plume of red feathers. When I lift
    my tail up quite high, all is going well, and you must charge; but if I
    let it hang down, run away as fast as you can.’ When the gnat had heard
    that, she flew away again, and revealed everything, down to the minutest
    detail, to the willow-wren. When day broke, and the battle was to begin,
    all the four-footed animals came running up with such a noise that the
    earth trembled. The willow-wren with his army also came flying through
    the air with such a humming, and whirring, and swarming that every one
    was uneasy and afraid, and on both sides they advanced against each
    other. But the willow-wren sent down the hornet, with orders to settle
    beneath the fox’s tail, and sting with all his might. When the fox felt
    the first string, he started so that he lifted one leg, from pain, but
    he bore it, and still kept his tail high in the air; at the second
    sting, he was forced to put it down for a moment; at the third, he could
    hold out no longer, screamed, and put his tail between his legs. When
    the animals saw that, they thought all was lost, and began to flee, each
    into his hole, and the birds had won the battle.

    Then the King and Queen flew home to their children and cried:
    ‘Children, rejoice, eat and drink to your heart’s content, we have won
    the battle!’ But the young wrens said: ‘We will not eat yet, the bear
    must come to the nest, and beg for pardon and say that we are honourable
    children, before we will do that.’ Then the willow-wren flew to the
    bear’s hole and cried: ‘Growler, you are to come to the nest to my
    children, and beg their pardon, or else every rib of your body shall
    be broken.’ So the bear crept thither in the greatest fear, and begged
    their pardon. And now at last the young wrens were satisfied, and sat
    down together and ate and drank, and made merry till quite late into the
    night.

    THE FROG-PRINCE

    One fine evening a young princess put on her bonnet and clogs, and went
    out to take a walk by herself in a wood; and when she came to a cool
    spring of water, that rose in the midst of it, she sat herself down
    to rest a while. Now she had a golden ball in her hand, which was her
    favourite plaything; and she was always tossing it up into the air, and
    catching it again as it fell. After a time she threw it up so high that
    she missed catching it as it fell; and the ball bounded away, and rolled
    along upon the ground, till at last it fell down into the spring. The
    princess looked into the spring after her ball, but it was very deep, so
    deep that she could not see the bottom of it. Then she began to bewail
    her loss, and said, ‘Alas! if I could only get my ball again, I would
    give all my fine clothes and jewels, and everything that I have in the
    world.’

    Whilst she was speaking, a frog put its head out of the water, and said,
    ‘Princess, why do you weep so bitterly?’ ‘Alas!’ said she, ‘what can you
    do for me, you nasty frog? My golden ball has fallen into the spring.’
    The frog said, ‘I want not your pearls, and jewels, and fine clothes;
    but if you will love me, and let me live with you and eat from off
    your golden plate, and sleep upon your bed, I will bring you your ball
    again.’ ‘What nonsense,’ thought the princess, ‘this silly frog is
    talking! He can never even get out of the spring to visit me, though
    he may be able to get my ball for me, and therefore I will tell him he
    shall have what he asks.’ So she said to the frog, ‘Well, if you will
    bring me my ball, I will do all you ask.’ Then the frog put his head
    down, and dived deep under the water; and after a little while he came
    up again, with the ball in his mouth, and threw it on the edge of the
    spring. As soon as the young princess saw her ball, she ran to pick
    it up; and she was so overjoyed to have it in her hand again, that she
    never thought of the frog, but ran home with it as fast as she could.
    The frog called after her, ‘Stay, princess, and take me with you as you
    said,’ But she did not stop to hear a word.

    The next day, just as the princess had sat down to dinner, she heard a
    strange noise–tap, tap–plash, plash–as if something was coming up the
    marble staircase: and soon afterwards there was a gentle knock at the
    door, and a little voice cried out and said:

    ‘Open the door, my princess dear,
    Open the door to thy true love here!
    And mind the words that thou and I said
    By the fountain cool, in the greenwood shade.’

    Then the princess ran to the door and opened it, and there she saw
    the frog, whom she had quite forgotten. At this sight she was sadly
    frightened, and shutting the door as fast as she could came back to her
    seat. The king, her father, seeing that something had frightened her,
    asked her what was the matter. ‘There is a nasty frog,’ said she, ‘at
    the door, that lifted my ball for me out of the spring this morning: I
    told him that he should live with me here, thinking that he could never
    get out of the spring; but there he is at the door, and he wants to come
    in.’

    While she was speaking the frog knocked again at the door, and said:

    ‘Open the door, my princess dear,
    Open the door to thy true love here!
    And mind the words that thou and I said
    By the fountain cool, in the greenwood shade.’

    Then the king said to the young princess, ‘As you have given your word
    you must keep it; so go and let him in.’ She did so, and the frog hopped
    into the room, and then straight on–tap, tap–plash, plash–from the
    bottom of the room to the top, till he came up close to the table where
    the princess sat. ‘Pray lift me upon chair,’ said he to the princess,
    ‘and let me sit next to you.’ As soon as she had done this, the frog
    said, ‘Put your plate nearer to me, that I may eat out of it.’ This
    she did, and when he had eaten as much as he could, he said, ‘Now I am
    tired; carry me upstairs, and put me into your bed.’ And the princess,
    though very unwilling, took him up in her hand, and put him upon the
    pillow of her own bed, where he slept all night long. As soon as it was
    light he jumped up, hopped downstairs, and went out of the house.
    ‘Now, then,’ thought the princess, ‘at last he is gone, and I shall be
    troubled with him no more.’

    But she was mistaken; for when night came again she heard the same
    tapping at the door; and the frog came once more, and said:

    ‘Open the door, my princess dear,
    Open the door to thy true love here!
    And mind the words that thou and I said
    By the fountain cool, in the greenwood shade.’

    And when the princess opened the door the frog came in, and slept upon
    her pillow as before, till the morning broke. And the third night he did
    the same. But when the princess awoke on the following morning she was
    astonished to see, instead of the frog, a handsome prince, gazing on her
    with the most beautiful eyes she had ever seen, and standing at the head
    of her bed.

    He told her that he had been enchanted by a spiteful fairy, who had
    changed him into a frog; and that he had been fated so to abide till
    some princess should take him out of the spring, and let him eat from
    her plate, and sleep upon her bed for three nights. ‘You,’ said the
    prince, ‘have broken his cruel charm, and now I have nothing to wish for
    but that you should go with me into my father’s kingdom, where I will
    marry you, and love you as long as you live.’

    The young princess, you may be sure, was not long in saying ‘Yes’ to
    all this; and as they spoke a gay coach drove up, with eight beautiful
    horses, decked with plumes of feathers and a golden harness; and behind
    the coach rode the prince’s servant, faithful Heinrich, who had bewailed
    the misfortunes of his dear master during his enchantment so long and so
    bitterly, that his heart had well-nigh burst.

    They then took leave of the king, and got into the coach with eight
    horses, and all set out, full of joy and merriment, for the prince’s
    kingdom, which they reached safely; and there they lived happily a great
    many years.

    CAT AND MOUSE IN PARTNERSHIP

    A certain cat had made the acquaintance of a mouse, and had said so much
    to her about the great love and friendship she felt for her, that at
    length the mouse agreed that they should live and keep house together.
    ‘But we must make a provision for winter, or else we shall suffer
    from hunger,’ said the cat; ‘and you, little mouse, cannot venture
    everywhere, or you will be caught in a trap some day.’ The good advice
    was followed, and a pot of fat was bought, but they did not know where
    to put it. At length, after much consideration, the cat said: ‘I know no
    place where it will be better stored up than in the church, for no one
    dares take anything away from there. We will set it beneath the altar,
    and not touch it until we are really in need of it.’ So the pot was
    placed in safety, but it was not long before the cat had a great
    yearning for it, and said to the mouse: ‘I want to tell you something,
    little mouse; my cousin has brought a little son into the world, and has
    asked me to be godmother; he is white with brown spots, and I am to hold
    him over the font at the christening. Let me go out today, and you look
    after the house by yourself.’ ‘Yes, yes,’ answered the mouse, ‘by all
    means go, and if you get anything very good to eat, think of me. I
    should like a drop of sweet red christening wine myself.’ All this,
    however, was untrue; the cat had no cousin, and had not been asked to
    be godmother. She went straight to the church, stole to the pot of fat,
    began to lick at it, and licked the top of the fat off. Then she took a
    walk upon the roofs of the town, looked out for opportunities, and then
    stretched herself in the sun, and licked her lips whenever she thought
    of the pot of fat, and not until it was evening did she return home.
    ‘Well, here you are again,’ said the mouse, ‘no doubt you have had a
    merry day.’ ‘All went off well,’ answered the cat. ‘What name did they
    give the child?’ ‘Top off!’ said the cat quite coolly. ‘Top off!’ cried
    the mouse, ‘that is a very odd and uncommon name, is it a usual one in
    your family?’ ‘What does that matter,’ said the cat, ‘it is no worse
    than Crumb-stealer, as your godchildren are called.’

    Before long the cat was seized by another fit of yearning. She said to
    the mouse: ‘You must do me a favour, and once more manage the house for
    a day alone. I am again asked to be godmother, and, as the child has a
    white ring round its neck, I cannot refuse.’ The good mouse consented,
    but the cat crept behind the town walls to the church, and devoured
    half the pot of fat. ‘Nothing ever seems so good as what one keeps to
    oneself,’ said she, and was quite satisfied with her day’s work. When
    she went home the mouse inquired: ‘And what was the child christened?’
    ‘Half-done,’ answered the cat. ‘Half-done! What are you saying? I
    never heard the name in my life, I’ll wager anything it is not in the
    calendar!’

    The cat’s mouth soon began to water for some more licking. ‘All good
    things go in threes,’ said she, ‘I am asked to stand godmother again.
    The child is quite black, only it has white paws, but with that
    exception, it has not a single white hair on its whole body; this only
    happens once every few years, you will let me go, won’t you?’ ‘Top-off!
    Half-done!’ answered the mouse, ‘they are such odd names, they make me
    very thoughtful.’ ‘You sit at home,’ said the cat, ‘in your dark-grey
    fur coat and long tail, and are filled with fancies, that’s because
    you do not go out in the daytime.’ During the cat’s absence the mouse
    cleaned the house, and put it in order, but the greedy cat entirely
    emptied the pot of fat. ‘When everything is eaten up one has some
    peace,’ said she to herself, and well filled and fat she did not return
    home till night. The mouse at once asked what name had been given to
    the third child. ‘It will not please you more than the others,’ said the
    cat. ‘He is called All-gone.’ ‘All-gone,’ cried the mouse ‘that is the
    most suspicious name of all! I have never seen it in print. All-gone;
    what can that mean?’ and she shook her head, curled herself up, and lay
    down to sleep.

    From this time forth no one invited the cat to be godmother, but
    when the winter had come and there was no longer anything to be found
    outside, the mouse thought of their provision, and said: ‘Come, cat,
    we will go to our pot of fat which we have stored up for ourselves–we
    shall enjoy that.’ ‘Yes,’ answered the cat, ‘you will enjoy it as much
    as you would enjoy sticking that dainty tongue of yours out of the
    window.’ They set out on their way, but when they arrived, the pot of
    fat certainly was still in its place, but it was empty. ‘Alas!’ said the
    mouse, ‘now I see what has happened, now it comes to light! You are a true
    friend! You have devoured all when you were standing godmother. First
    top off, then half-done, then–’ ‘Will you hold your tongue,’ cried the
    cat, ‘one word more, and I will eat you too.’ ‘All-gone’ was already on
    the poor mouse’s lips; scarcely had she spoken it before the cat sprang
    on her, seized her, and swallowed her down. Verily, that is the way of
    the world.

    THE GOOSE-GIRL

    The king of a great land died, and left his queen to take care of their
    only child. This child was a daughter, who was very beautiful; and her
    mother loved her dearly, and was very kind to her. And there was a good
    fairy too, who was fond of the princess, and helped her mother to watch
    over her. When she grew up, she was betrothed to a prince who lived a
    great way off; and as the time drew near for her to be married, she
    got ready to set off on her journey to his country. Then the queen her
    mother, packed up a great many costly things; jewels, and gold, and
    silver; trinkets, fine dresses, and in short everything that became a
    royal bride. And she gave her a waiting-maid to ride with her, and give
    her into the bridegroom’s hands; and each had a horse for the journey.
    Now the princess’s horse was the fairy’s gift, and it was called Falada,
    and could speak.

    When the time came for them to set out, the fairy went into her
    bed-chamber, and took a little knife, and cut off a lock of her hair,
    and gave it to the princess, and said, ‘Take care of it, dear child; for
    it is a charm that may be of use to you on the road.’ Then they all took
    a sorrowful leave of the princess; and she put the lock of hair into
    her bosom, got upon her horse, and set off on her journey to her
    bridegroom’s kingdom.

    One day, as they were riding along by a brook, the princess began to
    feel very thirsty: and she said to her maid, ‘Pray get down, and fetch
    me some water in my golden cup out of yonder brook, for I want to
    drink.’ ‘Nay,’ said the maid, ‘if you are thirsty, get off yourself, and
    stoop down by the water and drink; I shall not be your waiting-maid any
    longer.’ Then she was so thirsty that she got down, and knelt over the
    little brook, and drank; for she was frightened, and dared not bring out
    her golden cup; and she wept and said, ‘Alas! what will become of me?’
    And the lock answered her, and said:

    ‘Alas! alas! if thy mother knew it,
    Sadly, sadly, would she rue it.’

    But the princess was very gentle and meek, so she said nothing to her
    maid’s ill behaviour, but got upon her horse again.

    Then all rode farther on their journey, till the day grew so warm, and
    the sun so scorching, that the bride began to feel very thirsty again;
    and at last, when they came to a river, she forgot her maid’s rude
    speech, and said, ‘Pray get down, and fetch me some water to drink in
    my golden cup.’ But the maid answered her, and even spoke more haughtily
    than before: ‘Drink if you will, but I shall not be your waiting-maid.’
    Then the princess was so thirsty that she got off her horse, and lay
    down, and held her head over the running stream, and cried and said,
    ‘What will become of me?’ And the lock of hair answered her again:

    ‘Alas! alas! if thy mother knew it,
    Sadly, sadly, would she rue it.’

    And as she leaned down to drink, the lock of hair fell from her bosom,
    and floated away with the water. Now she was so frightened that she did
    not see it; but her maid saw it, and was very glad, for she knew the
    charm; and she saw that the poor bride would be in her power, now that
    she had lost the hair. So when the bride had done drinking, and would
    have got upon Falada again, the maid said, ‘I shall ride upon Falada,
    and you may have my horse instead’; so she was forced to give up her
    horse, and soon afterwards to take off her royal clothes and put on her
    maid’s shabby ones.

    At last, as they drew near the end of their journey, this treacherous
    servant threatened to kill her mistress if she ever told anyone what had
    happened. But Falada saw it all, and marked it well.

    Then the waiting-maid got upon Falada, and the real bride rode upon the
    other horse, and they went on in this way till at last they came to the
    royal court. There was great joy at their coming, and the prince flew to
    meet them, and lifted the maid from her horse, thinking she was the one
    who was to be his wife; and she was led upstairs to the royal chamber;
    but the true princess was told to stay in the court below.

    Now the old king happened just then to have nothing else to do; so he
    amused himself by sitting at his kitchen window, looking at what was
    going on; and he saw her in the courtyard. As she looked very pretty,
    and too delicate for a waiting-maid, he went up into the royal chamber
    to ask the bride who it was she had brought with her, that was thus left
    standing in the court below. ‘I brought her with me for the sake of her
    company on the road,’ said she; ‘pray give the girl some work to do,
    that she may not be idle.’ The old king could not for some time think
    of any work for her to do; but at last he said, ‘I have a lad who takes
    care of my geese; she may go and help him.’ Now the name of this lad,
    that the real bride was to help in watching the king’s geese, was
    Curdken.

    But the false bride said to the prince, ‘Dear husband, pray do me one
    piece of kindness.’ ‘That I will,’ said the prince. ‘Then tell one of
    your slaughterers to cut off the head of the horse I rode upon, for it
    was very unruly, and plagued me sadly on the road’; but the truth was,
    she was very much afraid lest Falada should some day or other speak, and
    tell all she had done to the princess. She carried her point, and the
    faithful Falada was killed; but when the true princess heard of it, she
    wept, and begged the man to nail up Falada’s head against a large
    dark gate of the city, through which she had to pass every morning
    and evening, that there she might still see him sometimes. Then the
    slaughterer said he would do as she wished; and cut off the head, and
    nailed it up under the dark gate.

    Early the next morning, as she and Curdken went out through the gate,
    she said sorrowfully:

    ‘Falada, Falada, there thou hangest!’

    and the head answered:

    ‘Bride, bride, there thou gangest!
    Alas! alas! if thy mother knew it,
    Sadly, sadly, would she rue it.’

    Then they went out of the city, and drove the geese on. And when she
    came to the meadow, she sat down upon a bank there, and let down her
    waving locks of hair, which were all of pure silver; and when Curdken
    saw it glitter in the sun, he ran up, and would have pulled some of the
    locks out, but she cried:

    ‘Blow, breezes, blow!
    Let Curdken’s hat go!
    Blow, breezes, blow!
    Let him after it go!
    O’er hills, dales, and rocks,
    Away be it whirl’d
    Till the silvery locks
    Are all comb’d and curl’d!

    Then there came a wind, so strong that it blew off Curdken’s hat; and
    away it flew over the hills: and he was forced to turn and run after
    it; till, by the time he came back, she had done combing and curling her
    hair, and had put it up again safe. Then he was very angry and sulky,
    and would not speak to her at all; but they watched the geese until it
    grew dark in the evening, and then drove them homewards.

    The next morning, as they were going through the dark gate, the poor
    girl looked up at Falada’s head, and cried:

    ‘Falada, Falada, there thou hangest!’

    and the head answered:

    ‘Bride, bride, there thou gangest!
    Alas! alas! if thy mother knew it,
    Sadly, sadly, would she rue it.’

    Then she drove on the geese, and sat down again in the meadow, and began
    to comb out her hair as before; and Curdken ran up to her, and wanted to
    take hold of it; but she cried out quickly:

    ‘Blow, breezes, blow!
    Let Curdken’s hat go!
    Blow, breezes, blow!
    Let him after it go!
    O’er hills, dales, and rocks,
    Away be it whirl’d
    Till the silvery locks
    Are all comb’d and curl’d!

    Then the wind came and blew away his hat; and off it flew a great way,
    over the hills and far away, so that he had to run after it; and when
    he came back she had bound up her hair again, and all was safe. So they
    watched the geese till it grew dark.

    In the evening, after they came home, Curdken went to the old king, and
    said, ‘I cannot have that strange girl to help me to keep the geese any
    longer.’ ‘Why?’ said the king. ‘Because, instead of doing any good, she
    does nothing but tease me all day long.’ Then the king made him tell him
    what had happened. And Curdken said, ‘When we go in the morning through
    the dark gate with our flock of geese, she cries and talks with the head
    of a horse that hangs upon the wall, and says:

    ‘Falada, Falada, there thou hangest!’

    and the head answers:

    ‘Bride, bride, there thou gangest!
    Alas! alas! if thy mother knew it,
    Sadly, sadly, would she rue it.’

    And Curdken went on telling the king what had happened upon the meadow
    where the geese fed; how his hat was blown away; and how he was forced
    to run after it, and to leave his flock of geese to themselves. But the
    old king told the boy to go out again the next day: and when morning
    came, he placed himself behind the dark gate, and heard how she spoke
    to Falada, and how Falada answered. Then he went into the field, and
    hid himself in a bush by the meadow’s side; and he soon saw with his own
    eyes how they drove the flock of geese; and how, after a little time,
    she let down her hair that glittered in the sun. And then he heard her
    say:

    ‘Blow, breezes, blow!
    Let Curdken’s hat go!
    Blow, breezes, blow!
    Let him after it go!
    O’er hills, dales, and rocks,
    Away be it whirl’d
    Till the silvery locks
    Are all comb’d and curl’d!

    And soon came a gale of wind, and carried away Curdken’s hat, and away
    went Curdken after it, while the girl went on combing and curling her
    hair. All this the old king saw: so he went home without being seen; and
    when the little goose-girl came back in the evening he called her aside,
    and asked her why she did so: but she burst into tears, and said, ‘That
    I must not tell you or any man, or I shall lose my life.’

    But the old king begged so hard, that she had no peace till she had told
    him all the tale, from beginning to end, word for word. And it was very
    lucky for her that she did so, for when she had done the king ordered
    royal clothes to be put upon her, and gazed on her with wonder, she was
    so beautiful. Then he called his son and told him that he had only a
    false bride; for that she was merely a waiting-maid, while the true
    bride stood by. And the young king rejoiced when he saw her beauty, and
    heard how meek and patient she had been; and without saying anything to
    the false bride, the king ordered a great feast to be got ready for all
    his court. The bridegroom sat at the top, with the false princess on one
    side, and the true one on the other; but nobody knew her again, for her
    beauty was quite dazzling to their eyes; and she did not seem at all
    like the little goose-girl, now that she had her brilliant dress on.

    When they had eaten and drank, and were very merry, the old king said
    he would tell them a tale. So he began, and told all the story of the
    princess, as if it was one that he had once heard; and he asked the
    true waiting-maid what she thought ought to be done to anyone who would
    behave thus. ‘Nothing better,’ said this false bride, ‘than that she
    should be thrown into a cask stuck round with sharp nails, and that
    two white horses should be put to it, and should drag it from street to
    street till she was dead.’ ‘Thou art she!’ said the old king; ‘and as
    thou has judged thyself, so shall it be done to thee.’ And the young
    king was then married to his true wife, and they reigned over the
    kingdom in peace and happiness all their lives; and the good fairy came
    to see them, and restored the faithful Falada to life again.

    THE ADVENTURES OF CHANTICLEER AND PARTLET

    1. HOW THEY WENT TO THE MOUNTAINS TO EAT NUTS

    ‘The nuts are quite ripe now,’ said Chanticleer to his wife Partlet,
    ‘suppose we go together to the mountains, and eat as many as we can,
    before the squirrel takes them all away.’ ‘With all my heart,’ said
    Partlet, ‘let us go and make a holiday of it together.’

    So they went to the mountains; and as it was a lovely day, they stayed
    there till the evening. Now, whether it was that they had eaten so many
    nuts that they could not walk, or whether they were lazy and would not,
    I do not know: however, they took it into their heads that it did not
    become them to go home on foot. So Chanticleer began to build a little
    carriage of nutshells: and when it was finished, Partlet jumped into
    it and sat down, and bid Chanticleer harness himself to it and draw her
    home. ‘That’s a good joke!’ said Chanticleer; ‘no, that will never do;
    I had rather by half walk home; I’ll sit on the box and be coachman,
    if you like, but I’ll not draw.’ While this was passing, a duck came
    quacking up and cried out, ‘You thieving vagabonds, what business have
    you in my grounds? I’ll give it you well for your insolence!’ and upon
    that she fell upon Chanticleer most lustily. But Chanticleer was no
    coward, and returned the duck’s blows with his sharp spurs so fiercely
    that she soon began to cry out for mercy; which was only granted her
    upon condition that she would draw the carriage home for them. This she
    agreed to do; and Chanticleer got upon the box, and drove, crying, ‘Now,
    duck, get on as fast as you can.’ And away they went at a pretty good
    pace.

    After they had travelled along a little way, they met a needle and a pin
    walking together along the road: and the needle cried out, ‘Stop, stop!’
    and said it was so dark that they could hardly find their way, and such
    dirty walking they could not get on at all: he told them that he and his
    friend, the pin, had been at a public-house a few miles off, and had sat
    drinking till they had forgotten how late it was; he begged therefore
    that the travellers would be so kind as to give them a lift in their
    carriage. Chanticleer observing that they were but thin fellows, and not
    likely to take up much room, told them they might ride, but made them
    promise not to dirty the wheels of the carriage in getting in, nor to
    tread on Partlet’s toes.

    Late at night they arrived at an inn; and as it was bad travelling in
    the dark, and the duck seemed much tired, and waddled about a good
    deal from one side to the other, they made up their minds to fix their
    quarters there: but the landlord at first was unwilling, and said his
    house was full, thinking they might not be very respectable company:
    however, they spoke civilly to him, and gave him the egg which Partlet
    had laid by the way, and said they would give him the duck, who was in
    the habit of laying one every day: so at last he let them come in, and
    they bespoke a handsome supper, and spent the evening very jollily.

    Early in the morning, before it was quite light, and when nobody was
    stirring in the inn, Chanticleer awakened his wife, and, fetching the
    egg, they pecked a hole in it, ate it up, and threw the shells into the
    fireplace: they then went to the pin and needle, who were fast asleep,
    and seizing them by the heads, stuck one into the landlord’s easy chair
    and the other into his handkerchief; and, having done this, they crept
    away as softly as possible. However, the duck, who slept in the open
    air in the yard, heard them coming, and jumping into the brook which ran
    close by the inn, soon swam out of their reach.

    An hour or two afterwards the landlord got up, and took his handkerchief
    to wipe his face, but the pin ran into him and pricked him: then he
    walked into the kitchen to light his pipe at the fire, but when he
    stirred it up the eggshells flew into his eyes, and almost blinded him.
    ‘Bless me!’ said he, ‘all the world seems to have a design against my
    head this morning’: and so saying, he threw himself sulkily into his
    easy chair; but, oh dear! the needle ran into him; and this time the
    pain was not in his head. He now flew into a very great passion, and,
    suspecting the company who had come in the night before, he went to look
    after them, but they were all off; so he swore that he never again
    would take in such a troop of vagabonds, who ate a great deal, paid no
    reckoning, and gave him nothing for his trouble but their apish tricks.

    2. HOW CHANTICLEER AND PARTLET WENT TO VISIT MR KORBES

    Another day, Chanticleer and Partlet wished to ride out together;
    so Chanticleer built a handsome carriage with four red wheels, and
    harnessed six mice to it; and then he and Partlet got into the carriage,
    and away they drove. Soon afterwards a cat met them, and said, ‘Where
    are you going?’ And Chanticleer replied,

    ‘All on our way
    A visit to pay
    To Mr Korbes, the fox, today.’

    Then the cat said, ‘Take me with you,’ Chanticleer said, ‘With all my
    heart: get up behind, and be sure you do not fall off.’

    ‘Take care of this handsome coach of mine,
    Nor dirty my pretty red wheels so fine!
    Now, mice, be ready,
    And, wheels, run steady!
    For we are going a visit to pay
    To Mr Korbes, the fox, today.’

    Soon after came up a millstone, an egg, a duck, and a pin; and
    Chanticleer gave them all leave to get into the carriage and go with
    them.

    When they arrived at Mr Korbes’s house, he was not at home; so the mice
    drew the carriage into the coach-house, Chanticleer and Partlet flew
    upon a beam, the cat sat down in the fireplace, the duck got into
    the washing cistern, the pin stuck himself into the bed pillow, the
    millstone laid himself over the house door, and the egg rolled himself
    up in the towel.

    When Mr Korbes came home, he went to the fireplace to make a fire; but
    the cat threw all the ashes in his eyes: so he ran to the kitchen to
    wash himself; but there the duck splashed all the water in his face; and
    when he tried to wipe himself, the egg broke to pieces in the towel all
    over his face and eyes. Then he was very angry, and went without his
    supper to bed; but when he laid his head on the pillow, the pin ran into
    his cheek: at this he became quite furious, and, jumping up, would have
    run out of the house; but when he came to the door, the millstone fell
    down on his head, and killed him on the spot.

    3. HOW PARTLET DIED AND WAS BURIED, AND HOW CHANTICLEER DIED OF GRIEF

    Another day Chanticleer and Partlet agreed to go again to the mountains
    to eat nuts; and it was settled that all the nuts which they found
    should be shared equally between them. Now Partlet found a very large
    nut; but she said nothing about it to Chanticleer, and kept it all to
    herself: however, it was so big that she could not swallow it, and it
    stuck in her throat. Then she was in a great fright, and cried out to
    Chanticleer, ‘Pray run as fast as you can, and fetch me some water, or I
    shall be choked.’ Chanticleer ran as fast as he could to the river, and
    said, ‘River, give me some water, for Partlet lies in the mountain, and
    will be choked by a great nut.’ The river said, ‘Run first to the bride,
    and ask her for a silken cord to draw up the water.’ Chanticleer ran to
    the bride, and said, ‘Bride, you must give me a silken cord, for then
    the river will give me water, and the water I will carry to Partlet, who
    lies on the mountain, and will be choked by a great nut.’ But the bride
    said, ‘Run first, and bring me my garland that is hanging on a willow
    in the garden.’ Then Chanticleer ran to the garden, and took the garland
    from the bough where it hung, and brought it to the bride; and then
    the bride gave him the silken cord, and he took the silken cord to
    the river, and the river gave him water, and he carried the water to
    Partlet; but in the meantime she was choked by the great nut, and lay
    quite dead, and never moved any more.

    Then Chanticleer was very sorry, and cried bitterly; and all the beasts
    came and wept with him over poor Partlet. And six mice built a little
    hearse to carry her to her grave; and when it was ready they harnessed
    themselves before it, and Chanticleer drove them. On the way they
    met the fox. ‘Where are you going, Chanticleer?’ said he. ‘To bury my
    Partlet,’ said the other. ‘May I go with you?’ said the fox. ‘Yes; but
    you must get up behind, or my horses will not be able to draw you.’ Then
    the fox got up behind; and presently the wolf, the bear, the goat, and
    all the beasts of the wood, came and climbed upon the hearse.

    So on they went till they came to a rapid stream. ‘How shall we get
    over?’ said Chanticleer. Then said a straw, ‘I will lay myself across,
    and you may pass over upon me.’ But as the mice were going over, the
    straw slipped away and fell into the water, and the six mice all fell in
    and were drowned. What was to be done? Then a large log of wood came
    and said, ‘I am big enough; I will lay myself across the stream, and you
    shall pass over upon me.’ So he laid himself down; but they managed
    so clumsily, that the log of wood fell in and was carried away by the
    stream. Then a stone, who saw what had happened, came up and kindly
    offered to help poor Chanticleer by laying himself across the stream;
    and this time he got safely to the other side with the hearse, and
    managed to get Partlet out of it; but the fox and the other mourners,
    who were sitting behind, were too heavy, and fell back into the water
    and were all carried away by the stream and drowned.

    Thus Chanticleer was left alone with his dead Partlet; and having dug
    a grave for her, he laid her in it, and made a little hillock over her.
    Then he sat down by the grave, and wept and mourned, till at last he
    died too; and so all were dead.

    RAPUNZEL

    There were once a man and a woman who had long in vain wished for a
    child. At length the woman hoped that God was about to grant her desire.
    These people had a little window at the back of their house from which
    a splendid garden could be seen, which was full of the most beautiful
    flowers and herbs. It was, however, surrounded by a high wall, and no
    one dared to go into it because it belonged to an enchantress, who had
    great power and was dreaded by all the world. One day the woman was
    standing by this window and looking down into the garden, when she saw a
    bed which was planted with the most beautiful rampion (rapunzel), and it
    looked so fresh and green that she longed for it, she quite pined away,
    and began to look pale and miserable. Then her husband was alarmed, and
    asked: ‘What ails you, dear wife?’ ‘Ah,’ she replied, ‘if I can’t eat
    some of the rampion, which is in the garden behind our house, I shall
    die.’ The man, who loved her, thought: ‘Sooner than let your wife die,
    bring her some of the rampion yourself, let it cost what it will.’
    At twilight, he clambered down over the wall into the garden of the
    enchantress, hastily clutched a handful of rampion, and took it to his
    wife. She at once made herself a salad of it, and ate it greedily. It
    tasted so good to her–so very good, that the next day she longed for it
    three times as much as before. If he was to have any rest, her husband
    must once more descend into the garden. In the gloom of evening
    therefore, he let himself down again; but when he had clambered down the
    wall he was terribly afraid, for he saw the enchantress standing before
    him. ‘How can you dare,’ said she with angry look, ‘descend into my
    garden and steal my rampion like a thief? You shall suffer for it!’
    ‘Ah,’ answered he, ‘let mercy take the place of justice, I only made
    up my mind to do it out of necessity. My wife saw your rampion from the
    window, and felt such a longing for it that she would have died if she
    had not got some to eat.’ Then the enchantress allowed her anger to be
    softened, and said to him: ‘If the case be as you say, I will allow
    you to take away with you as much rampion as you will, only I make one
    condition, you must give me the child which your wife will bring into
    the world; it shall be well treated, and I will care for it like a
    mother.’ The man in his terror consented to everything, and when the
    woman was brought to bed, the enchantress appeared at once, gave the
    child the name of Rapunzel, and took it away with her.

    Rapunzel grew into the most beautiful child under the sun. When she was
    twelve years old, the enchantress shut her into a tower, which lay in
    a forest, and had neither stairs nor door, but quite at the top was a
    little window. When the enchantress wanted to go in, she placed herself
    beneath it and cried:

    ‘Rapunzel, Rapunzel,
    Let down your hair to me.’

    Rapunzel had magnificent long hair, fine as spun gold, and when she
    heard the voice of the enchantress she unfastened her braided tresses,
    wound them round one of the hooks of the window above, and then the hair
    fell twenty ells down, and the enchantress climbed up by it.

    After a year or two, it came to pass that the king’s son rode through
    the forest and passed by the tower. Then he heard a song, which was so
    charming that he stood still and listened. This was Rapunzel, who in her
    solitude passed her time in letting her sweet voice resound. The king’s
    son wanted to climb up to her, and looked for the door of the tower,
    but none was to be found. He rode home, but the singing had so deeply
    touched his heart, that every day he went out into the forest and
    listened to it. Once when he was thus standing behind a tree, he saw
    that an enchantress came there, and he heard how she cried:

    ‘Rapunzel, Rapunzel,
    Let down your hair to me.’

    Then Rapunzel let down the braids of her hair, and the enchantress
    climbed up to her. ‘If that is the ladder by which one mounts, I too
    will try my fortune,’ said he, and the next day when it began to grow
    dark, he went to the tower and cried:

    ‘Rapunzel, Rapunzel,
    Let down your hair to me.’

    Immediately the hair fell down and the king’s son climbed up.

    At first Rapunzel was terribly frightened when a man, such as her eyes
    had never yet beheld, came to her; but the king’s son began to talk to
    her quite like a friend, and told her that his heart had been so stirred
    that it had let him have no rest, and he had been forced to see her.
    Then Rapunzel lost her fear, and when he asked her if she would take
    him for her husband, and she saw that he was young and handsome, she
    thought: ‘He will love me more than old Dame Gothel does’; and she said
    yes, and laid her hand in his. She said: ‘I will willingly go away with
    you, but I do not know how to get down. Bring with you a skein of silk
    every time that you come, and I will weave a ladder with it, and when
    that is ready I will descend, and you will take me on your horse.’ They
    agreed that until that time he should come to her every evening, for the
    old woman came by day. The enchantress remarked nothing of this, until
    once Rapunzel said to her: ‘Tell me, Dame Gothel, how it happens that
    you are so much heavier for me to draw up than the young king’s son–he
    is with me in a moment.’ ‘Ah! you wicked child,’ cried the enchantress.
    ‘What do I hear you say! I thought I had separated you from all
    the world, and yet you have deceived me!’ In her anger she clutched
    Rapunzel’s beautiful tresses, wrapped them twice round her left hand,
    seized a pair of scissors with the right, and snip, snap, they were cut
    off, and the lovely braids lay on the ground. And she was so pitiless
    that she took poor Rapunzel into a desert where she had to live in great
    grief and misery.

    On the same day that she cast out Rapunzel, however, the enchantress
    fastened the braids of hair, which she had cut off, to the hook of the
    window, and when the king’s son came and cried:

    ‘Rapunzel, Rapunzel,
    Let down your hair to me.’

    she let the hair down. The king’s son ascended, but instead of finding
    his dearest Rapunzel, he found the enchantress, who gazed at him with
    wicked and venomous looks. ‘Aha!’ she cried mockingly, ‘you would fetch
    your dearest, but the beautiful bird sits no longer singing in the nest;
    the cat has got it, and will scratch out your eyes as well. Rapunzel is
    lost to you; you will never see her again.’ The king’s son was beside
    himself with pain, and in his despair he leapt down from the tower. He
    escaped with his life, but the thorns into which he fell pierced his
    eyes. Then he wandered quite blind about the forest, ate nothing but
    roots and berries, and did naught but lament and weep over the loss of
    his dearest wife. Thus he roamed about in misery for some years, and at
    length came to the desert where Rapunzel, with the twins to which she
    had given birth, a boy and a girl, lived in wretchedness. He heard a
    voice, and it seemed so familiar to him that he went towards it, and
    when he approached, Rapunzel knew him and fell on his neck and wept. Two
    of her tears wetted his eyes and they grew clear again, and he could
    see with them as before. He led her to his kingdom where he was
    joyfully received, and they lived for a long time afterwards, happy and
    contented.

    FUNDEVOGEL

    There was once a forester who went into the forest to hunt, and as
    he entered it he heard a sound of screaming as if a little child were
    there. He followed the sound, and at last came to a high tree, and at
    the top of this a little child was sitting, for the mother had fallen
    asleep under the tree with the child, and a bird of prey had seen it in
    her arms, had flown down, snatched it away, and set it on the high tree.

    The forester climbed up, brought the child down, and thought to himself:
    ‘You will take him home with you, and bring him up with your Lina.’ He
    took it home, therefore, and the two children grew up together. And the
    one, which he had found on a tree was called Fundevogel, because a bird
    had carried it away. Fundevogel and Lina loved each other so dearly that
    when they did not see each other they were sad.

    Now the forester had an old cook, who one evening took two pails and
    began to fetch water, and did not go once only, but many times, out
    to the spring. Lina saw this and said, ‘Listen, old Sanna, why are you
    fetching so much water?’ ‘If you will never repeat it to anyone, I will
    tell you why.’ So Lina said, no, she would never repeat it to anyone,
    and then the cook said: ‘Early tomorrow morning, when the forester
    is out hunting, I will heat the water, and when it is boiling in the
    kettle, I will throw in Fundevogel, and will boil him in it.’

    Early next morning the forester got up and went out hunting, and when he
    was gone the children were still in bed. Then Lina said to Fundevogel:
    ‘If you will never leave me, I too will never leave you.’ Fundevogel
    said: ‘Neither now, nor ever will I leave you.’ Then said Lina: ‘Then
    will I tell you. Last night, old Sanna carried so many buckets of water
    into the house that I asked her why she was doing that, and she said
    that if I would promise not to tell anyone, and she said that early
    tomorrow morning when father was out hunting, she would set the kettle
    full of water, throw you into it and boil you; but we will get up
    quickly, dress ourselves, and go away together.’

    The two children therefore got up, dressed themselves quickly, and went
    away. When the water in the kettle was boiling, the cook went into the
    bedroom to fetch Fundevogel and throw him into it. But when she came in,
    and went to the beds, both the children were gone. Then she was terribly
    alarmed, and she said to herself: ‘What shall I say now when the
    forester comes home and sees that the children are gone? They must be
    followed instantly to get them back again.’

    Then the cook sent three servants after them, who were to run and
    overtake the children. The children, however, were sitting outside the
    forest, and when they saw from afar the three servants running, Lina
    said to Fundevogel: ‘Never leave me, and I will never leave you.’
    Fundevogel said: ‘Neither now, nor ever.’ Then said Lina: ‘Do you become
    a rose-tree, and I the rose upon it.’ When the three servants came to
    the forest, nothing was there but a rose-tree and one rose on it, but
    the children were nowhere. Then said they: ‘There is nothing to be done
    here,’ and they went home and told the cook that they had seen nothing
    in the forest but a little rose-bush with one rose on it. Then the
    old cook scolded and said: ‘You simpletons, you should have cut the
    rose-bush in two, and have broken off the rose and brought it home with
    you; go, and do it at once.’ They had therefore to go out and look for
    the second time. The children, however, saw them coming from a distance.
    Then Lina said: ‘Fundevogel, never leave me, and I will never leave
    you.’ Fundevogel said: ‘Neither now; nor ever.’ Said Lina: ‘Then do you
    become a church, and I’ll be the chandelier in it.’ So when the three
    servants came, nothing was there but a church, with a chandelier in
    it. They said therefore to each other: ‘What can we do here, let us go
    home.’ When they got home, the cook asked if they had not found them;
    so they said no, they had found nothing but a church, and there was a
    chandelier in it. And the cook scolded them and said: ‘You fools! why
    did you not pull the church to pieces, and bring the chandelier home
    with you?’ And now the old cook herself got on her legs, and went with
    the three servants in pursuit of the children. The children, however,
    saw from afar that the three servants were coming, and the cook waddling
    after them. Then said Lina: ‘Fundevogel, never leave me, and I will
    never leave you.’ Then said Fundevogel: ‘Neither now, nor ever.’
    Said Lina: ‘Be a fishpond, and I will be the duck upon it.’ The cook,
    however, came up to them, and when she saw the pond she lay down by it,
    and was about to drink it up. But the duck swam quickly to her, seized
    her head in its beak and drew her into the water, and there the old
    witch had to drown. Then the children went home together, and were
    heartily delighted, and if they have not died, they are living still.

    THE VALIANT LITTLE TAILOR

    One summer’s morning a little tailor was sitting on his table by the
    window; he was in good spirits, and sewed with all his might. Then came
    a peasant woman down the street crying: ‘Good jams, cheap! Good jams,
    cheap!’ This rang pleasantly in the tailor’s ears; he stretched his
    delicate head out of the window, and called: ‘Come up here, dear woman;
    here you will get rid of your goods.’ The woman came up the three steps
    to the tailor with her heavy basket, and he made her unpack all the pots
    for him. He inspected each one, lifted it up, put his nose to it, and
    at length said: ‘The jam seems to me to be good, so weigh me out four
    ounces, dear woman, and if it is a quarter of a pound that is of no
    consequence.’ The woman who had hoped to find a good sale, gave him
    what he desired, but went away quite angry and grumbling. ‘Now, this jam
    shall be blessed by God,’ cried the little tailor, ‘and give me health
    and strength’; so he brought the bread out of the cupboard, cut himself
    a piece right across the loaf and spread the jam over it. ‘This won’t
    taste bitter,’ said he, ‘but I will just finish the jacket before I
    take a bite.’ He laid the bread near him, sewed on, and in his joy, made
    bigger and bigger stitches. In the meantime the smell of the sweet jam
    rose to where the flies were sitting in great numbers, and they were
    attracted and descended on it in hosts. ‘Hi! who invited you?’ said the
    little tailor, and drove the unbidden guests away. The flies, however,
    who understood no German, would not be turned away, but came back
    again in ever-increasing companies. The little tailor at last lost all
    patience, and drew a piece of cloth from the hole under his work-table,
    and saying: ‘Wait, and I will give it to you,’ struck it mercilessly on
    them. When he drew it away and counted, there lay before him no fewer
    than seven, dead and with legs stretched out. ‘Are you a fellow of that
    sort?’ said he, and could not help admiring his own bravery. ‘The whole
    town shall know of this!’ And the little tailor hastened to cut himself
    a girdle, stitched it, and embroidered on it in large letters: ‘Seven at
    one stroke!’ ‘What, the town!’ he continued, ‘the whole world shall hear
    of it!’ and his heart wagged with joy like a lamb’s tail. The tailor
    put on the girdle, and resolved to go forth into the world, because he
    thought his workshop was too small for his valour. Before he went away,
    he sought about in the house to see if there was anything which he could
    take with him; however, he found nothing but an old cheese, and that
    he put in his pocket. In front of the door he observed a bird which
    had caught itself in the thicket. It had to go into his pocket with the
    cheese. Now he took to the road boldly, and as he was light and nimble,
    he felt no fatigue. The road led him up a mountain, and when he had
    reached the highest point of it, there sat a powerful giant looking
    peacefully about him. The little tailor went bravely up, spoke to him,
    and said: ‘Good day, comrade, so you are sitting there overlooking the
    wide-spread world! I am just on my way thither, and want to try my luck.
    Have you any inclination to go with me?’ The giant looked contemptuously
    at the tailor, and said: ‘You ragamuffin! You miserable creature!’

    ‘Oh, indeed?’ answered the little tailor, and unbuttoned his coat, and
    showed the giant the girdle, ‘there may you read what kind of a man I
    am!’ The giant read: ‘Seven at one stroke,’ and thought that they had
    been men whom the tailor had killed, and began to feel a little respect
    for the tiny fellow. Nevertheless, he wished to try him first, and took
    a stone in his hand and squeezed it together so that water dropped out
    of it. ‘Do that likewise,’ said the giant, ‘if you have strength.’ ‘Is
    that all?’ said the tailor, ‘that is child’s play with us!’ and put his
    hand into his pocket, brought out the soft cheese, and pressed it until
    the liquid ran out of it. ‘Faith,’ said he, ‘that was a little better,
    wasn’t it?’ The giant did not know what to say, and could not believe it
    of the little man. Then the giant picked up a stone and threw it so high
    that the eye could scarcely follow it. ‘Now, little mite of a man, do
    that likewise,’ ‘Well thrown,’ said the tailor, ‘but after all the stone
    came down to earth again; I will throw you one which shall never come
    back at all,’ and he put his hand into his pocket, took out the bird,
    and threw it into the air. The bird, delighted with its liberty,
    rose, flew away and did not come back. ‘How does that shot please you,
    comrade?’ asked the tailor. ‘You can certainly throw,’ said the giant,
    ‘but now we will see if you are able to carry anything properly.’ He
    took the little tailor to a mighty oak tree which lay there felled on
    the ground, and said: ‘If you are strong enough, help me to carry the
    tree out of the forest.’ ‘Readily,’ answered the little man; ‘take you
    the trunk on your shoulders, and I will raise up the branches and twigs;
    after all, they are the heaviest.’ The giant took the trunk on his
    shoulder, but the tailor seated himself on a branch, and the giant, who
    could not look round, had to carry away the whole tree, and the little
    tailor into the bargain: he behind, was quite merry and happy, and
    whistled the song: ‘Three tailors rode forth from the gate,’ as if
    carrying the tree were child’s play. The giant, after he had dragged the
    heavy burden part of the way, could go no further, and cried: ‘Hark
    you, I shall have to let the tree fall!’ The tailor sprang nimbly down,
    seized the tree with both arms as if he had been carrying it, and said
    to the giant: ‘You are such a great fellow, and yet cannot even carry
    the tree!’

    They went on together, and as they passed a cherry-tree, the giant laid
    hold of the top of the tree where the ripest fruit was hanging, bent it
    down, gave it into the tailor’s hand, and bade him eat. But the little
    tailor was much too weak to hold the tree, and when the giant let it go,
    it sprang back again, and the tailor was tossed into the air with it.
    When he had fallen down again without injury, the giant said: ‘What is
    this? Have you not strength enough to hold the weak twig?’ ‘There is no
    lack of strength,’ answered the little tailor. ‘Do you think that could
    be anything to a man who has struck down seven at one blow? I leapt over
    the tree because the huntsmen are shooting down there in the thicket.
    Jump as I did, if you can do it.’ The giant made the attempt but he
    could not get over the tree, and remained hanging in the branches, so
    that in this also the tailor kept the upper hand.

    The giant said: ‘If you are such a valiant fellow, come with me into our
    cavern and spend the night with us.’ The little tailor was willing, and
    followed him. When they went into the cave, other giants were sitting
    there by the fire, and each of them had a roasted sheep in his hand and
    was eating it. The little tailor looked round and thought: ‘It is much
    more spacious here than in my workshop.’ The giant showed him a bed, and
    said he was to lie down in it and sleep. The bed, however, was too
    big for the little tailor; he did not lie down in it, but crept into
    a corner. When it was midnight, and the giant thought that the little
    tailor was lying in a sound sleep, he got up, took a great iron bar,
    cut through the bed with one blow, and thought he had finished off the
    grasshopper for good. With the earliest dawn the giants went into the
    forest, and had quite forgotten the little tailor, when all at once he
    walked up to them quite merrily and boldly. The giants were terrified,
    they were afraid that he would strike them all dead, and ran away in a
    great hurry.

    The little tailor went onwards, always following his own pointed nose.
    After he had walked for a long time, he came to the courtyard of a royal
    palace, and as he felt weary, he lay down on the grass and fell asleep.
    Whilst he lay there, the people came and inspected him on all sides, and
    read on his girdle: ‘Seven at one stroke.’ ‘Ah!’ said they, ‘what does
    the great warrior want here in the midst of peace? He must be a mighty
    lord.’ They went and announced him to the king, and gave it as their
    opinion that if war should break out, this would be a weighty and useful
    man who ought on no account to be allowed to depart. The counsel pleased
    the king, and he sent one of his courtiers to the little tailor to offer
    him military service when he awoke. The ambassador remained standing by
    the sleeper, waited until he stretched his limbs and opened his eyes,
    and then conveyed to him this proposal. ‘For this very reason have
    I come here,’ the tailor replied, ‘I am ready to enter the king’s
    service.’ He was therefore honourably received, and a special dwelling
    was assigned him.

    The soldiers, however, were set against the little tailor, and wished
    him a thousand miles away. ‘What is to be the end of this?’ they said
    among themselves. ‘If we quarrel with him, and he strikes about him,
    seven of us will fall at every blow; not one of us can stand against
    him.’ They came therefore to a decision, betook themselves in a body to
    the king, and begged for their dismissal. ‘We are not prepared,’ said
    they, ‘to stay with a man who kills seven at one stroke.’ The king was
    sorry that for the sake of one he should lose all his faithful servants,
    wished that he had never set eyes on the tailor, and would willingly
    have been rid of him again. But he did not venture to give him his
    dismissal, for he dreaded lest he should strike him and all his people
    dead, and place himself on the royal throne. He thought about it for a
    long time, and at last found good counsel. He sent to the little tailor
    and caused him to be informed that as he was a great warrior, he had one
    request to make to him. In a forest of his country lived two giants,
    who caused great mischief with their robbing, murdering, ravaging,
    and burning, and no one could approach them without putting himself in
    danger of death. If the tailor conquered and killed these two giants, he
    would give him his only daughter to wife, and half of his kingdom as a
    dowry, likewise one hundred horsemen should go with him to assist him.
    ‘That would indeed be a fine thing for a man like me!’ thought the
    little tailor. ‘One is not offered a beautiful princess and half a
    kingdom every day of one’s life!’ ‘Oh, yes,’ he replied, ‘I will soon
    subdue the giants, and do not require the help of the hundred horsemen
    to do it; he who can hit seven with one blow has no need to be afraid of
    two.’

    The little tailor went forth, and the hundred horsemen followed him.
    When he came to the outskirts of the forest, he said to his followers:
    ‘Just stay waiting here, I alone will soon finish off the giants.’ Then
    he bounded into the forest and looked about right and left. After a
    while he perceived both giants. They lay sleeping under a tree, and
    snored so that the branches waved up and down. The little tailor, not
    idle, gathered two pocketsful of stones, and with these climbed up the
    tree. When he was halfway up, he slipped down by a branch, until he sat
    just above the sleepers, and then let one stone after another fall on
    the breast of one of the giants. For a long time the giant felt nothing,
    but at last he awoke, pushed his comrade, and said: ‘Why are you
    knocking me?’ ‘You must be dreaming,’ said the other, ‘I am not knocking
    you.’ They laid themselves down to sleep again, and then the tailor
    threw a stone down on the second. ‘What is the meaning of this?’ cried
    the other ‘Why are you pelting me?’ ‘I am not pelting you,’ answered
    the first, growling. They disputed about it for a time, but as they were
    weary they let the matter rest, and their eyes closed once more. The
    little tailor began his game again, picked out the biggest stone, and
    threw it with all his might on the breast of the first giant. ‘That
    is too bad!’ cried he, and sprang up like a madman, and pushed his
    companion against the tree until it shook. The other paid him back in
    the same coin, and they got into such a rage that they tore up trees and
    belaboured each other so long, that at last they both fell down dead on
    the ground at the same time. Then the little tailor leapt down. ‘It is
    a lucky thing,’ said he, ‘that they did not tear up the tree on which
    I was sitting, or I should have had to sprint on to another like a
    squirrel; but we tailors are nimble.’ He drew out his sword and gave
    each of them a couple of thrusts in the breast, and then went out to the
    horsemen and said: ‘The work is done; I have finished both of them
    off, but it was hard work! They tore up trees in their sore need, and
    defended themselves with them, but all that is to no purpose when a man
    like myself comes, who can kill seven at one blow.’ ‘But are you not
    wounded?’ asked the horsemen. ‘You need not concern yourself about
    that,’ answered the tailor, ‘they have not bent one hair of mine.’ The
    horsemen would not believe him, and rode into the forest; there they
    found the giants swimming in their blood, and all round about lay the
    torn-up trees.

    The little tailor demanded of the king the promised reward; he, however,
    repented of his promise, and again bethought himself how he could get
    rid of the hero. ‘Before you receive my daughter, and the half of my
    kingdom,’ said he to him, ‘you must perform one more heroic deed. In
    the forest roams a unicorn which does great harm, and you must catch
    it first.’ ‘I fear one unicorn still less than two giants. Seven at one
    blow, is my kind of affair.’ He took a rope and an axe with him, went
    forth into the forest, and again bade those who were sent with him to
    wait outside. He had not long to seek. The unicorn soon came towards
    him, and rushed directly on the tailor, as if it would gore him with its
    horn without more ado. ‘Softly, softly; it can’t be done as quickly as
    that,’ said he, and stood still and waited until the animal was quite
    close, and then sprang nimbly behind the tree. The unicorn ran against
    the tree with all its strength, and stuck its horn so fast in the trunk
    that it had not the strength enough to draw it out again, and thus it
    was caught. ‘Now, I have got the bird,’ said the tailor, and came out
    from behind the tree and put the rope round its neck, and then with his
    axe he hewed the horn out of the tree, and when all was ready he led the
    beast away and took it to the king.

    The king still would not give him the promised reward, and made a third
    demand. Before the wedding the tailor was to catch him a wild boar that
    made great havoc in the forest, and the huntsmen should give him their
    help. ‘Willingly,’ said the tailor, ‘that is child’s play!’ He did not
    take the huntsmen with him into the forest, and they were well pleased
    that he did not, for the wild boar had several times received them in
    such a manner that they had no inclination to lie in wait for him. When
    the boar perceived the tailor, it ran on him with foaming mouth and
    whetted tusks, and was about to throw him to the ground, but the hero
    fled and sprang into a chapel which was near and up to the window at
    once, and in one bound out again. The boar ran after him, but the tailor
    ran round outside and shut the door behind it, and then the raging
    beast, which was much too heavy and awkward to leap out of the window,
    was caught. The little tailor called the huntsmen thither that they
    might see the prisoner with their own eyes. The hero, however, went to
    the king, who was now, whether he liked it or not, obliged to keep his
    promise, and gave his daughter and the half of his kingdom. Had he known
    that it was no warlike hero, but a little tailor who was standing before
    him, it would have gone to his heart still more than it did. The wedding
    was held with great magnificence and small joy, and out of a tailor a
    king was made.

    After some time the young queen heard her husband say in his dreams at
    night: ‘Boy, make me the doublet, and patch the pantaloons, or else I
    will rap the yard-measure over your ears.’ Then she discovered in what
    state of life the young lord had been born, and next morning complained
    of her wrongs to her father, and begged him to help her to get rid of
    her husband, who was nothing else but a tailor. The king comforted her
    and said: ‘Leave your bedroom door open this night, and my servants
    shall stand outside, and when he has fallen asleep shall go in, bind
    him, and take him on board a ship which shall carry him into the wide
    world.’ The woman was satisfied with this; but the king’s armour-bearer,
    who had heard all, was friendly with the young lord, and informed him of
    the whole plot. ‘I’ll put a screw into that business,’ said the little
    tailor. At night he went to bed with his wife at the usual time, and
    when she thought that he had fallen asleep, she got up, opened the door,
    and then lay down again. The little tailor, who was only pretending to
    be asleep, began to cry out in a clear voice: ‘Boy, make me the doublet
    and patch me the pantaloons, or I will rap the yard-measure over your
    ears. I smote seven at one blow. I killed two giants, I brought away one
    unicorn, and caught a wild boar, and am I to fear those who are standing
    outside the room.’ When these men heard the tailor speaking thus, they
    were overcome by a great dread, and ran as if the wild huntsman were
    behind them, and none of them would venture anything further against
    him. So the little tailor was and remained a king to the end of his
    life.

    HANSEL AND GRETEL

    Hard by a great forest dwelt a poor wood-cutter with his wife and his
    two children. The boy was called Hansel and the girl Gretel. He had
    little to bite and to break, and once when great dearth fell on the
    land, he could no longer procure even daily bread. Now when he thought
    over this by night in his bed, and tossed about in his anxiety, he
    groaned and said to his wife: ‘What is to become of us? How are we
    to feed our poor children, when we no longer have anything even for
    ourselves?’ ‘I’ll tell you what, husband,’ answered the woman, ‘early
    tomorrow morning we will take the children out into the forest to where
    it is the thickest; there we will light a fire for them, and give each
    of them one more piece of bread, and then we will go to our work and
    leave them alone. They will not find the way home again, and we shall be
    rid of them.’ ‘No, wife,’ said the man, ‘I will not do that; how can I
    bear to leave my children alone in the forest?–the wild animals would
    soon come and tear them to pieces.’ ‘O, you fool!’ said she, ‘then we
    must all four die of hunger, you may as well plane the planks for our
    coffins,’ and she left him no peace until he consented. ‘But I feel very
    sorry for the poor children, all the same,’ said the man.

    The two children had also not been able to sleep for hunger, and had
    heard what their stepmother had said to their father. Gretel wept
    bitter tears, and said to Hansel: ‘Now all is over with us.’ ‘Be quiet,
    Gretel,’ said Hansel, ‘do not distress yourself, I will soon find a way
    to help us.’ And when the old folks had fallen asleep, he got up, put
    on his little coat, opened the door below, and crept outside. The moon
    shone brightly, and the white pebbles which lay in front of the house
    glittered like real silver pennies. Hansel stooped and stuffed the
    little pocket of his coat with as many as he could get in. Then he went
    back and said to Gretel: ‘Be comforted, dear little sister, and sleep in
    peace, God will not forsake us,’ and he lay down again in his bed. When
    day dawned, but before the sun had risen, the woman came and awoke the
    two children, saying: ‘Get up, you sluggards! we are going into the
    forest to fetch wood.’ She gave each a little piece of bread, and said:
    ‘There is something for your dinner, but do not eat it up before then,
    for you will get nothing else.’ Gretel took the bread under her apron,
    as Hansel had the pebbles in his pocket. Then they all set out together
    on the way to the forest. When they had walked a short time, Hansel
    stood still and peeped back at the house, and did so again and again.
    His father said: ‘Hansel, what are you looking at there and staying
    behind for? Pay attention, and do not forget how to use your legs.’ ‘Ah,
    father,’ said Hansel, ‘I am looking at my little white cat, which is
    sitting up on the roof, and wants to say goodbye to me.’ The wife said:
    ‘Fool, that is not your little cat, that is the morning sun which is
    shining on the chimneys.’ Hansel, however, had not been looking back at
    the cat, but had been constantly throwing one of the white pebble-stones
    out of his pocket on the road.

    When they had reached the middle of the forest, the father said: ‘Now,
    children, pile up some wood, and I will light a fire that you may not
    be cold.’ Hansel and Gretel gathered brushwood together, as high as a
    little hill. The brushwood was lighted, and when the flames were burning
    very high, the woman said: ‘Now, children, lay yourselves down by the
    fire and rest, we will go into the forest and cut some wood. When we
    have done, we will come back and fetch you away.’

    Hansel and Gretel sat by the fire, and when noon came, each ate a little
    piece of bread, and as they heard the strokes of the wood-axe they
    believed that their father was near. It was not the axe, however, but
    a branch which he had fastened to a withered tree which the wind was
    blowing backwards and forwards. And as they had been sitting such a long
    time, their eyes closed with fatigue, and they fell fast asleep. When
    at last they awoke, it was already dark night. Gretel began to cry and
    said: ‘How are we to get out of the forest now?’ But Hansel comforted
    her and said: ‘Just wait a little, until the moon has risen, and then we
    will soon find the way.’ And when the full moon had risen, Hansel took
    his little sister by the hand, and followed the pebbles which shone like
    newly-coined silver pieces, and showed them the way.

    They walked the whole night long, and by break of day came once more
    to their father’s house. They knocked at the door, and when the woman
    opened it and saw that it was Hansel and Gretel, she said: ‘You naughty
    children, why have you slept so long in the forest?–we thought you were
    never coming back at all!’ The father, however, rejoiced, for it had cut
    him to the heart to leave them behind alone.

    Not long afterwards, there was once more great dearth throughout the
    land, and the children heard their mother saying at night to their
    father: ‘Everything is eaten again, we have one half loaf left, and that
    is the end. The children must go, we will take them farther into the
    wood, so that they will not find their way out again; there is no other
    means of saving ourselves!’ The man’s heart was heavy, and he thought:
    ‘It would be better for you to share the last mouthful with your
    children.’ The woman, however, would listen to nothing that he had to
    say, but scolded and reproached him. He who says A must say B, likewise,
    and as he had yielded the first time, he had to do so a second time
    also.

    The children, however, were still awake and had heard the conversation.
    When the old folks were asleep, Hansel again got up, and wanted to go
    out and pick up pebbles as he had done before, but the woman had locked
    the door, and Hansel could not get out. Nevertheless he comforted his
    little sister, and said: ‘Do not cry, Gretel, go to sleep quietly, the
    good God will help us.’

    Early in the morning came the woman, and took the children out of their
    beds. Their piece of bread was given to them, but it was still smaller
    than the time before. On the way into the forest Hansel crumbled his
    in his pocket, and often stood still and threw a morsel on the ground.
    ‘Hansel, why do you stop and look round?’ said the father, ‘go on.’ ‘I
    am looking back at my little pigeon which is sitting on the roof, and
    wants to say goodbye to me,’ answered Hansel. ‘Fool!’ said the woman,
    ‘that is not your little pigeon, that is the morning sun that is shining
    on the chimney.’ Hansel, however little by little, threw all the crumbs
    on the path.

    The woman led the children still deeper into the forest, where they had
    never in their lives been before. Then a great fire was again made, and
    the mother said: ‘Just sit there, you children, and when you are tired
    you may sleep a little; we are going into the forest to cut wood, and in
    the evening when we are done, we will come and fetch you away.’ When
    it was noon, Gretel shared her piece of bread with Hansel, who had
    scattered his by the way. Then they fell asleep and evening passed, but
    no one came to the poor children. They did not awake until it was dark
    night, and Hansel comforted his little sister and said: ‘Just wait,
    Gretel, until the moon rises, and then we shall see the crumbs of bread
    which I have strewn about, they will show us our way home again.’ When
    the moon came they set out, but they found no crumbs, for the many
    thousands of birds which fly about in the woods and fields had picked
    them all up. Hansel said to Gretel: ‘We shall soon find the way,’ but
    they did not find it. They walked the whole night and all the next day
    too from morning till evening, but they did not get out of the forest,
    and were very hungry, for they had nothing to eat but two or three
    berries, which grew on the ground. And as they were so weary that their
    legs would carry them no longer, they lay down beneath a tree and fell
    asleep.

    It was now three mornings since they had left their father’s house. They
    began to walk again, but they always came deeper into the forest, and if
    help did not come soon, they must die of hunger and weariness. When it
    was mid-day, they saw a beautiful snow-white bird sitting on a bough,
    which sang so delightfully that they stood still and listened to it. And
    when its song was over, it spread its wings and flew away before them,
    and they followed it until they reached a little house, on the roof of
    which it alighted; and when they approached the little house they saw
    that it was built of bread and covered with cakes, but that the windows
    were of clear sugar. ‘We will set to work on that,’ said Hansel, ‘and
    have a good meal. I will eat a bit of the roof, and you Gretel, can eat
    some of the window, it will taste sweet.’ Hansel reached up above, and
    broke off a little of the roof to try how it tasted, and Gretel leant
    against the window and nibbled at the panes. Then a soft voice cried
    from the parlour:

    ‘Nibble, nibble, gnaw,
    Who is nibbling at my little house?’

    The children answered:

    ‘The wind, the wind,
    The heaven-born wind,’

    and went on eating without disturbing themselves. Hansel, who liked the
    taste of the roof, tore down a great piece of it, and Gretel pushed out
    the whole of one round window-pane, sat down, and enjoyed herself with
    it. Suddenly the door opened, and a woman as old as the hills, who
    supported herself on crutches, came creeping out. Hansel and Gretel were
    so terribly frightened that they let fall what they had in their
    hands. The old woman, however, nodded her head, and said: ‘Oh, you dear
    children, who has brought you here? do come in, and stay with me. No
    harm shall happen to you.’ She took them both by the hand, and led them
    into her little house. Then good food was set before them, milk and
    pancakes, with sugar, apples, and nuts. Afterwards two pretty little
    beds were covered with clean white linen, and Hansel and Gretel lay down
    in them, and thought they were in heaven.

    The old woman had only pretended to be so kind; she was in reality
    a wicked witch, who lay in wait for children, and had only built the
    little house of bread in order to entice them there. When a child fell
    into her power, she killed it, cooked and ate it, and that was a feast
    day with her. Witches have red eyes, and cannot see far, but they have
    a keen scent like the beasts, and are aware when human beings draw near.
    When Hansel and Gretel came into her neighbourhood, she laughed with
    malice, and said mockingly: ‘I have them, they shall not escape me
    again!’ Early in the morning before the children were awake, she was
    already up, and when she saw both of them sleeping and looking so
    pretty, with their plump and rosy cheeks she muttered to herself: ‘That
    will be a dainty mouthful!’ Then she seized Hansel with her shrivelled
    hand, carried him into a little stable, and locked him in behind a
    grated door. Scream as he might, it would not help him. Then she went to
    Gretel, shook her till she awoke, and cried: ‘Get up, lazy thing, fetch
    some water, and cook something good for your brother, he is in the
    stable outside, and is to be made fat. When he is fat, I will eat him.’
    Gretel began to weep bitterly, but it was all in vain, for she was
    forced to do what the wicked witch commanded.

    And now the best food was cooked for poor Hansel, but Gretel got nothing
    but crab-shells. Every morning the woman crept to the little stable, and
    cried: ‘Hansel, stretch out your finger that I may feel if you will soon
    be fat.’ Hansel, however, stretched out a little bone to her, and
    the old woman, who had dim eyes, could not see it, and thought it was
    Hansel’s finger, and was astonished that there was no way of fattening
    him. When four weeks had gone by, and Hansel still remained thin, she
    was seized with impatience and would not wait any longer. ‘Now, then,
    Gretel,’ she cried to the girl, ‘stir yourself, and bring some water.
    Let Hansel be fat or lean, tomorrow I will kill him, and cook him.’ Ah,
    how the poor little sister did lament when she had to fetch the water,
    and how her tears did flow down her cheeks! ‘Dear God, do help us,’ she
    cried. ‘If the wild beasts in the forest had but devoured us, we should
    at any rate have died together.’ ‘Just keep your noise to yourself,’
    said the old woman, ‘it won’t help you at all.’

    Early in the morning, Gretel had to go out and hang up the cauldron with
    the water, and light the fire. ‘We will bake first,’ said the old woman,
    ‘I have already heated the oven, and kneaded the dough.’ She pushed poor
    Gretel out to the oven, from which flames of fire were already darting.
    ‘Creep in,’ said the witch, ‘and see if it is properly heated, so that
    we can put the bread in.’ And once Gretel was inside, she intended to
    shut the oven and let her bake in it, and then she would eat her, too.
    But Gretel saw what she had in mind, and said: ‘I do not know how I am
    to do it; how do I get in?’ ‘Silly goose,’ said the old woman. ‘The door
    is big enough; just look, I can get in myself!’ and she crept up and
    thrust her head into the oven. Then Gretel gave her a push that drove
    her far into it, and shut the iron door, and fastened the bolt. Oh! then
    she began to howl quite horribly, but Gretel ran away and the godless
    witch was miserably burnt to death.

    Gretel, however, ran like lightning to Hansel, opened his little stable,
    and cried: ‘Hansel, we are saved! The old witch is dead!’ Then Hansel
    sprang like a bird from its cage when the door is opened. How they did
    rejoice and embrace each other, and dance about and kiss each other! And
    as they had no longer any need to fear her, they went into the witch’s
    house, and in every corner there stood chests full of pearls and jewels.
    ‘These are far better than pebbles!’ said Hansel, and thrust into his
    pockets whatever could be got in, and Gretel said: ‘I, too, will take
    something home with me,’ and filled her pinafore full. ‘But now we must
    be off,’ said Hansel, ‘that we may get out of the witch’s forest.’

    When they had walked for two hours, they came to a great stretch of
    water. ‘We cannot cross,’ said Hansel, ‘I see no foot-plank, and no
    bridge.’ ‘And there is also no ferry,’ answered Gretel, ‘but a white
    duck is swimming there: if I ask her, she will help us over.’ Then she
    cried:

    ‘Little duck, little duck, dost thou see,
    Hansel and Gretel are waiting for thee?
    There’s never a plank, or bridge in sight,
    Take us across on thy back so white.’

    The duck came to them, and Hansel seated himself on its back, and told
    his sister to sit by him. ‘No,’ replied Gretel, ‘that will be too heavy
    for the little duck; she shall take us across, one after the other.’ The
    good little duck did so, and when they were once safely across and had
    walked for a short time, the forest seemed to be more and more familiar
    to them, and at length they saw from afar their father’s house. Then
    they began to run, rushed into the parlour, and threw themselves round
    their father’s neck. The man had not known one happy hour since he had
    left the children in the forest; the woman, however, was dead. Gretel
    emptied her pinafore until pearls and precious stones ran about the
    room, and Hansel threw one handful after another out of his pocket to
    add to them. Then all anxiety was at an end, and they lived together
    in perfect happiness. My tale is done, there runs a mouse; whosoever
    catches it, may make himself a big fur cap out of it.

    THE MOUSE, THE BIRD, AND THE SAUSAGE

    Once upon a time, a mouse, a bird, and a sausage, entered into
    partnership and set up house together. For a long time all went well;
    they lived in great comfort, and prospered so far as to be able to add
    considerably to their stores. The bird’s duty was to fly daily into the
    wood and bring in fuel; the mouse fetched the water, and the sausage saw
    to the cooking.

    When people are too well off they always begin to long for something
    new. And so it came to pass, that the bird, while out one day, met a
    fellow bird, to whom he boastfully expatiated on the excellence of his
    household arrangements. But the other bird sneered at him for being a
    poor simpleton, who did all the hard work, while the other two stayed
    at home and had a good time of it. For, when the mouse had made the fire
    and fetched in the water, she could retire into her little room and rest
    until it was time to set the table. The sausage had only to watch the
    pot to see that the food was properly cooked, and when it was near
    dinner-time, he just threw himself into the broth, or rolled in and out
    among the vegetables three or four times, and there they were, buttered,
    and salted, and ready to be served. Then, when the bird came home and
    had laid aside his burden, they sat down to table, and when they had
    finished their meal, they could sleep their fill till the following
    morning: and that was really a very delightful life.

    Influenced by those remarks, the bird next morning refused to bring in
    the wood, telling the others that he had been their servant long enough,
    and had been a fool into the bargain, and that it was now time to make a
    change, and to try some other way of arranging the work. Beg and pray
    as the mouse and the sausage might, it was of no use; the bird remained
    master of the situation, and the venture had to be made. They therefore
    drew lots, and it fell to the sausage to bring in the wood, to the mouse
    to cook, and to the bird to fetch the water.

    And now what happened? The sausage started in search of wood, the bird
    made the fire, and the mouse put on the pot, and then these two waited
    till the sausage returned with the fuel for the following day. But the
    sausage remained so long away, that they became uneasy, and the bird
    flew out to meet him. He had not flown far, however, when he came across
    a dog who, having met the sausage, had regarded him as his legitimate
    booty, and so seized and swallowed him. The bird complained to the dog
    of this bare-faced robbery, but nothing he said was of any avail, for
    the dog answered that he found false credentials on the sausage, and
    that was the reason his life had been forfeited.

    He picked up the wood, and flew sadly home, and told the mouse all he
    had seen and heard. They were both very unhappy, but agreed to make the
    best of things and to remain with one another.

    So now the bird set the table, and the mouse looked after the food and,
    wishing to prepare it in the same way as the sausage, by rolling in and
    out among the vegetables to salt and butter them, she jumped into the
    pot; but she stopped short long before she reached the bottom, having
    already parted not only with her skin and hair, but also with life.

    Presently the bird came in and wanted to serve up the dinner, but he
    could nowhere see the cook. In his alarm and flurry, he threw the wood
    here and there about the floor, called and searched, but no cook was to
    be found. Then some of the wood that had been carelessly thrown down,
    caught fire and began to blaze. The bird hastened to fetch some water,
    but his pail fell into the well, and he after it, and as he was unable
    to recover himself, he was drowned.

    MOTHER HOLLE

    Once upon a time there was a widow who had two daughters; one of them
    was beautiful and industrious, the other ugly and lazy. The mother,
    however, loved the ugly and lazy one best, because she was her own
    daughter, and so the other, who was only her stepdaughter, was made
    to do all the work of the house, and was quite the Cinderella of the
    family. Her stepmother sent her out every day to sit by the well in
    the high road, there to spin until she made her fingers bleed. Now it
    chanced one day that some blood fell on to the spindle, and as the girl
    stopped over the well to wash it off, the spindle suddenly sprang out
    of her hand and fell into the well. She ran home crying to tell of her
    misfortune, but her stepmother spoke harshly to her, and after giving
    her a violent scolding, said unkindly, ‘As you have let the spindle fall
    into the well you may go yourself and fetch it out.’

    The girl went back to the well not knowing what to do, and at last in
    her distress she jumped into the water after the spindle.

    She remembered nothing more until she awoke and found herself in a
    beautiful meadow, full of sunshine, and with countless flowers blooming
    in every direction.

    She walked over the meadow, and presently she came upon a baker’s oven
    full of bread, and the loaves cried out to her, ‘Take us out, take us
    out, or alas! we shall be burnt to a cinder; we were baked through long
    ago.’ So she took the bread-shovel and drew them all out.

    She went on a little farther, till she came to a tree full of apples.
    ‘Shake me, shake me, I pray,’ cried the tree; ‘my apples, one and all,
    are ripe.’ So she shook the tree, and the apples came falling down upon
    her like rain; but she continued shaking until there was not a single
    apple left upon it. Then she carefully gathered the apples together in a
    heap and walked on again.

    The next thing she came to was a little house, and there she saw an old
    woman looking out, with such large teeth, that she was terrified, and
    turned to run away. But the old woman called after her, ‘What are you
    afraid of, dear child? Stay with me; if you will do the work of my house
    properly for me, I will make you very happy. You must be very careful,
    however, to make my bed in the right way, for I wish you always to shake
    it thoroughly, so that the feathers fly about; then they say, down there
    in the world, that it is snowing; for I am Mother Holle.’ The old woman
    spoke so kindly, that the girl summoned up courage and agreed to enter
    into her service.

    She took care to do everything according to the old woman’s bidding and
    every time she made the bed she shook it with all her might, so that the
    feathers flew about like so many snowflakes. The old woman was as good
    as her word: she never spoke angrily to her, and gave her roast and
    boiled meats every day.

    So she stayed on with Mother Holle for some time, and then she began
    to grow unhappy. She could not at first tell why she felt sad, but she
    became conscious at last of great longing to go home; then she knew she
    was homesick, although she was a thousand times better off with Mother
    Holle than with her mother and sister. After waiting awhile, she went
    to Mother Holle and said, ‘I am so homesick, that I cannot stay with
    you any longer, for although I am so happy here, I must return to my own
    people.’

    Then Mother Holle said, ‘I am pleased that you should want to go back
    to your own people, and as you have served me so well and faithfully, I
    will take you home myself.’

    Thereupon she led the girl by the hand up to a broad gateway. The gate
    was opened, and as the girl passed through, a shower of gold fell upon
    her, and the gold clung to her, so that she was covered with it from
    head to foot.

    ‘That is a reward for your industry,’ said Mother Holle, and as she
    spoke she handed her the spindle which she had dropped into the well.

    The gate was then closed, and the girl found herself back in the old
    world close to her mother’s house. As she entered the courtyard, the
    cock who was perched on the well, called out:

    ‘Cock-a-doodle-doo!
    Your golden daughter’s come back to you.’

    Then she went in to her mother and sister, and as she was so richly
    covered with gold, they gave her a warm welcome. She related to them
    all that had happened, and when the mother heard how she had come by her
    great riches, she thought she should like her ugly, lazy daughter to go
    and try her fortune. So she made the sister go and sit by the well
    and spin, and the girl pricked her finger and thrust her hand into a
    thorn-bush, so that she might drop some blood on to the spindle; then
    she threw it into the well, and jumped in herself.

    Like her sister she awoke in the beautiful meadow, and walked over it
    till she came to the oven. ‘Take us out, take us out, or alas! we shall
    be burnt to a cinder; we were baked through long ago,’ cried the loaves
    as before. But the lazy girl answered, ‘Do you think I am going to dirty
    my hands for you?’ and walked on.

    Presently she came to the apple-tree. ‘Shake me, shake me, I pray; my
    apples, one and all, are ripe,’ it cried. But she only answered, ‘A nice
    thing to ask me to do, one of the apples might fall on my head,’ and
    passed on.

    At last she came to Mother Holle’s house, and as she had heard all about
    the large teeth from her sister, she was not afraid of them, and engaged
    herself without delay to the old woman.

    The first day she was very obedient and industrious, and exerted herself
    to please Mother Holle, for she thought of the gold she should get in
    return. The next day, however, she began to dawdle over her work, and
    the third day she was more idle still; then she began to lie in bed in
    the mornings and refused to get up. Worse still, she neglected to
    make the old woman’s bed properly, and forgot to shake it so that the
    feathers might fly about. So Mother Holle very soon got tired of her,
    and told her she might go. The lazy girl was delighted at this, and
    thought to herself, ‘The gold will soon be mine.’ Mother Holle led her,
    as she had led her sister, to the broad gateway; but as she was passing
    through, instead of the shower of gold, a great bucketful of pitch came
    pouring over her.

    ‘That is in return for your services,’ said the old woman, and she shut
    the gate.

    So the lazy girl had to go home covered with pitch, and the cock on the
    well called out as she saw her:

    ‘Cock-a-doodle-doo!
    Your dirty daughter’s come back to you.’

    But, try what she would, she could not get the pitch off and it stuck to
    her as long as she lived.

    LITTLE RED-CAP [LITTLE RED RIDING HOOD]

    Once upon a time there was a dear little girl who was loved by everyone
    who looked at her, but most of all by her grandmother, and there was
    nothing that she would not have given to the child. Once she gave her a
    little cap of red velvet, which suited her so well that she would never
    wear anything else; so she was always called ‘Little Red-Cap.’

    One day her mother said to her: ‘Come, Little Red-Cap, here is a piece
    of cake and a bottle of wine; take them to your grandmother, she is ill
    and weak, and they will do her good. Set out before it gets hot, and
    when you are going, walk nicely and quietly and do not run off the path,
    or you may fall and break the bottle, and then your grandmother will
    get nothing; and when you go into her room, don’t forget to say, “Good
    morning”, and don’t peep into every corner before you do it.’

    ‘I will take great care,’ said Little Red-Cap to her mother, and gave
    her hand on it.

    The grandmother lived out in the wood, half a league from the village,
    and just as Little Red-Cap entered the wood, a wolf met her. Red-Cap
    did not know what a wicked creature he was, and was not at all afraid of
    him.

    ‘Good day, Little Red-Cap,’ said he.

    ‘Thank you kindly, wolf.’

    ‘Whither away so early, Little Red-Cap?’

    ‘To my grandmother’s.’

    ‘What have you got in your apron?’

    ‘Cake and wine; yesterday was baking-day, so poor sick grandmother is to
    have something good, to make her stronger.’

    ‘Where does your grandmother live, Little Red-Cap?’

    ‘A good quarter of a league farther on in the wood; her house stands
    under the three large oak-trees, the nut-trees are just below; you
    surely must know it,’ replied Little Red-Cap.

    The wolf thought to himself: ‘What a tender young creature! what a nice
    plump mouthful–she will be better to eat than the old woman. I must
    act craftily, so as to catch both.’ So he walked for a short time by
    the side of Little Red-Cap, and then he said: ‘See, Little Red-Cap, how
    pretty the flowers are about here–why do you not look round? I believe,
    too, that you do not hear how sweetly the little birds are singing; you
    walk gravely along as if you were going to school, while everything else
    out here in the wood is merry.’

    Little Red-Cap raised her eyes, and when she saw the sunbeams dancing
    here and there through the trees, and pretty flowers growing everywhere,
    she thought: ‘Suppose I take grandmother a fresh nosegay; that would
    please her too. It is so early in the day that I shall still get there
    in good time’; and so she ran from the path into the wood to look for
    flowers. And whenever she had picked one, she fancied that she saw a
    still prettier one farther on, and ran after it, and so got deeper and
    deeper into the wood.

    Meanwhile the wolf ran straight to the grandmother’s house and knocked
    at the door.

    ‘Who is there?’

    ‘Little Red-Cap,’ replied the wolf. ‘She is bringing cake and wine; open
    the door.’

    ‘Lift the latch,’ called out the grandmother, ‘I am too weak, and cannot
    get up.’

    The wolf lifted the latch, the door sprang open, and without saying a
    word he went straight to the grandmother’s bed, and devoured her. Then
    he put on her clothes, dressed himself in her cap laid himself in bed
    and drew the curtains.

    Little Red-Cap, however, had been running about picking flowers,
    and when she had gathered so many that she could carry no more, she
    remembered her grandmother, and set out on the way to her.

    She was surprised to find the cottage-door standing open, and when she
    went into the room, she had such a strange feeling that she said to
    herself: ‘Oh dear! how uneasy I feel today, and at other times I like
    being with grandmother so much.’ She called out: ‘Good morning,’ but
    received no answer; so she went to the bed and drew back the curtains.
    There lay her grandmother with her cap pulled far over her face, and
    looking very strange.

    ‘Oh! grandmother,’ she said, ‘what big ears you have!’

    ‘The better to hear you with, my child,’ was the reply.

    ‘But, grandmother, what big eyes you have!’ she said.

    ‘The better to see you with, my dear.’

    ‘But, grandmother, what large hands you have!’

    ‘The better to hug you with.’

    ‘Oh! but, grandmother, what a terrible big mouth you have!’

    ‘The better to eat you with!’

    And scarcely had the wolf said this, than with one bound he was out of
    bed and swallowed up Red-Cap.

    When the wolf had appeased his appetite, he lay down again in the bed,
    fell asleep and began to snore very loud. The huntsman was just passing
    the house, and thought to himself: ‘How the old woman is snoring! I must
    just see if she wants anything.’ So he went into the room, and when he
    came to the bed, he saw that the wolf was lying in it. ‘Do I find you
    here, you old sinner!’ said he. ‘I have long sought you!’ Then just as
    he was going to fire at him, it occurred to him that the wolf might have
    devoured the grandmother, and that she might still be saved, so he did
    not fire, but took a pair of scissors, and began to cut open the stomach
    of the sleeping wolf. When he had made two snips, he saw the little
    Red-Cap shining, and then he made two snips more, and the little girl
    sprang out, crying: ‘Ah, how frightened I have been! How dark it was
    inside the wolf’; and after that the aged grandmother came out alive
    also, but scarcely able to breathe. Red-Cap, however, quickly fetched
    great stones with which they filled the wolf’s belly, and when he awoke,
    he wanted to run away, but the stones were so heavy that he collapsed at
    once, and fell dead.

    Then all three were delighted. The huntsman drew off the wolf’s skin and
    went home with it; the grandmother ate the cake and drank the wine which
    Red-Cap had brought, and revived, but Red-Cap thought to herself: ‘As
    long as I live, I will never by myself leave the path, to run into the
    wood, when my mother has forbidden me to do so.’

    It also related that once when Red-Cap was again taking cakes to the old
    grandmother, another wolf spoke to her, and tried to entice her from the
    path. Red-Cap, however, was on her guard, and went straight forward on
    her way, and told her grandmother that she had met the wolf, and that he
    had said ‘good morning’ to her, but with such a wicked look in his eyes,
    that if they had not been on the public road she was certain he would
    have eaten her up. ‘Well,’ said the grandmother, ‘we will shut the door,
    that he may not come in.’ Soon afterwards the wolf knocked, and cried:
    ‘Open the door, grandmother, I am Little Red-Cap, and am bringing you
    some cakes.’ But they did not speak, or open the door, so the grey-beard
    stole twice or thrice round the house, and at last jumped on the roof,
    intending to wait until Red-Cap went home in the evening, and then to
    steal after her and devour her in the darkness. But the grandmother
    saw what was in his thoughts. In front of the house was a great stone
    trough, so she said to the child: ‘Take the pail, Red-Cap; I made some
    sausages yesterday, so carry the water in which I boiled them to the
    trough.’ Red-Cap carried until the great trough was quite full. Then the
    smell of the sausages reached the wolf, and he sniffed and peeped down,
    and at last stretched out his neck so far that he could no longer keep
    his footing and began to slip, and slipped down from the roof straight
    into the great trough, and was drowned. But Red-Cap went joyously home,
    and no one ever did anything to harm her again.

    THE ROBBER BRIDEGROOM

    There was once a miller who had one beautiful daughter, and as she was
    grown up, he was anxious that she should be well married and provided
    for. He said to himself, ‘I will give her to the first suitable man who
    comes and asks for her hand.’ Not long after a suitor appeared, and as
    he appeared to be very rich and the miller could see nothing in him with
    which to find fault, he betrothed his daughter to him. But the girl did
    not care for the man as a girl ought to care for her betrothed husband.
    She did not feel that she could trust him, and she could not look at him
    nor think of him without an inward shudder. One day he said to her, ‘You
    have not yet paid me a visit, although we have been betrothed for some
    time.’ ‘I do not know where your house is,’ she answered. ‘My house is
    out there in the dark forest,’ he said. She tried to excuse herself by
    saying that she would not be able to find the way thither. Her betrothed
    only replied, ‘You must come and see me next Sunday; I have already
    invited guests for that day, and that you may not mistake the way, I
    will strew ashes along the path.’

    When Sunday came, and it was time for the girl to start, a feeling of
    dread came over her which she could not explain, and that she might
    be able to find her path again, she filled her pockets with peas and
    lentils to sprinkle on the ground as she went along. On reaching the
    entrance to the forest she found the path strewed with ashes, and these
    she followed, throwing down some peas on either side of her at every
    step she took. She walked the whole day until she came to the deepest,
    darkest part of the forest. There she saw a lonely house, looking so
    grim and mysterious, that it did not please her at all. She stepped
    inside, but not a soul was to be seen, and a great silence reigned
    throughout. Suddenly a voice cried:

    ‘Turn back, turn back, young maiden fair,
    Linger not in this murderers’ lair.’

    The girl looked up and saw that the voice came from a bird hanging in a
    cage on the wall. Again it cried:

    ‘Turn back, turn back, young maiden fair,
    Linger not in this murderers’ lair.’

    The girl passed on, going from room to room of the house, but they were
    all empty, and still she saw no one. At last she came to the cellar,
    and there sat a very, very old woman, who could not keep her head from
    shaking. ‘Can you tell me,’ asked the girl, ‘if my betrothed husband
    lives here?’

    ‘Ah, you poor child,’ answered the old woman, ‘what a place for you to
    come to! This is a murderers’ den. You think yourself a promised bride,
    and that your marriage will soon take place, but it is with death that
    you will keep your marriage feast. Look, do you see that large cauldron
    of water which I am obliged to keep on the fire! As soon as they have
    you in their power they will kill you without mercy, and cook and eat
    you, for they are eaters of men. If I did not take pity on you and save
    you, you would be lost.’

    Thereupon the old woman led her behind a large cask, which quite hid her
    from view. ‘Keep as still as a mouse,’ she said; ‘do not move or speak,
    or it will be all over with you. Tonight, when the robbers are
    all asleep, we will flee together. I have long been waiting for an
    opportunity to escape.’

    The words were hardly out of her mouth when the godless crew returned,
    dragging another young girl along with them. They were all drunk, and
    paid no heed to her cries and lamentations. They gave her wine to drink,
    three glasses full, one of white wine, one of red, and one of yellow,
    and with that her heart gave way and she died. Then they tore off her
    dainty clothing, laid her on a table, and cut her beautiful body into
    pieces, and sprinkled salt upon it.

    The poor betrothed girl crouched trembling and shuddering behind the
    cask, for she saw what a terrible fate had been intended for her by
    the robbers. One of them now noticed a gold ring still remaining on
    the little finger of the murdered girl, and as he could not draw it off
    easily, he took a hatchet and cut off the finger; but the finger sprang
    into the air, and fell behind the cask into the lap of the girl who was
    hiding there. The robber took a light and began looking for it, but he
    could not find it. ‘Have you looked behind the large cask?’ said one of
    the others. But the old woman called out, ‘Come and eat your suppers,
    and let the thing be till tomorrow; the finger won’t run away.’

    ‘The old woman is right,’ said the robbers, and they ceased looking for
    the finger and sat down.

    The old woman then mixed a sleeping draught with their wine, and before
    long they were all lying on the floor of the cellar, fast asleep and
    snoring. As soon as the girl was assured of this, she came from behind
    the cask. She was obliged to step over the bodies of the sleepers, who
    were lying close together, and every moment she was filled with renewed
    dread lest she should awaken them. But God helped her, so that she
    passed safely over them, and then she and the old woman went upstairs,
    opened the door, and hastened as fast as they could from the murderers’
    den. They found the ashes scattered by the wind, but the peas and
    lentils had sprouted, and grown sufficiently above the ground, to guide
    them in the moonlight along the path. All night long they walked, and it
    was morning before they reached the mill. Then the girl told her father
    all that had happened.

    The day came that had been fixed for the marriage. The bridegroom
    arrived and also a large company of guests, for the miller had taken
    care to invite all his friends and relations. As they sat at the feast,
    each guest in turn was asked to tell a tale; the bride sat still and did
    not say a word.

    ‘And you, my love,’ said the bridegroom, turning to her, ‘is there no
    tale you know? Tell us something.’

    ‘I will tell you a dream, then,’ said the bride. ‘I went alone through a
    forest and came at last to a house; not a soul could I find within, but
    a bird that was hanging in a cage on the wall cried:

    ‘Turn back, turn back, young maiden fair,
    Linger not in this murderers’ lair.’

    and again a second time it said these words.’

    ‘My darling, this is only a dream.’

    ‘I went on through the house from room to room, but they were all empty,
    and everything was so grim and mysterious. At last I went down to the
    cellar, and there sat a very, very old woman, who could not keep her
    head still. I asked her if my betrothed lived here, and she answered,
    “Ah, you poor child, you are come to a murderers’ den; your betrothed
    does indeed live here, but he will kill you without mercy and afterwards
    cook and eat you.”’

    ‘My darling, this is only a dream.’

    ‘The old woman hid me behind a large cask, and scarcely had she done
    this when the robbers returned home, dragging a young girl along with
    them. They gave her three kinds of wine to drink, white, red, and
    yellow, and with that she died.’

    ‘My darling, this is only a dream.’

    ‘Then they tore off her dainty clothing, and cut her beautiful body into
    pieces and sprinkled salt upon it.’

    ‘My darling, this is only a dream.’

    ‘And one of the robbers saw that there was a gold ring still left on her
    finger, and as it was difficult to draw off, he took a hatchet and cut
    off her finger; but the finger sprang into the air and fell behind the
    great cask into my lap. And here is the finger with the ring.’ And
    with these words the bride drew forth the finger and shewed it to the
    assembled guests.

    The bridegroom, who during this recital had grown deadly pale, up and
    tried to escape, but the guests seized him and held him fast. They
    delivered him up to justice, and he and all his murderous band were
    condemned to death for their wicked deeds.

    TOM THUMB

    A poor woodman sat in his cottage one night, smoking his pipe by the
    fireside, while his wife sat by his side spinning. ‘How lonely it is,
    wife,’ said he, as he puffed out a long curl of smoke, ‘for you and me
    to sit here by ourselves, without any children to play about and amuse
    us while other people seem so happy and merry with their children!’
    ‘What you say is very true,’ said the wife, sighing, and turning round
    her wheel; ‘how happy should I be if I had but one child! If it were
    ever so small–nay, if it were no bigger than my thumb–I should be very
    happy, and love it dearly.’ Now–odd as you may think it–it came to
    pass that this good woman’s wish was fulfilled, just in the very way she
    had wished it; for, not long afterwards, she had a little boy, who was
    quite healthy and strong, but was not much bigger than my thumb. So
    they said, ‘Well, we cannot say we have not got what we wished for, and,
    little as he is, we will love him dearly.’ And they called him Thomas
    Thumb.

    They gave him plenty of food, yet for all they could do he never grew
    bigger, but kept just the same size as he had been when he was born.
    Still, his eyes were sharp and sparkling, and he soon showed himself to
    be a clever little fellow, who always knew well what he was about.

    One day, as the woodman was getting ready to go into the wood to cut
    fuel, he said, ‘I wish I had someone to bring the cart after me, for I
    want to make haste.’ ‘Oh, father,’ cried Tom, ‘I will take care of that;
    the cart shall be in the wood by the time you want it.’ Then the woodman
    laughed, and said, ‘How can that be? you cannot reach up to the horse’s
    bridle.’ ‘Never mind that, father,’ said Tom; ‘if my mother will only
    harness the horse, I will get into his ear and tell him which way to
    go.’ ‘Well,’ said the father, ‘we will try for once.’

    When the time came the mother harnessed the horse to the cart, and put
    Tom into his ear; and as he sat there the little man told the beast how
    to go, crying out, ‘Go on!’ and ‘Stop!’ as he wanted: and thus the horse
    went on just as well as if the woodman had driven it himself into the
    wood. It happened that as the horse was going a little too fast, and Tom
    was calling out, ‘Gently! gently!’ two strangers came up. ‘What an odd
    thing that is!’ said one: ‘there is a cart going along, and I hear a
    carter talking to the horse, but yet I can see no one.’ ‘That is queer,
    indeed,’ said the other; ‘let us follow the cart, and see where it
    goes.’ So they went on into the wood, till at last they came to the
    place where the woodman was. Then Tom Thumb, seeing his father, cried
    out, ‘See, father, here I am with the cart, all right and safe! now take
    me down!’ So his father took hold of the horse with one hand, and with
    the other took his son out of the horse’s ear, and put him down upon a
    straw, where he sat as merry as you please.

    The two strangers were all this time looking on, and did not know what
    to say for wonder. At last one took the other aside, and said, ‘That
    little urchin will make our fortune, if we can get him, and carry him
    about from town to town as a show; we must buy him.’ So they went up to
    the woodman, and asked him what he would take for the little man. ‘He
    will be better off,’ said they, ‘with us than with you.’ ‘I won’t sell
    him at all,’ said the father; ‘my own flesh and blood is dearer to me
    than all the silver and gold in the world.’ But Tom, hearing of the
    bargain they wanted to make, crept up his father’s coat to his shoulder
    and whispered in his ear, ‘Take the money, father, and let them have me;
    I’ll soon come back to you.’

    So the woodman at last said he would sell Tom to the strangers for a
    large piece of gold, and they paid the price. ‘Where would you like to
    sit?’ said one of them. ‘Oh, put me on the rim of your hat; that will be
    a nice gallery for me; I can walk about there and see the country as we
    go along.’ So they did as he wished; and when Tom had taken leave of his
    father they took him away with them.

    They journeyed on till it began to be dusky, and then the little man
    said, ‘Let me get down, I’m tired.’ So the man took off his hat, and
    put him down on a clod of earth, in a ploughed field by the side of the
    road. But Tom ran about amongst the furrows, and at last slipped into
    an old mouse-hole. ‘Good night, my masters!’ said he, ‘I’m off! mind and
    look sharp after me the next time.’ Then they ran at once to the place,
    and poked the ends of their sticks into the mouse-hole, but all in vain;
    Tom only crawled farther and farther in; and at last it became quite
    dark, so that they were forced to go their way without their prize, as
    sulky as could be.

    When Tom found they were gone, he came out of his hiding-place. ‘What
    dangerous walking it is,’ said he, ‘in this ploughed field! If I were to
    fall from one of these great clods, I should undoubtedly break my neck.’
    At last, by good luck, he found a large empty snail-shell. ‘This is
    lucky,’ said he, ‘I can sleep here very well’; and in he crept.

    Just as he was falling asleep, he heard two men passing by, chatting
    together; and one said to the other, ‘How can we rob that rich parson’s
    house of his silver and gold?’ ‘I’ll tell you!’ cried Tom. ‘What noise
    was that?’ said the thief, frightened; ‘I’m sure I heard someone speak.’
    They stood still listening, and Tom said, ‘Take me with you, and I’ll
    soon show you how to get the parson’s money.’ ‘But where are you?’ said
    they. ‘Look about on the ground,’ answered he, ‘and listen where the
    sound comes from.’ At last the thieves found him out, and lifted him
    up in their hands. ‘You little urchin!’ they said, ‘what can you do for
    us?’ ‘Why, I can get between the iron window-bars of the parson’s house,
    and throw you out whatever you want.’ ‘That’s a good thought,’ said the
    thieves; ‘come along, we shall see what you can do.’

    When they came to the parson’s house, Tom slipped through the
    window-bars into the room, and then called out as loud as he could bawl,
    ‘Will you have all that is here?’ At this the thieves were frightened,
    and said, ‘Softly, softly! Speak low, that you may not awaken anybody.’
    But Tom seemed as if he did not understand them, and bawled out again,
    ‘How much will you have? Shall I throw it all out?’ Now the cook lay in
    the next room; and hearing a noise she raised herself up in her bed and
    listened. Meantime the thieves were frightened, and ran off a little
    way; but at last they plucked up their hearts, and said, ‘The little
    urchin is only trying to make fools of us.’ So they came back and
    whispered softly to him, saying, ‘Now let us have no more of your
    roguish jokes; but throw us out some of the money.’ Then Tom called out
    as loud as he could, ‘Very well! hold your hands! here it comes.’

    The cook heard this quite plain, so she sprang out of bed, and ran to
    open the door. The thieves ran off as if a wolf was at their tails: and
    the maid, having groped about and found nothing, went away for a light.
    By the time she came back, Tom had slipped off into the barn; and when
    she had looked about and searched every hole and corner, and found
    nobody, she went to bed, thinking she must have been dreaming with her
    eyes open.

    The little man crawled about in the hay-loft, and at last found a snug
    place to finish his night’s rest in; so he laid himself down, meaning
    to sleep till daylight, and then find his way home to his father and
    mother. But alas! how woefully he was undone! what crosses and sorrows
    happen to us all in this world! The cook got up early, before daybreak,
    to feed the cows; and going straight to the hay-loft, carried away
    a large bundle of hay, with the little man in the middle of it, fast
    asleep. He still, however, slept on, and did not awake till he found
    himself in the mouth of the cow; for the cook had put the hay into the
    cow’s rick, and the cow had taken Tom up in a mouthful of it. ‘Good
    lack-a-day!’ said he, ‘how came I to tumble into the mill?’ But he soon
    found out where he really was; and was forced to have all his wits about
    him, that he might not get between the cow’s teeth, and so be crushed to
    death. At last down he went into her stomach. ‘It is rather dark,’ said
    he; ‘they forgot to build windows in this room to let the sun in; a
    candle would be no bad thing.’

    Though he made the best of his bad luck, he did not like his quarters at
    all; and the worst of it was, that more and more hay was always coming
    down, and the space left for him became smaller and smaller. At last he
    cried out as loud as he could, ‘Don’t bring me any more hay! Don’t bring
    me any more hay!’

    The maid happened to be just then milking the cow; and hearing someone
    speak, but seeing nobody, and yet being quite sure it was the same voice
    that she had heard in the night, she was so frightened that she fell off
    her stool, and overset the milk-pail. As soon as she could pick herself
    up out of the dirt, she ran off as fast as she could to her master the
    parson, and said, ‘Sir, sir, the cow is talking!’ But the parson
    said, ‘Woman, thou art surely mad!’ However, he went with her into the
    cow-house, to try and see what was the matter.

    Scarcely had they set foot on the threshold, when Tom called out, ‘Don’t
    bring me any more hay!’ Then the parson himself was frightened; and
    thinking the cow was surely bewitched, told his man to kill her on the
    spot. So the cow was killed, and cut up; and the stomach, in which Tom
    lay, was thrown out upon a dunghill.

    Tom soon set himself to work to get out, which was not a very easy
    task; but at last, just as he had made room to get his head out, fresh
    ill-luck befell him. A hungry wolf sprang out, and swallowed up the
    whole stomach, with Tom in it, at one gulp, and ran away.

    Tom, however, was still not disheartened; and thinking the wolf would
    not dislike having some chat with him as he was going along, he called
    out, ‘My good friend, I can show you a famous treat.’ ‘Where’s that?’
    said the wolf. ‘In such and such a house,’ said Tom, describing his own
    father’s house. ‘You can crawl through the drain into the kitchen and
    then into the pantry, and there you will find cakes, ham, beef, cold
    chicken, roast pig, apple-dumplings, and everything that your heart can
    wish.’

    The wolf did not want to be asked twice; so that very night he went to
    the house and crawled through the drain into the kitchen, and then into
    the pantry, and ate and drank there to his heart’s content. As soon as
    he had had enough he wanted to get away; but he had eaten so much that
    he could not go out by the same way he came in.

    This was just what Tom had reckoned upon; and now he began to set up a
    great shout, making all the noise he could. ‘Will you be easy?’ said the
    wolf; ‘you’ll awaken everybody in the house if you make such a clatter.’
    ‘What’s that to me?’ said the little man; ‘you have had your frolic, now
    I’ve a mind to be merry myself’; and he began, singing and shouting as
    loud as he could.

    The woodman and his wife, being awakened by the noise, peeped through
    a crack in the door; but when they saw a wolf was there, you may well
    suppose that they were sadly frightened; and the woodman ran for his
    axe, and gave his wife a scythe. ‘Do you stay behind,’ said the woodman,
    ‘and when I have knocked him on the head you must rip him up with the
    scythe.’ Tom heard all this, and cried out, ‘Father, father! I am here,
    the wolf has swallowed me.’ And his father said, ‘Heaven be praised! we
    have found our dear child again’; and he told his wife not to use the
    scythe for fear she should hurt him. Then he aimed a great blow, and
    struck the wolf on the head, and killed him on the spot! and when he was
    dead they cut open his body, and set Tommy free. ‘Ah!’ said the father,
    ‘what fears we have had for you!’ ‘Yes, father,’ answered he; ‘I have
    travelled all over the world, I think, in one way or other, since we
    parted; and now I am very glad to come home and get fresh air again.’
    ‘Why, where have you been?’ said his father. ‘I have been in a
    mouse-hole–and in a snail-shell–and down a cow’s throat–and in the
    wolf’s belly; and yet here I am again, safe and sound.’

    ‘Well,’ said they, ‘you are come back, and we will not sell you again
    for all the riches in the world.’

    Then they hugged and kissed their dear little son, and gave him plenty
    to eat and drink, for he was very hungry; and then they fetched new
    clothes for him, for his old ones had been quite spoiled on his journey.
    So Master Thumb stayed at home with his father and mother, in peace; for
    though he had been so great a traveller, and had done and seen so many
    fine things, and was fond enough of telling the whole story, he always
    agreed that, after all, there’s no place like HOME!

    RUMPELSTILTSKIN

    By the side of a wood, in a country a long way off, ran a fine stream
    of water; and upon the stream there stood a mill. The miller’s house was
    close by, and the miller, you must know, had a very beautiful daughter.
    She was, moreover, very shrewd and clever; and the miller was so proud
    of her, that he one day told the king of the land, who used to come and
    hunt in the wood, that his daughter could spin gold out of straw. Now
    this king was very fond of money; and when he heard the miller’s boast
    his greediness was raised, and he sent for the girl to be brought before
    him. Then he led her to a chamber in his palace where there was a great
    heap of straw, and gave her a spinning-wheel, and said, ‘All this must
    be spun into gold before morning, as you love your life.’ It was in vain
    that the poor maiden said that it was only a silly boast of her father,
    for that she could do no such thing as spin straw into gold: the chamber
    door was locked, and she was left alone.

    She sat down in one corner of the room, and began to bewail her hard
    fate; when on a sudden the door opened, and a droll-looking little man
    hobbled in, and said, ‘Good morrow to you, my good lass; what are you
    weeping for?’ ‘Alas!’ said she, ‘I must spin this straw into gold, and
    I know not how.’ ‘What will you give me,’ said the hobgoblin, ‘to do it
    for you?’ ‘My necklace,’ replied the maiden. He took her at her word,
    and sat himself down to the wheel, and whistled and sang:

    ‘Round about, round about,
    Lo and behold!
    Reel away, reel away,
    Straw into gold!’

    And round about the wheel went merrily; the work was quickly done, and
    the straw was all spun into gold.

    When the king came and saw this, he was greatly astonished and pleased;
    but his heart grew still more greedy of gain, and he shut up the poor
    miller’s daughter again with a fresh task. Then she knew not what to do,
    and sat down once more to weep; but the dwarf soon opened the door, and
    said, ‘What will you give me to do your task?’ ‘The ring on my finger,’
    said she. So her little friend took the ring, and began to work at the
    wheel again, and whistled and sang:

    ‘Round about, round about,
    Lo and behold!
    Reel away, reel away,
    Straw into gold!’

    till, long before morning, all was done again.

    The king was greatly delighted to see all this glittering treasure;
    but still he had not enough: so he took the miller’s daughter to a yet
    larger heap, and said, ‘All this must be spun tonight; and if it is,
    you shall be my queen.’ As soon as she was alone that dwarf came in, and
    said, ‘What will you give me to spin gold for you this third time?’
    ‘I have nothing left,’ said she. ‘Then say you will give me,’ said
    the little man, ‘the first little child that you may have when you are
    queen.’ ‘That may never be,’ thought the miller’s daughter: and as she
    knew no other way to get her task done, she said she would do what he
    asked. Round went the wheel again to the old song, and the manikin once
    more spun the heap into gold. The king came in the morning, and, finding
    all he wanted, was forced to keep his word; so he married the miller’s
    daughter, and she really became queen.

    At the birth of her first little child she was very glad, and forgot the
    dwarf, and what she had said. But one day he came into her room, where
    she was sitting playing with her baby, and put her in mind of it. Then
    she grieved sorely at her misfortune, and said she would give him all
    the wealth of the kingdom if he would let her off, but in vain; till at
    last her tears softened him, and he said, ‘I will give you three days’
    grace, and if during that time you tell me my name, you shall keep your
    child.’

    Now the queen lay awake all night, thinking of all the odd names that
    she had ever heard; and she sent messengers all over the land to find
    out new ones. The next day the little man came, and she began with
    TIMOTHY, ICHABOD, BENJAMIN, JEREMIAH, and all the names she could
    remember; but to all and each of them he said, ‘Madam, that is not my
    name.’

    The second day she began with all the comical names she could hear of,
    BANDY-LEGS, HUNCHBACK, CROOK-SHANKS, and so on; but the little gentleman
    still said to every one of them, ‘Madam, that is not my name.’

    The third day one of the messengers came back, and said, ‘I have
    travelled two days without hearing of any other names; but yesterday, as
    I was climbing a high hill, among the trees of the forest where the fox
    and the hare bid each other good night, I saw a little hut; and before
    the hut burnt a fire; and round about the fire a funny little dwarf was
    dancing upon one leg, and singing:

    “Merrily the feast I’ll make.
    Today I’ll brew, tomorrow bake;
    Merrily I’ll dance and sing,
    For next day will a stranger bring.
    Little does my lady dream
    Rumpelstiltskin is my name!”

    When the queen heard this she jumped for joy, and as soon as her little
    friend came she sat down upon her throne, and called all her court round
    to enjoy the fun; and the nurse stood by her side with the baby in her
    arms, as if it was quite ready to be given up. Then the little man began
    to chuckle at the thought of having the poor child, to take home with
    him to his hut in the woods; and he cried out, ‘Now, lady, what is my
    name?’ ‘Is it JOHN?’ asked she. ‘No, madam!’ ‘Is it TOM?’ ‘No, madam!’
    ‘Is it JEMMY?’ ‘It is not.’ ‘Can your name be RUMPELSTILTSKIN?’ said the
    lady slyly. ‘Some witch told you that!–some witch told you that!’ cried
    the little man, and dashed his right foot in a rage so deep into the
    floor, that he was forced to lay hold of it with both hands to pull it
    out.

    Then he made the best of his way off, while the nurse laughed and the
    baby crowed; and all the court jeered at him for having had so much
    trouble for nothing, and said, ‘We wish you a very good morning, and a
    merry feast, Mr RUMPLESTILTSKIN!’

    CLEVER GRETEL

    There was once a cook named Gretel, who wore shoes with red heels, and
    when she walked out with them on, she turned herself this way and that,
    was quite happy and thought: ‘You certainly are a pretty girl!’ And when
    she came home she drank, in her gladness of heart, a draught of wine,
    and as wine excites a desire to eat, she tasted the best of whatever she
    was cooking until she was satisfied, and said: ‘The cook must know what
    the food is like.’

    It came to pass that the master one day said to her: ‘Gretel, there is a
    guest coming this evening; prepare me two fowls very daintily.’ ‘I will
    see to it, master,’ answered Gretel. She killed two fowls, scalded them,
    plucked them, put them on the spit, and towards evening set them before
    the fire, that they might roast. The fowls began to turn brown, and were
    nearly ready, but the guest had not yet arrived. Then Gretel called out
    to her master: ‘If the guest does not come, I must take the fowls away
    from the fire, but it will be a sin and a shame if they are not eaten
    the moment they are at their juiciest.’ The master said: ‘I will run
    myself, and fetch the guest.’ When the master had turned his back,
    Gretel laid the spit with the fowls on one side, and thought: ‘Standing
    so long by the fire there, makes one sweat and thirsty; who knows
    when they will come? Meanwhile, I will run into the cellar, and take a
    drink.’ She ran down, set a jug, said: ‘God bless it for you, Gretel,’
    and took a good drink, and thought that wine should flow on, and should
    not be interrupted, and took yet another hearty draught.

    Then she went and put the fowls down again to the fire, basted them,
    and drove the spit merrily round. But as the roast meat smelt so good,
    Gretel thought: ‘Something might be wrong, it ought to be tasted!’
    She touched it with her finger, and said: ‘Ah! how good fowls are! It
    certainly is a sin and a shame that they are not eaten at the right
    time!’ She ran to the window, to see if the master was not coming with
    his guest, but she saw no one, and went back to the fowls and thought:
    ‘One of the wings is burning! I had better take it off and eat it.’
    So she cut it off, ate it, and enjoyed it, and when she had done, she
    thought: ‘The other must go down too, or else master will observe that
    something is missing.’ When the two wings were eaten, she went and
    looked for her master, and did not see him. It suddenly occurred to
    her: ‘Who knows? They are perhaps not coming at all, and have turned in
    somewhere.’ Then she said: ‘Well, Gretel, enjoy yourself, one fowl has
    been cut into, take another drink, and eat it up entirely; when it is
    eaten you will have some peace, why should God’s good gifts be spoilt?’
    So she ran into the cellar again, took an enormous drink and ate up the
    one chicken in great glee. When one of the chickens was swallowed down,
    and still her master did not come, Gretel looked at the other and said:
    ‘What one is, the other should be likewise, the two go together; what’s
    right for the one is right for the other; I think if I were to take
    another draught it would do me no harm.’ So she took another hearty
    drink, and let the second chicken follow the first.

    While she was making the most of it, her master came and cried: ‘Hurry
    up, Gretel, the guest is coming directly after me!’ ‘Yes, sir, I will
    soon serve up,’ answered Gretel. Meantime the master looked to see that
    the table was properly laid, and took the great knife, wherewith he was
    going to carve the chickens, and sharpened it on the steps. Presently
    the guest came, and knocked politely and courteously at the house-door.
    Gretel ran, and looked to see who was there, and when she saw the guest,
    she put her finger to her lips and said: ‘Hush! hush! go away as quickly
    as you can, if my master catches you it will be the worse for you; he
    certainly did ask you to supper, but his intention is to cut off your
    two ears. Just listen how he is sharpening the knife for it!’ The guest
    heard the sharpening, and hurried down the steps again as fast as he
    could. Gretel was not idle; she ran screaming to her master, and cried:
    ‘You have invited a fine guest!’ ‘Why, Gretel? What do you mean by
    that?’ ‘Yes,’ said she, ‘he has taken the chickens which I was just
    going to serve up, off the dish, and has run away with them!’ ‘That’s a
    nice trick!’ said her master, and lamented the fine chickens. ‘If he had
    but left me one, so that something remained for me to eat.’ He called to
    him to stop, but the guest pretended not to hear. Then he ran after him
    with the knife still in his hand, crying: ‘Just one, just one,’ meaning
    that the guest should leave him just one chicken, and not take both. The
    guest, however, thought no otherwise than that he was to give up one of
    his ears, and ran as if fire were burning under him, in order to take
    them both with him.

    THE OLD MAN AND HIS GRANDSON

    There was once a very old man, whose eyes had become dim, his ears dull
    of hearing, his knees trembled, and when he sat at table he could hardly
    hold the spoon, and spilt the broth upon the table-cloth or let it run
    out of his mouth. His son and his son’s wife were disgusted at this, so
    the old grandfather at last had to sit in the corner behind the stove,
    and they gave him his food in an earthenware bowl, and not even enough
    of it. And he used to look towards the table with his eyes full of
    tears. Once, too, his trembling hands could not hold the bowl, and it
    fell to the ground and broke. The young wife scolded him, but he said
    nothing and only sighed. Then they brought him a wooden bowl for a few
    half-pence, out of which he had to eat.

    They were once sitting thus when the little grandson of four years old
    began to gather together some bits of wood upon the ground. ‘What are
    you doing there?’ asked the father. ‘I am making a little trough,’
    answered the child, ‘for father and mother to eat out of when I am big.’

    The man and his wife looked at each other for a while, and presently
    began to cry. Then they took the old grandfather to the table, and
    henceforth always let him eat with them, and likewise said nothing if he
    did spill a little of anything.

    THE LITTLE PEASANT

    There was a certain village wherein no one lived but really rich
    peasants, and just one poor one, whom they called the little peasant. He
    had not even so much as a cow, and still less money to buy one, and
    yet he and his wife did so wish to have one. One day he said to her:
    ‘Listen, I have a good idea, there is our gossip the carpenter, he shall
    make us a wooden calf, and paint it brown, so that it looks like any
    other, and in time it will certainly get big and be a cow.’ the woman
    also liked the idea, and their gossip the carpenter cut and planed
    the calf, and painted it as it ought to be, and made it with its head
    hanging down as if it were eating.

    Next morning when the cows were being driven out, the little peasant
    called the cow-herd in and said: ‘Look, I have a little calf there,
    but it is still small and has to be carried.’ The cow-herd said: ‘All
    right,’ and took it in his arms and carried it to the pasture, and set
    it among the grass. The little calf always remained standing like one
    which was eating, and the cow-herd said: ‘It will soon run by itself,
    just look how it eats already!’ At night when he was going to drive the
    herd home again, he said to the calf: ‘If you can stand there and eat
    your fill, you can also go on your four legs; I don’t care to drag you
    home again in my arms.’ But the little peasant stood at his door, and
    waited for his little calf, and when the cow-herd drove the cows through
    the village, and the calf was missing, he inquired where it was. The
    cow-herd answered: ‘It is still standing out there eating. It would not
    stop and come with us.’ But the little peasant said: ‘Oh, but I must
    have my beast back again.’ Then they went back to the meadow together,
    but someone had stolen the calf, and it was gone. The cow-herd said: ‘It
    must have run away.’ The peasant, however, said: ‘Don’t tell me
    that,’ and led the cow-herd before the mayor, who for his carelessness
    condemned him to give the peasant a cow for the calf which had run away.

    And now the little peasant and his wife had the cow for which they had
    so long wished, and they were heartily glad, but they had no food for
    it, and could give it nothing to eat, so it soon had to be killed. They
    salted the flesh, and the peasant went into the town and wanted to sell
    the skin there, so that he might buy a new calf with the proceeds. On
    the way he passed by a mill, and there sat a raven with broken wings,
    and out of pity he took him and wrapped him in the skin. But as the
    weather grew so bad and there was a storm of rain and wind, he could
    go no farther, and turned back to the mill and begged for shelter. The
    miller’s wife was alone in the house, and said to the peasant: ‘Lay
    yourself on the straw there,’ and gave him a slice of bread and cheese.
    The peasant ate it, and lay down with his skin beside him, and the woman
    thought: ‘He is tired and has gone to sleep.’ In the meantime came the
    parson; the miller’s wife received him well, and said: ‘My husband is
    out, so we will have a feast.’ The peasant listened, and when he heard
    them talk about feasting he was vexed that he had been forced to make
    shift with a slice of bread and cheese. Then the woman served up four
    different things, roast meat, salad, cakes, and wine.

    Just as they were about to sit down and eat, there was a knocking
    outside. The woman said: ‘Oh, heavens! It is my husband!’ she quickly
    hid the roast meat inside the tiled stove, the wine under the pillow,
    the salad on the bed, the cakes under it, and the parson in the closet
    on the porch. Then she opened the door for her husband, and said: ‘Thank
    heaven, you are back again! There is such a storm, it looks as if the
    world were coming to an end.’ The miller saw the peasant lying on the
    straw, and asked, ‘What is that fellow doing there?’ ‘Ah,’ said the
    wife, ‘the poor knave came in the storm and rain, and begged for
    shelter, so I gave him a bit of bread and cheese, and showed him where
    the straw was.’ The man said: ‘I have no objection, but be quick and get
    me something to eat.’ The woman said: ‘But I have nothing but bread and
    cheese.’ ‘I am contented with anything,’ replied the husband, ‘so far as
    I am concerned, bread and cheese will do,’ and looked at the peasant and
    said: ‘Come and eat some more with me.’ The peasant did not require to
    be invited twice, but got up and ate. After this the miller saw the skin
    in which the raven was, lying on the ground, and asked: ‘What have you
    there?’ The peasant answered: ‘I have a soothsayer inside it.’ ‘Can
    he foretell anything to me?’ said the miller. ‘Why not?’ answered
    the peasant: ‘but he only says four things, and the fifth he keeps to
    himself.’ The miller was curious, and said: ‘Let him foretell something
    for once.’ Then the peasant pinched the raven’s head, so that he croaked
    and made a noise like krr, krr. The miller said: ‘What did he say?’ The
    peasant answered: ‘In the first place, he says that there is some wine
    hidden under the pillow.’ ‘Bless me!’ cried the miller, and went there
    and found the wine. ‘Now go on,’ said he. The peasant made the raven
    croak again, and said: ‘In the second place, he says that there is some
    roast meat in the tiled stove.’ ‘Upon my word!’ cried the miller, and
    went thither, and found the roast meat. The peasant made the raven
    prophesy still more, and said: ‘Thirdly, he says that there is some
    salad on the bed.’ ‘That would be a fine thing!’ cried the miller, and
    went there and found the salad. At last the peasant pinched the raven
    once more till he croaked, and said: ‘Fourthly, he says that there
    are some cakes under the bed.’ ‘That would be a fine thing!’ cried the
    miller, and looked there, and found the cakes.

    And now the two sat down to the table together, but the miller’s wife
    was frightened to death, and went to bed and took all the keys with
    her. The miller would have liked much to know the fifth, but the little
    peasant said: ‘First, we will quickly eat the four things, for the fifth
    is something bad.’ So they ate, and after that they bargained how much
    the miller was to give for the fifth prophecy, until they agreed on
    three hundred talers. Then the peasant once more pinched the raven’s
    head till he croaked loudly. The miller asked: ‘What did he say?’ The
    peasant replied: ‘He says that the Devil is hiding outside there in
    the closet on the porch.’ The miller said: ‘The Devil must go out,’ and
    opened the house-door; then the woman was forced to give up the keys,
    and the peasant unlocked the closet. The parson ran out as fast as he
    could, and the miller said: ‘It was true; I saw the black rascal with my
    own eyes.’ The peasant, however, made off next morning by daybreak with
    the three hundred talers.

    At home the small peasant gradually launched out; he built a beautiful
    house, and the peasants said: ‘The small peasant has certainly been to
    the place where golden snow falls, and people carry the gold home in
    shovels.’ Then the small peasant was brought before the mayor, and
    bidden to say from whence his wealth came. He answered: ‘I sold my cow’s
    skin in the town, for three hundred talers.’ When the peasants heard
    that, they too wished to enjoy this great profit, and ran home, killed
    all their cows, and stripped off their skins in order to sell them in
    the town to the greatest advantage. The mayor, however, said: ‘But my
    servant must go first.’ When she came to the merchant in the town, he
    did not give her more than two talers for a skin, and when the others
    came, he did not give them so much, and said: ‘What can I do with all
    these skins?’

    Then the peasants were vexed that the small peasant should have thus
    outwitted them, wanted to take vengeance on him, and accused him of this
    treachery before the mayor. The innocent little peasant was unanimously
    sentenced to death, and was to be rolled into the water, in a barrel
    pierced full of holes. He was led forth, and a priest was brought who
    was to say a mass for his soul. The others were all obliged to retire to
    a distance, and when the peasant looked at the priest, he recognized the
    man who had been with the miller’s wife. He said to him: ‘I set you free
    from the closet, set me free from the barrel.’ At this same moment up
    came, with a flock of sheep, the very shepherd whom the peasant knew had
    long been wishing to be mayor, so he cried with all his might: ‘No, I
    will not do it; if the whole world insists on it, I will not do it!’ The
    shepherd hearing that, came up to him, and asked: ‘What are you about?
    What is it that you will not do?’ The peasant said: ‘They want to make
    me mayor, if I will but put myself in the barrel, but I will not do it.’
    The shepherd said: ‘If nothing more than that is needful in order to be
    mayor, I would get into the barrel at once.’ The peasant said: ‘If you
    will get in, you will be mayor.’ The shepherd was willing, and got in,
    and the peasant shut the top down on him; then he took the shepherd’s
    flock for himself, and drove it away. The parson went to the crowd,
    and declared that the mass had been said. Then they came and rolled the
    barrel towards the water. When the barrel began to roll, the shepherd
    cried: ‘I am quite willing to be mayor.’ They believed no otherwise than
    that it was the peasant who was saying this, and answered: ‘That is
    what we intend, but first you shall look about you a little down below
    there,’ and they rolled the barrel down into the water.

    After that the peasants went home, and as they were entering the
    village, the small peasant also came quietly in, driving a flock of
    sheep and looking quite contented. Then the peasants were astonished,
    and said: ‘Peasant, from whence do you come? Have you come out of the
    water?’ ‘Yes, truly,’ replied the peasant, ‘I sank deep, deep down,
    until at last I got to the bottom; I pushed the bottom out of the
    barrel, and crept out, and there were pretty meadows on which a number
    of lambs were feeding, and from thence I brought this flock away with
    me.’ Said the peasants: ‘Are there any more there?’ ‘Oh, yes,’ said he,
    ‘more than I could want.’ Then the peasants made up their minds that
    they too would fetch some sheep for themselves, a flock apiece, but the
    mayor said: ‘I come first.’ So they went to the water together, and just
    then there were some of the small fleecy clouds in the blue sky, which
    are called little lambs, and they were reflected in the water, whereupon
    the peasants cried: ‘We already see the sheep down below!’ The mayor
    pressed forward and said: ‘I will go down first, and look about me, and
    if things promise well I’ll call you.’ So he jumped in; splash! went
    the water; it sounded as if he were calling them, and the whole crowd
    plunged in after him as one man. Then the entire village was dead, and
    the small peasant, as sole heir, became a rich man.

    FREDERICK AND CATHERINE

    There was once a man called Frederick: he had a wife whose name was
    Catherine, and they had not long been married. One day Frederick said.
    ‘Kate! I am going to work in the fields; when I come back I shall be
    hungry so let me have something nice cooked, and a good draught of ale.’
    ‘Very well,’ said she, ‘it shall all be ready.’ When dinner-time drew
    nigh, Catherine took a nice steak, which was all the meat she had, and
    put it on the fire to fry. The steak soon began to look brown, and to
    crackle in the pan; and Catherine stood by with a fork and turned it:
    then she said to herself, ‘The steak is almost ready, I may as well go
    to the cellar for the ale.’ So she left the pan on the fire and took a
    large jug and went into the cellar and tapped the ale cask. The beer ran
    into the jug and Catherine stood looking on. At last it popped into her
    head, ‘The dog is not shut up–he may be running away with the steak;
    that’s well thought of.’ So up she ran from the cellar; and sure enough
    the rascally cur had got the steak in his mouth, and was making off with
    it.

    Away ran Catherine, and away ran the dog across the field: but he ran
    faster than she, and stuck close to the steak. ‘It’s all gone, and “what
    can’t be cured must be endured”,’ said Catherine. So she turned round;
    and as she had run a good way and was tired, she walked home leisurely
    to cool herself.

    Now all this time the ale was running too, for Catherine had not turned
    the cock; and when the jug was full the liquor ran upon the floor till
    the cask was empty. When she got to the cellar stairs she saw what had
    happened. ‘My stars!’ said she, ‘what shall I do to keep Frederick from
    seeing all this slopping about?’ So she thought a while; and at last
    remembered that there was a sack of fine meal bought at the last fair,
    and that if she sprinkled this over the floor it would suck up the ale
    nicely. ‘What a lucky thing,’ said she, ‘that we kept that meal! we have
    now a good use for it.’ So away she went for it: but she managed to set
    it down just upon the great jug full of beer, and upset it; and thus
    all the ale that had been saved was set swimming on the floor also. ‘Ah!
    well,’ said she, ‘when one goes another may as well follow.’ Then she
    strewed the meal all about the cellar, and was quite pleased with her
    cleverness, and said, ‘How very neat and clean it looks!’

    At noon Frederick came home. ‘Now, wife,’ cried he, ‘what have you for
    dinner?’ ‘O Frederick!’ answered she, ‘I was cooking you a steak; but
    while I went down to draw the ale, the dog ran away with it; and while
    I ran after him, the ale ran out; and when I went to dry up the ale
    with the sack of meal that we got at the fair, I upset the jug: but the
    cellar is now quite dry, and looks so clean!’ ‘Kate, Kate,’ said he,
    ‘how could you do all this?’ Why did you leave the steak to fry, and the
    ale to run, and then spoil all the meal?’ ‘Why, Frederick,’ said she, ‘I
    did not know I was doing wrong; you should have told me before.’

    The husband thought to himself, ‘If my wife manages matters thus, I must
    look sharp myself.’ Now he had a good deal of gold in the house: so he
    said to Catherine, ‘What pretty yellow buttons these are! I shall put
    them into a box and bury them in the garden; but take care that you
    never go near or meddle with them.’ ‘No, Frederick,’ said she, ‘that
    I never will.’ As soon as he was gone, there came by some pedlars with
    earthenware plates and dishes, and they asked her whether she would buy.
    ‘Oh dear me, I should like to buy very much, but I have no money: if
    you had any use for yellow buttons, I might deal with you.’ ‘Yellow
    buttons!’ said they: ‘let us have a look at them.’ ‘Go into the garden
    and dig where I tell you, and you will find the yellow buttons: I dare
    not go myself.’ So the rogues went: and when they found what these
    yellow buttons were, they took them all away, and left her plenty of
    plates and dishes. Then she set them all about the house for a show:
    and when Frederick came back, he cried out, ‘Kate, what have you been
    doing?’ ‘See,’ said she, ‘I have bought all these with your yellow
    buttons: but I did not touch them myself; the pedlars went themselves
    and dug them up.’ ‘Wife, wife,’ said Frederick, ‘what a pretty piece of
    work you have made! those yellow buttons were all my money: how came you
    to do such a thing?’ ‘Why,’ answered she, ‘I did not know there was any
    harm in it; you should have told me.’

    Catherine stood musing for a while, and at last said to her husband,
    ‘Hark ye, Frederick, we will soon get the gold back: let us run after
    the thieves.’ ‘Well, we will try,’ answered he; ‘but take some butter
    and cheese with you, that we may have something to eat by the way.’
    ‘Very well,’ said she; and they set out: and as Frederick walked the
    fastest, he left his wife some way behind. ‘It does not matter,’ thought
    she: ‘when we turn back, I shall be so much nearer home than he.’

    Presently she came to the top of a hill, down the side of which there
    was a road so narrow that the cart wheels always chafed the trees
    on each side as they passed. ‘Ah, see now,’ said she, ‘how they have
    bruised and wounded those poor trees; they will never get well.’ So she
    took pity on them, and made use of the butter to grease them all, so
    that the wheels might not hurt them so much. While she was doing this
    kind office one of her cheeses fell out of the basket, and rolled down
    the hill. Catherine looked, but could not see where it had gone; so she
    said, ‘Well, I suppose the other will go the same way and find you; he
    has younger legs than I have.’ Then she rolled the other cheese after
    it; and away it went, nobody knows where, down the hill. But she said
    she supposed that they knew the road, and would follow her, and she
    could not stay there all day waiting for them.

    At last she overtook Frederick, who desired her to give him something to
    eat. Then she gave him the dry bread. ‘Where are the butter and cheese?’
    said he. ‘Oh!’ answered she, ‘I used the butter to grease those poor
    trees that the wheels chafed so: and one of the cheeses ran away so I
    sent the other after it to find it, and I suppose they are both on
    the road together somewhere.’ ‘What a goose you are to do such silly
    things!’ said the husband. ‘How can you say so?’ said she; ‘I am sure
    you never told me not.’

    They ate the dry bread together; and Frederick said, ‘Kate, I hope you
    locked the door safe when you came away.’ ‘No,’ answered she, ‘you did
    not tell me.’ ‘Then go home, and do it now before we go any farther,’
    said Frederick, ‘and bring with you something to eat.’

    Catherine did as he told her, and thought to herself by the way,
    ‘Frederick wants something to eat; but I don’t think he is very fond of
    butter and cheese: I’ll bring him a bag of fine nuts, and the vinegar,
    for I have often seen him take some.’

    When she reached home, she bolted the back door, but the front door she
    took off the hinges, and said, ‘Frederick told me to lock the door, but
    surely it can nowhere be so safe if I take it with me.’ So she took
    her time by the way; and when she overtook her husband she cried
    out, ‘There, Frederick, there is the door itself, you may watch it as
    carefully as you please.’ ‘Alas! alas!’ said he, ‘what a clever wife I
    have! I sent you to make the house fast, and you take the door away, so
    that everybody may go in and out as they please–however, as you have
    brought the door, you shall carry it about with you for your pains.’
    ‘Very well,’ answered she, ‘I’ll carry the door; but I’ll not carry the
    nuts and vinegar bottle also–that would be too much of a load; so if
    you please, I’ll fasten them to the door.’

    Frederick of course made no objection to that plan, and they set off
    into the wood to look for the thieves; but they could not find them: and
    when it grew dark, they climbed up into a tree to spend the night there.
    Scarcely were they up, than who should come by but the very rogues they
    were looking for. They were in truth great rascals, and belonged to that
    class of people who find things before they are lost; they were tired;
    so they sat down and made a fire under the very tree where Frederick and
    Catherine were. Frederick slipped down on the other side, and picked up
    some stones. Then he climbed up again, and tried to hit the thieves on
    the head with them: but they only said, ‘It must be near morning, for
    the wind shakes the fir-apples down.’

    Catherine, who had the door on her shoulder, began to be very tired;
    but she thought it was the nuts upon it that were so heavy: so she said
    softly, ‘Frederick, I must let the nuts go.’ ‘No,’ answered he, ‘not
    now, they will discover us.’ ‘I can’t help that: they must go.’ ‘Well,
    then, make haste and throw them down, if you will.’ Then away rattled
    the nuts down among the boughs and one of the thieves cried, ‘Bless me,
    it is hailing.’

    A little while after, Catherine thought the door was still very heavy:
    so she whispered to Frederick, ‘I must throw the vinegar down.’ ‘Pray
    don’t,’ answered he, ‘it will discover us.’ ‘I can’t help that,’ said
    she, ‘go it must.’ So she poured all the vinegar down; and the thieves
    said, ‘What a heavy dew there is!’

    At last it popped into Catherine’s head that it was the door itself that
    was so heavy all the time: so she whispered, ‘Frederick, I must throw
    the door down soon.’ But he begged and prayed her not to do so, for he
    was sure it would betray them. ‘Here goes, however,’ said she: and down
    went the door with such a clatter upon the thieves, that they cried
    out ‘Murder!’ and not knowing what was coming, ran away as fast as they
    could, and left all the gold. So when Frederick and Catherine came down,
    there they found all their money safe and sound.

    SWEETHEART ROLAND

    There was once upon a time a woman who was a real witch and had two
    daughters, one ugly and wicked, and this one she loved because she was
    her own daughter, and one beautiful and good, and this one she hated,
    because she was her stepdaughter. The stepdaughter once had a pretty
    apron, which the other fancied so much that she became envious, and
    told her mother that she must and would have that apron. ‘Be quiet, my
    child,’ said the old woman, ‘and you shall have it. Your stepsister has
    long deserved death; tonight when she is asleep I will come and cut her
    head off. Only be careful that you are at the far side of the bed, and
    push her well to the front.’ It would have been all over with the poor
    girl if she had not just then been standing in a corner, and heard
    everything. All day long she dared not go out of doors, and when bedtime
    had come, the witch’s daughter got into bed first, so as to lie at the
    far side, but when she was asleep, the other pushed her gently to the
    front, and took for herself the place at the back, close by the wall. In
    the night, the old woman came creeping in, she held an axe in her right
    hand, and felt with her left to see if anyone were lying at the outside,
    and then she grasped the axe with both hands, and cut her own child’s
    head off.

    When she had gone away, the girl got up and went to her sweetheart, who
    was called Roland, and knocked at his door. When he came out, she said
    to him: ‘Listen, dearest Roland, we must fly in all haste; my stepmother
    wanted to kill me, but has struck her own child. When daylight comes,
    and she sees what she has done, we shall be lost.’ ‘But,’ said Roland,
    ‘I counsel you first to take away her magic wand, or we cannot escape
    if she pursues us.’ The maiden fetched the magic wand, and she took the
    dead girl’s head and dropped three drops of blood on the ground, one in
    front of the bed, one in the kitchen, and one on the stairs. Then she
    hurried away with her lover.

    When the old witch got up next morning, she called her daughter, and
    wanted to give her the apron, but she did not come. Then the witch
    cried: ‘Where are you?’ ‘Here, on the stairs, I am sweeping,’ answered
    the first drop of blood. The old woman went out, but saw no one on the
    stairs, and cried again: ‘Where are you?’ ‘Here in the kitchen, I am
    warming myself,’ cried the second drop of blood. She went into the
    kitchen, but found no one. Then she cried again: ‘Where are you?’ ‘Ah,
    here in the bed, I am sleeping,’ cried the third drop of blood. She went
    into the room to the bed. What did she see there? Her own child,
    whose head she had cut off, bathed in her blood. The witch fell into
    a passion, sprang to the window, and as she could look forth quite far
    into the world, she perceived her stepdaughter hurrying away with her
    sweetheart Roland. ‘That shall not help you,’ cried she, ‘even if you
    have got a long way off, you shall still not escape me.’ She put on her
    many-league boots, in which she covered an hour’s walk at every step,
    and it was not long before she overtook them. The girl, however, when
    she saw the old woman striding towards her, changed, with her magic
    wand, her sweetheart Roland into a lake, and herself into a duck
    swimming in the middle of it. The witch placed herself on the shore,
    threw breadcrumbs in, and went to endless trouble to entice the duck;
    but the duck did not let herself be enticed, and the old woman had to
    go home at night as she had come. At this the girl and her sweetheart
    Roland resumed their natural shapes again, and they walked on the whole
    night until daybreak. Then the maiden changed herself into a beautiful
    flower which stood in the midst of a briar hedge, and her sweetheart
    Roland into a fiddler. It was not long before the witch came striding up
    towards them, and said to the musician: ‘Dear musician, may I pluck that
    beautiful flower for myself?’ ‘Oh, yes,’ he replied, ‘I will play to
    you while you do it.’ As she was hastily creeping into the hedge and was
    just going to pluck the flower, knowing perfectly well who the flower
    was, he began to play, and whether she would or not, she was forced
    to dance, for it was a magical dance. The faster he played, the more
    violent springs was she forced to make, and the thorns tore her clothes
    from her body, and pricked her and wounded her till she bled, and as he
    did not stop, she had to dance till she lay dead on the ground.

    As they were now set free, Roland said: ‘Now I will go to my father and
    arrange for the wedding.’ ‘Then in the meantime I will stay here and
    wait for you,’ said the girl, ‘and that no one may recognize me, I will
    change myself into a red stone landmark.’ Then Roland went away, and the
    girl stood like a red landmark in the field and waited for her beloved.
    But when Roland got home, he fell into the snares of another, who so
    fascinated him that he forgot the maiden. The poor girl remained there a
    long time, but at length, as he did not return at all, she was sad, and
    changed herself into a flower, and thought: ‘Someone will surely come
    this way, and trample me down.’

    It befell, however, that a shepherd kept his sheep in the field and saw
    the flower, and as it was so pretty, plucked it, took it with him, and
    laid it away in his chest. From that time forth, strange things happened
    in the shepherd’s house. When he arose in the morning, all the work was
    already done, the room was swept, the table and benches cleaned, the
    fire in the hearth was lighted, and the water was fetched, and at noon,
    when he came home, the table was laid, and a good dinner served. He
    could not conceive how this came to pass, for he never saw a human being
    in his house, and no one could have concealed himself in it. He was
    certainly pleased with this good attendance, but still at last he was so
    afraid that he went to a wise woman and asked for her advice. The wise
    woman said: ‘There is some enchantment behind it, listen very early some
    morning if anything is moving in the room, and if you see anything, no
    matter what it is, throw a white cloth over it, and then the magic will
    be stopped.’

    The shepherd did as she bade him, and next morning just as day dawned,
    he saw the chest open, and the flower come out. Swiftly he
    sprang towards it, and threw a white cloth over it. Instantly the
    transformation came to an end, and a beautiful girl stood before him,
    who admitted to him that she had been the flower, and that up to this
    time she had attended to his house-keeping. She told him her story,
    and as she pleased him he asked her if she would marry him, but she
    answered: ‘No,’ for she wanted to remain faithful to her sweetheart
    Roland, although he had deserted her. Nevertheless, she promised not to
    go away, but to continue keeping house for the shepherd.

    And now the time drew near when Roland’s wedding was to be celebrated,
    and then, according to an old custom in the country, it was announced
    that all the girls were to be present at it, and sing in honour of the
    bridal pair. When the faithful maiden heard of this, she grew so sad
    that she thought her heart would break, and she would not go thither,
    but the other girls came and took her. When it came to her turn to sing,
    she stepped back, until at last she was the only one left, and then she
    could not refuse. But when she began her song, and it reached Roland’s
    ears, he sprang up and cried: ‘I know the voice, that is the true
    bride, I will have no other!’ Everything he had forgotten, and which had
    vanished from his mind, had suddenly come home again to his heart. Then
    the faithful maiden held her wedding with her sweetheart Roland, and
    grief came to an end and joy began.

    SNOWDROP

    It was the middle of winter, when the broad flakes of snow were falling
    around, that the queen of a country many thousand miles off sat working
    at her window. The frame of the window was made of fine black ebony, and
    as she sat looking out upon the snow, she pricked her finger, and three
    drops of blood fell upon it. Then she gazed thoughtfully upon the red
    drops that sprinkled the white snow, and said, ‘Would that my little
    daughter may be as white as that snow, as red as that blood, and as
    black as this ebony windowframe!’ And so the little girl really did grow
    up; her skin was as white as snow, her cheeks as rosy as the blood, and
    her hair as black as ebony; and she was called Snowdrop.

    But this queen died; and the king soon married another wife, who became
    queen, and was very beautiful, but so vain that she could not bear
    to think that anyone could be handsomer than she was. She had a fairy
    looking-glass, to which she used to go, and then she would gaze upon
    herself in it, and say:

    ‘Tell me, glass, tell me true!
    Of all the ladies in the land,
    Who is fairest, tell me, who?’

    And the glass had always answered:

    ‘Thou, queen, art the fairest in all the land.’

    But Snowdrop grew more and more beautiful; and when she was seven years
    old she was as bright as the day, and fairer than the queen herself.
    Then the glass one day answered the queen, when she went to look in it
    as usual:

    ‘Thou, queen, art fair, and beauteous to see,
    But Snowdrop is lovelier far than thee!’

    When she heard this she turned pale with rage and envy, and called to
    one of her servants, and said, ‘Take Snowdrop away into the wide wood,
    that I may never see her any more.’ Then the servant led her away; but
    his heart melted when Snowdrop begged him to spare her life, and he
    said, ‘I will not hurt you, thou pretty child.’ So he left her by
    herself; and though he thought it most likely that the wild beasts would
    tear her in pieces, he felt as if a great weight were taken off his
    heart when he had made up his mind not to kill her but to leave her to
    her fate, with the chance of someone finding and saving her.

    Then poor Snowdrop wandered along through the wood in great fear; and
    the wild beasts roared about her, but none did her any harm. In the
    evening she came to a cottage among the hills, and went in to rest, for
    her little feet would carry her no further. Everything was spruce and
    neat in the cottage: on the table was spread a white cloth, and there
    were seven little plates, seven little loaves, and seven little glasses
    with wine in them; and seven knives and forks laid in order; and by
    the wall stood seven little beds. As she was very hungry, she picked
    a little piece of each loaf and drank a very little wine out of each
    glass; and after that she thought she would lie down and rest. So she
    tried all the little beds; but one was too long, and another was too
    short, till at last the seventh suited her: and there she laid herself
    down and went to sleep.

    By and by in came the masters of the cottage. Now they were seven little
    dwarfs, that lived among the mountains, and dug and searched for gold.
    They lighted up their seven lamps, and saw at once that all was not
    right. The first said, ‘Who has been sitting on my stool?’ The second,
    ‘Who has been eating off my plate?’ The third, ‘Who has been picking my
    bread?’ The fourth, ‘Who has been meddling with my spoon?’ The fifth,
    ‘Who has been handling my fork?’ The sixth, ‘Who has been cutting with
    my knife?’ The seventh, ‘Who has been drinking my wine?’ Then the first
    looked round and said, ‘Who has been lying on my bed?’ And the rest came
    running to him, and everyone cried out that somebody had been upon his
    bed. But the seventh saw Snowdrop, and called all his brethren to come
    and see her; and they cried out with wonder and astonishment and brought
    their lamps to look at her, and said, ‘Good heavens! what a lovely child
    she is!’ And they were very glad to see her, and took care not to wake
    her; and the seventh dwarf slept an hour with each of the other dwarfs
    in turn, till the night was gone.

    In the morning Snowdrop told them all her story; and they pitied her,
    and said if she would keep all things in order, and cook and wash and
    knit and spin for them, she might stay where she was, and they would
    take good care of her. Then they went out all day long to their work,
    seeking for gold and silver in the mountains: but Snowdrop was left at
    home; and they warned her, and said, ‘The queen will soon find out where
    you are, so take care and let no one in.’

    But the queen, now that she thought Snowdrop was dead, believed that she
    must be the handsomest lady in the land; and she went to her glass and
    said:

    ‘Tell me, glass, tell me true!
    Of all the ladies in the land,
    Who is fairest, tell me, who?’

    And the glass answered:

    ‘Thou, queen, art the fairest in all this land:
    But over the hills, in the greenwood shade,
    Where the seven dwarfs their dwelling have made,
    There Snowdrop is hiding her head; and she
    Is lovelier far, O queen! than thee.’

    Then the queen was very much frightened; for she knew that the glass
    always spoke the truth, and was sure that the servant had betrayed her.
    And she could not bear to think that anyone lived who was more beautiful
    than she was; so she dressed herself up as an old pedlar, and went
    her way over the hills, to the place where the dwarfs dwelt. Then she
    knocked at the door, and cried, ‘Fine wares to sell!’ Snowdrop looked
    out at the window, and said, ‘Good day, good woman! what have you to
    sell?’ ‘Good wares, fine wares,’ said she; ‘laces and bobbins of all
    colours.’ ‘I will let the old lady in; she seems to be a very good
    sort of body,’ thought Snowdrop, as she ran down and unbolted the door.
    ‘Bless me!’ said the old woman, ‘how badly your stays are laced! Let me
    lace them up with one of my nice new laces.’ Snowdrop did not dream of
    any mischief; so she stood before the old woman; but she set to work
    so nimbly, and pulled the lace so tight, that Snowdrop’s breath was
    stopped, and she fell down as if she were dead. ‘There’s an end to all
    thy beauty,’ said the spiteful queen, and went away home.

    In the evening the seven dwarfs came home; and I need not say how
    grieved they were to see their faithful Snowdrop stretched out upon the
    ground, as if she was quite dead. However, they lifted her up, and when
    they found what ailed her, they cut the lace; and in a little time she
    began to breathe, and very soon came to life again. Then they said, ‘The
    old woman was the queen herself; take care another time, and let no one
    in when we are away.’

    When the queen got home, she went straight to her glass, and spoke to it
    as before; but to her great grief it still said:

    ‘Thou, queen, art the fairest in all this land:
    But over the hills, in the greenwood shade,
    Where the seven dwarfs their dwelling have made,
    There Snowdrop is hiding her head; and she
    Is lovelier far, O queen! than thee.’

    Then the blood ran cold in her heart with spite and malice, to see that
    Snowdrop still lived; and she dressed herself up again, but in quite
    another dress from the one she wore before, and took with her a poisoned
    comb. When she reached the dwarfs’ cottage, she knocked at the door, and
    cried, ‘Fine wares to sell!’ But Snowdrop said, ‘I dare not let anyone
    in.’ Then the queen said, ‘Only look at my beautiful combs!’ and gave
    her the poisoned one. And it looked so pretty, that she took it up and
    put it into her hair to try it; but the moment it touched her head,
    the poison was so powerful that she fell down senseless. ‘There you may
    lie,’ said the queen, and went her way. But by good luck the dwarfs
    came in very early that evening; and when they saw Snowdrop lying on
    the ground, they thought what had happened, and soon found the poisoned
    comb. And when they took it away she got well, and told them all that
    had passed; and they warned her once more not to open the door to
    anyone.

    Meantime the queen went home to her glass, and shook with rage when she
    read the very same answer as before; and she said, ‘Snowdrop shall die,
    if it cost me my life.’ So she went by herself into her chamber, and got
    ready a poisoned apple: the outside looked very rosy and tempting, but
    whoever tasted it was sure to die. Then she dressed herself up as a
    peasant’s wife, and travelled over the hills to the dwarfs’ cottage,
    and knocked at the door; but Snowdrop put her head out of the window and
    said, ‘I dare not let anyone in, for the dwarfs have told me not.’ ‘Do
    as you please,’ said the old woman, ‘but at any rate take this pretty
    apple; I will give it you.’ ‘No,’ said Snowdrop, ‘I dare not take it.’
    ‘You silly girl!’ answered the other, ‘what are you afraid of? Do you
    think it is poisoned? Come! do you eat one part, and I will eat the
    other.’ Now the apple was so made up that one side was good, though the
    other side was poisoned. Then Snowdrop was much tempted to taste, for
    the apple looked so very nice; and when she saw the old woman eat, she
    could wait no longer. But she had scarcely put the piece into her mouth,
    when she fell down dead upon the ground. ‘This time nothing will save
    thee,’ said the queen; and she went home to her glass, and at last it
    said:

    ‘Thou, queen, art the fairest of all the fair.’

    And then her wicked heart was glad, and as happy as such a heart could
    be.

    When evening came, and the dwarfs had gone home, they found Snowdrop
    lying on the ground: no breath came from her lips, and they were afraid
    that she was quite dead. They lifted her up, and combed her hair, and
    washed her face with wine and water; but all was in vain, for the little
    girl seemed quite dead. So they laid her down upon a bier, and all seven
    watched and bewailed her three whole days; and then they thought they
    would bury her: but her cheeks were still rosy; and her face looked just
    as it did while she was alive; so they said, ‘We will never bury her in
    the cold ground.’ And they made a coffin of glass, so that they might
    still look at her, and wrote upon it in golden letters what her name
    was, and that she was a king’s daughter. And the coffin was set among
    the hills, and one of the dwarfs always sat by it and watched. And the
    birds of the air came too, and bemoaned Snowdrop; and first of all came
    an owl, and then a raven, and at last a dove, and sat by her side.

    And thus Snowdrop lay for a long, long time, and still only looked as
    though she was asleep; for she was even now as white as snow, and as red
    as blood, and as black as ebony. At last a prince came and called at the
    dwarfs’ house; and he saw Snowdrop, and read what was written in golden
    letters. Then he offered the dwarfs money, and prayed and besought them
    to let him take her away; but they said, ‘We will not part with her for
    all the gold in the world.’ At last, however, they had pity on him, and
    gave him the coffin; but the moment he lifted it up to carry it home
    with him, the piece of apple fell from between her lips, and Snowdrop
    awoke, and said, ‘Where am I?’ And the prince said, ‘Thou art quite safe
    with me.’

    Then he told her all that had happened, and said, ‘I love you far better
    than all the world; so come with me to my father’s palace, and you shall
    be my wife.’ And Snowdrop consented, and went home with the prince;
    and everything was got ready with great pomp and splendour for their
    wedding.

    To the feast was asked, among the rest, Snowdrop’s old enemy the queen;
    and as she was dressing herself in fine rich clothes, she looked in the
    glass and said:

    ‘Tell me, glass, tell me true!
    Of all the ladies in the land,
    Who is fairest, tell me, who?’

    And the glass answered:

    ‘Thou, lady, art loveliest here, I ween;
    But lovelier far is the new-made queen.’

    When she heard this she started with rage; but her envy and curiosity
    were so great, that she could not help setting out to see the bride. And
    when she got there, and saw that it was no other than Snowdrop, who, as
    she thought, had been dead a long while, she choked with rage, and fell
    down and died: but Snowdrop and the prince lived and reigned happily
    over that land many, many years; and sometimes they went up into the
    mountains, and paid a visit to the little dwarfs, who had been so kind
    to Snowdrop in her time of need.

    THE PINK

    There was once upon a time a queen to whom God had given no children.
    Every morning she went into the garden and prayed to God in heaven to
    bestow on her a son or a daughter. Then an angel from heaven came to her
    and said: ‘Be at rest, you shall have a son with the power of wishing,
    so that whatsoever in the world he wishes for, that shall he have.’ Then
    she went to the king, and told him the joyful tidings, and when the time
    was come she gave birth to a son, and the king was filled with gladness.

    Every morning she went with the child to the garden where the wild
    beasts were kept, and washed herself there in a clear stream. It
    happened once when the child was a little older, that it was lying in
    her arms and she fell asleep. Then came the old cook, who knew that the
    child had the power of wishing, and stole it away, and he took a hen,
    and cut it in pieces, and dropped some of its blood on the queen’s apron
    and on her dress. Then he carried the child away to a secret place,
    where a nurse was obliged to suckle it, and he ran to the king and
    accused the queen of having allowed her child to be taken from her by
    the wild beasts. When the king saw the blood on her apron, he believed
    this, fell into such a passion that he ordered a high tower to be built,
    in which neither sun nor moon could be seen and had his wife put into
    it, and walled up. Here she was to stay for seven years without meat
    or drink, and die of hunger. But God sent two angels from heaven in the
    shape of white doves, which flew to her twice a day, and carried her
    food until the seven years were over.

    The cook, however, thought to himself: ‘If the child has the power of
    wishing, and I am here, he might very easily get me into trouble.’ So
    he left the palace and went to the boy, who was already big enough to
    speak, and said to him: ‘Wish for a beautiful palace for yourself with
    a garden, and all else that pertains to it.’ Scarcely were the words out
    of the boy’s mouth, when everything was there that he had wished for.
    After a while the cook said to him: ‘It is not well for you to be so
    alone, wish for a pretty girl as a companion.’ Then the king’s son
    wished for one, and she immediately stood before him, and was more
    beautiful than any painter could have painted her. The two played
    together, and loved each other with all their hearts, and the old cook
    went out hunting like a nobleman. The thought occurred to him, however,
    that the king’s son might some day wish to be with his father, and thus
    bring him into great peril. So he went out and took the maiden aside,
    and said: ‘Tonight when the boy is asleep, go to his bed and plunge this
    knife into his heart, and bring me his heart and tongue, and if you do
    not do it, you shall lose your life.’ Thereupon he went away, and when
    he returned next day she had not done it, and said: ‘Why should I shed
    the blood of an innocent boy who has never harmed anyone?’ The cook once
    more said: ‘If you do not do it, it shall cost you your own life.’ When
    he had gone away, she had a little hind brought to her, and ordered her
    to be killed, and took her heart and tongue, and laid them on a plate,
    and when she saw the old man coming, she said to the boy: ‘Lie down in
    your bed, and draw the clothes over you.’ Then the wicked wretch came in
    and said: ‘Where are the boy’s heart and tongue?’ The girl reached the
    plate to him, but the king’s son threw off the quilt, and said: ‘You old
    sinner, why did you want to kill me? Now will I pronounce thy sentence.
    You shall become a black poodle and have a gold collar round your neck,
    and shall eat burning coals, till the flames burst forth from your
    throat.’ And when he had spoken these words, the old man was changed
    into a poodle dog, and had a gold collar round his neck, and the cooks
    were ordered to bring up some live coals, and these he ate, until the
    flames broke forth from his throat. The king’s son remained there a
    short while longer, and he thought of his mother, and wondered if she
    were still alive. At length he said to the maiden: ‘I will go home to my
    own country; if you will go with me, I will provide for you.’ ‘Ah,’
    she replied, ‘the way is so long, and what shall I do in a strange land
    where I am unknown?’ As she did not seem quite willing, and as they
    could not be parted from each other, he wished that she might be changed
    into a beautiful pink, and took her with him. Then he went away to his
    own country, and the poodle had to run after him. He went to the tower
    in which his mother was confined, and as it was so high, he wished for
    a ladder which would reach up to the very top. Then he mounted up and
    looked inside, and cried: ‘Beloved mother, Lady Queen, are you still
    alive, or are you dead?’ She answered: ‘I have just eaten, and am still
    satisfied,’ for she thought the angels were there. Said he: ‘I am your
    dear son, whom the wild beasts were said to have torn from your arms;
    but I am alive still, and will soon set you free.’ Then he descended
    again, and went to his father, and caused himself to be announced as a
    strange huntsman, and asked if he could offer him service. The king said
    yes, if he was skilful and could get game for him, he should come to
    him, but that deer had never taken up their quarters in any part of the
    district or country. Then the huntsman promised to procure as much game
    for him as he could possibly use at the royal table. So he summoned all
    the huntsmen together, and bade them go out into the forest with him.
    And he went with them and made them form a great circle, open at one end
    where he stationed himself, and began to wish. Two hundred deer and more
    came running inside the circle at once, and the huntsmen shot them.
    Then they were all placed on sixty country carts, and driven home to the
    king, and for once he was able to deck his table with game, after having
    had none at all for years.

    Now the king felt great joy at this, and commanded that his entire
    household should eat with him next day, and made a great feast. When
    they were all assembled together, he said to the huntsman: ‘As you are
    so clever, you shall sit by me.’ He replied: ‘Lord King, your majesty
    must excuse me, I am a poor huntsman.’ But the king insisted on it,
    and said: ‘You shall sit by me,’ until he did it. Whilst he was sitting
    there, he thought of his dearest mother, and wished that one of the
    king’s principal servants would begin to speak of her, and would ask how
    it was faring with the queen in the tower, and if she were alive still,
    or had perished. Hardly had he formed the wish than the marshal began,
    and said: ‘Your majesty, we live joyously here, but how is the queen
    living in the tower? Is she still alive, or has she died?’ But the king
    replied: ‘She let my dear son be torn to pieces by wild beasts; I will
    not have her named.’ Then the huntsman arose and said: ‘Gracious lord
    father she is alive still, and I am her son, and I was not carried away
    by wild beasts, but by that wretch the old cook, who tore me from her
    arms when she was asleep, and sprinkled her apron with the blood of a
    chicken.’ Thereupon he took the dog with the golden collar, and said:
    ‘That is the wretch!’ and caused live coals to be brought, and these the
    dog was compelled to devour before the sight of all, until flames burst
    forth from its throat. On this the huntsman asked the king if he would
    like to see the dog in his true shape, and wished him back into the form
    of the cook, in which he stood immediately, with his white apron,
    and his knife by his side. When the king saw him he fell into a passion,
    and ordered him to be cast into the deepest dungeon. Then the huntsman
    spoke further and said: ‘Father, will you see the maiden who brought me
    up so tenderly and who was afterwards to murder me, but did not do it,
    though her own life depended on it?’ The king replied: ‘Yes, I would
    like to see her.’ The son said: ‘Most gracious father, I will show her
    to you in the form of a beautiful flower,’ and he thrust his hand into
    his pocket and brought forth the pink, and placed it on the royal table,
    and it was so beautiful that the king had never seen one to equal it.
    Then the son said: ‘Now will I show her to you in her own form,’ and
    wished that she might become a maiden, and she stood there looking so
    beautiful that no painter could have made her look more so.

    And the king sent two waiting-maids and two attendants into the tower,
    to fetch the queen and bring her to the royal table. But when she was
    led in she ate nothing, and said: ‘The gracious and merciful God who has
    supported me in the tower, will soon set me free.’ She lived three days
    more, and then died happily, and when she was buried, the two white
    doves which had brought her food to the tower, and were angels of
    heaven, followed her body and seated themselves on her grave. The aged
    king ordered the cook to be torn in four pieces, but grief consumed the
    king’s own heart, and he soon died. His son married the beautiful maiden
    whom he had brought with him as a flower in his pocket, and whether they
    are still alive or not, is known to God.

    CLEVER ELSIE

    There was once a man who had a daughter who was called Clever Elsie. And
    when she had grown up her father said: ‘We will get her married.’ ‘Yes,’
    said the mother, ‘if only someone would come who would have her.’ At
    length a man came from a distance and wooed her, who was called Hans;
    but he stipulated that Clever Elsie should be really smart. ‘Oh,’ said
    the father, ‘she has plenty of good sense’; and the mother said: ‘Oh,
    she can see the wind coming up the street, and hear the flies coughing.’
    ‘Well,’ said Hans, ‘if she is not really smart, I won’t have her.’ When
    they were sitting at dinner and had eaten, the mother said: ‘Elsie, go
    into the cellar and fetch some beer.’ Then Clever Elsie took the pitcher
    from the wall, went into the cellar, and tapped the lid briskly as she
    went, so that the time might not appear long. When she was below she
    fetched herself a chair, and set it before the barrel so that she had
    no need to stoop, and did not hurt her back or do herself any unexpected
    injury. Then she placed the can before her, and turned the tap, and
    while the beer was running she would not let her eyes be idle, but
    looked up at the wall, and after much peering here and there, saw a
    pick-axe exactly above her, which the masons had accidentally left
    there.

    Then Clever Elsie began to weep and said: ‘If I get Hans, and we have
    a child, and he grows big, and we send him into the cellar here to draw
    beer, then the pick-axe will fall on his head and kill him.’ Then she
    sat and wept and screamed with all the strength of her body, over the
    misfortune which lay before her. Those upstairs waited for the drink,
    but Clever Elsie still did not come. Then the woman said to the servant:
    ‘Just go down into the cellar and see where Elsie is.’ The maid went and
    found her sitting in front of the barrel, screaming loudly. ‘Elsie why
    do you weep?’ asked the maid. ‘Ah,’ she answered, ‘have I not reason to
    weep? If I get Hans, and we have a child, and he grows big, and has to
    draw beer here, the pick-axe will perhaps fall on his head, and kill
    him.’ Then said the maid: ‘What a clever Elsie we have!’ and sat down
    beside her and began loudly to weep over the misfortune. After a while,
    as the maid did not come back, and those upstairs were thirsty for the
    beer, the man said to the boy: ‘Just go down into the cellar and see
    where Elsie and the girl are.’ The boy went down, and there sat Clever
    Elsie and the girl both weeping together. Then he asked: ‘Why are you
    weeping?’ ‘Ah,’ said Elsie, ‘have I not reason to weep? If I get Hans,
    and we have a child, and he grows big, and has to draw beer here, the
    pick-axe will fall on his head and kill him.’ Then said the boy: ‘What
    a clever Elsie we have!’ and sat down by her, and likewise began to
    howl loudly. Upstairs they waited for the boy, but as he still did not
    return, the man said to the woman: ‘Just go down into the cellar and see
    where Elsie is!’ The woman went down, and found all three in the midst
    of their lamentations, and inquired what was the cause; then Elsie told
    her also that her future child was to be killed by the pick-axe, when it
    grew big and had to draw beer, and the pick-axe fell down. Then said the
    mother likewise: ‘What a clever Elsie we have!’ and sat down and wept
    with them. The man upstairs waited a short time, but as his wife did not
    come back and his thirst grew ever greater, he said: ‘I must go into the
    cellar myself and see where Elsie is.’ But when he got into the cellar,
    and they were all sitting together crying, and he heard the reason, and
    that Elsie’s child was the cause, and the Elsie might perhaps bring one
    into the world some day, and that he might be killed by the pick-axe, if
    he should happen to be sitting beneath it, drawing beer just at the very
    time when it fell down, he cried: ‘Oh, what a clever Elsie!’ and sat
    down, and likewise wept with them. The bridegroom stayed upstairs alone
    for a long time; then as no one would come back he thought: ‘They must be
    waiting for me below: I too must go there and see what they are about.’
    When he got down, the five of them were sitting screaming and lamenting
    quite piteously, each out-doing the other. ‘What misfortune has happened
    then?’ asked he. ‘Ah, dear Hans,’ said Elsie, ‘if we marry each other
    and have a child, and he is big, and we perhaps send him here to draw
    something to drink, then the pick-axe which has been left up there might
    dash his brains out if it were to fall down, so have we not reason to
    weep?’ ‘Come,’ said Hans, ‘more understanding than that is not needed
    for my household, as you are such a clever Elsie, I will have you,’ and
    seized her hand, took her upstairs with him, and married her.

    After Hans had had her some time, he said: ‘Wife, I am going out to work
    and earn some money for us; go into the field and cut the corn that we
    may have some bread.’ ‘Yes, dear Hans, I will do that.’ After Hans had
    gone away, she cooked herself some good broth and took it into the field
    with her. When she came to the field she said to herself: ‘What shall I
    do; shall I cut first, or shall I eat first? Oh, I will eat first.’ Then
    she drank her cup of broth and when she was fully satisfied, she once
    more said: ‘What shall I do? Shall I cut first, or shall I sleep first?
    I will sleep first.’ Then she lay down among the corn and fell asleep.
    Hans had been at home for a long time, but Elsie did not come; then said
    he: ‘What a clever Elsie I have; she is so industrious that she does not
    even come home to eat.’ But when evening came and she still stayed away,
    Hans went out to see what she had cut, but nothing was cut, and she
    was lying among the corn asleep. Then Hans hastened home and brought
    a fowler’s net with little bells and hung it round about her, and she
    still went on sleeping. Then he ran home, shut the house-door, and sat
    down in his chair and worked. At length, when it was quite dark, Clever
    Elsie awoke and when she got up there was a jingling all round about
    her, and the bells rang at each step which she took. Then she was
    alarmed, and became uncertain whether she really was Clever Elsie or
    not, and said: ‘Is it I, or is it not I?’ But she knew not what answer
    to make to this, and stood for a time in doubt; at length she thought:
    ‘I will go home and ask if it be I, or if it be not I, they will be sure
    to know.’ She ran to the door of her own house, but it was shut; then
    she knocked at the window and cried: ‘Hans, is Elsie within?’ ‘Yes,’
    answered Hans, ‘she is within.’ Hereupon she was terrified, and said:
    ‘Ah, heavens! Then it is not I,’ and went to another door; but when the
    people heard the jingling of the bells they would not open it, and she
    could get in nowhere. Then she ran out of the village, and no one has
    seen her since.

    THE MISER IN THE BUSH

    A farmer had a faithful and diligent servant, who had worked hard for
    him three years, without having been paid any wages. At last it came
    into the man’s head that he would not go on thus without pay any longer;
    so he went to his master, and said, ‘I have worked hard for you a long
    time, I will trust to you to give me what I deserve to have for my
    trouble.’ The farmer was a sad miser, and knew that his man was very
    simple-hearted; so he took out threepence, and gave him for every year’s
    service a penny. The poor fellow thought it was a great deal of money to
    have, and said to himself, ‘Why should I work hard, and live here on bad
    fare any longer? I can now travel into the wide world, and make myself
    merry.’ With that he put his money into his purse, and set out, roaming
    over hill and valley.

    As he jogged along over the fields, singing and dancing, a little dwarf
    met him, and asked him what made him so merry. ‘Why, what should make
    me down-hearted?’ said he; ‘I am sound in health and rich in purse, what
    should I care for? I have saved up my three years’ earnings and have it
    all safe in my pocket.’ ‘How much may it come to?’ said the little man.
    ‘Full threepence,’ replied the countryman. ‘I wish you would give them
    to me,’ said the other; ‘I am very poor.’ Then the man pitied him, and
    gave him all he had; and the little dwarf said in return, ‘As you have
    such a kind honest heart, I will grant you three wishes–one for every
    penny; so choose whatever you like.’ Then the countryman rejoiced at
    his good luck, and said, ‘I like many things better than money: first, I
    will have a bow that will bring down everything I shoot at; secondly,
    a fiddle that will set everyone dancing that hears me play upon it; and
    thirdly, I should like that everyone should grant what I ask.’ The dwarf
    said he should have his three wishes; so he gave him the bow and fiddle,
    and went his way.

    Our honest friend journeyed on his way too; and if he was merry before,
    he was now ten times more so. He had not gone far before he met an old
    miser: close by them stood a tree, and on the topmost twig sat a thrush
    singing away most joyfully. ‘Oh, what a pretty bird!’ said the miser; ‘I
    would give a great deal of money to have such a one.’ ‘If that’s all,’
    said the countryman, ‘I will soon bring it down.’ Then he took up his
    bow, and down fell the thrush into the bushes at the foot of the tree.
    The miser crept into the bush to find it; but directly he had got into
    the middle, his companion took up his fiddle and played away, and the
    miser began to dance and spring about, capering higher and higher in
    the air. The thorns soon began to tear his clothes till they all hung
    in rags about him, and he himself was all scratched and wounded, so that
    the blood ran down. ‘Oh, for heaven’s sake!’ cried the miser, ‘Master!
    master! pray let the fiddle alone. What have I done to deserve this?’
    ‘Thou hast shaved many a poor soul close enough,’ said the other; ‘thou
    art only meeting thy reward’: so he played up another tune. Then the
    miser began to beg and promise, and offered money for his liberty; but
    he did not come up to the musician’s price for some time, and he danced
    him along brisker and brisker, and the miser bid higher and higher, till
    at last he offered a round hundred of florins that he had in his purse,
    and had just gained by cheating some poor fellow. When the countryman
    saw so much money, he said, ‘I will agree to your proposal.’ So he took
    the purse, put up his fiddle, and travelled on very pleased with his
    bargain.

    Meanwhile the miser crept out of the bush half-naked and in a piteous
    plight, and began to ponder how he should take his revenge, and serve
    his late companion some trick. At last he went to the judge, and
    complained that a rascal had robbed him of his money, and beaten him
    into the bargain; and that the fellow who did it carried a bow at his
    back and a fiddle hung round his neck. Then the judge sent out his
    officers to bring up the accused wherever they should find him; and he
    was soon caught and brought up to be tried.

    The miser began to tell his tale, and said he had been robbed of
    his money. ‘No, you gave it me for playing a tune to you.’ said the
    countryman; but the judge told him that was not likely, and cut the
    matter short by ordering him off to the gallows.

    So away he was taken; but as he stood on the steps he said, ‘My Lord
    Judge, grant me one last request.’ ‘Anything but thy life,’ replied the
    other. ‘No,’ said he, ‘I do not ask my life; only to let me play upon
    my fiddle for the last time.’ The miser cried out, ‘Oh, no! no! for
    heaven’s sake don’t listen to him! don’t listen to him!’ But the judge
    said, ‘It is only this once, he will soon have done.’ The fact was, he
    could not refuse the request, on account of the dwarf’s third gift.

    Then the miser said, ‘Bind me fast, bind me fast, for pity’s sake.’ But
    the countryman seized his fiddle, and struck up a tune, and at the first
    note judge, clerks, and jailer were in motion; all began capering, and
    no one could hold the miser. At the second note the hangman let his
    prisoner go, and danced also, and by the time he had played the first
    bar of the tune, all were dancing together–judge, court, and miser, and
    all the people who had followed to look on. At first the thing was merry
    and pleasant enough; but when it had gone on a while, and there seemed
    to be no end of playing or dancing, they began to cry out, and beg him
    to leave off; but he stopped not a whit the more for their entreaties,
    till the judge not only gave him his life, but promised to return him
    the hundred florins.

    Then he called to the miser, and said, ‘Tell us now, you vagabond, where
    you got that gold, or I shall play on for your amusement only,’ ‘I stole
    it,’ said the miser in the presence of all the people; ‘I acknowledge
    that I stole it, and that you earned it fairly.’ Then the countryman
    stopped his fiddle, and left the miser to take his place at the gallows.

    ASHPUTTEL

    The wife of a rich man fell sick; and when she felt that her end drew
    nigh, she called her only daughter to her bed-side, and said, ‘Always be
    a good girl, and I will look down from heaven and watch over you.’ Soon
    afterwards she shut her eyes and died, and was buried in the garden;
    and the little girl went every day to her grave and wept, and was always
    good and kind to all about her. And the snow fell and spread a beautiful
    white covering over the grave; but by the time the spring came, and the
    sun had melted it away again, her father had married another wife. This
    new wife had two daughters of her own, that she brought home with her;
    they were fair in face but foul at heart, and it was now a sorry time
    for the poor little girl. ‘What does the good-for-nothing want in the
    parlour?’ said they; ‘they who would eat bread should first earn it;
    away with the kitchen-maid!’ Then they took away her fine clothes, and
    gave her an old grey frock to put on, and laughed at her, and turned her
    into the kitchen.

    There she was forced to do hard work; to rise early before daylight, to
    bring the water, to make the fire, to cook and to wash. Besides that,
    the sisters plagued her in all sorts of ways, and laughed at her. In the
    evening when she was tired, she had no bed to lie down on, but was made
    to lie by the hearth among the ashes; and as this, of course, made her
    always dusty and dirty, they called her Ashputtel.

    It happened once that the father was going to the fair, and asked his
    wife’s daughters what he should bring them. ‘Fine clothes,’ said the
    first; ‘Pearls and diamonds,’ cried the second. ‘Now, child,’ said he
    to his own daughter, ‘what will you have?’ ‘The first twig, dear
    father, that brushes against your hat when you turn your face to come
    homewards,’ said she. Then he bought for the first two the fine clothes
    and pearls and diamonds they had asked for: and on his way home, as he
    rode through a green copse, a hazel twig brushed against him, and almost
    pushed off his hat: so he broke it off and brought it away; and when he
    got home he gave it to his daughter. Then she took it, and went to
    her mother’s grave and planted it there; and cried so much that it was
    watered with her tears; and there it grew and became a fine tree. Three
    times every day she went to it and cried; and soon a little bird came
    and built its nest upon the tree, and talked with her, and watched over
    her, and brought her whatever she wished for.

    Now it happened that the king of that land held a feast, which was to
    last three days; and out of those who came to it his son was to choose
    a bride for himself. Ashputtel’s two sisters were asked to come; so they
    called her up, and said, ‘Now, comb our hair, brush our shoes, and tie
    our sashes for us, for we are going to dance at the king’s feast.’
    Then she did as she was told; but when all was done she could not help
    crying, for she thought to herself, she should so have liked to have
    gone with them to the ball; and at last she begged her mother very hard
    to let her go. ‘You, Ashputtel!’ said she; ‘you who have nothing to
    wear, no clothes at all, and who cannot even dance–you want to go to
    the ball? And when she kept on begging, she said at last, to get rid of
    her, ‘I will throw this dishful of peas into the ash-heap, and if in
    two hours’ time you have picked them all out, you shall go to the feast
    too.’

    Then she threw the peas down among the ashes, but the little maiden ran
    out at the back door into the garden, and cried out:

    ‘Hither, hither, through the sky,
    Turtle-doves and linnets, fly!
    Blackbird, thrush, and chaffinch gay,
    Hither, hither, haste away!
    One and all come help me, quick!
    Haste ye, haste ye!–pick, pick, pick!’

    Then first came two white doves, flying in at the kitchen window; next
    came two turtle-doves; and after them came all the little birds under
    heaven, chirping and fluttering in: and they flew down into the ashes.
    And the little doves stooped their heads down and set to work, pick,
    pick, pick; and then the others began to pick, pick, pick: and among
    them all they soon picked out all the good grain, and put it into a dish
    but left the ashes. Long before the end of the hour the work was quite
    done, and all flew out again at the windows.

    Then Ashputtel brought the dish to her mother, overjoyed at the thought
    that now she should go to the ball. But the mother said, ‘No, no! you
    slut, you have no clothes, and cannot dance; you shall not go.’ And when
    Ashputtel begged very hard to go, she said, ‘If you can in one hour’s
    time pick two of those dishes of peas out of the ashes, you shall go
    too.’ And thus she thought she should at least get rid of her. So she
    shook two dishes of peas into the ashes.

    But the little maiden went out into the garden at the back of the house,
    and cried out as before:

    ‘Hither, hither, through the sky,
    Turtle-doves and linnets, fly!
    Blackbird, thrush, and chaffinch gay,
    Hither, hither, haste away!
    One and all come help me, quick!
    Haste ye, haste ye!–pick, pick, pick!’

    Then first came two white doves in at the kitchen window; next came two
    turtle-doves; and after them came all the little birds under heaven,
    chirping and hopping about. And they flew down into the ashes; and the
    little doves put their heads down and set to work, pick, pick, pick; and
    then the others began pick, pick, pick; and they put all the good grain
    into the dishes, and left all the ashes. Before half an hour’s time all
    was done, and out they flew again. And then Ashputtel took the dishes to
    her mother, rejoicing to think that she should now go to the ball.
    But her mother said, ‘It is all of no use, you cannot go; you have no
    clothes, and cannot dance, and you would only put us to shame’: and off
    she went with her two daughters to the ball.

    Now when all were gone, and nobody left at home, Ashputtel went
    sorrowfully and sat down under the hazel-tree, and cried out:

    ‘Shake, shake, hazel-tree,
    Gold and silver over me!’

    Then her friend the bird flew out of the tree, and brought a gold and
    silver dress for her, and slippers of spangled silk; and she put them
    on, and followed her sisters to the feast. But they did not know her,
    and thought it must be some strange princess, she looked so fine and
    beautiful in her rich clothes; and they never once thought of Ashputtel,
    taking it for granted that she was safe at home in the dirt.

    The king’s son soon came up to her, and took her by the hand and danced
    with her, and no one else: and he never left her hand; but when anyone
    else came to ask her to dance, he said, ‘This lady is dancing with me.’

    Thus they danced till a late hour of the night; and then she wanted to
    go home: and the king’s son said, ‘I shall go and take care of you to
    your home’; for he wanted to see where the beautiful maiden lived. But
    she slipped away from him, unawares, and ran off towards home; and as
    the prince followed her, she jumped up into the pigeon-house and shut
    the door. Then he waited till her father came home, and told him that
    the unknown maiden, who had been at the feast, had hid herself in the
    pigeon-house. But when they had broken open the door they found no one
    within; and as they came back into the house, Ashputtel was lying, as
    she always did, in her dirty frock by the ashes, and her dim little
    lamp was burning in the chimney. For she had run as quickly as she could
    through the pigeon-house and on to the hazel-tree, and had there taken
    off her beautiful clothes, and put them beneath the tree, that the bird
    might carry them away, and had lain down again amid the ashes in her
    little grey frock.

    The next day when the feast was again held, and her father, mother, and
    sisters were gone, Ashputtel went to the hazel-tree, and said:

    ‘Shake, shake, hazel-tree,
    Gold and silver over me!’

    And the bird came and brought a still finer dress than the one she
    had worn the day before. And when she came in it to the ball, everyone
    wondered at her beauty: but the king’s son, who was waiting for her,
    took her by the hand, and danced with her; and when anyone asked her to
    dance, he said as before, ‘This lady is dancing with me.’

    When night came she wanted to go home; and the king’s son followed here
    as before, that he might see into what house she went: but she sprang
    away from him all at once into the garden behind her father’s house.
    In this garden stood a fine large pear-tree full of ripe fruit; and
    Ashputtel, not knowing where to hide herself, jumped up into it without
    being seen. Then the king’s son lost sight of her, and could not find
    out where she was gone, but waited till her father came home, and said
    to him, ‘The unknown lady who danced with me has slipped away, and I
    think she must have sprung into the pear-tree.’ The father thought to
    himself, ‘Can it be Ashputtel?’ So he had an axe brought; and they cut
    down the tree, but found no one upon it. And when they came back into
    the kitchen, there lay Ashputtel among the ashes; for she had slipped
    down on the other side of the tree, and carried her beautiful clothes
    back to the bird at the hazel-tree, and then put on her little grey
    frock.

    The third day, when her father and mother and sisters were gone, she
    went again into the garden, and said:

    ‘Shake, shake, hazel-tree,
    Gold and silver over me!’

    Then her kind friend the bird brought a dress still finer than the
    former one, and slippers which were all of gold: so that when she came
    to the feast no one knew what to say, for wonder at her beauty: and the
    king’s son danced with nobody but her; and when anyone else asked her to
    dance, he said, ‘This lady is _my_ partner, sir.’

    When night came she wanted to go home; and the king’s son would go with
    her, and said to himself, ‘I will not lose her this time’; but, however,
    she again slipped away from him, though in such a hurry that she dropped
    her left golden slipper upon the stairs.

    The prince took the shoe, and went the next day to the king his father,
    and said, ‘I will take for my wife the lady that this golden slipper
    fits.’ Then both the sisters were overjoyed to hear it; for they
    had beautiful feet, and had no doubt that they could wear the golden
    slipper. The eldest went first into the room where the slipper was, and
    wanted to try it on, and the mother stood by. But her great toe could
    not go into it, and the shoe was altogether much too small for her. Then
    the mother gave her a knife, and said, ‘Never mind, cut it off; when you
    are queen you will not care about toes; you will not want to walk.’ So
    the silly girl cut off her great toe, and thus squeezed on the shoe,
    and went to the king’s son. Then he took her for his bride, and set her
    beside him on his horse, and rode away with her homewards.

    But on their way home they had to pass by the hazel-tree that Ashputtel
    had planted; and on the branch sat a little dove singing:

    ‘Back again! back again! look to the shoe!
    The shoe is too small, and not made for you!
    Prince! prince! look again for thy bride,
    For she’s not the true one that sits by thy side.’

    Then the prince got down and looked at her foot; and he saw, by the
    blood that streamed from it, what a trick she had played him. So he
    turned his horse round, and brought the false bride back to her home,
    and said, ‘This is not the right bride; let the other sister try and put
    on the slipper.’ Then she went into the room and got her foot into the
    shoe, all but the heel, which was too large. But her mother squeezed it
    in till the blood came, and took her to the king’s son: and he set her
    as his bride by his side on his horse, and rode away with her.

    But when they came to the hazel-tree the little dove sat there still,
    and sang:

    ‘Back again! back again! look to the shoe!
    The shoe is too small, and not made for you!
    Prince! prince! look again for thy bride,
    For she’s not the true one that sits by thy side.’

    Then he looked down, and saw that the blood streamed so much from the
    shoe, that her white stockings were quite red. So he turned his horse
    and brought her also back again. ‘This is not the true bride,’ said he
    to the father; ‘have you no other daughters?’ ‘No,’ said he; ‘there is
    only a little dirty Ashputtel here, the child of my first wife; I am
    sure she cannot be the bride.’ The prince told him to send her. But the
    mother said, ‘No, no, she is much too dirty; she will not dare to show
    herself.’ However, the prince would have her come; and she first washed
    her face and hands, and then went in and curtsied to him, and he reached
    her the golden slipper. Then she took her clumsy shoe off her left foot,
    and put on the golden slipper; and it fitted her as if it had been made
    for her. And when he drew near and looked at her face he knew her, and
    said, ‘This is the right bride.’ But the mother and both the sisters
    were frightened, and turned pale with anger as he took Ashputtel on his
    horse, and rode away with her. And when they came to the hazel-tree, the
    white dove sang:

    ‘Home! home! look at the shoe!
    Princess! the shoe was made for you!
    Prince! prince! take home thy bride,
    For she is the true one that sits by thy side!’

    And when the dove had done its song, it came flying, and perched upon
    her right shoulder, and so went home with her.

    THE WHITE SNAKE

    A long time ago there lived a king who was famed for his wisdom through
    all the land. Nothing was hidden from him, and it seemed as if news of
    the most secret things was brought to him through the air. But he had a
    strange custom; every day after dinner, when the table was cleared,
    and no one else was present, a trusty servant had to bring him one more
    dish. It was covered, however, and even the servant did not know what
    was in it, neither did anyone know, for the king never took off the
    cover to eat of it until he was quite alone.

    This had gone on for a long time, when one day the servant, who took
    away the dish, was overcome with such curiosity that he could not help
    carrying the dish into his room. When he had carefully locked the door,
    he lifted up the cover, and saw a white snake lying on the dish. But
    when he saw it he could not deny himself the pleasure of tasting it,
    so he cut of a little bit and put it into his mouth. No sooner had it
    touched his tongue than he heard a strange whispering of little voices
    outside his window. He went and listened, and then noticed that it was
    the sparrows who were chattering together, and telling one another of
    all kinds of things which they had seen in the fields and woods. Eating
    the snake had given him power of understanding the language of animals.

    Now it so happened that on this very day the queen lost her most
    beautiful ring, and suspicion of having stolen it fell upon this trusty
    servant, who was allowed to go everywhere. The king ordered the man to
    be brought before him, and threatened with angry words that unless he
    could before the morrow point out the thief, he himself should be looked
    upon as guilty and executed. In vain he declared his innocence; he was
    dismissed with no better answer.

    In his trouble and fear he went down into the courtyard and took thought
    how to help himself out of his trouble. Now some ducks were sitting
    together quietly by a brook and taking their rest; and, whilst they
    were making their feathers smooth with their bills, they were having a
    confidential conversation together. The servant stood by and listened.
    They were telling one another of all the places where they had been
    waddling about all the morning, and what good food they had found; and
    one said in a pitiful tone: ‘Something lies heavy on my stomach; as
    I was eating in haste I swallowed a ring which lay under the queen’s
    window.’ The servant at once seized her by the neck, carried her to the
    kitchen, and said to the cook: ‘Here is a fine duck; pray, kill her.’
    ‘Yes,’ said the cook, and weighed her in his hand; ‘she has spared
    no trouble to fatten herself, and has been waiting to be roasted long
    enough.’ So he cut off her head, and as she was being dressed for the
    spit, the queen’s ring was found inside her.

    The servant could now easily prove his innocence; and the king, to make
    amends for the wrong, allowed him to ask a favour, and promised him
    the best place in the court that he could wish for. The servant refused
    everything, and only asked for a horse and some money for travelling, as
    he had a mind to see the world and go about a little. When his request
    was granted he set out on his way, and one day came to a pond, where he
    saw three fishes caught in the reeds and gasping for water. Now, though
    it is said that fishes are dumb, he heard them lamenting that they must
    perish so miserably, and, as he had a kind heart, he got off his
    horse and put the three prisoners back into the water. They leapt with
    delight, put out their heads, and cried to him: ‘We will remember you
    and repay you for saving us!’

    He rode on, and after a while it seemed to him that he heard a voice in
    the sand at his feet. He listened, and heard an ant-king complain: ‘Why
    cannot folks, with their clumsy beasts, keep off our bodies? That stupid
    horse, with his heavy hoofs, has been treading down my people without
    mercy!’ So he turned on to a side path and the ant-king cried out to
    him: ‘We will remember you–one good turn deserves another!’

    The path led him into a wood, and there he saw two old ravens standing
    by their nest, and throwing out their young ones. ‘Out with you, you
    idle, good-for-nothing creatures!’ cried they; ‘we cannot find food for
    you any longer; you are big enough, and can provide for yourselves.’
    But the poor young ravens lay upon the ground, flapping their wings, and
    crying: ‘Oh, what helpless chicks we are! We must shift for ourselves,
    and yet we cannot fly! What can we do, but lie here and starve?’ So the
    good young fellow alighted and killed his horse with his sword, and gave
    it to them for food. Then they came hopping up to it, satisfied their
    hunger, and cried: ‘We will remember you–one good turn deserves
    another!’

    And now he had to use his own legs, and when he had walked a long
    way, he came to a large city. There was a great noise and crowd in
    the streets, and a man rode up on horseback, crying aloud: ‘The king’s
    daughter wants a husband; but whoever seeks her hand must perform a hard
    task, and if he does not succeed he will forfeit his life.’ Many had
    already made the attempt, but in vain; nevertheless when the youth
    saw the king’s daughter he was so overcome by her great beauty that he
    forgot all danger, went before the king, and declared himself a suitor.

    So he was led out to the sea, and a gold ring was thrown into it, before
    his eyes; then the king ordered him to fetch this ring up from the
    bottom of the sea, and added: ‘If you come up again without it you will
    be thrown in again and again until you perish amid the waves.’ All the
    people grieved for the handsome youth; then they went away, leaving him
    alone by the sea.

    He stood on the shore and considered what he should do, when suddenly
    he saw three fishes come swimming towards him, and they were the very
    fishes whose lives he had saved. The one in the middle held a mussel in
    its mouth, which it laid on the shore at the youth’s feet, and when he
    had taken it up and opened it, there lay the gold ring in the shell.
    Full of joy he took it to the king and expected that he would grant him
    the promised reward.

    But when the proud princess perceived that he was not her equal in
    birth, she scorned him, and required him first to perform another
    task. She went down into the garden and strewed with her own hands ten
    sacksful of millet-seed on the grass; then she said: ‘Tomorrow morning
    before sunrise these must be picked up, and not a single grain be
    wanting.’

    The youth sat down in the garden and considered how it might be possible
    to perform this task, but he could think of nothing, and there he sat
    sorrowfully awaiting the break of day, when he should be led to death.
    But as soon as the first rays of the sun shone into the garden he saw
    all the ten sacks standing side by side, quite full, and not a single
    grain was missing. The ant-king had come in the night with thousands
    and thousands of ants, and the grateful creatures had by great industry
    picked up all the millet-seed and gathered them into the sacks.

    Presently the king’s daughter herself came down into the garden, and was
    amazed to see that the young man had done the task she had given him.
    But she could not yet conquer her proud heart, and said: ‘Although he
    has performed both the tasks, he shall not be my husband until he had
    brought me an apple from the Tree of Life.’ The youth did not know where
    the Tree of Life stood, but he set out, and would have gone on for ever,
    as long as his legs would carry him, though he had no hope of finding
    it. After he had wandered through three kingdoms, he came one evening to
    a wood, and lay down under a tree to sleep. But he heard a rustling in
    the branches, and a golden apple fell into his hand. At the same time
    three ravens flew down to him, perched themselves upon his knee, and
    said: ‘We are the three young ravens whom you saved from starving; when
    we had grown big, and heard that you were seeking the Golden Apple,
    we flew over the sea to the end of the world, where the Tree of Life
    stands, and have brought you the apple.’ The youth, full of joy, set out
    homewards, and took the Golden Apple to the king’s beautiful daughter,
    who had now no more excuses left to make. They cut the Apple of Life in
    two and ate it together; and then her heart became full of love for him,
    and they lived in undisturbed happiness to a great age.

    THE WOLF AND THE SEVEN LITTLE KIDS

    There was once upon a time an old goat who had seven little kids, and
    loved them with all the love of a mother for her children. One day she
    wanted to go into the forest and fetch some food. So she called all
    seven to her and said: ‘Dear children, I have to go into the forest,
    be on your guard against the wolf; if he comes in, he will devour you
    all–skin, hair, and everything. The wretch often disguises himself, but
    you will know him at once by his rough voice and his black feet.’ The
    kids said: ‘Dear mother, we will take good care of ourselves; you may go
    away without any anxiety.’ Then the old one bleated, and went on her way
    with an easy mind.

    It was not long before someone knocked at the house-door and called:
    ‘Open the door, dear children; your mother is here, and has brought
    something back with her for each of you.’ But the little kids knew that
    it was the wolf, by the rough voice. ‘We will not open the door,’ cried
    they, ‘you are not our mother. She has a soft, pleasant voice, but
    your voice is rough; you are the wolf!’ Then the wolf went away to a
    shopkeeper and bought himself a great lump of chalk, ate this and made
    his voice soft with it. Then he came back, knocked at the door of the
    house, and called: ‘Open the door, dear children, your mother is here
    and has brought something back with her for each of you.’ But the wolf
    had laid his black paws against the window, and the children saw them
    and cried: ‘We will not open the door, our mother has not black feet
    like you: you are the wolf!’ Then the wolf ran to a baker and said: ‘I
    have hurt my feet, rub some dough over them for me.’ And when the baker
    had rubbed his feet over, he ran to the miller and said: ‘Strew some
    white meal over my feet for me.’ The miller thought to himself: ‘The
    wolf wants to deceive someone,’ and refused; but the wolf said: ‘If you
    will not do it, I will devour you.’ Then the miller was afraid, and made
    his paws white for him. Truly, this is the way of mankind.

    So now the wretch went for the third time to the house-door, knocked at
    it and said: ‘Open the door for me, children, your dear little mother
    has come home, and has brought every one of you something back from the
    forest with her.’ The little kids cried: ‘First show us your paws that
    we may know if you are our dear little mother.’ Then he put his paws
    in through the window and when the kids saw that they were white, they
    believed that all he said was true, and opened the door. But who should
    come in but the wolf! They were terrified and wanted to hide themselves.
    One sprang under the table, the second into the bed, the third into the
    stove, the fourth into the kitchen, the fifth into the cupboard, the
    sixth under the washing-bowl, and the seventh into the clock-case. But
    the wolf found them all, and used no great ceremony; one after the
    other he swallowed them down his throat. The youngest, who was in
    the clock-case, was the only one he did not find. When the wolf had
    satisfied his appetite he took himself off, laid himself down under a
    tree in the green meadow outside, and began to sleep. Soon afterwards
    the old goat came home again from the forest. Ah! what a sight she saw
    there! The house-door stood wide open. The table, chairs, and benches
    were thrown down, the washing-bowl lay broken to pieces, and the quilts
    and pillows were pulled off the bed. She sought her children, but they
    were nowhere to be found. She called them one after another by name, but
    no one answered. At last, when she came to the youngest, a soft voice
    cried: ‘Dear mother, I am in the clock-case.’ She took the kid out, and
    it told her that the wolf had come and had eaten all the others. Then
    you may imagine how she wept over her poor children.

    At length in her grief she went out, and the youngest kid ran with her.
    When they came to the meadow, there lay the wolf by the tree and snored
    so loud that the branches shook. She looked at him on every side and
    saw that something was moving and struggling in his gorged belly. ‘Ah,
    heavens,’ she said, ‘is it possible that my poor children whom he has
    swallowed down for his supper, can be still alive?’ Then the kid had to
    run home and fetch scissors, and a needle and thread, and the goat cut
    open the monster’s stomach, and hardly had she made one cut, than one
    little kid thrust its head out, and when she had cut farther, all six
    sprang out one after another, and were all still alive, and had suffered
    no injury whatever, for in his greediness the monster had swallowed them
    down whole. What rejoicing there was! They embraced their dear mother,
    and jumped like a tailor at his wedding. The mother, however, said: ‘Now
    go and look for some big stones, and we will fill the wicked beast’s
    stomach with them while he is still asleep.’ Then the seven kids dragged
    the stones thither with all speed, and put as many of them into this
    stomach as they could get in; and the mother sewed him up again in the
    greatest haste, so that he was not aware of anything and never once
    stirred.

    When the wolf at length had had his fill of sleep, he got on his legs,
    and as the stones in his stomach made him very thirsty, he wanted to
    go to a well to drink. But when he began to walk and to move about, the
    stones in his stomach knocked against each other and rattled. Then cried
    he:

    ‘What rumbles and tumbles
    Against my poor bones?
    I thought ‘twas six kids,
    But it feels like big stones.’

    And when he got to the well and stooped over the water to drink, the
    heavy stones made him fall in, and he drowned miserably. When the seven
    kids saw that, they came running to the spot and cried aloud: ‘The wolf
    is dead! The wolf is dead!’ and danced for joy round about the well with
    their mother.

    THE QUEEN BEE

    Two kings’ sons once upon a time went into the world to seek their
    fortunes; but they soon fell into a wasteful foolish way of living, so
    that they could not return home again. Then their brother, who was a
    little insignificant dwarf, went out to seek for his brothers: but when
    he had found them they only laughed at him, to think that he, who was so
    young and simple, should try to travel through the world, when they, who
    were so much wiser, had been unable to get on. However, they all set
    out on their journey together, and came at last to an ant-hill. The two
    elder brothers would have pulled it down, in order to see how the poor
    ants in their fright would run about and carry off their eggs. But the
    little dwarf said, ‘Let the poor things enjoy themselves, I will not
    suffer you to trouble them.’

    So on they went, and came to a lake where many many ducks were swimming
    about. The two brothers wanted to catch two, and roast them. But the
    dwarf said, ‘Let the poor things enjoy themselves, you shall not kill
    them.’ Next they came to a bees’-nest in a hollow tree, and there was
    so much honey that it ran down the trunk; and the two brothers wanted to
    light a fire under the tree and kill the bees, so as to get their honey.
    But the dwarf held them back, and said, ‘Let the pretty insects enjoy
    themselves, I cannot let you burn them.’

    At length the three brothers came to a castle: and as they passed by the
    stables they saw fine horses standing there, but all were of marble, and
    no man was to be seen. Then they went through all the rooms, till they
    came to a door on which were three locks: but in the middle of the door
    was a wicket, so that they could look into the next room. There they saw
    a little grey old man sitting at a table; and they called to him once or
    twice, but he did not hear: however, they called a third time, and then
    he rose and came out to them.

    He said nothing, but took hold of them and led them to a beautiful
    table covered with all sorts of good things: and when they had eaten and
    drunk, he showed each of them to a bed-chamber.

    The next morning he came to the eldest and took him to a marble table,
    where there were three tablets, containing an account of the means by
    which the castle might be disenchanted. The first tablet said: ‘In the
    wood, under the moss, lie the thousand pearls belonging to the king’s
    daughter; they must all be found: and if one be missing by set of sun,
    he who seeks them will be turned into marble.’

    The eldest brother set out, and sought for the pearls the whole day:
    but the evening came, and he had not found the first hundred: so he was
    turned into stone as the tablet had foretold.

    The next day the second brother undertook the task; but he succeeded no
    better than the first; for he could only find the second hundred of the
    pearls; and therefore he too was turned into stone.

    At last came the little dwarf’s turn; and he looked in the moss; but it
    was so hard to find the pearls, and the job was so tiresome!–so he sat
    down upon a stone and cried. And as he sat there, the king of the ants
    (whose life he had saved) came to help him, with five thousand ants; and
    it was not long before they had found all the pearls and laid them in a
    heap.

    The second tablet said: ‘The key of the princess’s bed-chamber must be
    fished up out of the lake.’ And as the dwarf came to the brink of it,
    he saw the two ducks whose lives he had saved swimming about; and they
    dived down and soon brought in the key from the bottom.

    The third task was the hardest. It was to choose out the youngest and
    the best of the king’s three daughters. Now they were all beautiful, and
    all exactly alike: but he was told that the eldest had eaten a piece of
    sugar, the next some sweet syrup, and the youngest a spoonful of honey;
    so he was to guess which it was that had eaten the honey.

    Then came the queen of the bees, who had been saved by the little dwarf
    from the fire, and she tried the lips of all three; but at last she sat
    upon the lips of the one that had eaten the honey: and so the dwarf knew
    which was the youngest. Thus the spell was broken, and all who had been
    turned into stones awoke, and took their proper forms. And the dwarf
    married the youngest and the best of the princesses, and was king after
    her father’s death; but his two brothers married the other two sisters.

    THE ELVES AND THE SHOEMAKER

    There was once a shoemaker, who worked very hard and was very honest:
    but still he could not earn enough to live upon; and at last all he
    had in the world was gone, save just leather enough to make one pair of
    shoes.

    Then he cut his leather out, all ready to make up the next day, meaning
    to rise early in the morning to his work. His conscience was clear and
    his heart light amidst all his troubles; so he went peaceably to bed,
    left all his cares to Heaven, and soon fell asleep. In the morning after
    he had said his prayers, he sat himself down to his work; when, to his
    great wonder, there stood the shoes all ready made, upon the table. The
    good man knew not what to say or think at such an odd thing happening.
    He looked at the workmanship; there was not one false stitch in the
    whole job; all was so neat and true, that it was quite a masterpiece.

    The same day a customer came in, and the shoes suited him so well that
    he willingly paid a price higher than usual for them; and the poor
    shoemaker, with the money, bought leather enough to make two pairs more.
    In the evening he cut out the work, and went to bed early, that he might
    get up and begin betimes next day; but he was saved all the trouble, for
    when he got up in the morning the work was done ready to his hand. Soon
    in came buyers, who paid him handsomely for his goods, so that he bought
    leather enough for four pair more. He cut out the work again overnight
    and found it done in the morning, as before; and so it went on for some
    time: what was got ready in the evening was always done by daybreak, and
    the good man soon became thriving and well off again.

    One evening, about Christmas-time, as he and his wife were sitting over
    the fire chatting together, he said to her, ‘I should like to sit up and
    watch tonight, that we may see who it is that comes and does my work for
    me.’ The wife liked the thought; so they left a light burning, and hid
    themselves in a corner of the room, behind a curtain that was hung up
    there, and watched what would happen.

    As soon as it was midnight, there came in two little naked dwarfs; and
    they sat themselves upon the shoemaker’s bench, took up all the work
    that was cut out, and began to ply with their little fingers, stitching
    and rapping and tapping away at such a rate, that the shoemaker was all
    wonder, and could not take his eyes off them. And on they went, till the
    job was quite done, and the shoes stood ready for use upon the table.
    This was long before daybreak; and then they bustled away as quick as
    lightning.

    The next day the wife said to the shoemaker. ‘These little wights have
    made us rich, and we ought to be thankful to them, and do them a good
    turn if we can. I am quite sorry to see them run about as they do; and
    indeed it is not very decent, for they have nothing upon their backs to
    keep off the cold. I’ll tell you what, I will make each of them a shirt,
    and a coat and waistcoat, and a pair of pantaloons into the bargain; and
    do you make each of them a little pair of shoes.’

    The thought pleased the good cobbler very much; and one evening, when
    all the things were ready, they laid them on the table, instead of the
    work that they used to cut out, and then went and hid themselves, to
    watch what the little elves would do.

    About midnight in they came, dancing and skipping, hopped round the
    room, and then went to sit down to their work as usual; but when they
    saw the clothes lying for them, they laughed and chuckled, and seemed
    mightily delighted.

    Then they dressed themselves in the twinkling of an eye, and danced and
    capered and sprang about, as merry as could be; till at last they danced
    out at the door, and away over the green.

    The good couple saw them no more; but everything went well with them
    from that time forward, as long as they lived.

    THE JUNIPER-TREE

    Long, long ago, some two thousand years or so, there lived a rich
    man with a good and beautiful wife. They loved each other dearly, but
    sorrowed much that they had no children. So greatly did they desire
    to have one, that the wife prayed for it day and night, but still they
    remained childless.

    In front of the house there was a court, in which grew a juniper-tree.
    One winter’s day the wife stood under the tree to peel some apples, and
    as she was peeling them, she cut her finger, and the blood fell on the
    snow. ‘Ah,’ sighed the woman heavily, ‘if I had but a child, as red as
    blood and as white as snow,’ and as she spoke the words, her heart grew
    light within her, and it seemed to her that her wish was granted, and
    she returned to the house feeling glad and comforted. A month passed,
    and the snow had all disappeared; then another month went by, and all
    the earth was green. So the months followed one another, and first the
    trees budded in the woods, and soon the green branches grew thickly
    intertwined, and then the blossoms began to fall. Once again the wife
    stood under the juniper-tree, and it was so full of sweet scent that her
    heart leaped for joy, and she was so overcome with her happiness, that
    she fell on her knees. Presently the fruit became round and firm, and
    she was glad and at peace; but when they were fully ripe she picked the
    berries and ate eagerly of them, and then she grew sad and ill. A little
    while later she called her husband, and said to him, weeping. ‘If I
    die, bury me under the juniper-tree.’ Then she felt comforted and happy
    again, and before another month had passed she had a little child, and
    when she saw that it was as white as snow and as red as blood, her joy
    was so great that she died.

    Her husband buried her under the juniper-tree, and wept bitterly for
    her. By degrees, however, his sorrow grew less, and although at times he
    still grieved over his loss, he was able to go about as usual, and later
    on he married again.

    He now had a little daughter born to him; the child of his first wife
    was a boy, who was as red as blood and as white as snow. The mother
    loved her daughter very much, and when she looked at her and then looked
    at the boy, it pierced her heart to think that he would always stand in
    the way of her own child, and she was continually thinking how she could
    get the whole of the property for her. This evil thought took possession
    of her more and more, and made her behave very unkindly to the boy. She
    drove him from place to place with cuffings and buffetings, so that the
    poor child went about in fear, and had no peace from the time he left
    school to the time he went back.

    One day the little daughter came running to her mother in the
    store-room, and said, ‘Mother, give me an apple.’ ‘Yes, my child,’ said
    the wife, and she gave her a beautiful apple out of the chest; the chest
    had a very heavy lid and a large iron lock.

    ‘Mother,’ said the little daughter again, ‘may not brother have one
    too?’ The mother was angry at this, but she answered, ‘Yes, when he
    comes out of school.’

    Just then she looked out of the window and saw him coming, and it seemed
    as if an evil spirit entered into her, for she snatched the apple out
    of her little daughter’s hand, and said, ‘You shall not have one before
    your brother.’ She threw the apple into the chest and shut it to. The
    little boy now came in, and the evil spirit in the wife made her say
    kindly to him, ‘My son, will you have an apple?’ but she gave him a
    wicked look. ‘Mother,’ said the boy, ‘how dreadful you look! Yes, give
    me an apple.’ The thought came to her that she would kill him. ‘Come
    with me,’ she said, and she lifted up the lid of the chest; ‘take one
    out for yourself.’ And as he bent over to do so, the evil spirit urged
    her, and crash! down went the lid, and off went the little boy’s head.
    Then she was overwhelmed with fear at the thought of what she had done.
    ‘If only I can prevent anyone knowing that I did it,’ she thought. So
    she went upstairs to her room, and took a white handkerchief out of
    her top drawer; then she set the boy’s head again on his shoulders, and
    bound it with the handkerchief so that nothing could be seen, and placed
    him on a chair by the door with an apple in his hand.

    Soon after this, little Marleen came up to her mother who was stirring
    a pot of boiling water over the fire, and said, ‘Mother, brother is
    sitting by the door with an apple in his hand, and he looks so pale;
    and when I asked him to give me the apple, he did not answer, and that
    frightened me.’

    ‘Go to him again,’ said her mother, ‘and if he does not answer, give him
    a box on the ear.’ So little Marleen went, and said, ‘Brother, give me
    that apple,’ but he did not say a word; then she gave him a box on the
    ear, and his head rolled off. She was so terrified at this, that she ran
    crying and screaming to her mother. ‘Oh!’ she said, ‘I have knocked off
    brother’s head,’ and then she wept and wept, and nothing would stop her.

    ‘What have you done!’ said her mother, ‘but no one must know about it,
    so you must keep silence; what is done can’t be undone; we will make
    him into puddings.’ And she took the little boy and cut him up, made him
    into puddings, and put him in the pot. But Marleen stood looking on,
    and wept and wept, and her tears fell into the pot, so that there was no
    need of salt.

    Presently the father came home and sat down to his dinner; he asked,
    ‘Where is my son?’ The mother said nothing, but gave him a large dish of
    black pudding, and Marleen still wept without ceasing.

    The father again asked, ‘Where is my son?’

    ‘Oh,’ answered the wife, ‘he is gone into the country to his mother’s
    great uncle; he is going to stay there some time.’

    ‘What has he gone there for, and he never even said goodbye to me!’

    ‘Well, he likes being there, and he told me he should be away quite six
    weeks; he is well looked after there.’

    ‘I feel very unhappy about it,’ said the husband, ‘in case it should not
    be all right, and he ought to have said goodbye to me.’

    With this he went on with his dinner, and said, ‘Little Marleen, why do
    you weep? Brother will soon be back.’ Then he asked his wife for more
    pudding, and as he ate, he threw the bones under the table.

    Little Marleen went upstairs and took her best silk handkerchief out of
    her bottom drawer, and in it she wrapped all the bones from under the
    table and carried them outside, and all the time she did nothing but
    weep. Then she laid them in the green grass under the juniper-tree, and
    she had no sooner done so, then all her sadness seemed to leave her,
    and she wept no more. And now the juniper-tree began to move, and the
    branches waved backwards and forwards, first away from one another, and
    then together again, as it might be someone clapping their hands for
    joy. After this a mist came round the tree, and in the midst of it there
    was a burning as of fire, and out of the fire there flew a beautiful
    bird, that rose high into the air, singing magnificently, and when it
    could no more be seen, the juniper-tree stood there as before, and the
    silk handkerchief and the bones were gone.

    Little Marleen now felt as lighthearted and happy as if her brother were
    still alive, and she went back to the house and sat down cheerfully to
    the table and ate.

    The bird flew away and alighted on the house of a goldsmith and began to
    sing:

    ‘My mother killed her little son;
    My father grieved when I was gone;
    My sister loved me best of all;
    She laid her kerchief over me,
    And took my bones that they might lie
    Underneath the juniper-tree
    Kywitt, Kywitt, what a beautiful bird am I!’

    The goldsmith was in his workshop making a gold chain, when he heard the
    song of the bird on his roof. He thought it so beautiful that he got
    up and ran out, and as he crossed the threshold he lost one of his
    slippers. But he ran on into the middle of the street, with a slipper on
    one foot and a sock on the other; he still had on his apron, and still
    held the gold chain and the pincers in his hands, and so he stood gazing
    up at the bird, while the sun came shining brightly down on the street.

    ‘Bird,’ he said, ‘how beautifully you sing! Sing me that song again.’

    ‘Nay,’ said the bird, ‘I do not sing twice for nothing. Give that gold
    chain, and I will sing it you again.’

    ‘Here is the chain, take it,’ said the goldsmith. ‘Only sing me that
    again.’

    The bird flew down and took the gold chain in his right claw, and then
    he alighted again in front of the goldsmith and sang:

    ‘My mother killed her little son;
    My father grieved when I was gone;
    My sister loved me best of all;
    She laid her kerchief over me,
    And took my bones that they might lie
    Underneath the juniper-tree
    Kywitt, Kywitt, what a beautiful bird am I!’

    Then he flew away, and settled on the roof of a shoemaker’s house and
    sang:

    ‘My mother killed her little son;
    My father grieved when I was gone;
    My sister loved me best of all;
    She laid her kerchief over me,
    And took my bones that they might lie
    Underneath the juniper-tree
    Kywitt, Kywitt, what a beautiful bird am I!’

    The shoemaker heard him, and he jumped up and ran out in his
    shirt-sleeves, and stood looking up at the bird on the roof with his
    hand over his eyes to keep himself from being blinded by the sun.

    ‘Bird,’ he said, ‘how beautifully you sing!’ Then he called through the
    door to his wife: ‘Wife, come out; here is a bird, come and look at it
    and hear how beautifully it sings.’ Then he called his daughter and the
    children, then the apprentices, girls and boys, and they all ran up the
    street to look at the bird, and saw how splendid it was with its red
    and green feathers, and its neck like burnished gold, and eyes like two
    bright stars in its head.

    ‘Bird,’ said the shoemaker, ‘sing me that song again.’

    ‘Nay,’ answered the bird, ‘I do not sing twice for nothing; you must
    give me something.’

    ‘Wife,’ said the man, ‘go into the garret; on the upper shelf you will
    see a pair of red shoes; bring them to me.’ The wife went in and fetched
    the shoes.

    ‘There, bird,’ said the shoemaker, ‘now sing me that song again.’

    The bird flew down and took the red shoes in his left claw, and then he
    went back to the roof and sang:

    ‘My mother killed her little son;
    My father grieved when I was gone;
    My sister loved me best of all;
    She laid her kerchief over me,
    And took my bones that they might lie
    Underneath the juniper-tree
    Kywitt, Kywitt, what a beautiful bird am I!’

    When he had finished, he flew away. He had the chain in his right claw
    and the shoes in his left, and he flew right away to a mill, and the
    mill went ‘Click clack, click clack, click clack.’ Inside the mill were
    twenty of the miller’s men hewing a stone, and as they went ‘Hick hack,
    hick hack, hick hack,’ the mill went ‘Click clack, click clack, click
    clack.’

    The bird settled on a lime-tree in front of the mill and sang:

    ‘My mother killed her little son;

    then one of the men left off,

    My father grieved when I was gone;

    two more men left off and listened,

    My sister loved me best of all;

    then four more left off,

    She laid her kerchief over me,
    And took my bones that they might lie

    now there were only eight at work,

    Underneath

    And now only five,

    the juniper-tree.

    And now only one,

    Kywitt, Kywitt, what a beautiful bird am I!’

    then he looked up and the last one had left off work.

    ‘Bird,’ he said, ‘what a beautiful song that is you sing! Let me hear it
    too; sing it again.’

    ‘Nay,’ answered the bird, ‘I do not sing twice for nothing; give me that
    millstone, and I will sing it again.’

    ‘If it belonged to me alone,’ said the man, ‘you should have it.’

    ‘Yes, yes,’ said the others: ‘if he will sing again, he can have it.’

    The bird came down, and all the twenty millers set to and lifted up the
    stone with a beam; then the bird put his head through the hole and took
    the stone round his neck like a collar, and flew back with it to the
    tree and sang–

    ‘My mother killed her little son;
    My father grieved when I was gone;
    My sister loved me best of all;
    She laid her kerchief over me,
    And took my bones that they might lie
    Underneath the juniper-tree
    Kywitt, Kywitt, what a beautiful bird am I!’

    And when he had finished his song, he spread his wings, and with the
    chain in his right claw, the shoes in his left, and the millstone round
    his neck, he flew right away to his father’s house.

    The father, the mother, and little Marleen were having their dinner.

    ‘How lighthearted I feel,’ said the father, ‘so pleased and cheerful.’

    ‘And I,’ said the mother, ‘I feel so uneasy, as if a heavy thunderstorm
    were coming.’

    But little Marleen sat and wept and wept.

    Then the bird came flying towards the house and settled on the roof.

    ‘I do feel so happy,’ said the father, ‘and how beautifully the sun
    shines; I feel just as if I were going to see an old friend again.’

    ‘Ah!’ said the wife, ‘and I am so full of distress and uneasiness that
    my teeth chatter, and I feel as if there were a fire in my veins,’ and
    she tore open her dress; and all the while little Marleen sat in the
    corner and wept, and the plate on her knees was wet with her tears.

    The bird now flew to the juniper-tree and began singing:

    ‘My mother killed her little son;

    the mother shut her eyes and her ears, that she might see and hear
    nothing, but there was a roaring sound in her ears like that of a
    violent storm, and in her eyes a burning and flashing like lightning:

    My father grieved when I was gone;

    ‘Look, mother,’ said the man, ‘at the beautiful bird that is singing so
    magnificently; and how warm and bright the sun is, and what a delicious
    scent of spice in the air!’

    My sister loved me best of all;

    then little Marleen laid her head down on her knees and sobbed.

    ‘I must go outside and see the bird nearer,’ said the man.

    ‘Ah, do not go!’ cried the wife. ‘I feel as if the whole house were in
    flames!’

    But the man went out and looked at the bird.

    She laid her kerchief over me,
    And took my bones that they might lie
    Underneath the juniper-tree
    Kywitt, Kywitt, what a beautiful bird am I!’

    With that the bird let fall the gold chain, and it fell just round the
    man’s neck, so that it fitted him exactly.

    He went inside, and said, ‘See, what a splendid bird that is; he has
    given me this beautiful gold chain, and looks so beautiful himself.’

    But the wife was in such fear and trouble, that she fell on the floor,
    and her cap fell from her head.

    Then the bird began again:

    ‘My mother killed her little son;

    ‘Ah me!’ cried the wife, ‘if I were but a thousand feet beneath the
    earth, that I might not hear that song.’

    My father grieved when I was gone;

    then the woman fell down again as if dead.

    My sister loved me best of all;

    ‘Well,’ said little Marleen, ‘I will go out too and see if the bird will
    give me anything.’

    So she went out.

    She laid her kerchief over me,
    And took my bones that they might lie

    and he threw down the shoes to her,

    Underneath the juniper-tree
    Kywitt, Kywitt, what a beautiful bird am I!’

    And she now felt quite happy and lighthearted; she put on the shoes and
    danced and jumped about in them. ‘I was so miserable,’ she said, ‘when I
    came out, but that has all passed away; that is indeed a splendid bird,
    and he has given me a pair of red shoes.’

    The wife sprang up, with her hair standing out from her head like flames
    of fire. ‘Then I will go out too,’ she said, ‘and see if it will lighten
    my misery, for I feel as if the world were coming to an end.’

    But as she crossed the threshold, crash! the bird threw the millstone
    down on her head, and she was crushed to death.

    The father and little Marleen heard the sound and ran out, but they only
    saw mist and flame and fire rising from the spot, and when these had
    passed, there stood the little brother, and he took the father and
    little Marleen by the hand; then they all three rejoiced, and went
    inside together and sat down to their dinners and ate.

    THE TURNIP

    There were two brothers who were both soldiers; the one was rich and
    the other poor. The poor man thought he would try to better himself; so,
    pulling off his red coat, he became a gardener, and dug his ground well,
    and sowed turnips.

    When the seed came up, there was one plant bigger than all the rest; and
    it kept getting larger and larger, and seemed as if it would never cease
    growing; so that it might have been called the prince of turnips for
    there never was such a one seen before, and never will again. At last it
    was so big that it filled a cart, and two oxen could hardly draw it; and
    the gardener knew not what in the world to do with it, nor whether it
    would be a blessing or a curse to him. One day he said to himself, ‘What
    shall I do with it? if I sell it, it will bring no more than another;
    and for eating, the little turnips are better than this; the best thing
    perhaps is to carry it and give it to the king as a mark of respect.’

    Then he yoked his oxen, and drew the turnip to the court, and gave it
    to the king. ‘What a wonderful thing!’ said the king; ‘I have seen many
    strange things, but such a monster as this I never saw. Where did you
    get the seed? or is it only your good luck? If so, you are a true child
    of fortune.’ ‘Ah, no!’ answered the gardener, ‘I am no child of fortune;
    I am a poor soldier, who never could get enough to live upon; so I
    laid aside my red coat, and set to work, tilling the ground. I have a
    brother, who is rich, and your majesty knows him well, and all the world
    knows him; but because I am poor, everybody forgets me.’

    The king then took pity on him, and said, ‘You shall be poor no
    longer. I will give you so much that you shall be even richer than your
    brother.’ Then he gave him gold and lands and flocks, and made him so
    rich that his brother’s fortune could not at all be compared with his.

    When the brother heard of all this, and how a turnip had made the
    gardener so rich, he envied him sorely, and bethought himself how he
    could contrive to get the same good fortune for himself. However, he
    determined to manage more cleverly than his brother, and got together a
    rich present of gold and fine horses for the king; and thought he must
    have a much larger gift in return; for if his brother had received so
    much for only a turnip, what must his present be worth?

    The king took the gift very graciously, and said he knew not what to
    give in return more valuable and wonderful than the great turnip; so
    the soldier was forced to put it into a cart, and drag it home with him.
    When he reached home, he knew not upon whom to vent his rage and spite;
    and at length wicked thoughts came into his head, and he resolved to
    kill his brother.

    So he hired some villains to murder him; and having shown them where to
    lie in ambush, he went to his brother, and said, ‘Dear brother, I have
    found a hidden treasure; let us go and dig it up, and share it between
    us.’ The other had no suspicions of his roguery: so they went out
    together, and as they were travelling along, the murderers rushed out
    upon him, bound him, and were going to hang him on a tree.

    But whilst they were getting all ready, they heard the trampling of a
    horse at a distance, which so frightened them that they pushed their
    prisoner neck and shoulders together into a sack, and swung him up by a
    cord to the tree, where they left him dangling, and ran away. Meantime
    he worked and worked away, till he made a hole large enough to put out
    his head.

    When the horseman came up, he proved to be a student, a merry fellow,
    who was journeying along on his nag, and singing as he went. As soon as
    the man in the sack saw him passing under the tree, he cried out, ‘Good
    morning! good morning to thee, my friend!’ The student looked about
    everywhere; and seeing no one, and not knowing where the voice came
    from, cried out, ‘Who calls me?’

    Then the man in the tree answered, ‘Lift up thine eyes, for behold here
    I sit in the sack of wisdom; here have I, in a short time, learned great
    and wondrous things. Compared to this seat, all the learning of the
    schools is as empty air. A little longer, and I shall know all that man
    can know, and shall come forth wiser than the wisest of mankind. Here
    I discern the signs and motions of the heavens and the stars; the laws
    that control the winds; the number of the sands on the seashore; the
    healing of the sick; the virtues of all simples, of birds, and of
    precious stones. Wert thou but once here, my friend, though wouldst feel
    and own the power of knowledge.

    The student listened to all this and wondered much; at last he said,
    ‘Blessed be the day and hour when I found you; cannot you contrive to
    let me into the sack for a little while?’ Then the other answered, as if
    very unwillingly, ‘A little space I may allow thee to sit here, if thou
    wilt reward me well and entreat me kindly; but thou must tarry yet an
    hour below, till I have learnt some little matters that are yet unknown
    to me.’

    So the student sat himself down and waited a while; but the time hung
    heavy upon him, and he begged earnestly that he might ascend forthwith,
    for his thirst for knowledge was great. Then the other pretended to give
    way, and said, ‘Thou must let the sack of wisdom descend, by untying
    yonder cord, and then thou shalt enter.’ So the student let him down,
    opened the sack, and set him free. ‘Now then,’ cried he, ‘let me ascend
    quickly.’ As he began to put himself into the sack heels first, ‘Wait a
    while,’ said the gardener, ‘that is not the way.’ Then he pushed him
    in head first, tied up the sack, and soon swung up the searcher after
    wisdom dangling in the air. ‘How is it with thee, friend?’ said he,
    ‘dost thou not feel that wisdom comes unto thee? Rest there in peace,
    till thou art a wiser man than thou wert.’

    So saying, he trotted off on the student’s nag, and left the poor fellow
    to gather wisdom till somebody should come and let him down.

    CLEVER HANS

    The mother of Hans said: ‘Whither away, Hans?’ Hans answered: ‘To
    Gretel.’ ‘Behave well, Hans.’ ‘Oh, I’ll behave well. Goodbye, mother.’
    ‘Goodbye, Hans.’ Hans comes to Gretel. ‘Good day, Gretel.’ ‘Good day,
    Hans. What do you bring that is good?’ ‘I bring nothing, I want to have
    something given me.’ Gretel presents Hans with a needle, Hans says:
    ‘Goodbye, Gretel.’ ‘Goodbye, Hans.’

    Hans takes the needle, sticks it into a hay-cart, and follows the cart
    home. ‘Good evening, mother.’ ‘Good evening, Hans. Where have you been?’
    ‘With Gretel.’ ‘What did you take her?’ ‘Took nothing; had something
    given me.’ ‘What did Gretel give you?’ ‘Gave me a needle.’ ‘Where is the
    needle, Hans?’ ‘Stuck in the hay-cart.’ ‘That was ill done, Hans. You
    should have stuck the needle in your sleeve.’ ‘Never mind, I’ll do
    better next time.’

    ‘Whither away, Hans?’ ‘To Gretel, mother.’ ‘Behave well, Hans.’ ‘Oh,
    I’ll behave well. Goodbye, mother.’ ‘Goodbye, Hans.’ Hans comes to
    Gretel. ‘Good day, Gretel.’ ‘Good day, Hans. What do you bring that is
    good?’ ‘I bring nothing. I want to have something given to me.’ Gretel
    presents Hans with a knife. ‘Goodbye, Gretel.’ ‘Goodbye, Hans.’ Hans
    takes the knife, sticks it in his sleeve, and goes home. ‘Good evening,
    mother.’ ‘Good evening, Hans. Where have you been?’ ‘With Gretel.’ What
    did you take her?’ ‘Took her nothing, she gave me something.’ ‘What did
    Gretel give you?’ ‘Gave me a knife.’ ‘Where is the knife, Hans?’ ‘Stuck
    in my sleeve.’ ‘That’s ill done, Hans, you should have put the knife in
    your pocket.’ ‘Never mind, will do better next time.’

    ‘Whither away, Hans?’ ‘To Gretel, mother.’ ‘Behave well, Hans.’ ‘Oh,
    I’ll behave well. Goodbye, mother.’ ‘Goodbye, Hans.’ Hans comes to
    Gretel. ‘Good day, Gretel.’ ‘Good day, Hans. What good thing do you
    bring?’ ‘I bring nothing, I want something given me.’ Gretel presents
    Hans with a young goat. ‘Goodbye, Gretel.’ ‘Goodbye, Hans.’ Hans takes
    the goat, ties its legs, and puts it in his pocket. When he gets home it
    is suffocated. ‘Good evening, mother.’ ‘Good evening, Hans. Where have
    you been?’ ‘With Gretel.’ ‘What did you take her?’ ‘Took nothing, she
    gave me something.’ ‘What did Gretel give you?’ ‘She gave me a goat.’
    ‘Where is the goat, Hans?’ ‘Put it in my pocket.’ ‘That was ill done,
    Hans, you should have put a rope round the goat’s neck.’ ‘Never mind,
    will do better next time.’

    ‘Whither away, Hans?’ ‘To Gretel, mother.’ ‘Behave well, Hans.’ ‘Oh,
    I’ll behave well. Goodbye, mother.’ ‘Goodbye, Hans.’ Hans comes to
    Gretel. ‘Good day, Gretel.’ ‘Good day, Hans. What good thing do you
    bring?’ ‘I bring nothing, I want something given me.’ Gretel presents
    Hans with a piece of bacon. ‘Goodbye, Gretel.’ ‘Goodbye, Hans.’

    Hans takes the bacon, ties it to a rope, and drags it away behind him.
    The dogs come and devour the bacon. When he gets home, he has the rope
    in his hand, and there is no longer anything hanging on to it. ‘Good
    evening, mother.’ ‘Good evening, Hans. Where have you been?’ ‘With
    Gretel.’ ‘What did you take her?’ ‘I took her nothing, she gave me
    something.’ ‘What did Gretel give you?’ ‘Gave me a bit of bacon.’ ‘Where
    is the bacon, Hans?’ ‘I tied it to a rope, brought it home, dogs took
    it.’ ‘That was ill done, Hans, you should have carried the bacon on your
    head.’ ‘Never mind, will do better next time.’

    ‘Whither away, Hans?’ ‘To Gretel, mother.’ ‘Behave well, Hans.’ ‘I’ll
    behave well. Goodbye, mother.’ ‘Goodbye, Hans.’ Hans comes to Gretel.
    ‘Good day, Gretel.’ ‘Good day, Hans, What good thing do you bring?’ ‘I
    bring nothing, but would have something given.’ Gretel presents Hans
    with a calf. ‘Goodbye, Gretel.’ ‘Goodbye, Hans.’

    Hans takes the calf, puts it on his head, and the calf kicks his face.
    ‘Good evening, mother.’ ‘Good evening, Hans. Where have you been?’ ‘With
    Gretel.’ ‘What did you take her?’ ‘I took nothing, but had something
    given me.’ ‘What did Gretel give you?’ ‘A calf.’ ‘Where have you the
    calf, Hans?’ ‘I set it on my head and it kicked my face.’ ‘That was
    ill done, Hans, you should have led the calf, and put it in the stall.’
    ‘Never mind, will do better next time.’

    ‘Whither away, Hans?’ ‘To Gretel, mother.’ ‘Behave well, Hans.’ ‘I’ll
    behave well. Goodbye, mother.’ ‘Goodbye, Hans.’

    Hans comes to Gretel. ‘Good day, Gretel.’ ‘Good day, Hans. What good
    thing do you bring?’ ‘I bring nothing, but would have something given.’
    Gretel says to Hans: ‘I will go with you.’

    Hans takes Gretel, ties her to a rope, leads her to the rack, and binds
    her fast. Then Hans goes to his mother. ‘Good evening, mother.’ ‘Good
    evening, Hans. Where have you been?’ ‘With Gretel.’ ‘What did you take
    her?’ ‘I took her nothing.’ ‘What did Gretel give you?’ ‘She gave me
    nothing, she came with me.’ ‘Where have you left Gretel?’ ‘I led her by
    the rope, tied her to the rack, and scattered some grass for her.’ ‘That
    was ill done, Hans, you should have cast friendly eyes on her.’ ‘Never
    mind, will do better.’

    Hans went into the stable, cut out all the calves’ and sheep’s eyes,
    and threw them in Gretel’s face. Then Gretel became angry, tore herself
    loose and ran away, and was no longer the bride of Hans.

    THE THREE LANGUAGES

    An aged count once lived in Switzerland, who had an only son, but he
    was stupid, and could learn nothing. Then said the father: ‘Hark you,
    my son, try as I will I can get nothing into your head. You must go from
    hence, I will give you into the care of a celebrated master, who shall
    see what he can do with you.’ The youth was sent into a strange town,
    and remained a whole year with the master. At the end of this time,
    he came home again, and his father asked: ‘Now, my son, what have you
    learnt?’ ‘Father, I have learnt what the dogs say when they bark.’ ‘Lord
    have mercy on us!’ cried the father; ‘is that all you have learnt? I
    will send you into another town, to another master.’ The youth was taken
    thither, and stayed a year with this master likewise. When he came back
    the father again asked: ‘My son, what have you learnt?’ He answered:
    ‘Father, I have learnt what the birds say.’ Then the father fell into a
    rage and said: ‘Oh, you lost man, you have spent the precious time and
    learnt nothing; are you not ashamed to appear before my eyes? I will
    send you to a third master, but if you learn nothing this time also, I
    will no longer be your father.’ The youth remained a whole year with the
    third master also, and when he came home again, and his father inquired:
    ‘My son, what have you learnt?’ he answered: ‘Dear father, I have this
    year learnt what the frogs croak.’ Then the father fell into the most
    furious anger, sprang up, called his people thither, and said: ‘This man
    is no longer my son, I drive him forth, and command you to take him
    out into the forest, and kill him.’ They took him forth, but when they
    should have killed him, they could not do it for pity, and let him go,
    and they cut the eyes and tongue out of a deer that they might carry
    them to the old man as a token.

    The youth wandered on, and after some time came to a fortress where he
    begged for a night’s lodging. ‘Yes,’ said the lord of the castle, ‘if
    you will pass the night down there in the old tower, go thither; but I
    warn you, it is at the peril of your life, for it is full of wild dogs,
    which bark and howl without stopping, and at certain hours a man has to
    be given to them, whom they at once devour.’ The whole district was in
    sorrow and dismay because of them, and yet no one could do anything to
    stop this. The youth, however, was without fear, and said: ‘Just let me
    go down to the barking dogs, and give me something that I can throw to
    them; they will do nothing to harm me.’ As he himself would have it so,
    they gave him some food for the wild animals, and led him down to the
    tower. When he went inside, the dogs did not bark at him, but wagged
    their tails quite amicably around him, ate what he set before them, and
    did not hurt one hair of his head. Next morning, to the astonishment of
    everyone, he came out again safe and unharmed, and said to the lord of
    the castle: ‘The dogs have revealed to me, in their own language, why
    they dwell there, and bring evil on the land. They are bewitched, and
    are obliged to watch over a great treasure which is below in the tower,
    and they can have no rest until it is taken away, and I have likewise
    learnt, from their discourse, how that is to be done.’ Then all who
    heard this rejoiced, and the lord of the castle said he would adopt him
    as a son if he accomplished it successfully. He went down again, and
    as he knew what he had to do, he did it thoroughly, and brought a chest
    full of gold out with him. The howling of the wild dogs was henceforth
    heard no more; they had disappeared, and the country was freed from the
    trouble.

    After some time he took it in his head that he would travel to Rome. On
    the way he passed by a marsh, in which a number of frogs were sitting
    croaking. He listened to them, and when he became aware of what they
    were saying, he grew very thoughtful and sad. At last he arrived in
    Rome, where the Pope had just died, and there was great doubt among
    the cardinals as to whom they should appoint as his successor. They at
    length agreed that the person should be chosen as pope who should be
    distinguished by some divine and miraculous token. And just as that was
    decided on, the young count entered into the church, and suddenly two
    snow-white doves flew on his shoulders and remained sitting there. The
    ecclesiastics recognized therein the token from above, and asked him on
    the spot if he would be pope. He was undecided, and knew not if he were
    worthy of this, but the doves counselled him to do it, and at length he
    said yes. Then was he anointed and consecrated, and thus was fulfilled
    what he had heard from the frogs on his way, which had so affected him,
    that he was to be his Holiness the Pope. Then he had to sing a mass, and
    did not know one word of it, but the two doves sat continually on his
    shoulders, and said it all in his ear.

    THE FOX AND THE CAT

    It happened that the cat met the fox in a forest, and as she thought to
    herself: ‘He is clever and full of experience, and much esteemed in the
    world,’ she spoke to him in a friendly way. ‘Good day, dear Mr Fox,
    how are you? How is all with you? How are you getting on in these hard
    times?’ The fox, full of all kinds of arrogance, looked at the cat from
    head to foot, and for a long time did not know whether he would give
    any answer or not. At last he said: ‘Oh, you wretched beard-cleaner, you
    piebald fool, you hungry mouse-hunter, what can you be thinking of? Have
    you the cheek to ask how I am getting on? What have you learnt? How
    many arts do you understand?’ ‘I understand but one,’ replied the
    cat, modestly. ‘What art is that?’ asked the fox. ‘When the hounds are
    following me, I can spring into a tree and save myself.’ ‘Is that all?’
    said the fox. ‘I am master of a hundred arts, and have into the bargain
    a sackful of cunning. You make me sorry for you; come with me, I will
    teach you how people get away from the hounds.’ Just then came a hunter
    with four dogs. The cat sprang nimbly up a tree, and sat down at the top
    of it, where the branches and foliage quite concealed her. ‘Open your
    sack, Mr Fox, open your sack,’ cried the cat to him, but the dogs had
    already seized him, and were holding him fast. ‘Ah, Mr Fox,’ cried the
    cat. ‘You with your hundred arts are left in the lurch! Had you been
    able to climb like me, you would not have lost your life.’

    THE FOUR CLEVER BROTHERS

    ‘Dear children,’ said a poor man to his four sons, ‘I have nothing to
    give you; you must go out into the wide world and try your luck. Begin
    by learning some craft or another, and see how you can get on.’ So the
    four brothers took their walking-sticks in their hands, and their little
    bundles on their shoulders, and after bidding their father goodbye, went
    all out at the gate together. When they had got on some way they came
    to four crossways, each leading to a different country. Then the eldest
    said, ‘Here we must part; but this day four years we will come back
    to this spot, and in the meantime each must try what he can do for
    himself.’

    So each brother went his way; and as the eldest was hastening on a man
    met him, and asked him where he was going, and what he wanted. ‘I am
    going to try my luck in the world, and should like to begin by learning
    some art or trade,’ answered he. ‘Then,’ said the man, ‘go with me, and
    I will teach you to become the cunningest thief that ever was.’ ‘No,’
    said the other, ‘that is not an honest calling, and what can one look
    to earn by it in the end but the gallows?’ ‘Oh!’ said the man, ‘you need
    not fear the gallows; for I will only teach you to steal what will be
    fair game: I meddle with nothing but what no one else can get or care
    anything about, and where no one can find you out.’ So the young man
    agreed to follow his trade, and he soon showed himself so clever, that
    nothing could escape him that he had once set his mind upon.

    The second brother also met a man, who, when he found out what he was
    setting out upon, asked him what craft he meant to follow. ‘I do not
    know yet,’ said he. ‘Then come with me, and be a star-gazer. It is a
    noble art, for nothing can be hidden from you, when once you understand
    the stars.’ The plan pleased him much, and he soon became such a skilful
    star-gazer, that when he had served out his time, and wanted to leave
    his master, he gave him a glass, and said, ‘With this you can see all
    that is passing in the sky and on earth, and nothing can be hidden from
    you.’

    The third brother met a huntsman, who took him with him, and taught him
    so well all that belonged to hunting, that he became very clever in the
    craft of the woods; and when he left his master he gave him a bow, and
    said, ‘Whatever you shoot at with this bow you will be sure to hit.’

    The youngest brother likewise met a man who asked him what he wished to
    do. ‘Would not you like,’ said he, ‘to be a tailor?’ ‘Oh, no!’ said
    the young man; ‘sitting cross-legged from morning to night, working
    backwards and forwards with a needle and goose, will never suit me.’
    ‘Oh!’ answered the man, ‘that is not my sort of tailoring; come with me,
    and you will learn quite another kind of craft from that.’ Not knowing
    what better to do, he came into the plan, and learnt tailoring from the
    beginning; and when he left his master, he gave him a needle, and said,
    ‘You can sew anything with this, be it as soft as an egg or as hard as
    steel; and the joint will be so fine that no seam will be seen.’

    After the space of four years, at the time agreed upon, the four
    brothers met at the four cross-roads; and having welcomed each other,
    set off towards their father’s home, where they told him all that had
    happened to them, and how each had learned some craft.

    Then, one day, as they were sitting before the house under a very high
    tree, the father said, ‘I should like to try what each of you can do in
    this way.’ So he looked up, and said to the second son, ‘At the top of
    this tree there is a chaffinch’s nest; tell me how many eggs there are
    in it.’ The star-gazer took his glass, looked up, and said, ‘Five.’
    ‘Now,’ said the father to the eldest son, ‘take away the eggs without
    letting the bird that is sitting upon them and hatching them know
    anything of what you are doing.’ So the cunning thief climbed up the
    tree, and brought away to his father the five eggs from under the bird;
    and it never saw or felt what he was doing, but kept sitting on at its
    ease. Then the father took the eggs, and put one on each corner of the
    table, and the fifth in the middle, and said to the huntsman, ‘Cut all
    the eggs in two pieces at one shot.’ The huntsman took up his bow, and
    at one shot struck all the five eggs as his father wished.

    ‘Now comes your turn,’ said he to the young tailor; ‘sew the eggs and
    the young birds in them together again, so neatly that the shot shall
    have done them no harm.’ Then the tailor took his needle, and sewed the
    eggs as he was told; and when he had done, the thief was sent to take
    them back to the nest, and put them under the bird without its knowing
    it. Then she went on sitting, and hatched them: and in a few days they
    crawled out, and had only a little red streak across their necks, where
    the tailor had sewn them together.

    ‘Well done, sons!’ said the old man; ‘you have made good use of your
    time, and learnt something worth the knowing; but I am sure I do not
    know which ought to have the prize. Oh, that a time might soon come for
    you to turn your skill to some account!’

    Not long after this there was a great bustle in the country; for the
    king’s daughter had been carried off by a mighty dragon, and the king
    mourned over his loss day and night, and made it known that whoever
    brought her back to him should have her for a wife. Then the four
    brothers said to each other, ‘Here is a chance for us; let us try
    what we can do.’ And they agreed to see whether they could not set the
    princess free. ‘I will soon find out where she is, however,’ said the
    star-gazer, as he looked through his glass; and he soon cried out, ‘I
    see her afar off, sitting upon a rock in the sea, and I can spy the
    dragon close by, guarding her.’ Then he went to the king, and asked for
    a ship for himself and his brothers; and they sailed together over the
    sea, till they came to the right place. There they found the princess
    sitting, as the star-gazer had said, on the rock; and the dragon was
    lying asleep, with his head upon her lap. ‘I dare not shoot at him,’
    said the huntsman, ‘for I should kill the beautiful young lady also.’
    ‘Then I will try my skill,’ said the thief, and went and stole her away
    from under the dragon, so quietly and gently that the beast did not know
    it, but went on snoring.

    Then away they hastened with her full of joy in their boat towards the
    ship; but soon came the dragon roaring behind them through the air; for
    he awoke and missed the princess. But when he got over the boat, and
    wanted to pounce upon them and carry off the princess, the huntsman took
    up his bow and shot him straight through the heart so that he fell down
    dead. They were still not safe; for he was such a great beast that in
    his fall he overset the boat, and they had to swim in the open sea
    upon a few planks. So the tailor took his needle, and with a few large
    stitches put some of the planks together; and he sat down upon these,
    and sailed about and gathered up all pieces of the boat; and then tacked
    them together so quickly that the boat was soon ready, and they then
    reached the ship and got home safe.

    When they had brought home the princess to her father, there was great
    rejoicing; and he said to the four brothers, ‘One of you shall marry
    her, but you must settle amongst yourselves which it is to be.’ Then
    there arose a quarrel between them; and the star-gazer said, ‘If I had
    not found the princess out, all your skill would have been of no use;
    therefore she ought to be mine.’ ‘Your seeing her would have been of
    no use,’ said the thief, ‘if I had not taken her away from the dragon;
    therefore she ought to be mine.’ ‘No, she is mine,’ said the huntsman;
    ‘for if I had not killed the dragon, he would, after all, have torn you
    and the princess into pieces.’ ‘And if I had not sewn the boat together
    again,’ said the tailor, ‘you would all have been drowned, therefore she
    is mine.’ Then the king put in a word, and said, ‘Each of you is right;
    and as all cannot have the young lady, the best way is for neither of
    you to have her: for the truth is, there is somebody she likes a great
    deal better. But to make up for your loss, I will give each of you, as a
    reward for his skill, half a kingdom.’ So the brothers agreed that this
    plan would be much better than either quarrelling or marrying a lady who
    had no mind to have them. And the king then gave to each half a kingdom,
    as he had said; and they lived very happily the rest of their days, and
    took good care of their father; and somebody took better care of the
    young lady, than to let either the dragon or one of the craftsmen have
    her again.

    LILY AND THE LION

    A merchant, who had three daughters, was once setting out upon a
    journey; but before he went he asked each daughter what gift he should
    bring back for her. The eldest wished for pearls; the second for jewels;
    but the third, who was called Lily, said, ‘Dear father, bring me a
    rose.’ Now it was no easy task to find a rose, for it was the middle
    of winter; yet as she was his prettiest daughter, and was very fond of
    flowers, her father said he would try what he could do. So he kissed all
    three, and bid them goodbye.

    And when the time came for him to go home, he had bought pearls and
    jewels for the two eldest, but he had sought everywhere in vain for the
    rose; and when he went into any garden and asked for such a thing, the
    people laughed at him, and asked him whether he thought roses grew in
    snow. This grieved him very much, for Lily was his dearest child; and as
    he was journeying home, thinking what he should bring her, he came to a
    fine castle; and around the castle was a garden, in one half of which it
    seemed to be summer-time and in the other half winter. On one side the
    finest flowers were in full bloom, and on the other everything looked
    dreary and buried in the snow. ‘A lucky hit!’ said he, as he called to
    his servant, and told him to go to a beautiful bed of roses that was
    there, and bring him away one of the finest flowers.

    This done, they were riding away well pleased, when up sprang a fierce
    lion, and roared out, ‘Whoever has stolen my roses shall be eaten up
    alive!’ Then the man said, ‘I knew not that the garden belonged to you;
    can nothing save my life?’ ‘No!’ said the lion, ‘nothing, unless you
    undertake to give me whatever meets you on your return home; if you
    agree to this, I will give you your life, and the rose too for your
    daughter.’ But the man was unwilling to do so and said, ‘It may be my
    youngest daughter, who loves me most, and always runs to meet me when
    I go home.’ Then the servant was greatly frightened, and said, ‘It may
    perhaps be only a cat or a dog.’ And at last the man yielded with a
    heavy heart, and took the rose; and said he would give the lion whatever
    should meet him first on his return.

    And as he came near home, it was Lily, his youngest and dearest
    daughter, that met him; she came running, and kissed him, and welcomed
    him home; and when she saw that he had brought her the rose, she was
    still more glad. But her father began to be very sorrowful, and to weep,
    saying, ‘Alas, my dearest child! I have bought this flower at a high
    price, for I have said I would give you to a wild lion; and when he has
    you, he will tear you in pieces, and eat you.’ Then he told her all that
    had happened, and said she should not go, let what would happen.

    But she comforted him, and said, ‘Dear father, the word you have given
    must be kept; I will go to the lion, and soothe him: perhaps he will let
    me come safe home again.’

    The next morning she asked the way she was to go, and took leave of her
    father, and went forth with a bold heart into the wood. But the lion was
    an enchanted prince. By day he and all his court were lions, but in the
    evening they took their right forms again. And when Lily came to the
    castle, he welcomed her so courteously that she agreed to marry him. The
    wedding-feast was held, and they lived happily together a long time. The
    prince was only to be seen as soon as evening came, and then he held his
    court; but every morning he left his bride, and went away by himself,
    she knew not whither, till the night came again.

    After some time he said to her, ‘Tomorrow there will be a great feast in
    your father’s house, for your eldest sister is to be married; and if
    you wish to go and visit her my lions shall lead you thither.’ Then she
    rejoiced much at the thoughts of seeing her father once more, and set
    out with the lions; and everyone was overjoyed to see her, for they had
    thought her dead long since. But she told them how happy she was, and
    stayed till the feast was over, and then went back to the wood.

    Her second sister was soon after married, and when Lily was asked to
    go to the wedding, she said to the prince, ‘I will not go alone this
    time–you must go with me.’ But he would not, and said that it would be
    a very hazardous thing; for if the least ray of the torch-light should
    fall upon him his enchantment would become still worse, for he should be
    changed into a dove, and be forced to wander about the world for seven
    long years. However, she gave him no rest, and said she would take care
    no light should fall upon him. So at last they set out together, and
    took with them their little child; and she chose a large hall with thick
    walls for him to sit in while the wedding-torches were lighted; but,
    unluckily, no one saw that there was a crack in the door. Then the
    wedding was held with great pomp, but as the train came from the church,
    and passed with the torches before the hall, a very small ray of light
    fell upon the prince. In a moment he disappeared, and when his wife came
    in and looked for him, she found only a white dove; and it said to her,
    ‘Seven years must I fly up and down over the face of the earth, but
    every now and then I will let fall a white feather, that will show you
    the way I am going; follow it, and at last you may overtake and set me
    free.’

    This said, he flew out at the door, and poor Lily followed; and every
    now and then a white feather fell, and showed her the way she was to
    journey. Thus she went roving on through the wide world, and looked
    neither to the right hand nor to the left, nor took any rest, for seven
    years. Then she began to be glad, and thought to herself that the time
    was fast coming when all her troubles should end; yet repose was still
    far off, for one day as she was travelling on she missed the white
    feather, and when she lifted up her eyes she could nowhere see the dove.
    ‘Now,’ thought she to herself, ‘no aid of man can be of use to me.’ So
    she went to the sun and said, ‘Thou shinest everywhere, on the hill’s
    top and the valley’s depth–hast thou anywhere seen my white dove?’
    ‘No,’ said the sun, ‘I have not seen it; but I will give thee a
    casket–open it when thy hour of need comes.’

    So she thanked the sun, and went on her way till eventide; and when
    the moon arose, she cried unto it, and said, ‘Thou shinest through the
    night, over field and grove–hast thou nowhere seen my white dove?’
    ‘No,’ said the moon, ‘I cannot help thee but I will give thee an
    egg–break it when need comes.’

    Then she thanked the moon, and went on till the night-wind blew; and she
    raised up her voice to it, and said, ‘Thou blowest through every tree
    and under every leaf–hast thou not seen my white dove?’ ‘No,’ said the
    night-wind, ‘but I will ask three other winds; perhaps they have seen
    it.’ Then the east wind and the west wind came, and said they too had
    not seen it, but the south wind said, ‘I have seen the white dove–he
    has fled to the Red Sea, and is changed once more into a lion, for the
    seven years are passed away, and there he is fighting with a dragon;
    and the dragon is an enchanted princess, who seeks to separate him from
    you.’ Then the night-wind said, ‘I will give thee counsel. Go to the
    Red Sea; on the right shore stand many rods–count them, and when thou
    comest to the eleventh, break it off, and smite the dragon with it; and
    so the lion will have the victory, and both of them will appear to you
    in their own forms. Then look round and thou wilt see a griffin, winged
    like bird, sitting by the Red Sea; jump on to his back with thy beloved
    one as quickly as possible, and he will carry you over the waters to
    your home. I will also give thee this nut,’ continued the night-wind.
    ‘When you are half-way over, throw it down, and out of the waters will
    immediately spring up a high nut-tree on which the griffin will be able
    to rest, otherwise he would not have the strength to bear you the whole
    way; if, therefore, thou dost forget to throw down the nut, he will let
    you both fall into the sea.’

    So our poor wanderer went forth, and found all as the night-wind had
    said; and she plucked the eleventh rod, and smote the dragon, and the
    lion forthwith became a prince, and the dragon a princess again. But
    no sooner was the princess released from the spell, than she seized
    the prince by the arm and sprang on to the griffin’s back, and went off
    carrying the prince away with her.

    Thus the unhappy traveller was again forsaken and forlorn; but she
    took heart and said, ‘As far as the wind blows, and so long as the cock
    crows, I will journey on, till I find him once again.’ She went on for
    a long, long way, till at length she came to the castle whither the
    princess had carried the prince; and there was a feast got ready, and
    she heard that the wedding was about to be held. ‘Heaven aid me now!’
    said she; and she took the casket that the sun had given her, and found
    that within it lay a dress as dazzling as the sun itself. So she put it
    on, and went into the palace, and all the people gazed upon her; and
    the dress pleased the bride so much that she asked whether it was to be
    sold. ‘Not for gold and silver.’ said she, ‘but for flesh and blood.’
    The princess asked what she meant, and she said, ‘Let me speak with the
    bridegroom this night in his chamber, and I will give thee the dress.’
    At last the princess agreed, but she told her chamberlain to give the
    prince a sleeping draught, that he might not hear or see her. When
    evening came, and the prince had fallen asleep, she was led into
    his chamber, and she sat herself down at his feet, and said: ‘I have
    followed thee seven years. I have been to the sun, the moon, and the
    night-wind, to seek thee, and at last I have helped thee to overcome
    the dragon. Wilt thou then forget me quite?’ But the prince all the time
    slept so soundly, that her voice only passed over him, and seemed like
    the whistling of the wind among the fir-trees.

    Then poor Lily was led away, and forced to give up the golden dress; and
    when she saw that there was no help for her, she went out into a meadow,
    and sat herself down and wept. But as she sat she bethought herself of
    the egg that the moon had given her; and when she broke it, there ran
    out a hen and twelve chickens of pure gold, that played about, and then
    nestled under the old one’s wings, so as to form the most beautiful
    sight in the world. And she rose up and drove them before her, till the
    bride saw them from her window, and was so pleased that she came forth
    and asked her if she would sell the brood. ‘Not for gold or silver, but
    for flesh and blood: let me again this evening speak with the bridegroom
    in his chamber, and I will give thee the whole brood.’

    Then the princess thought to betray her as before, and agreed to
    what she asked: but when the prince went to his chamber he asked
    the chamberlain why the wind had whistled so in the night. And the
    chamberlain told him all–how he had given him a sleeping draught, and
    how a poor maiden had come and spoken to him in his chamber, and was
    to come again that night. Then the prince took care to throw away the
    sleeping draught; and when Lily came and began again to tell him what
    woes had befallen her, and how faithful and true to him she had been,
    he knew his beloved wife’s voice, and sprang up, and said, ‘You have
    awakened me as from a dream, for the strange princess had thrown a spell
    around me, so that I had altogether forgotten you; but Heaven hath sent
    you to me in a lucky hour.’

    And they stole away out of the palace by night unawares, and seated
    themselves on the griffin, who flew back with them over the Red Sea.
    When they were half-way across Lily let the nut fall into the water,
    and immediately a large nut-tree arose from the sea, whereon the griffin
    rested for a while, and then carried them safely home. There they found
    their child, now grown up to be comely and fair; and after all their
    troubles they lived happily together to the end of their days.

    THE FOX AND THE HORSE

    A farmer had a horse that had been an excellent faithful servant to
    him: but he was now grown too old to work; so the farmer would give him
    nothing more to eat, and said, ‘I want you no longer, so take yourself
    off out of my stable; I shall not take you back again until you are
    stronger than a lion.’ Then he opened the door and turned him adrift.

    The poor horse was very melancholy, and wandered up and down in the
    wood, seeking some little shelter from the cold wind and rain. Presently
    a fox met him: ‘What’s the matter, my friend?’ said he, ‘why do you hang
    down your head and look so lonely and woe-begone?’ ‘Ah!’ replied the
    horse, ‘justice and avarice never dwell in one house; my master has
    forgotten all that I have done for him so many years, and because I
    can no longer work he has turned me adrift, and says unless I become
    stronger than a lion he will not take me back again; what chance can I
    have of that? he knows I have none, or he would not talk so.’

    However, the fox bid him be of good cheer, and said, ‘I will help you;
    lie down there, stretch yourself out quite stiff, and pretend to be
    dead.’ The horse did as he was told, and the fox went straight to the
    lion who lived in a cave close by, and said to him, ‘A little way off
    lies a dead horse; come with me and you may make an excellent meal of
    his carcase.’ The lion was greatly pleased, and set off immediately; and
    when they came to the horse, the fox said, ‘You will not be able to eat
    him comfortably here; I’ll tell you what–I will tie you fast to
    his tail, and then you can draw him to your den, and eat him at your
    leisure.’

    This advice pleased the lion, so he laid himself down quietly for the
    fox to make him fast to the horse. But the fox managed to tie his legs
    together and bound all so hard and fast that with all his strength he
    could not set himself free. When the work was done, the fox clapped the
    horse on the shoulder, and said, ‘Jip! Dobbin! Jip!’ Then up he sprang,
    and moved off, dragging the lion behind him. The beast began to roar
    and bellow, till all the birds of the wood flew away for fright; but the
    horse let him sing on, and made his way quietly over the fields to his
    master’s house.

    ‘Here he is, master,’ said he, ‘I have got the better of him’: and when
    the farmer saw his old servant, his heart relented, and he said. ‘Thou
    shalt stay in thy stable and be well taken care of.’ And so the poor old
    horse had plenty to eat, and lived–till he died.

    THE BLUE LIGHT

    There was once upon a time a soldier who for many years had served the
    king faithfully, but when the war came to an end could serve no longer
    because of the many wounds which he had received. The king said to him:
    ‘You may return to your home, I need you no longer, and you will not
    receive any more money, for he only receives wages who renders me
    service for them.’ Then the soldier did not know how to earn a living,
    went away greatly troubled, and walked the whole day, until in the
    evening he entered a forest. When darkness came on, he saw a light,
    which he went up to, and came to a house wherein lived a witch. ‘Do give
    me one night’s lodging, and a little to eat and drink,’ said he to
    her, ‘or I shall starve.’ ‘Oho!’ she answered, ‘who gives anything to a
    run-away soldier? Yet will I be compassionate, and take you in, if you
    will do what I wish.’ ‘What do you wish?’ said the soldier. ‘That you
    should dig all round my garden for me, tomorrow.’ The soldier consented,
    and next day laboured with all his strength, but could not finish it by
    the evening. ‘I see well enough,’ said the witch, ‘that you can do no
    more today, but I will keep you yet another night, in payment for
    which you must tomorrow chop me a load of wood, and chop it small.’ The
    soldier spent the whole day in doing it, and in the evening the witch
    proposed that he should stay one night more. ‘Tomorrow, you shall only
    do me a very trifling piece of work. Behind my house, there is an old
    dry well, into which my light has fallen, it burns blue, and never goes
    out, and you shall bring it up again.’ Next day the old woman took him
    to the well, and let him down in a basket. He found the blue light, and
    made her a signal to draw him up again. She did draw him up, but when he
    came near the edge, she stretched down her hand and wanted to take the
    blue light away from him. ‘No,’ said he, perceiving her evil intention,
    ‘I will not give you the light until I am standing with both feet upon
    the ground.’ The witch fell into a passion, let him fall again into the
    well, and went away.

    The poor soldier fell without injury on the moist ground, and the blue
    light went on burning, but of what use was that to him? He saw very well
    that he could not escape death. He sat for a while very sorrowfully,
    then suddenly he felt in his pocket and found his tobacco pipe, which
    was still half full. ‘This shall be my last pleasure,’ thought he,
    pulled it out, lit it at the blue light and began to smoke. When the
    smoke had circled about the cavern, suddenly a little black dwarf stood
    before him, and said: ‘Lord, what are your commands?’ ‘What my commands
    are?’ replied the soldier, quite astonished. ‘I must do everything you
    bid me,’ said the little man. ‘Good,’ said the soldier; ‘then in the
    first place help me out of this well.’ The little man took him by the
    hand, and led him through an underground passage, but he did not forget
    to take the blue light with him. On the way the dwarf showed him the
    treasures which the witch had collected and hidden there, and the
    soldier took as much gold as he could carry. When he was above, he said
    to the little man: ‘Now go and bind the old witch, and carry her before
    the judge.’ In a short time she came by like the wind, riding on a wild
    tom-cat and screaming frightfully. Nor was it long before the little man
    reappeared. ‘It is all done,’ said he, ‘and the witch is already hanging
    on the gallows. What further commands has my lord?’ inquired the dwarf.
    ‘At this moment, none,’ answered the soldier; ‘you can return home, only
    be at hand immediately, if I summon you.’ ‘Nothing more is needed than
    that you should light your pipe at the blue light, and I will appear
    before you at once.’ Thereupon he vanished from his sight.

    The soldier returned to the town from which he came. He went to the
    best inn, ordered himself handsome clothes, and then bade the landlord
    furnish him a room as handsome as possible. When it was ready and the
    soldier had taken possession of it, he summoned the little black manikin
    and said: ‘I have served the king faithfully, but he has dismissed me,
    and left me to hunger, and now I want to take my revenge.’ ‘What am I to
    do?’ asked the little man. ‘Late at night, when the king’s daughter is
    in bed, bring her here in her sleep, she shall do servant’s work for
    me.’ The manikin said: ‘That is an easy thing for me to do, but a very
    dangerous thing for you, for if it is discovered, you will fare ill.’
    When twelve o’clock had struck, the door sprang open, and the manikin
    carried in the princess. ‘Aha! are you there?’ cried the soldier, ‘get
    to your work at once! Fetch the broom and sweep the chamber.’ When
    she had done this, he ordered her to come to his chair, and then he
    stretched out his feet and said: ‘Pull off my boots,’ and then he
    threw them in her face, and made her pick them up again, and clean
    and brighten them. She, however, did everything he bade her, without
    opposition, silently and with half-shut eyes. When the first cock
    crowed, the manikin carried her back to the royal palace, and laid her
    in her bed.

    Next morning when the princess arose she went to her father, and told
    him that she had had a very strange dream. ‘I was carried through the
    streets with the rapidity of lightning,’ said she, ‘and taken into a
    soldier’s room, and I had to wait upon him like a servant, sweep his
    room, clean his boots, and do all kinds of menial work. It was only a
    dream, and yet I am just as tired as if I really had done everything.’
    ‘The dream may have been true,’ said the king. ‘I will give you a piece
    of advice. Fill your pocket full of peas, and make a small hole in the
    pocket, and then if you are carried away again, they will fall out and
    leave a track in the streets.’ But unseen by the king, the manikin was
    standing beside him when he said that, and heard all. At night when
    the sleeping princess was again carried through the streets, some peas
    certainly did fall out of her pocket, but they made no track, for the
    crafty manikin had just before scattered peas in every street there
    was. And again the princess was compelled to do servant’s work until
    cock-crow.

    Next morning the king sent his people out to seek the track, but it was
    all in vain, for in every street poor children were sitting, picking up
    peas, and saying: ‘It must have rained peas, last night.’ ‘We must think
    of something else,’ said the king; ‘keep your shoes on when you go to
    bed, and before you come back from the place where you are taken, hide
    one of them there, I will soon contrive to find it.’ The black manikin
    heard this plot, and at night when the soldier again ordered him to
    bring the princess, revealed it to him, and told him that he knew of no
    expedient to counteract this stratagem, and that if the shoe were found
    in the soldier’s house it would go badly with him. ‘Do what I bid you,’
    replied the soldier, and again this third night the princess was obliged
    to work like a servant, but before she went away, she hid her shoe under
    the bed.

    Next morning the king had the entire town searched for his daughter’s
    shoe. It was found at the soldier’s, and the soldier himself, who at the
    entreaty of the dwarf had gone outside the gate, was soon brought back,
    and thrown into prison. In his flight he had forgotten the most valuable
    things he had, the blue light and the gold, and had only one ducat in
    his pocket. And now loaded with chains, he was standing at the window of
    his dungeon, when he chanced to see one of his comrades passing by. The
    soldier tapped at the pane of glass, and when this man came up, said to
    him: ‘Be so kind as to fetch me the small bundle I have left lying in
    the inn, and I will give you a ducat for doing it.’ His comrade ran
    thither and brought him what he wanted. As soon as the soldier was alone
    again, he lighted his pipe and summoned the black manikin. ‘Have no
    fear,’ said the latter to his master. ‘Go wheresoever they take you, and
    let them do what they will, only take the blue light with you.’ Next day
    the soldier was tried, and though he had done nothing wicked, the judge
    condemned him to death. When he was led forth to die, he begged a last
    favour of the king. ‘What is it?’ asked the king. ‘That I may smoke one
    more pipe on my way.’ ‘You may smoke three,’ answered the king, ‘but do
    not imagine that I will spare your life.’ Then the soldier pulled out
    his pipe and lighted it at the blue light, and as soon as a few wreaths
    of smoke had ascended, the manikin was there with a small cudgel in his
    hand, and said: ‘What does my lord command?’ ‘Strike down to earth that
    false judge there, and his constable, and spare not the king who has
    treated me so ill.’ Then the manikin fell on them like lightning,
    darting this way and that way, and whosoever was so much as touched by
    his cudgel fell to earth, and did not venture to stir again. The king
    was terrified; he threw himself on the soldier’s mercy, and merely to
    be allowed to live at all, gave him his kingdom for his own, and his
    daughter to wife.

    THE RAVEN

    There was once a queen who had a little daughter, still too young to run
    alone. One day the child was very troublesome, and the mother could not
    quiet it, do what she would. She grew impatient, and seeing the ravens
    flying round the castle, she opened the window, and said: ‘I wish you
    were a raven and would fly away, then I should have a little peace.’
    Scarcely were the words out of her mouth, when the child in her arms was
    turned into a raven, and flew away from her through the open window. The
    bird took its flight to a dark wood and remained there for a long time,
    and meanwhile the parents could hear nothing of their child.

    Long after this, a man was making his way through the wood when he heard
    a raven calling, and he followed the sound of the voice. As he drew
    near, the raven said, ‘I am by birth a king’s daughter, but am now under
    the spell of some enchantment; you can, however, set me free.’ ‘What
    am I to do?’ he asked. She replied, ‘Go farther into the wood until you
    come to a house, wherein lives an old woman; she will offer you food and
    drink, but you must not take of either; if you do, you will fall into
    a deep sleep, and will not be able to help me. In the garden behind the
    house is a large tan-heap, and on that you must stand and watch for me.
    I shall drive there in my carriage at two o’clock in the afternoon for
    three successive days; the first day it will be drawn by four white, the
    second by four chestnut, and the last by four black horses; but if you
    fail to keep awake and I find you sleeping, I shall not be set free.’

    The man promised to do all that she wished, but the raven said, ‘Alas! I
    know even now that you will take something from the woman and be unable
    to save me.’ The man assured her again that he would on no account touch
    a thing to eat or drink.

    When he came to the house and went inside, the old woman met him, and
    said, ‘Poor man! how tired you are! Come in and rest and let me give you
    something to eat and drink.’

    ‘No,’ answered the man, ‘I will neither eat not drink.’

    But she would not leave him alone, and urged him saying, ‘If you will
    not eat anything, at least you might take a draught of wine; one drink
    counts for nothing,’ and at last he allowed himself to be persuaded, and
    drank.

    As it drew towards the appointed hour, he went outside into the garden
    and mounted the tan-heap to await the raven. Suddenly a feeling of
    fatigue came over him, and unable to resist it, he lay down for a little
    while, fully determined, however, to keep awake; but in another minute
    his eyes closed of their own accord, and he fell into such a deep sleep,
    that all the noises in the world would not have awakened him. At two
    o’clock the raven came driving along, drawn by her four white horses;
    but even before she reached the spot, she said to herself, sighing, ‘I
    know he has fallen asleep.’ When she entered the garden, there she found
    him as she had feared, lying on the tan-heap, fast asleep. She got out
    of her carriage and went to him; she called him and shook him, but it
    was all in vain, he still continued sleeping.

    The next day at noon, the old woman came to him again with food and
    drink which he at first refused. At last, overcome by her persistent
    entreaties that he would take something, he lifted the glass and drank
    again.

    Towards two o’clock he went into the garden and on to the tan-heap to
    watch for the raven. He had not been there long before he began to feel
    so tired that his limbs seemed hardly able to support him, and he could
    not stand upright any longer; so again he lay down and fell fast asleep.
    As the raven drove along her four chestnut horses, she said sorrowfully
    to herself, ‘I know he has fallen asleep.’ She went as before to look
    for him, but he slept, and it was impossible to awaken him.

    The following day the old woman said to him, ‘What is this? You are not
    eating or drinking anything, do you want to kill yourself?’

    He answered, ‘I may not and will not either eat or drink.’

    But she put down the dish of food and the glass of wine in front of him,
    and when he smelt the wine, he was unable to resist the temptation, and
    took a deep draught.

    When the hour came round again he went as usual on to the tan-heap in
    the garden to await the king’s daughter, but he felt even more overcome
    with weariness than on the two previous days, and throwing himself down,
    he slept like a log. At two o’clock the raven could be seen approaching,
    and this time her coachman and everything about her, as well as her
    horses, were black.

    She was sadder than ever as she drove along, and said mournfully, ‘I
    know he has fallen asleep, and will not be able to set me free.’ She
    found him sleeping heavily, and all her efforts to awaken him were of no
    avail. Then she placed beside him a loaf, and some meat, and a flask
    of wine, of such a kind, that however much he took of them, they would
    never grow less. After that she drew a gold ring, on which her name was
    engraved, off her finger, and put it upon one of his. Finally, she laid
    a letter near him, in which, after giving him particulars of the food
    and drink she had left for him, she finished with the following words:
    ‘I see that as long as you remain here you will never be able to set me
    free; if, however, you still wish to do so, come to the golden castle
    of Stromberg; this is well within your power to accomplish.’ She then
    returned to her carriage and drove to the golden castle of Stromberg.

    When the man awoke and found that he had been sleeping, he was grieved
    at heart, and said, ‘She has no doubt been here and driven away again,
    and it is now too late for me to save her.’ Then his eyes fell on the
    things which were lying beside him; he read the letter, and knew from it
    all that had happened. He rose up without delay, eager to start on his
    way and to reach the castle of Stromberg, but he had no idea in which
    direction he ought to go. He travelled about a long time in search of it
    and came at last to a dark forest, through which he went on walking for
    fourteen days and still could not find a way out. Once more the night
    came on, and worn out he lay down under a bush and fell asleep. Again
    the next day he pursued his way through the forest, and that evening,
    thinking to rest again, he lay down as before, but he heard such a
    howling and wailing that he found it impossible to sleep. He waited till
    it was darker and people had begun to light up their houses, and then
    seeing a little glimmer ahead of him, he went towards it.

    He found that the light came from a house which looked smaller than
    it really was, from the contrast of its height with that of an immense
    giant who stood in front of it. He thought to himself, ‘If the giant
    sees me going in, my life will not be worth much.’ However, after a
    while he summoned up courage and went forward. When the giant saw him,
    he called out, ‘It is lucky for that you have come, for I have not had
    anything to eat for a long time. I can have you now for my supper.’ ‘I
    would rather you let that alone,’ said the man, ‘for I do not willingly
    give myself up to be eaten; if you are wanting food I have enough to
    satisfy your hunger.’ ‘If that is so,’ replied the giant, ‘I will leave
    you in peace; I only thought of eating you because I had nothing else.’

    So they went indoors together and sat down, and the man brought out the
    bread, meat, and wine, which although he had eaten and drunk of them,
    were still unconsumed. The giant was pleased with the good cheer, and
    ate and drank to his heart’s content. When he had finished his supper
    the man asked him if he could direct him to the castle of Stromberg.
    The giant said, ‘I will look on my map; on it are marked all the towns,
    villages, and houses.’ So he fetched his map, and looked for the castle,
    but could not find it. ‘Never mind,’ he said, ‘I have larger maps
    upstairs in the cupboard, we will look on those,’ but they searched in
    vain, for the castle was not marked even on these. The man now thought
    he should like to continue his journey, but the giant begged him to
    remain for a day or two longer until the return of his brother, who was
    away in search of provisions. When the brother came home, they asked him
    about the castle of Stromberg, and he told them he would look on his own
    maps as soon as he had eaten and appeased his hunger. Accordingly, when
    he had finished his supper, they all went up together to his room and
    looked through his maps, but the castle was not to be found. Then he
    fetched other older maps, and they went on looking for the castle until
    at last they found it, but it was many thousand miles away. ‘How shall I
    be able to get there?’ asked the man. ‘I have two hours to spare,’ said
    the giant, ‘and I will carry you into the neighbourhood of the castle; I
    must then return to look after the child who is in our care.’

    The giant, thereupon, carried the man to within about a hundred leagues
    of the castle, where he left him, saying, ‘You will be able to walk the
    remainder of the way yourself.’ The man journeyed on day and night
    till he reached the golden castle of Stromberg. He found it situated,
    however, on a glass mountain, and looking up from the foot he saw the
    enchanted maiden drive round her castle and then go inside. He was
    overjoyed to see her, and longed to get to the top of the mountain, but
    the sides were so slippery that every time he attempted to climb he
    fell back again. When he saw that it was impossible to reach her, he was
    greatly grieved, and said to himself, ‘I will remain here and wait for
    her,’ so he built himself a little hut, and there he sat and watched for
    a whole year, and every day he saw the king’s daughter driving round her
    castle, but still was unable to get nearer to her.

    Looking out from his hut one day he saw three robbers fighting and he
    called out to them, ‘God be with you.’ They stopped when they heard the
    call, but looking round and seeing nobody, they went on again with their
    fighting, which now became more furious. ‘God be with you,’ he cried
    again, and again they paused and looked about, but seeing no one went
    back to their fighting. A third time he called out, ‘God be with you,’
    and then thinking he should like to know the cause of dispute between
    the three men, he went out and asked them why they were fighting so
    angrily with one another. One of them said that he had found a stick,
    and that he had but to strike it against any door through which he
    wished to pass, and it immediately flew open. Another told him that he
    had found a cloak which rendered its wearer invisible; and the third had
    caught a horse which would carry its rider over any obstacle, and even
    up the glass mountain. They had been unable to decide whether they
    would keep together and have the things in common, or whether they would
    separate. On hearing this, the man said, ‘I will give you something in
    exchange for those three things; not money, for that I have not got,
    but something that is of far more value. I must first, however, prove
    whether all you have told me about your three things is true.’ The
    robbers, therefore, made him get on the horse, and handed him the stick
    and the cloak, and when he had put this round him he was no longer
    visible. Then he fell upon them with the stick and beat them one after
    another, crying, ‘There, you idle vagabonds, you have got what you
    deserve; are you satisfied now!’

    After this he rode up the glass mountain. When he reached the gate of
    the castle, he found it closed, but he gave it a blow with his stick,
    and it flew wide open at once and he passed through. He mounted the
    steps and entered the room where the maiden was sitting, with a golden
    goblet full of wine in front of her. She could not see him for he still
    wore his cloak. He took the ring which she had given him off his finger,
    and threw it into the goblet, so that it rang as it touched the bottom.
    ‘That is my own ring,’ she exclaimed, ‘and if that is so the man must
    also be here who is coming to set me free.’

    She sought for him about the castle, but could find him nowhere.
    Meanwhile he had gone outside again and mounted his horse and thrown off
    the cloak. When therefore she came to the castle gate she saw him, and
    cried aloud for joy. Then he dismounted and took her in his arms; and
    she kissed him, and said, ‘Now you have indeed set me free, and tomorrow
    we will celebrate our marriage.’

    THE GOLDEN GOOSE

    There was a man who had three sons, the youngest of whom was called
    Dummling,[*] and was despised, mocked, and sneered at on every occasion.

    [*] Simpleton

    It happened that the eldest wanted to go into the forest to hew wood,
    and before he went his mother gave him a beautiful sweet cake and a
    bottle of wine in order that he might not suffer from hunger or thirst.

    When he entered the forest he met a little grey-haired old man who bade
    him good day, and said: ‘Do give me a piece of cake out of your pocket,
    and let me have a draught of your wine; I am so hungry and thirsty.’ But
    the clever son answered: ‘If I give you my cake and wine, I shall have
    none for myself; be off with you,’ and he left the little man standing
    and went on.

    But when he began to hew down a tree, it was not long before he made a
    false stroke, and the axe cut him in the arm, so that he had to go home
    and have it bound up. And this was the little grey man’s doing.

    After this the second son went into the forest, and his mother gave him,
    like the eldest, a cake and a bottle of wine. The little old grey man
    met him likewise, and asked him for a piece of cake and a drink of wine.
    But the second son, too, said sensibly enough: ‘What I give you will be
    taken away from myself; be off!’ and he left the little man standing and
    went on. His punishment, however, was not delayed; when he had made a
    few blows at the tree he struck himself in the leg, so that he had to be
    carried home.

    Then Dummling said: ‘Father, do let me go and cut wood.’ The father
    answered: ‘Your brothers have hurt themselves with it, leave it alone,
    you do not understand anything about it.’ But Dummling begged so long
    that at last he said: ‘Just go then, you will get wiser by hurting
    yourself.’ His mother gave him a cake made with water and baked in the
    cinders, and with it a bottle of sour beer.

    When he came to the forest the little old grey man met him likewise,
    and greeting him, said: ‘Give me a piece of your cake and a drink out
    of your bottle; I am so hungry and thirsty.’ Dummling answered: ‘I have
    only cinder-cake and sour beer; if that pleases you, we will sit
    down and eat.’ So they sat down, and when Dummling pulled out his
    cinder-cake, it was a fine sweet cake, and the sour beer had become good
    wine. So they ate and drank, and after that the little man said: ‘Since
    you have a good heart, and are willing to divide what you have, I will
    give you good luck. There stands an old tree, cut it down, and you will
    find something at the roots.’ Then the little man took leave of him.

    Dummling went and cut down the tree, and when it fell there was a goose
    sitting in the roots with feathers of pure gold. He lifted her up, and
    taking her with him, went to an inn where he thought he would stay the
    night. Now the host had three daughters, who saw the goose and were
    curious to know what such a wonderful bird might be, and would have
    liked to have one of its golden feathers.

    The eldest thought: ‘I shall soon find an opportunity of pulling out a
    feather,’ and as soon as Dummling had gone out she seized the goose by
    the wing, but her finger and hand remained sticking fast to it.

    The second came soon afterwards, thinking only of how she might get a
    feather for herself, but she had scarcely touched her sister than she
    was held fast.

    At last the third also came with the like intent, and the others
    screamed out: ‘Keep away; for goodness’ sake keep away!’ But she did
    not understand why she was to keep away. ‘The others are there,’ she
    thought, ‘I may as well be there too,’ and ran to them; but as soon as
    she had touched her sister, she remained sticking fast to her. So they
    had to spend the night with the goose.

    The next morning Dummling took the goose under his arm and set out,
    without troubling himself about the three girls who were hanging on to
    it. They were obliged to run after him continually, now left, now right,
    wherever his legs took him.

    In the middle of the fields the parson met them, and when he saw the
    procession he said: ‘For shame, you good-for-nothing girls, why are you
    running across the fields after this young man? Is that seemly?’ At the
    same time he seized the youngest by the hand in order to pull her away,
    but as soon as he touched her he likewise stuck fast, and was himself
    obliged to run behind.

    Before long the sexton came by and saw his master, the parson, running
    behind three girls. He was astonished at this and called out: ‘Hi!
    your reverence, whither away so quickly? Do not forget that we have a
    christening today!’ and running after him he took him by the sleeve, but
    was also held fast to it.

    Whilst the five were trotting thus one behind the other, two labourers
    came with their hoes from the fields; the parson called out to them
    and begged that they would set him and the sexton free. But they had
    scarcely touched the sexton when they were held fast, and now there were
    seven of them running behind Dummling and the goose.

    Soon afterwards he came to a city, where a king ruled who had a daughter
    who was so serious that no one could make her laugh. So he had put forth
    a decree that whosoever should be able to make her laugh should marry
    her. When Dummling heard this, he went with his goose and all her train
    before the king’s daughter, and as soon as she saw the seven people
    running on and on, one behind the other, she began to laugh quite
    loudly, and as if she would never stop. Thereupon Dummling asked to have
    her for his wife; but the king did not like the son-in-law, and made all
    manner of excuses and said he must first produce a man who could drink
    a cellarful of wine. Dummling thought of the little grey man, who could
    certainly help him; so he went into the forest, and in the same place
    where he had felled the tree, he saw a man sitting, who had a very
    sorrowful face. Dummling asked him what he was taking to heart so
    sorely, and he answered: ‘I have such a great thirst and cannot quench
    it; cold water I cannot stand, a barrel of wine I have just emptied, but
    that to me is like a drop on a hot stone!’

    ‘There, I can help you,’ said Dummling, ‘just come with me and you shall
    be satisfied.’

    He led him into the king’s cellar, and the man bent over the huge
    barrels, and drank and drank till his loins hurt, and before the day was
    out he had emptied all the barrels. Then Dummling asked once more
    for his bride, but the king was vexed that such an ugly fellow, whom
    everyone called Dummling, should take away his daughter, and he made a
    new condition; he must first find a man who could eat a whole mountain
    of bread. Dummling did not think long, but went straight into the
    forest, where in the same place there sat a man who was tying up his
    body with a strap, and making an awful face, and saying: ‘I have eaten a
    whole ovenful of rolls, but what good is that when one has such a hunger
    as I? My stomach remains empty, and I must tie myself up if I am not to
    die of hunger.’

    At this Dummling was glad, and said: ‘Get up and come with me; you shall
    eat yourself full.’ He led him to the king’s palace where all the
    flour in the whole Kingdom was collected, and from it he caused a huge
    mountain of bread to be baked. The man from the forest stood before it,
    began to eat, and by the end of one day the whole mountain had vanished.
    Then Dummling for the third time asked for his bride; but the king again
    sought a way out, and ordered a ship which could sail on land and on
    water. ‘As soon as you come sailing back in it,’ said he, ‘you shall
    have my daughter for wife.’

    Dummling went straight into the forest, and there sat the little grey
    man to whom he had given his cake. When he heard what Dummling wanted,
    he said: ‘Since you have given me to eat and to drink, I will give you
    the ship; and I do all this because you once were kind to me.’ Then he
    gave him the ship which could sail on land and water, and when the king
    saw that, he could no longer prevent him from having his daughter. The
    wedding was celebrated, and after the king’s death, Dummling inherited
    his kingdom and lived for a long time contentedly with his wife.

    THE WATER OF LIFE

    Long before you or I were born, there reigned, in a country a great way
    off, a king who had three sons. This king once fell very ill–so ill
    that nobody thought he could live. His sons were very much grieved
    at their father’s sickness; and as they were walking together very
    mournfully in the garden of the palace, a little old man met them and
    asked what was the matter. They told him that their father was very ill,
    and that they were afraid nothing could save him. ‘I know what would,’
    said the little old man; ‘it is the Water of Life. If he could have a
    draught of it he would be well again; but it is very hard to get.’ Then
    the eldest son said, ‘I will soon find it’: and he went to the sick
    king, and begged that he might go in search of the Water of Life, as
    it was the only thing that could save him. ‘No,’ said the king. ‘I had
    rather die than place you in such great danger as you must meet with in
    your journey.’ But he begged so hard that the king let him go; and the
    prince thought to himself, ‘If I bring my father this water, he will
    make me sole heir to his kingdom.’

    Then he set out: and when he had gone on his way some time he came to a
    deep valley, overhung with rocks and woods; and as he looked around, he
    saw standing above him on one of the rocks a little ugly dwarf, with a
    sugarloaf cap and a scarlet cloak; and the dwarf called to him and said,
    ‘Prince, whither so fast?’ ‘What is that to thee, you ugly imp?’ said
    the prince haughtily, and rode on.

    But the dwarf was enraged at his behaviour, and laid a fairy spell
    of ill-luck upon him; so that as he rode on the mountain pass became
    narrower and narrower, and at last the way was so straitened that he
    could not go to step forward: and when he thought to have turned his
    horse round and go back the way he came, he heard a loud laugh ringing
    round him, and found that the path was closed behind him, so that he was
    shut in all round. He next tried to get off his horse and make his way
    on foot, but again the laugh rang in his ears, and he found himself
    unable to move a step, and thus he was forced to abide spellbound.

    Meantime the old king was lingering on in daily hope of his son’s
    return, till at last the second son said, ‘Father, I will go in search
    of the Water of Life.’ For he thought to himself, ‘My brother is surely
    dead, and the kingdom will fall to me if I find the water.’ The king was
    at first very unwilling to let him go, but at last yielded to his wish.
    So he set out and followed the same road which his brother had done,
    and met with the same elf, who stopped him at the same spot in the
    mountains, saying, as before, ‘Prince, prince, whither so fast?’ ‘Mind
    your own affairs, busybody!’ said the prince scornfully, and rode on.

    But the dwarf put the same spell upon him as he put on his elder
    brother, and he, too, was at last obliged to take up his abode in the
    heart of the mountains. Thus it is with proud silly people, who think
    themselves above everyone else, and are too proud to ask or take advice.

    When the second prince had thus been gone a long time, the youngest son
    said he would go and search for the Water of Life, and trusted he should
    soon be able to make his father well again. So he set out, and the dwarf
    met him too at the same spot in the valley, among the mountains, and
    said, ‘Prince, whither so fast?’ And the prince said, ‘I am going in
    search of the Water of Life, because my father is ill, and like to die:
    can you help me? Pray be kind, and aid me if you can!’ ‘Do you know
    where it is to be found?’ asked the dwarf. ‘No,’ said the prince, ‘I do
    not. Pray tell me if you know.’ ‘Then as you have spoken to me kindly,
    and are wise enough to seek for advice, I will tell you how and where to
    go. The water you seek springs from a well in an enchanted castle; and,
    that you may be able to reach it in safety, I will give you an iron wand
    and two little loaves of bread; strike the iron door of the castle three
    times with the wand, and it will open: two hungry lions will be lying
    down inside gaping for their prey, but if you throw them the bread they
    will let you pass; then hasten on to the well, and take some of the
    Water of Life before the clock strikes twelve; for if you tarry longer
    the door will shut upon you for ever.’

    Then the prince thanked his little friend with the scarlet cloak for his
    friendly aid, and took the wand and the bread, and went travelling on
    and on, over sea and over land, till he came to his journey’s end, and
    found everything to be as the dwarf had told him. The door flew open at
    the third stroke of the wand, and when the lions were quieted he went on
    through the castle and came at length to a beautiful hall. Around it he
    saw several knights sitting in a trance; then he pulled off their rings
    and put them on his own fingers. In another room he saw on a table a
    sword and a loaf of bread, which he also took. Further on he came to a
    room where a beautiful young lady sat upon a couch; and she welcomed him
    joyfully, and said, if he would set her free from the spell that bound
    her, the kingdom should be his, if he would come back in a year and
    marry her. Then she told him that the well that held the Water of Life
    was in the palace gardens; and bade him make haste, and draw what he
    wanted before the clock struck twelve.

    He walked on; and as he walked through beautiful gardens he came to a
    delightful shady spot in which stood a couch; and he thought to himself,
    as he felt tired, that he would rest himself for a while, and gaze on
    the lovely scenes around him. So he laid himself down, and sleep
    fell upon him unawares, so that he did not wake up till the clock was
    striking a quarter to twelve. Then he sprang from the couch dreadfully
    frightened, ran to the well, filled a cup that was standing by him full
    of water, and hastened to get away in time. Just as he was going out of
    the iron door it struck twelve, and the door fell so quickly upon him
    that it snapped off a piece of his heel.

    When he found himself safe, he was overjoyed to think that he had got
    the Water of Life; and as he was going on his way homewards, he passed
    by the little dwarf, who, when he saw the sword and the loaf, said, ‘You
    have made a noble prize; with the sword you can at a blow slay whole
    armies, and the bread will never fail you.’ Then the prince thought
    to himself, ‘I cannot go home to my father without my brothers’; so he
    said, ‘My dear friend, cannot you tell me where my two brothers are, who
    set out in search of the Water of Life before me, and never came back?’
    ‘I have shut them up by a charm between two mountains,’ said the dwarf,
    ‘because they were proud and ill-behaved, and scorned to ask advice.’
    The prince begged so hard for his brothers, that the dwarf at last set
    them free, though unwillingly, saying, ‘Beware of them, for they have
    bad hearts.’ Their brother, however, was greatly rejoiced to see them,
    and told them all that had happened to him; how he had found the Water
    of Life, and had taken a cup full of it; and how he had set a beautiful
    princess free from a spell that bound her; and how she had engaged to
    wait a whole year, and then to marry him, and to give him the kingdom.

    Then they all three rode on together, and on their way home came to a
    country that was laid waste by war and a dreadful famine, so that it was
    feared all must die for want. But the prince gave the king of the land
    the bread, and all his kingdom ate of it. And he lent the king the
    wonderful sword, and he slew the enemy’s army with it; and thus the
    kingdom was once more in peace and plenty. In the same manner he
    befriended two other countries through which they passed on their way.

    When they came to the sea, they got into a ship and during their voyage
    the two eldest said to themselves, ‘Our brother has got the water which
    we could not find, therefore our father will forsake us and give him the
    kingdom, which is our right’; so they were full of envy and revenge, and
    agreed together how they could ruin him. Then they waited till he was
    fast asleep, and poured the Water of Life out of the cup, and took it
    for themselves, giving him bitter sea-water instead.

    When they came to their journey’s end, the youngest son brought his cup
    to the sick king, that he might drink and be healed. Scarcely, however,
    had he tasted the bitter sea-water when he became worse even than he was
    before; and then both the elder sons came in, and blamed the youngest
    for what they had done; and said that he wanted to poison their father,
    but that they had found the Water of Life, and had brought it with them.
    He no sooner began to drink of what they brought him, than he felt his
    sickness leave him, and was as strong and well as in his younger days.
    Then they went to their brother, and laughed at him, and said, ‘Well,
    brother, you found the Water of Life, did you? You have had the trouble
    and we shall have the reward. Pray, with all your cleverness, why did
    not you manage to keep your eyes open? Next year one of us will take
    away your beautiful princess, if you do not take care. You had better
    say nothing about this to our father, for he does not believe a word you
    say; and if you tell tales, you shall lose your life into the bargain:
    but be quiet, and we will let you off.’

    The old king was still very angry with his youngest son, and thought
    that he really meant to have taken away his life; so he called his court
    together, and asked what should be done, and all agreed that he ought to
    be put to death. The prince knew nothing of what was going on, till one
    day, when the king’s chief huntsmen went a-hunting with him, and they
    were alone in the wood together, the huntsman looked so sorrowful that
    the prince said, ‘My friend, what is the matter with you?’ ‘I cannot and
    dare not tell you,’ said he. But the prince begged very hard, and said,
    ‘Only tell me what it is, and do not think I shall be angry, for I will
    forgive you.’ ‘Alas!’ said the huntsman; ‘the king has ordered me to
    shoot you.’ The prince started at this, and said, ‘Let me live, and I
    will change dresses with you; you shall take my royal coat to show to my
    father, and do you give me your shabby one.’ ‘With all my heart,’ said
    the huntsman; ‘I am sure I shall be glad to save you, for I could not
    have shot you.’ Then he took the prince’s coat, and gave him the shabby
    one, and went away through the wood.

    Some time after, three grand embassies came to the old king’s court,
    with rich gifts of gold and precious stones for his youngest son; now
    all these were sent from the three kings to whom he had lent his sword
    and loaf of bread, in order to rid them of their enemy and feed their
    people. This touched the old king’s heart, and he thought his son might
    still be guiltless, and said to his court, ‘O that my son were still
    alive! how it grieves me that I had him killed!’ ‘He is still alive,’
    said the huntsman; ‘and I am glad that I had pity on him, but let him
    go in peace, and brought home his royal coat.’ At this the king was
    overwhelmed with joy, and made it known throughout all his kingdom, that
    if his son would come back to his court he would forgive him.

    Meanwhile the princess was eagerly waiting till her deliverer should
    come back; and had a road made leading up to her palace all of shining
    gold; and told her courtiers that whoever came on horseback, and rode
    straight up to the gate upon it, was her true lover; and that they must
    let him in: but whoever rode on one side of it, they must be sure was
    not the right one; and that they must send him away at once.

    The time soon came, when the eldest brother thought that he would make
    haste to go to the princess, and say that he was the one who had set
    her free, and that he should have her for his wife, and the kingdom with
    her. As he came before the palace and saw the golden road, he stopped to
    look at it, and he thought to himself, ‘It is a pity to ride upon this
    beautiful road’; so he turned aside and rode on the right-hand side of
    it. But when he came to the gate, the guards, who had seen the road
    he took, said to him, he could not be what he said he was, and must go
    about his business.

    The second prince set out soon afterwards on the same errand; and when
    he came to the golden road, and his horse had set one foot upon it,
    he stopped to look at it, and thought it very beautiful, and said to
    himself, ‘What a pity it is that anything should tread here!’ Then he
    too turned aside and rode on the left side of it. But when he came to
    the gate the guards said he was not the true prince, and that he too
    must go away about his business; and away he went.

    Now when the full year was come round, the third brother left the forest
    in which he had lain hid for fear of his father’s anger, and set out in
    search of his betrothed bride. So he journeyed on, thinking of her all
    the way, and rode so quickly that he did not even see what the road was
    made of, but went with his horse straight over it; and as he came to the
    gate it flew open, and the princess welcomed him with joy, and said
    he was her deliverer, and should now be her husband and lord of the
    kingdom. When the first joy at their meeting was over, the princess told
    him she had heard of his father having forgiven him, and of his wish to
    have him home again: so, before his wedding with the princess, he went
    to visit his father, taking her with him. Then he told him everything;
    how his brothers had cheated and robbed him, and yet that he had borne
    all those wrongs for the love of his father. And the old king was very
    angry, and wanted to punish his wicked sons; but they made their escape,
    and got into a ship and sailed away over the wide sea, and where they
    went to nobody knew and nobody cared.

    And now the old king gathered together his court, and asked all his
    kingdom to come and celebrate the wedding of his son and the princess.
    And young and old, noble and squire, gentle and simple, came at once
    on the summons; and among the rest came the friendly dwarf, with the
    sugarloaf hat, and a new scarlet cloak.

    And the wedding was held, and the merry bells run.
    And all the good people they danced and they sung,
    And feasted and frolick’d I can’t tell how long.

    THE TWELVE HUNTSMEN

    There was once a king’s son who had a bride whom he loved very much. And
    when he was sitting beside her and very happy, news came that his father
    lay sick unto death, and desired to see him once again before his end.
    Then he said to his beloved: ‘I must now go and leave you, I give you
    a ring as a remembrance of me. When I am king, I will return and fetch
    you.’ So he rode away, and when he reached his father, the latter was
    dangerously ill, and near his death. He said to him: ‘Dear son, I wished
    to see you once again before my end, promise me to marry as I wish,’ and
    he named a certain king’s daughter who was to be his wife. The son was
    in such trouble that he did not think what he was doing, and said: ‘Yes,
    dear father, your will shall be done,’ and thereupon the king shut his
    eyes, and died.

    When therefore the son had been proclaimed king, and the time of
    mourning was over, he was forced to keep the promise which he had given
    his father, and caused the king’s daughter to be asked in marriage, and
    she was promised to him. His first betrothed heard of this, and fretted
    so much about his faithfulness that she nearly died. Then her father
    said to her: ‘Dearest child, why are you so sad? You shall have
    whatsoever you will.’ She thought for a moment and said: ‘Dear father,
    I wish for eleven girls exactly like myself in face, figure, and size.’
    The father said: ‘If it be possible, your desire shall be fulfilled,’
    and he caused a search to be made in his whole kingdom, until eleven
    young maidens were found who exactly resembled his daughter in face,
    figure, and size.

    When they came to the king’s daughter, she had twelve suits of
    huntsmen’s clothes made, all alike, and the eleven maidens had to put
    on the huntsmen’s clothes, and she herself put on the twelfth suit.
    Thereupon she took her leave of her father, and rode away with them,
    and rode to the court of her former betrothed, whom she loved so dearly.
    Then she asked if he required any huntsmen, and if he would take all of
    them into his service. The king looked at her and did not know her, but
    as they were such handsome fellows, he said: ‘Yes,’ and that he would
    willingly take them, and now they were the king’s twelve huntsmen.

    The king, however, had a lion which was a wondrous animal, for he knew
    all concealed and secret things. It came to pass that one evening he
    said to the king: ‘You think you have twelve huntsmen?’ ‘Yes,’ said the
    king, ‘they are twelve huntsmen.’ The lion continued: ‘You are mistaken,
    they are twelve girls.’ The king said: ‘That cannot be true! How
    will you prove that to me?’ ‘Oh, just let some peas be strewn in the
    ante-chamber,’ answered the lion, ‘and then you will soon see. Men have
    a firm step, and when they walk over peas none of them stir, but girls
    trip and skip, and drag their feet, and the peas roll about.’ The king
    was well pleased with the counsel, and caused the peas to be strewn.

    There was, however, a servant of the king’s who favoured the huntsmen,
    and when he heard that they were going to be put to this test he went to
    them and repeated everything, and said: ‘The lion wants to make the king
    believe that you are girls.’ Then the king’s daughter thanked him, and
    said to her maidens: ‘Show some strength, and step firmly on the peas.’
    So next morning when the king had the twelve huntsmen called before
    him, and they came into the ante-chamber where the peas were lying, they
    stepped so firmly on them, and had such a strong, sure walk, that not
    one of the peas either rolled or stirred. Then they went away again,
    and the king said to the lion: ‘You have lied to me, they walk just like
    men.’ The lion said: ‘They have been informed that they were going to
    be put to the test, and have assumed some strength. Just let twelve
    spinning-wheels be brought into the ante-chamber, and they will go to
    them and be pleased with them, and that is what no man would do.’
    The king liked the advice, and had the spinning-wheels placed in the
    ante-chamber.

    But the servant, who was well disposed to the huntsmen, went to them,
    and disclosed the project. So when they were alone the king’s daughter
    said to her eleven girls: ‘Show some constraint, and do not look round
    at the spinning-wheels.’ And next morning when the king had his twelve
    huntsmen summoned, they went through the ante-chamber, and never once
    looked at the spinning-wheels. Then the king again said to the lion:
    ‘You have deceived me, they are men, for they have not looked at the
    spinning-wheels.’ The lion replied: ‘They have restrained themselves.’
    The king, however, would no longer believe the lion.

    The twelve huntsmen always followed the king to the chase, and his
    liking for them continually increased. Now it came to pass that
    once when they were out hunting, news came that the king’s bride was
    approaching. When the true bride heard that, it hurt her so much that
    her heart was almost broken, and she fell fainting to the ground. The
    king thought something had happened to his dear huntsman, ran up to him,
    wanted to help him, and drew his glove off. Then he saw the ring which
    he had given to his first bride, and when he looked in her face he
    recognized her. Then his heart was so touched that he kissed her, and
    when she opened her eyes he said: ‘You are mine, and I am yours, and
    no one in the world can alter that.’ He sent a messenger to the other
    bride, and entreated her to return to her own kingdom, for he had a wife
    already, and someone who had just found an old key did not require a new
    one. Thereupon the wedding was celebrated, and the lion was again taken
    into favour, because, after all, he had told the truth.

    THE KING OF THE GOLDEN MOUNTAIN

    There was once a merchant who had only one child, a son, that was very
    young, and barely able to run alone. He had two richly laden ships then
    making a voyage upon the seas, in which he had embarked all his wealth,
    in the hope of making great gains, when the news came that both were
    lost. Thus from being a rich man he became all at once so very poor that
    nothing was left to him but one small plot of land; and there he often
    went in an evening to take his walk, and ease his mind of a little of
    his trouble.

    One day, as he was roaming along in a brown study, thinking with no
    great comfort on what he had been and what he now was, and was like
    to be, all on a sudden there stood before him a little, rough-looking,
    black dwarf. ‘Prithee, friend, why so sorrowful?’ said he to the
    merchant; ‘what is it you take so deeply to heart?’ ‘If you would do me
    any good I would willingly tell you,’ said the merchant. ‘Who knows but
    I may?’ said the little man: ‘tell me what ails you, and perhaps you
    will find I may be of some use.’ Then the merchant told him how all his
    wealth was gone to the bottom of the sea, and how he had nothing left
    but that little plot of land. ‘Oh, trouble not yourself about that,’
    said the dwarf; ‘only undertake to bring me here, twelve years hence,
    whatever meets you first on your going home, and I will give you as much
    as you please.’ The merchant thought this was no great thing to ask;
    that it would most likely be his dog or his cat, or something of that
    sort, but forgot his little boy Heinel; so he agreed to the bargain, and
    signed and sealed the bond to do what was asked of him.

    But as he drew near home, his little boy was so glad to see him that he
    crept behind him, and laid fast hold of his legs, and looked up in
    his face and laughed. Then the father started, trembling with fear and
    horror, and saw what it was that he had bound himself to do; but as no
    gold was come, he made himself easy by thinking that it was only a joke
    that the dwarf was playing him, and that, at any rate, when the money
    came, he should see the bearer, and would not take it in.

    About a month afterwards he went upstairs into a lumber-room to look
    for some old iron, that he might sell it and raise a little money; and
    there, instead of his iron, he saw a large pile of gold lying on the
    floor. At the sight of this he was overjoyed, and forgetting all about
    his son, went into trade again, and became a richer merchant than
    before.

    Meantime little Heinel grew up, and as the end of the twelve years drew
    near the merchant began to call to mind his bond, and became very sad
    and thoughtful; so that care and sorrow were written upon his face. The
    boy one day asked what was the matter, but his father would not tell for
    some time; at last, however, he said that he had, without knowing it,
    sold him for gold to a little, ugly-looking, black dwarf, and that the
    twelve years were coming round when he must keep his word. Then Heinel
    said, ‘Father, give yourself very little trouble about that; I shall be
    too much for the little man.’

    When the time came, the father and son went out together to the place
    agreed upon: and the son drew a circle on the ground, and set himself
    and his father in the middle of it. The little black dwarf soon came,
    and walked round and round about the circle, but could not find any way
    to get into it, and he either could not, or dared not, jump over it. At
    last the boy said to him. ‘Have you anything to say to us, my friend, or
    what do you want?’ Now Heinel had found a friend in a good fairy, that
    was fond of him, and had told him what to do; for this fairy knew what
    good luck was in store for him. ‘Have you brought me what you said you
    would?’ said the dwarf to the merchant. The old man held his tongue, but
    Heinel said again, ‘What do you want here?’ The dwarf said, ‘I come to
    talk with your father, not with you.’ ‘You have cheated and taken in my
    father,’ said the son; ‘pray give him up his bond at once.’ ‘Fair and
    softly,’ said the little old man; ‘right is right; I have paid my money,
    and your father has had it, and spent it; so be so good as to let me
    have what I paid it for.’ ‘You must have my consent to that first,’ said
    Heinel, ‘so please to step in here, and let us talk it over.’ The old
    man grinned, and showed his teeth, as if he should have been very glad
    to get into the circle if he could. Then at last, after a long talk,
    they came to terms. Heinel agreed that his father must give him up, and
    that so far the dwarf should have his way: but, on the other hand, the
    fairy had told Heinel what fortune was in store for him, if he followed
    his own course; and he did not choose to be given up to his hump-backed
    friend, who seemed so anxious for his company.

    So, to make a sort of drawn battle of the matter, it was settled that
    Heinel should be put into an open boat, that lay on the sea-shore hard
    by; that the father should push him off with his own hand, and that he
    should thus be set adrift, and left to the bad or good luck of wind and
    weather. Then he took leave of his father, and set himself in the boat,
    but before it got far off a wave struck it, and it fell with one side
    low in the water, so the merchant thought that poor Heinel was lost, and
    went home very sorrowful, while the dwarf went his way, thinking that at
    any rate he had had his revenge.

    The boat, however, did not sink, for the good fairy took care of her
    friend, and soon raised the boat up again, and it went safely on. The
    young man sat safe within, till at length it ran ashore upon an unknown
    land. As he jumped upon the shore he saw before him a beautiful castle
    but empty and dreary within, for it was enchanted. ‘Here,’ said he to
    himself, ‘must I find the prize the good fairy told me of.’ So he once
    more searched the whole palace through, till at last he found a white
    snake, lying coiled up on a cushion in one of the chambers.

    Now the white snake was an enchanted princess; and she was very glad
    to see him, and said, ‘Are you at last come to set me free? Twelve
    long years have I waited here for the fairy to bring you hither as she
    promised, for you alone can save me. This night twelve men will come:
    their faces will be black, and they will be dressed in chain armour.
    They will ask what you do here, but give no answer; and let them do
    what they will–beat, whip, pinch, prick, or torment you–bear all; only
    speak not a word, and at twelve o’clock they must go away. The second
    night twelve others will come: and the third night twenty-four, who
    will even cut off your head; but at the twelfth hour of that night their
    power is gone, and I shall be free, and will come and bring you the
    Water of Life, and will wash you with it, and bring you back to life
    and health.’ And all came to pass as she had said; Heinel bore all, and
    spoke not a word; and the third night the princess came, and fell on his
    neck and kissed him. Joy and gladness burst forth throughout the castle,
    the wedding was celebrated, and he was crowned king of the Golden
    Mountain.

    They lived together very happily, and the queen had a son. And thus
    eight years had passed over their heads, when the king thought of his
    father; and he began to long to see him once again. But the queen was
    against his going, and said, ‘I know well that misfortunes will come
    upon us if you go.’ However, he gave her no rest till she agreed. At his
    going away she gave him a wishing-ring, and said, ‘Take this ring, and
    put it on your finger; whatever you wish it will bring you; only promise
    never to make use of it to bring me hence to your father’s house.’ Then
    he said he would do what she asked, and put the ring on his finger, and
    wished himself near the town where his father lived.

    Heinel found himself at the gates in a moment; but the guards would
    not let him go in, because he was so strangely clad. So he went up to a
    neighbouring hill, where a shepherd dwelt, and borrowed his old frock,
    and thus passed unknown into the town. When he came to his father’s
    house, he said he was his son; but the merchant would not believe him,
    and said he had had but one son, his poor Heinel, who he knew was long
    since dead: and as he was only dressed like a poor shepherd, he would
    not even give him anything to eat. The king, however, still vowed that
    he was his son, and said, ‘Is there no mark by which you would know me
    if I am really your son?’ ‘Yes,’ said his mother, ‘our Heinel had a mark
    like a raspberry on his right arm.’ Then he showed them the mark, and
    they knew that what he had said was true.

    He next told them how he was king of the Golden Mountain, and was
    married to a princess, and had a son seven years old. But the merchant
    said, ‘that can never be true; he must be a fine king truly who travels
    about in a shepherd’s frock!’ At this the son was vexed; and forgetting
    his word, turned his ring, and wished for his queen and son. In an
    instant they stood before him; but the queen wept, and said he had
    broken his word, and bad luck would follow. He did all he could to
    soothe her, and she at last seemed to be appeased; but she was not so in
    truth, and was only thinking how she should punish him.

    One day he took her to walk with him out of the town, and showed her
    the spot where the boat was set adrift upon the wide waters. Then he sat
    himself down, and said, ‘I am very much tired; sit by me, I will rest my
    head in your lap, and sleep a while.’ As soon as he had fallen asleep,
    however, she drew the ring from his finger, and crept softly away, and
    wished herself and her son at home in their kingdom. And when he awoke
    he found himself alone, and saw that the ring was gone from his finger.
    ‘I can never go back to my father’s house,’ said he; ‘they would say I
    am a sorcerer: I will journey forth into the world, till I come again to
    my kingdom.’

    So saying he set out and travelled till he came to a hill, where three
    giants were sharing their father’s goods; and as they saw him pass they
    cried out and said, ‘Little men have sharp wits; he shall part the goods
    between us.’ Now there was a sword that cut off an enemy’s head whenever
    the wearer gave the words, ‘Heads off!’; a cloak that made the owner
    invisible, or gave him any form he pleased; and a pair of boots that
    carried the wearer wherever he wished. Heinel said they must first let
    him try these wonderful things, then he might know how to set a value
    upon them. Then they gave him the cloak, and he wished himself a fly,
    and in a moment he was a fly. ‘The cloak is very well,’ said he: ‘now
    give me the sword.’ ‘No,’ said they; ‘not unless you undertake not to
    say, “Heads off!” for if you do we are all dead men.’ So they gave it
    him, charging him to try it on a tree. He next asked for the boots also;
    and the moment he had all three in his power, he wished himself at
    the Golden Mountain; and there he was at once. So the giants were left
    behind with no goods to share or quarrel about.

    As Heinel came near his castle he heard the sound of merry music; and
    the people around told him that his queen was about to marry another
    husband. Then he threw his cloak around him, and passed through the
    castle hall, and placed himself by the side of the queen, where no one
    saw him. But when anything to eat was put upon her plate, he took it
    away and ate it himself; and when a glass of wine was handed to her, he
    took it and drank it; and thus, though they kept on giving her meat and
    drink, her plate and cup were always empty.

    Upon this, fear and remorse came over her, and she went into her chamber
    alone, and sat there weeping; and he followed her there. ‘Alas!’ said
    she to herself, ‘was I not once set free? Why then does this enchantment
    still seem to bind me?’

    ‘False and fickle one!’ said he. ‘One indeed came who set thee free, and
    he is now near thee again; but how have you used him? Ought he to
    have had such treatment from thee?’ Then he went out and sent away the
    company, and said the wedding was at an end, for that he was come back
    to the kingdom. But the princes, peers, and great men mocked at him.
    However, he would enter into no parley with them, but only asked them
    if they would go in peace or not. Then they turned upon him and tried
    to seize him; but he drew his sword. ‘Heads Off!’ cried he; and with the
    word the traitors’ heads fell before him, and Heinel was once more king
    of the Golden Mountain.

    DOCTOR KNOWALL

    There was once upon a time a poor peasant called Crabb, who drove with
    two oxen a load of wood to the town, and sold it to a doctor for two
    talers. When the money was being counted out to him, it so happened that
    the doctor was sitting at table, and when the peasant saw how well he
    ate and drank, his heart desired what he saw, and would willingly
    have been a doctor too. So he remained standing a while, and at length
    inquired if he too could not be a doctor. ‘Oh, yes,’ said the doctor,
    ‘that is soon managed.’ ‘What must I do?’ asked the peasant. ‘In the
    first place buy yourself an A B C book of the kind which has a cock on
    the frontispiece; in the second, turn your cart and your two oxen into
    money, and get yourself some clothes, and whatsoever else pertains to
    medicine; thirdly, have a sign painted for yourself with the words: “I
    am Doctor Knowall,” and have that nailed up above your house-door.’ The
    peasant did everything that he had been told to do. When he had doctored
    people awhile, but not long, a rich and great lord had some money
    stolen. Then he was told about Doctor Knowall who lived in such and such
    a village, and must know what had become of the money. So the lord had
    the horses harnessed to his carriage, drove out to the village, and
    asked Crabb if he were Doctor Knowall. Yes, he was, he said. Then he was
    to go with him and bring back the stolen money. ‘Oh, yes, but Grete, my
    wife, must go too.’ The lord was willing, and let both of them have a
    seat in the carriage, and they all drove away together. When they came
    to the nobleman’s castle, the table was spread, and Crabb was told to
    sit down and eat. ‘Yes, but my wife, Grete, too,’ said he, and he seated
    himself with her at the table. And when the first servant came with a
    dish of delicate fare, the peasant nudged his wife, and said: ‘Grete,
    that was the first,’ meaning that was the servant who brought the first
    dish. The servant, however, thought he intended by that to say: ‘That is
    the first thief,’ and as he actually was so, he was terrified, and said
    to his comrade outside: ‘The doctor knows all: we shall fare ill, he
    said I was the first.’ The second did not want to go in at all, but was
    forced. So when he went in with his dish, the peasant nudged his wife,
    and said: ‘Grete, that is the second.’ This servant was equally alarmed,
    and he got out as fast as he could. The third fared no better, for the
    peasant again said: ‘Grete, that is the third.’ The fourth had to carry
    in a dish that was covered, and the lord told the doctor that he was to
    show his skill, and guess what was beneath the cover. Actually, there
    were crabs. The doctor looked at the dish, had no idea what to say, and
    cried: ‘Ah, poor Crabb.’ When the lord heard that, he cried: ‘There! he
    knows it; he must also know who has the money!’

    On this the servants looked terribly uneasy, and made a sign to the
    doctor that they wished him to step outside for a moment. When therefore
    he went out, all four of them confessed to him that they had stolen
    the money, and said that they would willingly restore it and give him a
    heavy sum into the bargain, if he would not denounce them, for if he
    did they would be hanged. They led him to the spot where the money was
    concealed. With this the doctor was satisfied, and returned to the hall,
    sat down to the table, and said: ‘My lord, now will I search in my book
    where the gold is hidden.’ The fifth servant, however, crept into the
    stove to hear if the doctor knew still more. But the doctor sat still
    and opened his A B C book, turned the pages backwards and forwards, and
    looked for the cock. As he could not find it immediately he said: ‘I
    know you are there, so you had better come out!’ Then the fellow in the
    stove thought that the doctor meant him, and full of terror, sprang out,
    crying: ‘That man knows everything!’ Then Doctor Knowall showed the lord
    where the money was, but did not say who had stolen it, and received
    from both sides much money in reward, and became a renowned man.

    THE SEVEN RAVENS

    There was once a man who had seven sons, and last of all one daughter.
    Although the little girl was very pretty, she was so weak and small that
    they thought she could not live; but they said she should at once be
    christened.

    So the father sent one of his sons in haste to the spring to get some
    water, but the other six ran with him. Each wanted to be first at
    drawing the water, and so they were in such a hurry that all let their
    pitchers fall into the well, and they stood very foolishly looking at
    one another, and did not know what to do, for none dared go home. In the
    meantime the father was uneasy, and could not tell what made the
    young men stay so long. ‘Surely,’ said he, ‘the whole seven must have
    forgotten themselves over some game of play’; and when he had waited
    still longer and they yet did not come, he flew into a rage and wished
    them all turned into ravens. Scarcely had he spoken these words when he
    heard a croaking over his head, and looked up and saw seven ravens as
    black as coal flying round and round. Sorry as he was to see his wish
    so fulfilled, he did not know how what was done could be undone, and
    comforted himself as well as he could for the loss of his seven sons
    with his dear little daughter, who soon became stronger and every day
    more beautiful.

    For a long time she did not know that she had ever had any brothers; for
    her father and mother took care not to speak of them before her: but one
    day by chance she heard the people about her speak of them. ‘Yes,’ said
    they, ‘she is beautiful indeed, but still ‘tis a pity that her brothers
    should have been lost for her sake.’ Then she was much grieved, and went
    to her father and mother, and asked if she had any brothers, and what
    had become of them. So they dared no longer hide the truth from her, but
    said it was the will of Heaven, and that her birth was only the innocent
    cause of it; but the little girl mourned sadly about it every day, and
    thought herself bound to do all she could to bring her brothers back;
    and she had neither rest nor ease, till at length one day she stole
    away, and set out into the wide world to find her brothers, wherever
    they might be, and free them, whatever it might cost her.

    She took nothing with her but a little ring which her father and mother
    had given her, a loaf of bread in case she should be hungry, a little
    pitcher of water in case she should be thirsty, and a little stool
    to rest upon when she should be weary. Thus she went on and on, and
    journeyed till she came to the world’s end; then she came to the sun,
    but the sun looked much too hot and fiery; so she ran away quickly to
    the moon, but the moon was cold and chilly, and said, ‘I smell flesh
    and blood this way!’ so she took herself away in a hurry and came to the
    stars, and the stars were friendly and kind to her, and each star sat
    upon his own little stool; but the morning star rose up and gave her a
    little piece of wood, and said, ‘If you have not this little piece of
    wood, you cannot unlock the castle that stands on the glass-mountain,
    and there your brothers live.’ The little girl took the piece of wood,
    rolled it up in a little cloth, and went on again until she came to the
    glass-mountain, and found the door shut. Then she felt for the little
    piece of wood; but when she unwrapped the cloth it was not there, and
    she saw she had lost the gift of the good stars. What was to be done?
    She wanted to save her brothers, and had no key of the castle of the
    glass-mountain; so this faithful little sister took a knife out of her
    pocket and cut off her little finger, that was just the size of the
    piece of wood she had lost, and put it in the door and opened it.

    As she went in, a little dwarf came up to her, and said, ‘What are you
    seeking for?’ ‘I seek for my brothers, the seven ravens,’ answered she.
    Then the dwarf said, ‘My masters are not at home; but if you will wait
    till they come, pray step in.’ Now the little dwarf was getting their
    dinner ready, and he brought their food upon seven little plates, and
    their drink in seven little glasses, and set them upon the table, and
    out of each little plate their sister ate a small piece, and out of each
    little glass she drank a small drop; but she let the ring that she had
    brought with her fall into the last glass.

    On a sudden she heard a fluttering and croaking in the air, and the
    dwarf said, ‘Here come my masters.’ When they came in, they wanted to
    eat and drink, and looked for their little plates and glasses. Then said
    one after the other,

    ‘Who has eaten from my little plate? And who has been drinking out of my
    little glass?’

    ‘Caw! Caw! well I ween
    Mortal lips have this way been.’

    When the seventh came to the bottom of his glass, and found there the
    ring, he looked at it, and knew that it was his father’s and mother’s,
    and said, ‘O that our little sister would but come! then we should be
    free.’ When the little girl heard this (for she stood behind the door
    all the time and listened), she ran forward, and in an instant all
    the ravens took their right form again; and all hugged and kissed each
    other, and went merrily home.

    THE WEDDING OF MRS FOX

    FIRST STORY

    There was once upon a time an old fox with nine tails, who believed that
    his wife was not faithful to him, and wished to put her to the test. He
    stretched himself out under the bench, did not move a limb, and behaved
    as if he were stone dead. Mrs Fox went up to her room, shut herself in,
    and her maid, Miss Cat, sat by the fire, and did the cooking. When it
    became known that the old fox was dead, suitors presented themselves.
    The maid heard someone standing at the house-door, knocking. She went
    and opened it, and it was a young fox, who said:

    ‘What may you be about, Miss Cat?
    Do you sleep or do you wake?’

    She answered:

    ‘I am not sleeping, I am waking,
    Would you know what I am making?
    I am boiling warm beer with butter,
    Will you be my guest for supper?’

    ‘No, thank you, miss,’ said the fox, ‘what is Mrs Fox doing?’ The maid
    replied:

    ‘She is sitting in her room,
    Moaning in her gloom,
    Weeping her little eyes quite red,
    Because old Mr Fox is dead.’

    ‘Do just tell her, miss, that a young fox is here, who would like to woo
    her.’ ‘Certainly, young sir.’

    The cat goes up the stairs trip, trap,
    The door she knocks at tap, tap, tap,
    ‘Mistress Fox, are you inside?’
    ‘Oh, yes, my little cat,’ she cried.
    ‘A wooer he stands at the door out there.’
    ‘What does he look like, my dear?’

    ‘Has he nine as beautiful tails as the late Mr Fox?’ ‘Oh, no,’ answered
    the cat, ‘he has only one.’ ‘Then I will not have him.’

    Miss Cat went downstairs and sent the wooer away. Soon afterwards there
    was another knock, and another fox was at the door who wished to woo Mrs
    Fox. He had two tails, but he did not fare better than the first. After
    this still more came, each with one tail more than the other, but they
    were all turned away, until at last one came who had nine tails, like
    old Mr Fox. When the widow heard that, she said joyfully to the cat:

    ‘Now open the gates and doors all wide,
    And carry old Mr Fox outside.’

    But just as the wedding was going to be solemnized, old Mr Fox stirred
    under the bench, and cudgelled all the rabble, and drove them and Mrs
    Fox out of the house.

    SECOND STORY

    When old Mr Fox was dead, the wolf came as a suitor, and knocked at the
    door, and the cat who was servant to Mrs Fox, opened it for him. The
    wolf greeted her, and said:

    ‘Good day, Mrs Cat of Kehrewit,
    How comes it that alone you sit?
    What are you making good?’

    The cat replied:

    ‘In milk I’m breaking bread so sweet,
    Will you be my guest, and eat?’

    ‘No, thank you, Mrs Cat,’ answered the wolf. ‘Is Mrs Fox not at home?’

    The cat said:

    ‘She sits upstairs in her room,
    Bewailing her sorrowful doom,
    Bewailing her trouble so sore,
    For old Mr Fox is no more.’

    The wolf answered:

    ‘If she’s in want of a husband now,
    Then will it please her to step below?’
    The cat runs quickly up the stair,
    And lets her tail fly here and there,
    Until she comes to the parlour door.
    With her five gold rings at the door she knocks:
    ‘Are you within, good Mistress Fox?
    If you’re in want of a husband now,
    Then will it please you to step below?

    Mrs Fox asked: ‘Has the gentleman red stockings on, and has he a pointed
    mouth?’ ‘No,’ answered the cat. ‘Then he won’t do for me.’

    When the wolf was gone, came a dog, a stag, a hare, a bear, a lion, and
    all the beasts of the forest, one after the other. But one of the good
    qualities which old Mr Fox had possessed, was always lacking, and the
    cat had continually to send the suitors away. At length came a young
    fox. Then Mrs Fox said: ‘Has the gentleman red stockings on, and has a
    little pointed mouth?’ ‘Yes,’ said the cat, ‘he has.’ ‘Then let him come
    upstairs,’ said Mrs Fox, and ordered the servant to prepare the wedding
    feast.

    ‘Sweep me the room as clean as you can,
    Up with the window, fling out my old man!
    For many a fine fat mouse he brought,
    Yet of his wife he never thought,
    But ate up every one he caught.’

    Then the wedding was solemnized with young Mr Fox, and there was much
    rejoicing and dancing; and if they have not left off, they are dancing
    still.

    THE SALAD

    As a merry young huntsman was once going briskly along through a wood,
    there came up a little old woman, and said to him, ‘Good day, good day;
    you seem merry enough, but I am hungry and thirsty; do pray give me
    something to eat.’ The huntsman took pity on her, and put his hand in
    his pocket and gave her what he had. Then he wanted to go his way; but
    she took hold of him, and said, ‘Listen, my friend, to what I am going
    to tell you; I will reward you for your kindness; go your way, and after
    a little time you will come to a tree where you will see nine birds
    sitting on a cloak. Shoot into the midst of them, and one will fall down
    dead: the cloak will fall too; take it, it is a wishing-cloak, and when
    you wear it you will find yourself at any place where you may wish to
    be. Cut open the dead bird, take out its heart and keep it, and you will
    find a piece of gold under your pillow every morning when you rise. It
    is the bird’s heart that will bring you this good luck.’

    The huntsman thanked her, and thought to himself, ‘If all this does
    happen, it will be a fine thing for me.’ When he had gone a hundred
    steps or so, he heard a screaming and chirping in the branches over him,
    and looked up and saw a flock of birds pulling a cloak with their bills
    and feet; screaming, fighting, and tugging at each other as if
    each wished to have it himself. ‘Well,’ said the huntsman, ‘this is
    wonderful; this happens just as the old woman said’; then he shot into
    the midst of them so that their feathers flew all about. Off went the
    flock chattering away; but one fell down dead, and the cloak with it.
    Then the huntsman did as the old woman told him, cut open the bird, took
    out the heart, and carried the cloak home with him.

    The next morning when he awoke he lifted up his pillow, and there lay
    the piece of gold glittering underneath; the same happened next day, and
    indeed every day when he arose. He heaped up a great deal of gold, and
    at last thought to himself, ‘Of what use is this gold to me whilst I am
    at home? I will go out into the world and look about me.’

    Then he took leave of his friends, and hung his bag and bow about his
    neck, and went his way. It so happened that his road one day led through
    a thick wood, at the end of which was a large castle in a green meadow,
    and at one of the windows stood an old woman with a very beautiful young
    lady by her side looking about them. Now the old woman was a witch, and
    said to the young lady, ‘There is a young man coming out of the wood who
    carries a wonderful prize; we must get it away from him, my dear child,
    for it is more fit for us than for him. He has a bird’s heart that
    brings a piece of gold under his pillow every morning.’ Meantime the
    huntsman came nearer and looked at the lady, and said to himself, ‘I
    have been travelling so long that I should like to go into this castle
    and rest myself, for I have money enough to pay for anything I want’;
    but the real reason was, that he wanted to see more of the beautiful
    lady. Then he went into the house, and was welcomed kindly; and it was
    not long before he was so much in love that he thought of nothing else
    but looking at the lady’s eyes, and doing everything that she wished.
    Then the old woman said, ‘Now is the time for getting the bird’s heart.’
    So the lady stole it away, and he never found any more gold under his
    pillow, for it lay now under the young lady’s, and the old woman took it
    away every morning; but he was so much in love that he never missed his
    prize.

    ‘Well,’ said the old witch, ‘we have got the bird’s heart, but not the
    wishing-cloak yet, and that we must also get.’ ‘Let us leave him that,’
    said the young lady; ‘he has already lost his wealth.’ Then the witch
    was very angry, and said, ‘Such a cloak is a very rare and wonderful
    thing, and I must and will have it.’ So she did as the old woman told
    her, and set herself at the window, and looked about the country and
    seemed very sorrowful; then the huntsman said, ‘What makes you so sad?’
    ‘Alas! dear sir,’ said she, ‘yonder lies the granite rock where all the
    costly diamonds grow, and I want so much to go there, that whenever I
    think of it I cannot help being sorrowful, for who can reach it? only
    the birds and the flies–man cannot.’ ‘If that’s all your grief,’ said
    the huntsman, ‘I’ll take you there with all my heart’; so he drew her under
    his cloak, and the moment he wished to be on the granite mountain they
    were both there. The diamonds glittered so on all sides that they were
    delighted with the sight and picked up the finest. But the old witch
    made a deep sleep come upon him, and he said to the young lady, ‘Let us
    sit down and rest ourselves a little, I am so tired that I cannot stand
    any longer.’ So they sat down, and he laid his head in her lap and
    fell asleep; and whilst he was sleeping on she took the cloak from
    his shoulders, hung it on her own, picked up the diamonds, and wished
    herself home again.

    When he awoke and found that his lady had tricked him, and left him
    alone on the wild rock, he said, ‘Alas! what roguery there is in the
    world!’ and there he sat in great grief and fear, not knowing what to
    do. Now this rock belonged to fierce giants who lived upon it; and as
    he saw three of them striding about, he thought to himself, ‘I can only
    save myself by feigning to be asleep’; so he laid himself down as if he
    were in a sound sleep. When the giants came up to him, the first pushed
    him with his foot, and said, ‘What worm is this that lies here curled
    up?’ ‘Tread upon him and kill him,’ said the second. ‘It’s not worth the
    trouble,’ said the third; ‘let him live, he’ll go climbing higher up the
    mountain, and some cloud will come rolling and carry him away.’ And they
    passed on. But the huntsman had heard all they said; and as soon as they
    were gone, he climbed to the top of the mountain, and when he had sat
    there a short time a cloud came rolling around him, and caught him in a
    whirlwind and bore him along for some time, till it settled in a garden,
    and he fell quite gently to the ground amongst the greens and cabbages.

    Then he looked around him, and said, ‘I wish I had something to eat, if
    not I shall be worse off than before; for here I see neither apples
    nor pears, nor any kind of fruits, nothing but vegetables.’ At last he
    thought to himself, ‘I can eat salad, it will refresh and strengthen
    me.’ So he picked out a fine head and ate of it; but scarcely had he
    swallowed two bites when he felt himself quite changed, and saw with
    horror that he was turned into an ass. However, he still felt very
    hungry, and the salad tasted very nice; so he ate on till he came
    to another kind of salad, and scarcely had he tasted it when he felt
    another change come over him, and soon saw that he was lucky enough to
    have found his old shape again.

    Then he laid himself down and slept off a little of his weariness; and
    when he awoke the next morning he broke off a head both of the good and
    the bad salad, and thought to himself, ‘This will help me to my fortune
    again, and enable me to pay off some folks for their treachery.’ So he
    went away to try and find the castle of his friends; and after wandering
    about a few days he luckily found it. Then he stained his face all over
    brown, so that even his mother would not have known him, and went into
    the castle and asked for a lodging; ‘I am so tired,’ said he, ‘that I
    can go no farther.’ ‘Countryman,’ said the witch, ‘who are you? and what
    is your business?’ ‘I am,’ said he, ‘a messenger sent by the king to
    find the finest salad that grows under the sun. I have been lucky
    enough to find it, and have brought it with me; but the heat of the sun
    scorches so that it begins to wither, and I don’t know that I can carry
    it farther.’

    When the witch and the young lady heard of his beautiful salad, they
    longed to taste it, and said, ‘Dear countryman, let us just taste it.’
    ‘To be sure,’ answered he; ‘I have two heads of it with me, and will
    give you one’; so he opened his bag and gave them the bad. Then the
    witch herself took it into the kitchen to be dressed; and when it was
    ready she could not wait till it was carried up, but took a few leaves
    immediately and put them in her mouth, and scarcely were they swallowed
    when she lost her own form and ran braying down into the court in the
    form of an ass. Now the servant-maid came into the kitchen, and seeing
    the salad ready, was going to carry it up; but on the way she too felt a
    wish to taste it as the old woman had done, and ate some leaves; so she
    also was turned into an ass and ran after the other, letting the dish
    with the salad fall on the ground. The messenger sat all this time with
    the beautiful young lady, and as nobody came with the salad and she
    longed to taste it, she said, ‘I don’t know where the salad can be.’
    Then he thought something must have happened, and said, ‘I will go
    into the kitchen and see.’ And as he went he saw two asses in the court
    running about, and the salad lying on the ground. ‘All right!’ said
    he; ‘those two have had their share.’ Then he took up the rest of
    the leaves, laid them on the dish and brought them to the young lady,
    saying, ‘I bring you the dish myself that you may not wait any longer.’
    So she ate of it, and like the others ran off into the court braying
    away.

    Then the huntsman washed his face and went into the court that they
    might know him. ‘Now you shall be paid for your roguery,’ said he; and
    tied them all three to a rope and took them along with him till he
    came to a mill and knocked at the window. ‘What’s the matter?’ said the
    miller. ‘I have three tiresome beasts here,’ said the other; ‘if you
    will take them, give them food and room, and treat them as I tell you,
    I will pay you whatever you ask.’ ‘With all my heart,’ said the miller;
    ‘but how shall I treat them?’ Then the huntsman said, ‘Give the old
    one stripes three times a day and hay once; give the next (who was
    the servant-maid) stripes once a day and hay three times; and give
    the youngest (who was the beautiful lady) hay three times a day and
    no stripes’: for he could not find it in his heart to have her beaten.
    After this he went back to the castle, where he found everything he
    wanted.

    Some days after, the miller came to him and told him that the old ass
    was dead; ‘The other two,’ said he, ‘are alive and eat, but are so
    sorrowful that they cannot last long.’ Then the huntsman pitied them,
    and told the miller to drive them back to him, and when they came, he
    gave them some of the good salad to eat. And the beautiful young lady
    fell upon her knees before him, and said, ‘O dearest huntsman! forgive
    me all the ill I have done you; my mother forced me to it, it was
    against my will, for I always loved you very much. Your wishing-cloak
    hangs up in the closet, and as for the bird’s heart, I will give it you
    too.’ But he said, ‘Keep it, it will be just the same thing, for I mean
    to make you my wife.’ So they were married, and lived together very
    happily till they died.

    THE STORY OF THE YOUTH WHO WENT FORTH TO LEARN WHAT FEAR WAS

    A certain father had two sons, the elder of who was smart and sensible,
    and could do everything, but the younger was stupid and could neither
    learn nor understand anything, and when people saw him they said:
    ‘There’s a fellow who will give his father some trouble!’ When anything
    had to be done, it was always the elder who was forced to do it; but
    if his father bade him fetch anything when it was late, or in the
    night-time, and the way led through the churchyard, or any other dismal
    place, he answered: ‘Oh, no father, I’ll not go there, it makes me
    shudder!’ for he was afraid. Or when stories were told by the fire at
    night which made the flesh creep, the listeners sometimes said: ‘Oh,
    it makes us shudder!’ The younger sat in a corner and listened with
    the rest of them, and could not imagine what they could mean. ‘They are
    always saying: “It makes me shudder, it makes me shudder!” It does not
    make me shudder,’ thought he. ‘That, too, must be an art of which I
    understand nothing!’

    Now it came to pass that his father said to him one day: ‘Hearken to me,
    you fellow in the corner there, you are growing tall and strong, and you
    too must learn something by which you can earn your bread. Look how your
    brother works, but you do not even earn your salt.’ ‘Well, father,’ he
    replied, ‘I am quite willing to learn something–indeed, if it could but
    be managed, I should like to learn how to shudder. I don’t understand
    that at all yet.’ The elder brother smiled when he heard that, and
    thought to himself: ‘Goodness, what a blockhead that brother of mine is!
    He will never be good for anything as long as he lives! He who wants to
    be a sickle must bend himself betimes.’

    The father sighed, and answered him: ‘You shall soon learn what it is to
    shudder, but you will not earn your bread by that.’

    Soon after this the sexton came to the house on a visit, and the father
    bewailed his trouble, and told him how his younger son was so backward
    in every respect that he knew nothing and learnt nothing. ‘Just think,’
    said he, ‘when I asked him how he was going to earn his bread, he
    actually wanted to learn to shudder.’ ‘If that be all,’ replied the
    sexton, ‘he can learn that with me. Send him to me, and I will soon
    polish him.’ The father was glad to do it, for he thought: ‘It will
    train the boy a little.’ The sexton therefore took him into his house,
    and he had to ring the church bell. After a day or two, the sexton awoke
    him at midnight, and bade him arise and go up into the church tower and
    ring the bell. ‘You shall soon learn what shuddering is,’ thought he,
    and secretly went there before him; and when the boy was at the top of
    the tower and turned round, and was just going to take hold of the bell
    rope, he saw a white figure standing on the stairs opposite the sounding
    hole. ‘Who is there?’ cried he, but the figure made no reply, and did
    not move or stir. ‘Give an answer,’ cried the boy, ‘or take yourself
    off, you have no business here at night.’

    The sexton, however, remained standing motionless that the boy might
    think he was a ghost. The boy cried a second time: ‘What do you want
    here?–speak if you are an honest fellow, or I will throw you down the
    steps!’ The sexton thought: ‘He can’t mean to be as bad as his words,’
    uttered no sound and stood as if he were made of stone. Then the boy
    called to him for the third time, and as that was also to no purpose,
    he ran against him and pushed the ghost down the stairs, so that it fell
    down the ten steps and remained lying there in a corner. Thereupon he
    rang the bell, went home, and without saying a word went to bed, and
    fell asleep. The sexton’s wife waited a long time for her husband, but
    he did not come back. At length she became uneasy, and wakened the boy,
    and asked: ‘Do you know where my husband is? He climbed up the tower
    before you did.’ ‘No, I don’t know,’ replied the boy, ‘but someone was
    standing by the sounding hole on the other side of the steps, and as he
    would neither give an answer nor go away, I took him for a scoundrel,
    and threw him downstairs. Just go there and you will see if it was he.
    I should be sorry if it were.’ The woman ran away and found her husband,
    who was lying moaning in the corner, and had broken his leg.

    She carried him down, and then with loud screams she hastened to the
    boy’s father, ‘Your boy,’ cried she, ‘has been the cause of a great
    misfortune! He has thrown my husband down the steps so that he broke his
    leg. Take the good-for-nothing fellow out of our house.’ The father was
    terrified, and ran thither and scolded the boy. ‘What wicked tricks
    are these?’ said he. ‘The devil must have put them into your head.’
    ‘Father,’ he replied, ‘do listen to me. I am quite innocent. He was
    standing there by night like one intent on doing evil. I did not know
    who it was, and I entreated him three times either to speak or to go
    away.’ ‘Ah,’ said the father, ‘I have nothing but unhappiness with you.
    Go out of my sight. I will see you no more.’

    ‘Yes, father, right willingly, wait only until it is day. Then will I
    go forth and learn how to shudder, and then I shall, at any rate,
    understand one art which will support me.’ ‘Learn what you will,’ spoke
    the father, ‘it is all the same to me. Here are fifty talers for you.
    Take these and go into the wide world, and tell no one from whence you
    come, and who is your father, for I have reason to be ashamed of you.’
    ‘Yes, father, it shall be as you will. If you desire nothing more than
    that, I can easily keep it in mind.’

    When the day dawned, therefore, the boy put his fifty talers into his
    pocket, and went forth on the great highway, and continually said to
    himself: ‘If I could but shudder! If I could but shudder!’ Then a man
    approached who heard this conversation which the youth was holding with
    himself, and when they had walked a little farther to where they could
    see the gallows, the man said to him: ‘Look, there is the tree where
    seven men have married the ropemaker’s daughter, and are now learning
    how to fly. Sit down beneath it, and wait till night comes, and you will
    soon learn how to shudder.’ ‘If that is all that is wanted,’ answered
    the youth, ‘it is easily done; but if I learn how to shudder as fast as
    that, you shall have my fifty talers. Just come back to me early in the
    morning.’ Then the youth went to the gallows, sat down beneath it, and
    waited till evening came. And as he was cold, he lighted himself a fire,
    but at midnight the wind blew so sharply that in spite of his fire, he
    could not get warm. And as the wind knocked the hanged men against each
    other, and they moved backwards and forwards, he thought to himself:
    ‘If you shiver below by the fire, how those up above must freeze and
    suffer!’ And as he felt pity for them, he raised the ladder, and climbed
    up, unbound one of them after the other, and brought down all seven.
    Then he stoked the fire, blew it, and set them all round it to warm
    themselves. But they sat there and did not stir, and the fire caught
    their clothes. So he said: ‘Take care, or I will hang you up again.’ The
    dead men, however, did not hear, but were quite silent, and let their
    rags go on burning. At this he grew angry, and said: ‘If you will not
    take care, I cannot help you, I will not be burnt with you,’ and he hung
    them up again each in his turn. Then he sat down by his fire and fell
    asleep, and the next morning the man came to him and wanted to have
    the fifty talers, and said: ‘Well do you know how to shudder?’ ‘No,’
    answered he, ‘how should I know? Those fellows up there did not open
    their mouths, and were so stupid that they let the few old rags which
    they had on their bodies get burnt.’ Then the man saw that he would not
    get the fifty talers that day, and went away saying: ‘Such a youth has
    never come my way before.’

    The youth likewise went his way, and once more began to mutter to
    himself: ‘Ah, if I could but shudder! Ah, if I could but shudder!’ A
    waggoner who was striding behind him heard this and asked: ‘Who are
    you?’ ‘I don’t know,’ answered the youth. Then the waggoner asked: ‘From
    whence do you come?’ ‘I know not.’ ‘Who is your father?’ ‘That I may
    not tell you.’ ‘What is it that you are always muttering between your
    teeth?’ ‘Ah,’ replied the youth, ‘I do so wish I could shudder, but
    no one can teach me how.’ ‘Enough of your foolish chatter,’ said the
    waggoner. ‘Come, go with me, I will see about a place for you.’ The
    youth went with the waggoner, and in the evening they arrived at an inn
    where they wished to pass the night. Then at the entrance of the parlour
    the youth again said quite loudly: ‘If I could but shudder! If I could
    but shudder!’ The host who heard this, laughed and said: ‘If that is
    your desire, there ought to be a good opportunity for you here.’ ‘Ah,
    be silent,’ said the hostess, ‘so many prying persons have already lost
    their lives, it would be a pity and a shame if such beautiful eyes as
    these should never see the daylight again.’

    But the youth said: ‘However difficult it may be, I will learn it. For
    this purpose indeed have I journeyed forth.’ He let the host have
    no rest, until the latter told him, that not far from thence stood a
    haunted castle where anyone could very easily learn what shuddering was,
    if he would but watch in it for three nights. The king had promised that
    he who would venture should have his daughter to wife, and she was the
    most beautiful maiden the sun shone on. Likewise in the castle lay great
    treasures, which were guarded by evil spirits, and these treasures would
    then be freed, and would make a poor man rich enough. Already many men
    had gone into the castle, but as yet none had come out again. Then the
    youth went next morning to the king, and said: ‘If it be allowed, I will
    willingly watch three nights in the haunted castle.’

    The king looked at him, and as the youth pleased him, he said: ‘You may
    ask for three things to take into the castle with you, but they must
    be things without life.’ Then he answered: ‘Then I ask for a fire, a
    turning lathe, and a cutting-board with the knife.’

    The king had these things carried into the castle for him during the
    day. When night was drawing near, the youth went up and made himself
    a bright fire in one of the rooms, placed the cutting-board and knife
    beside it, and seated himself by the turning-lathe. ‘Ah, if I could
    but shudder!’ said he, ‘but I shall not learn it here either.’ Towards
    midnight he was about to poke his fire, and as he was blowing it,
    something cried suddenly from one corner: ‘Au, miau! how cold we are!’
    ‘You fools!’ cried he, ‘what are you crying about? If you are cold, come
    and take a seat by the fire and warm yourselves.’ And when he had said
    that, two great black cats came with one tremendous leap and sat down
    on each side of him, and looked savagely at him with their fiery
    eyes. After a short time, when they had warmed themselves, they said:
    ‘Comrade, shall we have a game of cards?’ ‘Why not?’ he replied, ‘but
    just show me your paws.’ Then they stretched out their claws. ‘Oh,’ said
    he, ‘what long nails you have! Wait, I must first cut them for you.’
    Thereupon he seized them by the throats, put them on the cutting-board
    and screwed their feet fast. ‘I have looked at your fingers,’ said he,
    ‘and my fancy for card-playing has gone,’ and he struck them dead and
    threw them out into the water. But when he had made away with these two,
    and was about to sit down again by his fire, out from every hole and
    corner came black cats and black dogs with red-hot chains, and more
    and more of them came until he could no longer move, and they yelled
    horribly, and got on his fire, pulled it to pieces, and tried to put
    it out. He watched them for a while quietly, but at last when they were
    going too far, he seized his cutting-knife, and cried: ‘Away with you,
    vermin,’ and began to cut them down. Some of them ran away, the others
    he killed, and threw out into the fish-pond. When he came back he fanned
    the embers of his fire again and warmed himself. And as he thus sat, his
    eyes would keep open no longer, and he felt a desire to sleep. Then he
    looked round and saw a great bed in the corner. ‘That is the very thing
    for me,’ said he, and got into it. When he was just going to shut his
    eyes, however, the bed began to move of its own accord, and went over
    the whole of the castle. ‘That’s right,’ said he, ‘but go faster.’ Then
    the bed rolled on as if six horses were harnessed to it, up and down,
    over thresholds and stairs, but suddenly hop, hop, it turned over upside
    down, and lay on him like a mountain. But he threw quilts and pillows up
    in the air, got out and said: ‘Now anyone who likes, may drive,’ and
    lay down by his fire, and slept till it was day. In the morning the king
    came, and when he saw him lying there on the ground, he thought the evil
    spirits had killed him and he was dead. Then said he: ‘After all it is a
    pity,–for so handsome a man.’ The youth heard it, got up, and said: ‘It
    has not come to that yet.’ Then the king was astonished, but very glad,
    and asked how he had fared. ‘Very well indeed,’ answered he; ‘one
    night is past, the two others will pass likewise.’ Then he went to the
    innkeeper, who opened his eyes very wide, and said: ‘I never expected to
    see you alive again! Have you learnt how to shudder yet?’ ‘No,’ said he,
    ‘it is all in vain. If someone would but tell me!’

    The second night he again went up into the old castle, sat down by the
    fire, and once more began his old song: ‘If I could but shudder!’ When
    midnight came, an uproar and noise of tumbling about was heard; at
    first it was low, but it grew louder and louder. Then it was quiet for
    a while, and at length with a loud scream, half a man came down the
    chimney and fell before him. ‘Hullo!’ cried he, ‘another half belongs
    to this. This is not enough!’ Then the uproar began again, there was a
    roaring and howling, and the other half fell down likewise. ‘Wait,’ said
    he, ‘I will just stoke up the fire a little for you.’ When he had done
    that and looked round again, the two pieces were joined together, and a
    hideous man was sitting in his place. ‘That is no part of our bargain,’
    said the youth, ‘the bench is mine.’ The man wanted to push him away;
    the youth, however, would not allow that, but thrust him off with all
    his strength, and seated himself again in his own place. Then still more
    men fell down, one after the other; they brought nine dead men’s legs
    and two skulls, and set them up and played at nine-pins with them. The
    youth also wanted to play and said: ‘Listen you, can I join you?’ ‘Yes,
    if you have any money.’ ‘Money enough,’ replied he, ‘but your balls are
    not quite round.’ Then he took the skulls and put them in the lathe and
    turned them till they were round. ‘There, now they will roll better!’
    said he. ‘Hurrah! now we’ll have fun!’ He played with them and lost some
    of his money, but when it struck twelve, everything vanished from his
    sight. He lay down and quietly fell asleep. Next morning the king came
    to inquire after him. ‘How has it fared with you this time?’ asked he.
    ‘I have been playing at nine-pins,’ he answered, ‘and have lost a couple
    of farthings.’ ‘Have you not shuddered then?’ ‘What?’ said he, ‘I have
    had a wonderful time! If I did but know what it was to shudder!’

    The third night he sat down again on his bench and said quite sadly:
    ‘If I could but shudder.’ When it grew late, six tall men came in and
    brought a coffin. Then he said: ‘Ha, ha, that is certainly my little
    cousin, who died only a few days ago,’ and he beckoned with his finger,
    and cried: ‘Come, little cousin, come.’ They placed the coffin on the
    ground, but he went to it and took the lid off, and a dead man lay
    therein. He felt his face, but it was cold as ice. ‘Wait,’ said he, ‘I
    will warm you a little,’ and went to the fire and warmed his hand and
    laid it on the dead man’s face, but he remained cold. Then he took him
    out, and sat down by the fire and laid him on his breast and rubbed his
    arms that the blood might circulate again. As this also did no good, he
    thought to himself: ‘When two people lie in bed together, they warm each
    other,’ and carried him to the bed, covered him over and lay down by
    him. After a short time the dead man became warm too, and began to move.
    Then said the youth, ‘See, little cousin, have I not warmed you?’ The
    dead man, however, got up and cried: ‘Now will I strangle you.’

    ‘What!’ said he, ‘is that the way you thank me? You shall at once go
    into your coffin again,’ and he took him up, threw him into it, and shut
    the lid. Then came the six men and carried him away again. ‘I cannot
    manage to shudder,’ said he. ‘I shall never learn it here as long as I
    live.’

    Then a man entered who was taller than all others, and looked terrible.
    He was old, however, and had a long white beard. ‘You wretch,’ cried he,
    ‘you shall soon learn what it is to shudder, for you shall die.’ ‘Not so
    fast,’ replied the youth. ‘If I am to die, I shall have to have a say
    in it.’ ‘I will soon seize you,’ said the fiend. ‘Softly, softly, do not
    talk so big. I am as strong as you are, and perhaps even stronger.’
    ‘We shall see,’ said the old man. ‘If you are stronger, I will let you
    go–come, we will try.’ Then he led him by dark passages to a smith’s
    forge, took an axe, and with one blow struck an anvil into the ground.
    ‘I can do better than that,’ said the youth, and went to the other
    anvil. The old man placed himself near and wanted to look on, and his
    white beard hung down. Then the youth seized the axe, split the anvil
    with one blow, and in it caught the old man’s beard. ‘Now I have you,’
    said the youth. ‘Now it is your turn to die.’ Then he seized an iron bar
    and beat the old man till he moaned and entreated him to stop, when he
    would give him great riches. The youth drew out the axe and let him go.
    The old man led him back into the castle, and in a cellar showed him
    three chests full of gold. ‘Of these,’ said he, ‘one part is for the
    poor, the other for the king, the third yours.’ In the meantime it
    struck twelve, and the spirit disappeared, so that the youth stood in
    darkness. ‘I shall still be able to find my way out,’ said he, and felt
    about, found the way into the room, and slept there by his fire.
    Next morning the king came and said: ‘Now you must have learnt what
    shuddering is?’ ‘No,’ he answered; ‘what can it be? My dead cousin was
    here, and a bearded man came and showed me a great deal of money down
    below, but no one told me what it was to shudder.’ ‘Then,’ said the
    king, ‘you have saved the castle, and shall marry my daughter.’ ‘That
    is all very well,’ said he, ‘but still I do not know what it is to
    shudder!’

    Then the gold was brought up and the wedding celebrated; but howsoever
    much the young king loved his wife, and however happy he was, he still
    said always: ‘If I could but shudder–if I could but shudder.’ And this
    at last angered her. Her waiting-maid said: ‘I will find a cure for him;
    he shall soon learn what it is to shudder.’ She went out to the stream
    which flowed through the garden, and had a whole bucketful of gudgeons
    brought to her. At night when the young king was sleeping, his wife was
    to draw the clothes off him and empty the bucket full of cold water
    with the gudgeons in it over him, so that the little fishes would
    sprawl about him. Then he woke up and cried: ‘Oh, what makes me shudder
    so?–what makes me shudder so, dear wife? Ah! now I know what it is to
    shudder!’

    KING GRISLY-BEARD

    A great king of a land far away in the East had a daughter who was very
    beautiful, but so proud, and haughty, and conceited, that none of the
    princes who came to ask her in marriage was good enough for her, and she
    only made sport of them.

    Once upon a time the king held a great feast, and asked thither all
    her suitors; and they all sat in a row, ranged according to their
    rank–kings, and princes, and dukes, and earls, and counts, and barons,
    and knights. Then the princess came in, and as she passed by them she
    had something spiteful to say to every one. The first was too fat: ‘He’s
    as round as a tub,’ said she. The next was too tall: ‘What a maypole!’
    said she. The next was too short: ‘What a dumpling!’ said she. The
    fourth was too pale, and she called him ‘Wallface.’ The fifth was too
    red, so she called him ‘Coxcomb.’ The sixth was not straight enough;
    so she said he was like a green stick, that had been laid to dry over
    a baker’s oven. And thus she had some joke to crack upon every one: but
    she laughed more than all at a good king who was there. ‘Look at
    him,’ said she; ‘his beard is like an old mop; he shall be called
    Grisly-beard.’ So the king got the nickname of Grisly-beard.

    But the old king was very angry when he saw how his daughter behaved,
    and how she ill-treated all his guests; and he vowed that, willing or
    unwilling, she should marry the first man, be he prince or beggar, that
    came to the door.

    Two days after there came by a travelling fiddler, who began to play
    under the window and beg alms; and when the king heard him, he said,
    ‘Let him come in.’ So they brought in a dirty-looking fellow; and when
    he had sung before the king and the princess, he begged a boon. Then the
    king said, ‘You have sung so well, that I will give you my daughter for
    your wife.’ The princess begged and prayed; but the king said, ‘I have
    sworn to give you to the first comer, and I will keep my word.’ So words
    and tears were of no avail; the parson was sent for, and she was married
    to the fiddler. When this was over the king said, ‘Now get ready to
    go–you must not stay here–you must travel on with your husband.’

    Then the fiddler went his way, and took her with him, and they soon came
    to a great wood. ‘Pray,’ said she, ‘whose is this wood?’ ‘It belongs
    to King Grisly-beard,’ answered he; ‘hadst thou taken him, all had been
    thine.’ ‘Ah! unlucky wretch that I am!’ sighed she; ‘would that I had
    married King Grisly-beard!’ Next they came to some fine meadows. ‘Whose
    are these beautiful green meadows?’ said she. ‘They belong to King
    Grisly-beard, hadst thou taken him, they had all been thine.’ ‘Ah!
    unlucky wretch that I am!’ said she; ‘would that I had married King
    Grisly-beard!’

    Then they came to a great city. ‘Whose is this noble city?’ said she.
    ‘It belongs to King Grisly-beard; hadst thou taken him, it had all been
    thine.’ ‘Ah! wretch that I am!’ sighed she; ‘why did I not marry King
    Grisly-beard?’ ‘That is no business of mine,’ said the fiddler: ‘why
    should you wish for another husband? Am not I good enough for you?’

    At last they came to a small cottage. ‘What a paltry place!’ said she;
    ‘to whom does that little dirty hole belong?’ Then the fiddler said,
    ‘That is your and my house, where we are to live.’ ‘Where are your
    servants?’ cried she. ‘What do we want with servants?’ said he; ‘you
    must do for yourself whatever is to be done. Now make the fire, and put
    on water and cook my supper, for I am very tired.’ But the princess knew
    nothing of making fires and cooking, and the fiddler was forced to help
    her. When they had eaten a very scanty meal they went to bed; but the
    fiddler called her up very early in the morning to clean the house. Thus
    they lived for two days: and when they had eaten up all there was in the
    cottage, the man said, ‘Wife, we can’t go on thus, spending money and
    earning nothing. You must learn to weave baskets.’ Then he went out and
    cut willows, and brought them home, and she began to weave; but it made
    her fingers very sore. ‘I see this work won’t do,’ said he: ‘try and
    spin; perhaps you will do that better.’ So she sat down and tried to
    spin; but the threads cut her tender fingers till the blood ran. ‘See
    now,’ said the fiddler, ‘you are good for nothing; you can do no work:
    what a bargain I have got! However, I’ll try and set up a trade in pots
    and pans, and you shall stand in the market and sell them.’ ‘Alas!’
    sighed she, ‘if any of my father’s court should pass by and see me
    standing in the market, how they will laugh at me!’

    But her husband did not care for that, and said she must work, if she
    did not wish to die of hunger. At first the trade went well; for many
    people, seeing such a beautiful woman, went to buy her wares, and paid
    their money without thinking of taking away the goods. They lived on
    this as long as it lasted; and then her husband bought a fresh lot of
    ware, and she sat herself down with it in the corner of the market; but
    a drunken soldier soon came by, and rode his horse against her stall,
    and broke all her goods into a thousand pieces. Then she began to cry,
    and knew not what to do. ‘Ah! what will become of me?’ said she; ‘what
    will my husband say?’ So she ran home and told him all. ‘Who would
    have thought you would have been so silly,’ said he, ‘as to put an
    earthenware stall in the corner of the market, where everybody passes?
    but let us have no more crying; I see you are not fit for this sort of
    work, so I have been to the king’s palace, and asked if they did not
    want a kitchen-maid; and they say they will take you, and there you will
    have plenty to eat.’

    Thus the princess became a kitchen-maid, and helped the cook to do all
    the dirtiest work; but she was allowed to carry home some of the meat
    that was left, and on this they lived.

    She had not been there long before she heard that the king’s eldest son
    was passing by, going to be married; and she went to one of the windows
    and looked out. Everything was ready, and all the pomp and brightness of
    the court was there. Then she bitterly grieved for the pride and folly
    which had brought her so low. And the servants gave her some of the rich
    meats, which she put into her basket to take home.

    All on a sudden, as she was going out, in came the king’s son in golden
    clothes; and when he saw a beautiful woman at the door, he took her
    by the hand, and said she should be his partner in the dance; but she
    trembled for fear, for she saw that it was King Grisly-beard, who was
    making sport of her. However, he kept fast hold, and led her in; and the
    cover of the basket came off, so that the meats in it fell about. Then
    everybody laughed and jeered at her; and she was so abashed, that she
    wished herself a thousand feet deep in the earth. She sprang to the
    door to run away; but on the steps King Grisly-beard overtook her, and
    brought her back and said, ‘Fear me not! I am the fiddler who has lived
    with you in the hut. I brought you there because I really loved you. I
    am also the soldier that overset your stall. I have done all this only
    to cure you of your silly pride, and to show you the folly of your
    ill-treatment of me. Now all is over: you have learnt wisdom, and it is
    time to hold our marriage feast.’

    Then the chamberlains came and brought her the most beautiful robes; and
    her father and his whole court were there already, and welcomed her home
    on her marriage. Joy was in every face and every heart. The feast was
    grand; they danced and sang; all were merry; and I only wish that you
    and I had been of the party.

    IRON HANS

    There was once upon a time a king who had a great forest near his
    palace, full of all kinds of wild animals. One day he sent out a
    huntsman to shoot him a roe, but he did not come back. ‘Perhaps some
    accident has befallen him,’ said the king, and the next day he sent out
    two more huntsmen who were to search for him, but they too stayed away.
    Then on the third day, he sent for all his huntsmen, and said: ‘Scour
    the whole forest through, and do not give up until you have found all
    three.’ But of these also, none came home again, none were seen again.
    From that time forth, no one would any longer venture into the forest,
    and it lay there in deep stillness and solitude, and nothing was seen
    of it, but sometimes an eagle or a hawk flying over it. This lasted for
    many years, when an unknown huntsman announced himself to the king as
    seeking a situation, and offered to go into the dangerous forest. The
    king, however, would not give his consent, and said: ‘It is not safe in
    there; I fear it would fare with you no better than with the others,
    and you would never come out again.’ The huntsman replied: ‘Lord, I will
    venture it at my own risk, of fear I know nothing.’

    The huntsman therefore betook himself with his dog to the forest. It was
    not long before the dog fell in with some game on the way, and wanted to
    pursue it; but hardly had the dog run two steps when it stood before a
    deep pool, could go no farther, and a naked arm stretched itself out of
    the water, seized it, and drew it under. When the huntsman saw that, he
    went back and fetched three men to come with buckets and bale out the
    water. When they could see to the bottom there lay a wild man whose body
    was brown like rusty iron, and whose hair hung over his face down to his
    knees. They bound him with cords, and led him away to the castle. There
    was great astonishment over the wild man; the king, however, had him put
    in an iron cage in his courtyard, and forbade the door to be opened
    on pain of death, and the queen herself was to take the key into her
    keeping. And from this time forth everyone could again go into the
    forest with safety.

    The king had a son of eight years, who was once playing in the
    courtyard, and while he was playing, his golden ball fell into the cage.
    The boy ran thither and said: ‘Give me my ball out.’ ‘Not till you have
    opened the door for me,’ answered the man. ‘No,’ said the boy, ‘I will
    not do that; the king has forbidden it,’ and ran away. The next day he
    again went and asked for his ball; the wild man said: ‘Open my door,’
    but the boy would not. On the third day the king had ridden out hunting,
    and the boy went once more and said: ‘I cannot open the door even if I
    wished, for I have not the key.’ Then the wild man said: ‘It lies under
    your mother’s pillow, you can get it there.’ The boy, who wanted to have
    his ball back, cast all thought to the winds, and brought the key. The
    door opened with difficulty, and the boy pinched his fingers. When it
    was open the wild man stepped out, gave him the golden ball, and hurried
    away. The boy had become afraid; he called and cried after him: ‘Oh,
    wild man, do not go away, or I shall be beaten!’ The wild man turned
    back, took him up, set him on his shoulder, and went with hasty steps
    into the forest. When the king came home, he observed the empty cage,
    and asked the queen how that had happened. She knew nothing about it,
    and sought the key, but it was gone. She called the boy, but no one
    answered. The king sent out people to seek for him in the fields, but
    they did not find him. Then he could easily guess what had happened, and
    much grief reigned in the royal court.

    When the wild man had once more reached the dark forest, he took the boy
    down from his shoulder, and said to him: ‘You will never see your father
    and mother again, but I will keep you with me, for you have set me free,
    and I have compassion on you. If you do all I bid you, you shall fare
    well. Of treasure and gold have I enough, and more than anyone in the
    world.’ He made a bed of moss for the boy on which he slept, and the
    next morning the man took him to a well, and said: ‘Behold, the gold
    well is as bright and clear as crystal, you shall sit beside it, and
    take care that nothing falls into it, or it will be polluted. I will
    come every evening to see if you have obeyed my order.’ The boy placed
    himself by the brink of the well, and often saw a golden fish or a
    golden snake show itself therein, and took care that nothing fell in.
    As he was thus sitting, his finger hurt him so violently that he
    involuntarily put it in the water. He drew it quickly out again, but saw
    that it was quite gilded, and whatsoever pains he took to wash the gold
    off again, all was to no purpose. In the evening Iron Hans came back,
    looked at the boy, and said: ‘What has happened to the well?’ ‘Nothing
    nothing,’ he answered, and held his finger behind his back, that the
    man might not see it. But he said: ‘You have dipped your finger into
    the water, this time it may pass, but take care you do not again let
    anything go in.’ By daybreak the boy was already sitting by the well and
    watching it. His finger hurt him again and he passed it over his head,
    and then unhappily a hair fell down into the well. He took it quickly
    out, but it was already quite gilded. Iron Hans came, and already knew
    what had happened. ‘You have let a hair fall into the well,’ said he.
    ‘I will allow you to watch by it once more, but if this happens for the
    third time then the well is polluted and you can no longer remain with
    me.’

    On the third day, the boy sat by the well, and did not stir his finger,
    however much it hurt him. But the time was long to him, and he looked at
    the reflection of his face on the surface of the water. And as he
    still bent down more and more while he was doing so, and trying to look
    straight into the eyes, his long hair fell down from his shoulders into
    the water. He raised himself up quickly, but the whole of the hair of
    his head was already golden and shone like the sun. You can imagine how
    terrified the poor boy was! He took his pocket-handkerchief and tied it
    round his head, in order that the man might not see it. When he came he
    already knew everything, and said: ‘Take the handkerchief off.’ Then the
    golden hair streamed forth, and let the boy excuse himself as he might,
    it was of no use. ‘You have not stood the trial and can stay here no
    longer. Go forth into the world, there you will learn what poverty is.
    But as you have not a bad heart, and as I mean well by you, there is
    one thing I will grant you; if you fall into any difficulty, come to the
    forest and cry: “Iron Hans,” and then I will come and help you. My
    power is great, greater than you think, and I have gold and silver in
    abundance.’

    Then the king’s son left the forest, and walked by beaten and unbeaten
    paths ever onwards until at length he reached a great city. There he
    looked for work, but could find none, and he learnt nothing by which he
    could help himself. At length he went to the palace, and asked if they
    would take him in. The people about court did not at all know what use
    they could make of him, but they liked him, and told him to stay. At
    length the cook took him into his service, and said he might carry wood
    and water, and rake the cinders together. Once when it so happened that
    no one else was at hand, the cook ordered him to carry the food to the
    royal table, but as he did not like to let his golden hair be seen, he
    kept his little cap on. Such a thing as that had never yet come under
    the king’s notice, and he said: ‘When you come to the royal table you
    must take your hat off.’ He answered: ‘Ah, Lord, I cannot; I have a bad
    sore place on my head.’ Then the king had the cook called before him
    and scolded him, and asked how he could take such a boy as that into his
    service; and that he was to send him away at once. The cook, however,
    had pity on him, and exchanged him for the gardener’s boy.

    And now the boy had to plant and water the garden, hoe and dig, and bear
    the wind and bad weather. Once in summer when he was working alone in
    the garden, the day was so warm he took his little cap off that the air
    might cool him. As the sun shone on his hair it glittered and flashed so
    that the rays fell into the bedroom of the king’s daughter, and up she
    sprang to see what that could be. Then she saw the boy, and cried to
    him: ‘Boy, bring me a wreath of flowers.’ He put his cap on with all
    haste, and gathered wild field-flowers and bound them together. When he
    was ascending the stairs with them, the gardener met him, and said: ‘How
    can you take the king’s daughter a garland of such common flowers? Go
    quickly, and get another, and seek out the prettiest and rarest.’ ‘Oh,
    no,’ replied the boy, ‘the wild ones have more scent, and will please
    her better.’ When he got into the room, the king’s daughter said: ‘Take
    your cap off, it is not seemly to keep it on in my presence.’ He again
    said: ‘I may not, I have a sore head.’ She, however, caught at his
    cap and pulled it off, and then his golden hair rolled down on his
    shoulders, and it was splendid to behold. He wanted to run out, but she
    held him by the arm, and gave him a handful of ducats. With these he
    departed, but he cared nothing for the gold pieces. He took them to the
    gardener, and said: ‘I present them to your children, they can play with
    them.’ The following day the king’s daughter again called to him that he
    was to bring her a wreath of field-flowers, and then he went in with it,
    she instantly snatched at his cap, and wanted to take it away from him,
    but he held it fast with both hands. She again gave him a handful of
    ducats, but he would not keep them, and gave them to the gardener for
    playthings for his children. On the third day things went just the
    same; she could not get his cap away from him, and he would not have her
    money.

    Not long afterwards, the country was overrun by war. The king gathered
    together his people, and did not know whether or not he could offer any
    opposition to the enemy, who was superior in strength and had a mighty
    army. Then said the gardener’s boy: ‘I am grown up, and will go to the
    wars also, only give me a horse.’ The others laughed, and said: ‘Seek
    one for yourself when we are gone, we will leave one behind us in the
    stable for you.’ When they had gone forth, he went into the stable, and
    led the horse out; it was lame of one foot, and limped hobblety jib,
    hobblety jib; nevertheless he mounted it, and rode away to the dark
    forest. When he came to the outskirts, he called ‘Iron Hans’ three
    times so loudly that it echoed through the trees. Thereupon the wild man
    appeared immediately, and said: ‘What do you desire?’ ‘I want a strong
    steed, for I am going to the wars.’ ‘That you shall have, and still more
    than you ask for.’ Then the wild man went back into the forest, and it
    was not long before a stable-boy came out of it, who led a horse that
    snorted with its nostrils, and could hardly be restrained, and behind
    them followed a great troop of warriors entirely equipped in iron, and
    their swords flashed in the sun. The youth made over his three-legged
    horse to the stable-boy, mounted the other, and rode at the head of the
    soldiers. When he got near the battlefield a great part of the king’s
    men had already fallen, and little was wanting to make the rest give
    way. Then the youth galloped thither with his iron soldiers, broke like
    a hurricane over the enemy, and beat down all who opposed him. They
    began to flee, but the youth pursued, and never stopped, until there
    was not a single man left. Instead of returning to the king, however, he
    conducted his troop by byways back to the forest, and called forth Iron
    Hans. ‘What do you desire?’ asked the wild man. ‘Take back your horse
    and your troops, and give me my three-legged horse again.’ All that he
    asked was done, and soon he was riding on his three-legged horse. When
    the king returned to his palace, his daughter went to meet him, and
    wished him joy of his victory. ‘I am not the one who carried away the
    victory,’ said he, ‘but a strange knight who came to my assistance with
    his soldiers.’ The daughter wanted to hear who the strange knight was,
    but the king did not know, and said: ‘He followed the enemy, and I did
    not see him again.’ She inquired of the gardener where his boy was, but
    he smiled, and said: ‘He has just come home on his three-legged horse,
    and the others have been mocking him, and crying: “Here comes our
    hobblety jib back again!” They asked, too: “Under what hedge have you
    been lying sleeping all the time?” So he said: “I did the best of all,
    and it would have gone badly without me.” And then he was still more
    ridiculed.’

    The king said to his daughter: ‘I will proclaim a great feast that shall
    last for three days, and you shall throw a golden apple. Perhaps the
    unknown man will show himself.’ When the feast was announced, the youth
    went out to the forest, and called Iron Hans. ‘What do you desire?’
    asked he. ‘That I may catch the king’s daughter’s golden apple.’ ‘It is
    as safe as if you had it already,’ said Iron Hans. ‘You shall likewise
    have a suit of red armour for the occasion, and ride on a spirited
    chestnut-horse.’ When the day came, the youth galloped to the spot, took
    his place amongst the knights, and was recognized by no one. The king’s
    daughter came forward, and threw a golden apple to the knights, but none
    of them caught it but he, only as soon as he had it he galloped away.

    On the second day Iron Hans equipped him as a white knight, and gave him
    a white horse. Again he was the only one who caught the apple, and
    he did not linger an instant, but galloped off with it. The king grew
    angry, and said: ‘That is not allowed; he must appear before me and tell
    his name.’ He gave the order that if the knight who caught the apple,
    should go away again they should pursue him, and if he would not come
    back willingly, they were to cut him down and stab him.

    On the third day, he received from Iron Hans a suit of black armour and
    a black horse, and again he caught the apple. But when he was riding off
    with it, the king’s attendants pursued him, and one of them got so near
    him that he wounded the youth’s leg with the point of his sword. The
    youth nevertheless escaped from them, but his horse leapt so violently
    that the helmet fell from the youth’s head, and they could see that he
    had golden hair. They rode back and announced this to the king.

    The following day the king’s daughter asked the gardener about his
    boy. ‘He is at work in the garden; the queer creature has been at the
    festival too, and only came home yesterday evening; he has likewise
    shown my children three golden apples which he has won.’

    The king had him summoned into his presence, and he came and again had
    his little cap on his head. But the king’s daughter went up to him and
    took it off, and then his golden hair fell down over his shoulders, and
    he was so handsome that all were amazed. ‘Are you the knight who came
    every day to the festival, always in different colours, and who caught
    the three golden apples?’ asked the king. ‘Yes,’ answered he, ‘and here
    the apples are,’ and he took them out of his pocket, and returned them
    to the king. ‘If you desire further proof, you may see the wound which
    your people gave me when they followed me. But I am likewise the knight
    who helped you to your victory over your enemies.’ ‘If you can perform
    such deeds as that, you are no gardener’s boy; tell me, who is your
    father?’ ‘My father is a mighty king, and gold have I in plenty as great
    as I require.’ ‘I well see,’ said the king, ‘that I owe my thanks to
    you; can I do anything to please you?’ ‘Yes,’ answered he, ‘that indeed
    you can. Give me your daughter to wife.’ The maiden laughed, and said:
    ‘He does not stand much on ceremony, but I have already seen by his
    golden hair that he was no gardener’s boy,’ and then she went and
    kissed him. His father and mother came to the wedding, and were in great
    delight, for they had given up all hope of ever seeing their dear
    son again. And as they were sitting at the marriage-feast, the music
    suddenly stopped, the doors opened, and a stately king came in with a
    great retinue. He went up to the youth, embraced him and said: ‘I am
    Iron Hans, and was by enchantment a wild man, but you have set me free;
    all the treasures which I possess, shall be your property.’

    CAT-SKIN

    There was once a king, whose queen had hair of the purest gold, and was
    so beautiful that her match was not to be met with on the whole face of
    the earth. But this beautiful queen fell ill, and when she felt that her
    end drew near she called the king to her and said, ‘Promise me that you
    will never marry again, unless you meet with a wife who is as beautiful
    as I am, and who has golden hair like mine.’ Then when the king in his
    grief promised all she asked, she shut her eyes and died. But the king
    was not to be comforted, and for a long time never thought of taking
    another wife. At last, however, his wise men said, ‘this will not do;
    the king must marry again, that we may have a queen.’ So messengers were
    sent far and wide, to seek for a bride as beautiful as the late queen.
    But there was no princess in the world so beautiful; and if there had
    been, still there was not one to be found who had golden hair. So the
    messengers came home, and had had all their trouble for nothing.

    Now the king had a daughter, who was just as beautiful as her mother,
    and had the same golden hair. And when she was grown up, the king looked
    at her and saw that she was just like this late queen: then he said to
    his courtiers, ‘May I not marry my daughter? She is the very image of my
    dead wife: unless I have her, I shall not find any bride upon the whole
    earth, and you say there must be a queen.’ When the courtiers heard this
    they were shocked, and said, ‘Heaven forbid that a father should marry
    his daughter! Out of so great a sin no good can come.’ And his daughter
    was also shocked, but hoped the king would soon give up such thoughts;
    so she said to him, ‘Before I marry anyone I must have three dresses:
    one must be of gold, like the sun; another must be of shining silver,
    like the moon; and a third must be dazzling as the stars: besides this,
    I want a mantle of a thousand different kinds of fur put together, to
    which every beast in the kingdom must give a part of his skin.’ And thus
    she thought he would think of the matter no more. But the king made the
    most skilful workmen in his kingdom weave the three dresses: one golden,
    like the sun; another silvery, like the moon; and a third sparkling,
    like the stars: and his hunters were told to hunt out all the beasts in
    his kingdom, and to take the finest fur out of their skins: and thus a
    mantle of a thousand furs was made.

    When all were ready, the king sent them to her; but she got up in the
    night when all were asleep, and took three of her trinkets, a golden
    ring, a golden necklace, and a golden brooch, and packed the three
    dresses–of the sun, the moon, and the stars–up in a nutshell, and
    wrapped herself up in the mantle made of all sorts of fur, and besmeared
    her face and hands with soot. Then she threw herself upon Heaven for
    help in her need, and went away, and journeyed on the whole night, till
    at last she came to a large wood. As she was very tired, she sat herself
    down in the hollow of a tree and soon fell asleep: and there she slept
    on till it was midday.

    Now as the king to whom the wood belonged was hunting in it, his dogs
    came to the tree, and began to snuff about, and run round and round, and
    bark. ‘Look sharp!’ said the king to the huntsmen, ‘and see what sort
    of game lies there.’ And the huntsmen went up to the tree, and when they
    came back again said, ‘In the hollow tree there lies a most wonderful
    beast, such as we never saw before; its skin seems to be of a thousand
    kinds of fur, but there it lies fast asleep.’ ‘See,’ said the king, ‘if
    you can catch it alive, and we will take it with us.’ So the huntsmen
    took it up, and the maiden awoke and was greatly frightened, and said,
    ‘I am a poor child that has neither father nor mother left; have pity on
    me and take me with you.’ Then they said, ‘Yes, Miss Cat-skin, you will
    do for the kitchen; you can sweep up the ashes, and do things of that
    sort.’ So they put her into the coach, and took her home to the king’s
    palace. Then they showed her a little corner under the staircase, where
    no light of day ever peeped in, and said, ‘Cat-skin, you may lie and
    sleep there.’ And she was sent into the kitchen, and made to fetch wood
    and water, to blow the fire, pluck the poultry, pick the herbs, sift the
    ashes, and do all the dirty work.

    Thus Cat-skin lived for a long time very sorrowfully. ‘Ah! pretty
    princess!’ thought she, ‘what will now become of thee?’ But it happened
    one day that a feast was to be held in the king’s castle, so she said to
    the cook, ‘May I go up a little while and see what is going on? I will
    take care and stand behind the door.’ And the cook said, ‘Yes, you may
    go, but be back again in half an hour’s time, to rake out the ashes.’
    Then she took her little lamp, and went into her cabin, and took off the
    fur skin, and washed the soot from off her face and hands, so that her
    beauty shone forth like the sun from behind the clouds. She next opened
    her nutshell, and brought out of it the dress that shone like the sun,
    and so went to the feast. Everyone made way for her, for nobody knew
    her, and they thought she could be no less than a king’s daughter. But
    the king came up to her, and held out his hand and danced with her; and
    he thought in his heart, ‘I never saw any one half so beautiful.’

    When the dance was at an end she curtsied; and when the king looked
    round for her, she was gone, no one knew wither. The guards that stood
    at the castle gate were called in: but they had seen no one. The truth
    was, that she had run into her little cabin, pulled off her dress,
    blackened her face and hands, put on the fur-skin cloak, and was
    Cat-skin again. When she went into the kitchen to her work, and began
    to rake the ashes, the cook said, ‘Let that alone till the morning, and
    heat the king’s soup; I should like to run up now and give a peep: but
    take care you don’t let a hair fall into it, or you will run a chance of
    never eating again.’

    As soon as the cook went away, Cat-skin heated the king’s soup, and
    toasted a slice of bread first, as nicely as ever she could; and when it
    was ready, she went and looked in the cabin for her little golden ring,
    and put it into the dish in which the soup was. When the dance was over,
    the king ordered his soup to be brought in; and it pleased him so well,
    that he thought he had never tasted any so good before. At the bottom
    he saw a gold ring lying; and as he could not make out how it had got
    there, he ordered the cook to be sent for. The cook was frightened when
    he heard the order, and said to Cat-skin, ‘You must have let a hair fall
    into the soup; if it be so, you will have a good beating.’ Then he went
    before the king, and he asked him who had cooked the soup. ‘I did,’
    answered the cook. But the king said, ‘That is not true; it was better
    done than you could do it.’ Then he answered, ‘To tell the truth I did
    not cook it, but Cat-skin did.’ ‘Then let Cat-skin come up,’ said the
    king: and when she came he said to her, ‘Who are you?’ ‘I am a poor
    child,’ said she, ‘that has lost both father and mother.’ ‘How came you
    in my palace?’ asked he. ‘I am good for nothing,’ said she, ‘but to be
    scullion-girl, and to have boots and shoes thrown at my head.’ ‘But how
    did you get the ring that was in the soup?’ asked the king. Then she
    would not own that she knew anything about the ring; so the king sent
    her away again about her business.

    After a time there was another feast, and Cat-skin asked the cook to let
    her go up and see it as before. ‘Yes,’ said he, ‘but come again in half
    an hour, and cook the king the soup that he likes so much.’ Then she
    ran to her little cabin, washed herself quickly, and took her dress
    out which was silvery as the moon, and put it on; and when she went in,
    looking like a king’s daughter, the king went up to her, and rejoiced at
    seeing her again, and when the dance began he danced with her. After the
    dance was at an end she managed to slip out, so slyly that the king did
    not see where she was gone; but she sprang into her little cabin, and
    made herself into Cat-skin again, and went into the kitchen to cook the
    soup. Whilst the cook was above stairs, she got the golden necklace and
    dropped it into the soup; then it was brought to the king, who ate it,
    and it pleased him as well as before; so he sent for the cook, who
    was again forced to tell him that Cat-skin had cooked it. Cat-skin was
    brought again before the king, but she still told him that she was only
    fit to have boots and shoes thrown at her head.

    But when the king had ordered a feast to be got ready for the third
    time, it happened just the same as before. ‘You must be a witch,
    Cat-skin,’ said the cook; ‘for you always put something into your soup,
    so that it pleases the king better than mine.’ However, he let her go up
    as before. Then she put on her dress which sparkled like the stars, and
    went into the ball-room in it; and the king danced with her again, and
    thought she had never looked so beautiful as she did then. So whilst
    he was dancing with her, he put a gold ring on her finger without her
    seeing it, and ordered that the dance should be kept up a long time.
    When it was at an end, he would have held her fast by the hand, but she
    slipped away, and sprang so quickly through the crowd that he lost sight
    of her: and she ran as fast as she could into her little cabin under
    the stairs. But this time she kept away too long, and stayed beyond the
    half-hour; so she had not time to take off her fine dress, and threw her
    fur mantle over it, and in her haste did not blacken herself all over
    with soot, but left one of her fingers white.

    Then she ran into the kitchen, and cooked the king’s soup; and as soon
    as the cook was gone, she put the golden brooch into the dish. When the
    king got to the bottom, he ordered Cat-skin to be called once more, and
    soon saw the white finger, and the ring that he had put on it whilst
    they were dancing: so he seized her hand, and kept fast hold of it, and
    when she wanted to loose herself and spring away, the fur cloak fell off
    a little on one side, and the starry dress sparkled underneath it.

    Then he got hold of the fur and tore it off, and her golden hair and
    beautiful form were seen, and she could no longer hide herself: so she
    washed the soot and ashes from her face, and showed herself to be the
    most beautiful princess upon the face of the earth. But the king said,
    ‘You are my beloved bride, and we will never more be parted from each
    other.’ And the wedding feast was held, and a merry day it was, as ever
    was heard of or seen in that country, or indeed in any other.

    SNOW-WHITE AND ROSE-RED

    There was once a poor widow who lived in a lonely cottage. In front of
    the cottage was a garden wherein stood two rose-trees, one of which bore
    white and the other red roses. She had two children who were like the
    two rose-trees, and one was called Snow-white, and the other Rose-red.
    They were as good and happy, as busy and cheerful as ever two children
    in the world were, only Snow-white was more quiet and gentle than
    Rose-red. Rose-red liked better to run about in the meadows and fields
    seeking flowers and catching butterflies; but Snow-white sat at home
    with her mother, and helped her with her housework, or read to her when
    there was nothing to do.

    The two children were so fond of one another that they always held each
    other by the hand when they went out together, and when Snow-white said:
    ‘We will not leave each other,’ Rose-red answered: ‘Never so long as we
    live,’ and their mother would add: ‘What one has she must share with the
    other.’

    They often ran about the forest alone and gathered red berries, and no
    beasts did them any harm, but came close to them trustfully. The little
    hare would eat a cabbage-leaf out of their hands, the roe grazed by
    their side, the stag leapt merrily by them, and the birds sat still upon
    the boughs, and sang whatever they knew.

    No mishap overtook them; if they had stayed too late in the forest, and
    night came on, they laid themselves down near one another upon the moss,
    and slept until morning came, and their mother knew this and did not
    worry on their account.

    Once when they had spent the night in the wood and the dawn had roused
    them, they saw a beautiful child in a shining white dress sitting near
    their bed. He got up and looked quite kindly at them, but said nothing
    and went into the forest. And when they looked round they found that
    they had been sleeping quite close to a precipice, and would certainly
    have fallen into it in the darkness if they had gone only a few paces
    further. And their mother told them that it must have been the angel who
    watches over good children.

    Snow-white and Rose-red kept their mother’s little cottage so neat that
    it was a pleasure to look inside it. In the summer Rose-red took care
    of the house, and every morning laid a wreath of flowers by her mother’s
    bed before she awoke, in which was a rose from each tree. In the winter
    Snow-white lit the fire and hung the kettle on the hob. The kettle
    was of brass and shone like gold, so brightly was it polished. In the
    evening, when the snowflakes fell, the mother said: ‘Go, Snow-white, and
    bolt the door,’ and then they sat round the hearth, and the mother took
    her spectacles and read aloud out of a large book, and the two girls
    listened as they sat and spun. And close by them lay a lamb upon the
    floor, and behind them upon a perch sat a white dove with its head
    hidden beneath its wings.

    One evening, as they were thus sitting comfortably together, someone
    knocked at the door as if he wished to be let in. The mother said:
    ‘Quick, Rose-red, open the door, it must be a traveller who is seeking
    shelter.’ Rose-red went and pushed back the bolt, thinking that it was a
    poor man, but it was not; it was a bear that stretched his broad, black
    head within the door.

    Rose-red screamed and sprang back, the lamb bleated, the dove fluttered,
    and Snow-white hid herself behind her mother’s bed. But the bear began
    to speak and said: ‘Do not be afraid, I will do you no harm! I am
    half-frozen, and only want to warm myself a little beside you.’

    ‘Poor bear,’ said the mother, ‘lie down by the fire, only take care that
    you do not burn your coat.’ Then she cried: ‘Snow-white, Rose-red, come
    out, the bear will do you no harm, he means well.’ So they both came
    out, and by-and-by the lamb and dove came nearer, and were not afraid
    of him. The bear said: ‘Here, children, knock the snow out of my coat a
    little’; so they brought the broom and swept the bear’s hide clean;
    and he stretched himself by the fire and growled contentedly and
    comfortably. It was not long before they grew quite at home, and played
    tricks with their clumsy guest. They tugged his hair with their hands,
    put their feet upon his back and rolled him about, or they took a
    hazel-switch and beat him, and when he growled they laughed. But the
    bear took it all in good part, only when they were too rough he called
    out: ‘Leave me alive, children,

    Snow-white, Rose-red,
    Will you beat your wooer dead?’

    When it was bed-time, and the others went to bed, the mother said to the
    bear: ‘You can lie there by the hearth, and then you will be safe from
    the cold and the bad weather.’ As soon as day dawned the two children
    let him out, and he trotted across the snow into the forest.

    Henceforth the bear came every evening at the same time, laid himself
    down by the hearth, and let the children amuse themselves with him as
    much as they liked; and they got so used to him that the doors were
    never fastened until their black friend had arrived.

    When spring had come and all outside was green, the bear said one
    morning to Snow-white: ‘Now I must go away, and cannot come back for the
    whole summer.’ ‘Where are you going, then, dear bear?’ asked Snow-white.
    ‘I must go into the forest and guard my treasures from the wicked
    dwarfs. In the winter, when the earth is frozen hard, they are obliged
    to stay below and cannot work their way through; but now, when the sun
    has thawed and warmed the earth, they break through it, and come out to
    pry and steal; and what once gets into their hands, and in their caves,
    does not easily see daylight again.’

    Snow-white was quite sorry at his departure, and as she unbolted the
    door for him, and the bear was hurrying out, he caught against the bolt
    and a piece of his hairy coat was torn off, and it seemed to Snow-white
    as if she had seen gold shining through it, but she was not sure about
    it. The bear ran away quickly, and was soon out of sight behind the
    trees.

    A short time afterwards the mother sent her children into the forest
    to get firewood. There they found a big tree which lay felled on the
    ground, and close by the trunk something was jumping backwards and
    forwards in the grass, but they could not make out what it was. When
    they came nearer they saw a dwarf with an old withered face and a
    snow-white beard a yard long. The end of the beard was caught in a
    crevice of the tree, and the little fellow was jumping about like a dog
    tied to a rope, and did not know what to do.

    He glared at the girls with his fiery red eyes and cried: ‘Why do you
    stand there? Can you not come here and help me?’ ‘What are you up to,
    little man?’ asked Rose-red. ‘You stupid, prying goose!’ answered the
    dwarf: ‘I was going to split the tree to get a little wood for cooking.
    The little bit of food that we people get is immediately burnt up with
    heavy logs; we do not swallow so much as you coarse, greedy folk. I had
    just driven the wedge safely in, and everything was going as I wished;
    but the cursed wedge was too smooth and suddenly sprang out, and the
    tree closed so quickly that I could not pull out my beautiful white
    beard; so now it is tight and I cannot get away, and the silly, sleek,
    milk-faced things laugh! Ugh! how odious you are!’

    The children tried very hard, but they could not pull the beard out, it
    was caught too fast. ‘I will run and fetch someone,’ said Rose-red. ‘You
    senseless goose!’ snarled the dwarf; ‘why should you fetch someone? You
    are already two too many for me; can you not think of something better?’
    ‘Don’t be impatient,’ said Snow-white, ‘I will help you,’ and she pulled
    her scissors out of her pocket, and cut off the end of the beard.

    As soon as the dwarf felt himself free he laid hold of a bag which lay
    amongst the roots of the tree, and which was full of gold, and lifted it
    up, grumbling to himself: ‘Uncouth people, to cut off a piece of my fine
    beard. Bad luck to you!’ and then he swung the bag upon his back, and
    went off without even once looking at the children.

    Some time afterwards Snow-white and Rose-red went to catch a dish
    of fish. As they came near the brook they saw something like a large
    grasshopper jumping towards the water, as if it were going to leap in.
    They ran to it and found it was the dwarf. ‘Where are you going?’ said
    Rose-red; ‘you surely don’t want to go into the water?’ ‘I am not such
    a fool!’ cried the dwarf; ‘don’t you see that the accursed fish wants
    to pull me in?’ The little man had been sitting there fishing, and
    unluckily the wind had tangled up his beard with the fishing-line; a
    moment later a big fish made a bite and the feeble creature had not
    strength to pull it out; the fish kept the upper hand and pulled the
    dwarf towards him. He held on to all the reeds and rushes, but it was of
    little good, for he was forced to follow the movements of the fish, and
    was in urgent danger of being dragged into the water.

    The girls came just in time; they held him fast and tried to free his
    beard from the line, but all in vain, beard and line were entangled fast
    together. There was nothing to do but to bring out the scissors and cut
    the beard, whereby a small part of it was lost. When the dwarf saw that
    he screamed out: ‘Is that civil, you toadstool, to disfigure a man’s
    face? Was it not enough to clip off the end of my beard? Now you have
    cut off the best part of it. I cannot let myself be seen by my people.
    I wish you had been made to run the soles off your shoes!’ Then he took
    out a sack of pearls which lay in the rushes, and without another word
    he dragged it away and disappeared behind a stone.

    It happened that soon afterwards the mother sent the two children to the
    town to buy needles and thread, and laces and ribbons. The road led them
    across a heath upon which huge pieces of rock lay strewn about. There
    they noticed a large bird hovering in the air, flying slowly round and
    round above them; it sank lower and lower, and at last settled near a
    rock not far away. Immediately they heard a loud, piteous cry. They ran
    up and saw with horror that the eagle had seized their old acquaintance
    the dwarf, and was going to carry him off.

    The children, full of pity, at once took tight hold of the little man,
    and pulled against the eagle so long that at last he let his booty go.
    As soon as the dwarf had recovered from his first fright he cried
    with his shrill voice: ‘Could you not have done it more carefully! You
    dragged at my brown coat so that it is all torn and full of holes, you
    clumsy creatures!’ Then he took up a sack full of precious stones, and
    slipped away again under the rock into his hole. The girls, who by
    this time were used to his ingratitude, went on their way and did their
    business in town.

    As they crossed the heath again on their way home they surprised the
    dwarf, who had emptied out his bag of precious stones in a clean spot,
    and had not thought that anyone would come there so late. The evening
    sun shone upon the brilliant stones; they glittered and sparkled with
    all colours so beautifully that the children stood still and stared
    at them. ‘Why do you stand gaping there?’ cried the dwarf, and his
    ashen-grey face became copper-red with rage. He was still cursing when a
    loud growling was heard, and a black bear came trotting towards them out
    of the forest. The dwarf sprang up in a fright, but he could not reach
    his cave, for the bear was already close. Then in the dread of his heart
    he cried: ‘Dear Mr Bear, spare me, I will give you all my treasures;
    look, the beautiful jewels lying there! Grant me my life; what do you
    want with such a slender little fellow as I? you would not feel me
    between your teeth. Come, take these two wicked girls, they are tender
    morsels for you, fat as young quails; for mercy’s sake eat them!’ The
    bear took no heed of his words, but gave the wicked creature a single
    blow with his paw, and he did not move again.

    The girls had run away, but the bear called to them: ‘Snow-white and
    Rose-red, do not be afraid; wait, I will come with you.’ Then they
    recognized his voice and waited, and when he came up to them suddenly
    his bearskin fell off, and he stood there a handsome man, clothed all in
    gold. ‘I am a king’s son,’ he said, ‘and I was bewitched by that wicked
    dwarf, who had stolen my treasures; I have had to run about the forest
    as a savage bear until I was freed by his death. Now he has got his
    well-deserved punishment.

    Snow-white was married to him, and Rose-red to his brother, and they
    divided between them the great treasure which the dwarf had gathered
    together in his cave. The old mother lived peacefully and happily with
    her children for many years. She took the two rose-trees with her, and
    they stood before her window, and every year bore the most beautiful
    roses, white and red.

    *****

    The Brothers Grimm, Jacob (1785-1863) and Wilhelm (1786-1859), were born
    in Hanau, near Frankfurt, in the German state of Hesse. Throughout
    their lives they remained close friends, and both studied law at Marburg
    University. Jacob was a pioneer in the study of German philology,
    and although Wilhelm’s work was hampered by poor health the brothers
    collaborated in the creation of a German dictionary, not completed until
    a century after their deaths. But they were best (and universally) known
    for the collection of over two hundred folk tales they made from oral
    sources and published in two volumes of ‘Nursery and Household Tales’ in
    1812 and 1814. Although their intention was to preserve such material as
    part of German cultural and literary history, and their collection was
    first published with scholarly notes and no illustration, the tales soon
    came into the possession of young readers. This was in part due to Edgar
    Taylor, who made the first English translation in 1823, selecting about
    fifty stories ‘with the amusement of some young friends principally in
    view.’ They have been an essential ingredient of children’s reading ever
    since.

  • PREFACE.

     

    _Walt Whitman has somewhere a fine and just distinction between “loving
    by allowance” and “loving with personal love.” This distinction applies
    to books as well as to men and women; and in the case of the not very
    numerous authors who are the objects of the personal affection, it
    brings a curious consequence with it. There is much more difference as
    to their best work than in the case of those others who are loved “by
    allowance” by convention, and because it is felt to be the right and
    proper thing to love them. And in the sect–fairly large and yet
    unusually choice–of Austenians or Janites, there would probably be
    found partisans of the claim to primacy of almost every one of the
    novels. To some the delightful freshness and humour of_ Northanger
    Abbey, _its completeness, finish, and_ entrain, _obscure the undoubted
    critical facts that its scale is small, and its scheme, after all, that
    of burlesque or parody, a kind in which the first rank is reached with
    difficulty._ Persuasion, _relatively faint in tone, and not enthralling
    in interest, has devotees who exalt above all the others its exquisite
    delicacy and keeping. The catastrophe of_ Mansfield Park _is admittedly
    theatrical, the hero and heroine are insipid, and the author has almost
    wickedly destroyed all romantic interest by expressly admitting that
    Edmund only took Fanny because Mary shocked him, and that Fanny might
    very likely have taken Crawford if he had been a little more assiduous;
    yet the matchless rehearsal-scenes and the characters of Mrs. Norris and
    others have secured, I believe, a considerable party for it._ Sense and
    Sensibility _has perhaps the fewest out-and-out admirers; but it does
    not want them._

    _I suppose, however, that the majority of at least competent votes
    would, all things considered, be divided between_ Emma _and the present
    book; and perhaps the vulgar verdict (if indeed a fondness for Miss
    Austen be not of itself a patent of exemption from any possible charge
    of vulgarity) would go for_ Emma. _It is the larger, the more varied, the
    more popular; the author had by the time of its composition seen rather
    more of the world, and had improved her general, though not her most
    peculiar and characteristic dialogue; such figures as Miss Bates, as the
    Eltons, cannot but unite the suffrages of everybody. On the other hand,
    I, for my part, declare for_ Pride and Prejudice _unhesitatingly. It
    seems to me the most perfect, the most characteristic, the most
    eminently quintessential of its author’s works; and for this contention
    in such narrow space as is permitted to me, I propose here to show
    cause._

    _In the first place, the book (it may be barely necessary to remind the
    reader) was in its first shape written very early, somewhere about 1796,
    when Miss Austen was barely twenty-one; though it was revised and
    finished at Chawton some fifteen years later, and was not published till
    1813, only four years before her death. I do not know whether, in this
    combination of the fresh and vigorous projection of youth, and the
    critical revision of middle life, there may be traced the distinct
    superiority in point of construction, which, as it seems to me, it
    possesses over all the others. The plot, though not elaborate, is almost
    regular enough for Fielding; hardly a character, hardly an incident
    could be retrenched without loss to the story. The elopement of Lydia
    and Wickham is not, like that of Crawford and Mrs. Rushworth, a_ coup de
    théâtre; _it connects itself in the strictest way with the course of the
    story earlier, and brings about the denouement with complete propriety.
    All the minor passages–the loves of Jane and Bingley, the advent of Mr.
    Collins, the visit to Hunsford, the Derbyshire tour–fit in after the
    same unostentatious, but masterly fashion. There is no attempt at the
    hide-and-seek, in-and-out business, which in the transactions between
    Frank Churchill and Jane Fairfax contributes no doubt a good deal to the
    intrigue of_ Emma, _but contributes it in a fashion which I do not think
    the best feature of that otherwise admirable book. Although Miss Austen
    always liked something of the misunderstanding kind, which afforded her
    opportunities for the display of the peculiar and incomparable talent to
    be noticed presently, she has been satisfied here with the perfectly
    natural occasions provided by the false account of Darcy’s conduct given
    by Wickham, and by the awkwardness (arising with equal naturalness) from
    the gradual transformation of Elizabeth’s own feelings from positive
    aversion to actual love. I do not know whether the all-grasping hand of
    the playwright has ever been laid upon_ Pride and Prejudice; _and I dare
    say that, if it were, the situations would prove not startling or
    garish enough for the footlights, the character-scheme too subtle and
    delicate for pit and gallery. But if the attempt were made, it would
    certainly not be hampered by any of those loosenesses of construction,
    which, sometimes disguised by the conveniences of which the novelist can
    avail himself, appear at once on the stage._

    _I think, however, though the thought will doubtless seem heretical to
    more than one school of critics, that construction is not the highest
    merit, the choicest gift, of the novelist. It sets off his other gifts
    and graces most advantageously to the critical eye; and the want of it
    will sometimes mar those graces–appreciably, though not quite
    consciously–to eyes by no means ultra-critical. But a very badly-built
    novel which excelled in pathetic or humorous character, or which
    displayed consummate command of dialogue–perhaps the rarest of all
    faculties–would be an infinitely better thing than a faultless plot
    acted and told by puppets with pebbles in their mouths. And despite the
    ability which Miss Austen has shown in working out the story, I for one
    should put_ Pride and Prejudice _far lower if it did not contain what
    seem to me the very masterpieces of Miss Austen’s humour and of her
    faculty of character-creation–masterpieces who may indeed admit John
    Thorpe, the Eltons, Mrs. Norris, and one or two others to their company,
    but who, in one instance certainly, and perhaps in others, are still
    superior to them._

    _The characteristics of Miss Austen’s humour are so subtle and delicate
    that they are, perhaps, at all times easier to apprehend than to
    express, and at any particular time likely to be differently
    apprehended by different persons. To me this humour seems to possess a
    greater affinity, on the whole, to that of Addison than to any other of
    the numerous species of this great British genus. The differences of
    scheme, of time, of subject, of literary convention, are, of course,
    obvious enough; the difference of sex does not, perhaps, count for much,
    for there was a distinctly feminine element in “Mr. Spectator,” and in
    Jane Austen’s genius there was, though nothing mannish, much that was
    masculine. But the likeness of quality consists in a great number of
    common subdivisions of quality–demureness, extreme minuteness of touch,
    avoidance of loud tones and glaring effects. Also there is in both a
    certain not inhuman or unamiable cruelty. It is the custom with those
    who judge grossly to contrast the good nature of Addison with the
    savagery of Swift, the mildness of Miss Austen with the boisterousness
    of Fielding and Smollett, even with the ferocious practical jokes that
    her immediate predecessor, Miss Burney, allowed without very much
    protest. Yet, both in Mr. Addison and in Miss Austen there is, though a
    restrained and well-mannered, an insatiable and ruthless delight in
    roasting and cutting up a fool. A man in the early eighteenth century,
    of course, could push this taste further than a lady in the early
    nineteenth; and no doubt Miss Austen’s principles, as well as her heart,
    would have shrunk from such things as the letter from the unfortunate
    husband in the_ Spectator, _who describes, with all the gusto and all the
    innocence in the world, how his wife and his friend induce him to play
    at blind-man’s-buff. But another_ Spectator _letter–that of the damsel
    of fourteen who wishes to marry Mr. Shapely, and assures her selected
    Mentor that “he admires your_ Spectators _mightily”–might have been
    written by a rather more ladylike and intelligent Lydia Bennet in the
    days of Lydia’s great-grandmother; while, on the other hand, some (I
    think unreasonably) have found “cynicism” in touches of Miss Austen’s
    own, such as her satire of Mrs. Musgrove’s self-deceiving regrets over
    her son. But this word “cynical” is one of the most misused in the
    English language, especially when, by a glaring and gratuitous
    falsification of its original sense, it is applied, not to rough and
    snarling invective, but to gentle and oblique satire. If cynicism means
    the perception of “the other side,” the sense of “the accepted hells
    beneath,” the consciousness that motives are nearly always mixed, and
    that to seem is not identical with to be–if this be cynicism, then
    every man and woman who is not a fool, who does not care to live in a
    fool’s paradise, who has knowledge of nature and the world and life, is
    a cynic. And in that sense Miss Austen certainly was one. She may even
    have been one in the further sense that, like her own Mr. Bennet, she
    took an epicurean delight in dissecting, in displaying, in setting at
    work her fools and her mean persons. I think she did take this delight,
    and I do not think at all the worse of her for it as a woman, while she
    was immensely the better for it as an artist._

    _In respect of her art generally, Mr. Goldwin Smith has truly observed
    that “metaphor has been exhausted in depicting the perfection of it,
    combined with the narrowness of her field;” and he has justly added that
    we need not go beyond her own comparison to the art of a miniature
    painter. To make this latter observation quite exact we must not use the
    term miniature in its restricted sense, and must think rather of Memling
    at one end of the history of painting and Meissonier at the other, than
    of Cosway or any of his kind. And I am not so certain that I should
    myself use the word “narrow” in connection with her. If her world is a
    microcosm, the cosmic quality of it is at least as eminent as the
    littleness. She does not touch what she did not feel herself called to
    paint; I am not so sure that she could not have painted what she did not
    feel herself called to touch. It is at least remarkable that in two very
    short periods of writing–one of about three years, and another of not
    much more than five–she executed six capital works, and has not left a
    single failure. It is possible that the romantic paste in her
    composition was defective: we must always remember that hardly
    anybody born in her decade–that of the eighteenth-century
    seventies–independently exhibited the full romantic quality. Even Scott
    required hill and mountain and ballad, even Coleridge metaphysics and
    German to enable them to chip the classical shell. Miss Austen was an
    English girl, brought up in a country retirement, at the time when
    ladies went back into the house if there was a white frost which might
    pierce their kid shoes, when a sudden cold was the subject of the
    gravest fears, when their studies, their ways, their conduct were
    subject to all those fantastic limits and restrictions against which
    Mary Wollstonecraft protested with better general sense than particular
    taste or judgment. Miss Austen, too, drew back when the white frost
    touched her shoes; but I think she would have made a pretty good journey
    even in a black one._

    _For if her knowledge was not very extended, she knew two things which
    only genius knows. The one was humanity, and the other was art. On the
    first head she could not make a mistake; her men, though limited, are
    true, and her women are, in the old sense, “absolute.” As to art, if she
    has never tried idealism, her realism is real to a degree which makes
    the false realism of our own day look merely dead-alive. Take almost any
    Frenchman, except the late M. de Maupassant, and watch him laboriously
    piling up strokes in the hope of giving a complete impression. You get
    none; you are lucky if, discarding two-thirds of what he gives, you can
    shape a real impression out of the rest. But with Miss Austen the
    myriad, trivial, unforced strokes build up the picture like magic.
    Nothing is false; nothing is superfluous. When (to take the present book
    only) Mr. Collins changed his mind from Jane to Elizabeth “while Mrs.
    Bennet was stirring the fire” (and we know_ how _Mrs. Bennet would have
    stirred the fire), when Mr. Darcy “brought his coffee-cup back_
    himself,” _the touch in each case is like that of Swift–“taller by the
    breadth of my nail”–which impressed the half-reluctant Thackeray with
    just and outspoken admiration. Indeed, fantastic as it may seem, I
    should put Miss Austen as near to Swift in some ways, as I have put her
    to Addison in others._

    _This Swiftian quality appears in the present novel as it appears
    nowhere else in the character of the immortal, the ineffable Mr.
    Collins. Mr. Collins is really_ great; _far greater than anything Addison
    ever did, almost great enough for Fielding or for Swift himself. It has
    been said that no one ever was like him. But in the first place,_ he
    _was like him; he is there–alive, imperishable, more real than hundreds
    of prime ministers and archbishops, of “metals, semi-metals, and
    distinguished philosophers.” In the second place, it is rash, I think,
    to conclude that an actual Mr. Collins was impossible or non-existent at
    the end of the eighteenth century. It is very interesting that we
    possess, in this same gallery, what may be called a spoiled first
    draught, or an unsuccessful study of him, in John Dashwood. The
    formality, the under-breeding, the meanness, are there; but the portrait
    is only half alive, and is felt to be even a little unnatural. Mr.
    Collins is perfectly natural, and perfectly alive. In fact, for all the
    “miniature,” there is something gigantic in the way in which a certain
    side, and more than one, of humanity, and especially eighteenth-century
    humanity, its Philistinism, its well-meaning but hide-bound morality,
    its formal pettiness, its grovelling respect for rank, its materialism,
    its selfishness, receives exhibition. I will not admit that one speech
    or one action of this inestimable man is incapable of being reconciled
    with reality, and I should not wonder if many of these words and actions
    are historically true._

    _But the greatness of Mr. Collins could not have been so satisfactorily
    exhibited if his creatress had not adjusted so artfully to him the
    figures of Mr. Bennet and of Lady Catherine de Bourgh. The latter, like
    Mr. Collins himself, has been charged with exaggeration. There is,
    perhaps, a very faint shade of colour for the charge; but it seems to me
    very faint indeed. Even now I do not think that it would be impossible
    to find persons, especially female persons, not necessarily of noble
    birth, as overbearing, as self-centred, as neglectful of good manners,
    as Lady Catherine. A hundred years ago, an earl’s daughter, the Lady
    Powerful (if not exactly Bountiful) of an out-of-the-way country parish,
    rich, long out of marital authority, and so forth, had opportunities of
    developing these agreeable characteristics which seldom present
    themselves now. As for Mr. Bennet, Miss Austen, and Mr. Darcy, and even
    Miss Elizabeth herself, were, I am inclined to think, rather hard on him
    for the “impropriety” of his conduct. His wife was evidently, and must
    always have been, a quite irreclaimable fool; and unless he had shot her
    or himself there was no way out of it for a man of sense and spirit but
    the ironic. From no other point of view is he open to any reproach,
    except for an excusable and not unnatural helplessness at the crisis of
    the elopement, and his utterances are the most acutely delightful in the
    consciously humorous kind–in the kind that we laugh with, not at–that
    even Miss Austen has put into the mouth of any of her characters. It is
    difficult to know whether he is most agreeable when talking to his wife,
    or when putting Mr. Collins through his paces; but the general sense of
    the world has probably been right in preferring to the first rank his
    consolation to the former when she maunders over the entail, “My dear,
    do not give way to such gloomy thoughts. Let us hope for better things.
    Let us flatter ourselves that_ I _may be the survivor;” and his inquiry
    to his colossal cousin as to the compliments which Mr. Collins has just
    related as made by himself to Lady Catherine, “May I ask whether these
    pleasing attentions proceed from the impulse of the moment, or are the
    result of previous study?” These are the things which give Miss Austen’s
    readers the pleasant shocks, the delightful thrills, which are felt by
    the readers of Swift, of Fielding, and we may here add, of Thackeray, as
    they are felt by the readers of no other English author of fiction
    outside of these four._

    _The goodness of the minor characters in_ Pride and Prejudice _has been
    already alluded to, and it makes a detailed dwelling on their beauties
    difficult in any space, and impossible in this. Mrs. Bennet we have
    glanced at, and it is not easy to say whether she is more exquisitely
    amusing or more horribly true. Much the same may be said of Kitty and
    Lydia; but it is not every author, even of genius, who would have
    differentiated with such unerring skill the effects of folly and
    vulgarity of intellect and disposition working upon the common
    weaknesses of woman at such different ages. With Mary, Miss Austen has
    taken rather less pains, though she has been even more unkind to her;
    not merely in the text, but, as we learn from those interesting
    traditional appendices which Mr. Austen Leigh has given us, in dooming
    her privately to marry “one of Mr. Philips’s clerks.” The habits of
    first copying and then retailing moral sentiments, of playing and
    singing too long in public, are, no doubt, grievous and criminal; but
    perhaps poor Mary was rather the scapegoat of the sins of blue stockings
    in that Fordyce-belectured generation. It is at any rate difficult not
    to extend to her a share of the respect and affection (affection and
    respect of a peculiar kind; doubtless), with which one regards Mr.
    Collins, when she draws the moral of Lydia’s fall. I sometimes wish
    that the exigencies of the story had permitted Miss Austen to unite
    these personages, and thus at once achieve a notable mating and soothe
    poor Mrs. Bennet’s anguish over the entail._

    _The Bingleys and the Gardiners and the Lucases, Miss Darcy and Miss de
    Bourgh, Jane, Wickham, and the rest, must pass without special comment,
    further than the remark that Charlotte Lucas (her egregious papa, though
    delightful, is just a little on the thither side of the line between
    comedy and farce) is a wonderfully clever study in drab of one kind, and
    that Wickham (though something of Miss Austen’s hesitation of touch in
    dealing with young men appears) is a not much less notable sketch in
    drab of another. Only genius could have made Charlotte what she is, yet
    not disagreeable; Wickham what he is, without investing him either with
    a cheap Don Juanish attractiveness or a disgusting rascality. But the
    hero and the heroine are not tints to be dismissed._

    _Darcy has always seemed to me by far the best and most interesting of
    Miss Austen’s heroes; the only possible competitor being Henry Tilney,
    whose part is so slight and simple that it hardly enters into
    comparison. It has sometimes, I believe, been urged that his pride is
    unnatural at first in its expression and later in its yielding, while
    his falling in love at all is not extremely probable. Here again I
    cannot go with the objectors. Darcy’s own account of the way in which
    his pride had been pampered, is perfectly rational and sufficient; and
    nothing could be, psychologically speaking, a_ causa verior _for its
    sudden restoration to healthy conditions than the shock of Elizabeth’s
    scornful refusal acting on a nature_ ex hypothesi _generous. Nothing in
    even our author is finer and more delicately touched than the change of
    his demeanour at the sudden meeting in the grounds of Pemberley. Had he
    been a bad prig or a bad coxcomb, he might have been still smarting
    under his rejection, or suspicious that the girl had come
    husband-hunting. His being neither is exactly consistent with the
    probable feelings of a man spoilt in the common sense, but not really
    injured in disposition, and thoroughly in love. As for his being in
    love, Elizabeth has given as just an exposition of the causes of that
    phenomenon as Darcy has of the conditions of his unregenerate state,
    only she has of course not counted in what was due to her own personal
    charm._

    _The secret of that charm many men and not a few women, from Miss Austen
    herself downwards, have felt, and like most charms it is a thing rather
    to be felt than to be explained. Elizabeth of course belongs to the_
    allegro _or_ allegra _division of the army of Venus. Miss Austen was
    always provokingly chary of description in regard to her beauties; and
    except the fine eyes, and a hint or two that she had at any rate
    sometimes a bright complexion, and was not very tall, we hear nothing
    about her looks. But her chief difference from other heroines of the
    lively type seems to lie first in her being distinctly clever–almost
    strong-minded, in the better sense of that objectionable word–and
    secondly in her being entirely destitute of ill-nature for all her
    propensity to tease and the sharpness of her tongue. Elizabeth can give
    at least as good as she gets when she is attacked; but she never
    “scratches,” and she never attacks first. Some of the merest
    obsoletenesses of phrase and manner give one or two of her early
    speeches a slight pertness, but that is nothing, and when she comes to
    serious business, as in the great proposal scene with Darcy (which is,
    as it should be, the climax of the interest of the book), and in the
    final ladies’ battle with Lady Catherine, she is unexceptionable. Then
    too she is a perfectly natural girl. She does not disguise from herself
    or anybody that she resents Darcy’s first ill-mannered personality with
    as personal a feeling. (By the way, the reproach that the ill-manners of
    this speech are overdone is certainly unjust; for things of the same
    kind, expressed no doubt less stiltedly but more coarsely, might have
    been heard in more than one ball-room during this very year from persons
    who ought to have been no worse bred than Darcy.) And she lets the
    injury done to Jane and the contempt shown to the rest of her family
    aggravate this resentment in the healthiest way in the world._

    _Still, all this does not explain her charm, which, taking beauty as a
    common form of all heroines, may perhaps consist in the addition to her
    playfulness, her wit, her affectionate and natural disposition, of a
    certain fearlessness very uncommon in heroines of her type and age.
    Nearly all of them would have been in speechless awe of the magnificent
    Darcy; nearly all of them would have palpitated and fluttered at the
    idea of proposals, even naughty ones, from the fascinating Wickham.
    Elizabeth, with nothing offensive, nothing_ viraginous, _nothing of the
    “New Woman” about her, has by nature what the best modern (not “new”)
    women have by education and experience, a perfect freedom from the idea
    that all men may bully her if they choose, and that most will away with
    her if they can. Though not in the least “impudent and mannish grown,”
    she has no mere sensibility, no nasty niceness about her. The form of
    passion common and likely to seem natural in Miss Austen’s day was so
    invariably connected with the display of one or the other, or both of
    these qualities, that she has not made Elizabeth outwardly passionate.
    But I, at least, have not the slightest doubt that she would have
    married Darcy just as willingly without Pemberley as with it, and
    anybody who can read between lines will not find the lovers’
    conversations in the final chapters so frigid as they might have looked
    to the Della Cruscans of their own day, and perhaps do look to the Della
    Cruscans of this._

    _And, after all, what is the good of seeking for the reason of
    charm?–it is there. There were better sense in the sad mechanic
    exercise of determining the reason of its absence where it is not. In
    the novels of the last hundred years there are vast numbers of young
    ladies with whom it might be a pleasure to fall in love; there are at
    least five with whom, as it seems to me, no man of taste and spirit can
    help doing so. Their names are, in chronological order, Elizabeth
    Bennet, Diana Vernon, Argemone Lavington, Beatrix Esmond, and Barbara
    Grant. I should have been most in love with Beatrix and Argemone; I
    should, I think, for mere occasional companionship, have preferred Diana
    and Barbara. But to live with and to marry, I do not know that any one
    of the four can come into competition with Elizabeth._

    _GEORGE SAINTSBURY._

     

    [Illustration: List of Illustrations.]

    PAGE

    Frontispiece iv

    Title-page v

    Dedication vii

    Heading to Preface ix

    Heading to List of Illustrations xxv

    Heading to Chapter I. 1

    “He came down to see the place” 2

    Mr. and Mrs. Bennet 5

    “I hope Mr. Bingley will like it” 6

    “I’m the tallest” 9

    “He rode a black horse” 10

    “When the party entered” 12

    “She is tolerable” 15

    Heading to Chapter IV. 18

    Heading to Chapter V. 22

    “Without once opening his lips” 24

    Tailpiece to Chapter V. 26

    Heading to Chapter VI. 27

    “The entreaties of several” 31

    “A note for Miss Bennet” 36

    “Cheerful prognostics” 40

    “The apothecary came” 43

    “Covering a screen” 45

    “Mrs. Bennet and her two youngest girls” 53

    Heading to Chapter X. 60

    “No, no; stay where you are” 67

    “Piling up the fire” 69

    Heading to Chapter XII. 75

    Heading to Chapter XIII. 78

    Heading to Chapter XIV. 84

    “Protested that he never read novels” 87

    Heading to Chapter XV. 89

    Heading to Chapter XVI. 95

    “The officers of the —-shire” 97

    “Delighted to see their dear friend again” 108

    Heading to Chapter XVIII. 113

    “Such very superior dancing is not often seen” 118

    “To assure you in the most animated language” 132

    Heading to Chapter XX. 139

    “They entered the breakfast-room” 143

    Heading to Chapter XXI. 146

    “Walked back with them” 148

    Heading to Chapter XXII. 154

    “So much love and eloquence” 156

    “Protested he must be entirely mistaken” 161

    “Whenever she spoke in a low voice” 166

    Heading to Chapter XXIV. 168

    Heading to Chapter XXV. 175

    “Offended two or three young ladies” 177

    “Will you come and see me?” 181

    “On the stairs” 189

    “At the door” 194

    “In conversation with the ladies” 198

    “Lady Catherine,” said she, “you have given me a treasure” 200

    Heading to Chapter XXX. 209

    “He never failed to inform them” 211

    “The gentlemen accompanied him” 213

    Heading to Chapter XXXI. 215

    Heading to Chapter XXXII. 221

    “Accompanied by their aunt” 225

    “On looking up” 228

    Heading to Chapter XXXIV. 235

    “Hearing herself called” 243

    Heading to Chapter XXXVI. 253

    “Meeting accidentally in town” 256

    “His parting obeisance” 261

    “Dawson” 263

    “The elevation of his feelings” 267

    “They had forgotten to leave any message” 270

    “How nicely we are crammed in!” 272

    Heading to Chapter XL. 278

    “I am determined never to speak of it again” 283

    “When Colonel Miller’s regiment went away” 285

    “Tenderly flirting” 290

    The arrival of the Gardiners 294

    “Conjecturing as to the date” 301

    Heading to Chapter XLIV. 318

    “To make herself agreeable to all” 321

    “Engaged by the river” 327

    Heading to Chapter XLVI. 334

    “I have not an instant to lose” 339

    “The first pleasing earnest of their welcome” 345

    The Post 359

    “To whom I have related the affair” 363

    Heading to Chapter XLIX. 368

    “But perhaps you would like to read it” 370

    “The spiteful old ladies” 377

    “With an affectionate smile” 385

    “I am sure she did not listen” 393

    “Mr. Darcy with him” 404

    “Jane happened to look round” 415

    “Mrs. Long and her nieces” 420

    “Lizzy, my dear, I want to speak to you” 422

    Heading to Chapter LVI. 431

    “After a short survey” 434

    “But now it comes out” 442

    “The efforts of his aunt” 448

    “Unable to utter a syllable” 457

    “The obsequious civility” 466

    Heading to Chapter LXI. 472

    The End 476

     

    [Illustration: ·PRIDE AND PREJUDICE·

     

    Chapter I.]

    It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession
    of a good fortune must be in want of a wife.

    However little known the feelings or views of such a man may be on his
    first entering a neighbourhood, this truth is so well fixed in the minds
    of the surrounding families, that he is considered as the rightful
    property of some one or other of their daughters.

    “My dear Mr. Bennet,” said his lady to him one day, “have you heard that
    Netherfield Park is let at last?”

    Mr. Bennet replied that he had not.

    “But it is,” returned she; “for Mrs. Long has just been here, and she
    told me all about it.”

    Mr. Bennet made no answer.

    “Do not you want to know who has taken it?” cried his wife, impatiently.

    “_You_ want to tell me, and I have no objection to hearing it.”

    [Illustration:

    “He came down to see the place”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    This was invitation enough.

    “Why, my dear, you must know, Mrs. Long says that Netherfield is taken
    by a young man of large fortune from the north of England; that he came
    down on Monday in a chaise and four to see the place, and was so much
    delighted with it that he agreed with Mr. Morris immediately; that he is
    to take possession before Michaelmas, and some of his servants are to be
    in the house by the end of next week.”

    “What is his name?”

    “Bingley.”

    “Is he married or single?”

    “Oh, single, my dear, to be sure! A single man of large fortune; four or
    five thousand a year. What a fine thing for our girls!”

    “How so? how can it affect them?”

    “My dear Mr. Bennet,” replied his wife, “how can you be so tiresome? You
    must know that I am thinking of his marrying one of them.”

    “Is that his design in settling here?”

    “Design? Nonsense, how can you talk so! But it is very likely that he
    _may_ fall in love with one of them, and therefore you must visit him as
    soon as he comes.”

    “I see no occasion for that. You and the girls may go–or you may send
    them by themselves, which perhaps will be still better; for as you are
    as handsome as any of them, Mr. Bingley might like you the best of the
    party.”

    “My dear, you flatter me. I certainly _have_ had my share of beauty, but
    I do not pretend to be anything extraordinary now. When a woman has five
    grown-up daughters, she ought to give over thinking of her own beauty.”

    “In such cases, a woman has not often much beauty to think of.”

    “But, my dear, you must indeed go and see Mr. Bingley when he comes into
    the neighbourhood.”

    “It is more than I engage for, I assure you.”

    “But consider your daughters. Only think what an establishment it would
    be for one of them. Sir William and Lady Lucas are determined to go,
    merely on that account; for in general, you know, they visit no new
    comers. Indeed you must go, for it will be impossible for _us_ to visit
    him, if you do not.”

    “You are over scrupulous, surely. I dare say Mr. Bingley will be very
    glad to see you; and I will send a few lines by you to assure him of my
    hearty consent to his marrying whichever he chooses of the girls–though
    I must throw in a good word for my little Lizzy.”

    “I desire you will do no such thing. Lizzy is not a bit better than the
    others: and I am sure she is not half so handsome as Jane, nor half so
    good-humoured as Lydia. But you are always giving _her_ the preference.”

    “They have none of them much to recommend them,” replied he: “they are
    all silly and ignorant like other girls; but Lizzy has something more of
    quickness than her sisters.”

    “Mr. Bennet, how can you abuse your own children in such a way? You take
    delight in vexing me. You have no compassion on my poor nerves.”

    “You mistake me, my dear. I have a high respect for your nerves. They
    are my old friends. I have heard you mention them with consideration
    these twenty years at least.”

    “Ah, you do not know what I suffer.”

    “But I hope you will get over it, and live to see many young men of four
    thousand a year come into the neighbourhood.”

    “It will be no use to us, if twenty such should come, since you will not
    visit them.”

    “Depend upon it, my dear, that when there are twenty, I will visit them
    all.”

    Mr. Bennet was so odd a mixture of quick parts, sarcastic humour,
    reserve, and caprice, that the experience of three-and-twenty years had
    been insufficient to make his wife understand his character. _Her_ mind
    was less difficult to develope. She was a woman of mean understanding,
    little information, and uncertain temper. When she was discontented, she
    fancied herself nervous. The business of her life was to get her
    daughters married: its solace was visiting and news.

    [Illustration: M^{r.} & M^{rs.} Bennet

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    [Illustration:

    “I hope Mr. Bingley will like it”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER II.

     

    Mr. Bennet was among the earliest of those who waited on Mr. Bingley. He
    had always intended to visit him, though to the last always assuring his
    wife that he should not go; and till the evening after the visit was
    paid she had no knowledge of it. It was then disclosed in the following
    manner. Observing his second daughter employed in trimming a hat, he
    suddenly addressed her with,–

    “I hope Mr. Bingley will like it, Lizzy.”

    “We are not in a way to know _what_ Mr. Bingley likes,” said her mother,
    resentfully, “since we are not to visit.”

    “But you forget, mamma,” said Elizabeth, “that we shall meet him at the
    assemblies, and that Mrs. Long has promised to introduce him.”

    “I do not believe Mrs. Long will do any such thing. She has two nieces
    of her own. She is a selfish, hypocritical woman, and I have no opinion
    of her.”

    “No more have I,” said Mr. Bennet; “and I am glad to find that you do
    not depend on her serving you.”

    Mrs. Bennet deigned not to make any reply; but, unable to contain
    herself, began scolding one of her daughters.

    “Don’t keep coughing so, Kitty, for heaven’s sake! Have a little
    compassion on my nerves. You tear them to pieces.”

    “Kitty has no discretion in her coughs,” said her father; “she times
    them ill.”

    “I do not cough for my own amusement,” replied Kitty, fretfully. “When
    is your next ball to be, Lizzy?”

    “To-morrow fortnight.”

    “Ay, so it is,” cried her mother, “and Mrs. Long does not come back till
    the day before; so, it will be impossible for her to introduce him, for
    she will not know him herself.”

    “Then, my dear, you may have the advantage of your friend, and introduce
    Mr. Bingley to _her_.”

    “Impossible, Mr. Bennet, impossible, when I am not acquainted with him
    myself; how can you be so teasing?”

    “I honour your circumspection. A fortnight’s acquaintance is certainly
    very little. One cannot know what a man really is by the end of a
    fortnight. But if _we_ do not venture, somebody else will; and after
    all, Mrs. Long and her nieces must stand their chance; and, therefore,
    as she will think it an act of kindness, if you decline the office, I
    will take it on myself.”

    The girls stared at their father. Mrs. Bennet said only, “Nonsense,
    nonsense!”

    “What can be the meaning of that emphatic exclamation?” cried he. “Do
    you consider the forms of introduction, and the stress that is laid on
    them, as nonsense? I cannot quite agree with you _there_. What say you,
    Mary? For you are a young lady of deep reflection, I know, and read
    great books, and make extracts.”

    Mary wished to say something very sensible, but knew not how.

    “While Mary is adjusting her ideas,” he continued, “let us return to Mr.
    Bingley.”

    “I am sick of Mr. Bingley,” cried his wife.

    “I am sorry to hear _that_; but why did you not tell me so before? If I
    had known as much this morning, I certainly would not have called on
    him. It is very unlucky; but as I have actually paid the visit, we
    cannot escape the acquaintance now.”

    The astonishment of the ladies was just what he wished–that of Mrs.
    Bennet perhaps surpassing the rest; though when the first tumult of joy
    was over, she began to declare that it was what she had expected all the
    while.

    “How good it was in you, my dear Mr. Bennet! But I knew I should
    persuade you at last. I was sure you loved your girls too well to
    neglect such an acquaintance. Well, how pleased I am! And it is such a
    good joke, too, that you should have gone this morning, and never said a
    word about it till now.”

    “Now, Kitty, you may cough as much as you choose,” said Mr. Bennet; and,
    as he spoke, he left the room, fatigued with the raptures of his wife.

    “What an excellent father you have, girls,” said she, when the door was
    shut. “I do not know how you will ever make him amends for his kindness;
    or me either, for that matter. At our time of life, it is not so
    pleasant, I can tell you, to be making new acquaintances every day; but
    for your sakes we would do anything. Lydia, my love, though you _are_
    the youngest, I dare say Mr. Bingley will dance with you at the next
    ball.”

    “Oh,” said Lydia, stoutly, “I am not afraid; for though I _am_ the
    youngest, I’m the tallest.”

    The rest of the evening was spent in conjecturing how soon he would
    return Mr. Bennet’s visit, and determining when they should ask him to
    dinner.

    [Illustration: “I’m the tallest”]

     

    [Illustration:

    “He rode a black horse”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER III.

     

    Not all that Mrs. Bennet, however, with the assistance of her five
    daughters, could ask on the subject, was sufficient to draw from her
    husband any satisfactory description of Mr. Bingley. They attacked him
    in various ways, with barefaced questions, ingenious suppositions, and
    distant surmises; but he eluded the skill of them all; and they were at
    last obliged to accept the second-hand intelligence of their neighbour,
    Lady Lucas. Her report was highly favourable. Sir William had been
    delighted with him. He was quite young, wonderfully handsome, extremely
    agreeable, and, to crown the whole, he meant to be at the next assembly
    with a large party. Nothing could be more delightful! To be fond of
    dancing was a certain step towards falling in love; and very lively
    hopes of Mr. Bingley’s heart were entertained.

    “If I can but see one of my daughters happily settled at Netherfield,”
    said Mrs. Bennet to her husband, “and all the others equally well
    married, I shall have nothing to wish for.”

    In a few days Mr. Bingley returned Mr. Bennet’s visit, and sat about ten
    minutes with him in his library. He had entertained hopes of being
    admitted to a sight of the young ladies, of whose beauty he had heard
    much; but he saw only the father. The ladies were somewhat more
    fortunate, for they had the advantage of ascertaining, from an upper
    window, that he wore a blue coat and rode a black horse.

    An invitation to dinner was soon afterwards despatched; and already had
    Mrs. Bennet planned the courses that were to do credit to her
    housekeeping, when an answer arrived which deferred it all. Mr. Bingley
    was obliged to be in town the following day, and consequently unable to
    accept the honour of their invitation, etc. Mrs. Bennet was quite
    disconcerted. She could not imagine what business he could have in town
    so soon after his arrival in Hertfordshire; and she began to fear that
    he might always be flying about from one place to another, and never
    settled at Netherfield as he ought to be. Lady Lucas quieted her fears a
    little by starting the idea of his

    [Illustration:

    “When the Party entered”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    being gone to London only to get a large party for the ball; and a
    report soon followed that Mr. Bingley was to bring twelve ladies and
    seven gentlemen with him to the assembly. The girls grieved over such a
    number of ladies; but were comforted the day before the ball by hearing
    that, instead of twelve, he had brought only six with him from London,
    his five sisters and a cousin. And when the party entered the
    assembly-room, it consisted of only five altogether: Mr. Bingley, his
    two sisters, the husband of the eldest, and another young man.

    Mr. Bingley was good-looking and gentlemanlike: he had a pleasant
    countenance, and easy, unaffected manners. His sisters were fine women,
    with an air of decided fashion. His brother-in-law, Mr. Hurst, merely
    looked the gentleman; but his friend Mr. Darcy soon drew the attention
    of the room by his fine, tall person, handsome features, noble mien, and
    the report, which was in general circulation within five minutes after
    his entrance, of his having ten thousand a year. The gentlemen
    pronounced him to be a fine figure of a man, the ladies declared he was
    much handsomer than Mr. Bingley, and he was looked at with great
    admiration for about half the evening, till his manners gave a disgust
    which turned the tide of his popularity; for he was discovered to be
    proud, to be above his company, and above being pleased; and not all his
    large estate in Derbyshire could save him from having a most forbidding,
    disagreeable countenance, and being unworthy to be compared with his
    friend.

    Mr. Bingley had soon made himself acquainted with all the principal
    people in the room: he was lively and unreserved, danced every dance,
    was angry that the ball closed so early, and talked of giving one
    himself at Netherfield. Such amiable qualities must speak for
    themselves. What a contrast between him and his friend! Mr. Darcy danced
    only once with Mrs. Hurst and once with Miss Bingley, declined being
    introduced to any other lady, and spent the rest of the evening in
    walking about the room, speaking occasionally to one of his own party.
    His character was decided. He was the proudest, most disagreeable man in
    the world, and everybody hoped that he would never come there again.
    Amongst the most violent against him was Mrs. Bennet, whose dislike of
    his general behaviour was sharpened into particular resentment by his
    having slighted one of her daughters.

    Elizabeth Bennet had been obliged, by the scarcity of gentlemen, to sit
    down for two dances; and during part of that time, Mr. Darcy had been
    standing near enough for her to overhear a conversation between him and
    Mr. Bingley, who came from the dance for a few minutes to press his
    friend to join it.

    “Come, Darcy,” said he, “I must have you dance. I hate to see you
    standing about by yourself in this stupid manner. You had much better
    dance.”

    “I certainly shall not. You know how I detest it, unless I am
    particularly acquainted with my partner. At such an assembly as this, it
    would be insupportable. Your sisters are engaged, and there is not
    another woman in the room whom it would not be a punishment to me to
    stand up with.”

    “I would not be so fastidious as you are,” cried Bingley, “for a
    kingdom! Upon my honour, I never met with so many pleasant girls in my
    life as I have this evening; and there are several of them, you see,
    uncommonly pretty.”

    “_You_ are dancing with the only handsome girl in the room,” said Mr.
    Darcy, looking at the eldest Miss Bennet.

    “Oh, she is the most beautiful creature I ever beheld! But there is one
    of her sisters sitting down just behind you, who is very pretty, and I
    dare say very agreeable. Do let me ask my partner to introduce you.”

    [Illustration:

    “She is tolerable”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    “Which do you mean?” and turning round, he looked for a moment at
    Elizabeth, till, catching her eye, he withdrew his own, and coldly said,
    “She is tolerable: but not handsome enough to tempt _me_; and I am in no
    humour at present to give consequence to young ladies who are slighted
    by other men. You had better return to your partner and enjoy her
    smiles, for you are wasting your time with me.”

    Mr. Bingley followed his advice. Mr. Darcy walked off; and Elizabeth
    remained with no very cordial feelings towards him. She told the story,
    however, with great spirit among her friends; for she had a lively,
    playful disposition, which delighted in anything ridiculous.

    The evening altogether passed off pleasantly to the whole family. Mrs.
    Bennet had seen her eldest daughter much admired by the Netherfield
    party. Mr. Bingley had danced with her twice, and she had been
    distinguished by his sisters. Jane was as much gratified by this as her
    mother could be, though in a quieter way. Elizabeth felt Jane’s
    pleasure. Mary had heard herself mentioned to Miss Bingley as the most
    accomplished girl in the neighbourhood; and Catherine and Lydia had been
    fortunate enough to be never without partners, which was all that they
    had yet learnt to care for at a ball. They returned, therefore, in good
    spirits to Longbourn, the village where they lived, and of which they
    were the principal inhabitants. They found Mr. Bennet still up. With a
    book, he was regardless of time; and on the present occasion he had a
    good deal of curiosity as to the event of an evening which had raised
    such splendid expectations. He had rather hoped that all his wife’s
    views on the stranger would be disappointed; but he soon found that he
    had a very different story to hear.

    “Oh, my dear Mr. Bennet,” as she entered the room, “we have had a most
    delightful evening, a most excellent ball. I wish you had been there.
    Jane was so admired, nothing could be like it. Everybody said how well
    she looked; and Mr. Bingley thought her quite beautiful, and danced with
    her twice. Only think of _that_, my dear: he actually danced with her
    twice; and she was the only creature in the room that he asked a second
    time. First of all, he asked Miss Lucas. I was so vexed to see him stand
    up with her; but, however, he did not admire her at all; indeed, nobody
    can, you know; and he seemed quite struck with Jane as she was going
    down the dance. So he inquired who she was, and got introduced, and
    asked her for the two next. Then, the two third he danced with Miss
    King, and the two fourth with Maria Lucas, and the two fifth with Jane
    again, and the two sixth with Lizzy, and the _Boulanger_—-”

    “If he had had any compassion for _me_,” cried her husband impatiently,
    “he would not have danced half so much! For God’s sake, say no more of
    his partners. O that he had sprained his ancle in the first dance!”

    “Oh, my dear,” continued Mrs. Bennet, “I am quite delighted with him. He
    is so excessively handsome! and his sisters are charming women. I never
    in my life saw anything more elegant than their dresses. I dare say the
    lace upon Mrs. Hurst’s gown—-”

    Here she was interrupted again. Mr. Bennet protested against any
    description of finery. She was therefore obliged to seek another branch
    of the subject, and related, with much bitterness of spirit, and some
    exaggeration, the shocking rudeness of Mr. Darcy.

    “But I can assure you,” she added, “that Lizzy does not lose much by not
    suiting _his_ fancy; for he is a most disagreeable, horrid man, not at
    all worth pleasing. So high and so conceited, that there was no enduring
    him! He walked here, and he walked there, fancying himself so very
    great! Not handsome enough to dance with! I wish you had been there, my
    dear, to have given him one of your set-downs. I quite detest the man.”

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER IV.

     

    When Jane and Elizabeth were alone, the former, who had been cautious in
    her praise of Mr. Bingley before, expressed to her sister how very much
    she admired him.

    “He is just what a young-man ought to be,” said she, “sensible,
    good-humoured, lively; and I never saw such happy manners! so much ease,
    with such perfect good breeding!”

    “He is also handsome,” replied Elizabeth, “which a young man ought
    likewise to be if he possibly can. His character is thereby complete.”

    “I was very much flattered by his asking me to dance a second time. I
    did not expect such a compliment.”

    “Did not you? _I_ did for you. But that is one great difference between
    us. Compliments always take _you_ by surprise, and _me_ never. What
    could be more natural than his asking you again? He could not help
    seeing that you were about five times as pretty as every other woman in
    the room. No thanks to his gallantry for that. Well, he certainly is
    very agreeable, and I give you leave to like him. You have liked many a
    stupider person.”

    “Dear Lizzy!”

    “Oh, you are a great deal too apt, you know, to like people in general.
    You never see a fault in anybody. All the world are good and agreeable
    in your eyes. I never heard you speak ill of a human being in my life.”

    “I would wish not to be hasty in censuring anyone; but I always speak
    what I think.”

    “I know you do: and it is _that_ which makes the wonder. With _your_
    good sense, to be so honestly blind to the follies and nonsense of
    others! Affectation of candour is common enough; one meets with it
    everywhere. But to be candid without ostentation or design,–to take the
    good of everybody’s character and make it still better, and say nothing
    of the bad,–belongs to you alone. And so, you like this man’s sisters,
    too, do you? Their manners are not equal to his.”

    “Certainly not, at first; but they are very pleasing women when you
    converse with them. Miss Bingley is to live with her brother, and keep
    his house; and I am much mistaken if we shall not find a very charming
    neighbour in her.”

    Elizabeth listened in silence, but was not convinced: their behaviour at
    the assembly had not been calculated to please in general; and with more
    quickness of observation and less pliancy of temper than her sister, and
    with a judgment, too, unassailed by any attention to herself, she was
    very little disposed to approve them. They were, in fact, very fine
    ladies; not deficient in good-humour when they were pleased, nor in the
    power of being agreeable where they chose it; but proud and conceited.
    They were rather handsome; had been educated in one of the first private
    seminaries in town; had a fortune of twenty thousand pounds; were in the
    habit of spending more than they ought, and of associating with people
    of rank; and were, therefore, in every respect entitled to think well of
    themselves and meanly of others. They were of a respectable family in
    the north of England; a circumstance more deeply impressed on their
    memories than that their brother’s fortune and their own had been
    acquired by trade.

    Mr. Bingley inherited property to the amount of nearly a hundred
    thousand pounds from his father, who had intended to purchase an estate,
    but did not live to do it. Mr. Bingley intended it likewise, and
    sometimes made choice of his county; but, as he was now provided with a
    good house and the liberty of a manor, it was doubtful to many of those
    who best knew the easiness of his temper, whether he might not spend the
    remainder of his days at Netherfield, and leave the next generation to
    purchase.

    His sisters were very anxious for his having an estate of his own; but
    though he was now established only as a tenant, Miss Bingley was by no
    means unwilling to preside at his table; nor was Mrs. Hurst, who had
    married a man of more fashion than fortune, less disposed to consider
    his house as her home when it suited her. Mr. Bingley had not been of
    age two years when he was tempted, by an accidental recommendation, to
    look at Netherfield House. He did look at it, and into it, for half an
    hour; was pleased with the situation and the principal rooms, satisfied
    with what the owner said in its praise, and took it immediately.

    Between him and Darcy there was a very steady friendship, in spite of a
    great opposition of character. Bingley was endeared to Darcy by the
    easiness, openness, and ductility of his temper, though no disposition
    could offer a greater contrast to his own, and though with his own he
    never appeared dissatisfied. On the strength of Darcy’s regard, Bingley
    had the firmest reliance, and of his judgment the highest opinion. In
    understanding, Darcy was the superior. Bingley was by no means
    deficient; but Darcy was clever. He was at the same time haughty,
    reserved, and fastidious; and his manners, though well bred, were not
    inviting. In that respect his friend had greatly the advantage. Bingley
    was sure of being liked wherever he appeared; Darcy was continually
    giving offence.

    The manner in which they spoke of the Meryton assembly was sufficiently
    characteristic. Bingley had never met with pleasanter people or prettier
    girls in his life; everybody had been most kind and attentive to him;
    there had been no formality, no stiffness; he had soon felt acquainted
    with all the room; and as to Miss Bennet, he could not conceive an angel
    more beautiful. Darcy, on the contrary, had seen a collection of people
    in whom there was little beauty and no fashion, for none of whom he had
    felt the smallest interest, and from none received either attention or
    pleasure. Miss Bennet he acknowledged to be pretty; but she smiled too
    much.

    Mrs. Hurst and her sister allowed it to be so; but still they admired
    her and liked her, and pronounced her to be a sweet girl, and one whom
    they should not object to know more of. Miss Bennet was therefore
    established as a sweet girl; and their brother felt authorized by such
    commendation to think of her as he chose.

     

    [Illustration: [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER V.

     

    Within a short walk of Longbourn lived a family with whom the Bennets
    were particularly intimate. Sir William Lucas had been formerly in trade
    in Meryton, where he had made a tolerable fortune, and risen to the
    honour of knighthood by an address to the king during his mayoralty. The
    distinction had, perhaps, been felt too strongly. It had given him a
    disgust to his business and to his residence in a small market town;
    and, quitting them both, he had removed with his family to a house about
    a mile from Meryton, denominated from that period Lucas Lodge; where he
    could think with pleasure of his own importance, and, unshackled by
    business, occupy himself solely in being civil to all the world. For,
    though elated by his rank, it did not render him supercilious; on the
    contrary, he was all attention to everybody. By nature inoffensive,
    friendly, and obliging, his presentation at St. James’s had made him
    courteous.

    Lady Lucas was a very good kind of woman, not too clever to be a
    valuable neighbour to Mrs. Bennet. They had several children. The eldest
    of them, a sensible, intelligent young woman, about twenty-seven, was
    Elizabeth’s intimate friend.

    That the Miss Lucases and the Miss Bennets should meet to talk over a
    ball was absolutely necessary; and the morning after the assembly
    brought the former to Longbourn to hear and to communicate.

    “_You_ began the evening well, Charlotte,” said Mrs. Bennet, with civil
    self-command, to Miss Lucas. “_You_ were Mr. Bingley’s first choice.”

    “Yes; but he seemed to like his second better.”

    “Oh, you mean Jane, I suppose, because he danced with her twice. To be
    sure that _did_ seem as if he admired her–indeed, I rather believe he
    _did_–I heard something about it–but I hardly know what–something
    about Mr. Robinson.”

    “Perhaps you mean what I overheard between him and Mr. Robinson: did not
    I mention it to you? Mr. Robinson’s asking him how he liked our Meryton
    assemblies, and whether he did not think there were a great many pretty
    women in the room, and _which_ he thought the prettiest? and his
    answering immediately to the last question, ‘Oh, the eldest Miss Bennet,
    beyond a doubt: there cannot be two opinions on that point.’”

    “Upon my word! Well, that was very decided, indeed–that does seem as
    if–but, however, it may all come to nothing, you know.”

    “_My_ overhearings were more to the purpose than _yours_, Eliza,” said
    Charlotte. “Mr. Darcy is not so well worth listening to as his friend,
    is he? Poor Eliza! to be only just _tolerable_.”

    “I beg you will not put it into Lizzy’s head to be vexed by his
    ill-treatment, for he is such a disagreeable man that it would be quite
    a misfortune to be liked by him. Mrs. Long told me last night that he
    sat close to her for half an hour without once opening his lips.”

    [Illustration: “Without once opening his lips”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    “Are you quite sure, ma’am? Is not there a little mistake?” said Jane.
    “I certainly saw Mr. Darcy speaking to her.”

    “Ay, because she asked him at last how he liked Netherfield, and he
    could not help answering her; but she said he seemed very angry at being
    spoke to.”

    “Miss Bingley told me,” said Jane, “that he never speaks much unless
    among his intimate acquaintance. With _them_ he is remarkably
    agreeable.”

    “I do not believe a word of it, my dear. If he had been so very
    agreeable, he would have talked to Mrs. Long. But I can guess how it
    was; everybody says that he is eat up with pride, and I dare say he had
    heard somehow that Mrs. Long does not keep a carriage, and had to come
    to the ball in a hack chaise.”

    “I do not mind his not talking to Mrs. Long,” said Miss Lucas, “but I
    wish he had danced with Eliza.”

    “Another time, Lizzy,” said her mother, “I would not dance with _him_,
    if I were you.”

    “I believe, ma’am, I may safely promise you _never_ to dance with him.”

    “His pride,” said Miss Lucas, “does not offend _me_ so much as pride
    often does, because there is an excuse for it. One cannot wonder that so
    very fine a young man, with family, fortune, everything in his favour,
    should think highly of himself. If I may so express it, he has a _right_
    to be proud.”

    “That is very true,” replied Elizabeth, “and I could easily forgive
    _his_ pride, if he had not mortified _mine_.”

    “Pride,” observed Mary, who piqued herself upon the solidity of her
    reflections, “is a very common failing, I believe. By all that I have
    ever read, I am convinced that it is very common indeed; that human
    nature is particularly prone to it, and that there are very few of us
    who do not cherish a feeling of self-complacency on the score of some
    quality or other, real or imaginary. Vanity and pride are different
    things, though the words are often used synonymously. A person may be
    proud without being vain. Pride relates more to our opinion of
    ourselves; vanity to what we would have others think of us.”

    “If I were as rich as Mr. Darcy,” cried a young Lucas, who came with his
    sisters, “I should not care how proud I was. I would keep a pack of
    foxhounds, and drink a bottle of wine every day.”

    “Then you would drink a great deal more than you ought,” said Mrs.
    Bennet; “and if I were to see you at it, I should take away your bottle
    directly.”

    The boy protested that she should not; she continued to declare that she
    would; and the argument ended only with the visit.

     

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER VI.

     

    The ladies of Longbourn soon waited on those of Netherfield. The visit
    was returned in due form. Miss Bennet’s pleasing manners grew on the
    good-will of Mrs. Hurst and Miss Bingley; and though the mother was
    found to be intolerable, and the younger sisters not worth speaking to,
    a wish of being better acquainted with _them_ was expressed towards the
    two eldest. By Jane this attention was received with the greatest
    pleasure; but Elizabeth still saw superciliousness in their treatment of
    everybody, hardly excepting even her sister, and could not like them;
    though their kindness to Jane, such as it was, had a value, as arising,
    in all probability, from the influence of their brother’s admiration. It
    was generally evident, whenever they met, that he _did_ admire her; and
    to _her_ it was equally evident that Jane was yielding to the preference
    which she had begun to entertain for him from the first, and was in a
    way to be very much in love; but she considered with pleasure that it
    was not likely to be discovered by the world in general, since Jane
    united with great strength of feeling, a composure of temper and an
    uniform cheerfulness of manner, which would guard her from the
    suspicions of the impertinent. She mentioned this to her friend, Miss
    Lucas.

    “It may, perhaps, be pleasant,” replied Charlotte, “to be able to impose
    on the public in such a case; but it is sometimes a disadvantage to be
    so very guarded. If a woman conceals her affection with the same skill
    from the object of it, she may lose the opportunity of fixing him; and
    it will then be but poor consolation to believe the world equally in the
    dark. There is so much of gratitude or vanity in almost every
    attachment, that it is not safe to leave any to itself. We can all
    _begin_ freely–a slight preference is natural enough; but there are
    very few of us who have heart enough to be really in love without
    encouragement. In nine cases out of ten, a woman had better show _more_
    affection than she feels. Bingley likes your sister undoubtedly; but he
    may never do more than like her, if she does not help him on.”

    “But she does help him on, as much as her nature will allow. If _I_ can
    perceive her regard for him, he must be a simpleton indeed not to
    discover it too.”

    “Remember, Eliza, that he does not know Jane’s disposition as you do.”

    “But if a woman is partial to a man, and does not endeavor to conceal
    it, he must find it out.”

    “Perhaps he must, if he sees enough of her. But though Bingley and Jane
    meet tolerably often, it is never for many hours together; and as they
    always see each other in large mixed parties, it is impossible that
    every moment should be employed in conversing together. Jane should
    therefore make the most of every half hour in which she can command his
    attention. When she is secure of him, there will be leisure for falling
    in love as much as she chooses.”

    “Your plan is a good one,” replied Elizabeth, “where nothing is in
    question but the desire of being well married; and if I were determined
    to get a rich husband, or any husband, I dare say I should adopt it. But
    these are not Jane’s feelings; she is not acting by design. As yet she
    cannot even be certain of the degree of her own regard, nor of its
    reasonableness. She has known him only a fortnight. She danced four
    dances with him at Meryton; she saw him one morning at his own house,
    and has since dined in company with him four times. This is not quite
    enough to make her understand his character.”

    “Not as you represent it. Had she merely _dined_ with him, she might
    only have discovered whether he had a good appetite; but you must
    remember that four evenings have been also spent together–and four
    evenings may do a great deal.”

    “Yes: these four evenings have enabled them to ascertain that they both
    like Vingt-un better than Commerce, but with respect to any other
    leading characteristic, I do not imagine that much has been unfolded.”

    “Well,” said Charlotte, “I wish Jane success with all my heart; and if
    she were married to him to-morrow, I should think she had as good a
    chance of happiness as if she were to be studying his character for a
    twelvemonth. Happiness in marriage is entirely a matter of chance. If
    the dispositions of the parties are ever so well known to each other, or
    ever so similar beforehand, it does not advance their felicity in the
    least. They always continue to grow sufficiently unlike afterwards to
    have their share of vexation; and it is better to know as little as
    possible of the defects of the person with whom you are to pass your
    life.”

    “You make me laugh, Charlotte; but it is not sound. You know it is not
    sound, and that you would never act in this way yourself.”

    Occupied in observing Mr. Bingley’s attention to her sister, Elizabeth
    was far from suspecting that she was herself becoming an object of some
    interest in the eyes of his friend. Mr. Darcy had at first scarcely
    allowed her to be pretty: he had looked at her without admiration at the
    ball; and when they next met, he looked at her only to criticise. But no
    sooner had he made it clear to himself and his friends that she had
    hardly a good feature in her face, than he began to find it was rendered
    uncommonly intelligent by the beautiful expression of her dark eyes. To
    this discovery succeeded some others equally mortifying. Though he had
    detected with a critical eye more than one failure of perfect symmetry
    in her form, he was forced to acknowledge her figure to be light and
    pleasing; and in spite of his asserting that her manners were not those
    of the fashionable world, he was caught by their easy playfulness. Of
    this she was perfectly unaware: to her he was only the man who made
    himself agreeable nowhere, and who had not thought her handsome enough
    to dance with.

    He began to wish to know more of her; and, as a step towards conversing
    with her himself, attended to her conversation with others. His doing so
    drew her notice. It was at Sir William Lucas’s, where a large party were
    assembled.

    “What does Mr. Darcy mean,” said she to Charlotte, “by listening to my
    conversation with Colonel Forster?”

    “That is a question which Mr. Darcy only can answer.”

    “But if he does it any more, I shall certainly let him know that I see
    what he is about. He has a very satirical eye, and if I do not begin by
    being impertinent myself, I shall soon grow afraid of him.”

    [Illustration: “The entreaties of several” [_Copyright 1894 by George
    Allen._]]

    On his approaching them soon afterwards, though without seeming to have
    any intention of speaking, Miss Lucas defied her friend to mention such
    a subject to him, which immediately provoking Elizabeth to do it, she
    turned to him and said,–

    “Did not you think, Mr. Darcy, that I expressed myself uncommonly well
    just now, when I was teasing Colonel Forster to give us a ball at
    Meryton?”

    “With great energy; but it is a subject which always makes a lady
    energetic.”

    “You are severe on us.”

    “It will be _her_ turn soon to be teased,” said Miss Lucas. “I am going
    to open the instrument, Eliza, and you know what follows.”

    “You are a very strange creature by way of a friend!–always wanting me
    to play and sing before anybody and everybody! If my vanity had taken a
    musical turn, you would have been invaluable; but as it is, I would
    really rather not sit down before those who must be in the habit of
    hearing the very best performers.” On Miss Lucas’s persevering, however,
    she added, “Very well; if it must be so, it must.” And gravely glancing
    at Mr. Darcy, “There is a very fine old saying, which everybody here is
    of course familiar with–‘Keep your breath to cool your porridge,’–and
    I shall keep mine to swell my song.”

    Her performance was pleasing, though by no means capital. After a song
    or two, and before she could reply to the entreaties of several that she
    would sing again, she was eagerly succeeded at the instrument by her
    sister Mary, who having, in consequence of being the only plain one in
    the family, worked hard for knowledge and accomplishments, was always
    impatient for display.

    Mary had neither genius nor taste; and though vanity had given her
    application, it had given her likewise a pedantic air and conceited
    manner, which would have injured a higher degree of excellence than she
    had reached. Elizabeth, easy and unaffected, had been listened to with
    much more pleasure, though not playing half so well; and Mary, at the
    end of a long concerto, was glad to purchase praise and gratitude by
    Scotch and Irish airs, at the request of her younger sisters, who with
    some of the Lucases, and two or three officers, joined eagerly in
    dancing at one end of the room.

    Mr. Darcy stood near them in silent indignation at such a mode of
    passing the evening, to the exclusion of all conversation, and was too
    much engrossed by his own thoughts to perceive that Sir William Lucas
    was his neighbour, till Sir William thus began:–

    “What a charming amusement for young people this is, Mr. Darcy! There is
    nothing like dancing, after all. I consider it as one of the first
    refinements of polished societies.”

    “Certainly, sir; and it has the advantage also of being in vogue amongst
    the less polished societies of the world: every savage can dance.”

    Sir William only smiled. “Your friend performs delightfully,” he
    continued, after a pause, on seeing Bingley join the group; “and I doubt
    not that you are an adept in the science yourself, Mr. Darcy.”

    “You saw me dance at Meryton, I believe, sir.”

    “Yes, indeed, and received no inconsiderable pleasure from the sight. Do
    you often dance at St. James’s?”

    “Never, sir.”

    “Do you not think it would be a proper compliment to the place?”

    “It is a compliment which I never pay to any place if I can avoid it.”

    “You have a house in town, I conclude?”

    Mr. Darcy bowed.

    “I had once some thoughts of fixing in town myself, for I am fond of
    superior society; but I did not feel quite certain that the air of
    London would agree with Lady Lucas.”

    He paused in hopes of an answer: but his companion was not disposed to
    make any; and Elizabeth at that instant moving towards them, he was
    struck with the notion of doing a very gallant thing, and called out to
    her,–

    “My dear Miss Eliza, why are not you dancing? Mr. Darcy, you must allow
    me to present this young lady to you as a very desirable partner. You
    cannot refuse to dance, I am sure, when so much beauty is before you.”
    And, taking her hand, he would have given it to Mr. Darcy, who, though
    extremely surprised, was not unwilling to receive it, when she instantly
    drew back, and said with some discomposure to Sir William,–

    “Indeed, sir, I have not the least intention of dancing. I entreat you
    not to suppose that I moved this way in order to beg for a partner.”

    Mr. Darcy, with grave propriety, requested to be allowed the honour of
    her hand, but in vain. Elizabeth was determined; nor did Sir William at
    all shake her purpose by his attempt at persuasion.

    “You excel so much in the dance, Miss Eliza, that it is cruel to deny me
    the happiness of seeing you; and though this gentleman dislikes the
    amusement in general, he can have no objection, I am sure, to oblige us
    for one half hour.”

    “Mr. Darcy is all politeness,” said Elizabeth, smiling.

    “He is, indeed: but considering the inducement, my dear Miss Eliza, we
    cannot wonder at his complaisance; for who would object to such a
    partner?”

    Elizabeth looked archly, and turned away. Her resistance had not injured
    her with the gentleman, and he was thinking of her with some
    complacency, when thus accosted by Miss Bingley,–

    “I can guess the subject of your reverie.”

    “I should imagine not.”

    “You are considering how insupportable it would be to pass many
    evenings in this manner,–in such society; and, indeed, I am quite of
    your opinion. I was never more annoyed! The insipidity, and yet the
    noise–the nothingness, and yet the self-importance, of all these
    people! What would I give to hear your strictures on them!”

    “Your conjecture is totally wrong, I assure you. My mind was more
    agreeably engaged. I have been meditating on the very great pleasure
    which a pair of fine eyes in the face of a pretty woman can bestow.”

    Miss Bingley immediately fixed her eyes on his face, and desired he
    would tell her what lady had the credit of inspiring such reflections.
    Mr. Darcy replied, with great intrepidity,–

    “Miss Elizabeth Bennet.”

    “Miss Elizabeth Bennet!” repeated Miss Bingley. “I am all astonishment.
    How long has she been such a favourite? and pray when am I to wish you
    joy?”

    “That is exactly the question which I expected you to ask. A lady’s
    imagination is very rapid; it jumps from admiration to love, from love
    to matrimony, in a moment. I knew you would be wishing me joy.”

    “Nay, if you are so serious about it, I shall consider the matter as
    absolutely settled. You will have a charming mother-in-law, indeed, and
    of course she will be always at Pemberley with you.”

    He listened to her with perfect indifference, while she chose to
    entertain herself in this manner; and as his composure convinced her
    that all was safe, her wit flowed along.

     

    [Illustration:

    “A note for Miss Bennet”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER VII.

     

    Mr. Bennet’s property consisted almost entirely in an estate of two
    thousand a year, which, unfortunately for his daughters, was entailed,
    in default of heirs male, on a distant relation; and their mother’s
    fortune, though ample for her situation in life, could but ill supply
    the deficiency of his. Her father had been an attorney in Meryton, and
    had left her four thousand pounds.

    She had a sister married to a Mr. Philips, who had been a clerk to their
    father and succeeded him in the business, and a brother settled in
    London in a respectable line of trade.

    The village of Longbourn was only one mile from Meryton; a most
    convenient distance for the young ladies, who were usually tempted
    thither three or four times a week, to pay their duty to their aunt, and
    to a milliner’s shop just over the way. The two youngest of the family,
    Catherine and Lydia, were particularly frequent in these attentions:
    their minds were more vacant than their sisters’, and when nothing
    better offered, a walk to Meryton was necessary to amuse their morning
    hours and furnish conversation for the evening; and, however bare of
    news the country in general might be, they always contrived to learn
    some from their aunt. At present, indeed, they were well supplied both
    with news and happiness by the recent arrival of a militia regiment in
    the neighbourhood; it was to remain the whole winter, and Meryton was
    the head-quarters.

    Their visits to Mrs. Philips were now productive of the most interesting
    intelligence. Every day added something to their knowledge of the
    officers’ names and connections. Their lodgings were not long a secret,
    and at length they began to know the officers themselves. Mr. Philips
    visited them all, and this opened to his nieces a source of felicity
    unknown before. They could talk of nothing but officers; and Mr.
    Bingley’s large fortune, the mention of which gave animation to their
    mother, was worthless in their eyes when opposed to the regimentals of
    an ensign.

    After listening one morning to their effusions on this subject, Mr.
    Bennet coolly observed,–

    “From all that I can collect by your manner of talking, you must be two
    of the silliest girls in the country. I have suspected it some time, but
    I am now convinced.”

    Catherine was disconcerted, and made no answer; but Lydia, with perfect
    indifference, continued to express her admiration of Captain Carter, and
    her hope of seeing him in the course of the day, as he was going the
    next morning to London.

    “I am astonished, my dear,” said Mrs. Bennet, “that you should be so
    ready to think your own children silly. If I wished to think slightingly
    of anybody’s children, it should not be of my own, however.”

    “If my children are silly, I must hope to be always sensible of it.”

    “Yes; but as it happens, they are all of them very clever.”

    “This is the only point, I flatter myself, on which we do not agree. I
    had hoped that our sentiments coincided in every particular, but I must
    so far differ from you as to think our two youngest daughters uncommonly
    foolish.”

    “My dear Mr. Bennet, you must not expect such girls to have the sense of
    their father and mother. When they get to our age, I dare say they will
    not think about officers any more than we do. I remember the time when I
    liked a red coat myself very well–and, indeed, so I do still at my
    heart; and if a smart young colonel, with five or six thousand a year,
    should want one of my girls, I shall not say nay to him; and I thought
    Colonel Forster looked very becoming the other night at Sir William’s in
    his regimentals.”

    “Mamma,” cried Lydia, “my aunt says that Colonel Forster and Captain
    Carter do not go so often to Miss Watson’s as they did when they first
    came; she sees them now very often standing in Clarke’s library.”

    Mrs. Bennet was prevented replying by the entrance of the footman with a
    note for Miss Bennet; it came from Netherfield, and the servant waited
    for an answer. Mrs. Bennet’s eyes sparkled with pleasure, and she was
    eagerly calling out, while her daughter read,–

    “Well, Jane, who is it from? What is it about? What does he say? Well,
    Jane, make haste and tell us; make haste, my love.”

    “It is from Miss Bingley,” said Jane, and then read it aloud.

    /* NIND “My dear friend, */

    “If you are not so compassionate as to dine to-day with Louisa and
    me, we shall be in danger of hating each other for the rest of our
    lives; for a whole day’s _tête-à-tête_ between two women can never
    end without a quarrel. Come as soon as you can on the receipt of
    this. My brother and the gentlemen are to dine with the officers.
    Yours ever,

    “CAROLINE BINGLEY.”

    “With the officers!” cried Lydia: “I wonder my aunt did not tell us of
    _that_.”

    “Dining out,” said Mrs. Bennet; “that is very unlucky.”

    “Can I have the carriage?” said Jane.

    “No, my dear, you had better go on horseback, because it seems likely to
    rain; and then you must stay all night.”

    “That would be a good scheme,” said Elizabeth, “if you were sure that
    they would not offer to send her home.”

    “Oh, but the gentlemen will have Mr. Bingley’s chaise to go to Meryton;
    and the Hursts have no horses to theirs.”

    “I had much rather go in the coach.”

    “But, my dear, your father cannot spare the horses, I am sure. They are
    wanted in the farm, Mr. Bennet, are not they?”

    [Illustration: Cheerful prognostics]

    “They are wanted in the farm much oftener than I can get them.”

    “But if you have got them to-day,” said Elizabeth, “my mother’s purpose
    will be answered.”

    She did at last extort from her father an acknowledgment that the horses
    were engaged; Jane was therefore obliged to go on horseback, and her
    mother attended her to the door with many cheerful prognostics of a bad
    day. Her hopes were answered; Jane had not been gone long before it
    rained hard. Her sisters were uneasy for her, but her mother was
    delighted. The rain continued the whole evening without intermission;
    Jane certainly could not come back.

    “This was a lucky idea of mine, indeed!” said Mrs. Bennet, more than
    once, as if the credit of making it rain were all her own. Till the next
    morning, however, she was not aware of all the felicity of her
    contrivance. Breakfast was scarcely over when a servant from Netherfield
    brought the following note for Elizabeth:–

    /* NIND “My dearest Lizzie, */

    “I find myself very unwell this morning, which, I suppose, is to be
    imputed to my getting wet through yesterday. My kind friends will
    not hear of my returning home till I am better. They insist also on
    my seeing Mr. Jones–therefore do not be alarmed if you should hear
    of his having been to me–and, excepting a sore throat and a
    headache, there is not much the matter with me.

    “Yours, etc.”

    “Well, my dear,” said Mr. Bennet, when Elizabeth had read the note
    aloud, “if your daughter should have a dangerous fit of illness–if she
    should die–it would be a comfort to know that it was all in pursuit of
    Mr. Bingley, and under your orders.”

    “Oh, I am not at all afraid of her dying. People do not die of little
    trifling colds. She will be taken good care of. As long as she stays
    there, it is all very well. I would go and see her if I could have the
    carriage.”

    Elizabeth, feeling really anxious, determined to go to her, though the
    carriage was not to be had: and as she was no horsewoman, walking was
    her only alternative. She declared her resolution.

    “How can you be so silly,” cried her mother, “as to think of such a
    thing, in all this dirt! You will not be fit to be seen when you get
    there.”

    “I shall be very fit to see Jane–which is all I want.”

    “Is this a hint to me, Lizzy,” said her father, “to send for the
    horses?”

    “No, indeed. I do not wish to avoid the walk. The distance is nothing,
    when one has a motive; only three miles. I shall be back by dinner.”

    “I admire the activity of your benevolence,” observed Mary, “but every
    impulse of feeling should be guided by reason; and, in my opinion,
    exertion should always be in proportion to what is required.”

    “We will go as far as Meryton with you,” said Catherine and Lydia.
    Elizabeth accepted their company, and the three young ladies set off
    together.

    “If we make haste,” said Lydia, as they walked along, “perhaps we may
    see something of Captain Carter, before he goes.”

    In Meryton they parted: the two youngest repaired to the lodgings of one
    of the officers’ wives, and Elizabeth continued her walk alone, crossing
    field after field at a quick pace, jumping over stiles and springing
    over puddles, with impatient activity, and finding herself at last
    within view of the house, with weary ancles, dirty stockings, and a face
    glowing with the warmth of exercise.

    She was shown into the breakfast parlour, where all but Jane were
    assembled, and where her appearance created a great deal of surprise.
    That she should have walked three miles so early in the day in such
    dirty weather, and by herself, was almost incredible to Mrs. Hurst and
    Miss Bingley; and Elizabeth was convinced that they held her in contempt
    for it. She was received, however, very politely by them; and in their
    brother’s manners there was something better than politeness–there was
    good-humour and kindness. Mr. Darcy said very little, and Mr. Hurst
    nothing at all. The former was divided between admiration of the
    brilliancy which exercise had given to her complexion and doubt as to
    the occasion’s justifying her coming so far alone. The latter was
    thinking only of his breakfast.

    Her inquiries after her sister were not very favourably answered. Miss
    Bennet had slept ill, and though up, was very feverish, and not well
    enough to leave her room. Elizabeth was glad to be taken to her
    immediately; and Jane, who had only been withheld by the fear of giving
    alarm or inconvenience, from expressing in her note how much she longed
    for such a visit, was delighted at her entrance. She was not equal,
    however, to much conversation; and when Miss Bingley left them together,
    could attempt little beside expressions of gratitude for the
    extraordinary kindness she was treated with. Elizabeth silently attended
    her.

    When breakfast was over, they were joined by the sisters; and Elizabeth
    began to like them herself, when she saw how much affection and
    solicitude they showed for Jane. The apothecary came; and having
    examined his patient, said, as might be supposed, that she had caught a
    violent cold, and that they must endeavour to get the better of it;
    advised her to return to bed, and promised her some draughts. The advice
    was followed readily, for the feverish symptoms increased, and her head
    ached acutely. Elizabeth did not quit her room for a moment, nor were
    the other ladies often absent; the gentlemen being out, they had in fact
    nothing to do elsewhere.

    When the clock struck three, Elizabeth felt that she must go, and very
    unwillingly said so. Miss Bingley offered her the carriage, and she only
    wanted a little pressing to accept it, when Jane testified such concern
    at parting with her that Miss Bingley was obliged to convert the offer
    of the chaise into an invitation to remain at Netherfield for the
    present. Elizabeth most thankfully consented, and a servant was
    despatched to Longbourn, to acquaint the family with her stay, and bring
    back a supply of clothes.

    [Illustration:

    “The Apothecary came”
    ]

     

    [Illustration:

    “covering a screen”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER VIII.

     

    At five o’clock the two ladies retired to dress, and at half-past six
    Elizabeth was summoned to dinner. To the civil inquiries which then
    poured in, and amongst which she had the pleasure of distinguishing the
    much superior solicitude of Mr. Bingley, she could not make a very
    favourable answer. Jane was by no means better. The sisters, on hearing
    this, repeated three or four times how much they were grieved, how
    shocking it was to have a bad cold, and how excessively they disliked
    being ill themselves; and then thought no more of the matter: and their
    indifference towards Jane, when not immediately before them, restored
    Elizabeth to the enjoyment of all her original dislike.

    Their brother, indeed, was the only one of the party whom she could
    regard with any complacency. His anxiety for Jane was evident, and his
    attentions to herself most pleasing; and they prevented her feeling
    herself so much an intruder as she believed she was considered by the
    others. She had very little notice from any but him. Miss Bingley was
    engrossed by Mr. Darcy, her sister scarcely less so; and as for Mr.
    Hurst, by whom Elizabeth sat, he was an indolent man, who lived only to
    eat, drink, and play at cards, who, when he found her prefer a plain
    dish to a ragout, had nothing to say to her.

    When dinner was over, she returned directly to Jane, and Miss Bingley
    began abusing her as soon as she was out of the room. Her manners were
    pronounced to be very bad indeed,–a mixture of pride and impertinence:
    she had no conversation, no style, no taste, no beauty. Mrs. Hurst
    thought the same, and added,–

    “She has nothing, in short, to recommend her, but being an excellent
    walker. I shall never forget her appearance this morning. She really
    looked almost wild.”

    “She did indeed, Louisa. I could hardly keep my countenance. Very
    nonsensical to come at all! Why must _she_ be scampering about the
    country, because her sister had a cold? Her hair so untidy, so blowzy!”

    “Yes, and her petticoat; I hope you saw her petticoat, six inches deep
    in mud, I am absolutely certain, and the gown which had been let down to
    hide it not doing its office.”

    “Your picture may be very exact, Louisa,” said Bingley; “but this was
    all lost upon me. I thought Miss Elizabeth Bennet looked remarkably well
    when she came into the room this morning. Her dirty petticoat quite
    escaped my notice.”

    “_You_ observed it, Mr. Darcy, I am sure,” said Miss Bingley; “and I am
    inclined to think that you would not wish to see _your sister_ make such
    an exhibition.”

    “Certainly not.”

    “To walk three miles, or four miles, or five miles, or whatever it is,
    above her ancles in dirt, and alone, quite alone! what could she mean by
    it? It seems to me to show an abominable sort of conceited independence,
    a most country-town indifference to decorum.”

    “It shows an affection for her sister that is very pleasing,” said
    Bingley.

    “I am afraid, Mr. Darcy,” observed Miss Bingley, in a half whisper,
    “that this adventure has rather affected your admiration of her fine
    eyes.”

    “Not at all,” he replied: “they were brightened by the exercise.” A
    short pause followed this speech, and Mrs. Hurst began again,–

    “I have an excessive regard for Jane Bennet,–she is really a very sweet
    girl,–and I wish with all my heart she were well settled. But with such
    a father and mother, and such low connections, I am afraid there is no
    chance of it.”

    “I think I have heard you say that their uncle is an attorney in
    Meryton?”

    “Yes; and they have another, who lives somewhere near Cheapside.”

    “That is capital,” added her sister; and they both laughed heartily.

    “If they had uncles enough to fill _all_ Cheapside,” cried Bingley, “it
    would not make them one jot less agreeable.”

    “But it must very materially lessen their chance of marrying men of any
    consideration in the world,” replied Darcy.

    To this speech Bingley made no answer; but his sisters gave it their
    hearty assent, and indulged their mirth for some time at the expense of
    their dear friend’s vulgar relations.

    With a renewal of tenderness, however, they repaired to her room on
    leaving the dining-parlour, and sat with her till summoned to coffee.
    She was still very poorly, and Elizabeth would not quit her at all, till
    late in the evening, when she had the comfort of seeing her asleep, and
    when it appeared to her rather right than pleasant that she should go
    down stairs herself. On entering the drawing-room, she found the whole
    party at loo, and was immediately invited to join them; but suspecting
    them to be playing high, she declined it, and making her sister the
    excuse, said she would amuse herself, for the short time she could stay
    below, with a book. Mr. Hurst looked at her with astonishment.

    “Do you prefer reading to cards?” said he; “that is rather singular.”

    “Miss Eliza Bennet,” said Miss Bingley, “despises cards. She is a great
    reader, and has no pleasure in anything else.”

    “I deserve neither such praise nor such censure,” cried Elizabeth; “I
    am _not_ a great reader, and I have pleasure in many things.”

    “In nursing your sister I am sure you have pleasure,” said Bingley; “and
    I hope it will soon be increased by seeing her quite well.”

    Elizabeth thanked him from her heart, and then walked towards a table
    where a few books were lying. He immediately offered to fetch her
    others; all that his library afforded.

    “And I wish my collection were larger for your benefit and my own
    credit; but I am an idle fellow; and though I have not many, I have more
    than I ever looked into.”

    Elizabeth assured him that she could suit herself perfectly with those
    in the room.

    “I am astonished,” said Miss Bingley, “that my father should have left
    so small a collection of books. What a delightful library you have at
    Pemberley, Mr. Darcy!”

    “It ought to be good,” he replied: “it has been the work of many
    generations.”

    “And then you have added so much to it yourself–you are always buying
    books.”

    “I cannot comprehend the neglect of a family library in such days as
    these.”

    “Neglect! I am sure you neglect nothing that can add to the beauties of
    that noble place. Charles, when you build _your_ house, I wish it may be
    half as delightful as Pemberley.”

    “I wish it may.”

    “But I would really advise you to make your purchase in that
    neighbourhood, and take Pemberley for a kind of model. There is not a
    finer county in England than Derbyshire.”

    “With all my heart: I will buy Pemberley itself, if Darcy will sell it.”

    “I am talking of possibilities, Charles.”

    “Upon my word, Caroline, I should think it more possible to get
    Pemberley by purchase than by imitation.”

    Elizabeth was so much caught by what passed, as to leave her very little
    attention for her book; and, soon laying it wholly aside, she drew near
    the card-table, and stationed herself between Mr. Bingley and his eldest
    sister, to observe the game.

    “Is Miss Darcy much grown since the spring?” said Miss Bingley: “will
    she be as tall as I am?”

    “I think she will. She is now about Miss Elizabeth Bennet’s height, or
    rather taller.”

    “How I long to see her again! I never met with anybody who delighted me
    so much. Such a countenance, such manners, and so extremely accomplished
    for her age! Her performance on the pianoforte is exquisite.”

    “It is amazing to me,” said Bingley, “how young ladies can have patience
    to be so very accomplished as they all are.”

    “All young ladies accomplished! My dear Charles, what do you mean?”

    “Yes, all of them, I think. They all paint tables, cover screens, and
    net purses. I scarcely know any one who cannot do all this; and I am
    sure I never heard a young lady spoken of for the first time, without
    being informed that she was very accomplished.”

    “Your list of the common extent of accomplishments,” said Darcy, “has
    too much truth. The word is applied to many a woman who deserves it no
    otherwise than by netting a purse or covering a screen; but I am very
    far from agreeing with you in your estimation of ladies in general. I
    cannot boast of knowing more than half-a-dozen in the whole range of my
    acquaintance that are really accomplished.”

    “Nor I, I am sure,” said Miss Bingley.

    “Then,” observed Elizabeth, “you must comprehend a great deal in your
    idea of an accomplished woman.”

    “Yes; I do comprehend a great deal in it.”

    “Oh, certainly,” cried his faithful assistant, “no one can be really
    esteemed accomplished who does not greatly surpass what is usually met
    with. A woman must have a thorough knowledge of music, singing, drawing,
    dancing, and the modern languages, to deserve the word; and, besides all
    this, she must possess a certain something in her air and manner of
    walking, the tone of her voice, her address and expressions, or the word
    will be but half deserved.”

    “All this she must possess,” added Darcy; “and to all she must yet add
    something more substantial in the improvement of her mind by extensive
    reading.”

    “I am no longer surprised at your knowing _only_ six accomplished women.
    I rather wonder now at your knowing _any_.”

    “Are you so severe upon your own sex as to doubt the possibility of all
    this?”

    “_I_ never saw such a woman. _I_ never saw such capacity, and taste, and
    application, and elegance, as you describe, united.”

    Mrs. Hurst and Miss Bingley both cried out against the injustice of her
    implied doubt, and were both protesting that they knew many women who
    answered this description, when Mr. Hurst called them to order, with
    bitter complaints of their inattention to what was going forward. As all
    conversation was thereby at an end, Elizabeth soon afterwards left the
    room.

    “Eliza Bennet,” said Miss Bingley, when the door was closed on her, “is
    one of those young ladies who seek to recommend themselves to the other
    sex by undervaluing their own; and with many men, I daresay, it
    succeeds; but, in my opinion, it is a paltry device, a very mean art.”

    “Undoubtedly,” replied Darcy, to whom this remark was chiefly addressed,
    “there is meanness in _all_ the arts which ladies sometimes condescend
    to employ for captivation. Whatever bears affinity to cunning is
    despicable.”

    Miss Bingley was not so entirely satisfied with this reply as to
    continue the subject.

    Elizabeth joined them again only to say that her sister was worse, and
    that she could not leave her. Bingley urged Mr. Jones’s being sent for
    immediately; while his sisters, convinced that no country advice could
    be of any service, recommended an express to town for one of the most
    eminent physicians. This she would not hear of; but she was not so
    unwilling to comply with their brother’s proposal; and it was settled
    that Mr. Jones should be sent for early in the morning, if Miss Bennet
    were not decidedly better. Bingley was quite uncomfortable; his sisters
    declared that they were miserable. They solaced their wretchedness,
    however, by duets after supper; while he could find no better relief to
    his feelings than by giving his housekeeper directions that every
    possible attention might be paid to the sick lady and her sister.

     

    [Illustration:

    M^{rs} Bennet and her two youngest girls

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER IX.

     

    Elizabeth passed the chief of the night in her sister’s room, and in the
    morning had the pleasure of being able to send a tolerable answer to the
    inquiries which she very early received from Mr. Bingley by a housemaid,
    and some time afterwards from the two elegant ladies who waited on his
    sisters. In spite of this amendment, however, she requested to have a
    note sent to Longbourn, desiring her mother to visit Jane, and form her
    own judgment of her situation. The note was immediately despatched, and
    its contents as quickly complied with. Mrs. Bennet, accompanied by her
    two youngest girls, reached Netherfield soon after the family breakfast.

    Had she found Jane in any apparent danger, Mrs. Bennet would have been
    very miserable; but being satisfied on seeing her that her illness was
    not alarming, she had no wish of her recovering immediately, as her
    restoration to health would probably remove her from Netherfield. She
    would not listen, therefore, to her daughter’s proposal of being carried
    home; neither did the apothecary, who arrived about the same time, think
    it at all advisable. After sitting a little while with Jane, on Miss
    Bingley’s appearance and invitation, the mother and three daughters all
    attended her into the breakfast parlour. Bingley met them with hopes
    that Mrs. Bennet had not found Miss Bennet worse than she expected.

    “Indeed I have, sir,” was her answer. “She is a great deal too ill to be
    moved. Mr. Jones says we must not think of moving her. We must trespass
    a little longer on your kindness.”

    “Removed!” cried Bingley. “It must not be thought of. My sister, I am
    sure, will not hear of her removal.”

    “You may depend upon it, madam,” said Miss Bingley, with cold civility,
    “that Miss Bennet shall receive every possible attention while she
    remains with us.”

    Mrs. Bennet was profuse in her acknowledgments.

    “I am sure,” she added, “if it was not for such good friends, I do not
    know what would become of her, for she is very ill indeed, and suffers a
    vast deal, though with the greatest patience in the world, which is
    always the way with her, for she has, without exception, the sweetest
    temper I ever met with. I often tell my other girls they are nothing to
    _her_. You have a sweet room here, Mr. Bingley, and a charming prospect
    over that gravel walk. I do not know a place in the country that is
    equal to Netherfield. You will not think of quitting it in a hurry, I
    hope, though you have but a short lease.”

    “Whatever I do is done in a hurry,” replied he; “and therefore if I
    should resolve to quit Netherfield, I should probably be off in five
    minutes. At present, however, I consider myself as quite fixed here.”

    “That is exactly what I should have supposed of you,” said Elizabeth.

    “You begin to comprehend me, do you?” cried he, turning towards her.

    “Oh yes–I understand you perfectly.”

    “I wish I might take this for a compliment; but to be so easily seen
    through, I am afraid, is pitiful.”

    “That is as it happens. It does not necessarily follow that a deep,
    intricate character is more or less estimable than such a one as yours.”

    “Lizzy,” cried her mother, “remember where you are, and do not run on in
    the wild manner that you are suffered to do at home.”

    “I did not know before,” continued Bingley, immediately, “that you were
    a studier of character. It must be an amusing study.”

    “Yes; but intricate characters are the _most_ amusing. They have at
    least that advantage.”

    “The country,” said Darcy, “can in general supply but few subjects for
    such a study. In a country neighbourhood you move in a very confined and
    unvarying society.”

    “But people themselves alter so much, that there is something new to be
    observed in them for ever.”

    “Yes, indeed,” cried Mrs. Bennet, offended by his manner of mentioning a
    country neighbourhood. “I assure you there is quite as much of _that_
    going on in the country as in town.”

    Everybody was surprised; and Darcy, after looking at her for a moment,
    turned silently away. Mrs. Bennet, who fancied she had gained a complete
    victory over him, continued her triumph,–

    “I cannot see that London has any great advantage over the country, for
    my part, except the shops and public places. The country is a vast deal
    pleasanter, is not it, Mr. Bingley?”

    “When I am in the country,” he replied, “I never wish to leave it; and
    when I am in town, it is pretty much the same. They have each their
    advantages, and I can be equally happy in either.”

    “Ay, that is because you have the right disposition. But that
    gentleman,” looking at Darcy, “seemed to think the country was nothing
    at all.”

    “Indeed, mamma, you are mistaken,” said Elizabeth, blushing for her
    mother. “You quite mistook Mr. Darcy. He only meant that there was not
    such a variety of people to be met with in the country as in town, which
    you must acknowledge to be true.”

    “Certainly, my dear, nobody said there were; but as to not meeting with
    many people in this neighbourhood, I believe there are few
    neighbourhoods larger. I know we dine with four-and-twenty families.”

    Nothing but concern for Elizabeth could enable Bingley to keep his
    countenance. His sister was less delicate, and directed her eye towards
    Mr. Darcy with a very expressive smile. Elizabeth, for the sake of
    saying something that might turn her mother’s thoughts, now asked her if
    Charlotte Lucas had been at Longbourn since _her_ coming away.

    “Yes, she called yesterday with her father. What an agreeable man Sir
    William is, Mr. Bingley–is not he? so much the man of fashion! so
    genteel and so easy! He has always something to say to everybody. _That_
    is my idea of good breeding; and those persons who fancy themselves very
    important and never open their mouths quite mistake the matter.”

    “Did Charlotte dine with you?”

    “No, she would go home. I fancy she was wanted about the mince-pies. For
    my part, Mr. Bingley, _I_ always keep servants that can do their own
    work; _my_ daughters are brought up differently. But everybody is to
    judge for themselves, and the Lucases are a very good sort of girls, I
    assure you. It is a pity they are not handsome! Not that _I_ think
    Charlotte so _very_ plain; but then she is our particular friend.”

    “She seems a very pleasant young woman,” said Bingley.

    “Oh dear, yes; but you must own she is very plain. Lady Lucas herself
    has often said so, and envied me Jane’s beauty. I do not like to boast
    of my own child; but to be sure, Jane–one does not often see anybody
    better looking. It is what everybody says. I do not trust my own
    partiality. When she was only fifteen there was a gentleman at my
    brother Gardiner’s in town so much in love with her, that my
    sister-in-law was sure he would make her an offer before we came away.
    But, however, he did not. Perhaps he thought her too young. However, he
    wrote some verses on her, and very pretty they were.”

    “And so ended his affection,” said Elizabeth, impatiently. “There has
    been many a one, I fancy, overcome in the same way. I wonder who first
    discovered the efficacy of poetry in driving away love!”

    “I have been used to consider poetry as the _food_ of love,” said Darcy.

    “Of a fine, stout, healthy love it may. Everything nourishes what is
    strong already. But if it be only a slight, thin sort of inclination, I
    am convinced that one good sonnet will starve it entirely away.”

    Darcy only smiled; and the general pause which ensued made Elizabeth
    tremble lest her mother should be exposing herself again. She longed to
    speak, but could think of nothing to say; and after a short silence Mrs.
    Bennet began repeating her thanks to Mr. Bingley for his kindness to
    Jane, with an apology for troubling him also with Lizzy. Mr. Bingley was
    unaffectedly civil in his answer, and forced his younger sister to be
    civil also, and say what the occasion required. She performed her part,
    indeed, without much graciousness, but Mrs. Bennet was satisfied, and
    soon afterwards ordered her carriage. Upon this signal, the youngest of
    her daughters put herself forward. The two girls had been whispering to
    each other during the whole visit; and the result of it was, that the
    youngest should tax Mr. Bingley with having promised on his first coming
    into the country to give a ball at Netherfield.

    Lydia was a stout, well-grown girl of fifteen, with a fine complexion
    and good-humoured countenance; a favourite with her mother, whose
    affection had brought her into public at an early age. She had high
    animal spirits, and a sort of natural self-consequence, which the
    attentions of the officers, to whom her uncle’s good dinners and her
    own easy manners recommended her, had increased into assurance. She was
    very equal, therefore, to address Mr. Bingley on the subject of the
    ball, and abruptly reminded him of his promise; adding, that it would be
    the most shameful thing in the world if he did not keep it. His answer
    to this sudden attack was delightful to her mother’s ear.

    “I am perfectly ready, I assure you, to keep my engagement; and, when
    your sister is recovered, you shall, if you please, name the very day of
    the ball. But you would not wish to be dancing while she is ill?”

    Lydia declared herself satisfied. “Oh yes–it would be much better to
    wait till Jane was well; and by that time, most likely, Captain Carter
    would be at Meryton again. And when you have given _your_ ball,” she
    added, “I shall insist on their giving one also. I shall tell Colonel
    Forster it will be quite a shame if he does not.”

    Mrs. Bennet and her daughters then departed, and Elizabeth returned
    instantly to Jane, leaving her own and her relations’ behaviour to the
    remarks of the two ladies and Mr. Darcy; the latter of whom, however,
    could not be prevailed on to join in their censure of _her_, in spite of
    all Miss Bingley’s witticisms on _fine eyes_.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER X.

     

    The day passed much as the day before had done. Mrs. Hurst and Miss
    Bingley had spent some hours of the morning with the invalid, who
    continued, though slowly, to mend; and, in the evening, Elizabeth joined
    their party in the drawing-room. The loo table, however, did not appear.
    Mr. Darcy was writing, and Miss Bingley, seated near him, was watching
    the progress of his letter, and repeatedly calling off his attention by
    messages to his sister. Mr. Hurst and Mr. Bingley were at piquet, and
    Mrs. Hurst was observing their game.

    Elizabeth took up some needlework, and was sufficiently amused in
    attending to what passed between Darcy and his companion. The perpetual
    commendations of the lady either on his hand-writing, or on the evenness
    of his lines, or on the length of his letter, with the perfect unconcern
    with which her praises were received, formed a curious dialogue, and was
    exactly in unison with her opinion of each.

    “How delighted Miss Darcy will be to receive such a letter!”

    He made no answer.

    “You write uncommonly fast.”

    “You are mistaken. I write rather slowly.”

    “How many letters you must have occasion to write in the course of a
    year! Letters of business, too! How odious I should think them!”

    “It is fortunate, then, that they fall to my lot instead of to yours.”

    “Pray tell your sister that I long to see her.”

    “I have already told her so once, by your desire.”

    “I am afraid you do not like your pen. Let me mend it for you. I mend
    pens remarkably well.”

    “Thank you–but I always mend my own.”

    “How can you contrive to write so even?”

    He was silent.

    “Tell your sister I am delighted to hear of her improvement on the harp,
    and pray let her know that I am quite in raptures with her beautiful
    little design for a table, and I think it infinitely superior to Miss
    Grantley’s.”

    “Will you give me leave to defer your raptures till I write again? At
    present I have not room to do them justice.”

    “Oh, it is of no consequence. I shall see her in January. But do you
    always write such charming long letters to her, Mr. Darcy?”

    “They are generally long; but whether always charming, it is not for me
    to determine.”

    “It is a rule with me, that a person who can write a long letter with
    ease cannot write ill.”

    “That will not do for a compliment to Darcy, Caroline,” cried her
    brother, “because he does _not_ write with ease. He studies too much
    for words of four syllables. Do not you, Darcy?”

    “My style of writing is very different from yours.”

    “Oh,” cried Miss Bingley, “Charles writes in the most careless way
    imaginable. He leaves out half his words, and blots the rest.”

    “My ideas flow so rapidly that I have not time to express them; by which
    means my letters sometimes convey no ideas at all to my correspondents.”

    “Your humility, Mr. Bingley,” said Elizabeth, “must disarm reproof.”

    “Nothing is more deceitful,” said Darcy, “than the appearance of
    humility. It is often only carelessness of opinion, and sometimes an
    indirect boast.”

    “And which of the two do you call _my_ little recent piece of modesty?”

    “The indirect boast; for you are really proud of your defects in
    writing, because you consider them as proceeding from a rapidity of
    thought and carelessness of execution, which, if not estimable, you
    think at least highly interesting. The power of doing anything with
    quickness is always much prized by the possessor, and often without any
    attention to the imperfection of the performance. When you told Mrs.
    Bennet this morning, that if you ever resolved on quitting Netherfield
    you should be gone in five minutes, you meant it to be a sort of
    panegyric, of compliment to yourself; and yet what is there so very
    laudable in a precipitance which must leave very necessary business
    undone, and can be of no real advantage to yourself or anyone else?”

    “Nay,” cried Bingley, “this is too much, to remember at night all the
    foolish things that were said in the morning. And yet, upon my honour, I
    believed what I said of myself to be true, and I believe it at this
    moment. At least, therefore, I did not assume the character of needless
    precipitance merely to show off before the ladies.”

    “I daresay you believed it; but I am by no means convinced that you
    would be gone with such celerity. Your conduct would be quite as
    dependent on chance as that of any man I know; and if, as you were
    mounting your horse, a friend were to say, ‘Bingley, you had better stay
    till next week,’ you would probably do it–you would probably not
    go–and, at another word, might stay a month.”

    “You have only proved by this,” cried Elizabeth, “that Mr. Bingley did
    not do justice to his own disposition. You have shown him off now much
    more than he did himself.”

    “I am exceedingly gratified,” said Bingley, “by your converting what my
    friend says into a compliment on the sweetness of my temper. But I am
    afraid you are giving it a turn which that gentleman did by no means
    intend; for he would certainly think the better of me if, under such a
    circumstance, I were to give a flat denial, and ride off as fast as I
    could.”

    “Would Mr. Darcy then consider the rashness of your original intention
    as atoned for by your obstinacy in adhering to it?”

    “Upon my word, I cannot exactly explain the matter–Darcy must speak for
    himself.”

    “You expect me to account for opinions which you choose to call mine,
    but which I have never acknowledged. Allowing the case, however, to
    stand according to your representation, you must remember, Miss Bennet,
    that the friend who is supposed to desire his return to the house, and
    the delay of his plan, has merely desired it, asked it without offering
    one argument in favour of its propriety.”

    “To yield readily–easily–to the _persuasion_ of a friend is no merit
    with you.”

    “To yield without conviction is no compliment to the understanding of
    either.”

    “You appear to me, Mr. Darcy, to allow nothing for the influence of
    friendship and affection. A regard for the requester would often make
    one readily yield to a request, without waiting for arguments to reason
    one into it. I am not particularly speaking of such a case as you have
    supposed about Mr. Bingley. We may as well wait, perhaps, till the
    circumstance occurs, before we discuss the discretion of his behaviour
    thereupon. But in general and ordinary cases, between friend and friend,
    where one of them is desired by the other to change a resolution of no
    very great moment, should you think ill of that person for complying
    with the desire, without waiting to be argued into it?”

    “Will it not be advisable, before we proceed on this subject, to arrange
    with rather more precision the degree of importance which is to
    appertain to this request, as well as the degree of intimacy subsisting
    between the parties?”

    “By all means,” cried Bingley; “let us hear all the particulars, not
    forgetting their comparative height and size, for that will have more
    weight in the argument, Miss Bennet, than you may be aware of. I assure
    you that if Darcy were not such a great tall fellow, in comparison with
    myself, I should not pay him half so much deference. I declare I do not
    know a more awful object than Darcy on particular occasions, and in
    particular places; at his own house especially, and of a Sunday evening,
    when he has nothing to do.”

    Mr. Darcy smiled; but Elizabeth thought she could perceive that he was
    rather offended, and therefore checked her laugh. Miss Bingley warmly
    resented the indignity he had received, in an expostulation with her
    brother for talking such nonsense.

    “I see your design, Bingley,” said his friend. “You dislike an argument,
    and want to silence this.”

    “Perhaps I do. Arguments are too much like disputes. If you and Miss
    Bennet will defer yours till I am out of the room, I shall be very
    thankful; and then you may say whatever you like of me.”

    “What you ask,” said Elizabeth, “is no sacrifice on my side; and Mr.
    Darcy had much better finish his letter.”

    Mr. Darcy took her advice, and did finish his letter.

    When that business was over, he applied to Miss Bingley and Elizabeth
    for the indulgence of some music. Miss Bingley moved with alacrity to
    the pianoforte, and after a polite request that Elizabeth would lead the
    way, which the other as politely and more earnestly negatived, she
    seated herself.

    Mrs. Hurst sang with her sister; and while they were thus employed,
    Elizabeth could not help observing, as she turned over some music-books
    that lay on the instrument, how frequently Mr. Darcy’s eyes were fixed
    on her. She hardly knew how to suppose that she could be an object of
    admiration to so great a man, and yet that he should look at her because
    he disliked her was still more strange. She could only imagine, however,
    at last, that she drew his notice because there was something about her
    more wrong and reprehensible, according to his ideas of right, than in
    any other person present. The supposition did not pain her. She liked
    him too little to care for his approbation.

    After playing some Italian songs, Miss Bingley varied the charm by a
    lively Scotch air; and soon afterwards Mr. Darcy, drawing near
    Elizabeth, said to her,–

    “Do you not feel a great inclination, Miss Bennet, to seize such an
    opportunity of dancing a reel?”

    She smiled, but made no answer. He repeated the question, with some
    surprise at her silence.

    “Oh,” said she, “I heard you before; but I could not immediately
    determine what to say in reply. You wanted me, I know, to say ‘Yes,’
    that you might have the pleasure of despising my taste; but I always
    delight in overthrowing those kind of schemes, and cheating a person of
    their premeditated contempt. I have, therefore, made up my mind to tell
    you that I do not want to dance a reel at all; and now despise me if you
    dare.”

    “Indeed I do not dare.”

    Elizabeth, having rather expected to affront him, was amazed at his
    gallantry; but there was a mixture of sweetness and archness in her
    manner which made it difficult for her to affront anybody, and Darcy had
    never been so bewitched by any woman as he was by her. He really
    believed that, were it not for the inferiority of her connections, he
    should be in some danger.

    Miss Bingley saw, or suspected, enough to be jealous; and her great
    anxiety for the recovery of her dear friend Jane received some
    assistance from her desire of getting rid of Elizabeth.

    She often tried to provoke Darcy into disliking her guest, by talking of
    their supposed marriage, and planning his happiness in such an alliance.

    “I hope,” said she, as they were walking together in the shrubbery the
    next day, “you will give your mother-in-law a few hints, when this
    desirable event takes place, as to the advantage of holding her tongue;
    and if you can compass it, to cure the younger girls of running after
    the officers. And, if I may mention so delicate a subject, endeavour to
    check that little something, bordering on conceit and impertinence,
    which your lady possesses.”

    [Illustration:

    “No, no; stay where you are”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    “Have you anything else to propose for my domestic felicity?”

    “Oh yes. Do let the portraits of your uncle and aunt Philips be placed
    in the gallery at Pemberley. Put them next to your great-uncle the
    judge. They are in the same profession, you know, only in different
    lines. As for your Elizabeth’s picture, you must not attempt to have it
    taken, for what painter could do justice to those beautiful eyes?”

    “It would not be easy, indeed, to catch their expression; but their
    colour and shape, and the eyelashes, so remarkably fine, might be
    copied.”

    At that moment they were met from another walk by Mrs. Hurst and
    Elizabeth herself.

    “I did not know that you intended to walk,” said Miss Bingley, in some
    confusion, lest they had been overheard.

    “You used us abominably ill,” answered Mrs. Hurst, “running away without
    telling us that you were coming out.”

    Then taking the disengaged arm of Mr. Darcy, she left Elizabeth to walk
    by herself. The path just admitted three. Mr. Darcy felt their rudeness,
    and immediately said,–

    “This walk is not wide enough for our party. We had better go into the
    avenue.”

    But Elizabeth, who had not the least inclination to remain with them,
    laughingly answered,–

    “No, no; stay where you are. You are charmingly grouped, and appear to
    uncommon advantage. The picturesque would be spoilt by admitting a
    fourth. Good-bye.”

    She then ran gaily off, rejoicing, as she rambled about, in the hope of
    being at home again in a day or two. Jane was already so much recovered
    as to intend leaving her room for a couple of hours that evening.

     

    [Illustration:

    “Piling up the fire”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER XI.

     

    When the ladies removed after dinner Elizabeth ran up to her sister, and
    seeing her well guarded from cold, attended her into the drawing-room,
    where she was welcomed by her two friends with many professions of
    pleasure; and Elizabeth had never seen them so agreeable as they were
    during the hour which passed before the gentlemen appeared. Their powers
    of conversation were considerable. They could describe an entertainment
    with accuracy, relate an anecdote with humour, and laugh at their
    acquaintance with spirit.

    But when the gentlemen entered, Jane was no longer the first object;
    Miss Bingley’s eyes were instantly turned towards Darcy, and she had
    something to say to him before he had advanced many steps. He addressed
    himself directly to Miss Bennet with a polite congratulation; Mr. Hurst
    also made her a slight bow, and said he was “very glad;” but diffuseness
    and warmth remained for Bingley’s salutation. He was full of joy and
    attention. The first half hour was spent in piling up the fire, lest she
    should suffer from the change of room; and she removed, at his desire,
    to the other side of the fireplace, that she might be farther from the
    door. He then sat down by her, and talked scarcely to anyone else.
    Elizabeth, at work in the opposite corner, saw it all with great
    delight.

    When tea was over Mr. Hurst reminded his sister-in-law of the
    card-table–but in vain. She had obtained private intelligence that Mr.
    Darcy did not wish for cards, and Mr. Hurst soon found even his open
    petition rejected. She assured him that no one intended to play, and the
    silence of the whole party on the subject seemed to justify her. Mr.
    Hurst had, therefore, nothing to do but to stretch himself on one of the
    sofas and go to sleep. Darcy took up a book. Miss Bingley did the same;
    and Mrs. Hurst, principally occupied in playing with her bracelets and
    rings, joined now and then in her brother’s conversation with Miss
    Bennet.

    Miss Bingley’s attention was quite as much engaged in watching Mr.
    Darcy’s progress through _his_ book, as in reading her own; and she was
    perpetually either making some inquiry, or looking at his page. She
    could not win him, however, to any conversation; he merely answered her
    question and read on. At length, quite exhausted by the attempt to be
    amused with her own book, which she had only chosen because it was the
    second volume of his, she gave a great yawn and said, “How pleasant it
    is to spend an evening in this way! I declare, after all, there is no
    enjoyment like reading! How much sooner one tires of anything than of a
    book! When I have a house of my own, I shall be miserable if I have not
    an excellent library.”

    No one made any reply. She then yawned again, threw aside her book, and
    cast her eyes round the room in quest of some amusement; when, hearing
    her brother mentioning a ball to Miss Bennet, she turned suddenly
    towards him and said,–

    “By the bye Charles, are you really serious in meditating a dance at
    Netherfield? I would advise you, before you determine on it, to consult
    the wishes of the present party; I am much mistaken if there are not
    some among us to whom a ball would be rather a punishment than a
    pleasure.”

    “If you mean Darcy,” cried her brother, “he may go to bed, if he
    chooses, before it begins; but as for the ball, it is quite a settled
    thing, and as soon as Nicholls has made white soup enough I shall send
    round my cards.”

    “I should like balls infinitely better,” she replied, “if they were
    carried on in a different manner; but there is something insufferably
    tedious in the usual process of such a meeting. It would surely be much
    more rational if conversation instead of dancing made the order of the
    day.”

    “Much more rational, my dear Caroline, I dare say; but it would not be
    near so much like a ball.”

    Miss Bingley made no answer, and soon afterwards got up and walked about
    the room. Her figure was elegant, and she walked well; but Darcy, at
    whom it was all aimed, was still inflexibly studious. In the
    desperation of her feelings, she resolved on one effort more; and,
    turning to Elizabeth, said,–

    “Miss Eliza Bennet, let me persuade you to follow my example, and take a
    turn about the room. I assure you it is very refreshing after sitting so
    long in one attitude.”

    Elizabeth was surprised, but agreed to it immediately. Miss Bingley
    succeeded no less in the real object of her civility: Mr. Darcy looked
    up. He was as much awake to the novelty of attention in that quarter as
    Elizabeth herself could be, and unconsciously closed his book. He was
    directly invited to join their party, but he declined it, observing that
    he could imagine but two motives for their choosing to walk up and down
    the room together, with either of which motives his joining them would
    interfere. What could he mean? She was dying to know what could be his
    meaning–and asked Elizabeth whether she could at all understand him.

    “Not at all,” was her answer; “but, depend upon it, he means to be
    severe on us, and our surest way of disappointing him will be to ask
    nothing about it.”

    Miss Bingley, however, was incapable of disappointing Mr. Darcy in
    anything, and persevered, therefore, in requiring an explanation of his
    two motives.

    “I have not the smallest objection to explaining them,” said he, as soon
    as she allowed him to speak. “You either choose this method of passing
    the evening because you are in each other’s confidence, and have secret
    affairs to discuss, or because you are conscious that your figures
    appear to the greatest advantage in walking: if the first, I should be
    completely in your way; and if the second, I can admire you much better
    as I sit by the fire.”

    “Oh, shocking!” cried Miss Bingley. “I never heard anything so
    abominable. How shall we punish him for such a speech?”

    “Nothing so easy, if you have but the inclination,” said Elizabeth. “We
    can all plague and punish one another. Tease him–laugh at him. Intimate
    as you are, you must know how it is to be done.”

    “But upon my honour I do _not_. I do assure you that my intimacy has not
    yet taught me _that_. Tease calmness of temper and presence of mind! No,
    no; I feel he may defy us there. And as to laughter, we will not expose
    ourselves, if you please, by attempting to laugh without a subject. Mr.
    Darcy may hug himself.”

    “Mr. Darcy is not to be laughed at!” cried Elizabeth. “That is an
    uncommon advantage, and uncommon I hope it will continue, for it would
    be a great loss to _me_ to have many such acquaintance. I dearly love a
    laugh.”

    “Miss Bingley,” said he, “has given me credit for more than can be. The
    wisest and best of men,–nay, the wisest and best of their actions,–may
    be rendered ridiculous by a person whose first object in life is a
    joke.”

    “Certainly,” replied Elizabeth, “there are such people, but I hope I am
    not one of _them_. I hope I never ridicule what is wise or good. Follies
    and nonsense, whims and inconsistencies, _do_ divert me, I own, and I
    laugh at them whenever I can. But these, I suppose, are precisely what
    you are without.”

    “Perhaps that is not possible for anyone. But it has been the study of
    my life to avoid those weaknesses which often expose a strong
    understanding to ridicule.”

    “Such as vanity and pride.”

    “Yes, vanity is a weakness indeed. But pride–where there is a real
    superiority of mind–pride will be always under good regulation.”

    Elizabeth turned away to hide a smile.

    “Your examination of Mr. Darcy is over, I presume,” said Miss Bingley;
    “and pray what is the result?”

    “I am perfectly convinced by it that Mr. Darcy has no defect. He owns it
    himself without disguise.”

    “No,” said Darcy, “I have made no such pretension. I have faults enough,
    but they are not, I hope, of understanding. My temper I dare not vouch
    for. It is, I believe, too little yielding; certainly too little for the
    convenience of the world. I cannot forget the follies and vices of
    others so soon as I ought, nor their offences against myself. My
    feelings are not puffed about with every attempt to move them. My temper
    would perhaps be called resentful. My good opinion once lost is lost for
    ever.”

    “_That_ is a failing, indeed!” cried Elizabeth. “Implacable resentment
    _is_ a shade in a character. But you have chosen your fault well. I
    really cannot _laugh_ at it. You are safe from me.”

    “There is, I believe, in every disposition a tendency to some particular
    evil, a natural defect, which not even the best education can overcome.”

    “And _your_ defect is a propensity to hate everybody.”

    “And yours,” he replied, with a smile, “is wilfully to misunderstand
    them.”

    “Do let us have a little music,” cried Miss Bingley, tired of a
    conversation in which she had no share. “Louisa, you will not mind my
    waking Mr. Hurst.”

    Her sister made not the smallest objection, and the pianoforte was
    opened; and Darcy, after a few moments’ recollection, was not sorry for
    it. He began to feel the danger of paying Elizabeth too much attention.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XII.

     

    In consequence of an agreement between the sisters, Elizabeth wrote the
    next morning to her mother, to beg that the carriage might be sent for
    them in the course of the day. But Mrs. Bennet, who had calculated on
    her daughters remaining at Netherfield till the following Tuesday, which
    would exactly finish Jane’s week, could not bring herself to receive
    them with pleasure before. Her answer, therefore, was not propitious, at
    least not to Elizabeth’s wishes, for she was impatient to get home. Mrs.
    Bennet sent them word that they could not possibly have the carriage
    before Tuesday; and in her postscript it was added, that if Mr. Bingley
    and his sister pressed them to stay longer, she could spare them very
    well. Against staying longer, however, Elizabeth was positively
    resolved–nor did she much expect it would be asked; and fearful, on the
    contrary, of being considered as intruding themselves needlessly long,
    she urged Jane to borrow Mr. Bingley’s carriage immediately, and at
    length it was settled that their original design of leaving Netherfield
    that morning should be mentioned, and the request made.

    The communication excited many professions of concern; and enough was
    said of wishing them to stay at least till the following day to work on
    Jane; and till the morrow their going was deferred. Miss Bingley was
    then sorry that she had proposed the delay; for her jealousy and dislike
    of one sister much exceeded her affection for the other.

    The master of the house heard with real sorrow that they were to go so
    soon, and repeatedly tried to persuade Miss Bennet that it would not be
    safe for her–that she was not enough recovered; but Jane was firm where
    she felt herself to be right.

    To Mr. Darcy it was welcome intelligence: Elizabeth had been at
    Netherfield long enough. She attracted him more than he liked; and Miss
    Bingley was uncivil to _her_ and more teasing than usual to himself. He
    wisely resolved to be particularly careful that no sign of admiration
    should _now_ escape him–nothing that could elevate her with the hope of
    influencing his felicity; sensible that, if such an idea had been
    suggested, his behaviour during the last day must have material weight
    in confirming or crushing it. Steady to his purpose, he scarcely spoke
    ten words to her through the whole of Saturday: and though they were at
    one time left by themselves for half an hour, he adhered most
    conscientiously to his book, and would not even look at her.

    On Sunday, after morning service, the separation, so agreeable to almost
    all, took place. Miss Bingley’s civility to Elizabeth increased at last
    very rapidly, as well as her affection for Jane; and when they parted,
    after assuring the latter of the pleasure it would always give her to
    see her either at Longbourn or Netherfield, and embracing her most
    tenderly, she even shook hands with the former. Elizabeth took leave of
    the whole party in the liveliest spirits.

    They were not welcomed home very cordially by their mother. Mrs. Bennet
    wondered at their coming, and thought them very wrong to give so much
    trouble, and was sure Jane would have caught cold again. But their
    father, though very laconic in his expressions of pleasure, was really
    glad to see them; he had felt their importance in the family circle. The
    evening conversation, when they were all assembled, had lost much of its
    animation, and almost all its sense, by the absence of Jane and
    Elizabeth.

    They found Mary, as usual, deep in the study of thorough bass and human
    nature; and had some new extracts to admire and some new observations of
    threadbare morality to listen to. Catherine and Lydia had information
    for them of a different sort. Much had been done, and much had been said
    in the regiment since the preceding Wednesday; several of the officers
    had dined lately with their uncle; a private had been flogged; and it
    had actually been hinted that Colonel Forster was going to be married.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XIII

     

    “I hope, my dear,” said Mr. Bennet to his wife, as they were at
    breakfast the next morning, “that you have ordered a good dinner to-day,
    because I have reason to expect an addition to our family party.”

    “Who do you mean, my dear? I know of nobody that is coming, I am sure,
    unless Charlotte Lucas should happen to call in; and I hope _my_ dinners
    are good enough for her. I do not believe she often sees such at home.”

    “The person of whom I speak is a gentleman and a stranger.”

    Mrs. Bennet’s eyes sparkled. “A gentleman and a stranger! It is Mr.
    Bingley, I am sure. Why, Jane–you never dropped a word of this–you sly
    thing! Well, I am sure I shall be extremely glad to see Mr. Bingley.
    But–good Lord! how unlucky! there is not a bit of fish to be got
    to-day. Lydia, my love, ring the bell. I must speak to Hill this
    moment.”

    “It is _not_ Mr. Bingley,” said her husband; “it is a person whom I
    never saw in the whole course of my life.”

    This roused a general astonishment; and he had the pleasure of being
    eagerly questioned by his wife and five daughters at once.

    After amusing himself some time with their curiosity, he thus
    explained:–“About a month ago I received this letter, and about a
    fortnight ago I answered it; for I thought it a case of some delicacy,
    and requiring early attention. It is from my cousin, Mr. Collins, who,
    when I am dead, may turn you all out of this house as soon as he
    pleases.”

    “Oh, my dear,” cried his wife, “I cannot bear to hear that mentioned.
    Pray do not talk of that odious man. I do think it is the hardest thing
    in the world, that your estate should be entailed away from your own
    children; and I am sure, if I had been you, I should have tried long ago
    to do something or other about it.”

    Jane and Elizabeth attempted to explain to her the nature of an entail.
    They had often attempted it before: but it was a subject on which Mrs.
    Bennet was beyond the reach of reason; and she continued to rail
    bitterly against the cruelty of settling an estate away from a family of
    five daughters, in favour of a man whom nobody cared anything about.

    “It certainly is a most iniquitous affair,” said Mr. Bennet; “and
    nothing can clear Mr. Collins from the guilt of inheriting Longbourn.
    But if you will listen to his letter, you may, perhaps, be a little
    softened by his manner of expressing himself.”

    “No, that I am sure I shall not: and I think it was very impertinent of
    him to write to you at all, and very hypocritical. I hate such false
    friends. Why could not he keep on quarrelling with you, as his father
    did before him?”

    “Why, indeed, he does seem to have had some filial scruples on that
    head, as you will hear.”

    /* RIGHT “Hunsford, near Westerham, Kent, _15th October_. */

    “Dear Sir,

    “The disagreement subsisting between yourself and my late honoured
    father always gave me much uneasiness; and, since I have had the
    misfortune to lose him, I have frequently wished to heal the
    breach: but, for some time, I was kept back by my own doubts,
    fearing lest it might seem disrespectful to his memory for me to be
    on good terms with anyone with whom it had always pleased him to be
    at variance.”–‘There, Mrs. Bennet.’–“My mind, however, is now
    made up on the subject; for, having received ordination at Easter,
    I have been so fortunate as to be distinguished by the patronage of
    the Right Honourable Lady Catherine de Bourgh, widow of Sir Lewis
    de Bourgh, whose bounty and beneficence has preferred me to the
    valuable rectory of this parish, where it shall be my earnest
    endeavour to demean myself with grateful respect towards her
    Ladyship, and be ever ready to perform those rites and ceremonies
    which are instituted by the Church of England. As a clergyman,
    moreover, I feel it my duty to promote and establish the blessing
    of peace in all families within the reach of my influence; and on
    these grounds I flatter myself that my present overtures of
    good-will are highly commendable, and that the circumstance of my
    being next in the entail of Longbourn estate will be kindly
    overlooked on your side, and not lead you to reject the offered
    olive branch. I cannot be otherwise than concerned at being the
    means of injuring your amiable daughters, and beg leave to
    apologize for it, as well as to assure you of my readiness to make
    them every possible amends; but of this hereafter. If you should
    have no objection to receive me into your house, I propose myself
    the satisfaction of waiting on you and your family, Monday,
    November 18th, by four o’clock, and shall probably trespass on your
    hospitality till the Saturday se’nnight following, which I can do
    without any inconvenience, as Lady Catherine is far from objecting
    to my occasional absence on a Sunday, provided that some other
    clergyman is engaged to do the duty of the day. I remain, dear sir,
    with respectful compliments to your lady and daughters, your
    well-wisher and friend,

    “WILLIAM COLLINS.”

    “At four o’clock, therefore, we may expect this peace-making gentleman,”
    said Mr. Bennet, as he folded up the letter. “He seems to be a most
    conscientious and polite young man, upon my word; and, I doubt not, will
    prove a valuable acquaintance, especially if Lady Catherine should be so
    indulgent as to let him come to us again.”

    “There is some sense in what he says about the girls, however; and, if
    he is disposed to make them any amends, I shall not be the person to
    discourage him.”

    “Though it is difficult,” said Jane, “to guess in what way he can mean
    to make us the atonement he thinks our due, the wish is certainly to his
    credit.”

    Elizabeth was chiefly struck with his extraordinary deference for Lady
    Catherine, and his kind intention of christening, marrying, and burying
    his parishioners whenever it were required.

    “He must be an oddity, I think,” said she. “I cannot make him out. There
    is something very pompous in his style. And what can he mean by
    apologizing for being next in the entail? We cannot suppose he would
    help it, if he could. Can he be a sensible man, sir?”

    “No, my dear; I think not. I have great hopes of finding him quite the
    reverse. There is a mixture of servility and self-importance in his
    letter which promises well. I am impatient to see him.”

    “In point of composition,” said Mary, “his letter does not seem
    defective. The idea of the olive branch perhaps is not wholly new, yet I
    think it is well expressed.”

    To Catherine and Lydia neither the letter nor its writer were in any
    degree interesting. It was next to impossible that their cousin should
    come in a scarlet coat, and it was now some weeks since they had
    received pleasure from the society of a man in any other colour. As for
    their mother, Mr. Collins’s letter had done away much of her ill-will,
    and she was preparing to see him with a degree of composure which
    astonished her husband and daughters.

    Mr. Collins was punctual to his time, and was received with great
    politeness by the whole family. Mr. Bennet indeed said little; but the
    ladies were ready enough to talk, and Mr. Collins seemed neither in need
    of encouragement, nor inclined to be silent himself. He was a tall,
    heavy-looking young man of five-and-twenty. His air was grave and
    stately, and his manners were very formal. He had not been long seated
    before he complimented Mrs. Bennet on having so fine a family of
    daughters, said he had heard much of their beauty, but that, in this
    instance, fame had fallen short of the truth; and added, that he did not
    doubt her seeing them all in due time well disposed of in marriage. This
    gallantry was not much to the taste of some of his hearers; but Mrs.
    Bennet, who quarrelled with no compliments, answered most readily,–

    “You are very kind, sir, I am sure; and I wish with all my heart it may
    prove so; for else they will be destitute enough. Things are settled so
    oddly.”

    “You allude, perhaps, to the entail of this estate.”

    “Ah, sir, I do indeed. It is a grievous affair to my poor girls, you
    must confess. Not that I mean to find fault with _you_, for such things,
    I know, are all chance in this world. There is no knowing how estates
    will go when once they come to be entailed.”

    “I am very sensible, madam, of the hardship to my fair cousins, and
    could say much on the subject, but that I am cautious of appearing
    forward and precipitate. But I can assure the young ladies that I come
    prepared to admire them. At present I will not say more, but, perhaps,
    when we are better acquainted—-”

    He was interrupted by a summons to dinner; and the girls smiled on each
    other. They were not the only objects of Mr. Collins’s admiration. The
    hall, the dining-room, and all its furniture, were examined and praised;
    and his commendation of everything would have touched Mrs. Bennet’s
    heart, but for the mortifying supposition of his viewing it all as his
    own future property. The dinner, too, in its turn, was highly admired;
    and he begged to know to which of his fair cousins the excellence of its
    cookery was owing. But here he was set right by Mrs. Bennet, who assured
    him, with some asperity, that they were very well able to keep a good
    cook, and that her daughters had nothing to do in the kitchen. He begged
    pardon for having displeased her. In a softened tone she declared
    herself not at all offended; but he continued to apologize for about a
    quarter of an hour.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XIV

     

    During dinner, Mr. Bennet scarcely spoke at all; but when the servants
    were withdrawn, he thought it time to have some conversation with his
    guest, and therefore started a subject in which he expected him to
    shine, by observing that he seemed very fortunate in his patroness. Lady
    Catherine de Bourgh’s attention to his wishes, and consideration for his
    comfort, appeared very remarkable. Mr. Bennet could not have chosen
    better. Mr. Collins was eloquent in her praise. The subject elevated him
    to more than usual solemnity of manner; and with a most important aspect
    he protested that he had never in his life witnessed such behaviour in a
    person of rank–such affability and condescension, as he had himself
    experienced from Lady Catherine. She had been graciously pleased to
    approve of both the discourses which he had already had the honour of
    preaching before her. She had also asked him twice to dine at Rosings,
    and had sent for him only the Saturday before, to make up her pool of
    quadrille in the evening. Lady Catherine was reckoned proud by many
    people, he knew, but _he_ had never seen anything but affability in her.
    She had always spoken to him as she would to any other gentleman; she
    made not the smallest objection to his joining in the society of the
    neighbourhood, nor to his leaving his parish occasionally for a week or
    two to visit his relations. She had even condescended to advise him to
    marry as soon as he could, provided he chose with discretion; and had
    once paid him a visit in his humble parsonage, where she had perfectly
    approved all the alterations he had been making, and had even vouchsafed
    to suggest some herself,–some shelves in the closets upstairs.

    “That is all very proper and civil, I am sure,” said Mrs. Bennet, “and I
    dare say she is a very agreeable woman. It is a pity that great ladies
    in general are not more like her. Does she live near you, sir?”

    “The garden in which stands my humble abode is separated only by a lane
    from Rosings Park, her Ladyship’s residence.”

    “I think you said she was a widow, sir? has she any family?”

    “She has one only daughter, the heiress of Rosings, and of very
    extensive property.”

    “Ah,” cried Mrs. Bennet, shaking her head, “then she is better off than
    many girls. And what sort of young lady is she? Is she handsome?”

    “She is a most charming young lady, indeed. Lady Catherine herself says
    that, in point of true beauty, Miss de Bourgh is far superior to the
    handsomest of her sex; because there is that in her features which marks
    the young woman of distinguished birth. She is unfortunately of a sickly
    constitution, which has prevented her making that progress in many
    accomplishments which she could not otherwise have failed of, as I am
    informed by the lady who superintended her education, and who still
    resides with them. But she is perfectly amiable, and often condescends
    to drive by my humble abode in her little phaeton and ponies.”

    “Has she been presented? I do not remember her name among the ladies at
    court.”

    “Her indifferent state of health unhappily prevents her being in town;
    and by that means, as I told Lady Catherine myself one day, has deprived
    the British Court of its brightest ornament. Her Ladyship seemed pleased
    with the idea; and you may imagine that I am happy on every occasion to
    offer those little delicate compliments which are always acceptable to
    ladies. I have more than once observed to Lady Catherine, that her
    charming daughter seemed born to be a duchess; and that the most
    elevated rank, instead of giving her consequence, would be adorned by
    her. These are the kind of little things which please her Ladyship, and
    it is a sort of attention which I conceive myself peculiarly bound to
    pay.”

    “You judge very properly,” said Mr. Bennet; “and it is happy for you
    that you possess the talent of flattering with delicacy. May I ask
    whether these pleasing attentions proceed from the impulse of the
    moment, or are the result of previous study?”

    “They arise chiefly from what is passing at the time; and though I
    sometimes amuse myself with suggesting and arranging such little elegant
    compliments as may be adapted to ordinary occasions, I always wish to
    give them as unstudied an air as possible.”

    Mr. Bennet’s expectations were fully answered. His cousin was as absurd
    as he had hoped; and he listened to him with the keenest enjoyment,
    maintaining at the same time the most resolute composure of countenance,
    and, except in an occasional glance at Elizabeth, requiring no partner
    in his pleasure.

    By tea-time, however, the dose had been enough, and Mr. Bennet was glad
    to take his guest into the drawing-room again, and when tea was over,
    glad to invite him

    [Illustration:

    “Protested
    that he never read novels” H.T Feb 94
    ]

    to read aloud to the ladies. Mr. Collins readily assented, and a book
    was produced; but on beholding it (for everything announced it to be
    from a circulating library) he started back, and, begging pardon,
    protested that he never read novels. Kitty stared at him, and Lydia
    exclaimed. Other books were produced, and after some deliberation he
    chose “Fordyce’s Sermons.” Lydia gaped as he opened the volume; and
    before he had, with very monotonous solemnity, read three pages, she
    interrupted him with,–

    “Do you know, mamma, that my uncle Philips talks of turning away
    Richard? and if he does, Colonel Forster will hire him. My aunt told me
    so herself on Saturday. I shall walk to Meryton to-morrow to hear more
    about it, and to ask when Mr. Denny comes back from town.”

    Lydia was bid by her two eldest sisters to hold her tongue; but Mr.
    Collins, much offended, laid aside his book, and said,–

    “I have often observed how little young ladies are interested by books
    of a serious stamp, though written solely for their benefit. It amazes
    me, I confess; for certainly there can be nothing so advantageous to
    them as instruction. But I will no longer importune my young cousin.”

    Then, turning to Mr. Bennet, he offered himself as his antagonist at
    backgammon. Mr. Bennet accepted the challenge, observing that he acted
    very wisely in leaving the girls to their own trifling amusements. Mrs.
    Bennet and her daughters apologized most civilly for Lydia’s
    interruption, and promised that it should not occur again, if he would
    resume his book; but Mr. Collins, after assuring them that he bore his
    young cousin no ill-will, and should never resent her behaviour as any
    affront, seated himself at another table with Mr. Bennet, and prepared
    for backgammon.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XV.

     

    Mr. Collins was not a sensible man, and the deficiency of nature had
    been but little assisted by education or society; the greatest part of
    his life having been spent under the guidance of an illiterate and
    miserly father; and though he belonged to one of the universities, he
    had merely kept the necessary terms without forming at it any useful
    acquaintance. The subjection in which his father had brought him up had
    given him originally great humility of manner; but it was now a good
    deal counteracted by the self-conceit of a weak head, living in
    retirement, and the consequential feelings of early and unexpected
    prosperity. A fortunate chance had recommended him to Lady Catherine de
    Bourgh when the living of Hunsford was vacant; and the respect which he
    felt for her high rank, and his veneration for her as his patroness,
    mingling with a very good opinion of himself, of his authority as a
    clergyman, and his right as a rector, made him altogether a mixture of
    pride and obsequiousness, self-importance and humility.

    Having now a good house and a very sufficient income, he intended to
    marry; and in seeking a reconciliation with the Longbourn family he had
    a wife in view, as he meant to choose one of the daughters, if he found
    them as handsome and amiable as they were represented by common report.
    This was his plan of amends–of atonement–for inheriting their father’s
    estate; and he thought it an excellent one, full of eligibility and
    suitableness, and excessively generous and disinterested on his own
    part.

    His plan did not vary on seeing them. Miss Bennet’s lovely face
    confirmed his views, and established all his strictest notions of what
    was due to seniority; and for the first evening _she_ was his settled
    choice. The next morning, however, made an alteration; for in a quarter
    of an hour’s _tête-à-tête_ with Mrs. Bennet before breakfast, a
    conversation beginning with his parsonage-house, and leading naturally
    to the avowal of his hopes, that a mistress for it might be found at
    Longbourn, produced from her, amid very complaisant smiles and general
    encouragement, a caution against the very Jane he had fixed on. “As to
    her _younger_ daughters, she could not take upon her to say–she could
    not positively answer–but she did not _know_ of any prepossession;–her
    _eldest_ daughter she must just mention–she felt it incumbent on her to
    hint, was likely to be very soon engaged.”

    Mr. Collins had only to change from Jane to Elizabeth–and it was soon
    done–done while Mrs. Bennet was stirring the fire. Elizabeth, equally
    next to Jane in birth and beauty, succeeded her of course.

    Mrs. Bennet treasured up the hint, and trusted that she might soon have
    two daughters married; and the man whom she could not bear to speak of
    the day before, was now high in her good graces.

    Lydia’s intention of walking to Meryton was not forgotten: every sister
    except Mary agreed to go with her; and Mr. Collins was to attend them,
    at the request of Mr. Bennet, who was most anxious to get rid of him,
    and have his library to himself; for thither Mr. Collins had followed
    him after breakfast, and there he would continue, nominally engaged with
    one of the largest folios in the collection, but really talking to Mr.
    Bennet, with little cessation, of his house and garden at Hunsford. Such
    doings discomposed Mr. Bennet exceedingly. In his library he had been
    always sure of leisure and tranquillity; and though prepared, as he told
    Elizabeth, to meet with folly and conceit in every other room in the
    house, he was used to be free from them there: his civility, therefore,
    was most prompt in inviting Mr. Collins to join his daughters in their
    walk; and Mr. Collins, being in fact much better fitted for a walker
    than a reader, was extremely well pleased to close his large book, and
    go.

    In pompous nothings on his side, and civil assents on that of his
    cousins, their time passed till they entered Meryton. The attention of
    the younger ones was then no longer to be gained by _him_. Their eyes
    were immediately wandering up the street in quest of the officers, and
    nothing less than a very smart bonnet, indeed, or a really new muslin in
    a shop window, could recall them.

    But the attention of every lady was soon caught by a young man, whom
    they had never seen before, of most gentlemanlike appearance, walking
    with an officer on the other side of the way. The officer was the very
    Mr. Denny concerning whose return from London Lydia came to inquire, and
    he bowed as they passed. All were struck with the stranger’s air, all
    wondered who he could be; and Kitty and Lydia, determined if possible
    to find out, led the way across the street, under pretence of wanting
    something in an opposite shop, and fortunately had just gained the
    pavement, when the two gentlemen, turning back, had reached the same
    spot. Mr. Denny addressed them directly, and entreated permission to
    introduce his friend, Mr. Wickham, who had returned with him the day
    before from town, and, he was happy to say, had accepted a commission in
    their corps. This was exactly as it should be; for the young man wanted
    only regimentals to make him completely charming. His appearance was
    greatly in his favour: he had all the best parts of beauty, a fine
    countenance, a good figure, and very pleasing address. The introduction
    was followed up on his side by a happy readiness of conversation–a
    readiness at the same time perfectly correct and unassuming; and the
    whole party were still standing and talking together very agreeably,
    when the sound of horses drew their notice, and Darcy and Bingley were
    seen riding down the street. On distinguishing the ladies of the group
    the two gentlemen came directly towards them, and began the usual
    civilities. Bingley was the principal spokesman, and Miss Bennet the
    principal object. He was then, he said, on his way to Longbourn on
    purpose to inquire after her. Mr. Darcy corroborated it with a bow, and
    was beginning to determine not to fix his eyes on Elizabeth, when they
    were suddenly arrested by the sight of the stranger; and Elizabeth
    happening to see the countenance of both as they looked at each other,
    was all astonishment at the effect of the meeting. Both changed colour,
    one looked white, the other red. Mr. Wickham, after a few moments,
    touched his hat–a salutation which Mr. Darcy just deigned to return.
    What could be the meaning of it? It was impossible to imagine; it was
    impossible not to long to know.

    In another minute Mr. Bingley, but without seeming to have noticed what
    passed, took leave and rode on with his friend.

    Mr. Denny and Mr. Wickham walked with the young ladies to the door of
    Mr. Philips’s house, and then made their bows, in spite of Miss Lydia’s
    pressing entreaties that they would come in, and even in spite of Mrs.
    Philips’s throwing up the parlour window, and loudly seconding the
    invitation.

    Mrs. Philips was always glad to see her nieces; and the two eldest, from
    their recent absence, were particularly welcome; and she was eagerly
    expressing her surprise at their sudden return home, which, as their own
    carriage had not fetched them, she should have known nothing about, if
    she had not happened to see Mr. Jones’s shopboy in the street, who had
    told her that they were not to send any more draughts to Netherfield,
    because the Miss Bennets were come away, when her civility was claimed
    towards Mr. Collins by Jane’s introduction of him. She received him with
    her very best politeness, which he returned with as much more,
    apologizing for his intrusion, without any previous acquaintance with
    her, which he could not help flattering himself, however, might be
    justified by his relationship to the young ladies who introduced him to
    her notice. Mrs. Philips was quite awed by such an excess of good
    breeding; but her contemplation of one stranger was soon put an end to
    by exclamations and inquiries about the other, of whom, however, she
    could only tell her nieces what they already knew, that Mr. Denny had
    brought him from London, and that he was to have a lieutenant’s
    commission in the —-shire. She had been watching him the last hour,
    she said, as he walked up and down the street,–and had Mr. Wickham
    appeared, Kitty and Lydia would certainly have continued the occupation;
    but unluckily no one passed the windows now except a few of the
    officers, who, in comparison with the stranger, were become “stupid,
    disagreeable fellows.” Some of them were to dine with the Philipses the
    next day, and their aunt promised to make her husband call on Mr.
    Wickham, and give him an invitation also, if the family from Longbourn
    would come in the evening. This was agreed to; and Mrs. Philips
    protested that they would have a nice comfortable noisy game of lottery
    tickets, and a little bit of hot supper afterwards. The prospect of such
    delights was very cheering, and they parted in mutual good spirits. Mr.
    Collins repeated his apologies in quitting the room, and was assured,
    with unwearying civility, that they were perfectly needless.

    As they walked home, Elizabeth related to Jane what she had seen pass
    between the two gentlemen; but though Jane would have defended either or
    both, had they appeared to be wrong, she could no more explain such
    behaviour than her sister.

    Mr. Collins on his return highly gratified Mrs. Bennet by admiring Mrs.
    Philips’s manners and politeness. He protested that, except Lady
    Catherine and her daughter, he had never seen a more elegant woman; for
    she had not only received him with the utmost civility, but had even
    pointedly included him in her invitation for the next evening, although
    utterly unknown to her before. Something, he supposed, might be
    attributed to his connection with them, but yet he had never met with so
    much attention in the whole course of his life.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XVI.

     

    As no objection was made to the young people’s engagement with their
    aunt, and all Mr. Collins’s scruples of leaving Mr. and Mrs. Bennet for
    a single evening during his visit were most steadily resisted, the coach
    conveyed him and his five cousins at a suitable hour to Meryton; and the
    girls had the pleasure of hearing, as they entered the drawing-room,
    that Mr. Wickham had accepted their uncle’s invitation, and was then in
    the house.

    When this information was given, and they had all taken their seats, Mr.
    Collins was at leisure to look around him and admire, and he was so much
    struck with the size and furniture of the apartment, that he declared he
    might almost have supposed himself in the small summer breakfast parlour
    at Rosings; a comparison that did not at first convey much
    gratification; but when Mrs. Philips understood from him what Rosings
    was, and who was its proprietor, when she had listened to the
    description of only one of Lady Catherine’s drawing-rooms, and found
    that the chimney-piece alone had cost eight hundred pounds, she felt all
    the force of the compliment, and would hardly have resented a comparison
    with the housekeeper’s room.

    In describing to her all the grandeur of Lady Catherine and her mansion,
    with occasional digressions in praise of his own humble abode, and the
    improvements it was receiving, he was happily employed until the
    gentlemen joined them; and he found in Mrs. Philips a very attentive
    listener, whose opinion of his consequence increased with what she
    heard, and who was resolving to retail it all among her neighbours as
    soon as she could. To the girls, who could not listen to their cousin,
    and who had nothing to do but to wish for an instrument, and examine
    their own indifferent imitations of china on the mantel-piece, the
    interval of waiting appeared very long. It was over at last, however.
    The gentlemen did approach: and when Mr. Wickham walked into the room,
    Elizabeth felt that she had neither been seeing him before, nor thinking
    of him since, with the smallest degree of unreasonable admiration. The
    officers of the —-shire were in general a very creditable,
    gentlemanlike set and the best of them were of the present party; but
    Mr, Wickham was as far beyond them all in person, countenance, air, and
    walk, as _they_ were superior to the broad-faced stuffy uncle Philips,
    breathing port wine, who followed them into the room.

    [Illustration:

    “The officers of the —-shire”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    Mr. Wickham was the happy man towards whom almost every female eye was
    turned, and Elizabeth was the happy woman by whom he finally seated
    himself; and the agreeable manner in which he immediately fell into
    conversation, though it was only on its being a wet night, and on the
    probability of a rainy season, made her feel that the commonest,
    dullest, most threadbare topic might be rendered interesting by the
    skill of the speaker.

    With such rivals for the notice of the fair as Mr. Wickham and the
    officers, Mr. Collins seemed to sink into insignificance; to the young
    ladies he certainly was nothing; but he had still at intervals a kind
    listener in Mrs. Philips, and was, by her watchfulness, most abundantly
    supplied with coffee and muffin.

    When the card tables were placed, he had an opportunity of obliging her,
    in return, by sitting down to whist.

    “I know little of the game at present,” said he, “but I shall be glad to
    improve myself; for in my situation of life—-” Mrs. Philips was very
    thankful for his compliance, but could not wait for his reason.

    Mr. Wickham did not play at whist, and with ready delight was he
    received at the other table between Elizabeth and Lydia. At first there
    seemed danger of Lydia’s engrossing him entirely, for she was a most
    determined talker; but being likewise extremely fond of lottery tickets,
    she soon grew too much interested in the game, too eager in making bets
    and exclaiming after prizes, to have attention for anyone in particular.
    Allowing for the common demands of the game, Mr. Wickham was therefore
    at leisure to talk to Elizabeth, and she was very willing to hear him,
    though what she chiefly wished to hear she could not hope to be told,
    the history of his acquaintance with Mr. Darcy. She dared not even
    mention that gentleman. Her curiosity, however, was unexpectedly
    relieved. Mr. Wickham began the subject himself. He inquired how far
    Netherfield was from Meryton; and, after receiving her answer, asked in
    a hesitating manner how long Mr. Darcy had been staying there.

    “About a month,” said Elizabeth; and then, unwilling to let the subject
    drop, added, “he is a man of very large property in Derbyshire, I
    understand.”

    “Yes,” replied Wickham; “his estate there is a noble one. A clear ten
    thousand per annum. You could not have met with a person more capable of
    giving you certain information on that head than myself–for I have been
    connected with his family, in a particular manner, from my infancy.”

    Elizabeth could not but look surprised.

    “You may well be surprised, Miss Bennet, at such an assertion, after
    seeing, as you probably might, the very cold manner of our meeting
    yesterday. Are you much acquainted with Mr. Darcy?”

    “As much as I ever wish to be,” cried Elizabeth, warmly. “I have spent
    four days in the same house with him, and I think him very
    disagreeable.”

    “I have no right to give _my_ opinion,” said Wickham, “as to his being
    agreeable or otherwise. I am not qualified to form one. I have known him
    too long and too well to be a fair judge. It is impossible for _me_ to
    be impartial. But I believe your opinion of him would in general
    astonish–and, perhaps, you would not express it quite so strongly
    anywhere else. Here you are in your own family.”

    “Upon my word I say no more _here_ than I might say in any house in the
    neighbourhood, except Netherfield. He is not at all liked in
    Hertfordshire. Everybody is disgusted with his pride. You will not find
    him more favourably spoken of by anyone.”

    “I cannot pretend to be sorry,” said Wickham, after a short
    interruption, “that he or that any man should not be estimated beyond
    their deserts; but with _him_ I believe it does not often happen. The
    world is blinded by his fortune and consequence, or frightened by his
    high and imposing manners, and sees him only as he chooses to be seen.”

    “I should take him, even on _my_ slight acquaintance, to be an
    ill-tempered man.”

    Wickham only shook his head.

    “I wonder,” said he, at the next opportunity of speaking, “whether he is
    likely to be in this country much longer.”

    “I do not at all know; but I _heard_ nothing of his going away when I
    was at Netherfield. I hope your plans in favour of the —-shire will
    not be affected by his being in the neighbourhood.”

    “Oh no–it is not for _me_ to be driven away by Mr. Darcy. If _he_
    wishes to avoid seeing _me_ he must go. We are not on friendly terms,
    and it always gives me pain to meet him, but I have no reason for
    avoiding _him_ but what I might proclaim to all the world–a sense of
    very great ill-usage, and most painful regrets at his being what he is.
    His father, Miss Bennet, the late Mr. Darcy, was one of the best men
    that ever breathed, and the truest friend I ever had; and I can never be
    in company with this Mr. Darcy without being grieved to the soul by a
    thousand tender recollections. His behaviour to myself has been
    scandalous; but I verily believe I could forgive him anything and
    everything, rather than his disappointing the hopes and disgracing the
    memory of his father.”

    Elizabeth found the interest of the subject increase, and listened with
    all her heart; but the delicacy of it prevented further inquiry.

    Mr. Wickham began to speak on more general topics, Meryton, the
    neighbourhood, the society, appearing highly pleased with all that he
    had yet seen, and speaking of the latter, especially, with gentle but
    very intelligible gallantry.

    “It was the prospect of constant society, and good society,” he added,
    “which was my chief inducement to enter the —-shire. I know it to be a
    most respectable, agreeable corps; and my friend Denny tempted me
    further by his account of their present quarters, and the very great
    attentions and excellent acquaintance Meryton had procured them.
    Society, I own, is necessary to me. I have been a disappointed man, and
    my spirits will not bear solitude. I _must_ have employment and society.
    A military life is not what I was intended for, but circumstances have
    now made it eligible. The church _ought_ to have been my profession–I
    was brought up for the church; and I should at this time have been in
    possession of a most valuable living, had it pleased the gentleman we
    were speaking of just now.”

    “Indeed!”

    “Yes–the late Mr. Darcy bequeathed me the next presentation of the best
    living in his gift. He was my godfather, and excessively attached to me.
    I cannot do justice to his kindness. He meant to provide for me amply,
    and thought he had done it; but when the living fell, it was given
    elsewhere.”

    “Good heavens!” cried Elizabeth; “but how could _that_ be? How could his
    will be disregarded? Why did not you seek legal redress?”

    “There was just such an informality in the terms of the bequest as to
    give me no hope from law. A man of honour could not have doubted the
    intention, but Mr. Darcy chose to doubt it–or to treat it as a merely
    conditional recommendation, and to assert that I had forfeited all claim
    to it by extravagance, imprudence, in short, anything or nothing.
    Certain it is that the living became vacant two years ago, exactly as I
    was of an age to hold it, and that it was given to another man; and no
    less certain is it, that I cannot accuse myself of having really done
    anything to deserve to lose it. I have a warm unguarded temper, and I
    may perhaps have sometimes spoken my opinion _of_ him, and _to_ him, too
    freely. I can recall nothing worse. But the fact is, that we are very
    different sort of men, and that he hates me.”

    “This is quite shocking! He deserves to be publicly disgraced.”

    “Some time or other he _will_ be–but it shall not be by _me_. Till I
    can forget his father, I can never defy or expose _him_.”

    Elizabeth honoured him for such feelings, and thought him handsomer than
    ever as he expressed them.

    “But what,” said she, after a pause, “can have been his motive? what can
    have induced him to behave so cruelly?”

    “A thorough, determined dislike of me–a dislike which I cannot but
    attribute in some measure to jealousy. Had the late Mr. Darcy liked me
    less, his son might have borne with me better; but his father’s uncommon
    attachment to me irritated him, I believe, very early in life. He had
    not a temper to bear the sort of competition in which we stood–the sort
    of preference which was often given me.”

    “I had not thought Mr. Darcy so bad as this–though I have never liked
    him, I had not thought so very ill of him–I had supposed him to be
    despising his fellow-creatures in general, but did not suspect him of
    descending to such malicious revenge, such injustice, such inhumanity as
    this!”

    After a few minutes’ reflection, however, she continued, “I _do_
    remember his boasting one day, at Netherfield, of the implacability of
    his resentments, of his having an unforgiving temper. His disposition
    must be dreadful.”

    “I will not trust myself on the subject,” replied Wickham; “_I_ can
    hardly be just to him.”

    Elizabeth was again deep in thought, and after a time exclaimed, “To
    treat in such a manner the godson, the friend, the favourite of his
    father!” She could have added, “A young man, too, like _you_, whose very
    countenance may vouch for your being amiable.” But she contented herself
    with–“And one, too, who had probably been his own companion from
    childhood, connected together, as I think you said, in the closest
    manner.”

    “We were born in the same parish, within the same park; the greatest
    part of our youth was passed together: inmates of the same house,
    sharing the same amusements, objects of the same parental care. _My_
    father began life in the profession which your uncle, Mr. Philips,
    appears to do so much credit to; but he gave up everything to be of use
    to the late Mr. Darcy, and devoted all his time to the care of the
    Pemberley property. He was most highly esteemed by Mr. Darcy, a most
    intimate, confidential friend. Mr. Darcy often acknowledged himself to
    be under the greatest obligations to my father’s active superintendence;
    and when, immediately before my father’s death, Mr. Darcy gave him a
    voluntary promise of providing for me, I am convinced that he felt it
    to be as much a debt of gratitude to _him_ as of affection to myself.”

    “How strange!” cried Elizabeth. “How abominable! I wonder that the very
    pride of this Mr. Darcy has not made him just to you. If from no better
    motive, that he should not have been too proud to be dishonest,–for
    dishonesty I must call it.”

    “It _is_ wonderful,” replied Wickham; “for almost all his actions may be
    traced to pride; and pride has often been his best friend. It has
    connected him nearer with virtue than any other feeling. But we are none
    of us consistent; and in his behaviour to me there were stronger
    impulses even than pride.”

    “Can such abominable pride as his have ever done him good?”

    “Yes; it has often led him to be liberal and generous; to give his money
    freely, to display hospitality, to assist his tenants, and relieve the
    poor. Family pride, and _filial_ pride, for he is very proud of what his
    father was, have done this. Not to appear to disgrace his family, to
    degenerate from the popular qualities, or lose the influence of the
    Pemberley House, is a powerful motive. He has also _brotherly_ pride,
    which, with _some_ brotherly affection, makes him a very kind and
    careful guardian of his sister; and you will hear him generally cried up
    as the most attentive and best of brothers.”

    “What sort of a girl is Miss Darcy?”

    He shook his head. “I wish I could call her amiable. It gives me pain to
    speak ill of a Darcy; but she is too much like her brother,–very, very
    proud. As a child, she was affectionate and pleasing, and extremely fond
    of me; and I have devoted hours and hours to her amusement. But she is
    nothing to me now. She is a handsome girl, about fifteen or sixteen,
    and, I understand, highly accomplished. Since her father’s death her
    home has been London, where a lady lives with her, and superintends her
    education.”

    After many pauses and many trials of other subjects, Elizabeth could not
    help reverting once more to the first, and saying,–

    “I am astonished at his intimacy with Mr. Bingley. How can Mr. Bingley,
    who seems good-humour itself, and is, I really believe, truly amiable,
    be in friendship with such a man? How can they suit each other? Do you
    know Mr. Bingley?”

    “Not at all.”

    “He is a sweet-tempered, amiable, charming man. He cannot know what Mr.
    Darcy is.”

    “Probably not; but Mr. Darcy can please where he chooses. He does not
    want abilities. He can be a conversible companion if he thinks it worth
    his while. Among those who are at all his equals in consequence, he is a
    very different man from what he is to the less prosperous. His pride
    never deserts him; but with the rich he is liberal-minded, just,
    sincere, rational, honourable, and, perhaps, agreeable,–allowing
    something for fortune and figure.”

    The whist party soon afterwards breaking up, the players gathered round
    the other table, and Mr. Collins took his station between his cousin
    Elizabeth and Mrs. Philips. The usual inquiries as to his success were
    made by the latter. It had not been very great; he had lost every point;
    but when Mrs. Philips began to express her concern thereupon, he assured
    her, with much earnest gravity, that it was not of the least importance;
    that he considered the money as a mere trifle, and begged she would not
    make herself uneasy.

    “I know very well, madam,” said he, “that when persons sit down to a
    card table they must take their chance of these things,–and happily I
    am not in such circumstances as to make five shillings any object. There
    are, undoubtedly, many who could not say the same; but, thanks to Lady
    Catherine de Bourgh, I am removed far beyond the necessity of regarding
    little matters.”

    Mr. Wickham’s attention was caught; and after observing Mr. Collins for
    a few moments, he asked Elizabeth in a low voice whether her relations
    were very intimately acquainted with the family of De Bourgh.

    “Lady Catherine de Bourgh,” she replied, “has very lately given him a
    living. I hardly know how Mr. Collins was first introduced to her
    notice, but he certainly has not known her long.”

    “You know of course that Lady Catherine de Bourgh and Lady Anne Darcy
    were sisters; consequently that she is aunt to the present Mr. Darcy.”

    “No, indeed, I did not. I knew nothing at all of Lady Catherine’s
    connections. I never heard of her existence till the day before
    yesterday.”

    “Her daughter, Miss de Bourgh, will have a very large fortune, and it is
    believed that she and her cousin will unite the two estates.”

    This information made Elizabeth smile, as she thought of poor Miss
    Bingley. Vain indeed must be all her attentions, vain and useless her
    affection for his sister and her praise of himself, if he were already
    self-destined to another.

    “Mr. Collins,” said she, “speaks highly both of Lady Catherine and her
    daughter; but, from some particulars that he has related of her
    Ladyship, I suspect his gratitude misleads him; and that, in spite of
    her being his patroness, she is an arrogant, conceited woman.”

    “I believe her to be both in a great degree,” replied Wickham; “I have
    not seen her for many years; but I very well remember that I never liked
    her, and that her manners were dictatorial and insolent. She has the
    reputation of being remarkably sensible and clever; but I rather believe
    she derives part of her abilities from her rank and fortune, part from
    her authoritative manner, and the rest from the pride of her nephew, who
    chooses that everyone connected with him should have an understanding of
    the first class.”

    Elizabeth allowed that he had given a very rational account of it, and
    they continued talking together with mutual satisfaction till supper put
    an end to cards, and gave the rest of the ladies their share of Mr.
    Wickham’s attentions. There could be no conversation in the noise of
    Mrs. Philips’s supper party, but his manners recommended him to
    everybody. Whatever he said, was said well; and whatever he did, done
    gracefully. Elizabeth went away with her head full of him. She could
    think of nothing but of Mr. Wickham, and of what he had told her, all
    the way home; but there was not time for her even to mention his name as
    they went, for neither Lydia nor Mr. Collins were once silent. Lydia
    talked incessantly of lottery tickets, of the fish she had lost and the
    fish she had won; and Mr. Collins, in describing the civility of Mr. and
    Mrs. Philips, protesting that he did not in the least regard his losses
    at whist, enumerating all the dishes at supper, and repeatedly fearing
    that he crowded his cousins, had more to say than he could well manage
    before the carriage stopped at Longbourn House.

     

    [Illustration:

    “delighted to see their dear friend again”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XVII.

     

    Elizabeth related to Jane, the next day, what had passed between Mr.
    Wickham and herself. Jane listened with astonishment and concern: she
    knew not how to believe that Mr. Darcy could be so unworthy of Mr.
    Bingley’s regard; and yet it was not in her nature to question the
    veracity of a young man of such amiable appearance as Wickham. The
    possibility of his having really endured such unkindness was enough to
    interest all her tender feelings; and nothing therefore remained to be
    done but to think well of them both, to defend the conduct of each, and
    throw into the account of accident or mistake whatever could not be
    otherwise explained.

    “They have both,” said she, “been deceived, I dare say, in some way or
    other, of which we can form no idea. Interested people have perhaps
    misrepresented each to the other. It is, in short, impossible for us to
    conjecture the causes or circumstances which may have alienated them,
    without actual blame on either side.”

    “Very true, indeed; and now, my dear Jane, what have you got to say in
    behalf of the interested people who have probably been concerned in the
    business? Do clear _them_, too, or we shall be obliged to think ill of
    somebody.”

    “Laugh as much as you choose, but you will not laugh me out of my
    opinion. My dearest Lizzy, do but consider in what a disgraceful light
    it places Mr. Darcy, to be treating his father’s favourite in such a
    manner,–one whom his father had promised to provide for. It is
    impossible. No man of common humanity, no man who had any value for his
    character, could be capable of it. Can his most intimate friends be so
    excessively deceived in him? Oh no.”

    “I can much more easily believe Mr. Bingley’s being imposed on than that
    Mr. Wickham should invent such a history of himself as he gave me last
    night; names, facts, everything mentioned without ceremony. If it be not
    so, let Mr. Darcy contradict it. Besides, there was truth in his looks.”

    “It is difficult, indeed–it is distressing. One does not know what to
    think.”

    “I beg your pardon;–one knows exactly what to think.”

    But Jane could think with certainty on only one point,–that Mr.
    Bingley, if he _had been_ imposed on, would have much to suffer when
    the affair became public.

    The two young ladies were summoned from the shrubbery, where this
    conversation passed, by the arrival of some of the very persons of whom
    they had been speaking; Mr. Bingley and his sisters came to give their
    personal invitation for the long expected ball at Netherfield, which was
    fixed for the following Tuesday. The two ladies were delighted to see
    their dear friend again, called it an age since they had met, and
    repeatedly asked what she had been doing with herself since their
    separation. To the rest of the family they paid little attention;
    avoiding Mrs. Bennet as much as possible, saying not much to Elizabeth,
    and nothing at all to the others. They were soon gone again, rising from
    their seats with an activity which took their brother by surprise, and
    hurrying off as if eager to escape from Mrs. Bennet’s civilities.

    The prospect of the Netherfield ball was extremely agreeable to every
    female of the family. Mrs. Bennet chose to consider it as given in
    compliment to her eldest daughter, and was particularly flattered by
    receiving the invitation from Mr. Bingley himself, instead of a
    ceremonious card. Jane pictured to herself a happy evening in the
    society of her two friends, and the attentions of their brother; and
    Elizabeth thought with pleasure of dancing a great deal with Mr.
    Wickham, and of seeing a confirmation of everything in Mr. Darcy’s look
    and behaviour. The happiness anticipated by Catherine and Lydia depended
    less on any single event, or any particular person; for though they
    each, like Elizabeth, meant to dance half the evening with Mr. Wickham,
    he was by no means the only partner who could satisfy them, and a ball
    was, at any rate, a ball. And even Mary could assure her family that she
    had no disinclination for it.

    “While I can have my mornings to myself,” said she, “it is enough. I
    think it is no sacrifice to join occasionally in evening engagements.
    Society has claims on us all; and I profess myself one of those who
    consider intervals of recreation and amusement as desirable for
    everybody.”

    Elizabeth’s spirits were so high on the occasion, that though she did
    not often speak unnecessarily to Mr. Collins, she could not help asking
    him whether he intended to accept Mr. Bingley’s invitation, and if he
    did, whether he would think it proper to join in the evening’s
    amusement; and she was rather surprised to find that he entertained no
    scruple whatever on that head, and was very far from dreading a rebuke,
    either from the Archbishop or Lady Catherine de Bourgh, by venturing to
    dance.

    “I am by no means of opinion, I assure you,” said he, “that a ball of
    this kind, given by a young man of character, to respectable people, can
    have any evil tendency; and I am so far from objecting to dancing
    myself, that I shall hope to be honoured with the hands of all my fair
    cousins in the course of the evening; and I take this opportunity of
    soliciting yours, Miss Elizabeth, for the two first dances especially; a
    preference which I trust my cousin Jane will attribute to the right
    cause, and not to any disrespect for her.”

    Elizabeth felt herself completely taken in. She had fully proposed being
    engaged by Wickham for those very dances; and to have Mr. Collins
    instead!–her liveliness had been never worse timed. There was no help
    for it, however. Mr. Wickham’s happiness and her own was perforce
    delayed a little longer, and Mr. Collins’s proposal accepted with as
    good a grace as she could. She was not the better pleased with his
    gallantry, from the idea it suggested of something more. It now first
    struck her, that _she_ was selected from among her sisters as worthy of
    being the mistress of Hunsford Parsonage, and of assisting to form a
    quadrille table at Rosings, in the absence of more eligible visitors.
    The idea soon reached to conviction, as she observed his increasing
    civilities towards herself, and heard his frequent attempt at a
    compliment on her wit and vivacity; and though more astonished than
    gratified herself by this effect of her charms, it was not long before
    her mother gave her to understand that the probability of their marriage
    was exceedingly agreeable to _her_. Elizabeth, however, did not choose
    to take the hint, being well aware that a serious dispute must be the
    consequence of any reply. Mr. Collins might never make the offer, and,
    till he did, it was useless to quarrel about him.

    If there had not been a Netherfield ball to prepare for and talk of, the
    younger Miss Bennets would have been in a pitiable state at this time;
    for, from the day of the invitation to the day of the ball, there was
    such a succession of rain as prevented their walking to Meryton once. No
    aunt, no officers, no news could be sought after; the very shoe-roses
    for Netherfield were got by proxy. Even Elizabeth might have found some
    trial of her patience in weather which totally suspended the improvement
    of her acquaintance with Mr. Wickham; and nothing less than a dance on
    Tuesday could have made such a Friday, Saturday, Sunday, and Monday
    endurable to Kitty and Lydia.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XVIII.

     

    Till Elizabeth entered the drawing-room at Netherfield, and looked in
    vain for Mr. Wickham among the cluster of red coats there assembled, a
    doubt of his being present had never occurred to her. The certainty of
    meeting him had not been checked by any of those recollections that
    might not unreasonably have alarmed her. She had dressed with more than
    usual care, and prepared in the highest spirits for the conquest of all
    that remained unsubdued of his heart, trusting that it was not more than
    might be won in the course of the evening. But in an instant arose the
    dreadful suspicion of his being purposely omitted, for Mr. Darcy’s
    pleasure, in the Bingleys’ invitation to the officers; and though this
    was not exactly the case, the absolute fact of his absence was
    pronounced by his friend Mr. Denny, to whom Lydia eagerly applied, and
    who told them that Wickham had been obliged to go to town on business
    the day before, and was not yet returned; adding, with a significant
    smile,–

    “I do not imagine his business would have called him away just now, if
    he had not wished to avoid a certain gentleman here.”

    This part of his intelligence, though unheard by Lydia, was caught by
    Elizabeth; and, as it assured her that Darcy was not less answerable for
    Wickham’s absence than if her first surmise had been just, every feeling
    of displeasure against the former was so sharpened by immediate
    disappointment, that she could hardly reply with tolerable civility to
    the polite inquiries which he directly afterwards approached to make.
    Attention, forbearance, patience with Darcy, was injury to Wickham. She
    was resolved against any sort of conversation with him, and turned away
    with a degree of ill-humour which she could not wholly surmount even in
    speaking to Mr. Bingley, whose blind partiality provoked her.

    But Elizabeth was not formed for ill-humour; and though every prospect
    of her own was destroyed for the evening, it could not dwell long on her
    spirits; and, having told all her griefs to Charlotte Lucas, whom she
    had not seen for a week, she was soon able to make a voluntary
    transition to the oddities of her cousin, and to point him out to her
    particular notice. The two first dances, however, brought a return of
    distress: they were dances of mortification. Mr. Collins, awkward and
    solemn, apologizing instead of attending, and often moving wrong
    without being aware of it, gave her all the shame and misery which a
    disagreeable partner for a couple of dances can give. The moment of her
    release from him was ecstasy.

    She danced next with an officer, and had the refreshment of talking of
    Wickham, and of hearing that he was universally liked. When those dances
    were over, she returned to Charlotte Lucas, and was in conversation with
    her, when she found herself suddenly addressed by Mr. Darcy, who took
    her so much by surprise in his application for her hand, that, without
    knowing what she did, she accepted him. He walked away again
    immediately, and she was left to fret over her own want of presence of
    mind: Charlotte tried to console her.

    “I dare say you will find him very agreeable.”

    “Heaven forbid! _That_ would be the greatest misfortune of all! To find
    a man agreeable whom one is determined to hate! Do not wish me such an
    evil.”

    When the dancing recommenced, however, and Darcy approached to claim her
    hand, Charlotte could not help cautioning her, in a whisper, not to be a
    simpleton, and allow her fancy for Wickham to make her appear unpleasant
    in the eyes of a man often times his consequence. Elizabeth made no
    answer, and took her place in the set, amazed at the dignity to which
    she was arrived in being allowed to stand opposite to Mr. Darcy, and
    reading in her neighbours’ looks their equal amazement in beholding it.
    They stood for some time without speaking a word; and she began to
    imagine that their silence was to last through the two dances, and, at
    first, was resolved not to break it; till suddenly fancying that it
    would be the greater punishment to her partner to oblige him to talk,
    she made some slight observation on the dance. He replied, and was again
    silent. After a pause of some minutes, she addressed him a second time,
    with–

    “It is _your_ turn to say something now, Mr. Darcy. _I_ talked about the
    dance, and _you_ ought to make some kind of remark on the size of the
    room, or the number of couples.”

    He smiled, and assured her that whatever she wished him to say should be
    said.

    “Very well; that reply will do for the present. Perhaps, by-and-by, I
    may observe that private balls are much pleasanter than public ones; but
    _now_ we may be silent.”

    “Do you talk by rule, then, while you are dancing?”

    “Sometimes. One must speak a little, you know. It would look odd to be
    entirely silent for half an hour together; and yet, for the advantage of
    _some_, conversation ought to be so arranged as that they may have the
    trouble of saying as little as possible.”

    “Are you consulting your own feelings in the present case, or do you
    imagine that you are gratifying mine?”

    “Both,” replied Elizabeth archly; “for I have always seen a great
    similarity in the turn of our minds. We are each of an unsocial,
    taciturn disposition, unwilling to speak, unless we expect to say
    something that will amaze the whole room, and be handed down to
    posterity with all the _éclat_ of a proverb.”

    “This is no very striking resemblance of your own character, I am sure,”
    said he. “How near it may be to _mine_, I cannot pretend to say. _You_
    think it a faithful portrait, undoubtedly.”

    “I must not decide on my own performance.”

    He made no answer; and they were again silent till they had gone down
    the dance, when he asked her if she and her sisters did not very often
    walk to Meryton. She answered in the affirmative; and, unable to resist
    the temptation, added, “When you met us there the other day, we had just
    been forming a new acquaintance.”

    The effect was immediate. A deeper shade of _hauteur_ overspread his
    features, but he said not a word; and Elizabeth, though blaming herself
    for her own weakness, could not go on. At length Darcy spoke, and in a
    constrained manner said,–

    “Mr. Wickham is blessed with such happy manners as may insure his
    _making_ friends; whether he may be equally capable of _retaining_ them,
    is less certain.”

    “He has been so unlucky as to lose your friendship,” replied Elizabeth,
    with emphasis, “and in a manner which he is likely to suffer from all
    his life.”

    Darcy made no answer, and seemed desirous of changing the subject. At
    that moment Sir William Lucas appeared close to them, meaning to pass
    through the set to the other side of the room; but, on perceiving Mr.
    Darcy, he stopped, with a bow of superior courtesy, to compliment him on
    his dancing and his partner.

    “I have been most highly gratified, indeed, my dear sir; such very
    superior dancing is not often seen. It is evident that you belong to the
    first circles. Allow me to say, however, that your fair partner does not
    disgrace you: and that I must hope to have this pleasure often repeated,
    especially when a certain desirable event, my dear Miss Eliza (glancing
    at her sister and Bingley), shall take place. What congratulations will
    then flow in! I appeal to Mr. Darcy;–but let me not interrupt you, sir.
    You will not thank me for detaining you from the bewitching converse of
    that young lady, whose bright eyes are also upbraiding me.”

    [Illustration:

    “Such very superior dancing is not
    often seen.”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    The latter part of this address was scarcely heard by Darcy; but Sir
    William’s allusion to his friend seemed to strike him forcibly, and his
    eyes were directed, with a very serious expression, towards Bingley and
    Jane, who were dancing together. Recovering himself, however, shortly,
    he turned to his partner, and said,–

    “Sir William’s interruption has made me forget what we were talking
    of.”

    “I do not think we were speaking at all. Sir William could not have
    interrupted any two people in the room who had less to say for
    themselves. We have tried two or three subjects already without success,
    and what we are to talk of next I cannot imagine.”

    “What think you of books?” said he, smiling.

    “Books–oh no!–I am sure we never read the same, or not with the same
    feelings.”

    “I am sorry you think so; but if that be the case, there can at least be
    no want of subject. We may compare our different opinions.”

    “No–I cannot talk of books in a ball-room; my head is always full of
    something else.”

    “The _present_ always occupies you in such scenes–does it?” said he,
    with a look of doubt.

    “Yes, always,” she replied, without knowing what she said; for her
    thoughts had wandered far from the subject, as soon afterwards appeared
    by her suddenly exclaiming, “I remember hearing you once say, Mr. Darcy,
    that you hardly ever forgave;–that your resentment, once created, was
    unappeasable. You are very cautious, I suppose, as to its _being
    created_?”

    “I am,” said he, with a firm voice.

    “And never allow yourself to be blinded by prejudice?”

    “I hope not.”

    “It is particularly incumbent on those who never change their opinion,
    to be secure of judging properly at first.”

    “May I ask to what these questions tend?”

    “Merely to the illustration of _your_ character,” said she, endeavouring
    to shake off her gravity. “I am trying to make it out.”

    “And what is your success?”

    She shook her head. “I do not get on at all. I hear such different
    accounts of you as puzzle me exceedingly.”

    “I can readily believe,” answered he, gravely, “that reports may vary
    greatly with respect to me; and I could wish, Miss Bennet, that you were
    not to sketch my character at the present moment, as there is reason to
    fear that the performance would reflect no credit on either.”

    “But if I do not take your likeness now, I may never have another
    opportunity.”

    “I would by no means suspend any pleasure of yours,” he coldly replied.
    She said no more, and they went down the other dance and parted in
    silence; on each side dissatisfied, though not to an equal degree; for
    in Darcy’s breast there was a tolerably powerful feeling towards her,
    which soon procured her pardon, and directed all his anger against
    another.

    They had not long separated when Miss Bingley came towards her, and,
    with an expression of civil disdain, thus accosted her,–

    “So, Miss Eliza, I hear you are quite delighted with George Wickham?
    Your sister has been talking to me about him, and asking me a thousand
    questions; and I find that the young man forgot to tell you, among his
    other communications, that he was the son of old Wickham, the late Mr.
    Darcy’s steward. Let me recommend you, however, as a friend, not to give
    implicit confidence to all his assertions; for, as to Mr. Darcy’s using
    him ill, it is perfectly false: for, on the contrary, he has been always
    remarkably kind to him, though George Wickham has treated Mr. Darcy in a
    most infamous manner. I do not know the particulars, but I know very
    well that Mr. Darcy is not in the least to blame; that he cannot bear
    to hear George Wickham mentioned; and that though my brother thought he
    could not well avoid including him in his invitation to the officers, he
    was excessively glad to find that he had taken himself out of the way.
    His coming into the country at all is a most insolent thing, indeed, and
    I wonder how he could presume to do it. I pity you, Miss Eliza, for this
    discovery of your favourite’s guilt; but really, considering his
    descent, one could not expect much better.”

    “His guilt and his descent appear, by your account, to be the same,”
    said Elizabeth, angrily; “for I have heard you accuse him of nothing
    worse than of being the son of Mr. Darcy’s steward, and of _that_, I can
    assure you, he informed me himself.”

    “I beg your pardon,” replied Miss Bingley, turning away with a sneer.
    “Excuse my interference; it was kindly meant.”

    “Insolent girl!” said Elizabeth to herself. “You are much mistaken if
    you expect to influence me by such a paltry attack as this. I see
    nothing in it but your own wilful ignorance and the malice of Mr.
    Darcy.” She then sought her eldest sister, who had undertaken to make
    inquiries on the same subject of Bingley. Jane met her with a smile of
    such sweet complacency, a glow of such happy expression, as sufficiently
    marked how well she was satisfied with the occurrences of the evening.
    Elizabeth instantly read her feelings; and, at that moment, solicitude
    for Wickham, resentment against his enemies, and everything else, gave
    way before the hope of Jane’s being in the fairest way for happiness.

    “I want to know,” said she, with a countenance no less smiling than her
    sister’s, “what you have learnt about Mr. Wickham. But perhaps you have
    been too pleasantly engaged to think of any third person, in which case
    you may be sure of my pardon.”

    “No,” replied Jane, “I have not forgotten him; but I have nothing
    satisfactory to tell you. Mr. Bingley does not know the whole of his
    history, and is quite ignorant of the circumstances which have
    principally offended Mr. Darcy; but he will vouch for the good conduct,
    the probity and honour, of his friend, and is perfectly convinced that
    Mr. Wickham has deserved much less attention from Mr. Darcy than he has
    received; and I am sorry to say that by his account, as well as his
    sister’s, Mr. Wickham is by no means a respectable young man. I am
    afraid he has been very imprudent, and has deserved to lose Mr. Darcy’s
    regard.”

    “Mr. Bingley does not know Mr. Wickham himself.”

    “No; he never saw him till the other morning at Meryton.”

    “This account then is what he has received from Mr. Darcy. I am
    perfectly satisfied. But what does he say of the living?”

    “He does not exactly recollect the circumstances, though he has heard
    them from Mr. Darcy more than once, but he believes that it was left to
    him _conditionally_ only.”

    “I have not a doubt of Mr. Bingley’s sincerity,” said Elizabeth warmly,
    “but you must excuse my not being convinced by assurances only. Mr.
    Bingley’s defence of his friend was a very able one, I dare say; but
    since he is unacquainted with several parts of the story, and has learnt
    the rest from that friend himself, I shall venture still to think of
    both gentlemen as I did before.”

    She then changed the discourse to one more gratifying to each, and on
    which there could be no difference of sentiment. Elizabeth listened with
    delight to the happy though modest hopes which Jane entertained of
    Bingley’s regard, and said all in her power to heighten her confidence
    in it. On their being joined by Mr. Bingley himself, Elizabeth withdrew
    to Miss Lucas; to whose inquiry after the pleasantness of her last
    partner she had scarcely replied, before Mr. Collins came up to them,
    and told her with great exultation, that he had just been so fortunate
    as to make a most important discovery.

    “I have found out,” said he, “by a singular accident, that there is now
    in the room a near relation to my patroness. I happened to overhear the
    gentleman himself mentioning to the young lady who does the honours of
    this house the names of his cousin Miss De Bourgh, and of her mother,
    Lady Catherine. How wonderfully these sort of things occur! Who would
    have thought of my meeting with–perhaps–a nephew of Lady Catherine de
    Bourgh in this assembly! I am most thankful that the discovery is made
    in time for me to pay my respects to him, which I am now going to do,
    and trust he will excuse my not having done it before. My total
    ignorance of the connection must plead my apology.”

    “You are not going to introduce yourself to Mr. Darcy?”

    “Indeed I am. I shall entreat his pardon for not having done it earlier.
    I believe him to be Lady Catherine’s _nephew_. It will be in my power to
    assure him that her Ladyship was quite well yesterday se’nnight.”

    Elizabeth tried hard to dissuade him from such a scheme; assuring him
    that Mr. Darcy would consider his addressing him without introduction as
    an impertinent freedom, rather than a compliment to his aunt; that it
    was not in the least necessary there should be any notice on either
    side, and that if it were, it must belong to Mr. Darcy, the superior in
    consequence, to begin the acquaintance. Mr. Collins listened to her with
    the determined air of following his own inclination, and when she ceased
    speaking, replied thus,–

    “My dear Miss Elizabeth, I have the highest opinion in the world of your
    excellent judgment in all matters within the scope of your
    understanding, but permit me to say that there must be a wide difference
    between the established forms of ceremony amongst the laity and those
    which regulate the clergy; for, give me leave to observe that I consider
    the clerical office as equal in point of dignity with the highest rank
    in the kingdom–provided that a proper humility of behaviour is at the
    same time maintained. You must, therefore, allow me to follow the
    dictates of my conscience on this occasion, which lead me to perform
    what I look on as a point of duty. Pardon me for neglecting to profit by
    your advice, which on every other subject shall be my constant guide,
    though in the case before us I consider myself more fitted by education
    and habitual study to decide on what is right than a young lady like
    yourself;” and with a low bow he left her to attack Mr. Darcy, whose
    reception of his advances she eagerly watched, and whose astonishment at
    being so addressed was very evident. Her cousin prefaced his speech with
    a solemn bow, and though she could not hear a word of it, she felt as if
    hearing it all, and saw in the motion of his lips the words “apology,”
    “Hunsford,” and “Lady Catherine de Bourgh.” It vexed her to see him
    expose himself to such a man. Mr. Darcy was eyeing him with
    unrestrained wonder; and when at last Mr. Collins allowed him to speak,
    replied with an air of distant civility. Mr. Collins, however, was not
    discouraged from speaking again, and Mr. Darcy’s contempt seemed
    abundantly increasing with the length of his second speech; and at the
    end of it he only made him a slight bow, and moved another way: Mr.
    Collins then returned to Elizabeth.

    “I have no reason, I assure you,” said he, “to be dissatisfied with my
    reception. Mr. Darcy seemed much pleased with the attention. He answered
    me with the utmost civility, and even paid me the compliment of saying,
    that he was so well convinced of Lady Catherine’s discernment as to be
    certain she could never bestow a favour unworthily. It was really a very
    handsome thought. Upon the whole, I am much pleased with him.”

    As Elizabeth had no longer any interest of her own to pursue, she turned
    her attention almost entirely on her sister and Mr. Bingley; and the
    train of agreeable reflections which her observations gave birth to made
    her perhaps almost as happy as Jane. She saw her in idea settled in that
    very house, in all the felicity which a marriage of true affection could
    bestow; and she felt capable, under such circumstances, of endeavouring
    even to like Bingley’s two sisters. Her mother’s thoughts she plainly
    saw were bent the same way, and she determined not to venture near her,
    lest she might hear too much. When they sat down to supper, therefore,
    she considered it a most unlucky perverseness which placed them within
    one of each other; and deeply was she vexed to find that her mother was
    talking to that one person (Lady Lucas) freely, openly, and of nothing
    else but of her expectation that Jane would be soon married to Mr.
    Bingley. It was an animating subject, and Mrs. Bennet seemed incapable
    of fatigue while enumerating the advantages of the match. His being such
    a charming young man, and so rich, and living but three miles from them,
    were the first points of self-gratulation; and then it was such a
    comfort to think how fond the two sisters were of Jane, and to be
    certain that they must desire the connection as much as she could do. It
    was, moreover, such a promising thing for her younger daughters, as
    Jane’s marrying so greatly must throw them in the way of other rich men;
    and, lastly, it was so pleasant at her time of life to be able to
    consign her single daughters to the care of their sister, that she might
    not be obliged to go into company more than she liked. It was necessary
    to make this circumstance a matter of pleasure, because on such
    occasions it is the etiquette; but no one was less likely than Mrs.
    Bennet to find comfort in staying at home at any period of her life. She
    concluded with many good wishes that Lady Lucas might soon be equally
    fortunate, though evidently and triumphantly believing there was no
    chance of it.

    In vain did Elizabeth endeavour to check the rapidity of her mother’s
    words, or persuade her to describe her felicity in a less audible
    whisper; for to her inexpressible vexation she could perceive that the
    chief of it was overheard by Mr. Darcy, who sat opposite to them. Her
    mother only scolded her for being nonsensical.

    “What is Mr. Darcy to me, pray, that I should be afraid of him? I am
    sure we owe him no such particular civility as to be obliged to say
    nothing _he_ may not like to hear.”

    “For heaven’s sake, madam, speak lower. What advantage can it be to you
    to offend Mr. Darcy? You will never recommend yourself to his friend by
    so doing.”

    Nothing that she could say, however, had any influence. Her mother would
    talk of her views in the same intelligible tone. Elizabeth blushed and
    blushed again with shame and vexation. She could not help frequently
    glancing her eye at Mr. Darcy, though every glance convinced her of what
    she dreaded; for though he was not always looking at her mother, she was
    convinced that his attention was invariably fixed by her. The expression
    of his face changed gradually from indignant contempt to a composed and
    steady gravity.

    At length, however, Mrs. Bennet had no more to say; and Lady Lucas, who
    had been long yawning at the repetition of delights which she saw no
    likelihood of sharing, was left to the comforts of cold ham and chicken.
    Elizabeth now began to revive. But not long was the interval of
    tranquillity; for when supper was over, singing was talked of, and she
    had the mortification of seeing Mary, after very little entreaty,
    preparing to oblige the company. By many significant looks and silent
    entreaties did she endeavour to prevent such a proof of
    complaisance,–but in vain; Mary would not understand them; such an
    opportunity of exhibiting was delightful to her, and she began her song.
    Elizabeth’s eyes were fixed on her, with most painful sensations; and
    she watched her progress through the several stanzas with an impatience
    which was very ill rewarded at their close; for Mary, on receiving
    amongst the thanks of the table the hint of a hope that she might be
    prevailed on to favour them again, after the pause of half a minute
    began another. Mary’s powers were by no means fitted for such a display;
    her voice was weak, and her manner affected. Elizabeth was in agonies.
    She looked at Jane to see how she bore it; but Jane was very composedly
    talking to Bingley. She looked at his two sisters, and saw them making
    signs of derision at each other, and at Darcy, who continued, however,
    impenetrably grave. She looked at her father to entreat his
    interference, lest Mary should be singing all night. He took the hint,
    and, when Mary had finished her second song, said aloud,–

    “That will do extremely well, child. You have delighted us long enough.
    Let the other young ladies have time to exhibit.”

    Mary, though pretending not to hear, was somewhat disconcerted; and
    Elizabeth, sorry for her, and sorry for her father’s speech, was afraid
    her anxiety had done no good. Others of the party were now applied to.

    “If I,” said Mr. Collins, “were so fortunate as to be able to sing, I
    should have great pleasure, I am sure, in obliging the company with an
    air; for I consider music as a very innocent diversion, and perfectly
    compatible with the profession of a clergyman. I do not mean, however,
    to assert that we can be justified in devoting too much of our time to
    music, for there are certainly other things to be attended to. The
    rector of a parish has much to do. In the first place, he must make such
    an agreement for tithes as may be beneficial to himself and not
    offensive to his patron. He must write his own sermons; and the time
    that remains will not be too much for his parish duties, and the care
    and improvement of his dwelling, which he cannot be excused from making
    as comfortable as possible. And I do not think it of light importance
    that he should have attentive and conciliatory manners towards
    everybody, especially towards those to whom he owes his preferment. I
    cannot acquit him of that duty; nor could I think well of the man who
    should omit an occasion of testifying his respect towards anybody
    connected with the family.” And with a bow to Mr. Darcy, he concluded
    his speech, which had been spoken so loud as to be heard by half the
    room. Many stared–many smiled; but no one looked more amused than Mr.
    Bennet himself, while his wife seriously commended Mr. Collins for
    having spoken so sensibly, and observed, in a half-whisper to Lady
    Lucas, that he was a remarkably clever, good kind of young man.

    To Elizabeth it appeared, that had her family made an agreement to
    expose themselves as much as they could during the evening, it would
    have been impossible for them to play their parts with more spirit, or
    finer success; and happy did she think it for Bingley and her sister
    that some of the exhibition had escaped his notice, and that his
    feelings were not of a sort to be much distressed by the folly which he
    must have witnessed. That his two sisters and Mr. Darcy, however, should
    have such an opportunity of ridiculing her relations was bad enough; and
    she could not determine whether the silent contempt of the gentleman, or
    the insolent smiles of the ladies, were more intolerable.

    The rest of the evening brought her little amusement. She was teased by
    Mr. Collins, who continued most perseveringly by her side; and though he
    could not prevail with her to dance with him again, put it out of her
    power to dance with others. In vain did she entreat him to stand up with
    somebody else, and offered to introduce him to any young lady in the
    room. He assured her that, as to dancing, he was perfectly indifferent
    to it; that his chief object was, by delicate attentions, to recommend
    himself to her; and that he should therefore make a point of remaining
    close to her the whole evening. There was no arguing upon such a
    project. She owed her greatest relief to her friend Miss Lucas, who
    often joined them, and good-naturedly engaged Mr. Collins’s conversation
    to herself.

    She was at least free from the offence of Mr. Darcy’s further notice:
    though often standing within a very short distance of her, quite
    disengaged, he never came near enough to speak. She felt it to be the
    probable consequence of her allusions to Mr. Wickham, and rejoiced in
    it.

    The Longbourn party were the last of all the company to depart; and by a
    manœuvre of Mrs. Bennet had to wait for their carriage a quarter of an
    hour after everybody else was gone, which gave them time to see how
    heartily they were wished away by some of the family. Mrs. Hurst and her
    sister scarcely opened their mouths except to complain of fatigue, and
    were evidently impatient to have the house to themselves. They repulsed
    every attempt of Mrs. Bennet at conversation, and, by so doing, threw a
    languor over the whole party, which was very little relieved by the long
    speeches of Mr. Collins, who was complimenting Mr. Bingley and his
    sisters on the elegance of their entertainment, and the hospitality and
    politeness which had marked their behaviour to their guests. Darcy said
    nothing at all. Mr. Bennet, in equal silence, was enjoying the scene.
    Mr. Bingley and Jane were standing together a little detached from the
    rest, and talked only to each other. Elizabeth preserved as steady a
    silence as either Mrs. Hurst or Miss Bingley; and even Lydia was too
    much fatigued to utter more than the occasional exclamation of “Lord,
    how tired I am!” accompanied by a violent yawn.

    When at length they arose to take leave, Mrs. Bennet was most pressingly
    civil in her hope of seeing the whole family soon at Longbourn; and
    addressed herself particularly to Mr. Bingley, to assure him how happy
    he would make them, by eating a family dinner with them at any time,
    without the ceremony of a formal invitation. Bingley was all grateful
    pleasure; and he readily engaged for taking the earliest opportunity of
    waiting on her after his return from London, whither he was obliged to
    go the next day for a short time.

    Mrs. Bennet was perfectly satisfied; and quitted the house under the
    delightful persuasion that, allowing for the necessary preparations of
    settlements, new carriages, and wedding clothes, she should undoubtedly
    see her daughter settled at Netherfield in the course of three or four
    months. Of having another daughter married to Mr. Collins she thought
    with equal certainty, and with considerable, though not equal, pleasure.
    Elizabeth was the least dear to her of all her children; and though the
    man and the match were quite good enough for _her_, the worth of each
    was eclipsed by Mr. Bingley and Netherfield.

     

    [Illustration:

    “to assure you in the most animated language”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XIX.

     

    The next day opened a new scene at Longbourn. Mr. Collins made his
    declaration in form. Having resolved to do it without loss of time, as
    his leave of absence extended only to the following Saturday, and having
    no feelings of diffidence to make it distressing to himself even at the
    moment, he set about it in a very orderly manner, with all the
    observances which he supposed a regular part of the business. On finding
    Mrs. Bennet, Elizabeth, and one of the younger girls together, soon
    after breakfast, he addressed the mother in these words,–

    “May I hope, madam, for your interest with your fair daughter Elizabeth,
    when I solicit for the honour of a private audience with her in the
    course of this morning?”

    Before Elizabeth had time for anything but a blush of surprise, Mrs.
    Bennet instantly answered,–

    “Oh dear! Yes, certainly. I am sure Lizzy will be very happy–I am sure
    she can have no objection. Come, Kitty, I want you upstairs.” And
    gathering her work together, she was hastening away, when Elizabeth
    called out,–

    “Dear ma’am, do not go. I beg you will not go. Mr. Collins must excuse
    me. He can have nothing to say to me that anybody need not hear. I am
    going away myself.”

    “No, no, nonsense, Lizzy. I desire you will stay where you are.” And
    upon Elizabeth’s seeming really, with vexed and embarrassed looks, about
    to escape, she added, “Lizzy, I _insist_ upon your staying and hearing
    Mr. Collins.”

    Elizabeth would not oppose such an injunction; and a moment’s
    consideration making her also sensible that it would be wisest to get it
    over as soon and as quietly as possible, she sat down again, and tried
    to conceal, by incessant employment, the feelings which were divided
    between distress and diversion. Mrs. Bennet and Kitty walked off, and as
    soon as they were gone, Mr. Collins began,–

    “Believe me, my dear Miss Elizabeth, that your modesty, so far from
    doing you any disservice, rather adds to your other perfections. You
    would have been less amiable in my eyes had there _not_ been this little
    unwillingness; but allow me to assure you that I have your respected
    mother’s permission for this address. You can hardly doubt the purport
    of my discourse, however your natural delicacy may lead you to
    dissemble; my attentions have been too marked to be mistaken. Almost as
    soon as I entered the house I singled you out as the companion of my
    future life. But before I am run away with by my feelings on this
    subject, perhaps it will be advisable for me to state my reasons for
    marrying–and, moreover, for coming into Hertfordshire with the design
    of selecting a wife, as I certainly did.”

    The idea of Mr. Collins, with all his solemn composure, being run away
    with by his feelings, made Elizabeth so near laughing that she could not
    use the short pause he allowed in any attempt to stop him farther, and
    he continued,–

    “My reasons for marrying are, first, that I think it a right thing for
    every clergyman in easy circumstances (like myself) to set the example
    of matrimony in his parish; secondly, that I am convinced it will add
    very greatly to my happiness; and, thirdly, which perhaps I ought to
    have mentioned earlier, that it is the particular advice and
    recommendation of the very noble lady whom I have the honour of calling
    patroness. Twice has she condescended to give me her opinion (unasked
    too!) on this subject; and it was but the very Saturday night before I
    left Hunsford,–between our pools at quadrille, while Mrs. Jenkinson was
    arranging Miss De Bourgh’s footstool,–that she said, ‘Mr. Collins, you
    must marry. A clergyman like you must marry. Choose properly, choose a
    gentlewoman for _my_ sake, and for your _own_; let her be an active,
    useful sort of person, not brought up high, but able to make a small
    income go a good way. This is my advice. Find such a woman as soon as
    you can, bring her to Hunsford, and I will visit her.’ Allow me, by the
    way, to observe, my fair cousin, that I do not reckon the notice and
    kindness of Lady Catherine de Bourgh as among the least of the
    advantages in my power to offer. You will find her manners beyond
    anything I can describe; and your wit and vivacity, I think, must be
    acceptable to her, especially when tempered with the silence and respect
    which her rank will inevitably excite. Thus much for my general
    intention in favour of matrimony; it remains to be told why my views
    were directed to Longbourn instead of my own neighbourhood, where I
    assure you there are many amiable young women. But the fact is, that
    being, as I am, to inherit this estate after the death of your honoured
    father (who, however, may live many years longer), I could not satisfy
    myself without resolving to choose a wife from among his daughters, that
    the loss to them might be as little as possible when the melancholy
    event takes place–which, however, as I have already said, may not be
    for several years. This has been my motive, my fair cousin, and I
    flatter myself it will not sink me in your esteem. And now nothing
    remains for me but to assure you in the most animated language of the
    violence of my affection. To fortune I am perfectly indifferent, and
    shall make no demand of that nature on your father, since I am well
    aware that it could not be complied with; and that one thousand pounds
    in the 4 per cents., which will not be yours till after your mother’s
    decease, is all that you may ever be entitled to. On that head,
    therefore, I shall be uniformly silent: and you may assure yourself that
    no ungenerous reproach shall ever pass my lips when we are married.”

    It was absolutely necessary to interrupt him now.

    “You are too hasty, sir,” she cried. “You forget that I have made no
    answer. Let me do it without further loss of time. Accept my thanks for
    the compliment you are paying me. I am very sensible of the honour of
    your proposals, but it is impossible for me to do otherwise than decline
    them.”

    “I am not now to learn,” replied Mr. Collins, with a formal wave of the
    hand, “that it is usual with young ladies to reject the addresses of the
    man whom they secretly mean to accept, when he first applies for their
    favour; and that sometimes the refusal is repeated a second or even a
    third time. I am, therefore, by no means discouraged by what you have
    just said, and shall hope to lead you to the altar ere long.”

    “Upon my word, sir,” cried Elizabeth, “your hope is rather an
    extraordinary one after my declaration. I do assure you that I am not
    one of those young ladies (if such young ladies there are) who are so
    daring as to risk their happiness on the chance of being asked a second
    time. I am perfectly serious in my refusal. You could not make _me_
    happy, and I am convinced that I am the last woman in the world who
    would make _you_ so. Nay, were your friend Lady Catherine to know me, I
    am persuaded she would find me in every respect ill qualified for the
    situation.”

    “Were it certain that Lady Catherine would think so,” said Mr. Collins,
    very gravely–“but I cannot imagine that her Ladyship would at all
    disapprove of you. And you may be certain that when I have the honour of
    seeing her again I shall speak in the highest terms of your modesty,
    economy, and other amiable qualifications.”

    “Indeed, Mr. Collins, all praise of me will be unnecessary. You must
    give me leave to judge for myself, and pay me the compliment of
    believing what I say. I wish you very happy and very rich, and by
    refusing your hand, do all in my power to prevent your being otherwise.
    In making me the offer, you must have satisfied the delicacy of your
    feelings with regard to my family, and may take possession of Longbourn
    estate whenever it falls, without any self-reproach. This matter may be
    considered, therefore, as finally settled.” And rising as she thus
    spoke, she would have quitted the room, had not Mr. Collins thus
    addressed her,–

    “When I do myself the honour of speaking to you next on the subject, I
    shall hope to receive a more favourable answer than you have now given
    me; though I am far from accusing you of cruelty at present, because I
    know it to be the established custom of your sex to reject a man on the
    first application, and, perhaps, you have even now said as much to
    encourage my suit as would be consistent with the true delicacy of the
    female character.”

    “Really, Mr. Collins,” cried Elizabeth, with some warmth, “you puzzle me
    exceedingly. If what I have hitherto said can appear to you in the form
    of encouragement, I know not how to express my refusal in such a way as
    may convince you of its being one.”

    “You must give me leave to flatter myself, my dear cousin, that your
    refusal of my addresses are merely words of course. My reasons for
    believing it are briefly these:–It does not appear to me that my hand
    is unworthy of your acceptance, or that the establishment I can offer
    would be any other than highly desirable. My situation in life, my
    connections with the family of De Bourgh, and my relationship to your
    own, are circumstances highly in my favour; and you should take it into
    further consideration that, in spite of your manifold attractions, it is
    by no means certain that another offer of marriage may ever be made you.
    Your portion is unhappily so small, that it will in all likelihood undo
    the effects of your loveliness and amiable qualifications. As I must,
    therefore, conclude that you are not serious in your rejection of me, I
    shall choose to attribute it to your wish of increasing my love by
    suspense, according to the usual practice of elegant females.”

    “I do assure you, sir, that I have no pretensions whatever to that kind
    of elegance which consists in tormenting a respectable man. I would
    rather be paid the compliment of being believed sincere. I thank you
    again and again for the honour you have done me in your proposals, but
    to accept them is absolutely impossible. My feelings in every respect
    forbid it. Can I speak plainer? Do not consider me now as an elegant
    female intending to plague you, but as a rational creature speaking the
    truth from her heart.”

    “You are uniformly charming!” cried he, with an air of awkward
    gallantry; “and I am persuaded that, when sanctioned by the express
    authority of both your excellent parents, my proposals will not fail of
    being acceptable.”

    To such perseverance in wilful self-deception Elizabeth would make no
    reply, and immediately and in silence withdrew; determined, that if he
    persisted in considering her repeated refusals as flattering
    encouragement, to apply to her father, whose negative might be uttered
    in such a manner as must be decisive, and whose behaviour at least could
    not be mistaken for the affectation and coquetry of an elegant female.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XX.

     

    Mr. Collins was not left long to the silent contemplation of his
    successful love; for Mrs. Bennet, having dawdled about in the vestibule
    to watch for the end of the conference, no sooner saw Elizabeth open the
    door and with quick step pass her towards the staircase, than she
    entered the breakfast-room, and congratulated both him and herself in
    warm terms on the happy prospect of their nearer connection. Mr. Collins
    received and returned these felicitations with equal pleasure, and then
    proceeded to relate the particulars of their interview, with the result
    of which he trusted he had every reason to be satisfied, since the
    refusal which his cousin had steadfastly given him would naturally flow
    from her bashful modesty and the genuine delicacy of her character.

    This information, however, startled Mrs. Bennet: she would have been
    glad to be equally satisfied that her daughter had meant to encourage
    him by protesting against his proposals, but she dared not believe it,
    and could not help saying so.

    “But depend upon it, Mr. Collins,” she added, “that Lizzy shall be
    brought to reason. I will speak to her about it myself directly. She is
    a very headstrong, foolish girl, and does not know her own interest; but
    I will _make_ her know it.”

    “Pardon me for interrupting you, madam,” cried Mr. Collins; “but if she
    is really headstrong and foolish, I know not whether she would
    altogether be a very desirable wife to a man in my situation, who
    naturally looks for happiness in the marriage state. If, therefore, she
    actually persists in rejecting my suit, perhaps it were better not to
    force her into accepting me, because, if liable to such defects of
    temper, she could not contribute much to my felicity.”

    “Sir, you quite misunderstand me,” said Mrs. Bennet, alarmed. “Lizzy is
    only headstrong in such matters as these. In everything else she is as
    good-natured a girl as ever lived. I will go directly to Mr. Bennet, and
    we shall very soon settle it with her, I am sure.”

    She would not give him time to reply, but hurrying instantly to her
    husband, called out, as she entered the library,–

    “Oh, Mr. Bennet, you are wanted immediately; we are all in an uproar.
    You must come and make Lizzy marry Mr. Collins, for she vows she will
    not have him; and if you do not make haste he will change his mind and
    not have _her_.”

    Mr. Bennet raised his eyes from his book as she entered, and fixed them
    on her face with a calm unconcern, which was not in the least altered by
    her communication.

    “I have not the pleasure of understanding you,” said he, when she had
    finished her speech. “Of what are you talking?”

    “Of Mr. Collins and Lizzy. Lizzy declares she will not have Mr. Collins,
    and Mr. Collins begins to say that he will not have Lizzy.”

    “And what am I to do on the occasion? It seems a hopeless business.”

    “Speak to Lizzy about it yourself. Tell her that you insist upon her
    marrying him.”

    “Let her be called down. She shall hear my opinion.”

    Mrs. Bennet rang the bell, and Miss Elizabeth was summoned to the
    library.

    “Come here, child,” cried her father as she appeared. “I have sent for
    you on an affair of importance. I understand that Mr. Collins has made
    you an offer of marriage. Is it true?”

    Elizabeth replied that it was.

    “Very well–and this offer of marriage you have refused?”

    “I have, sir.”

    “Very well. We now come to the point. Your mother insists upon your
    accepting it. Is it not so, Mrs. Bennet?”

    “Yes, or I will never see her again.”

    “An unhappy alternative is before you, Elizabeth. From this day you must
    be a stranger to one of your parents. Your mother will never see you
    again if you do _not_ marry Mr. Collins, and I will never see you again
    if you _do_.”

    Elizabeth could not but smile at such a conclusion of such a beginning;
    but Mrs. Bennet, who had persuaded herself that her husband regarded the
    affair as she wished, was excessively disappointed.

    “What do you mean, Mr. Bennet, by talking in this way? You promised me
    to _insist_ upon her marrying him.”

    “My dear,” replied her husband, “I have two small favours to request.
    First, that you will allow me the free use of my understanding on the
    present occasion; and, secondly, of my room. I shall be glad to have the
    library to myself as soon as may be.”

    Not yet, however, in spite of her disappointment in her husband, did
    Mrs. Bennet give up the point. She talked to Elizabeth again and again;
    coaxed and threatened her by turns. She endeavoured to secure Jane in
    her interest, but Jane, with all possible mildness, declined
    interfering; and Elizabeth, sometimes with real earnestness, and
    sometimes with playful gaiety, replied to her attacks. Though her manner
    varied, however, her determination never did.

    Mr. Collins, meanwhile, was meditating in solitude on what had passed.
    He thought too well of himself to comprehend on what motive his cousin
    could refuse him; and though his pride was hurt, he suffered in no other
    way. His regard for her was quite imaginary; and the possibility of her
    deserving her mother’s reproach prevented his feeling any regret.

    While the family were in this confusion, Charlotte Lucas came to spend
    the day with them. She was met in the vestibule by Lydia, who, flying to
    her, cried in a half whisper, “I am glad you are come, for there is such
    fun here! What do you think has happened this morning? Mr. Collins has
    made an offer to Lizzy, and she will not have him.”

    [Illustration:

    “they entered the breakfast room”
    ]

    Charlotte had hardly time to answer before they were joined by Kitty,
    who came to tell the same news; and no sooner had they entered the
    breakfast-room, where Mrs. Bennet was alone, than she likewise began on
    the subject, calling on Miss Lucas for her compassion, and entreating
    her to persuade her friend Lizzy to comply with the wishes of her
    family. “Pray do, my dear Miss Lucas,” she added, in a melancholy tone;
    “for nobody is on my side, nobody takes part with me; I am cruelly used,
    nobody feels for my poor nerves.”

    Charlotte’s reply was spared by the entrance of Jane and Elizabeth.

    “Ay, there she comes,” continued Mrs. Bennet, “looking as unconcerned as
    may be, and caring no more for us than if we were at York, provided she
    can have her own way. But I tell you what, Miss Lizzy, if you take it
    into your head to go on refusing every offer of marriage in this way,
    you will never get a husband at all–and I am sure I do not know who is
    to maintain you when your father is dead. _I_ shall not be able to keep
    you–and so I warn you. I have done with you from this very day. I told
    you in the library, you know, that I should never speak to you again,
    and you will find me as good as my word. I have no pleasure in talking
    to undutiful children. Not that I have much pleasure, indeed, in talking
    to anybody. People who suffer as I do from nervous complaints can have
    no great inclination for talking. Nobody can tell what I suffer! But it
    is always so. Those who do not complain are never pitied.”

    Her daughters listened in silence to this effusion, sensible that any
    attempt to reason with or soothe her would only increase the irritation.
    She talked on, therefore, without interruption from any of them till
    they were joined by Mr. Collins, who entered with an air more stately
    than usual, and on perceiving whom, she said to the girls,–

    “Now, I do insist upon it, that you, all of you, hold your tongues, and
    let Mr. Collins and me have a little conversation together.”

    Elizabeth passed quietly out of the room, Jane and Kitty followed, but
    Lydia stood her ground, determined to hear all she could; and Charlotte,
    detained first by the civility of Mr. Collins, whose inquiries after
    herself and all her family were very minute, and then by a little
    curiosity, satisfied herself with walking to the window and pretending
    not to hear. In a doleful voice Mrs. Bennet thus began the projected
    conversation:–

    “Oh, Mr. Collins!”

    “My dear madam,” replied he, “let us be for ever silent on this point.
    Far be it from me,” he presently continued, in a voice that marked his
    displeasure, “to resent the behaviour of your daughter. Resignation to
    inevitable evils is the duty of us all: the peculiar duty of a young man
    who has been so fortunate as I have been, in early preferment; and, I
    trust, I am resigned. Perhaps not the less so from feeling a doubt of my
    positive happiness had my fair cousin honoured me with her hand; for I
    have often observed, that resignation is never so perfect as when the
    blessing denied begins to lose somewhat of its value in our estimation.
    You will not, I hope, consider me as showing any disrespect to your
    family, my dear madam, by thus withdrawing my pretensions to your
    daughter’s favour, without having paid yourself and Mr. Bennet the
    compliment of requesting you to interpose your authority in my behalf.
    My conduct may, I fear, be objectionable in having accepted my
    dismission from your daughter’s lips instead of your own; but we are all
    liable to error. I have certainly meant well through the whole affair.
    My object has been to secure an amiable companion for myself, with due
    consideration for the advantage of all your family; and if my _manner_
    has been at all reprehensible, I here beg leave to apologize.”

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XXI.

     

    The discussion of Mr. Collins’s offer was now nearly at an end, and
    Elizabeth had only to suffer from the uncomfortable feelings necessarily
    attending it, and occasionally from some peevish allusion of her mother.
    As for the gentleman himself, _his_ feelings were chiefly expressed, not
    by embarrassment or dejection, or by trying to avoid her, but by
    stiffness of manner and resentful silence. He scarcely ever spoke to
    her; and the assiduous attentions which he had been so sensible of
    himself were transferred for the rest of the day to Miss Lucas, whose
    civility in listening to him was a seasonable relief to them all, and
    especially to her friend.

    The morrow produced no abatement of Mrs. Bennet’s ill humour or ill
    health. Mr. Collins was also in the same state of angry pride. Elizabeth
    had hoped that his resentment might shorten his visit, but his plan did
    not appear in the least affected by it. He was always to have gone on
    Saturday, and to Saturday he still meant to stay.

    After breakfast, the girls walked to Meryton, to inquire if Mr. Wickham
    were returned, and to lament over his absence from the Netherfield ball.
    He joined them on their entering the town, and attended them to their
    aunt’s, where his regret and vexation and the concern of everybody were
    well talked over. To Elizabeth, however, he voluntarily acknowledged
    that the necessity of his absence _had_ been self-imposed.

    “I found,” said he, “as the time drew near, that I had better not meet
    Mr. Darcy;–that to be in the same room, the same party with him for so
    many hours together, might be more than I could bear, and that scenes
    might arise unpleasant to more than myself.”

    She highly approved his forbearance; and they had leisure for a full
    discussion of it, and for all the commendations which they civilly
    bestowed on each other, as Wickham and another officer walked back with
    them to Longbourn, and during the walk he particularly attended to her.
    His accompanying them was a double advantage: she felt all the
    compliment it offered to herself; and it was most acceptable as an
    occasion of introducing him to her father and mother.

    [Illustration: “Walked back with them”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    Soon after their return, a letter was delivered to Miss Bennet; it came
    from Netherfield, and was opened immediately. The envelope contained a
    sheet of elegant, little, hot-pressed paper, well covered with a lady’s
    fair, flowing hand; and Elizabeth saw her sister’s countenance change as
    she read it, and saw her dwelling intently on some particular passages.
    Jane recollected herself soon; and putting the letter away, tried to
    join, with her usual cheerfulness, in the general conversation: but
    Elizabeth felt an anxiety on the subject which drew off her attention
    even from Wickham; and no sooner had he and his companion taken leave,
    than a glance from Jane invited her to follow her upstairs. When they
    had gained their own room, Jane, taking out her letter, said, “This is
    from Caroline Bingley: what it contains has surprised me a good deal.
    The whole party have left Netherfield by this time, and are on their way
    to town; and without any intention of coming back again. You shall hear
    what she says.”

    She then read the first sentence aloud, which comprised the information
    of their having just resolved to follow their brother to town directly,
    and of their meaning to dine that day in Grosvenor Street, where Mr.
    Hurst had a house. The next was in these words:–“‘I do not pretend to
    regret anything I shall leave in Hertfordshire except your society, my
    dearest friend; but we will hope, at some future period, to enjoy many
    returns of that delightful intercourse we have known, and in the
    meanwhile may lessen the pain of separation by a very frequent and most
    unreserved correspondence. I depend on you for that.’” To these
    high-flown expressions Elizabeth listened with all the insensibility of
    distrust; and though the suddenness of their removal surprised her, she
    saw nothing in it really to lament: it was not to be supposed that their
    absence from Netherfield would prevent Mr. Bingley’s being there; and as
    to the loss of their society, she was persuaded that Jane must soon
    cease to regard it in the enjoyment of his.

    “It is unlucky,” said she, after a short pause, “that you should not be
    able to see your friends before they leave the country. But may we not
    hope that the period of future happiness, to which Miss Bingley looks
    forward, may arrive earlier than she is aware, and that the delightful
    intercourse you have known as friends will be renewed with yet greater
    satisfaction as sisters? Mr. Bingley will not be detained in London by
    them.”

    “Caroline decidedly says that none of the party will return into
    Hertfordshire this winter. I will read it to you.

    “‘When my brother left us yesterday, he imagined that the business which
    took him to London might be concluded in three or four days; but as we
    are certain it cannot be so, and at the same time convinced that when
    Charles gets to town he will be in no hurry to leave it again, we have
    determined on following him thither, that he may not be obliged to spend
    his vacant hours in a comfortless hotel. Many of my acquaintance are
    already there for the winter: I wish I could hear that you, my dearest
    friend, had any intention of making one in the crowd, but of that I
    despair. I sincerely hope your Christmas in Hertfordshire may abound in
    the gaieties which that season generally brings, and that your beaux
    will be so numerous as to prevent your feeling the loss of the three of
    whom we shall deprive you.’

    “It is evident by this,” added Jane, “that he comes back no more this
    winter.”

    “It is only evident that Miss Bingley does not mean he _should_.”

    “Why will you think so? It must be his own doing; he is his own master.
    But you do not know _all_. I _will_ read you the passage which
    particularly hurts me. I will have no reserves from _you_. ‘Mr. Darcy is
    impatient to see his sister; and to confess the truth, _we_ are scarcely
    less eager to meet her again. I really do not think Georgiana Darcy has
    her equal for beauty, elegance, and accomplishments; and the affection
    she inspires in Louisa and myself is heightened into something still
    more interesting from the hope we dare to entertain of her being
    hereafter our sister. I do not know whether I ever before mentioned to
    you my feelings on this subject, but I will not leave the country
    without confiding them, and I trust you will not esteem them
    unreasonable. My brother admires her greatly already; he will have
    frequent opportunity now of seeing her on the most intimate footing; her
    relations all wish the connection as much as his own; and a sister’s
    partiality is not misleading me, I think, when I call Charles most
    capable of engaging any woman’s heart. With all these circumstances to
    favour an attachment, and nothing to prevent it, am I wrong, my dearest
    Jane, in indulging the hope of an event which will secure the happiness
    of so many?’ What think you of _this_ sentence, my dear Lizzy?” said
    Jane, as she finished it. “Is it not clear enough? Does it not expressly
    declare that Caroline neither expects nor wishes me to be her sister;
    that she is perfectly convinced of her brother’s indifference; and that
    if she suspects the nature of my feelings for him she means (most
    kindly!) to put me on my guard. Can there be any other opinion on the
    subject?”

    “Yes, there can; for mine is totally different. Will you hear it?”

    “Most willingly.”

    “You shall have it in a few words. Miss Bingley sees that her brother is
    in love with you and wants him to marry Miss Darcy. She follows him to
    town in the hope of keeping him there, and tries to persuade you that he
    does not care about you.”

    Jane shook her head.

    “Indeed, Jane, you ought to believe me. No one who has ever seen you
    together can doubt his affection; Miss Bingley, I am sure, cannot: she
    is not such a simpleton. Could she have seen half as much love in Mr.
    Darcy for herself, she would have ordered her wedding clothes. But the
    case is this:–we are not rich enough or grand enough for them; and she
    is the more anxious to get Miss Darcy for her brother, from the notion
    that when there has been _one_ inter-marriage, she may have less trouble
    in achieving a second; in which there is certainly some ingenuity, and I
    dare say it would succeed if Miss de Bourgh were out of the way. But, my
    dearest Jane, you cannot seriously imagine that, because Miss Bingley
    tells you her brother greatly admires Miss Darcy, he is in the smallest
    degree less sensible of _your_ merit than when he took leave of you on
    Tuesday; or that it will be in her power to persuade him that, instead
    of being in love with you, he is very much in love with her friend.”

    “If we thought alike of Miss Bingley,” replied Jane, “your
    representation of all this might make me quite easy. But I know the
    foundation is unjust. Caroline is incapable of wilfully deceiving
    anyone; and all that I can hope in this case is, that she is deceived
    herself.”

    “That is right. You could not have started a more happy idea, since you
    will not take comfort in mine: believe her to be deceived, by all means.
    You have now done your duty by her, and must fret no longer.”

    “But, my dear sister, can I be happy, even supposing the best, in
    accepting a man whose sisters and friends are all wishing him to marry
    elsewhere?”

    “You must decide for yourself,” said Elizabeth; “and if, upon mature
    deliberation, you find that the misery of disobliging his two sisters is
    more than equivalent to the happiness of being his wife, I advise you,
    by all means, to refuse him.”

    “How can you talk so?” said Jane, faintly smiling; “you must know, that,
    though I should be exceedingly grieved at their disapprobation, I could
    not hesitate.”

    “I did not think you would; and that being the case, I cannot consider
    your situation with much compassion.”

    “But if he returns no more this winter, my choice will never be
    required. A thousand things may arise in six months.”

    The idea of his returning no more Elizabeth treated with the utmost
    contempt. It appeared to her merely the suggestion of Caroline’s
    interested wishes; and she could not for a moment suppose that those
    wishes, however openly or artfully spoken, could influence a young man
    so totally independent of everyone.

    She represented to her sister, as forcibly as possible, what she felt on
    the subject, and had soon the pleasure of seeing its happy effect.
    Jane’s temper was not desponding; and she was gradually led to hope,
    though the diffidence of affection sometimes overcame the hope, that
    Bingley would return to Netherfield, and answer every wish of her heart.

    They agreed that Mrs. Bennet should only hear of the departure of the
    family, without being alarmed on the score of the gentleman’s conduct;
    but even this partial communication gave her a great deal of concern,
    and she bewailed it as exceedingly unlucky that the ladies should happen
    to go away just as they were all getting so intimate together. After
    lamenting it, however, at some length, she had the consolation of
    thinking that Mr. Bingley would be soon down again, and soon dining at
    Longbourn; and the conclusion of all was the comfortable declaration,
    that, though he had been invited only to a family dinner, she would take
    care to have two full courses.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XXII.

     

    The Bennets were engaged to dine with the Lucases; and again, during the
    chief of the day, was Miss Lucas so kind as to listen to Mr. Collins.
    Elizabeth took an opportunity of thanking her. “It keeps him in good
    humour,” said she, “and I am more obliged to you than I can express.”

    Charlotte assured her friend of her satisfaction in being useful, and
    that it amply repaid her for the little sacrifice of her time. This was
    very amiable; but Charlotte’s kindness extended farther than Elizabeth
    had any conception of:–its object was nothing less than to secure her
    from any return of Mr. Collins’s addresses, by engaging them towards
    herself. Such was Miss Lucas’s scheme; and appearances were so
    favourable, that when they parted at night, she would have felt almost
    sure of success if he had not been to leave Hertfordshire so very soon.
    But here she did injustice to the fire and independence of his
    character; for it led him to escape out of Longbourn House the next
    morning with admirable slyness, and hasten to Lucas Lodge to throw
    himself at her feet. He was anxious to avoid the notice of his cousins,
    from a conviction that, if they saw him depart, they could not fail to
    conjecture his design, and he was not willing to have the attempt known
    till its success could be known likewise; for, though feeling almost
    secure, and with reason, for Charlotte had been tolerably encouraging,
    he was comparatively diffident since the adventure of Wednesday. His
    reception, however, was of the most flattering kind. Miss Lucas
    perceived him from an upper window as he walked towards the house, and
    instantly set out to meet him accidentally in the lane. But little had
    she dared to hope that so much love and eloquence awaited her there.

    In as short a time as Mr. Collins’s long speeches would allow,
    everything was settled between them to the satisfaction of both; and as
    they entered the house, he earnestly entreated her to name the day that
    was to make him the happiest of men; and though such a solicitation must
    be waived for the present, the lady felt no inclination to trifle with
    his happiness. The stupidity with which he was favoured by nature must
    guard his courtship from any charm that could make a woman wish for its
    continuance; and Miss Lucas, who accepted him solely from the pure and
    disinterested desire of an establishment, cared not how soon that
    establishment were gained.

    Sir William and Lady Lucas were speedily applied to for their consent;
    and it was bestowed with a most joyful alacrity. Mr. Collins’s present
    circumstances made it a most eligible match for their daughter, to whom
    they could give little fortune; and his prospects of future wealth were
    exceedingly fair. Lady Lucas began directly to calculate, with more
    interest than the matter had ever

    [Illustration:

    “So much love and eloquence”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    excited before, how many years longer Mr. Bennet was likely to live; and
    Sir William gave it as his decided opinion, that whenever Mr. Collins
    should be in possession of the Longbourn estate, it would be highly
    expedient that both he and his wife should make their appearance at St.
    James’s. The whole family in short were properly overjoyed on the
    occasion. The younger girls formed hopes of _coming out_ a year or two
    sooner than they might otherwise have done; and the boys were relieved
    from their apprehension of Charlotte’s dying an old maid. Charlotte
    herself was tolerably composed. She had gained her point, and had time
    to consider of it. Her reflections were in general satisfactory. Mr.
    Collins, to be sure, was neither sensible nor agreeable: his society was
    irksome, and his attachment to her must be imaginary. But still he would
    be her husband. Without thinking highly either of men or of matrimony,
    marriage had always been her object: it was the only honourable
    provision for well-educated young women of small fortune, and, however
    uncertain of giving happiness, must be their pleasantest preservative
    from want. This preservative she had now obtained; and at the age of
    twenty-seven, without having ever been handsome, she felt all the good
    luck of it. The least agreeable circumstance in the business was the
    surprise it must occasion to Elizabeth Bennet, whose friendship she
    valued beyond that of any other person. Elizabeth would wonder, and
    probably would blame her; and though her resolution was not to be
    shaken, her feelings must be hurt by such a disapprobation. She resolved
    to give her the information herself; and therefore charged Mr. Collins,
    when he returned to Longbourn to dinner, to drop no hint of what had
    passed before any of the family. A promise of secrecy was of course very
    dutifully given, but it could not be kept without difficulty; for the
    curiosity excited by his long absence burst forth in such very direct
    questions on his return, as required some ingenuity to evade, and he was
    at the same time exercising great self-denial, for he was longing to
    publish his prosperous love.

    As he was to begin his journey too early on the morrow to see any of
    the family, the ceremony of leave-taking was performed when the ladies
    moved for the night; and Mrs. Bennet, with great politeness and
    cordiality, said how happy they should be to see him at Longbourn again,
    whenever his other engagements might allow him to visit them.

    “My dear madam,” he replied, “this invitation is particularly
    gratifying, because it is what I have been hoping to receive; and you
    may be very certain that I shall avail myself of it as soon as
    possible.”

    They were all astonished; and Mr. Bennet, who could by no means wish for
    so speedy a return, immediately said,–

    “But is there not danger of Lady Catherine’s disapprobation here, my
    good sir? You had better neglect your relations than run the risk of
    offending your patroness.”

    “My dear sir,” replied Mr. Collins, “I am particularly obliged to you
    for this friendly caution, and you may depend upon my not taking so
    material a step without her Ladyship’s concurrence.”

    “You cannot be too much on your guard. Risk anything rather than her
    displeasure; and if you find it likely to be raised by your coming to us
    again, which I should think exceedingly probable, stay quietly at home,
    and be satisfied that _we_ shall take no offence.”

    “Believe me, my dear sir, my gratitude is warmly excited by such
    affectionate attention; and, depend upon it, you will speedily receive
    from me a letter of thanks for this as well as for every other mark of
    your regard during my stay in Hertfordshire. As for my fair cousins,
    though my absence may not be long enough to render it necessary, I shall
    now take the liberty of wishing them health and happiness, not excepting
    my cousin Elizabeth.”

    With proper civilities, the ladies then withdrew; all of them equally
    surprised to find that he meditated a quick return. Mrs. Bennet wished
    to understand by it that he thought of paying his addresses to one of
    her younger girls, and Mary might have been prevailed on to accept him.
    She rated his abilities much higher than any of the others: there was a
    solidity in his reflections which often struck her; and though by no
    means so clever as herself, she thought that, if encouraged to read and
    improve himself by such an example as hers, he might become a very
    agreeable companion. But on the following morning every hope of this
    kind was done away. Miss Lucas called soon after breakfast, and in a
    private conference with Elizabeth related the event of the day before.

    The possibility of Mr. Collins’s fancying himself in love with her
    friend had once occurred to Elizabeth within the last day or two: but
    that Charlotte could encourage him seemed almost as far from possibility
    as that she could encourage him herself; and her astonishment was
    consequently so great as to overcome at first the bounds of decorum, and
    she could not help crying out,–

    “Engaged to Mr. Collins! my dear Charlotte, impossible!”

    The steady countenance which Miss Lucas had commanded in telling her
    story gave way to a momentary confusion here on receiving so direct a
    reproach; though, as it was no more than she expected, she soon regained
    her composure, and calmly replied,–

    “Why should you be surprised, my dear Eliza? Do you think it incredible
    that Mr. Collins should be able to procure any woman’s good opinion,
    because he was not so happy as to succeed with you?”

    But Elizabeth had now recollected herself; and, making a strong effort
    for it, was able to assure her, with tolerable firmness, that the
    prospect of their relationship was highly grateful to her, and that she
    wished her all imaginable happiness.

    “I see what you are feeling,” replied Charlotte; “you must be surprised,
    very much surprised, so lately as Mr. Collins was wishing to marry you.
    But when you have had time to think it all over, I hope you will be
    satisfied with what I have done. I am not romantic, you know. I never
    was. I ask only a comfortable home; and, considering Mr. Collins’s
    character, connections, and situation in life, I am convinced that my
    chance of happiness with him is as fair as most people can boast on
    entering the marriage state.”

    Elizabeth quietly answered “undoubtedly;” and, after an awkward pause,
    they returned to the rest of the family. Charlotte did not stay much
    longer; and Elizabeth was then left to reflect on what she had heard. It
    was a long time before she became at all reconciled to the idea of so
    unsuitable a match. The strangeness of Mr. Collins’s making two offers
    of marriage within three days was nothing in comparison of his being now
    accepted. She had always felt that Charlotte’s opinion of matrimony was
    not exactly like her own; but she could not have supposed it possible
    that, when called into action, she would have sacrificed every better
    feeling to worldly advantage. Charlotte, the wife of Mr. Collins, was a
    most humiliating picture! And to the pang of a friend disgracing
    herself, and sunk in her esteem, was added the distressing conviction
    that it was impossible for that friend to be tolerably happy in the lot
    she had chosen.

     

    [Illustration:

    “Protested he must be entirely mistaken.”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER XXIII.

     

    Elizabeth was sitting with her mother and sisters, reflecting on what
    she had heard, and doubting whether she was authorized to mention it,
    when Sir William Lucas himself appeared, sent by his daughter to
    announce her engagement to the family. With many compliments to them,
    and much self-gratulation on the prospect of a connection between the
    houses, he unfolded the matter,–to an audience not merely wondering,
    but incredulous; for Mrs. Bennet, with more perseverance than
    politeness, protested he must be entirely mistaken; and Lydia, always
    unguarded and often uncivil, boisterously exclaimed,–

    “Good Lord! Sir William, how can you tell such a story? Do not you know
    that Mr. Collins wants to marry Lizzy?”

    Nothing less than the complaisance of a courtier could have borne
    without anger such treatment: but Sir William’s good-breeding carried
    him through it all; and though he begged leave to be positive as to the
    truth of his information, he listened to all their impertinence with the
    most forbearing courtesy.

    Elizabeth, feeling it incumbent on her to relieve him from so unpleasant
    a situation, now put herself forward to confirm his account, by
    mentioning her prior knowledge of it from Charlotte herself; and
    endeavoured to put a stop to the exclamations of her mother and sisters,
    by the earnestness of her congratulations to Sir William, in which she
    was readily joined by Jane, and by making a variety of remarks on the
    happiness that might be expected from the match, the excellent character
    of Mr. Collins, and the convenient distance of Hunsford from London.

    Mrs. Bennet was, in fact, too much overpowered to say a great deal while
    Sir William remained; but no sooner had he left them than her feelings
    found a rapid vent. In the first place, she persisted in disbelieving
    the whole of the matter; secondly, she was very sure that Mr. Collins
    had been taken in; thirdly, she trusted that they would never be happy
    together; and, fourthly, that the match might be broken off. Two
    inferences, however, were plainly deduced from the whole: one, that
    Elizabeth was the real cause of all the mischief; and the other, that
    she herself had been barbarously used by them all; and on these two
    points she principally dwelt during the rest of the day. Nothing could
    console and nothing appease her. Nor did that day wear out her
    resentment. A week elapsed before she could see Elizabeth without
    scolding her: a month passed away before she could speak to Sir William
    or Lady Lucas without being rude; and many months were gone before she
    could at all forgive their daughter.

    Mr. Bennet’s emotions were much more tranquil on the occasion, and such
    as he did experience he pronounced to be of a most agreeable sort; for
    it gratified him, he said, to discover that Charlotte Lucas, whom he had
    been used to think tolerably sensible, was as foolish as his wife, and
    more foolish than his daughter!

    Jane confessed herself a little surprised at the match: but she said
    less of her astonishment than of her earnest desire for their happiness;
    nor could Elizabeth persuade her to consider it as improbable. Kitty and
    Lydia were far from envying Miss Lucas, for Mr. Collins was only a
    clergyman; and it affected them in no other way than as a piece of news
    to spread at Meryton.

    Lady Lucas could not be insensible of triumph on being able to retort on
    Mrs. Bennet the comfort of having a daughter well married; and she
    called at Longbourn rather oftener than usual to say how happy she was,
    though Mrs. Bennet’s sour looks and ill-natured remarks might have been
    enough to drive happiness away.

    Between Elizabeth and Charlotte there was a restraint which kept them
    mutually silent on the subject; and Elizabeth felt persuaded that no
    real confidence could ever subsist between them again. Her
    disappointment in Charlotte made her turn with fonder regard to her
    sister, of whose rectitude and delicacy she was sure her opinion could
    never be shaken, and for whose happiness she grew daily more anxious, as
    Bingley had now been gone a week, and nothing was heard of his return.

    Jane had sent Caroline an early answer to her letter, and was counting
    the days till she might reasonably hope to hear again. The promised
    letter of thanks from Mr. Collins arrived on Tuesday, addressed to their
    father, and written with all the solemnity of gratitude which a
    twelve-month’s abode in the family might have prompted. After
    discharging his conscience on that head, he proceeded to inform them,
    with many rapturous expressions, of his happiness in having obtained the
    affection of their amiable neighbour, Miss Lucas, and then explained
    that it was merely with the view of enjoying her society that he had
    been so ready to close with their kind wish of seeing him again at
    Longbourn, whither he hoped to be able to return on Monday fortnight;
    for Lady Catherine, he added, so heartily approved his marriage, that
    she wished it to take place as soon as possible, which he trusted would
    be an unanswerable argument with his amiable Charlotte to name an early
    day for making him the happiest of men.

    Mr. Collins’s return into Hertfordshire was no longer a matter of
    pleasure to Mrs. Bennet. On the contrary, she was as much disposed to
    complain of it as her husband. It was very strange that he should come
    to Longbourn instead of to Lucas Lodge; it was also very inconvenient
    and exceedingly troublesome. She hated having visitors in the house
    while her health was so indifferent, and lovers were of all people the
    most disagreeable. Such were the gentle murmurs of Mrs. Bennet, and they
    gave way only to the greater distress of Mr. Bingley’s continued
    absence.

    Neither Jane nor Elizabeth were comfortable on this subject. Day after
    day passed away without bringing any other tidings of him than the
    report which shortly prevailed in Meryton of his coming no more to
    Netherfield the whole winter; a report which highly incensed Mrs.
    Bennet, and which she never failed to contradict as a most scandalous
    falsehood.

    Even Elizabeth began to fear–not that Bingley was indifferent–but that
    his sisters would be successful in keeping him away. Unwilling as she
    was to admit an idea so destructive to Jane’s happiness, and so
    dishonourable to the stability of her lover, she could not prevent its
    frequently recurring. The united efforts of his two unfeeling sisters,
    and of his overpowering friend, assisted by the attractions of Miss
    Darcy and the amusements of London, might be too much, she feared, for
    the strength of his attachment.

    As for Jane, _her_ anxiety under this suspense was, of course, more
    painful than Elizabeth’s: but whatever she felt she was desirous of
    concealing; and between herself and Elizabeth, therefore, the subject
    was never alluded to. But as no such delicacy restrained her mother, an
    hour seldom passed in which she did not talk of Bingley, express her
    impatience for his arrival, or even require Jane to confess that if he
    did not come back she should think herself very ill-used. It needed all
    Jane’s steady mildness to bear these attacks with tolerable
    tranquillity.

    Mr. Collins returned most punctually on the Monday fortnight, but his
    reception at Longbourn was not quite so gracious as it had been on his
    first introduction. He was too happy, however, to need much attention;
    and, luckily for the others, the business of love-making relieved them
    from a great deal of his company. The chief of every day was spent by
    him at Lucas Lodge, and he sometimes returned to Longbourn only in time
    to make an apology for his absence before the family went to bed.

    [Illustration:

    “_Whenever she spoke in a low voice_”
    ]

    Mrs. Bennet was really in a most pitiable state. The very mention of
    anything concerning the match threw her into an agony of ill-humour, and
    wherever she went she was sure of hearing it talked of. The sight of
    Miss Lucas was odious to her. As her successor in that house, she
    regarded her with jealous abhorrence. Whenever Charlotte came to see
    them, she concluded her to be anticipating the hour of possession; and
    whenever she spoke in a low voice to Mr. Collins, was convinced that
    they were talking of the Longbourn estate, and resolving to turn herself
    and her daughters out of the house as soon as Mr. Bennet was dead. She
    complained bitterly of all this to her husband.

    “Indeed, Mr. Bennet,” said she, “it is very hard to think that Charlotte
    Lucas should ever be mistress of this house, that _I_ should be forced
    to make way for _her_, and live to see her take my place in it!”

    “My dear, do not give way to such gloomy thoughts. Let us hope for
    better things. Let us flatter ourselves that _I_ may be the survivor.”

    This was not very consoling to Mrs. Bennet; and, therefore, instead of
    making any answer, she went on as before.

    “I cannot bear to think that they should have all this estate. If it was
    not for the entail, I should not mind it.”

    “What should not you mind?”

    “I should not mind anything at all.”

    “Let us be thankful that you are preserved from a state of such
    insensibility.”

    “I never can be thankful, Mr. Bennet, for anything about the entail. How
    anyone could have the conscience to entail away an estate from one’s own
    daughters I cannot understand; and all for the sake of Mr. Collins, too!
    Why should _he_ have it more than anybody else?”

    “I leave it to yourself to determine,” said Mr. Bennet.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XXIV.

     

    Miss Bingley’s letter arrived, and put an end to doubt. The very first
    sentence conveyed the assurance of their being all settled in London for
    the winter, and concluded with her brother’s regret at not having had
    time to pay his respects to his friends in Hertfordshire before he left
    the country.

    Hope was over, entirely over; and when Jane could attend to the rest of
    the letter, she found little, except the professed affection of the
    writer, that could give her any comfort. Miss Darcy’s praise occupied
    the chief of it. Her many attractions were again dwelt on; and Caroline
    boasted joyfully of their increasing intimacy, and ventured to predict
    the accomplishment of the wishes which had been unfolded in her former
    letter. She wrote also with great pleasure of her brother’s being an
    inmate of Mr. Darcy’s house, and mentioned with raptures some plans of
    the latter with regard to new furniture.

    Elizabeth, to whom Jane very soon communicated the chief of all this,
    heard it in silent indignation. Her heart was divided between concern
    for her sister and resentment against all others. To Caroline’s
    assertion of her brother’s being partial to Miss Darcy, she paid no
    credit. That he was really fond of Jane, she doubted no more than she
    had ever done; and much as she had always been disposed to like him, she
    could not think without anger, hardly without contempt, on that easiness
    of temper, that want of proper resolution, which now made him the slave
    of his designing friends, and led him to sacrifice his own happiness to
    the caprice of their inclinations. Had his own happiness, however, been
    the only sacrifice, he might have been allowed to sport with it in
    whatever manner he thought best; but her sister’s was involved in it, as
    she thought he must be sensible himself. It was a subject, in short, on
    which reflection would be long indulged, and must be unavailing. She
    could think of nothing else; and yet, whether Bingley’s regard had
    really died away, or were suppressed by his friends’ interference;
    whether he had been aware of Jane’s attachment, or whether it had
    escaped his observation; whichever were the case, though her opinion of
    him must be materially affected by the difference, her sister’s
    situation remained the same, her peace equally wounded.

    A day or two passed before Jane had courage to speak of her feelings to
    Elizabeth; but at last, on Mrs. Bennet’s leaving them together, after a
    longer irritation than usual about Netherfield and its master, she could
    not help saying,–

    “O that my dear mother had more command over herself! she can have no
    idea of the pain she gives me by her continual reflections on him. But I
    will not repine. It cannot last long. He will be forgot, and we shall
    all be as we were before.”

    Elizabeth looked at her sister with incredulous solicitude, but said
    nothing.

    “You doubt me,” cried Jane, slightly colouring; “indeed, you have no
    reason. He may live in my memory as the most amiable man of my
    acquaintance but that is all. I have nothing either to hope or fear, and
    nothing to reproach him with. Thank God I have not _that_ pain. A little
    time, therefore–I shall certainly try to get the better—-”

    With a stronger voice she soon added, “I have this comfort immediately,
    that it has not been more than an error of fancy on my side, and that it
    has done no harm to anyone but myself.”

    “My dear Jane,” exclaimed Elizabeth, “you are too good. Your sweetness
    and disinterestedness are really angelic; I do not know what to say to
    you. I feel as if I had never done you justice, or loved you as you
    deserve.”

    Miss Bennet eagerly disclaimed all extraordinary merit, and threw back
    the praise on her sister’s warm affection.

    “Nay,” said Elizabeth, “this is not fair. _You_ wish to think all the
    world respectable, and are hurt if I speak ill of anybody. _I_ only want
    to think _you_ perfect, and you set yourself against it. Do not be
    afraid of my running into any excess, of my encroaching on your
    privilege of universal good-will. You need not. There are few people
    whom I really love, and still fewer of whom I think well. The more I see
    of the world the more am I dissatisfied with it; and every day confirms
    my belief of the inconsistency of all human characters, and of the
    little dependence that can be placed on the appearance of either merit
    or sense. I have met with two instances lately: one I will not mention,
    the other is Charlotte’s marriage. It is unaccountable! in every view it
    is unaccountable!”

    “My dear Lizzy, do not give way to such feelings as these. They will
    ruin your happiness. You do not make allowance enough for difference of
    situation and temper. Consider Mr. Collins’s respectability, and
    Charlotte’s prudent, steady character. Remember that she is one of a
    large family; that as to fortune it is a most eligible match; and be
    ready to believe, for everybody’s sake, that she may feel something like
    regard and esteem for our cousin.”

    “To oblige you, I would try to believe almost anything, but no one else
    could be benefited by such a belief as this; for were I persuaded that
    Charlotte had any regard for him, I should only think worse of her
    understanding than I now do of her heart. My dear Jane, Mr. Collins is a
    conceited, pompous, narrow-minded, silly man: you know he is, as well as
    I do; and you must feel, as well as I do, that the woman who marries him
    cannot have a proper way of thinking. You shall not defend her, though
    it is Charlotte Lucas. You shall not, for the sake of one individual,
    change the meaning of principle and integrity, nor endeavour to persuade
    yourself or me, that selfishness is prudence, and insensibility of
    danger security for happiness.”

    “I must think your language too strong in speaking of both,” replied
    Jane; “and I hope you will be convinced of it, by seeing them happy
    together. But enough of this. You alluded to something else. You
    mentioned _two_ instances. I cannot misunderstand you, but I entreat
    you, dear Lizzy, not to pain me by thinking _that person_ to blame, and
    saying your opinion of him is sunk. We must not be so ready to fancy
    ourselves intentionally injured. We must not expect a lively young man
    to be always so guarded and circumspect. It is very often nothing but
    our own vanity that deceives us. Women fancy admiration means more than
    it does.”

    “And men take care that they should.”

    “If it is designedly done, they cannot be justified; but I have no idea
    of there being so much design in the world as some persons imagine.”

    “I am far from attributing any part of Mr. Bingley’s conduct to design,”
    said Elizabeth; “but, without scheming to do wrong, or to make others
    unhappy, there may be error and there may be misery. Thoughtlessness,
    want of attention to other people’s feelings, and want of resolution,
    will do the business.”

    “And do you impute it to either of those?”

    “Yes; to the last. But if I go on I shall displease you by saying what I
    think of persons you esteem. Stop me, whilst you can.”

    “You persist, then, in supposing his sisters influence him?”

    “Yes, in conjunction with his friend.”

    “I cannot believe it. Why should they try to influence him? They can
    only wish his happiness; and if he is attached to me no other woman can
    secure it.”

    “Your first position is false. They may wish many things besides his
    happiness: they may wish his increase of wealth and consequence; they
    may wish him to marry a girl who has all the importance of money, great
    connections, and pride.”

    “Beyond a doubt they do wish him to choose Miss Darcy,” replied Jane;
    “but this may be from better feelings than you are supposing. They have
    known her much longer than they have known me; no wonder if they love
    her better. But, whatever may be their own wishes, it is very unlikely
    they should have opposed their brother’s. What sister would think
    herself at liberty to do it, unless there were something very
    objectionable? If they believed him attached to me they would not try to
    part us; if he were so, they could not succeed. By supposing such an
    affection, you make everybody acting unnaturally and wrong, and me most
    unhappy. Do not distress me by the idea. I am not ashamed of having been
    mistaken–or, at least, it is slight, it is nothing in comparison of
    what I should feel in thinking ill of him or his sisters. Let me take it
    in the best light, in the light in which it may be understood.”

    Elizabeth could not oppose such a wish; and from this time Mr. Bingley’s
    name was scarcely ever mentioned between them.

    Mrs. Bennet still continued to wonder and repine at his returning no
    more; and though a day seldom passed in which Elizabeth did not account
    for it clearly, there seemed little chance of her ever considering it
    with less perplexity. Her daughter endeavoured to convince her of what
    she did not believe herself, that his attentions to Jane had been merely
    the effect of a common and transient liking, which ceased when he saw
    her no more; but though the probability of the statement was admitted at
    the time, she had the same story to repeat every day. Mrs. Bennet’s best
    comfort was, that Mr. Bingley must be down again in the summer.

    Mr. Bennet treated the matter differently. “So, Lizzy,” said he, one
    day, “your sister is crossed in love, I find. I congratulate her. Next
    to being married, a girl likes to be crossed in love a little now and
    then. It is something to think of, and gives her a sort of distinction
    among her companions. When is your turn to come? You will hardly bear to
    be long outdone by Jane. Now is your time. Here are officers enough at
    Meryton to disappoint all the young ladies in the country. Let Wickham
    be your man. He is a pleasant fellow, and would jilt you creditably.”

    “Thank you, sir, but a less agreeable man would satisfy me. We must not
    all expect Jane’s good fortune.”

    “True,” said Mr. Bennet; “but it is a comfort to think that, whatever of
    that kind may befall you, you have an affectionate mother who will
    always make the most of it.”

    Mr. Wickham’s society was of material service in dispelling the gloom
    which the late perverse occurrences had thrown on many of the Longbourn
    family. They saw him often, and to his other recommendations was now
    added that of general unreserve. The whole of what Elizabeth had already
    heard, his claims on Mr. Darcy, and all that he had suffered from him,
    was now openly acknowledged and publicly canvassed; and everybody was
    pleased to think how much they had always disliked Mr. Darcy before they
    had known anything of the matter.

    Miss Bennet was the only creature who could suppose there might be any
    extenuating circumstances in the case unknown to the society of
    Hertfordshire: her mild and steady candour always pleaded for
    allowances, and urged the possibility of mistakes; but by everybody else
    Mr. Darcy was condemned as the worst of men.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XXV.

     

    After a week spent in professions of love and schemes of felicity, Mr.
    Collins was called from his amiable Charlotte by the arrival of
    Saturday. The pain of separation, however, might be alleviated on his
    side by preparations for the reception of his bride, as he had reason to
    hope, that shortly after his next return into Hertfordshire, the day
    would be fixed that was to make him the happiest of men. He took leave
    of his relations at Longbourn with as much solemnity as before; wished
    his fair cousins health and happiness again, and promised their father
    another letter of thanks.

    On the following Monday, Mrs. Bennet had the pleasure of receiving her
    brother and his wife, who came, as usual, to spend the Christmas at
    Longbourn. Mr. Gardiner was a sensible, gentlemanlike man, greatly
    superior to his sister, as well by nature as education. The Netherfield
    ladies would have had difficulty in believing that a man who lived by
    trade, and within view of his own warehouses, could have been so
    well-bred and agreeable. Mrs. Gardiner, who was several years younger
    than Mrs. Bennet and Mrs. Philips, was an amiable, intelligent, elegant
    woman, and a great favourite with her Longbourn nieces. Between the two
    eldest and herself especially, there subsisted a very particular regard.
    They had frequently been staying with her in town.

    The first part of Mrs. Gardiner’s business, on her arrival, was to
    distribute her presents and describe the newest fashions. When this was
    done, she had a less active part to play. It became her turn to listen.
    Mrs. Bennet had many grievances to relate, and much to complain of. They
    had all been very ill-used since she last saw her sister. Two of her
    girls had been on the point of marriage, and after all there was nothing
    in it.

    “I do not blame Jane,” she continued, “for Jane would have got Mr.
    Bingley if she could. But, Lizzy! Oh, sister! it is very hard to think
    that she might have been Mr. Collins’s wife by this time, had not it
    been for her own perverseness. He made her an offer in this very room,
    and she refused him. The consequence of it is, that Lady Lucas will have
    a daughter married before I have, and that Longbourn estate is just as
    much entailed as ever. The Lucases are very artful people, indeed,
    sister. They are all for what they can get. I am sorry to say it of
    them, but so it is. It makes me very nervous and poorly, to be thwarted
    so in my own family, and to have neighbours who think of themselves
    before anybody else. However, your coming just at this time is the
    greatest of comforts, and I am very glad to hear what you tell us of
    long sleeves.”

    Mrs. Gardiner, to whom the chief of this news had been given before, in
    the course of Jane and Elizabeth’s correspondence with her, made her
    sister a slight answer, and, in compassion to her nieces, turned the
    conversation.

    When alone with Elizabeth afterwards, she spoke more on the subject.
    “It seems likely to have been a desirable match for Jane,” said she. “I
    am sorry it went off. But these things happen so often! A young man,
    such as you describe Mr. Bingley, so easily falls in love with a pretty
    girl for a few weeks, and, when accident separates them, so easily
    forgets her, that these sort of inconstancies are very frequent.”

    [Illustration:

    “Offended two or three young ladies”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    “An excellent consolation in its way,” said Elizabeth; “but it will not
    do for _us_. We do not suffer by accident. It does not often happen
    that the interference of friends will persuade a young man of
    independent fortune to think no more of a girl whom he was violently in
    love with only a few days before.”

    “But that expression of ‘violently in love’ is so hackneyed, so
    doubtful, so indefinite, that it gives me very little idea. It is as
    often applied to feelings which arise only from a half hour’s
    acquaintance, as to a real, strong attachment. Pray, how _violent was_
    Mr. Bingley’s love?”

    “I never saw a more promising inclination; he was growing quite
    inattentive to other people, and wholly engrossed by her. Every time
    they met, it was more decided and remarkable. At his own ball he
    offended two or three young ladies by not asking them to dance; and I
    spoke to him twice myself without receiving an answer. Could there be
    finer symptoms? Is not general incivility the very essence of love?”

    “Oh, yes! of that kind of love which I suppose him to have felt. Poor
    Jane! I am sorry for her, because, with her disposition, she may not get
    over it immediately. It had better have happened to _you_, Lizzy; you
    would have laughed yourself out of it sooner. But do you think she would
    be prevailed on to go back with us? Change of scene might be of
    service–and perhaps a little relief from home may be as useful as
    anything.”

    Elizabeth was exceedingly pleased with this proposal, and felt persuaded
    of her sister’s ready acquiescence.

    “I hope,” added Mrs. Gardiner, “that no consideration with regard to
    this young man will influence her. We live in so different a part of
    town, all our connections are so different, and, as you well know, we go
    out so little, that it is very improbable they should meet at all,
    unless he really comes to see her.”

    “And _that_ is quite impossible; for he is now in the custody of his
    friend, and Mr. Darcy would no more suffer him to call on Jane in such a
    part of London! My dear aunt, how could you think of it? Mr. Darcy may,
    perhaps, have _heard_ of such a place as Gracechurch Street, but he
    would hardly think a month’s ablution enough to cleanse him from its
    impurities, were he once to enter it; and, depend upon it, Mr. Bingley
    never stirs without him.”

    “So much the better. I hope they will not meet at all. But does not Jane
    correspond with his sister? _She_ will not be able to help calling.”

    “She will drop the acquaintance entirely.”

    But, in spite of the certainty in which Elizabeth affected to place this
    point, as well as the still more interesting one of Bingley’s being
    withheld from seeing Jane, she felt a solicitude on the subject which
    convinced her, on examination, that she did not consider it entirely
    hopeless. It was possible, and sometimes she thought it probable, that
    his affection might be re-animated, and the influence of his friends
    successfully combated by the more natural influence of Jane’s
    attractions.

    Miss Bennet accepted her aunt’s invitation with pleasure; and the
    Bingleys were no otherwise in her thoughts at the same time than as she
    hoped, by Caroline’s not living in the same house with her brother, she
    might occasionally spend a morning with her, without any danger of
    seeing him.

    The Gardiners stayed a week at Longbourn; and what with the Philipses,
    the Lucases, and the officers, there was not a day without its
    engagement. Mrs. Bennet had so carefully provided for the entertainment
    of her brother and sister, that they did not once sit down to a family
    dinner. When the engagement was for home, some of the officers always
    made part of it, of which officers Mr. Wickham was sure to be one; and
    on these occasions Mrs. Gardiner, rendered suspicious by Elizabeth’s
    warm commendation of him, narrowly observed them both. Without supposing
    them, from what she saw, to be very seriously in love, their preference
    of each other was plain enough to make her a little uneasy; and she
    resolved to speak to Elizabeth on the subject before she left
    Hertfordshire, and represent to her the imprudence of encouraging such
    an attachment.

    To Mrs. Gardiner, Wickham had one means of affording pleasure,
    unconnected with his general powers. About ten or a dozen years ago,
    before her marriage, she had spent a considerable time in that very part
    of Derbyshire to which he belonged. They had, therefore, many
    acquaintance in common; and, though Wickham had been little there since
    the death of Darcy’s father, five years before, it was yet in his power
    to give her fresher intelligence of her former friends than she had been
    in the way of procuring.

    Mrs. Gardiner had seen Pemberley, and known the late Mr. Darcy by
    character perfectly well. Here, consequently, was an inexhaustible
    subject of discourse. In comparing her recollection of Pemberley with
    the minute description which Wickham could give, and in bestowing her
    tribute of praise on the character of its late possessor, she was
    delighting both him and herself. On being made acquainted with the
    present Mr. Darcy’s treatment of him, she tried to remember something of
    that gentleman’s reputed disposition, when quite a lad, which might
    agree with it; and was confident, at last, that she recollected having
    heard Mr. Fitzwilliam Darcy formerly spoken of as a very proud,
    ill-natured boy.

     

    [Illustration:

    “Will you come and see me?”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XXVI.

     

    Mrs. Gardiner’s caution to Elizabeth was punctually and kindly given on
    the first favourable opportunity of speaking to her alone: after
    honestly telling her what she thought, she thus went on:–

    “You are too sensible a girl, Lizzy, to fall in love merely because you
    are warned against it; and, therefore, I am not afraid of speaking
    openly. Seriously, I would have you be on your guard. Do not involve
    yourself, or endeavour to involve him, in an affection which the want of
    fortune would make so very imprudent. I have nothing to say against
    _him_: he is a most interesting young man; and if he had the fortune he
    ought to have, I should think you could not do better. But as it is–you
    must not let your fancy run away with you. You have sense, and we all
    expect you to use it. Your father would depend on _your_ resolution and
    good conduct, I am sure. You must not disappoint your father.”

    “My dear aunt, this is being serious indeed.”

    “Yes, and I hope to engage you to be serious likewise.”

    “Well, then, you need not be under any alarm. I will take care of
    myself, and of Mr. Wickham too. He shall not be in love with me, if I
    can prevent it.”

    “Elizabeth, you are not serious now.”

    “I beg your pardon. I will try again. At present I am not in love with
    Mr. Wickham; no, I certainly am not. But he is, beyond all comparison,
    the most agreeable man I ever saw–and if he becomes really attached to
    me–I believe it will be better that he should not. I see the imprudence
    of it. Oh, _that_ abominable Mr. Darcy! My father’s opinion of me does
    me the greatest honour; and I should be miserable to forfeit it. My
    father, however, is partial to Mr. Wickham. In short, my dear aunt, I
    should be very sorry to be the means of making any of you unhappy; but
    since we see, every day, that where there is affection young people are
    seldom withheld, by immediate want of fortune, from entering into
    engagements with each other, how can I promise to be wiser than so many
    of my fellow-creatures, if I am tempted, or how am I even to know that
    it would be wiser to resist? All that I can promise you, therefore, is
    not to be in a hurry. I will not be in a hurry to believe myself his
    first object. When I am in company with him, I will not be wishing. In
    short, I will do my best.”

    “Perhaps it will be as well if you discourage his coming here so very
    often. At least you should not _remind_ your mother of inviting him.”

    “As I did the other day,” said Elizabeth, with a conscious smile; “very
    true, it will be wise in me to refrain from _that_. But do not imagine
    that he is always here so often. It is on your account that he has been
    so frequently invited this week. You know my mother’s ideas as to the
    necessity of constant company for her friends. But really, and upon my
    honour, I will try to do what I think to be wisest; and now I hope you
    are satisfied.”

    Her aunt assured her that she was; and Elizabeth, having thanked her for
    the kindness of her hints, they parted,–a wonderful instance of advice
    being given on such a point without being resented.

    Mr. Collins returned into Hertfordshire soon after it had been quitted
    by the Gardiners and Jane; but, as he took up his abode with the
    Lucases, his arrival was no great inconvenience to Mrs. Bennet. His
    marriage was now fast approaching; and she was at length so far resigned
    as to think it inevitable, and even repeatedly to say, in an ill-natured
    tone, that she “_wished_ they might be happy.” Thursday was to be the
    wedding-day, and on Wednesday Miss Lucas paid her farewell visit; and
    when she rose to take leave, Elizabeth, ashamed of her mother’s
    ungracious and reluctant good wishes, and sincerely affected herself,
    accompanied her out of the room. As they went down stairs together,
    Charlotte said,–

    “I shall depend on hearing from you very often, Eliza.”

    “_That_ you certainly shall.”

    “And I have another favour to ask. Will you come and see me?”

    “We shall often meet, I hope, in Hertfordshire.”

    “I am not likely to leave Kent for some time. Promise me, therefore, to
    come to Hunsford.”

    Elizabeth could not refuse, though she foresaw little pleasure in the
    visit.

    “My father and Maria are to come to me in March,” added Charlotte, “and
    I hope you will consent to be of the party. Indeed, Eliza, you will be
    as welcome to me as either of them.”

    The wedding took place: the bride and bridegroom set off for Kent from
    the church door, and everybody had as much to say or to hear on the
    subject as usual. Elizabeth soon heard from her friend, and their
    correspondence was as regular and frequent as it ever had been: that it
    should be equally unreserved was impossible. Elizabeth could never
    address her without feeling that all the comfort of intimacy was over;
    and, though determined not to slacken as a correspondent, it was for the
    sake of what had been rather than what was. Charlotte’s first letters
    were received with a good deal of eagerness: there could not but be
    curiosity to know how she would speak of her new home, how she would
    like Lady Catherine, and how happy she would dare pronounce herself to
    be; though, when the letters were read, Elizabeth felt that Charlotte
    expressed herself on every point exactly as she might have foreseen. She
    wrote cheerfully, seemed surrounded with comforts, and mentioned nothing
    which she could not praise. The house, furniture, neighbourhood, and
    roads, were all to her taste, and Lady Catherine’s behaviour was most
    friendly and obliging. It was Mr. Collins’s picture of Hunsford and
    Rosings rationally softened; and Elizabeth perceived that she must wait
    for her own visit there, to know the rest.

    Jane had already written a few lines to her sister, to announce their
    safe arrival in London; and when she wrote again, Elizabeth hoped it
    would be in her power to say something of the Bingleys.

    Her impatience for this second letter was as well rewarded as impatience
    generally is. Jane had been a week in town, without either seeing or
    hearing from Caroline. She accounted for it, however, by supposing that
    her last letter to her friend from Longbourn had by some accident been
    lost.

    “My aunt,” she continued, “is going to-morrow into that part of the
    town, and I shall take the opportunity of calling in Grosvenor Street.”

    She wrote again when the visit was paid, and she had seen Miss Bingley.
    “I did not think Caroline in spirits,” were her words, “but she was very
    glad to see me, and reproached me for giving her no notice of my coming
    to London. I was right, therefore; my last letter had never reached her.
    I inquired after their brother, of course. He was well, but so much
    engaged with Mr. Darcy that they scarcely ever saw him. I found that
    Miss Darcy was expected to dinner: I wish I could see her. My visit was
    not long, as Caroline and Mrs. Hurst were going out. I dare say I shall
    soon see them here.”

    Elizabeth shook her head over this letter. It convinced her that
    accident only could discover to Mr. Bingley her sister’s being in town.

    Four weeks passed away, and Jane saw nothing of him. She endeavoured to
    persuade herself that she did not regret it; but she could no longer be
    blind to Miss Bingley’s inattention. After waiting at home every morning
    for a fortnight, and inventing every evening a fresh excuse for her, the
    visitor did at last appear; but the shortness of her stay, and, yet
    more, the alteration of her manner, would allow Jane to deceive herself
    no longer. The letter which she wrote on this occasion to her sister
    will prove what she felt:–

    “My dearest Lizzy will, I am sure, be incapable of triumphing in
    her better judgment, at my expense, when I confess myself to have
    been entirely deceived in Miss Bingley’s regard for me. But, my
    dear sister, though the event has proved you right, do not think me
    obstinate if I still assert that, considering what her behaviour
    was, my confidence was as natural as your suspicion. I do not at
    all comprehend her reason for wishing to be intimate with me; but,
    if the same circumstances were to happen again, I am sure I should
    be deceived again. Caroline did not return my visit till yesterday;
    and not a note, not a line, did I receive in the meantime. When she
    did come, it was very evident that she had no pleasure in it; she
    made a slight, formal apology for not calling before, said not a
    word of wishing to see me again, and was, in every respect, so
    altered a creature, that when she went away I was perfectly
    resolved to continue the acquaintance no longer. I pity, though I
    cannot help blaming, her. She was very wrong in singling me out as
    she did; I can safely say, that every advance to intimacy began on
    her side. But I pity her, because she must feel that she has been
    acting wrong, and because I am very sure that anxiety for her
    brother is the cause of it. I need not explain myself farther; and
    though _we_ know this anxiety to be quite needless, yet if she
    feels it, it will easily account for her behaviour to me; and so
    deservedly dear as he is to his sister, whatever anxiety she may
    feel on his behalf is natural and amiable. I cannot but wonder,
    however, at her having any such fears now, because if he had at all
    cared about me, we must have met long, long ago. He knows of my
    being in town, I am certain, from something she said herself; and
    yet it would seem, by her manner of talking, as if she wanted to
    persuade herself that he is really partial to Miss Darcy. I cannot
    understand it. If I were not afraid of judging harshly, I should be
    almost tempted to say, that there is a strong appearance of
    duplicity in all this. I will endeavour to banish every painful
    thought, and think only of what will make me happy, your affection,
    and the invariable kindness of my dear uncle and aunt. Let me hear
    from you very soon. Miss Bingley said something of his never
    returning to Netherfield again, of giving up the house, but not
    with any certainty. We had better not mention it. I am extremely
    glad that you have such pleasant accounts from our friends at
    Hunsford. Pray go to see them, with Sir William and Maria. I am
    sure you will be very comfortable there.

    “Yours, etc.”

    This letter gave Elizabeth some pain; but her spirits returned, as she
    considered that Jane would no longer be duped, by the sister at least.
    All expectation from the brother was now absolutely over. She would not
    even wish for any renewal of his attentions. His character sunk on every
    review of it; and, as a punishment for him, as well as a possible
    advantage to Jane, she seriously hoped he might really soon marry Mr.
    Darcy’s sister, as, by Wickham’s account, she would make him abundantly
    regret what he had thrown away.

    Mrs. Gardiner about this time reminded Elizabeth of her promise
    concerning that gentleman, and required information; and Elizabeth had
    such to send as might rather give contentment to her aunt than to
    herself. His apparent partiality had subsided, his attentions were over,
    he was the admirer of some one else. Elizabeth was watchful enough to
    see it all, but she could see it and write of it without material pain.
    Her heart had been but slightly touched, and her vanity was satisfied
    with believing that _she_ would have been his only choice, had fortune
    permitted it. The sudden acquisition of ten thousand pounds was the most
    remarkable charm of the young lady to whom he was now rendering himself
    agreeable; but Elizabeth, less clear-sighted perhaps in this case than
    in Charlotte’s, did not quarrel with him for his wish of independence.
    Nothing, on the contrary, could be more natural; and, while able to
    suppose that it cost him a few struggles to relinquish her, she was
    ready to allow it a wise and desirable measure for both, and could very
    sincerely wish him happy.

    All this was acknowledged to Mrs. Gardiner; and, after relating the
    circumstances, she thus went on:–“I am now convinced, my dear aunt,
    that I have never been much in love; for had I really experienced that
    pure and elevating passion, I should at present detest his very name,
    and wish him all manner of evil. But my feelings are not only cordial
    towards _him_, they are even impartial towards Miss King. I cannot find
    out that I hate her at all, or that I am in the least unwilling to think
    her a very good sort of girl. There can be no love in all this. My
    watchfulness has been effectual; and though I should certainly be a more
    interesting object to all my acquaintance, were I distractedly in love
    with him, I cannot say that I regret my comparative insignificance.
    Importance may sometimes be purchased too dearly. Kitty and Lydia take
    his defection much more to heart than I do. They are young in the ways
    of the world, and not yet open to the mortifying conviction that
    handsome young men must have something to live on as well as the
    plain.”

     

    [Illustration:

    “On the Stairs”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XXVII.

     

    With no greater events than these in the Longbourn family, and otherwise
    diversified by little beyond the walks to Meryton, sometimes dirty and
    sometimes cold, did January and February pass away. March was to take
    Elizabeth to Hunsford. She had not at first thought very seriously of
    going thither; but Charlotte, she soon found, was depending on the
    plan, and she gradually learned to consider it herself with greater
    pleasure as well as greater certainty. Absence had increased her desire
    of seeing Charlotte again, and weakened her disgust of Mr. Collins.
    There was novelty in the scheme; and as, with such a mother and such
    uncompanionable sisters, home could not be faultless, a little change
    was not unwelcome for its own sake. The journey would, moreover, give
    her a peep at Jane; and, in short, as the time drew near, she would have
    been very sorry for any delay. Everything, however, went on smoothly,
    and was finally settled according to Charlotte’s first sketch. She was
    to accompany Sir William and his second daughter. The improvement of
    spending a night in London was added in time, and the plan became as
    perfect as plan could be.

    The only pain was in leaving her father, who would certainly miss her,
    and who, when it came to the point, so little liked her going, that he
    told her to write to him, and almost promised to answer her letter.

    The farewell between herself and Mr. Wickham was perfectly friendly; on
    his side even more. His present pursuit could not make him forget that
    Elizabeth had been the first to excite and to deserve his attention, the
    first to listen and to pity, the first to be admired; and in his manner
    of bidding her adieu, wishing her every enjoyment, reminding her of what
    she was to expect in Lady Catherine de Bourgh, and trusting their
    opinion of her–their opinion of everybody–would always coincide, there
    was a solicitude, an interest, which she felt must ever attach her to
    him with a most sincere regard; and she parted from him convinced, that,
    whether married or single, he must always be her model of the amiable
    and pleasing.

    Her fellow-travellers the next day were not of a kind to make her think
    him less agreeable. Sir William Lucas, and his daughter Maria, a
    good-humoured girl, but as empty-headed as himself, had nothing to say
    that could be worth hearing, and were listened to with about as much
    delight as the rattle of the chaise. Elizabeth loved absurdities, but
    she had known Sir William’s too long. He could tell her nothing new of
    the wonders of his presentation and knighthood; and his civilities were
    worn out, like his information.

    It was a journey of only twenty-four miles, and they began it so early
    as to be in Gracechurch Street by noon. As they drove to Mr. Gardiner’s
    door, Jane was at a drawing-room window watching their arrival: when
    they entered the passage, she was there to welcome them, and Elizabeth,
    looking earnestly in her face, was pleased to see it healthful and
    lovely as ever. On the stairs were a troop of little boys and girls,
    whose eagerness for their cousin’s appearance would not allow them to
    wait in the drawing-room, and whose shyness, as they had not seen her
    for a twelvemonth, prevented their coming lower. All was joy and
    kindness. The day passed most pleasantly away; the morning in bustle and
    shopping, and the evening at one of the theatres.

    Elizabeth then contrived to sit by her aunt. Their first subject was her
    sister; and she was more grieved than astonished to hear, in reply to
    her minute inquiries, that though Jane always struggled to support her
    spirits, there were periods of dejection. It was reasonable, however, to
    hope that they would not continue long. Mrs. Gardiner gave her the
    particulars also of Miss Bingley’s visit in Gracechurch Street, and
    repeated conversations occurring at different times between Jane and
    herself, which proved that the former had, from her heart, given up the
    acquaintance.

    Mrs. Gardiner then rallied her niece on Wickham’s desertion, and
    complimented her on bearing it so well.

    “But, my dear Elizabeth,” she added, “what sort of girl is Miss King? I
    should be sorry to think our friend mercenary.”

    “Pray, my dear aunt, what is the difference in matrimonial affairs,
    between the mercenary and the prudent motive? Where does discretion end,
    and avarice begin? Last Christmas you were afraid of his marrying me,
    because it would be imprudent; and now, because he is trying to get a
    girl with only ten thousand pounds, you want to find out that he is
    mercenary.”

    “If you will only tell me what sort of girl Miss King is, I shall know
    what to think.”

    “She is a very good kind of girl, I believe. I know no harm of her.”

    “But he paid her not the smallest attention till her grandfather’s death
    made her mistress of this fortune?”

    “No–why should he? If it were not allowable for him to gain _my_
    affections, because I had no money, what occasion could there be for
    making love to a girl whom he did not care about, and who was equally
    poor?”

    “But there seems indelicacy in directing his attentions towards her so
    soon after this event.”

    “A man in distressed circumstances has not time for all those elegant
    decorums which other people may observe. If _she_ does not object to it,
    why should _we_?”

    “_Her_ not objecting does not justify _him_. It only shows her being
    deficient in something herself–sense or feeling.”

    “Well,” cried Elizabeth, “have it as you choose. _He_ shall be
    mercenary, and _she_ shall be foolish.”

    “No, Lizzy, that is what I do _not_ choose. I should be sorry, you know,
    to think ill of a young man who has lived so long in Derbyshire.”

    “Oh, if that is all, I have a very poor opinion of young men who live in
    Derbyshire; and their intimate friends who live in Hertfordshire are not
    much better. I am sick of them all. Thank heaven! I am going to-morrow
    where I shall find a man who has not one agreeable quality, who has
    neither manners nor sense to recommend him. Stupid men are the only ones
    worth knowing, after all.”

    “Take care, Lizzy; that speech savours strongly of disappointment.”

    Before they were separated by the conclusion of the play, she had the
    unexpected happiness of an invitation to accompany her uncle and aunt in
    a tour of pleasure which they proposed taking in the summer.

    “We have not quite determined how far it shall carry us,” said Mrs.
    Gardiner; “but perhaps, to the Lakes.”

    No scheme could have been more agreeable to Elizabeth, and her
    acceptance of the invitation was most ready and grateful. “My dear, dear
    aunt,” she rapturously cried, “what delight! what felicity! You give me
    fresh life and vigour. Adieu to disappointment and spleen. What are men
    to rocks and mountains? Oh, what hours of transport we shall spend! And
    when we _do_ return, it shall not be like other travellers, without
    being able to give one accurate idea of anything. We _will_ know where
    we have gone–we _will_ recollect what we have seen. Lakes, mountains,
    and rivers, shall not be jumbled together in our imaginations; nor, when
    we attempt to describe any particular scene, will we begin quarrelling
    about its relative situation. Let _our_ first effusions be less
    insupportable than those of the generality of travellers.”

     

    [Illustration:

    “At the door”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XXVIII.

     

    Every object in the next day’s journey was new and interesting to
    Elizabeth; and her spirits were in a state of enjoyment; for she had
    seen her sister looking so well as to banish all fear for her health,
    and the prospect of her northern tour was a constant source of delight.

    When they left the high road for the lane to Hunsford, every eye was in
    search of the Parsonage, and every turning expected to bring it in view.
    The paling of Rosings park was their boundary on one side. Elizabeth
    smiled at the recollection of all that she had heard of its inhabitants.

    At length the Parsonage was discernible. The garden sloping to the
    road, the house standing in it, the green pales and the laurel hedge,
    everything declared they were arriving. Mr. Collins and Charlotte
    appeared at the door, and the carriage stopped at the small gate, which
    led by a short gravel walk to the house, amidst the nods and smiles of
    the whole party. In a moment they were all out of the chaise, rejoicing
    at the sight of each other. Mrs. Collins welcomed her friend with the
    liveliest pleasure, and Elizabeth was more and more satisfied with
    coming, when she found herself so affectionately received. She saw
    instantly that her cousin’s manners were not altered by his marriage:
    his formal civility was just what it had been; and he detained her some
    minutes at the gate to hear and satisfy his inquiries after all her
    family. They were then, with no other delay than his pointing out the
    neatness of the entrance, taken into the house; and as soon as they were
    in the parlour, he welcomed them a second time, with ostentatious
    formality, to his humble abode, and punctually repeated all his wife’s
    offers of refreshment.

    Elizabeth was prepared to see him in his glory; and she could not help
    fancying that in displaying the good proportion of the room, its aspect,
    and its furniture, he addressed himself particularly to her, as if
    wishing to make her feel what she had lost in refusing him. But though
    everything seemed neat and comfortable, she was not able to gratify him
    by any sigh of repentance; and rather looked with wonder at her friend,
    that she could have so cheerful an air with such a companion. When Mr.
    Collins said anything of which his wife might reasonably be ashamed,
    which certainly was not seldom, she involuntarily turned her eye on
    Charlotte. Once or twice she could discern a faint blush; but in general
    Charlotte wisely did not hear. After sitting long enough to admire
    every article of furniture in the room, from the sideboard to the
    fender, to give an account of their journey, and of all that had
    happened in London, Mr. Collins invited them to take a stroll in the
    garden, which was large and well laid out, and to the cultivation of
    which he attended himself. To work in his garden was one of his most
    respectable pleasures; and Elizabeth admired the command of countenance
    with which Charlotte talked of the healthfulness of the exercise, and
    owned she encouraged it as much as possible. Here, leading the way
    through every walk and cross walk, and scarcely allowing them an
    interval to utter the praises he asked for, every view was pointed out
    with a minuteness which left beauty entirely behind. He could number the
    fields in every direction, and could tell how many trees there were in
    the most distant clump. But of all the views which his garden, or which
    the country or the kingdom could boast, none were to be compared with
    the prospect of Rosings, afforded by an opening in the trees that
    bordered the park nearly opposite the front of his house. It was a
    handsome modern building, well situated on rising ground.

    From his garden, Mr. Collins would have led them round his two meadows;
    but the ladies, not having shoes to encounter the remains of a white
    frost, turned back; and while Sir William accompanied him, Charlotte
    took her sister and friend over the house, extremely well pleased,
    probably, to have the opportunity of showing it without her husband’s
    help. It was rather small, but well built and convenient; and everything
    was fitted up and arranged with a neatness and consistency, of which
    Elizabeth gave Charlotte all the credit. When Mr. Collins could be
    forgotten, there was really a great air of comfort throughout, and by
    Charlotte’s evident enjoyment of it, Elizabeth supposed he must be often
    forgotten.

    She had already learnt that Lady Catherine was still in the country. It
    was spoken of again while they were at dinner, when Mr. Collins joining
    in, observed,–

    “Yes, Miss Elizabeth, you will have the honour of seeing Lady Catherine
    de Bourgh on the ensuing Sunday at church, and I need not say you will
    be delighted with her. She is all affability and condescension, and I
    doubt not but you will be honoured with some portion of her notice when
    service is over. I have scarcely any hesitation in saying that she will
    include you and my sister Maria in every invitation with which she
    honours us during your stay here. Her behaviour to my dear Charlotte is
    charming. We dine at Rosings twice every week, and are never allowed to
    walk home. Her Ladyship’s carriage is regularly ordered for us. I
    _should_ say, one of her Ladyship’s carriages, for she has several.”

    “Lady Catherine is a very respectable, sensible woman, indeed,” added
    Charlotte, “and a most attentive neighbour.”

    “Very true, my dear, that is exactly what I say. She is the sort of
    woman whom one cannot regard with too much deference.”

    The evening was spent chiefly in talking over Hertfordshire news, and
    telling again what had been already written; and when it closed,
    Elizabeth, in the solitude of her chamber, had to meditate upon
    Charlotte’s degree of contentment, to understand her address in guiding,
    and composure in bearing with, her husband, and to acknowledge that it
    was all done very well. She had also to anticipate how her visit would
    pass, the quiet tenour of their usual employments, the vexatious
    interruptions of Mr. Collins, and the gaieties of their intercourse
    with Rosings. A lively imagination soon settled it all.

    About the middle of the next day, as she was in her room getting ready
    for a walk, a sudden noise below seemed to speak the whole house in
    confusion; and, after listening a moment, she heard somebody running
    upstairs in a violent hurry, and calling loudly after her. She opened
    the door, and met Maria in the landing-place, who, breathless with
    agitation, cried out,–

    [Illustration:

    “In Conversation with the ladies”

    [Copyright 1894 by George Allen.]]

    “Oh, my dear Eliza! pray make haste and come into the dining-room, for
    there is such a sight to be seen! I will not tell you what it is. Make
    haste, and come down this moment.”

    Elizabeth asked questions in vain; Maria would tell her nothing more;
    and down they ran into the dining-room which fronted the lane, in quest
    of this wonder; it was two ladies, stopping in a low phaeton at the
    garden gate.

    “And is this all?” cried Elizabeth. “I expected at least that the pigs
    were got into the garden, and here is nothing but Lady Catherine and her
    daughter!”

    “La! my dear,” said Maria, quite shocked at the mistake, “it is not Lady
    Catherine. The old lady is Mrs. Jenkinson, who lives with them. The
    other is Miss De Bourgh. Only look at her. She is quite a little
    creature. Who would have thought she could be so thin and small!”

    “She is abominably rude to keep Charlotte out of doors in all this wind.
    Why does she not come in?”

    “Oh, Charlotte says she hardly ever does. It is the greatest of favours
    when Miss De Bourgh comes in.”

    “I like her appearance,” said Elizabeth, struck with other ideas. “She
    looks sickly and cross. Yes, she will do for him very well. She will
    make him a very proper wife.”

    Mr. Collins and Charlotte were both standing at the gate in conversation
    with the ladies; and Sir William, to Elizabeth’s high diversion, was
    stationed in the doorway, in earnest contemplation of the greatness
    before him, and constantly bowing whenever Miss De Bourgh looked that
    way.

    At length there was nothing more to be said; the ladies drove on, and
    the others returned into the house. Mr. Collins no sooner saw the two
    girls than he began to congratulate them on their good fortune, which
    Charlotte explained by letting them know that the whole party was asked
    to dine at Rosings the next day.

     

    [Illustration:

    ‘Lady Catherine, said she, you have given me a treasure.’

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER XXIX.

     

    Mr. Collins’s triumph, in consequence of this invitation, was complete.
    The power of displaying the grandeur of his patroness to his wondering
    visitors, and of letting them see her civility towards himself and his
    wife, was exactly what he had wished for; and that an opportunity of
    doing it should be given so soon was such an instance of Lady
    Catherine’s condescension as he knew not how to admire enough.

    “I confess,” said he, “that I should not have been at all surprised by
    her Ladyship’s asking us on Sunday to drink tea and spend the evening
    at Rosings. I rather expected, from my knowledge of her affability, that
    it would happen. But who could have foreseen such an attention as this?
    Who could have imagined that we should receive an invitation to dine
    there (an invitation, moreover, including the whole party) so
    immediately after your arrival?”

    “I am the less surprised at what has happened,” replied Sir William,
    “from that knowledge of what the manners of the great really are, which
    my situation in life has allowed me to acquire. About the court, such
    instances of elegant breeding are not uncommon.”

    Scarcely anything was talked of the whole day or next morning but their
    visit to Rosings. Mr. Collins was carefully instructing them in what
    they were to expect, that the sight of such rooms, so many servants, and
    so splendid a dinner, might not wholly overpower them.

    When the ladies were separating for the toilette, he said to
    Elizabeth,–

    “Do not make yourself uneasy, my dear cousin, about your apparel. Lady
    Catherine is far from requiring that elegance of dress in us which
    becomes herself and daughter. I would advise you merely to put on
    whatever of your clothes is superior to the rest–there is no occasion
    for anything more. Lady Catherine will not think the worse of you for
    being simply dressed. She likes to have the distinction of rank
    preserved.”

    While they were dressing, he came two or three times to their different
    doors, to recommend their being quick, as Lady Catherine very much
    objected to be kept waiting for her dinner. Such formidable accounts of
    her Ladyship, and her manner of living, quite frightened Maria Lucas,
    who had been little used to company; and she looked forward to her
    introduction at Rosings with as much apprehension as her father had done
    to his presentation at St. James’s.

    As the weather was fine, they had a pleasant walk of about half a mile
    across the park. Every park has its beauty and its prospects; and
    Elizabeth saw much to be pleased with, though she could not be in such
    raptures as Mr. Collins expected the scene to inspire, and was but
    slightly affected by his enumeration of the windows in front of the
    house, and his relation of what the glazing altogether had originally
    cost Sir Lewis de Bourgh.

    When they ascended the steps to the hall, Maria’s alarm was every moment
    increasing, and even Sir William did not look perfectly calm.
    Elizabeth’s courage did not fail her. She had heard nothing of Lady
    Catherine that spoke her awful from any extraordinary talents or
    miraculous virtue, and the mere stateliness of money and rank she
    thought she could witness without trepidation.

    From the entrance hall, of which Mr. Collins pointed out, with a
    rapturous air, the fine proportion and finished ornaments, they followed
    the servants through an antechamber to the room where Lady Catherine,
    her daughter, and Mrs. Jenkinson were sitting. Her Ladyship, with great
    condescension, arose to receive them; and as Mrs. Collins had settled it
    with her husband that the office of introduction should be hers, it was
    performed in a proper manner, without any of those apologies and thanks
    which he would have thought necessary.

    In spite of having been at St. James’s, Sir William was so completely
    awed by the grandeur surrounding him, that he had but just courage
    enough to make a very low bow, and take his seat without saying a word;
    and his daughter, frightened almost out of her senses, sat on the edge
    of her chair, not knowing which way to look. Elizabeth found herself
    quite equal to the scene, and could observe the three ladies before her
    composedly. Lady Catherine was a tall, large woman, with strongly-marked
    features, which might once have been handsome. Her air was not
    conciliating, nor was her manner of receiving them such as to make her
    visitors forget their inferior rank. She was not rendered formidable by
    silence: but whatever she said was spoken in so authoritative a tone as
    marked her self-importance, and brought Mr. Wickham immediately to
    Elizabeth’s mind; and, from the observation of the day altogether, she
    believed Lady Catherine to be exactly what he had represented.

    When, after examining the mother, in whose countenance and deportment
    she soon found some resemblance of Mr. Darcy, she turned her eyes on the
    daughter, she could almost have joined in Maria’s astonishment at her
    being so thin and so small. There was neither in figure nor face any
    likeness between the ladies. Miss de Bourgh was pale and sickly: her
    features, though not plain, were insignificant; and she spoke very
    little, except in a low voice, to Mrs. Jenkinson, in whose appearance
    there was nothing remarkable, and who was entirely engaged in listening
    to what she said, and placing a screen in the proper direction before
    her eyes.

    After sitting a few minutes, they were all sent to one of the windows to
    admire the view, Mr. Collins attending them to point out its beauties,
    and Lady Catherine kindly informing them that it was much better worth
    looking at in the summer.

    The dinner was exceedingly handsome, and there were all the servants,
    and all the articles of plate which Mr. Collins had promised; and, as he
    had likewise foretold, he took his seat at the bottom of the table, by
    her Ladyship’s desire, and looked as if he felt that life could furnish
    nothing greater. He carved and ate and praised with delighted alacrity;
    and every dish was commended first by him, and then by Sir William, who
    was now enough recovered to echo whatever his son-in-law said, in a
    manner which Elizabeth wondered Lady Catherine could bear. But Lady
    Catherine seemed gratified by their excessive admiration, and gave most
    gracious smiles, especially when any dish on the table proved a novelty
    to them. The party did not supply much conversation. Elizabeth was ready
    to speak whenever there was an opening, but she was seated between
    Charlotte and Miss de Bourgh–the former of whom was engaged in
    listening to Lady Catherine, and the latter said not a word to her all
    the dinnertime. Mrs. Jenkinson was chiefly employed in watching how
    little Miss de Bourgh ate, pressing her to try some other dish and
    fearing she was indisposed. Maria thought speaking out of the question,
    and the gentlemen did nothing but eat and admire.

    When the ladies returned to the drawing-room, there was little to be
    done but to hear Lady Catherine talk, which she did without any
    intermission till coffee came in, delivering her opinion on every
    subject in so decisive a manner as proved that she was not used to have
    her judgment controverted. She inquired into Charlotte’s domestic
    concerns familiarly and minutely, and gave her a great deal of advice as
    to the management of them all; told her how everything ought to be
    regulated in so small a family as hers, and instructed her as to the
    care of her cows and her poultry. Elizabeth found that nothing was
    beneath this great lady’s attention which could furnish her with an
    occasion for dictating to others. In the intervals of her discourse with
    Mrs. Collins, she addressed a variety of questions to Maria and
    Elizabeth, but especially to the latter, of whose connections she knew
    the least, and who, she observed to Mrs. Collins, was a very genteel,
    pretty kind of girl. She asked her at different times how many sisters
    she had, whether they were older or younger than herself, whether any of
    them were likely to be married, whether they were handsome, where they
    had been educated, what carriage her father kept, and what had been her
    mother’s maiden name? Elizabeth felt all the impertinence of her
    questions, but answered them very composedly. Lady Catherine then
    observed,–

    “Your father’s estate is entailed on Mr. Collins, I think? For your
    sake,” turning to Charlotte, “I am glad of it; but otherwise I see no
    occasion for entailing estates from the female line. It was not thought
    necessary in Sir Lewis de Bourgh’s family. Do you play and sing, Miss
    Bennet?”

    “A little.”

    “Oh then–some time or other we shall be happy to hear you. Our
    instrument is a capital one, probably superior to —- you shall try it
    some day. Do your sisters play and sing?”

    “One of them does.”

    “Why did not you all learn? You ought all to have learned. The Miss
    Webbs all play, and their father has not so good an income as yours. Do
    you draw?”

    “No, not at all.”

    “What, none of you?”

    “Not one.”

    “That is very strange. But I suppose you had no opportunity. Your mother
    should have taken you to town every spring for the benefit of masters.”

    “My mother would have no objection, but my father hates London.”

    “Has your governess left you?”

    “We never had any governess.”

    “No governess! How was that possible? Five daughters brought up at home
    without a governess! I never heard of such a thing. Your mother must
    have been quite a slave to your education.”

    Elizabeth could hardly help smiling, as she assured her that had not
    been the case.

    “Then who taught you? who attended to you? Without a governess, you must
    have been neglected.”

    “Compared with some families, I believe we were; but such of us as
    wished to learn never wanted the means. We were always encouraged to
    read, and had all the masters that were necessary. Those who chose to be
    idle certainly might.”

    “Ay, no doubt: but that is what a governess will prevent; and if I had
    known your mother, I should have advised her most strenuously to engage
    one. I always say that nothing is to be done in education without steady
    and regular instruction, and nobody but a governess can give it. It is
    wonderful how many families I have been the means of supplying in that
    way. I am always glad to get a young person well placed out. Four nieces
    of Mrs. Jenkinson are most delightfully situated through my means; and
    it was but the other day that I recommended another young person, who
    was merely accidentally mentioned to me, and the family are quite
    delighted with her. Mrs. Collins, did I tell you of Lady Metcalfe’s
    calling yesterday to thank me? She finds Miss Pope a treasure. ‘Lady
    Catherine,’ said she, ‘you have given me a treasure.’ Are any of your
    younger sisters out, Miss Bennet?”

    “Yes, ma’am, all.”

    “All! What, all five out at once? Very odd! And you only the second. The
    younger ones out before the elder are married! Your younger sisters must
    be very young?”

    “Yes, my youngest is not sixteen. Perhaps _she_ is full young to be much
    in company. But really, ma’am, I think it would be very hard upon
    younger sisters that they should not have their share of society and
    amusement, because the elder may not have the means or inclination to
    marry early. The last born has as good a right to the pleasures of youth
    as the first. And to be kept back on _such_ a motive! I think it would
    not be very likely to promote sisterly affection or delicacy of mind.”

    “Upon my word,” said her Ladyship, “you give your opinion very decidedly
    for so young a person. Pray, what is your age?”

    “With three younger sisters grown up,” replied Elizabeth, smiling, “your
    Ladyship can hardly expect me to own it.”

    Lady Catherine seemed quite astonished at not receiving a direct answer;
    and Elizabeth suspected herself to be the first creature who had ever
    dared to trifle with so much dignified impertinence.

    “You cannot be more than twenty, I am sure,–therefore you need not
    conceal your age.”

    “I am not one-and-twenty.”

    When the gentlemen had joined them, and tea was over, the card tables
    were placed. Lady Catherine, Sir William, and Mr. and Mrs. Collins sat
    down to quadrille; and as Miss De Bourgh chose to play at cassino, the
    two girls had the honour of assisting Mrs. Jenkinson to make up her
    party. Their table was superlatively stupid. Scarcely a syllable was
    uttered that did not relate to the game, except when Mrs. Jenkinson
    expressed her fears of Miss De Bourgh’s being too hot or too cold, or
    having too much or too little light. A great deal more passed at the
    other table. Lady Catherine was generally speaking–stating the mistakes
    of the three others, or relating some anecdote of herself. Mr. Collins
    was employed in agreeing to everything her Ladyship said, thanking her
    for every fish he won, and apologizing if he thought he won too many.
    Sir William did not say much. He was storing his memory with anecdotes
    and noble names.

    When Lady Catherine and her daughter had played as long as they chose,
    the tables were broken up, the carriage was offered to Mrs. Collins,
    gratefully accepted, and immediately ordered. The party then gathered
    round the fire to hear Lady Catherine determine what weather they were
    to have on the morrow. From these instructions they were summoned by the
    arrival of the coach; and with many speeches of thankfulness on Mr.
    Collins’s side, and as many bows on Sir William’s, they departed. As
    soon as they had driven from the door, Elizabeth was called on by her
    cousin to give her opinion of all that she had seen at Rosings, which,
    for Charlotte’s sake, she made more favourable than it really was. But
    her commendation, though costing her some trouble, could by no means
    satisfy Mr. Collins, and he was very soon obliged to take her Ladyship’s
    praise into his own hands.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XXX.

     

    Sir William stayed only a week at Hunsford; but his visit was long
    enough to convince him of his daughter’s being most comfortably settled,
    and of her possessing such a husband and such a neighbour as were not
    often met with. While Sir William was with them, Mr. Collins devoted his
    mornings to driving him out in his gig, and showing him the country: but
    when he went away, the whole family returned to their usual employments,
    and Elizabeth was thankful to find that they did not see more of her
    cousin by the alteration; for the chief of the time between breakfast
    and dinner was now passed by him either at work in the garden, or in
    reading and writing, and looking out of window in his own book room,
    which fronted the road. The room in which the ladies sat was backwards.
    Elizabeth at first had rather wondered that Charlotte should not prefer
    the dining parlour for common use; it was a better sized room, and had a
    pleasanter aspect: but she soon saw that her friend had an excellent
    reason for what she did, for Mr. Collins would undoubtedly have been
    much less in his own apartment had they sat in one equally lively; and
    she gave Charlotte credit for the arrangement.

    From the drawing-room they could distinguish nothing in the lane, and
    were indebted to Mr. Collins for the knowledge of what carriages went
    along, and how often especially Miss De Bourgh drove by in her phaeton,
    which he never failed coming to inform them of, though it happened
    almost every day. She not unfrequently stopped at the Parsonage, and had
    a few minutes’ conversation with Charlotte, but was scarcely ever
    prevailed on to get out.

    Very few days passed in which Mr. Collins did not walk to Rosings, and
    not many in which his wife did not think it necessary to go likewise;
    and till Elizabeth recollected that there might be other family livings
    to be disposed of, she could not understand the sacrifice of so many
    hours. Now and then they were honoured with a call from her Ladyship,
    and nothing escaped her observation that was passing in the room during
    these visits. She examined into their employments, looked at their work,
    and advised them to do it differently; found fault with the arrangement
    of the furniture, or detected the housemaid in negligence; and if she
    accepted any refreshment, seemed to do it only for the sake of finding
    out that Mrs. Collins’s joints of meat were too large for her family.

    Elizabeth soon perceived, that though this great lady was not in the
    commission of the peace for the county, she was a most active magistrate
    in her own parish, the minutest concerns of which were carried to her by
    Mr. Collins; and whenever any of the cottagers were disposed to be
    quarrelsome, discontented, or too poor, she sallied forth into the
    village to settle their differences, silence their complaints, and scold
    them into harmony and plenty.

    [Illustration:

    “he never failed to inform them”
    ]

    The entertainment of dining at Rosings was repeated about twice a week;
    and, allowing for the loss of Sir William, and there being only one
    card-table in the evening, every such entertainment was the counterpart
    of the first. Their other engagements were few, as the style of living
    of the neighbourhood in general was beyond the Collinses’ reach. This,
    however, was no evil to Elizabeth, and upon the whole she spent her time
    comfortably enough: there were half hours of pleasant conversation with
    Charlotte, and the weather was so fine for the time of year, that she
    had often great enjoyment out of doors. Her favourite walk, and where
    she frequently went while the others were calling on Lady Catherine, was
    along the open grove which edged that side of the park, where there was
    a nice sheltered path, which no one seemed to value but herself, and
    where she felt beyond the reach of Lady Catherine’s curiosity.

    In this quiet way the first fortnight of her visit soon passed away.
    Easter was approaching, and the week preceding it was to bring an
    addition to the family at Rosings, which in so small a circle must be
    important. Elizabeth had heard, soon after her arrival, that Mr. Darcy
    was expected there in the course of a few weeks; and though there were
    not many of her acquaintance whom she did not prefer, his coming would
    furnish one comparatively new to look at in their Rosings parties, and
    she might be amused in seeing how hopeless Miss Bingley’s designs on him
    were, by his behaviour to his cousin, for whom he was evidently destined
    by Lady Catherine, who talked of his coming with the greatest
    satisfaction, spoke of him in terms of the highest admiration, and
    seemed almost angry to find that he had already been frequently seen by
    Miss Lucas and herself.

    His arrival was soon known at the Parsonage; for Mr. Collins was walking
    the whole morning within view of the lodges opening into Hunsford Lane,
    in order to have

    [Illustration:

    “The gentlemen accompanied him.”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    the earliest assurance of it; and, after making his bow as the carriage
    turned into the park, hurried home with the great intelligence. On the
    following morning he hastened to Rosings to pay his respects. There were
    two nephews of Lady Catherine to require them, for Mr. Darcy had brought
    with him a Colonel Fitzwilliam, the younger son of his uncle, Lord —-;
    and, to the great surprise of all the party, when Mr. Collins returned,
    the gentlemen accompanied him. Charlotte had seen them from her
    husband’s room, crossing the road, and immediately running into the
    other, told the girls what an honour they might expect, adding,–

    “I may thank you, Eliza, for this piece of civility. Mr. Darcy would
    never have come so soon to wait upon me.”

    Elizabeth had scarcely time to disclaim all right to the compliment
    before their approach was announced by the door-bell, and shortly
    afterwards the three gentlemen entered the room. Colonel Fitzwilliam,
    who led the way, was about thirty, not handsome, but in person and
    address most truly the gentleman. Mr. Darcy looked just as he had been
    used to look in Hertfordshire, paid his compliments, with his usual
    reserve, to Mrs. Collins; and whatever might be his feelings towards her
    friend, met her with every appearance of composure. Elizabeth merely
    courtesied to him, without saying a word.

    Colonel Fitzwilliam entered into conversation directly, with the
    readiness and ease of a well-bred man, and talked very pleasantly; but
    his cousin, after having addressed a slight observation on the house and
    garden to Mrs. Collins, sat for some time without speaking to anybody.
    At length, however, his civility was so far awakened as to inquire of
    Elizabeth after the health of her family. She answered him in the usual
    way; and, after a moment’s pause, added,–

    “My eldest sister has been in town these three months. Have you never
    happened to see her there?”

    She was perfectly sensible that he never had: but she wished to see
    whether he would betray any consciousness of what had passed between the
    Bingleys and Jane; and she thought he looked a little confused as he
    answered that he had never been so fortunate as to meet Miss Bennet. The
    subject was pursued no further, and the gentlemen soon afterwards went
    away.

     

    [Illustration:

    “At Church”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XXXI.

     

    Colonel Fitzwilliam’s manners were very much admired at the Parsonage,
    and the ladies all felt that he must add considerably to the pleasure of
    their engagements at Rosings. It was some days, however, before they
    received any invitation thither, for while there were visitors in the
    house they could not be necessary; and it was not till Easter-day,
    almost a week after the gentlemen’s arrival, that they were honoured by
    such an attention, and then they were merely asked on leaving church to
    come there in the evening. For the last week they had seen very little
    of either Lady Catherine or her daughter. Colonel Fitzwilliam had called
    at the Parsonage more than once during the time, but Mr. Darcy they had
    only seen at church.

    The invitation was accepted, of course, and at a proper hour they joined
    the party in Lady Catherine’s drawing-room. Her Ladyship received them
    civilly, but it was plain that their company was by no means so
    acceptable as when she could get nobody else; and she was, in fact,
    almost engrossed by her nephews, speaking to them, especially to Darcy,
    much more than to any other person in the room.

    Colonel Fitzwilliam seemed really glad to see them: anything was a
    welcome relief to him at Rosings; and Mrs. Collins’s pretty friend had,
    moreover, caught his fancy very much. He now seated himself by her, and
    talked so agreeably of Kent and Hertfordshire, of travelling and staying
    at home, of new books and music, that Elizabeth had never been half so
    well entertained in that room before; and they conversed with so much
    spirit and flow as to draw the attention of Lady Catherine herself, as
    well as of Mr. Darcy. _His_ eyes had been soon and repeatedly turned
    towards them with a look of curiosity; and that her Ladyship, after a
    while, shared the feeling, was more openly acknowledged, for she did not
    scruple to call out,–

    “What is that you are saying, Fitzwilliam? What is it you are talking
    of? What are you telling Miss Bennet? Let me hear what it is.”

    “We were talking of music, madam,” said he, when no longer able to avoid
    a reply.

    “Of music! Then pray speak aloud. It is of all subjects my delight. I
    must have my share in the conversation, if you are speaking of music.
    There are few people in England, I suppose, who have more true
    enjoyment of music than myself, or a better natural taste. If I had ever
    learnt, I should have been a great proficient. And so would Anne, if her
    health had allowed her to apply. I am confident that she would have
    performed delightfully. How does Georgiana get on, Darcy?”

    Mr. Darcy spoke with affectionate praise of his sister’s proficiency.

    “I am very glad to hear such a good account of her,” said Lady
    Catherine; “and pray tell her from me, that she cannot expect to excel,
    if she does not practise a great deal.”

    “I assure you, madam,” he replied, “that she does not need such advice.
    She practises very constantly.”

    “So much the better. It cannot be done too much; and when I next write
    to her, I shall charge her not to neglect it on any account. I often
    tell young ladies, that no excellence in music is to be acquired without
    constant practice. I have told Miss Bennet several times, that she will
    never play really well, unless she practises more; and though Mrs.
    Collins has no instrument, she is very welcome, as I have often told
    her, to come to Rosings every day, and play on the pianoforte in Mrs.
    Jenkinson’s room. She would be in nobody’s way, you know, in that part
    of the house.”

    Mr. Darcy looked a little ashamed of his aunt’s ill-breeding, and made
    no answer.

    When coffee was over, Colonel Fitzwilliam reminded Elizabeth of having
    promised to play to him; and she sat down directly to the instrument. He
    drew a chair near her. Lady Catherine listened to half a song, and then
    talked, as before, to her other nephew; till the latter walked away from
    her, and moving with his usual deliberation towards the pianoforte,
    stationed himself so as to command a full view of the fair performer’s
    countenance. Elizabeth saw what he was doing, and at the first
    convenient pause turned to him with an arch smile, and said,–

    “You mean to frighten me, Mr. Darcy, by coming in all this state to hear
    me. But I will not be alarmed, though your sister _does_ play so well.
    There is a stubbornness about me that never can bear to be frightened at
    the will of others. My courage always rises with every attempt to
    intimidate me.”

    “I shall not say that you are mistaken,” he replied, “because you could
    not really believe me to entertain any design of alarming you; and I
    have had the pleasure of your acquaintance long enough to know, that you
    find great enjoyment in occasionally professing opinions which, in fact,
    are not your own.”

    Elizabeth laughed heartily at this picture of herself, and said to
    Colonel Fitzwilliam, “Your cousin will give you a very pretty notion of
    me, and teach you not to believe a word I say. I am particularly unlucky
    in meeting with a person so well able to expose my real character, in a
    part of the world where I had hoped to pass myself off with some degree
    of credit. Indeed, Mr. Darcy, it is very ungenerous in you to mention
    all that you knew to my disadvantage in Hertfordshire–and, give me
    leave to say, very impolitic too–for it is provoking me to retaliate,
    and such things may come out as will shock your relations to hear.”

    “I am not afraid of you,” said he, smilingly.

    “Pray let me hear what you have to accuse him of,” cried Colonel
    Fitzwilliam. “I should like to know how he behaves among strangers.”

    “You shall hear, then–but prepare for something very dreadful. The
    first time of my ever seeing him in Hertfordshire, you must know, was at
    a ball–and at this ball, what do you think he did? He danced only four
    dances! I am sorry to pain you, but so it was. He danced only four
    dances, though gentlemen were scarce; and, to my certain knowledge, more
    than one young lady was sitting down in want of a partner. Mr. Darcy,
    you cannot deny the fact.”

    “I had not at that time the honour of knowing any lady in the assembly
    beyond my own party.”

    “True; and nobody can ever be introduced in a ball-room. Well, Colonel
    Fitzwilliam, what do I play next? My fingers wait your orders.”

    “Perhaps,” said Darcy, “I should have judged better had I sought an
    introduction, but I am ill-qualified to recommend myself to strangers.”

    “Shall we ask your cousin the reason of this?” said Elizabeth, still
    addressing Colonel Fitzwilliam. “Shall we ask him why a man of sense and
    education, and who has lived in the world, is ill-qualified to recommend
    himself to strangers?”

    “I can answer your question,” said Fitzwilliam, “without applying to
    him. It is because he will not give himself the trouble.”

    “I certainly have not the talent which some people possess,” said Darcy,
    “of conversing easily with those I have never seen before. I cannot
    catch their tone of conversation, or appear interested in their
    concerns, as I often see done.”

    “My fingers,” said Elizabeth, “do not move over this instrument in the
    masterly manner which I see so many women’s do. They have not the same
    force or rapidity, and do not produce the same expression. But then I
    have always supposed it to be my own fault–because I would not take
    the trouble of practising. It is not that I do not believe _my_ fingers
    as capable as any other woman’s of superior execution.”

    Darcy smiled and said, “You are perfectly right. You have employed your
    time much better. No one admitted to the privilege of hearing you can
    think anything wanting. We neither of us perform to strangers.”

    Here they were interrupted by Lady Catherine, who called out to know
    what they were talking of. Elizabeth immediately began playing again.
    Lady Catherine approached, and, after listening for a few minutes, said
    to Darcy,–

    “Miss Bennet would not play at all amiss if she practised more, and
    could have the advantage of a London master. She has a very good notion
    of fingering, though her taste is not equal to Anne’s. Anne would have
    been a delightful performer, had her health allowed her to learn.”

    Elizabeth looked at Darcy, to see how cordially he assented to his
    cousin’s praise: but neither at that moment nor at any other could she
    discern any symptom of love; and from the whole of his behaviour to Miss
    De Bourgh she derived this comfort for Miss Bingley, that he might have
    been just as likely to marry _her_, had she been his relation.

    Lady Catherine continued her remarks on Elizabeth’s performance, mixing
    with them many instructions on execution and taste. Elizabeth received
    them with all the forbearance of civility; and at the request of the
    gentlemen remained at the instrument till her Ladyship’s carriage was
    ready to take them all home.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XXXII.

     

    Elizabeth was sitting by herself the next morning, and writing to Jane,
    while Mrs. Collins and Maria were gone on business into the village,
    when she was startled by a ring at the door, the certain signal of a
    visitor. As she had heard no carriage, she thought it not unlikely to be
    Lady Catherine; and under that apprehension was putting away her
    half-finished letter, that she might escape all impertinent questions,
    when the door opened, and to her very great surprise Mr. Darcy, and Mr.
    Darcy only, entered the room.

    He seemed astonished too on finding her alone, and apologized for his
    intrusion, by letting her know that he had understood all the ladies to
    be within.

    They then sat down, and when her inquiries after Rosings were made,
    seemed in danger of sinking into total silence. It was absolutely
    necessary, therefore, to think of something; and in this emergency
    recollecting _when_ she had seen him last in Hertfordshire, and feeling
    curious to know what he would say on the subject of their hasty
    departure, she observed,–

    “How very suddenly you all quitted Netherfield last November, Mr. Darcy!
    It must have been a most agreeable surprise to Mr. Bingley to see you
    all after him so soon; for, if I recollect right, he went but the day
    before. He and his sisters were well, I hope, when you left London?”

    “Perfectly so, I thank you.”

    She found that she was to receive no other answer; and, after a short
    pause, added,–

    “I think I have understood that Mr. Bingley has not much idea of ever
    returning to Netherfield again?”

    “I have never heard him say so; but it is probable that he may spend
    very little of his time there in future. He has many friends, and he is
    at a time of life when friends and engagements are continually
    increasing.”

    “If he means to be but little at Netherfield, it would be better for the
    neighbourhood that he should give up the place entirely, for then we
    might possibly get a settled family there. But, perhaps, Mr. Bingley did
    not take the house so much for the convenience of the neighbourhood as
    for his own, and we must expect him to keep or quit it on the same
    principle.”

    “I should not be surprised,” said Darcy, “if he were to give it up as
    soon as any eligible purchase offers.”

    Elizabeth made no answer. She was afraid of talking longer of his
    friend; and, having nothing else to say, was now determined to leave the
    trouble of finding a subject to him.

    He took the hint and soon began with, “This seems a very comfortable
    house. Lady Catherine, I believe, did a great deal to it when Mr.
    Collins first came to Hunsford.”

    “I believe she did–and I am sure she could not have bestowed her
    kindness on a more grateful object.”

    “Mr. Collins appears very fortunate in his choice of a wife.”

    “Yes, indeed; his friends may well rejoice in his having met with one of
    the very few sensible women who would have accepted him, or have made
    him happy if they had. My friend has an excellent understanding–though
    I am not certain that I consider her marrying Mr. Collins as the wisest
    thing she ever did. She seems perfectly happy, however; and, in a
    prudential light, it is certainly a very good match for her.”

    “It must be very agreeable to her to be settled within so easy a
    distance of her own family and friends.”

    “An easy distance do you call it? It is nearly fifty miles.”

    “And what is fifty miles of good road? Little more than half a day’s
    journey. Yes, I call it a very easy distance.”

    “I should never have considered the distance as one of the _advantages_
    of the match,” cried Elizabeth. “I should never have said Mrs. Collins
    was settled _near_ her family.”

    “It is a proof of your own attachment to Hertfordshire. Anything beyond
    the very neighbourhood of Longbourn, I suppose, would appear far.”

    As he spoke there was a sort of smile, which Elizabeth fancied she
    understood; he must be supposing her to be thinking of Jane and
    Netherfield, and she blushed as she answered,–

    “I do not mean to say that a woman may not be settled too near her
    family. The far and the near must be relative, and depend on many
    varying circumstances. Where there is fortune to make the expense of
    travelling unimportant, distance becomes no evil. But that is not the
    case _here_. Mr. and Mrs. Collins have a comfortable income, but not
    such a one as will allow of frequent journeys–and I am persuaded my
    friend would not call herself _near_ her family under less than _half_
    the present distance.”

    Mr. Darcy drew his chair a little towards her, and said, “_You_ cannot
    have a right to such very strong local attachment. _You_ cannot have
    been always at Longbourn.”

    Elizabeth looked surprised. The gentleman experienced some change of
    feeling; he drew back his chair, took a newspaper from the table, and,
    glancing over it, said, in a colder voice,–

    “Are you pleased with Kent?”

    A short dialogue on the subject of the country ensued, on either side
    calm and concise–and soon put an end to by the entrance of Charlotte
    and her sister, just returned from their walk. The _tête-à-tête_
    surprised them. Mr. Darcy related the mistake which had occasioned his
    intruding on Miss Bennet, and, after sitting a few minutes longer,
    without saying much to anybody, went away.

    [Illustration: “Accompanied by their aunt”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    “What can be the meaning of this?” said Charlotte, as soon as he was
    gone. “My dear Eliza, he must be in love with you, or he would never
    have called on us in this familiar way.”

    But when Elizabeth told of his silence, it did not seem very likely,
    even to Charlotte’s wishes, to be the case; and, after various
    conjectures, they could at last only suppose his visit to proceed from
    the difficulty of finding anything to do, which was the more probable
    from the time of year. All field sports were over. Within doors there
    was Lady Catherine, books, and a billiard table, but gentlemen cannot be
    always within doors; and in the nearness of the Parsonage, or the
    pleasantness of the walk to it, or of the people who lived in it, the
    two cousins found a temptation from this period of walking thither
    almost every day. They called at various times of the morning, sometimes
    separately, sometimes together, and now and then accompanied by their
    aunt. It was plain to them all that Colonel Fitzwilliam came because he
    had pleasure in their society, a persuasion which of course recommended
    him still more; and Elizabeth was reminded by her own satisfaction in
    being with him, as well as by his evident admiration, of her former
    favourite, George Wickham; and though, in comparing them, she saw there
    was less captivating softness in Colonel Fitzwilliam’s manners, she
    believed he might have the best informed mind.

    But why Mr. Darcy came so often to the Parsonage it was more difficult
    to understand. It could not be for society, as he frequently sat there
    ten minutes together without opening his lips; and when he did speak, it
    seemed the effect of necessity rather than of choice–a sacrifice to
    propriety, not a pleasure to himself. He seldom appeared really
    animated. Mrs. Collins knew not what to make of him. Colonel
    Fitzwilliam’s occasionally laughing at his stupidity proved that he was
    generally different, which her own knowledge of him could not have told
    her; and as she would have liked to believe this change the effect of
    love, and the object of that love her friend Eliza, she set herself
    seriously to work to find it out: she watched him whenever they were at
    Rosings, and whenever he came to Hunsford; but without much success. He
    certainly looked at her friend a great deal, but the expression of that
    look was disputable. It was an earnest, steadfast gaze, but she often
    doubted whether there were much admiration in it, and sometimes it
    seemed nothing but absence of mind.

    She had once or twice suggested to Elizabeth the possibility of his
    being partial to her, but Elizabeth always laughed at the idea; and Mrs.
    Collins did not think it right to press the subject, from the danger of
    raising expectations which might only end in disappointment; for in her
    opinion it admitted not of a doubt, that all her friend’s dislike would
    vanish, if she could suppose him to be in her power.

    In her kind schemes for Elizabeth, she sometimes planned her marrying
    Colonel Fitzwilliam. He was, beyond comparison, the pleasantest man: he
    certainly admired her, and his situation in life was most eligible; but,
    to counterbalance these advantages, Mr. Darcy had considerable patronage
    in the church, and his cousin could have none at all.

     

    [Illustration: “On looking up”]

     

    CHAPTER XXXIII.

     

    More than once did Elizabeth, in her ramble within the park,
    unexpectedly meet Mr. Darcy. She felt all the perverseness of the
    mischance that should bring him where no one else was brought; and, to
    prevent its ever happening again, took care to inform him, at first,
    that it was a favourite haunt of hers. How it could occur a second time,
    therefore, was very odd! Yet it did, and even the third. It seemed like
    wilful ill-nature, or a voluntary penance; for on these occasions it was
    not merely a few formal inquiries and an awkward pause and then away,
    but he actually thought it necessary to turn back and walk with her. He
    never said a great deal, nor did she give herself the trouble of talking
    or of listening much; but it struck her in the course of their third
    encounter that he was asking some odd unconnected questions–about her
    pleasure in being at Hunsford, her love of solitary walks, and her
    opinion of Mr. and Mrs. Collins’s happiness; and that in speaking of
    Rosings, and her not perfectly understanding the house, he seemed to
    expect that whenever she came into Kent again she would be staying
    _there_ too. His words seemed to imply it. Could he have Colonel
    Fitzwilliam in his thoughts? She supposed, if he meant anything, he must
    mean an allusion to what might arise in that quarter. It distressed her
    a little, and she was quite glad to find herself at the gate in the
    pales opposite the Parsonage.

    She was engaged one day, as she walked, in re-perusing Jane’s last
    letter, and dwelling on some passages which proved that Jane had not
    written in spirits, when, instead of being again surprised by Mr. Darcy,
    she saw, on looking up, that Colonel Fitzwilliam was meeting her.
    Putting away the letter immediately, and forcing a smile, she said,–

    “I did not know before that you ever walked this way.”

    “I have been making the tour of the park,” he replied, “as I generally
    do every year, and intended to close it with a call at the Parsonage.
    Are you going much farther?”

    “No, I should have turned in a moment.”

    And accordingly she did turn, and they walked towards the Parsonage
    together.

    “Do you certainly leave Kent on Saturday?” said she.

    “Yes–if Darcy does not put it off again. But I am at his disposal. He
    arranges the business just as he pleases.”

    “And if not able to please himself in the arrangement, he has at least
    great pleasure in the power of choice. I do not know anybody who seems
    more to enjoy the power of doing what he likes than Mr. Darcy.”

    “He likes to have his own way very well,” replied Colonel Fitzwilliam.
    “But so we all do. It is only that he has better means of having it than
    many others, because he is rich, and many others are poor. I speak
    feelingly. A younger son, you know, must be inured to self-denial and
    dependence.”

    “In my opinion, the younger son of an earl can know very little of
    either. Now, seriously, what have you ever known of self-denial and
    dependence? When have you been prevented by want of money from going
    wherever you chose or procuring anything you had a fancy for?”

    “These are home questions–and perhaps I cannot say that I have
    experienced many hardships of that nature. But in matters of greater
    weight, I may suffer from the want of money. Younger sons cannot marry
    where they like.”

    “Unless where they like women of fortune, which I think they very often
    do.”

    “Our habits of expense make us too dependent, and there are not many in
    my rank of life who can afford to marry without some attention to
    money.”

    “Is this,” thought Elizabeth, “meant for me?” and she coloured at the
    idea; but, recovering herself, said in a lively tone, “And pray, what is
    the usual price of an earl’s younger son? Unless the elder brother is
    very sickly, I suppose you would not ask above fifty thousand pounds.”

    He answered her in the same style, and the subject dropped. To interrupt
    a silence which might make him fancy her affected with what had passed,
    she soon afterwards said,–

    “I imagine your cousin brought you down with him chiefly for the sake of
    having somebody at his disposal. I wonder he does not marry, to secure a
    lasting convenience of that kind. But, perhaps, his sister does as well
    for the present; and, as she is under his sole care, he may do what he
    likes with her.”

    “No,” said Colonel Fitzwilliam, “that is an advantage which he must
    divide with me. I am joined with him in the guardianship of Miss Darcy.”

    “Are you, indeed? And pray what sort of a guardian do you make? Does
    your charge give you much trouble? Young ladies of her age are sometimes
    a little difficult to manage; and if she has the true Darcy spirit, she
    may like to have her own way.”

    As she spoke, she observed him looking at her earnestly; and the manner
    in which he immediately asked her why she supposed Miss Darcy likely to
    give them any uneasiness, convinced her that she had somehow or other
    got pretty near the truth. She directly replied,–

    “You need not be frightened. I never heard any harm of her; and I dare
    say she is one of the most tractable creatures in the world. She is a
    very great favourite with some ladies of my acquaintance, Mrs. Hurst and
    Miss Bingley. I think I have heard you say that you know them.”

    “I know them a little. Their brother is a pleasant, gentlemanlike
    man–he is a great friend of Darcy’s.”

    “Oh yes,” said Elizabeth drily–“Mr. Darcy is uncommonly kind to Mr.
    Bingley, and takes a prodigious deal of care of him.”

    “Care of him! Yes, I really believe Darcy _does_ take care of him in
    those points where he most wants care. From something that he told me
    in our journey hither, I have reason to think Bingley very much indebted
    to him. But I ought to beg his pardon, for I have no right to suppose
    that Bingley was the person meant. It was all conjecture.”

    “What is it you mean?”

    “It is a circumstance which Darcy of course could not wish to be
    generally known, because if it were to get round to the lady’s family it
    would be an unpleasant thing.”

    “You may depend upon my not mentioning it.”

    “And remember that I have not much reason for supposing it to be
    Bingley. What he told me was merely this: that he congratulated himself
    on having lately saved a friend from the inconveniences of a most
    imprudent marriage, but without mentioning names or any other
    particulars; and I only suspected it to be Bingley from believing him
    the kind of young man to get into a scrape of that sort, and from
    knowing them to have been together the whole of last summer.”

    “Did Mr. Darcy give you his reasons for this interference?”

    “I understood that there were some very strong objections against the
    lady.”

    “And what arts did he use to separate them?”

    “He did not talk to me of his own arts,” said Fitzwilliam, smiling. “He
    only told me what I have now told you.”

    Elizabeth made no answer, and walked on, her heart swelling with
    indignation. After watching her a little, Fitzwilliam asked her why she
    was so thoughtful.

    “I am thinking of what you have been telling me,” said she. “Your
    cousin’s conduct does not suit my feelings. Why was he to be the
    judge?”

    “You are rather disposed to call his interference officious?”

    “I do not see what right Mr. Darcy had to decide on the propriety of his
    friend’s inclination; or why, upon his own judgment alone, he was to
    determine and direct in what manner that friend was to be happy. But,”
    she continued, recollecting herself, “as we know none of the
    particulars, it is not fair to condemn him. It is not to be supposed
    that there was much affection in the case.”

    “That is not an unnatural surmise,” said Fitzwilliam; “but it is
    lessening the honour of my cousin’s triumph very sadly.”

    This was spoken jestingly, but it appeared to her so just a picture of
    Mr. Darcy, that she would not trust herself with an answer; and,
    therefore, abruptly changing the conversation, talked on indifferent
    matters till they reached the Parsonage. There, shut into her own room,
    as soon as their visitor left them, she could think without interruption
    of all that she had heard. It was not to be supposed that any other
    people could be meant than those with whom she was connected. There
    could not exist in the world _two_ men over whom Mr. Darcy could have
    such boundless influence. That he had been concerned in the measures
    taken to separate Mr. Bingley and Jane, she had never doubted; but she
    had always attributed to Miss Bingley the principal design and
    arrangement of them. If his own vanity, however, did not mislead him,
    _he_ was the cause–his pride and caprice were the cause–of all that
    Jane had suffered, and still continued to suffer. He had ruined for a
    while every hope of happiness for the most affectionate, generous heart
    in the world; and no one could say how lasting an evil he might have
    inflicted.

    “There were some very strong objections against the lady,” were Colonel
    Fitzwilliam’s words; and these strong objections probably were, her
    having one uncle who was a country attorney, and another who was in
    business in London.

    “To Jane herself,” she exclaimed, “there could be no possibility of
    objection,–all loveliness and goodness as she is! Her understanding
    excellent, her mind improved, and her manners captivating. Neither could
    anything be urged against my father, who, though with some
    peculiarities, has abilities which Mr. Darcy himself need not disdain,
    and respectability which he will probably never reach.” When she thought
    of her mother, indeed, her confidence gave way a little; but she would
    not allow that any objections _there_ had material weight with Mr.
    Darcy, whose pride, she was convinced, would receive a deeper wound from
    the want of importance in his friend’s connections than from their want
    of sense; and she was quite decided, at last, that he had been partly
    governed by this worst kind of pride, and partly by the wish of
    retaining Mr. Bingley for his sister.

    The agitation and tears which the subject occasioned brought on a
    headache; and it grew so much worse towards the evening that, added to
    her unwillingness to see Mr. Darcy, it determined her not to attend her
    cousins to Rosings, where they were engaged to drink tea. Mrs. Collins,
    seeing that she was really unwell, did not press her to go, and as much
    as possible prevented her husband from pressing her; but Mr. Collins
    could not conceal his apprehension of Lady Catherine’s being rather
    displeased by her staying at home.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XXXIV.

     

    When they were gone, Elizabeth, as if intending to exasperate herself as
    much as possible against Mr. Darcy, chose for her employment the
    examination of all the letters which Jane had written to her since her
    being in Kent. They contained no actual complaint, nor was there any
    revival of past occurrences, or any communication of present suffering.
    But in all, and in almost every line of each, there was a want of that
    cheerfulness which had been used to characterize her style, and which,
    proceeding from the serenity of a mind at ease with itself, and kindly
    disposed towards everyone, had been scarcely ever clouded. Elizabeth
    noticed every sentence conveying the idea of uneasiness, with an
    attention which it had hardly received on the first perusal. Mr. Darcy’s
    shameful boast of what misery he had been able to inflict gave her a
    keener sense of her sister’s sufferings. It was some consolation to
    think that his visit to Rosings was to end on the day after the next,
    and a still greater that in less than a fortnight she should herself be
    with Jane again, and enabled to contribute to the recovery of her
    spirits, by all that affection could do.

    She could not think of Darcy’s leaving Kent without remembering that his
    cousin was to go with him; but Colonel Fitzwilliam had made it clear
    that he had no intentions at all, and, agreeable as he was, she did not
    mean to be unhappy about him.

    While settling this point, she was suddenly roused by the sound of the
    door-bell; and her spirits were a little fluttered by the idea of its
    being Colonel Fitzwilliam himself, who had once before called late in
    the evening, and might now come to inquire particularly after her. But
    this idea was soon banished, and her spirits were very differently
    affected, when, to her utter amazement, she saw Mr. Darcy walk into the
    room. In a hurried manner he immediately began an inquiry after her
    health, imputing his visit to a wish of hearing that she were better.
    She answered him with cold civility. He sat down for a few moments, and
    then getting up walked about the room. Elizabeth was surprised, but
    said not a word. After a silence of several minutes, he came towards her
    in an agitated manner, and thus began:–

    “In vain have I struggled. It will not do. My feelings will not be
    repressed. You must allow me to tell you how ardently I admire and love
    you.”

    Elizabeth’s astonishment was beyond expression. She stared, coloured,
    doubted, and was silent. This he considered sufficient encouragement,
    and the avowal of all that he felt and had long felt for her immediately
    followed. He spoke well; but there were feelings besides those of the
    heart to be detailed, and he was not more eloquent on the subject of
    tenderness than of pride. His sense of her inferiority, of its being a
    degradation, of the family obstacles which judgment had always opposed
    to inclination, were dwelt on with a warmth which seemed due to the
    consequence he was wounding, but was very unlikely to recommend his
    suit.

    In spite of her deeply-rooted dislike, she could not be insensible to
    the compliment of such a man’s affection, and though her intentions did
    not vary for an instant, she was at first sorry for the pain he was to
    receive; till roused to resentment by his subsequent language, she lost
    all compassion in anger. She tried, however, to compose herself to
    answer him with patience, when he should have done. He concluded with
    representing to her the strength of that attachment which in spite of
    all his endeavours he had found impossible to conquer; and with
    expressing his hope that it would now be rewarded by her acceptance of
    his hand. As he said this she could easily see that he had no doubt of a
    favourable answer. He _spoke_ of apprehension and anxiety, but his
    countenance expressed real security. Such a circumstance could only
    exasperate farther; and when he ceased the colour rose into her cheeks
    and she said,–

    “In such cases as this, it is, I believe, the established mode to
    express a sense of obligation for the sentiments avowed, however
    unequally they may be returned. It is natural that obligation should be
    felt, and if I could _feel_ gratitude, I would now thank you. But I
    cannot–I have never desired your good opinion, and you have certainly
    bestowed it most unwillingly. I am sorry to have occasioned pain to
    anyone. It has been most unconsciously done, however, and I hope will be
    of short duration. The feelings which you tell me have long prevented
    the acknowledgment of your regard can have little difficulty in
    overcoming it after this explanation.”

    Mr. Darcy, who was leaning against the mantel-piece with his eyes fixed
    on her face, seemed to catch her words with no less resentment than
    surprise. His complexion became pale with anger, and the disturbance of
    his mind was visible in every feature. He was struggling for the
    appearance of composure, and would not open his lips till he believed
    himself to have attained it. The pause was to Elizabeth’s feelings
    dreadful. At length, in a voice of forced calmness, he said,–

    “And this is all the reply which I am to have the honour of expecting! I
    might, perhaps, wish to be informed why, with so little _endeavour_ at
    civility, I am thus rejected. But it is of small importance.”

    “I might as well inquire,” replied she, “why, with so evident a design
    of offending and insulting me, you chose to tell me that you liked me
    against your will, against your reason, and even against your character?
    Was not this some excuse for incivility, if I _was_ uncivil? But I have
    other provocations. You know I have. Had not my own feelings decided
    against you, had they been indifferent, or had they even been
    favourable, do you think that any consideration would tempt me to accept
    the man who has been the means of ruining, perhaps for ever, the
    happiness of a most beloved sister?”

    As she pronounced these words, Mr. Darcy changed colour; but the emotion
    was short, and he listened without attempting to interrupt her while she
    continued,–

    “I have every reason in the world to think ill of you. No motive can
    excuse the unjust and ungenerous part you acted _there_. You dare not,
    you cannot deny that you have been the principal, if not the only means
    of dividing them from each other, of exposing one to the censure of the
    world for caprice and instability, the other to its derision for
    disappointed hopes, and involving them both in misery of the acutest
    kind.”

    She paused, and saw with no slight indignation that he was listening
    with an air which proved him wholly unmoved by any feeling of remorse.
    He even looked at her with a smile of affected incredulity.

    “Can you deny that you have done it?” she repeated.

    With assumed tranquillity he then replied, “I have no wish of denying
    that I did everything in my power to separate my friend from your
    sister, or that I rejoice in my success. Towards _him_ I have been
    kinder than towards myself.”

    Elizabeth disdained the appearance of noticing this civil reflection,
    but its meaning did not escape, nor was it likely to conciliate her.

    “But it is not merely this affair,” she continued, “on which my dislike
    is founded. Long before it had taken place, my opinion of you was
    decided. Your character was unfolded in the recital which I received
    many months ago from Mr. Wickham. On this subject, what can you have to
    say? In what imaginary act of friendship can you here defend yourself?
    or under what misrepresentation can you here impose upon others?”

    “You take an eager interest in that gentleman’s concerns,” said Darcy,
    in a less tranquil tone, and with a heightened colour.

    “Who that knows what his misfortunes have been can help feeling an
    interest in him?”

    “His misfortunes!” repeated Darcy, contemptuously,–“yes, his
    misfortunes have been great indeed.”

    “And of your infliction,” cried Elizabeth, with energy; “You have
    reduced him to his present state of poverty–comparative poverty. You
    have withheld the advantages which you must know to have been designed
    for him. You have deprived the best years of his life of that
    independence which was no less his due than his desert. You have done
    all this! and yet you can treat the mention of his misfortunes with
    contempt and ridicule.”

    “And this,” cried Darcy, as he walked with quick steps across the room,
    “is your opinion of me! This is the estimation in which you hold me! I
    thank you for explaining it so fully. My faults, according to this
    calculation, are heavy indeed! But, perhaps,” added he, stopping in his
    walk, and turning towards her, “these offences might have been
    overlooked, had not your pride been hurt by my honest confession of the
    scruples that had long prevented my forming any serious design. These
    bitter accusations might have been suppressed, had I, with greater
    policy, concealed my struggles, and flattered you into the belief of my
    being impelled by unqualified, unalloyed inclination; by reason, by
    reflection, by everything. But disguise of every sort is my abhorrence.
    Nor am I ashamed of the feelings I related. They were natural and just.
    Could you expect me to rejoice in the inferiority of your
    connections?–to congratulate myself on the hope of relations whose
    condition in life is so decidedly beneath my own?”

    Elizabeth felt herself growing more angry every moment; yet she tried to
    the utmost to speak with composure when she said,–

    “You are mistaken, Mr. Darcy, if you suppose that the mode of your
    declaration affected me in any other way than as it spared me the
    concern which I might have felt in refusing you, had you behaved in a
    more gentlemanlike manner.”

    She saw him start at this; but he said nothing, and she continued,–

    “You could not have made me the offer of your hand in any possible way
    that would have tempted me to accept it.”

    Again his astonishment was obvious; and he looked at her with an
    expression of mingled incredulity and mortification. She went on,–

    “From the very beginning, from the first moment, I may almost say, of my
    acquaintance with you, your manners impressing me with the fullest
    belief of your arrogance, your conceit, and your selfish disdain of the
    feelings of others, were such as to form that groundwork of
    disapprobation, on which succeeding events have built so immovable a
    dislike; and I had not known you a month before I felt that you were the
    last man in the world whom I could ever be prevailed on to marry.”

    “You have said quite enough, madam. I perfectly comprehend your
    feelings, and have now only to be ashamed of what my own have been.
    Forgive me for having taken up so much of your time, and accept my best
    wishes for your health and happiness.”

    And with these words he hastily left the room, and Elizabeth heard him
    the next moment open the front door and quit the house. The tumult of
    her mind was now painfully great. She knew not how to support herself,
    and, from actual weakness, sat down and cried for half an hour. Her
    astonishment, as she reflected on what had passed, was increased by
    every review of it. That she should receive an offer of marriage from
    Mr. Darcy! that he should have been in love with her for so many months!
    so much in love as to wish to marry her in spite of all the objections
    which had made him prevent his friend’s marrying her sister, and which
    must appear at least with equal force in his own case, was almost
    incredible! it was gratifying to have inspired unconsciously so strong
    an affection. But his pride, his abominable pride, his shameless avowal
    of what he had done with respect to Jane, his unpardonable assurance in
    acknowledging, though he could not justify it, and the unfeeling manner
    which he had mentioned Mr. Wickham, his cruelty towards whom he had not
    attempted to deny, soon overcame the pity which the consideration of his
    attachment had for a moment excited.

    She continued in very agitating reflections till the sound of Lady
    Catherine’s carriage made her feel how unequal she was to encounter
    Charlotte’s observation, and hurried her away to her room.

     

    [Illustration:

    “Hearing herself called”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XXXV.

     

    Elizabeth awoke the next morning to the same thoughts and meditations
    which had at length closed her eyes. She could not yet recover from the
    surprise of what had happened: it was impossible to think of anything
    else; and, totally indisposed for employment, she resolved soon after
    breakfast to indulge herself in air and exercise. She was proceeding
    directly to her favourite walk, when the recollection of Mr. Darcy’s
    sometimes coming there stopped her, and instead of entering the park,
    she turned up the lane which led her farther from the turnpike road. The
    park paling was still the boundary on one side, and she soon passed one
    of the gates into the ground.

    After walking two or three times along that part of the lane, she was
    tempted, by the pleasantness of the morning, to stop at the gates and
    look into the park. The five weeks which she had now passed in Kent had
    made a great difference in the country, and every day was adding to the
    verdure of the early trees. She was on the point of continuing her
    walk, when she caught a glimpse of a gentleman within the sort of grove
    which edged the park: he was moving that way; and fearful of its being
    Mr. Darcy, she was directly retreating. But the person who advanced was
    now near enough to see her, and stepping forward with eagerness,
    pronounced her name. She had turned away; but on hearing herself called,
    though in a voice which proved it to be Mr. Darcy, she moved again
    towards the gate. He had by that time reached it also; and, holding out
    a letter, which she instinctively took, said, with a look of haughty
    composure, “I have been walking in the grove some time, in the hope of
    meeting you. Will you do me the honour of reading that letter?” and
    then, with a slight bow, turned again into the plantation, and was soon
    out of sight.

    With no expectation of pleasure, but with the strongest curiosity,
    Elizabeth opened the letter, and to her still increasing wonder,
    perceived an envelope containing two sheets of letter paper, written
    quite through, in a very close hand. The envelope itself was likewise
    full. Pursuing her way along the lane, she then began it. It was dated
    from Rosings, at eight o’clock in the morning, and was as follows:–

    “Be not alarmed, madam, on receiving this letter, by the apprehension of
    its containing any repetition of those sentiments, or renewal of those
    offers, which were last night so disgusting to you. I write without any
    intention of paining you, or humbling myself, by dwelling on wishes,
    which, for the happiness of both, cannot be too soon forgotten; and the
    effort which the formation and the perusal of this letter must occasion,
    should have been spared, had not my character required it to be written
    and read. You must, therefore, pardon the freedom with which I demand
    your attention; your feelings, I know, will bestow it unwillingly, but I
    demand it of your justice.

    “Two offences of a very different nature, and by no means of equal
    magnitude, you last night laid to my charge. The first mentioned was,
    that, regardless of the sentiments of either, I had detached Mr. Bingley
    from your sister,–and the other, that I had, in defiance of various
    claims, in defiance of honour and humanity, ruined the immediate
    prosperity and blasted the prospects of Mr. Wickham. Wilfully and
    wantonly to have thrown off the companion of my youth, the acknowledged
    favourite of my father, a young man who had scarcely any other
    dependence than on our patronage, and who had been brought up to expect
    its exertion, would be a depravity, to which the separation of two young
    persons whose affection could be the growth of only a few weeks, could
    bear no comparison. But from the severity of that blame which was last
    night so liberally bestowed, respecting each circumstance, I shall hope
    to be in future secured, when the following account of my actions and
    their motives has been read. If, in the explanation of them which is due
    to myself, I am under the necessity of relating feelings which may be
    offensive to yours, I can only say that I am sorry. The necessity must
    be obeyed, and further apology would be absurd. I had not been long in
    Hertfordshire before I saw, in common with others, that Bingley
    preferred your elder sister to any other young woman in the country. But
    it was not till the evening of the dance at Netherfield that I had any
    apprehension of his feeling a serious attachment. I had often seen him
    in love before. At that ball, while I had the honour of dancing with
    you, I was first made acquainted, by Sir William Lucas’s accidental
    information, that Bingley’s attentions to your sister had given rise to
    a general expectation of their marriage. He spoke of it as a certain
    event, of which the time alone could be undecided. From that moment I
    observed my friend’s behaviour attentively; and I could then perceive
    that his partiality for Miss Bennet was beyond what I had ever witnessed
    in him. Your sister I also watched. Her look and manners were open,
    cheerful, and engaging as ever, but without any symptom of peculiar
    regard; and I remained convinced, from the evening’s scrutiny, that
    though she received his attentions with pleasure, she did not invite
    them by any participation of sentiment. If _you_ have not been mistaken
    here, _I_ must have been in an error. Your superior knowledge of your
    sister must make the latter probable. If it be so, if I have been misled
    by such error to inflict pain on her, your resentment has not been
    unreasonable. But I shall not scruple to assert, that the serenity of
    your sister’s countenance and air was such as might have given the most
    acute observer a conviction that, however amiable her temper, her heart
    was not likely to be easily touched. That I was desirous of believing
    her indifferent is certain; but I will venture to say that my
    investigations and decisions are not usually influenced by my hopes or
    fears. I did not believe her to be indifferent because I wished it; I
    believed it on impartial conviction, as truly as I wished it in reason.
    My objections to the marriage were not merely those which I last night
    acknowledged to have required the utmost force of passion to put aside
    in my own case; the want of connection could not be so great an evil to
    my friend as to me. But there were other causes of repugnance; causes
    which, though still existing, and existing to an equal degree in both
    instances, I had myself endeavoured to forget, because they were not
    immediately before me. These causes must be stated, though briefly. The
    situation of your mother’s family, though objectionable, was nothing in
    comparison of that total want of propriety so frequently, so almost
    uniformly betrayed by herself, by your three younger sisters, and
    occasionally even by your father:–pardon me,–it pains me to offend
    you. But amidst your concern for the defects of your nearest relations,
    and your displeasure at this representation of them, let it give you
    consolation to consider that to have conducted yourselves so as to avoid
    any share of the like censure is praise no less generally bestowed on
    you and your eldest sister than it is honourable to the sense and
    disposition of both. I will only say, farther, that from what passed
    that evening my opinion of all parties was confirmed, and every
    inducement heightened, which could have led me before to preserve my
    friend from what I esteemed a most unhappy connection. He left
    Netherfield for London on the day following, as you, I am certain,
    remember, with the design of soon returning. The part which I acted is
    now to be explained. His sisters’ uneasiness had been equally excited
    with my own: our coincidence of feeling was soon discovered; and, alike
    sensible that no time was to be lost in detaching their brother, we
    shortly resolved on joining him directly in London. We accordingly
    went–and there I readily engaged in the office of pointing out to my
    friend the certain evils of such a choice. I described and enforced them
    earnestly. But however this remonstrance might have staggered or delayed
    his determination, I do not suppose that it would ultimately have
    prevented the marriage, had it not been seconded by the assurance, which
    I hesitated not in giving, of your sister’s indifference. He had before
    believed her to return his affection with sincere, if not with equal,
    regard. But Bingley has great natural modesty, with a stronger
    dependence on my judgment than on his own. To convince him, therefore,
    that he had deceived himself was no very difficult point. To persuade
    him against returning into Hertfordshire, when that conviction had been
    given, was scarcely the work of a moment. I cannot blame myself for
    having done thus much. There is but one part of my conduct, in the whole
    affair, on which I do not reflect with satisfaction; it is that I
    condescended to adopt the measures of art so far as to conceal from him
    your sister’s being in town. I knew it myself, as it was known to Miss
    Bingley; but her brother is even yet ignorant of it. That they might
    have met without ill consequence is, perhaps, probable; but his regard
    did not appear to me enough extinguished for him to see her without some
    danger. Perhaps this concealment, this disguise, was beneath me. It is
    done, however, and it was done for the best. On this subject I have
    nothing more to say, no other apology to offer. If I have wounded your
    sister’s feelings, it was unknowingly done; and though the motives which
    governed me may to you very naturally appear insufficient, I have not
    yet learnt to condemn them.–With respect to that other, more weighty
    accusation, of having injured Mr. Wickham, I can only refute it by
    laying before you the whole of his connection with my family. Of what he
    has _particularly_ accused me I am ignorant; but of the truth of what I
    shall relate I can summon more than one witness of undoubted veracity.
    Mr. Wickham is the son of a very respectable man, who had for many years
    the management of all the Pemberley estates, and whose good conduct in
    the discharge of his trust naturally inclined my father to be of service
    to him; and on George Wickham, who was his godson, his kindness was
    therefore liberally bestowed. My father supported him at school, and
    afterwards at Cambridge; most important assistance, as his own father,
    always poor from the extravagance of his wife, would have been unable to
    give him a gentleman’s education. My father was not only fond of this
    young man’s society, whose manners were always engaging, he had also the
    highest opinion of him, and hoping the church would be his profession,
    intended to provide for him in it. As for myself, it is many, many years
    since I first began to think of him in a very different manner. The
    vicious propensities, the want of principle, which he was careful to
    guard from the knowledge of his best friend, could not escape the
    observation of a young man of nearly the same age with himself, and who
    had opportunities of seeing him in unguarded moments, which Mr. Darcy
    could not have. Here again I shall give you pain–to what degree you
    only can tell. But whatever may be the sentiments which Mr. Wickham has
    created, a suspicion of their nature shall not prevent me from unfolding
    his real character. It adds even another motive. My excellent father
    died about five years ago; and his attachment to Mr. Wickham was to the
    last so steady, that in his will he particularly recommended it to me to
    promote his advancement in the best manner that his profession might
    allow, and if he took orders, desired that a valuable family living
    might be his as soon as it became vacant. There was also a legacy of
    one thousand pounds. His own father did not long survive mine; and
    within half a year from these events Mr. Wickham wrote to inform me
    that, having finally resolved against taking orders, he hoped I should
    not think it unreasonable for him to expect some more immediate
    pecuniary advantage, in lieu of the preferment, by which he could not be
    benefited. He had some intention, he added, of studying the law, and I
    must be aware that the interest of one thousand pounds would be a very
    insufficient support therein. I rather wished than believed him to be
    sincere; but, at any rate, was perfectly ready to accede to his
    proposal. I knew that Mr. Wickham ought not to be a clergyman. The
    business was therefore soon settled. He resigned all claim to assistance
    in the church, were it possible that he could ever be in a situation to
    receive it, and accepted in return three thousand pounds. All connection
    between us seemed now dissolved. I thought too ill of him to invite him
    to Pemberley, or admit his society in town. In town, I believe, he
    chiefly lived, but his studying the law was a mere pretence; and being
    now free from all restraint, his life was a life of idleness and
    dissipation. For about three years I heard little of him; but on the
    decease of the incumbent of the living which had been designed for him,
    he applied to me again by letter for the presentation. His
    circumstances, he assured me, and I had no difficulty in believing it,
    were exceedingly bad. He had found the law a most unprofitable study,
    and was now absolutely resolved on being ordained, if I would present
    him to the living in question–of which he trusted there could be little
    doubt, as he was well assured that I had no other person to provide for,
    and I could not have forgotten my revered father’s intentions. You will
    hardly blame me for refusing to comply with this entreaty, or for
    resisting every repetition of it. His resentment was in proportion to
    the distress of his circumstances–and he was doubtless as violent in
    his abuse of me to others as in his reproaches to myself. After this
    period, every appearance of acquaintance was dropped. How he lived, I
    know not. But last summer he was again most painfully obtruded on my
    notice. I must now mention a circumstance which I would wish to forget
    myself, and which no obligation less than the present should induce me
    to unfold to any human being. Having said thus much, I feel no doubt of
    your secrecy. My sister, who is more than ten years my junior, was left
    to the guardianship of my mother’s nephew, Colonel Fitzwilliam, and
    myself. About a year ago, she was taken from school, and an
    establishment formed for her in London; and last summer she went with
    the lady who presided over it to Ramsgate; and thither also went Mr.
    Wickham, undoubtedly by design; for there proved to have been a prior
    acquaintance between him and Mrs. Younge, in whose character we were
    most unhappily deceived; and by her connivance and aid he so far
    recommended himself to Georgiana, whose affectionate heart retained a
    strong impression of his kindness to her as a child, that she was
    persuaded to believe herself in love and to consent to an elopement. She
    was then but fifteen, which must be her excuse; and after stating her
    imprudence, I am happy to add, that I owed the knowledge of it to
    herself. I joined them unexpectedly a day or two before the intended
    elopement; and then Georgiana, unable to support the idea of grieving
    and offending a brother whom she almost looked up to as a father,
    acknowledged the whole to me. You may imagine what I felt and how I
    acted. Regard for my sister’s credit and feelings prevented any public
    exposure; but I wrote to Mr. Wickham, who left the place immediately,
    and Mrs. Younge was of course removed from her charge. Mr. Wickham’s
    chief object was unquestionably my sister’s fortune, which is thirty
    thousand pounds; but I cannot help supposing that the hope of revenging
    himself on me was a strong inducement. His revenge would have been
    complete indeed. This, madam, is a faithful narrative of every event in
    which we have been concerned together; and if you do not absolutely
    reject it as false, you will, I hope, acquit me henceforth of cruelty
    towards Mr. Wickham. I know not in what manner, under what form of
    falsehood, he has imposed on you; but his success is not perhaps to be
    wondered at, ignorant as you previously were of everything concerning
    either. Detection could not be in your power, and suspicion certainly
    not in your inclination. You may possibly wonder why all this was not
    told you last night. But I was not then master enough of myself to know
    what could or ought to be revealed. For the truth of everything here
    related, I can appeal more particularly to the testimony of Colonel
    Fitzwilliam, who, from our near relationship and constant intimacy, and
    still more as one of the executors of my father’s will, has been
    unavoidably acquainted with every particular of these transactions. If
    your abhorrence of _me_ should make _my_ assertions valueless, you
    cannot be prevented by the same cause from confiding in my cousin; and
    that there may be the possibility of consulting him, I shall endeavour
    to find some opportunity of putting this letter in your hands in the
    course of the morning. I will only add, God bless you.

    “FITZWILLIAM DARCY.”

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XXXVI.

     

    Elizabeth, when Mr. Darcy gave her the letter, did not expect it to
    contain a renewal of his offers, she had formed no expectation at all of
    its contents. But such as they were, it may be well supposed how eagerly
    she went through them, and what a contrariety of emotion they excited.
    Her feelings as she read were scarcely to be defined. With amazement did
    she first understand that he believed any apology to be in his power;
    and steadfastly was she persuaded, that he could have no explanation to
    give, which a just sense of shame would not conceal. With a strong
    prejudice against everything he might say, she began his account of
    what had happened at Netherfield. She read with an eagerness which
    hardly left her power of comprehension; and from impatience of knowing
    what the next sentence might bring, was incapable of attending to the
    sense of the one before her eyes. His belief of her sister’s
    insensibility she instantly resolved to be false; and his account of the
    real, the worst objections to the match, made her too angry to have any
    wish of doing him justice. He expressed no regret for what he had done
    which satisfied her; his style was not penitent, but haughty. It was all
    pride and insolence.

    But when this subject was succeeded by his account of Mr. Wickham–when
    she read, with somewhat clearer attention, a relation of events which,
    if true, must overthrow every cherished opinion of his worth, and which
    bore so alarming an affinity to his own history of himself–her feelings
    were yet more acutely painful and more difficult of definition.
    Astonishment, apprehension, and even horror, oppressed her. She wished
    to discredit it entirely, repeatedly exclaiming, “This must be false!
    This cannot be! This must be the grossest falsehood!”–and when she had
    gone through the whole letter, though scarcely knowing anything of the
    last page or two, put it hastily away, protesting that she would not
    regard it, that she would never look in it again.

    In this perturbed state of mind, with thoughts that could rest on
    nothing, she walked on; but it would not do: in half a minute the letter
    was unfolded again; and collecting herself as well as she could, she
    again began the mortifying perusal of all that related to Wickham, and
    commanded herself so far as to examine the meaning of every sentence.
    The account of his connection with the Pemberley family was exactly
    what he had related himself; and the kindness of the late Mr. Darcy,
    though she had not before known its extent, agreed equally well with his
    own words. So far each recital confirmed the other; but when she came to
    the will, the difference was great. What Wickham had said of the living
    was fresh in her memory; and as she recalled his very words, it was
    impossible not to feel that there was gross duplicity on one side or the
    other, and, for a few moments, she flattered herself that her wishes did
    not err. But when she read and re-read, with the closest attention, the
    particulars immediately following of Wickham’s resigning all pretensions
    to the living, of his receiving in lieu so considerable a sum as three
    thousand pounds, again was she forced to hesitate. She put down the
    letter, weighed every circumstance with what she meant to be
    impartiality–deliberated on the probability of each statement–but with
    little success. On both sides it was only assertion. Again she read on.
    But every line proved more clearly that the affair, which she had
    believed it impossible that any contrivance could so represent as to
    render Mr. Darcy’s conduct in it less than infamous, was capable of a
    turn which must make him entirely blameless throughout the whole.

    The extravagance and general profligacy which he scrupled not to lay to
    Mr. Wickham’s charge exceedingly shocked her; the more so, as she could
    bring no proof of its injustice. She had never heard of him before his
    entrance into the —-shire militia, in which he had engaged at the
    persuasion of the young man, who, on meeting him accidentally in town,
    had there renewed a slight acquaintance. Of his former way of life,
    nothing had been known in Hertfordshire but what he told

    [Illustration:

    “Meeting accidentally in Town”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    himself. As to his real character, had information been in her power,
    she had never felt a wish of inquiring. His countenance, voice, and
    manner, had established him at once in the possession of every virtue.
    She tried to recollect some instance of goodness, some distinguished
    trait of integrity or benevolence, that might rescue him from the
    attacks of Mr. Darcy; or at least, by the predominance of virtue, atone
    for those casual errors, under which she would endeavour to class what
    Mr. Darcy had described as the idleness and vice of many years’
    continuance. But no such recollection befriended her. She could see him
    instantly before her, in every charm of air and address, but she could
    remember no more substantial good than the general approbation of the
    neighbourhood, and the regard which his social powers had gained him in
    the mess. After pausing on this point a considerable while, she once
    more continued to read. But, alas! the story which followed, of his
    designs on Miss Darcy, received some confirmation from what had passed
    between Colonel Fitzwilliam and herself only the morning before; and at
    last she was referred for the truth of every particular to Colonel
    Fitzwilliam himself–from whom she had previously received the
    information of his near concern in all his cousin’s affairs and whose
    character she had no reason to question. At one time she had almost
    resolved on applying to him, but the idea was checked by the awkwardness
    of the application, and at length wholly banished by the conviction that
    Mr. Darcy would never have hazarded such a proposal, if he had not been
    well assured of his cousin’s corroboration.

    She perfectly remembered everything that had passed in conversation
    between Wickham and herself in their first evening at Mr. Philips’s.
    Many of his expressions were still fresh in her memory. She was _now_
    struck with the impropriety of such communications to a stranger, and
    wondered it had escaped her before. She saw the indelicacy of putting
    himself forward as he had done, and the inconsistency of his professions
    with his conduct. She remembered that he had boasted of having no fear
    of seeing Mr. Darcy–that Mr. Darcy might leave the country, but that
    _he_ should stand his ground; yet he had avoided the Netherfield ball
    the very next week. She remembered, also, that till the Netherfield
    family had quitted the country, he had told his story to no one but
    herself; but that after their removal, it had been everywhere discussed;
    that he had then no reserves, no scruples in sinking Mr. Darcy’s
    character, though he had assured her that respect for the father would
    always prevent his exposing the son.

    How differently did everything now appear in which he was concerned! His
    attentions to Miss King were now the consequence of views solely and
    hatefully mercenary; and the mediocrity of her fortune proved no longer
    the moderation of his wishes, but his eagerness to grasp at anything.
    His behaviour to herself could now have had no tolerable motive: he had
    either been deceived with regard to her fortune, or had been gratifying
    his vanity by encouraging the preference which she believed she had most
    incautiously shown. Every lingering struggle in his favour grew fainter
    and fainter; and in further justification of Mr. Darcy, she could not
    but allow that Mr. Bingley, when questioned by Jane, had long ago
    asserted his blamelessness in the affair;–that, proud and repulsive as
    were his manners, she had never, in the whole course of their
    acquaintance–an acquaintance which had latterly brought them much
    together, and given her a sort of intimacy with his ways–seen anything
    that betrayed him to be unprincipled or unjust–anything that spoke him
    of irreligious or immoral habits;–that among his own connections he was
    esteemed and valued;–that even Wickham had allowed him merit as a
    brother, and that she had often heard him speak so affectionately of his
    sister as to prove him capable of some amiable feeling;–that had his
    actions been what Wickham represented them, so gross a violation of
    everything right could hardly have been concealed from the world; and
    that friendship between a person capable of it and such an amiable man
    as Mr. Bingley was incomprehensible.

    She grew absolutely ashamed of herself. Of neither Darcy nor Wickham
    could she think, without feeling that she had been blind, partial,
    prejudiced, absurd.

    “How despicably have I acted!” she cried. “I, who have prided myself on
    my discernment! I, who have valued myself on my abilities! who have
    often disdained the generous candour of my sister, and gratified my
    vanity in useless or blameless distrust. How humiliating is this
    discovery! Yet, how just a humiliation! Had I been in love, I could not
    have been more wretchedly blind. But vanity, not love, has been my
    folly. Pleased with the preference of one, and offended by the neglect
    of the other, on the very beginning of our acquaintance, I have courted
    prepossession and ignorance, and driven reason away where either were
    concerned. Till this moment, I never knew myself.”

    From herself to Jane, from Jane to Bingley, her thoughts were in a line
    which soon brought to her recollection that Mr. Darcy’s explanation
    _there_ had appeared very insufficient; and she read it again. Widely
    different was the effect of a second perusal. How could she deny that
    credit to his assertions, in one instance, which she had been obliged to
    give in the other? He declared himself to have been totally unsuspicious
    of her sister’s attachment; and she could not help remembering what
    Charlotte’s opinion had always been. Neither could she deny the justice
    of his description of Jane. She felt that Jane’s feelings, though
    fervent, were little displayed, and that there was a constant
    complacency in her air and manner, not often united with great
    sensibility.

    When she came to that part of the letter in which her family were
    mentioned, in tones of such mortifying, yet merited, reproach, her sense
    of shame was severe. The justice of the charge struck her too forcibly
    for denial; and the circumstances to which he particularly alluded, as
    having passed at the Netherfield ball, and as confirming all his first
    disapprobation, could not have made a stronger impression on his mind
    than on hers.

    The compliment to herself and her sister was not unfelt. It soothed, but
    it could not console her for the contempt which had been thus
    self-attracted by the rest of her family; and as she considered that
    Jane’s disappointment had, in fact, been the work of her nearest
    relations, and reflected how materially the credit of both must be hurt
    by such impropriety of conduct, she felt depressed beyond anything she
    had ever known before.

    After wandering along the lane for two hours, giving way to every
    variety of thought, reconsidering events, determining probabilities, and
    reconciling herself, as well as she could, to a change so sudden and so
    important, fatigue, and a recollection of her long absence, made her at
    length return home; and she entered the house with the wish of appearing
    cheerful as usual, and the resolution of repressing such reflections as
    must make her unfit for conversation.

    She was immediately told, that the two gentlemen from Rosings had each
    called during her absence; Mr. Darcy, only for a few minutes, to take
    leave, but that Colonel Fitzwilliam had been sitting with them at least
    an hour, hoping for her return, and almost resolving to walk after her
    till she could be found. Elizabeth could but just _affect_ concern in
    missing him; she really rejoiced at it. Colonel Fitzwilliam was no
    longer an object. She could think only of her letter.

     

    [Illustration:

    “His parting obeisance”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XXXVII.

     

    The two gentlemen left Rosings the next morning; and Mr. Collins having
    been in waiting near the lodges, to make them his parting obeisance, was
    able to bring home the pleasing intelligence of their appearing in very
    good health, and in as tolerable spirits as could be expected, after the
    melancholy scene so lately gone through at Rosings. To Rosings he then
    hastened to console Lady Catherine and her daughter; and on his return
    brought back, with great satisfaction, a message from her Ladyship,
    importing that she felt herself so dull as to make her very desirous of
    having them all to dine with her.

    Elizabeth could not see Lady Catherine without recollecting that, had
    she chosen it, she might by this time have been presented to her as her
    future niece; nor could she think, without a smile, of what her
    Ladyship’s indignation would have been. “What would she have said? how
    would she have behaved?” were the questions with which she amused
    herself.

    Their first subject was the diminution of the Rosings’ party. “I assure
    you, I feel it exceedingly,” said Lady Catherine; “I believe nobody
    feels the loss of friends so much as I do. But I am particularly
    attached to these young men; and know them to be so much attached to me!
    They were excessively sorry to go! But so they always are. The dear
    Colonel rallied his spirits tolerably till just at last; but Darcy
    seemed to feel it most acutely–more, I think, than last year. His
    attachment to Rosings certainly increases.”

    Mr. Collins had a compliment and an allusion to throw in here, which
    were kindly smiled on by the mother and daughter.

    Lady Catherine observed, after dinner, that Miss Bennet seemed out of
    spirits; and immediately accounting for it herself, by supposing that
    she did not like to go home again so soon, she added,–

    “But if that is the case, you must write to your mother to beg that you
    may stay a little longer. Mrs. Collins will be very glad of your
    company, I am sure.”

    “I am much obliged to your Ladyship for your kind invitation,” replied
    Elizabeth; “but it is not in my power to accept it. I must be in town
    next Saturday.”

    “Why, at that rate, you will have been here only six weeks. I expected
    you to stay two months. I told Mrs. Collins so before you came. There
    can be no occasion for your going so soon. Mrs. Bennet could certainly
    spare you for another fortnight.”

    “But my father cannot. He wrote last week to hurry my return.”

    [Illustration:

    “Dawson”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    “Oh, your father, of course, may spare you, if your mother can.
    Daughters are never of so much consequence to a father. And if you will
    stay another _month_ complete, it will be in my power to take one of you
    as far as London, for I am going there early in June, for a week; and
    as Dawson does not object to the barouche-box, there will be very good
    room for one of you–and, indeed, if the weather should happen to be
    cool, I should not object to taking you both, as you are neither of you
    large.”

    “You are all kindness, madam; but I believe we must abide by our
    original plan.”

    Lady Catherine seemed resigned. “Mrs. Collins, you must send a servant
    with them. You know I always speak my mind, and I cannot bear the idea
    of two young women travelling post by themselves. It is highly improper.
    You must contrive to send somebody. I have the greatest dislike in the
    world to that sort of thing. Young women should always be properly
    guarded and attended, according to their situation in life. When my
    niece Georgiana went to Ramsgate last summer, I made a point of her
    having two men-servants go with her. Miss Darcy, the daughter of Mr.
    Darcy of Pemberley, and Lady Anne, could not have appeared with
    propriety in a different manner. I am excessively attentive to all those
    things. You must send John with the young ladies, Mrs. Collins. I am
    glad it occurred to me to mention it; for it would really be
    discreditable to _you_ to let them go alone.”

    “My uncle is to send a servant for us.”

    “Oh! Your uncle! He keeps a man-servant, does he? I am very glad you
    have somebody who thinks of those things. Where shall you change horses?
    Oh, Bromley, of course. If you mention my name at the Bell, you will be
    attended to.”

    Lady Catherine had many other questions to ask respecting their journey;
    and as she did not answer them all herself attention was
    necessary–which Elizabeth believed to be lucky for her; or, with a
    mind so occupied, she might have forgotten where she was. Reflection
    must be reserved for solitary hours: whenever she was alone, she gave
    way to it as the greatest relief; and not a day went by without a
    solitary walk, in which she might indulge in all the delight of
    unpleasant recollections.

    Mr. Darcy’s letter she was in a fair way of soon knowing by heart. She
    studied every sentence; and her feelings towards its writer were at
    times widely different. When she remembered the style of his address,
    she was still full of indignation: but when she considered how unjustly
    she had condemned and upbraided him, her anger was turned against
    herself; and his disappointed feelings became the object of compassion.
    His attachment excited gratitude, his general character respect: but she
    could not approve him; nor could she for a moment repent her refusal, or
    feel the slightest inclination ever to see him again. In her own past
    behaviour, there was a constant source of vexation and regret: and in
    the unhappy defects of her family, a subject of yet heavier chagrin.
    They were hopeless of remedy. Her father, contented with laughing at
    them, would never exert himself to restrain the wild giddiness of his
    youngest daughters; and her mother, with manners so far from right
    herself, was entirely insensible of the evil. Elizabeth had frequently
    united with Jane in an endeavour to check the imprudence of Catherine
    and Lydia; but while they were supported by their mother’s indulgence,
    what chance could there be of improvement? Catherine, weak-spirited,
    irritable, and completely under Lydia’s guidance, had been always
    affronted by their advice; and Lydia, self-willed and careless, would
    scarcely give them a hearing. They were ignorant, idle, and vain. While
    there was an officer in Meryton, they would flirt with him; and while
    Meryton was within a walk of Longbourn, they would be going there for
    ever.

    Anxiety on Jane’s behalf was another prevailing concern; and Mr. Darcy’s
    explanation, by restoring Bingley to all her former good opinion,
    heightened the sense of what Jane had lost. His affection was proved to
    have been sincere, and his conduct cleared of all blame, unless any
    could attach to the implicitness of his confidence in his friend. How
    grievous then was the thought that, of a situation so desirable in every
    respect, so replete with advantage, so promising for happiness, Jane had
    been deprived, by the folly and indecorum of her own family!

    When to these recollections was added the development of Wickham’s
    character, it may be easily believed that the happy spirits which had
    seldom been depressed before were now so much affected as to make it
    almost impossible for her to appear tolerably cheerful.

    Their engagements at Rosings were as frequent during the last week of
    her stay as they had been at first. The very last evening was spent
    there; and her Ladyship again inquired minutely into the particulars of
    their journey, gave them directions as to the best method of packing,
    and was so urgent on the necessity of placing gowns in the only right
    way, that Maria thought herself obliged, on her return, to undo all the
    work of the morning, and pack her trunk afresh.

    When they parted, Lady Catherine, with great condescension, wished them
    a good journey, and invited them to come to Hunsford again next year;
    and Miss de Bourgh exerted herself so far as to courtesy and hold out
    her hand to both.

     

    [Illustration:

    “The elevation of his feelings.”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XXXVIII.

     

    On Saturday morning Elizabeth and Mr. Collins met for breakfast a few
    minutes before the others appeared; and he took the opportunity of
    paying the parting civilities which he deemed indispensably necessary.

    “I know not, Miss Elizabeth,” said he, “whether Mrs. Collins has yet
    expressed her sense of your kindness in coming to us; but I am very
    certain you will not leave the house without receiving her thanks for
    it. The favour of your company has been much felt, I assure you. We know
    how little there is to tempt anyone to our humble abode. Our plain
    manner of living, our small rooms, and few domestics, and the little we
    see of the world, must make Hunsford extremely dull to a young lady like
    yourself; but I hope you will believe us grateful for the condescension,
    and that we have done everything in our power to prevent you spending
    your time unpleasantly.”

    Elizabeth was eager with her thanks and assurances of happiness. She had
    spent six weeks with great enjoyment; and the pleasure of being with
    Charlotte, and the kind attention she had received, must make _her_ feel
    the obliged. Mr. Collins was gratified; and with a more smiling
    solemnity replied,–

    “It gives me the greatest pleasure to hear that you have passed your
    time not disagreeably. We have certainly done our best; and most
    fortunately having it in our power to introduce you to very superior
    society, and from our connection with Rosings, the frequent means of
    varying the humble home scene, I think we may flatter ourselves that
    your Hunsford visit cannot have been entirely irksome. Our situation
    with regard to Lady Catherine’s family is, indeed, the sort of
    extraordinary advantage and blessing which few can boast. You see on
    what a footing we are. You see how continually we are engaged there. In
    truth, I must acknowledge, that, with all the disadvantages of this
    humble parsonage, I should not think anyone abiding in it an object of
    compassion, while they are sharers of our intimacy at Rosings.”

    Words were insufficient for the elevation of his feelings; and he was
    obliged to walk about the room, while Elizabeth tried to unite civility
    and truth in a few short sentences.

    “You may, in fact, carry a very favourable report of us into
    Hertfordshire, my dear cousin. I flatter myself, at least, that you will
    be able to do so. Lady Catherine’s great attentions to Mrs. Collins you
    have been a daily witness of; and altogether I trust it does not appear
    that your friend has drawn an unfortunate–but on this point it will be
    as well to be silent. Only let me assure you, my dear Miss Elizabeth,
    that I can from my heart most cordially wish you equal felicity in
    marriage. My dear Charlotte and I have but one mind and one way of
    thinking. There is in everything a most remarkable resemblance of
    character and ideas between us. We seem to have been designed for each
    other.”

    Elizabeth could safely say that it was a great happiness where that was
    the case, and with equal sincerity could add, that she firmly believed
    and rejoiced in his domestic comforts. She was not sorry, however, to
    have the recital of them interrupted by the entrance of the lady from
    whom they sprang. Poor Charlotte! it was melancholy to leave her to such
    society! But she had chosen it with her eyes open; and though evidently
    regretting that her visitors were to go, she did not seem to ask for
    compassion. Her home and her housekeeping, her parish and her poultry,
    and all their dependent concerns, had not yet lost their charms.

    At length the chaise arrived, the trunks were fastened on, the parcels
    placed within, and it was pronounced to be ready. After an affectionate
    parting between the friends, Elizabeth was attended to the carriage by
    Mr. Collins; and as they walked down the garden, he was commissioning
    her with his best respects to all her family, not forgetting his thanks
    for the kindness he had received at Longbourn in the winter, and his
    compliments to Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner, though unknown. He then handed
    her in, Maria followed, and the door was on the point of being closed,
    when he suddenly reminded them, with some consternation, that they had
    hitherto forgotten to leave any message for the ladies of Rosings.

    [Illustration:

    “They had forgotten to leave any message”
    ]

    “But,” he added, “you will of course wish to have your humble respects
    delivered to them, with your grateful thanks for their kindness to you
    while you have been here.”

    Elizabeth made no objection: the door was then allowed to be shut, and
    the carriage drove off.

    “Good gracious!” cried Maria, after a few minutes’ silence, “it seems
    but a day or two since we first came! and yet how many things have
    happened!”

    “A great many indeed,” said her companion, with a sigh.

    “We have dined nine times at Rosings, besides drinking tea there twice!
    How much I shall have to tell!”

    Elizabeth privately added, “And how much I shall have to conceal!”

    Their journey was performed without much conversation, or any alarm; and
    within four hours of their leaving Hunsford they reached Mr. Gardiner’s
    house, where they were to remain a few days.

    Jane looked well, and Elizabeth had little opportunity of studying her
    spirits, amidst the various engagements which the kindness of her aunt
    had reserved for them. But Jane was to go home with her, and at
    Longbourn there would be leisure enough for observation.

    It was not without an effort, meanwhile, that she could wait even for
    Longbourn, before she told her sister of Mr. Darcy’s proposals. To know
    that she had the power of revealing what would so exceedingly astonish
    Jane, and must, at the same time, so highly gratify whatever of her own
    vanity she had not yet been able to reason away, was such a temptation
    to openness as nothing could have conquered, but the state of indecision
    in which she remained as to the extent of what she should communicate,
    and her fear, if she once entered on the subject, of being hurried into
    repeating something of Bingley, which might only grieve her sister
    further.

     

    [Illustration:

    “How nicely we are crammed in”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XXXIX.

     

    It was the second week in May, in which the three young ladies set out
    together from Gracechurch Street for the town of —-, in Hertfordshire;
    and, as they drew near the appointed inn where Mr. Bennet’s carriage was
    to meet them, they quickly perceived, in token of the coachman’s
    punctuality, both Kitty and Lydia looking out of a dining-room upstairs.
    These two girls had been above an hour in the place, happily employed
    in visiting an opposite milliner, watching the sentinel on guard, and
    dressing a salad and cucumber.

    After welcoming their sisters, they triumphantly displayed a table set
    out with such cold meat as an inn larder usually affords, exclaiming,
    “Is not this nice? is not this an agreeable surprise?”

    “And we mean to treat you all,” added Lydia; “but you must lend us the
    money, for we have just spent ours at the shop out there.” Then showing
    her purchases,–“Look here, I have bought this bonnet. I do not think it
    is very pretty; but I thought I might as well buy it as not. I shall
    pull it to pieces as soon as I get home, and see if I can make it up any
    better.”

    And when her sisters abused it as ugly, she added, with perfect
    unconcern, “Oh, but there were two or three much uglier in the shop; and
    when I have bought some prettier-coloured satin to trim it with fresh, I
    think it will be very tolerable. Besides, it will not much signify what
    one wears this summer, after the —-shire have left Meryton, and they
    are going in a fortnight.”

    “Are they, indeed?” cried Elizabeth, with the greatest satisfaction.

    “They are going to be encamped near Brighton; and I do so want papa to
    take us all there for the summer! It would be such a delicious scheme,
    and I dare say would hardly cost anything at all. Mamma would like to
    go, too, of all things! Only think what a miserable summer else we shall
    have!”

    “Yes,” thought Elizabeth; “_that_ would be a delightful scheme, indeed,
    and completely do for us at once. Good Heaven! Brighton and a whole
    campful of soldiers, to us, who have been overset already by one poor
    regiment of militia, and the monthly balls of Meryton!”

    “Now I have got some news for you,” said Lydia, as they sat down to
    table. “What do you think? It is excellent news, capital news, and about
    a certain person that we all like.”

    Jane and Elizabeth looked at each other, and the waiter was told that he
    need not stay. Lydia laughed, and said,–

    “Ay, that is just like your formality and discretion. You thought the
    waiter must not hear, as if he cared! I dare say he often hears worse
    things said than I am going to say. But he is an ugly fellow! I am glad
    he is gone. I never saw such a long chin in my life. Well, but now for
    my news: it is about dear Wickham; too good for the waiter, is not it?
    There is no danger of Wickham’s marrying Mary King–there’s for you! She
    is gone down to her uncle at Liverpool; gone to stay. Wickham is safe.”

    “And Mary King is safe!” added Elizabeth; “safe from a connection
    imprudent as to fortune.”

    “She is a great fool for going away, if she liked him.”

    “But I hope there is no strong attachment on either side,” said Jane.

    “I am sure there is not on _his_. I will answer for it, he never cared
    three straws about her. Who _could_ about such a nasty little freckled
    thing?”

    Elizabeth was shocked to think that, however incapable of such
    coarseness of _expression_ herself, the coarseness of the _sentiment_
    was little other than her own breast had formerly harboured and fancied
    liberal!

    As soon as all had ate, and the elder ones paid, the carriage was
    ordered; and, after some contrivance, the whole party, with all their
    boxes, workbags, and parcels, and the unwelcome addition of Kitty’s and
    Lydia’s purchases, were seated in it.

    “How nicely we are crammed in!” cried Lydia. “I am glad I brought my
    bonnet, if it is only for the fun of having another band-box! Well, now
    let us be quite comfortable and snug, and talk and laugh all the way
    home. And in the first place, let us hear what has happened to you all
    since you went away. Have you seen any pleasant men? Have you had any
    flirting? I was in great hopes that one of you would have got a husband
    before you came back. Jane will be quite an old maid soon, I declare.
    She is almost three-and-twenty! Lord! how ashamed I should be of not
    being married before three-and-twenty! My aunt Philips wants you so to
    get husbands you can’t think. She says Lizzy had better have taken Mr.
    Collins; but _I_ do not think there would have been any fun in it. Lord!
    how I should like to be married before any of you! and then I would
    _chaperon_ you about to all the balls. Dear me! we had such a good piece
    of fun the other day at Colonel Forster’s! Kitty and me were to spend
    the day there, and Mrs. Forster promised to have a little dance in the
    evening; (by-the-bye, Mrs. Forster and me are _such_ friends!) and so
    she asked the two Harringtons to come: but Harriet was ill, and so Pen
    was forced to come by herself; and then, what do you think we did? We
    dressed up Chamberlayne in woman’s clothes, on purpose to pass for a
    lady,–only think what fun! Not a soul knew of it, but Colonel and Mrs.
    Forster, and Kitty and me, except my aunt, for we were forced to borrow
    one of her gowns; and you cannot imagine how well he looked! When Denny,
    and Wickham, and Pratt, and two or three more of the men came in, they
    did not know him in the least. Lord! how I laughed! and so did Mrs.
    Forster. I thought I should have died. And _that_ made the men suspect
    something, and then they soon found out what was the matter.”

    With such kind of histories of their parties and good jokes did Lydia,
    assisted by Kitty’s hints and additions, endeavour to amuse her
    companions all the way to Longbourn. Elizabeth listened as little as she
    could, but there was no escaping the frequent mention of Wickham’s name.

    Their reception at home was most kind. Mrs. Bennet rejoiced to see Jane
    in undiminished beauty; and more than once during dinner did Mr. Bennet
    say voluntarily to Elizabeth,—-

    “I am glad you are come back, Lizzy.”

    Their party in the dining-room was large, for almost all the Lucases
    came to meet Maria and hear the news; and various were the subjects
    which occupied them: Lady Lucas was inquiring of Maria, across the
    table, after the welfare and poultry of her eldest daughter; Mrs. Bennet
    was doubly engaged, on one hand collecting an account of the present
    fashions from Jane, who sat some way below her, and on the other,
    retailing them all to the younger Miss Lucases; and Lydia, in a voice
    rather louder than any other person’s, was enumerating the various
    pleasures of the morning to anybody who would hear her.

    “Oh, Mary,” said she, “I wish you had gone with us, for we had such fun!
    as we went along Kitty and me drew up all the blinds, and pretended
    there was nobody in the coach; and I should have gone so all the way, if
    Kitty had not been sick; and when we got to the George, I do think we
    behaved very handsomely, for we treated the other three with the nicest
    cold luncheon in the world, and if you would have gone, we would have
    treated you too. And then when we came away it was such fun! I thought
    we never should have got into the coach. I was ready to die of laughter.
    And then we were so merry all the way home! we talked and laughed so
    loud, that anybody might have heard us ten miles off!”

    To this, Mary very gravely replied, “Far be it from me, my dear sister,
    to depreciate such pleasures. They would doubtless be congenial with the
    generality of female minds. But I confess they would have no charms for
    _me_. I should infinitely prefer a book.”

    But of this answer Lydia heard not a word. She seldom listened to
    anybody for more than half a minute, and never attended to Mary at all.

    In the afternoon Lydia was urgent with the rest of the girls to walk to
    Meryton, and see how everybody went on; but Elizabeth steadily opposed
    the scheme. It should not be said, that the Miss Bennets could not be at
    home half a day before they were in pursuit of the officers. There was
    another reason, too, for her opposition. She dreaded seeing Wickham
    again, and was resolved to avoid it as long as possible. The comfort to
    _her_, of the regiment’s approaching removal, was indeed beyond
    expression. In a fortnight they were to go, and once gone, she hoped
    there could be nothing more to plague her on his account.

    She had not been many hours at home, before she found that the Brighton
    scheme, of which Lydia had given them a hint at the inn, was under
    frequent discussion between her parents. Elizabeth saw directly that her
    father had not the smallest intention of yielding; but his answers were
    at the same time so vague and equivocal, that her mother, though often
    disheartened, had never yet despaired of succeeding at last.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XL.

     

    Elizabeth’s impatience to acquaint Jane with what had happened could no
    longer be overcome; and at length resolving to suppress every particular
    in which her sister was concerned, and preparing her to be surprised,
    she related to her the next morning the chief of the scene between Mr.
    Darcy and herself.

    Miss Bennet’s astonishment was soon lessened by the strong sisterly
    partiality which made any admiration of Elizabeth appear perfectly
    natural; and all surprise was shortly lost in other feelings. She was
    sorry that Mr. Darcy should have delivered his sentiments in a manner so
    little suited to recommend them; but still more was she grieved for the
    unhappiness which her sister’s refusal must have given him.

    “His being so sure of succeeding was wrong,” said she, “and certainly
    ought not to have appeared; but consider how much it must increase his
    disappointment.”

    “Indeed,” replied Elizabeth, “I am heartily sorry for him; but he has
    other feelings which will probably soon drive away his regard for me.
    You do not blame me, however, for refusing him?”

    “Blame you! Oh, no.”

    “But you blame me for having spoken so warmly of Wickham?”

    “No–I do not know that you were wrong in saying what you did.”

    “But you _will_ know it, when I have told you what happened the very
    next day.”

    She then spoke of the letter, repeating the whole of its contents as far
    as they concerned George Wickham. What a stroke was this for poor Jane,
    who would willingly have gone through the world without believing that
    so much wickedness existed in the whole race of mankind as was here
    collected in one individual! Nor was Darcy’s vindication, though
    grateful to her feelings, capable of consoling her for such discovery.
    Most earnestly did she labour to prove the probability of error, and
    seek to clear one, without involving the other.

    “This will not do,” said Elizabeth; “you never will be able to make both
    of them good for anything. Take your choice, but you must be satisfied
    with only one. There is but such a quantity of merit between them; just
    enough to make one good sort of man; and of late it has been shifting
    about pretty much. For my part, I am inclined to believe it all Mr.
    Darcy’s, but you shall do as you choose.”

    It was some time, however, before a smile could be extorted from Jane.

    “I do not know when I have been more shocked,” said she. “Wickham so
    very bad! It is almost past belief. And poor Mr. Darcy! dear Lizzy,
    only consider what he must have suffered. Such a disappointment! and
    with the knowledge of your ill opinion too! and having to relate such a
    thing of his sister! It is really too distressing, I am sure you must
    feel it so.”

    “Oh no, my regret and compassion are all done away by seeing you so full
    of both. I know you will do him such ample justice, that I am growing
    every moment more unconcerned and indifferent. Your profusion makes me
    saving; and if you lament over him much longer, my heart will be as
    light as a feather.”

    “Poor Wickham! there is such an expression of goodness in his
    countenance! such an openness and gentleness in his manner.”

    “There certainly was some great mismanagement in the education of those
    two young men. One has got all the goodness, and the other all the
    appearance of it.”

    “I never thought Mr. Darcy so deficient in the _appearance_ of it as you
    used to do.”

    “And yet I meant to be uncommonly clever in taking so decided a dislike
    to him, without any reason. It is such a spur to one’s genius, such an
    opening for wit, to have a dislike of that kind. One may be continually
    abusive without saying anything just; but one cannot be always laughing
    at a man without now and then stumbling on something witty.”

    “Lizzy, when you first read that letter, I am sure you could not treat
    the matter as you do now.”

    “Indeed, I could not. I was uncomfortable enough, I was very
    uncomfortable–I may say unhappy. And with no one to speak to of what I
    felt, no Jane to comfort me, and say that I had not been so very weak,
    and vain, and nonsensical, as I knew I had! Oh, how I wanted you!”

    “How unfortunate that you should have used such very strong expressions
    in speaking of Wickham to Mr. Darcy, for now they _do_ appear wholly
    undeserved.”

    “Certainly. But the misfortune of speaking with bitterness is a most
    natural consequence of the prejudices I had been encouraging. There is
    one point on which I want your advice. I want to be told whether I
    ought, or ought not, to make our acquaintance in general understand
    Wickham’s character.”

    Miss Bennet paused a little, and then replied, “Surely there can be no
    occasion for exposing him so dreadfully. What is your own opinion?”

    “That it ought not to be attempted. Mr. Darcy has not authorized me to
    make his communication public. On the contrary, every particular
    relative to his sister was meant to be kept as much as possible to
    myself; and if I endeavour to undeceive people as to the rest of his
    conduct, who will believe me? The general prejudice against Mr. Darcy is
    so violent, that it would be the death of half the good people in
    Meryton, to attempt to place him in an amiable light. I am not equal to
    it. Wickham will soon be gone; and, therefore, it will not signify to
    anybody here what he really is. Some time hence it will be all found
    out, and then we may laugh at their stupidity in not knowing it before.
    At present I will say nothing about it.”

    “You are quite right. To have his errors made public might ruin him for
    ever. He is now, perhaps, sorry for what he has done, and anxious to
    re-establish a character. We must not make him desperate.”

    The tumult of Elizabeth’s mind was allayed by this conversation. She
    had got rid of two of the secrets which had weighed on her for a
    fortnight, and was certain of a willing listener in Jane, whenever she
    might wish to talk again of either. But there was still something
    lurking behind, of which prudence forbade the disclosure. She dared not
    relate the other half of Mr. Darcy’s letter, nor explain to her sister
    how sincerely she had been valued by his friend. Here was knowledge in
    which no one could partake; and she was sensible that nothing less than
    a perfect understanding between the parties could justify her in
    throwing off this last encumbrance of mystery. “And then,” said she, “if
    that very improbable event should ever take place, I shall merely be
    able to tell what Bingley may tell in a much more agreeable manner
    himself. The liberty of communication cannot be mine till it has lost
    all its value!”

    She was now, on being settled at home, at leisure to observe the real
    state of her sister’s spirits. Jane was not happy. She still cherished a
    very tender affection for Bingley. Having never even fancied herself in
    love before, her regard had all the warmth of first attachment, and from
    her age and disposition, greater steadiness than first attachments often
    boast; and so fervently did she value his remembrance, and prefer him to
    every other man, that all her good sense, and all her attention to the
    feelings of her friends, were requisite to check the indulgence of those
    regrets which must have been injurious to her own health and their
    tranquillity.

    “Well, Lizzy,” said Mrs. Bennet, one day, “what is your opinion _now_ of
    this sad business of Jane’s? For my part, I am determined never to speak
    of it again to anybody. I told my sister Philips so the other day. But I
    cannot find out that Jane saw anything of him in London. Well, he is a
    very undeserving young man–and I do not suppose there is the least
    chance in the world of her ever getting him now. There is no talk of his
    coming to Netherfield again in the summer; and I have inquired of
    everybody, too, who is likely to know.”

    [Illustration:

    “I am determined never to speak of it again”
    ]

    “I do not believe that he will ever live at Netherfield any more.”

    “Oh, well! it is just as he chooses. Nobody wants him to come; though I
    shall always say that he used my daughter extremely ill; and, if I was
    her, I would not have put up with it. Well, my comfort is, I am sure
    Jane will die of a broken heart, and then he will be sorry for what he
    has done.”

    But as Elizabeth could not receive comfort from any such expectation she
    made no answer.

    “Well, Lizzy,” continued her mother, soon afterwards, “and so the
    Collinses live very comfortable, do they? Well, well, I only hope it
    will last. And what sort of table do they keep? Charlotte is an
    excellent manager, I dare say. If she is half as sharp as her mother,
    she is saving enough. There is nothing extravagant in _their_
    housekeeping, I dare say.”

    “No, nothing at all.”

    “A great deal of good management, depend upon it. Yes, yes. _They_ will
    take care not to outrun their income. _They_ will never be distressed
    for money. Well, much good may it do them! And so, I suppose, they often
    talk of having Longbourn when your father is dead. They look upon it
    quite as their own, I dare say, whenever that happens.”

    “It was a subject which they could not mention before me.”

    “No; it would have been strange if they had. But I make no doubt they
    often talk of it between themselves. Well, if they can be easy with an
    estate that is not lawfully their own, so much the better. _I_ should be
    ashamed of having one that was only entailed on me.”

     

    [Illustration:

    “When Colonel Miller’s regiment went away”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER XLI.

     

    The first week of their return was soon gone. The second began. It was
    the last of the regiment’s stay in Meryton, and all the young ladies in
    the neighbourhood were drooping apace. The dejection was almost
    universal. The elder Miss Bennets alone were still able to eat, drink,
    and sleep, and pursue the usual course of their employments. Very
    frequently were they reproached for this insensibility by Kitty and
    Lydia, whose own misery was extreme, and who could not comprehend such
    hard-heartedness in any of the family.

    “Good Heaven! What is to become of us? What are we to do?” would they
    often exclaim in the bitterness of woe. “How can you be smiling so,
    Lizzy?”

    Their affectionate mother shared all their grief; she remembered what
    she had herself endured on a similar occasion five-and-twenty years ago.

    “I am sure,” said she, “I cried for two days together when Colonel
    Miller’s regiment went away. I thought I should have broke my heart.”

    “I am sure I shall break _mine_,” said Lydia.

    “If one could but go to Brighton!” observed Mrs. Bennet.

    “Oh yes!–if one could but go to Brighton! But papa is so disagreeable.”

    “A little sea-bathing would set me up for ever.”

    “And my aunt Philips is sure it would do _me_ a great deal of good,”
    added Kitty.

    Such were the kind of lamentations resounding perpetually through
    Longbourn House. Elizabeth tried to be diverted by them; but all sense
    of pleasure was lost in shame. She felt anew the justice of Mr. Darcy’s
    objections; and never had she before been so much disposed to pardon his
    interference in the views of his friend.

    But the gloom of Lydia’s prospect was shortly cleared away; for she
    received an invitation from Mrs. Forster, the wife of the colonel of the
    regiment, to accompany her to Brighton. This invaluable friend was a
    very young woman, and very lately married. A resemblance in good-humour
    and good spirits had recommended her and Lydia to each other, and out of
    their _three_ months’ acquaintance they had been intimate _two_.

    The rapture of Lydia on this occasion, her adoration of Mrs. Forster,
    the delight of Mrs. Bennet, and the mortification of Kitty, are scarcely
    to be described. Wholly inattentive to her sister’s feelings, Lydia flew
    about the house in restless ecstasy, calling for everyone’s
    congratulations, and laughing and talking with more violence than ever;
    whilst the luckless Kitty continued in the parlour repining at her fate
    in terms as unreasonable as her accent was peevish.

    “I cannot see why Mrs. Forster should not ask _me_ as well as Lydia,”
    said she, “though I am _not_ her particular friend. I have just as much
    right to be asked as she has, and more too, for I am two years older.”

    In vain did Elizabeth attempt to make her reasonable, and Jane to make
    her resigned. As for Elizabeth herself, this invitation was so far from
    exciting in her the same feelings as in her mother and Lydia, that she
    considered it as the death-warrant of all possibility of common sense
    for the latter; and detestable as such a step must make her, were it
    known, she could not help secretly advising her father not to let her
    go. She represented to him all the improprieties of Lydia’s general
    behaviour, the little advantage she could derive from the friendship of
    such a woman as Mrs. Forster, and the probability of her being yet more
    imprudent with such a companion at Brighton, where the temptations must
    be greater than at home. He heard her attentively, and then said,–

    “Lydia will never be easy till she has exposed herself in some public
    place or other, and we can never expect her to do it with so little
    expense or inconvenience to her family as under the present
    circumstances.”

    “If you were aware,” said Elizabeth, “of the very great disadvantage to
    us all, which must arise from the public notice of Lydia’s unguarded and
    imprudent manner, nay, which has already arisen from it, I am sure you
    would judge differently in the affair.”

    “Already arisen!” repeated Mr. Bennet. “What! has she frightened away
    some of your lovers? Poor little Lizzy! But do not be cast down. Such
    squeamish youths as cannot bear to be connected with a little absurdity
    are not worth a regret. Come, let me see the list of the pitiful fellows
    who have been kept aloof by Lydia’s folly.”

    “Indeed, you are mistaken. I have no such injuries to resent. It is not
    of peculiar, but of general evils, which I am now complaining. Our
    importance, our respectability in the world, must be affected by the
    wild volatility, the assurance and disdain of all restraint which mark
    Lydia’s character. Excuse me,–for I must speak plainly. If you, my dear
    father, will not take the trouble of checking her exuberant spirits, and
    of teaching her that her present pursuits are not to be the business of
    her life, she will soon be beyond the reach of amendment. Her character
    will be fixed; and she will, at sixteen, be the most determined flirt
    that ever made herself and her family ridiculous;–a flirt, too, in the
    worst and meanest degree of flirtation; without any attraction beyond
    youth and a tolerable person; and, from the ignorance and emptiness of
    her mind, wholly unable to ward off any portion of that universal
    contempt which her rage for admiration will excite. In this danger Kitty
    is also comprehended. She will follow wherever Lydia leads. Vain,
    ignorant, idle, and absolutely uncontrolled! Oh, my dear father, can you
    suppose it possible that they will not be censured and despised wherever
    they are known, and that their sisters will not be often involved in the
    disgrace?”

    Mr. Bennet saw that her whole heart was in the subject; and,
    affectionately taking her hand, said, in reply,–

    “Do not make yourself uneasy, my love. Wherever you and Jane are known,
    you must be respected and valued; and you will not appear to less
    advantage for having a couple of–or I may say, three–very silly
    sisters. We shall have no peace at Longbourn if Lydia does not go to
    Brighton. Let her go, then. Colonel Forster is a sensible man, and will
    keep her out of any real mischief; and she is luckily too poor to be an
    object of prey to anybody. At Brighton she will be of less importance
    even as a common flirt than she has been here. The officers will find
    women better worth their notice. Let us hope, therefore, that her being
    there may teach her her own insignificance. At any rate, she cannot grow
    many degrees worse, without authorizing us to lock her up for the rest
    of her life.”

    With this answer Elizabeth was forced to be content; but her own opinion
    continued the same, and she left him disappointed and sorry. It was not
    in her nature, however, to increase her vexations by dwelling on them.
    She was confident of having performed her duty; and to fret over
    unavoidable evils, or augment them by anxiety, was no part of her
    disposition.

    Had Lydia and her mother known the substance of her conference with her
    father, their indignation would hardly have found expression in their
    united volubility. In Lydia’s imagination, a visit to Brighton comprised
    every possibility of earthly happiness. She saw, with the creative eye
    of fancy, the streets of that gay bathing-place covered with officers.
    She saw herself the object of attention to tens and to scores of them at
    present unknown. She saw all the glories of the camp: its tents
    stretched forth in beauteous uniformity of lines, crowded with the young
    and the gay, and dazzling with scarlet; and, to complete the view, she
    saw herself seated beneath a tent, tenderly flirting with at least six
    officers at once.

    [Illustration:

    “Tenderly flirting”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    Had she known that her sister sought to tear her from such prospects and
    such realities as these, what would have been her sensations? They could
    have been understood only by her mother, who might have felt nearly the
    same. Lydia’s going to Brighton was all that consoled her for the
    melancholy conviction of her husband’s never intending to go there
    himself.

    But they were entirely ignorant of what had passed; and their raptures
    continued, with little intermission, to the very day of Lydia’s leaving
    home.

    Elizabeth was now to see Mr. Wickham for the last time. Having been
    frequently in company with him since her return, agitation was pretty
    well over; the agitations of former partiality entirely so. She had even
    learnt to detect, in the very gentleness which had first delighted her,
    an affectation and a sameness to disgust and weary. In his present
    behaviour to herself, moreover, she had a fresh source of displeasure;
    for the inclination he soon testified of renewing those attentions which
    had marked the early part of their acquaintance could only serve, after
    what had since passed, to provoke her. She lost all concern for him in
    finding herself thus selected as the object of such idle and frivolous
    gallantry; and while she steadily repressed it, could not but feel the
    reproof contained in his believing, that however long, and for whatever
    cause, his attentions had been withdrawn, her vanity would be gratified,
    and her preference secured, at any time, by their renewal.

    On the very last day of the regiment’s remaining in Meryton, he dined,
    with others of the officers, at Longbourn; and so little was Elizabeth
    disposed to part from him in good-humour, that, on his making some
    inquiry as to the manner in which her time had passed at Hunsford, she
    mentioned Colonel Fitzwilliam’s and Mr. Darcy’s having both spent three
    weeks at Rosings, and asked him if he were acquainted with the former.

    He looked surprised, displeased, alarmed; but, with a moment’s
    recollection, and a returning smile, replied, that he had formerly seen
    him often; and, after observing that he was a very gentlemanlike man,
    asked her how she had liked him. Her answer was warmly in his favour.
    With an air of indifference, he soon afterwards added, “How long did you
    say that he was at Rosings?”

    “Nearly three weeks.”

    “And you saw him frequently?”

    “Yes, almost every day.”

    “His manners are very different from his cousin’s.”

    “Yes, very different; but I think Mr. Darcy improves on acquaintance.”

    “Indeed!” cried Wickham, with a look which did not escape her. “And pray
    may I ask–” but checking himself, he added, in a gayer tone, “Is it in
    address that he improves? Has he deigned to add aught of civility to his
    ordinary style? for I dare not hope,” he continued, in a lower and more
    serious tone, “that he is improved in essentials.”

    “Oh, no!” said Elizabeth. “In essentials, I believe, he is very much
    what he ever was.”

    While she spoke, Wickham looked as if scarcely knowing whether to
    rejoice over her words or to distrust their meaning. There was a
    something in her countenance which made him listen with an apprehensive
    and anxious attention, while she added,–

    “When I said that he improved on acquaintance, I did not mean that
    either his mind or manners were in a state of improvement; but that,
    from knowing him better, his disposition was better understood.”

    Wickham’s alarm now appeared in a heightened complexion and agitated
    look; for a few minutes he was silent; till, shaking off his
    embarrassment, he turned to her again, and said in the gentlest of
    accents,–

    “You, who so well know my feelings towards Mr. Darcy, will readily
    comprehend how sincerely I must rejoice that he is wise enough to assume
    even the _appearance_ of what is right. His pride, in that direction,
    may be of service, if not to himself, to many others, for it must deter
    him from such foul misconduct as I have suffered by. I only fear that
    the sort of cautiousness to which you, I imagine, have been alluding, is
    merely adopted on his visits to his aunt, of whose good opinion and
    judgment he stands much in awe. His fear of her has always operated, I
    know, when they were together; and a good deal is to be imputed to his
    wish of forwarding the match with Miss de Bourgh, which I am certain he
    has very much at heart.”

    Elizabeth could not repress a smile at this, but she answered only by a
    slight inclination of the head. She saw that he wanted to engage her on
    the old subject of his grievances, and she was in no humour to indulge
    him. The rest of the evening passed with the _appearance_, on his side,
    of usual cheerfulness, but with no further attempt to distinguish
    Elizabeth; and they parted at last with mutual civility, and possibly a
    mutual desire of never meeting again.

    When the party broke up, Lydia returned with Mrs. Forster to Meryton,
    from whence they were to set out early the next morning. The separation
    between her and her family was rather noisy than pathetic. Kitty was the
    only one who shed tears; but she did weep from vexation and envy. Mrs.
    Bennet was diffuse in her good wishes for the felicity of her daughter,
    and impressive in her injunctions that she would not miss the
    opportunity of enjoying herself as much as possible,–advice which there
    was every reason to believe would be attended to; and, in the clamorous
    happiness of Lydia herself in bidding farewell, the more gentle adieus
    of her sisters were uttered without being heard.

     

    [Illustration:

    The arrival of the
    Gardiners
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XLII.

     

    Had Elizabeth’s opinion been all drawn from her own family, she could
    not have formed a very pleasing picture of conjugal felicity or domestic
    comfort. Her father, captivated by youth and beauty, and that appearance
    of good-humour which youth and beauty generally give, had married a
    woman whose weak understanding and illiberal mind had very early in
    their marriage put an end to all real affection for her. Respect,
    esteem, and confidence had vanished for ever; and all his views of
    domestic happiness were overthrown. But Mr. Bennet was not of a
    disposition to seek comfort for the disappointment which his own
    imprudence had brought on in any of those pleasures which too often
    console the unfortunate for their folly or their vice. He was fond of
    the country and of books; and from these tastes had arisen his principal
    enjoyments. To his wife he was very little otherwise indebted than as
    her ignorance and folly had contributed to his amusement. This is not
    the sort of happiness which a man would in general wish to owe to his
    wife; but where other powers of entertainment are wanting, the true
    philosopher will derive benefit from such as are given.

    Elizabeth, however, had never been blind to the impropriety of her
    father’s behaviour as a husband. She had always seen it with pain; but
    respecting his abilities, and grateful for his affectionate treatment of
    herself, she endeavoured to forget what she could not overlook, and to
    banish from her thoughts that continual breach of conjugal obligation
    and decorum which, in exposing his wife to the contempt of her own
    children, was so highly reprehensible. But she had never felt so
    strongly as now the disadvantages which must attend the children of so
    unsuitable a marriage, nor ever been so fully aware of the evils arising
    from so ill-judged a direction of talents–talents which, rightly used,
    might at least have preserved the respectability of his daughters, even
    if incapable of enlarging the mind of his wife.

    When Elizabeth had rejoiced over Wickham’s departure, she found little
    other cause for satisfaction in the loss of the regiment. Their parties
    abroad were less varied than before; and at home she had a mother and
    sister, whose constant repinings at the dulness of everything around
    them threw a real gloom over their domestic circle; and, though Kitty
    might in time regain her natural degree of sense, since the disturbers
    of her brain were removed, her other sister, from whose disposition
    greater evil might be apprehended, was likely to be hardened in all her
    folly and assurance, by a situation of such double danger as a
    watering-place and a camp. Upon the whole, therefore, she found, what
    has been sometimes found before, that an event to which she had looked
    forward with impatient desire, did not, in taking place, bring all the
    satisfaction she had promised herself. It was consequently necessary to
    name some other period for the commencement of actual felicity; to have
    some other point on which her wishes and hopes might be fixed, and by
    again enjoying the pleasure of anticipation, console herself for the
    present, and prepare for another disappointment. Her tour to the Lakes
    was now the object of her happiest thoughts: it was her best consolation
    for all the uncomfortable hours which the discontentedness of her mother
    and Kitty made inevitable; and could she have included Jane in the
    scheme, every part of it would have been perfect.

    “But it is fortunate,” thought she, “that I have something to wish for.
    Were the whole arrangement complete, my disappointment would be certain.
    But here, by carrying with me one ceaseless source of regret in my
    sister’s absence, I may reasonably hope to have all my expectations of
    pleasure realized. A scheme of which every part promises delight can
    never be successful; and general disappointment is only warded off by
    the defence of some little peculiar vexation.”

    When Lydia went away she promised to write very often and very minutely
    to her mother and Kitty; but her letters were always long expected, and
    always very short. Those to her mother contained little else than that
    they were just returned from the library, where such and such officers
    had attended them, and where she had seen such beautiful ornaments as
    made her quite wild; that she had a new gown, or a new parasol, which
    she would have described more fully, but was obliged to leave off in a
    violent hurry, as Mrs. Forster called her, and they were going to the
    camp; and from her correspondence with her sister there was still less
    to be learnt, for her letters to Kitty, though rather longer, were much
    too full of lines under the words to be made public.

    After the first fortnight or three weeks of her absence, health,
    good-humour, and cheerfulness began to reappear at Longbourn. Everything
    wore a happier aspect. The families who had been in town for the winter
    came back again, and summer finery and summer engagements arose. Mrs.
    Bennet was restored to her usual querulous serenity; and by the middle
    of June Kitty was so much recovered as to be able to enter Meryton
    without tears,–an event of such happy promise as to make Elizabeth
    hope, that by the following Christmas she might be so tolerably
    reasonable as not to mention an officer above once a day, unless, by
    some cruel and malicious arrangement at the War Office, another regiment
    should be quartered in Meryton.

    The time fixed for the beginning of their northern tour was now fast
    approaching; and a fortnight only was wanting of it, when a letter
    arrived from Mrs. Gardiner, which at once delayed its commencement and
    curtailed its extent. Mr. Gardiner would be prevented by business from
    setting out till a fortnight later in July, and must be in London again
    within a month; and as that left too short a period for them to go so
    far, and see so much as they had proposed, or at least to see it with
    the leisure and comfort they had built on, they were obliged to give up
    the Lakes, and substitute a more contracted tour; and, according to the
    present plan, were to go no farther northward than Derbyshire. In that
    county there was enough to be seen to occupy the chief of their three
    weeks; and to Mrs. Gardiner it had a peculiarly strong attraction. The
    town where she had formerly passed some years of her life, and where
    they were now to spend a few days, was probably as great an object of
    her curiosity as all the celebrated beauties of Matlock, Chatsworth,
    Dovedale, or the Peak.

    Elizabeth was excessively disappointed: she had set her heart on seeing
    the Lakes; and still thought there might have been time enough. But it
    was her business to be satisfied–and certainly her temper to be happy;
    and all was soon right again.

    With the mention of Derbyshire, there were many ideas connected. It was
    impossible for her to see the word without thinking of Pemberley and its
    owner. “But surely,” said she, “I may enter his county with impunity,
    and rob it of a few petrified spars, without his perceiving me.”

    The period of expectation was now doubled. Four weeks were to pass away
    before her uncle and aunt’s arrival. But they did pass away, and Mr. and
    Mrs. Gardiner, with their four children, did at length appear at
    Longbourn. The children, two girls of six and eight years old, and two
    younger boys, were to be left under the particular care of their cousin
    Jane, who was the general favourite, and whose steady sense and
    sweetness of temper exactly adapted her for attending to them in every
    way–teaching them, playing with them, and loving them.

    The Gardiners stayed only one night at Longbourn, and set off the next
    morning with Elizabeth in pursuit of novelty and amusement. One
    enjoyment was certain–that of suitableness as companions; a
    suitableness which comprehended health and temper to bear
    inconveniences–cheerfulness to enhance every pleasure–and affection
    and intelligence, which might supply it among themselves if there were
    disappointments abroad.

    It is not the object of this work to give a description of Derbyshire,
    nor of any of the remarkable places through which their route thither
    lay–Oxford, Blenheim, Warwick, Kenilworth, Birmingham, etc., are
    sufficiently known. A small part of Derbyshire is all the present
    concern. To the little town of Lambton, the scene of Mrs. Gardiner’s
    former residence, and where she had lately learned that some
    acquaintance still remained, they bent their steps, after having seen
    all the principal wonders of the country; and within five miles of
    Lambton, Elizabeth found, from her aunt, that Pemberley was situated. It
    was not in their direct road; nor more than a mile or two out of it. In
    talking over their route the evening before, Mrs. Gardiner expressed an
    inclination to see the place again. Mr. Gardiner declared his
    willingness, and Elizabeth was applied to for her approbation.

    “My love, should not you like to see a place of which you have heard so
    much?” said her aunt. “A place, too, with which so many of your
    acquaintance are connected. Wickham passed all his youth there, you
    know.”

    Elizabeth was distressed. She felt that she had no business at
    Pemberley, and was obliged to assume a disinclination for seeing it. She
    must own that she was tired of great houses: after going over so many,
    she really had no pleasure in fine carpets or satin curtains.

    Mrs. Gardiner abused her stupidity. “If it were merely a fine house
    richly furnished,” said she, “I should not care about it myself; but the
    grounds are delightful. They have some of the finest woods in the
    country.”

    Elizabeth said no more; but her mind could not acquiesce. The
    possibility of meeting Mr. Darcy, while viewing the place, instantly
    occurred. It would be dreadful! She blushed at the very idea; and
    thought it would be better to speak openly to her aunt, than to run such
    a risk. But against this there were objections; and she finally resolved
    that it could be the last resource, if her private inquiries as to the
    absence of the family were unfavourably answered.

    Accordingly, when she retired at night, she asked the chambermaid
    whether Pemberley were not a very fine place, what was the name of its
    proprietor, and, with no little alarm, whether the family were down for
    the summer? A most welcome negative followed the last question; and her
    alarms being now removed, she was at leisure to feel a great deal of
    curiosity to see the house herself; and when the subject was revived the
    next morning, and she was again applied to, could readily answer, and
    with a proper air of indifference, that she had not really any dislike
    to the scheme.

    To Pemberley, therefore, they were to go.

     

    [Illustration:

    “Conjecturing as to the date”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XLIII.

     

    Elizabeth, as they drove along, watched for the first appearance of
    Pemberley Woods with some perturbation; and when at length they turned
    in at the lodge, her spirits were in a high flutter.

    The park was very large, and contained great variety of ground. They
    entered it in one of its lowest points, and drove for some time through
    a beautiful wood stretching over a wide extent.

    Elizabeth’s mind was too full for conversation, but she saw and admired
    every remarkable spot and point of view. They gradually ascended for
    half a mile, and then found themselves at the top of a considerable
    eminence, where the wood ceased, and the eye was instantly caught by
    Pemberley House, situated on the opposite side of the valley, into which
    the road with some abruptness wound. It was a large, handsome stone
    building, standing well on rising ground, and backed by a ridge of high
    woody hills; and in front a stream of some natural importance was
    swelled into greater, but without any artificial appearance. Its banks
    were neither formal nor falsely adorned. Elizabeth was delighted. She
    had never seen a place for which nature had done more, or where natural
    beauty had been so little counteracted by an awkward taste. They were
    all of them warm in their admiration; and at that moment she felt that
    to be mistress of Pemberley might be something!

    They descended the hill, crossed the bridge, and drove to the door; and,
    while examining the nearer aspect of the house, all her apprehension of
    meeting its owner returned. She dreaded lest the chambermaid had been
    mistaken. On applying to see the place, they were admitted into the
    hall; and Elizabeth, as they waited for the housekeeper, had leisure to
    wonder at her being where she was.

    The housekeeper came; a respectable looking elderly woman, much less
    fine, and more civil, than she had any notion of finding her. They
    followed her into the dining-parlour. It was a large, well-proportioned
    room, handsomely fitted up. Elizabeth, after slightly surveying it, went
    to a window to enjoy its prospect. The hill, crowned with wood, from
    which they had descended, receiving increased abruptness from the
    distance, was a beautiful object. Every disposition of the ground was
    good; and she looked on the whole scene, the river, the trees scattered
    on its banks, and the winding of the valley, as far as she could trace
    it, with delight. As they passed into other rooms, these objects were
    taking different positions; but from every window there were beauties
    to be seen. The rooms were lofty and handsome, and their furniture
    suitable to the fortune of their proprietor; but Elizabeth saw, with
    admiration of his taste, that it was neither gaudy nor uselessly
    fine,–with less of splendour, and more real elegance, than the
    furniture of Rosings.

    “And of this place,” thought she, “I might have been mistress! With
    these rooms I might have now been familiarly acquainted! Instead of
    viewing them as a stranger, I might have rejoiced in them as my own, and
    welcomed to them as visitors my uncle and aunt. But, no,” recollecting
    herself, “that could never be; my uncle and aunt would have been lost to
    me; I should not have been allowed to invite them.”

    This was a lucky recollection–it saved her from something like regret.

    She longed to inquire of the housekeeper whether her master were really
    absent, but had not courage for it. At length, however, the question was
    asked by her uncle; and she turned away with alarm, while Mrs. Reynolds
    replied, that he was; adding, “But we expect him to-morrow, with a large
    party of friends.” How rejoiced was Elizabeth that their own journey had
    not by any circumstance been delayed a day!

    Her aunt now called her to look at a picture. She approached, and saw
    the likeness of Mr. Wickham, suspended, amongst several other
    miniatures, over the mantel-piece. Her aunt asked her, smilingly, how
    she liked it. The housekeeper came forward, and told them it was the
    picture of a young gentleman, the son of her late master’s steward, who
    had been brought up by him at his own expense. “He is now gone into the
    army,” she added; “but I am afraid he has turned out very wild.”

    Mrs. Gardiner looked at her niece with a smile, but Elizabeth could not
    return it.

    “And that,” said Mrs. Reynolds, pointing to another of the miniatures,
    “is my master–and very like him. It was drawn at the same time as the
    other–about eight years ago.”

    “I have heard much of your master’s fine person,” said Mrs. Gardiner,
    looking at the picture; “it is a handsome face. But, Lizzy, you can tell
    us whether it is like or not.”

    Mrs. Reynolds’ respect for Elizabeth seemed to increase on this
    intimation of her knowing her master.

    “Does that young lady know Mr. Darcy?”

    Elizabeth coloured, and said, “A little.”

    “And do not you think him a very handsome gentleman, ma’am?”

    “Yes, very handsome.”

    “I am sure _I_ know none so handsome; but in the gallery upstairs you
    will see a finer, larger picture of him than this. This room was my late
    master’s favourite room, and these miniatures are just as they used to
    be then. He was very fond of them.”

    This accounted to Elizabeth for Mr. Wickham’s being among them.

    Mrs. Reynolds then directed their attention to one of Miss Darcy, drawn
    when she was only eight years old.

    “And is Miss Darcy as handsome as her brother?” said Mr. Gardiner.

    “Oh, yes–the handsomest young lady that ever was seen; and so
    accomplished! She plays and sings all day long. In the next room is a
    new instrument just come down for her–a present from my master: she
    comes here to-morrow with him.”

    Mr. Gardiner, whose manners were easy and pleasant, encouraged her
    communicativeness by his questions and remarks: Mrs. Reynolds, either
    from pride or attachment, had evidently great pleasure in talking of her
    master and his sister.

    “Is your master much at Pemberley in the course of the year?”

    “Not so much as I could wish, sir: but I dare say he may spend half his
    time here; and Miss Darcy is always down for the summer months.”

    “Except,” thought Elizabeth, “when she goes to Ramsgate.”

    “If your master would marry, you might see more of him.”

    “Yes, sir; but I do not know when _that_ will be. I do not know who is
    good enough for him.”

    Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner smiled. Elizabeth could not help saying, “It is
    very much to his credit, I am sure, that you should think so.”

    “I say no more than the truth, and what everybody will say that knows
    him,” replied the other. Elizabeth thought this was going pretty far;
    and she listened with increasing astonishment as the housekeeper added,
    “I have never had a cross word from him in my life, and I have known him
    ever since he was four years old.”

    This was praise of all others most extraordinary, most opposite to her
    ideas. That he was not a good-tempered man had been her firmest opinion.
    Her keenest attention was awakened: she longed to hear more; and was
    grateful to her uncle for saying,–

    “There are very few people of whom so much can be said. You are lucky in
    having such a master.”

    “Yes, sir, I know I am. If I were to go through the world, I could not
    meet with a better. But I have always observed, that they who are
    good-natured when children, are good-natured when they grow up; and he
    was always the sweetest tempered, most generous-hearted boy in the
    world.”

    Elizabeth almost stared at her. “Can this be Mr. Darcy?” thought she.

    “His father was an excellent man,” said Mrs. Gardiner.

    “Yes, ma’am, that he was indeed; and his son will be just like him–just
    as affable to the poor.”

    Elizabeth listened, wondered, doubted, and was impatient for more. Mrs.
    Reynolds could interest her on no other point. She related the subjects
    of the pictures, the dimensions of the rooms, and the price of the
    furniture in vain. Mr. Gardiner, highly amused by the kind of family
    prejudice, to which he attributed her excessive commendation of her
    master, soon led again to the subject; and she dwelt with energy on his
    many merits, as they proceeded together up the great staircase.

    “He is the best landlord, and the best master,” said she, “that ever
    lived. Not like the wild young men now-a-days, who think of nothing but
    themselves. There is not one of his tenants or servants but what will
    give him a good name. Some people call him proud; but I am sure I never
    saw anything of it. To my fancy, it is only because he does not rattle
    away like other young men.”

    “In what an amiable light does this place him!” thought Elizabeth.

    “This fine account of him,” whispered her aunt as they walked, “is not
    quite consistent with his behaviour to our poor friend.”

    “Perhaps we might be deceived.”

    “That is not very likely; our authority was too good.”

    On reaching the spacious lobby above, they were shown into a very pretty
    sitting-room, lately fitted up with greater elegance and lightness than
    the apartments below; and were informed that it was but just done to
    give pleasure to Miss Darcy, who had taken a liking to the room, when
    last at Pemberley.

    “He is certainly a good brother,” said Elizabeth, as she walked towards
    one of the windows.

    Mrs. Reynolds anticipated Miss Darcy’s delight, when she should enter
    the room. “And this is always the way with him,” she added. “Whatever
    can give his sister any pleasure, is sure to be done in a moment. There
    is nothing he would not do for her.”

    The picture gallery, and two or three of the principal bed-rooms, were
    all that remained to be shown. In the former were many good paintings:
    but Elizabeth knew nothing of the art; and from such as had been already
    visible below, she had willingly turned to look at some drawings of Miss
    Darcy’s, in crayons, whose subjects were usually more interesting, and
    also more intelligible.

    In the gallery there were many family portraits, but they could have
    little to fix the attention of a stranger. Elizabeth walked on in quest
    of the only face whose features would be known to her. At last it
    arrested her–and she beheld a striking resemblance of Mr. Darcy, with
    such a smile over the face, as she remembered to have sometimes seen,
    when he looked at her. She stood several minutes before the picture, in
    earnest contemplation, and returned to it again before they quitted the
    gallery. Mrs. Reynolds informed them, that it had been taken in his
    father’s lifetime.

    There was certainly at this moment, in Elizabeth’s mind, a more gentle
    sensation towards the original than she had ever felt in the height of
    their acquaintance. The commendation bestowed on him by Mrs. Reynolds
    was of no trifling nature. What praise is more valuable than the praise
    of an intelligent servant? As a brother, a landlord, a master, she
    considered how many people’s happiness were in his guardianship! How
    much of pleasure or pain it was in his power to bestow! How much of good
    or evil must be done by him! Every idea that had been brought forward by
    the housekeeper was favourable to his character; and as she stood before
    the canvas, on which he was represented, and fixed his eyes upon
    herself, she thought of his regard with a deeper sentiment of gratitude
    than it had ever raised before: she remembered its warmth, and softened
    its impropriety of expression.

    When all of the house that was open to general inspection had been seen,
    they returned down stairs; and, taking leave of the housekeeper, were
    consigned over to the gardener, who met them at the hall door.

    As they walked across the lawn towards the river, Elizabeth turned back
    to look again; her uncle and aunt stopped also; and while the former was
    conjecturing as to the date of the building, the owner of it himself
    suddenly came forward from the road which led behind it to the stables.

    They were within twenty yards of each other; and so abrupt was his
    appearance, that it was impossible to avoid his sight. Their eyes
    instantly met, and the cheeks of each were overspread with the deepest
    blush. He absolutely started, and for a moment seemed immovable from
    surprise; but shortly recovering himself, advanced towards the party,
    and spoke to Elizabeth, if not in terms of perfect composure, at least
    of perfect civility.

    She had instinctively turned away; but stopping on his approach,
    received his compliments with an embarrassment impossible to be
    overcome. Had his first appearance, or his resemblance to the picture
    they had just been examining, been insufficient to assure the other two
    that they now saw Mr. Darcy, the gardener’s expression of surprise, on
    beholding his master, must immediately have told it. They stood a little
    aloof while he was talking to their niece, who, astonished and confused,
    scarcely dared lift her eyes to his face, and knew not what answer she
    returned to his civil inquiries after her family. Amazed at the
    alteration of his manner since they last parted, every sentence that he
    uttered was increasing her embarrassment; and every idea of the
    impropriety of her being found there recurring to her mind, the few
    minutes in which they continued together were some of the most
    uncomfortable of her life. Nor did he seem much more at ease; when he
    spoke, his accent had none of its usual sedateness; and he repeated his
    inquiries as to the time of her having left Longbourn, and of her stay
    in Derbyshire, so often, and in so hurried a way, as plainly spoke the
    distraction of his thoughts.

    At length, every idea seemed to fail him; and after standing a few
    moments without saying a word, he suddenly recollected himself, and took
    leave.

    The others then joined her, and expressed their admiration of his
    figure; but Elizabeth heard not a word, and, wholly engrossed by her own
    feelings, followed them in silence. She was overpowered by shame and
    vexation. Her coming there was the most unfortunate, the most ill-judged
    thing in the world! How strange must it appear to him! In what a
    disgraceful light might it not strike so vain a man! It might seem as if
    she had purposely thrown herself in his way again! Oh! why did she come?
    or, why did he thus come a day before he was expected? Had they been
    only ten minutes sooner, they should have been beyond the reach of his
    discrimination; for it was plain that he was that moment arrived, that
    moment alighted from his horse or his carriage. She blushed again and
    again over the perverseness of the meeting. And his behaviour, so
    strikingly altered,–what could it mean? That he should even speak to
    her was amazing!–but to speak with such civility, to inquire after her
    family! Never in her life had she seen his manners so little dignified,
    never had he spoken with such gentleness as on this unexpected meeting.
    What a contrast did it offer to his last address in Rosings Park, when
    he put his letter into her hand! She knew not what to think, or how to
    account for it.

    They had now entered a beautiful walk by the side of the water, and
    every step was bringing forward a nobler fall of ground, or a finer
    reach of the woods to which they were approaching: but it was some time
    before Elizabeth was sensible of any of it; and, though she answered
    mechanically to the repeated appeals of her uncle and aunt, and seemed
    to direct her eyes to such objects as they pointed out, she
    distinguished no part of the scene. Her thoughts were all fixed on that
    one spot of Pemberley House, whichever it might be, where Mr. Darcy then
    was. She longed to know what at that moment was passing in his mind; in
    what manner he thought of her, and whether, in defiance of everything,
    she was still dear to him. Perhaps he had been civil only because he
    felt himself at ease; yet there had been _that_ in his voice, which was
    not like ease. Whether he had felt more of pain or of pleasure in seeing
    her, she could not tell, but he certainly had not seen her with
    composure.

    At length, however, the remarks of her companions on her absence of mind
    roused her, and she felt the necessity of appearing more like herself.

    They entered the woods, and, bidding adieu to the river for a while,
    ascended some of the higher grounds; whence, in spots where the opening
    of the trees gave the eye power to wander, were many charming views of
    the valley, the opposite hills, with the long range of woods
    overspreading many, and occasionally part of the stream. Mr. Gardiner
    expressed a wish of going round the whole park, but feared it might be
    beyond a walk. With a triumphant smile, they were told, that it was ten
    miles round. It settled the matter; and they pursued the accustomed
    circuit; which brought them again, after some time, in a descent among
    hanging woods, to the edge of the water, and one of its narrowest parts.
    They crossed it by a simple bridge, in character with the general air of
    the scene: it was a spot less adorned than any they had yet visited; and
    the valley, here contracted into a glen, allowed room only for the
    stream, and a narrow walk amidst the rough coppice-wood which bordered
    it. Elizabeth longed to explore its windings; but when they had crossed
    the bridge, and perceived their distance from the house, Mrs. Gardiner,
    who was not a great walker, could go no farther, and thought only of
    returning to the carriage as quickly as possible. Her niece was,
    therefore, obliged to submit, and they took their way towards the house
    on the opposite side of the river, in the nearest direction; but their
    progress was slow, for Mr. Gardiner, though seldom able to indulge the
    taste, was very fond of fishing, and was so much engaged in watching the
    occasional appearance of some trout in the water, and talking to the man
    about them, that he advanced but little. Whilst wandering on in this
    slow manner, they were again surprised, and Elizabeth’s astonishment was
    quite equal to what it had been at first, by the sight of Mr. Darcy
    approaching them, and at no great distance. The walk being here less
    sheltered than on the other side, allowed them to see him before they
    met. Elizabeth, however astonished, was at least more prepared for an
    interview than before, and resolved to appear and to speak with
    calmness, if he really intended to meet them. For a few moments, indeed,
    she felt that he would probably strike into some other path. The idea
    lasted while a turning in the walk concealed him from their view; the
    turning past, he was immediately before them. With a glance she saw that
    he had lost none of his recent civility; and, to imitate his politeness,
    she began as they met to admire the beauty of the place; but she had not
    got beyond the words “delightful,” and “charming,” when some unlucky
    recollections obtruded, and she fancied that praise of Pemberley from
    her might be mischievously construed. Her colour changed, and she said
    no more.

    Mrs. Gardiner was standing a little behind; and on her pausing, he asked
    her if she would do him the honour of introducing him to her friends.
    This was a stroke of civility for which she was quite unprepared; and
    she could hardly suppress a smile at his being now seeking the
    acquaintance of some of those very people, against whom his pride had
    revolted, in his offer to herself. “What will be his surprise,” thought
    she, “when he knows who they are! He takes them now for people of
    fashion.”

    The introduction, however, was immediately made; and as she named their
    relationship to herself, she stole a sly look at him, to see how he bore
    it; and was not without the expectation of his decamping as fast as he
    could from such disgraceful companions. That he was _surprised_ by the
    connection was evident: he sustained it, however, with fortitude: and,
    so far from going away, turned back with them, and entered into
    conversation with Mr. Gardiner. Elizabeth could not but be pleased,
    could not but triumph. It was consoling that he should know she had some
    relations for whom there was no need to blush. She listened most
    attentively to all that passed between them, and gloried in every
    expression, every sentence of her uncle, which marked his intelligence,
    his taste, or his good manners.

    The conversation soon turned upon fishing; and she heard Mr. Darcy
    invite him, with the greatest civility, to fish there as often as he
    chose, while he continued in the neighbourhood, offering at the same
    time to supply him with fishing tackle, and pointing out those parts of
    the stream where there was usually most sport. Mrs. Gardiner, who was
    walking arm in arm with Elizabeth, gave her a look expressive of her
    wonder. Elizabeth said nothing, but it gratified her exceedingly; the
    compliment must be all for herself. Her astonishment, however, was
    extreme; and continually was she repeating, “Why is he so altered? From
    what can it proceed? It cannot be for _me_, it cannot be for _my_ sake
    that his manners are thus softened. My reproofs at Hunsford could not
    work such a change as this. It is impossible that he should still love
    me.”

    After walking some time in this way, the two ladies in front, the two
    gentlemen behind, on resuming their places, after descending to the
    brink of the river for the better inspection of some curious
    water-plant, there chanced to be a little alteration. It originated in
    Mrs. Gardiner, who, fatigued by the exercise of the morning, found
    Elizabeth’s arm inadequate to her support, and consequently preferred
    her husband’s. Mr. Darcy took her place by her niece, and they walked on
    together. After a short silence the lady first spoke. She wished him to
    know that she had been assured of his absence before she came to the
    place, and accordingly began by observing, that his arrival had been
    very unexpected–“for your housekeeper,” she added, “informed us that
    you would certainly not be here till to-morrow; and, indeed, before we
    left Bakewell, we understood that you were not immediately expected in
    the country.” He acknowledged the truth of it all; and said that
    business with his steward had occasioned his coming forward a few hours
    before the rest of the party with whom he had been travelling. “They
    will join me early to-morrow,” he continued, “and among them are some
    who will claim an acquaintance with you,–Mr. Bingley and his sisters.”

    Elizabeth answered only by a slight bow. Her thoughts were instantly
    driven back to the time when Mr. Bingley’s name had been last mentioned
    between them; and if she might judge from his complexion, _his_ mind was
    not very differently engaged.

    “There is also one other person in the party,” he continued after a
    pause, “who more particularly wishes to be known to you. Will you allow
    me, or do I ask too much, to introduce my sister to your acquaintance
    during your stay at Lambton?”

    The surprise of such an application was great indeed; it was too great
    for her to know in what manner she acceded to it. She immediately felt
    that whatever desire Miss Darcy might have of being acquainted with her,
    must be the work of her brother, and without looking farther, it was
    satisfactory; it was gratifying to know that his resentment had not made
    him think really ill of her.

    They now walked on in silence; each of them deep in thought. Elizabeth
    was not comfortable; that was impossible; but she was flattered and
    pleased. His wish of introducing his sister to her was a compliment of
    the highest kind. They soon outstripped the others; and when they had
    reached the carriage, Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner were half a quarter of a
    mile behind.

    He then asked her to walk into the house–but she declared herself not
    tired, and they stood together on the lawn. At such a time much might
    have been said, and silence was very awkward. She wanted to talk, but
    there seemed an embargo on every subject. At last she recollected that
    she had been travelling, and they talked of Matlock and Dovedale with
    great perseverance. Yet time and her aunt moved slowly–and her patience
    and her ideas were nearly worn out before the _tête-à-tête_ was over.

    On Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner’s coming up they were all pressed to go into
    the house and take some refreshment; but this was declined, and they
    parted on each side with the utmost politeness. Mr. Darcy handed the
    ladies into the carriage; and when it drove off, Elizabeth saw him
    walking slowly towards the house.

    The observations of her uncle and aunt now began; and each of them
    pronounced him to be infinitely superior to anything they had expected.

    “He is perfectly well-behaved, polite, and unassuming,” said her uncle.

    “There _is_ something a little stately in him, to be sure,” replied her
    aunt; “but it is confined to his air, and is not unbecoming. I can now
    say with the housekeeper, that though some people may call him proud,
    _I_ have seen nothing of it.”

    “I was never more surprised than by his behaviour to us. It was more
    than civil; it was really attentive; and there was no necessity for such
    attention. His acquaintance with Elizabeth was very trifling.”

    “To be sure, Lizzy,” said her aunt, “he is not so handsome as Wickham;
    or rather he has not Wickham’s countenance, for his features are
    perfectly good. But how came you to tell us that he was so
    disagreeable?”

    Elizabeth excused herself as well as she could: said that she had liked
    him better when they met in Kent than before, and that she had never
    seen him so pleasant as this morning.

    “But perhaps he may be a little whimsical in his civilities,” replied
    her uncle. “Your great men often are; and therefore I shall not take him
    at his word about fishing, as he might change his mind another day, and
    warn me off his grounds.”

    Elizabeth felt that they had entirely mistaken his character, but said
    nothing.

    “From what we have seen of him,” continued Mrs. Gardiner, “I really
    should not have thought that he could have behaved in so cruel a way by
    anybody as he has done by poor Wickham. He has not an ill-natured look.
    On the contrary, there is something pleasing about his mouth when he
    speaks. And there is something of dignity in his countenance, that would
    not give one an unfavourable idea of his heart. But, to be sure, the
    good lady who showed us the house did give him a most flaming character!
    I could hardly help laughing aloud sometimes. But he is a liberal
    master, I suppose, and _that_, in the eye of a servant, comprehends
    every virtue.”

    Elizabeth here felt herself called on to say something in vindication of
    his behaviour to Wickham; and, therefore, gave them to understand, in as
    guarded a manner as she could, that by what she had heard from his
    relations in Kent, his actions were capable of a very different
    construction; and that his character was by no means so faulty, nor
    Wickham’s so amiable, as they had been considered in Hertfordshire. In
    confirmation of this, she related the particulars of all the pecuniary
    transactions in which they had been connected, without actually naming
    her authority, but stating it to be such as might be relied on.

    Mrs. Gardiner was surprised and concerned: but as they were now
    approaching the scene of her former pleasures, every idea gave way to
    the charm of recollection; and she was too much engaged in pointing out
    to her husband all the interesting spots in its environs, to think of
    anything else. Fatigued as she had been by the morning’s walk, they had
    no sooner dined than she set off again in quest of her former
    acquaintance, and the evening was spent in the satisfactions of an
    intercourse renewed after many years’ discontinuance.

    The occurrences of the day were too full of interest to leave Elizabeth
    much attention for any of these new friends; and she could do nothing
    but think, and think with wonder, of Mr. Darcy’s civility, and, above
    all, of his wishing her to be acquainted with his sister.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XLIV.

     

    Elizabeth had settled it that Mr. Darcy would bring his sister to visit
    her the very day after her reaching Pemberley; and was, consequently,
    resolved not to be out of sight of the inn the whole of that morning.
    But her conclusion was false; for on the very morning after their own
    arrival at Lambton these visitors came. They had been walking about the
    place with some of their new friends, and were just returned to the inn
    to dress themselves for dining with the same family, when the sound of a
    carriage drew them to a window, and they saw a gentleman and lady in a
    curricle driving up the street. Elizabeth, immediately recognizing the
    livery, guessed what it meant, and imparted no small degree of surprise
    to her relations, by acquainting them with the honour which she
    expected. Her uncle and aunt were all amazement; and the embarrassment
    of her manner as she spoke, joined to the circumstance itself, and many
    of the circumstances of the preceding day, opened to them a new idea on
    the business. Nothing had ever suggested it before, but they now felt
    that there was no other way of accounting for such attentions from such
    a quarter than by supposing a partiality for their niece. While these
    newly-born notions were passing in their heads, the perturbation of
    Elizabeth’s feelings was every moment increasing. She was quite amazed
    at her own discomposure; but, amongst other causes of disquiet, she
    dreaded lest the partiality of the brother should have said too much in
    her favour; and, more than commonly anxious to please, she naturally
    suspected that every power of pleasing would fail her.

    She retreated from the window, fearful of being seen; and as she walked
    up and down the room, endeavouring to compose herself, saw such looks of
    inquiring surprise in her uncle and aunt as made everything worse.

    Miss Darcy and her brother appeared, and this formidable introduction
    took place. With astonishment did Elizabeth see that her new
    acquaintance was at least as much embarrassed as herself. Since her
    being at Lambton, she had heard that Miss Darcy was exceedingly proud;
    but the observation of a very few minutes convinced her that she was
    only exceedingly shy. She found it difficult to obtain even a word from
    her beyond a monosyllable.

    Miss Darcy was tall, and on a larger scale than Elizabeth; and, though
    little more than sixteen, her figure was formed, and her appearance
    womanly and graceful. She was less handsome than her brother, but there
    was sense and good-humour in her face, and her manners were perfectly
    unassuming and gentle. Elizabeth, who had expected to find in her as
    acute and unembarrassed an observer as ever Mr. Darcy had been, was much
    relieved by discerning such different feelings.

    They had not been long together before Darcy told her that Bingley was
    also coming to wait on her; and she had barely time to express her
    satisfaction, and prepare for such a visitor, when Bingley’s quick step
    was heard on the stairs, and in a moment he entered the room. All
    Elizabeth’s anger against him had been long done away; but had she still
    felt any, it could hardly have stood its ground against the unaffected
    cordiality with which he expressed himself on seeing her again. He
    inquired in a friendly, though general, way, after her family, and
    looked and spoke with the same good-humoured ease that he had ever done.

    To Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner he was scarcely a less interesting personage
    than to herself. They had long wished to see him. The whole party before
    them, indeed, excited a lively attention. The suspicions which had just
    arisen of Mr. Darcy and their niece, directed their observation towards
    each with an earnest, though guarded, inquiry; and they soon drew from
    those inquiries the full conviction that one of them at least knew what
    it was to love. Of the lady’s sensations they remained a little in
    doubt; but that the gentleman was overflowing with admiration was
    evident enough.

    Elizabeth, on her side, had much to do. She wanted to ascertain the
    feelings of each of her visitors, she wanted to compose her own, and to
    make herself agreeable to all; and in the latter object, where she
    feared most to fail, she was most sure of success, for those to whom
    she endeavoured to give pleasure were pre-possessed in her favour.
    Bingley was ready, Georgiana was eager, and Darcy determined, to be
    pleased.

    [Illustration:

    “To make herself agreeable to all”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    In seeing Bingley, her thoughts naturally flew to her sister; and oh!
    how ardently did she long to know whether any of his were directed in a
    like manner. Sometimes she could fancy that he talked less than on
    former occasions, and once or twice pleased herself with the notion
    that, as he looked at her, he was trying to trace a resemblance. But,
    though this might be imaginary, she could not be deceived as to his
    behaviour to Miss Darcy, who had been set up as a rival to Jane. No
    look appeared on either side that spoke particular regard. Nothing
    occurred between them that could justify the hopes of his sister. On
    this point she was soon satisfied; and two or three little circumstances
    occurred ere they parted, which, in her anxious interpretation, denoted
    a recollection of Jane, not untinctured by tenderness, and a wish of
    saying more that might lead to the mention of her, had he dared. He
    observed to her, at a moment when the others were talking together, and
    in a tone which had something of real regret, that it “was a very long
    time since he had had the pleasure of seeing her;” and, before she could
    reply, he added, “It is above eight months. We have not met since the
    26th of November, when we were all dancing together at Netherfield.”

    Elizabeth was pleased to find his memory so exact; and he afterwards
    took occasion to ask her, when unattended to by any of the rest, whether
    _all_ her sisters were at Longbourn. There was not much in the question,
    nor in the preceding remark; but there was a look and a manner which
    gave them meaning.

    It was not often that she could turn her eyes on Mr. Darcy himself; but
    whenever she did catch a glimpse she saw an expression of general
    complaisance, and in all that he said, she heard an accent so far
    removed from _hauteur_ or disdain of his companions, as convinced her
    that the improvement of manners which she had yesterday witnessed,
    however temporary its existence might prove, had at least outlived one
    day. When she saw him thus seeking the acquaintance, and courting the
    good opinion of people with whom any intercourse a few months ago would
    have been a disgrace; when she saw him thus civil, not only to herself,
    but to the very relations whom he had openly disdained, and recollected
    their last lively scene in Hunsford Parsonage, the difference, the
    change was so great, and struck so forcibly on her mind, that she could
    hardly restrain her astonishment from being visible. Never, even in the
    company of his dear friends at Netherfield, or his dignified relations
    at Rosings, had she seen him so desirous to please, so free from
    self-consequence or unbending reserve, as now, when no importance could
    result from the success of his endeavours, and when even the
    acquaintance of those to whom his attentions were addressed, would draw
    down the ridicule and censure of the ladies both of Netherfield and
    Rosings.

    Their visitors stayed with them above half an hour; and when they arose
    to depart, Mr. Darcy called on his sister to join him in expressing
    their wish of seeing Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner, and Miss Bennet, to dinner
    at Pemberley, before they left the country. Miss Darcy, though with a
    diffidence which marked her little in the habit of giving invitations,
    readily obeyed. Mrs. Gardiner looked at her niece, desirous of knowing
    how _she_, whom the invitation most concerned, felt disposed as to its
    acceptance, but Elizabeth had turned away her head. Presuming, however,
    that this studied avoidance spoke rather a momentary embarrassment than
    any dislike of the proposal, and seeing in her husband, who was fond of
    society, a perfect willingness to accept it, she ventured to engage for
    her attendance, and the day after the next was fixed on.

    Bingley expressed great pleasure in the certainty of seeing Elizabeth
    again, having still a great deal to say to her, and many inquiries to
    make after all their Hertfordshire friends. Elizabeth, construing all
    this into a wish of hearing her speak of her sister, was pleased; and
    on this account, as well as some others, found herself, when their
    visitors left them, capable of considering the last half hour with some
    satisfaction, though while it was passing the enjoyment of it had been
    little. Eager to be alone, and fearful of inquiries or hints from her
    uncle and aunt, she stayed with them only long enough to hear their
    favourable opinion of Bingley, and then hurried away to dress.

    But she had no reason to fear Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner’s curiosity; it was
    not their wish to force her communication. It was evident that she was
    much better acquainted with Mr. Darcy than they had before any idea of;
    it was evident that he was very much in love with her. They saw much to
    interest, but nothing to justify inquiry.

    Of Mr. Darcy it was now a matter of anxiety to think well; and, as far
    as their acquaintance reached, there was no fault to find. They could
    not be untouched by his politeness; and had they drawn his character
    from their own feelings and his servant’s report, without any reference
    to any other account, the circle in Hertfordshire to which he was known
    would not have recognized it for Mr. Darcy. There was now an interest,
    however, in believing the housekeeper; and they soon became sensible
    that the authority of a servant, who had known him since he was four
    years old, and whose own manners indicated respectability, was not to be
    hastily rejected. Neither had anything occurred in the intelligence of
    their Lambton friends that could materially lessen its weight. They had
    nothing to accuse him of but pride; pride he probably had, and if not,
    it would certainly be imputed by the inhabitants of a small market town
    where the family did not visit. It was acknowledged, however, that he
    was a liberal man, and did much good among the poor.

    With respect to Wickham, the travellers soon found that he was not held
    there in much estimation; for though the chief of his concerns with the
    son of his patron were imperfectly understood, it was yet a well-known
    fact that, on his quitting Derbyshire, he had left many debts behind
    him, which Mr. Darcy afterwards discharged.

    As for Elizabeth, her thoughts were at Pemberley this evening more than
    the last; and the evening, though as it passed it seemed long, was not
    long enough to determine her feelings towards _one_ in that mansion; and
    she lay awake two whole hours, endeavouring to make them out. She
    certainly did not hate him. No; hatred had vanished long ago, and she
    had almost as long been ashamed of ever feeling a dislike against him,
    that could be so called. The respect created by the conviction of his
    valuable qualities, though at first unwillingly admitted, had for some
    time ceased to be repugnant to her feelings; and it was now heightened
    into somewhat of a friendlier nature by the testimony so highly in his
    favour, and bringing forward his disposition in so amiable a light,
    which yesterday had produced. But above all, above respect and esteem,
    there was a motive within her of good-will which could not be
    overlooked. It was gratitude;–gratitude, not merely for having once
    loved her, but for loving her still well enough to forgive all the
    petulance and acrimony of her manner in rejecting him, and all the
    unjust accusations accompanying her rejection. He who, she had been
    persuaded, would avoid her as his greatest enemy, seemed, on this
    accidental meeting, most eager to preserve the acquaintance; and
    without any indelicate display of regard, or any peculiarity of manner,
    where their two selves only were concerned, was soliciting the good
    opinion of her friends, and bent on making her known to his sister. Such
    a change in a man of so much pride excited not only astonishment but
    gratitude–for to love, ardent love, it must be attributed; and, as
    such, its impression on her was of a sort to be encouraged, as by no
    means unpleasing, though it could not be exactly defined. She respected,
    she esteemed, she was grateful to him, she felt a real interest in his
    welfare; and she only wanted to know how far she wished that welfare to
    depend upon herself, and how far it would be for the happiness of both
    that she should employ the power, which her fancy told her she still
    possessed, of bringing on the renewal of his addresses.

    It had been settled in the evening, between the aunt and niece, that
    such a striking civility as Miss Darcy’s, in coming to them on the very
    day of her arrival at Pemberley–for she had reached it only to a late
    breakfast–ought to be imitated, though it could not be equalled, by
    some exertion of politeness on their side; and, consequently, that it
    would be highly expedient to wait on her at Pemberley the following
    morning. They were, therefore, to go. Elizabeth was pleased; though when
    she asked herself the reason, she had very little to say in reply.

    Mr. Gardiner left them soon after breakfast. The fishing scheme had been
    renewed the day before, and a positive engagement made of his meeting
    some of the gentlemen at Pemberley by noon.

     

    [Illustration:

    “Engaged by the river”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XLV.

     

    Convinced as Elizabeth now was that Miss Bingley’s dislike of her had
    originated in jealousy, she could not help feeling how very unwelcome
    her appearance at Pemberley must be to her, and was curious to know
    with how much civility on that lady’s side the acquaintance would now
    be renewed.

    On reaching the house, they were shown through the hall into the saloon,
    whose northern aspect rendered it delightful for summer. Its windows,
    opening to the ground, admitted a most refreshing view of the high woody
    hills behind the house, and of the beautiful oaks and Spanish chestnuts
    which were scattered over the intermediate lawn.

    In this room they were received by Miss Darcy, who was sitting there
    with Mrs. Hurst and Miss Bingley, and the lady with whom she lived in
    London. Georgiana’s reception of them was very civil, but attended with
    all that embarrassment which, though proceeding from shyness and the
    fear of doing wrong, would easily give to those who felt themselves
    inferior the belief of her being proud and reserved. Mrs. Gardiner and
    her niece, however, did her justice, and pitied her.

    By Mrs. Hurst and Miss Bingley they were noticed only by a courtesy; and
    on their being seated, a pause, awkward as such pauses must always be,
    succeeded for a few moments. It was first broken by Mrs. Annesley, a
    genteel, agreeable-looking woman, whose endeavour to introduce some kind
    of discourse proved her to be more truly well-bred than either of the
    others; and between her and Mrs. Gardiner, with occasional help from
    Elizabeth, the conversation was carried on. Miss Darcy looked as if she
    wished for courage enough to join in it; and sometimes did venture a
    short sentence, when there was least danger of its being heard.

    Elizabeth soon saw that she was herself closely watched by Miss Bingley,
    and that she could not speak a word, especially to Miss Darcy, without
    calling her attention. This observation would not have prevented her
    from trying to talk to the latter, had they not been seated at an
    inconvenient distance; but she was not sorry to be spared the necessity
    of saying much: her own thoughts were employing her. She expected every
    moment that some of the gentlemen would enter the room: she wished, she
    feared, that the master of the house might be amongst them; and whether
    she wished or feared it most, she could scarcely determine. After
    sitting in this manner a quarter of an hour, without hearing Miss
    Bingley’s voice, Elizabeth was roused by receiving from her a cold
    inquiry after the health of her family. She answered with equal
    indifference and brevity, and the other said no more.

    The next variation which their visit afforded was produced by the
    entrance of servants with cold meat, cake, and a variety of all the
    finest fruits in season; but this did not take place till after many a
    significant look and smile from Mrs. Annesley to Miss Darcy had been
    given, to remind her of her post. There was now employment for the whole
    party; for though they could not all talk, they could all eat; and the
    beautiful pyramids of grapes, nectarines, and peaches, soon collected
    them round the table.

    While thus engaged, Elizabeth had a fair opportunity of deciding whether
    she most feared or wished for the appearance of Mr. Darcy, by the
    feelings which prevailed on his entering the room; and then, though but
    a moment before she had believed her wishes to predominate, she began to
    regret that he came.

    He had been some time with Mr. Gardiner, who, with two or three other
    gentlemen from the house, was engaged by the river; and had left him
    only on learning that the ladies of the family intended a visit to
    Georgiana that morning. No sooner did he appear, than Elizabeth wisely
    resolved to be perfectly easy and unembarrassed;–a resolution the more
    necessary to be made, but perhaps not the more easily kept, because she
    saw that the suspicions of the whole party were awakened against them,
    and that there was scarcely an eye which did not watch his behaviour
    when he first came into the room. In no countenance was attentive
    curiosity so strongly marked as in Miss Bingley’s, in spite of the
    smiles which overspread her face whenever she spoke to one of its
    objects; for jealousy had not yet made her desperate, and her attentions
    to Mr. Darcy were by no means over. Miss Darcy, on her brother’s
    entrance, exerted herself much more to talk; and Elizabeth saw that he
    was anxious for his sister and herself to get acquainted, and forwarded,
    as much as possible, every attempt at conversation on either side. Miss
    Bingley saw all this likewise; and, in the imprudence of anger, took the
    first opportunity of saying, with sneering civility,–

    “Pray, Miss Eliza, are not the —-shire militia removed from Meryton?
    They must be a great loss to _your_ family.”

    In Darcy’s presence she dared not mention Wickham’s name: but Elizabeth
    instantly comprehended that he was uppermost in her thoughts; and the
    various recollections connected with him gave her a moment’s distress;
    but, exerting herself vigorously to repel the ill-natured attack, she
    presently answered the question in a tolerably disengaged tone. While
    she spoke, an involuntary glance showed her Darcy with a heightened
    complexion, earnestly looking at her, and his sister overcome with
    confusion, and unable to lift up her eyes. Had Miss Bingley known what
    pain she was then giving her beloved friend, she undoubtedly would have
    refrained from the hint; but she had merely intended to discompose
    Elizabeth, by bringing forward the idea of a man to whom she believed
    her partial, to make her betray a sensibility which might injure her in
    Darcy’s opinion, and, perhaps, to remind the latter of all the follies
    and absurdities by which some part of her family were connected with
    that corps. Not a syllable had ever reached her of Miss Darcy’s
    meditated elopement. To no creature had it been revealed, where secrecy
    was possible, except to Elizabeth; and from all Bingley’s connections
    her brother was particularly anxious to conceal it, from that very wish
    which Elizabeth had long ago attributed to him, of their becoming
    hereafter her own. He had certainly formed such a plan; and without
    meaning that it should affect his endeavour to separate him from Miss
    Bennet, it is probable that it might add something to his lively concern
    for the welfare of his friend.

    Elizabeth’s collected behaviour, however, soon quieted his emotion; and
    as Miss Bingley, vexed and disappointed, dared not approach nearer to
    Wickham, Georgiana also recovered in time, though not enough to be able
    to speak any more. Her brother, whose eye she feared to meet, scarcely
    recollected her interest in the affair; and the very circumstance which
    had been designed to turn his thoughts from Elizabeth, seemed to have
    fixed them on her more and more cheerfully.

    Their visit did not continue long after the question and answer above
    mentioned; and while Mr. Darcy was attending them to their carriage,
    Miss Bingley was venting her feelings in criticisms on Elizabeth’s
    person, behaviour, and dress. But Georgiana would not join her. Her
    brother’s recommendation was enough to insure her favour: his judgment
    could not err; and he had spoken in such terms of Elizabeth, as to leave
    Georgiana without the power of finding her otherwise than lovely and
    amiable. When Darcy returned to the saloon, Miss Bingley could not help
    repeating to him some part of what she had been saying to his sister.

    “How very ill Eliza Bennet looks this morning, Mr. Darcy,” she cried: “I
    never in my life saw anyone so much altered as she is since the winter.
    She is grown so brown and coarse! Louisa and I were agreeing that we
    should not have known her again.”

    However little Mr. Darcy might have liked such an address, he contented
    himself with coolly replying, that he perceived no other alteration than
    her being rather tanned,–no miraculous consequence of travelling in the
    summer.

    “For my own part,” she rejoined, “I must confess that I never could see
    any beauty in her. Her face is too thin; her complexion has no
    brilliancy; and her features are not at all handsome. Her nose wants
    character; there is nothing marked in its lines. Her teeth are
    tolerable, but not out of the common way; and as for her eyes, which
    have sometimes been called so fine, I never could perceive anything
    extraordinary in them. They have a sharp, shrewish look, which I do not
    like at all; and in her air altogether, there is a self-sufficiency
    without fashion, which is intolerable.”

    Persuaded as Miss Bingley was that Darcy admired Elizabeth, this was not
    the best method of recommending herself; but angry people are not always
    wise; and in seeing him at last look somewhat nettled, she had all the
    success she expected. He was resolutely silent, however; and, from a
    determination of making him speak, she continued,–

    “I remember, when we first knew her in Hertfordshire, how amazed we all
    were to find that she was a reputed beauty; and I particularly recollect
    your saying one night, after they had been dining at Netherfield, ‘_She_
    a beauty! I should as soon call her mother a wit.’ But afterwards she
    seemed to improve on you, and I believe you thought her rather pretty at
    one time.”

    “Yes,” replied Darcy, who could contain himself no longer, “but _that_
    was only when I first knew her; for it is many months since I have
    considered her as one of the handsomest women of my acquaintance.”

    He then went away, and Miss Bingley was left to all the satisfaction of
    having forced him to say what gave no one any pain but herself.

    Mrs. Gardiner and Elizabeth talked of all that had occurred during their
    visit, as they returned, except what had particularly interested them
    both. The looks and behaviour of everybody they had seen were discussed,
    except of the person who had mostly engaged their attention. They talked
    of his sister, his friends, his house, his fruit, of everything but
    himself; yet Elizabeth was longing to know what Mrs. Gardiner thought of
    him, and Mrs. Gardiner would have been highly gratified by her niece’s
    beginning the subject.

     

     

     

     

    Chapter XLVI.

     

    Elizabeth had been a good deal disappointed in not finding a letter from
    Jane on their first arrival at Lambton; and this disappointment had been
    renewed on each of the mornings that had now been spent there; but on
    the third her repining was over, and her sister justified, by the
    receipt of two letters from her at once, on one of which was marked that
    it had been mis-sent elsewhere. Elizabeth was not surprised at it, as
    Jane had written the direction remarkably ill.

    They had just been preparing to walk as the letters came in; and her
    uncle and aunt, leaving her to enjoy them in quiet, set off by
    themselves. The one mis-sent must be first attended to; it had been
    written five days ago. The beginning contained an account of all their
    little parties and engagements, with such news as the country afforded;
    but the latter half, which was dated a day later, and written in evident
    agitation, gave more important intelligence. It was to this effect:–

    “Since writing the above, dearest Lizzy, something has occurred of a
    most unexpected and serious nature; but I am afraid of alarming you–be
    assured that we are all well. What I have to say relates to poor Lydia.
    An express came at twelve last night, just as we were all gone to bed,
    from Colonel Forster, to inform us that she was gone off to Scotland
    with one of his officers; to own the truth, with Wickham! Imagine our
    surprise. To Kitty, however, it does not seem so wholly unexpected. I am
    very, very sorry. So imprudent a match on both sides! But I am willing
    to hope the best, and that his character has been misunderstood.
    Thoughtless and indiscreet I can easily believe him, but this step (and
    let us rejoice over it) marks nothing bad at heart. His choice is
    disinterested at least, for he must know my father can give her nothing.
    Our poor mother is sadly grieved. My father bears it better. How
    thankful am I, that we never let them know what has been said against
    him; we must forget it ourselves. They were off Saturday night about
    twelve, as is conjectured, but were not missed till yesterday morning at
    eight. The express was sent off directly. My dear Lizzy, they must have
    passed within ten miles of us. Colonel Forster gives us reason to expect
    him here soon. Lydia left a few lines for his wife, informing her of
    their intention. I must conclude, for I cannot be long from my poor
    mother. I am afraid you will not be able to make it out, but I hardly
    know what I have written.”

    Without allowing herself time for consideration, and scarcely knowing
    what she felt, Elizabeth, on finishing this letter, instantly seized the
    other, and opening it with the utmost impatience, read as follows: it
    had been written a day later than the conclusion of the first.

    “By this time, my dearest sister, you have received my hurried letter; I
    wish this may be more intelligible, but though not confined for time, my
    head is so bewildered that I cannot answer for being coherent. Dearest
    Lizzy, I hardly know what I would write, but I have bad news for you,
    and it cannot be delayed. Imprudent as a marriage between Mr. Wickham
    and our poor Lydia would be, we are now anxious to be assured it has
    taken place, for there is but too much reason to fear they are not gone
    to Scotland. Colonel Forster came yesterday, having left Brighton the
    day before, not many hours after the express. Though Lydia’s short
    letter to Mrs. F. gave them to understand that they were going to Gretna
    Green, something was dropped by Denny expressing his belief that W.
    never intended to go there, or to marry Lydia at all, which was repeated
    to Colonel F., who, instantly taking the alarm, set off from B.,
    intending to trace their route. He did trace them easily to Clapham, but
    no farther; for on entering that place, they removed into a
    hackney-coach, and dismissed the chaise that brought them from Epsom.
    All that is known after this is, that they were seen to continue the
    London road. I know not what to think. After making every possible
    inquiry on that side of London, Colonel F. came on into Hertfordshire,
    anxiously renewing them at all the turnpikes, and at the inns in Barnet
    and Hatfield, but without any success,–no such people had been seen to
    pass through. With the kindest concern he came on to Longbourn, and
    broke his apprehensions to us in a manner most creditable to his heart.
    I am sincerely grieved for him and Mrs. F.; but no one can throw any
    blame on them. Our distress, my dear Lizzy, is very great. My father and
    mother believe the worst, but I cannot think so ill of him. Many
    circumstances might make it more eligible for them to be married
    privately in town than to pursue their first plan; and even if _he_
    could form such a design against a young woman of Lydia’s connections,
    which is not likely, can I suppose her so lost to everything?
    Impossible! I grieve to find, however, that Colonel F. is not disposed
    to depend upon their marriage: he shook his head when I expressed my
    hopes, and said he feared W. was not a man to be trusted. My poor mother
    is really ill, and keeps her room. Could she exert herself, it would be
    better, but this is not to be expected; and as to my father, I never in
    my life saw him so affected. Poor Kitty has anger for having concealed
    their attachment; but as it was a matter of confidence, one cannot
    wonder. I am truly glad, dearest Lizzy, that you have been spared
    something of these distressing scenes; but now, as the first shock is
    over, shall I own that I long for your return? I am not so selfish,
    however, as to press for it, if inconvenient. Adieu! I take up my pen
    again to do, what I have just told you I would not; but circumstances
    are such, that I cannot help earnestly begging you all to come here as
    soon as possible. I know my dear uncle and aunt so well, that I am not
    afraid of requesting it, though I have still something more to ask of
    the former. My father is going to London with Colonel Forster instantly,
    to try to discover her. What he means to do, I am sure I know not; but
    his excessive distress will not allow him to pursue any measure in the
    best and safest way, and Colonel Forster is obliged to be at Brighton
    again to-morrow evening. In such an exigence my uncle’s advice and
    assistance would be everything in the world; he will immediately
    comprehend what I must feel, and I rely upon his goodness.”

    “Oh! where, where is my uncle?” cried Elizabeth, darting from her seat
    as she finished the letter, in eagerness to follow him, without losing a
    moment of the time so precious; but as she reached the door, it was
    opened by a servant, and Mr. Darcy appeared. Her pale face and
    impetuous manner made him start, and before he could recover himself
    enough to speak, she, in whose mind every idea was superseded by Lydia’s
    situation, hastily exclaimed, “I beg your pardon, but I must leave you.
    I must find Mr. Gardiner this moment on business that cannot be delayed;
    I have not an instant to lose.”

    “Good God! what is the matter?” cried he, with more feeling than
    politeness; then recollecting himself, “I will not detain you a minute;
    but let me, or let the servant, go after Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner. You are
    not well enough; you cannot go yourself.”

    Elizabeth hesitated; but her knees trembled under her, and she felt how
    little would be gained by her attempting to pursue them. Calling back
    the servant, therefore, she commissioned him, though in so breathless an
    accent as made her almost unintelligible, to fetch his master and
    mistress home instantly.

    On his quitting the room, she sat down, unable to support herself, and
    looking so miserably ill, that it was impossible for Darcy to leave her,
    or to refrain from saying, in a tone of gentleness and commiseration,
    “Let me call your maid. Is there nothing you could take to give you
    present relief? A glass of wine; shall I get you one? You are very ill.”

    “No, I thank you,” she replied, endeavouring to recover herself. “There
    is nothing the matter with me. I am quite well, I am only distressed by
    some dreadful news which I have just received from Longbourn.”

    She burst into tears as she alluded to it, and for a few minutes could
    not speak another word. Darcy, in wretched suspense, could only say
    something indistinctly of his

    [Illustration:

    “I have not an instant to lose”
    ]

    concern, and observe her in compassionate silence. At length she spoke
    again. “I have just had a letter from Jane, with such dreadful news. It
    cannot be concealed from anyone. My youngest sister has left all her
    friends–has eloped; has thrown herself into the power of–of Mr.
    Wickham. They are gone off together from Brighton. _You_ know him too
    well to doubt the rest. She has no money, no connections, nothing that
    can tempt him to–she is lost for ever.”

    Darcy was fixed in astonishment.

    “When I consider,” she added, in a yet more agitated voice, “that _I_
    might have prevented it! _I_ who knew what he was. Had I but explained
    some part of it only–some part of what I learnt, to my own family! Had
    his character been known, this could not have happened. But it is all,
    all too late now.”

    “I am grieved, indeed,” cried Darcy: “grieved–shocked. But is it
    certain, absolutely certain?”

    “Oh, yes! They left Brighton together on Sunday night, and were traced
    almost to London, but not beyond: they are certainly not gone to
    Scotland.”

    “And what has been done, what has been attempted, to recover her?”

    “My father has gone to London, and Jane has written to beg my uncle’s
    immediate assistance, and we shall be off, I hope, in half an hour. But
    nothing can be done; I know very well that nothing can be done. How is
    such a man to be worked on? How are they even to be discovered? I have
    not the smallest hope. It is every way horrible!”

    Darcy shook his head in silent acquiescence.

    “When _my_ eyes were opened to his real character, oh! had I known what
    I ought, what I dared to do! But I knew not–I was afraid of doing too
    much. Wretched, wretched mistake!”

    Darcy made no answer. He seemed scarcely to hear her, and was walking up
    and down the room in earnest meditation; his brow contracted, his air
    gloomy. Elizabeth soon observed, and instantly understood it. Her power
    was sinking; everything _must_ sink under such a proof of family
    weakness, such an assurance of the deepest disgrace. She could neither
    wonder nor condemn; but the belief of his self-conquest brought nothing
    consolatory to her bosom, afforded no palliation of her distress. It
    was, on the contrary, exactly calculated to make her understand her own
    wishes; and never had she so honestly felt that she could have loved
    him, as now, when all love must be vain.

    But self, though it would intrude, could not engross her. Lydia–the
    humiliation, the misery she was bringing on them all–soon swallowed up
    every private care; and covering her face with her handkerchief,
    Elizabeth was soon lost to everything else; and, after a pause of
    several minutes, was only recalled to a sense of her situation by the
    voice of her companion, who, in a manner which, though it spoke
    compassion, spoke likewise restraint, said,–

    “I am afraid you have been long desiring my absence, nor have I anything
    to plead in excuse of my stay, but real, though unavailing concern.
    Would to Heaven that anything could be either said or done on my part,
    that might offer consolation to such distress! But I will not torment
    you with vain wishes, which may seem purposely to ask for your thanks.
    This unfortunate affair will, I fear, prevent my sister’s having the
    pleasure of seeing you at Pemberley to-day.”

    “Oh, yes! Be so kind as to apologize for us to Miss Darcy. Say that
    urgent business calls us home immediately. Conceal the unhappy truth as
    long as it is possible. I know it cannot be long.”

    He readily assured her of his secrecy, again expressed his sorrow for
    her distress, wished it a happier conclusion than there was at present
    reason to hope, and, leaving his compliments for her relations, with
    only one serious parting look, went away.

    As he quitted the room, Elizabeth felt how improbable it was that they
    should ever see each other again on such terms of cordiality as had
    marked their several meetings in Derbyshire; and as she threw a
    retrospective glance over the whole of their acquaintance, so full of
    contradictions and varieties, sighed at the perverseness of those
    feelings which would now have promoted its continuance, and would
    formerly have rejoiced in its termination.

    If gratitude and esteem are good foundations of affection, Elizabeth’s
    change of sentiment will be neither improbable nor faulty. But if
    otherwise, if the regard springing from such sources is unreasonable or
    unnatural, in comparison of what is so often described as arising on a
    first interview with its object, and even before two words have been
    exchanged, nothing can be said in her defence, except that she had given
    somewhat of a trial to the latter method, in her partiality for Wickham,
    and that its ill success might, perhaps, authorize her to seek the other
    less interesting mode of attachment. Be that as it may, she saw him go
    with regret; and in this early example of what Lydia’s infamy must
    produce, found additional anguish as she reflected on that wretched
    business. Never since reading Jane’s second letter had she entertained a
    hope of Wickham’s meaning to marry her. No one but Jane, she thought,
    could flatter herself with such an expectation. Surprise was the least
    of all her feelings on this development. While the contents of the first
    letter remained on her mind, she was all surprise, all astonishment,
    that Wickham should marry a girl whom it was impossible he could marry
    for money; and how Lydia could ever have attached him had appeared
    incomprehensible. But now it was all too natural. For such an attachment
    as this, she might have sufficient charms; and though she did not
    suppose Lydia to be deliberately engaging in an elopement, without the
    intention of marriage, she had no difficulty in believing that neither
    her virtue nor her understanding would preserve her from falling an easy
    prey.

    She had never perceived, while the regiment was in Hertfordshire, that
    Lydia had any partiality for him; but she was convinced that Lydia had
    wanted only encouragement to attach herself to anybody. Sometimes one
    officer, sometimes another, had been her favourite, as their attentions
    raised them in her opinion. Her affections had been continually
    fluctuating, but never without an object. The mischief of neglect and
    mistaken indulgence towards such a girl–oh! how acutely did she now
    feel it!

    She was wild to be at home–to hear, to see, to be upon the spot to
    share with Jane in the cares that must now fall wholly upon her, in a
    family so deranged; a father absent, a mother incapable of exertion, and
    requiring constant attendance; and though almost persuaded that nothing
    could be done for Lydia, her uncle’s interference seemed of the utmost
    importance, and till he entered the room the misery of her impatience
    was severe. Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner had hurried back in alarm, supposing,
    by the servant’s account, that their niece was taken suddenly ill; but
    satisfying them instantly on that head, she eagerly communicated the
    cause of their summons, reading the two letters aloud, and dwelling on
    the postscript of the last with trembling energy. Though Lydia had never
    been a favourite with them, Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner could not but be
    deeply affected. Not Lydia only, but all were concerned in it; and after
    the first exclamations of surprise and horror, Mr. Gardiner readily
    promised every assistance in his power. Elizabeth, though expecting no
    less, thanked him with tears of gratitude; and all three being actuated
    by one spirit, everything relating to their journey was speedily
    settled. They were to be off as soon as possible. “But what is to be
    done about Pemberley?” cried Mrs. Gardiner. “John told us Mr. Darcy was
    here when you sent for us;–was it so?”

    “Yes; and I told him we should not be able to keep our engagement.
    _That_ is all settled.”

    “What is all settled?” repeated the other, as she ran into her room to
    prepare. “And are they upon such terms as for her to disclose the real
    truth? Oh, that I knew how it was!”

    But wishes were vain; or, at best, could serve only to amuse her in the
    hurry and confusion of the following hour. Had Elizabeth been at leisure
    to be idle, she would have remained certain that all employment was
    impossible to one so wretched as herself; but she had her share of
    business as well as her aunt, and amongst the rest there were notes to
    be written to all their friends at Lambton, with false excuses for their
    sudden departure. An hour, however, saw the whole completed; and Mr.
    Gardiner, meanwhile, having settled his account at the inn, nothing
    remained to be done but to go; and Elizabeth, after all the misery of
    the morning, found herself, in a shorter space of time than she could
    have supposed, seated in the carriage, and on the road to Longbourn.

     

    [Illustration:

    “The first pleasing earnest of their welcome”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XLVII.

     

    “I have been thinking it over again, Elizabeth,” said her uncle, as they
    drove from the town; “and really, upon serious consideration, I am much
    more inclined than I was to judge as your eldest sister does of the
    matter. It appears to me so very unlikely that any young man should form
    such a design against a girl who is by no means unprotected or
    friendless, and who was actually staying in his Colonel’s family, that I
    am strongly inclined to hope the best. Could he expect that her friends
    would not step forward? Could he expect to be noticed again by the
    regiment, after such an affront to Colonel Forster? His temptation is
    not adequate to the risk.”

    “Do you really think so?” cried Elizabeth, brightening up for a moment.

    “Upon my word,” said Mrs. Gardiner, “I begin to be of your uncle’s
    opinion. It is really too great a violation of decency, honour, and
    interest, for him to be guilty of it. I cannot think so very ill of
    Wickham. Can you, yourself, Lizzie, so wholly give him up, as to believe
    him capable of it?”

    “Not perhaps of neglecting his own interest. But of every other neglect
    I can believe him capable. If, indeed, it should be so! But I dare not
    hope it. Why should they not go on to Scotland, if that had been the
    case?”

    “In the first place,” replied Mr. Gardiner, “there is no absolute proof
    that they are not gone to Scotland.”

    “Oh, but their removing from the chaise into a hackney coach is such a
    presumption! And, besides, no traces of them were to be found on the
    Barnet road.”

    “Well, then,–supposing them to be in London–they may be there, though
    for the purpose of concealment, for no more exceptionable purpose. It is
    not likely that money should be very abundant on either side; and it
    might strike them that they could be more economically, though less
    expeditiously, married in London, than in Scotland.”

    “But why all this secrecy? Why any fear of detection? Why must their
    marriage be private? Oh, no, no–this is not likely. His most particular
    friend, you see by Jane’s account, was persuaded of his never intending
    to marry her. Wickham will never marry a woman without some money. He
    cannot afford it. And what claims has Lydia, what attractions has she
    beyond youth, health, and good humour, that could make him for her sake
    forego every chance of benefiting himself by marrying well? As to what
    restraint the apprehensions of disgrace in the corps might throw on a
    dishonourable elopement with her, I am not able to judge; for I know
    nothing of the effects that such a step might produce. But as to your
    other objection, I am afraid it will hardly hold good. Lydia has no
    brothers to step forward; and he might imagine, from my father’s
    behaviour, from his indolence and the little attention he has ever
    seemed to give to what was going forward in his family, that _he_ would
    do as little and think as little about it, as any father could do, in
    such a matter.”

    “But can you think that Lydia is so lost to everything but love of him,
    as to consent to live with him on any other terms than marriage?”

    “It does seem, and it is most shocking, indeed,” replied Elizabeth, with
    tears in her eyes, “that a sister’s sense of decency and virtue in such
    a point should admit of doubt. But, really, I know not what to say.
    Perhaps I am not doing her justice. But she is very young: she has never
    been taught to think on serious subjects; and for the last half year,
    nay, for a twelvemonth, she has been given up to nothing but amusement
    and vanity. She has been allowed to dispose of her time in the most idle
    and frivolous manner, and to adopt any opinions that came in her way.
    Since the —-shire were first quartered in Meryton, nothing but love,
    flirtation, and officers, have been in her head. She has been doing
    everything in her power, by thinking and talking on the subject, to give
    greater–what shall I call it?–susceptibility to her feelings; which
    are naturally lively enough. And we all know that Wickham has every
    charm of person and address that can captivate a woman.”

    “But you see that Jane,” said her aunt, “does not think so ill of
    Wickham, as to believe him capable of the attempt.”

    “Of whom does Jane ever think ill? And who is there, whatever might be
    their former conduct, that she would believe capable of such an attempt,
    till it were proved against them? But Jane knows, as well as I do, what
    Wickham really is. We both know that he has been profligate in every
    sense of the word; that he has neither integrity nor honour; that he is
    as false and deceitful as he is insinuating.”

    “And do you really know all this?” cried Mrs. Gardiner, whose curiosity
    as to the mode of her intelligence was all alive.

    “I do, indeed,” replied Elizabeth, colouring. “I told you the other day
    of his infamous behaviour to Mr. Darcy; and you, yourself, when last at
    Longbourn, heard in what manner he spoke of the man who had behaved with
    such forbearance and liberality towards him. And there are other
    circumstances which I am not at liberty–which it is not worth while to
    relate; but his lies about the whole Pemberley family are endless. From
    what he said of Miss Darcy, I was thoroughly prepared to see a proud,
    reserved, disagreeable girl. Yet he knew to the contrary himself. He
    must know that she was as amiable and unpretending as we have found
    her.”

    “But does Lydia know nothing of this? can she be ignorant of what you
    and Jane seem so well to understand?”

    “Oh, yes!–that, that is the worst of all. Till I was in Kent, and saw
    so much both of Mr. Darcy and his relation Colonel Fitzwilliam, I was
    ignorant of the truth myself. And when I returned home the —-shire
    was to leave Meryton in a week or fortnight’s time. As that was the
    case, neither Jane, to whom I related the whole, nor I, thought it
    necessary to make our knowledge public; for of what use could it
    apparently be to anyone, that the good opinion, which all the
    neighbourhood had of him, should then be overthrown? And even when it
    was settled that Lydia should go with Mrs. Forster, the necessity of
    opening her eyes to his character never occurred to me. That _she_ could
    be in any danger from the deception never entered my head. That such a
    consequence as _this_ should ensue, you may easily believe was far
    enough from my thoughts.”

    “When they all removed to Brighton, therefore, you had no reason, I
    suppose, to believe them fond of each other?”

    “Not the slightest. I can remember no symptom of affection on either
    side; and had anything of the kind been perceptible, you must be aware
    that ours is not a family on which it could be thrown away. When first
    he entered the corps, she was ready enough to admire him; but so we all
    were. Every girl in or near Meryton was out of her senses about him for
    the first two months: but he never distinguished _her_ by any particular
    attention; and, consequently, after a moderate period of extravagant and
    wild admiration, her fancy for him gave way, and others of the regiment,
    who treated her with more distinction, again became her favourites.”

    It may be easily believed, that however little of novelty could be added
    to their fears, hopes, and conjectures, on this interesting subject by
    its repeated discussion, no other could detain them from it long, during
    the whole of the journey. From Elizabeth’s thoughts it was never absent.
    Fixed there by the keenest of all anguish, self-reproach, she could
    find no interval of ease or forgetfulness.

    They travelled as expeditiously as possible; and sleeping one night on
    the road, reached Longbourn by dinnertime the next day. It was a comfort
    to Elizabeth to consider that Jane could not have been wearied by long
    expectations.

    The little Gardiners, attracted by the sight of a chaise, were standing
    on the steps of the house, as they entered the paddock; and when the
    carriage drove up to the door, the joyful surprise that lighted up their
    faces and displayed itself over their whole bodies, in a variety of
    capers and frisks, was the first pleasing earnest of their welcome.

    Elizabeth jumped out; and after giving each of them a hasty kiss,
    hurried into the vestibule, where Jane, who came running downstairs from
    her mother’s apartment, immediately met her.

    Elizabeth, as she affectionately embraced her, whilst tears filled the
    eyes of both, lost not a moment in asking whether anything had been
    heard of the fugitives.

    “Not yet,” replied Jane. “But now that my dear uncle is come, I hope
    everything will be well.”

    “Is my father in town?”

    “Yes, he went on Tuesday, as I wrote you word.”

    “And have you heard from him often?”

    “We have heard only once. He wrote me a few lines on Wednesday, to say
    that he had arrived in safety, and to give me his directions, which I
    particularly begged him to do. He merely added, that he should not write
    again, till he had something of importance to mention.”

    “And my mother–how is she? How are you all?”

    “My mother is tolerably well, I trust; though her spirits are greatly
    shaken. She is upstairs, and will have great satisfaction in seeing you
    all. She does not yet leave her dressing-room. Mary and Kitty, thank
    Heaven! are quite well.”

    “But you–how are you?” cried Elizabeth. “You look pale. How much you
    must have gone through!”

    Her sister, however, assured her of her being perfectly well; and their
    conversation, which had been passing while Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner were
    engaged with their children, was now put an end to by the approach of
    the whole party. Jane ran to her uncle and aunt, and welcomed and
    thanked them both, with alternate smiles and tears.

    When they were all in the drawing-room, the questions which Elizabeth
    had already asked were of course repeated by the others, and they soon
    found that Jane had no intelligence to give. The sanguine hope of good,
    however, which the benevolence of her heart suggested, had not yet
    deserted her; she still expected that it would all end well, and that
    every morning would bring some letter, either from Lydia or her father,
    to explain their proceedings, and, perhaps, announce the marriage.

    Mrs. Bennet, to whose apartment they all repaired, after a few minutes’
    conversation together, received them exactly as might be expected; with
    tears and lamentations of regret, invectives against the villainous
    conduct of Wickham, and complaints of her own sufferings and ill-usage;
    blaming everybody but the person to whose ill-judging indulgence the
    errors of her daughter must be principally owing.

    “If I had been able,” said she, “to carry my point in going to Brighton
    with all my family, _this_ would not have happened: but poor dear Lydia
    had nobody to take care of her. Why did the Forsters ever let her go out
    of their sight? I am sure there was some great neglect or other on their
    side, for she is not the kind of girl to do such a thing, if she had
    been well looked after. I always thought they were very unfit to have
    the charge of her; but I was over-ruled, as I always am. Poor, dear
    child! And now here’s Mr. Bennet gone away, and I know he will fight
    Wickham, wherever he meets him, and then he will be killed, and what is
    to become of us all? The Collinses will turn us out, before he is cold
    in his grave; and if you are not kind to us, brother, I do not know what
    we shall do.”

    They all exclaimed against such terrific ideas; and Mr. Gardiner, after
    general assurances of his affection for her and all her family, told her
    that he meant to be in London the very next day, and would assist Mr.
    Bennet in every endeavour for recovering Lydia.

    “Do not give way to useless alarm,” added he: “though it is right to be
    prepared for the worst, there is no occasion to look on it as certain.
    It is not quite a week since they left Brighton. In a few days more, we
    may gain some news of them; and till we know that they are not married,
    and have no design of marrying, do not let us give the matter over as
    lost. As soon as I get to town, I shall go to my brother, and make him
    come home with me to Gracechurch Street, and then we may consult
    together as to what is to be done.”

    “Oh, my dear brother,” replied Mrs. Bennet, “that is exactly what I
    could most wish for. And now do, when you get to town, find them out,
    wherever they may be; and if they are not married already, _make_ them
    marry. And as for wedding clothes, do not let them wait for that, but
    tell Lydia she shall have as much money as she chooses to buy them,
    after they are married. And, above all things, keep Mr. Bennet from
    fighting. Tell him what a dreadful state I am in–that I am frightened
    out of my wits; and have such tremblings, such flutterings all over me,
    such spasms in my side, and pains in my head, and such beatings at my
    heart, that I can get no rest by night nor by day. And tell my dear
    Lydia not to give any directions about her clothes till she has seen me,
    for she does not know which are the best warehouses. Oh, brother, how
    kind you are! I know you will contrive it all.”

    But Mr. Gardiner, though he assured her again of his earnest endeavours
    in the cause, could not avoid recommending moderation to her, as well in
    her hopes as her fears; and after talking with her in this manner till
    dinner was on table, they left her to vent all her feelings on the
    housekeeper, who attended in the absence of her daughters.

    Though her brother and sister were persuaded that there was no real
    occasion for such a seclusion from the family, they did not attempt to
    oppose it; for they knew that she had not prudence enough to hold her
    tongue before the servants, while they waited at table, and judged it
    better that _one_ only of the household, and the one whom they could
    most trust, should comprehend all her fears and solicitude on the
    subject.

    In the dining-room they were soon joined by Mary and Kitty, who had been
    too busily engaged in their separate apartments to make their appearance
    before. One came from her books, and the other from her toilette. The
    faces of both, however, were tolerably calm; and no change was visible
    in either, except that the loss of her favourite sister, or the anger
    which she had herself incurred in the business, had given something more
    of fretfulness than usual to the accents of Kitty. As for Mary, she was
    mistress enough of herself to whisper to Elizabeth, with a countenance
    of grave reflection, soon after they were seated at table,–

    “This is a most unfortunate affair, and will probably be much talked of.
    But we must stem the tide of malice, and pour into the wounded bosoms of
    each other the balm of sisterly consolation.”

    Then perceiving in Elizabeth no inclination of replying, she added,
    “Unhappy as the event must be for Lydia, we may draw from it this useful
    lesson:–that loss of virtue in a female is irretrievable, that one
    false step involves her in endless ruin, that her reputation is no less
    brittle than it is beautiful, and that she cannot be too much guarded in
    her behaviour towards the undeserving of the other sex.”

    Elizabeth lifted up her eyes in amazement, but was too much oppressed to
    make any reply. Mary, however, continued to console herself with such
    kind of moral extractions from the evil before them.

    In the afternoon, the two elder Miss Bennets were able to be for half an
    hour by themselves; and Elizabeth instantly availed herself of the
    opportunity of making any inquiries which Jane was equally eager to
    satisfy. After joining in general lamentations over the dreadful sequel
    of this event, which Elizabeth considered as all but certain, and Miss
    Bennet could not assert to be wholly impossible, the former continued
    the subject by saying, “But tell me all and everything about it which I
    have not already heard. Give me further particulars. What did Colonel
    Forster say? Had they no apprehension of anything before the elopement
    took place? They must have seen them together for ever.”

    “Colonel Forster did own that he had often suspected some partiality,
    especially on Lydia’s side, but nothing to give him any alarm. I am so
    grieved for him. His behaviour was attentive and kind to the utmost. He
    _was_ coming to us, in order to assure us of his concern, before he had
    any idea of their not being gone to Scotland: when that apprehension
    first got abroad, it hastened his journey.”

    “And was Denny convinced that Wickham would not marry? Did he know of
    their intending to go off? Had Colonel Forster seen Denny himself?”

    “Yes; but when questioned by _him_, Denny denied knowing anything of
    their plan, and would not give his real opinion about it. He did not
    repeat his persuasion of their not marrying, and from _that_ I am
    inclined to hope he might have been misunderstood before.”

    “And till Colonel Forster came himself, not one of you entertained a
    doubt, I suppose, of their being really married?”

    “How was it possible that such an idea should enter our brains? I felt a
    little uneasy–a little fearful of my sister’s happiness with him in
    marriage, because I knew that his conduct had not been always quite
    right. My father and mother knew nothing of that; they only felt how
    imprudent a match it must be. Kitty then owned, with a very natural
    triumph on knowing more than the rest of us, that in Lydia’s last letter
    she had prepared her for such a step. She had known, it seems, of their
    being in love with each other many weeks.”

    “But not before they went to Brighton?”

    “No, I believe not.”

    “And did Colonel Forster appear to think ill of Wickham himself? Does he
    know his real character?”

    “I must confess that he did not speak so well of Wickham as he formerly
    did. He believed him to be imprudent and extravagant; and since this sad
    affair has taken place, it is said that he left Meryton greatly in debt:
    but I hope this may be false.”

    “Oh, Jane, had we been less secret, had we told what we knew of him,
    this could not have happened!”

    “Perhaps it would have been better,” replied her sister.

    “But to expose the former faults of any person, without knowing what
    their present feelings were, seemed unjustifiable.”

    “We acted with the best intentions.”

    “Could Colonel Forster repeat the particulars of Lydia’s note to his
    wife?”

    “He brought it with him for us to see.”

    Jane then took it from her pocket-book, and gave it to Elizabeth. These
    were the contents:–

    /* NIND “My dear Harriet, */

    “You will laugh when you know where I am gone, and I cannot help
    laughing myself at your surprise to-morrow morning, as soon as I am
    missed. I am going to Gretna Green, and if you cannot guess with
    who, I shall think you a simpleton, for there is but one man in the
    world I love, and he is an angel. I should never be happy without
    him, so think it no harm to be off. You need not send them word at
    Longbourn of my going, if you do not like it, for it will make the
    surprise the greater when I write to them, and sign my name Lydia
    Wickham. What a good joke it will be! I can hardly write for
    laughing. Pray make my excuses to Pratt for not keeping my
    engagement, and dancing with him to-night. Tell him I hope he will
    excuse me when he knows all, and tell him I will dance with him at
    the next ball we meet with great pleasure. I shall send for my
    clothes when I get to Longbourn; but I wish you would tell Sally to
    mend a great slit in my worked muslin gown before they are packed
    up. Good-bye. Give my love to Colonel Forster. I hope you will
    drink to our good journey.

    “Your affectionate friend,

    “LYDIA BENNET.”

    “Oh, thoughtless, thoughtless Lydia!” cried Elizabeth when she had
    finished it. “What a letter is this, to be written at such a moment! But
    at least it shows that _she_ was serious in the object of her journey.
    Whatever he might afterwards persuade her to, it was not on her side a
    _scheme_ of infamy. My poor father! how he must have felt it!”

    “I never saw anyone so shocked. He could not speak a word for full ten
    minutes. My mother was taken ill immediately, and the whole house in
    such confusion!”

    “Oh, Jane,” cried Elizabeth, “was there a servant belonging to it who
    did not know the whole story before the end of the day?”

    “I do not know: I hope there was. But to be guarded at such a time is
    very difficult. My mother was in hysterics; and though I endeavoured to
    give her every assistance in my power, I am afraid I did not do so much
    as I might have done. But the horror of what might possibly happen
    almost took from me my faculties.”

    “Your attendance upon her has been too much for you. You do not look
    well. Oh that I had been with you! you have had every care and anxiety
    upon yourself alone.”

    “Mary and Kitty have been very kind, and would have shared in every
    fatigue, I am sure, but I did not think it right for either of them.
    Kitty is slight and delicate, and Mary studies so much that her hours of
    repose should not be broken in on. My aunt Philips came to Longbourn on
    Tuesday, after my father went away; and was so good as to stay till
    Thursday with me. She was of great use and comfort to us all, and Lady
    Lucas has been very kind: she walked here on Wednesday morning to
    condole with us, and offered her services, or any of her daughters, if
    they could be of use to us.”

    “She had better have stayed at home,” cried Elizabeth: “perhaps she
    _meant_ well, but, under such a misfortune as this, one cannot see too
    little of one’s neighbours. Assistance is impossible; condolence,
    insufferable. Let them triumph over us at a distance, and be satisfied.”

    She then proceeded to inquire into the measures which her father had
    intended to pursue, while in town, for the recovery of his daughter.

    “He meant, I believe,” replied Jane, “to go to Epsom, the place where
    they last changed horses, see the postilions, and try if anything could
    be made out from them. His principal object must be to discover the
    number of the hackney coach which took them from Clapham. It had come
    with a fare from London; and as he thought the circumstance of a
    gentleman and lady’s removing from one carriage into another might be
    remarked, he meant to make inquiries at Clapham. If he could anyhow
    discover at what house the coachman had before set down his fare, he
    determined to make inquiries there, and hoped it might not be impossible
    to find out the stand and number of the coach. I do not know of any
    other designs that he had formed; but he was in such a hurry to be gone,
    and his spirits so greatly discomposed, that I had difficulty in finding
    out even so much as this.”

     

    [Illustration:

    The Post
    ]

     

    CHAPTER XLVIII.

     

    The whole party were in hopes of a letter from Mr. Bennet the next
    morning, but the post came in without bringing a single line from him.
    His family knew him to be, on all common occasions, a most negligent and
    dilatory correspondent; but at such a time they had hoped for exertion.
    They were forced to conclude, that he had no pleasing intelligence to
    send; but even of _that_ they would have been glad to be certain. Mr.
    Gardiner had waited only for the letters before he set off.

    When he was gone, they were certain at least of receiving constant
    information of what was going on; and their uncle promised, at parting,
    to prevail on Mr. Bennet to return to Longbourn as soon as he could, to
    the great consolation of his sister, who considered it as the only
    security for her husband’s not being killed in a duel.

    Mrs. Gardiner and the children were to remain in Hertfordshire a few
    days longer, as the former thought her presence might be serviceable to
    her nieces. She shared in their attendance on Mrs. Bennet, and was a
    great comfort to them in their hours of freedom. Their other aunt also
    visited them frequently, and always, as she said, with the design of
    cheering and heartening them up–though, as she never came without
    reporting some fresh instance of Wickham’s extravagance or irregularity,
    she seldom went away without leaving them more dispirited than she found
    them.

    All Meryton seemed striving to blacken the man who, but three months
    before, had been almost an angel of light. He was declared to be in debt
    to every tradesman in the place, and his intrigues, all honoured with
    the title of seduction, had been extended into every tradesman’s family.
    Everybody declared that he was the wickedest young man in the world; and
    everybody began to find out that they had always distrusted the
    appearance of his goodness. Elizabeth, though she did not credit above
    half of what was said, believed enough to make her former assurance of
    her sister’s ruin still more certain; and even Jane, who believed still
    less of it, became almost hopeless, more especially as the time was now
    come, when, if they had gone to Scotland, which she had never before
    entirely despaired of, they must in all probability have gained some
    news of them.

    Mr. Gardiner left Longbourn on Sunday; on Tuesday, his wife received a
    letter from him: it told them, that on his arrival he had immediately
    found out his brother, and persuaded him to come to Gracechurch Street.
    That Mr. Bennet had been to Epsom and Clapham, before his arrival, but
    without gaining any satisfactory information; and that he was now
    determined to inquire at all the principal hotels in town, as Mr. Bennet
    thought it possible they might have gone to one of them, on their first
    coming to London, before they procured lodgings. Mr. Gardiner himself
    did not expect any success from this measure; but as his brother was
    eager in it, he meant to assist him in pursuing it. He added, that Mr.
    Bennet seemed wholly disinclined at present to leave London, and
    promised to write again very soon. There was also a postscript to this
    effect:–

    “I have written to Colonel Forster to desire him to find out, if
    possible, from some of the young man’s intimates in the regiment,
    whether Wickham has any relations or connections who would be likely to
    know in what part of the town he has now concealed himself. If there
    were anyone that one could apply to, with a probability of gaining such
    a clue as that, it might be of essential consequence. At present we have
    nothing to guide us. Colonel Forster will, I dare say, do everything in
    his power to satisfy us on this head. But, on second thoughts, perhaps
    Lizzy could tell us what relations he has now living better than any
    other person.”

    Elizabeth was at no loss to understand from whence this deference for
    her authority proceeded; but it was not in her power to give any
    information of so satisfactory a nature as the compliment deserved.

    She had never heard of his having had any relations, except a father
    and mother, both of whom had been dead many years. It was possible,
    however, that some of his companions in the —-shire might be able to
    give more information; and though she was not very sanguine in expecting
    it, the application was a something to look forward to.

    Every day at Longbourn was now a day of anxiety; but the most anxious
    part of each was when the post was expected. The arrival of letters was
    the first grand object of every morning’s impatience. Through letters,
    whatever of good or bad was to be told would be communicated; and every
    succeeding day was expected to bring some news of importance.

    But before they heard again from Mr. Gardiner, a letter arrived for
    their father, from a different quarter, from Mr. Collins; which, as Jane
    had received directions to open all that came for him in his absence,
    she accordingly read; and Elizabeth, who knew what curiosities his
    letters always were, looked over her, and read it likewise. It was as
    follows:–

    /* “My dear Sir, */

    “I feel myself called upon, by our relationship, and my situation
    in life, to condole with you on the grievous affliction you are now
    suffering under, of which we were yesterday informed by a letter
    from Hertfordshire. Be assured, my dear sir, that Mrs. Collins and
    myself sincerely sympathize with you, and all your respectable
    family, in your present distress, which must be of the bitterest
    kind, because proceeding from a cause which no time can remove. No
    arguments shall be wanting on my part, that can alleviate so severe
    a misfortune; or that may comfort you, under a circumstance that
    must be, of all others, most afflicting to a parent’s mind. The
    death of your daughter would have been a blessing in comparison of
    this. And it is the more to be lamented, because there is reason to
    suppose, as my dear Charlotte informs me, that this licentiousness
    of behaviour in your

    [Illustration:

    “To whom I have related the affair”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    daughter has proceeded from a faulty degree of indulgence; though,
    at the same time, for the consolation of yourself and Mrs. Bennet,
    I am inclined to think that her own disposition must be naturally
    bad, or she could not be guilty of such an enormity, at so early an
    age. Howsoever that may be, you are grievously to be pitied; in
    which opinion I am not only joined by Mrs. Collins, but likewise by
    Lady Catherine and her daughter, to whom I have related the affair.
    They agree with me in apprehending that this false step in one
    daughter will be injurious to the fortunes of all the others: for
    who, as Lady Catherine herself condescendingly says, will connect
    themselves with such a family? And this consideration leads me,
    moreover, to reflect, with augmented satisfaction, on a certain
    event of last November; for had it been otherwise, I must have been
    involved in all your sorrow and disgrace. Let me advise you, then,
    my dear sir, to console yourself as much as possible, to throw off
    your unworthy child from your affection for ever, and leave her to
    reap the fruits of her own heinous offence.

    “I am, dear sir,” etc., etc.

    Mr. Gardiner did not write again, till he had received an answer from
    Colonel Forster; and then he had nothing of a pleasant nature to send.
    It was not known that Wickham had a single relation with whom he kept up
    any connection, and it was certain that he had no near one living. His
    former acquaintance had been numerous; but since he had been in the
    militia, it did not appear that he was on terms of particular friendship
    with any of them. There was no one, therefore, who could be pointed out
    as likely to give any news of him. And in the wretched state of his own
    finances, there was a very powerful motive for secrecy, in addition to
    his fear of discovery by Lydia’s relations; for it had just transpired
    that he had left gaming debts behind him to a very considerable amount.
    Colonel Forster believed that more than a thousand pounds would be
    necessary to clear his expenses at Brighton. He owed a good deal in the
    town, but his debts of honour were still more formidable. Mr. Gardiner
    did not attempt to conceal these particulars from the Longbourn family;
    Jane heard them with horror. “A gamester!” she cried. “This is wholly
    unexpected; I had not an idea of it.”

    Mr. Gardiner added, in his letter, that they might expect to see their
    father at home on the following day, which was Saturday. Rendered
    spiritless by the ill success of all their endeavours, he had yielded to
    his brother-in-law’s entreaty that he would return to his family and
    leave it to him to do whatever occasion might suggest to be advisable
    for continuing their pursuit. When Mrs. Bennet was told of this, she did
    not express so much satisfaction as her children expected, considering
    what her anxiety for his life had been before.

    “What! is he coming home, and without poor Lydia?” she cried. “Sure he
    will not leave London before he has found them. Who is to fight Wickham,
    and make him marry her, if he comes away?”

    As Mrs. Gardiner began to wish to be at home, it was settled that she
    and her children should go to London at the same time that Mr. Bennet
    came from it. The coach, therefore, took them the first stage of their
    journey, and brought its master back to Longbourn.

    Mrs. Gardiner went away in all the perplexity about Elizabeth and her
    Derbyshire friend, that had attended her from that part of the world.
    His name had never been voluntarily mentioned before them by her niece;
    and the kind of half-expectation which Mrs. Gardiner had formed, of
    their being followed by a letter from him, had ended in nothing.
    Elizabeth had received none since her return, that could come from
    Pemberley.

    The present unhappy state of the family rendered any other excuse for
    the lowness of her spirits unnecessary; nothing, therefore, could be
    fairly conjectured from _that_,–though Elizabeth, who was by this time
    tolerably well acquainted with her own feelings, was perfectly aware
    that, had she known nothing of Darcy, she could have borne the dread of
    Lydia’s infamy somewhat better. It would have spared her, she thought,
    one sleepless night out of two.

    When Mr. Bennet arrived, he had all the appearance of his usual
    philosophic composure. He said as little as he had ever been in the
    habit of saying; made no mention of the business that had taken him
    away; and it was some time before his daughters had courage to speak of
    it.

    It was not till the afternoon, when he joined them at tea, that
    Elizabeth ventured to introduce the subject; and then, on her briefly
    expressing her sorrow for what he must have endured, he replied, “Say
    nothing of that. Who should suffer but myself? It has been my own doing,
    and I ought to feel it.”

    “You must not be too severe upon yourself,” replied Elizabeth.

    “You may well warn me against such an evil. Human nature is so prone to
    fall into it! No, Lizzy, let me once in my life feel how much I have
    been to blame. I am not afraid of being overpowered by the impression.
    It will pass away soon enough.”

    “Do you suppose them to be in London?”

    “Yes; where else can they be so well concealed?”

    “And Lydia used to want to go to London,” added Kitty.

    “She is happy, then,” said her father, drily; “and her residence there
    will probably be of some duration.”

    Then, after a short silence, he continued, “Lizzy, I bear you no
    ill-will for being justified in your advice to me last May, which,
    considering the event, shows some greatness of mind.”

    They were interrupted by Miss Bennet, who came to fetch her mother’s
    tea.

    “This is a parade,” cried he, “which does one good; it gives such an
    elegance to misfortune! Another day I will do the same; I will sit in my
    library, in my nightcap and powdering gown, and give as much trouble as
    I can,–or perhaps I may defer it till Kitty runs away.”

    “I am not going to run away, papa,” said Kitty, fretfully. “If _I_
    should ever go to Brighton, I would behave better than Lydia.”

    “_You_ go to Brighton! I would not trust you so near it as Eastbourne,
    for fifty pounds! No, Kitty, I have at least learnt to be cautious, and
    you will feel the effects of it. No officer is ever to enter my house
    again, nor even to pass through the village. Balls will be absolutely
    prohibited, unless you stand up with one of your sisters. And you are
    never to stir out of doors, till you can prove that you have spent ten
    minutes of every day in a rational manner.”

    Kitty, who took all these threats in a serious light, began to cry.

    “Well, well,” said he, “do not make yourself unhappy. If you are a good
    girl for the next ten years, I will take you to a review at the end of
    them.”

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER XLIX.

     

    Two days after Mr. Bennet’s return, as Jane and Elizabeth were walking
    together in the shrubbery behind the house, they saw the housekeeper
    coming towards them, and concluding that she came to call them to their
    mother, went forward to meet her; but instead of the expected summons,
    when they approached her, she said to Miss Bennet, “I beg your pardon,
    madam, for interrupting you, but I was in hopes you might have got some
    good news from town, so I took the liberty of coming to ask.”

    “What do you mean, Hill? We have heard nothing from town.”

    “Dear madam,” cried Mrs. Hill, in great astonishment, “don’t you know
    there is an express come for master from Mr. Gardiner? He has been here
    this half hour, and master has had a letter.”

    Away ran the girls, too eager to get in to have time for speech. They
    ran through the vestibule into the breakfast-room; from thence to the
    library;–their father was in neither; and they were on the point of
    seeking him upstairs with their mother, when they were met by the
    butler, who said,–

    “If you are looking for my master, ma’am, he is walking towards the
    little copse.”

    Upon this information, they instantly passed through the hall once more,
    and ran across the lawn after their father, who was deliberately
    pursuing his way towards a small wood on one side of the paddock.

    Jane, who was not so light, nor so much in the habit of running as
    Elizabeth, soon lagged behind, while her sister, panting for breath,
    came up with him, and eagerly cried out,–

    “Oh, papa, what news? what news? have you heard from my uncle?”

    “Yes, I have had a letter from him by express.”

    “Well, and what news does it bring–good or bad?”

    “What is there of good to be expected?” said he, taking the letter from
    his pocket; “but perhaps you would like to read it.”

    Elizabeth impatiently caught it from his hand. Jane now came up.

    “Read it aloud,” said their father, “for I hardly know myself what it is
    about.”

    /* RIGHT “Gracechurch Street, _Monday, August 2_. */

    “My dear Brother,

    “At last I am able to send you some tidings of my niece, and such
    as, upon the whole, I hope will give you satisfaction. Soon after
    you left me on Saturday, I was fortunate enough to find out in what
    part of London they were. The particulars I reserve till we meet.
    It is enough to know they are discovered: I have seen them
    both—-”

    [Illustration:

    “But perhaps you would like to read it”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    “Then it is as I always hoped,” cried Jane: “they are married!”

    Elizabeth read on: “I have seen them both. They are not married,
    nor can I find there was any intention of being so; but if you are
    willing to perform the engagements which I have ventured to make on
    your side, I hope it will not be long before they are. All that is
    required of you is, to assure to your daughter, by settlement, her
    equal share of the five thousand pounds, secured among your
    children after the decease of yourself and my sister; and,
    moreover, to enter into an engagement of allowing her, during your
    life, one hundred pounds per annum. These are conditions which,
    considering everything, I had no hesitation in complying with, as
    far as I thought myself privileged, for you. I shall send this by
    express, that no time may be lost in bringing me your answer. You
    will easily comprehend, from these particulars, that Mr. Wickham’s
    circumstances are not so hopeless as they are generally believed to
    be. The world has been deceived in that respect; and I am happy to
    say, there will be some little money, even when all his debts are
    discharged, to settle on my niece, in addition to her own fortune.
    If, as I conclude will be the case, you send me full powers to act
    in your name throughout the whole of this business, I will
    immediately give directions to Haggerston for preparing a proper
    settlement. There will not be the smallest occasion for your coming
    to town again; therefore stay quietly at Longbourn, and depend on
    my diligence and care. Send back your answer as soon as you can,
    and be careful to write explicitly. We have judged it best that my
    niece should be married from this house, of which I hope you will
    approve. She comes to us to-day. I shall write again as soon as
    anything more is determined on. Yours, etc.

    “EDW. GARDINER.”

    “Is it possible?” cried Elizabeth, when she had finished. “Can it be
    possible that he will marry her?”

    “Wickham is not so undeserving, then, as we have thought him,” said her
    sister. “My dear father, I congratulate you.”

    “And have you answered the letter?” said Elizabeth.

    “No; but it must be done soon.”

    Most earnestly did she then entreat him to lose no more time before he
    wrote.

    “Oh! my dear father,” she cried, “come back and write immediately.
    Consider how important every moment is in such a case.”

    “Let me write for you,” said Jane, “if you dislike the trouble
    yourself.”

    “I dislike it very much,” he replied; “but it must be done.”

    And so saying, he turned back with them, and walked towards the house.

    “And–may I ask?” said Elizabeth; “but the terms, I suppose, must be
    complied with.”

    “Complied with! I am only ashamed of his asking so little.”

    “And they _must_ marry! Yet he is _such_ a man.”

    “Yes, yes, they must marry. There is nothing else to be done. But there
    are two things that I want very much to know:–one is, how much money
    your uncle has laid down to bring it about; and the other, how I am ever
    to pay him.”

    “Money! my uncle!” cried Jane, “what do you mean, sir?”

    “I mean that no man in his proper senses would marry Lydia on so slight
    a temptation as one hundred a year during my life, and fifty after I am
    gone.”

    “That is very true,” said Elizabeth; “though it had not occurred to me
    before. His debts to be discharged, and something still to remain! Oh,
    it must be my uncle’s doings! Generous, good man, I am afraid he has
    distressed himself. A small sum could not do all this.”

    “No,” said her father. “Wickham’s a fool if he takes her with a farthing
    less than ten thousand pounds: I should be sorry to think so ill of him,
    in the very beginning of our relationship.”

    “Ten thousand pounds! Heaven forbid! How is half such a sum to be
    repaid?”

    Mr. Bennet made no answer; and each of them, deep in thought, continued
    silent till they reached the house. Their father then went to the
    library to write, and the girls walked into the breakfast-room.

    “And they are really to be married!” cried Elizabeth, as soon as they
    were by themselves. “How strange this is! and for _this_ we are to be
    thankful. That they should marry, small as is their chance of happiness,
    and wretched as is his character, we are forced to rejoice! Oh, Lydia!”

    “I comfort myself with thinking,” replied Jane, “that he certainly would
    not marry Lydia, if he had not a real regard for her. Though our kind
    uncle has done something towards clearing him, I cannot believe that ten
    thousand pounds, or anything like it, has been advanced. He has children
    of his own, and may have more. How could he spare half ten thousand
    pounds?”

    “If we are ever able to learn what Wickham’s debts have been,” said
    Elizabeth, “and how much is settled on his side on our sister, we shall
    exactly know what Mr. Gardiner has done for them, because Wickham has
    not sixpence of his own. The kindness of my uncle and aunt can never be
    requited. Their taking her home, and affording her their personal
    protection and countenance, is such a sacrifice to her advantage as
    years of gratitude cannot enough acknowledge. By this time she is
    actually with them! If such goodness does not make her miserable now,
    she will never deserve to be happy! What a meeting for her, when she
    first sees my aunt!”

    “We must endeavour to forget all that has passed on either side,” said
    Jane: “I hope and trust they will yet be happy. His consenting to marry
    her is a proof, I will believe, that he is come to a right way of
    thinking. Their mutual affection will steady them; and I flatter myself
    they will settle so quietly, and live in so rational a manner, as may in
    time make their past imprudence forgotten.”

    “Their conduct has been such,” replied Elizabeth, “as neither you, nor
    I, nor anybody, can ever forget. It is useless to talk of it.”

    It now occurred to the girls that their mother was in all likelihood
    perfectly ignorant of what had happened. They went to the library,
    therefore, and asked their father whether he would not wish them to make
    it known to her. He was writing, and, without raising his head, coolly
    replied,–

    “Just as you please.”

    “May we take my uncle’s letter to read to her?”

    “Take whatever you like, and get away.”

    Elizabeth took the letter from his writing-table, and they went upstairs
    together. Mary and Kitty were both with Mrs. Bennet: one communication
    would, therefore, do for all. After a slight preparation for good news,
    the letter was read aloud. Mrs. Bennet could hardly contain herself. As
    soon as Jane had read Mr. Gardiner’s hope of Lydia’s being soon married,
    her joy burst forth, and every following sentence added to its
    exuberance. She was now in an irritation as violent from delight as she
    had ever been fidgety from alarm and vexation. To know that her daughter
    would be married was enough. She was disturbed by no fear for her
    felicity, nor humbled by any remembrance of her misconduct.

    “My dear, dear Lydia!” she cried: “this is delightful indeed! She will
    be married! I shall see her again! She will be married at sixteen! My
    good, kind brother! I knew how it would be–I knew he would manage
    everything. How I long to see her! and to see dear Wickham too! But the
    clothes, the wedding clothes! I will write to my sister Gardiner about
    them directly. Lizzy, my dear, run down to your father, and ask him how
    much he will give her. Stay, stay, I will go myself. Ring the bell,
    Kitty, for Hill. I will put on my things in a moment. My dear, dear
    Lydia! How merry we shall be together when we meet!”

    Her eldest daughter endeavoured to give some relief to the violence of
    these transports, by leading her thoughts to the obligations which Mr.
    Gardiner’s behaviour laid them all under.

    “For we must attribute this happy conclusion,” she added, “in a great
    measure to his kindness. We are persuaded that he has pledged himself to
    assist Mr. Wickham with money.”

    “Well,” cried her mother, “it is all very right; who should do it but
    her own uncle? If he had not had a family of his own, I and my children
    must have had all his money, you know; and it is the first time we have
    ever had anything from him except a few presents. Well! I am so happy.
    In a short time, I shall have a daughter married. Mrs. Wickham! How well
    it sounds! And she was only sixteen last June. My dear Jane, I am in
    such a flutter, that I am sure I can’t write; so I will dictate, and you
    write for me. We will settle with your father about the money
    afterwards; but the things should be ordered immediately.”

    She was then proceeding to all the particulars of calico, muslin, and
    cambric, and would shortly have dictated some very plentiful orders, had
    not Jane, though with some difficulty, persuaded her to wait till her
    father was at leisure to be consulted. One day’s delay, she observed,
    would be of small importance; and her mother was too happy to be quite
    so obstinate as usual. Other schemes, too, came into her head.

    “I will go to Meryton,” said she, “as soon as I am dressed, and tell the
    good, good news to my sister Philips. And as I come back, I can call on
    Lady Lucas and Mrs. Long. Kitty, run down and order the carriage. An
    airing would do me a great deal of good, I am sure. Girls, can I do
    anything for you in Meryton? Oh! here comes Hill. My dear Hill, have you
    heard the good news? Miss Lydia is going to be married; and you shall
    all have a bowl of punch to make merry at her wedding.”

    Mrs. Hill began instantly to express her joy. Elizabeth received her
    congratulations amongst the rest, and then, sick of this folly, took
    refuge in her own room, that she might think with freedom. Poor Lydia’s
    situation must, at best, be bad enough; but that it was no worse, she
    had need to be thankful. She felt it so; and though, in looking forward,
    neither rational happiness, nor worldly prosperity could be justly
    expected for her sister, in looking back to what they had feared, only
    two hours ago, she felt all the advantages of what they had gained.

     

    [Illustration:

    “The spiteful old ladies”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER L.

     

    Mr. Bennet had very often wished, before this period of his life, that,
    instead of spending his whole income, he had laid by an annual sum, for
    the better provision of his children, and of his wife, if she survived
    him. He now wished it more than ever. Had he done his duty in that
    respect, Lydia need not have been indebted to her uncle for whatever of
    honour or credit could now be purchased for her. The satisfaction of
    prevailing on one of the most worthless young men in Great Britain to
    be her husband might then have rested in its proper place.

    He was seriously concerned that a cause of so little advantage to anyone
    should be forwarded at the sole expense of his brother-in-law; and he
    was determined, if possible, to find out the extent of his assistance,
    and to discharge the obligation as soon as he could.

    When first Mr. Bennet had married, economy was held to be perfectly
    useless; for, of course, they were to have a son. This son was to join
    in cutting off the entail, as soon as he should be of age, and the widow
    and younger children would by that means be provided for. Five daughters
    successively entered the world, but yet the son was to come; and Mrs.
    Bennet, for many years after Lydia’s birth, had been certain that he
    would. This event had at last been despaired of, but it was then too
    late to be saving. Mrs. Bennet had no turn for economy; and her
    husband’s love of independence had alone prevented their exceeding their
    income.

    Five thousand pounds was settled by marriage articles on Mrs. Bennet and
    the children. But in what proportions it should be divided amongst the
    latter depended on the will of the parents. This was one point, with
    regard to Lydia at least, which was now to be settled, and Mr. Bennet
    could have no hesitation in acceding to the proposal before him. In
    terms of grateful acknowledgment for the kindness of his brother, though
    expressed most concisely, he then delivered on paper his perfect
    approbation of all that was done, and his willingness to fulfil the
    engagements that had been made for him. He had never before supposed
    that, could Wickham be prevailed on to marry his daughter, it would be
    done with so little inconvenience to himself as by the present
    arrangement. He would scarcely be ten pounds a year the loser, by the
    hundred that was to be paid them; for, what with her board and pocket
    allowance, and the continual presents in money which passed to her
    through her mother’s hands, Lydia’s expenses had been very little within
    that sum.

    That it would be done with such trifling exertion on his side, too, was
    another very welcome surprise; for his chief wish at present was to have
    as little trouble in the business as possible. When the first transports
    of rage which had produced his activity in seeking her were over, he
    naturally returned to all his former indolence. His letter was soon
    despatched; for though dilatory in undertaking business, he was quick in
    its execution. He begged to know further particulars of what he was
    indebted to his brother; but was too angry with Lydia to send any
    message to her.

    The good news quickly spread through the house; and with proportionate
    speed through the neighbourhood. It was borne in the latter with decent
    philosophy. To be sure, it would have been more for the advantage of
    conversation, had Miss Lydia Bennet come upon the town; or, as the
    happiest alternative, been secluded from the world in some distant
    farm-house. But there was much to be talked of, in marrying her; and the
    good-natured wishes for her well-doing, which had proceeded before from
    all the spiteful old ladies in Meryton, lost but little of their spirit
    in this change of circumstances, because with such a husband her misery
    was considered certain.

    It was a fortnight since Mrs. Bennet had been down stairs, but on this
    happy day she again took her seat at the head of her table, and in
    spirits oppressively high. No sentiment of shame gave a damp to her
    triumph. The marriage of a daughter, which had been the first object of
    her wishes since Jane was sixteen, was now on the point of
    accomplishment, and her thoughts and her words ran wholly on those
    attendants of elegant nuptials, fine muslins, new carriages, and
    servants. She was busily searching through the neighbourhood for a
    proper situation for her daughter; and, without knowing or considering
    what their income might be, rejected many as deficient in size and
    importance.

    “Haye Park might do,” said she, “if the Gouldings would quit it, or the
    great house at Stoke, if the drawing-room were larger; but Ashworth is
    too far off. I could not bear to have her ten miles from me; and as for
    Purvis Lodge, the attics are dreadful.”

    Her husband allowed her to talk on without interruption while the
    servants remained. But when they had withdrawn, he said to her, “Mrs.
    Bennet, before you take any, or all of these houses, for your son and
    daughter, let us come to a right understanding. Into _one_ house in this
    neighbourhood they shall never have admittance. I will not encourage the
    imprudence of either, by receiving them at Longbourn.”

    A long dispute followed this declaration; but Mr. Bennet was firm: it
    soon led to another; and Mrs. Bennet found, with amazement and horror,
    that her husband would not advance a guinea to buy clothes for his
    daughter. He protested that she should receive from him no mark of
    affection whatever on the occasion. Mrs. Bennet could hardly comprehend
    it. That his anger could be carried to such a point of inconceivable
    resentment as to refuse his daughter a privilege, without which her
    marriage would scarcely seem valid, exceeded all that she could believe
    possible. She was more alive to the disgrace, which her want of new
    clothes must reflect on her daughter’s nuptials, than to any sense of
    shame at her eloping and living with Wickham a fortnight before they
    took place.

    Elizabeth was now most heartily sorry that she had, from the distress of
    the moment, been led to make Mr. Darcy acquainted with their fears for
    her sister; for since her marriage would so shortly give the proper
    termination to the elopement, they might hope to conceal its
    unfavourable beginning from all those who were not immediately on the
    spot.

    She had no fear of its spreading farther, through his means. There were
    few people on whose secrecy she would have more confidently depended;
    but at the same time there was no one whose knowledge of a sister’s
    frailty would have mortified her so much. Not, however, from any fear of
    disadvantage from it individually to herself; for at any rate there
    seemed a gulf impassable between them. Had Lydia’s marriage been
    concluded on the most honourable terms, it was not to be supposed that
    Mr. Darcy would connect himself with a family, where to every other
    objection would now be added an alliance and relationship of the nearest
    kind with the man whom he so justly scorned.

    From such a connection she could not wonder that he should shrink. The
    wish of procuring her regard, which she had assured herself of his
    feeling in Derbyshire, could not in rational expectation survive such a
    blow as this. She was humbled, she was grieved; she repented, though she
    hardly knew of what. She became jealous of his esteem, when she could no
    longer hope to be benefited by it. She wanted to hear of him, when there
    seemed the least chance of gaining intelligence. She was convinced that
    she could have been happy with him, when it was no longer likely they
    should meet.

    What a triumph for him, as she often thought, could he know that the
    proposals which she had proudly spurned only four months ago would now
    have been gladly and gratefully received! He was as generous, she
    doubted not, as the most generous of his sex. But while he was mortal,
    there must be a triumph.

    She began now to comprehend that he was exactly the man who, in
    disposition and talents, would most suit her. His understanding and
    temper, though unlike her own, would have answered all her wishes. It
    was an union that must have been to the advantage of both: by her ease
    and liveliness, his mind might have been softened, his manners improved;
    and from his judgment, information, and knowledge of the world, she must
    have received benefit of greater importance.

    But no such happy marriage could now teach the admiring multitude what
    connubial felicity really was. An union of a different tendency, and
    precluding the possibility of the other, was soon to be formed in their
    family.

    How Wickham and Lydia were to be supported in tolerable independence she
    could not imagine. But how little of permanent happiness could belong to
    a couple who were only brought together because their passions were
    stronger than their virtue, she could easily conjecture.

    Mr. Gardiner soon wrote again to his brother. To Mr. Bennet’s
    acknowledgments he briefly replied, with assurances of his eagerness to
    promote the welfare of any of his family; and concluded with entreaties
    that the subject might never be mentioned to him again. The principal
    purport of his letter was to inform them, that Mr. Wickham had resolved
    on quitting the militia.

    “It was greatly my wish that he should do so,” he added, “as soon as his
    marriage was fixed on. And I think you will agree with me, in
    considering a removal from that corps as highly advisable, both on his
    account and my niece’s. It is Mr. Wickham’s intention to go into the
    Regulars; and, among his former friends, there are still some who are
    able and willing to assist him in the army. He has the promise of an
    ensigncy in General—-’s regiment, now quartered in the north. It is
    an advantage to have it so far from this part of the kingdom. He
    promises fairly; and I hope among different people, where they may each
    have a character to preserve, they will both be more prudent. I have
    written to Colonel Forster, to inform him of our present arrangements,
    and to request that he will satisfy the various creditors of Mr. Wickham
    in and near Brighton with assurances of speedy payment, for which I have
    pledged myself. And will you give yourself the trouble of carrying
    similar assurances to his creditors in Meryton, of whom I shall subjoin
    a list, according to his information? He has given in all his debts; I
    hope at least he has not deceived us. Haggerston has our directions, and
    all will be completed in a week. They will then join his regiment,
    unless they are first invited to Longbourn; and I understand from Mrs.
    Gardiner that my niece is very desirous of seeing you all before she
    leaves the south. She is well, and begs to be dutifully remembered to
    you and her mother.–Yours, etc.

    “E. GARDINER.”

    Mr. Bennet and his daughters saw all the advantages of Wickham’s
    removal from the —-shire, as clearly as Mr. Gardiner could do. But
    Mrs. Bennet was not so well pleased with it. Lydia’s being settled in
    the north, just when she had expected most pleasure and pride in her
    company, for she had by no means given up her plan of their residing in
    Hertfordshire, was a severe disappointment; and, besides, it was such a
    pity that Lydia should be taken from a regiment where she was acquainted
    with everybody, and had so many favourites.

    “She is so fond of Mrs. Forster,” said she, “it will be quite shocking
    to send her away! And there are several of the young men, too, that she
    likes very much. The officers may not be so pleasant in General—-’s
    regiment.”

    His daughter’s request, for such it might be considered, of being
    admitted into her family again, before she set off for the north,
    received at first an absolute negative. But Jane and Elizabeth, who
    agreed in wishing, for the sake of their sister’s feelings and
    consequence, that she should be noticed on her marriage by her parents,
    urged him so earnestly, yet so rationally and so mildly, to receive her
    and her husband at Longbourn, as soon as they were married, that he was
    prevailed on to think as they thought, and act as they wished. And their
    mother had the satisfaction of knowing, that she should be able to show
    her married daughter in the neighbourhood, before she was banished to
    the north. When Mr. Bennet wrote again to his brother, therefore, he
    sent his permission for them to come; and it was settled, that, as soon
    as the ceremony was over, they should proceed to Longbourn. Elizabeth
    was surprised, however, that Wickham should consent to such a scheme;
    and, had she consulted only her own inclination, any meeting with him
    would have been the last object of her wishes.

     

    [Illustration:

    “With an affectionate smile”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER LI.

     

    Their sister’s wedding-day arrived; and Jane and Elizabeth felt for her
    probably more than she felt for herself. The carriage was sent to meet
    them at—-, and they were to return in it by dinnertime. Their arrival
    was dreaded by the elder Miss Bennets–and Jane more especially, who
    gave Lydia the feelings which would have attended herself, had _she_
    been the culprit, and was wretched in the thought of what her sister
    must endure.

    They came. The family were assembled in the breakfast-room to receive
    them. Smiles decked the face of Mrs. Bennet, as the carriage drove up to
    the door; her husband looked impenetrably grave; her daughters, alarmed,
    anxious, uneasy.

    Lydia’s voice was heard in the vestibule; the door was thrown open, and
    she ran into the room. Her mother stepped forwards, embraced her, and
    welcomed her with rapture; gave her hand with an affectionate smile to
    Wickham, who followed his lady; and wished them both joy, with an
    alacrity which showed no doubt of their happiness.

    Their reception from Mr. Bennet, to whom they then turned, was not quite
    so cordial. His countenance rather gained in austerity; and he scarcely
    opened his lips. The easy assurance of the young couple, indeed, was
    enough to provoke him.

    Elizabeth was disgusted, and even Miss Bennet was shocked. Lydia was
    Lydia still; untamed, unabashed, wild, noisy, and fearless. She turned
    from sister to sister, demanding their congratulations; and when at
    length they all sat down, looked eagerly round the room, took notice of
    some little alteration in it, and observed, with a laugh, that it was a
    great while since she had been there.

    Wickham was not at all more distressed than herself; but his manners
    were always so pleasing, that, had his character and his marriage been
    exactly what they ought, his smiles and his easy address, while he
    claimed their relationship, would have delighted them all. Elizabeth
    had not before believed him quite equal to such assurance; but she sat
    down, resolving within herself to draw no limits in future to the
    impudence of an impudent man. _She_ blushed, and Jane blushed; but the
    cheeks of the two who caused their confusion suffered no variation of
    colour.

    There was no want of discourse. The bride and her mother could neither
    of them talk fast enough; and Wickham, who happened to sit near
    Elizabeth, began inquiring after his acquaintance in that neighbourhood,
    with a good-humoured ease, which she felt very unable to equal in her
    replies. They seemed each of them to have the happiest memories in the
    world. Nothing of the past was recollected with pain; and Lydia led
    voluntarily to subjects which her sisters would not have alluded to for
    the world.

    “Only think of its being three months,” she cried, “since I went away:
    it seems but a fortnight, I declare; and yet there have been things
    enough happened in the time. Good gracious! when I went away, I am sure
    I had no more idea of being married till I came back again! though I
    thought it would be very good fun if I was.”

    Her father lifted up his eyes, Jane was distressed, Elizabeth looked
    expressively at Lydia; but she, who never heard nor saw anything of
    which she chose to be insensible, gaily continued,–

    “Oh, mamma, do the people hereabouts know I am married to-day? I was
    afraid they might not; and we overtook William Goulding in his curricle,
    so I was determined he should know it, and so I let down the side glass
    next to him, and took off my glove and let my hand just rest upon the
    window frame, so that he might see the ring, and then I bowed and
    smiled like anything.”

    Elizabeth could bear it no longer. She got up and ran out of the room;
    and returned no more, till she heard them passing through the hall to
    the dining-parlour. She then joined them soon enough to see Lydia, with
    anxious parade, walk up to her mother’s right hand, and hear her say to
    her eldest sister,–

    “Ah, Jane, I take your place now, and you must go lower, because I am a
    married woman.”

    It was not to be supposed that time would give Lydia that embarrassment
    from which she had been so wholly free at first. Her ease and good
    spirits increased. She longed to see Mrs. Philips, the Lucases, and all
    their other neighbours, and to hear herself called “Mrs. Wickham” by
    each of them; and in the meantime she went after dinner to show her ring
    and boast of being married to Mrs. Hill and the two housemaids.

    “Well, mamma,” said she, when they were all returned to the
    breakfast-room, “and what do you think of my husband? Is not he a
    charming man? I am sure my sisters must all envy me. I only hope they
    may have half my good luck. They must all go to Brighton. That is the
    place to get husbands. What a pity it is, mamma, we did not all go!”

    “Very true; and if I had my will we should. But, my dear Lydia, I don’t
    at all like your going such a way off. Must it be so?”

    “Oh, Lord! yes; there is nothing in that. I shall like it of all things.
    You and papa, and my sisters, must come down and see us. We shall be at
    Newcastle all the winter, and I dare say there will be some balls, and I
    will take care to get good partners for them all.”

    “I should like it beyond anything!” said her mother.

    “And then when you go away, you may leave one or two of my sisters
    behind you; and I dare say I shall get husbands for them before the
    winter is over.”

    “I thank you for my share of the favour,” said Elizabeth; “but I do not
    particularly like your way of getting husbands.”

    Their visitors were not to remain above ten days with them. Mr. Wickham
    had received his commission before he left London, and he was to join
    his regiment at the end of a fortnight.

    No one but Mrs. Bennet regretted that their stay would be so short; and
    she made the most of the time by visiting about with her daughter, and
    having very frequent parties at home. These parties were acceptable to
    all; to avoid a family circle was even more desirable to such as did
    think than such as did not.

    Wickham’s affection for Lydia was just what Elizabeth had expected to
    find it; not equal to Lydia’s for him. She had scarcely needed her
    present observation to be satisfied, from the reason of things, that
    their elopement had been brought on by the strength of her love rather
    than by his; and she would have wondered why, without violently caring
    for her, he chose to elope with her at all, had she not felt certain
    that his flight was rendered necessary by distress of circumstances; and
    if that were the case, he was not the young man to resist an opportunity
    of having a companion.

    Lydia was exceedingly fond of him. He was her dear Wickham on every
    occasion; no one was to be put in competition with him. He did
    everything best in the world; and she was sure he would kill more birds
    on the first of September than anybody else in the country.

    One morning, soon after their arrival, as she was sitting with her two
    elder sisters, she said to Elizabeth,–

    “Lizzy, I never gave _you_ an account of my wedding, I believe. You were
    not by, when I told mamma, and the others, all about it. Are not you
    curious to hear how it was managed?”

    “No, really,” replied Elizabeth; “I think there cannot be too little
    said on the subject.”

    “La! You are so strange! But I must tell you how it went off. We were
    married, you know, at St. Clement’s, because Wickham’s lodgings were in
    that parish. And it was settled that we should all be there by eleven
    o’clock. My uncle and aunt and I were to go together; and the others
    were to meet us at the church.

    “Well, Monday morning came, and I was in such a fuss! I was so afraid,
    you know, that something would happen to put it off, and then I should
    have gone quite distracted. And there was my aunt, all the time I was
    dressing, preaching and talking away just as if she was reading a
    sermon. However, I did not hear above one word in ten, for I was
    thinking, you may suppose, of my dear Wickham. I longed to know whether
    he would be married in his blue coat.

    “Well, and so we breakfasted at ten as usual: I thought it would never
    be over; for, by the bye, you are to understand that my uncle and aunt
    were horrid unpleasant all the time I was with them. If you’ll believe
    me, I did not once put my foot out of doors, though I was there a
    fortnight. Not one party, or scheme, or anything! To be sure, London was
    rather thin, but, however, the Little Theatre was open.

    “Well, and so, just as the carriage came to the door, my uncle was
    called away upon business to that horrid man Mr. Stone. And then, you
    know, when once they get together, there is no end of it. Well, I was so
    frightened I did not know what to do, for my uncle was to give me away;
    and if we were beyond the hour we could not be married all day. But,
    luckily, he came back again in ten minutes’ time, and then we all set
    out. However, I recollected afterwards, that if he _had_ been prevented
    going, the wedding need not be put off, for Mr. Darcy might have done as
    well.”

    “Mr. Darcy!” repeated Elizabeth, in utter amazement.

    “Oh, yes! he was to come there with Wickham, you know. But, gracious me!
    I quite forgot! I ought not to have said a word about it. I promised
    them so faithfully! What will Wickham say? It was to be such a secret!”

    “If it was to be a secret,” said Jane, “say not another word on the
    subject. You may depend upon my seeking no further.”

    “Oh, certainly,” said Elizabeth, though burning with curiosity; “we will
    ask you no questions.”

    “Thank you,” said Lydia; “for if you did, I should certainly tell you
    all, and then Wickham would be so angry.”

    On such encouragement to ask, Elizabeth was forced to put it out of her
    power, by running away.

    But to live in ignorance on such a point was impossible; or at least it
    was impossible not to try for information. Mr. Darcy had been at her
    sister’s wedding. It was exactly a scene, and exactly among people,
    where he had apparently least to do, and least temptation to go.
    Conjectures as to the meaning of it, rapid and wild, hurried into her
    brain; but she was satisfied with none. Those that best pleased her, as
    placing his conduct in the noblest light, seemed most improbable. She
    could not bear such suspense; and hastily seizing a sheet of paper,
    wrote a short letter to her aunt, to request an explanation of what
    Lydia had dropped, if it were compatible with the secrecy which had been
    intended.

    “You may readily comprehend,” she added, “what my curiosity must be to
    know how a person unconnected with any of us, and, comparatively
    speaking, a stranger to our family, should have been amongst you at such
    a time. Pray write instantly, and let me understand it–unless it is,
    for very cogent reasons, to remain in the secrecy which Lydia seems to
    think necessary; and then I must endeavour to be satisfied with
    ignorance.”

    “Not that I _shall_, though,” she added to herself, and she finished the
    letter; “and, my dear aunt, if you do not tell me in an honourable
    manner, I shall certainly be reduced to tricks and stratagems to find it
    out.”

    Jane’s delicate sense of honour would not allow her to speak to
    Elizabeth privately of what Lydia had let fall; Elizabeth was glad of
    it:–till it appeared whether her inquiries would receive any
    satisfaction, she had rather be without a confidante.

     

    [Illustration:

    “I am sure she did not listen.”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER LII.

     

    Elizabeth had the satisfaction of receiving an answer to her letter as
    soon as she possibly could. She was no sooner in possession of it, than
    hurrying into the little copse, where she was least likely to be
    interrupted, she sat down on one of the benches, and prepared to be
    happy; for the length of the letter convinced her that it did not
    contain a denial.

    /* RIGHT “Gracechurch Street, _Sept. 6_. */

    “My dear Niece,

    “I have just received your letter, and shall devote this whole
    morning to answering it, as I foresee that a _little_ writing will
    not comprise what I have to tell you. I must confess myself
    surprised by your application; I did not expect it from _you_.
    Don’t think me angry, however, for I only mean to let you know,
    that I had not imagined such inquiries to be necessary on _your_
    side. If you do not choose to understand me, forgive my
    impertinence. Your uncle is as much surprised as I am; and nothing
    but the belief of your being a party concerned would have allowed
    him to act as he has done. But if you are really innocent and
    ignorant, I must be more explicit. On the very day of my coming
    home from Longbourn, your uncle had a most unexpected visitor. Mr.
    Darcy called, and was shut up with him several hours. It was all
    over before I arrived; so my curiosity was not so dreadfully racked
    as _yours_ seems to have been. He came to tell Mr. Gardiner that he
    had found out where your sister and Mr. Wickham were, and that he
    had seen and talked with them both–Wickham repeatedly, Lydia once.
    From what I can collect, he left Derbyshire only one day after
    ourselves, and came to town with the resolution of hunting for
    them. The motive professed was his conviction of its being owing to
    himself that Wickham’s worthlessness had not been so well known as
    to make it impossible for any young woman of character to love or
    confide in him. He generously imputed the whole to his mistaken
    pride, and confessed that he had before thought it beneath him to
    lay his private actions open to the world. His character was to
    speak for itself. He called it, therefore, his duty to step
    forward, and endeavour to remedy an evil which had been brought on
    by himself. If he _had another_ motive, I am sure it would never
    disgrace him. He had been some days in town before he was able to
    discover them; but he had something to direct his search, which was
    more than _we_ had; and the consciousness of this was another
    reason for his resolving to follow us. There is a lady, it seems, a
    Mrs. Younge, who was some time ago governess to Miss Darcy, and was
    dismissed from her charge on some cause of disapprobation, though
    he did not say what. She then took a large house in Edward Street,
    and has since maintained herself by letting lodgings. This Mrs.
    Younge was, he knew, intimately acquainted with Wickham; and he
    went to her for intelligence of him, as soon as he got to town. But
    it was two or three days before he could get from her what he
    wanted. She would not betray her trust, I suppose, without bribery
    and corruption, for she really did know where her friend was to be
    found. Wickham, indeed, had gone to her on their first arrival in
    London; and had she been able to receive them into her house, they
    would have taken up their abode with her. At length, however, our
    kind friend procured the wished-for direction. They were in —-
    Street. He saw Wickham, and afterwards insisted on seeing Lydia.
    His first object with her, he acknowledged, had been to persuade
    her to quit her present disgraceful situation, and return to her
    friends as soon as they could be prevailed on to receive her,
    offering his assistance as far as it would go. But he found Lydia
    absolutely resolved on remaining where she was. She cared for none
    of her friends; she wanted no help of his; she would not hear of
    leaving Wickham. She was sure they should be married some time or
    other, and it did not much signify when. Since such were her
    feelings, it only remained, he thought, to secure and expedite a
    marriage, which, in his very first conversation with Wickham, he
    easily learnt had never been _his_ design. He confessed himself
    obliged to leave the regiment on account of some debts of honour
    which were very pressing; and scrupled not to lay all the ill
    consequences of Lydia’s flight on her own folly alone. He meant to
    resign his commission immediately; and as to his future situation,
    he could conjecture very little about it. He must go somewhere, but
    he did not know where, and he knew he should have nothing to live
    on. Mr. Darcy asked why he did not marry your sister at once.
    Though Mr. Bennet was not imagined to be very rich, he would have
    been able to do something for him, and his situation must have been
    benefited by marriage. But he found, in reply to this question,
    that Wickham still cherished the hope of more effectually making
    his fortune by marriage, in some other country. Under such
    circumstances, however, he was not likely to be proof against the
    temptation of immediate relief. They met several times, for there
    was much to be discussed. Wickham, of course, wanted more than he
    could get; but at length was reduced to be reasonable. Everything
    being settled between _them_, Mr. Darcy’s next step was to make
    your uncle acquainted with it, and he first called in Gracechurch
    Street the evening before I came home. But Mr. Gardiner could not
    be seen; and Mr. Darcy found, on further inquiry, that your father
    was still with him, but would quit town the next morning. He did
    not judge your father to be a person whom he could so properly
    consult as your uncle, and therefore readily postponed seeing him
    till after the departure of the former. He did not leave his name,
    and till the next day it was only known that a gentleman had called
    on business. On Saturday he came again. Your father was gone, your
    uncle at home, and, as I said before, they had a great deal of talk
    together. They met again on Sunday, and then _I_ saw him too. It
    was not all settled before Monday: as soon as it was, the express
    was sent off to Longbourn. But our visitor was very obstinate. I
    fancy, Lizzy, that obstinacy is the real defect of his character,
    after all. He has been accused of many faults at different times;
    but _this_ is the true one. Nothing was to be done that he did not
    do himself; though I am sure (and I do not speak it to be thanked,
    therefore say nothing about it) your uncle would most readily have
    settled the whole. They battled it together for a long time, which
    was more than either the gentleman or lady concerned in it
    deserved. But at last your uncle was forced to yield, and instead
    of being allowed to be of use to his niece, was forced to put up
    with only having the probable credit of it, which went sorely
    against the grain; and I really believe your letter this morning
    gave him great pleasure, because it required an explanation that
    would rob him of his borrowed feathers, and give the praise where
    it was due. But, Lizzy, this must go no further than yourself, or
    Jane at most. You know pretty well, I suppose, what has been done
    for the young people. His debts are to be paid, amounting, I
    believe, to considerably more than a thousand pounds, another
    thousand in addition to her own settled upon _her_, and his
    commission purchased. The reason why all this was to be done by him
    alone, was such as I have given above. It was owing to him, to his
    reserve and want of proper consideration, that Wickham’s character
    had been so misunderstood, and consequently that he had been
    received and noticed as he was. Perhaps there was some truth in
    _this_; though I doubt whether _his_ reserve, or _anybody’s_
    reserve can be answerable for the event. But in spite of all this
    fine talking, my dear Lizzy, you may rest perfectly assured that
    your uncle would never have yielded, if we had not given him credit
    for _another interest_ in the affair. When all this was resolved
    on, he returned again to his friends, who were still staying at
    Pemberley; but it was agreed that he should be in London once more
    when the wedding took place, and all money matters were then to
    receive the last finish. I believe I have now told you everything.
    It is a relation which you tell me is to give you great surprise; I
    hope at least it will not afford you any displeasure. Lydia came to
    us, and Wickham had constant admission to the house. _He_ was
    exactly what he had been when I knew him in Hertfordshire; but I
    would not tell you how little I was satisfied with _her_ behaviour
    while she stayed with us, if I had not perceived, by Jane’s letter
    last Wednesday, that her conduct on coming home was exactly of a
    piece with it, and therefore what I now tell you can give you no
    fresh pain. I talked to her repeatedly in the most serious manner,
    representing to her the wickedness of what she had done, and all
    the unhappiness she had brought on her family. If she heard me, it
    was by good luck, for I am sure she did not listen. I was sometimes
    quite provoked; but then I recollected my dear Elizabeth and Jane,
    and for their sakes had patience with her. Mr. Darcy was punctual
    in his return, and, as Lydia informed you, attended the wedding. He
    dined with us the next day, and was to leave town again on
    Wednesday or Thursday. Will you be very angry with me, my dear
    Lizzy, if I take this opportunity of saying (what I was never bold
    enough to say before) how much I like him? His behaviour to us has,
    in every respect, been as pleasing as when we were in Derbyshire.
    His understanding and opinions all please me; he wants nothing but
    a little more liveliness, and _that_, if he marry _prudently_, his
    wife may teach him. I thought him very sly; he hardly ever
    mentioned your name. But slyness seems the fashion. Pray forgive
    me, if I have been very presuming, or at least do not punish me so
    far as to exclude me from P. I shall never be quite happy till I
    have been all round the park. A low phaeton with a nice little pair
    of ponies would be the very thing. But I must write no more. The
    children have been wanting me this half hour.

    “Yours, very sincerely,

    “M. GARDINER.”

    The contents of this letter threw Elizabeth into a flutter of spirits,
    in which it was difficult to determine whether pleasure or pain bore the
    greatest share. The vague and unsettled suspicions which uncertainty had
    produced, of what Mr. Darcy might have been doing to forward her
    sister’s match–which she had feared to encourage, as an exertion of
    goodness too great to be probable, and at the same time dreaded to be
    just, from the pain of obligation–were proved beyond their greatest
    extent to be true! He had followed them purposely to town, he had taken
    on himself all the trouble and mortification attendant on such a
    research; in which supplication had been necessary to a woman whom he
    must abominate and despise, and where he was reduced to meet, frequently
    meet, reason with, persuade, and finally bribe the man whom he always
    most wished to avoid, and whose very name it was punishment to him to
    pronounce. He had done all this for a girl whom he could neither regard
    nor esteem. Her heart did whisper that he had done it for her. But it
    was a hope shortly checked by other considerations; and she soon felt
    that even her vanity was insufficient, when required to depend on his
    affection for her, for a woman who had already refused him, as able to
    overcome a sentiment so natural as abhorrence against relationship with
    Wickham. Brother-in-law of Wickham! Every kind of pride must revolt from
    the connection. He had, to be sure, done much. She was ashamed to think
    how much. But he had given a reason for his interference, which asked no
    extraordinary stretch of belief. It was reasonable that he should feel
    he had been wrong; he had liberality, and he had the means of exercising
    it; and though she would not place herself as his principal inducement,
    she could perhaps believe, that remaining partiality for her might
    assist his endeavours in a cause where her peace of mind must be
    materially concerned. It was painful, exceedingly painful, to know that
    they were under obligations to a person who could never receive a
    return. They owed the restoration of Lydia, her character, everything to
    him. Oh, how heartily did she grieve over every ungracious sensation she
    had ever encouraged, every saucy speech she had ever directed towards
    him! For herself she was humbled; but she was proud of him,–proud that
    in a cause of compassion and honour he had been able to get the better
    of himself. She read over her aunt’s commendation of him again and
    again. It was hardly enough; but it pleased her. She was even sensible
    of some pleasure, though mixed with regret, on finding how steadfastly
    both she and her uncle had been persuaded that affection and confidence
    subsisted between Mr. Darcy and herself.

    She was roused from her seat and her reflections, by someone’s approach;
    and, before she could strike into another path, she was overtaken by
    Wickham.

    “I am afraid I interrupt your solitary ramble, my dear sister?” said he,
    as he joined her.

    “You certainly do,” she replied with a smile; “but it does not follow
    that the interruption must be unwelcome.”

    “I should be sorry, indeed, if it were. _We_ were always good friends,
    and now we are better.”

    “True. Are the others coming out?”

    “I do not know. Mrs. Bennet and Lydia are going in the carriage to
    Meryton. And so, my dear sister, I find, from our uncle and aunt, that
    you have actually seen Pemberley.”

    She replied in the affirmative.

    “I almost envy you the pleasure, and yet I believe it would be too much
    for me, or else I could take it in my way to Newcastle. And you saw the
    old housekeeper, I suppose? Poor Reynolds, she was always very fond of
    me. But of course she did not mention my name to you.”

    “Yes, she did.”

    “And what did she say?”

    “That you were gone into the army, and she was afraid had–not turned
    out well. At such a distance as _that_, you know, things are strangely
    misrepresented.”

    “Certainly,” he replied, biting his lips. Elizabeth hoped she had
    silenced him; but he soon afterwards said,–

    “I was surprised to see Darcy in town last month. We passed each other
    several times. I wonder what he can be doing there.”

    “Perhaps preparing for his marriage with Miss de Bourgh,” said
    Elizabeth. “It must be something particular to take him there at this
    time of year.”

    “Undoubtedly. Did you see him while you were at Lambton? I thought I
    understood from the Gardiners that you had.”

    “Yes; he introduced us to his sister.”

    “And do you like her?”

    “Very much.”

    “I have heard, indeed, that she is uncommonly improved within this year
    or two. When I last saw her, she was not very promising. I am very glad
    you liked her. I hope she will turn out well.”

    “I dare say she will; she has got over the most trying age.”

    “Did you go by the village of Kympton?”

    “I do not recollect that we did.”

    “I mention it because it is the living which I ought to have had. A most
    delightful place! Excellent parsonage-house! It would have suited me in
    every respect.”

    “How should you have liked making sermons?”

    “Exceedingly well. I should have considered it as part of my duty, and
    the exertion would soon have been nothing. One ought not to repine; but,
    to be sure, it would have been such a thing for me! The quiet, the
    retirement of such a life, would have answered all my ideas of
    happiness! But it was not to be. Did you ever hear Darcy mention the
    circumstance when you were in Kent?”

    “I _have_ heard from authority, which I thought _as good_, that it was
    left you conditionally only, and at the will of the present patron.”

    “You have! Yes, there was something in _that_; I told you so from the
    first, you may remember.”

    “I _did_ hear, too, that there was a time when sermon-making was not so
    palatable to you as it seems to be at present; that you actually
    declared your resolution of never taking orders, and that the business
    had been compromised accordingly.”

    “You did! and it was not wholly without foundation. You may remember
    what I told you on that point, when first we talked of it.”

    They were now almost at the door of the house, for she had walked fast
    to get rid of him; and unwilling, for her sister’s sake, to provoke him,
    she only said in reply, with a good-humoured smile,–

    “Come, Mr. Wickham, we are brother and sister, you know. Do not let us
    quarrel about the past. In future, I hope we shall be always of one
    mind.”

    She held out her hand: he kissed it with affectionate gallantry, though
    he hardly knew how to look, and they entered the house.

     

    [Illustration:

    “Mr. Darcy with him.”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER LIII.

     

    Mr. Wickham was so perfectly satisfied with this conversation, that he
    never again distressed himself, or provoked his dear sister Elizabeth,
    by introducing the subject of it; and she was pleased to find that she
    had said enough to keep him quiet.

    The day of his and Lydia’s departure soon came; and Mrs. Bennet was
    forced to submit to a separation, which, as her husband by no means
    entered into her scheme of their all going to Newcastle, was likely to
    continue at least a twelvemonth.

    “Oh, my dear Lydia,” she cried, “when shall we meet again?”

    “Oh, Lord! I don’t know. Not these two or three years, perhaps.”

    “Write to me very often, my dear.”

    “As often as I can. But you know married women have never much time for
    writing. My sisters may write to _me_. They will have nothing else to
    do.”

    Mr. Wickham’s adieus were much more affectionate than his wife’s. He
    smiled, looked handsome, and said many pretty things.

    “He is as fine a fellow,” said Mr. Bennet, as soon as they were out of
    the house, “as ever I saw. He simpers, and smirks, and makes love to us
    all. I am prodigiously proud of him. I defy even Sir William Lucas
    himself to produce a more valuable son-in-law.”

    The loss of her daughter made Mrs. Bennet very dull for several days.

    “I often think,” said she, “that there is nothing so bad as parting with
    one’s friends. One seems so forlorn without them.”

    “This is the consequence, you see, madam, of marrying a daughter,” said
    Elizabeth. “It must make you better satisfied that your other four are
    single.”

    “It is no such thing. Lydia does not leave me because she is married;
    but only because her husband’s regiment happens to be so far off. If
    that had been nearer, she would not have gone so soon.”

    But the spiritless condition which this event threw her into was shortly
    relieved, and her mind opened again to the agitation of hope, by an
    article of news which then began to be in circulation. The housekeeper
    at Netherfield had received orders to prepare for the arrival of her
    master, who was coming down in a day or two, to shoot there for several
    weeks. Mrs. Bennet was quite in the fidgets. She looked at Jane, and
    smiled, and shook her head, by turns.

    “Well, well, and so Mr. Bingley is coming down, sister,” (for Mrs.
    Philips first brought her the news). “Well, so much the better. Not that
    I care about it, though. He is nothing to us, you know, and I am sure I
    never want to see him again. But, however, he is very welcome to come to
    Netherfield, if he likes it. And who knows what _may_ happen? But that
    is nothing to us. You know, sister, we agreed long ago never to mention
    a word about it. And so, it is quite certain he is coming?”

    “You may depend on it,” replied the other, “for Mrs. Nichols was in
    Meryton last night: I saw her passing by, and went out myself on purpose
    to know the truth of it; and she told me that it was certainly true. He
    comes down on Thursday, at the latest, very likely on Wednesday. She was
    going to the butcher’s, she told me, on purpose to order in some meat on
    Wednesday, and she has got three couple of ducks just fit to be killed.”

    Miss Bennet had not been able to hear of his coming without changing
    colour. It was many months since she had mentioned his name to
    Elizabeth; but now, as soon as they were alone together, she said,–

    “I saw you look at me to-day, Lizzy, when my aunt told us of the present
    report; and I know I appeared distressed; but don’t imagine it was from
    any silly cause. I was only confused for the moment, because I felt that
    I _should_ be looked at. I do assure you that the news does not affect
    me either with pleasure or pain. I am glad of one thing, that he comes
    alone; because we shall see the less of him. Not that I am afraid of
    _myself_, but I dread other people’s remarks.”

    Elizabeth did not know what to make of it. Had she not seen him in
    Derbyshire, she might have supposed him capable of coming there with no
    other view than what was acknowledged; but she still thought him partial
    to Jane, and she wavered as to the greater probability of his coming
    there _with_ his friend’s permission, or being bold enough to come
    without it.

    “Yet it is hard,” she sometimes thought, “that this poor man cannot come
    to a house, which he has legally hired, without raising all this
    speculation! I _will_ leave him to himself.”

    In spite of what her sister declared, and really believed to be her
    feelings, in the expectation of his arrival, Elizabeth could easily
    perceive that her spirits were affected by it. They were more disturbed,
    more unequal, than she had often seen them.

    The subject which had been so warmly canvassed between their parents,
    about a twelvemonth ago, was now brought forward again.

    “As soon as ever Mr. Bingley comes, my dear,” said Mrs. Bennet, “you
    will wait on him, of course.”

    “No, no. You forced me into visiting him last year, and promised, if I
    went to see him, he should marry one of my daughters. But it ended in
    nothing, and I will not be sent on a fool’s errand again.”

    His wife represented to him how absolutely necessary such an attention
    would be from all the neighbouring gentlemen, on his returning to
    Netherfield.

    “’Tis an _etiquette_ I despise,” said he. “If he wants our society, let
    him seek it. He knows where we live. I will not spend _my_ hours in
    running after my neighbours every time they go away and come back
    again.”

    “Well, all I know is, that it will be abominably rude if you do not wait
    on him. But, however, that shan’t prevent my asking him to dine here, I
    am determined. We must have Mrs. Long and the Gouldings soon. That will
    make thirteen with ourselves, so there will be just room at table for
    him.”

    Consoled by this resolution, she was the better able to bear her
    husband’s incivility; though it was very mortifying to know that her
    neighbours might all see Mr. Bingley, in consequence of it, before
    _they_ did. As the day of his arrival drew near,–

    “I begin to be sorry that he comes at all,” said Jane to her sister. “It
    would be nothing; I could see him with perfect indifference; but I can
    hardly bear to hear it thus perpetually talked of. My mother means well;
    but she does not know, no one can know, how much I suffer from what she
    says. Happy shall I be when his stay at Netherfield is over!”

    “I wish I could say anything to comfort you,” replied Elizabeth; “but it
    is wholly out of my power. You must feel it; and the usual satisfaction
    of preaching patience to a sufferer is denied me, because you have
    always so much.”

    Mr. Bingley arrived. Mrs. Bennet, through the assistance of servants,
    contrived to have the earliest tidings of it, that the period of anxiety
    and fretfulness on her side be as long as it could. She counted the days
    that must intervene before their invitation could be sent–hopeless of
    seeing him before. But on the third morning after his arrival in
    Hertfordshire, she saw him from her dressing-room window enter the
    paddock, and ride towards the house.

    Her daughters were eagerly called to partake of her joy. Jane resolutely
    kept her place at the table; but Elizabeth, to satisfy her mother, went
    to the window–she looked–she saw Mr. Darcy with him, and sat down
    again by her sister.

    “There is a gentleman with him, mamma,” said Kitty; “who can it be?”

    “Some acquaintance or other, my dear, I suppose; I am sure I do not
    know.”

    “La!” replied Kitty, “it looks just like that man that used to be with
    him before. Mr. what’s his name–that tall, proud man.”

    “Good gracious! Mr. Darcy!–and so it does, I vow. Well, any friend of
    Mr. Bingley’s will always be welcome here, to be sure; but else I must
    say that I hate the very sight of him.”

    Jane looked at Elizabeth with surprise and concern. She knew but little
    of their meeting in Derbyshire, and therefore felt for the awkwardness
    which must attend her sister, in seeing him almost for the first time
    after receiving his explanatory letter. Both sisters were uncomfortable
    enough. Each felt for the other, and of course for themselves; and their
    mother talked on of her dislike of Mr. Darcy, and her resolution to be
    civil to him only as Mr. Bingley’s friend, without being heard by either
    of them. But Elizabeth had sources of uneasiness which could not yet be
    suspected by Jane, to whom she had never yet had courage to show Mrs.
    Gardiner’s letter, or to relate her own change of sentiment towards
    him. To Jane, he could be only a man whose proposals she had refused,
    and whose merits she had undervalued; but to her own more extensive
    information, he was the person to whom the whole family were indebted
    for the first of benefits, and whom she regarded herself with an
    interest, if not quite so tender, at least as reasonable and just, as
    what Jane felt for Bingley. Her astonishment at his coming–at his
    coming to Netherfield, to Longbourn, and voluntarily seeking her again,
    was almost equal to what she had known on first witnessing his altered
    behaviour in Derbyshire.

    The colour which had been driven from her face returned for half a
    minute with an additional glow, and a smile of delight added lustre to
    her eyes, as she thought for that space of time that his affection and
    wishes must still be unshaken; but she would not be secure.

    “Let me first see how he behaves,” said she; “it will then be early
    enough for expectation.”

    She sat intently at work, striving to be composed, and without daring to
    lift up her eyes, till anxious curiosity carried them to the face of her
    sister as the servant was approaching the door. Jane looked a little
    paler than usual, but more sedate than Elizabeth had expected. On the
    gentlemen’s appearing, her colour increased; yet she received them with
    tolerable ease, and with a propriety of behaviour equally free from any
    symptom of resentment, or any unnecessary complaisance.

    Elizabeth said as little to either as civility would allow, and sat down
    again to her work, with an eagerness which it did not often command. She
    had ventured only one glance at Darcy. He looked serious as usual; and,
    she thought, more as he had been used to look in Hertfordshire, than as
    she had seen him at Pemberley. But, perhaps, he could not in her
    mother’s presence be what he was before her uncle and aunt. It was a
    painful, but not an improbable, conjecture.

    Bingley she had likewise seen for an instant, and in that short period
    saw him looking both pleased and embarrassed. He was received by Mrs.
    Bennet with a degree of civility which made her two daughters ashamed,
    especially when contrasted with the cold and ceremonious politeness of
    her courtesy and address of his friend.

    Elizabeth particularly, who knew that her mother owed to the latter the
    preservation of her favourite daughter from irremediable infamy, was
    hurt and distressed to a most painful degree by a distinction so ill
    applied.

    Darcy, after inquiring of her how Mr. and Mrs. Gardiner did–a question
    which she could not answer without confusion–said scarcely anything. He
    was not seated by her: perhaps that was the reason of his silence; but
    it had not been so in Derbyshire. There he had talked to her friends
    when he could not to herself. But now several minutes elapsed, without
    bringing the sound of his voice; and when occasionally, unable to resist
    the impulse of curiosity, she raised her eyes to his face, she as often
    found him looking at Jane as at herself, and frequently on no object but
    the ground. More thoughtfulness and less anxiety to please, than when
    they last met, were plainly expressed. She was disappointed, and angry
    with herself for being so.

    “Could I expect it to be otherwise?” said she. “Yet why did he come?”

    She was in no humour for conversation with anyone but himself; and to
    him she had hardly courage to speak.

    She inquired after his sister, but could do no more.

    “It is a long time, Mr. Bingley, since you went away,” said Mrs. Bennet.

    He readily agreed to it.

    “I began to be afraid you would never come back again. People _did_ say,
    you meant to quit the place entirely at Michaelmas; but, however, I hope
    it is not true. A great many changes have happened in the neighbourhood
    since you went away. Miss Lucas is married and settled: and one of my
    own daughters. I suppose you have heard of it; indeed, you must have
    seen it in the papers. It was in the ‘Times’ and the ‘Courier,’ I know;
    though it was not put in as it ought to be. It was only said, ‘Lately,
    George Wickham, Esq., to Miss Lydia Bennet,’ without there being a
    syllable said of her father, or the place where she lived, or anything.
    It was my brother Gardiner’s drawing up, too, and I wonder how he came
    to make such an awkward business of it. Did you see it?”

    Bingley replied that he did, and made his congratulations. Elizabeth
    dared not lift up her eyes. How Mr. Darcy looked, therefore, she could
    not tell.

    “It is a delightful thing, to be sure, to have a daughter well married,”
    continued her mother; “but at the same time, Mr. Bingley, it is very
    hard to have her taken away from me. They are gone down to Newcastle, a
    place quite northward it seems, and there they are to stay, I do not
    know how long. His regiment is there; for I suppose you have heard of
    his leaving the —-shire, and of his being gone into the Regulars.
    Thank heaven! he has _some_ friends, though, perhaps, not so many as he
    deserves.”

    Elizabeth, who knew this to be levelled at Mr. Darcy, was in such misery
    of shame that she could hardly keep her seat. It drew from her, however,
    the exertion of speaking, which nothing else had so effectually done
    before; and she asked Bingley whether he meant to make any stay in the
    country at present. A few weeks, he believed.

    “When you have killed all your own birds, Mr. Bingley,” said her mother,
    “I beg you will come here and shoot as many as you please on Mr.
    Bennet’s manor. I am sure he will be vastly happy to oblige you, and
    will save all the best of the coveys for you.”

    Elizabeth’s misery increased at such unnecessary, such officious
    attention! Were the same fair prospect to arise at present, as had
    flattered them a year ago, everything, she was persuaded, would be
    hastening to the same vexatious conclusion. At that instant she felt,
    that years of happiness could not make Jane or herself amends for
    moments of such painful confusion.

    “The first wish of my heart,” said she to herself, “is never more to be
    in company with either of them. Their society can afford no pleasure
    that will atone for such wretchedness as this! Let me never see either
    one or the other again!”

    Yet the misery, for which years of happiness were to offer no
    compensation, received soon afterwards material relief, from observing
    how much the beauty of her sister rekindled the admiration of her former
    lover. When first he came in, he had spoken to her but little, but every
    five minutes seemed to be giving her more of his attention. He found her
    as handsome as she had been last year; as good-natured, and as
    unaffected, though not quite so chatty. Jane was anxious that no
    difference should be perceived in her at all, and was really persuaded
    that she talked as much as ever; but her mind was so busily engaged,
    that she did not always know when she was silent.

    When the gentlemen rose to go away, Mrs. Bennet was mindful of her
    intended civility, and they were invited and engaged to dine at
    Longbourn in a few days’ time.

    “You are quite a visit in my debt, Mr. Bingley,” she added; “for when
    you went to town last winter, you promised to take a family dinner with
    us as soon as you returned. I have not forgot, you see; and I assure you
    I was very much disappointed that you did not come back and keep your
    engagement.”

    Bingley looked a little silly at this reflection, and said something of
    his concern at having been prevented by business. They then went away.

    Mrs. Bennet had been strongly inclined to ask them to stay and dine
    there that day; but, though she always kept a very good table, she did
    not think anything less than two courses could be good enough for a man
    on whom she had such anxious designs, or satisfy the appetite and pride
    of one who had ten thousand a year.

     

    [Illustration:

    “Jane happened to look round”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER LIV.

     

    As soon as they were gone, Elizabeth walked out to recover her spirits;
    or, in other words, to dwell without interruption on those subjects
    which must deaden them more. Mr. Darcy’s behaviour astonished and vexed
    her.

    “Why, if he came only to be silent, grave, and indifferent,” said she,
    “did he come at all?”

    She could settle it in no way that gave her pleasure.

    “He could be still amiable, still pleasing to my uncle and aunt, when he
    was in town; and why not to me? If he fears me, why come hither? If he
    no longer cares for me, why silent? Teasing, teasing man! I will think
    no more about him.”

    Her resolution was for a short time involuntarily kept by the approach
    of her sister, who joined her with a cheerful look which showed her
    better satisfied with their visitors than Elizabeth.

    “Now,” said she, “that this first meeting is over, I feel perfectly
    easy. I know my own strength, and I shall never be embarrassed again by
    his coming. I am glad he dines here on Tuesday. It will then be publicly
    seen, that on both sides we meet only as common and indifferent
    acquaintance.”

    “Yes, very indifferent, indeed,” said Elizabeth, laughingly. “Oh, Jane!
    take care.”

    “My dear Lizzy, you cannot think me so weak as to be in danger now.”

    “I think you are in very great danger of making him as much in love with
    you as ever.”

    They did not see the gentlemen again till Tuesday; and Mrs. Bennet, in
    the meanwhile, was giving way to all the happy schemes which the
    good-humour and common politeness of Bingley, in half an hour’s visit,
    had revived.

    On Tuesday there was a large party assembled at Longbourn; and the two
    who were most anxiously expected, to the credit of their punctuality as
    sportsmen, were in very good time. When they repaired to the
    dining-room, Elizabeth eagerly watched to see whether Bingley would take
    the place which, in all their former parties, had belonged to him, by
    her sister. Her prudent mother, occupied by the same ideas, forbore to
    invite him to sit by herself. On entering the room, he seemed to
    hesitate; but Jane happened to look round, and happened to smile: it was
    decided. He placed himself by her.

    Elizabeth, with a triumphant sensation, looked towards his friend. He
    bore it with noble indifference; and she would have imagined that
    Bingley had received his sanction to be happy, had she not seen his eyes
    likewise turned towards Mr. Darcy, with an expression of half-laughing
    alarm.

    His behaviour to her sister was such during dinnertime as showed an
    admiration of her, which, though more guarded than formerly, persuaded
    Elizabeth, that, if left wholly to himself, Jane’s happiness, and his
    own, would be speedily secured. Though she dared not depend upon the
    consequence, she yet received pleasure from observing his behaviour. It
    gave her all the animation that her spirits could boast; for she was in
    no cheerful humour. Mr. Darcy was almost as far from her as the table
    could divide them. He was on one side of her mother. She knew how little
    such a situation would give pleasure to either, or make either appear to
    advantage. She was not near enough to hear any of their discourse; but
    she could see how seldom they spoke to each other, and how formal and
    cold was their manner whenever they did. Her mother’s ungraciousness
    made the sense of what they owed him more painful to Elizabeth’s mind;
    and she would, at times, have given anything to be privileged to tell
    him, that his kindness was neither unknown nor unfelt by the whole of
    the family.

    She was in hopes that the evening would afford some opportunity of
    bringing them together; that the whole of the visit would not pass away
    without enabling them to enter into something more of conversation,
    than the mere ceremonious salutation attending his entrance. Anxious and
    uneasy, the period which passed in the drawing-room before the gentlemen
    came, was wearisome and dull to a degree that almost made her uncivil.
    She looked forward to their entrance as the point on which all her
    chance of pleasure for the evening must depend.

    “If he does not come to me, _then_,” said she, “I shall give him up for
    ever.”

    The gentlemen came; and she thought he looked as if he would have
    answered her hopes; but, alas! the ladies had crowded round the table,
    where Miss Bennet was making tea, and Elizabeth pouring out the coffee,
    in so close a confederacy, that there was not a single vacancy near her
    which would admit of a chair. And on the gentlemen’s approaching, one of
    the girls moved closer to her than ever, and said, in a whisper,–

    “The men shan’t come and part us, I am determined. We want none of them;
    do we?”

    Darcy had walked away to another part of the room. She followed him with
    her eyes, envied everyone to whom he spoke, had scarcely patience enough
    to help anybody to coffee, and then was enraged against herself for
    being so silly!

    “A man who has once been refused! How could I ever be foolish enough to
    expect a renewal of his love? Is there one among the sex who would not
    protest against such a weakness as a second proposal to the same woman?
    There is no indignity so abhorrent to their feelings.”

    She was a little revived, however, by his bringing back his coffee-cup
    himself; and she seized the opportunity of saying,–

    “Is your sister at Pemberley still?”

    “Yes; she will remain there till Christmas.”

    “And quite alone? Have all her friends left her?”

    “Mrs. Annesley is with her. The others have been gone on to Scarborough
    these three weeks.”

    She could think of nothing more to say; but if he wished to converse
    with her, he might have better success. He stood by her, however, for
    some minutes, in silence; and, at last, on the young lady’s whispering
    to Elizabeth again, he walked away.

    When the tea things were removed, and the card tables placed, the ladies
    all rose; and Elizabeth was then hoping to be soon joined by him, when
    all her views were overthrown, by seeing him fall a victim to her
    mother’s rapacity for whist players, and in a few moments after seated
    with the rest of the party. She now lost every expectation of pleasure.
    They were confined for the evening at different tables; and she had
    nothing to hope, but that his eyes were so often turned towards her side
    of the room, as to make him play as unsuccessfully as herself.

    Mrs. Bennet had designed to keep the two Netherfield gentlemen to
    supper; but their carriage was, unluckily, ordered before any of the
    others, and she had no opportunity of detaining them.

    “Well, girls,” said she, as soon as they were left to themselves, “what
    say you to the day? I think everything has passed off uncommonly well, I
    assure you. The dinner was as well dressed as any I ever saw. The
    venison was roasted to a turn–and everybody said, they never saw so fat
    a haunch. The soup was fifty times better than what we had at the
    Lucases’ last week; and even Mr. Darcy acknowledged that the partridges
    were remarkably well done; and I suppose he has two or three French
    cooks at least. And, my dear Jane, I never saw you look in greater
    beauty. Mrs. Long said so too, for I asked her whether you did not. And
    what do you think she said besides? ‘Ah! Mrs. Bennet, we shall have her
    at Netherfield at last!’ She did, indeed. I do think Mrs. Long is as
    good a creature as ever lived–and her nieces are very pretty behaved
    girls, and not at all handsome: I like them prodigiously.”

    [Illustration:

    “M^{rs}. Long and her nieces.”
    ]

    Mrs. Bennet, in short, was in very great spirits: she had seen enough of
    Bingley’s behaviour to Jane to be convinced that she would get him at
    last; and her expectations of advantage to her family, when in a happy
    humour, were so far beyond reason, that she was quite disappointed at
    not seeing him there again the next day, to make his proposals.

    “It has been a very agreeable day,” said Miss Bennet to Elizabeth. “The
    party seemed so well selected, so suitable one with the other. I hope we
    may often meet again.”

    Elizabeth smiled.

    “Lizzy, you must not do so. You must not suspect me. It mortifies me. I
    assure you that I have now learnt to enjoy his conversation as an
    agreeable and sensible young man without having a wish beyond it. I am
    perfectly satisfied, from what his manners now are, that he never had
    any design of engaging my affection. It is only that he is blessed with
    greater sweetness of address, and a stronger desire of generally
    pleasing, than any other man.”

    “You are very cruel,” said her sister, “you will not let me smile, and
    are provoking me to it every moment.”

    “How hard it is in some cases to be believed! And how impossible in
    others! But why should you wish to persuade me that I feel more than I
    acknowledge?”

    “That is a question which I hardly know how to answer. We all love to
    instruct, though we can teach only what is not worth knowing. Forgive
    me; and if you persist in indifference, do not make _me_ your
    confidante.”

     

    [Illustration:

    “Lizzy, my dear, I want to speak to you.”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER LV.

     

    A few days after this visit, Mr. Bingley called again, and alone. His
    friend had left him that morning for London, but was to return home in
    ten days’ time. He sat with them above an hour, and was in remarkably
    good spirits. Mrs. Bennet invited him to dine with them; but, with many
    expressions of concern, he confessed himself engaged elsewhere.

    “Next time you call,” said she, “I hope we shall be more lucky.”

    He should be particularly happy at any time, etc., etc.; and if she
    would give him leave, would take an early opportunity of waiting on
    them.

    “Can you come to-morrow?”

    Yes, he had no engagement at all for to-morrow; and her invitation was
    accepted with alacrity.

    He came, and in such very good time, that the ladies were none of them
    dressed. In ran Mrs. Bennet to her daughters’ room, in her
    dressing-gown, and with her hair half finished, crying out,–

    “My dear Jane, make haste and hurry down. He is come–Mr. Bingley is
    come. He is, indeed. Make haste, make haste. Here, Sarah, come to Miss
    Bennet this moment, and help her on with her gown. Never mind Miss
    Lizzy’s hair.”

    “We will be down as soon as we can,” said Jane; “but I dare say Kitty is
    forwarder than either of us, for she went upstairs half an hour ago.”

    “Oh! hang Kitty! what has she to do with it? Come, be quick, be quick!
    where is your sash, my dear?”

    But when her mother was gone, Jane would not be prevailed on to go down
    without one of her sisters.

    The same anxiety to get them by themselves was visible again in the
    evening. After tea, Mr. Bennet retired to the library, as was his
    custom, and Mary went upstairs to her instrument. Two obstacles of the
    five being thus removed, Mrs. Bennet sat looking and winking at
    Elizabeth and Catherine for a considerable time, without making any
    impression on them. Elizabeth would not observe her; and when at last
    Kitty did, she very innocently said, “What is the matter, mamma? What do
    you keep winking at me for? What am I to do?”

    “Nothing, child, nothing. I did not wink at you.” She then sat still
    five minutes longer; but unable to waste such a precious occasion, she
    suddenly got up, and saying to Kitty,–

    “Come here, my love, I want to speak to you,” took her out of the room.
    Jane instantly gave a look at Elizabeth which spoke her distress at such
    premeditation, and her entreaty that _she_ would not give in to it. In a
    few minutes, Mrs. Bennet half opened the door and called out,–

    “Lizzy, my dear, I want to speak with you.”

    Elizabeth was forced to go.

    “We may as well leave them by themselves, you know,” said her mother as
    soon as she was in the hall. “Kitty and I are going upstairs to sit in
    my dressing-room.”

    Elizabeth made no attempt to reason with her mother, but remained
    quietly in the hall till she and Kitty were out of sight, then returned
    into the drawing-room.

    Mrs. Bennet’s schemes for this day were ineffectual. Bingley was
    everything that was charming, except the professed lover of her
    daughter. His ease and cheerfulness rendered him a most agreeable
    addition to their evening party; and he bore with the ill-judged
    officiousness of the mother, and heard all her silly remarks with a
    forbearance and command of countenance particularly grateful to the
    daughter.

    He scarcely needed an invitation to stay supper; and before he went away
    an engagement was formed, chiefly through his own and Mrs. Bennet’s
    means, for his coming next morning to shoot with her husband.

    After this day, Jane said no more of her indifference. Not a word passed
    between the sisters concerning Bingley; but Elizabeth went to bed in the
    happy belief that all must speedily be concluded, unless Mr. Darcy
    returned within the stated time. Seriously, however, she felt tolerably
    persuaded that all this must have taken place with that gentleman’s
    concurrence.

    Bingley was punctual to his appointment; and he and Mr. Bennet spent the
    morning together, as had been agreed on. The latter was much more
    agreeable than his companion expected. There was nothing of presumption
    or folly in Bingley that could provoke his ridicule, or disgust him into
    silence; and he was more communicative, and less eccentric, than the
    other had ever seen him. Bingley of course returned with him to dinner;
    and in the evening Mrs. Bennet’s invention was again at work to get
    everybody away from him and her daughter. Elizabeth, who had a letter to
    write, went into the breakfast-room for that purpose soon after tea; for
    as the others were all going to sit down to cards, she could not be
    wanted to counteract her mother’s schemes.

    But on her returning to the drawing-room, when her letter was finished,
    she saw, to her infinite surprise, there was reason to fear that her
    mother had been too ingenious for her. On opening the door, she
    perceived her sister and Bingley standing together over the hearth, as
    if engaged in earnest conversation; and had this led to no suspicion,
    the faces of both, as they hastily turned round and moved away from each
    other, would have told it all. _Their_ situation was awkward enough; but
    _hers_ she thought was still worse. Not a syllable was uttered by
    either; and Elizabeth was on the point of going away again, when
    Bingley, who as well as the other had sat down, suddenly rose, and,
    whispering a few words to her sister, ran out of the room.

    Jane could have no reserves from Elizabeth, where confidence would give
    pleasure; and, instantly embracing her, acknowledged, with the liveliest
    emotion, that she was the happiest creature in the world.

    “’Tis too much!” she added, “by far too much. I do not deserve it. Oh,
    why is not everybody as happy?”

    Elizabeth’s congratulations were given with a sincerity, a warmth, a
    delight, which words could but poorly express. Every sentence of
    kindness was a fresh source of happiness to Jane. But she would not
    allow herself to stay with her sister, or say half that remained to be
    said, for the present.

    “I must go instantly to my mother,” she cried. “I would not on any
    account trifle with her affectionate solicitude, or allow her to hear it
    from anyone but myself. He is gone to my father already. Oh, Lizzy, to
    know that what I have to relate will give such pleasure to all my dear
    family! how shall I bear so much happiness?”

    She then hastened away to her mother, who had purposely broken up the
    card-party, and was sitting upstairs with Kitty.

    Elizabeth, who was left by herself, now smiled at the rapidity and ease
    with which an affair was finally settled, that had given them so many
    previous months of suspense and vexation.

    “And this,” said she, “is the end of all his friend’s anxious
    circumspection! of all his sister’s falsehood and contrivance! the
    happiest, wisest, and most reasonable end!”

    In a few minutes she was joined by Bingley, whose conference with her
    father had been short and to the purpose.

    “Where is your sister?” said he hastily, as he opened the door.

    “With my mother upstairs. She will be down in a moment, I dare say.”

    He then shut the door, and, coming up to her, claimed the good wishes
    and affection of a sister. Elizabeth honestly and heartily expressed her
    delight in the prospect of their relationship. They shook hands with
    great cordiality; and then, till her sister came down, she had to listen
    to all he had to say of his own happiness, and of Jane’s perfections;
    and in spite of his being a lover, Elizabeth really believed all his
    expectations of felicity to be rationally founded, because they had for
    basis the excellent understanding and super-excellent disposition of
    Jane, and a general similarity of feeling and taste between her and
    himself.

    It was an evening of no common delight to them all; the satisfaction of
    Miss Bennet’s mind gave such a glow of sweet animation to her face, as
    made her look handsomer than ever. Kitty simpered and smiled, and hoped
    her turn was coming soon. Mrs. Bennet could not give her consent, or
    speak her approbation in terms warm enough to satisfy her feelings,
    though she talked to Bingley of nothing else, for half an hour; and when
    Mr. Bennet joined them at supper, his voice and manner plainly showed
    how really happy he was.

    Not a word, however, passed his lips in allusion to it, till their
    visitor took his leave for the night; but as soon as he was gone, he
    turned to his daughter and said,–

    “Jane, I congratulate you. You will be a very happy woman.”

    Jane went to him instantly, kissed him, and thanked him for his
    goodness.

    “You are a good girl,” he replied, “and I have great pleasure in
    thinking you will be so happily settled. I have not a doubt of your
    doing very well together. Your tempers are by no means unlike. You are
    each of you so complying, that nothing will ever be resolved on; so
    easy, that every servant will cheat you; and so generous, that you will
    always exceed your income.”

    “I hope not so. Imprudence or thoughtlessness in money matters would be
    unpardonable in _me_.”

    “Exceed their income! My dear Mr. Bennet,” cried his wife, “what are you
    talking of? Why, he has four or five thousand a year, and very likely
    more.” Then addressing her daughter, “Oh, my dear, dear Jane, I am so
    happy! I am sure I shan’t get a wink of sleep all night. I knew how it
    would be. I always said it must be so, at last. I was sure you could not
    be so beautiful for nothing! I remember, as soon as ever I saw him, when
    he first came into Hertfordshire last year, I thought how likely it was
    that you should come together. Oh, he is the handsomest young man that
    ever was seen!”

    Wickham, Lydia, were all forgotten. Jane was beyond competition her
    favourite child. At that moment she cared for no other. Her younger
    sisters soon began to make interest with her for objects of happiness
    which she might in future be able to dispense.

    Mary petitioned for the use of the library at Netherfield; and Kitty
    begged very hard for a few balls there every winter.

    Bingley, from this time, was of course a daily visitor at Longbourn;
    coming frequently before breakfast, and always remaining till after
    supper; unless when some barbarous neighbour, who could not be enough
    detested, had given him an invitation to dinner, which he thought
    himself obliged to accept.

    Elizabeth had now but little time for conversation with her sister; for
    while he was present Jane had no attention to bestow on anyone else: but
    she found herself considerably useful to both of them, in those hours of
    separation that must sometimes occur. In the absence of Jane, he always
    attached himself to Elizabeth for the pleasure of talking of her; and
    when Bingley was gone, Jane constantly sought the same means of relief.

    “He has made me so happy,” said she, one evening, “by telling me that he
    was totally ignorant of my being in town last spring! I had not believed
    it possible.”

    “I suspected as much,” replied Elizabeth. “But how did he account for
    it?”

    “It must have been his sisters’ doing. They were certainly no friends to
    his acquaintance with me, which I cannot wonder at, since he might have
    chosen so much more advantageously in many respects. But when they see,
    as I trust they will, that their brother is happy with me, they will
    learn to be contented, and we shall be on good terms again: though we
    can never be what we once were to each other.”

    “That is the most unforgiving speech,” said Elizabeth, “that I ever
    heard you utter. Good girl! It would vex me, indeed, to see you again
    the dupe of Miss Bingley’s pretended regard.”

    “Would you believe it, Lizzy, that when he went to town last November he
    really loved me, and nothing but a persuasion of _my_ being indifferent
    would have prevented his coming down again?”

    “He made a little mistake, to be sure; but it is to the credit of his
    modesty.”

    This naturally introduced a panegyric from Jane on his diffidence, and
    the little value he put on his own good qualities.

    Elizabeth was pleased to find that he had not betrayed the interference
    of his friend; for, though Jane had the most generous and forgiving
    heart in the world, she knew it was a circumstance which must prejudice
    her against him.

    “I am certainly the most fortunate creature that ever existed!” cried
    Jane. “Oh, Lizzy, why am I thus singled from my family, and blessed
    above them all? If I could but see you as happy! If there were but such
    another man for you!”

    “If you were to give me forty such men I never could be so happy as you.
    Till I have your disposition, your goodness, I never can have your
    happiness. No, no, let me shift for myself; and, perhaps, if I have very
    good luck, I may meet with another Mr. Collins in time.”

    The situation of affairs in the Longbourn family could not be long a
    secret. Mrs. Bennet was privileged to whisper it to Mrs. Philips, and
    she ventured, without any permission, to do the same by all her
    neighbours in Meryton.

    The Bennets were speedily pronounced to be the luckiest family in the
    world; though only a few weeks before, when Lydia had first run away,
    they had been generally proved to be marked out for misfortune.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER LVI.

     

    One morning, about a week after Bingley’s engagement with Jane had been
    formed, as he and the females of the family were sitting together in the
    dining-room, their attention was suddenly drawn to the window by the
    sound of a carriage; and they perceived a chaise and four driving up the
    lawn. It was too early in the morning for visitors; and besides, the
    equipage did not answer to that of any of their neighbours. The horses
    were post; and neither the carriage, nor the livery of the servant who
    preceded it, were familiar to them. As it was certain, however, that
    somebody was coming, Bingley instantly prevailed on Miss Bennet to avoid
    the confinement of such an intrusion, and walk away with him into the
    shrubbery. They both set off; and the conjectures of the remaining three
    continued, though with little satisfaction, till the door was thrown
    open, and their visitor entered. It was Lady Catherine de Bourgh.

    They were of course all intending to be surprised: but their
    astonishment was beyond their expectation; and on the part of Mrs.
    Bennet and Kitty, though she was perfectly unknown to them, even
    inferior to what Elizabeth felt.

    She entered the room with an air more than usually ungracious, made no
    other reply to Elizabeth’s salutation than a slight inclination of the
    head, and sat down without saying a word. Elizabeth had mentioned her
    name to her mother on her Ladyship’s entrance, though no request of
    introduction had been made.

    Mrs. Bennet, all amazement, though flattered by having a guest of such
    high importance, received her with the utmost politeness. After sitting
    for a moment in silence, she said, very stiffly, to Elizabeth,–

    “I hope you are well, Miss Bennet. That lady, I suppose, is your
    mother?”

    Elizabeth replied very concisely that she was.

    “And _that_, I suppose, is one of your sisters?”

    “Yes, madam,” said Mrs. Bennet, delighted to speak to a Lady Catherine.
    “She is my youngest girl but one. My youngest of all is lately married,
    and my eldest is somewhere about the ground, walking with a young man,
    who, I believe, will soon become a part of the family.”

    “You have a very small park here,” returned Lady Catherine, after a
    short silence.

    “It is nothing in comparison of Rosings, my Lady, I dare say; but, I
    assure you, it is much larger than Sir William Lucas’s.”

    “This must be a most inconvenient sitting-room for the evening in
    summer: the windows are full west.”

    Mrs. Bennet assured her that they never sat there after dinner; and then
    added,–

    “May I take the liberty of asking your Ladyship whether you left Mr. and
    Mrs. Collins well?”

    “Yes, very well. I saw them the night before last.”

    Elizabeth now expected that she would produce a letter for her from
    Charlotte, as it seemed the only probable motive for her calling. But no
    letter appeared, and she was completely puzzled.

    Mrs. Bennet, with great civility, begged her Ladyship to take some
    refreshment: but Lady Catherine very resolutely, and not very politely,
    declined eating anything; and then, rising up, said to Elizabeth,–

    “Miss Bennet, there seemed to be a prettyish kind of a little wilderness
    on one side of your lawn. I should be glad to take a turn in it, if you
    will favour me with your company.”

    “Go, my dear,” cried her mother, “and show her Ladyship about the
    different walks. I think she will be pleased with the hermitage.”

    Elizabeth obeyed; and, running into her own room for her parasol,
    attended her noble guest downstairs. As they passed through the hall,
    Lady Catherine opened the doors into the dining-parlour and
    drawing-room, and pronouncing them, after a short survey, to be
    decent-looking rooms, walked on.

    Her carriage remained at the door, and Elizabeth saw that her
    waiting-woman was in it. They proceeded in silence along the gravel walk
    that led to the copse; Elizabeth was determined to make no effort for
    conversation with a woman who was now more than usually insolent and
    disagreeable.

    [Illustration:

    “After a short survey”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

    “How could I ever think her like her nephew?” said she, as she looked in
    her face.

    As soon as they entered the copse, Lady Catherine began in the following
    manner:–

    “You can be at no loss, Miss Bennet, to understand the reason of my
    journey hither. Your own heart, your own conscience, must tell you why I
    come.”

    Elizabeth looked with unaffected astonishment.

    “Indeed, you are mistaken, madam; I have not been at all able to account
    for the honour of seeing you here.”

    “Miss Bennet,” replied her Ladyship, in an angry tone, “you ought to
    know that I am not to be trifled with. But however insincere _you_ may
    choose to be, you shall not find _me_ so. My character has ever been
    celebrated for its sincerity and frankness; and in a cause of such
    moment as this, I shall certainly not depart from it. A report of a most
    alarming nature reached me two days ago. I was told, that not only your
    sister was on the point of being most advantageously married, but that
    _you_–that Miss Elizabeth Bennet would, in all likelihood, be soon
    afterwards united to my nephew–my own nephew, Mr. Darcy. Though I
    _know_ it must be a scandalous falsehood, though I would not injure him
    so much as to suppose the truth of it possible, I instantly resolved on
    setting off for this place, that I might make my sentiments known to
    you.”

    “If you believed it impossible to be true,” said Elizabeth, colouring
    with astonishment and disdain, “I wonder you took the trouble of coming
    so far. What could your Ladyship propose by it?”

    “At once to insist upon having such a report universally contradicted.”

    “Your coming to Longbourn, to see me and my family,” said Elizabeth
    coolly, “will be rather a confirmation of it–if, indeed, such a report
    is in existence.”

    “If! do you then pretend to be ignorant of it? Has it not been
    industriously circulated by yourselves? Do you not know that such a
    report is spread abroad?”

    “I never heard that it was.”

    “And can you likewise declare, that there is no _foundation_ for it?”

    “I do not pretend to possess equal frankness with your Ladyship. _You_
    may ask questions which _I_ shall not choose to answer.”

    “This is not to be borne. Miss Bennet, I insist on being satisfied. Has
    he, has my nephew, made you an offer of marriage?”

    “Your Ladyship has declared it to be impossible.”

    “It ought to be so; it must be so, while he retains the use of his
    reason. But _your_ arts and allurements may, in a moment of infatuation,
    have made him forget what he owes to himself and to all his family. You
    may have drawn him in.”

    “If I have, I shall be the last person to confess it.”

    “Miss Bennet, do you know who I am? I have not been accustomed to such
    language as this. I am almost the nearest relation he has in the world,
    and am entitled to know all his dearest concerns.”

    “But you are not entitled to know _mine_; nor will such behaviour as
    this ever induce me to be explicit.”

    “Let me be rightly understood. This match, to which you have the
    presumption to aspire, can never take place. No, never. Mr. Darcy is
    engaged to _my daughter_. Now, what have you to say?”

    “Only this,–that if he is so, you can have no reason to suppose he will
    make an offer to me.”

    Lady Catherine hesitated for a moment, and then replied,–

    “The engagement between them is of a peculiar kind. From their infancy,
    they have been intended for each other. It was the favourite wish of
    _his_ mother, as well as of hers. While in their cradles we planned the
    union; and now, at the moment when the wishes of both sisters would be
    accomplished, is their marriage to be prevented by a young woman of
    inferior birth, of no importance in the world, and wholly unallied to
    the family? Do you pay no regard to the wishes of his friends–to his
    tacit engagement with Miss de Bourgh? Are you lost to every feeling of
    propriety and delicacy? Have you not heard me say, that from his
    earliest hours he was destined for his cousin?”

    “Yes; and I had heard it before. But what is that to me? If there is no
    other objection to my marrying your nephew, I shall certainly not be
    kept from it by knowing that his mother and aunt wished him to marry
    Miss de Bourgh. You both did as much as you could in planning the
    marriage. Its completion depended on others. If Mr. Darcy is neither by
    honour nor inclination confined to his cousin, why is not he to make
    another choice? And if I am that choice, why may not I accept him?”

    “Because honour, decorum, prudence–nay, interest–forbid it. Yes, Miss
    Bennet, interest; for do not expect to be noticed by his family or
    friends, if you wilfully act against the inclinations of all. You will
    be censured, slighted, and despised, by everyone connected with him.
    Your alliance will be a disgrace; your name will never even be mentioned
    by any of us.”

    “These are heavy misfortunes,” replied Elizabeth. “But the wife of Mr.
    Darcy must have such extraordinary sources of happiness necessarily
    attached to her situation, that she could, upon the whole, have no cause
    to repine.”

    “Obstinate, headstrong girl! I am ashamed of you! Is this your gratitude
    for my attentions to you last spring? Is nothing due to me on that
    score? Let us sit down. You are to understand, Miss Bennet, that I came
    here with the determined resolution of carrying my purpose; nor will I
    be dissuaded from it. I have not been used to submit to any person’s
    whims. I have not been in the habit of brooking disappointment.”

    “_That_ will make your Ladyship’s situation at present more pitiable;
    but it will have no effect on _me_.”

    “I will not be interrupted! Hear me in silence. My daughter and my
    nephew are formed for each other. They are descended, on the maternal
    side, from the same noble line; and, on the father’s, from respectable,
    honourable, and ancient, though untitled, families. Their fortune on
    both sides is splendid. They are destined for each other by the voice of
    every member of their respective houses; and what is to divide
    them?–the upstart pretensions of a young woman without family,
    connections, or fortune! Is this to be endured? But it must not, shall
    not be! If you were sensible of your own good, you would not wish to
    quit the sphere in which you have been brought up.”

    “In marrying your nephew, I should not consider myself as quitting that
    sphere. He is a gentleman; I am a gentleman’s daughter; so far we are
    equal.”

    “True. You _are_ a gentleman’s daughter. But what was your mother? Who
    are your uncles and aunts? Do not imagine me ignorant of their
    condition.”

    “Whatever my connections may be,” said Elizabeth, “if your nephew does
    not object to them, they can be nothing to _you_.”

    “Tell me, once for all, are you engaged to him?”

    Though Elizabeth would not, for the mere purpose of obliging Lady
    Catherine, have answered this question, she could not but say, after a
    moment’s deliberation,–

    “I am not.”

    Lady Catherine seemed pleased.

    “And will you promise me never to enter into such an engagement?”

    “I will make no promise of the kind.”

    “Miss Bennet, I am shocked and astonished. I expected to find a more
    reasonable young woman. But do not deceive yourself into a belief that I
    will ever recede. I shall not go away till you have given me the
    assurance I require.”

    “And I certainly _never_ shall give it. I am not to be intimidated into
    anything so wholly unreasonable. Your Ladyship wants Mr. Darcy to marry
    your daughter; but would my giving you the wished-for promise make
    _their_ marriage at all more probable? Supposing him to be attached to
    me, would _my_ refusing to accept his hand make him wish to bestow it on
    his cousin? Allow me to say, Lady Catherine, that the arguments with
    which you have supported this extraordinary application have been as
    frivolous as the application was ill-judged. You have widely mistaken my
    character, if you think I can be worked on by such persuasions as these.
    How far your nephew might approve of your interference in _his_ affairs,
    I cannot tell; but you have certainly no right to concern yourself in
    mine. I must beg, therefore, to be importuned no further on the
    subject.”

    “Not so hasty, if you please. I have by no means done. To all the
    objections I have already urged I have still another to add. I am no
    stranger to the particulars of your youngest sister’s infamous
    elopement. I know it all; that the young man’s marrying her was a
    patched-up business, at the expense of your father and uncle. And is
    _such_ a girl to be my nephew’s sister? Is _her_ husband, who is the son
    of his late father’s steward, to be his brother? Heaven and earth!–of
    what are you thinking? Are the shades of Pemberley to be thus polluted?”

    “You can _now_ have nothing further to say,” she resentfully answered.
    “You have insulted me, in every possible method. I must beg to return to
    the house.”

    And she rose as she spoke. Lady Catherine rose also, and they turned
    back. Her Ladyship was highly incensed.

    “You have no regard, then, for the honour and credit of my nephew!
    Unfeeling, selfish girl! Do you not consider that a connection with you
    must disgrace him in the eyes of everybody?”

    “Lady Catherine, I have nothing further to say. You know my sentiments.”

    “You are then resolved to have him?”

    “I have said no such thing. I am only resolved to act in that manner,
    which will, in my own opinion, constitute my happiness, without
    reference to _you_, or to any person so wholly unconnected with me.”

    “It is well. You refuse, then, to oblige me. You refuse to obey the
    claims of duty, honour, and gratitude. You are determined to ruin him in
    the opinion of all his friends, and make him the contempt of the world.”

    “Neither duty, nor honour, nor gratitude,” replied Elizabeth, “has any
    possible claim on me, in the present instance. No principle of either
    would be violated by my marriage with Mr. Darcy. And with regard to the
    resentment of his family, or the indignation of the world, if the former
    _were_ excited by his marrying me, it would not give me one moment’s
    concern–and the world in general would have too much sense to join in
    the scorn.”

    “And this is your real opinion! This is your final resolve! Very well. I
    shall now know how to act. Do not imagine, Miss Bennet, that your
    ambition will ever be gratified. I came to try you. I hoped to find you
    reasonable; but depend upon it I will carry my point.”

    In this manner Lady Catherine talked on till they were at the door of
    the carriage, when, turning hastily round, she added,–

    “I take no leave of you, Miss Bennet. I send no compliments to your
    mother. You deserve no such attention. I am most seriously displeased.”

    Elizabeth made no answer; and without attempting to persuade her
    Ladyship to return into the house, walked quietly into it herself. She
    heard the carriage drive away as she proceeded upstairs. Her mother
    impatiently met her at the door of her dressing-room, to ask why Lady
    Catherine would not come in again and rest herself.

    “She did not choose it,” said her daughter; “she would go.”

    “She is a very fine-looking woman! and her calling here was prodigiously
    civil! for she only came, I suppose, to tell us the Collinses were well.
    She is on her road somewhere, I dare say; and so, passing through
    Meryton, thought she might as well call on you. I suppose she had
    nothing particular to say to you, Lizzy?”

    Elizabeth was forced to give in to a little falsehood here; for to
    acknowledge the substance of their conversation was impossible.

     

    [Illustration:

    “But now it comes out”
    ]

     

    CHAPTER LVII.

     

    The discomposure of spirits which this extraordinary visit threw
    Elizabeth into could not be easily overcome; nor could she for many
    hours learn to think of it less than incessantly. Lady Catherine, it
    appeared, had actually taken the trouble of this journey from Rosings
    for the sole purpose of breaking off her supposed engagement with Mr.
    Darcy. It was a rational scheme, to be sure! but from what the report of
    their engagement could originate, Elizabeth was at a loss to imagine;
    till she recollected that _his_ being the intimate friend of Bingley,
    and _her_ being the sister of Jane, was enough, at a time when the
    expectation of one wedding made everybody eager for another, to supply
    the idea. She had not herself forgotten to feel that the marriage of her
    sister must bring them more frequently together. And her neighbours at
    Lucas Lodge, therefore, (for through their communication with the
    Collinses, the report, she concluded, had reached Lady Catherine,) had
    only set _that_ down as almost certain and immediate which _she_ had
    looked forward to as possible at some future time.

    In revolving Lady Catherine’s expressions, however, she could not help
    feeling some uneasiness as to the possible consequence of her persisting
    in this interference. From what she had said of her resolution to
    prevent the marriage, it occurred to Elizabeth that she must meditate an
    application to her nephew; and how he might take a similar
    representation of the evils attached to a connection with her she dared
    not pronounce. She knew not the exact degree of his affection for his
    aunt, or his dependence on her judgment, but it was natural to suppose
    that he thought much higher of her Ladyship than _she_ could do; and it
    was certain, that in enumerating the miseries of a marriage with _one_
    whose immediate connections were so unequal to his own, his aunt would
    address him on his weakest side. With his notions of dignity, he would
    probably feel that the arguments, which to Elizabeth had appeared weak
    and ridiculous, contained much good sense and solid reasoning.

    If he had been wavering before, as to what he should do, which had often
    seemed likely, the advice and entreaty of so near a relation might
    settle every doubt, and determine him at once to be as happy as dignity
    unblemished could make him. In that case he would return no more. Lady
    Catherine might see him in her way through town; and his engagement to
    Bingley of coming again to Netherfield must give way.

    “If, therefore, an excuse for not keeping his promise should come to his
    friend within a few days,” she added, “I shall know how to understand
    it. I shall then give over every expectation, every wish of his
    constancy. If he is satisfied with only regretting me, when he might
    have obtained my affections and hand, I shall soon cease to regret him
    at all.”

    The surprise of the rest of the family, on hearing who their visitor had
    been, was very great: but they obligingly satisfied it with the same
    kind of supposition which had appeased Mrs. Bennet’s curiosity; and
    Elizabeth was spared from much teasing on the subject.

    The next morning, as she was going down stairs, she was met by her
    father, who came out of his library with a letter in his hand.

    “Lizzy,” said he, “I was going to look for you: come into my room.”

    She followed him thither; and her curiosity to know what he had to tell
    her was heightened by the supposition of its being in some manner
    connected with the letter he held. It suddenly struck her that it might
    be from Lady Catherine, and she anticipated with dismay all the
    consequent explanations.

    She followed her father to the fireplace, and they both sat down. He
    then said,–

    “I have received a letter this morning that has astonished me
    exceedingly. As it principally concerns yourself, you ought to know its
    contents. I did not know before that I had _two_ daughters on the brink
    of matrimony. Let me congratulate you on a very important conquest.”

    The colour now rushed into Elizabeth’s cheeks in the instantaneous
    conviction of its being a letter from the nephew, instead of the aunt;
    and she was undetermined whether most to be pleased that he explained
    himself at all, or offended that his letter was not rather addressed to
    herself, when her father continued,–

    “You look conscious. Young ladies have great penetration in such matters
    as these; but I think I may defy even _your_ sagacity to discover the
    name of your admirer. This letter is from Mr. Collins.”

    “From Mr. Collins! and what can _he_ have to say?”

    “Something very much to the purpose, of course. He begins with
    congratulations on the approaching nuptials of my eldest daughter, of
    which, it seems, he has been told by some of the good-natured, gossiping
    Lucases. I shall not sport with your impatience by reading what he says
    on that point. What relates to yourself is as follows:–‘Having thus
    offered you the sincere congratulations of Mrs. Collins and myself on
    this happy event, let me now add a short hint on the subject of another,
    of which we have been advertised by the same authority. Your daughter
    Elizabeth, it is presumed, will not long bear the name of Bennet, after
    her eldest sister has resigned it; and the chosen partner of her fate
    may be reasonably looked up to as one of the most illustrious personages
    in this land.’ Can you possibly guess, Lizzy, who is meant by this?
    ‘This young gentleman is blessed, in a peculiar way, with everything the
    heart of mortal can most desire,–splendid property, noble kindred, and
    extensive patronage. Yet, in spite of all these temptations, let me warn
    my cousin Elizabeth, and yourself, of what evils you may incur by a
    precipitate closure with this gentleman’s proposals, which, of course,
    you will be inclined to take immediate advantage of.’ Have you any idea,
    Lizzy, who this gentleman is? But now it comes out. ‘My motive for
    cautioning you is as follows:–We have reason to imagine that his aunt,
    Lady Catherine de Bourgh, does not look on the match with a friendly
    eye.’ _Mr. Darcy_, you see, is the man! Now, Lizzy, I think I _have_
    surprised you. Could he, or the Lucases, have pitched on any man, within
    the circle of our acquaintance, whose name would have given the lie more
    effectually to what they related? Mr. Darcy, who never looks at any
    woman but to see a blemish, and who probably never looked at _you_ in
    his life! It is admirable!”

    Elizabeth tried to join in her father’s pleasantry, but could only force
    one most reluctant smile. Never had his wit been directed in a manner so
    little agreeable to her.

    “Are you not diverted?”

    “Oh, yes. Pray read on.”

    “‘After mentioning the likelihood of this marriage to her Ladyship last
    night, she immediately, with her usual condescension, expressed what she
    felt on the occasion; when it became apparent, that, on the score of
    some family objections on the part of my cousin, she would never give
    her consent to what she termed so disgraceful a match. I thought it my
    duty to give the speediest intelligence of this to my cousin, that she
    and her noble admirer may be aware of what they are about, and not run
    hastily into a marriage which has not been properly sanctioned.’ Mr.
    Collins, moreover, adds, ‘I am truly rejoiced that my cousin Lydia’s sad
    business has been so well hushed up, and am only concerned that their
    living together before the marriage took place should be so generally
    known. I must not, however, neglect the duties of my station, or refrain
    from declaring my amazement, at hearing that you received the young
    couple into your house as soon as they were married. It was an
    encouragement of vice; and had I been the rector of Longbourn, I should
    very strenuously have opposed it. You ought certainly to forgive them as
    a Christian, but never to admit them in your sight, or allow their
    names to be mentioned in your hearing.’ _That_ is his notion of
    Christian forgiveness! The rest of his letter is only about his dear
    Charlotte’s situation, and his expectation of a young olive-branch. But,
    Lizzy, you look as if you did not enjoy it. You are not going to be
    _missish_, I hope, and pretend to be affronted at an idle report. For
    what do we live, but to make sport for our neighbours, and laugh at them
    in our turn?”

    “Oh,” cried Elizabeth, “I am exceedingly diverted. But it is so
    strange!”

    “Yes, _that_ is what makes it amusing. Had they fixed on any other man
    it would have been nothing; but _his_ perfect indifference and _your_
    pointed dislike make it so delightfully absurd! Much as I abominate
    writing, I would not give up Mr. Collins’s correspondence for any
    consideration. Nay, when I read a letter of his, I cannot help giving
    him the preference even over Wickham, much as I value the impudence and
    hypocrisy of my son-in-law. And pray, Lizzy, what said Lady Catherine
    about this report? Did she call to refuse her consent?”

    To this question his daughter replied only with a laugh; and as it had
    been asked without the least suspicion, she was not distressed by his
    repeating it. Elizabeth had never been more at a loss to make her
    feelings appear what they were not. It was necessary to laugh when she
    would rather have cried. Her father had most cruelly mortified her by
    what he said of Mr. Darcy’s indifference; and she could do nothing but
    wonder at such a want of penetration, or fear that, perhaps, instead of
    his seeing too _little_, she might have fancied too _much_.

     

    [Illustration:

    “The efforts of his aunt”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER LVIII.

     

    Instead of receiving any such letter of excuse from his friend, as
    Elizabeth half expected Mr. Bingley to do, he was able to bring Darcy
    with him to Longbourn before many days had passed after Lady Catherine’s
    visit. The gentlemen arrived early; and, before Mrs. Bennet had time to
    tell him of their having seen his aunt, of which her daughter sat in
    momentary dread, Bingley, who wanted to be alone with Jane, proposed
    their all walking out. It was agreed to. Mrs. Bennet was not in the
    habit of walking, Mary could never spare time, but the remaining five
    set off together. Bingley and Jane, however, soon allowed the others to
    outstrip them. They lagged behind, while Elizabeth, Kitty, and Darcy
    were to entertain each other. Very little was said by either; Kitty was
    too much afraid of him to talk; Elizabeth was secretly forming a
    desperate resolution; and, perhaps, he might be doing the same.

    They walked towards the Lucases’, because Kitty wished to call upon
    Maria; and as Elizabeth saw no occasion for making it a general concern,
    when Kitty left them she went boldly on with him alone. Now was the
    moment for her resolution to be executed; and while her courage was
    high, she immediately said,–

    “Mr. Darcy, I am a very selfish creature, and for the sake of giving
    relief to my own feelings care not how much I may be wounding yours. I
    can no longer help thanking you for your unexampled kindness to my poor
    sister. Ever since I have known it I have been most anxious to
    acknowledge to you how gratefully I feel it. Were it known to the rest
    of my family I should not have merely my own gratitude to express.”

    “I am sorry, exceedingly sorry,” replied Darcy, in a tone of surprise
    and emotion, “that you have ever been informed of what may, in a
    mistaken light, have given you uneasiness. I did not think Mrs. Gardiner
    was so little to be trusted.”

    “You must not blame my aunt. Lydia’s thoughtlessness first betrayed to
    me that you had been concerned in the matter; and, of course, I could
    not rest till I knew the particulars. Let me thank you again and again,
    in the name of all my family, for that generous compassion which induced
    you to take so much trouble, and bear so many mortifications, for the
    sake of discovering them.”

    “If you _will_ thank me,” he replied, “let it be for yourself alone.
    That the wish of giving happiness to you might add force to the other
    inducements which led me on, I shall not attempt to deny. But your
    _family_ owe me nothing. Much as I respect them, I believe I thought
    only of _you_.”

    Elizabeth was too much embarrassed to say a word. After a short pause,
    her companion added, “You are too generous to trifle with me. If your
    feelings are still what they were last April, tell me so at once. _My_
    affections and wishes are unchanged; but one word from you will silence
    me on this subject for ever.”

    Elizabeth, feeling all the more than common awkwardness and anxiety of
    his situation, now forced herself to speak; and immediately, though not
    very fluently, gave him to understand that her sentiments had undergone
    so material a change since the period to which he alluded, as to make
    her receive with gratitude and pleasure his present assurances. The
    happiness which this reply produced was such as he had probably never
    felt before; and he expressed himself on the occasion as sensibly and as
    warmly as a man violently in love can be supposed to do. Had Elizabeth
    been able to encounter his eyes, she might have seen how well the
    expression of heartfelt delight diffused over his face became him: but
    though she could not look she could listen; and he told her of feelings
    which, in proving of what importance she was to him, made his affection
    every moment more valuable.

    They walked on without knowing in what direction. There was too much to
    be thought, and felt, and said, for attention to any other objects. She
    soon learnt that they were indebted for their present good understanding
    to the efforts of his aunt, who _did_ call on him in her return through
    London, and there relate her journey to Longbourn, its motive, and the
    substance of her conversation with Elizabeth; dwelling emphatically on
    every expression of the latter, which, in her Ladyship’s apprehension,
    peculiarly denoted her perverseness and assurance, in the belief that
    such a relation must assist her endeavours to obtain that promise from
    her nephew which _she_ had refused to give. But, unluckily for her
    Ladyship, its effect had been exactly contrariwise.

    “It taught me to hope,” said he, “as I had scarcely ever allowed myself
    to hope before. I knew enough of your disposition to be certain, that
    had you been absolutely, irrevocably decided against me, you would have
    acknowledged it to Lady Catherine frankly and openly.”

    Elizabeth coloured and laughed as she replied, “Yes, you know enough of
    my _frankness_ to believe me capable of _that_. After abusing you so
    abominably to your face, I could have no scruple in abusing you to all
    your relations.”

    “What did you say of me that I did not deserve? For though your
    accusations were ill-founded, formed on mistaken premises, my behaviour
    to you at the time had merited the severest reproof. It was
    unpardonable. I cannot think of it without abhorrence.”

    “We will not quarrel for the greater share of blame annexed to that
    evening,” said Elizabeth. “The conduct of neither, if strictly
    examined, will be irreproachable; but since then we have both, I hope,
    improved in civility.”

    “I cannot be so easily reconciled to myself. The recollection of what I
    then said, of my conduct, my manners, my expressions during the whole of
    it, is now, and has been many months, inexpressibly painful to me. Your
    reproof, so well applied, I shall never forget: ‘Had you behaved in a
    more gentlemanlike manner.’ Those were your words. You know not, you can
    scarcely conceive, how they have tortured me; though it was some time, I
    confess, before I was reasonable enough to allow their justice.”

    “I was certainly very far from expecting them to make so strong an
    impression. I had not the smallest idea of their being ever felt in such
    a way.”

    “I can easily believe it. You thought me then devoid of every proper
    feeling, I am sure you did. The turn of your countenance I shall never
    forget, as you said that I could not have addressed you in any possible
    way that would induce you to accept me.”

    “Oh, do not repeat what I then said. These recollections will not do at
    all. I assure you that I have long been most heartily ashamed of it.”

    Darcy mentioned his letter. “Did it,” said he,–“did it _soon_ make you
    think better of me? Did you, on reading it, give any credit to its
    contents?”

    She explained what its effects on her had been, and how gradually all
    her former prejudices had been removed.

    “I knew,” said he, “that what I wrote must give you pain, but it was
    necessary. I hope you have destroyed the letter. There was one part,
    especially the opening of it, which I should dread your having the power
    of reading again. I can remember some expressions which might justly
    make you hate me.”

    “The letter shall certainly be burnt, if you believe it essential to the
    preservation of my regard; but, though we have both reason to think my
    opinions not entirely unalterable, they are not, I hope, quite so easily
    changed as that implies.”

    “When I wrote that letter,” replied Darcy, “I believed myself perfectly
    calm and cool; but I am since convinced that it was written in a
    dreadful bitterness of spirit.”

    “The letter, perhaps, began in bitterness, but it did not end so. The
    adieu is charity itself. But think no more of the letter. The feelings
    of the person who wrote and the person who received it are now so widely
    different from what they were then, that every unpleasant circumstance
    attending it ought to be forgotten. You must learn some of my
    philosophy. Think only of the past as its remembrance gives you
    pleasure.”

    “I cannot give you credit for any philosophy of the kind. _Your_
    retrospections must be so totally void of reproach, that the contentment
    arising from them is not of philosophy, but, what is much better, of
    ignorance. But with _me_, it is not so. Painful recollections will
    intrude, which cannot, which ought not to be repelled. I have been a
    selfish being all my life, in practice, though not in principle. As a
    child I was taught what was _right_, but I was not taught to correct my
    temper. I was given good principles, but left to follow them in pride
    and conceit. Unfortunately an only son (for many years an only _child_),
    I was spoiled by my parents, who, though good themselves, (my father
    particularly, all that was benevolent and amiable,) allowed, encouraged,
    almost taught me to be selfish and overbearing, to care for none beyond
    my own family circle, to think meanly of all the rest of the world, to
    _wish_ at least to think meanly of their sense and worth compared with
    my own. Such I was, from eight to eight-and-twenty; and such I might
    still have been but for you, dearest, loveliest Elizabeth! What do I not
    owe you! You taught me a lesson, hard indeed at first, but most
    advantageous. By you, I was properly humbled. I came to you without a
    doubt of my reception. You showed me how insufficient were all my
    pretensions to please a woman worthy of being pleased.”

    “Had you then persuaded yourself that I should?”

    “Indeed I had. What will you think of my vanity? I believed you to be
    wishing, expecting my addresses.”

    “My manners must have been in fault, but not intentionally, I assure
    you. I never meant to deceive you, but my spirits might often lead me
    wrong. How you must have hated me after _that_ evening!”

    “Hate you! I was angry, perhaps, at first, but my anger soon began to
    take a proper direction.”

    “I am almost afraid of asking what you thought of me when we met at
    Pemberley. You blamed me for coming?”

    “No, indeed, I felt nothing but surprise.”

    “Your surprise could not be greater than _mine_ in being noticed by you.
    My conscience told me that I deserved no extraordinary politeness, and I
    confess that I did not expect to receive _more_ than my due.”

    “My object _then_,” replied Darcy, “was to show you, by every civility
    in my power, that I was not so mean as to resent the past; and I hoped
    to obtain your forgiveness, to lessen your ill opinion, by letting you
    see that your reproofs had been attended to. How soon any other wishes
    introduced themselves, I can hardly tell, but I believe in about half
    an hour after I had seen you.”

    He then told her of Georgiana’s delight in her acquaintance, and of her
    disappointment at its sudden interruption; which naturally leading to
    the cause of that interruption, she soon learnt that his resolution of
    following her from Derbyshire in quest of her sister had been formed
    before he quitted the inn, and that his gravity and thoughtfulness there
    had arisen from no other struggles than what such a purpose must
    comprehend.

    She expressed her gratitude again, but it was too painful a subject to
    each to be dwelt on farther.

    After walking several miles in a leisurely manner, and too busy to know
    anything about it, they found at last, on examining their watches, that
    it was time to be at home.

    “What could have become of Mr. Bingley and Jane?” was a wonder which
    introduced the discussion of _their_ affairs. Darcy was delighted with
    their engagement; his friend had given him the earliest information of
    it.

    “I must ask whether you were surprised?” said Elizabeth.

    “Not at all. When I went away, I felt that it would soon happen.”

    “That is to say, you had given your permission. I guessed as much.” And
    though he exclaimed at the term, she found that it had been pretty much
    the case.

    “On the evening before my going to London,” said he, “I made a
    confession to him, which I believe I ought to have made long ago. I told
    him of all that had occurred to make my former interference in his
    affairs absurd and impertinent. His surprise was great. He had never had
    the slightest suspicion. I told him, moreover, that I believed myself
    mistaken in supposing, as I had done, that your sister was indifferent
    to him; and as I could easily perceive that his attachment to her was
    unabated, I felt no doubt of their happiness together.”

    Elizabeth could not help smiling at his easy manner of directing his
    friend.

    “Did you speak from your own observation,” said she, “when you told him
    that my sister loved him, or merely from my information last spring?”

    “From the former. I had narrowly observed her, during the two visits
    which I had lately made her here; and I was convinced of her affection.”

    “And your assurance of it, I suppose, carried immediate conviction to
    him.”

    “It did. Bingley is most unaffectedly modest. His diffidence had
    prevented his depending on his own judgment in so anxious a case, but
    his reliance on mine made everything easy. I was obliged to confess one
    thing, which for a time, and not unjustly, offended him. I could not
    allow myself to conceal that your sister had been in town three months
    last winter, that I had known it, and purposely kept it from him. He was
    angry. But his anger, I am persuaded, lasted no longer than he remained
    in any doubt of your sister’s sentiments. He has heartily forgiven me
    now.”

    Elizabeth longed to observe that Mr. Bingley had been a most delightful
    friend; so easily guided that his worth was invaluable; but she checked
    herself. She remembered that he had yet to learn to be laughed at, and
    it was rather too early to begin. In anticipating the happiness of
    Bingley, which of course was to be inferior only to his own, he
    continued the conversation till they reached the house. In the hall they
    parted.

     

    [Illustration:

    “Unable to utter a syllable”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER LIX.

     

    “My dear Lizzy, where can you have been walking to?” was a question
    which Elizabeth received from Jane as soon as she entered the room, and
    from all the others when they sat down to table. She had only to say in
    reply, that they had wandered about till she was beyond her own
    knowledge. She coloured as she spoke; but neither that, nor anything
    else, awakened a suspicion of the truth.

    The evening passed quietly, unmarked by anything extraordinary. The
    acknowledged lovers talked and laughed; the unacknowledged were silent.
    Darcy was not of a disposition in which happiness overflows in mirth;
    and Elizabeth, agitated and confused, rather _knew_ that she was happy
    than _felt_ herself to be so; for, besides the immediate embarrassment,
    there were other evils before her. She anticipated what would be felt in
    the family when her situation became known: she was aware that no one
    liked him but Jane; and even feared that with the others it was a
    _dislike_ which not all his fortune and consequence might do away.

    At night she opened her heart to Jane. Though suspicion was very far
    from Miss Bennet’s general habits, she was absolutely incredulous here.

    “You are joking, Lizzy. This cannot be! Engaged to Mr. Darcy! No, no,
    you shall not deceive me: I know it to be impossible.”

    “This is a wretched beginning, indeed! My sole dependence was on you;
    and I am sure nobody else will believe me, if you do not. Yet, indeed, I
    am in earnest. I speak nothing but the truth. He still loves me, and we
    are engaged.”

    Jane looked at her doubtingly. “Oh, Lizzy! it cannot be. I know how much
    you dislike him.”

    “You know nothing of the matter. _That_ is all to be forgot. Perhaps I
    did not always love him so well as I do now; but in such cases as these
    a good memory is unpardonable. This is the last time I shall ever
    remember it myself.”

    Miss Bennet still looked all amazement. Elizabeth again, and more
    seriously, assured her of its truth.

    “Good heaven! can it be really so? Yet now I must believe you,” cried
    Jane. “My dear, dear Lizzy, I would, I do congratulate you; but are you
    certain–forgive the question–are you quite certain that you can be
    happy with him?”

    “There can be no doubt of that. It is settled between us already that we
    are to be the happiest couple in the world. But are you pleased, Jane?
    Shall you like to have such a brother?”

    “Very, very much. Nothing could give either Bingley or myself more
    delight. But we considered it, we talked of it as impossible. And do you
    really love him quite well enough? Oh, Lizzy! do anything rather than
    marry without affection. Are you quite sure that you feel what you ought
    to do?”

    “Oh, yes! You will only think I feel _more_ than I ought to do when I
    tell you all.”

    “What do you mean?”

    “Why, I must confess that I love him better than I do Bingley. I am
    afraid you will be angry.”

    “My dearest sister, now be, _be_ serious. I want to talk very seriously.
    Let me know everything that I am to know without delay. Will you tell me
    how long you have loved him?”

    “It has been coming on so gradually, that I hardly know when it began;
    but I believe I must date it from my first seeing his beautiful grounds
    at Pemberley.”

    Another entreaty that she would be serious, however, produced the
    desired effect; and she soon satisfied Jane by her solemn assurances of
    attachment. When convinced on that article, Miss Bennet had nothing
    further to wish.

    “Now I am quite happy,” said she, “for you will be as happy as myself. I
    always had a value for him. Were it for nothing but his love of you, I
    must always have esteemed him; but now, as Bingley’s friend and your
    husband, there can be only Bingley and yourself more dear to me. But,
    Lizzy, you have been very sly, very reserved with me. How little did you
    tell me of what passed at Pemberley and Lambton! I owe all that I know
    of it to another, not to you.”

    Elizabeth told her the motives of her secrecy. She had been unwilling to
    mention Bingley; and the unsettled state of her own feelings had made
    her equally avoid the name of his friend: but now she would no longer
    conceal from her his share in Lydia’s marriage. All was acknowledged,
    and half the night spent in conversation.

    “Good gracious!” cried Mrs. Bennet, as she stood at a window the next
    morning, “if that disagreeable Mr. Darcy is not coming here again with
    our dear Bingley! What can he mean by being so tiresome as to be always
    coming here? I had no notion but he would go a-shooting, or something or
    other, and not disturb us with his company. What shall we do with him?
    Lizzy, you must walk out with him again, that he may not be in Bingley’s
    way.”

    Elizabeth could hardly help laughing at so convenient a proposal; yet
    was really vexed that her mother should be always giving him such an
    epithet.

    As soon as they entered, Bingley looked at her so expressively, and
    shook hands with such warmth, as left no doubt of his good information;
    and he soon afterwards said aloud, “Mrs. Bennet, have you no more lanes
    hereabouts in which Lizzy may lose her way again to-day?”

    “I advise Mr. Darcy, and Lizzy, and Kitty,” said Mrs. Bennet, “to walk
    to Oakham Mount this morning. It is a nice long walk, and Mr. Darcy has
    never seen the view.”

    “It may do very well for the others,” replied Mr. Bingley; “but I am
    sure it will be too much for Kitty. Won’t it, Kitty?”

    Kitty owned that she had rather stay at home. Darcy professed a great
    curiosity to see the view from the Mount, and Elizabeth silently
    consented. As she went upstairs to get ready, Mrs. Bennet followed her,
    saying,–

    “I am quite sorry, Lizzy, that you should be forced to have that
    disagreeable man all to yourself; but I hope you will not mind it. It is
    all for Jane’s sake, you know; and there is no occasion for talking to
    him except just now and then; so do not put yourself to inconvenience.”

    During their walk, it was resolved that Mr. Bennet’s consent should be
    asked in the course of the evening: Elizabeth reserved to herself the
    application for her mother’s. She could not determine how her mother
    would take it; sometimes doubting whether all his wealth and grandeur
    would be enough to overcome her abhorrence of the man; but whether she
    were violently set against the match, or violently delighted with it, it
    was certain that her manner would be equally ill adapted to do credit to
    her sense; and she could no more bear that Mr. Darcy should hear the
    first raptures of her joy, than the first vehemence of her
    disapprobation.

    In the evening, soon after Mr. Bennet withdrew to the library, she saw
    Mr. Darcy rise also and follow him, and her agitation on seeing it was
    extreme. She did not fear her father’s opposition, but he was going to
    be made unhappy, and that it should be through her means; that _she_,
    his favourite child, should be distressing him by her choice, should be
    filling him with fears and regrets in disposing of her, was a wretched
    reflection, and she sat in misery till Mr. Darcy appeared again, when,
    looking at him, she was a little relieved by his smile. In a few minutes
    he approached the table where she was sitting with Kitty; and, while
    pretending to admire her work, said in a whisper, “Go to your father; he
    wants you in the library.” She was gone directly.

    Her father was walking about the room, looking grave and anxious.
    “Lizzy,” said he, “what are you doing? Are you out of your senses to be
    accepting this man? Have not you always hated him?”

    How earnestly did she then wish that her former opinions had been more
    reasonable, her expressions more moderate! It would have spared her from
    explanations and professions which it was exceedingly awkward to give;
    but they were now necessary, and she assured him, with some confusion,
    of her attachment to Mr. Darcy.

    “Or, in other words, you are determined to have him. He is rich, to be
    sure, and you may have more fine clothes and fine carriages than Jane.
    But will they make you happy?”

    “Have you any other objection,” said Elizabeth, “than your belief of my
    indifference?”

    “None at all. We all know him to be a proud, unpleasant sort of man; but
    this would be nothing if you really liked him.”

    “I do, I do like him,” she replied, with tears in her eyes; “I love him.
    Indeed he has no improper pride. He is perfectly amiable. You do not
    know what he really is; then pray do not pain me by speaking of him in
    such terms.”

    “Lizzy,” said her father, “I have given him my consent. He is the kind
    of man, indeed, to whom I should never dare refuse anything, which he
    condescended to ask. I now give it to _you_, if you are resolved on
    having him. But let me advise you to think better of it. I know your
    disposition, Lizzy. I know that you could be neither happy nor
    respectable, unless you truly esteemed your husband, unless you looked
    up to him as a superior. Your lively talents would place you in the
    greatest danger in an unequal marriage. You could scarcely escape
    discredit and misery. My child, let me not have the grief of seeing
    _you_ unable to respect your partner in life. You know not what you are
    about.”

    Elizabeth, still more affected, was earnest and solemn in her reply;
    and, at length, by repeated assurances that Mr. Darcy was really the
    object of her choice, by explaining the gradual change which her
    estimation of him had undergone, relating her absolute certainty that
    his affection was not the work of a day, but had stood the test of many
    months’ suspense, and enumerating with energy all his good qualities,
    she did conquer her father’s incredulity, and reconcile him to the
    match.

    “Well, my dear,” said he, when she ceased speaking, “I have no more to
    say. If this be the case, he deserves you. I could not have parted with
    you, my Lizzy, to anyone less worthy.”

    To complete the favourable impression, she then told him what Mr. Darcy
    had voluntarily done for Lydia. He heard her with astonishment.

    “This is an evening of wonders, indeed! And so, Darcy did everything;
    made up the match, gave the money, paid the fellow’s debts, and got him
    his commission! So much the better. It will save me a world of trouble
    and economy. Had it been your uncle’s doing, I must and _would_ have
    paid him; but these violent young lovers carry everything their own
    way. I shall offer to pay him to-morrow, he will rant and storm about
    his love for you, and there will be an end of the matter.”

    He then recollected her embarrassment a few days before on his reading
    Mr. Collins’s letter; and after laughing at her some time, allowed her
    at last to go, saying, as she quitted the room, “If any young men come
    for Mary or Kitty, send them in, for I am quite at leisure.”

    Elizabeth’s mind was now relieved from a very heavy weight; and, after
    half an hour’s quiet reflection in her own room, she was able to join
    the others with tolerable composure. Everything was too recent for
    gaiety, but the evening passed tranquilly away; there was no longer
    anything material to be dreaded, and the comfort of ease and familiarity
    would come in time.

    When her mother went up to her dressing-room at night, she followed her,
    and made the important communication. Its effect was most extraordinary;
    for, on first hearing it, Mrs. Bennet sat quite still, and unable to
    utter a syllable. Nor was it under many, many minutes, that she could
    comprehend what she heard, though not in general backward to credit what
    was for the advantage of her family, or that came in the shape of a
    lover to any of them. She began at length to recover, to fidget about in
    her chair, get up, sit down again, wonder, and bless herself.

    “Good gracious! Lord bless me! only think! dear me! Mr. Darcy! Who would
    have thought it? And is it really true? Oh, my sweetest Lizzy! how rich
    and how great you will be! What pin-money, what jewels, what carriages
    you will have! Jane’s is nothing to it–nothing at all. I am so
    pleased–so happy. Such a charming man! so handsome! so tall! Oh, my
    dear Lizzy! pray apologize for my having disliked him so much before. I
    hope he will overlook it. Dear, dear Lizzy. A house in town! Everything
    that is charming! Three daughters married! Ten thousand a year! Oh,
    Lord! what will become of me? I shall go distracted.”

    This was enough to prove that her approbation need not be doubted; and
    Elizabeth, rejoicing that such an effusion was heard only by herself,
    soon went away. But before she had been three minutes in her own room,
    her mother followed her.

    “My dearest child,” she cried, “I can think of nothing else. Ten
    thousand a year, and very likely more! ’Tis as good as a lord! And a
    special licence–you must and shall be married by a special licence.
    But, my dearest love, tell me what dish Mr. Darcy is particularly fond
    of, that I may have it to-morrow.”

    This was a sad omen of what her mother’s behaviour to the gentleman
    himself might be; and Elizabeth found that, though in the certain
    possession of his warmest affection, and secure of her relations’
    consent, there was still something to be wished for. But the morrow
    passed off much better than she expected; for Mrs. Bennet luckily stood
    in such awe of her intended son-in-law, that she ventured not to speak
    to him, unless it was in her power to offer him any attention, or mark
    her deference for his opinion.

    Elizabeth had the satisfaction of seeing her father taking pains to get
    acquainted with him; and Mr. Bennet soon assured her that he was rising
    every hour in his esteem.

    “I admire all my three sons-in-law highly,” said he. “Wickham, perhaps,
    is my favourite; but I think I shall like _your_ husband quite as well
    as Jane’s.”

     

    [Illustration:

    “The obsequious civility.”

    [_Copyright 1894 by George Allen._]]

     

    CHAPTER LX.

     

    Elizabeth’s spirits soon rising to playfulness again, she wanted Mr.
    Darcy to account for his having ever fallen in love with her. “How could
    you begin?” said she. “I can comprehend your going on charmingly, when
    you had once made a beginning; but what could set you off in the first
    place?”

    “I cannot fix on the hour, or the spot, or the look, or the words, which
    laid the foundation. It is too long ago. I was in the middle before I
    knew that I _had_ begun.”

    “My beauty you had early withstood, and as for my manners–my behaviour
    to _you_ was at least always bordering on the uncivil, and I never spoke
    to you without rather wishing to give you pain than not. Now, be
    sincere; did you admire me for my impertinence?”

    “For the liveliness of your mind I did.”

    “You may as well call it impertinence at once. It was very little less.
    The fact is, that you were sick of civility, of deference, of officious
    attention. You were disgusted with the women who were always speaking,
    and looking, and thinking for _your_ approbation alone. I roused and
    interested you, because I was so unlike _them_. Had you not been really
    amiable you would have hated me for it: but in spite of the pains you
    took to disguise yourself, your feelings were always noble and just; and
    in your heart you thoroughly despised the persons who so assiduously
    courted you. There–I have saved you the trouble of accounting for it;
    and really, all things considered, I begin to think it perfectly
    reasonable. To be sure you know no actual good of me–but nobody thinks
    of _that_ when they fall in love.”

    “Was there no good in your affectionate behaviour to Jane, while she was
    ill at Netherfield?”

    “Dearest Jane! who could have done less for her? But make a virtue of it
    by all means. My good qualities are under your protection, and you are
    to exaggerate them as much as possible; and, in return, it belongs to me
    to find occasions for teasing and quarrelling with you as often as may
    be; and I shall begin directly, by asking you what made you so unwilling
    to come to the point at last? What made you so shy of me, when you
    first called, and afterwards dined here? Why, especially, when you
    called, did you look as if you did not care about me?”

    “Because you were grave and silent, and gave me no encouragement.”

    “But I was embarrassed.”

    “And so was I.”

    “You might have talked to me more when you came to dinner.”

    “A man who had felt less might.”

    “How unlucky that you should have a reasonable answer to give, and that
    I should be so reasonable as to admit it! But I wonder how long you
    _would_ have gone on, if you had been left to yourself. I wonder when
    you _would_ have spoken if I had not asked you! My resolution of
    thanking you for your kindness to Lydia had certainly great effect. _Too
    much_, I am afraid; for what becomes of the moral, if our comfort
    springs from a breach of promise, for I ought not to have mentioned the
    subject? This will never do.”

    “You need not distress yourself. The moral will be perfectly fair. Lady
    Catherine’s unjustifiable endeavours to separate us were the means of
    removing all my doubts. I am not indebted for my present happiness to
    your eager desire of expressing your gratitude. I was not in a humour to
    wait for an opening of yours. My aunt’s intelligence had given me hope,
    and I was determined at once to know everything.”

    “Lady Catherine has been of infinite use, which ought to make her happy,
    for she loves to be of use. But tell me, what did you come down to
    Netherfield for? Was it merely to ride to Longbourn and be embarrassed?
    or had you intended any more serious consequences?”

    “My real purpose was to see _you_, and to judge, if I could, whether I
    might ever hope to make you love me. My avowed one, or what I avowed to
    myself, was to see whether your sister was still partial to Bingley, and
    if she were, to make the confession to him which I have since made.”

    “Shall you ever have courage to announce to Lady Catherine what is to
    befall her?”

    “I am more likely to want time than courage, Elizabeth. But it ought to
    be done; and if you will give me a sheet of paper it shall be done
    directly.”

    “And if I had not a letter to write myself, I might sit by you, and
    admire the evenness of your writing, as another young lady once did. But
    I have an aunt, too, who must not be longer neglected.”

    From an unwillingness to confess how much her intimacy with Mr. Darcy
    had been overrated, Elizabeth had never yet answered Mrs. Gardiner’s
    long letter; but now, having _that_ to communicate which she knew would
    be most welcome, she was almost ashamed to find that her uncle and aunt
    had already lost three days of happiness, and immediately wrote as
    follows:–

    “I would have thanked you before, my dear aunt, as I ought to have done,
    for your long, kind, satisfactory detail of particulars; but, to say the
    truth, I was too cross to write. You supposed more than really existed.
    But _now_ suppose as much as you choose; give a loose to your fancy,
    indulge your imagination in every possible flight which the subject will
    afford, and unless you believe me actually married, you cannot greatly
    err. You must write again very soon, and praise him a great deal more
    than you did in your last. I thank you again and again, for not going to
    the Lakes. How could I be so silly as to wish it! Your idea of the
    ponies is delightful. We will go round the park every day. I am the
    happiest creature in the world. Perhaps other people have said so
    before, but no one with such justice. I am happier even than Jane; she
    only smiles, I laugh. Mr. Darcy sends you all the love in the world that
    can be spared from me. You are all to come to Pemberley at Christmas.
    Yours,” etc.

    Mr. Darcy’s letter to Lady Catherine was in a different style, and still
    different from either was what Mr. Bennet sent to Mr. Collins, in return
    for his last.

    /* “Dear Sir, */

    “I must trouble you once more for congratulations. Elizabeth will
    soon be the wife of Mr. Darcy. Console Lady Catherine as well as
    you can. But, if I were you, I would stand by the nephew. He has
    more to give.

    “Yours sincerely,” etc.

    Miss Bingley’s congratulations to her brother on his approaching
    marriage were all that was affectionate and insincere. She wrote even to
    Jane on the occasion, to express her delight, and repeat all her former
    professions of regard. Jane was not deceived, but she was affected; and
    though feeling no reliance on her, could not help writing her a much
    kinder answer than she knew was deserved.

    The joy which Miss Darcy expressed on receiving similar information was
    as sincere as her brother’s in sending it. Four sides of paper were
    insufficient to contain all her delight, and all her earnest desire of
    being loved by her sister.

    Before any answer could arrive from Mr. Collins, or any congratulations
    to Elizabeth from his wife, the Longbourn family heard that the
    Collinses were come themselves to Lucas Lodge. The reason of this
    sudden removal was soon evident. Lady Catherine had been rendered so
    exceedingly angry by the contents of her nephew’s letter, that
    Charlotte, really rejoicing in the match, was anxious to get away till
    the storm was blown over. At such a moment, the arrival of her friend
    was a sincere pleasure to Elizabeth, though in the course of their
    meetings she must sometimes think the pleasure dearly bought, when she
    saw Mr. Darcy exposed to all the parading and obsequious civility of her
    husband. He bore it, however, with admirable calmness. He could even
    listen to Sir William Lucas, when he complimented him on carrying away
    the brightest jewel of the country, and expressed his hopes of their all
    meeting frequently at St. James’s, with very decent composure. If he did
    shrug his shoulders, it was not till Sir William was out of sight.

    Mrs. Philips’s vulgarity was another, and, perhaps, a greater tax on his
    forbearance; and though Mrs. Philips, as well as her sister, stood in
    too much awe of him to speak with the familiarity which Bingley’s
    good-humour encouraged; yet, whenever she _did_ speak, she must be
    vulgar. Nor was her respect for him, though it made her more quiet, at
    all likely to make her more elegant. Elizabeth did all she could to
    shield him from the frequent notice of either, and was ever anxious to
    keep him to herself, and to those of her family with whom he might
    converse without mortification; and though the uncomfortable feelings
    arising from all this took from the season of courtship much of its
    pleasure, it added to the hope of the future; and she looked forward
    with delight to the time when they should be removed from society so
    little pleasing to either, to all the comfort and elegance of their
    family party at Pemberley.

     

     

     

     

    CHAPTER LXI.

    Happy for all her maternal feelings was the day on which Mrs. Bennet got
    rid of her two most deserving daughters. With what delighted pride she
    afterwards visited Mrs. Bingley, and talked of Mrs. Darcy, may be
    guessed. I wish I could say, for the sake of her family, that the
    accomplishment of her earnest desire in the establishment of so many of
    her children produced so happy an effect as to make her a sensible,
    amiable, well-informed woman for the rest of her life; though, perhaps,
    it was lucky for her husband, who might not have relished domestic
    felicity in so unusual a form, that she still was occasionally nervous
    and invariably silly.

    Mr. Bennet missed his second daughter exceedingly; his affection for her
    drew him oftener from home than anything else could do. He delighted in
    going to Pemberley, especially when he was least expected.

    Mr. Bingley and Jane remained at Netherfield only a twelvemonth. So near
    a vicinity to her mother and Meryton relations was not desirable even to
    _his_ easy temper, or _her_ affectionate heart. The darling wish of his
    sisters was then gratified: he bought an estate in a neighbouring county
    to Derbyshire; and Jane and Elizabeth, in addition to every other source
    of happiness, were within thirty miles of each other.

    Kitty, to her very material advantage, spent the chief of her time with
    her two elder sisters. In society so superior to what she had generally
    known, her improvement was great. She was not of so ungovernable a
    temper as Lydia; and, removed from the influence of Lydia’s example, she
    became, by proper attention and management, less irritable, less
    ignorant, and less insipid. From the further disadvantage of Lydia’s
    society she was of course carefully kept; and though Mrs. Wickham
    frequently invited her to come and stay with her, with the promise of
    balls and young men, her father would never consent to her going.

    Mary was the only daughter who remained at home; and she was necessarily
    drawn from the pursuit of accomplishments by Mrs. Bennet’s being quite
    unable to sit alone. Mary was obliged to mix more with the world, but
    she could still moralize over every morning visit; and as she was no
    longer mortified by comparisons between her sisters’ beauty and her own,
    it was suspected by her father that she submitted to the change without
    much reluctance.

    As for Wickham and Lydia, their characters suffered no revolution from
    the marriage of her sisters. He bore with philosophy the conviction that
    Elizabeth must now become acquainted with whatever of his ingratitude
    and falsehood had before been unknown to her; and, in spite of
    everything, was not wholly without hope that Darcy might yet be
    prevailed on to make his fortune. The congratulatory letter which
    Elizabeth received from Lydia on her marriage explained to her that, by
    his wife at least, if not by himself, such a hope was cherished. The
    letter was to this effect:–

    /* “My dear Lizzy, */

    “I wish you joy. If you love Mr. Darcy half so well as I do my dear
    Wickham, you must be very happy. It is a great comfort to have you
    so rich; and when you have nothing else to do, I hope you will
    think of us. I am sure Wickham would like a place at court very
    much; and I do not think we shall have quite money enough to live
    upon without some help. Any place would do of about three or four
    hundred a year; but, however, do not speak to Mr. Darcy about it,
    if you had rather not.

    “Yours,” etc.

    As it happened that Elizabeth had much rather not, she endeavoured in
    her answer to put an end to every entreaty and expectation of the kind.
    Such relief, however, as it was in her power to afford, by the practice
    of what might be called economy in her own private expenses, she
    frequently sent them. It had always been evident to her that such an
    income as theirs, under the direction of two persons so extravagant in
    their wants, and heedless of the future, must be very insufficient to
    their support; and whenever they changed their quarters, either Jane or
    herself were sure of being applied to for some little assistance towards
    discharging their bills. Their manner of living, even when the
    restoration of peace dismissed them to a home, was unsettled in the
    extreme. They were always moving from place to place in quest of a
    cheap situation, and always spending more than they ought. His affection
    for her soon sunk into indifference: hers lasted a little longer; and,
    in spite of her youth and her manners, she retained all the claims to
    reputation which her marriage had given her. Though Darcy could never
    receive _him_ at Pemberley, yet, for Elizabeth’s sake, he assisted him
    further in his profession. Lydia was occasionally a visitor there, when
    her husband was gone to enjoy himself in London or Bath; and with the
    Bingleys they both of them frequently stayed so long, that even
    Bingley’s good-humour was overcome, and he proceeded so far as to _talk_
    of giving them a hint to be gone.

    Miss Bingley was very deeply mortified by Darcy’s marriage; but as she
    thought it advisable to retain the right of visiting at Pemberley, she
    dropped all her resentment; was fonder than ever of Georgiana, almost as
    attentive to Darcy as heretofore, and paid off every arrear of civility
    to Elizabeth.

    Pemberley was now Georgiana’s home; and the attachment of the sisters
    was exactly what Darcy had hoped to see. They were able to love each
    other, even as well as they intended. Georgiana had the highest opinion
    in the world of Elizabeth; though at first she often listened with an
    astonishment bordering on alarm at her lively, sportive manner of
    talking to her brother. He, who had always inspired in herself a respect
    which almost overcame her affection, she now saw the object of open
    pleasantry. Her mind received knowledge which had never before fallen in
    her way. By Elizabeth’s instructions she began to comprehend that a
    woman may take liberties with her husband, which a brother will not
    always allow in a sister more than ten years younger than himself.

    Lady Catherine was extremely indignant on the marriage of her nephew;
    and as she gave way to all the genuine frankness of her character, in
    her reply to the letter which announced its arrangement, she sent him
    language so very abusive, especially of Elizabeth, that for some time
    all intercourse was at an end. But at length, by Elizabeth’s persuasion,
    he was prevailed on to overlook the offence, and seek a reconciliation;
    and, after a little further resistance on the part of his aunt, her
    resentment gave way, either to her affection for him, or her curiosity
    to see how his wife conducted herself; and she condescended to wait on
    them at Pemberley, in spite of that pollution which its woods had
    received, not merely from the presence of such a mistress, but the
    visits of her uncle and aunt from the city.

    With the Gardiners they were always on the most intimate terms. Darcy,
    as well as Elizabeth, really loved them; and they were both ever
    sensible of the warmest gratitude towards the persons who, by bringing
    her into Derbyshire, had been the means of uniting them.

  • CONTENTS

    The Cat and the Mouse in Partnership
    The Six Swans
    The Dragon of the North
    Story of the Emperor’s New Clothes
    The Golden Crab
    The Iron Stove
    The Dragon and his Grandmother
    The Donkey Cabbage
    The Little Green Frog
    The Seven-headed Serpent
    The Grateful Beasts
    The Giants and the Herd-boy
    The Invisible Prince
    The Crow
    How Six Men travelled through the Wide World
    The Wizard King
    The Nixy
    The Glass Mountain
    Alphege, or the Green Monkey
    Fairer-than-a-Fairy
    The Three Brothers
    The Boy and the Wolves, or the Broken Promise
    The Glass Axe
    The Dead Wife
    In the Land of Souls
    The White Duck
    The Witch and her Servants
    The Magic Ring
    The Flower Queen’s Daughter
    The Flying Ship
    The Snow-daughter and the Fire-son
    The Story of King Frost
    The Death of the Sun-hero
    The Witch
    The Hazel-nut Child
    The Story of Big Klaus and Little Klaus
    Prince Ring
    The Swineherd
    How to tell a True Princess
    The Blue Mountains
    The Tinder-box
    The Witch in the Stone Boat
    Thumbelina
    The Nightingale
    Hermod and Hadvor
    The Steadfast Tin-soldier
    Blockhead Hans
    A Story about a Darning-needle

     

     

    THE YELLOW FAIRY BOOK

     

    THE CAT AND THE MOUSE IN PARTNERSHIP

    A cat had made acquaintance with a mouse, and had spoken so much of
    the great love and friendship she felt for her, that at last the Mouse
    consented to live in the same house with her, and to go shares in the
    housekeeping. ‘But we must provide for the winter or else we shall
    suffer hunger,’ said the Cat. ‘You, little Mouse, cannot venture
    everywhere in case you run at last into a trap.’ This good counsel was
    followed, and a little pot of fat was bought. But they did not know
    where to put it. At length, after long consultation, the Cat said, ‘I
    know of no place where it could be better put than in the church. No one
    will trouble to take it away from there. We will hide it in a corner,
    and we won’t touch it till we are in want.’ So the little pot was placed
    in safety; but it was not long before the Cat had a great longing for
    it, and said to the Mouse, ‘I wanted to tell you, little Mouse, that my
    cousin has a little son, white with brown spots, and she wants me to be
    godmother to it. Let me go out to-day, and do you take care of the house
    alone.’

    ‘Yes, go certainly,’ replied the Mouse, ‘and when you eat anything
    good, think of me; I should very much like a drop of the red christening
    wine.’

    But it was all untrue. The Cat had no cousin, and had not been asked to
    be godmother. She went straight to the church, slunk to the little pot
    of fat, began to lick it, and licked the top off. Then she took a walk
    on the roofs of the town, looked at the view, stretched herself out in
    the sun, and licked her lips whenever she thought of the little pot of
    fat. As soon as it was evening she went home again.

    ‘Ah, here you are again!’ said the Mouse; ‘you must certainly have had
    an enjoyable day.’

    ‘It went off very well,’ answered the Cat.

    ‘What was the child’s name?’ asked the Mouse.

    ‘Top Off,’ said the Cat drily.

    ‘Topoff!’ echoed the Mouse, ‘it is indeed a wonderful and curious name.
    Is it in your family?’

    ‘What is there odd about it?’ said the Cat. ‘It is not worse than
    Breadthief, as your godchild is called.’

    Not long after this another great longing came over the Cat. She said to
    the Mouse, ‘You must again be kind enough to look after the house alone,
    for I have been asked a second time to stand godmother, and as this
    child has a white ring round its neck, I cannot refuse.’

    The kind Mouse agreed, but the Cat slunk under the town wall to the
    church, and ate up half of the pot of fat. ‘Nothing tastes better,’ said
    she, ‘than what one eats by oneself,’ and she was very much pleased with
    her day’s work. When she came home the Mouse asked, ‘What was this child
    called?’

    ‘Half Gone,’ answered the Cat.

    ‘Halfgone! what a name! I have never heard it in my life. I don’t
    believe it is in the calendar.’

    Soon the Cat’s mouth began to water once more after her licking
    business. ‘All good things in threes,’ she said to the Mouse; ‘I have
    again to stand godmother. The child is quite black, and has very white
    paws, but not a single white hair on its body. This only happens once in
    two years, so you will let me go out?’

    ‘Topoff! Halfgone!’ repeated the Mouse, ‘they are such curious names;
    they make me very thoughtful.’

    ‘Oh, you sit at home in your dark grey coat and your long tail,’ said
    the Cat, ‘and you get fanciful. That comes of not going out in the day.’

    The Mouse had a good cleaning out while the Cat was gone, and made the
    house tidy; but the greedy Cat ate the fat every bit up.

    ‘When it is all gone one can be at rest,’ she said to herself, and at
    night she came home sleek and satisfied. The Mouse asked at once after
    the third child’s name.

    ‘It won’t please you any better,’ said the Cat, ‘he was called Clean
    Gone.’

    ‘Cleangone!’ repeated the Mouse. ‘I do not believe that name has been
    printed any more than the others. Cleangone! What can it mean?’ She
    shook her head, curled herself up, and went to sleep.

    From this time on no one asked the Cat to stand godmother; but when
    the winter came and there was nothing to be got outside, the Mouse
    remembered their provision and said, ‘Come, Cat, we will go to our pot
    of fat which we have stored away; it will taste very good.’

    ‘Yes, indeed,’ answered the Cat; ‘it will taste as good to you as if
    you stretched your thin tongue out of the window.’

    They started off, and when they reached it they found the pot in its
    place, but quite empty!

    ‘Ah,’ said the Mouse,’ ‘now I know what has happened! It has all come
    out! You are a true friend to me! You have eaten it all when you stood
    godmother; first the top off, then half of it gone, then—-’

    ‘Will you be quiet!’ screamed the Cat. ‘Another word and I will eat you
    up.’

    ‘Clean-gone’ was already on the poor Mouse’s tongue, and scarcely was it
    out than the Cat made a spring at her, seized and swallowed her.

    You see that is the way of the world.

     

    THE SIX SWANS

    A king was once hunting in a great wood, and he hunted the game so
    eagerly that none of his courtiers could follow him. When evening came
    on he stood still and looked round him, and he saw that he had quite
    lost himself. He sought a way out, but could find none. Then he saw an
    old woman with a shaking head coming towards him; but she was a witch.

    ‘Good woman,’ he said to her, ‘can you not show me the way out of the
    wood?’

    ‘Oh, certainly, Sir King,’ she replied, ‘I can quite well do that, but
    on one condition, which if you do not fulfil you will never get out of
    the wood, and will die of hunger.’

    ‘What is the condition?’ asked the King.

    ‘I have a daughter,’ said the old woman, ‘who is so beautiful that she
    has not her equal in the world, and is well fitted to be your wife; if
    you will make her lady-queen I will show you the way out of the wood.’

    The King in his anguish of mind consented, and the old woman led him
    to her little house where her daughter was sitting by the fire. She
    received the King as if she were expecting him, and he saw that she was
    certainly very beautiful; but she did not please him, and he could not
    look at her without a secret feeling of horror. As soon as he had lifted
    the maiden on to his horse the old woman showed him the way, and the
    King reached his palace, where the wedding was celebrated.

    The King had already been married once, and had by his first wife seven
    children, six boys and one girl, whom he loved more than anything in the
    world. And now, because he was afraid that their stepmother might not
    treat them well and might do them harm, he put them in a lonely castle
    that stood in the middle of a wood. It lay so hidden, and the way to it
    was so hard to find, that he himself could not have found it out had
    not a wise-woman given him a reel of thread which possessed a marvellous
    property: when he threw it before him it unwound itself and showed him
    the way. But the King went so often to his dear children that the Queen
    was offended at his absence. She grew curious, and wanted to know what
    he had to do quite alone in the wood. She gave his servants a great deal
    of money, and they betrayed the secret to her, and also told her of the
    reel which alone could point out the way. She had no rest now till she
    had found out where the King guarded the reel, and then she made some
    little white shirts, and, as she had learnt from her witch-mother, sewed
    an enchantment in each of them.

    And when the King had ridden off she took the little shirts and went
    into the wood, and the reel showed her the way. The children, who saw
    someone coming in the distance, thought it was their dear father coming
    to them, and sprang to meet him very joyfully. Then she threw over each
    one a little shirt, which when it had touched their bodies changed them
    into swans, and they flew away over the forest. The Queen went home
    quite satisfied, and thought she had got rid of her step-children; but
    the girl had not run to meet her with her brothers, and she knew nothing
    of her.

    The next day the King came to visit his children, but he found no one
    but the girl.

    ‘Where are your brothers?’ asked the King.

    ‘Alas! dear father,’ she answered, ‘they have gone away and left me all
    alone.’ And she told him that looking out of her little window she had
    seen her brothers flying over the wood in the shape of swans, and she
    showed him the feathers which they had let fall in the yard, and which
    she had collected. The King mourned, but he did not think that the Queen
    had done the wicked deed, and as he was afraid the maiden would also be
    taken from him, he wanted to take her with him. But she was afraid of
    the stepmother, and begged the King to let her stay just one night
    more in the castle in the wood. The poor maiden thought, ‘My home is no
    longer here; I will go and seek my brothers.’ And when night came she
    fled away into the forest. She ran all through the night and the next
    day, till she could go no farther for weariness. Then she saw a little
    hut, went in, and found a room with six little beds. She was afraid to
    lie down on one, so she crept under one of them, lay on the hard floor,
    and was going to spend the night there. But when the sun had set she
    heard a noise, and saw six swans flying in at the window. They stood on
    the floor and blew at one another, and blew all their feathers off, and
    their swan-skin came off like a shirt. Then the maiden recognised her
    brothers, and overjoyed she crept out from under the bed. Her brothers
    were not less delighted than she to see their little sister again, but
    their joy did not last long.

    ‘You cannot stay here,’ they said to her. ‘This is a den of robbers; if
    they were to come here and find you they would kill you.’

    ‘Could you not protect me?’ asked the little sister.

    ‘No,’ they answered, ‘for we can only lay aside our swan skins for a
    quarter of an hour every evening. For this time we regain our human
    forms, but then we are changed into swans again.’

    Then the little sister cried and said, ‘Can you not be freed?’

    ‘Oh, no,’ they said, ‘the conditions are too hard. You must not speak or
    laugh for six years, and must make in that time six shirts for us out of
    star-flowers. If a single word comes out of your mouth, all your labour
    is vain.’ And when the brothers had said this the quarter of an hour
    came to an end, and they flew away out of the window as swans.

    But the maiden had determined to free her brothers even if it should
    cost her her life. She left the hut, went into the forest, climbed
    a tree, and spent the night there. The next morning she went out,
    collected star-flowers, and began to sew. She could speak to no one, and
    she had no wish to laugh, so she sat there, looking only at her work.

    When she had lived there some time, it happened that the King of the
    country was hunting in the forest, and his hunters came to the tree on
    which the maiden sat. They called to her and said ‘Who are you?’

    But she gave no answer.

    ‘Come down to us,’ they said, ‘we will do you no harm.’

    But she shook her head silently. As they pressed her further with
    questions, she threw them the golden chain from her neck. But they did
    not leave off, and she threw them her girdle, and when this was no use,
    her garters, and then her dress. The huntsmen would not leave her alone,
    but climbed the tree, lifted the maiden down, and led her to the King.
    The King asked, ‘Who are you? What are you doing up that tree?’

    But she answered nothing.

    He asked her in all the languages he knew, but she remained as dumb as
    a fish. Because she was so beautiful, however, the King’s heart was
    touched, and he was seized with a great love for her. He wrapped her up
    in his cloak, placed her before him on his horse, and brought her to his
    castle. There he had her dressed in rich clothes, and her beauty shone
    out as bright as day, but not a word could be drawn from her. He set her
    at table by his side, and her modest ways and behaviour pleased him
    so much that he said, ‘I will marry this maiden and none other in the
    world,’ and after some days he married her. But the King had a wicked
    mother who was displeased with the marriage, and said wicked things of
    the young Queen. ‘Who knows who this girl is?’ she said; ‘she cannot
    speak, and is not worthy of a king.’

    After a year, when the Queen had her first child, the old mother took
    it away from her. Then she went to the King and said that the Queen had
    killed it. The King would not believe it, and would not allow any harm
    to be done her. But she sat quietly sewing at the shirts and troubling
    herself about nothing. The next time she had a child the wicked mother
    did the same thing, but the King could not make up his mind to believe
    her. He said, ‘She is too sweet and good to do such a thing as that.
    If she were not dumb and could defend herself, her innocence would be
    proved.’ But when the third child was taken away, and the Queen was
    again accused, and could not utter a word in her own defence, the King
    was obliged to give her over to the law, which decreed that she must
    be burnt to death. When the day came on which the sentence was to be
    executed, it was the last day of the six years in which she must not
    speak or laugh, and now she had freed her dear brothers from the power
    of the enchantment. The six shirts were done; there was only the left
    sleeve wanting to the last.

    When she was led to the stake, she laid the shirts on her arm, and as
    she stood on the pile and the fire was about to be lighted, she looked
    around her and saw six swans flying through the air. Then she knew
    that her release was at hand and her heart danced for joy. The swans
    fluttered round her, and hovered low so that she could throw the shirts
    over them. When they had touched them the swan-skins fell off, and her
    brothers stood before her living, well and beautiful. Only the youngest
    had a swan’s wing instead of his left arm. They embraced and kissed
    each other, and the Queen went to the King, who was standing by in great
    astonishment, and began to speak to him, saying, ‘Dearest husband, now
    I can speak and tell you openly that I am innocent and have been falsely
    accused.’

    She told him of the old woman’s deceit, and how she had taken the three
    children away and hidden them. Then they were fetched, to the great joy
    of the King, and the wicked mother came to no good end.

    But the King and the Queen with their six brothers lived many years in
    happiness and peace.

     

    THE DRAGON OF THE NORTH(2)

    (2) ‘Der Norlands Drache,’ from Esthnische Mahrchen. Kreutzwald.

    Very long ago, as old people have told me, there lived a terrible
    monster, who came out of the North, and laid waste whole tracts
    of country, devouring both men and beasts; and this monster was so
    destructive that it was feared that unless help came no living creature
    would be left on the face of the earth. It had a body like an ox, and
    legs like a frog, two short fore-legs, and two long ones behind, and
    besides that it had a tail like a serpent, ten fathoms in length. When
    it moved it jumped like a frog, and with every spring it covered half a
    mile of ground. Fortunately its habit, was to remain for several years
    in the same place, and not to move on till the whole neighbourhood was
    eaten up. Nothing could hunt it, because its whole body was covered with
    scales, which were harder than stone or metal; its two great eyes shone
    by night, and even by day, like the brightest lamps, and anyone who had
    the ill luck to look into those eyes became as it were bewitched, and
    was obliged to rush of his own accord into the monster’s jaws. In this
    way the Dragon was able to feed upon both men and beasts without the
    least trouble to itself, as it needed not to move from the spot where it
    was lying. All the neighbouring kings had offered rich rewards to
    anyone who should be able to destroy the monster, either by force
    or enchantment, and many had tried their luck, but all had miserably
    failed. Once a great forest in which the Dragon lay had been set on
    fire; the forest was burnt down, but the fire did not do the monster the
    least harm. However, there was a tradition amongst the wise men of the
    country that the Dragon might be overcome by one who possessed King
    Solomon’s signet-ring, upon which a secret writing was engraved. This
    inscription would enable anyone who was wise enough to interpret it to
    find out how the Dragon could be destroyed. Only no one knew where the
    ring was hidden, nor was there any sorcerer or learned man to be found
    who would be able to explain the inscription.

    At last a young man, with a good heart and plenty of courage, set out to
    search for the ring. He took his way towards the sunrising, because he
    knew that all the wisdom of old time comes from the East. After some
    years he met with a famous Eastern magician, and asked for his advice in
    the matter. The magician answered:

    ‘Mortal men have but little wisdom, and can give you no help, but the
    birds of the air would be better guides to you if you could learn their
    language. I can help you to understand it if you will stay with me a few
    days.’

    The youth thankfully accepted the magician’s offer, and said, ‘I cannot
    now offer you any reward for your kindness, but should my undertaking
    succeed your trouble shall be richly repaid.’

    Then the magician brewed a powerful potion out of nine sorts of herbs
    which he had gathered himself all alone by moonlight, and he gave the
    youth nine spoonfuls of it daily for three days, which made him able to
    understand the language of birds.

    At parting the magician said to him. ‘If you ever find Solomon’s ring
    and get possession of it, then come back to me, that I may explain the
    inscription on the ring to you, for there is no one else in the world
    who can do this.’

    From that time the youth never felt lonely as he walked along; he always
    had company, because he understood the language of birds; and in this
    way he learned many things which mere human knowledge could never have
    taught him. But time went on, and he heard nothing about the ring. It
    happened one evening, when he was hot and tired with walking, and had
    sat down under a tree in a forest to eat his supper, that he saw two
    gaily-plumaged birds, that were strange to him, sitting at the top of
    the tree talking to one another about him. The first bird said:

    ‘I know that wandering fool under the tree there, who has come so far
    without finding what he seeks. He is trying to find King Solomon’s lost
    ring.’

    The other bird answered, ‘He will have to seek help from the
    Witch-maiden,(3) who will doubtless be able to put him on the right
    track. If she has not got the ring herself, she knows well enough who
    has it.’

    (3) Hollenmadchen.

    ‘But where is he to find the Witch-maiden?’ said the first bird. ‘She
    has no settled dwelling, but is here to-day and gone to-morrow. He might
    as well try to catch the wind.’

    The other replied, ‘I do not know, certainly, where she is at present,
    but in three nights from now she will come to the spring to wash her
    face, as she does every month when the moon is full, in order that
    she may never grow old nor wrinkled, but may always keep the bloom of
    youth.’

    ‘Well,’ said the first bird, ‘the spring is not far from here. Shall we
    go and see how it is she does it?’

    ‘Willingly, if you like,’ said the other.

    The youth immediately resolved to follow the birds to the spring, only
    two things made him uneasy: first, lest he might be asleep when the
    birds went, and secondly, lest he might lose sight of them, since he had
    not wings to carry him along so swiftly. He was too tired to keep awake
    all night, yet his anxiety prevented him from sleeping soundly, and when
    with the earliest dawn he looked up to the tree-top, he was glad to
    see his feathered companions still asleep with their heads under their
    wings. He ate his breakfast, and waited until the birds should start,
    but they did not leave the place all day. They hopped about from one
    tree to another looking for food, all day long until the evening, when
    they went back to their old perch to sleep. The next day the same thing
    happened, but on the third morning one bird said to the other, ‘To-day
    we must go to the spring to see the Witch-maiden wash her face.’ They
    remained on the tree till noon; then they flew away and went towards the
    south. The young man’s heart beat with anxiety lest he should lose sight
    of his guides, but he managed to keep the birds in view until they again
    perched upon a tree. The young man ran after them until he was quite
    exhausted and out of breath, and after three short rests the birds at
    length reached a small open space in the forest, on the edge of which
    they placed themselves on the top of a high tree. When the youth had
    overtaken them, he saw that there was a clear spring in the middle of
    the space. He sat down at the foot of the tree upon which the birds
    were perched, and listened attentively to what they were saying to each
    other.

    ‘The sun is not down yet,’ said the first bird; ‘we must wait yet awhile
    till the moon rises and the maiden comes to the spring. Do you think she
    will see that young man sitting under the tree?’

    ‘Nothing is likely to escape her eyes, certainly not a young man, said
    the other bird. ‘Will the youth have the sense not to let himself be
    caught in her toils?’

    ‘We will wait,’ said the first bird, ‘and see how they get on together.’

    The evening light had quite faded, and the full moon was already shining
    down upon the forest, when the young man heard a slight rustling sound.
    After a few moments there came out of the forest a maiden, gliding over
    the grass so lightly that her feet seemed scarcely to touch the ground,
    and stood beside the spring. The youth could not turn away his eyes
    from the maiden, for he had never in his life seen a woman so beautiful.
    Without seeming to notice anything, she went to the spring, looked up
    to the full moon, then knelt down and bathed her face nine times, then
    looked up to the moon again and walked nine times round the well, and as
    she walked she sang this song:

    ‘Full-faced moon with light unshaded,
    Let my beauty ne’er be faded.
    Never let my cheek grow pale!
    While the moon is waning nightly,
    May the maiden bloom more brightly,
    May her freshness never fail!’

    Then she dried her face with her long hair, and was about to go away,
    when her eye suddenly fell upon the spot where the young man was
    sitting, and she turned towards the tree. The youth rose and stood
    waiting. Then the maiden said, ‘You ought to have a heavy punishment
    because you have presumed to watch my secret doings in the moonlight.
    But I will forgive you this time, because you are a stranger and knew no
    better. But you must tell me truly who you are and how you came to this
    place, where no mortal has ever set foot before.’

    The youth answered humbly: ‘Forgive me, beautiful maiden, if I have
    unintentionally offended you. I chanced to come here after long
    wandering, and found a good place to sleep under this tree. At your
    coming I did not know what to do, but stayed where I was, because I
    thought my silent watching could not offend you.’

    The maiden answered kindly, ‘Come and spend this night with us. You will
    sleep better on a pillow than on damp moss.’

    The youth hesitated for a little, but presently he heard the birds
    saying from the top of the tree, ‘Go where she calls you, but take care
    to give no blood, or you will sell your soul.’ So the youth went with
    her, and soon they reached a beautiful garden, where stood a splendid
    house, which glittered in the moonlight as if it was all built out of
    gold and silver. When the youth entered he found many splendid chambers,
    each one finer than the last. Hundreds of tapers burnt upon golden
    candlesticks, and shed a light like the brightest day. At length they
    reached a chamber where a table was spread with the most costly dishes.
    At the table were placed two chairs, one of silver, the other of gold.
    The maiden seated herself upon the golden chair, and offered the silver
    one to her companion. They were served by maidens dressed in white,
    whose feet made no sound as they moved about, and not a word was spoken
    during the meal. Afterwards the youth and the Witch-maiden conversed
    pleasantly together, until a woman, dressed in red, came in to remind
    them that it was bedtime. The youth was now shown into another room,
    containing a silken bed with down cushions, where he slept delightfully,
    yet he seemed to hear a voice near his bed which repeated to him,
    ‘Remember to give no blood!’

    The next morning the maiden asked him whether he would not like to
    stay with her always in this beautiful place, and as he did not answer
    immediately, she continued: ‘You see how I always remain young and
    beautiful, and I am under no one’s orders, but can do just what I like,
    so that I have never thought of marrying before. But from the moment I
    saw you I took a fancy to you, so if you agree, we might be married and
    might live together like princes, because I have great riches.’

    The youth could not but be tempted with the beautiful maiden’s offer,
    but he remembered how the birds had called her the witch, and their
    warning always sounded in his ears. Therefore he answered cautiously,
    ‘Do not be angry, dear maiden, if I do not decide immediately on this
    important matter. Give me a few days to consider before we come to an
    understanding.’

    ‘Why not?’ answered the maiden. ‘Take some weeks to consider if you
    like, and take counsel with your own heart.’ And to make the time
    pass pleasantly, she took the youth over every part of her beautiful
    dwelling, and showed him all her splendid treasures. But these treasures
    were all produced by enchantment, for the maiden could make anything she
    wished appear by the help of King Solomon’s signet ring; only none of
    these things remained fixed; they passed away like the wind without
    leaving a trace behind. But the youth did not know this; he thought they
    were all real.

    One day the maiden took him into a secret chamber, where a little gold
    box was standing on a silver table. Pointing to the box, she said, ‘Here
    is my greatest treasure, whose like is not to be found in the whole
    world. It is a precious gold ring. When you marry me, I will give you
    this ring as a marriage gift, and it will make you the happiest of
    mortal men. But in order that our love may last for ever, you must give
    me for the ring three drops of blood from the little finger of your left
    hand.’

    When the youth heard these words a cold shudder ran over him, for he
    remembered that his soul was at stake. He was cunning enough, however,
    to conceal his feelings and to make no direct answer, but he only asked
    the maiden, as if carelessly, what was remarkable about the ring?

    She answered, ‘No mortal is able entirely to understand the power
    of this ring, because no one thoroughly understands the secret signs
    engraved upon it. But even with my half-knowledge I can work great
    wonders. If I put the ring upon the little finger of my left hand, then
    I can fly like a bird through the air wherever I wish to go. If I put
    it on the third finger of my left hand I am invisible, and I can see
    everything that passes around me, though no one can see me. If I put the
    ring upon the middle finger of my left hand, then neither fire nor water
    nor any sharp weapon can hurt me. If I put it on the forefinger of my
    left hand, then I can with its help produce whatever I wish. I can in a
    single moment build houses or anything I desire. Finally, as long as I
    wear the ring on the thumb of my left hand, that hand is so strong that
    it can break down rocks and walls. Besides these, the ring has other
    secret signs which, as I said, no one can understand. No doubt it
    contains secrets of great importance. The ring formerly belonged to King
    Solomon, the wisest of kings, during whose reign the wisest men lived.
    But it is not known whether this ring was ever made by mortal hands: it
    is supposed that an angel gave it to the wise King.’

    When the youth heard all this he determined to try and get possession of
    the ring, though he did not quite believe in all its wonderful gifts.
    He wished the maiden would let him have it in his hand, but he did not
    quite like to ask her to do so, and after a while she put it back into
    the box. A few days after they were again speaking of the magic ring,
    and the youth said, ‘I do not think it possible that the ring can have
    all the power you say it has.’

    Then the maiden opened the box and took the ring out, and it glittered
    as she held it like the clearest sunbeam. She put it on the middle
    finger of her left hand, and told the youth to take a knife and try as
    hard as he could to cut her with it, for he would not be able to hurt
    her. He was unwilling at first, but the maiden insisted. Then he tried,
    at first only in play, and then seriously, to strike her with the knife,
    but an invisible wall of iron seemed to be between them, and the maiden
    stood before him laughing and unhurt. Then she put the ring on her third
    finger, and in an instant she had vanished from his eyes. Presently she
    was beside him again laughing, and holding the ring between her fingers.

    ‘Do let me try,’ said the youth, ‘whether I can do these wonderful
    things.’

    The maiden, suspecting no treachery, gave him the magic ring.

    The youth pretended to have forgotten what to do, and asked what finger
    he must put the ring on so that no sharp weapon could hurt him?’

    ‘Oh, the middle finger of your left hand,’ the maiden answered,
    laughing.

    She took the knife and tried to strike the youth, and he even tried to
    cut himself with it, but found it impossible. Then he asked the maiden
    to show him how to split stones and rocks with the help of the ring. So
    she led him into a courtyard where stood a great boulder-stone. ‘Now,’
    she said, ‘put the ring upon the thumb of your left hand, and you will
    see how strong that hand has become. The youth did so, and found to his
    astonishment that with a single blow of his fist the stone flew into a
    thousand pieces. Then the youth bethought him that he who does not use
    his luck when he has it is a fool, and that this was a chance which once
    lost might never return. So while they stood laughing at the shattered
    stone he placed the ring, as if in play, upon the third finger of his
    left hand.

    ‘Now,’ said the maiden, ‘you are invisible to me until you take the ring
    off again.’

    But the youth had no mind to do that; on the contrary, he went farther
    off, then put the ring on the little finger of his left hand, and soared
    into the air like a bird.

    When the maiden saw him flying away she thought at first that he was
    still in play, and cried, ‘Come back, friend, for now you see I have
    told you the truth.’ But the young man never came back.

    Then the maiden saw she was deceived, and bitterly repented that she had
    ever trusted him with the ring.

    The young man never halted in his flight until he reached the dwelling
    of the wise magician who had taught him the speech of birds. The
    magician was delighted to find that his search had been successful,
    and at once set to work to interpret the secret signs engraved upon the
    ring, but it took him seven weeks to make them out clearly. Then he gave
    the youth the following instructions how to overcome the Dragon of the
    North: ‘You must have an iron horse cast, which must have little wheels
    under each foot. You must also be armed with a spear two fathoms long,
    which you will be able to wield by means of the magic ring upon your
    left thumb. The spear must be as thick in the middle as a large tree,
    and both its ends must be sharp. In the middle of the spear you must
    have two strong chains ten fathoms in length. As soon as the Dragon has
    made himself fast to the spear, which you must thrust through his jaws,
    you must spring quickly from the iron horse and fasten the ends of the
    chains firmly to the ground with iron stakes, so that he cannot get away
    from them. After two or three days the monster’s strength will be so
    far exhausted that you will be able to come near him. Then you can put
    Solomon’s ring upon your left thumb and give him the finishing stroke,
    but keep the ring on your third finger until you have come close to him,
    so that the monster cannot see you, else he might strike you dead with
    his long tail. But when all is done, take care you do not lose the ring,
    and that no one takes it from you by cunning.’

    The young man thanked the magician for his directions, and promised,
    should they succeed, to reward him. But the magician answered, ‘I have
    profited so much by the wisdom the ring has taught me that I desire no
    other reward.’ Then they parted, and the youth quickly flew home through
    the air. After remaining in his own home for some weeks, he heard people
    say that the terrible Dragon of the North was not far off, and might
    shortly be expected in the country. The King announced publicly that
    he would give his daughter in marriage, as well as a large part of his
    kingdom, to whosoever should free the country from the monster. The
    youth then went to the King and told him that he had good hopes of
    subduing the Dragon, if the King would grant him all he desired for the
    purpose. The King willingly agreed, and the iron horse, the great spear,
    and the chains were all prepared as the youth requested. When all was
    ready, it was found that the iron horse was so heavy that a hundred men
    could not move it from the spot, so the youth found there was nothing
    for it but to move it with his own strength by means of the magic ring.
    The Dragon was now so near that in a couple of springs he would be over
    the frontier. The youth now began to consider how he should act, for if
    he had to push the iron horse from behind he could not ride upon it as
    the sorcerer had said he must. But a raven unexpectedly gave him this
    advice: ‘Ride upon the horse, and push the spear against the ground,
    as if you were pushing off a boat from the land.’ The youth did so, and
    found that in this way he could easily move forwards. The Dragon had his
    monstrous jaws wide open, all ready for his expected prey. A few paces
    nearer, and man and horse would have been swallowed up by them! The
    youth trembled with horror, and his blood ran cold, yet he did not lose
    his courage; but, holding the iron spear upright in his hand, he brought
    it down with all his might right through the monster’s lower jaw. Then
    quick as lightning he sprang from his horse before the Dragon had time
    to shut his mouth. A fearful clap like thunder, which could be heard for
    miles around, now warned him that the Dragon’s jaws had closed upon
    the spear. When the youth turned round he saw the point of the spear
    sticking up high above the Dragon’s upper jaw, and knew that the other
    end must be fastened firmly to the ground; but the Dragon had got his
    teeth fixed in the iron horse, which was now useless. The youth now
    hastened to fasten down the chains to the ground by means of the
    enormous iron pegs which he had provided. The death struggle of the
    monster lasted three days and three nights; in his writhing he beat his
    tail so violently against the ground, that at ten miles’ distance the
    earth trembled as if with an earthquake. When he at length lost power to
    move his tail, the youth with the help of the ring took up a stone which
    twenty ordinary men could not have moved, and beat the Dragon so hard
    about the head with it that very soon the monster lay lifeless before
    him.

    You can fancy how great was the rejoicing when the news was spread
    abroad that the terrible monster was dead. His conqueror was received
    into the city with as much pomp as if he had been the mightiest of
    kings. The old King did not need to urge his daughter to marry the
    slayer of the Dragon; he found her already willing to bestow her hand
    upon this hero, who had done all alone what whole armies had tried in
    vain to do. In a few days a magnificent wedding was celebrated, at which
    the rejoicings lasted four whole weeks, for all the neighbouring kings
    had met together to thank the man who had freed the world from their
    common enemy. But everyone forgot amid the general joy that they ought
    to have buried the Dragon’s monstrous body, for it began now to have
    such a bad smell that no one could live in the neighbourhood, and
    before long the whole air was poisoned, and a pestilence broke out
    which destroyed many hundreds of people. In this distress, the King’s
    son-in-law resolved to seek help once more from the Eastern magician, to
    whom he at once travelled through the air like a bird by the help of
    the ring. But there is a proverb which says that ill-gotten gains never
    prosper, and the Prince found that the stolen ring brought him ill-luck
    after all. The Witch-maiden had never rested night nor day until she had
    found out where the ring was. As soon as she had discovered by means of
    magical arts that the Prince in the form of a bird was on his way to the
    Eastern magician, she changed herself into an eagle and watched in the
    air until the bird she was waiting for came in sight, for she knew him
    at once by the ring which was hung round his neck by a ribbon. Then the
    eagle pounced upon the bird, and the moment she seized him in her talons
    she tore the ring from his neck before the man in bird’s shape had time
    to prevent her. Then the eagle flew down to the earth with her prey, and
    the two stood face to face once more in human form.

    ‘Now, villain, you are in my power!’ cried the Witch-maiden. ‘I favoured
    you with my love, and you repaid me with treachery and theft. You stole
    my most precious jewel from me, and do you expect to live happily as the
    King’s son-in-law? Now the tables are turned; you are in my power, and I
    will be revenged on you for your crimes.’

    ‘Forgive me! forgive me!’ cried the Prince; ‘I know too well how deeply
    I have wronged you, and most heartily do I repent it.’

    The maiden answered, ‘Your prayers and your repentance come too late,
    and if I were to spare you everyone would think me a fool. You have
    doubly wronged me; first you scorned my love, and then you stole my
    ring, and you must bear the punishment.’

    With these words she put the ring upon her left thumb, lifted the young
    man with one hand, and walked away with him under her arm. This time
    she did not take him to a splendid palace, but to a deep cave in a rock,
    where there were chains hanging from the wall. The maiden now chained
    the young man’s hands and feet so that he could not escape; then she
    said in an angry voice, ‘Here you shall remain chained up until you die.
    I will bring you every day enough food to prevent you dying of hunger,
    but you need never hope for freedom any more.’ With these words she left
    him.

    The old King and his daughter waited anxiously for many weeks for the
    Prince’s return, but no news of him arrived. The King’s daughter often
    dreamed that her husband was going through some great suffering: she
    therefore begged her father to summon all the enchanters and magicians,
    that they might try to find out where the Prince was and how he could
    be set free. But the magicians, with all their arts, could find out
    nothing, except that he was still living and undergoing great suffering;
    but none could tell where he was to be found. At last a celebrated
    magician from Finland was brought before the King, who had found out
    that the King’s son-in-law was imprisoned in the East, not by men, but
    by some more powerful being. The King now sent messengers to the East to
    look for his son-in-law, and they by good luck met with the old magician
    who had interpreted the signs on King Solomon’s ring, and thus was
    possessed of more wisdom than anyone else in the world. The magician
    soon found out what he wished to know, and pointed out the place where
    the Prince was imprisoned, but said: ‘He is kept there by enchantment,
    and cannot be set free without my help. I will therefore go with you
    myself.’

    So they all set out, guided by birds, and after some days came to the
    cave where the unfortunate Prince had been chained up for nearly seven
    years. He recognised the magician immediately, but the old man did not
    know him, he had grown so thin. However, he undid the chains by the
    help of magic, and took care of the Prince until he recovered and became
    strong enough to travel. When he reached home he found that the old King
    had died that morning, so that he was now raised to the throne. And now
    after his long suffering came prosperity, which lasted to the end of his
    life; but he never got back the magic ring, nor has it ever again been
    seen by mortal eyes.

    Now, if YOU had been the Prince, would you not rather have stayed with
    the pretty witch-maiden?

     

    STORY OF THE EMPEROR’S NEW CLOTHES(4)

    (4) Andersen.

    Many years ago there lived an Emperor who was so fond of new clothes
    that he spent all his money on them in order to be beautifully dressed.
    He did not care about his soldiers, he did not care about the theatre;
    he only liked to go out walking to show off his new clothes. He had a
    coat for every hour of the day; and just as they say of a king, ‘He is
    in the council-chamber,’ they always said here, ‘The Emperor is in the
    wardrobe.’

    In the great city in which he lived there was always something going on;
    every day many strangers came there. One day two impostors arrived
    who gave themselves out as weavers, and said that they knew how to
    manufacture the most beautiful cloth imaginable. Not only were the
    texture and pattern uncommonly beautiful, but the clothes which were
    made of the stuff possessed this wonderful property that they were
    invisible to anyone who was not fit for his office, or who was
    unpardonably stupid.

    ‘Those must indeed be splendid clothes,’ thought the Emperor. ‘If I
    had them on I could find out which men in my kingdom are unfit for the
    offices they hold; I could distinguish the wise from the stupid! Yes,
    this cloth must be woven for me at once.’ And he gave both the impostors
    much money, so that they might begin their work.

    They placed two weaving-looms, and began to do as if they were working,
    but they had not the least thing on the looms. They also demanded the
    finest silk and the best gold, which they put in their pockets, and
    worked at the empty looms till late into the night.

    ‘I should like very much to know how far they have got on with the
    cloth,’ thought the Emperor. But he remembered when he thought about it
    that whoever was stupid or not fit for his office would not be able
    to see it. Now he certainly believed that he had nothing to fear for
    himself, but he wanted first to send somebody else in order to see how
    he stood with regard to his office. Everybody in the whole town knew
    what a wonderful power the cloth had, and they were all curious to see
    how bad or how stupid their neighbour was.

    ‘I will send my old and honoured minister to the weavers,’ thought
    the Emperor. ‘He can judge best what the cloth is like, for he has
    intellect, and no one understands his office better than he.’

    Now the good old minister went into the hall where the two impostors sat
    working at the empty weaving-looms. ‘Dear me!’ thought the old minister,
    opening his eyes wide, ‘I can see nothing!’ But he did not say so.

    Both the impostors begged him to be so kind as to step closer, and asked
    him if it were not a beautiful texture and lovely colours. They pointed
    to the empty loom, and the poor old minister went forward rubbing his
    eyes; but he could see nothing, for there was nothing there.

    ‘Dear, dear!’ thought he, ‘can I be stupid? I have never thought that,
    and nobody must know it! Can I be not fit for my office? No, I must
    certainly not say that I cannot see the cloth!’

    ‘Have you nothing to say about it?’ asked one of the men who was
    weaving.

    ‘Oh, it is lovely, most lovely!’ answered the old minister, looking
    through his spectacles. ‘What a texture! What colours! Yes, I will tell
    the Emperor that it pleases me very much.’

    ‘Now we are delighted at that,’ said both the weavers, and thereupon
    they named the colours and explained the make of the texture.

    The old minister paid great attention, so that he could tell the same to
    the Emperor when he came back to him, which he did.

    The impostors now wanted more money, more silk, and more gold to use in
    their weaving. They put it all in their own pockets, and there came no
    threads on the loom, but they went on as they had done before, working
    at the empty loom. The Emperor soon sent another worthy statesman to
    see how the weaving was getting on, and whether the cloth would soon
    be finished. It was the same with him as the first one; he looked and
    looked, but because there was nothing on the empty loom he could see
    nothing.

    ‘Is it not a beautiful piece of cloth?’ asked the two impostors, and
    they pointed to and described the splendid material which was not there.

    ‘Stupid I am not!’ thought the man, ‘so it must be my good office for
    which I am not fitted. It is strange, certainly, but no one must be
    allowed to notice it.’ And so he praised the cloth which he did not
    see, and expressed to them his delight at the beautiful colours and the
    splendid texture. ‘Yes, it is quite beautiful,’ he said to the Emperor.

    Everybody in the town was talking of the magnificent cloth.

    Now the Emperor wanted to see it himself while it was still on the
    loom. With a great crowd of select followers, amongst whom were both
    the worthy statesmen who had already been there before, he went to
    the cunning impostors, who were now weaving with all their might, but
    without fibre or thread.

    ‘Is it not splendid!’ said both the old statesmen who had already been
    there. ‘See, your Majesty, what a texture! What colours!’ And then they
    pointed to the empty loom, for they believed that the others could see
    the cloth quite well.

    ‘What!’ thought the Emperor, ‘I can see nothing! This is indeed
    horrible! Am I stupid? Am I not fit to be Emperor? That were the most
    dreadful thing that could happen to me. Oh, it is very beautiful,’ he
    said. ‘It has my gracious approval.’ And then he nodded pleasantly, and
    examined the empty loom, for he would not say that he could see nothing.

    His whole Court round him looked and looked, and saw no more than the
    others; but they said like the Emperor, ‘Oh! it is beautiful!’ And they
    advised him to wear these new and magnificent clothes for the first time
    at the great procession which was soon to take place. ‘Splendid! Lovely!
    Most beautiful!’ went from mouth to mouth; everyone seemed delighted
    over them, and the Emperor gave to the impostors the title of Court
    weavers to the Emperor.

    Throughout the whole of the night before the morning on which the
    procession was to take place, the impostors were up and were working by
    the light of over sixteen candles. The people could see that they were
    very busy making the Emperor’s new clothes ready. They pretended they
    were taking the cloth from the loom, cut with huge scissors in the
    air, sewed with needles without thread, and then said at last, ‘Now the
    clothes are finished!’

    The Emperor came himself with his most distinguished knights, and each
    impostor held up his arm just as if he were holding something, and said,
    ‘See! here are the breeches! Here is the coat! Here the cloak!’ and so
    on.

    ‘Spun clothes are so comfortable that one would imagine one had nothing
    on at all; but that is the beauty of it!’

    ‘Yes,’ said all the knights, but they could see nothing, for there was
    nothing there.

    ‘Will it please your Majesty graciously to take off your clothes,’ said
    the impostors, ‘then we will put on the new clothes, here before the
    mirror.’

    The Emperor took off all his clothes, and the impostors placed
    themselves before him as if they were putting on each part of his new
    clothes which was ready, and the Emperor turned and bent himself in
    front of the mirror.

    ‘How beautifully they fit! How well they sit!’ said everybody. ‘What
    material! What colours! It is a gorgeous suit!’

    ‘They are waiting outside with the canopy which your Majesty is wont
    to have borne over you in the procession,’ announced the Master of the
    Ceremonies.

    ‘Look, I am ready,’ said the Emperor. ‘Doesn’t it sit well!’ And he
    turned himself again to the mirror to see if his finery was on all
    right.

    The chamberlains who were used to carry the train put their hands near
    the floor as if they were lifting up the train; then they did as if they
    were holding something in the air. They would not have it noticed that
    they could see nothing.

    So the Emperor went along in the procession under the splendid canopy,
    and all the people in the streets and at the windows said, ‘How
    matchless are the Emperor’s new clothes! That train fastened to his
    dress, how beautifully it hangs!’

    No one wished it to be noticed that he could see nothing, for then he
    would have been unfit for his office, or else very stupid. None of the
    Emperor’s clothes had met with such approval as these had.

    ‘But he has nothing on!’ said a little child at last.

    ‘Just listen to the innocent child!’ said the father, and each one
    whispered to his neighbour what the child had said.

    ‘But he has nothing on!’ the whole of the people called out at last.

    This struck the Emperor, for it seemed to him as if they were right; but
    he thought to himself, ‘I must go on with the procession now. And the
    chamberlains walked along still more uprightly, holding up the train
    which was not there at all.

     

    THE GOLDEN CRAB(5)

    (5) ‘Prinz Krebs,’ from Griechische Mahrchen. Schmidt.

    Once upon a time there was a fisherman who had a wife and three
    children. Every morning he used to go out fishing, and whatever fish he
    caught he sold to the King. One day, among the other fishes, he caught
    a golden crab. When he came home he put all the fishes together into
    a great dish, but he kept the Crab separate because it shone so
    beautifully, and placed it upon a high shelf in the cupboard. Now while
    the old woman, his wife, was cleaning the fish, and had tucked up her
    gown so that her feet were visible, she suddenly heard a voice, which
    said:

    ‘Let down, let down thy petticoat
    That lets thy feet be seen.’

    She turned round in surprise, and then she saw the little creature, the
    Golden Crab.

    ‘What! You can speak, can you, you ridiculous crab?’ she said, for she
    was not quite pleased at the Crab’s remarks. Then she took him up and
    placed him on a dish.

    When her husband came home and they sat down to dinner, they presently
    heard the Crab’s little voice saying, ‘Give me some too.’ They were all
    very much surprised, but they gave him something to eat. When the old
    man came to take away the plate which had contained the Crab’s dinner,
    he found it full of gold, and as the same thing happened every day he
    soon became very fond of the Crab.

    One day the Crab said to the fisherman’s wife, ‘Go to the King and tell
    him I wish to marry his younger daughter.’

    The old woman went accordingly, and laid the matter before the King, who
    laughed a little at the notion of his daughter marrying a crab, but did
    not decline the proposal altogether, because he was a prudent monarch,
    and knew that the Crab was likely to be a prince in disguise. He said,
    therefore, to the fisherman’s wife, ‘Go, old woman, and tell the Crab I
    will give him my daughter if by to-morrow morning he can build a wall in
    front of my castle much higher than my tower, upon which all the flowers
    of the world must grow and bloom.’

    The fisherman’s wife went home and gave this message.

    Then the Crab gave her a golden rod, and said, ‘Go and strike with this
    rod three times upon the ground on the place which the King showed you,
    and to-morrow morning the wall will be there.’

    The old woman did so and went away again.

    The next morning, when the King awoke, what do you think he saw? The
    wall stood there before his eyes, exactly as he had bespoken it!

    Then the old woman went back to the King and said to him, ‘Your
    Majesty’s orders have been fulfilled.’

    ‘That is all very well,’ said the King, ‘but I cannot give away my
    daughter until there stands in front of my palace a garden in which
    there are three fountains, of which the first must play gold, the second
    diamonds, and the third brilliants.’

    So the old woman had to strike again three times upon the ground with
    the rod, and the next morning the garden was there. The King now gave
    his consent, and the wedding was fixed for the very next day.

    Then the Crab said to the old fisherman, ‘Now take this rod; go and
    knock with it on a certain mountain; then a black man(6) will come out
    and ask you what you wish for. Answer him thus: ‘’Your master, the King,
    has sent me to tell you that you must send him his golden garment that
    is like the sun.’’ Make him give you, besides, the queenly robes of gold
    and precious stones which are like the flowery meadows, and bring them
    both to me. And bring me also the golden cushion.’

    (6) Ein Mohr.

    The old man went and did his errand. When he had brought the precious
    robes, the Crab put on the golden garment and then crept upon the golden
    cushion, and in this way the fisherman carried him to the castle, where
    the Crab presented the other garment to his bride. Now the ceremony
    took place, and when the married pair were alone together the Crab made
    himself known to his young wife, and told her how he was the son of the
    greatest king in the world, and how he was enchanted, so that he became
    a crab by day and was a man only at night; and he could also change
    himself into an eagle as often as he wished. No sooner had he said this
    than he shook himself, and immediately became a handsome youth, but the
    next morning he was forced to creep back again into his crab-shell. And
    the same thing happened every day. But the Princess’s affection for the
    Crab, and the polite attention with which she behaved to him, surprised
    the royal family very much. They suspected some secret, but though they
    spied and spied, they could not discover it. Thus a year passed away,
    and the Princess had a son, whom she called Benjamin. But her mother
    still thought the whole matter very strange. At last she said to the
    King that he ought to ask his daughter whether she would not like to
    have another husband instead of the Crab? But when the daughter was
    questioned she only answered:

    ‘I am married to the Crab, and him only will I have.’

    Then the King said to her, ‘I will appoint a tournament in your honour,
    and I will invite all the princes in the world to it, and if any one of
    them pleases you, you shall marry him.’

    In the evening the Princess told this to the Crab, who said to her,
    ‘Take this rod, go to the garden gate and knock with it, then a black
    man will come out and say to you, ‘’Why have you called me, and what do
    you require of me?’’ Answer him thus: ‘Your master the King has sent me
    hither to tell you to send him his golden armour and his steed and the
    silver apple.’’ And bring them to me.’

    The Princess did so, and brought him what he desired.

    The following evening the Prince dressed himself for the tournament.
    Before he went he said to his wife, ‘Now mind you do not say when you
    see me that I am the Crab. For if you do this evil will come of it.
    Place yourself at the window with your sisters; I will ride by and throw
    you the silver apple. Take it in your hand, but if they ask you who I
    am, say that you do not know.’ So saying, he kissed her, repeated his
    warning once more, and went away.

    The Princess went with her sisters to the window and looked on at the
    tournament. Presently her husband rode by and threw the apple up to her.
    She caught it in her hand and went with it to her room, and by-and-by
    her husband came back to her. But her father was much surprised that she
    did not seem to care about any of the Princes; he therefore appointed a
    second tournament.

    The Crab then gave his wife the same directions as before, only this
    time the apple which she received from the black man was of gold. But
    before the Prince went to the tournament he said to his wife, ‘Now I
    know you will betray me to-day.’

    But she swore to him that she would not tell who he was. He then
    repeated his warning and went away.

    In the evening, while the Princess, with her mother and sisters, was
    standing at the window, the Prince suddenly galloped past on his steed
    and threw her the golden apple.

    Then her mother flew into a passion, gave her a box on the ear, and
    cried out, ‘Does not even that prince please you, you fool?’

    The Princess in her fright exclaimed, ‘That is the Crab himself!’

    Her mother was still more angry because she had not been told sooner,
    ran into her daughter’s room where the crab-shell was still lying, took
    it up and threw it into the fire. Then the poor Princess cried bitterly,
    but it was of no use; her husband did not come back.

    Now we must leave the Princess and turn to the other persons in the
    story. One day an old man went to a stream to dip in a crust of bread
    which he was going to eat, when a dog came out of the water, snatched
    the bread from his hand, and ran away. The old man ran after him,
    but the dog reached a door, pushed it open, and ran in, the old man
    following him. He did not overtake the dog, but found himself above a
    staircase, which he descended. Then he saw before him a stately palace,
    and, entering, he found in a large hall a table set for twelve persons.
    He hid himself in the hall behind a great picture, that he might see
    what would happen. At noon he heard a great noise, so that he trembled
    with fear. When he took courage to look out from behind the picture,
    he saw twelve eagles flying in. At this sight his fear became still
    greater. The eagles flew to the basin of a fountain that was there and
    bathed themselves, when suddenly they were changed into twelve handsome
    youths. Now they seated themselves at the table, and one of them took
    up a goblet filled with wine, and said, ‘A health to my father!’ And
    another said, ‘A health to my mother!’ and so the healths went round.
    Then one of them said:

    ‘A health to my dearest lady,
    Long may she live and well!
    But a curse on the cruel mother
    That burnt my golden shell!’

    And so saying he wept bitterly. Then the youths rose from the table,
    went back to the great stone fountain, turned themselves into eagles
    again, and flew away.

    Then the old man went away too, returned to the light of day, and went
    home. Soon after he heard that the Princess was ill, and that the only
    thing that did her good was having stories told to her. He therefore
    went to the royal castle, obtained an audience of the Princess, and told
    her about the strange things he had seen in the underground palace. No
    sooner had he finished than the Princess asked him whether he could find
    the way to that palace.

    ‘Yes,’ he answered, ‘certainly.’

    And now she desired him to guide her thither at once. The old man did
    so, and when they came to the palace he hid her behind the great picture
    and advised her to keep quite still, and he placed himself behind
    the picture also. Presently the eagles came flying in, and changed
    themselves into young men, and in a moment the Princess recognised her
    husband amongst them all, and tried to come out of her hiding-place; but
    the old man held her back. The youths seated themselves at the table;
    and now the Prince said again, while he took up the cup of wine:

    ‘A health to my dearest lady,
    Long may she live and well!
    But a curse on the cruel mother
    That burnt my golden shell!’

    Then the Princess could restrain herself no longer, but ran forward and
    threw her arms round her husband. And immediately he knew her again, and
    said:

    ‘Do you remember how I told you that day that you would betray me?
    Now you see that I spoke the truth. But all that bad time is past. Now
    listen to me: I must still remain enchanted for three months. Will you
    stay here with me till that time is over?’

    So the Princess stayed with him, and said to the old man, ‘Go back to
    the castle and tell my parents that I am staying here.’

    Her parents were very much vexed when the old man came back and told
    them this, but as soon as the three months of the Prince’s enchantment
    were over, he ceased to be an eagle and became once more a man, and they
    returned home together. And then they lived happily, and we who hear the
    story are happier still.

     

    THE IRON STOVE(7)

    (7) Grimm.

    Once upon a time when wishes came true there was a king’s son who was
    enchanted by an old witch, so that he was obliged to sit in a large iron
    stove in a wood. There he lived for many years, and no one could free
    him. At last a king’s daughter came into the wood; she had lost her way,
    and could not find her father’s kingdom again. She had been wandering
    round and round for nine days, and she came at last to the iron case. A
    voice came from within and asked her, ‘Where do you come from, and where
    do you want to go?’ She answered, ‘I have lost my way to my father’s
    kingdom, and I shall never get home again.’ Then the voice from the iron
    stove said, ‘I will help you to find your home again, and that in a very
    short time, if you will promise to do what I ask you. I am a greater
    prince than you are a princess, and I will marry you.’ Then she grew
    frightened, and thought, ‘What can a young lassie do with an iron
    stove?’ But as she wanted very much to go home to her father, she
    promised to do what he wished.

    He said, ‘You must come again, and bring a knife with you to scrape a
    hole in the iron.’

    Then he gave her someone for a guide, who walked near her and said
    nothing, but he brought her in two hours to her house. There was great
    joy in the castle when the Princess came back, and the old King fell on
    her neck and kissed her. But she was very much troubled, and said, ‘Dear
    father, listen to what has befallen me! I should never have come home
    again out of the great wild wood if I had not come to an iron stove,
    to whom I have had to promise that I will go back to free him and marry
    him!’ The old King was so frightened that he nearly fainted, for she was
    his only daughter. So they consulted together, and determined that the
    miller’s daughter, who was very beautiful, should take her place. They
    took her there, gave her a knife, and said she must scrape at the iron
    stove. She scraped for twenty-four hours, but did not make the least
    impression. When the day broke, a voice called from the iron stove, ‘It
    seems to me that it is day outside.’ Then she answered, ‘It seems so to
    me; I think I hear my father’s mill rattling.’

    ‘So you are a miller’s daughter! Then go away at once, and tell the
    King’s daughter to come.’

    Then she went away, and told the old King that the thing inside the
    iron stove would not have her, but wanted the Princess. The old King was
    frightened, and his daughter wept. But they had a swineherd’s daughter
    who was even more beautiful than the miller’s daughter, and they gave
    her a piece of gold to go to the iron stove instead of the Princess.
    Then she was taken out, and had to scrape for four-and-twenty hours, but
    she could make no impression. As soon as the day broke the voice from
    the stove called out, ‘It seems to be daylight outside.’ Then she
    answered, ‘It seems so to me too; I think I hear my father blowing his
    horn.’ ‘So you are a swineherd’s daughter! Go away at once, and let the
    King’s daughter come. And say to her that what I foretell shall come to
    pass, and if she does not come everything in the kingdom shall fall into
    ruin, and not one stone shall be left upon another.’ When the Princess
    heard this she began to cry, but it was no good; she had to keep her
    word. She took leave of her father, put a knife in her belt, and went
    to the iron stove in the wood. As soon as she reached it she began to
    scrape, and the iron gave way and before two hours had passed she had
    made a little hole. Then she peeped in and saw such a beautiful youth
    all shining with gold and precious stones that she fell in love with him
    on the spot. So she scraped away harder than ever, and made the hole
    so large that he could get out. Then he said, ‘You are mine, and I am
    thine; you are my bride and have set me free!’ He wanted to take her
    with him to his kingdom, but she begged him just to let her go once more
    to her father; and the Prince let her go, but told her not to say more
    than three words to her father, then to come back again. So she went
    home, but alas! she said MORE THAN THREE WORDS; and immediately the iron
    stove vanished and went away over a mountain of glass and sharp swords.
    But the Prince was free, and was no longer shut up in it. Then she said
    good-bye to her father, and took a little money with her, and went again
    into the great wood to look for the iron stove; but she could not find
    it. She sought it for nine days, and then her hunger became so great
    that she did not know how she could live any longer. And when it was
    evening she climbed a little tree and wished that the night would not
    come, because she was afraid of the wild beasts. When midnight came she
    saw afar off a little light, and thought, ‘Ah! if only I could reach
    that!’ Then she got down from the tree and went towards the light. She
    came to a little old house with a great deal of grass growing round, and
    stood in front of a little heap of wood. She thought, ‘Alas! what am I
    coming to?’ and peeped through the window; but she saw nothing inside
    except big and little toads, and a table beautifully spread with roast
    meats and wine, and all the dishes and drinking-cups were of silver.
    Then she took heart and knocked. Then a fat toad called out:

    ‘Little green toad with leg like crook,
    Open wide the door, and look
    Who it was the latch that shook.’

    And a little toad came forward and let her in. When she entered they
    all bid her welcome, and made her sit down. They asked her how she came
    there and what she wanted. Then she told everything that had happened
    to her, and how, because she had exceeded her permission only to speak
    three words, the stove had disappeared with the Prince; and how she had
    searched a very long time, and must wander over mountain and valley till
    she found him.

    Then the old toad said:

    ‘Little green toad whose leg doth twist,
    Go to the corner of which you wist,
    And bring to me the large old kist.’

    And the little toad went and brought out a great chest. Then they gave
    her food and drink, and led her to a beautifully made bed of silk and
    samite, on which she lay down and slept soundly. When the day dawned she
    arose, and the old toad gave her three things out of the huge chest to
    take with her. She would have need of them, for she had to cross a high
    glass mountain, three cutting swords, and a great lake. When she had
    passed these she would find her lover again. So she was given three
    large needles, a plough-wheel, and three nuts, which she was to take
    great care of. She set out with these things, and when she came to the
    glass mountain which was so slippery she stuck the three needles behind
    her feet and then in front, and so got over it, and when she was on the
    other side put them carefully away.

    Then she reached the three cutting swords, and got on her plough-wheel
    and rolled over them. At last she came to a great lake, and, when she
    had crossed that, arrived at a beautiful castle. She went in and gave
    herself out as a servant, a poor maid who would gladly be engaged. But
    she knew that the Prince whom she had freed from the iron stove in the
    great wood was in the castle. So she was taken on as a kitchen-maid for
    very small wages. Now the Prince was about to marry another princess,
    for he thought she was dead long ago.

    In the evening, when she had washed up and was ready, she felt in her
    pocket and found the three nuts which the old toad had given her. She
    cracked one and was going to eat the kernel, when behold! there was a
    beautiful royal dress inside it! When the bride heard of this, she came
    and begged for the dress, and wanted to buy it, saying that it was not a
    dress for a serving-maid. Then she said she would not sell it unless she
    was granted one favour–namely, to sleep by the Prince’s door. The bride
    granted her this, because the dress was so beautiful and she had so few
    like it. When it was evening she said to her bridegroom, ‘That stupid
    maid wants to sleep by your door.’

    ‘If you are contented, I am,’ he said. But she gave him a glass of wine
    in which she had poured a sleeping-draught. Then they both went to his
    room, but he slept so soundly that she could not wake him. The maid wept
    all night long, and said, ‘I freed you in the wild wood out of the iron
    stove; I have sought you, and have crossed a glassy mountain, three
    sharp swords, and a great lake before I found you, and will you not hear
    me now?’ The servants outside heard how she cried the whole night, and
    they told their master in the morning.

    When she had washed up the next evening she bit the second nut, and
    there was a still more beautiful dress inside. When the bride saw it she
    wanted to buy it also. But the maid did not want money, and asked that
    she should sleep again by the Prince’s door. The bride, however, gave
    him a sleeping-draught, and he slept so soundly that he heard nothing.
    But the kitchen-maid wept the whole night long, and said, ‘I have freed
    you in a wood and from an iron stove; I sought you and have crossed a
    glassy mountain, three sharp swords, and a great lake to find you, and
    now you will not hear me!’ The servants outside heard how she cried the
    whole night, and in the morning they told their master.

    And when she had washed up on the third night she bit the third nut,
    and there was a still more beautiful dress inside that was made of pure
    gold. When the bride saw it she wanted to have it, but the maid would
    only give it her on condition that she should sleep for the third
    time by the Prince’s door. But the Prince took care not to drink
    the sleeping-draught. When she began to weep and to say, ‘Dearest
    sweetheart, I freed you in the horrible wild wood, and from an iron
    stove,’ he jumped up and said, ‘You are right. You are mine, and I am
    thine.’ Though it was still night, he got into a carriage with her, and
    they took the false bride’s clothes away, so that she could not follow
    them. When they came to the great lake they rowed across, and when they
    reached the three sharp swords they sat on the plough-wheel, and on the
    glassy mountain they stuck the three needles in. So they arrived at last
    at the little old house, but when they stepped inside it turned into
    a large castle. The toads were all freed, and were beautiful King’s
    children, running about for joy. There they were married, and they
    remained in the castle, which was much larger than that of the
    Princess’s father’s. But because the old man did not like being left
    alone, they went and fetched him. So they had two kingdoms and lived in
    great wealth.

    A mouse has run,
    My story’s done.

     

    THE DRAGON AND HIS GRANDMOTHER

    There was once a great war, and the King had a great many soldiers, but
    he gave them so little pay that they could not live upon it. Then three
    of them took counsel together and determined to desert.

    One of them said to the others, ‘If we are caught, we shall be hanged
    on the gallows; how shall we set about it?’ The other said, ‘Do you see
    that large cornfield there? If we were to hide ourselves in that, no
    one could find us. The army cannot come into it, and to-morrow it is to
    march on.’

    They crept into the corn, but the army did not march on, but remained
    encamped close around them. They sat for two days and two nights in
    the corn, and grew so hungry that they nearly died; but if they were to
    venture out, it was certain death.

    They said at last, ‘What use was it our deserting? We must perish here
    miserably.’

    Whilst they were speaking a fiery dragon came flying through the air. It
    hovered near them, and asked why they were hidden there.

    They answered, ‘We are three soldiers, and have deserted because our pay
    was so small. Now if we remain here we shall die of hunger, and if we
    move out we shall be strung up on the gallows.’

    ‘If you will serve me for seven years,’ said the dragon, I will lead you
    through the midst of the army so that no one shall catch you.’ ‘We have
    no choice, and must take your offer,’ said they. Then the dragon seized
    them in his claws, took them through the air over the army, and set them
    down on the earth a long way from it.

    He gave them a little whip, saying, ‘Whip and slash with this, and as
    much money as you want will jump up before you. You can then live as
    great lords, keep horses, and drive about in carriages. But after seven
    years you are mine.’ Then he put a book before them, which he made all
    three of them sign. ‘I will then give you a riddle,’ he said; ‘if you
    guess it, you shall be free and out of my power.’ The dragon then flew
    away, and they journeyed on with their little whip. They had as much
    money as they wanted, wore grand clothes, and made their way into the
    world. Wherever they went they lived in merrymaking and splendour, drove
    about with horses and carriages, ate and drank, but did nothing wrong.

    The time passed quickly away, and when the seven years were nearly ended
    two of them grew terribly anxious and frightened, but the third
    made light of it, saying, ‘Don’t be afraid, brothers, I wasn’t born
    yesterday; I will guess the riddle.’

    They went into a field, sat down, and the two pulled long faces. An old
    woman passed by, and asked them why they were so sad. ‘Alas! what have
    you to do with it? You cannot help us.’ ‘Who knows?’ she answered. ‘Only
    confide your trouble in me.’

    Then they told her that they had become the servants of the Dragon for
    seven long years, and how he had given them money as plentifully as
    blackberries; but as they had signed their names they were his, unless
    when the seven years had passed they could guess a riddle. The old woman
    said, ‘If you would help yourselves, one of you must go into the wood,
    and there he will come upon a tumble-down building of rocks which looks
    like a little house. He must go in, and there he will find help.’

    The two melancholy ones thought, ‘That won’t save us!’ and they remained
    where they were. But the third and merry one jumped up and went into the
    wood till he found the rock hut. In the hut sat a very old woman, who
    was the Dragon’s grandmother. She asked him how he came, and what was
    his business there. He told her all that happened, and because she was
    pleased with him she took compassion on him, and said she would help
    him.

    She lifted up a large stone which lay over the cellar, saying, ‘Hide
    yourself there; you can hear all that is spoken in this room. Only sit
    still and don’t stir. When the Dragon comes, I will ask him what the
    riddle is, for he tells me everything; then listen carefully what he
    answers.’

    At midnight the Dragon flew in, and asked for his supper. His
    grandmother laid the table, and brought out food and drink till he was
    satisfied, and they ate and drank together. Then in the course of the
    conversation she asked him what he had done in the day, and how many
    souls he had conquered.

    ‘I haven’t had much luck to-day,’ he said, ‘but I have a tight hold on
    three soldiers.’

    ‘Indeed! three soldiers!’ said she. ‘Who cannot escape you?’

    ‘They are mine,’ answered the Dragon scornfully, ‘for I shall only give
    them one riddle which they will never be able to guess.’

    ‘What sort of a riddle is it?’ she asked.

    ‘I will tell you this. In the North Sea lies a dead sea-cat–that shall
    be their roast meat; and the rib of a whale–that shall be their
    silver spoon; and the hollow foot of a dead horse–that shall be their
    wineglass.’

    When the Dragon had gone to bed, his old grandmother pulled up the stone
    and let out the soldier.

    ‘Did you pay attention to everything?’

    ‘Yes,’ he replied, ‘I know enough, and can help myself splendidly.’

    Then he went by another way through the window secretly, and in all
    haste back to his comrades. He told them how the Dragon had been
    outwitted by his grandmother, and how he had heard from his own lips the
    answer to the riddle.

    Then they were all delighted and in high spirits, took out their whip,
    and cracked so much money that it came jumping up from the ground.
    When the seven years had quite gone, the Fiend came with his book, and,
    pointing at the signatures, said, ‘I will take you underground with me;
    you shall have a meal there. If you can tell me what you will get for
    your roast meat, you shall be free, and shall also keep the whip.’

    Then said the first soldier, ‘In the North Sea lies a dead sea-cat; that
    shall be the roast meat.’

    The Dragon was much annoyed, and hummed and hawed a good deal, and asked
    the second, ‘But what shall be your spoon?’

    ‘The rib of a whale shall be our silver spoon.’

    The Dragon-made a face, and growled again three times, ‘Hum, hum, hum,’
    and said to the third, ‘Do you know what your wineglass shall be?’

    ‘An old horse’s hoof shall be our wineglass.’

    Then the Dragon flew away with a loud shriek, and had no more power over
    them. But the three soldiers took the little whip, whipped as much money
    as they wanted, and lived happily to their lives end.

     

    THE DONKEY CABBAGE

    There was once a young Hunter who went boldly into the forest. He had a
    merry and light heart, and as he went whistling along there came an ugly
    old woman, who said to him, ‘Good-day, dear hunter! You are very merry
    and contented, but I suffer hunger and thirst, so give me a trifle.’ The
    Hunter was sorry for the poor old woman, and he felt in his pocket and
    gave her all he could spare. He was going on then, but the old woman
    stopped him and said, ‘Listen, dear hunter, to what I say. Because of
    your kind heart I will make you a present. Go on your way, and in a
    short time you will come to a tree on which sit nine birds who have a
    cloak in their claws and are quarrelling over it. Then take aim with
    your gun and shoot in the middle of them; they will let the cloak fall,
    but one of the birds will be hit and will drop down dead. Take the cloak
    with you; it is a wishing-cloak, and when you throw it on your shoulders
    you have only to wish yourself at a certain place, and in the twinkling
    of an eye you are there. Take the heart out of the dead bird and swallow
    it whole, and early every morning when you get up you will find a gold
    piece under your pillow.’

    The Hunter thanked the wise woman, and thought to himself ‘These are
    splendid things she has promised me, if only they come to pass!’ So
    he walked on about a hundred yards, and then he heard above him in the
    branches such a screaming and chirping that he looked up, and there
    he saw a heap of birds tearing a cloth with their beaks and feet,
    shrieking, tugging, and fighting, as if each wanted it for himself.
    ‘Well,’ said the Hunter, ‘this is wonderful! It is just as the old woman
    said’; and he took his gun on his shoulder, pulled the trigger, and
    shot into the midst of them, so that their feathers flew about. Then the
    flock took flight with much screaming, but one fell dead, and the cloak
    fluttered down. Then the Hunter did as the old woman had told him: he
    cut open the bird, found its heart, swallowed it, and took the cloak
    home with him. The next morning when he awoke he remembered the promise,
    and wanted to see if it had come true. But when he lifted up his pillow,
    there sparkled the gold piece, and the next morning he found another,
    and so on every time he got up. He collected a heap of gold, but at
    last he thought to himself, ‘What good is all my gold to me if I stay
    at home? I will travel and look a bit about me in the world.’ So he took
    leave of his parents, slung his hunting knapsack and his gun round him,
    and journeyed into the world.

    It happened that one day he went through a thick wood, and when he came
    to the end of it there lay in the plain before him a large castle. At
    one of the windows in it stood an old woman with a most beautiful maiden
    by her side, looking out. But the old woman was a witch, and she said to
    the girl, ‘There comes one out of the wood who has a wonderful treasure
    in his body which we must manage to possess ourselves of, darling
    daughter; we have more right to it than he. He has a bird’s heart in
    him, and so every morning there lies a gold piece under his pillow.’

    She told her how they could get hold of it, and how she was to coax it
    from him, and at last threatened her angrily, saying, ‘And if you do not
    obey me, you shall repent it!’

    When the Hunter came nearer he saw the maiden, and said to himself, ‘I
    have travelled so far now that I will rest, and turn into this beautiful
    castle; money I have in plenty.’ But the real reason was that he had
    caught sight of the lovely face.

    He went into the house, and was kindly received and hospitably
    entertained. It was not long before he was so much in love with the
    witch-maiden that he thought of nothing else, and only looked in her
    eyes, and whatever she wanted, that he gladly did. Then the old witch
    said, ‘Now we must have the bird-heart; he will not feel when it is
    gone.’ She prepared a drink, and when it was ready she poured it in a
    goblet and gave it to the maiden, who had to hand it to the hunter.

    ‘Drink to me now, my dearest,’ she said. Then he took the goblet, and
    when he had swallowed the drink the bird-heart came out of his mouth.
    The maiden had to get hold of it secretly and then swallow it herself,
    for the old witch wanted to have it. Thenceforward he found no more gold
    under his pillow, and it lay under the maiden’s; but he was so much in
    love and so much bewitched that he thought of nothing except spending
    all his time with the maiden.

    Then the old witch said, ‘We have the bird-heart, but we must also get
    the wishing-cloak from him.’

    The maiden answered, ‘We will leave him that; he has already lost his
    wealth!’

    The old witch grew angry, and said, ‘Such a cloak is a wonderful thing,
    it is seldom to be had in the world, and have it I must and will.’ She
    beat the maiden, and said that if she did not obey it would go ill with
    her.

    So she did her mother’s bidding, and, standing one day by the window,
    she looked away into the far distance as if she were very sad.

    ‘Why are you standing there looking so sad?’ asked the Hunter.

    ‘Alas, my love,’ she replied, ‘over there lies the granite mountain
    where the costly precious stones grow. I have a great longing to go
    there, so that when I think of it I am very sad. For who can fetch them?
    Only the birds who fly; a man, never.’

    ‘If you have no other trouble,’ said the Hunter, ‘that one I can easily
    remove from your heart.’

    So he wrapped her round in his cloak and wished themselves to the
    granite mountain, and in an instant there they were, sitting on it! The
    precious stones sparkled so brightly on all sides that it was a pleasure
    to see them, and they collected the most beautiful and costly together.
    But now the old witch had through her caused the Hunter’s eyes to become
    heavy.

    He said to the maiden, ‘We will sit down for a little while and rest; I
    am so tired that I can hardly stand on my feet.’

    So they sat down, and he laid his head on her lap and fell asleep. As
    soon as he was sound asleep she unfastened the cloak from his shoulders,
    threw it on her own, left the granite and stones, and wished herself
    home again.

    But when the Hunter had finished his sleep and awoke, he found that his
    love had betrayed him and left him alone on the wild mountain. ‘Oh,’
    said he, ‘why is faithlessness so great in the world?’ and he sat down
    in sorrow and trouble, not knowing what to do.

    But the mountain belonged to fierce and huge giants, who lived on it
    and traded there, and he had not sat long before he saw three of them
    striding towards him. So he lay down as if he had fallen into a deep
    sleep.

    The giants came up, and the first pushed him with his foot, and said,
    ‘What sort of an earthworm is that?’

    The second said, ‘Crush him dead.’

    But the third said contemptuously, ‘It is not worth the trouble! Let him
    live; he cannot remain here, and if he goes higher up the mountain the
    clouds will take him and carry him off.’

    Talking thus they went away. But the Hunter had listened to their talk,
    and as soon as they had gone he rose and climbed to the summit. When he
    had sat there a little while a cloud swept by, and, seizing him, carried
    him away. It travelled for a time in the sky, and then it sank down and
    hovered over a large vegetable garden surrounded by walls, so that he
    came safely to the ground amidst cabbages and vegetables. The Hunter
    then looked about him, saying, ‘If only I had something to eat! I am so
    hungry, and it will go badly with me in the future, for I see here
    not an apple or pear or fruit of any kind–nothing but vegetables
    everywhere.’ At last he thought, ‘At a pinch I can eat a salad; it does
    not taste particularly nice, but it will refresh me.’ So he looked about
    for a good head and ate it, but no sooner had he swallowed a couple
    of mouthfuls than he felt very strange, and found himself wonderfully
    changed. Four legs began to grow on him, a thick head, and two long
    ears, and he saw with horror that he had changed into a donkey. But as
    he was still very hungry and this juicy salad tasted very good to his
    present nature, he went on eating with a still greater appetite. At last
    he got hold of another kind of cabbage, but scarcely had swallowed it
    when he felt another change, and he once more regained his human form.

    The Hunter now lay down and slept off his weariness. When he awoke
    the next morning he broke off a head of the bad and a head of the good
    cabbage, thinking, ‘This will help me to regain my own, and to punish
    faithlessness.’ Then he put the heads in his pockets, climbed the wall,
    and started off to seek the castle of his love. When he had wandered
    about for a couple of days he found it quite easily. He then browned his
    face quickly, so that his own mother would not have known him, and went
    into the castle, where he begged for a lodging.

    ‘I am so tired,’ he said, ‘I can go no farther.’

    The witch asked, ‘Countryman, who are you, and what is your business?’

    He answered, ‘I am a messenger of the King, and have been sent to seek
    the finest salad that grows under the sun. I have been so lucky as to
    find it, and am bringing it with me; but the heat of the sun is so great
    that the tender cabbage threatens to grow soft, and I do not know if I
    shall be able to bring it any farther.’

    When the old witch heard of the fine salad she wanted to eat it, and
    said, ‘Dear countryman, just let me taste the wonderful salad.’

    ‘Why not?’ he answered; ‘I have brought two heads with me, and will give
    you one.’

    So saying, he opened his sack and gave her the bad one. The witch
    suspected no evil, and her mouth watered to taste the new dish, so that
    she went into the kitchen to prepare it herself. When it was ready she
    could not wait till it was served at the table, but she immediately took
    a couple of leaves and put them in her mouth. No sooner, however, had
    she swallowed them than she lost human form, and ran into the courtyard
    in the shape of a donkey.

    Now the servant came into the kitchen, and when she saw the salad
    standing there ready cooked she was about to carry it up, but on the
    way, according to her old habit, she tasted it and ate a couple of
    leaves. Immediately the charm worked, and she became a donkey, and ran
    out to join the old witch, and the dish with the salad in it fell to
    the ground. In the meantime, the messenger was sitting with the lovely
    maiden, and as no one came with the salad, and she wanted very much to
    taste it, she said, ‘I don’t know where the salad is.’

    Then thought the Hunter, ‘The cabbage must have already begun to work.’
    And he said, ‘I will go to the kitchen and fetch it myself.’

    When he came there he saw the two donkeys running about in the
    courtyard, but the salad was lying on the ground.

    ‘That’s all right,’ said he; ‘two have had their share!’ And lifting the
    remaining leaves up, he laid them on the dish and brought them to the
    maiden.

    ‘I am bringing you the delicious food my own self,’ he said, ‘so that
    you need not wait any longer.’

    Then she ate, and, as the others had done, she at once lost her human
    form, and ran as a donkey into the yard.

    When the Hunter had washed his face, so that the changed ones might know
    him, he went into the yard, saying, ‘Now you shall receive a reward for
    your faithlessness.’

    He tied them all three with a rope, and drove them away till he came to
    a mill. He knocked at the window, and the miller put his head out and
    asked what he wanted.

    ‘I have three tiresome animals,’ he answered, ‘which I don’t want to
    keep any longer. If you will take them, give them food and stabling, and
    do as I tell you with them, I will pay you as much as you want.’

    The miller replied, ‘Why not? What shall I do with them?’

    Then the Hunter said that to the old donkey, which was the witch, three
    beatings and one meal; to the younger one, which was the servant, one
    beating and three meals; and to the youngest one, which was the maiden,
    no beating and three meals; for he could not find it in his heart to let
    the maiden be beaten.

    Then he went back into the castle, and he found there all that he
    wanted. After a couple of days the miller came and said that he must
    tell him that the old donkey which was to have three beatings and only
    one meal had died. ‘The two others,’ he added, ‘are certainly not dead,
    and get their three meals every day, but they are so sad that they
    cannot last much longer.’

    Then the Hunter took pity on them, laid aside his anger, and told the
    miller to drive them back again. And when they came he gave them some
    of the good cabbage to eat, so that they became human again. Then the
    beautiful maiden fell on her knees before him, saying, ‘Oh, my dearest,
    forgive me the ill I have done you! My mother compelled me to do it;
    it was against my will, for I love you dearly. Your wishing-cloak is
    hanging in a cupboard, and as for the bird-heart I will make a drink and
    give it back to you.’

    But he changed his mind, and said, ‘Keep it; it makes no difference, for
    I will take you to be my own dear true wife.’

    And the wedding was celebrated, and they lived happy together till
    death.

     

    THE LITTLE GREEN FROG(8)

    (8) Cabinet des Fees.

    In a part of the world whose name I forget lived once upon a time two
    kings, called Peridor and Diamantino. They were cousins as well as
    neighbours, and both were under the protection of the fairies; though it
    is only fair to say that the fairies did not love them half so well as
    their wives did.

    Now it often happens that as princes can generally manage to get their
    own way it is harder for them to be good than it is for common people.
    So it was with Peridor and Diamantino; but of the two, the fairies
    declared that Diamantino was much the worst; indeed, he behaved so badly
    to his wife Aglantino, that the fairies would not allow him to live any
    longer; and he died, leaving behind him a little daughter. As she was an
    only child, of course this little girl was the heiress of the kingdom,
    but, being still only a baby, her mother, the widow of Diamantino, was
    proclaimed regent. The Queen-dowager was wise and good, and tried her
    best to make her people happy. The only thing she had to vex her was
    the absence of her daughter; for the fairies, for reasons of their own,
    determined to bring up the little Princess Serpentine among themselves.

    As to the other King, he was really fond of his wife, Queen Constance,
    but he often grieved her by his thoughtless ways, and in order to punish
    him for his carelessness, the fairies caused her to die quite suddenly.
    When she was gone the King felt how much he had loved her, and his grief
    was so great (though he never neglected his duties) that his subjects
    called him Peridor the Sorrowful. It seems hardly possible that any
    man should live like Peridor for fifteen years plunged in such depth of
    grief, and most likely he would have died too if it had not been for the
    fairies.

    The one comfort the poor King had was his son, Prince Saphir, who was
    only three years old at the time of his mother’s death, and great care
    was given to his education. By the time he was fifteen Saphir had learnt
    everything that a prince should know, and he was, besides, charming and
    agreeable.

    It was about this time that the fairies suddenly took fright lest his
    love for his father should interfere with the plans they had made for
    the young prince. So, to prevent this, they placed in a pretty little
    room of which Saphir was very fond a little mirror in a black frame,
    such as were often brought from Venice. The Prince did not notice
    for some days that there was anything new in the room, but at last
    he perceived it, and went up to look at it more closely. What was his
    surprise to see reflected in the mirror, not his own face, but that of
    a young girl as lovely as the morning! And, better still, every movement
    of the girl, just growing out of childhood, was also reflected in the
    wonderful glass.

    As might have been expected, the young Prince lost his heart completely
    to the beautiful image, and it was impossible to get him out of the
    room, so busy was he in watching the lovely unknown. Certainly it was
    very delightful to be able to see her whom he loved at any moment he
    chose, but his spirits sometimes sank when he wondered what was to be
    the end of this adventure.

    The magic mirror had been for about a year in the Prince’s possession,
    when one day a new subject of disquiet seized upon him. As usual, he was
    engaged in looking at the girl, when suddenly he thought he saw a second
    mirror reflected in the first, exactly like his own, and with the same
    power. And in this he was perfectly right. The young girl had only
    possessed it for a short time, and neglected all her duties for the sake
    of the mirror. Now it was not difficult for Saphir to guess the reason
    of the change in her, nor why the new mirror was consulted so often;
    but try as he would he could never see the face of the person who was
    reflected in it, for the young girl’s figure always came between. All he
    knew was that the face was that of a man, and this was quite enough to
    make him madly jealous. This was the doing of the fairies, and we must
    suppose that they had their reasons for acting as they did.

    When these things happened Saphir was about eighteen years old, and
    fifteen years had passed away since the death of his mother. King
    Peridor had grown more and more unhappy as time went on, and at last he
    fell so ill that it seemed as if his days were numbered. He was so much
    beloved by his subjects that this sad news was heard with despair by the
    nation, and more than all by the Prince.

    During his whole illness the King never spoke of anything but the Queen,
    his sorrow at having grieved her, and his hope of one day seeing her
    again. All the doctors and all the water-cures in the kingdom had been
    tried, and nothing would do him any good. At last he persuaded them to
    let him lie quietly in his room, where no one came to trouble him.

    Perhaps the worst pain he had to bear was a sort of weight on his chest,
    which made it very hard for him to breathe. So he commanded his servants
    to leave the windows open in order that he might get more air. One day,
    when he had been left alone for a few minutes, a bird with brilliant
    plumage came and fluttered round the window, and finally rested on the
    sill. His feathers were sky-blue and gold, his feet and his beak of such
    glittering rubies that no one could bear to look at them, his eyes made
    the brightest diamonds look dull, and on his head he wore a crown. I
    cannot tell you what the crown was made of, but I am quite certain that
    it was still more splendid than all the rest. As to his voice I can
    say nothing about that, for the bird never sang at all. In fact, he did
    nothing but gaze steadily at the King, and as he gazed, the King felt
    his strength come back to him. In a little while the bird flew into the
    room, still with his eyes fixed on the King, and at every glance the
    strength of the sick man became greater, till he was once more as well
    as he used to be before the Queen died. Filled with joy at his cure,
    he tried to seize the bird to whom he owed it all, but, swifter than a
    swallow, it managed to avoid him. In vain he described the bird to
    his attendants, who rushed at his first call; in vain they sought the
    wonderful creature both on horse and foot, and summoned the fowlers to
    their aid: the bird could nowhere be found. The love the people bore
    King Peridor was so strong, and the reward he promised was so large,
    that in the twinkling of an eye every man, woman, and child had fled
    into the fields, and the towns were quite empty.

    All this bustle, however, ended in nothing but confusion, and, what
    was worse, the King soon fell back into the same condition as he was in
    before. Prince Saphir, who loved his father very dearly, was so unhappy
    at this that he persuaded himself that he might succeed where the others
    had failed, and at once prepared himself for a more distant search.
    In spite of the opposition he met with, he rode away, followed by his
    household, trusting to chance to help him. He had formed no plan, and
    there was no reason that he should choose one path more than another.
    His only idea was to make straight for those spots which were the
    favourite haunts of birds. But in vain he examined all the hedges and
    all the thickets; in vain he questioned everyone he met along the road.
    The more he sought the less he found.

    At last he came to one of the largest forests in all the world, composed
    entirely of cedars. But in spite of the deep shadows cast by the
    wide-spreading branches of the trees, the grass underneath was soft and
    green, and covered with the rarest flowers. It seemed to Saphir that
    this was exactly the place where the birds would choose to live, and
    he determined not to quit the wood until he had examined it from end to
    end. And he did more. He ordered some nets to be prepared and painted of
    the same colours as the bird’s plumage, thinking that we are all easily
    caught by what is like ourselves. In this he had to help him not only
    the fowlers by profession, but also his attendants, who excelled in this
    art. For a man is not a courtier unless he can do everything.

    After searching as usual for nearly a whole day Prince Saphir began
    to feel overcome with thirst. He was too tired to go any farther,
    when happily he discovered a little way off a bubbling fountain of the
    clearest water. Being an experienced traveller, he drew from his pocket
    a little cup (without which no one should ever take a journey), and was
    just about to dip it in the water, when a lovely little green frog,
    much prettier than frogs generally are, jumped into the cup. Far from
    admiring its beauty, Saphir shook it impatiently off; but it was no
    good, for quick as lightning the frog jumped back again. Saphir, who was
    raging with thirst, was just about to shake it off anew, when the little
    creature fixed upon him the most beautiful eyes in the world, and said,
    ‘I am a friend of the bird you are seeking, and when you have quenched
    your thirst listen to me.’

    So the Prince drank his fill, and then, by the command of the Little
    Green Frog, he lay down on the grass to rest himself.

    ‘Now,’ she began, ‘be sure you do exactly in every respect what I tell
    you. First you must call together your attendants, and order them to
    remain in a little hamlet close by until you want them. Then go, quite
    alone, down a road that you will find on your right hand, looking
    southwards. This road is planted all the way with cedars of Lebanon; and
    after going down it a long way you will come at last to a magnificent
    castle. And now,’ she went on, ‘attend carefully to what I am going to
    say. Take this tiny grain of sand, and put it into the ground as close
    as you can to the gate of the castle. It has the virtue both of opening
    the gate and also of sending to sleep all the inhabitants. Then go at
    once to the stable, and pay no heed to anything except what I tell you.
    Choose the handsomest of all the horses, leap quickly on its back, and
    come to me as fast as you can. Farewell, Prince; I wish you good
    luck,’ and with these words the Little Frog plunged into the water and
    disappeared.

    The Prince, who felt more hopeful than he had done since he left home,
    did precisely as he had been ordered. He left his attendants in the
    hamlet, found the road the frog had described to him, and followed it
    all alone, and at last he arrived at the gate of the castle, which was
    even more splendid than he had expected, for it was built of crystal,
    and all its ornaments were of massive gold. However, he had no thoughts
    to spare for its beauty, and quickly buried his grain of sand in the
    earth. In one instant the gates flew open, and all the dwellers inside
    fell sound asleep. Saphir flew straight to the stable, and already had
    his hand on the finest horse it contained, when his eye was caught by
    a suit of magnificent harness hanging up close by. It occurred to
    him directly that the harness belonged to the horse, and without ever
    thinking of harm (for indeed he who steals a horse can hardly be blamed
    for taking his saddle), he hastily placed it on the animal’s back.
    Suddenly the people in the castle became broad awake, and rushed to the
    stable. They flung themselves on the Prince, seized him, and dragged him
    before their lord; but, luckily for the Prince, who could only find very
    lame excuses for his conduct, the lord of the castle took a fancy to his
    face, and let him depart without further questions.

    Very sad, and very much ashamed of himself poor Saphir crept back to the
    fountain, where the Frog was awaiting him with a good scolding.

    ‘Whom do you take me for?’ she exclaimed angrily. ‘Do you really believe
    that it was just for the pleasure of talking that I gave you the advice
    you have neglected so abominably?’

    But the Prince was so deeply grieved, and apologised so very humbly,
    that after some time the heart of the good little Frog was softened, and
    she gave him another tiny little grain, but instead of being sand it was
    now a grain of gold. She directed him to do just as he had done before,
    with only this difference, that instead of going to the stable which
    had been the ruin of his hopes, he was to enter right into the castle
    itself, and to glide as fast as he could down the passages till he came
    to a room filled with perfume, where he would find a beautiful maiden
    asleep on a bed. He was to wake the maiden instantly and carry her off,
    and to be sure not to pay any heed to whatever resistance she might
    make.

    The Prince obeyed the Frog’s orders one by one, and all went well for
    this second time also. The gate opened, the inhabitants fell sound
    asleep, and he walked down the passage till he found the girl on her
    bed, exactly as he had been told he would. He woke her, and begged her
    firmly, but politely, to follow him quickly. After a little persuasion
    the maiden consented, but only on condition that she was allowed first
    to put on her dress. This sounded so reasonable and natural that it did
    not enter the Prince’s head to refuse her request.

    But the maiden’s hand had hardly touched the dress when the palace
    suddenly awoke from its sleep, and the Prince was seized and bound. He
    was so vexed with his own folly, and so taken aback at the disaster,
    that he did not attempt to explain his conduct, and things would have
    gone badly with him if his friends the fairies had not softened the
    hearts of his captors, so that they once more allowed him to leave
    quietly. However, what troubled him most was the idea of having to meet
    the Frog who had been his benefactress. How was he ever to appear before
    her with this tale? Still, after a long struggle with himself, he made
    up his mind that there was nothing else to be done, and that he deserved
    whatever she might say to him. And she said a great deal, for she had
    worked herself into a terrible passion; but the Prince humbly implored
    her pardon, and ventured to point out that it would have been very hard
    to refuse the young lady’s reasonable request. ‘You must learn to do as
    you are told,’ was all the Frog would reply.

    But poor Saphir was so unhappy, and begged so hard for forgiveness, that
    at last the Frog’s anger gave way, and she held up to him a tiny diamond
    stone. ‘Go back,’ she said, ‘to the castle, and bury this little diamond
    close to the door. But be careful not to return to the stable or to the
    bedroom; they have proved too fatal to you. Walk straight to the garden
    and enter through a portico, into a small green wood, in the midst of
    which is a tree with a trunk of gold and leaves of emeralds. Perched on
    this tree you will see the beautiful bird you have been seeking so long.
    You must cut the branch on which it is sitting, and bring it back to
    me without delay. But I warn you solemnly that if you disobey my
    directions, as you have done twice before, you have nothing more to
    expect either of me or anyone else.’

    With these words she jumped into the water, and the Prince, who had
    taken her threats much to heart, took his departure, firmly resolved not
    to deserve them. He found it all just as he had been told: the portico,
    the wood, the magnificent tree, and the beautiful bird, which was
    sleeping soundly on one of the branches. He speedily lopped off the
    branch, and though he noticed a splendid golden cage hanging close by,
    which would have been very useful for the bird to travel in, he left it
    alone, and came back to the fountain, holding his breath and walking on
    tip-toe all the way, for fear lest he should awake his prize. But what
    was his surprise, when instead of finding the fountain in the spot where
    he had left it, he saw in its place a little rustic palace built in
    the best taste, and standing in the doorway a charming maiden, at whose
    sight his mind seemed to give way.

    ‘What! Madam!’ he cried, hardly knowing what he said. ‘What! Is it you?’

    The maiden blushed and answered: ‘Ah, my lord, it is long since I first
    beheld your face, but I did not think you had ever seen mine.’

    ‘Oh, madam,’ replied he, ‘you can never guess the days and the hours I
    have passed lost in admiration of you.’ And after these words they each
    related all the strange things that had happened, and the more they
    talked the more they felt convinced of the truth of the images they
    had seen in their mirrors. After some time spent in the most tender
    conversation, the Prince could not restrain himself from asking the
    lovely unknown by what lucky chance she was wandering in the forest;
    where the fountain had gone; and if she knew anything of the Frog to
    whom he owed all his happiness, and to whom he must give up the bird,
    which, somehow or other, was still sound asleep.

    ‘Ah, my lord,’ she replied, with rather an awkward air, ‘as to the Frog,
    she stands before you. Let me tell you my story; it is not a long one. I
    know neither my country nor my parents, and the only thing I can say for
    certain is that I am called Serpentine. The fairies, who have taken
    care of me ever since I was born, wished me to be in ignorance as to my
    family, but they have looked after my education, and have bestowed on me
    endless kindness. I have always lived in seclusion, and for the last two
    years I have wished for nothing better. I had a mirror’–here shyness
    and embarrassment choked her words–but regaining her self-control,
    she added, ‘You know that fairies insist on being obeyed without
    questioning. It was they who changed the little house you saw before you
    into the fountain for which you are now asking, and, having turned me
    into a frog, they ordered me to say to the first person who came to the
    fountain exactly what I repeated to you. But, my lord, when you stood
    before me, it was agony to my heart, filled as it was with thoughts of
    you, to appear to your eyes under so monstrous a form. However, there
    was no help for it, and, painful as it was, I had to submit. I desired
    your success with all my soul, not only for your own sake, but also for
    my own, because I could not get back my proper shape till you had become
    master of the beautiful bird, though I am quite ignorant as to your
    reason for seeking it.’

    On this Saphir explained about the state of his father’s health, and all
    that has been told before.

    On hearing this story Serpentine grew very sad, and her lovely eyes
    filled with tears.

    ‘Ah, my lord,’ she said, ‘you know nothing of me but what you have seen
    in the mirror; and I, who cannot even name my parents, learn that you
    are a king’s son.’

    In vain Saphir declared that love made them equal; Serpentine would only
    reply: ‘I love you too much to allow you to marry beneath your rank. I
    shall be very unhappy, of course, but I shall never alter my mind. If
    I do not find from the fairies that my birth is worthy of you, then,
    whatever be my feelings, I will never accept your hand.’

    The conversation was at this point, and bid fair to last some time
    longer, when one of the fairies appeared in her ivory car, accompanied
    by a beautiful woman past her early youth. At this moment the bird
    suddenly awakened, and, flying on to Saphir’s shoulder (which it never
    afterwards left), began fondling him as well as a bird can do. The fairy
    told Serpentine that she was quite satisfied with her conduct, and made
    herself very agreeable to Saphir, whom she presented to the lady she had
    brought with her, explaining that the lady was no other than his Aunt
    Aglantine, widow of Diamantino.

    Then they all fell into each other’s arms, till the fairy mounted her
    chariot, placed Aglantine by her side, and Saphir and Serpentine on the
    front seat. She also sent a message to the Prince’s attendants that
    they might travel slowly back to the Court of King Peridor, and that
    the beautiful bird had really been found. This matter being comfortably
    arranged, she started off her chariot. But in spite of the swiftness
    with which they flew through the air, the time passed even quicker for
    Saphir and Serpentine, who had so much to think about.

    They were still quite confused with the pleasure of seeing each other,
    when the chariot arrived at King Peridor’s palace. He had had himself
    carried to a room on the roof, where his nurses thought that he would
    die at any moment. Directly the chariot drew within sight of the castle
    the beautiful bird took flight, and, making straight for the dying King,
    at once cured him of his sickness. Then she resumed her natural shape,
    and he found that the bird was no other than the Queen Constance, whom
    he had long believed to be dead. Peridor was rejoiced to embrace his
    wife and his son once more, and with the help of the fairies began to
    make preparations for the marriage of Saphir and Serpentine, who turned
    out to be the daughter of Aglantine and Diamantino, and as much a
    princess as he was a prince. The people of the kingdom were delighted,
    and everybody lived happy and contented to the end of their lives.

     

    THE SEVEN-HEADED SERPENT(9)

    (9) ‘Die Siebenkopfige Schlange,’ from Schmidt’s Griechische Mahrchen.

    Once upon a time there was a king who determined to take a long voyage.
    He assembled his fleet and all the seamen, and set out. They went
    straight on night and day, until they came to an island which was
    covered with large trees, and under every tree lay a lion. As soon as
    the King had landed his men, the lions all rose up together and tried
    to devour them. After a long battle they managed to overcome the
    wild beasts, but the greater number of the men were killed. Those who
    remained alive now went on through the forest and found on the other
    side of it a beautiful garden, in which all the plants of the world
    flourished together.

    There were also in the garden three springs: the first flowed with
    silver, the second with gold, and the third with pearls. The men
    unbuckled their knapsacks and filled them with those precious things. In
    the middle of the garden they found a large lake, and when they reached
    the edge of it the Lake began to speak, and said to them, ‘What men are
    you, and what brings you here? Are you come to visit our king?’ But they
    were too much frightened to answer.

    Then the Lake said, ‘You do well to be afraid, for it is at your peril
    that you are come hither. Our king, who has seven heads, is now asleep,
    but in a few minutes he will wake up and come to me to take his bath!
    Woe to anyone who meets him in the garden, for it is impossible to
    escape from him. This is what you must do if you wish to save your
    lives. Take off your clothes and spread them on the path which leads
    from here to the castle. The King will then glide over something soft,
    which he likes very much, and he will be so pleased with that that he
    will not devour you. He will give you some punishment, but then he will
    let you go.’

    The men did as the Lake advised them, and waited for a time. At noon the
    earth began to quake, and opened in many places, and out of the openings
    appeared lions, tigers, and other wild beasts, which surrounded the
    castle, and thousands and thousands of beasts came out of the castle
    following their king, the Seven-headed Serpent. The Serpent glided over
    the clothes which were spread for him, came to the Lake, and asked it
    who had strewed those soft things on the path? The Lake answered that
    it had been done by people who had come to do him homage. The King
    commanded that the men should be brought before him. They came humbly on
    their knees, and in a few words told him their story. Then he spoke to
    them with a mighty and terrible voice, and said, ‘Because you have dared
    to come here, I lay upon you the punishment. Every year you must bring
    me from among your people twelve youths and twelve maidens, that I may
    devour them. If you do not do this, I will destroy your whole nation.’

    Then he desired one of his beasts to show the men the way out of the
    garden, and dismissed them. They then left the island and went back to
    their own country, where they related what had happened to them. Soon
    the time came round when the king of the beasts would expect the
    youths and maidens to be brought to him. The King therefore issued
    a proclamation inviting twelve youths and twelve maidens to offer
    themselves up to save their country; and immediately many young people,
    far more than enough, hastened to do so. A new ship was built, and set
    with black sails, and in it the youths and maidens who were appointed
    for the king of the beasts embarked and set out for his country. When
    they arrived there they went at once to the Lake, and this time the
    lions did not stir, nor did the springs flow, and neither did the Lake
    speak. So they waited then, and it was not long before the earth quaked
    even more terribly than the first time. The Seven-headed Serpent came
    without his train of beasts, saw his prey waiting for him, and devoured
    it at one mouthful. Then the ship’s crew returned home, and the same
    thing happened yearly until many years had passed.

    Now the King of this unhappy country was growing old, and so was the
    Queen, and they had no children. One day the Queen was sitting at the
    window weeping bitterly because she was childless, and knew that the
    crown would therefore pass to strangers after the King’s death. Suddenly
    a little old woman appeared before her, holding an apple in her hand,
    and said, ‘Why do you weep, my Queen, and what makes you so unhappy?’

    ‘Alas, good mother,’ answered the Queen, ‘I am unhappy because I have no
    children.’

    ‘Is that what vexes you?’ said the old woman. ‘Listen to me. I am a nun
    from the Spinning Convent,(10) and my mother when she died left me this
    apple. Whoever eats this apple shall have a child.’

    (10) Convent Gnothi.

    The Queen gave money to the old woman, and bought the apple from her.
    Then she peeled it, ate it, and threw the rind out of the window, and it
    so happened that a mare that was running loose in the court below ate up
    the rind. After a time the Queen had a little boy, and the mare also had
    a male foal. The boy and the foal grew up together and loved each other
    like brothers. In course of time the King died, and so did the Queen,
    and their son, who was now nineteen years old, was left alone. One day,
    when he and his horse were talking together, the Horse said to him,
    ‘Listen to me, for I love you and wish for your good and that of the
    country. If you go on every year sending twelve youths and twelve
    maidens to the King of the Beasts, your country will very soon be
    ruined. Mount upon my back: I will take you to a woman who can direct
    you how to kill the Seven-headed Serpent.’

    Then the youth mounted his horse, who carried him far away to a mountain
    which was hollow, for in its side was a great underground cavern. In the
    cavern sat an old woman spinning. This was the cloister of the nuns, and
    the old woman was the Abbess. They all spent their time in spinning, and
    that is why the convent has this name. All round the walls of the cavern
    there were beds cut out of the solid rock, upon which the nuns slept,
    and in the middle a light was burning. It was the duty of the nuns to
    watch the light in turns, that it might never go out, and if anyone of
    them let it go out the others put her to death.

    As soon as the King’s son saw the old Abbess spinning he threw himself
    at her feet and entreated her to tell him how he could kill the
    Seven-headed Serpent.

    She made the youth rise, embraced him, and said, ‘Know, my son, that it
    is I who sent the nun to your mother and caused you to be born, and with
    you the horse, with whose help you will be able to free the world from
    the monster. I will tell you what you have to do. Load your horse with
    cotton, and go by a secret passage which I will show you, which is
    hidden from the wild beasts, to the Serpent’s palace. You will find the
    King asleep upon his bed, which is all hung round with bells, and
    over his bed you will see a sword hanging. With this sword only it is
    possible to kill the Serpent, because even if its blade breaks a new one
    will grow again for every head the monster has. Thus you will be able
    to cut off all his seven heads. And this you must also do in order to
    deceive the King: you must slip into his bed-chamber very softly, and
    stop up all the bells which are round his bed with cotton. Then take
    down the sword gently, and quickly give the monster a blow on his tail
    with it. This will make him waken up, and if he catches sight of you he
    will seize you. But you must quickly cut off his first head, and then
    wait till the next one comes up. Then strike it off also, and so go on
    till you have cut off all his seven heads.’

    The old Abbess then gave the Prince her blessing, and he set out upon
    his enterprise, arrived at the Serpent’s castle by following the secret
    passage which she had shown him, and by carefully attending to all her
    directions he happily succeeded in killing the monster. As soon as
    the wild beasts heard of their king’s death, they all hastened to the
    castle, but the youth had long since mounted his horse and was already
    far out of their reach. They pursued him as fast as they could, but they
    found it impossible to overtake him, and he reached home in safety. Thus
    he freed his country from this terrible oppression.

     

    THE GRATEFUL BEASTS(11)

    (11) From the Hungarian. Kletke.

    There was once upon a time a man and woman who had three fine-looking
    sons, but they were so poor that they had hardly enough food for
    themselves, let alone their children. So the sons determined to set out
    into the world and to try their luck. Before starting their mother gave
    them each a loaf of bread and her blessing, and having taken a tender
    farewell of her and their father the three set forth on their travels.

    The youngest of the three brothers, whose name was Ferko, was a
    beautiful youth, with a splendid figure, blue eyes, fair hair, and a
    complexion like milk and roses. His two brothers were as jealous of him
    as they could be, for they thought that with his good looks he would be
    sure to be more fortunate than they would ever be.

    One day all the three were sitting resting under a tree, for the sun
    was hot and they were tired of walking. Ferko fell fast asleep, but the
    other two remained awake, and the eldest said to the second brother,
    ‘What do you say to doing our brother Ferko some harm? He is so
    beautiful that everyone takes a fancy to him, which is more than they do
    to us. If we could only get him out of the way we might succeed better.’

    ‘I quite agree with you,’ answered the second brother, ‘and my advice
    is to eat up his loaf of bread, and then to refuse to give him a bit
    of ours until he has promised to let us put out his eyes or break his
    legs.’

    His eldest brother was delighted with this proposal, and the two wicked
    wretches seized Ferko’s loaf and ate it all up, while the poor boy was
    still asleep.

    When he did awake he felt very hungry and turned to eat his bread, but
    his brothers cried out, ‘You ate your loaf in your sleep, you glutton,
    and you may starve as long as you like, but you won’t get a scrap of
    ours.’

    Ferko was at a loss to understand how he could have eaten in his sleep,
    but he said nothing, and fasted all that day and the next night. But
    on the following morning he was so hungry that he burst into tears, and
    implored his brothers to give him a little bit of their bread. Then the
    cruel creatures laughed, and repeated what they had said the day before;
    but when Ferko continued to beg and beseech them, the eldest said at
    last, ‘If you will let us put out one of your eyes and break one of your
    legs, then we will give you a bit of our bread.’

    At these words poor Ferko wept more bitterly than before, and bore the
    torments of hunger till the sun was high in the heavens; then he could
    stand it no longer, and he consented to allow his left eye to be put out
    and his left leg to be broken. When this was done he stretched out his
    hand eagerly for the piece of bread, but his brothers gave him such a
    tiny scrap that the starving youth finished it in a moment and besought
    them for a second bit.

    But the more Ferko wept and told his brothers that he was dying of
    hunger, the more they laughed and scolded him for his greed. So he
    endured the pangs of starvation all that day, but when night came his
    endurance gave way, and he let his right eye be put out and his right
    leg broken for a second piece of bread.

    After his brothers had thus successfully maimed and disfigured him for
    life, they left him groaning on the ground and continued their journey
    without him.

    Poor Ferko ate up the scrap of bread they had left him and wept
    bitterly, but no one heard him or came to his help. Night came on, and
    the poor blind youth had no eyes to close, and could only crawl along
    the ground, not knowing in the least where he was going. But when the
    sun was once more high in the heavens, Ferko felt the blazing heat
    scorch him, and sought for some cool shady place to rest his aching
    limbs. He climbed to the top of a hill and lay down in the grass, and as
    he thought under the shadow of a big tree. But it was no tree he leant
    against, but a gallows on which two ravens were seated. The one was
    saying to the other as the weary youth lay down, ‘Is there anything the
    least wonderful or remarkable about this neighbourhood?’

    ‘I should just think there was,’ replied the other; ‘many things that
    don’t exist anywhere else in the world. There is a lake down there below
    us, and anyone who bathes in it, though he were at death’s door, becomes
    sound and well on the spot, and those who wash their eyes with the dew
    on this hill become as sharp-sighted as the eagle, even if they have
    been blind from their youth.’

    ‘Well,’ answered the first raven, ‘my eyes are in no want of this
    healing bath, for, Heaven be praised, they are as good as ever they
    were; but my wing has been very feeble and weak ever since it was shot
    by an arrow many years ago, so let us fly at once to the lake that I may
    be restored to health and strength again.’ And so they flew away.

    Their words rejoiced Ferko’s heart, and he waited impatiently till
    evening should come and he could rub the precious dew on his sightless
    eyes.

    At last it began to grow dusk, and the sun sank behind the mountains;
    gradually it became cooler on the hill, and the grass grew wet with dew.
    Then Ferko buried his face in the ground till his eyes were damp with
    dewdrops, and in a moment he saw clearer than he had ever done in his
    life before. The moon was shining brightly, and lighted him to the lake
    where he could bathe his poor broken legs.

    Then Ferko crawled to the edge of the lake and dipped his limbs in the
    water. No sooner had he done so than his legs felt as sound and strong
    as they had been before, and Ferko thanked the kind fate that had led
    him to the hill where he had overheard the ravens’ conversation. He
    filled a bottle with the healing water, and then continued his journey
    in the best of spirits.

    He had not gone far before he met a wolf, who was limping disconsolately
    along on three legs, and who on perceiving Ferko began to howl dismally.

    ‘My good friend,’ said the youth, ‘be of good cheer, for I can soon heal
    your leg,’ and with these words he poured some of the precious water
    over the wolf’s paw, and in a minute the animal was springing about
    sound and well on all fours. The grateful creature thanked his
    benefactor warmly, and promised Ferko to do him a good turn if he should
    ever need it.

    Ferko continued his way till he came to a ploughed field. Here he
    noticed a little mouse creeping wearily along on its hind paws, for its
    front paws had both been broken in a trap.

    Ferko felt so sorry for the little beast that he spoke to it in the most
    friendly manner, and washed its small paws with the healing water. In
    a moment the mouse was sound and whole, and after thanking the kind
    physician it scampered away over the ploughed furrows.

    Ferko again proceeded on his journey, but he hadn’t gone far before a
    queen bee flew against him, trailing one wing behind her, which had been
    cruelly torn in two by a big bird. Ferko was no less willing to help
    her than he had been to help the wolf and the mouse, so he poured some
    healing drops over the wounded wing. On the spot the queen bee was
    cured, and turning to Ferko she said, ‘I am most grateful for your
    kindness, and shall reward you some day.’ And with these words she flew
    away humming, gaily.

    Then Ferko wandered on for many a long day, and at length reached
    a strange kingdom. Here, he thought to himself, he might as well
    go straight to the palace and offer his services to the King of the
    country, for he had heard that the King’s daughter was as beautiful as
    the day.

    So he went to the royal palace, and as he entered the door the first
    people he saw were his two brothers who had so shamefully ill-treated
    him. They had managed to obtain places in the King’s service, and when
    they recognised Ferko with his eyes and legs sound and well they were
    frightened to death, for they feared he would tell the King of their
    conduct, and that they would be hung.

    No sooner had Ferko entered the palace than all eyes were turned on the
    handsome youth, and the King’s daughter herself was lost in admiration,
    for she had never seen anyone so handsome in her life before. His
    brothers noticed this, and envy and jealousy were added to their fear,
    so much so that they determined once more to destroy him. They went to
    the King and told him that Ferko was a wicked magician, who had come to
    the palace with the intention of carrying off the Princess.

    Then the King had Ferko brought before him, and said, ‘You are accused
    of being a magician who wishes to rob me of my daughter, and I condemn
    you to death; but if you can fulfil three tasks which I shall set you to
    do your life shall be spared, on condition you leave the country; but if
    you cannot perform what I demand you shall be hung on the nearest tree.’

    And turning to the two wicked brothers he said, ‘Suggest something for
    him to do; no matter how difficult, he must succeed in it or die.’

    They did not think long, but replied, ‘Let him build your Majesty in one
    day a more beautiful palace than this, and if he fails in the attempt
    let him be hung.’

    The King was pleased with this proposal, and commanded Ferko to set to
    work on the following day. The two brothers were delighted, for they
    thought they had now got rid of Ferko for ever. The poor youth himself
    was heart-broken, and cursed the hour he had crossed the boundary of
    the King’s domain. As he was wandering disconsolately about the meadows
    round the palace, wondering how he could escape being put to death, a
    little bee flew past, and settling on his shoulder whispered in his ear,
    ‘What is troubling you, my kind benefactor? Can I be of any help to you?
    I am the bee whose wing you healed, and would like to show my gratitude
    in some way.’

    Ferko recognised the queen bee, and said, ‘Alas! how could you help me?
    for I have been set to do a task which no one in the whole world could
    do, let him be ever such a genius! To-morrow I must build a palace more
    beautiful than the King’s, and it must be finished before evening.’

    ‘Is that all?’ answered the bee, ‘then you may comfort yourself; for
    before the sun goes down to-morrow night a palace shall be built unlike
    any that King has dwelt in before. Just stay here till I come again and
    tell you that it is finished.’ Having said this she flew merrily away,
    and Ferko, reassured by her words, lay down on the grass and slept
    peacefully till the next morning.

    Early on the following day the whole town was on its feet, and everyone
    wondered how and where the stranger would build the wonderful palace.
    The Princess alone was silent and sorrowful, and had cried all night
    till her pillow was wet, so much did she take the fate of the beautiful
    youth to heart.

    Ferko spent the whole day in the meadows waiting the return of the bee.
    And when evening was come the queen bee flew by, and perching on his
    shoulder she said, ‘The wonderful palace is ready. Be of good cheer,
    and lead the King to the hill just outside the city walls.’ And humming
    gaily she flew away again.

    Ferko went at once to the King and told him the palace was finished. The
    whole court went out to see the wonder, and their astonishment was great
    at the sight which met their eyes. A splendid palace reared itself on
    the hill just outside the walls of the city, made of the most exquisite
    flowers that ever grew in mortal garden. The roof was all of crimson
    roses, the windows of lilies, the walls of white carnations, the floors
    of glowing auriculas and violets, the doors of gorgeous tulips and
    narcissi with sunflowers for knockers, and all round hyacinths and other
    sweet-smelling flowers bloomed in masses, so that the air was perfumed
    far and near and enchanted all who were present.

    This splendid palace had been built by the grateful queen bee, who had
    summoned all the other bees in the kingdom to help her.

    The King’s amazement knew no bounds, and the Princess’s eyes beamed with
    delight as she turned them from the wonderful building on the delighted
    Ferko. But the two brothers had grown quite green with envy, and only
    declared the more that Ferko was nothing but a wicked magician.

    The King, although he had been surprised and astonished at the way his
    commands had been carried out, was very vexed that the stranger should
    escape with his life, and turning to the two brothers he said, ‘He has
    certainly accomplished the first task, with the aid no doubt of his
    diabolical magic; but what shall we give him to do now? Let us make it
    as difficult as possible, and if he fails he shall die.’

    Then the eldest brother replied, ‘The corn has all been cut, but it has
    not yet been put into barns; let the knave collect all the grain in the
    kingdom into one big heap before to-morrow night, and if as much as a
    stalk of corn is left let him be put to death.

    The Princess grew white with terror when she heard these words; but
    Ferko felt much more cheerful than he had done the first time, and
    wandered out into the meadows again, wondering how he was to get out of
    the difficulty. But he could think of no way of escape. The sun sank to
    rest and night came on, when a little mouse started out of the grass
    at Ferko’s feet, and said to him, ‘I’m delighted to see you, my kind
    benefactor; but why are you looking so sad? Can I be of any help to you,
    and thus repay your great kindness to me?’

    Then Ferko recognised the mouse whose front paws he had healed, and
    replied, ‘Alas I how can you help me in a matter that is beyond any
    human power! Before to-morrow night all the grain in the kingdom has
    to be gathered into one big heap, and if as much as a stalk of corn is
    wanting I must pay for it with my life.’

    ‘Is that all?’ answered the mouse; ‘that needn’t distress you much. Just
    trust in me, and before the sun sets again you shall hear that your task
    is done.’ And with these words the little creature scampered away into
    the fields.

    Ferko, who never doubted that the mouse would be as good as its word,
    lay down comforted on the soft grass and slept soundly till next
    morning. The day passed slowly, and with the evening came the little
    mouse and said, ‘Now there is not a single stalk of corn left in any
    field; they are all collected in one big heap on the hill out there.’

    Then Ferko went joyfully to the King and told him that all he demanded
    had been done. And the whole Court went out to see the wonder, and were
    no less astonished than they had been the first time. For in a heap
    higher than the King’s palace lay all the grain of the country, and not
    a single stalk of corn had been left behind in any of the fields. And
    how had all this been done? The little mouse had summoned every other
    mouse in the land to its help, and together they had collected all the
    grain in the kingdom.

    The King could not hide his amazement, but at the same time his wrath
    increased, and he was more ready than ever to believe the two brothers,
    who kept on repeating that Ferko was nothing more nor less than a wicked
    magician. Only the beautiful Princess rejoiced over Ferko’s success, and
    looked on him with friendly glances, which the youth returned.

    The more the cruel King gazed on the wonder before him, the more
    angry he became, for he could not, in the face of his promise, put the
    stranger to death. He turned once more to the two brothers and said,
    ‘His diabolical magic has helped him again, but now what third task
    shall we set him to do? No matter how impossible it is, he must do it or
    die.’

    The eldest answered quickly, ‘Let him drive all the wolves of the
    kingdom on to this hill before to-morrow night. If he does this he may
    go free; if not he shall be hung as you have said.’

    At these words the Princess burst into tears, and when the King saw this
    he ordered her to be shut up in a high tower and carefully guarded till
    the dangerous magician should either have left the kingdom or been hung
    on the nearest tree.

    Ferko wandered out into the fields again, and sat down on the stump of
    a tree wondering what he should do next. Suddenly a big wolf ran up to
    him, and standing still said, ‘I’m very glad to see you again, my kind
    benefactor. What are you thinking about all alone by yourself? If I can
    help you in any way only say the word, for I would like to give you a
    proof of my gratitude.’

    Ferko at once recognised the wolf whose broken leg he had healed, and
    told him what he had to do the following day if he wished to escape with
    his life. ‘But how in the world,’ he added, ‘am I to collect all the
    wolves of the kingdom on to that hill over there?’

    ‘If that’s all you want done,’ answered the wolf, ‘you needn’t worry
    yourself. I’ll undertake the task, and you’ll hear from me again before
    sunset to-morrow. Keep your spirits up.’ And with these words he trotted
    quickly away.

    Then the youth rejoiced greatly, for now he felt that his life was safe;
    but he grew very sad when he thought of the beautiful Princess, and that
    he would never see her again if he left the country. He lay down once
    more on the grass and soon fell fast asleep.

    All the next day he spent wandering about the fields, and toward
    evening the wolf came running to him in a great hurry and said, ‘I have
    collected together all the wolves in the kingdom, and they are waiting
    for you in the wood. Go quickly to the King, and tell him to go to the
    hill that he may see the wonder you have done with his own eyes. Then
    return at once to me and get on my back, and I will help you to drive
    all the wolves together.’

    Then Ferko went straight to the palace and told the King that he was
    ready to perform the third task if he would come to the hill and see it
    done. Ferko himself returned to the fields, and mounting on the wolf’s
    back he rode to the wood close by.

    Quick as lightning the wolf flew round the wood, and in a minute many
    hundred wolves rose up before him, increasing in number every moment,
    till they could be counted by thousands. He drove them all before him on
    to the hill, where the King and his whole Court and Ferko’s two brothers
    were standing. Only the lovely Princess was not present, for she was
    shut up in her tower weeping bitterly.

    The wicked brothers stamped and foamed with rage when they saw the
    failure of their wicked designs. But the King was overcome by a sudden
    terror when he saw the enormous pack of wolves approaching nearer and
    nearer, and calling out to Ferko he said, ‘Enough, enough, we don’t want
    any more.’

    But the wolf on whose back Ferko sat, said to its rider, ‘Go on! go
    on!’ and at the same moment many more wolves ran up the hill, howling
    horribly and showing their white teeth.

    The King in his terror called out, ‘Stop a moment; I will give you half
    my kingdom if you will drive all the wolves away.’ But Ferko pretended
    not to hear, and drove some more thousands before him, so that everyone
    quaked with horror and fear.

    Then the King raised his voice again and called out, ‘Stop! you shall
    have my whole kingdom, if you will only drive these wolves back to the
    places they came from.’

    But the wolf kept on encouraging Ferko, and said, ‘Go on! go on!’ So he
    led the wolves on, till at last they fell on the King and on the wicked
    brothers, and ate them and the whole Court up in a moment.

    Then Ferko went straight to the palace and set the Princess free, and on
    the same day he married her and was crowned King of the country. And the
    wolves all went peacefully back to their own homes, and Ferko and his
    bride lived for many years in peace and happiness together, and were
    much beloved by great and small in the land.

     

    THE GIANTS AND THE HERD-BOY(12)

    (12) From the Bukowniaer. Von Wliolocki.

    There was once upon a time a poor boy who had neither father nor mother.
    In order to gain a living he looked after the sheep of a great Lord. Day
    and night he spent out in the open fields, and only when it was very
    wet and stormy did he take refuge in a little hut on the edge of a
    big forest. Now one night, when he was sitting on the grass beside his
    flocks, he heard not very far from him the sound as of some one crying.
    He rose up and followed the direction of the noise. To his dismay and
    astonishment he found a Giant lying at the entrance of the wood; he was
    about to run off as fast as his legs could carry him, when the Giant
    called out: ‘Don’t be afraid, I won’t harm you. On the contrary, I will
    reward you handsomely if you will bind up my foot. I hurt it when I was
    trying to root up an oak-tree.’ The Herd-boy took off his shirt, and
    bound up the Giant’s wounded foot with it. Then the Giant rose up and
    said, ‘Now come and I will reward you. We are going to celebrate a
    marriage to-day, and I promise you we shall have plenty of fun. Come and
    enjoy yourself, but in order that my brothers mayn’t see you, put this
    band round your waist and then you’ll be invisible.’ With these words
    he handed the Herd-boy a belt, and walking on in front he led him to
    a fountain where hundreds of Giants and Giantesses were assembled
    preparing to hold a wedding. They danced and played different games till
    midnight; then one of the Giants tore up a plant by its roots, and all
    the Giants and Giantesses made themselves so thin that they disappeared
    into the earth through the hole made by the uprooting of the plant. The
    wounded Giant remained behind to the last and called out, ‘Herd-boy,
    where are you?’ ‘Here I am, close to you,’ was the reply. ‘Touch me,’
    said the Giant, ‘so that you too may come with us under ground.’ The
    Herd-boy did as he was told, and before he could have believed it
    possible he found himself in a big hall, where even the walls were
    made of pure gold. Then to his astonishment he saw that the hall was
    furnished with the tables and chairs that belonged to his master. In a
    few minutes the company began to eat and drink.

    The banquet was a very gorgeous one, and the poor youth fell to and ate
    and drank lustily. When he had eaten and drunk as much as he could he
    thought to himself, ‘Why shouldn’t I put a loaf of bread in my pocket?
    I shall be glad of it to-morrow.’ So he seized a loaf when no one was
    looking and stowed it away under his tunic. No sooner had he done so
    than the wounded Giant limped up to him and whispered softly, ‘Herd-boy,
    where are you?’ ‘Here I am,’ replied the youth. ‘Then hold on to me,’
    said the Giant, ‘so that I may lead you up above again.’ So the Herd-boy
    held on to the Giant, and in a few moments he found himself on the earth
    once more, but the Giant had vanished. The Herd-boy returned to his
    sheep, and took off the invisible belt which he hid carefully in his
    bag.

    The next morning the lad felt hungry, and thought he would cut off a
    piece of the loaf he had carried away from the Giants’ wedding feast,
    and eat it. But although he tried with all his might, he couldn’t cut
    off the smallest piece. Then in despair he bit the loaf, and what was
    his astonishment when a piece of gold fell out of his mouth and rolled
    at his feet. He bit the bread a second and third time, and each time a
    piece of gold fell out of his mouth; but the bread remained untouched.
    The Herd-boy was very much delighted over his stroke of good fortune,
    and, hiding the magic loaf in his bag, he hurried off to the nearest
    village to buy himself something to eat, and then returned to his sheep.

    Now the Lord whose sheep the Herd-boy looked after had a very lovely
    daughter, who always smiled and nodded to the youth when she walked with
    her father in his fields. For a long time the Herd-boy had made up his
    mind to prepare a surprise for this beautiful creature on her birthday.
    So when the day approached he put on his invisible belt, took a sack of
    gold pieces with him, and slipping into her room in the middle of the
    night, he placed the bag of gold beside her bed and returned to his
    sheep. The girl’s joy was great, and so was her parents’ next day when
    they found the sack full of gold pieces. The Herd-boy was so pleased to
    think what pleasure he had given that the next night he placed another
    bag of gold beside the girl’s bed. And this he continued to do for seven
    nights, and the girl and her parents made up their minds that it must
    be a good Fairy who brought the gold every night. But one night they
    determined to watch, and see from their hiding place who the bringer of
    the sack of gold really was.

    On the eighth night a fearful storm of wind and rain came on while the
    Herd-boy was on his way to bring the beautiful girl another bag of gold.
    Then for the first time he noticed, just as he reached his master’s
    house, that he had forgotten the belt which made him invisible. He
    didn’t like the idea of going back to his hut in the wind and wet, so
    he just stepped as he was into the girl’s room, laid the sack of
    gold beside her, and was turning to leave the room, when his master
    confronted him and said, ‘You young rogue, so you were going to steal
    the gold that a good Fairy brings every night, were you?’ The Herd-boy
    was so taken aback by his words, that he stood trembling before him,
    and did not dare to explain his presence. Then his master spoke. ‘As you
    have hitherto always behaved well in my service I will not send you to
    prison; but leave your place instantly and never let me see your face
    again.’ So the Herd-boy went back to his hut, and taking his loaf and
    belt with him, he went to the nearest town. There he bought himself
    some fine clothes, and a beautiful coach with four horses, hired two
    servants, and drove back to his master. You may imagine how astonished
    he was to see his Herd-boy returning to him in this manner! Then the
    youth told him of the piece of good luck that had befallen him, and
    asked him for the hand of his beautiful daughter. This was readily
    granted, and the two lived in peace and happiness to the end of their
    lives.

     

    THE INVISIBLE PRINCE

    Once upon a time there lived a Fairy who had power over the earth, the
    sea, fire, and the air; and this Fairy had four sons. The eldest, who
    was quick and lively, with a vivid imagination, she made Lord of Fire,
    which was in her opinion the noblest of all the elements. To the second
    son, whose wisdom and prudence made amends for his being rather dull,
    she gave the government of the earth. The third was wild and savage, and
    of monstrous stature; and the Fairy, his mother, who was ashamed of
    his defects, hoped to hide them by creating him King of the Seas. The
    youngest, who was the slave of his passions and of a very uncertain
    temper, became Prince of the Air.

    Being the youngest, he was naturally his mother’s favourite; but this
    did not blind her to his weaknesses, and she foresaw that some day he
    would suffer much pain through falling in love. So she thought the best
    thing she could do was to bring him up with a horror of women; and, to
    her great delight, she saw this dislike only increased as he grew older.
    From his earliest childhood he heard nothing but stories of princes who
    had fallen into all sorts of troubles through love; and she drew
    such terrible pictures of poor little Cupid that the young man had no
    difficulty in believing that he was the root of all evil.

    All the time that this wise mother could spare from filling her son
    with hatred for all womenkind she passed in giving him a love of the
    pleasures of the chase, which henceforth became his chief joy. For his
    amusement she had made a new forest, planted with the most splendid
    trees, and turned loose in it every animal that could be found in any of
    the four quarters of the globe. In the midst of this forest she built a
    palace which had not its equal for beauty in the whole world, and then
    she considered that she had done enough to make any prince happy.

    Now it is all very well to abuse the God of Love, but a man cannot
    struggle against his fate. In his secret heart the Prince got tired of
    his mother’s constant talk on this subject; and when one day she quitted
    the palace to attend to some business, begging him never to go beyond
    the grounds, he at once jumped at the chance of disobeying her.

    Left to himself the Prince soon forgot the wise counsels of his mother,
    and feeling very much bored with his own company, he ordered some of
    the spirits of the air to carry him to the court of a neighbouring
    sovereign. This kingdom was situated in the Island of Roses, where the
    climate is so delicious that the grass is always green and the flowers
    always sweet. The waves, instead of beating on the rocks, seemed to die
    gently on the shore; clusters of golden bushes covered the land, and the
    vines were bent low with grapes.

    The King of this island had a daughter named Rosalie, who was more
    lovely than any girl in the whole world. No sooner had the eyes of the
    Prince of the Air rested on her than he forgot all the terrible woes
    which had been prophesied to him ever since he was born, for in one
    single moment the plans of years are often upset. He instantly began to
    think how best to make himself happy, and the shortest way that occurred
    to him was to have Rosalie carried off by his attendant spirits.

    It is easy to imagine the feelings of the King when he found that his
    daughter had vanished. He wept her loss night and day, and his only
    comfort was to talk over it with a young and unknown prince, who had
    just arrived at the Court. Alas! he did not know what a deep interest
    the stranger had in Rosalie, for he too had seen her, and had fallen a
    victim to her charms.

    One day the King, more sorrowful than usual, was walking sadly along
    the sea-shore, when after a long silence the unknown Prince, who was his
    only companion, suddenly spoke. ‘There is no evil without a remedy,’ he
    said to the unhappy father; ‘and if you will promise me your daughter in
    marriage, I will undertake to bring her back to you.’

    ‘You are trying to soothe me by vain promises,’ answered the King. ‘Did
    I not see her caught up into the air, in spite of cries which would have
    softened the heart of any one but the barbarian who has robbed me of
    her? The unfortunate girl is pining away in some unknown land, where
    perhaps no foot of man has ever trod, and I shall see her no more. But
    go, generous stranger; bring back Rosalie if you can, and live happy
    with her ever after in this country, of which I now declare you heir.’

    Although the stranger’s name and rank were unknown to Rosalie’s father,
    he was really the son of the King of the Golden Isle, which had for
    capital a city that extended from one sea to another. The walls, washed
    by the quiet waters, were covered with gold, which made one think of the
    yellow sands. Above them was a rampart of orange and lemon trees, and
    all the streets were paved with gold.

    The King of this beautiful island had one son, for whom a life of
    adventure had been foretold at his birth. This so frightened his father
    and mother that in order to comfort them a Fairy, who happened to be
    present at the time, produced a little pebble which she told them to
    keep for the Prince till he grew up, as by putting it in his mouth he
    would become invisible, as long as he did not try to speak, for if he
    did the stone would lose all its virtue. In this way the good fairy
    hoped that the Prince would be protected against all dangers.

    No sooner did the Prince begin to grow out of boyhood than he longed to
    see if the other countries of the world were as splendid as the one in
    which he lived. So, under pretence of visiting some small islands that
    belonged to his father, he set out. But a frightful storm drove his ship
    on to unknown shores, where most of his followers were put to death by
    the savages, and the Prince himself only managed to escape by making use
    of his magic pebble. By this means he passed through the midst of them
    unseen, and wandered on till he reached the coast, where he re-embarked
    on board his ship.

    The first land he sighted was the Island of Roses, and he went at once
    to the court of the King, Rosalie’s father. The moment his eyes beheld
    the Princess, he fell in love with her like everyone else.

    He had already spent several months in this condition when the Prince of
    the Air whirled her away, to the grief and despair of every man on the
    island. But sad though everybody was, the Prince of the Golden Isle was
    perfectly inconsolable, and he passed both days and nights in bemoaning
    his loss.

    ‘Alas!’ he cried; ‘shall I never see my lovely Princess again?’ Who
    knows where she may be, and what fairy may have her in his keeping? I am
    only a man, but I am strong in my love, and I will seek the whole world
    through till I find her.’

    So saying, he left the court, and made ready for his journey.

    He travelled many weary days without hearing a single word of the lost
    Princess, till one morning, as he was walking through a thick forest,
    he suddenly perceived a magnificent palace standing at the end of a
    pine avenue, and his heart bounded to think that he might be gazing on
    Rosalie’s prison. He hastened his steps, and quickly arrived at the gate
    of the palace, which was formed of a single agate. The gate swung
    open to let him through, and he next passed successively three courts,
    surrounded by deep ditches filled with running water, with birds of
    brilliant plumage flying about the banks. Everything around was rare and
    beautiful, but the Prince scarcely raised his eyes to all these wonders.
    He thought only of the Princess and where he should find her, but in
    vain he opened every door and searched in every corner; he neither saw
    Rosalie nor anyone else. At last there was no place left for him to
    search but a little wood, which contained in the centre a sort of hall
    built entirely of orange-trees, with four small rooms opening out of
    the corners. Three of these were empty except for statues and wonderful
    things, but in the fourth the Invisible Prince caught sight of Rosalie.
    His joy at beholding her again was, however, somewhat lessened by seeing
    that the Prince of the Air was kneeling at her feet, and pleading his
    own cause. But it was in vain that he implored her to listen; she only
    shook her head. ‘No,’ was all she would say; ‘you snatched me from
    my father whom I loved, and all the splendour in the world can never
    console me. Go! I can never feel anything towards you but hate and
    contempt.’ With these words she turned away and entered her own
    apartments.

    Unknown to herself the Invisible Prince had followed her, but fearing to
    be discovered by the Princess in the presence of others, he made up his
    mind to wait quietly till dark; and employed the long hours in writing a
    poem to the Princess, which he laid on the bed beside her. This done, he
    thought of nothing but how best to deliver Rosalie, and he resolved to
    take advantage of a visit which the Prince of the Air paid every year to
    his mother and brothers in order to strike the blow.

    One day Rosalie was sitting alone in her room thinking of her troubles
    when she suddenly saw a pen get up from off the desk and begin to write
    all by itself on a sheet of white paper. As she did not know that it was
    guided by an invisible hand she was very much astonished, and the moment
    that the pen had ceased to move she instantly went over to the table,
    where she found some lovely verses, telling her that another shared her
    distresses, whatever they might be, and loved her with all his heart;
    and that he would never rest until he had delivered her from the hands
    of the man she hated. Thus encouraged, she told him all her story, and
    of the arrival of a young stranger in her father’s palace, whose looks
    had so charmed her that since that day she had thought of no one else.
    At these words the Prince could contain himself no longer. He took the
    pebble from his mouth, and flung himself at Rosalie’s feet.

    When they had got over the first rapture of meeting they began to make
    plans to escape from the power of the Prince of the Air. But this did
    not prove easy, for the magic stone would only serve for one person at
    a time, and in order to save Rosalie the Prince of the Golden Isle would
    have to expose himself to the fury of his enemy. But Rosalie would not
    hear of this.

    ‘No, Prince,’ she said; ‘since you are here this island no longer feels
    a prison. Besides, you are under the protection of a Fairy, who always
    visits your father’s court at this season. Go instantly and seek her,
    and when she is found implore the gift of another stone with similar
    powers. Once you have that, there will be no further difficulty in the
    way of escape.’

    The Prince of the Air returned a few days later from his mother’s
    palace, but the Invisible Prince had already set out. He had, however,
    entirely forgotten the road by which he had come, and lost himself for
    so long in the forest, that when at last he reached home the Fairy had
    already left, and, in spite of all his grief, there was nothing for it
    but to wait till the Fairy’s next visit, and allow Rosalie to suffer
    three months longer. This thought drove him to despair, and he had
    almost made up his mind to return to the place of her captivity, when
    one day, as he was strolling along an alley in the woods, he saw a
    huge oak open its trunk, and out of it step two Princes in earnest
    conversation. As our hero had the magic stone in his mouth they imagined
    themselves alone, and did not lower their voices.

    ‘What!’ said one, ‘are you always going to allow yourself to be
    tormented by a passion which can never end happily, and in your whole
    kingdom can you find nothing else to satisfy you?’

    ‘What is the use,’ replied the other, ‘of being Prince of the Gnomes,
    and having a mother who is queen over all the four elements, if I cannot
    win the love of the Princess Argentine? From the moment that I first saw
    her, sitting in the forest surrounded by flowers, I have never ceased
    to think of her night and day, and, although I love her, I am quite
    convinced that she will never care for me. You know that I have in my
    palace the cabinets of the years. In the first, great mirrors reflect
    the past; in the second, we contemplate the present; in the third, the
    future can be read. It was here that I fled after I had gazed on the
    Princess Argentine, but instead of love I only saw scorn and contempt.
    Think how great must be my devotion, when, in spite of my fate, I still
    love on!’

    Now the Prince of the Golden Isle was enchanted with this conversation,
    for the Princess Argentine was his sister, and he hoped, by means of her
    influence over the Prince of the Gnomes, to obtain from his brother
    the release of Rosalie. So he joyfully returned to his father’s palace,
    where he found his friend the Fairy, who at once presented him with
    a magic pebble like his own. As may be imagined, he lost no time in
    setting out to deliver Rosalie, and travelled so fast that he soon
    arrived at the forest, in the midst of which she lay a captive. But
    though he found the palace he did not find Rosalie. He hunted high and
    low, but there was no sign of her, and his despair was so great that
    he was ready, a thousand times over, to take his own life. At last he
    remembered the conversation of the two Princes about the cabinets of the
    years, and that if he could manage to reach the oak tree, he would be
    certain to discover what had become of Rosalie. Happily, he soon found
    out the secret of the passage and entered the cabinet of the present,
    where he saw reflected in the mirrors the unfortunate Rosalie sitting
    on the floor weeping bitterly, and surrounded with genii, who never left
    her night or day.

    This sight only increased the misery of the Prince, for he did not
    know where the castle was, nor how to set about finding it. However,
    he resolved to seek the whole world through till he came to the right
    place. He began by setting sail in a favourable wind, but his bad luck
    followed him even on the sea. He had scarcely lost sight of the land
    when a violent storm arose, and after several hours of beating about,
    the vessel was driven on to some rocks, on which it dashed itself
    to bits. The Prince was fortunate enough to be able to lay hold of a
    floating spar, and contrived to keep himself afloat; and, after a long
    struggle with the winds and waves, he was cast upon a strange island.
    But what was his surprise, on reaching the shore, to hear sounds of the
    most heartrending distress, mingled with the sweetest songs which had
    ever charmed him! His curiosity was instantly roused, and he advanced
    cautiously till he saw two huge dragons guarding the gate of a wood.
    They were terrible indeed to look upon. Their bodies were covered with
    glittering scales; their curly tails extended far over the land; flames
    darted from their mouths and noses, and their eyes would have made the
    bravest shudder; but as the Prince was invisible and they did not see
    him, he slipped past them into the wood. He found himself at once in a
    labyrinth, and wandered about for a long time without meeting anyone; in
    fact, the only sight he saw was a circle of human hands, sticking out
    of the ground above the wrist, each with a bracelet of gold, on which
    a name was written. The farther he advanced in the labyrinth the more
    curious he became, till he was stopped by two corpses lying in the
    midst of a cypress alley, each with a scarlet cord round his neck and a
    bracelet on his arm on which were engraved their own names, and those of
    two Princesses.

    The invisible Prince recognised these dead men as Kings of two large
    islands near his own home, but the names of the Princesses were unknown
    to him. He grieved for their unhappy fate, and at once proceeded to bury
    them; but no sooner had he laid them in their graves, than their hands
    started up through the earth and remained sticking up like those of
    their fellows.

    The Prince went on his way, thinking about this strange adventure, when
    suddenly at the turn of the walk he perceived a tall man whose face was
    the picture of misery, holding in his hands a silken cord of the exact
    colour of those round the necks of the dead men. A few steps further
    this man came up with another as miserable to the full as he himself;
    they silently embraced, and then without a word passed the cords round
    their throats, and fell dead side by side. In vain the Prince rushed to
    their assistance and strove to undo the cord. He could not loosen it; so
    he buried them like the others and continued his path.

    He felt, however, that great prudence was necessary, or he himself might
    become the victim of some enchantment; and he was thankful to slip past
    the dragons, and enter a beautiful park, with clear streams and sweet
    flowers, and a crowd of men and maidens. But he could not forget
    the terrible things he had seen, and hoped eagerly for a clue to the
    mystery. Noticing two young people talking together, he drew near
    thinking that he might get some explanation of what puzzled him. And so
    he did.

    ‘You swear,’ said the Prince, ‘that you will love me till you die, but I
    fear your faithless heart, and I feel that I shall soon have to seek the
    Fairy Despair, ruler of half this island. She carries off the lovers
    who have been cast away by their mistresses, and wish to have done with
    life. She places them in a labyrinth where they are condemned to walk
    for ever, with a bracelet on their arms and a cord round their necks,
    unless they meet another as miserable as themselves. Then the cord is
    pulled and they lie where they fall, till they are buried by the first
    passer by. Terrible as this death would be,’ added the Prince, ‘it would
    be sweeter than life if I had lost your love.’

    The sight of all these happy lovers only made the Prince grieve the
    more, and he wandered along the seashore spending his days; but one day
    he was sitting on a rock bewailing his fate, and the impossibility
    of leaving the island, when all in a moment the sea appeared to raise
    itself nearly to the skies, and the caves echoed with hideous screams.
    As he looked a woman rose from the depths of the sea, flying madly
    before a furious giant. The cries she uttered softened the heart of
    the Prince; he took the stone from his mouth, and drawing his sword
    he rushed after the giant, so as to give the lady time to escape. But
    hardly had he come within reach of the enemy, than the giant touched him
    with a ring that he held in his hand, and the Prince remained immovable
    where he stood. The giant then hastily rejoined his prey, and, seizing
    her in his arms, he plunged her into the sea. Then he sent some tritons
    to bind chains about the Prince of the Golden Isle, and he too felt
    himself borne to the depths of the ocean, and without the hope of ever
    again seeing the Princess.

    Now the giant whom the invisible had so rashly attacked was the Lord
    of the Sea, and the third son of the Queen of the Elements, and he had
    touched the youth with a magic ring which enabled a mortal to live under
    water. So the Prince of the Golden Isle found, when bound in chains by
    the tritons, he was carried through the homes of strange monsters
    and past immense seaweed forests, till he reached a vast sandy space,
    surrounded by huge rocks. On the tallest of the rocks sat the giant as
    on a throne.

    ‘Rash mortal,’ said he, when the Prince was dragged before him, ‘you
    have deserved death, but you shall live only to suffer more cruelly. Go,
    and add to the number of those whom it is my pleasure to torture.’

    At these words the unhappy Prince found himself tied to a rock; but he
    was not alone in his misfortunes, for all round him were chained Princes
    and Princesses, whom the giant had led captive. Indeed, it was his chief
    delight to create a storm, in order to add to the list of his prisoners.

    As his hands were fastened, it was impossible for the Prince of the
    Golden Isle to make use of his magic stone, and he passed his nights and
    days dreaming of Rosalie. But at last the time came when the giant took
    it into his head to amuse himself by arranging fights between some
    of his captives. Lots were drawn, and one fell upon our Prince, whose
    chains were immediately loosened. The moment he was set free, he
    snatched up his stone, and became invisible.

    The astonishment of the giant at the sudden disappearance of the Prince
    may well be imagined. He ordered all the passages to be watched, but it
    was too late, for the Prince had already glided between two rocks. He
    wandered for a long while through the forests, where he met nothing but
    fearful monsters; he climbed rock after rock, steered his way from tree
    to tree, till at length he arrived at the edge of the sea, at the foot
    of a mountain that he remembered to have seen in the cabinet of the
    present, where Rosalie was held captive.

    Filled with joy, he made his way to the top of the mountain which
    pierced the clouds, and there he found a palace. He entered, and in the
    middle of a long gallery he discovered a crystal room, in the midst of
    which sat Rosalie, guarded night and day by genii. There was no door
    anywhere, nor any window. At this sight the Prince became more puzzled
    than ever, for he did not know how he was to warn Rosalie of his return.
    Yet it broke his heart to see her weeping from dawn till dark.

    One day, as Rosalie was walking up and down her room, she was surprised
    to see that the crystal which served for a wall had grown cloudy, as if
    some one had breathed on it, and, what was more, wherever she moved
    the brightness of the crystal always became clouded. This was enough to
    cause the Princess to suspect that her lover had returned. In order
    to set the Prince of the Air’s mind at rest she began by being very
    gracious to him, so that when she begged that her captivity might be a
    little lightened she should not be refused. At first the only favour she
    asked was to be allowed to walk for one hour every day up and down the
    long gallery. This was granted, and the Invisible Prince speedily took
    the opportunity of handing her the stone, which she at once slipped
    into her mouth. No words can paint the fury of her captor at her
    disappearance. He ordered the spirits of the air to fly through all
    space, and to bring back Rosalie wherever she might be. They instantly
    flew off to obey his commands, and spread themselves over the whole
    earth.

    Meantime Rosalie and the Invisible Prince had reached, hand in hand,
    a door of the gallery which led through a terrace into the gardens. In
    silence they glided along, and thought themselves already safe, when
    a furious monster dashed itself by accident against Rosalie and the
    Invisible Prince, and in her fright she let go his hand. No one can
    speak as long as he is invisible, and besides, they knew that the
    spirits were all around them, and at the slightest sound they would
    be recognised; so all they could do was to feel about in the hope that
    their hands might once more meet.

    But, alas! the joy of liberty lasted but a short time. The Princess,
    having wandered in vain up and down the forest, stopped at last on the
    edge of a fountain. As she walked she wrote on the trees: ‘If ever the
    Prince, my lover, comes this way, let him know that it is here I dwell,
    and that I sit daily on the edge of this fountain, mingling my tears
    with its waters.’

    These words were read by one of the genii, who repeated them to his
    master. The Prince of the Air, in his turn making himself invisible, was
    led to the fountain, and waited for Rosalie. When she drew near he
    held out his hand, which she grasped eagerly, taking it for that of her
    lover; and, seizing his opportunity, the Prince passed a cord round her
    arms, and throwing off his invisibility cried to his spirits to drag her
    into the lowest pit.

    It was at this moment that the Invisible Prince appeared, and at the
    sight of the Prince of the Genii mounting into the air, holding a silken
    cord, he guessed instantly that he was carrying off Rosalie.

    He felt so overwhelmed by despair that he thought for an instant of
    putting an end to his life. ‘Can I survive my misfortunes?’ he cried. ‘I
    fancied I had come to an end of my troubles, and now they are worse than
    ever. What will become of me? Never can I discover the place where this
    monster will hide Rosalie.’

    The unhappy youth had determined to let himself die, and indeed his
    sorrow alone was enough to kill him, when the thought that by means
    of the cabinets of the years he might find out where the Princess was
    imprisoned, gave him a little ray of comfort. So he continued to walk
    on through the forest, and after some hours he arrived at the gate of a
    temple, guarded by two huge lions. Being invisible, he was able to enter
    unharmed. In the middle of the temple was an altar, on which lay a book,
    and behind the altar hung a great curtain. The Prince approached the
    altar and opened the book, which contained the names of all the lovers
    in the world: and in it he read that Rosalie had been carried off by the
    Prince of the Air to an abyss which had no entrance except the one that
    lay by way of the Fountain of Gold.

    Now, as the Prince had not the smallest idea where this fountain was to
    be found, it might be thought that he was not much nearer Rosalie than
    before. This was not, however, the view taken by the Prince.

    ‘Though every step that I take may perhaps lead me further from her,’
    he said to himself, ‘I am still thankful to know that she is alive
    somewhere.’

    On leaving the temple the Invisible Prince saw six paths lying before
    him, each of which led through the wood. He was hesitating which to
    choose, when he suddenly beheld two people coming towards him, down
    the track which lay most to his right. They turned out to be the Prince
    Gnome and his friend, and the sudden desire to get some news of his
    sister, Princess Argentine, caused the Invisible Prince to follow them
    and to listen to their conversation.

    ‘Do you think,’ the Prince Gnome was saying, ‘do you think that I would
    not break my chains if I could? I know that the Princess Argentine will
    never love me, yet each day I feel her dearer still. And as if this
    were not enough, I have the horror of feeling that she probably loves
    another. So I have resolved to put myself out of my pain by means of the
    Golden Fountain. A single drop of its water falling on the sand around
    will trace the name of my rival in her heart. I dread the test, and yet
    this very dread convinces me of my misfortune.’

    It may be imagined that after listening to these words the Invisible
    Prince followed Prince Gnome like his shadow, and after walking some
    time they arrived at the Golden Fountain. The unhappy lover stooped down
    with a sigh, and dipping his finger in the water let fall a drop on
    the sand. It instantly wrote the name of Prince Flame, his brother. The
    shock of this discovery was so real, that Prince Gnome sank fainting
    into the arms of his friend.

    Meanwhile the Invisible Prince was turning over in his mind how he could
    best deliver Rosalie. As, since he had been touched by the Giant’s ring,
    he had the power to live in the water as well as on land, he at once
    dived into the fountain. He perceived in one corner a door leading into
    the mountain, and at the foot of the mountain was a high rock on which
    was fixed an iron ring with a cord attached. The Prince promptly guessed
    that the cord was used to chain the Princess, and drew his sword and cut
    it. In a moment he felt the Princess’s hand in his, for she had
    always kept her magic pebble in her mouth, in spite of the prayers and
    entreaties of the Prince of the Air to make herself visible.

    So hand in hand the invisible Prince and Rosalie crossed the mountain;
    but as the Princess had no power of living under water, she could not
    pass the Golden Fountain. Speechless and invisible they clung together
    on the brink, trembling at the frightful tempest the Prince of the Air
    had raised in his fury. The storm had already lasted many days when
    tremendous heat began to make itself felt. The lightning flashed, the
    thunder rattled, fire bolts fell from heaven, burning up the forests and
    even the fields of corn. In one instant the very streams were dried up,
    and the Prince, seizing his opportunity, carried the Princess over the
    Golden Fountain.

    It took them a long time still to reach the Golden Isle, but at last
    they got there, and we may be quite sure they never wanted to leave it
    any more.

     

    THE CROW(13)

    (13) From the Polish. Kletke.

    Once upon a time there were three Princesses who were all three young
    and beautiful; but the youngest, although she was not fairer than the
    other two, was the most loveable of them all.

    About half a mile from the palace in which they lived there stood a
    castle, which was uninhabited and almost a ruin, but the garden which
    surrounded it was a mass of blooming flowers, and in this garden the
    youngest Princess used often to walk.

    One day when she was pacing to and fro under the lime trees, a black
    crow hopped out of a rose-bush in front of her. The poor beast was all
    torn and bleeding, and the kind little Princess was quite unhappy about
    it. When the crow saw this it turned to her and said:

    ‘I am not really a black crow, but an enchanted Prince, who has been
    doomed to spend his youth in misery. If you only liked, Princess, you
    could save me. But you would have to say good-bye to all your own people
    and come and be my constant companion in this ruined castle. There is
    one habitable room in it, in which there is a golden bed; there you will
    have to live all by yourself, and don’t forget that whatever you may see
    or hear in the night you must not scream out, for if you give as much as
    a single cry my sufferings will be doubled.’

    The good-natured Princess at once left her home and her family and
    hurried to the ruined castle, and took possession of the room with the
    golden bed.

    When night approached she lay down, but though she shut her eyes tight
    sleep would not come. At midnight she heard to her great horror some one
    coming along the passage, and in a minute her door was flung wide open
    and a troop of strange beings entered the room. They at once proceeded
    to light a fire in the huge fireplace; then they placed a great cauldron
    of boiling water on it. When they had done this, they approached the
    bed on which the trembling girl lay, and, screaming and yelling all
    the time, they dragged her towards the cauldron. She nearly died with
    fright, but she never uttered a sound. Then of a sudden the cock crew,
    and all the evil spirits vanished.

    At the same moment the crow appeared and hopped all round the room with
    joy. It thanked the Princess most heartily for her goodness, and said
    that its sufferings had already been greatly lessened.

    Now one of the Princess’s elder sisters, who was very inquisitive, had
    found out about everything, and went to pay her youngest sister a visit
    in the ruined castle. She implored her so urgently to let her spend the
    night with her in the golden bed, that at last the good-natured little
    Princess consented. But at midnight, when the odd folk appeared, the
    elder sister screamed with terror, and from this time on the youngest
    Princess insisted always on keeping watch alone.

    So she lived in solitude all the daytime, and at night she would have
    been frightened, had she not been so brave; but every day the crow came
    and thanked her for her endurance, and assured her that his sufferings
    were far less than they had been.

    And so two years passed away, when one day the crow came to the Princess
    and said: ‘In another year I shall be freed from the spell I am under
    at present, because then the seven years will be over. But before I
    can resume my natural form, and take possession of the belongings of
    my forefathers, you must go out into the world and take service as a
    maidservant.’

    The young Princess consented at once, and for a whole year she served as
    a maid; but in spite of her youth and beauty she was very badly treated,
    and suffered many things. One evening, when she was spinning flax, and
    had worked her little white hands weary, she heard a rustling beside her
    and a cry of joy. Then she saw a handsome youth standing beside her; who
    knelt down at her feet and kissed the little weary white hands.

    ‘I am the Prince,’ he said, ‘who you in your goodness, when I was
    wandering about in the shape of a black crow, freed from the most awful
    torments. Come now to my castle with me, and let us live there happily
    together.’

    So they went to the castle where they had both endured so much. But when
    they reached it, it was difficult to believe that it was the same, for
    it had all been rebuilt and done up again. And there they lived for a
    hundred years, a hundred years of joy and happiness.

     

    HOW SIX MEN TRAVELLED THROUGH THE WIDE WORLD

    There was once upon a time a man who understood all sorts of arts; he
    served in the war, and bore himself bravely and well; but when the war
    was over, he got his discharge, and set out on his travels with three
    farthings of his pay in his pocket. ‘Wait,’ he said; ‘that does not
    please me; only let me find the right people, and the King shall yet
    give me all the treasures of his kingdom.’ He strode angrily into the
    forest, and there he saw a man standing who had uprooted six trees as
    if they were straws. He said to him, ‘Will you be my servant and travel
    with me?’

    ‘Yes,’ he answered; ‘but first of all I will take this little bundle
    of sticks home to my mother,’ and he took one of the trees and wound
    it round the other five, raised the bundle on his shoulders and bore it
    off. Then he came back and went with his master, who said, ‘We two ought
    to be able to travel through the wide world!’ And when they had gone a
    little way they came upon a hunter, who was on his knees, his gun on his
    shoulder, aiming at something. The master said to him, ‘Hunter, what are
    you aiming at?’

    He answered, ‘Two miles from this place sits a fly on a branch of an
    oak; I want to shoot out its left eye.’

    ‘Oh, go with me,’ said the man; ‘if we three are together we shall
    easily travel through the wide world.’

    The hunter agreed and went with him, and they came to seven windmills
    whose sails were going round quite fast, and yet there was not a breath
    of wind, nor was a leaf moving. The man said, ‘I don’t know what is
    turning those windmills; there is not the slightest breeze blowing.’ So
    he walked on with his servants, and when they had gone two miles they
    saw a man sitting on a tree, holding one of his nostrils and blowing out
    of the other.

    ‘Fellow, what are you puffing at up there?’ asked the man.

    He replied, ‘Two miles from this place are standing seven windmills;
    see, I am blowing to drive them round.’

    ‘Oh, go with me,’ said the man; ‘if we four are together we shall easily
    travel through the wide world.’

    So the blower got down and went with him, and after a time they saw a
    man who was standing on one leg, and had unstrapped the other and
    laid it near him. Then said the master, ‘You have made yourself very
    comfortable to rest!’

    ‘I am a runner,’ answered he; ‘and so that I shall not go too quickly,
    I have unstrapped one leg; when I run with two legs, I go faster than a
    bird flies.’

    ‘Oh, go with me; if we five are together, we shall easily travel through
    the wide world.’ So he went with him, and, not long afterwards, they met
    a man who wore a little hat, but he had it slouched over one ear.

    ‘Manners, manners!’ said the master to him; ‘don’t hang your hat over
    one ear; you look like a madman!’

    ‘I dare not,’ said the other, ‘for if I were to put my hat on straight,
    there would come such a frost that the very birds in the sky would
    freeze and fall dead on the earth.’

    ‘Oh, go with me,’ said the master; ‘if we six are together, we shall
    easily travel through the wide world.

    Now the Six came to a town in which the King had proclaimed that whoever
    should run with his daughter in a race, and win, should become her
    husband; but if he lost, he must lose his head. This was reported to
    the man who declared he would compete, ‘but,’ he said, ‘I shall let my
    servant run for me.’

    The King replied, ‘Then both your heads must be staked, and your head
    and his must be guaranteed for the winner.’

    When this was agreed upon and settled, the man strapped on the runner’s
    other leg, saying to him, ‘Now be nimble, and see that we win!’ It was
    arranged that whoever should first bring water out of a stream a long
    way off, should be the victor. Then the runner got a pitcher, and the
    King’s daughter another, and they began to run at the same time; but in
    a moment, when the King’s daughter was only just a little way off,
    no spectator could see the runner, and it seemed as if the wind had
    whistled past. In a short time he reached the stream, filled his
    pitcher with water, and turned round again. But, half way home, a great
    drowsiness came over him; he put down his pitcher, lay down, and fell
    asleep. He had, however, put a horse’s skull which was lying on the
    ground, for his pillow, so that he should not be too comfortable and
    might soon wake up.

    In the meantime the King’s daughter, who could also run well, as well
    as an ordinary man could, reached the stream, and hastened back with her
    pitcher full of water. When she saw the runner lying there asleep, she
    was delighted, and said, ‘My enemy is given into my hands!’ She emptied
    his pitcher and ran on.

    Everything now would have been lost, if by good luck the hunter had not
    been standing on the castle tower and had seen everything with his sharp
    eyes.

    ‘Ah,’ said he, ‘the King’s daughter shall not overreach us;’ and,
    loading his gun, he shot so cleverly, that he shot away the horse’s
    skull from under the runner’s head, without its hurting him. Then the
    runner awoke, jumped up, and saw that his pitcher was empty and the
    King’s daughter far ahead. But he did not lose courage, and ran back
    to the stream with his pitcher, filled it once more with water, and was
    home ten minutes before the King’s daughter arrived.

    ‘Look,’ said he, ‘I have only just exercised my legs; that was nothing
    of a run.’

    But the King was angry, and his daughter even more so, that she should
    be carried away by a common, discharged soldier. They consulted together
    how they could destroy both him and his companions.

    ‘Then,’ said the King to her, ‘I have found a way. Don’t be frightened;
    they shall not come home again.’ He said to them, ‘You must now make
    merry together, and eat and drink,’ and he led them into a room which
    had a floor of iron; the doors were also of iron, and the windows were
    barred with iron. In the room was a table spread with delicious food.
    The King said to them, ‘Go in and enjoy yourselves,’ and as soon as
    they were inside he had the doors shut and bolted. Then he made the cook
    come, and ordered him to keep up a large fire under the room until the
    iron was red-hot. The cook did so, and the Six sitting round the table
    felt it grow very warm, and they thought this was because of their good
    fare; but when the heat became still greater and they wanted to go out,
    but found the doors and windows fastened, then they knew that the King
    meant them harm and was trying to suffocate them.

    ‘But he shall not succeed,’ cried he of the little hat, ‘I will make a
    frost come which shall make the fire ashamed and die out!’ So he put his
    hat on straight, and at once there came such a frost that all the heat
    disappeared and the food on the dishes began to freeze. When a couple of
    hours had passed, and the King thought they must be quite dead from the
    heat, he had the doors opened and went in himself to see.

    But when the doors were opened, there stood all Six, alive and well,
    saying they were glad they could come out to warm themselves, for the
    great cold in the room had frozen all the food hard in the dishes. Then
    the King went angrily to the cook, and scolded him, and asked him why he
    had not done what he was told.

    But the cook answered, ‘There is heat enough there; see for yourself.’
    Then the King saw a huge fire burning under the iron room, and
    understood that he could do no harm to the Six in this way. The King
    now began again to think how he could free himself from his unwelcome
    guests. He commanded the master to come before him, and said, ‘If you
    will take gold, and give up your right to my daughter, you shall have as
    much as you like.’

    ‘Oh, yes, your Majesty,’ answered he, ‘give me as much as my servant can
    carry, and I will give up your daughter.’

    The King was delighted, and the man said, ‘I will come and fetch it in
    fourteen days.’

    Then he called all the tailors in the kingdom together, and made them
    sit down for fourteen days sewing at a sack. When it was finished, he
    made the strong man who had uprooted the trees take the sack on his
    shoulder and go with him to the King. Then the King said, ‘What a
    powerful fellow that is, carrying that bale of linen as large as a house
    on his shoulder!’ and he was much frightened, and thought ‘What a lot of
    gold he will make away with!’ Then he had a ton of gold brought, which
    sixteen of the strongest men had to carry; but the strong man seized it
    with one hand, put it in the sack, saying, ‘Why don’t you bring me more?
    That scarcely covers the bottom!’ Then the King had to send again and
    again to fetch his treasures, which the strong man shoved into the sack,
    and the sack was only half full.

    ‘Bring more,’ he cried, ‘these crumbs don’t fill it.’ So seven thousand
    waggons of the gold of the whole kingdom were driven up; these the
    strong man shoved into the sack, oxen and all.

    ‘I will no longer be particular,’ he said, ‘and will take what comes, so
    that the sack shall be full.’

    When everything was put in and there was not yet enough, he said, ‘I
    will make an end of this; it is easy to fasten a sack when it is not
    full.’ Then he threw it on his back and went with his companions.

    Now, when the King saw how a single man was carrying away the wealth
    of the whole country he was very angry, and made his cavalry mount
    and pursue the Six, and bring back the strong man with the sack. Two
    regiments soon overtook them, and called to them, ‘You are prisoners!
    lay down the sack of gold or you shall be cut down.’

    ‘What do you say?’ said the blower, ‘we are prisoners? Before that, you
    shall dance in the air!’ And he held one nostril and blew with the other
    at the two regiments; they were separated and blown away in the blue sky
    over the mountains, one this way, and the other that. A sergeant-major
    cried for mercy, saying he had nine wounds, and was a brave fellow, and
    did not deserve this disgrace. So the blower let him off, and he came
    down without hurt. Then he said to him, ‘Now go home to the King, and
    say that if he sends any more cavalry I will blow them all into the
    air.’

    When the King received the message, he said, ‘Let the fellows go; they
    are bewitched.’ Then the Six brought the treasure home, shared it among
    themselves, and lived contentedly till the end of their days.

     

    THE WIZARD KING(14)

    (14) From Les fees illustres.

    In very ancient times there lived a King, whose power lay not only in
    the vast extent of his dominions, but also in the magic secrets of which
    he was master. After spending the greater part of his early youth in
    pleasure, he met a Princess of such remarkable beauty that he at once
    asked her hand in marriage, and, having obtained it, considered himself
    the happiest of men.

    After a year’s time a son was born, worthy in every way of such
    distinguished parents, and much admired by the whole Court. As soon as
    the Queen thought him strong enough for a journey she set out with him
    secretly to visit her Fairy godmother. I said secretly, because the
    Fairy had warned the Queen that the King was a magician; and as from
    time immemorial there had been a standing feud between the Fairies and
    the Wizards, he might not have approved of his wife’s visit.

    The Fairy godmother, who took the deepest interest in all the Queen’s
    concerns, and who was much pleased with the little Prince, endowed him
    with the power of pleasing everybody from his cradle, as well as with
    a wonderful ease in learning everything which could help to make him
    a perfectly accomplished Prince. Accordingly, to the delight of his
    teachers, he made the most rapid progress in his education, constantly
    surpassing everyone’s expectations. Before he was many years old,
    however, he had the great sorrow of losing his mother, whose last words
    were to advise him never to undertake anything of importance without
    consulting the Fairy under whose protection she had placed him.

    The Prince’s grief at the death of his mother was great, but it
    was nothing compared to that of the King, his father, who was quite
    inconsolable for the loss of his dear wife. Neither time nor reason
    seemed to lighten his sorrow, and the sight of all the familiar faces
    and things about him only served to remind him of his loss. He therefore
    resolved to travel for change, and by means of his magic art was able
    to visit every country he came to see under different shapes, returning
    every few weeks to the place where he had left a few followers.

    Having travelled from land to land in this fashion without finding
    anything to rivet his attention, it occurred to him to take the form of
    an eagle, and in this shape he flew across many countries and arrived
    at length in a new and lovely spot, where the air seemed filled with the
    scent of jessamine and orange flowers with which the ground was thickly
    planted. Attracted by the sweet perfume he flew lower, and perceived
    some large and beautiful gardens filled with the rarest flowers, and
    with fountains throwing up their clear waters into the air in a hundred
    different shapes. A wide stream flowed through the garden, and on it
    floated richly ornamented barges and gondolas filled with people dressed
    in the most elegant manner and covered with jewels.

    In one of these barges sat the Queen of that country with her only
    daughter, a maiden more beautiful than the Day Star, and attended by
    the ladies of the Court. No more exquisitely lovely mortal was ever seen
    than this Princess, and it needed all an eagle’s strength of sight to
    prevent the King being hopelessly dazzled. He perched on the top of a
    large orange tree, whence he was able to survey the scene and to gaze at
    pleasure on the Princess’s charms.

    Now, an eagle with a King’s heart in his breast is apt to be bold,
    and accordingly he instantly made up his mind to carry off the lovely
    damsel, feeling sure that having once seen her he could not live without
    her.

    He waited till he saw her in the act of stepping ashore, when, suddenly
    swooping down, he carried her off before her equerry in attendance had
    advanced to offer her his hand. The Princess, on finding herself in an
    eagle’s talons, uttered the most heart-breaking shrieks and cries; but
    her captor, though touched by her distress, would not abandon his lovely
    prey, and continued to fly through the air too fast to allow of his
    saying anything to comfort her.

    At length, when he thought they had reached a safe distance, he began
    to lower his flight, and gradually descending to earth, deposited
    his burden in a flowery meadow. He then entreated her pardon for his
    violence, and told her that he was about to carry her to a great kingdom
    over which he ruled, and where he desired she should rule with him,
    adding many tender and consoling expressions.

    For some time the Princess remained speechless; but recovering herself
    a little, she burst into a flood of tears. The King, much moved, said,
    ‘Adorable Princess, dry your tears. I implore you. My only wish is to
    make you the happiest person in the world.’

    ‘If you speak truth, my lord,’ replied the Princess, ‘restore to me the
    liberty you have deprived me of. Otherwise I can only look on you as my
    worst enemy.’

    The King retorted that her opposition filled him with despair, but that
    he hoped to carry her to a place where all around would respect her, and
    where every pleasure would surround her. So saying, he seized her once
    more, and in spite of all her cries he rapidly bore her off to the
    neighbourhood of his capital. Here he gently placed her on a lawn, and
    as he did so she saw a magnificent palace spring up at her feet. The
    architecture was imposing, and in the interior the rooms were handsome
    and furnished in the best possible taste.

    The Princess, who expected to be quite alone, was pleased at finding
    herself surrounded by a number of pretty girls, all anxious to wait on
    her, whilst a brilliantly-coloured parrot said the most agreeable things
    in the world.

    On arriving at this palace the King had resumed his own form, and
    though no longer young, he might well have pleased any other than this
    Princess, who had been so prejudiced against him by his violence that
    she could only regard him with feelings of hatred, which she was at
    no pains to conceal. The King hoped, however, that time might not only
    soften her anger, but accustom her to his sight. He took the precaution
    of surrounding the palace with a dense cloud, and then hastened to his
    Court, where his prolonged absence was causing much anxiety.

    The Prince and all the courtiers were delighted to see their beloved
    King again, but they had to submit themselves to more frequent absences
    than ever on his part. He made business a pretext for shutting himself
    up in his study, but it was really in order to spend the time with the
    Princess, who remained inflexible.

    Not being able to imagine what could be the cause of so much obstinacy
    the King began to fear, lest, in spite of all his precautions, she might
    have heard of the charms of the Prince his son, whose goodness, youth
    and beauty, made him adored at Court. This idea made him horribly
    uneasy, and he resolved to remove the cause of his fears by sending the
    Prince on his travels escorted by a magnificent retinue.

    The Prince, after visiting several Courts, arrived at the one where the
    lost Princess was still deeply mourned. The King and Queen received him
    most graciously, and some festivities were revived to do him honour.

    One day when the Prince was visiting the Queen in her own apartments he
    was much struck by a most beautiful portrait. He eagerly inquired whose
    it was, and the Queen, with many tears, told him it was all that was
    left her of her beloved daughter, who had suddenly been carried off, she
    knew neither where nor how.

    The Prince was deeply moved, and vowed that he would search the world
    for the Princess, and take no rest till he had found and restored her to
    her mother’s arms. The Queen assured him of her eternal gratitude,
    and promised, should he succeed, to give him her daughter in marriage,
    together with all the estates she herself owned.

    The Prince, far more attracted by the thoughts of possessing the
    Princess than her promised dower, set forth in his quest after taking
    leave of the King and Queen, the latter giving him a miniature of her
    daughter which she was in the habit of wearing. His first act was
    to seek the Fairy under whose protection he had been placed, and he
    implored her to give him all the assistance of her art and counsel in
    this important matter.

    After listening attentively to the whole adventure, the Fairy asked
    for time to consult her books. After due consideration she informed the
    Prince that the object of his search was not far distant, but that it
    was too difficult for him to attempt to enter the enchanted palace where
    she was, as the King his father had surrounded it with a thick cloud,
    and that the only expedient she could think of would be to gain
    possession of the Princess’s parrot. This, she added, did not
    appear impossible, as it often flew about to some distance in the
    neighbourhood.

    Having told the Prince all this, the Fairy went out in hopes of seeing
    the parrot, and soon returned with the bird in her hand. She promptly
    shut it up in a cage, and, touching the Prince with her wand,
    transformed him into an exactly similar parrot; after which, she
    instructed him how to reach the Princess.

    The Prince reached the palace in safety, but was so dazzled at first by
    the Princess’s beauty, which far surpassed his expectations, that he
    was quite dumb for a time. The Princess was surprised and anxious, and
    fearing the parrot, who was her greatest comfort, had fallen ill, she
    took him in her hand and caressed him. This soon reassured the Prince,
    and encouraged him to play his part well, and he began to say a thousand
    agreeable things which charmed the Princess.

    Presently the King appeared, and the parrot noticed with joy how much
    he was disliked. As soon as the King left, the Princess retired to her
    dressing-room, the parrot flew after her and overheard her lamentations
    at the continued persecutions of the King, who had pressed her to
    consent to their marriage. The parrot said so many clever and tender
    things to comfort her that she began to doubt whether this could indeed
    be her own parrot.

    When he saw her well-disposed towards him, he exclaimed: ‘Madam, I
    have a most important secret to confide to you, and I beg you not to be
    alarmed by what I am about to say. I am here on behalf of the Queen your
    mother, with the object of delivering your Highness; to prove which,
    behold this portrait which she gave me herself.’ So saying he drew forth
    the miniature from under his wing. The Princess’s surprise was great,
    but after what she had seen and heard it was impossible not to indulge
    in hope, for she had recognised the likeness of herself which her mother
    always wore.

    The parrot, finding she was not much alarmed, told her who he was, all
    that her mother had promised him and the help he had already received
    from a Fairy who had assured him that she would give him means to
    transport the Princess to her mother’s arms.

    When he found her listening attentively to him, he implored the Princess
    to allow him to resume his natural shape. She did not speak, so he drew
    a feather from his wing, and she beheld before her a Prince of such
    surpassing beauty that it was impossible not to hope that she might owe
    her liberty to so charming a person.

    Meantime the Fairy had prepared a chariot, to which she harnessed two
    powerful eagles; then placing the cage, with the parrot in it,
    she charged the bird to conduct it to the window of the Princess’s
    dressing-room. This was done in a few minutes, and the Princess,
    stepping into the chariot with the Prince, was delighted to find her
    parrot again.

    As they rose through the air the Princess remarked a figure mounted on
    an eagle’s back flying in front of the chariot. She was rather alarmed,
    but the Prince reassured her, telling her it was the good Fairy to
    whom she owed so much, and who was now conducting her in safety to her
    mother.

    That same morning the King woke suddenly from a troubled sleep. He
    had dreamt that the Princess was being carried off from him, and,
    transforming himself into an eagle, he flew to the palace. When he
    failed to find her he flew into a terrible rage, and hastened home to
    consult his books, by which means he discovered that it was his son
    who had deprived him of this precious treasure. Immediately he took the
    shape of a harpy, and, filled with rage, was determined to devour his
    son, and even the Princess too, if only he could overtake them.

    He set out at full speed; but he started too late, and was further
    delayed by a strong wind which the Fairy raised behind the young couple
    so as to baffle any pursuit.

    You may imagine the rapture with which the Queen received the daughter
    she had given up for lost, as well as the amiable Prince who had rescued
    her. The Fairy entered with them, and warned the Queen that the Wizard
    King would shortly arrive, infuriated by his loss, and that nothing
    could preserve the Prince and Princess from his rage and magic unless
    they were actually married.

    The Queen hastened to inform the King her husband, and the wedding took
    place on the spot.

    As the ceremony was completed the Wizard King arrived. His despair at
    being so late bewildered him so entirely that he appeared in his natural
    form and attempted to sprinkle some black liquid over the bride and
    bridegroom, which was intended to kill them, but the Fairy stretched out
    her wand and the liquid dropped on the Magician himself. He fell down
    senseless, and the Princess’s father, deeply offended at the cruel
    revenge which had been attempted, ordered him to be removed and locked
    up in prison.

    Now as magicians lose all their power as soon as they are in prison, the
    King felt himself much embarrassed at being thus at the mercy of
    those he had so greatly offended. The Prince implored and obtained his
    father’s pardon, and the prison doors were opened.

    No sooner was this done than the Wizard King was seen in the air under
    the form of some unknown bird, exclaiming as he flew off that he would
    never forgive either his son or the Fairy the cruel wrong they had done
    him.

    Everyone entreated the Fairy to settle in the kingdom where she now was,
    to which she consented. She built herself a magnificent palace, to which
    she transported her books and fairy secrets, and where she enjoyed the
    sight of the perfect happiness she had helped to bestow on the entire
    royal family.

     

    THE NIXY(15)

    (15) From the German. Kletke.

    There was once upon a time a miller who was very well off, and had as
    much money and as many goods as he knew what to do with. But sorrow
    comes in the night, and the miller all of a sudden became so poor
    that at last he could hardly call the mill in which he sat his own. He
    wandered about all day full of despair and misery, and when he lay down
    at night he could get no rest, but lay awake all night sunk in sorrowful
    thoughts.

    One morning he rose up before dawn and went outside, for he thought his
    heart would be lighter in the open air. As he wandered up and down on
    the banks of the mill-pond he heard a rustling in the water, and when he
    looked near he saw a white woman rising up from the waves.

    He realised at once that this could be none other than the nixy of the
    mill-pond, and in his terror he didn’t know if he should fly away or
    remain where he was. While he hesitated the nixy spoke, called him by
    his name, and asked him why he was so sad.

    When the miller heard how friendly her tone was, he plucked up heart and
    told her how rich and prosperous he had been all his life up till now,
    when he didn’t know what he was to do for want and misery.

    Then the nixy spoke comforting words to him, and promised that she would
    make him richer and more prosperous than he had ever been in his life
    before, if he would give her in return the youngest thing in his house.

    The miller thought she must mean one of his puppies or kittens, so
    promised the nixy at once what she asked, and returned to his mill full
    of hope. On the threshold he was greeted by a servant with the news that
    his wife had just given birth to a boy.

    The poor miller was much horrified by these tidings, and went in to
    his wife with a heavy heart to tell her and his relations of the fatal
    bargain he had just struck with the nixy. ‘I would gladly give up all
    the good fortune she promised me,’ he said, ‘if I could only save my
    child.’ But no one could think of any advice to give him, beyond taking
    care that the child never went near the mill-pond.

    So the boy throve and grew big, and in the meantime all prospered with
    the miller, and in a few years he was richer than he had ever been
    before. But all the same he did not enjoy his good fortune, for he could
    not forget his compact with the nixy, and he knew that sooner or later
    she would demand his fulfilment of it. But year after year went by, and
    the boy grew up and became a great hunter, and the lord of the land took
    him into his service, for he was as smart and bold a hunter as you would
    wish to see. In a short time he married a pretty young wife, and lived
    with her in great peace and happiness.

    One day when he was out hunting a hare sprang up at his feet, and ran
    for some way in front of him in the open field. The hunter pursued it
    hotly for some time, and at last shot it dead. Then he proceeded to
    skin it, never noticing that he was close to the mill-pond, which from
    childhood up he had been taught to avoid. He soon finished the skinning,
    and went to the water to wash the blood off his hands. He had hardly
    dipped them in the pond when the nixy rose up in the water, and seizing
    him in her wet arms she dragged him down with her under the waves.

    When the hunter did not come home in the evening his wife grew very
    anxious, and when his game bag was found close to the mill-pond she
    guessed at once what had befallen him. She was nearly beside herself
    with grief, and roamed round and round the pond calling on her husband
    without ceasing. At last, worn out with sorrow and fatigue, she fell
    asleep and dreamt that she was wandering along a flowery meadow, when
    she came to a hut where she found an old witch, who promised to restore
    her husband to her.

    When she awoke next morning she determined to set out and find the
    witch; so she wandered on for many a day, and at last she reached the
    flowery meadow and found the hut where the old witch lived. The poor
    wife told her all that had happened and how she had been told in a dream
    of the witch’s power to help her.

    The witch counselled her to go to the pond the first time there was a
    full moon, and to comb her black hair with a golden comb, and then to
    place the comb on the bank. The hunter’s wife gave the witch a handsome
    present, thanked her heartily, and returned home.

    Time dragged heavily till the time of the full moon, but it passed at
    last, and as soon as it rose the young wife went to the pond, combed
    her black hair with a golden comb, and when she had finished, placed the
    comb on the bank; then she watched the water impatiently. Soon she heard
    a rushing sound, and a big wave rose suddenly and swept the comb off the
    bank, and a minute after the head of her husband rose from the pond and
    gazed sadly at her. But immediately another wave came, and the head sank
    back into the water without having said a word. The pond lay still and
    motionless, glittering in the moonshine, and the hunter’s wife was not a
    bit better off than she had been before.

    In despair she wandered about for days and nights, and at last, worn out
    by fatigue, she sank once more into a deep sleep, and dreamt exactly the
    same dream about the old witch. So next morning she went again to the
    flowery meadow and sought the witch in her hut, and told her of her
    grief. The old woman counselled her to go to the mill-pond the next
    full moon and play upon a golden flute, and then to lay the flute on the
    bank.

    As soon as the next moon was full the hunter’s wife went to the
    mill-pond, played on a golden flute, and when she had finished placed it
    on the bank. Then a rushing sound was heard, and a wave swept the flute
    off the bank, and soon the head of the hunter appeared and rose up
    higher and higher till he was half out of the water. Then he gazed sadly
    at his wife and stretched out his arms towards her. But another rushing
    wave arose and dragged him under once more. The hunter’s wife, who had
    stood on the bank full of joy and hope, sank into despair when she saw
    her husband snatched away again before her eyes.

    But for her comfort she dreamt the same dream a third time, and betook
    herself once more to the old witch’s hut in the flowery meadow. This
    time the old woman told her to go the next full moon to the mill-pond,
    and to spin there with a golden spinning-wheel, and then to leave the
    spinning-wheel on the bank.

    The hunter’s wife did as she was advised, and the first night the moon
    was full she sat and spun with a golden spinning-wheel, and then left
    the wheel on the bank. In a few minutes a rushing sound was heard in the
    waters, and a wave swept the spinning-wheel from the bank. Immediately
    the head of the hunter rose up from the pond, getting higher and higher
    each moment, till at length he stepped on to the bank and fell on his
    wife’s neck.

    But the waters of the pond rose up suddenly, overflowed the bank where
    the couple stood, and dragged them under the flood. In her despair the
    young wife called on the old witch to help her, and in a moment the
    hunter was turned into a frog and his wife into a toad. But they were
    not able to remain together, for the water tore them apart, and when the
    flood was over they both resumed their own shapes again, but the hunter
    and the hunter’s wife found themselves each in a strange country, and
    neither knew what had become of the other.

    The hunter determined to become a shepherd, and his wife too became a
    shepherdess. So they herded their sheep for many years in solitude and
    sadness.

    Now it happened once that the shepherd came to the country where the
    shepherdess lived. The neighbourhood pleased him, and he saw that the
    pasture was rich and suitable for his flocks. So he brought his sheep
    there, and herded them as before. The shepherd and shepherdess became
    great friends, but they did not recognise each other in the least.

    But one evening when the moon was full they sat together watching their
    flocks, and the shepherd played upon his flute. Then the shepherdess
    thought of that evening when she had sat at the full moon by the
    mill-pond and had played on the golden flute; the recollection was too
    much for her, and she burst into tears. The shepherd asked her why she
    was crying, and left her no peace till she told him all her story. Then
    the scales fell from the shepherd’s eyes, and he recognised his wife,
    and she him. So they returned joyfully to their own home, and lived in
    peace and happiness ever after.

     

    THE GLASS MOUNTAIN(16)

    (16) From the Polish. Kletke.

    Once upon a time there was a Glass Mountain at the top of which stood
    a castle made of pure gold, and in front of the castle there grew an
    apple-tree on which there were golden apples.

    Anyone who picked an apple gained admittance into the golden castle, and
    there in a silver room sat an enchanted Princess of surpassing fairness
    and beauty. She was as rich too as she was beautiful, for the cellars of
    the castle were full of precious stones, and great chests of the finest
    gold stood round the walls of all the rooms.

    Many knights had come from afar to try their luck, but it was in vain
    they attempted to climb the mountain. In spite of having their horses
    shod with sharp nails, no one managed to get more than half-way up, and
    then they all fell back right down to the bottom of the steep slippery
    hill. Sometimes they broke an arm, sometimes a leg, and many a brave man
    had broken his neck even.

    The beautiful Princess sat at her window and watched the bold knights
    trying to reach her on their splendid horses. The sight of her always
    gave men fresh courage, and they flocked from the four quarters of the
    globe to attempt the work of rescuing her. But all in vain, and for
    seven years the Princess had sat now and waited for some one to scale
    the Glass Mountain.

    A heap of corpses both of riders and horses lay round the mountain, and
    many dying men lay groaning there unable to go any farther with their
    wounded limbs. The whole neighbourhood had the appearance of a vast
    churchyard. In three more days the seven years would be at an end,
    when a knight in golden armour and mounted on a spirited steed was seen
    making his way towards the fatal hill.

    Sticking his spurs into his horse he made a rush at the mountain, and
    got up half-way, then he calmly turned his horse’s head and came down
    again without a slip or stumble. The following day he started in the
    same way; the horse trod on the glass as if it had been level earth,
    and sparks of fire flew from its hoofs. All the other knights gazed in
    astonishment, for he had almost gained the summit, and in another moment
    he would have reached the apple-tree; but of a sudden a huge eagle rose
    up and spread its mighty wings, hitting as it did so the knight’s horse
    in the eye.

    The beast shied, opened its wide nostrils and tossed its mane, then
    rearing high up in the air, its hind feet slipped and it fell with its
    rider down the steep mountain side. Nothing was left of either of them
    except their bones, which rattled in the battered golden armour like dry
    peas in a pod.

    And now there was only one more day before the close of the seven years.
    Then there arrived on the scene a mere schoolboy–a merry, happy-hearted
    youth, but at the same time strong and well-grown. He saw how many
    knights had broken their necks in vain, but undaunted he approached the
    steep mountain on foot and began the ascent.

    For long he had heard his parents speak of the beautiful Princess who
    sat in the golden castle at the top of the Glass Mountain. He listened
    to all he heard, and determined that he too would try his luck. But
    first he went to the forest and caught a lynx, and cutting off the
    creature’s sharp claws, he fastened them on to his own hands and feet.

    Armed with these weapons he boldly started up the Glass Mountain.

    The sun was nearly going down, and the youth had not got more than
    half-way up. He could hardly draw breath he was so worn out, and his
    mouth was parched by thirst. A huge black cloud passed over his head,
    but in vain did he beg and beseech her to let a drop of water fall on
    him. He opened his mouth, but the black cloud sailed past and not as
    much as a drop of dew moistened his dry lips.

    His feet were torn and bleeding, and he could only hold on now with his
    hands. Evening closed in, and he strained his eyes to see if he could
    behold the top of the mountain. Then he gazed beneath him, and what a
    sight met his eyes! A yawning abyss, with certain and terrible death at
    the bottom, reeking with half-decayed bodies of horses and riders! And
    this had been the end of all the other brave men who like himself had
    attempted the ascent.

    It was almost pitch dark now, and only the stars lit up the Glass
    Mountain. The poor boy still clung on as if glued to the glass by his
    blood-stained hands. He made no struggle to get higher, for all his
    strength had left him, and seeing no hope he calmly awaited death.
    Then all of a sudden he fell into a deep sleep, and forgetful of his
    dangerous position, he slumbered sweetly. But all the same, although he
    slept, he had stuck his sharp claws so firmly into the glass that he was
    quite safe not to fall.

    Now the golden apple-tree was guarded by the eagle which had overthrown
    the golden knight and his horse. Every night it flew round the Glass
    Mountain keeping a careful look-out, and no sooner had the moon emerged
    from the clouds than the bird rose up from the apple-tree, and circling
    round in the air, caught sight of the sleeping youth.

    Greedy for carrion, and sure that this must be a fresh corpse, the bird
    swooped down upon the boy. But he was awake now, and perceiving the
    eagle, he determined by its help to save himself.

    The eagle dug its sharp claws into the tender flesh of the youth, but he
    bore the pain without a sound, and seized the bird’s two feet with his
    hands. The creature in terror lifted him high up into the air and began
    to circle round the tower of the castle. The youth held on bravely. He
    saw the glittering palace, which by the pale rays of the moon looked
    like a dim lamp; and he saw the high windows, and round one of them a
    balcony in which the beautiful Princess sat lost in sad thoughts. Then
    the boy saw that he was close to the apple-tree, and drawing a small
    knife from his belt, he cut off both the eagle’s feet. The bird rose up
    in the air in its agony and vanished into the clouds, and the youth fell
    on to the broad branches of the apple-tree.

    Then he drew out the claws of the eagle’s feet that had remained in his
    flesh, and put the peel of one of the golden apples on the wound, and
    in one moment it was healed and well again. He pulled several of the
    beautiful apples and put them in his pocket; then he entered the castle.
    The door was guarded by a great dragon, but as soon as he threw an apple
    at it, the beast vanished.

    At the same moment a gate opened, and the youth perceived a courtyard
    full of flowers and beautiful trees, and on a balcony sat the lovely
    enchanted Princess with her retinue.

    As soon as she saw the youth, she ran towards him and greeted him as her
    husband and master. She gave him all her treasures, and the youth became
    a rich and mighty ruler. But he never returned to the earth, for only
    the mighty eagle, who had been the guardian of the Princess and of the
    castle, could have carried on his wings the enormous treasure down to
    the world. But as the eagle had lost its feet it died, and its body was
    found in a wood on the Glass Mountain.

    . . . . . . .

    One day when the youth was strolling about in the palace garden with the
    Princess, his wife, he looked down over the edge of the Glass Mountain
    and saw to his astonishment a great number of people gathered there. He
    blew his silver whistle, and the swallow who acted as messenger in the
    golden castle flew past.

    ‘Fly down and ask what the matter is,’ he said to the little bird, who
    sped off like lightning and soon returned saying:

    ‘The blood of the eagle has restored all the people below to life. All
    those who have perished on this mountain are awakening up to-day, as
    it were from a sleep, and are mounting their horses, and the whole
    population are gazing on this unheard-of wonder with joy and amazement.’

     

    ALPHEGE, OR THE GREEN MONKEY

    Many years ago there lived a King, who was twice married. His first
    wife, a good and beautiful woman, died at the birth of her little son,
    and the King her husband was so overwhelmed with grief at her loss that
    his only comfort was in the sight of his heir.

    When the time for the young Prince’s christening came the King chose
    as godmother a neighbouring Princess, so celebrated for her wisdom and
    goodness that she was commonly called ‘the Good Queen.’ She named the
    baby Alphege, and from that moment took him to her heart.

    Time wipes away the greatest griefs, and after two or three years the
    King married again. His second wife was a Princess of undeniable beauty,
    but by no means of so amiable a disposition as the first Queen. In due
    time a second Prince was born, and the Queen was devoured with rage at
    the thought that Prince Alphege came between her son and the throne. She
    took care however to conceal her jealous feelings from the King.

    At length she could control herself no longer, so she sent a trusty
    servant to her old and faithful friend the Fairy of the Mountain, to beg
    her to devise some means by which she might get rid of her stepson.

    The Fairy replied that, much as she desired to be agreeable to the Queen
    in every way, it was impossible for her to attempt anything against the
    young Prince, who was under the protection of some greater Power than
    her own.

    The ‘Good Queen’ on her side watched carefully over her godson. She was
    obliged to do so from a distance, her own country being a remote one,
    but she was well informed of all that went on and knew all about the
    Queen’s wicked designs. She therefore sent the Prince a large and
    splendid ruby, with injunctions to wear it night and day as it would
    protect him from all attacks, but added that the talisman only retained
    its power as long as the Prince remained within his father’s dominions.
    The Wicked Queen knowing this made every attempt to get the Prince out
    of the country, but her efforts failed, till one day accident did what
    she was unable to accomplish.

    The King had an only sister who was deeply attached to him, and who was
    married to the sovereign of a distant country. She had always kept up
    a close correspondence with her brother, and the accounts she heard of
    Prince Alphege made her long to become acquainted with so charming a
    nephew. She entreated the King to allow the Prince to visit her, and
    after some hesitation which was overruled by his wife, he finally
    consented.

    Prince Alphege was at this time fourteen years old, and the handsomest
    and most engaging youth imaginable. In his infancy he had been placed
    in the charge of one of the great ladies of the Court, who, according
    to the prevailing custom, acted first as his head nurse and then as his
    governess. When he outgrew her care her husband was appointed as his
    tutor and governor, so that he had never been separated from this
    excellent couple, who loved him as tenderly as they did their only
    daughter Zayda, and were warmly loved by him in return.

    When the Prince set forth on his travels it was but natural that this
    devoted couple should accompany him, and accordingly he started with
    them and attended by a numerous retinue.

    For some time he travelled through his father’s dominions and all went
    well; but soon after passing the frontier they had to cross a desert
    plain under a burning sun. They were glad to take shelter under a group
    of trees near, and here the Prince complained of burning thirst. Luckily
    a tiny stream ran close by and some water was soon procured, but no
    sooner had he tasted it than he sprang from his carriage and disappeared
    in a moment. In vain did his anxious followers seek for him, he was
    nowhere to be found.

    As they were hunting and shouting through the trees a black monkey
    suddenly appeared on a point of rock and said: ‘Poor sorrowing people,
    you are seeking your Prince in vain. Return to your own country and know
    that he will not be restored to you till you have for some time failed
    to recognise him.’

    With these words he vanished, leaving the courtiers sadly perplexed; but
    as all their efforts to find the Prince were useless they had no choice
    but to go home, bringing with them the sad news, which so greatly
    distressed the King that he fell ill and died not long after.

    The Queen, whose ambition was boundless, was delighted to see the crown
    on her son’s head and to have the power in her own hands. Her hard rule
    made her very unpopular, and it was commonly believed that she had
    made away with Prince Alphege. Indeed, had the King her son not been
    deservedly beloved a revolution would certainly have arisen.

    Meantime the former governess of the unfortunate Alphege, who had lost
    her husband soon after the King’s death, retired to her own house with
    her daughter, who grew up a lovely and most loveable girl, and both
    continued to mourn the loss of their dear Prince.

    The young King was devoted to hunting, and often indulged in his
    favourite pastime, attended by the noblest youths in his kingdom.

    One day, after a long morning’s chase he stopped to rest near a brook in
    the shade of a little wood, where a splendid tent had been prepared
    for him. Whilst at luncheon he suddenly spied a little monkey of the
    brightest green sitting on a tree and gazing so tenderly at him that
    he felt quite moved. He forbade his courtiers to frighten it, and the
    monkey, noticing how much attention was being paid him, sprang from
    bough to bough, and at length gradually approached the King, who offered
    him some food. The monkey took it very daintily and finally came to the
    table. The King took him on his knees, and, delighted with his capture,
    brought him home with him. He would trust no one else with its care, and
    the whole Court soon talked of nothing but the pretty green monkey.

    One morning, as Prince Alphege’s governess and her daughter were alone
    together, the little monkey sprang in through an open window. He had
    escaped from the palace, and his manners were so gentle and caressing
    that Zayda and her mother soon got over the first fright he had given
    them. He had spent some time with them and quite won their hearts by
    his insinuating ways, when the King discovered where he was and sent to
    fetch him back. But the monkey made such piteous cries, and seemed so
    unhappy when anyone attempted to catch him, that the two ladies begged
    the King to leave him a little longer with them, to which he consented.

    One evening, as they sat by the fountain in the garden, the little
    monkey kept gazing at Zayda with such sad and loving eyes that she and
    her mother could not think what to make of it, and they were still more
    surprised when they saw big tears rolling down his cheeks.

    Next day both mother and daughter were sitting in a jessamine bower in
    the garden, and they began to talk of the green monkey and his strange
    ways. The mother said, ‘My dear child, I can no longer hide my feelings
    from you. I cannot get the thought out of my mind that the green monkey
    is no other than our beloved Prince Alphege, transformed in this strange
    fashion. I know the idea sounds wild, but I cannot get it out of my
    heart, and it leaves me no peace.’

    As she spoke she glanced up, and there sat the little monkey, whose
    tears and gestures seemed to confirm her words.

    The following night the elder lady dreamt that she saw the Good Queen,
    who said, ‘Do not weep any longer but follow my directions. Go into
    your garden and lift up the little marble slab at the foot of the great
    myrtle tree. You will find beneath it a crystal vase filled with a
    bright green liquid. Take it with you and place the thing which is at
    present most in your thoughts into a bath filled with roses and rub it
    well with the green liquid.’

    At these words the sleeper awoke, and lost no time in rising and
    hurrying to the garden, where she found all as the Good Queen had
    described. Then she hastened to rouse her daughter and together they
    prepared the bath, for they would not let their women know what they
    were about. Zayda gathered quantities of roses, and when all was ready
    they put the monkey into a large jasper bath, where the mother rubbed
    him all over with the green liquid.

    Their suspense was not long, for suddenly the monkey skin dropped off,
    and there stood Prince Alphege, the handsomest and most charming of
    men. The joy of such a meeting was beyond words. After a time the ladies
    begged the Prince to relate his adventures, and he told them of all his
    sufferings in the desert when he was first transformed. His only comfort
    had been in visits from the Good Queen, who had at length put him in the
    way of meeting his brother.

    Several days were spent in these interesting conversations, but at
    length Zayda’s mother began to think of the best means for placing the
    Prince on the throne, which was his by right.

    The Queen on her side was feeling very anxious. She had felt sure from
    the first that her son’s pet monkey was no other than Prince Alphege,
    and she longed to put an end to him. Her suspicions were confirmed by
    the Fairy of the Mountain, and she hastened in tears to the King, her
    son.

    ‘I am informed,’ she cried, ‘that some ill-disposed people have raised
    up an impostor in the hopes of dethroning you. You must at once have him
    put to death.’

    The King, who was very brave, assured the Queen that he would soon
    punish the conspirators. He made careful inquiries into the matter, and
    thought it hardly probable that a quiet widow and a young girl would
    think of attempting anything of the nature of a revolution.

    He determined to go and see them, and to find out the truth for himself;
    so one night, without saying anything to the Queen or his ministers, he
    set out for the palace where the two ladies lived, attended only by a
    small band of followers.

    The two ladies were at the moment deep in conversation with Prince
    Alphege, and hearing a knocking so late at night begged him to keep out
    of sight for a time. What was their surprise when the door was opened to
    see the King and his suite.

    ‘I know,’ said the King, ‘that you are plotting against my crown and
    person, and I have come to have an explanation with you.’

    As she was about to answer Prince Alphege, who had heard all, came
    forward and said, ‘It is from me you must ask an explanation, brother.’
    He spoke with such grace and dignity that everyone gazed at him with
    mute surprise.

    At length the King, recovering from his astonishment at recognising the
    brother who had been lost some years before, exclaimed, ‘Yes, you are
    indeed my brother, and now that I have found you, take the throne to
    which I have no longer a right.’ So saying, he respectfully kissed the
    Prince’s hand.

    Alphege threw himself into his arms, and the brothers hastened to the
    royal palace, where in the presence of the entire court he received
    the crown from his brother’s hand. To clear away any possible doubt, he
    showed the ruby which the Good Queen had given him in his childhood. As
    they were gazing at it, it suddenly split with a loud noise, and at the
    same moment the Wicked Queen expired.

    King Alphege lost no time in marrying his dear and lovely Zayda, and
    his joy was complete when the Good Queen appeared at his wedding. She
    assured him that the Fairy of the Mountain had henceforth lost all
    power over him, and after spending some time with the young couple,
    and bestowing the most costly presents on them, she retired to her own
    country.

    King Alphege insisted on his brother sharing his throne, and they all
    lived to a good old age, universally beloved and admired.

     

    FAIRER-THAN-A-FAIRY

    Once there lived a King who had no children for many years after his
    marriage. At length heaven granted him a daughter of such remarkable
    beauty that he could think of no name so appropriate for her as
    ‘Fairer-than-a-Fairy.’

    It never occurred to the good-natured monarch that such a name was
    certain to call down the hatred and jealousy of the fairies in a body on
    the child, but this was what happened. No sooner had they heard of this
    presumptuous name than they resolved to gain possession of her who bore
    it, and either to torment her cruelly, or at least to conceal her from
    the eyes of all men.

    The eldest of their tribe was entrusted to carry out their revenge. This
    Fairy was named Lagree; she was so old that she only had one eye and one
    tooth left, and even these poor remains she had to keep all night in a
    strengthening liquid. She was also so spiteful that she gladly devoted
    all her time to carrying out all the mean or ill-natured tricks of the
    whole body of fairies.

    With her large experience, added to her native spite, she found but
    little difficulty in carrying off Fairer-than-a-Fairy. The poor child,
    who was only seven years old, nearly died of fear on finding herself
    in the power of this hideous creature. However, when after an hour’s
    journey underground she found herself in a splendid palace with lovely
    gardens, she felt a little reassured, and was further cheered when she
    discovered that her pet cat and dog had followed her.

    The old Fairy led her to a pretty room which she said should be hers, at
    the same time giving her the strictest orders never to let out the fire
    which was burning brightly in the grate. She then gave two glass bottles
    into the Princess’s charge, desiring her to take the greatest care of
    them, and having enforced her orders with the most awful threats in case
    of disobedience, she vanished, leaving the little girl at liberty to
    explore the palace and grounds and a good deal relieved at having only
    two apparently easy tasks set her.

    Several years passed, during which time the Princess grew accustomed to
    her lonely life, obeyed the Fairy’s orders, and by degrees forgot all
    about the court of the King her father.

    One day, whilst passing near a fountain in the garden, she noticed
    that the sun’s rays fell on the water in such a manner as to produce
    a brilliant rainbow. She stood still to admire it, when, to her great
    surprise, she heard a voice addressing her which seemed to come from the
    centre of its rays. The voice was that of a young man, and its sweetness
    of tone and the agreeable things it uttered, led one to infer that its
    owner must be equally charming; but this had to be a mere matter of
    fancy, for no one was visible.

    The beautiful Rainbow informed Fairer-than-a-Fairy that he was young,
    the son of a powerful king, and that the Fairy, Lagree, who owed his
    parents a grudge, had revenged herself by depriving him of his natural
    shape for some years; that she had imprisoned him in the palace, where
    he had found his confinement hard to bear for some time, but now, he
    owned, he no longer sighed for freedom since he had seen and learned to
    love Fairer-than-a-Fairy.

    He added many other tender speeches to this declaration, and the
    Princess, to whom such remarks were a new experience, could not help
    feeling pleased and touched by his attentions.

    The Prince could only appear or speak under the form of a Rainbow, and
    it was therefore necessary that the sun should shine on water so as to
    enable the rays to form themselves.

    Fairer-than-a-Fairy lost no moment in which she could meet her lover,
    and they enjoyed many long and interesting interviews. One day, however,
    their conversation became so absorbing and time passed so quickly that
    the Princess forgot to attend to the fire, and it went out. Lagree, on
    her return, soon found out the neglect, and seemed only too pleased to
    have the opportunity of showing her spite to her lovely prisoner. She
    ordered Fairer-than-a-Fairy to start next day at dawn to ask Locrinos
    for fire with which to relight the one she had allowed to go out.

    Now this Locrinos was a cruel monster who devoured everyone he came
    across, and especially enjoyed a chance of catching and eating any young
    girls. Our heroine obeyed with great sweetness, and without having been
    able to take leave of her lover she set off to go to Locrinos as to
    certain death. As she was crossing a wood a bird sang to her to pick up
    a shining pebble which she would find in a fountain close by, and to use
    it when needed. She took the bird’s advice, and in due time arrived at
    the house of Locrinos. Luckily she only found his wife at home, who was
    much struck by the Princess’s youth and beauty and sweet gentle manners,
    and still further impressed by the present of the shining pebble.

    She readily let Fairer-than-a-Fairy have the fire, and in return for
    the stone she gave her another, which, she said, might prove useful some
    day. Then she sent her away without doing her any harm.

    Lagree was as much surprised as displeased at the happy result of this
    expedition, and Fairer-than-a Fairy waited anxiously for an opportunity
    of meeting Prince Rainbow and telling him her adventures. She found,
    however, that he had already been told all about them by a Fairy who
    protected him, and to whom he was related.

    The dread of fresh dangers to his beloved Princess made him devise
    some more convenient way of meeting than by the garden fountain, and
    Fairer-than-a-Fairy carried out his plan daily with entire success.
    Every morning she placed a large basin full of water on her window-sill,
    and as soon as the sun’s rays fell on the water the Rainbow appeared
    as clearly as it had ever done in the fountain. By this means they were
    able to meet without losing sight of the fire or of the two bottles in
    which the old Fairy kept her eye and her tooth at night, and for some
    time the lovers enjoyed every hour of sunshine together.

    One day Prince Rainbow appeared in the depths of woe. He had just heard
    that he was to be banished from this lovely spot, but he had no idea
    where he was to go. The poor young couple were in despair, and only
    parted with the last ray of sunshine, and in hopes of meeting next
    morning. Alas! next day was dark and gloomy, and it was only late in the
    afternoon that the sun broke through the clouds for a few minutes.

    Fairer-than-a-Fairy eagerly ran to the window, but in her haste she
    upset the basin, and spilt all the water with which she had carefully
    filled it overnight. No other water was at hand except that in the two
    bottles. It was the only chance of seeing her lover before they were
    separated, and she did not hesitate to break the bottle and pour their
    contents into the basin, when the Rainbow appeared at once. Their
    farewells were full of tenderness; the Prince made the most ardent and
    sincere protestations, and promised to neglect nothing which might help
    to deliver his dear Fairer-than-a-Fairy from her captivity, and implored
    her to consent to their marriage as soon as they should both be free.
    The Princess, on her side, vowed to have no other husband, and declared
    herself willing to brave death itself in order to rejoin him.

    They were not allowed much time for their adieus; the Rainbow vanished,
    and the Princess, resolved to run all risks, started off at once, taking
    nothing with her but her dog, her cat, a sprig of myrtle, and the stone
    which the wife of Locrinos gave her.

    When Lagree became aware of her prisoner’s flight she was furious, and
    set off at full speed in pursuit. She overtook her just as the poor
    girl, overcome by fatigue, had lain down to rest in a cave which the
    stone had formed itself into to shelter her. The little dog who was
    watching her mistress promptly flew at Lagree and bit her so severely
    that she stumbled against a corner of the cave and broke off her only
    tooth. Before she had recovered from the pain and rage this caused her,
    the Princess had time to escape, and was some way on her road. Fear gave
    her strength for some time, but at last she could go no further, and
    sank down to rest. As she did so, the sprig of myrtle she carried
    touched the ground, and immediately a green and shady bower sprang up
    round her, in which she hoped to sleep in peace.

    But Lagree had not given up her pursuit, and arrived just as
    Fairer-than-a-Fairy had fallen fast asleep. This time she made sure of
    catching her victim, but the cat spied her out, and, springing from one
    of the boughs of the arbour she flew at Lagree’s face and tore out her
    only eye, thus delivering the Princess for ever from her persecutor.

    One might have thought that all would now be well, but no sooner had
    Lagree been put to fight than our heroine was overwhelmed with hunger
    and thirst. She felt as though she should certainly expire, and it was
    with some difficulty that she dragged herself as far as a pretty little
    green and white house, which stood at no great distance. Here she was
    received by a beautiful lady dressed in green and white to match the
    house, which apparently belonged to her, and of which she seemed the
    only inhabitant.

    She greeted the fainting Princess most kindly, gave her an excellent
    supper, and after a long night’s rest in a delightful bed told her that
    after many troubles she should finally attain her desire.

    As the green and white lady took leave of the Princess she gave her a
    nut, desiring her only to open it in the most urgent need.

    After a long and tiring journey Fairer-than-a-Fairy was once more
    received in a house, and by a lady exactly like the one she had quitted.
    Here again she received a present with the same injunctions, but instead
    of a nut this lady gave her a golden pomegranate. The mournful Princess
    had to continue her weary way, and after many troubles and hardships she
    again found rest and shelter in a third house exactly similar to the two
    others.

    These houses belonged to three sisters, all endowed with fairy gifts,
    and all so alike in mind and person that they wished their houses and
    garments to be equally alike. Their occupation consisted in helping
    those in misfortune, and they were as gentle and benevolent as Lagree
    had been cruel and spiteful.

    The third Fairy comforted the poor traveller, begged her not to lose
    heart, and assured her that her troubles should be rewarded.

    She accompanied her advice by the gift of a crystal smelling-bottle,
    with strict orders only to open it in case of urgent need.
    Fairer-than-a-Fairy thanked her warmly, and resumed her way cheered by
    pleasant thoughts.

    After a time her road led through a wood, full of soft airs and sweet
    odours, and before she had gone a hundred yards she saw a wonderful
    silver Castle suspended by strong silver chains to four of the
    largest trees. It was so perfectly hung that a gentle breeze rocked it
    sufficiently to send you pleasantly to sleep.

    Fairer-than-a-Fairy felt a strong desire to enter this Castle, but
    besides being hung a little above the ground there seemed to be neither
    doors nor windows. She had no doubt (though really I cannot think why)
    that the moment had come in which to use the nut which had been given
    her. She opened it, and out came a diminutive hall porter at whose belt
    hung a tiny chain, at the end of which was a golden key half as long as
    the smallest pin you ever saw.

    The Princess climbed up one of the silver chains, holding in her hand
    the little porter who, in spite of his minute size, opened a secret door
    with his golden key and let her in. She entered a magnificent room which
    appeared to occupy the entire Castle, and which was lighted by gold and
    jewelled stars in the ceiling. In the midst of this room stood a couch,
    draped with curtains of all the colours of the rainbow, and suspended by
    golden cords so that it swayed with the Castle in a manner which rocked
    its occupant delightfully to sleep.

    On this elegant couch lay Prince Rainbow, looking more beautiful than
    ever, and sunk in profound slumber, in which he had been held ever since
    his disappearance.

    Fairy-than-a-Fairy, who now saw him for the first time in his real
    shape, hardly dared to gaze at him, fearing lest his appearance might
    not be in keeping with the voice and language which had won her heart.
    At the same time she could not help feeling rather hurt at the apparent
    indifference with which she was received.

    She related all the dangers and difficulties she had gone through, and
    though she repeated the story twenty times in a loud clear voice, the
    Prince slept on and took no heed. She then had recourse to the golden
    pomegranate, and on opening it found that all the seeds were as many
    little violins which flew up in the vaulted roof and at once began
    playing melodiously.

    The Prince was not completely roused, but he opened his eyes a little
    and looked all the handsomer.

    Impatient at not being recognised, Fairer-than-a-Fairy now drew out her
    third present, and on opening the crystal scent-bottle a little syren
    flew out, who silenced the violins and then sang close to the Prince’s
    ear the story of all his lady love had suffered in her search for him.
    She added some gentle reproaches to her tale, but before she had got
    far he was wide awake, and transported with joy threw himself at the
    Princess’s feet. At the same moment the walls of the room expanded and
    opened out, revealing a golden throne covered with jewels. A magnificent
    Court now began to assemble, and at the same time several elegant
    carriages filled with ladies in magnificent dresses drove up. In the
    first and most splendid of these carriages sat Prince Rainbow’s mother.
    She fondly embraced her son, after which she informed him that his
    father had been dead for some years, that the anger of the Fairies was
    at length appeased, and that he might return in peace to reign over his
    people, who were longing for his presence.

    The Court received the new King with joyful acclamations which would
    have delighted him at any other time, but all his thoughts were full of
    Fairer-than-a-Fairy. He was just about to present her to his mother and
    the Court, feeling sure that her charms would win all hearts, when the
    three green and white sisters appeared.

    They declared the secret of Fairy-than-a-Fairy’s royal birth, and the
    Queen taking the two lovers in her carriage set off with them for the
    capital of the kingdom.

    Here they were received with tumultuous joy. The wedding was celebrated
    without delay, and succeeding years diminished neither the virtues,
    beauty, nor the mutual affection of King Rainbow and his Queen,
    Fairer-than-a-Fairy.

     

    THE THREE BROTHERS(17)

    (17) From the Polish. Kletke.

    There was once upon a time a witch, who in the shape of a hawk used
    every night to break the windows of a certain village church. In the
    same village there lived three brothers, who were all determined to kill
    the mischievous hawk. But in vain did the two eldest mount guard in the
    church with their guns; as soon as the bird appeared high above their
    heads, sleep overpowered them, and they only awoke to hear the windows
    crashing in.

    Then the youngest brother took his turn of guarding the windows, and to
    prevent his being overcome by sleep he placed a lot of thorns under his
    chin, so that if he felt drowsy and nodded his head, they would prick
    him and keep him awake.

    The moon was already risen, and it was as light as day, when suddenly he
    heard a fearful noise, and at the same time a terrible desire to sleep
    overpowered him.

    His eyelids closed, and his head sank on his shoulders, but the thorns
    ran into him and were so painful that he awoke at once. He saw the hawk
    swooping down upon the church, and in a moment he had seized his gun
    and shot at the bird. The hawk fell heavily under a big stone, severely
    wounded in its right wing. The youth ran to look at it, and saw that
    a huge abyss had opened below the stone. He went at once to fetch his
    brothers, and with their help dragged a lot of pine-wood and ropes to
    the spot. They fastened some of the burning pine-wood to the end of the
    rope, and let it slowly down to the bottom of the abyss. At first it was
    quite dark, and the flaming torch only lit up dirty grey stone walls.
    But the youngest brother determined to explore the abyss, and letting
    himself down by the rope he soon reached the bottom. Here he found a
    lovely meadow full of green trees and exquisite flowers.

    In the middle of the meadow stood a huge stone castle, with an iron gate
    leading to it, which was wide open. Everything in the castle seemed
    to be made of copper, and the only inhabitant he could discover was
    a lovely girl, who was combing her golden hair; and he noticed that
    whenever one of her hairs fell on the ground it rang out like pure
    metal. The youth looked at her more closely, and saw that her skin was
    smooth and fair, her blue eyes bright and sparkling, and her hair as
    golden as the sun. He fell in love with her on the spot, and kneeling at
    her feet, he implored her to become his wife.

    The lovely girl accepted his proposal gladly; but at the same time she
    warned him that she could never come up to the world above till her
    mother, the old witch, was dead. And she went on to tell him that the
    only way in which the old creature could be killed was with the sword
    that hung up in the castle; but the sword was so heavy that no one could
    lift it.

    Then the youth went into a room in the castle where everything was made
    of silver, and here he found another beautiful girl, the sister of his
    bride. She was combing her silver hair, and every hair that fell on the
    ground rang out like pure metal. The second girl handed him the sword,
    but though he tried with all his strength he could not lift it. At last
    a third sister came to him and gave him a drop of something to drink,
    which she said would give him the needful strength. He drank one drop,
    but still he could not lift the sword; then he drank a second, and the
    sword began to move; but only after he had drunk a third drop was he
    able to swing the sword over his head.

    Then he hid himself in the castle and awaited the old witch’s arrival.
    At last as it was beginning to grow dark she appeared. She swooped down
    upon a big apple-tree, and after shaking some golden apples from it, she
    pounced down upon the earth. As soon as her feet touched the ground she
    became transformed from a hawk into a woman. This was the moment the
    youth was waiting for, and he swung his mighty sword in the air with all
    his strength and the witch’s head fell off, and her blood spurted up on
    the walls.

    Without fear of any further danger, he packed up all the treasures of
    the castle into great chests, and gave his brothers a signal to pull
    them up out of the abyss. First the treasures were attached to the rope
    and then the three lovely girls. And now everything was up above and
    only he himself remained below. But as he was a little suspicious of his
    brothers, he fastened a heavy stone on to the rope and let them pull it
    up. At first they heaved with a will, but when the stone was half way
    up they let it drop suddenly, and it fell to the bottom broken into a
    hundred pieces.

    ‘So that’s what would have happened to my bones had I trusted myself to
    them,’ said the youth sadly; and he began to cry bitterly, not because
    of the treasures, but because of the lovely girl with her swanlike neck
    and golden hair.

    For a long time he wandered sadly all through the beautiful underworld,
    and one day he met a magician who asked him the cause of his tears. The
    youth told him all that had befallen him, and the magician said:

    ‘Do not grieve, young man! If you will guard the children who are hidden
    in the golden apple-tree, I will bring you at once up to the earth.
    Another magician who lives in this land always eats my children up. It
    is in vain that I have hidden them under the earth and locked them into
    the castle. Now I have hidden them in the apple-tree; hide yourself
    there too, and at midnight you will see my enemy.’

    The youth climbed up the tree, and picked some of the beautiful golden
    apples, which he ate for his supper.

    At midnight the wind began to rise, and a rustling sound was heard at
    the foot of the tree. The youth looked down and beheld a long thick
    serpent beginning to crawl up the tree. It wound itself round the stem
    and gradually got higher and higher. It stretched its huge head, in
    which the eyes glittered fiercely, among the branches, searching for the
    nest in which the little children lay. They trembled with terror when
    they saw the hideous creature, and hid themselves beneath the leaves.

    Then the youth swung his mighty sword in the air, and with one blow cut
    off the serpent’s head. He cut up the rest of the body into little bits
    and strewed them to the four winds.

    The father of the rescued children was so delighted over the death of
    his enemy that he told the youth to get on his back, and in this way he
    carried him up to the world above.

    With what joy did he hurry now to his brothers’ house! He burst into a
    room where they were all assembled, but no one knew who he was. Only his
    bride, who was serving as cook to her sisters, recognised her lover at
    once.

    His brothers, who had quite believed he was dead, yielded him up his
    treasures at once, and flew into the woods in terror. But the good youth
    forgave them all they had done, and divided his treasures with them.
    Then he built himself a big castle with golden windows, and there he
    lived happily with his golden-haired wife till the end of their lives.

     

    THE BOY AND THE WOLVES, OR THE BROKEN PROMISE(18)

    (18) A North American Indian story.

    Once upon a time an Indian hunter built himself a house in the middle
    of a great forest, far away from all his tribe; for his heart was gentle
    and kind, and he was weary of the treachery and cruel deeds of those
    who had been his friends. So he left them, and took his wife and three
    children, and they journeyed on until they found a spot near to a clear
    stream, where they began to cut down trees, and to make ready their
    wigwam. For many years they lived peacefully and happily in this
    sheltered place, never leaving it except to hunt the wild animals, which
    served them both for food and clothes. At last, however, the strong man
    felt sick, and before long he knew he must die.

    So he gathered his family round him, and said his last words to them.
    ‘You, my wife, the companion of my days, will follow me ere many moons
    have waned to the island of the blest. But for you, O my children, whose
    lives are but newly begun, the wickedness, unkindness, and ingratitude
    from which I fled are before you. Yet I shall go hence in peace, my
    children, if you will promise always to love each other, and never to
    forsake your youngest brother.

    ‘Never!’ they replied, holding out their hands. And the hunter died
    content.

    Scarcely eight moons had passed when, just as he had said, the wife went
    forth, and followed her husband; but before leaving her children she
    bade the two elder ones think of their promise never to forsake the
    younger, for he was a child, and weak. And while the snow lay thick upon
    the ground, they tended him and cherished him; but when the earth showed
    green again, the heart of the young man stirred within him, and he
    longed to see the wigwams of the village where his father’s youth was
    spent.

    Therefore he opened all his heart to his sister, who answered: ‘My
    brother, I understand your longing for our fellow-men, whom here we
    cannot see. But remember our father’s words. Shall we not seek our own
    pleasures, and forget the little one?’

    But he would not listen, and, making no reply, he took his bow and
    arrows and left the hut. The snows fell and melted, yet he never
    returned; and at last the heart of the girl grew cold and hard, and her
    little boy became a burden in her eyes, till one day she spoke thus to
    him: ‘See, there is food for many days to come. Stay here within the
    shelter of the hut. I go to seek our brother, and when I have found him
    I shall return hither.’

    But when, after hard journeying, she reached the village where her
    brother dwelt, and saw that he had a wife and was happy, and when she,
    too, was sought by a young brave, then she also forgot the boy alone in
    the forest, and thought only of her husband.

    Now as soon as the little boy had eaten all the food which his sister
    had left him, he went out into the woods, and gathered berries and dug
    up roots, and while the sun shone he was contented and had his fill. But
    when the snows began and the wind howled, then his stomach felt empty
    and his limbs cold, and he hid in trees all the night, and only crept
    out to eat what the wolves had left behind. And by-and-by, having no
    other friends, he sought their company, and sat by while they devoured
    their prey, and they grew to know him, and gave him food. And without
    them he would have died in the snow.

    But at last the snows melted, and the ice upon the great lake, and
    as the wolves went down to the shore, the boy went after them. And it
    happened one day that his big brother was fishing in his canoe near the
    shore, and he heard the voice of a child singing in the Indian tone–

    ‘My brother, my brother!
    I am becoming a wolf,
    I am becoming a wolf!’

    And when he had so sung he howled as wolves howl. Then the heart of
    the elder sunk, and he hastened towards him, crying, ‘Brother, little
    brother, come to me;’ but he, being half a wolf, only continued his
    song. And the louder the elder called him, ‘Brother, little brother,
    come to me,’ the swifter he fled after his brothers the wolves, and
    the heavier grew his skin, till, with a long howl, he vanished into the
    depths of the forest.

    So, with shame and anguish in his soul, the elder brother went back to
    his village, and, with his sister, mourned the little boy and the broken
    promise till the end of his life.

     

    THE GLASS AXE(19)

    (19) From the Hungarian. Kletke.

    There was once upon a time a King and Queen who had everything they
    could possibly wish for in this world except a child. At last, after
    twelve years, the Queen gave birth to a son; but she did not live long
    to enjoy her happiness, for on the following day she died. But before
    her death she called her husband to her and said, ‘Never let the child
    put his feet on the ground, for as soon as he does so he will fall into
    the power of a wicked Fairy, who will do him much harm.’ And these were
    the last words the poor Queen spoke.

    The boy throve and grew big, and when he was too heavy for his nurse
    to carry, a chair was made for him on little wheels, in which he could
    wander through the palace gardens without help; at other times he was
    carried about on a litter, and he was always carefully watched and
    guarded for fear he should at any time put his feet to the ground.

    But as this sort of life was bad for his health, the doctors ordered him
    horse exercise, and he soon became a first-rate rider, and used to go
    out for long excursions on horseback, accompanied always by his father’s
    stud-groom and a numerous retinue.

    Every day he rode through the neighbouring fields and woods, and always
    returned home in the evening safe and well. In this way many years
    passed, and the Prince grew to manhood, and hardly anyone remembered the
    Queen’s warning, though precautions were still taken, more from use and
    wont than for any other reason.

    One day the Prince and his suite went out for a ride in a wood where his
    father sometimes held a hunt. Their way led through a stream whose banks
    were overgrown with thick brushwood. Just as the horsemen were about
    to ford the river, a hare, startled by the sound of the horses’ hoofs,
    started up from the grass and ran towards the thicket. The young Prince
    pursued the little creature, and had almost overtaken it, when the girth
    of his saddle suddenly broke in two and he fell heavily to the ground.
    No sooner had his foot touched the earth than he disappeared before the
    eyes of the horrified courtiers.

    They sought for him far and near, but all in vain, and they were forced
    to recognise the power of the evil Fairy, against which the Queen had
    warned them on her death-bed. The old King was much grieved when they
    brought him the news of his son’s disappearance, but as he could do
    nothing to free him from his fate, he gave himself up to an old age of
    grief and loneliness, cherishing at the same time the hope that some
    lucky chance might one day deliver the youth out of the hands of his
    enemy.

    Hardly had the Prince touched the ground than he felt himself violently
    seized by an unseen power, and hurried away he knew not whither. A whole
    new world stretched out before him, quite unlike the one he had left.
    A splendid castle surrounded by a huge lake was the abode of the Fairy,
    and the only approach to it was over a bridge of clouds. On the other
    side of the lake high mountains rose up, and dark woods stretched
    along the banks; over all hung a thick mist, and deep silence reigned
    everywhere.

    No sooner had the Fairy reached her own domain than she made herself
    visible, and turning to the Prince she told him that unless he obeyed
    all her commands down to the minutest detail he would be severely
    punished. Then she gave him an axe made of glass, and bade him cross the
    bridge of clouds and go into the wood beyond and cut down all the trees
    there before sunset. At the same time she cautioned him with many angry
    words against speaking to a black girl he would most likely meet in the
    wood.

    The Prince listened to her words meekly, and when she had finished took
    up the glass axe and set out for the forest. At every step he seemed to
    sink into the clouds, but fear gave wings to his feet, and he crossed
    the lake in safety and set to work at once.

    But no sooner had he struck the first blow with his axe than it broke
    into a thousand pieces against the tree. The poor youth was so terrified
    he did not know what to do, for he was in mortal dread of the punishment
    the wicked old Fairy would inflict on him. He wandered to and fro in the
    wood, not knowing where he was going, and at last, worn out by fatigue
    and misery, he sank on the ground and fell fast asleep.

    He did not know how long he had slept when a sudden sound awoke him, and
    opening his eyes he saw a black girl standing beside him. Mindful of
    the Fairy’s warning he did not dare to address her, but she on her part
    greeted him in the most friendly manner, and asked him at once if he
    were under the power of the wicked Fairy. The Prince nodded his head
    silently in answer.

    Then the black girl told him that she too was in the power of the Fairy,
    who had doomed her to wander about in her present guise until some youth
    should take pity on her and bear her in safety to the other side of the
    river which they saw in the distance, and on the other side of which the
    Fairy’s domain and power ended.

    The girl’s words so inspired the Prince with confidence that he told her
    all his tale of woe, and ended up by asking her advice as to how he was
    to escape the punishment the Fairy would be sure to inflict on him when
    she discovered that he had not cut down the trees in the wood and that
    he had broken her axe.

    ‘You must know,’ answered the black girl, ‘that the Fairy in whose power
    we both are is my own mother, but you must not betray this secret, for
    it would cost me my life. If you will only promise to try and free me
    I will stand by you, and will accomplish for you all the tasks which my
    mother sets you.’

    The Prince promised joyfully all she asked; then having once more warned
    him not to betray her confidence, she handed him a draught to drink
    which very soon sunk his senses in a deep slumber.

    His astonishment was great when he awoke to find the glass axe whole and
    unbroken at his side, and all the trees of the wood lying felled around
    him!

    He made all haste across the bridge of clouds, and told the Fairy that
    her commands were obeyed. She was much amazed when she heard that all
    the wood was cut down, and saw the axe unbroken in his hand, and
    since she could not believe that he had done all this by himself, she
    questioned him narrowly if he had seen or spoken to the black girl. But
    the Prince lied manfully, and swore he had never looked up from his work
    for a moment. Seeing she could get nothing more out of him, she gave him
    a little bread and water, and showing him to a small dark cupboard she
    told him he might sleep there.

    Morning had hardly dawned when the Fairy awoke the Prince, and giving
    him the glass axe again she told him to cut up all the wood he had
    felled the day before, and to put it in bundles ready for firewood; at
    the same time she warned him once more against approaching or speaking a
    word to the black girl if he met her in the wood.

    Although his task was no easier than that of the day before, the youth
    set out much more cheerfully, because he knew he could count an the help
    of the black girl. With quicker and lighter step he crossed the bridge
    of clouds, and hardly had he reached the other side than his friend
    stood before him and greeted him cheerfully. When she heard what the
    Fairy demanded this time, she answered smilingly, ‘Never fear,’ and
    handed him another draught, which very soon caused the Prince to sink
    into a deep sleep.

    When he awoke everything, was done. All the trees of the wood were cut
    up into firewood and arranged in bundles ready for use.

    He returned to the castle as quickly as he could, and told the Fairy
    that her commands were obeyed. She was even more amazed than she had
    been before, and asked him again if he had either seen or spoken to the
    black girl; but the Prince knew better than to betray his word, and once
    more lied freely.

    On the following day the Fairy set him a third task to do, even harder
    than the other two. She told him he must build a castle on the other
    side of the lake, made of nothing but gold, silver, and precious stones,
    and unless he could accomplish this within an hour, the most frightful
    doom awaited him.

    The Prince heard her words without anxiety, so entirely did he rely on
    the help of his black friend. Full of hope he hurried across the bridge,
    and recognised at once the spot where the castle was to stand, for
    spades, hammers, axes, and every other building implement lay scattered
    on the ground ready for the workman’s hand, but of gold, silver, and
    precious stones there was not a sign. But before the Prince had time
    to feel despondent the black girl beckoned to him in the distance from
    behind a rock, where she had hidden herself for fear her mother should
    catch sight of her. Full of joy the youth hurried towards her, and
    begged her aid and counsel in the new piece of work he had been given to
    do.

    But this time the Fairy had watched the Prince’s movements from
    her window, and she saw him hiding himself behind the rock with her
    daughter. She uttered a piercing shriek so that the mountains re-echoed
    with the sound of it, and the terrified pair had hardly dared to look
    out from their hiding-place when the enraged woman, with her dress and
    hair flying in the wind, hurried over the bridge of clouds. The Prince
    at once gave himself up for lost, but the girl told him to be of good
    courage and to follow her as quickly as he could. But before they left
    their shelter she broke off a little bit of the rock, spoke some magic
    words over it, and threw it in the direction her mother was coming from.
    In a moment a glittering palace arose before the eyes of the Fairy which
    blinded her with its dazzling splendour, and with its many doors and
    passages prevented her for some time from finding her way out of it.

    In the meantime the black girl hurried on with the Prince, hastening to
    reach the river, where once on the other side they would for ever be out
    of the wicked Fairy’s power. But before they had accomplished half the
    way they heard again the rustle of her garments and her muttered curses
    pursuing them closely.

    The Prince was terrified; he dared not look back, and he felt his
    strength giving way. But before he had time to despair the girl uttered
    some more magic words, and immediately she herself was changed into a
    pond, and the Prince into a duck swimming on its surface.

    When the Fairy saw this her rage knew no bounds, and she used all her
    magic wits to make the pond disappear; she caused a hill of sand to
    arise at her feet, meaning it to dry up the water at once. But the sand
    hill only drove the pond a little farther away, and its waters seemed to
    increase instead of diminishing. When the old woman saw that the powers
    of her magic were of so little avail, she had recourse to cunning. She
    threw a lot of gold nuts into the pond, hoping in this way to catch
    the duck, but all her efforts were fruitless, for the little creature
    refused to let itself be caught.

    Then a new idea struck the wicked old woman, and hiding herself behind
    the rock which had sheltered the fugitives, she waited behind it,
    watching carefully for the moment when the Prince and her daughter
    should resume their natural forms and continue their journey.

    She had not to wait long, for as soon as the girl thought her mother was
    safely out of the way, she changed herself and the Prince once more into
    their human shape, and set out cheerfully for the river.

    But they had not gone many steps when the wicked Fairy hurried after
    them, a drawn dagger in her hand, and was close upon them, when
    suddenly, instead of the Prince and her daughter, she found herself in
    front of a great stone church, whose entrance was carefully guarded by a
    huge monk.

    Breathless with rage and passion, she tried to plunge her dagger into
    the monk’s heart, but it fell shattered in pieces at her feet. In her
    desperation she determined to pull down the church, and thus to destroy
    her two victims for ever. She stamped three times on the ground, and the
    earth trembled, and both the church and the monk began to shake. As soon
    as the Fairy saw this she retreated to some distance from the building,
    so as not to be hurt herself by its fall. But once more her scheme was
    doomed to failure, for hardly had she gone a yard from the church than
    both it and the monk disappeared, and she found herself in a wood black
    as night, and full of wolves and bears and wild animals of all sorts and
    descriptions.

    Then her wrath gave place to terror, for she feared every moment to be
    torn in pieces by the beasts who one and all seemed to defy her power.
    She thought it wisest to make her way as best she could out of the
    forest, and then to pursue the fugitives once more and accomplish their
    destruction either by force or cunning.

    In the meantime the Prince and the black girl had again assumed their
    natural forms, and were hurrying on as fast as they could to reach the
    river. But when they got there they found that there was no way in which
    they could cross it, and the girl’s magic art seemed no longer to
    have any power. Then turning to the Prince she said, ‘The hour for my
    deliverance has not yet come, but as you promised to do all you could to
    free me, you must do exactly as I bid you now. Take this bow and arrow
    and kill every beast you see with them, and be sure you spare no living
    creature.’

    With these words she disappeared, and hardly had she done so than a
    huge wild boar started out of the thicket near and made straight for the
    Prince. But the youth did not lose his presence of mind, and drawing
    his bow he pierced the beast with his arrow right through the skull. The
    creature fell heavily on the ground, and out of its side sprang a little
    hare, which ran like the wind along the river bank. The Prince drew his
    bow once more, and the hare lay dead at his feet; but at the same moment
    a dove rose up in the air, and circled round the Prince’s head in the
    most confiding manner. But mindful of the black girl’s commands, he
    dared not spare the little creature’s life, and taking another arrow
    from his quiver he laid it as dead as the boar and the hare. But when
    he went to look at the body of the bird he found instead of the dove a
    round white egg lying on the ground.

    While he was gazing on it and wondering what it could mean, he heard the
    sweeping of wings above him, and looking up he saw a huge vulture with
    open claws swooping down upon him. In a moment he seized the egg and
    flung it at the bird with all his might, and lo and behold! instead of
    the ugly monster the most beautiful girl he had ever seen stood before
    the astonished eyes of the Prince.

    But while all this was going on the wicked old Fairy had managed to
    make her way out of the wood, and was now using the last resource in her
    power to overtake her daughter and the Prince. As soon as she was in the
    open again she mounted her chariot, which was drawn by a fiery dragon,
    and flew through the air in it. But just as she got to the river she saw
    the two lovers in each other’s arms swimming through the water as easily
    as two fishes.

    Quick as lightning, and forgetful of every danger, she flew down upon
    them. But the waters seized her chariot and sunk it in the lowest
    depths, and the waves bore the wicked old woman down the stream till she
    was caught in some thorn bushes, where she made a good meal for all the
    little fishes that were swimming about.

    And so at last the Prince and his lovely Bride were free. They hurried
    as quickly as they could to the old King, who received them with joy and
    gladness. On the following day a most gorgeous wedding feast was held,
    and as far as we know the Prince and his bride lived happily for ever
    afterwards.

     

    THE DEAD WIFE(20)

    (20) From the Iroquois.

    Once upon a time there were a man and his wife who lived in the forest,
    very far from the rest of the tribe. Very often they spent the day in
    hunting together, but after a while the wife found that she had so many
    things to do that she was obliged to stay at home; so he went alone,
    though he found that when his wife was not with him he never had any
    luck. One day, when he was away hunting, the woman fell ill, and in a
    few days she died.

    Her husband grieved bitterly, and buried her in the house where she had
    passed her life; but as the time went on he felt so lonely without her
    that he made a wooden doll about her height and size for company, and
    dressed it in her clothes. He seated it in front of the fire, and tried
    to think he had his wife back again. The next day he went out to hunt,
    and when he came home the first thing he did was to go up to the doll
    and brush off some of the ashes from the fire which had fallen on its
    face. But he was very busy now, for he had to cook and mend, besides
    getting food, for there was no one to help him. And so a whole year
    passed away.

    At the end of that time he came back from hunting one night and found
    some wood by the door and a fire within. The next night there was not
    only wood and fire, but a piece of meat in the kettle, nearly ready for
    eating. He searched all about to see who could have done this, but could
    find no one. The next time he went to hunt he took care not to go far,
    and came in quite early. And while he was still a long way off he saw a
    woman going into the house with wood on her shoulders. So he made haste,
    and opened the door quickly, and instead of the wooden doll, his wife
    sat in front of the fire.

    Then she spoke to him and said, ‘The Great Spirit felt sorry for you,
    because you would not be comforted, so he let me come back to you, but
    you must not stretch out your hand to touch me till we have seen the
    rest of our people. If you do, I shall die.’

    So the man listened to her words, and the woman dwelt there, and brought
    the wood and kindled the fire, till one day her husband said to her, ‘It
    is now two years since you died. Let us now go back to our tribe. Then
    you will be well, and I can touch you.’

    And with that he prepared food for the journey, a string of deer’s flesh
    for her to carry, and one for himself; and so they started. Now the camp
    of the tribe was distant six days’ journey, and when they were yet one
    day’s journey off it began to snow, and they felt weary and longed for
    rest. Therefore they made a fire, cooked some food, and spread out their
    skins to sleep.

    Then the heart of the man was greatly stirred, and he stretched out his
    arms to his wife, but she waved her hands and said, ‘We have seen no one
    yet; it is too soon.’

    But he would not listen to her, and caught her to him, and behold! he
    was clasping the wooden doll. And when he saw it was the doll he pushed
    it from him in his misery and rushed away to the camp, and told them all
    his story. And some doubted, and they went back with him to the place
    where he and his wife had stopped to rest, and there lay the doll, and
    besides, they saw in the snow the steps of two people, and the foot of
    one was like the foot of the doll. And the man grieved sore all the days
    of his life.

     

    IN THE LAND OF SOULS (21)

    (21) From the Red Indian.

    Far away, in North America, where the Red Indians dwell, there lived a
    long time ago a beautiful maiden, who was lovelier than any other girl
    in the whole tribe. Many of the young braves sought her in marriage, but
    she would listen to one only–a handsome chief, who had taken her fancy
    some years before. So they were to be married, and great rejoicings were
    made, and the two looked forward to a long life of happiness together,
    when the very night before the wedding feast a sudden illness seized the
    girl, and, without a word to her friends who were weeping round her, she
    passed silently away.

    The heart of her lover had been set upon her, and the thought of her
    remained with him night and day. He put aside his bow, and went neither
    to fight nor to hunt, but from sunrise to sunset he sat by the place
    where she was laid, thinking of his happiness that was buried there.
    At last, after many days, a light seemed to come to him out of the
    darkness. He remembered having heard from the old, old people of the
    tribe, that there was a path that led to the Land of Souls–that if you
    sought carefully you could find it.

    So the next morning he got up early, and put some food in his pouch and
    slung an extra skin over his shoulders, for he knew not how long
    his journey would take, nor what sort of country he would have to go
    through. Only one thing he knew, that if the path was there, he would
    find it. At first he was puzzled, as there seemed no reason he should go
    in one direction more than another. Then all at once he thought he had
    heard one of the old men say that the Land of Souls lay to the south,
    and so, filled with new hope and courage, he set his face southwards.
    For many, many miles the country looked the same as it did round his own
    home. The forests, the hills, and the rivers all seemed exactly like the
    ones he had left. The only thing that was different was the snow, which
    had lain thick upon the hills and trees when he started, but grew less
    and less the farther he went south, till it disappeared altogether. Soon
    the trees put forth their buds, and flowers sprang up under his feet,
    and instead of thick clouds there was blue sky over his head, and
    everywhere the birds were singing. Then he knew that he was in the right
    road.

    The thought that he should soon behold his lost bride made his heart
    beat for joy, and he sped along lightly and swiftly. Now his way led
    through a dark wood, and then over some steep cliffs, and on the top of
    these he found a hut or wigwam. An old man clothed in skins, and holding
    a staff in his hand, stood in the doorway; and he said to the young
    chief who was beginning to tell his story, ‘I was waiting for you,
    wherefore you have come I know. It is but a short while since she whom
    you seek was here. Rest in my hut, as she also rested, and I will tell
    you what you ask, and whither you should go.’

    On hearing these words, the young man entered the hut, but his heart was
    too eager within him to suffer him to rest, and when he arose, the old
    man rose too, and stood with him at the door. ‘Look,’ he said, ‘at the
    water which lies far out yonder, and the plains which stretch beyond.
    That is the Land of Souls, but no man enters it without leaving his body
    behind him. So, lay down your body here; your bow and arrows, your skin
    and your dog. They shall be kept for you safely.’

    Then he turned away, and the young chief, light as air, seemed hardly to
    touch the ground; and as he flew along the scents grew sweeter and the
    flowers more beautiful, while the animals rubbed their noses against
    him, instead of hiding as he approached, and birds circled round him,
    and fishes lifted up their heads and looked as he went by. Very soon he
    noticed with wonder, that neither rocks nor trees barred his path. He
    passed through them without knowing it, for indeed, they were not rocks
    and trees at all, but only the souls of them; for this was the Land of
    Shadows.

    So he went on with winged feet till he came to the shores of a great
    lake, with a lovely island in the middle of it; while on the bank of the
    lake was a canoe of glittering stone, and in the canoe were two shining
    paddles.

    The chief jumped straight into the canoe, and seizing the paddles pushed
    off from the shore, when to his joy and wonder he saw following him in
    another canoe exactly like his own the maiden for whose sake he had made
    this long journey. But they could not touch each other, for between them
    rolled great waves, which looked as if they would sink the boats, yet
    never did. And the young man and the maiden shrank with fear, for down
    in the depths of the water they saw the bones of those who had died
    before, and in the waves themselves men and women were struggling, and
    but few passed over. Only the children had no fear, and reached the
    other side in safety. Still, though the chief and the young girl quailed
    in terror at these horrible sights and sounds, no harm came to them,
    for their lives had been free from evil, and the Master of Life had said
    that no evil should happen unto them. So they reached unhurt the shore
    of the Happy Island, and wandered through the flowery fields and by the
    banks of rushing streams, and they knew not hunger nor thirst; neither
    cold nor heat. The air fed them and the sun warmed them, and they forgot
    the dead, for they saw no graves, and the young man’s thoughts turned
    not to wars, neither to the hunting of animals. And gladly would these
    two have walked thus for ever, but in the murmur of the wind he heard
    the Master of Life saying to him, ‘Return whither you came, for I have
    work for you to do, and your people need you, and for many years you
    shall rule over them. At the gate my messenger awaits you, and you shall
    take again your body which you left behind, and he will show you what
    you are to do. Listen to him, and have patience, and in time to come you
    shall rejoin her whom you must now leave, for she is accepted, and will
    remain ever young and beautiful, as when I called her hence from the
    Land of Snows.’

     

    THE WHITE DUCK

    Once upon a time a great and powerful King married a lovely Princess. No
    couple were ever so happy; but before their honeymoon was over they were
    forced to part, for the King had to go on a warlike expedition to a far
    country, and leave his young wife alone at home. Bitter were the tears
    she shed, while her husband sought in vain to soothe her with words of
    comfort and counsel, warning her, above all things, never to leave
    the castle, to hold no intercourse with strangers, to beware of evil
    counsellors, and especially to be on her guard against strange women.
    And the Queen promised faithfully to obey her royal lord and master in
    these four matters.

    So when the King set out on his expedition she shut herself up with
    her ladies in her own apartments, and spent her time in spinning and
    weaving, and in thinking of her royal husband. Often she was very sad
    and lonely, and it happened that one day while she was seated at the
    window, letting salt tears drop on her work, an old woman, a kind,
    homely-looking old body, stepped up to the window, and, leaning upon her
    crutch, addressed the Queen in friendly, flattering tones, saying:

    ‘Why are you sad and cast down, fair Queen? You should not mope all day
    in your rooms, but should come out into the green garden, and hear the
    birds sing with joy among the trees, and see the butterflies fluttering
    above the flowers, and hear the bees and insects hum, and watch
    the sunbeams chase the dew-drops through the rose-leaves and in the
    lily-cups. All the brightness outside would help to drive away your
    cares, O Queen.’

    For long the Queen resisted her coaxing words, remembering the promise
    she had given the King, her husband; but at last she thought to herself:
    After all, what harm would it do if I were to go into the garden for a
    short time and enjoy myself among the trees and flowers, and the singing
    birds and fluttering butterflies and humming insects, and look at
    the dew-drops hiding from the sunbeams in the hearts of the roses and
    lilies, and wander about in the sunshine, instead of remaining all
    day in this room? For she had no idea that the kind-looking old woman
    leaning on her crutch was in reality a wicked witch, who envied the
    Queen her good fortune, and was determined to ruin her. And so, in all
    ignorance, the Queen followed her out into the garden and listened to
    her smooth, flattering words. Now, in the middle of the garden there was
    a pond of water, clear as crystal, and the old woman said to the Queen:

    ‘The day is so warm, and the sun’s rays so scorching, that the water in
    the pond looks very cool and inviting. Would you not like to bathe in
    it, fair Queen?’

    ‘No, I think not,’ answered the Queen; but the next moment she regretted
    her words, and thought to herself: Why shouldn’t I bathe in that cool,
    fresh water? No harm could come of it. And, so saying, she slipped off
    her robes and stepped into the water. But scarcely had her tender feet
    touched the cool ripples when she felt a great shove on her shoulders,
    and the wicked witch had pushed her into the deep water, exclaiming:

    ‘Swim henceforth, White Duck!’

    And the witch herself assumed the form of the Queen, and decked herself
    out in the royal robes, and sat among the Court ladies, awaiting the
    King’s return. And suddenly the tramp of horses’ hoofs was heard, and
    the barking of dogs, and the witch hastened forward to meet the royal
    carriages, and, throwing her arms round the King’s neck, kissed him.
    And in his great joy the King did not know that the woman he held in his
    arms was not his own dear wife, but a wicked witch.

    In the meantime, outside the palace walls, the poor White Duck swam up
    and down the pond; and near it laid three eggs, out of which there came
    one morning two little fluffy ducklings and a little ugly drake. And the
    White Duck brought the little creatures up, and they paddled after her
    in the pond, and caught gold-fish, and hopped upon the bank and waddled
    about, ruffling their feathers and saying ‘Quack, quack’ as they
    strutted about on the green banks of the pond. But their mother used to
    warn them not to stray too far, telling them that a wicked witch lived
    in the castle beyond the garden, adding, ‘She has ruined me, and she
    will do her best to ruin you.’ But the young ones did not listen to
    their mother, and, playing about the garden one day, they strayed close
    up to the castle windows. The witch at once recognised them by their
    smell, and ground her teeth with anger; but she hid her feelings, and,
    pretending to be very kind she called them to her and joked with them,
    and led them into a beautiful room, where she gave them food to eat, and
    showed them a soft cushion on which they might sleep. Then she left them
    and went down into the palace kitchens, where she told the servants to
    sharpen the knives, and to make a great fire ready, and hang a large
    kettleful of water over it.

    In the meantime the two little ducklings had fallen asleep, and the
    little drake lay between them, covered up by their wings, to be kept
    warm under their feathers. But the little drake could not go to sleep,
    and as he lay there wide awake in the night he heard the witch come to
    the door and say:

    ‘Little ones, are you asleep?’

    And the little drake answered for the other two:

    ‘We cannot sleep, we wake and weep,
    Sharp is the knife, to take our life;
    The fire is hot, now boils the pot,
    And so we wake, and lie and quake.’

    ‘They are not asleep yet,’ muttered the witch to herself; and she walked
    up and down in the passage, and then came back to the door, and said:

    ‘Little ones, are you asleep?’

    And again the little drake answered for his sisters:

    ‘We cannot sleep, we wake and weep,
    Sharp is the knife, to take our life;
    The fire is hot, now boils the pot,
    And so we wake, and lie and quake.’

    ‘Just the same answer,’ muttered the witch; ‘I think I’ll go in and
    see.’ So she opened the door gently, and seeing the two little ducklings
    sound asleep, she there and then killed them.

    The next morning the White Duck wandered round the pond in a distracted
    manner, looking for her little ones; she called and she searched, but
    could find no trace of them. And in her heart she had a foreboding that
    evil had befallen them, and she fluttered up out of the water and flew
    to the palace. And there, laid out on the marble floor of the court,
    dead and stone cold, were her three children. The White Duck threw
    herself upon them, and, covering up their little bodies with her wings,
    she cried:

    ‘Quack, quack–my little loves!
    Quack, quack–my turtle-doves!
    I brought you up with grief and pain,
    And now before my eyes you’re slain.

    I gave you always of the best;
    I kept you warm in my soft nest.
    I loved and watched you day and night–
    You were my joy, my one delight.’

    The King heard the sad complaint of the White Duck, and called to the
    witch: ‘Wife, what a wonder is this? Listen to that White Duck.’

    But the witch answered, ‘My dear husband, what do you mean? There is
    nothing wonderful in a duck’s quacking. Here, servants! Chase that duck
    out of the courtyard.’ But though the servants chased and chevied, they
    could not get rid of the duck; for she circled round and round, and
    always came back to the spot where her children lay, crying:

    ‘Quack, quack–my little loves!
    Quack, quack–my turtle-doves!
    The wicked witch your lives did take–
    The wicked witch, the cunning snake.
    First she stole my King away,
    Then my children did she slay.
    Changed me, from a happy wife,
    To a duck for all my life.
    Would I were the Queen again;
    Would that you had never been slain.’

    And as the King heard her words he began to suspect that he had been
    deceived, and he called out to the servants, ‘Catch that duck, and bring
    it here.’ But, though they ran to and fro, the duck always fled past
    them, and would not let herself be caught. So the King himself stepped
    down amongst them, and instantly the duck fluttered down into his hands.
    And as he stroked her wings she was changed into a beautiful woman, and
    he recognised his dear wife. And she told him that a bottle would be
    found in her nest in the garden, containing some drops from the spring
    of healing. And it was brought to her; and the ducklings and little
    drake were sprinkled with the water, and from the little dead bodies
    three lovely children arose. And the King and Queen were overjoyed when
    they saw their children, and they all lived happily together in the
    beautiful palace. But the wicked witch was taken by the King’s command,
    and she came to no good end.

     

    THE WITCH AND HER SERVANTS(22)

    (22) From the Russian. Kletke.

    Long time ago there lived a King who had three sons; the eldest was
    called Szabo, the second Warza, and the youngest Iwanich.

    One beautiful spring morning the King was walking through his
    gardens with these three sons, gazing with admiration at the various
    fruit-trees, some of which were a mass of blossom, whilst others were
    bowed to the ground laden with rich fruit. During their wanderings they
    came unperceived on a piece of waste land where three splendid trees
    grew. The King looked on them for a moment, and then, shaking his head
    sadly, he passed on in silence.

    The sons, who could not understand why he did this, asked him the reason
    of his dejection, and the King told them as follows:

    ‘These three trees, which I cannot see without sorrow, were planted by
    me on this spot when I was a youth of twenty. A celebrated magician, who
    had given the seed to my father, promised him that they would grow into
    the three finest trees the world had ever seen. My father did not live
    to see his words come true; but on his death-bed he bade me transplant
    them here, and to look after them with the greatest care, which I
    accordingly did. At last, after the lapse of five long years, I noticed
    some blossoms on the branches, and a few days later the most exquisite
    fruit my eyes had ever seen.

    ‘I gave my head-gardener the strictest orders to watch the trees
    carefully, for the magician had warned my father that if one unripe
    fruit were plucked from the tree, all the rest would become rotten at
    once. When it was quite ripe the fruit would become a golden yellow.

    ‘Every day I gazed on the lovely fruit, which became gradually more
    and more tempting-looking, and it was all I could do not to break the
    magician’s commands.

    ‘One night I dreamt that the fruit was perfectly ripe; I ate some of it,
    and it was more delicious than anything I had ever tasted in real life.
    As soon as I awoke I sent for the gardener and asked him if the fruit on
    the three trees had not ripened in the night to perfection.

    ‘But instead of replying, the gardener threw himself at my feet and
    swore that he was innocent. He said that he had watched by the trees all
    night, but in spite of it, and as if by magic, the beautiful trees had
    been robbed of all their fruit.

    ‘Grieved as I was over the theft, I did not punish the gardener, of
    whose fidelity I was well assured, but I determined to pluck off all the
    fruit in the following year before it was ripe, as I had not much belief
    in the magician’s warning.

    ‘I carried out my intention, and had all the fruit picked off the tree,
    but when I tasted one of the apples it was bitter and unpleasant, and
    the next morning the rest of the fruit had all rotted away.

    ‘After this I had the beautiful fruit of these trees carefully guarded
    by my most faithful servants; but every year, on this very night, the
    fruit was plucked and stolen by an invisible hand, and next morning not
    a single apple remained on the trees. For some time past I have given up
    even having the trees watched.’

    When the King had finished his story, Szabo, his eldest son, said to
    him: ‘Forgive me, father, if I say I think you are mistaken. I am sure
    there are many men in your kingdom who could protect these trees from
    the cunning arts of a thieving magician; I myself, who as your eldest
    son claim the first right to do so, will mount guard over the fruit this
    very night.’

    The King consented, and as soon as evening drew on Szabo climbed up on
    to one of the trees, determined to protect the fruit even if it cost him
    his life. So he kept watch half the night; but a little after midnight
    he was overcome by an irresistible drowsiness, and fell fast asleep.
    He did not awake till it was bright daylight, and all the fruit on the
    trees had vanished.

    The following year Warza, the second brother, tried his luck, but with
    the same result. Then it came to the turn of the third and youngest son.

    Iwanich was not the least discouraged by the failure of his elder
    brothers, though they were both much older and stronger than he was,
    and when night came climbed up the tree as they had done, The moon had
    risen, and with her soft light lit up the whole neighbourhood, so that
    the observant Prince could distinguish the smallest object distinctly.

    At midnight a gentle west wind shook the tree, and at the same moment
    a snow-white swan-like bird sank down gently on his breast. The
    Prince hastily seized the bird’s wings in his hands, when, lo! to his
    astonishment he found he was holding in his arms not a bird but the most
    beautiful girl he had ever seen.

    ‘You need not fear Militza,’ said the beautiful girl, looking at the
    Prince with friendly eyes. ‘An evil magician has not robbed you of your
    fruit, but he stole the seed from my mother, and thereby caused her
    death. When she was dying she bade me take the fruit, which you have no
    right to possess, from the trees every year as soon as it was ripe.
    This I would have done to-night too, if you had not seized me with such
    force, and so broken the spell I was under.’

    Iwanich, who had been prepared to meet a terrible magician and not a
    lovely girl, fell desperately in love with her. They spent the rest of
    the night in pleasant conversation, and when Militza wished to go away
    he begged her not to leave him.

    ‘I would gladly stay with you longer,’ said Militza, ‘but a wicked witch
    once cut off a lock of my hair when I was asleep, which has put me in
    her power, and if morning were still to find me here she would do me
    some harm, and you, too, perhaps.’

    Having said these words, she drew a sparkling diamond ring from her
    finger, which she handed to the Prince, saying: ‘Keep this ring in
    memory of Militza, and think of her sometimes if you never see her
    again. But if your love is really true, come and find me in my own
    kingdom. I may not show you the way there, but this ring will guide you.

    ‘If you have love and courage enough to undertake this journey, whenever
    you come to a cross-road always look at this diamond before you settle
    which way you are going to take. If it sparkles as brightly as ever go
    straight on, but if its lustre is dimmed choose another path.’

    Then Militza bent over the Prince and kissed him on his forehead, and
    before he had time to say a word she vanished through the branches of
    the tree in a little white cloud.

    Morning broke, and the Prince, still full of the wonderful apparition,
    left his perch and returned to the palace like one in a dream, without
    even knowing if the fruit had been taken or not; for his whole mind was
    absorbed by thoughts of Militza and how he was to find her.

    As soon as the head-gardener saw the Prince going towards the palace he
    ran to the trees, and when he saw them laden with ripe fruit he hastened
    to tell the King the joyful news. The King was beside himself for joy,
    and hurried at once to the garden and made the gardener pick him some of
    the fruit. He tasted it, and found the apple quite as luscious as it
    had been in his dream. He went at once to his son Iwanich, and after
    embracing him tenderly and heaping praises on him, he asked him how
    he had succeeded in protecting the costly fruit from the power of the
    magician.

    This question placed Iwanich in a dilemma. But as he did not want the
    real story to be known, he said that about midnight a huge wasp had
    flown through the branches, and buzzed incessantly round him. He had
    warded it off with his sword, and at dawn, when he was becoming quite
    worn out, the wasp had vanished as suddenly as it had appeared.

    The King, who never doubted the truth of this tale, bade his son go to
    rest at once and recover from the fatigues of the night; but he himself
    went and ordered many feasts to be held in honour of the preservation of
    the wonderful fruit.

    The whole capital was in a stir, and everyone shared in the King’s joy;
    the Prince alone took no part in the festivities.

    While the King was at a banquet, Iwanich took some purses of gold, and
    mounting the quickest horse in the royal stable, he sped off like the
    wind without a single soul being any the wiser.

    It was only on the next day that they missed him; the King was very
    distressed at his disappearance, and sent search-parties all over the
    kingdom to look for him, but in vain; and after six months they gave him
    up as dead, and in another six months they had forgotten all about him.
    But in the meantime the Prince, with the help of his ring, had had a
    most successful journey, and no evil had befallen him.

    At the end of three months he came to the entrance of a huge forest,
    which looked as if it had never been trodden by human foot before, and
    which seemed to stretch out indefinitely. The Prince was about to enter
    the wood by a little path he had discovered, when he heard a voice
    shouting to him: ‘Hold, youth! Whither are you going?’

    Iwanich turned round, and saw a tall, gaunt-looking man, clad in
    miserable rags, leaning on a crooked staff and seated at the foot of
    an oak tree, which was so much the same colour as himself that it was
    little wonder the Prince had ridden past the tree without noticing him.

    ‘Where else should I be going,’ he said, ‘than through the wood?’

    ‘Through the wood?’ said the old man in amazement. ‘It’s easily seen
    that you have heard nothing of this forest, that you rush so blindly to
    meet your doom. Well, listen to me before you ride any further; let me
    tell you that this wood hides in its depths a countless number of the
    fiercest tigers, hyenas, wolves, bears, and snakes, and all sorts of
    other monsters. If I were to cut you and your horse up into tiny morsels
    and throw them to the beasts, there wouldn’t be one bit for each hundred
    of them. Take my advice, therefore, and if you wish to save your life
    follow some other path.’

    The Prince was rather taken aback by the old man’s words, and considered
    for a minute what he should do; then looking at his ring, and perceiving
    that it sparkled as brightly as ever, he called out: ‘If this wood held
    even more terrible things than it does, I cannot help myself, for I must
    go through it.’

    Here he spurred his horse and rode on; but the old beggar screamed so
    loudly after him that the Prince turned round and rode back to the oak
    tree.

    ‘I am really sorry for you,’ said the beggar, ‘but if you are quite
    determined to brave the dangers of the forest, let me at least give you
    a piece of advice which will help you against these monsters.

    ‘Take this bagful of bread-crumbs and this live hare. I will make you
    a present of them both, as I am anxious to save your life; but you must
    leave your horse behind you, for it would stumble over the fallen trees
    or get entangled in the briers and thorns. When you have gone about a
    hundred yards into the wood the wild beasts will surround you. Then you
    must instantly seize your bag, and scatter the bread-crumbs among them.
    They will rush to eat them up greedily, and when you have scattered the
    last crumb you must lose no time in throwing the hare to them; as soon
    as the hare feels itself on the ground it will run away as quickly as
    possible, and the wild beasts will turn to pursue it. In this way you
    will be able to get through the wood unhurt.’

    Iwanich thanked the old man for his counsel, dismounted from his horse,
    and, taking the bag and the hare in his arms, he entered the forest. He
    had hardly lost sight of his gaunt grey friend when he heard growls and
    snarls in the thicket close to him, and before he had time to think he
    found himself surrounded by the most dreadful-looking creatures. On
    one side he saw the glittering eye of a cruel tiger, on the other the
    gleaming teeth of a great she-wolf; here a huge bear growled fiercely,
    and there a horrible snake coiled itself in the grass at his feet.

    But Iwanich did not forget the old man’s advice, and quickly put his
    hand into the bag and took out as many bread-crumbs as he could hold in
    his hand at a time. He threw them to the beasts, but soon the bag grew
    lighter and lighter, and the Prince began to feel a little frightened.
    And now the last crumb was gone, and the hungry beasts thronged round
    him, greedy for fresh prey. Then he seized the hare and threw it to
    them.

    No sooner did the little creature feel itself on the ground than it
    lay back its ears and flew through the wood like an arrow from a bow,
    closely pursued by the wild beasts, and the Prince was left alone. He
    looked at his ring, and when he saw that it sparkled as brightly as ever
    he went straight on through the forest.

    He hadn’t gone very far when he saw a most extraordinary looking man
    coming towards him. He was not more than three feet high, his legs
    were quite crooked, and all his body was covered with prickles like a
    hedgehog. Two lions walked with him, fastened to his side by the two
    ends of his long beard.

    He stopped the Prince and asked him in a harsh voice: ‘Are you the man
    who has just fed my body-guard?’

    Iwanich was so startled that he could hardly reply, but the little man
    continued: ‘I am most grateful to you for your kindness; what can I give
    you as a reward?’

    ‘All I ask,’ replied Iwanich, ‘is, that I should be allowed to go
    through this wood in safety.’

    ‘Most certainly,’ answered the little man; ‘and for greater security I
    will give you one of my lions as a protector. But when you leave this
    wood and come near a palace which does not belong to my domain, let the
    lion go, in order that he may not fall into the hands of an enemy and be
    killed.’

    With these words he loosened the lion from his beard and bade the beast
    guard the youth carefully.

    With this new protector Iwanich wandered on through the forest, and
    though he came upon a great many more wolves, hyenas, leopards, and
    other wild beasts, they always kept at a respectful distance when they
    saw what sort of an escort the Prince had with him.

    Iwanich hurried through the wood as quickly as his legs would carry him,
    but, nevertheless, hour after hour went by and not a trace of a green
    field or a human habitation met his eyes. At length, towards evening,
    the mass of trees grew more transparent, and through the interlaced
    branches a wide plain was visible.

    At the exit of the wood the lion stood still, and the Prince took leave
    of him, having first thanked him warmly for his kind protection. It had
    become quite dark, and Iwanich was forced to wait for daylight before
    continuing his journey.

    He made himself a bed of grass and leaves, lit a fire of dry branches,
    and slept soundly till the next morning.

    Then he got up and walked towards a beautiful white palace which he saw
    gleaming in the distance. In about an hour he reached the building, and
    opening the door he walked in.

    After wandering through many marble halls, he came to a huge staircase
    made of porphyry, leading down to a lovely garden.

    The Prince burst into a shout of joy when he suddenly perceived Militza
    in the centre of a group of girls who were weaving wreaths of flowers
    with which to deck their mistress.

    As soon as Militza saw the Prince she ran up to him and embraced him
    tenderly; and after he had told her all his adventures, they went into
    the palace, where a sumptuous meal awaited them. Then the Princess
    called her court together, and introduced Iwanich to them as her future
    husband.

    Preparations were at once made for the wedding, which was held soon
    after with great pomp and magnificence.

    Three months of great happiness followed, when Militza received one day
    an invitation to visit her mother’s sister.

    Although the Princess was very unhappy at leaving her husband, she did
    not like to refuse the invitation, and, promising to return in seven
    days at the latest, she took a tender farewell of the Prince, and
    said: ‘Before I go I will hand you over all the keys of the castle. Go
    everywhere and do anything you like; only one thing I beg and beseech
    you, do not open the little iron door in the north tower, which is
    closed with seven locks and seven bolts; for if you do, we shall both
    suffer for it.’

    Iwanich promised what she asked, and Militza departed, repeating her
    promise to return in seven days.

    When the Prince found himself alone he began to be tormented by pangs
    of curiosity as to what the room in the tower contained. For two days he
    resisted the temptation to go and look, but on the third he could stand
    it no longer, and taking a torch in his hand he hurried to the tower,
    and unfastened one lock after the other of the little iron door until it
    burst open.

    What an unexpected sight met his gaze! The Prince perceived a small room
    black with smoke, lit up feebly by a fire from which issued long blue
    flames. Over the fire hung a huge cauldron full of boiling pitch, and
    fastened into the cauldron by iron chains stood a wretched man screaming
    with agony.

    Iwanich was much horrified at the sight before him, and asked the man
    what terrible crime he had committed to be punished in this dreadful
    fashion.

    ‘I will tell you everything,’ said the man in the cauldron; ‘but first
    relieve my torments a little, I implore you.’

    ‘And how can I do that?’ asked the Prince.

    ‘With a little water,’ replied the man; ‘only sprinkle a few drops over
    me and I shall feel better.’

    The Prince, moved by pity, without thinking what he was doing, ran
    to the courtyard of the castle, and filled a jug with water, which he
    poured over the man in the cauldron.

    In a moment a most fearful crash was heard, as if all the pillars of the
    palace were giving way, and the palace itself, with towers and doors,
    windows and the cauldron, whirled round the bewildered Prince’s head.
    This continued for a few minutes, and then everything vanished into
    thin air, and Iwanich found himself suddenly alone upon a desolate heath
    covered with rocks and stones.

    The Prince, who now realised what his heedlessness had done, cursed too
    late his spirit of curiosity. In his despair he wandered on over the
    heath, never looking where he put his feet, and full of sorrowful
    thoughts. At last he saw a light in the distance, which came from a
    miserable-looking little hut.

    The owner of it was none other than the kind-hearted gaunt grey beggar
    who had given the Prince the bag of bread-crumbs and the hare. Without
    recognising Iwanich, he opened the door when he knocked and gave him
    shelter for the night.

    On the following morning the Prince asked his host if he could get him
    any work to do, as he was quite unknown in the neighbourhood, and had
    not enough money to take him home.

    ‘My son,’ replied the old man, ‘all this country round here is
    uninhabited; I myself have to wander to distant villages for my living,
    and even then I do not very often find enough to satisfy my hunger. But
    if you would like to take service with the old witch Corva, go straight
    up the little stream which flows below my hut for about three hours, and
    you will come to a sand-hill on the left-hand side; that is where she
    lives.’

    Iwanich thanked the gaunt grey beggar for his information, and went on
    his way.

    After walking for about three hours the Prince came upon a
    dreary-looking grey stone wall; this was the back of the building and
    did not attract him; but when he came upon the front of the house
    he found it even less inviting, for the old witch had surrounded her
    dwelling with a fence of spikes, on every one of which a man’s skull was
    stuck. In this horrible enclosure stood a small black house, which had
    only two grated windows, all covered with cobwebs, and a battered iron
    door.

    The Prince knocked, and a rasping woman’s voice told him to enter.

    Iwanich opened the door, and found himself in a smoke-begrimed kitchen,
    in the presence of a hideous old woman who was warming her skinny hands
    at a fire. The Prince offered to become her servant, and the old hag
    told him she was badly in want of one, and he seemed to be just the
    person to suit her.

    When Iwanich asked what his work, and how much his wages would be, the
    witch bade him follow her, and led the way through a narrow damp
    passage into a vault, which served as a stable. Here he perceived two
    pitch-black horses in a stall.

    ‘You see before you,’ said the old woman, ‘a mare and her foal; you have
    nothing to do but to lead them out to the fields every day, and to see
    that neither of them runs away from you. If you look after them both for
    a whole year I will give you anything you like to ask; but if, on the
    other hand, you let either of the animals escape you, your last hour is
    come, and your head shall be stuck on the last spike of my fence. The
    other spikes, as you see, are already adorned, and the skulls are all
    those of different servants I have had who have failed to do what I
    demanded.’

    Iwanich, who thought he could not be much worse off than he was already,
    agreed to the witch’s proposal.

    At daybreak nest morning he drove his horses to the field, and brought
    them back in the evening without their ever having attempted to break
    away from him. The witch stood at her door and received him kindly, and
    set a good meal before him.

    So it continued for some time, and all went well with the Prince.

    Early every morning he led the horses out to the fields, and brought
    them home safe and sound in the evening.

    One day, while he was watching the horses, he came to the banks of a
    river, and saw a big fish, which through some mischance had been cast on
    the land, struggling hard to get back into the water.

    Iwanich, who felt sorry for the poor creature, seized it in his arms and
    flung it into the stream. But no sooner did the fish find itself in the
    water again, than, to the Prince’s amazement, it swam up to the bank and
    said:

    ‘My kind benefactor, how can I reward you for your goodness?’

    ‘I desire nothing,’ answered the Prince. ‘I am quite content to have
    been able to be of some service to you.’

    ‘You must do me the favour,’ replied the fish, ‘to take a scale from my
    body, and keep it carefully. If you should ever need my help, throw it
    into the river, and I will come to your aid at once.’

    Iwanich bowed, loosened a scale from the body of the grateful beast, put
    it carefully away, and returned home.

    A short time after this, when he was going early one morning to the
    usual grazing place with his horses, he noticed a flock of birds
    assembled together making a great noise and flying wildly backwards and
    forwards.

    Full of curiosity, Iwanich hurried up to the spot, and saw that a large
    number of ravens had attacked an eagle, and although the eagle was big
    and powerful and was making a brave fight, it was overpowered at last by
    numbers, and had to give in.

    But the Prince, who was sorry for the poor bird, seized the branch of
    a tree and hit out at the ravens with it; terrified at this unexpected
    onslaught they flew away, leaving many of their number dead or wounded
    on the battlefield.

    As soon as the eagle saw itself free from its tormentors it plucked a
    feather from its wing, and, handing it to the Prince, said: ‘Here, my
    kind benefactor, take this feather as a proof of my gratitude; should
    you ever be in need of my help blow this feather into the air, and I
    will help you as much as is in my power.’

    Iwanich thanked the bird, and placing the feather beside the scale he
    drove the horses home.

    Another day he had wandered farther than usual, and came close to a
    farmyard; the place pleased the Prince, and as there was plenty of good
    grass for the horses he determined to spend the day there. Just as he
    was sitting down under a tree he heard a cry close to him, and saw a fox
    which had been caught in a trap placed there by the farmer.

    In vain did the poor beast try to free itself; then the good-natured
    Prince came once more to the rescue, and let the fox out of the trap.

    The fox thanked him heartily, tore two hairs out of his bushy tail, and
    said: ‘Should you ever stand in need of my help throw these two hairs
    into the fire, and in a moment I shall be at your side ready to obey
    you.’

    Iwanich put the fox’s hairs with the scale and the feather, and as it
    was getting dark he hastened home with his horses.

    In the meantime his service was drawing near to an end, and in three
    more days the year was up, and he would be able to get his reward and
    leave the witch.

    On the first evening of these last three days, when he came home and was
    eating his supper, he noticed the old woman stealing into the stables.

    The Prince followed her secretly to see what she was going to do. He
    crouched down in the doorway and heard the wicked witch telling the
    horses to wait next morning till Iwanich was asleep, and then to go and
    hide themselves in the river, and to stay there till she told them to
    return; and if they didn’t do as she told them the old woman threatened
    to beat them till they bled.

    When Iwanich heard all this he went back to his room, determined that
    nothing should induce him to fall asleep next day. On the following
    morning he led the mare and foal to the fields as usual, but bound a
    cord round them both which he kept in his hand.

    But after a few hours, by the magic arts of the old witch, he was
    overpowered by sleep, and the mare and foal escaped and did as they had
    been told to do. The Prince did not awake till late in the evening; and
    when he did, he found, to his horror, that the horses had disappeared.
    Filled with despair, he cursed the moment when he had entered the
    service of the cruel witch, and already he saw his head sticking up on
    the sharp spike beside the others.

    Then he suddenly remembered the fish’s scale, which, with the eagle’s
    feather and the fox’s hairs, he always carried about with him. He drew
    the scale from his pocket, and hurrying to the river he threw it in. In
    a minute the grateful fish swam towards the bank on which Iwanich was
    standing, and said: ‘What do you command, my friend and benefactor?’

    The Prince replied: ‘I had to look after a mare and foal, and they have
    run away from me and have hidden themselves in the river; if you wish to
    save my life drive them back to the land.’

    ‘Wait a moment,’ answered the fish, ‘and I and my friends will soon
    drive them out of the water.’ With these words the creature disappeared
    into the depths of the stream.

    Almost immediately a rushing hissing sound was heard in the waters, the
    waves dashed against the banks, the foam was tossed into the air, and
    the two horses leapt suddenly on to the dry land, trembling and shaking
    with fear.

    Iwanich sprang at once on to the mare’s back, seized the foal by its
    bridle, and hastened home in the highest spirits.

    When the witch saw the Prince bringing the horses home she could hardly
    conceal her wrath, and as soon as she had placed Iwanich’s supper before
    him she stole away again to the stables. The Prince followed her, and
    heard her scolding the beasts harshly for not having hidden themselves
    better. She bade them wait next morning till Iwanich was asleep and then
    to hide themselves in the clouds, and to remain there till she called.
    If they did not do as she told them she would beat them till they bled.

    The next morning, after Iwanich had led his horses to the fields, he
    fell once more into a magic sleep. The horses at once ran away and hid
    themselves in the clouds, which hung down from the mountains in soft
    billowy masses.

    When the Prince awoke and found that both the mare and the foal had
    disappeared, he bethought him at once of the eagle, and taking the
    feather out of his pocket he blew it into the air.

    In a moment the bird swooped down beside him and asked: ‘What do you
    wish me to do?’

    ‘My mare and foal,’ replied the Prince, ‘have run away from me, and have
    hidden themselves in the clouds; if you wish to save my life, restore
    both animals to me.’

    ‘Wait a minute,’ answered the eagle; ‘with the help of my friends I will
    soon drive them back to you.’

    With these words the bird flew up into the air and disappeared among the
    clouds.

    Almost directly Iwanich saw his two horses being driven towards him by
    a host of eagles of all sizes. He caught the mare and foal, and having
    thanked the eagle he drove them cheerfully home again.

    The old witch was more disgusted than ever when she saw him appearing,
    and having set his supper before him she stole into the stables, and
    Iwanich heard her abusing the horses for not having hidden themselves
    better in the clouds. Then she bade them hide themselves next morning,
    as soon as Iwanich was asleep, in the King’s hen-house, which stood on
    a lonely part of the heath, and to remain there till she called. If they
    failed to do as she told them she would certainly beat them this time
    till they bled.

    On the following morning the Prince drove his horses as usual to the
    fields. After he had been overpowered by sleep, as on the former days,
    the mare and foal ran away and hid themselves in the royal hen house.

    When the Prince awoke and found the horses gone he determined to appeal
    to the fox; so, lighting a fire, he threw the two hairs into it, and
    in a few moments the fox stood beside him and asked: ‘In what way can I
    serve you?’

    ‘I wish to know,’ replied Iwanich, ‘where the King’s hen-house is.’

    ‘Hardly an hour’s walk from here,’ answered the fox, and offered to show
    the Prince the way to it.

    While they were walking along the fox asked him what he wanted to do
    at the royal hen-house. The Prince told him of the misfortune that had
    befallen him, and of the necessity of recovering the mare and foal.

    ‘That is no easy matter,’ replied the fox. ‘But wait a moment. I have
    an idea. Stand at the door of the hen-house, and wait there for your
    horses. In the meantime I will slip in among the hens through a hole in
    the wall and give them a good chase, so that the noise they make will
    arouse the royal henwives, and they will come to see what is the matter.
    When they see the horses they will at once imagine them to be the cause
    of the disturbance, and will drive them out. Then you must lay hands on
    the mare and foal and catch them.

    All turned out exactly as the sly fox had foreseen. The Prince swung
    himself on the mare, seized the foal by its bridle, and hurried home.

    While he was riding over the heath in the highest of spirits the mare
    suddenly said to her rider: ‘You are the first person who has ever
    succeeded in outwitting the old witch Corva, and now you may ask what
    reward you like for your service. If you promise never to betray me I
    will give you a piece of advice which you will do well to follow.’

    The Prince promised never to betray her confidence, and the mare
    continued: ‘Ask nothing else as a reward than my foal, for it has not
    its like in the world, and is not to be bought for love or money; for it
    can go from one end of the earth to another in a few minutes. Of course
    the cunning Corva will do her best to dissuade you from taking the foal,
    and will tell you that it is both idle and sickly; but do not believe
    her, and stick to your point.’

    Iwanich longed to possess such an animal, and promised the mare to
    follow her advice.

    This time Corva received him in the most friendly manner, and set a
    sumptuous repast before him. As soon as he had finished she asked him
    what reward he demanded for his year’s service.

    ‘Nothing more nor less,’ replied the Prince, ‘than the foal of your
    mare.’

    The witch pretended to be much astonished at his request, and said that
    he deserved something much better than the foal, for the beast was lazy
    and nervous, blind in one eye, and, in short, was quite worthless.

    But the Prince knew what he wanted, and when the old witch saw that he
    had made up his mind to have the foal, she said, ‘I am obliged to keep
    my promise and to hand you over the foal; and as I know who you are and
    what you want, I will tell you in what way the animal will be useful to
    you. The man in the cauldron of boiling pitch, whom you set free, is a
    mighty magician; through your curiosity and thoughtlessness Militza came
    into his power, and he has transported her and her castle and belongings
    into a distant country.

    ‘You are the only person who can kill him; and in consequence he fears
    you to such an extent that he has set spies to watch you, and they
    report your movements to him daily.

    ‘When you have reached him, beware of speaking a single word to him, or
    you will fall into the power of his friends. Seize him at once by the
    beard and dash him to the ground.’

    Iwanich thanked the old witch, mounted his foal, put spurs to its sides,
    and they flew like lightning through the air.

    Already it was growing dark, when Iwanich perceived some figures in the
    distance; they soon came up to them, and then the Prince saw that it
    was the magician and his friends who were driving through the air in a
    carriage drawn by owls.

    When the magician found himself face to face with Iwanich, without hope
    of escape, he turned to him with false friendliness and said: ‘Thrice my
    kind benefactor!’

    But the Prince, without saying a word, seized him at once by his beard
    and dashed him to the ground. At the same moment the foal sprang on the
    top of the magician and kicked and stamped on him with his hoofs till he
    died.

    Then Iwanich found himself once more in the palace of his bride, and
    Militza herself flew into his arms.

    From this time forward they lived in undisturbed peace and happiness
    till the end of their lives.

     

    THE MAGIC RING

    Once upon a time there lived an old couple who had one son called
    Martin. Now when the old man’s time had come, he stretched himself out
    on his bed and died. Though all his life long he had toiled and moiled,
    he only left his widow and son two hundred florins. The old woman
    determined to put by the money for a rainy day; but alas! the rainy day
    was close at hand, for their meal was all consumed, and who is prepared
    to face starvation with two hundred florins at their disposal? So the
    old woman counted out a hundred of her florins, and giving them to
    Martin, told him to go into the town and lay in a store of meal for a
    year.

    So Martin started off for the town. When he reached the meat-market he
    found the whole place in turmoil, and a great noise of angry voices and
    barking of dogs. Mixing in the crowd, he noticed a stag-hound which the
    butchers had caught and tied to a post, and which was being flogged in
    a merciless manner. Overcome with pity, Martin spoke to the butchers,
    saying:

    ‘Friends, why are you beating the poor dog so cruelly?’

    ‘We have every right to beat him,’ they replied; ‘he has just devoured a
    newly-killed pig.’

    ‘Leave off beating him,’ said Martin, ‘and sell him to me instead.’

    ‘If you choose to buy him,’ answered the butchers derisively; ‘but for
    such a treasure we won’t take a penny less than a hundred florins.’

    ‘A hundred!’ exclaimed Martin. ‘Well, so be it, if you will not take
    less;’ and, taking the money out of his pocket, he handed it over in
    exchange for the dog, whose name was Schurka.

    When Martin got home, his mother met him with the question:

    ‘Well, what have you bought?’

    ‘Schurka, the dog,’ replied Martin, pointing to his new possession.
    Whereupon his mother became very angry, and abused him roundly. He ought
    to be ashamed of himself, when there was scarcely a handful of meal in
    the house, to have spent the money on a useless brute like that. On the
    following day she sent him back to the town, saying, ‘Here, take our
    last hundred florins, and buy provisions with them. I have just emptied
    the last grains of meal out of the chest, and baked a bannock; but it
    won’t last over to-morrow.’

    Just as Martin was entering the town he met a rough-looking peasant who
    was dragging a cat after him by a string which was fastened round the
    poor beast’s neck.

    ‘Stop,’ cried Martin; ‘where are you dragging that poor cat?’

    ‘I mean to drown him,’ was the answer.

    ‘What harm has the poor beast done?’ said Martin.

    ‘It has just killed a goose,’ replied the peasant.

    ‘Don’t drown him, sell him to me instead,’ begged Martin.

    ‘Not for a hundred florins,’ was the answer.

    ‘Surely for a hundred florins you’ll sell it?’ said Martin. ‘See! here
    is the money;’ and, so saying, he handed him the hundred florins, which
    the peasant pocketed, and Martin took possession of the cat, which was
    called Waska.

    When he reached his home his mother greeted him with the question:

    ‘Well, what have you brought back?’

    ‘I have brought this cat, Waska,’ answered Martin.

    ‘And what besides?’

    ‘I had no money over to buy anything else with,’ replied Martin.

    ‘You useless ne’er-do-weel!’ exclaimed his mother in a great passion.
    ‘Leave the house at once, and go and beg your bread among strangers;’
    and as Martin did not dare to contradict her, he called Schurka and
    Waska and started off with them to the nearest village in search of
    work. On the way he met a rich peasant, who asked him where he was
    going.

    ‘I want to get work as a day labourer,’ he answered.

    ‘Come along with me, then. But I must tell you I engage my labourers
    without wages. If you serve me faithfully for a year, I promise you it
    shall be for your advantage.’

    So Martin consented, and for a year he worked diligently, and served
    his master faithfully, not sparing himself in any way. When the day of
    reckoning had come the peasant led him into a barn, and pointing to two
    full sacks, said: ‘Take whichever of these you choose.’

    Martin examined the contents of the sacks, and seeing that one was full
    of silver and the other of sand, he said to himself:

    ‘There must be some trick about this; I had better take the sand.’ And
    throwing the sack over his shoulders he started out into the world,
    in search of fresh work. On and on he walked, and at last he reached
    a great gloomy wood. In the middle of the wood he came upon a meadow,
    where a fire was burning, and in the midst of the fire, surrounded by
    flames, was a lovely damsel, more beautiful than anything that Martin
    had ever seen, and when she saw him she called to him:

    ‘Martin, if you would win happiness, save my life. Extinguish the flames
    with the sand that you earned in payment of your faithful service.’

    ‘Truly,’ thought Martin to himself, ‘it would be more sensible to save a
    fellow-being’s life with this sand than to drag it about on one’s back,
    seeing what a weight it is.’ And forthwith he lowered the sack from his
    shoulders and emptied its contents on the flames, and instantly the
    fire was extinguished; but at the same moment lo! and behold the lovely
    damsel turned into a Serpent, and, darting upon him, coiled itself round
    his neck, and whispered lovingly in his ear:

    ‘Do not be afraid of me, Martin; I love you, and will go with you
    through the world. But first you must follow me boldly into my Father’s
    Kingdom, underneath the earth; and when we get there, remember this–he
    will offer you gold and silver, and dazzling gems, but do not touch
    them. Ask him, instead, for the ring which he wears on his little
    finger, for in that ring lies a magic power; you have only to throw it
    from one hand to the other, and at once twelve young men will appear,
    who will do your bidding, no matter how difficult, in a single night.’

    So they started on their way, and after much wandering they reached
    a spot where a great rock rose straight up in the middle of the road.
    Instantly the Serpent uncoiled itself from his neck, and, as it touched
    the damp earth, it resumed the shape of the lovely damsel. Pointing to
    the rock, she showed him an opening just big enough for a man to wriggle
    through. Passing into it, they entered a long underground passage, which
    led out on to a wide field, above which spread a blue sky. In the middle
    of the field stood a magnificent castle, built out of porphyry, with a
    roof of gold and with glittering battlements. And his beautiful guide
    told him that this was the palace in which her father lived and reigned
    over his kingdom in the Under-world.

    Together they entered the palace, and were received by the King with
    great kindness. Turning to his daughter, he said:

    ‘My child, I had almost given up the hope of ever seeing you again.
    Where have you been all these years?’

    ‘My father,’ she replied, ‘I owe my life to this youth, who saved me
    from a terrible death.’

    Upon which the King turned to Martin with a gracious smile, saying: ‘I
    will reward your courage by granting you whatever your heart desires.
    Take as much gold, silver, and precious stones as you choose.’

    ‘I thank you, mighty King, for your gracious offer,’ answered Martin,’
    ‘but I do not covet either gold, silver, or precious stones; yet if you
    will grant me a favour, give me, I beg, the ring from off the little
    finger of your royal hand. Every time my eye falls on it I shall think
    of your gracious Majesty, and when I marry I shall present it to my
    bride.’

    So the King took the ring from his finger and gave it to Martin, saying:
    ‘Take it, good youth; but with it I make one condition–you are never
    to confide to anyone that this is a magic ring. If you do, you will
    straightway bring misfortune on yourself.’

    Martin took the ring, and, having thanked the King, he set out on the
    same road by which he had come down into the Under-world. When he had
    regained the upper air he started for his old home, and having found his
    mother still living in the old house where he had left her, they settled
    down together very happily. So uneventful was their life that it
    almost seemed as if it would go on in this way always, without let or
    hindrance. But one day it suddenly came into his mind that he would like
    to get married, and, moreover, that he would choose a very grand wife–a
    King’s daughter, in short. But as he did not trust himself as a wooer,
    he determined to send his old mother on the mission.

    ‘You must go to the King,’ he said to her, ‘and demand the hand of his
    lovely daughter in marriage for me.’

    ‘What are you thinking of, my son?’ answered the old woman, aghast at
    the idea. ‘Why cannot you marry someone in your own rank? That would be
    far more fitting than to send a poor old woman like me a-wooing to the
    King’s Court for the hand of a Princess. Why, it is as much as our heads
    are worth. Neither my life nor yours would be worth anything if I went
    on such a fool’s errand.’

    ‘Never fear, little mother,’ answered Martin. ‘Trust me; all will be
    well. But see that you do not come back without an answer of some kind.’

    And so, obedient to her son’s behest, the old woman hobbled off to the
    palace, and, without being hindered, reached the courtyard, and began to
    mount the flight of steps leading to the royal presence chamber. At
    the head of the landing rows of courtiers were collected in magnificent
    attire, who stared at the queer old figure, and called to her, and
    explained to her, with every kind of sign, that it was strictly
    forbidden to mount those steps. But their stern words and forbidding
    gestures made no impression whatever on the old woman, and she
    resolutely continued to climb the stairs, bent on carrying out her son’s
    orders. Upon this some of the courtiers seized her by the arms, and held
    her back by sheer force, at which she set up such a yell that the King
    himself heard it, and stepped out on to the balcony to see what was the
    matter. When he beheld the old woman flinging her arms wildly about, and
    heard her scream that she would not leave the place till she had laid
    her case before the King, he ordered that she should be brought into
    his presence. And forthwith she was conducted into the golden presence
    chamber, where, leaning back amongst cushions of royal purple, the King
    sat, surrounded by his counsellors and courtiers. Courtesying low, the
    old woman stood silent before him. ‘Well, my good old dame, what can I
    do for you?’ asked the King.

    ‘I have come,’ replied Martin’s mother–‘and your Majesty must not be
    angry with me–I have come a-wooing.’

    ‘Is the woman out of her mind?’ said the King, with an angry frown.

    But Martin’s mother answered boldly: ‘If the King will only listen
    patiently to me, and give me a straightforward answer, he will see that
    I am not out of my mind. You, O King, have a lovely daughter to give
    in marriage. I have a son–a wooer–as clever a youth and as good a
    son-in-law as you will find in your whole kingdom. There is nothing that
    he cannot do. Now tell me, O King, plump and plain, will you give your
    daughter to my son as wife?’ The King listened to the end of the old
    woman’s strange request, but every moment his face grew blacker, and his
    features sterner; till all at once he thought to himself, ‘Is it worth
    while that I, the King, should be angry with this poor old fool?’ And
    all the courtiers and counsellors were amazed when they saw the hard
    lines round his mouth and the frown on his brow grow smooth, and heard
    the mild but mocking tones in which he answered the old woman, saying:

    ‘If your son is as wonderfully clever as you say, and if there is
    nothing in the world that he cannot do, let him build a magnificent
    castle, just opposite my palace windows, in four and twenty hours. The
    palace must be joined together by a bridge of pure crystal. On each
    side of the bridge there must be growing trees, having golden and silver
    apples, and with birds of Paradise among the branches. At the right of
    the bridge there must be a church, with five golden cupolas; in this
    church your son shall be wedded to my daughter, and we will keep the
    wedding festivities in the new castle. But if he fails to execute this
    my royal command, then, as a just but mild monarch, I shall give orders
    that you and he are taken, and first dipped in tar and then in feathers,
    and you shall be executed in the market-place for the entertainment of
    my courtiers.’

    And a smile played round the King’s lips as he finished speaking, and
    his courtiers and counsellors shook with laughter when they thought of
    the old woman’s folly, and praised the King’s wise device, and said to
    each other, ‘What a joke it will be when we see the pair of them tarred
    and feathered! The son is just as able to grow a beard on the palm of
    his hand as to execute such a task in twenty-four hours.’

    Now the poor old woman was mortally afraid and, in a trembling voice she
    asked:

    ‘Is that really your royal will, O King? Must I take this order to my
    poor son?’

    ‘Yes, old dame; such is my command. If your son carries out my order,
    he shall be rewarded with my daughter; but if he fails, away to the
    tar-barrel and the stake with you both!’

    On her way home the poor old woman shed bitter tears, and when she saw
    Martin she told him what the King had said, and sobbed out:

    ‘Didn’t I tell you, my son, that you should marry someone of your own
    rank? It would have been better for us this day if you had. As I told
    you, my going to Court has been as much as our lives are worth, and
    now we will both be tarred and feathered, and burnt in the public
    market-place. It is terrible!’ and she moaned and cried.

    ‘Never fear, little mother,’ answered Martin; ‘trust me, and you will
    see all will be well. You may go to sleep with a quiet mind.’

    And, stepping to the front of the hut, Martin threw his ring from the
    palm of one hand into the other, upon which twelve youths instantly
    appeared, and demanded what he wanted them to do. Then he told them the
    King’s commands, and they answered that by next morning all should be
    accomplished exactly as the King had ordered.

    Next morning when the King awoke, and looked out of his window, to his
    amazement he beheld a magnificent castle, just opposite his own palace,
    and joined to it a bridge of pure crystal.

    At each side of the bridge trees were growing, from whose branches hung
    golden and silver apples, among which birds of Paradise perched. At the
    right, gleaming in the sun, were the five golden cupolas of a splendid
    church, whose bells rang out, as if they would summon people from all
    corners of the earth to come and behold the wonder. Now, though the King
    would much rather have seen his future son-in-law tarred, feathered, and
    burnt at the stake, he remembered his royal oath, and had to make the
    best of a bad business. So he took heart of grace, and made Martin a
    Duke, and gave his daughter a rich dowry, and prepared the grandest
    wedding-feast that had ever been seen, so that to this day the old
    people in the country still talk of it.

    After the wedding Martin and his royal bride went to dwell in the
    magnificent new palace, and here Martin lived in the greatest comfort
    and luxury, such luxury as he had never imagined. But though he was as
    happy as the day was long, and as merry as a grig, the King’s daughter
    fretted all day, thinking of the indignity that had been done her in
    making her marry Martin, the poor widow’s son, instead of a rich young
    Prince from a foreign country. So unhappy was she that she spent all her
    time wondering how she should get rid of her undesirable husband.
    And first she determined to learn the secret of his power, and, with
    flattering, caressing words, she tried to coax him to tell her how he
    was so clever that there was nothing in the world that he could not do.
    At first he would tell her nothing; but once, when he was in a yielding
    mood, she approached him with a winning smile on her lovely face, and,
    speaking flattering words to him, she gave him a potion to drink, with
    a sweet, strong taste. And when he had drunk it Martin’s lips were
    unsealed, and he told her that all his power lay in the magic ring that
    he wore on his finger, and he described to her how to use it, and, still
    speaking, he fell into a deep sleep. And when she saw that the potion
    had worked, and that he was sound asleep, the Princess took the magic
    ring from his finger, and, going into the courtyard, she threw it from
    the palm of one hand into the other.

    On the instant the twelve youths appeared, and asked her what she
    commanded them to do. Then she told them that by the next morning they
    were to do away with the castle, and the bridge, and the church, and
    put in their stead the humble hut in which Martin used to live with his
    mother, and that while he slept her husband was to be carried to his old
    lowly room; and that they were to bear her away to the utmost ends of
    the earth, where an old King lived who would make her welcome in his
    palace, and surround her with the state that befitted a royal Princess.

    ‘You shall be obeyed,’ answered the twelve youths at the same moment.
    And lo and behold! the following morning, when the King awoke and looked
    out of his window he beheld to his amazement that the palace, bridge,
    church, and trees had all vanished, and there was nothing in their place
    but a bare, miserable-looking hut.

    Immediately the King sent for his son-in-law, and commanded him to
    explain what had happened. But Martin looked at his royal father-in-law,
    and answered never a word. Then the King was very angry, and, calling
    a council together, he charged Martin with having been guilty of
    witchcraft, and of having deceived the King, and having made away with
    the Princess; and he was condemned to imprisonment in a high stone
    tower, with neither meat nor drink, till he should die of starvation.

    Then, in the hour of his dire necessity, his old friends Schurka (the
    dog) and Waska (the cat) remembered how Martin had once saved them from
    a cruel death; and they took counsel together as to how they should help
    him. And Schurka growled, and was of opinion that he would like to tear
    everyone in pieces; but Waska purred meditatively, and scratched the
    back of her ear with a velvet paw, and remained lost in thought. At the
    end of a few minutes she had made up her mind, and, turning to Schurka,
    said: ‘Let us go together into the town, and the moment we meet a baker
    you must make a rush between his legs and upset the tray from off his
    head; I will lay hold of the rolls, and will carry them off to our
    master.’ No sooner said than done. Together the two faithful creatures
    trotted off into the town, and very soon they met a baker bearing a tray
    on his head, and looking round on all sides, while he cried:

    ‘Fresh rolls, sweet cake,
    Fancy bread of every kind.
    Come and buy, come and take,
    Sure you’ll find it to your mind,’

    At that moment Schurka made a rush between his legs–the baker stumbled,
    the tray was upset, the rolls fell to the ground, and, while the man
    angrily pursued Schurka, Waska managed to drag the rolls out of sight
    behind a bush. And when a moment later Schurka joined her, they set off
    at full tilt to the stone tower where Martin was a prisoner, taking the
    rolls with them. Waska, being very agile, climbed up by the outside to
    the grated window, and called in an anxious voice:

    ‘Are you alive, master?’

    ‘Scarcely alive–almost starved to death,’ answered Martin in a weak
    voice. ‘I little thought it would come to this, that I should die of
    hunger.’

    ‘Never fear, dear master. Schurka and I will look after you,’ said
    Waska. And in another moment she had climbed down and brought him back a
    roll, and then another, and another, till she had brought him the whole
    tray-load. Upon which she said: ‘Dear master, Schurka and I are going
    off to a distant kingdom at the utmost ends of the earth to fetch you
    back your magic ring. You must be careful that the rolls last till our
    return.’

    And Waska took leave of her beloved master, and set off with Schurka
    on their journey. On and on they travelled, looking always to right
    and left for traces of the Princess, following up every track, making
    inquiries of every cat and dog they met, listening to the talk of every
    wayfarer they passed; and at last they heard that the kingdom at the
    utmost ends of the earth where the twelve youths had borne the Princess
    was not very far off. And at last one day they reached that distant
    kingdom, and, going at once to the palace, they began to make friends
    with all the dogs and cats in the place, and to question them about
    the Princess and the magic ring; but no one could tell them much about
    either. Now one day it chanced that Waska had gone down to the palace
    cellar to hunt for mice and rats, and seeing an especially fat, well-fed
    mouse, she pounced upon it, buried her claws in its soft fur, and was
    just going to gobble it up, when she was stopped by the pleading tones
    of the little creature, saying, ‘If you will only spare my life I may be
    of great service to you. I will do everything in my power for you; for I
    am the King of the Mice, and if I perish the whole race will die out.’

    ‘So be it,’ said Waska. ‘I will spare your life; but in return you must
    do something for me. In this castle there lives a Princess, the wicked
    wife of my dear master. She has stolen away his magic ring. You must get
    it away from her at whatever cost; do you hear? Till you have done this
    I won’t take my claws out of your fur.’

    ‘Good!’ replied the mouse; ‘I will do what you ask.’ And, so saying,
    he summoned all the mice in his kingdom together. A countless number
    of mice, small and big, brown and grey, assembled, and formed a circle
    round their king, who was a prisoner under Waska’s claws. Turning to
    them he said: ‘Dear and faithful subjects, who ever among you will steal
    the magic ring from the strange Princess will release me from a cruel
    death; and I shall honour him above all the other mice in the kingdom.’

    Instantly a tiny mouse stepped forward and said: ‘I often creep about
    the Princess’s bedroom at night, and I have noticed that she has a ring
    which she treasures as the apple of her eye. All day she wears it on her
    finger, and at night she keeps it in her mouth. I will undertake, sire,
    to steal away the ring for you.’

    And the tiny mouse tripped away into the bedroom of the Princess, and
    waited for nightfall; then, when the Princess had fallen asleep, it
    crept up on to her bed, and gnawed a hole in the pillow, through which
    it dragged one by one little down feathers, and threw them under the
    Princess’s nose. And the fluff flew into the Princess’s nose, and into
    her mouth, and starting up she sneezed and coughed, and the ring fell
    out of her mouth on to the coverlet. In a flash the tiny mouse had
    seized it, and brought it to Waska as a ransom for the King of the Mice.
    Thereupon Waska and Schurka started off, and travelled night and day
    till they reached the stone tower where Martin was imprisoned; and the
    cat climbed up the window, and called out to him:

    ‘Martin, dear master, are you still alive?’

    ‘Ah! Waska, my faithful little cat, is that you?’ replied a weak voice.
    ‘I am dying of hunger. For three days I have not tasted food.’

    ‘Be of good heart, dear master,’ replied Waska; ‘from this day forth you
    will know nothing but happiness and prosperity. If this were a moment to
    trouble you with riddles, I would make you guess what Schurka and I have
    brought you back. Only think, we have got you your ring!’

    At these words Martin’s joy knew no bounds, and he stroked her fondly,
    and she rubbed up against him and purred happily, while below Schurka
    bounded in the air, and barked joyfully. Then Martin took the ring, and
    threw it from one hand into the other, and instantly the twelve youths
    appeared and asked what they were to do.

    ‘Fetch me first something to eat and drink, as quickly as possible; and
    after that bring musicians hither, and let us have music all day long.’

    Now when the people in the town and palace heard music coming from the
    tower they were filled with amazement, and came to the King with the
    news that witchcraft must be going on in Martin’s Tower, for, instead
    of dying of starvation, he was seemingly making merry to the sound of
    music, and to the clatter of plates, and glass, and knives and forks;
    and the music was so enchantingly sweet that all the passers-by stood
    still to listen to it. On this the King sent at once a messenger to
    the Starvation Tower, and he was so astonished with what he saw that he
    remained rooted to the spot. Then the King sent his chief counsellors,
    and they too were transfixed with wonder. At last the King came himself,
    and he likewise was spellbound by the beauty of the music.

    Then Martin summoned the twelve youths, spoke to them, saying, ‘Build up
    my castle again, and join it to the King’s Palace with a crystal bridge;
    do not forget the trees with the golden and silver apples, and with the
    birds of Paradise in the branches; and put back the church with the five
    cupolas, and let the bells ring out, summoning the people from the four
    corners of the kingdom. And one thing more: bring back my faithless
    wife, and lead her into the women’s chamber.’

    And it was all done as he commanded, and, leaving the Starvation Tower,
    he took the King, his father-in-law, by the arm, and led him into the
    new palace, where the Princess sat in fear and trembling, awaiting her
    death. And Martin spoke to the King, saying, ‘King and royal father, I
    have suffered much at the hands of your daughter. What punishment shall
    be dealt to her?’

    Then the mild King answered: ‘Beloved Prince and son-in-law, if you love
    me, let your anger be turned to grace–forgive my daughter, and restore
    her to your heart and favour.’

    And Martin’s heart was softened and he forgave his wife, and they lived
    happily together ever after. And his old mother came and lived with him,
    and he never parted with Schurka and Waska; and I need hardly tell you
    that he never again let the ring out of his possession.

     

    THE FLOWER QUEEN’S DAUGHTER(23)

    (23) From the Bukowinaer. Von Wliolocki.

    A young Prince was riding one day through a meadow that stretched for
    miles in front of him, when he came to a deep open ditch. He was turning
    aside to avoid it, when he heard the sound of someone crying in the
    ditch. He dismounted from his horse, and stepped along in the direction
    the sound came from. To his astonishment he found an old woman, who
    begged him to help her out of the ditch. The Prince bent down and lifted
    her out of her living grave, asking her at the same time how she had
    managed to get there.

    ‘My son,’ answered the old woman, ‘I am a very poor woman, and soon
    after midnight I set out for the neighbouring town in order to sell my
    eggs in the market on the following morning; but I lost my way in the
    dark, and fell into this deep ditch, where I might have remained for
    ever but for your kindness.’

    Then the Prince said to her, ‘You can hardly walk; I will put you on my
    horse and lead you home. Where do you live?’

    ‘Over there, at the edge of the forest in the little hut you see in the
    distance,’ replied the old woman.

    The Prince lifted her on to his horse, and soon they reached the hut,
    where the old woman got down, and turning to the Prince said, ‘Just wait
    a moment, and I will give you something.’ And she disappeared into her
    hut, but returned very soon and said, ‘You are a mighty Prince, but
    at the same time you have a kind heart, which deserves to be rewarded.
    Would you like to have the most beautiful woman in the world for your
    wife?’

    ‘Most certainly I would,’ replied the Prince.

    So the old woman continued, ‘The most beautiful woman in the whole world
    is the daughter of the Queen of the Flowers, who has been captured by a
    dragon. If you wish to marry her, you must first set her free, and this
    I will help you to do. I will give you this little bell: if you ring it
    once, the King of the Eagles will appear; if you ring it twice, the King
    of the Foxes will come to you; and if you ring it three times, you will
    see the King of the Fishes by your side. These will help you if you are
    in any difficulty. Now farewell, and heaven prosper your undertaking.’
    She handed him the little bell, and there disappeared hut and all, as
    though the earth had swallowed her up.

    Then it dawned on the Prince that he had been speaking to a good fairy,
    and putting the little bell carefully in his pocket, he rode home and
    told his father that he meant to set the daughter of the Flower Queen
    free, and intended setting out on the following day into the wide world
    in search of the maid.

    So the next morning the Prince mounted his fine horse and left his home.
    He had roamed round the world for a whole year, and his horse had died
    of exhaustion, while he himself had suffered much from want and misery,
    but still he had come on no trace of her he was in search of. At last
    one day he came to a hut, in front of which sat a very old man. The
    Prince asked him, ‘Do you not know where the Dragon lives who keeps the
    daughter of the Flower Queen prisoner?’

    ‘No, I do not,’ answered the old man. ‘But if you go straight along
    this road for a year, you will reach a hut where my father lives, and
    possibly he may be able to tell you.’

    The Prince thanked him for his information, and continued his journey
    for a whole year along the same road, and at the end of it came to
    the little hut, where he found a very old man. He asked him the same
    question, and the old man answered, ‘No, I do not know where the Dragon
    lives. But go straight along this road for another year, and you will
    come to a hut in which my father lives. I know he can tell you.’

    And so the Prince wandered on for another year, always on the same road,
    and at last reached the hut where he found the third old man. He put
    the same question to him as he had put to his son and grandson; but this
    time the old man answered, ‘The Dragon lives up there on the mountain,
    and he has just begun his year of sleep. For one whole year he is always
    awake, and the next he sleeps. But if you wish to see the Flower Queen’s
    daughter go up the second mountain: the Dragon’s old mother lives there,
    and she has a ball every night, to which the Flower Queen’s daughter
    goes regularly.’

    So the Prince went up the second mountain, where he found a castle all
    made of gold with diamond windows. He opened the big gate leading into
    the courtyard, and was just going to walk in, when seven dragons rushed
    on him and asked him what he wanted?

    The Prince replied, ‘I have heard so much of the beauty and kindness of
    the Dragon’s Mother, and would like to enter her service.’

    This flattering speech pleased the dragons, and the eldest of them said,
    ‘Well, you may come with me, and I will take you to the Mother Dragon.’

    They entered the castle and walked through twelve splendid halls, all
    made of gold and diamonds. In the twelfth room they found the Mother
    Dragon seated on a diamond throne. She was the ugliest woman under the
    sun, and, added to it all, she had three heads. Her appearance was a
    great shock to the Prince, and so was her voice, which was like the
    croaking of many ravens. She asked him, ‘Why have you come here?’

    The Prince answered at once, ‘I have heard so much of your beauty and
    kindness, that I would very much like to enter your service.’

    ‘Very well,’ said the Mother Dragon; ‘but if you wish to enter my
    service, you must first lead my mare out to the meadow and look after
    her for three days; but if you don’t bring her home safely every
    evening, we will eat you up.’

    The Prince undertook the task and led the mare out to the meadow.

    But no sooner had they reached the grass than she vanished. The Prince
    sought for her in vain, and at last in despair sat down on a big stone
    and contemplated his sad fate. As he sat thus lost in thought, he
    noticed an eagle flying over his head. Then he suddenly bethought him of
    his little bell, and taking it out of his pocket he rang it once. In a
    moment he heard a rustling sound in the air beside him, and the King of
    the Eagles sank at his feet.

    ‘I know what you want of me,’ the bird said. ‘You are looking for the
    Mother Dragon’s mare who is galloping about among the clouds. I will
    summon all the eagles of the air together, and order them to catch the
    mare and bring her to you.’ And with these words the King of the Eagles
    flew away. Towards evening the Prince heard a mighty rushing sound in
    the air, and when he looked up he saw thousands of eagles driving the
    mare before them. They sank at his feet on to the ground and gave the
    mare over to him. Then the Prince rode home to the old Mother Dragon,
    who was full of wonder when she saw him, and said, ‘You have succeeded
    to-day in looking after my mare, and as a reward you shall come to my
    ball to-night.’ She gave him at the same time a cloak made of copper,
    and led him to a big room where several young he-dragons and she-dragons
    were dancing together. Here, too, was the Flower Queen’s beautiful
    daughter. Her dress was woven out of the most lovely flowers in the
    world, and her complexion was like lilies and roses. As the Prince was
    dancing with her he managed to whisper in her ear, ‘I have come to set
    you free!’

    Then the beautiful girl said to him, ‘If you succeed in bringing the
    mare back safely the third day, ask the Mother Dragon to give you a foal
    of the mare as a reward.’

    The ball came to an end at midnight, and early next morning the Prince
    again led the Mother Dragon’s mare out into the meadow. But again she
    vanished before his eyes. Then he took out his little bell and rang it
    twice.

    In a moment the King of the Foxes stood before him and said: ‘I know
    already what you want, and will summon all the foxes of the world
    together to find the mare who has hidden herself in a hill.’

    With these words the King of the Foxes disappeared, and in the evening
    many thousand foxes brought the mare to the Prince.

    Then he rode home to the Mother-Dragon, from whom he received this time
    a cloak made of silver, and again she led him to the ball-room.

    The Flower Queen’s daughter was delighted to see him safe and sound,
    and when they were dancing together she whispered in his ear: ‘If you
    succeed again to-morrow, wait for me with the foal in the meadow. After
    the ball we will fly away together.’

    On the third day the Prince led the mare to the meadow again; but once
    more she vanished before his eyes. Then the Prince took out his little
    bell and rang it three times.

    In a moment the King of the Fishes appeared, and said to him: ‘I know
    quite well what you want me to do, and I will summon all the fishes
    of the sea together, and tell them to bring you back the mare, who is
    hiding herself in a river.’

    Towards evening the mare was returned to him, and when he led her home
    to the Mother Dragon she said to him:

    ‘You are a brave youth, and I will make you my body-servant. But what
    shall I give you as a reward to begin with?’

    The Prince begged for a foal of the mare, which the Mother Dragon at
    once gave him, and over and above, a cloak made of gold, for she had
    fallen in love with him because he had praised her beauty.

    So in the evening he appeared at the ball in his golden cloak; but
    before the entertainment was over he slipped away, and went straight to
    the stables, where he mounted his foal and rode out into the meadow to
    wait for the Flower Queen’s daughter. Towards midnight the beautiful
    girl appeared, and placing her in front of him on his horse, the
    Prince and she flew like the wind till they reached the Flower Queen’s
    dwelling. But the dragons had noticed their flight, and woke their
    brother out of his year’s sleep. He flew into a terrible rage when
    he heard what had happened, and determined to lay siege to the Flower
    Queen’s palace; but the Queen caused a forest of flowers as high as the
    sky to grow up round her dwelling, through which no one could force a
    way.

    When the Flower Queen heard that her daughter wanted to marry the
    Prince, she said to him: ‘I will give my consent to your marriage
    gladly, but my daughter can only stay with you in summer. In winter,
    when everything is dead and the ground covered with snow, she must come
    and live with me in my palace underground.’ The Prince consented to
    this, and led his beautiful bride home, where the wedding was held with
    great pomp and magnificence. The young couple lived happily together
    till winter came, when the Flower Queen’s daughter departed and went
    home to her mother. In summer she returned to her husband, and their
    life of joy and happiness began again, and lasted till the approach of
    winter, when the Flower Queen’s daughter went back again to her mother.
    This coming and going continued all her life long, and in spite of it
    they always lived happily together.

     

    THE FLYING SHIP(24)

    (24) From the Russian.

    Once upon a time there lived an old couple who had three sons; the two
    elder were clever, but the third was a regular dunce. The clever sons
    were very fond of their mother, gave her good clothes, and always spoke
    pleasantly to her; but the youngest was always getting in her way,
    and she had no patience with him. Now, one day it was announced in the
    village that the King had issued a decree, offering his daughter, the
    Princess, in marriage to whoever should build a ship that could fly.
    Immediately the two elder brothers determined to try their luck, and
    asked their parents’ blessing. So the old mother smartened up their
    clothes, and gave them a store of provisions for their journey, not
    forgetting to add a bottle of brandy. When they had gone the poor
    Simpleton began to tease his mother to smarten him up and let him start
    off.

    ‘What would become of a dolt like you?’ she answered. ‘Why, you would be
    eaten up by wolves.’

    But the foolish youth kept repeating, ‘I will go, I will go, I will go!’

    Seeing that she could do nothing with him, the mother gave him a crust
    of bread and a bottle of water, and took no further heed of him.

    So the Simpleton set off on his way. When he had gone a short distance
    he met a little old manikin. They greeted one another, and the manikin
    asked him where he was going.

    ‘I am off to the King’s Court,’ he answered. ‘He has promised to give
    his daughter to whoever can make a flying ship.’

    ‘And can you make such a ship?’

    ‘Not I.’

    ‘Then why in the world are you going?’

    ‘Can’t tell,’ replied the Simpleton.

    ‘Well, if that is the case,’ said the manikin, ‘sit down beside me; we
    can rest for a little and have something to eat. Give me what you have
    got in your satchel.’

    Now, the poor Simpleton was ashamed to show what was in it. However, he
    thought it best not to make a fuss, so he opened the satchel, and could
    scarcely believe his own eyes, for, instead of the hard crust, he saw
    two beautiful fresh rolls and some cold meat. He shared them with the
    manikin, who licked his lips and said:

    ‘Now, go into that wood, and stop in front of the first tree, bow three
    times, and then strike the tree with your axe, fall on your knees on
    the ground, with your face on the earth, and remain there till you are
    raised up. You will then find a ship at your side, step into it and fly
    to the King’s Palace. If you meet anyone on the way, take him with you.’

    The Simpleton thanked the manikin very kindly, bade him farewell, and
    went into the road. When he got to the first tree he stopped in front of
    it, did everything just as he had been told, and, kneeling on the ground
    with his face to the earth, fell asleep. After a little time he was
    aroused; he awoke and, rubbing his eyes, saw a ready-made ship at his
    side, and at once got into it.

    And the ship rose and rose, and in another minute was flying through the
    air, when the Simpleton, who was on the look out, cast his eyes down to
    the earth and saw a man beneath him on the road, who was kneeling with
    his ear upon the damp ground.

    ‘Hallo!’ he called out, ‘what are you doing down there?’

    ‘I am listening to what is going on in the world,’ replied the man.

    ‘Come with me in my ship,’ said the Simpleton.

    So the man was only too glad, and got in beside him; and the ship flew,
    and flew, and flew through the air, till again from his outlook the
    Simpleton saw a man on the road below, who was hopping on one leg, while
    his other leg was tied up behind his ear. So he hailed him, calling out:

    ‘Hallo! what are you doing, hopping on one leg?’

    ‘I can’t help it,’ replied the man. ‘I walk so fast that unless I tied
    up one leg I should be at the end of the earth in a bound.’

    ‘Come with us on my ship,’ he answered; and the man made no objections,
    but joined them; and the ship flew on, and on, and on, till suddenly the
    Simpleton, looking down on the road below, beheld a man aiming with a
    gun into the distance.

    ‘Hallo!’ he shouted to him, ‘what are you aiming at? As far as eye can
    see, there is no bird in sight.’

    ‘What would be the good of my taking a near shot?’ replied the man; ‘I
    can hit beast or bird at a hundred miles’ distance. That is the kind of
    shot I enjoy.’

    ‘Come into the ship with us,’ answered the Simpleton; and the man was
    only too glad to join them, and he got in; and the ship flew on, farther
    and farther, till again the Simpleton from his outlook saw a man on the
    road below, carrying on his back a basket full of bread. And he waved to
    him, calling out:

    ‘Hallo! where are you going?’

    ‘To fetch bread for my breakfast.’

    ‘Bread? Why, you have got a whole basket-load of it on your back.’

    ‘That’s nothing,’ answered the man; ‘I should finish that in one
    mouthful.’

    ‘Come along with us in my ship, then.’

    And so the glutton joined the party, and the ship mounted again into the
    air, and flew up and onward, till the Simpleton from his outlook saw
    a man walking by the shore of a great lake, and evidently looking for
    something.

    ‘Hallo!’ he cried to him,’ what are you seeking?

    ‘I want water to drink, I’m so thirsty,’ replied the man.

    ‘Well, there’s a whole lake in front of you; why don’t you drink some of
    that?’

    ‘Do you call that enough?’ answered the other. ‘Why, I should drink it
    up in one gulp.’

    ‘Well, come with us in the ship.’

    And so the mighty drinker was added to the company; and the ship flew
    farther, and even farther, till again the Simpleton looked out, and this
    time he saw a man dragging a bundle of wood, walking through the forest
    beneath them.

    ‘Hallo!’ he shouted to him, ‘why are you carrying wood through a
    forest?’

    ‘This is not common wood,’ answered the other.

    ‘What sort of wood is it, then?’ said the Simpleton.

    ‘If you throw it upon the ground,’ said the man, ‘it will be changed
    into an army of soldiers.’

    ‘Come into the ship with us, then.’

    And so he too joined them; and away the ship flew on, and on, and on,
    and once more the Simpleton looked out, and this time he saw a man
    carrying straw upon his back.

    ‘Hallo! Where are you carrying that straw to?’

    ‘To the village,’ said the man.

    ‘Do you mean to say there is no straw in the village?’

    ‘Ah! but this is quite a peculiar straw. If you strew it about even in
    the hottest summer the air at once becomes cold, and snow falls, and the
    people freeze.’

    Then the Simpleton asked him also to join them.

    At last the ship, with its strange crew, arrived at the King’s Court.
    The King was having his dinner, but he at once despatched one of his
    courtiers to find out what the huge, strange new bird could be that had
    come flying through the air. The courtier peeped into the ship, and,
    seeing what it was, instantly went back to the King and told him that it
    was a flying ship, and that it was manned by a few peasants.

    Then the King remembered his royal oath; but he made up his mind that
    he would never consent to let the Princess marry a poor peasant. So he
    thought and thought, and then said to himself:

    ‘I will give him some impossible tasks to perform; that will be the best
    way of getting rid of him.’ And he there and then decided to despatch
    one of his courtiers to the Simpleton, with the command that he was
    to fetch the King the healing water from the world’s end before he had
    finished his dinner.

    But while the King was still instructing the courtier exactly what
    he was to say, the first man of the ship’s company, the one with the
    miraculous power of hearing, had overheard the King’s words, and hastily
    reported them to the poor Simpleton.

    ‘Alas, alas!’ he cried; ‘what am I to do now? It would take me quite a
    year, possibly my whole life, to find the water.’

    ‘Never fear,’ said his fleet-footed comrade, ‘I will fetch what the King
    wants.’

    Just then the courtier arrived, bearing the King’s command.

    ‘Tell his Majesty,’ said the Simpleton, ‘that his orders shall be
    obeyed; ‘and forthwith the swift runner unbound the foot that was strung
    up behind his ear and started off, and in less than no time had reached
    the world’s end and drawn the healing water from the well.

    ‘Dear me,’ he thought to himself, ‘that’s rather tiring! I’ll just rest
    for a few minutes; it will be some little time yet before the King has
    got to dessert.’ So he threw himself down on the grass, and, as the sun
    was very dazzling, he closed his eyes, and in a few seconds had fallen
    sound asleep.

    In the meantime all the ship’s crew were anxiously awaiting him; the
    King’s dinner would soon be finished, and their comrade had not yet
    returned. So the man with the marvellous quick hearing lay down and,
    putting his ear to the ground, listened.

    ‘That’s a nice sort of fellow!’ he suddenly exclaimed. ‘He’s lying on
    the ground, snoring hard!’

    At this the marksman seized his gun, took aim, and fired in the
    direction of the world’s end, in order to awaken the sluggard. And a
    moment later the swift runner reappeared, and, stepping on board the
    ship, handed the healing water to the Simpleton. So while the King was
    still sitting at table finishing his dinner news was brought to him that
    his orders had been obeyed to the letter.

    What was to be done now? The King determined to think of a still more
    impossible task. So he told another courtier to go to the Simpleton with
    the command that he and his comrades were instantly to eat up twelve
    oxen and twelve tons of bread. Once more the sharp-eared comrade
    overheard the King’s words while he was still talking to the courtier,
    and reported them to the Simpleton.

    ‘Alas, alas!’ he sighed; ‘what in the world shall I do? Why, it would
    take us a year, possibly our whole lives, to eat up twelve oxen and
    twelve tons of bread.’

    ‘Never fear,’ said the glutton. ‘It will scarcely be enough for me, I’m
    so hungry.’

    So when the courtier arrived with the royal message he was told to take
    back word to the King that his orders should be obeyed. Then twelve
    roasted oxen and twelve tons of bread were brought alongside of the
    ship, and at one sitting the glutton had devoured it all.

    ‘I call that a small meal,’ he said. ‘I wish they’d brought me some
    more.’

    Next, the King ordered that forty casks of wine, containing forty
    gallons each, were to be drunk up on the spot by the Simpleton and his
    party. When these words were overheard by the sharp-eared comrade and
    repeated to the Simpleton, he was in despair.

    ‘Alas, alas!’ he exclaimed; ‘what is to be done? It would take us a
    year, possibly our whole lives, to drink so much.’

    ‘Never fear,’ said his thirsty comrade. ‘I’ll drink it all up at a
    gulp, see if I don’t.’ And sure enough, when the forty casks of wine
    containing forty gallons each were brought alongside of the ship, they
    disappeared down the thirsty comrade’s throat in no time; and when they
    were empty he remarked:

    ‘Why, I’m still thirsty. I should have been glad of two more casks.’

    Then the King took counsel with himself and sent an order to the
    Simpleton that he was to have a bath, in a bath-room at the royal
    palace, and after that the betrothal should take place. Now the
    bath-room was built of iron, and the King gave orders that it was to
    be heated to such a pitch that it would suffocate the Simpleton. And so
    when the poor silly youth entered the room, he discovered that the iron
    walls were red hot. But, fortunately, his comrade with the straw on his
    back had entered behind him, and when the door was shut upon them he
    scattered the straw about, and suddenly the red-hot walls cooled down,
    and it became so very cold that the Simpleton could scarcely bear to
    take a bath, and all the water in the room froze. So the Simpleton
    climbed up upon the stove, and, wrapping himself up in the bath
    blankets, lay there the whole night. And in the morning when they opened
    the door there he lay sound and safe, singing cheerfully to himself.

    Now when this strange tale was told to the King he became quite sad,
    not knowing what he should do to get rid of so undesirable a son-in-law,
    when suddenly a brilliant idea occurred to him.

    ‘Tell the rascal to raise me an army, now at this instant!’ he exclaimed
    to one of his courtiers. ‘Inform him at once of this, my royal will.’
    And to himself he added, ‘I think I shall do for him this time.’

    As on former occasions, the quick-eared comrade had overheard the King’s
    command and repeated it to the Simpleton.

    ‘Alas, alas!’ he groaned; ‘now I am quite done for.’

    ‘Not at all,’ replied one of his comrades (the one who had dragged the
    bundle of wood through the forest). ‘Have you quite forgotten me?’

    In the meantime the courtier, who had run all the way from the palace,
    reached the ship panting and breathless, and delivered the King’s
    message.

    ‘Good!’ remarked the Simpleton. ‘I will raise an army for the King,’ and
    he drew himself up. ‘But if, after that, the King refuses to accept me
    as his son-in-law, I will wage war against him, and carry the Princess
    off by force.’

    During the night the Simpleton and his comrade went, together into a big
    field, not forgetting to take the bundle of wood with them, which the
    man spread out in all directions–and in a moment a mighty army stood
    upon the spot, regiment on regiment of foot and horse soldiers; the
    bugles sounded and the drums beat, the chargers neighed, and their
    riders put their lances in rest, and the soldiers presented arms.

    In the morning when the King awoke he was startled by these warlike
    sounds, the bugles and the drums, and the clatter of the horses, and the
    shouts of the soldiers. And, stepping to the window, he saw the lances
    gleam in the sunlight and the armour and weapons glitter. And the proud
    monarch said to himself, ‘I am powerless in comparison with this man.’
    So he sent him royal robes and costly jewels, and commanded him to come
    to the palace to be married to the Princess. And his son-in-law put
    on the royal robes, and he looked so grand and stately that it was
    impossible to recognise the poor Simpleton, so changed was he; and the
    Princess fell in love with him as soon as ever she saw him.

    Never before had so grand a wedding been seen, and there was so much
    food and wine that even the glutton and the thirsty comrade had enough
    to eat and drink.

     

    THE SNOW-DAUGHTER AND THE FIRE-SON(25)

    (25) From the Bukowinaer Tales and Legends. Von Wliolocki.

    There was once upon a time a man and his wife, and they had no children,
    which was a great grief to them. One winter’s day, when the sun was
    shining brightly, the couple were standing outside their cottage, and
    the woman was looking at all the little icicles which hung from the
    roof. She sighed, and turning to her husband said, ‘I wish I had as many
    children as there are icicles hanging there.’ ‘Nothing would please me
    more either,’ replied her husband. Then a tiny icicle detached itself
    from the roof, and dropped into the woman’s mouth, who swallowed it with
    a smile, and said, ‘Perhaps I shall give birth to a snow child now!’ Her
    husband laughed at his wife’s strange idea, and they went back into the
    house.

    But after a short time the woman gave birth to a little girl, who was
    as white as snow and as cold as ice. If they brought the child anywhere
    near the fire, it screamed loudly till they put it back into some cool
    place. The little maid throve wonderfully, and in a few months she could
    run about and speak. But she was not altogether easy to bring up, and
    gave her parents much trouble and anxiety, for all summer she insisted
    on spending in the cellar, and in the winter she would sleep outside in
    the snow, and the colder it was the happier she seemed to be. Her father
    and mother called her simply ‘Our Snow-daughter,’ and this name stuck to
    her all her life.

    One day her parents sat by the fire, talking over the extraordinary
    behaviour of their daughter, who was disporting herself in the snowstorm
    that raged outside. The woman sighed deeply and said, ‘I wish I had
    given birth to a Fire-son!’ As she said these words, a spark from the
    big wood fire flew into the woman’s lap, and she said with a laugh, ‘Now
    perhaps I shall give birth to a Fire-son!’ The man laughed at his wife’s
    words, and thought it was a good joke. But he ceased to think it a
    joke when his wife shortly afterwards gave birth to a boy, who screamed
    lustily till he was put quite close to the fire, and who nearly yelled
    himself into a fit if the Snow-daughter came anywhere near him. The
    Snow-daughter herself avoided him as much as she could, and always crept
    into a corner as far away from him as possible. The parents called the
    boy simply ‘Our Fire-son,’ a name which stuck to him all his life. They
    had a great deal of trouble and worry with him too; but he throve and
    grew very quickly, and before he was a year old he could run about and
    talk. He was as red as fire, and as hot to touch, and he always sat on
    the hearth quite close to the fire, and complained of the cold; if his
    sister were in the room he almost crept into the flames, while the girl
    on her part always complained of the great heat if her brother were
    anywhere near. In summer the boy always lay out in the sun, while the
    girl hid herself in the cellar: so it happened that the brother and
    sister came very little into contact with each other–in fact, they
    carefully avoided it.

    Just as the girl grew up into a beautiful woman, her father and mother
    both died one after the other. Then the Fire-son, who had grown up in
    the meantime into a fine, strong young man, said to his sister, ‘I am
    going out into the world, for what is the use of remaining on here?’

    ‘I shall go with you,’ she answered, ‘for, except you, I have no one in
    the world, and I have a feeling that if we set out together we shall be
    lucky.’

    The Fire-son said, ‘I love you with all my heart, but at the same time
    I always freeze if you are near me, and you nearly die of heat if I
    approach you! How shall we travel about together without being odious
    the one to the other?’

    ‘Don’t worry about that,’ replied the girl, ‘for I’ve thought it all
    over, and have settled on a plan which will make us each able to bear
    with the other! See, I have had a fur cloak made for each of us, and if
    we put them on I shall not feel the heat so much nor you the cold.’ So
    they put on the fur cloaks, and set out cheerfully on their way, and for
    the first time in their lives quite happy in each other’s company.

    For a long time the Fire-son and the Snow-daughter wandered through the
    world, and when at the beginning of winter they came to a big wood they
    determined to stay there till spring. The Fire-son built himself a hut
    where he always kept up a huge fire, while his sister with very few
    clothes on stayed outside night and day. Now it happened one day that
    the King of the land held a hunt in this wood, and saw the Snow-daughter
    wandering about in the open air. He wondered very much who the beautiful
    girl clad in such garments could be, and he stopped and spoke to her.
    He soon learnt that she could not stand heat, and that her brother could
    not endure cold. The King was so charmed by the Snow-daughter, that he
    asked her to be his wife. The girl consented, and the wedding was held
    with much state. The King had a huge house of ice made for his wife
    underground, so that even in summer it did not melt. But for his
    brother-in-law he had a house built with huge ovens all round it, that
    were kept heated all day and night. The Fire-son was delighted, but
    the perpetual heat in which he lived made his body so hot, that it was
    dangerous to go too close to him.

    One day the King gave a great feast, and asked his brother-in-law
    among the other guests. The Fire-son did not appear till everyone had
    assembled, and when he did, everyone fled outside to the open air, so
    intense was the heat he gave forth. Then the King was very angry and
    said, ‘If I had known what a lot of trouble you would have been, I would
    never have taken you into my house.’ Then the Fire-son replied with a
    laugh, ‘Don’t be angry, dear brother! I love heat and my sister loves
    cold–come here and let me embrace you, and then I’ll go home at once.’
    And before the King had time to reply, the Fire-son seized him in a
    tight embrace. The King screamed aloud in agony, and when his wife, the
    Snow-daughter, who had taken refuge from her brother in the next room,
    hurried to him, the King lay dead on the ground burnt to a cinder. When
    the Snow-daughter saw this she turned on her brother and flew at him.
    Then a fight began, the like of which had never been seen on earth. When
    the people, attracted by the noise, hurried to the spot, they saw the
    Snow-daughter melting into water and the Fire-son burn to a cinder. And
    so ended the unhappy brother and sister.

     

    THE STORY OF KING FROST (26)

    (26) From the Russian.

    There was once upon a time a peasant-woman who had a daughter and a
    step-daughter. The daughter had her own way in everything, and whatever
    she did was right in her mother’s eyes; but the poor step-daughter had
    a hard time. Let her do what she would, she was always blamed, and got
    small thanks for all the trouble she took; nothing was right, everything
    wrong; and yet, if the truth were known, the girl was worth her weight
    in gold–she was so unselfish and good-hearted. But her step-mother did
    not like her, and the poor girl’s days were spent in weeping; for it
    was impossible to live peacefully with the woman. The wicked shrew was
    determined to get rid of the girl by fair means or foul, and kept saying
    to her father: ‘Send her away, old man; send her away–anywhere so that
    my eyes sha’n’t be plagued any longer by the sight of her, or my ears
    tormented by the sound of her voice. Send her out into the fields, and
    let the cutting frost do for her.’

    In vain did the poor old father weep and implore her pity; she was firm,
    and he dared not gainsay her. So he placed his daughter in a sledge,
    not even daring to give her a horse-cloth to keep herself warm with, and
    drove her out on to the bare, open fields, where he kissed her and left
    her, driving home as fast as he could, that he might not witness her
    miserable death.

    Deserted by her father, the poor girl sat down under a fir-tree at the
    edge of the forest and began to weep silently. Suddenly she heard a
    faint sound: it was King Frost springing from tree to tree, and cracking
    his fingers as he went. At length he reached the fir-tree beneath which
    she was sitting, and with a crisp crackling sound he alighted beside
    her, and looked at her lovely face.

    ‘Well, maiden,’ he snapped out, ‘do you know who I am? I am King Frost,
    king of the red-noses.’

    ‘All hail to you, great King!’ answered the girl, in a gentle, trembling
    voice. ‘Have you come to take me?’

    ‘Are you warm, maiden?’ he replied.

    ‘Quite warm, King Frost,’ she answered, though she shivered as she
    spoke.

    Then King Frost stooped down, and bent over the girl, and the crackling
    sound grew louder, and the air seemed to be full of knives and darts;
    and again he asked:

    ‘Maiden, are you warm? Are you warm, you beautiful girl?’

    And though her breath was almost frozen on her lips, she whispered
    gently, ‘Quite warm, King Frost.’

    Then King Frost gnashed his teeth, and cracked his fingers, and his eyes
    sparkled, and the crackling, crisp sound was louder than ever, and for
    the last time he asked her:

    ‘Maiden, are you still warm? Are you still warm, little love?’

    And the poor girl was so stiff and numb that she could just gasp, ‘Still
    warm, O King!’

    Now her gentle, courteous words and her uncomplaining ways touched
    King Frost, and he had pity on her, and he wrapped her up in furs, and
    covered her with blankets, and he fetched a great box, in which were
    beautiful jewels and a rich robe embroidered in gold and silver. And she
    put it on, and looked more lovely than ever, and King Frost stepped with
    her into his sledge, with six white horses.

    In the meantime the wicked step-mother was waiting at home for news of
    the girl’s death, and preparing pancakes for the funeral feast. And she
    said to her husband: ‘Old man, you had better go out into the fields and
    find your daughter’s body and bury her.’ Just as the old man was leaving
    the house the little dog under the table began to bark, saying:

    ‘YOUR daughter shall live to be your delight;
    HER daughter shall die this very night.’

    ‘Hold your tongue, you foolish beast!’ scolded the woman. ‘There’s a
    pancake for you, but you must say:

    “HER daughter shall have much silver and gold;
    HIS daughter is frozen quite stiff and cold.”’

    But the doggie ate up the pancake and barked, saying:

    ‘His daughter shall wear a crown on her head;
    Her daughter shall die unwooed, unwed.’

    Then the old woman tried to coax the doggie with more pancakes and
    to terrify it with blows, but he barked on, always repeating the same
    words. And suddenly the door creaked and flew open, and a great heavy
    chest was pushed in, and behind it came the step-daughter, radiant and
    beautiful, in a dress all glittering with silver and gold. For a moment
    the step-mother’s eyes were dazzled. Then she called to her husband:
    ‘Old man, yoke the horses at once into the sledge, and take my daughter
    to the same field and leave her on the same spot exactly; ‘and so the
    old man took the girl and left her beneath the same tree where he had
    parted from his daughter. In a few minutes King Frost came past, and,
    looking at the girl, he said:

    ‘Are you warm, maiden?’

    ‘What a blind old fool you must be to ask such a question!’ she answered
    angrily. ‘Can’t you see that my hands and feet are nearly frozen?’

    Then King Frost sprang to and fro in front of her, questioning her, and
    getting only rude, rough words in reply, till at last he got very angry,
    and cracked his fingers, and gnashed his teeth, and froze her to death.

    But in the hut her mother was waiting for her return, and as she grew
    impatient she said to her husband: ‘Get out the horses, old man, to go
    and fetch her home; but see that you are careful not to upset the sledge
    and lose the chest.’

    But the doggie beneath the table began to bark, saying:

    ‘Your daughter is frozen quite stiff and cold,
    And shall never have a chest full of gold.’

    ‘Don’t tell such wicked lies!’ scolded the woman. ‘There’s a cake for
    you; now say:

    “HER daughter shall marry a mighty King.”

    At that moment the door flew open, and she rushed out to meet her
    daughter, and as she took her frozen body in her arms she too was
    chilled to death.

     

    THE DEATH OF THE SUN-HERO (27)

    (27) From the Bukowinaer Tales and Legends. Von Wliolocki.

    Many, many thousand years ago there lived a mighty King whom heaven had
    blessed with a clever and beautiful son. When he was only ten years old
    the boy was cleverer than all the King’s counsellors put together, and
    when he was twenty he was the greatest hero in the whole kingdom. His
    father could not make enough of his son, and always had him clothed in
    golden garments which shone and sparkled like the sun; and his mother
    gave him a white horse, which never slept, and which flew like the
    wind. All the people in the land loved him dearly, and called him the
    Sun-Hero, for they did not think his like existed under the sun. Now
    it happened one night that both his parents had the same extraordinary
    dream. They dreamt that a girl all dressed in red had come to them and
    said: ‘If you wish that your son should really become the Sun-Hero in
    deed and not only in name, let him go out into the world and search for
    the Tree of the Sun, and when he has found it, let him pluck a golden
    apple from it and bring it home.’

    When the King and Queen had each related their dreams to the other,
    they were much amazed that they should both have dreamt exactly the same
    about their son, and the King said to his wife, ‘This is clearly a sign
    from heaven that we should send our son out into the world in order that
    he may come home the great Sun-Hero, as the Red Girl said, not only in
    name but in deed.’

    The Queen consented with many tears, and the King at once bade his son
    set forth in search of the Tree of the Sun, from which he was to pluck
    a golden apple. The Prince was delighted at the prospect, and set out on
    his travels that very day.

    For a long time he wandered all through the world, and it was not till
    the ninety-ninth day after he started that he found an old man who
    was able to tell him where the Tree of the Sun grew. He followed his
    directions, and rode on his way, and after another ninety-nine days
    he arrived at a golden castle, which stood in the middle of a vast
    wilderness. He knocked at the door, which was opened noiselessly and by
    invisible hands. Finding no one about, the Prince rode on, and came to
    a great meadow, where the Sun-Tree grew. When he reached the tree he put
    out his hand to pick a golden apple; but all of a sudden the tree grew
    higher, so that he could not reach its fruit. Then he heard some one
    behind him laughing. Turning round, he saw the girl in red walking
    towards him, who addressed him in these words:

    ‘Do you really imagine, brave son of the earth, that you can pluck an
    apple so easily from the Tree of the Sun? Before you can do that, you
    have a difficult task before you. You must guard the tree for nine days
    and nine nights from the ravages of two wild black wolves, who will try
    to harm it. Do you think you can undertake this?’

    ‘Yes,’ answered the Sun-Hero, ‘I will guard the Tree of the Sun nine
    days and nine nights.’

    Then the girl continued: ‘Remember, though, if you do not succeed the
    Sun will kill you. Now begin your watch.’

    With these words the Red Girl went back into the golden castle. She had
    hardly left him when the two black wolves appeared: but the Sun-Hero
    beat them off with his sword, and they retired, only, however, to
    reappear in a very short time. The Sun-Hero chased them away once more,
    but he had hardly sat down to rest when the two black wolves were on
    the scene again. This went on for seven days and nights, when the white
    horse, who had never done such a thing before, turned to the Sun-Hero
    and said in a human voice: ‘Listen to what I am going to say. A Fairy
    gave me to your mother in order that I might be of service to you; so
    let me tell you, that if you go to sleep and let the wolves harm the
    tree, the Sun will surely kill you. The Fairy, foreseeing this, put
    everyone in the world under a spell, which prevents their obeying the
    Sun’s command to take your life. But all the same, she has forgotten
    one person, who will certainly kill you if you fall asleep and let the
    wolves damage the tree. So watch and keep the wolves away.’

    Then the Sun-Hero strove with all his might and kept the black wolves
    at bay, and conquered his desire to sleep; but on the eighth night his
    strength failed him, and he fell fast asleep. When he awoke a woman in
    black stood beside him, who said: ‘You have fulfilled your task very
    badly, for you have let the two black wolves damage the Tree of the Sun.
    I am the mother of the Sun, and I command you to ride away from here at
    once, and I pronounce sentence of death upon you, for you proudly let
    yourself be called the Sun-Hero without having done anything to deserve
    the name.’

    The youth mounted his horse sadly, and rode home. The people all
    thronged round him on his return, anxious to hear his adventures, but
    he told them nothing, and only to his mother did he confide what had
    befallen him. But the old Queen laughed, and said to her son: ‘Don’t
    worry, my child; you see, the Fairy has protected you so far, and the
    Sun has found no one to kill you. So cheer up and be happy.’

    After a time the Prince forgot all about his adventure, and married a
    beautiful Princess, with whom he lived very happily for some time. But
    one day when he was out hunting he felt very thirsty, and coming to a
    stream he stooped down to drink from it, and this caused his death, for
    a crab came swimming up, and with its claws tore out his tongue. He was
    carried home in a dying condition, and as he lay on his death-bed
    the black woman appeared and said: ‘So the Sun has, after all, found
    someone, who was not under the Fairy’s spell, who has caused your death.
    And a similar fate will overtake everyone under the Sun who wrongfully
    assumes a title to which he has no right.’

     

    THE WITCH (28)

    (28) From the Russian.

    Once upon a time there was a peasant whose wife died, leaving him with
    two children–twins–a boy and a girl. For some years the poor man
    lived on alone with the children, caring for them as best he could; but
    everything in the house seemed to go wrong without a woman to look after
    it, and at last he made up his mind to marry again, feeling that a
    wife would bring peace and order to his household and take care of his
    motherless children. So he married, and in the following years several
    children were born to him; but peace and order did not come to the
    household. For the step-mother was very cruel to the twins, and beat
    them, and half-starved them, and constantly drove them out of the house;
    for her one idea was to get them out of the way. All day she thought
    of nothing but how she should get rid of them; and at last an evil idea
    came into her head, and she determined to send them out into the great
    gloomy wood where a wicked witch lived. And so one morning she spoke to
    them, saying:

    ‘You have been such good children that I am going to send you to visit
    my granny, who lives in a dear little hut in the wood. You will have to
    wait upon her and serve her, but you will be well rewarded, for she will
    give you the best of everything.’

    So the children left the house together; and the little sister, who was
    very wise for her years, said to the brother:

    ‘We will first go and see our own dear grandmother, and tell her where
    our step-mother is sending us.’

    And when the grandmother heard where they were going, she cried and
    said:

    ‘You poor motherless children! How I pity you; and yet I can do nothing
    to help you! Your step-mother is not sending you to her granny, but to
    a wicked witch who lives in that great gloomy wood. Now listen to me,
    children. You must be civil and kind to everyone, and never say a cross
    word to anyone, and never touch a crumb belonging to anyone else. Who
    knows if, after all, help may not be sent to you?’

    And she gave her grandchildren a bottle of milk and a piece of ham and
    a loaf of bread, and they set out for the great gloomy wood. When they
    reached it they saw in front of them, in the thickest of the trees, a
    queer little hut, and when they looked into it, there lay the witch,
    with her head on the threshold of the door, with one foot in one corner
    and the other in the other corner, and her knees cocked up, almost
    touching the ceiling.

    ‘Who’s there?’ she snarled, in an awful voice, when she saw the
    children.

    And they answered civilly, though they were so terrified that they hid
    behind one another, and said:

    ‘Good-morning, granny; our step-mother has sent us to wait upon you, and
    serve you.’

    ‘See that you do it well, then,’ growled the witch. ‘If I am pleased
    with you, I’ll reward you; but if I am not, I’ll put you in a pan and
    fry you in the oven–that’s what I’ll do with you, my pretty dears! You
    have been gently reared, but you’ll find my work hard enough. See if you
    don’t.’

    And, so saying, she set the girl down to spin yarn, and she gave the boy
    a sieve in which to carry water from the well, and she herself went
    out into the wood. Now, as the girl was sitting at her distaff, weeping
    bitterly because she could not spin, she heard the sound of hundreds
    of little feet, and from every hole and corner in the hut mice came
    pattering along the floor, squeaking and saying:

    ‘Little girl, why are your eyes so red?
    If you want help, then give us some bread.’

    And the girl gave them the bread that her grandmother had given her.
    Then the mice told her that the witch had a cat, and the cat was very
    fond of ham; if she would give the cat her ham, it would show her the
    way out of the wood, and in the meantime they would spin the yarn for
    her. So the girl set out to look for the cat, and, as she was hunting
    about, she met her brother, in great trouble because he could not carry
    water from the well in a sieve, as it came pouring out as fast as he
    put it in. And as she was trying to comfort him they heard a rustling of
    wings, and a flight of wrens alighted on the ground beside them. And the
    wrens said:

    ‘Give us some crumbs, then you need not grieve.

    For you’ll find that water will stay in the sieve.’

    Then the twins crumbled their bread on the ground, and the wrens pecked
    it, and chirruped and chirped. And when they had eaten the last crumb
    they told the boy to fill up the holes of the sieve with clay, and then
    to draw water from the well. So he did what they said, and carried the
    sieve full of water into the hut without spilling a drop. When they
    entered the hut the cat was curled up on the floor. So they stroked her,
    and fed her with ham, and said to her:

    ‘Pussy, grey pussy, tell us how we are to get away from the witch?’

    Then the cat thanked them for the ham, and gave them a
    pocket-handkerchief and a comb, and told them that when the witch
    pursued them, as she certainly would, all they had to do was to throw
    the handkerchief on the ground and run as fast as they could. As soon as
    the handkerchief touched the ground a deep, broad river would spring up,
    which would hinder the witch’s progress. If she managed to get across
    it, they must throw the comb behind them and run for their lives, for
    where the comb fell a dense forest would start up, which would delay the
    witch so long that they would be able to get safely away.

    The cat had scarcely finished speaking when the witch returned to see if
    the children had fulfilled their tasks.

    ‘Well, you have done well enough for to-day,’ she grumbled; ‘but
    to-morrow you’ll have something more difficult to do, and if you don’t
    do it well, you pampered brats, straight into the oven you go.’

    Half-dead with fright, and trembling in every limb, the poor children
    lay down to sleep on a heap of straw in the corner of the hut; but they
    dared not close their eyes, and scarcely ventured to breathe. In the
    morning the witch gave the girl two pieces of linen to weave before
    night, and the boy a pile of wood to cut into chips. Then the witch left
    them to their tasks, and went out into the wood. As soon as she had
    gone out of sight the children took the comb and the handkerchief, and,
    taking one another by the hand, they started and ran, and ran, and ran.
    And first they met the watch-dog, who was going to leap on them and tear
    them to pieces; but they threw the remains of their bread to him, and
    he ate them and wagged his tail. Then they were hindered by the
    birch-trees, whose branches almost put their eyes out. But the little
    sister tied the twigs together with a piece of ribbon, and they got past
    safely, and, after running through the wood, came out on to the open
    fields.

    In the meantime in the hut the cat was busy weaving the linen and
    tangling the threads as it wove. And the witch returned to see how the
    children were getting on; and she crept up to the window, and whispered:

    ‘Are you weaving, my little dear?’

    ‘Yes, granny, I am weaving,’ answered the cat.

    When the witch saw that the children had escaped her, she was furious,
    and, hitting the cat with a porringer, she said: ‘Why did you let the
    children leave the hut? Why did you not scratch their eyes out?’

    But the cat curled up its tail and put its back up, and answered: ‘I
    have served you all these years and you never even threw me a bone, but
    the dear children gave me their own piece of ham.’

    Then the witch was furious with the watch-dog and with the birch-trees,
    because they had let the children pass. But the dog answered:

    ‘I have served you all these years and you never gave me so much as a
    hard crust, but the dear children gave me their own loaf of bread.’

    And the birch rustled its leaves, and said: ‘I have served you longer
    than I can say, and you never tied a bit of twine even round my
    branches; and the dear children bound them up with their brightest
    ribbons.’

    So the witch saw there was no help to be got from her old servants, and
    that the best thing she could do was to mount on her broom and set off
    in pursuit of the children. And as the children ran they heard the sound
    of the broom sweeping the ground close behind them, so instantly they
    threw the handkerchief down over their shoulder, and in a moment a deep,
    broad river flowed behind them.

    When the witch came up to it, it took her a long time before she found a
    place which she could ford over on her broom-stick; but at last she got
    across, and continued the chase faster than before. And as the children
    ran they heard a sound, and the little sister put her ear to the ground,
    and heard the broom sweeping the earth close behind them; so, quick as
    thought, she threw the comb down on the ground, and in an instant,
    as the cat had said, a dense forest sprung up, in which the roots and
    branches were so closely intertwined, that it was impossible to force a
    way through it. So when the witch came up to it on her broom she found
    that there was nothing for it but to turn round and go back to her hut.

    But the twins ran straight on till they reached their own home. Then
    they told their father all that they had suffered, and he was so angry
    with their step-mother that he drove her out of the house, and never let
    her return; but he and the children lived happily together; and he took
    care of them himself, and never let a stranger come near them.

     

    THE HAZEL-NUT CHILD (29)

    (29) From the Bukowniaer. Van Wliolocki.

    There was once upon a time a couple who had no children, and they prayed
    Heaven every day to send them a child, though it were no bigger than
    a hazel-nut. At last Heaven heard their prayer and sent them a child
    exactly the size of a hazel-nut, and it never grew an inch. The parents
    were very devoted to the little creature, and nursed and tended it
    carefully. Their tiny son too was as clever as he could be, and so sharp
    and sensible that all the neighbours marvelled over the wise things he
    said and did.

    When the Hazel-nut child was fifteen years old, and was sitting one day
    in an egg-shell on the table beside his mother, she turned to him and
    said, ‘You are now fifteen years old, and nothing can be done with you.
    What do you intend to be?’

    ‘A messenger,’ answered the Hazel-nut child.

    Then his mother burst out laughing and said, ‘What an idea! You a
    messenger! Why, your little feet would take an hour to go the distance
    an ordinary person could do in a minute!’

    But the Hazel-nut child replied, ‘Nevertheless I mean to be a messenger!
    Just send me a message and you’ll see that I shall be back in next to no
    time.’

    So his mother said, ‘Very well, go to your aunt in the neighbouring
    village, and fetch me a comb.’ The Hazel-nut child jumped quickly out
    of the egg-shell and ran out into the street. Here he found a man on
    horseback who was just setting out for the neighbouring village. He
    crept up the horse’s leg, sat down under the saddle, and then began to
    pinch the horse and to prick it with a pin. The horse plunged and reared
    and then set off at a hard gallop, which it continued in spite of its
    rider’s efforts to stop it. When they reached the village, the Hazel-nut
    child left off pricking the horse, and the poor tired creature pursued
    its way at a snail’s pace. The Hazel-nut child took advantage of this,
    and crept down the horse’s leg; then he ran to his aunt and asked her
    for a comb. On the way home he met another rider, and did the return
    journey in exactly the same way. When he handed his mother the comb that
    his aunt had given him, she was much amazed and asked him, ‘But how did
    you manage to get back so quickly?’

    ‘Ah! mother,’ he replied, ‘you see I was quite right when I said I knew
    a messenger was the profession for me.’

    His father too possessed a horse which he often used to take out into
    the fields to graze. One day he took the Hazel-nut child with him. At
    midday the father turned to his small son and said, ‘Stay here and look
    after the horse. I must go home and give your mother a message, but I
    shall be back soon.’

    When his father had gone, a robber passed by and saw the horse grazing
    without any one watching it, for of course he could not see the
    Hazel-nut child hidden in the grass. So he mounted the horse and rode
    away. But the Hazel-nut child, who was the most active little creature,
    climbed up the horse’s tail and began to bite it on the back, enraging
    the creature to such an extent that it paid no attention to the
    direction the robber tried to make it go in, but galloped straight home.
    The father was much astonished when he saw a stranger riding his horse,
    but the Hazel-nut child climbed down quickly and told him all that had
    happened, and his father had the robber arrested at once and put into
    prison.

    One autumn when the Hazel-nut child was twenty years old he said to his
    parents: ‘Farewell, my dear father and mother. I am going to set out
    into the world, and as soon as I have become rich I will return home to
    you.’

    The parents laughed at the little man’s words, but did not believe him
    for a moment. In the evening the Hazel-nut child crept on to the roof,
    where some storks had built their nest. The storks were fast asleep,
    and he climbed on to the back of the father-stork and bound a silk cord
    round the joint of one of its wings, then he crept among its soft downy
    feathers and fell asleep.

    The next morning the storks flew towards the south, for winter was
    approaching. The Hazel-nut child flew through the air on the stork’s
    back, and when he wanted to rest he bound his silk cord on to the joint
    of the bird’s other wing, so that it could not fly any farther. In this
    way he reached the country of the black people, where the storks took
    up their abode close to the capital. When the people saw the Hazel-nut
    child they were much astonished, and took him with the stork to the King
    of the country. The King was delighted with the little creature and kept
    him always beside him, and he soon grew so fond of the little man that
    he gave him a diamond four times as big as himself. The Hazel-nut child
    fastened the diamond firmly under the stork’s neck with a ribbon, and
    when he saw that the other storks were getting ready for their northern
    flight, he untied the silk cord from his stork’s wings, and away they
    went, getting nearer home every minute. At length the Hazel-nut child
    came to his native village; then he undid the ribbon from the stork’s
    neck and the diamond fell to the ground; he covered it first with sand
    and stones, and then ran to get his parents, so that they might carry
    the treasure home, for he himself was not able to lift the great
    diamond.

    So the Hazel-nut child and his parents lived in happiness and prosperity
    after this till they died.

     

    THE STORY OF BIG KLAUS AND LITTLE KLAUS

    In a certain village there lived two people who had both the same name.
    Both were called Klaus, but one owned four horses and the other only
    one. In order to distinguish the one from the other, the one who had
    four horses was called Big Klaus, and the one who had only one horse,
    Little Klaus. Now you shall hear what befell them both, for this is a
    true story.

    The whole week through Little Klaus had to plough for Big Klaus, and
    lend him his one horse; then Big Klaus lent him his four horses, but
    only once a week, and that was on Sunday. Hurrah! how loudly Little
    Klaus cracked his whip over all the five horses! for they were indeed as
    good as his on this one day. The sun shone brightly, and all the bells
    in the church-towers were pealing; the people were dressed in their best
    clothes, and were going to church, with their hymn books under their
    arms, to hear the minister preach. They saw Little Klaus ploughing with
    the five horses; but he was so happy that he kept on cracking his whip,
    and calling out ‘Gee-up, my five horses!’

    ‘You mustn’t say that,’ said Big Klaus. ‘Only one horse is yours.’

    But as soon as someone else was going by Little Klaus forgot that he
    must not say it, and called out ‘Gee-up, my five horses!’

    ‘Now you had better stop that,’ said Big Klaus, ‘for if you say it once
    more I will give your horse such a crack on the head that it will drop
    down dead on the spot!’

    ‘I really won’t say it again!’ said Little Klaus. But as soon as more
    people passed by, and nodded him good-morning, he became so happy in
    thinking how well it looked to have five horses ploughing his field
    that, cracking his whip, he called out ‘Gee-up, my five horses!’

    ‘I’ll see to your horses!’ said Big Klaus; and, seizing an iron bar, he
    struck Little Klaus’ one horse such a blow on the head that it fell down
    and died on the spot.

    ‘Alas! Now I have no horse!’ said Little Klaus, beginning to cry. Then
    he flayed the skin off his horse, dried it, and put it in a sack, which
    he threw over his shoulder, and went into the town to sell it. He had a
    long way to go, and had to pass through a great dark forest. A dreadful
    storm came on, in which he lost his way, and before he could get on to
    the right road night came on, and it was impossible to reach the town
    that evening.

    Right in front of him was a large farm-house. The window-shutters were
    closed, but the light came through the chinks. ‘I should very much like
    to be allowed to spend the night there,’ thought Little Klaus; and he
    went and knocked at the door. The farmer’s wife opened it, but when she
    heard what he wanted she told him to go away; her husband was not at
    home, and she took in no strangers.

    ‘Well, I must lie down outside,’ said Little Klaus; and the farmer’s
    wife shut the door in his face. Close by stood a large haystack,
    and between it and the house a little out-house, covered with a flat
    thatched roof.

    ‘I can lie down there,’ thought Little Klaus, looking at the roof; ‘it
    will make a splendid bed, if only the stork won’t fly down and bite my
    legs.’ For a live stork was standing on the roof, where it had its nest.
    So Little Klaus crept up into the out-house, where he lay down, and made
    himself comfortable for the night. The wooden shutters over the windows
    were not shut at the top, and he could just see into the room.

    There stood a large table, spread with wine and roast meat and a
    beautiful fish. The farmer’s wife and the sexton sat at the table, but
    there was no one else. She was filling up his glass, while he stuck his
    fork into the fish which was his favourite dish.

    ‘If one could only get some of that!’ thought Little Klaus, stretching
    his head towards the window. Ah, what delicious cakes he saw standing
    there! It WAS a feast!

    Then he heard someone riding along the road towards the house. It was
    the farmer coming home. He was a very worthy man; but he had one great
    peculiarity–namely, that he could not bear to see a sexton. If he
    saw one he was made quite mad. That was why the sexton had gone to say
    good-day to the farmer’s wife when he knew that her husband was not at
    home, and the good woman therefore put in front of him the best food she
    had. But when they heard the farmer coming they were frightened, and the
    farmer’s wife begged the sexton to creep into a great empty chest. He
    did so, as he knew the poor man could not bear to see a sexton. The wife
    hastily hid all the beautiful food and the wine in her oven; for if her
    husband had seen it, he would have been sure to ask what it all meant.

    ‘Oh, dear! oh, dear!’ groaned Little Klaus up in the shed, when he saw
    the good food disappearing.

    ‘Is anybody up there?’ asked the farmer, catching sight of Little Klaus.
    ‘Why are you lying there? Come with me into the house.’

    Then Little Klaus told him how he had lost his way, and begged to be
    allowed to spend the night there.

    ‘Yes, certainly,’ said the farmer; ‘but we must first have something to
    eat!’

    The wife received them both very kindly, spread a long table, and gave
    them a large plate of porridge. The farmer was hungry, and ate with a
    good appetite; but Little Klaus could not help thinking of the delicious
    dishes of fish and roast meats and cakes which he knew were in the oven.
    Under the table at his feet he had laid the sack with the horse-skin in
    it, for, as we know, he was going to the town to sell it. The porridge
    did not taste good to him, so he trod upon his sack, and the dry skin in
    the sack squeaked loudly.

    ‘Hush!’ said Little Klaus to his sack, at the same time treading on it
    again so that it squeaked even louder than before.

    ‘Hallo! what have you got in your sack?’ asked the farmer.

    ‘Oh, it is a wizard!’ said Little Klaus. ‘He says we should not eat
    porridge, for he has conjured the whole oven full of roast meats and
    fish and cakes.’

    ‘Goodness me!’ said the farmer; and opening the oven he saw all the
    delicious, tempting dishes his wife had hidden there, but which he now
    believed the wizard in the sack had conjured up for them. The wife could
    say nothing, but she put the food at once on the table, and they ate the
    fish, the roast meat, and the cakes. Little Klaus now trod again on his
    sack, so that the skin squeaked.

    ‘What does he say now?’ asked the farmer.

    ‘He says,’ replied Little Klans, ‘that he has also conjured up for us
    three bottles of wine; they are standing in the corner by the oven!’

    The wife had to fetch the wine which she had hidden, and the farmer
    drank and grew very merry. He would very much like to have had such a
    wizard as Little Klaus had in the sack.

    ‘Can he conjure up the Devil?’ asked the farmer. ‘I should like to see
    him very much, for I feel just now in very good spirits!’

    ‘Yes,’ said Little Klaus; ‘my wizard can do everything that I ask. Isn’t
    that true?’ he asked, treading on the sack so that it squeaked. ‘Do you
    hear? He says ‘’Yes;’’ but that the Devil looks so ugly that we should
    not like to see him.’

    ‘Oh! I’m not at all afraid. What does he look like?’

    ‘He will show himself in the shape of a sexton!’

    ‘I say!’ said the farmer, ‘he must be ugly! You must know that I can’t
    bear to look at a sexton! But it doesn’t matter. I know that it is the
    Devil, and I sha’n’t mind! I feel up to it now. But he must not come too
    near me!’

    ‘I must ask my wizard,’ said Little Klaus, treading on the sack and
    putting his ear to it.

    ‘What does he say?’

    ‘He says you can open the chest in the corner there, and you will see
    the Devil squatting inside it; but you must hold the lid so that he
    shall not escape.’

    ‘Will you help me to hold him?’ begged the farmer, going towards the
    chest where his wife had hidden the real sexton, who was sitting inside
    in a terrible fright. The farmer opened the lid a little way, and saw
    him inside.

    ‘Ugh!’ he shrieked, springing back. ‘Yes, now I have seen him; he looked
    just like our sexton. Oh, it was horrid!’

    So he had to drink again, and they drank till far on into the night.

    ‘You MUST sell me the wizard,’ said the farmer. ‘Ask anything you like!
    I will pay you down a bushelful of money on the spot.’

    ‘No, I really can’t,’ said Little Klans. ‘Just think how many things I
    can get from this wizard!’

    ‘Ah! I should like to have him so much!’ said the farmer, begging very
    hard.

    ‘Well!’ said Little Klaus at last, ‘as you have been so good as to give
    me shelter to-night, I will sell him. You shall have the wizard for a
    bushel of money, but I must have full measure.’

    ‘That you shall,’ said the farmer. ‘But you must take the chest with
    you. I won’t keep it another hour in the house. Who knows that he isn’t
    in there still?’

    Little Klaus gave the farmer his sack with the dry skin, and got instead
    a good bushelful of money. The farmer also gave him a wheelbarrow to
    carry away his money and the chest. ‘Farewell,’ said Little Klaus; and
    away he went with his money and the big chest, wherein sat the sexton.

    On the other side of the wood was a large deep river. The water flowed
    so rapidly that you could scarcely swim against the stream.

    A great new bridge had been built over it, on the middle of which Little
    Klaus stopped, and said aloud so that the sexton might hear:

    ‘Now, what am I to do with this stupid chest? It is as heavy as if it
    were filled with stones! I shall only be tired, dragging it along; I
    will throw it into the river. If it swims home to me, well and good; and
    if it doesn’t, it’s no matter.’

    Then he took the chest with one hand and lifted it up a little, as if he
    were going to throw it into the water.

    ‘No, don’t do that!’ called out the sexton in the chest. ‘Let me get out
    first!’

    ‘Oh, oh!’ said Little Klaus, pretending that he was afraid. ‘He is still
    in there! I must throw him quickly into the water to drown him!’

    ‘Oh! no, no!’ cried the sexton. ‘I will give you a whole bushelful of
    money if you will let me go!’

    ‘Ah, that’s quite another thing!’ said Little Klaus, opening the chest.
    The sexton crept out very quickly, pushed the empty chest into the water
    and went to his house, where he gave Little Klaus a bushel of money. One
    he had had already from the farmer, and now he had his wheelbarrow full
    of money.

    ‘Well, I have got a good price for the horse!’ said he to himself when
    he shook all his money out in a heap in his room. ‘This will put Big
    Klaus in a rage when he hears how rich I have become through my one
    horse; but I won’t tell him just yet!’

    So he sent a boy to Big Klaus to borrow a bushel measure from him.

    ‘Now what can he want with it?’ thought Big Klaus; and he smeared some
    tar at the bottom, so that of whatever was measured a little should
    remain in it. And this is just what happened; for when he got his
    measure back, three new silver five-shilling pieces were sticking to it.

    What does this mean?’ said Big Klaus, and he ran off at once to Little
    Klaus.

    ‘Where did you get so much money from?’

    ‘Oh, that was from my horse-skin. I sold it yesterday evening.’

    ‘That’s certainly a good price!’ said Big Klaus; and running home in
    great haste, he took an axe, knocked all his four horses on the head,
    skinned them, and went into the town.

    ‘Skins! skins! Who will buy skins?’ he cried through the streets.

    All the shoemakers and tanners came running to ask him what he wanted
    for them. ‘A bushel of money for each,’ said Big Klaus.

    ‘Are you mad?’ they all exclaimed. ‘Do you think we have money by the
    bushel?’

    ‘Skins! skins! Who will buy skins?’ he cried again, and to all who asked
    him what they cost, he answered, ‘A bushel of money.’

    ‘He is making game of us,’ they said; and the shoemakers seized their
    yard measures and the tanners their leathern aprons and they gave Big
    Klaus a good beating. ‘Skins! skins!’ they cried mockingly; yes, we will
    tan YOUR skin for you! Out of the town with him!’ they shouted; and Big
    Klaus had to hurry off as quickly as he could, if he wanted to save his
    life.

    ‘Aha!’ said he when he came home, ‘Little Klaus shall pay dearly for
    this. I will kill him!’

    Little Klaus’ grandmother had just died. Though she had been very unkind
    to him, he was very much distressed, and he took the dead woman and laid
    her in his warm bed to try if he could not bring her back to life.
    There she lay the whole night, while he sat in the corner and slept on a
    chair, which he had often done before. And in the night as he sat there
    the door opened, and Big Klaus came in with his axe. He knew quite
    well where Little Klaus’s bed stood, and going up to it he struck the
    grandmother on the head just where he thought Little Klaus would be.
    ‘There!’ said he. ‘Now you won’t get the best of me again!’ And he went
    home.

    ‘What a very wicked man!’ thought Little Klaus. ‘He was going to kill
    me! It was a good thing for my grandmother that she was dead already, or
    else he would have killed her!’

    Then he dressed his grandmother in her Sunday clothes, borrowed a horse
    from his neighbour, harnessed the cart to it, sat his grandmother on the
    back seat so that she could not fall out when he drove, and away they
    went. When the sun rose they were in front of a large inn. Little Klaus
    got down, and went in to get something to drink. The host was very rich.
    He was a very worthy but hot-tempered man.

    ‘Good morning!’ said he to Little Klaus. ‘You are early on the road.’

    ‘Yes,’ said Little Klaus. ‘I am going to the town with my grandmother.
    She is sitting outside in the cart; I cannot bring her in. Will you not
    give her a glass of mead? But you will have to speak loud, for she is
    very hard of hearing.’

    ‘Oh yes, certainly I will!’ said the host; and, pouring out a large
    glass of mead, he took it out to the dead grandmother, who was sitting
    upright in the cart.

    ‘Here is a glass of mead from your son,’ said the host. But the dead
    woman did not answer a word, and sat still. ‘Don’t you hear?’ cried the
    host as loud as he could. ‘Here is a glass of mead from your son!’

    Then he shouted the same thing again, and yet again, but she never moved
    in her place; and at last he grew angry, threw the glass in her face, so
    that she fell back into the cart, for she was not tied in her place.

    ‘Hullo!’ cried Little Klaus, running out of the door, and seizing the
    host by the throat. ‘You have killed my grandmother! Look! there is a
    great hole in her forehead!’

    ‘Oh, what a misfortune!’ cried the host, wringing his hands. ‘It all
    comes from my hot temper! Dear Little Klaus! I will give you a bushel of
    money, and will bury your grandmother as if she were my own; only don’t
    tell about it, or I shall have my head cut off, and that would be very
    uncomfortable.’

    So Little Klaus got a bushel of money, and the host buried his
    grandmother as if she had been his own.

    Now when Little Klaus again reached home with so much money he sent his
    boy to Big Klaus to borrow his bushel measure.

    ‘What’s this?’ said Big Klaus. ‘Didn’t I kill him? I must see to this
    myself!’

    So he went himself to Little Klaus with the measure.

    ‘Well, now, where did you get all this money?’ asked he, opening his
    eyes at the heap.

    ‘You killed my grandmother–not me,’ said Little Klaus. ‘I sold her, and
    got a bushel of money for her.’

    ‘That is indeed a good price!’ said Big Klaus; and, hurrying home, he
    took an axe and killed his grandmother, laid her in the cart, and drove
    off to the apothecary’s, and asked whether he wanted to buy a dead body.

    ‘Who is it, and how did you get it?’ asked the apothecary.

    ‘It is my grandmother,’ said Big Klaus. ‘I killed her in order to get a
    bushel of money.’

    ‘You are mad!’ said the apothecary. ‘Don’t mention such things, or you
    will lose your head!’ And he began to tell him what a dreadful thing
    he had done, and what a wicked man he was, and that he ought to be
    punished; till Big Klaus was so frightened that he jumped into the cart
    and drove home as hard as he could. The apothecary and all the people
    thought he must be mad, so they let him go.

    ‘You shall pay for this!’ said Big Klaus as he drove home. ‘You shall
    pay for this dearly, Little Klaus!’

    So as soon as he got home he took the largest sack he could find, and
    went to Little Klaus and said: ‘You have fooled me again! First I killed
    my horses, then my grandmother! It is all your fault; but you sha’n’t do
    it again!’ And he seized Little Klaus, pushed him in the sack, threw it
    over his shoulder, crying out ‘Now I am going to drown you!’

    He had to go a long way before he came to the river, and Little Klaus
    was not very light. The road passed by the church; the organ was
    sounding, and the people were singing most beautifully.

    Big Klaus put down the sack with Little Klaus in it by the church-door,
    and thought that he might as well go in and hear a psalm before going on
    farther. Little Klaus could not get out, and everybody was in church; so
    he went in.

    ‘Oh, dear! oh, dear!’ groaned Little Klaus in the sack, twisting and
    turning himself. But he could not undo the string.

    There came by an old, old shepherd, with snow-white hair and a long
    staff in his hand. He was driving a herd of cows and oxen. These pushed
    against the sack so that it was overturned.

    ‘Alas!’ moaned Little Klans, ‘I am so young and yet I must die!’

    ‘And I, poor man,’ said the cattle-driver, ‘I am so old and yet I cannot
    die!’

    ‘Open the sack,’ called out Little Klaus; ‘creep in here instead of me,
    and you will die in a moment!’

    ‘I will gladly do that,’ said the cattle-driver; and he opened the sack,
    and Little Klaus struggled out at once.

    ‘You will take care of the cattle, won’t you?’ asked the old man,
    creeping into the sack, which Little Klaus fastened up and then went on
    with the cows and oxen. Soon after Big Klaus came out of the church, and
    taking up the sack on his shoulders it seemed to him as if it had become
    lighter; for the old cattle-driver was not half as heavy as Little
    Klaus.

    ‘How easy he is to carry now! That must be because I heard part of the
    service.’

    So he went to the river, which was deep and broad, threw in the sack
    with the old driver, and called after it, for he thought Little Klaus
    was inside:

    ‘Down you go! You won’t mock me any more now!’

    Then he went home; but when he came to the cross-roads, there he met
    Little Klaus, who was driving his cattle.

    ‘What’s this?’ said Big Klaus. ‘Haven’t I drowned you?’

    ‘Yes,’ replied Little Klaus; ‘you threw me into the river a good
    half-hour ago!’

    ‘But how did you get those splendid cattle?’ asked Big Klaus.

    ‘They are sea-cattle!’ said Little Klaus. ‘I will tell you the whole
    story, and I thank you for having drowned me, because now I am on dry
    land and really rich! How frightened I was when I was in the sack! How
    the wind whistled in my ears as you threw me from the bridge into the
    cold water! I sank at once to the bottom; but I did not hurt myself for
    underneath was growing the most beautiful soft grass. I fell on this,
    and immediately the sack opened; the loveliest maiden in snow-white
    garments, with a green garland round her wet hair, took me by the hand,
    and said! ‘’Are you Little Klaus? Here are some cattle for you to begin
    with, and a mile farther down the road there is another herd, which
    I will give you as a present!’’ Now I saw that the river was a great
    high-road for the sea-people. Along it they travel underneath from
    the sea to the land till the river ends. It was so beautiful, full of
    flowers and fresh grass; the fishes which were swimming in the water
    shot past my ears as the birds do here in the air. What lovely people
    there were, and what fine cattle were grazing in the ditches and dykes!’

    ‘But why did you come up to us again?’ asked Big Klaus. ‘I should not
    have done so, if it is so beautiful down below!’

    ‘Oh!’ said Little Klaus, ‘that was just so politic of me. You heard
    what I told you, that the sea-maiden said to me a mile farther along the
    road–and by the road she meant the river, for she can go by no other
    way–there was another herd of cattle waiting for me. But I know what
    windings the river makes, now here, now there, so that it is a long way
    round. Therefore it makes it much shorter if one comes on the land and
    drives across the field to the river. Thus I have spared myself quite
    half a mile, and have come much quicker to my sea-cattle!’

    ‘Oh, you’re a lucky fellow!’ said Big Klaus. ‘Do you think I should also
    get some cattle if I went to the bottom of the river?’

    ‘Oh, yes! I think so,’ said Little Klaus. ‘But I can’t carry you in a
    sack to the river; you are too heavy for me! If you like to go there
    yourself and then creep into the sack, I will throw you in with the
    greatest of pleasure.’

    ‘Thank you,’ said Big Klaus; ‘but if I don’t get any sea-cattle when I
    come there, you will have a good hiding, mind!’

    ‘Oh, no! Don’t be so hard on me!’ Then they went to the river. When
    the cattle, which were thirsty, caught sight of the water, they ran as
    quickly as they could to drink.

    ‘Look how they are running!’ said Little Klaus. ‘They want to go to the
    bottom again!’

    ‘Yes; but help me first,’ said Big Klaus, ‘or else you shall have a
    beating!’

    And so he crept into the large sack, which was lying on the back of
    one of the oxen. ‘Put a stone in, for I am afraid I may not reach the
    bottom,’ said Big Klaus.

    ‘It goes all right!’ said Little Klaus; but still he laid a big stone in
    the sack, fastened it up tight, and then pushed it in. Plump! there was
    Big Klaus in the water, and he sank like lead to the bottom.

    ‘I doubt if he will find any cattle!’ said Little Klaus as he drove his
    own home.

     

    PRINCE RING (30)

    (30) From the Icelandic.

    Once upon a time there was a King and his Queen in their kingdom.

    They had one daughter, who was called Ingiborg, and one son, whose name
    was Ring. He was less fond of adventures than men of rank usually were
    in those days, and was not famous for strength or feats of arms. When he
    was twelve years old, one fine winter day he rode into the forest along
    with his men to enjoy himself. They went on a long way, until they
    caught sight of a hind with a gold ring on its horns. The Prince was
    eager to catch it, if possible, so they gave chase and rode on without
    stopping until all the horses began to founder beneath them. At last the
    Prince’s horse gave way too, and then there came over them a darkness so
    black that they could no longer see the hind. By this time they were far
    away from any house, and thought it was high time to be making their way
    home again, but they found they had got lost now. At first they all kept
    together, but soon each began to think that he knew the right way best;
    so they separated, and all went in different directions.

    The Prince, too, had got lost like the rest, and wandered on for a time
    until he came to a little clearing in the forest not far from the sea,
    where he saw a woman sitting on a chair and a big barrel standing
    beside her. The Prince went up to her and saluted her politely, and she
    received him very graciously. He looked down into the barrel then, and
    saw lying at the bottom an unusually beautiful gold ring, which pleased
    him so much that he could not take his eyes off it. The woman saw this,
    and said that he might have it if he would take the trouble to get it;
    for which the Prince thanked her, and said it was at least worth trying.
    So he leaned over into the barrel, which did not seem very deep, and
    thought he would easily reach the ring; but the more he stretched down
    after it the deeper grew the barrel. As he was thus bending down into it
    the woman suddenly rose up and pushed him in head first, saying that
    now he could take up his quarters there. Then she fixed the top on the
    barrel and threw it out into the sea.

    The Prince thought himself in a bad plight now, as he felt the barrel
    floating out from the land and tossing about on the waves.

    How many days he spent thus he could not tell, but at last he felt that
    the barrel was knocking against rocks, at which he was a little cheered,
    thinking it was probably land and not merely a reef in the sea. Being
    something of a swimmer, he at last made up his mind to kick the bottom
    out of the barrel, and having done so he was able to get on shore, for
    the rocks by the sea were smooth and level; but overhead there were high
    cliffs. It seemed difficult to get up these, but he went along the foot
    of them for a little, till at last he tried to climb up, which at last
    he did.

    Having got to the top, he looked round about him and saw that he was
    on an island, which was covered with forest, with apples growing, and
    altogether pleasant as far as the land was concerned. After he had been
    there several days, he one day heard a great noise in the forest, which
    made him terribly afraid, so that he ran to hide himself among the
    trees. Then he saw a Giant approaching, dragging a sledge loaded with
    wood, and making straight for him, so that he could see nothing for it
    but to lie down just where he was. When the Giant came across him, he
    stood still and looked at the Prince for a little; then he took him up
    in his arms and carried him home to his house, and was exceedingly kind
    to him. He gave him to his wife, saying he had found this child in the
    wood, and she could have it to help her in the house. The old woman was
    greatly pleased, and began to fondle the Prince with the utmost delight.
    He stayed there with them, and was very willing and obedient to them in
    everything, while they grew kinder to him every day.

    One day the Giant took him round and showed him all his rooms except the
    parlour; this made the Prince curious to have a look into it, thinking
    there must be some very rare treasure there. So one day, when the Giant
    had gone into the forest, he tried to get into the parlour, and managed
    to get the door open half-way. Then he saw that some living creature
    moved inside and ran along the floor towards him and said something,
    which made him so frightened that he sprang back from the door and shut
    it again. As soon as the fright began to pass off he tried it again, for
    he thought it would be interesting to hear what it said; but things went
    just as before with him. He then got angry with himself, and, summoning
    up all his courage, tried it a third time, and opened the door of the
    room and stood firm. Then he saw that it was a big Dog, which spoke to
    him and said:

    ‘Choose me, Prince Ring.’

    The Prince went away rather afraid, thinking with himself that it was no
    great treasure after all; but all the same what it had said to him stuck
    in his mind.

    It is not said how long the Prince stayed with the Giant, but one
    day the latter came to him and said he would now take him over to the
    mainland out of the island, for he himself had no long time to live. He
    also thanked him for his good service, and told him to choose some-one
    of his possessions, for he would get whatever he wanted. Ring thanked
    him heartily, and said there was no need to pay him for his services,
    they were so little worth; but if he did wish to give him anything he
    would choose what was in the parlour. The Giant was taken by surprise,
    and said:

    ‘There, you chose my old woman’s right hand; but I must not break my
    word.’

    Upon this he went to get the Dog, which came running with signs of great
    delight; but the Prince was so much afraid of it that it was all he
    could do to keep from showing his alarm.

    After this the Giant accompanied him down to the sea, where he saw a
    stone boat which was just big enough to hold the two of them and the
    Dog. On reaching the mainland the Giant took a friendly farewell of
    Ring, and told him he might take possession of all that was in the
    island after he and his wife died, which would happen within two weeks
    from that time. The Prince thanked him for this and for all his other
    kindnesses, and the Giant returned home, while Ring went up some
    distance from the sea; but he did not know what land he had come to, and
    was afraid to speak to the Dog. After he had walked on in silence for a
    time the Dog spoke to him and said:

    ‘You don’t seem to have much curiosity, seeing you never ask my name.’

    The Prince then forced himself to ask, ‘What is your name?’

    ‘You had best call me Snati-Snati,’ said the Dog. ‘Now we are coming to
    a King’s seat, and you must ask the King to keep us all winter, and to
    give you a little room for both of us.’

    The Prince now began to be less afraid of the Dog. They came to the King
    and asked him to keep them all the winter, to which he agreed. When the
    King’s men saw the Dog they began to laugh at it, and make as if they
    would tease it; but when the Prince saw this he advised them not to do
    it, or they might have the worst of it. They replied that they didn’t
    care a bit what he thought.

    After Ring had been with the King for some days the latter began to
    think there was a great deal in him, and esteemed him more than the
    others. The King, however, had a counsellor called Red, who became very
    jealous when he saw how much the King esteemed Ring; and one day he
    talked to him, and said he could not understand why he had so good an
    opinion of this stranger, who had not yet shown himself superior to
    other men in anything. The King replied that it was only a short time
    since he had come there. Red then asked him to send them both to cut
    down wood next morning, and see which of them could do most work.
    Snati-Snati heard this and told it to Ring, advising him to ask the King
    for two axes, so that he might have one in reserve if the first one
    got broken. Next morning the King asked Ring and Red to go and cut down
    trees for him, and both agreed. Ring got the two axes, and each went his
    own way; but when the Prince had got out into the wood Snati took one of
    the axes and began to hew along with him. In the evening the King came
    to look over their day’s work, as Red had proposed, and found that
    Ring’s wood-heap was more than twice as big.

    ‘I suspected,’ said the King, ‘that Ring was not quite useless; never
    have I seen such a day’s work.’

    Ring was now in far greater esteem with the King than before, and Red
    was all the more discontented. One day he came to the King and said, ‘If
    Ring is such a mighty man, I think you might ask him to kill the wild
    oxen in the wood here, and flay them the same day, and bring you the
    horns and the hides in the evening.’

    ‘Don’t you think that a desperate errand?’ said the King, ‘seeing they
    are so dangerous, and no one has ever yet ventured to go against them?’

    Red answered that he had only one life to lose, and it would be
    interesting to see how brave he was; besides, the King would have good
    reason to ennoble him if he overcame them. The King at last allowed
    himself, though rather unwillingly, to be won over by Red’s persistency,
    and one day asked Ring to go and kill the oxen that were in the wood for
    him, and bring their horns and hides to him in the evening. Not knowing
    how dangerous the oxen were, Ring was quite ready, and went off at once,
    to the great delight of Red, who was now sure of his death.

    As soon as Ring came in sight of the oxen they came bellowing to meet
    him; one of them was tremendously big, the other rather less. Ring grew
    terribly afraid.

    ‘How do you like them?’ asked Snati.

    ‘Not well at all,’ said the Prince.

    ‘We can do nothing else,’ said Snati, ‘than attack them, if it is to go
    well; you will go against the little one, and I shall take the other.’

    With this Snati leapt at the big one, and was not long in bringing
    him down. Meanwhile the Prince went against the other with fear and
    trembling, and by the time Snati came to help him the ox had nearly got
    him under, but Snati was not slow in helping his master to kill it.

    Each of them then began to flay their own ox, but Ring was only half
    through by the time Snati had finished his. In the evening, after they
    had finished this task, the Prince thought himself unfit to carry all
    the horns and both the hides, so Snati told him to lay them all on his
    back until they got to the Palace gate.

    The Prince agreed, and laid everything on the Dog except the skin of the
    smaller ox, which he staggered along with himself. At the Palace gate he
    left everything lying, went before the King, and asked him to come that
    length with him, and there handed over to him the hides and horns of the
    oxen. The King was greatly surprised at his valour, and said he knew no
    one like him, and thanked him heartily for what he had done.

    After this the King set Ring next to himself, and all esteemed him
    highly, and held him to be a great hero; nor could Red any longer say
    anything against him, though he grew still more determined to destroy
    him. One day a good idea came into his head. He came to the King and
    said he had something to say to him.

    ‘What is that?’ said the King.

    Red said that he had just remembered the gold cloak, gold chess-board,
    and bright gold piece that the King had lost about a year before.

    ‘Don’t remind me of them!’ said the King.

    Red, however, went on to say that, since Ring was such a mighty man that
    he could do everything, it had occurred to him to advise the King to
    ask him to search for these treasures, and come back with them before
    Christmas; in return the King should promise him his daughter.

    The King replied that he thought it altogether unbecoming to propose
    such a thing to Ring, seeing that he could not tell him where the things
    were; but Red pretended not to hear the King’s excuses, and went on
    talking about it until the King gave in to him. One day, a month or so
    before Christmas, the King spoke to Ring, saying that he wished to ask a
    great favour of him.

    ‘What is that?’ said Ring.

    ‘It is this,’ said the King: ‘that you find for me my gold cloak, my
    gold chess-board, and my bright gold piece, that were stolen from me
    about a year ago. If you can bring them to me before Christmas I will
    give you my daughter in marriage.’

    ‘Where am I to look for them, then?’ said Ring.

    ‘That you must find out for yourself,’ said the King: ‘I don’t know.’

    Ring now left the King, and was very silent, for he saw he was in a
    great difficulty: but, on the other hand, he thought it was excellent
    to have such a chance of winning the King’s daughter. Snati noticed that
    his master was at a loss, and said to him that he should not disregard
    what the King had asked him to do; but he would have to act upon his
    advice, otherwise he would get into great difficulties. The Prince
    assented to this, and began to prepare for the journey.

    After he had taken leave of the King, and was setting out on the
    search, Snati said to him, ‘Now you must first of all go about the
    neighbourhood, and gather as much salt as ever you can.’ The Prince did
    so, and gathered so much salt that he could hardly carry it; but Snati
    said, ‘Throw it on my back,’ which he accordingly did, and the Dog then
    ran on before the Prince, until they came to the foot of a steep cliff.

    ‘We must go up here,’ said Snati.

    ‘I don’t think that will be child’s play,’ said the Prince.

    ‘Hold fast by my tail,’ said Snati; and in this way he pulled Ring up on
    the lowest shelf of the rock. The Prince began to get giddy, but up went
    Snati on to the second shelf. Ring was nearly swooning by this time, but
    Snati made a third effort and reached the top of the cliff, where the
    Prince fell down in a faint. After a little, however, he recovered
    again, and they went a short distance along a level plain, until they
    came to a cave. This was on Christmas Eve. They went up above the cave,
    and found a window in it, through which they looked, and saw four
    trolls lying asleep beside the fire, over which a large porridge-pot was
    hanging.

    ‘Now you must empty all the salt into the porridge-pot,’ said Snati.

    Ring did so, and soon the trolls wakened up. The old hag, who was the
    most frightful of them all, went first to taste the porridge.

    ‘How comes this?’ she said; ‘the porridge is salt! I got the milk by
    witchcraft yesterday out of four kingdoms, and now it is salt!’

    All the others then came to taste the porridge, and thought it nice, but
    after they had finished it the old hag grew so thirsty that she could
    stand it no longer, and asked her daughter to go out and bring her some
    water from the river that ran near by.

    ‘I won’t go,’ said she, ‘unless you lend me your bright gold piece.’

    ‘Though I should die you shan’t have that,’ said the hag.

    ‘Die, then,’ said the girl.

    ‘Well, then, take it, you brat,’ said the old hag, ‘and be off with you,
    and make haste with the water.’

    The girl took the gold and ran out with it, and it was so bright that it
    shone all over the plain. As soon as she came to the river she lay down
    to take a drink of the water, but meanwhile the two of them had got down
    off the roof and thrust her, head first, into the river.

    The old hag began now to long for the water, and said that the girl
    would be running about with the gold piece all over the plain, so she
    asked her son to go and get her a drop of water.

    ‘I won’t go,’ said he, ‘unless I get the gold cloak.’

    ‘Though I should die you shan’t have that,’ said the hag.

    ‘Die, then,’ said the son.

    ‘Well, then, take it,’ said the old hag, ‘and be off with you, but you
    must make haste with the water.’

    He put on the cloak, and when he came outside it shone so bright that he
    could see to go with it. On reaching the river he went to take a drink
    like his sister, but at that moment Ring and Snati sprang upon him, took
    the cloak from him, and threw him into the river.

    The old hag could stand the thirst no longer, and asked her husband
    to go for a drink for her; the brats, she said, were of course running
    about and playing themselves, just as she had expected they would,
    little wretches that they were.

    ‘I won’t go,’ said the old troll, ‘unless you lend me the gold
    chess-board.’

    ‘Though I should die you shan’t have that,’ said the hag.

    ‘I think you may just as well do that,’ said he, ‘since you won’t grant
    me such a little favour.’

    ‘Take it, then, you utter disgrace!’ said the old hag, ‘since you are
    just like these two brats.’

    The old troll now went out with the gold chess-board, and down to the
    river, and was about to take a drink, when Ring and Snati came upon him,
    took the chess-board from him, and threw him into the river. Before they
    had got back again, however, and up on top of the cave, they saw
    the poor old fellow’s ghost come marching up from the river. Snati
    immediately sprang upon him, and Ring assisted in the attack, and after
    a hard struggle they mastered him a second time. When they got back
    again to the window they saw that the old hag was moving towards the
    door.

    ‘Now we must go in at once,’ said Snati, ‘and try to master her there,
    for if she once gets out we shall have no chance with her. She is the
    worst witch that ever lived, and no iron can cut her. One of us must
    pour boiling porridge out of the pot on her, and the other punch her
    with red-hot iron.’

    In they went then, and no sooner did the hag see them than she said,
    ‘So you have come, Prince Ring; you must have seen to my husband and
    children.’

    Snati saw that she was about to attack them, and sprang at her with a
    red-hot iron from the fire, while Ring kept pouring boiling porridge on
    her without stopping, and in this way they at last got her killed. Then
    they burned the old troll and her to ashes, and explored the cave, where
    they found plenty of gold and treasures. The most valuable of these they
    carried with them as far as the cliff, and left them there. Then they
    hastened home to the King with his three treasures, where they arrived
    late on Christmas night, and Ring handed them over to him.

    The King was beside himself with joy, and was astonished at how clever
    a man Ring was in all kinds of feats, so that he esteemed him still more
    highly than before, and betrothed his daughter to him; and the feast
    for this was to last all through Christmastide. Ring thanked the King
    courteously for this and all his other kindnesses, and as soon as he had
    finished eating and drinking in the hall went off to sleep in his own
    room. Snati, however, asked permission to sleep in the Prince’s bed for
    that night, while the Prince should sleep where the Dog usually lay.
    Ring said he was welcome to do so, and that he deserved more from him
    than that came to. So Snati went up into the Prince’s bed, but after a
    time he came back, and told Ring he could go there himself now, but to
    take care not to meddle with anything that was in the bed.

    Now the story comes back to Red, who came into the hall and showed the
    King his right arm wanting the hand, and said that now he could see what
    kind of a man his intended son-in-law was, for he had done this to him
    without any cause whatever. The King became very angry, and said he
    would soon find out the truth about it, and if Ring had cut off his hand
    without good cause he should be hanged; but if it was otherwise, then
    Red should die. So the King sent for Ring and asked him for what reason
    he had done this. Snati, however, had just told Ring what had happened
    during the night, and in reply he asked the King to go with him and he
    would show him something. The King went with him to his sleeping-room,
    and saw lying on the bed a man’s hand holding a sword.

    ‘This hand,’ said Ring, ‘came over the partition during the night, and
    was about to run me through in my bed, if I had not defended myself.’

    The King answered that in that case he could not blame him for
    protecting his own life, and that Red was well worthy of death. So Red
    was hanged, and Ring married the King’s daughter.

    The first night that they went to bed together Snati asked Ring to allow
    him to lie at their feet, and this Ring allowed him to do. During the
    night he heard a howling and outcry beside them, struck a light in a
    hurry and saw an ugly dog’s skin lying near him, and a beautiful Prince
    in the bed. Ring instantly took the skin and burned it, and then shook
    the Prince, who was lying unconscious, until he woke up. The bridegroom
    then asked his name; he replied that he was called Ring, and was a
    King’s son. In his youth he had lost his mother, and in her place his
    father had married a witch, who had laid a spell on him that he should
    turn into a dog, and never be released from the spell unless a Prince
    of the same name as himself allowed him to sleep at his feet the first
    night after his marriage. He added further, ‘As soon as she knew that
    you were my namesake she tried to get you destroyed, so that you
    might not free me from the spell. She was the hind that you and your
    companions chased; she was the woman that you found in the clearing with
    the barrel, and the old hag that we just now killed in the cave.’

    After the feasting was over the two namesakes, along with other men,
    went to the cliff and brought all the treasure home to the Palace. Then
    they went to the island and removed all that was valuable from it.
    Ring gave to his namesake, whom he had freed from the spell, his sister
    Ingiborg and his father’s kingdom to look after, but he himself stayed
    with his father-in-law the King, and had half the kingdom while he lived
    and the whole of it after his death.

     

    THE SWINEHERD

    There was once a poor Prince. He possessed a kingdom which, though
    small, was yet large enough for him to marry on, and married he wished
    to be.

    Now it was certainly a little audacious of him to venture to say to the
    Emperor’s daughter, ‘Will you marry me?’ But he did venture to say so,
    for his name was known far and wide. There were hundreds of princesses
    who would gladly have said ‘Yes,’ but would she say the same?

    Well, we shall see.

    On the grave of the Prince’s father grew a rose-tree, a very beautiful
    rose-tree. It only bloomed every five years, and then bore but a single
    rose, but oh, such a rose! Its scent was so sweet that when you smelt
    it you forgot all your cares and troubles. And he had also a nightingale
    which could sing as if all the beautiful melodies in the world were shut
    up in its little throat. This rose and this nightingale the Princess was
    to have, and so they were both put into silver caskets and sent to her.

    The Emperor had them brought to him in the great hall, where
    the Princess was playing ‘Here comes a duke a-riding’ with her
    ladies-in-waiting. And when she caught sight of the big caskets which
    contained the presents, she clapped her hands for joy.

    ‘If only it were a little pussy cat!’ she said. But the rose-tree with
    the beautiful rose came out.

    ‘But how prettily it is made!’ said all the ladies-in-waiting.

    ‘It is more than pretty,’ said the Emperor, ‘it is charming!’

    But the Princess felt it, and then she almost began to cry.

    ‘Ugh! Papa,’ she said, ‘it is not artificial, it is REAL!’

    ‘Ugh!’ said all the ladies-in-waiting, ‘it is real!’

    ‘Let us see first what is in the other casket before we begin to be
    angry,’ thought the Emperor, and there came out the nightingale. It sang
    so beautifully that one could scarcely utter a cross word against it.

    ‘Superbe! charmant!’ said the ladies-in-waiting, for they all chattered
    French, each one worse than the other.

    ‘How much the bird reminds me of the musical snuff-box of the late
    Empress!’ said an old courtier. ‘Ah, yes, it is the same tone, the same
    execution!’

    ‘Yes,’ said the Emperor; and then he wept like a little child.

    ‘I hope that this, at least, is not real?’ asked the Princess.

    ‘Yes, it is a real bird,’ said those who had brought it.

    ‘Then let the bird fly away,’ said the Princess; and she would not on
    any account allow the Prince to come.

    ‘But he was nothing daunted. He painted his face brown and black,
    drew his cap well over his face, and knocked at the door. ‘Good-day,
    Emperor,’ he said. ‘Can I get a place here as servant in the castle?’

    ‘Yes,’ said the Emperor, ‘but there are so many who ask for a place that
    I don’t know whether there will be one for you; but, still, I will think
    of you. Stay, it has just occurred to me that I want someone to look
    after the swine, for I have so very many of them.’

    And the Prince got the situation of Imperial Swineherd. He had a
    wretched little room close to the pigsties; here he had to stay, but the
    whole day he sat working, and when evening was come he had made a pretty
    little pot. All round it were little bells, and when the pot boiled they
    jingled most beautifully and played the old tune–

    ‘Where is Augustus dear?
    Alas! he’s not here, here, here!’

    But the most wonderful thing was, that when one held one’s finger in the
    steam of the pot, then at once one could smell what dinner was ready in
    any fire-place in the town. That was indeed something quite different
    from the rose.

    Now the Princess came walking past with all her ladies-in-waiting, and
    when she heard the tune she stood still and her face beamed with joy,
    for she also could play ‘Where is Augustus dear?’

    It was the only tune she knew, but that she could play with one finger.

    ‘Why, that is what I play!’ she said. ‘He must be a most accomplished
    Swineherd! Listen! Go down and ask him what the instrument costs.’

    And one of the ladies-in-waiting had to go down; but she put on wooden
    clogs. ‘What will you take for the pot?’ asked the lady-in-waiting.

    ‘I will have ten kisses from the Princess,’ answered the Swineherd.

    ‘Heaven forbid!’ said the lady-in-waiting.

    ‘Yes, I will sell it for nothing less,’ replied the Swineherd.

    ‘Well, what does he say?’ asked the Princess.

    ‘I really hardly like to tell you,’ answered the lady-in-waiting.

    ‘Oh, then you can whisper it to me.’

    ‘He is disobliging!’ said the Princess, and went away. But she had only
    gone a few steps when the bells rang out so prettily–

    ‘Where is Augustus dear?
    Alas! he’s not here, here, here.’

    ‘Listen!’ said the Princess. ‘Ask him whether he will take ten kisses
    from my ladies-in-waiting.’

    ‘No, thank you,’ said the Swineherd. ‘Ten kisses from the Princess, or
    else I keep my pot.’

    ‘That is very tiresome!’ said the Princess. ‘But you must put yourselves
    in front of me, so that no one can see.’

    And the ladies-in-waiting placed themselves in front and then spread out
    their dresses; so the Swineherd got his ten kisses, and she got the pot.

    What happiness that was! The whole night and the whole day the pot was
    made to boil; there was not a fire-place in the whole town where they
    did not know what was being cooked, whether it was at the chancellor’s
    or at the shoemaker’s.

    The ladies-in-waiting danced and clapped their hands.

    ‘We know who is going to have soup and pancakes; we know who is going to
    have porridge and sausages–isn’t it interesting?’

    ‘Yes, very interesting!’ said the first lady-in-waiting.

    ‘But don’t say anything about it, for I am the Emperor’s daughter.’

    ‘Oh, no, of course we won’t!’ said everyone.

    The Swineherd–that is to say, the Prince (though they did not know
    he was anything but a true Swineherd)–let no day pass without making
    something, and one day he made a rattle which, when it was turned round,
    played all the waltzes, galops, and polkas which had ever been known
    since the world began.

    ‘But that is superbe!’ said the Princess as she passed by. ‘I have never
    heard a more beautiful composition. Listen! Go down and ask him what
    this instrument costs; but I won’t kiss him again.’

    ‘He wants a hundred kisses from the Princess,’ said the lady-in-waiting
    who had gone down to ask him.

    ‘I believe he is mad!’ said the Princess, and then she went on; but she
    had only gone a few steps when she stopped.

    ‘One ought to encourage art,’ she said. ‘I am the Emperor’s daughter!
    Tell him he shall have, as before, ten kisses; the rest he can take from
    my ladies-in-waiting.’

    ‘But we don’t at all like being kissed by him,’ said the
    ladies-in-waiting.

    ‘That’s nonsense,’ said the Princess; ‘and if I can kiss him, you can
    too. Besides, remember that I give you board and lodging.’

    So the ladies-in-waiting had to go down to him again.

    ‘A hundred kisses from the Princess,’ said he, ‘or each keeps his own.’

    ‘Put yourselves in front of us,’ she said then; and so all the
    ladies-in-waiting put themselves in front, and he began to kiss the
    Princess.

    ‘What can that commotion be by the pigsties?’ asked the Emperor, who was
    standing on the balcony. He rubbed his eyes and put on his spectacles.
    ‘Why those are the ladies-in-waiting playing their games; I must go down
    to them.’

    So he took off his shoes, which were shoes though he had trodden them
    down into slippers. What a hurry he was in, to be sure!

    As soon as he came into the yard he walked very softly, and the
    ladies-in-waiting were so busy counting the kisses and seeing fair play
    that they never noticed the Emperor. He stood on tiptoe.

    ‘What is that?’ he said, when he saw the kissing; and then he threw
    one of his slippers at their heads just as the Swineherd was taking his
    eighty-sixth kiss.

    ‘Be off with you!’ said the Emperor, for he was very angry. And the
    Princess and the Swineherd were driven out of the empire.

    Then she stood still and wept; the Swineherd was scolding, and the rain
    was streaming down.

    ‘Alas, what an unhappy creature I am!’ sobbed the Princess.

    ‘If only I had taken the beautiful Prince! Alas, how unfortunate I am!’

    And the Swineherd went behind a tree, washed the black and brown off
    his face, threw away his old clothes, and then stepped forward in his
    splendid dress, looking so beautiful that the Princess was obliged to
    courtesy.

    ‘I now come to this. I despise you!’ he said. ‘You would have nothing
    to do with a noble Prince; you did not understand the rose or the
    nightingale, but you could kiss the Swineherd for the sake of a toy.
    This is what you get for it!’ And he went into his kingdom and shut the
    door in her face, and she had to stay outside singing–

    ‘Where’s my Augustus dear?
    Alas! he’s not here, here, here!

     

    HOW TO TELL A TRUE PRINCESS

    There was once upon a time a Prince who wanted to marry a Princess, but
    she must be a true Princess. So he travelled through the whole world to
    find one, but there was always something against each. There were plenty
    of Princesses, but he could not find out if they were true Princesses.
    In every case there was some little defect, which showed the genuine
    article was not yet found. So he came home again in very low spirits,
    for he had wanted very much to have a true Princess. One night there was
    a dreadful storm; it thundered and lightened and the rain streamed down
    in torrents. It was fearful! There was a knocking heard at the Palace
    gate, and the old King went to open it.

    There stood a Princess outside the gate; but oh, in what a sad plight
    she was from the rain and the storm! The water was running down from
    her hair and her dress into the points of her shoes and out at the heels
    again. And yet she said she was a true Princess!

    ‘Well, we shall soon find that!’ thought the old Queen. But she said
    nothing, and went into the sleeping-room, took off all the bed-clothes,
    and laid a pea on the bottom of the bed. Then she put twenty mattresses
    on top of the pea, and twenty eider-down quilts on the top of the
    mattresses. And this was the bed in which the Princess was to sleep.

    The next morning she was asked how she had slept.

    ‘Oh, very badly!’ said the Princess. ‘I scarcely closed my eyes all
    night! I am sure I don’t know what was in the bed. I laid on something
    so hard that my whole body is black and blue. It is dreadful!’

    Now they perceived that she was a true Princess, because she had felt
    the pea through the twenty mattresses and the twenty eider-down quilts.

    No one but a true Princess could be so sensitive.

    So the Prince married her, for now he knew that at last he had got hold
    of a true Princess. And the pea was put into the Royal Museum, where it
    is still to be seen if no one has stolen it. Now this is a true story.

     

    THE BLUE MOUNTAINS

    There were once a Scotsman and an Englishman and an Irishman serving in
    the army together, who took it into their heads to run away on the first
    opportunity they could get. The chance came and they took it. They
    went on travelling for two days through a great forest, without food or
    drink, and without coming across a single house, and every night they
    had to climb up into the trees through fear of the wild beasts that were
    in the wood. On the second morning the Scotsman saw from the top of his
    tree a great castle far away. He said to himself that he would certainly
    die if he stayed in the forest without anything to eat but the roots of
    grass, which would not keep him alive very long. As soon, then, as he
    got down out of the tree he set off towards the castle, without so much
    as telling his companions that he had seen it at all; perhaps the hunger
    and want they had suffered had changed their nature so much that the
    one did not care what became of the other if he could save himself. He
    travelled on most of the day, so that it was quite late when he reached
    the castle, and to his great disappointment found nothing but closed
    doors and no smoke rising from the chimneys. He thought there was
    nothing for it but to die after all, and had lain down beside the wall,
    when he heard a window being opened high above him. At this he looked
    up, and saw the most beautiful woman he had ever set eyes on.

    ‘Oh, it is Fortune that has sent you to me,’ he said.

    ‘It is indeed,’ said she. ‘What are you in need of, or what has sent you
    here?’

    ‘Necessity,’ said he. ‘I am dying for want of food and drink.’

    ‘Come inside, then,’ she said; ‘there is plenty of both here.’

    Accordingly he went in to where she was, and she opened a large room for
    him, where he saw a number of men lying asleep. She then set food before
    him, and after that showed him to the room where the others were. He lay
    down on one of the beds and fell sound asleep. And now we must go back
    to the two that he left behind him in the wood.

    When nightfall and the time of the wild beasts came upon these, the
    Englishman happened to climb up into the very same tree on which the
    Scotsman was when he got a sight of the castle; and as soon as the day
    began to dawn and the Englishman looked to the four quarters of heaven,
    what did he see but the castle too! Off he went without saying a word to
    the Irishman, and everything happened to him just as it had done to the
    Scotsman.

    The poor Irishman was now left all alone, and did not know where
    the others had gone to, so he just stayed where he was, very sad and
    miserable. When night came he climbed up into the same tree as the
    Englishman had been on the night before. As soon as day came he also saw
    the castle, and set out towards it; but when he reached it he could
    see no signs of fire or living being about it. Before long, however, he
    heard the window opened above his head, looked up, and beheld the most
    beautiful woman he had ever seen. He asked if she would give him food
    and drink, and she answered kindly and heartily that she would, if he
    would only come inside. This he did very willingly, and she set before
    him food and drink that he had never seen the like of before. In the
    room there was a bed, with diamond rings hanging at every loop of the
    curtains, and everything that was in the room besides astonished him so
    much that he actually forgot that he was hungry. When she saw that he
    was not eating at all, she asked him what he wanted yet, to which he
    replied that he would neither eat nor drink until he knew who she was,
    or where she came from, or who had put her there.

    ‘I shall tell you that,’ said she. ‘I am an enchanted Princess, and my
    father has promised that the man who releases me from the spell shall
    have the third of his kingdom while he is alive, and the whole of it
    after he is dead, and marry me as well. If ever I saw a man who looked
    likely to do this, you are the one. I have been here for sixteen years
    now, and no one who ever came to the castle has asked me who I was,
    except yourself. Every other man that has come, so long as I have been
    here, lies asleep in the big room down there.’

    ‘Tell me, then,’ said the Irishman, ‘what is the spell that has been
    laid on you, and how you can be freed from it.’

    ‘There is a little room there,’ said the Princess, ‘and if I could get a
    man to stay in it from ten o’clock till midnight for three nights on end
    I should be freed from the spell.’

    ‘I am the man for you, then,’ said he; ‘I will take on hand to do it.’

    Thereupon she brought him a pipe and tobacco, and he went into the room;
    but before long he heard a hammering and knocking on the outside of the
    door, and was told to open it.

    ‘I won’t,’ he said.

    The next moment the door came flying in, and those outside along with
    it. They knocked him down, and kicked him, and knelt on his body till it
    came to midnight; but as soon as the cock crew they all disappeared. The
    Irishman was little more than alive by this time. As soon as daylight
    appeared the Princess came, and found him lying full length on the
    floor, unable to speak a word. She took a bottle, rubbed him from head
    to foot with something from it, and thereupon he was as sound as ever;
    but after what he had got that night he was very unwilling to try it a
    second time. The Princess, however, entreated him to stay, saying
    that the next night would not be so bad, and in the end he gave in and
    stayed.

    When it was getting near midnight he heard them ordering him to open the
    door, and there were three of them for every one that there had been the
    previous evening. He did not make the slightest movement to go out to
    them or to open the door, but before long they broke it up, and were in
    on top of him. They laid hold of him, and kept throwing him between them
    up to the ceiling, or jumping above him, until the cock crew, when they
    all disappeared. When day came the Princess went to the room to see if
    he was still alive, and taking the bottle put it to his nostrils, which
    soon brought him to himself. The first thing he said then was that he
    was a fool to go on getting himself killed for anyone he ever saw, and
    was determined to be off and stay there no longer, When the Princess
    learned his intention she entreated him to stay, reminding him that
    another night would free her from the spell. ‘Besides,’ she said, ‘if
    there is a single spark of life in you when the day comes, the stuff
    that is in this bottle will make you as sound as ever you were.’

    With all this the Irishman decided to stay; but that night there were
    three at him for every one that was there the two nights before, and
    it looked very unlikely that he would be alive in the morning after all
    that he got. When morning dawned, and the Princess came to see if he was
    still alive, she found him lying on the floor as if dead. She tried to
    see if there was breath in him, but could not quite make it out.
    Then she put her hand on his pulse, and found a faint movement in it.
    Accordingly she poured what was in the bottle on him, and before long
    he rose up on his feet, and was as well as ever he was. So that business
    was finished, and the Princess was freed from the spell.

    The Princess then told the Irishman that she must go away for the
    present, but would return for him in a few days in a carriage drawn by
    four grey horses. He told her to ‘be aisy,’ and not speak like that to
    him. ‘I have paid dear for you for the last three nights,’ he said, ‘if
    I have to part with you now;’ but in the twinkling of an eye she had
    disappeared. He did not know what to do with himself when he saw that
    she was gone, but before she went she had given him a little rod, with
    which he could, when he pleased, waken the men who had been sleeping
    there, some of them for sixteen years.

    After being thus left alone, he went in and stretched himself on three
    chairs that were in the room, when what does he see coming in at the
    door but a little fair-haired lad.

    ‘Where did you come from, my lad?’ said the Irishman.

    ‘I came to make ready your food for you,’ said he.

    ‘Who told you to do that?’ said the Irishman.

    ‘My mistress,’ answered the lad–‘the Princess that was under the spell
    and is now free.’

    By this the Irishman knew that she had sent the lad to wait on him. The
    lad also told him that his mistress wished him to be ready next morning
    at nine o’clock, when she would come for him with the carriage, as she
    had promised. He was greatly pleased at this, and next morning, when
    the time was drawing near, went out into the garden; but the little
    fair-haired lad took a big pin out of his pocket, and stuck it into the
    back of the Irishman’s coat without his noticing it, whereupon he fell
    sound asleep.

    Before long the Princess came with the carriage and four horses, and
    asked the lad whether his master was awake. He said that he wasn’t. ‘It
    is bad for him,’ said she, ‘when the night is not long enough for him to
    sleep. Tell him that if he doesn’t meet me at this time to-morrow it is
    not likely that he will ever see me again all his life.’

    As soon as she was gone the lad took the pin out of his master’s coat,
    who instantly awoke. The first word he said to the lad was, ‘Have you
    seen her?’

    ‘Yes,’ said he, ‘and she bade me tell you that if you don’t meet her at
    nine o’clock to-morrow you will never see her again.’

    He was very sorry when he heard this, and could not understand why the
    sleep should have fallen upon him just when she was coming. He decided,
    however, to go early to bed that night, in order to rise in time nest
    morning, and so he did. When it was getting near nine o’clock he went
    out to the garden to wait till she came, and the fair-haired lad along
    with him; but as soon as the lad got the chance he stuck the pin into
    his master’s coat again and he fell asleep as before. Precisely at nine
    o’clock came the Princess in the carriage with four horses, and asked
    the lad if his master had got up yet; but he said ‘No, he was asleep,
    just as he was the day before.’ ‘Dear! dear!’ said the Princess, ‘I am
    sorry for him. Was the sleep he had last night not enough for him? Tell
    him that he will never see me here again; and here is a sword that you
    will give him in my name, and my blessing along with it.’

    With this she went off, and as soon as she had gone the lad took the pin
    out of his master’s coat. He awoke instantly, and the first word he said
    was, ‘Have you seen her?’ The lad said that he had, and there was the
    sword she had left for him. The Irishman was ready to kill the lad out
    of sheer vexation, but when he gave a glance over his shoulder not a
    trace of the fair-haired lad was left.

    Being thus left all alone, he thought of going into the room where all
    the men were lying asleep, and there among the rest he found his two
    comrades who had deserted along with him. Then he remembered what the
    Princess had told him–that he had only to touch them with the rod she
    had given him and they would all awake; and the first he touched were
    his own comrades. They started to their feet at once, and he gave them
    as much silver and gold as they could carry when they went away. There
    was plenty to do before he got all the others wakened, for the two doors
    of the castle were crowded with them all the day long.

    The loss of the Princess, however, kept rankling in his mind day and
    night, till finally he thought he would go about the world to see if he
    could find anyone to give him news of her. So he took the best horse in
    the stable and set out. Three years he spent travelling through forests
    and wildernesses, but could find no one able to tell him anything of the
    Princess. At last he fell into so great despair that he thought he would
    put an end to his own life, and for this purpose laid hold of the sword
    that she had given him by the hands of the fair-haired lad; but on
    drawing it from its sheath he noticed that there was some writing on one
    side of the blade. He looked at this, and read there, ‘You will find me
    in the Blue Mountains.’ This made him take heart again, and he gave up
    the idea of killing himself, thinking that he would go on in hope of
    meeting some one who could tell him where the Blue Mountains were. After
    he had gone a long way without thinking where he was going, he saw at
    last a light far away, and made straight for it. On reaching it he found
    it came from a little house, and as soon as the man inside heard the
    noise of the horse’s feet he came out to see who was there. Seeing a
    stranger on horseback, he asked what brought him there and where he was
    going.

    ‘I have lived here,’ said he, ‘for three hundred years, and all that
    time I have not seen a single human being but yourself.’

    ‘I have been going about for the last three years,’ said the Irishman,
    ‘to see if I could find anyone who can tell me where the Blue Mountains
    are.’

    ‘Come in,’ said the old man, ‘and stay with me all night. I have a
    book which contains the history of the world, which I shall go through
    to-night, and if there is such a place as the Blue Mountains in it we
    shall find it out.’

    The Irishman stayed there all night, and as soon as morning came rose
    to go. The old man said he had not gone to sleep all night for going
    through the book, but there was not a word about the Blue Mountains
    in it. ‘But I’ll tell you what,’ he said, ‘if there is such a place on
    earth at all, I have a brother who lives nine hundred miles from here,
    and he is sure to know where they are, if anyone in this world does.’
    The Irishman answered that he could never go these nine hundred miles,
    for his horse was giving in already. ‘That doesn’t matter,’ said the old
    man; ‘I can do better than that. I have only to blow my whistle and you
    will be at my brother’s house before nightfall.’

    So he blew the whistle, and the Irishman did not know where on earth he
    was until he found himself at the other old man’s door, who also told
    him that it was three hundred years since he had seen anyone, and asked
    him where he was going.

    ‘I am going to see if I can find anyone that can tell me where the Blue
    Mountains are,’ he said.

    ‘If you will stay with me to-night,’ said the old man, ‘I have a book
    of the history of the world, and I shall know where they are before
    daylight, if there is such a place in it at all.’

    He stayed there all night, but there was not a word in the book about
    the Blue Mountains. Seeing that he was rather cast down, the old man
    told him that he had a brother nine hundred miles away, and that if
    information could be got about them from anyone it would be from him;
    ‘and I will enable you,’ he said, ‘to reach the place where he lives
    before night.’ So he blew his whistle, and the Irishman landed at the
    brother’s house before nightfall. When the old man saw him he said he
    had not seen a single man for three hundred years, and was very much
    surprised to see anyone come to him now.

    ‘Where are you going to?’ he said.

    ‘I am going about asking for the Blue Mountains,’ said the Irishman.

    ‘The Blue Mountains?’ said the old man.

    ‘Yes,’ said the Irishman.

    ‘I never heard the name before; but if they do exist I shall find them
    out. I am master of all the birds in the world, and have only to blow my
    whistle and every one will come to me. I shall then ask each of them to
    tell where it came from, and if there is any way of finding out the Blue
    Mountains that is it.’

    So he blew his whistle, and when he blew it then all the birds of the
    world began to gather. The old man questioned each of them as to where
    they had come from, but there was not one of them that had come from the
    Blue Mountains. After he had run over them all, however, he missed a
    big Eagle that was wanting, and wondered that it had not come. Soon
    afterwards he saw something big coming towards him, darkening the sky.
    It kept coming nearer and growing bigger, and what was this after all
    but the Eagle? When she arrived the old man scolded her, and asked what
    had kept her so long behind.

    ‘I couldn’t help it,’ she said; ‘I had more than twenty times further to
    come than any bird that has come here to-day.’

    ‘Where have you come from, then?’ said the old man.

    ‘From the Blue Mountains,’ said she.

    ‘Indeed!’ said the old man; and what are they doing there?’

    ‘They are making ready this very day,’ said the Eagle, ‘for the marriage
    of the daughter of the King of the Blue Mountains. For three years now
    she has refused to marry anyone whatsoever, until she should give up all
    hope of the coming of the man who released her from the spell. Now she
    can wait no longer, for three years is the time that she agreed with her
    father to remain without marrying.’

    The Irishman knew that it was for himself she had been waiting so
    long, but he was unable to make any better of it, for he had no hope of
    reaching the Blue Mountains all his life. The old man noticed how sad he
    grew, and asked the Eagle what she would take for carrying this man on
    her back to the Blue Mountains.

    ‘I must have threescore cattle killed,’ said she, ‘and cut up into
    quarters, and every time I look over my shoulder he must throw one of
    them into my mouth.’

    As soon as the Irishman and the old man heard her demand they went out
    hunting, and before evening they had killed three-score cattle. They
    made quarters of them, as the Eagle told them, and then the old man
    asked her to lie down, till they would get it all heaped up on her back.
    First of all, though, they had to get a ladder of fourteen steps, to
    enable them to get on to the Eagle’s back, and there they piled up the
    meat as well as they could. Then the old man told the Irishman to mount,
    and to remember to throw a quarter of beef to her every time she looked
    round. He went up, and the old man gave the Eagle the word to be off,
    which she instantly obeyed; and every time she turned her head the
    Irishman threw a quarter of beef into her mouth.

    As they came near the borders of the kingdom of the Blue Mountains,
    however, the beef was done, and, when the Eagle looked over her
    shoulder, what was the Irishman at but throwing the stone between her
    tail and her neck! At this she turned a complete somersault, and threw
    the Irishman off into the sea, where he fell into the bay that was right
    in front of the King’s Palace. Fortunately the points of his toes just
    touched the bottom, and he managed to get ashore.

    When he went up into the town all the streets were gleaming with light,
    and the wedding of the Princess was just about to begin. He went into
    the first house he came to, and this happened to be the house of the
    King’s hen-wife. He asked the old woman what was causing all the noise
    and light in the town.

    ‘The Princess,’ said she, ‘is going to be married to-night against her
    will, for she has been expecting every day that the man who freed her
    from the spell would come.’

    ‘There is a guinea for you,’ said he; ‘go and bring her here.’

    The old woman went, and soon returned along with the Princess. She and
    the Irishman recognised each other, and were married, and had a great
    wedding that lasted for a year and a day.

     

    THE TINDER-BOX

    A soldier came marching along the high road–left, right! A left, right!
    He had his knapsack on his back and a sword by his side, for he had been
    to the wars and was now returning home.

    An old Witch met him on the road. She was very ugly to look at: her
    under-lip hung down to her breast.

    ‘Good evening, Soldier!’ she said. ‘What a fine sword and knapsack you
    have! You are something like a soldier! You ought to have as much money
    as you would like to carry!’

    ‘Thank you, old Witch,’ said the Soldier.

    ‘Do you see that great tree there?’ said the Witch, pointing to a tree
    beside them. ‘It is hollow within. You must climb up to the top, and
    then you will see a hole through which you can let yourself down into
    the tree. I will tie a rope round your waist, so that I may be able to
    pull you up again when you call.’

    ‘What shall I do down there?’ asked the Soldier.

    ‘Get money!’ answered the Witch. ‘Listen! When you reach the bottom of
    the tree you will find yourself in a large hall; it is light there, for
    there are more than three hundred lamps burning. Then you will see three
    doors, which you can open–the keys are in the locks. If you go into the
    first room, you will see a great chest in the middle of the floor with
    a dog sitting upon it; he has eyes as large as saucers, but you needn’t
    trouble about him. I will give you my blue-check apron, which you must
    spread out on the floor, and then go back quickly and fetch the dog and
    set him upon it; open the chest and take as much money as you like. It
    is copper there. If you would rather have silver, you must go into the
    next room, where there is a dog with eyes as large as mill-wheels.
    But don’t take any notice of him; just set him upon my apron, and help
    yourself to the money. If you prefer gold, you can get that too, if you
    go into the third room, and as much as you like to carry. But the dog
    that guards the chest there has eyes as large as the Round Tower at
    Copenhagen! He is a savage dog, I can tell you; but you needn’t be
    afraid of him either. Only, put him on my apron and he won’t touch you,
    and you can take out of the chest as much gold as you like!’

    ‘Come, this is not bad!’ said the Soldier. ‘But what am I to give you,
    old Witch; for surely you are not going to do this for nothing?’

    ‘Yes, I am!’ replied the Witch. ‘Not a single farthing will I take! For
    me you shall bring nothing but an old tinder-box which my grandmother
    forgot last time she was down there.’

    ‘Well, tie the rope round my waist! ‘said the Soldier.

    ‘Here it is,’ said the Witch, ‘and here is my blue-check apron.’

    Then the Soldier climbed up the tree, let himself down through the hole,
    and found himself standing, as the Witch had said, underground in the
    large hall, where the three hundred lamps were burning.

    Well, he opened the first door. Ugh! there sat the dog with eyes as big
    as saucers glaring at him.

    ‘You are a fine fellow!’ said the Soldier, and put him on the Witch’s
    apron, took as much copper as his pockets could hold; then he shut the
    chest, put the dog on it again, and went into the second room. Sure
    enough there sat the dog with eyes as large as mill-wheels.

    ‘You had better not look at me so hard!’ said the Soldier. ‘Your eyes
    will come out of their sockets!’

    And then he set the dog on the apron. When he saw all the silver in the
    chest, he threw away the copper he had taken, and filled his pockets and
    knapsack with nothing but silver.

    Then he went into the third room. Horrors! the dog there had two eyes,
    each as large as the Round Tower at Copenhagen, spinning round in his
    head like wheels.

    ‘Good evening!’ said the Soldier and saluted, for he had never seen
    a dog like this before. But when he had examined him more closely, he
    thought to himself: ‘Now then, I’ve had enough of this!’ and put him
    down on the floor, and opened the chest. Heavens! what a heap of gold
    there was! With all that he could buy up the whole town, and all the
    sugar pigs, all the tin soldiers, whips and rocking-horses in the whole
    world. Now he threw away all the silver with which he had filled his
    pockets and knapsack, and filled them with gold instead–yes, all his
    pockets, his knapsack, cap and boots even, so that he could hardly walk.
    Now he was rich indeed. He put the dog back upon the chest, shut the
    door, and then called up through the tree:

    ‘Now pull me up again, old Witch!’

    ‘Have you got the tinder-box also?’ asked the Witch.

    ‘Botheration!’ said the Soldier, ‘I had clean forgotten it!’ And then he
    went back and fetched it.

    The Witch pulled him up, and there he stood again on the high road, with
    pockets, knapsack, cap and boots filled with gold.

    ‘What do you want to do with the tinder-box?’ asked the Soldier.

    ‘That doesn’t matter to you,’ replied the Witch. ‘You have got your
    money, give me my tinder-box.’

    ‘We’ll see!’ said the Soldier. ‘Tell me at once what you want to do with
    it, or I will draw my sword, and cut off your head!’

    ‘No!’ screamed the Witch.

    The Soldier immediately cut off her head. That was the end of her! But
    he tied up all his gold in her apron, slung it like a bundle over his
    shoulder, put the tinder-box in his pocket, and set out towards the
    town.

    It was a splendid town! He turned into the finest inn, ordered the best
    chamber and his favourite dinner; for now that he had so much money he
    was really rich.

    It certainly occurred to the servant who had to clean his boots that
    they were astonishingly old boots for such a rich lord. But that
    was because he had not yet bought new ones; next day he appeared in
    respectable boots and fine clothes. Now, instead of a common soldier
    he had become a noble lord, and the people told him about all the grand
    doings of the town and the King, and what a beautiful Princess his
    daughter was.

    ‘How can one get to see her?’ asked the Soldier.

    ‘She is never to be seen at all!’ they told him; ‘she lives in a great
    copper castle, surrounded by many walls and towers! No one except the
    King may go in or out, for it is prophesied that she will marry a common
    soldier, and the King cannot submit to that.’

    ‘I should very much like to see her,’ thought the Soldier; but he could
    not get permission.

    Now he lived very gaily, went to the theatre, drove in the King’s
    garden, and gave the poor a great deal of money, which was very nice
    of him; he had experienced in former times how hard it is not to have a
    farthing in the world. Now he was rich, wore fine clothes, and made many
    friends, who all said that he was an excellent man, a real nobleman. And
    the Soldier liked that. But as he was always spending money, and never
    made any more, at last the day came when he had nothing left but two
    shillings, and he had to leave the beautiful rooms in which he had been
    living, and go into a little attic under the roof, and clean his own
    boots, and mend them with a darning-needle. None of his friends came to
    visit him there, for there were too many stairs to climb.

    It was a dark evening, and he could not even buy a light. But all at
    once it flashed across him that there was a little end of tinder in the
    tinder-box, which he had taken from the hollow tree into which the Witch
    had helped him down. He found the box with the tinder in it; but just as
    he was kindling a light, and had struck a spark out of the tinder-box,
    the door burst open, and the dog with eyes as large as saucers, which he
    had seen down in the tree, stood before him and said:

    ‘What does my lord command?’

    ‘What’s the meaning of this?’ exclaimed the Soldier. ‘This is a pretty
    kind of tinder-box, if I can get whatever I want like this. Get me
    money!’ he cried to the dog, and hey, presto! he was off and back again,
    holding a great purse full of money in his mouth.

    Now the Soldier knew what a capital tinder-box this was. If he rubbed
    once, the dog that sat on the chest of copper appeared; if he rubbed
    twice, there came the dog that watched over the silver chest; and if
    he rubbed three times, the one that guarded the gold appeared. Now, the
    Soldier went down again to his beautiful rooms, and appeared once more
    in splendid clothes. All his friends immediately recognised him again,
    and paid him great court.

    One day he thought to himself: ‘It is very strange that no one can get
    to see the Princess. They all say she is very pretty, but what’s the use
    of that if she has to sit for ever in the great copper castle with
    all the towers? Can I not manage to see her somehow? Where is my
    tinder-box?’ and so he struck a spark, and, presto! there came the dog
    with eyes as large as saucers.

    ‘It is the middle of the night, I know,’ said the Soldier; ‘but I should
    very much like to see the Princess for a moment.’

    The dog was already outside the door, and before the Soldier could look
    round, in he came with the Princess. She was lying asleep on the
    dog’s back, and was so beautiful that anyone could see she was a real
    Princess. The Soldier really could not refrain from kissing her–he was
    such a thorough Soldier. Then the dog ran back with the Princess. But
    when it was morning, and the King and Queen were drinking tea, the
    Princess said that the night before she had had such a strange dream
    about a dog and a Soldier: she had ridden on the dog’s back, and the
    Soldier had kissed her.

    ‘That is certainly a fine story,’ said the Queen. But the next night one
    of the ladies-in-waiting was to watch at the Princess’s bed, to see if
    it was only a dream, or if it had actually happened.

    The Soldier had an overpowering longing to see the Princess again, and
    so the dog came in the middle of the night and fetched her, running as
    fast as he could. But the lady-in-waiting slipped on india-rubber shoes
    and followed them. When she saw them disappear into a large house, she
    thought to herself: ‘Now I know where it is; ‘and made a great cross on
    the door with a piece of chalk. Then she went home and lay down, and the
    dog came back also, with the Princess. But when he saw that a cross had
    been made on the door of the house where the Soldier lived, he took a
    piece of chalk also, and made crosses on all the doors in the town; and
    that was very clever, for now the lady-in-waiting could not find the
    right house, as there were crosses on all the doors.

    Early next morning the King, Queen, ladies-in-waiting, and officers came
    out to see where the Princess had been.

    ‘There it is!’ said the King, when he saw the first door with a cross on
    it.

    ‘No, there it is, my dear!’ said the Queen, when she likewise saw a door
    with a cross.

    ‘But here is one, and there is another!’ they all exclaimed; wherever
    they looked there was a cross on the door. Then they realised that the
    sign would not help them at all.

    But the Queen was an extremely clever woman, who could do a great deal
    more than just drive in a coach. She took her great golden scissors, cut
    up a piece of silk, and made a pretty little bag of it. This she filled
    with the finest buckwheat grains, and tied it round the Princess’ neck;
    this done, she cut a little hole in the bag, so that the grains would
    strew the whole road wherever the Princess went.

    In the night the dog came again, took the Princess on his back and ran
    away with her to the Soldier, who was very much in love with her, and
    would have liked to have been a Prince, so that he might have had her
    for his wife.

    The dog did not notice how the grains were strewn right from the castle
    to the Soldier’s window, where he ran up the wall with the Princess.

    In the morning the King and the Queen saw plainly where their daughter
    had been, and they took the Soldier and put him into prison.

    There he sat. Oh, how dark and dull it was there! And they told him:
    ‘To-morrow you are to be hanged.’ Hearing that did not exactly cheer
    him, and he had left his tinder-box in the inn.

    Next morning he could see through the iron grating in front of his
    little window how the people were hurrying out of the town to see him
    hanged. He heard the drums and saw the soldiers marching; all the
    people were running to and fro. Just below his window was a shoemaker’s
    apprentice, with leather apron and shoes; he was skipping along so
    merrily that one of his shoes flew off and fell against the wall, just
    where the Soldier was sitting peeping through the iron grating.

    ‘Oh, shoemaker’s boy, you needn’t be in such a hurry!’ said the Soldier
    to him. ‘There’s nothing going on till I arrive. But if you will run
    back to the house where I lived, and fetch me my tinder-box, I will give
    you four shillings. But you must put your best foot foremost.’

    The shoemaker’s boy was very willing to earn four shillings, and fetched
    the tinder-box, gave it to the Soldier, and–yes–now you shall hear.

    Outside the town a great scaffold had been erected, and all round were
    standing the soldiers, and hundreds of thousands of people. The King and
    Queen were sitting on a magnificent throne opposite the judges and the
    whole council.

    The Soldier was already standing on the top of the ladder; but when they
    wanted to put the rope round his neck, he said that the fulfilment of
    one innocent request was always granted to a poor criminal before he
    underwent his punishment. He would so much like to smoke a small pipe of
    tobacco; it would be his last pipe in this world.

    The King could not refuse him this, and so he took out his tinder-box,
    and rubbed it once, twice, three times. And lo, and behold I there stood
    all three dogs–the one with eyes as large as saucers, the second with
    eyes as large as mill-wheels, and the third with eyes each as large as
    the Round Tower of Copenhagen.

    ‘Help me now, so that I may not be hanged!’ cried the Soldier. And
    thereupon the dogs fell upon the judges and the whole council, seized
    some by the legs, others by the nose, and threw them so high into the
    air that they fell and were smashed into pieces.

    ‘I won’t stand this!’ said the King; but the largest dog seized him
    too, and the Queen as well, and threw them up after the others. This
    frightened the soldiers, and all the people cried: ‘Good Soldier, you
    shall be our King, and marry the beautiful Princess!’

    Then they put the Soldier into the King’s coach, and the three dogs
    danced in front, crying ‘Hurrah!’ And the boys whistled and the soldiers
    presented arms.

    The Princess came out of the copper castle, and became Queen; and that
    pleased her very much.

    The wedding festivities lasted for eight days, and the dogs sat at table
    and made eyes at everyone.

     

    THE WITCH IN THE STONE BOAT(31)

    (31) From the Icelandic.

    There were once a King and a Queen, and they had a son called Sigurd,
    who was very strong and active, and good-looking. When the King came
    to be bowed down with the weight of years he spoke to his son, and
    said that now it was time for him to look out for a fitting match for
    himself, for he did not know how long he might last now, and he would
    like to see him married before he died.

    Sigurd was not averse to this, and asked his father where he thought
    it best to look for a wife. The King answered that in a certain country
    there was a King who had a beautiful daughter, and he thought it would
    be most desirable if Sigurd could get her. So the two parted, and Sigurd
    prepared for the journey, and went to where his father had directed him.

    He came to the King and asked his daughter’s hand, which he readily
    granted him, but only on the condition that he should remain there as
    long as he could, for the King himself was not strong and not very able
    to govern his kingdom. Sigurd accepted this condition, but added that
    he would have to get leave to go home again to his own country when
    he heard news of his father’s death. After that Sigurd married the
    Princess, and helped his father-in-law to govern the kingdom. He and the
    Princess loved each other dearly, and after a year a son came to them,
    who was two years old when word came to Sigurd that his father was dead.
    Sigurd now prepared to return home with his wife and child, and went on
    board ship to go by sea.

    They had sailed for several days, when the breeze suddenly fell, and
    there came a dead calm, at a time when they needed only one day’s voyage
    to reach home. Sigurd and his Queen were one day on deck, when most of
    the others on the ship had fallen asleep. There they sat and talked for
    a while, and had their little son along with them. After a time Sigurd
    became so heavy with sleep that he could no longer keep awake, so he
    went below and lay down, leaving the Queen alone on the deck, playing
    with her son.

    A good while after Sigurd had gone below the Queen saw something black
    on the sea, which seemed to be coming nearer. As it approached she
    could make out that it was a boat, and could see the figure of some one
    sitting in it and rowing it. At last the boat came alongside the ship,
    and now the Queen saw that it was a stone boat, out of which there
    came up on board the ship a fearfully ugly Witch. The Queen was more
    frightened than words can describe, and could neither speak a word nor
    move from the place so as to awaken the King or the sailors. The Witch
    came right up to the Queen, took the child from her and laid it on the
    deck; then she took the Queen, and stripped her of all her fine clothes,
    which she proceeded to put on herself, and looked then like a human
    being. Last of all she took the Queen, put her into the boat, and said–

    ‘This spell I lay upon you, that you slacken not your course until you
    come to my brother in the Underworld.’

    The Queen sat stunned and motionless, but the boat at once shot away
    from the ship with her, and before long she was out of sight.

    When the boat could no longer be seen the child began to cry, and though
    the Witch tried to quiet it she could not manage it; so she went below
    to where the King was sleeping with the child on her arm, and awakened
    him, scolding him for leaving them alone on deck, while he and all the
    crew were asleep. It was great carelessness of him, she said, to leave
    no one to watch the ship with her.

    Sigurd was greatly surprised to hear his Queen scold him so much, for
    she had never said an angry word to him before; but he thought it was
    quite excusable in this case, and tried to quiet the child along with
    her, but it was no use. Then he went and wakened the sailors, and
    bade them hoist the sails, for a breeze had sprung up and was blowing
    straight towards the harbour.

    They soon reached the land which Sigurd was to rule over, and found all
    the people sorrowful for the old King’s death, but they became glad when
    they got Sigurd back to the Court, and made him King over them.

    The King’s son, however, hardly ever stopped crying from the time he
    had been taken from his mother on the deck of the ship, although he had
    always been such a good child before, so that at last the King had to
    get a nurse for him–one of the maids of the Court. As soon as the child
    got into her charge he stopped crying, and behaved well as before.

    After the sea-voyage it seemed to the King that the Queen had altered
    very much in many ways, and not for the better. He thought her much more
    haughty and stubborn and difficult to deal with than she used to be.
    Before long others began to notice this as well as the King. In the
    Court there were two young fellows, one of eighteen years old, the other
    of nineteen, who were very fond of playing chess, and often sat long
    inside playing at it. Their room was next the Queen’s, and often during
    the day they heard the Queen talking.

    One day they paid more attention than usual when they heard her talk,
    and put their ears close to a crack in the wall between the rooms, and
    heard the Queen say quite plainly, ‘When I yawn a little, then I am a
    nice little maiden; when I yawn half-way, then I am half a troll; and
    when I yawn fully, then I am a troll altogether.’

    As she said this she yawned tremendously, and in a moment had put on
    the appearance of a fearfully ugly troll. Then there came up through the
    floor of the room a three-headed Giant with a trough full of meat, who
    saluted her as his sister and set down the trough before her. She began
    to eat out of it, and never stopped till she had finished it. The young
    fellows saw all this going on, but did not hear the two of them say
    anything to each other. They were astonished though at how greedily the
    Queen devoured the meat, and how much she ate of it, and were no longer
    surprised that she took so little when she sat at table with the King.
    As soon as she had finished it the Giant disappeared with the trough by
    the same way as he had come, and the Queen returned to her human shape.

    Now we must go back to the King’s son after he had been put in charge of
    the nurse. One evening, after she had lit a candle and was holding the
    child, several planks sprang up in the floor of the room, and out at the
    opening came a beautiful woman dressed in white, with an iron belt round
    her waist, to which was fastened an iron chain that went down into the
    ground. The woman came up to the nurse, took the child from her,
    and pressed it to her breast; then she gave it back to the nurse and
    returned by the same way as she had come, and the floor closed over her
    again. Although the woman had not spoken a single word to her, the nurse
    was very much frightened, but told no one about it.

    Next evening the same thing happened again, just as before, but as the
    woman was going away she said in a sad tone, ‘Two are gone, and one
    only is left,’ and then disappeared as before. The nurse was still more
    frightened when she heard the woman say this, and thought that perhaps
    some danger was hanging over the child, though she had no ill-opinion of
    the unknown woman, who, indeed, had behaved towards the child as if it
    were her own. The most mysterious thing was the woman saying ‘and only
    one is left;’ but the nurse guessed that this must mean that only one
    day was left, since she had come for two days already.

    At last the nurse made up her mind to go to the King, and told him the
    whole story, and asked him to be present in person next day about the
    time when the woman usually came. The King promised to do so, and came
    to the nurse’s room a little before the time, and sat down on a chair
    with his drawn sword in his hand. Soon after the planks in the floor
    sprang up as before, and the woman came up, dressed in white, with the
    iron belt and chain. The King saw at once that it was his own Queen, and
    immediately hewed asunder the iron chain that was fastened to the belt.
    This was followed by such noises and crashings down in the earth that
    all the King’s Palace shook, so that no one expected anything else than
    to see every bit of it shaken to pieces. At last, however, the noises
    and shaking stopped, and they began to come to themselves again.

    The King and Queen embraced each other, and she told him the whole
    story–how the Witch came to the ship when they were all asleep and sent
    her off in the boat. After she had gone so far that she could not see
    the ship, she sailed on through darkness until she landed beside a
    three-headed Giant. The Giant wished her to marry him, but she refused;
    whereupon he shut her up by herself, and told her she would never get
    free until she consented. After a time she began to plan how to get her
    freedom, and at last told him that she would consent if he would allow
    her to visit her son on earth three days on end. This he agreed to, but
    put on her this iron belt and chain, the other end of which he fastened
    round his own waist, and the great noises that were heard when the King
    cut the chain must have been caused by the Giant’s falling down the
    underground passage when the chain gave way so suddenly. The Giant’s
    dwelling, indeed, was right under the Palace, and the terrible shakings
    must have been caused by him in his death-throes.

    The King now understood how the Queen he had had for some time past had
    been so ill-tempered. He at once had a sack drawn over her head and made
    her be stoned to death, and after that torn in pieces by untamed horses.
    The two young fellows also told now what they had heard and seen in the
    Queen’s room, for before this they had been afraid to say anything about
    it, on account of the Queen’s power.

    The real Queen was now restored to all her dignity, and was beloved by
    all. The nurse was married to a nobleman, and the King and Queen gave
    her splendid presents.

     

    THUMBELINA

    There was once a woman who wanted to have quite a tiny, little child,
    but she did not know where to get one from. So one day she went to an
    old Witch and said to her: ‘I should so much like to have a tiny, little
    child; can you tell me where I can get one?’

    ‘Oh, we have just got one ready!’ said the Witch. ‘Here is a barley-corn
    for you, but it’s not the kind the farmer sows in his field, or feeds
    the cocks and hens with, I can tell you. Put it in a flower-pot, and
    then you will see something happen.’

    ‘Oh, thank you!’ said the woman, and gave the Witch a shilling, for
    that was what it cost. Then she went home and planted the barley-corn;
    immediately there grew out of it a large and beautiful flower, which
    looked like a tulip, but the petals were tightly closed as if it were
    still only a bud.

    ‘What a beautiful flower!’ exclaimed the woman, and she kissed the red
    and yellow petals; but as she kissed them the flower burst open. It
    was a real tulip, such as one can see any day; but in the middle of the
    blossom, on the green velvety petals, sat a little girl, quite tiny,
    trim, and pretty. She was scarcely half a thumb in height; so they
    called her Thumbelina. An elegant polished walnut-shell served
    Thumbelina as a cradle, the blue petals of a violet were her mattress,
    and a rose-leaf her coverlid. There she lay at night, but in the
    day-time she used to play about on the table; here the woman had put a
    bowl, surrounded by a ring of flowers, with their stalks in water, in
    the middle of which floated a great tulip pedal, and on this Thumbelina
    sat, and sailed from one side of the bowl to the other, rowing herself
    with two white horse-hairs for oars. It was such a pretty sight! She
    could sing, too, with a voice more soft and sweet than had ever been
    heard before.

    One night, when she was lying in her pretty little bed, an old toad
    crept in through a broken pane in the window. She was very ugly, clumsy,
    and clammy; she hopped on to the table where Thumbelina lay asleep under
    the red rose-leaf.

    ‘This would make a beautiful wife for my son,’ said the toad, taking up
    the walnut-shell, with Thumbelina inside, and hopping with it through
    the window into the garden.

    There flowed a great wide stream, with slippery and marshy banks; here
    the toad lived with her son. Ugh! how ugly and clammy he was, just like
    his mother! ‘Croak, croak, croak!’ was all he could say when he saw the
    pretty little girl in the walnut-shell.

    ‘Don’t talk so load, or you’ll wake her,’ said the old toad. ‘She might
    escape us even now; she is as light as a feather. We will put her at
    once on a broad water-lily leaf in the stream. That will be quite an
    island for her; she is so small and light. She can’t run away from us
    there, whilst we are preparing the guest-chamber under the marsh where
    she shall live.’

    Outside in the brook grew many water-lilies, with broad green leaves,
    which looked as if they were swimming about on the water.

    The leaf farthest away was the largest, and to this the old toad swam
    with Thumbelina in her walnut-shell.

    The tiny Thumbelina woke up very early in the morning, and when she saw
    where she was she began to cry bitterly; for on every side of the great
    green leaf was water, and she could not get to the land.

    The old toad was down under the marsh, decorating her room with
    rushes and yellow marigold leaves, to make it very grand for her new
    daughter-in-law; then she swam out with her ugly son to the leaf where
    Thumbelina lay. She wanted to fetch the pretty cradle to put it into her
    room before Thumbelina herself came there. The old toad bowed low in the
    water before her, and said: ‘Here is my son; you shall marry him, and
    live in great magnificence down under the marsh.’

    ‘Croak, croak, croak!’ was all that the son could say. Then they took
    the neat little cradle and swam away with it; but Thumbelina sat alone
    on the great green leaf and wept, for she did not want to live with the
    clammy toad, or marry her ugly son. The little fishes swimming about
    under the water had seen the toad quite plainly, and heard what she had
    said; so they put up their heads to see the little girl. When they saw
    her, they thought her so pretty that they were very sorry she should
    go down with the ugly toad to live. No; that must not happen. They
    assembled in the water round the green stalk which supported the leaf
    on which she was sitting, and nibbled the stem in two. Away floated the
    leaf down the stream, bearing Thumbelina far beyond the reach of the
    toad.

    On she sailed past several towns, and the little birds sitting in the
    bushes saw her, and sang, ‘What a pretty little girl!’ The leaf floated
    farther and farther away; thus Thumbelina left her native land.

    A beautiful little white butterfly fluttered above her, and at
    last settled on the leaf. Thumbelina pleased him, and she, too,
    was delighted, for now the toads could not reach her, and it was so
    beautiful where she was travelling; the sun shone on the water and made
    it sparkle like the brightest silver. She took off her sash, and tied
    one end round the butterfly; the other end she fastened to the leaf, so
    that now it glided along with her faster than ever.

    A great cockchafer came flying past; he caught sight of Thumbelina, and
    in a moment had put his arms round her slender waist, and had flown off
    with her to a tree. The green leaf floated away down the stream, and
    the butterfly with it, for he was fastened to the leaf and could not get
    loose from it. Oh, dear! how terrified poor little Thumbelina was when
    the cockchafer flew off with her to the tree! But she was especially
    distressed on the beautiful white butterfly’s account, as she had tied
    him fast, so that if he could not get away he must starve to death. But
    the cockchafer did not trouble himself about that; he sat down with her
    on a large green leaf, gave her the honey out of the flowers to eat, and
    told her that she was very pretty, although she wasn’t in the least like
    a cockchafer. Later on, all the other cockchafers who lived in the same
    tree came to pay calls; they examined Thumbelina closely, and remarked,
    ‘Why, she has only two legs! How very miserable!’

    ‘She has no feelers!’ cried another.

    ‘How ugly she is!’ said all the lady chafers–and yet Thumbelina was
    really very pretty.

    The cockchafer who had stolen her knew this very well; but when he heard
    all the ladies saying she was ugly, he began to think so too, and would
    not keep her; she might go wherever she liked. So he flew down from the
    tree with her and put her on a daisy. There she sat and wept, because
    she was so ugly that the cockchafer would have nothing to do with her;
    and yet she was the most beautiful creature imaginable, so soft and
    delicate, like the loveliest rose-leaf.

    The whole summer poor little Thumbelina lived alone in the great wood.
    She plaited a bed for herself of blades of grass, and hung it up under a
    clover-leaf, so that she was protected from the rain; she gathered
    honey from the flowers for food, and drank the dew on the leaves every
    morning. Thus the summer and autumn passed, but then came winter–the
    long, cold winter. All the birds who had sung so sweetly about her had
    flown away; the trees shed their leaves, the flowers died; the great
    clover-leaf under which she had lived curled up, and nothing remained of
    it but the withered stalk. She was terribly cold, for her clothes were
    ragged, and she herself was so small and thin. Poor little Thumbelina!
    she would surely be frozen to death. It began to snow, and every
    snow-flake that fell on her was to her as a whole shovelful thrown on
    one of us, for we are so big, and she was only an inch high. She wrapt
    herself round in a dead leaf, but it was torn in the middle and gave her
    no warmth; she was trembling with cold.

    Just outside the wood where she was now living lay a great corn-field.
    But the corn had been gone a long time; only the dry, bare stubble was
    left standing in the frozen ground. This made a forest for her to wander
    about in. All at once she came across the door of a field-mouse, who had
    a little hole under a corn-stalk. There the mouse lived warm and snug,
    with a store-room full of corn, a splendid kitchen and dining-room. Poor
    little Thumbelina went up to the door and begged for a little piece of
    barley, for she had not had anything to eat for the last two days.

    ‘Poor little creature!’ said the field-mouse, for she was a kind-hearted
    old thing at the bottom. ‘Come into my warm room and have some dinner
    with me.’

    As Thumbelina pleased her, she said: ‘As far as I am concerned you may
    spend the winter with me; but you must keep my room clean and tidy, and
    tell me stories, for I like that very much.’

    And Thumbelina did all that the kind old field-mouse asked, and did it
    remarkably well too.

    ‘Now I am expecting a visitor,’ said the field-mouse; ‘my neighbour
    comes to call on me once a week. He is in better circumstances than I
    am, has great, big rooms, and wears a fine black-velvet coat. If you
    could only marry him, you would be well provided for. But he is blind.
    You must tell him all the prettiest stories you know.’

    But Thumbelina did not trouble her head about him, for he was only a
    mole. He came and paid them a visit in his black-velvet coat.

    ‘He is so rich and so accomplished,’ the field-mouse told her.

    ‘His house is twenty times larger than mine; he possesses great
    knowledge, but he cannot bear the sun and the beautiful flowers, and
    speaks slightingly of them, for he has never seen them.’

    Thumbelina had to sing to him, so she sang ‘Lady-bird, lady-bird, fly
    away home!’ and other songs so prettily that the mole fell in love with
    her; but he did not say anything, he was a very cautious man. A short
    time before he had dug a long passage through the ground from his own
    house to that of his neighbour; in this he gave the field-mouse and
    Thumbelina permission to walk as often as they liked. But he begged them
    not to be afraid of the dead bird that lay in the passage: it was a real
    bird with beak and feathers, and must have died a little time ago, and
    now laid buried just where he had made his tunnel. The mole took a piece
    of rotten wood in his mouth, for that glows like fire in the dark, and
    went in front, lighting them through the long dark passage. When they
    came to the place where the dead bird lay, the mole put his broad nose
    against the ceiling and pushed a hole through, so that the daylight
    could shine down. In the middle of the path lay a dead swallow, his
    pretty wings pressed close to his sides, his claws and head drawn under
    his feathers; the poor bird had evidently died of cold. Thumbelina was
    very sorry, for she was very fond of all little birds; they had sung
    and twittered so beautifully to her all through the summer. But the mole
    kicked him with his bandy legs and said:

    ‘Now he can’t sing any more! It must be very miserable to be a little
    bird! I’m thankful that none of my little children are; birds always
    starve in winter.’

    ‘Yes, you speak like a sensible man,’ said the field-mouse. ‘What has
    a bird, in spite of all his singing, in the winter-time? He must starve
    and freeze, and that must be very pleasant for him, I must say!’

    Thumbelina did not say anything; but when the other two had passed on
    she bent down to the bird, brushed aside the feathers from his head,
    and kissed his closed eyes gently. ‘Perhaps it was he that sang to me so
    prettily in the summer,’ she thought. ‘How much pleasure he did give me,
    dear little bird!’

    The mole closed up the hole again which let in the light, and then
    escorted the ladies home. But Thumbelina could not sleep that night;
    so she got out of bed, and plaited a great big blanket of straw, and
    carried it off, and spread it over the dead bird, and piled upon
    it thistle-down as soft as cotton-wool, which she had found in the
    field-mouse’s room, so that the poor little thing should lie warmly
    buried.

    ‘Farewell, pretty little bird!’ she said. ‘Farewell, and thank you for
    your beautiful songs in the summer, when the trees were green, and the
    sun shone down warmly on us!’ Then she laid her head against the bird’s
    heart. But the bird was not dead: he had been frozen, but now that she
    had warmed him, he was coming to life again.

    In autumn the swallows fly away to foreign lands; but there are some who
    are late in starting, and then they get so cold that they drop down as
    if dead, and the snow comes and covers them over.

    Thumbelina trembled, she was so frightened; for the bird was very large
    in comparison with herself–only an inch high. But she took courage,
    piled up the down more closely over the poor swallow, fetched her own
    coverlid and laid it over his head.

    Next night she crept out again to him. There he was alive, but very
    weak; he could only open his eyes for a moment and look at Thumbelina,
    who was standing in front of him with a piece of rotten wood in her
    hand, for she had no other lantern.

    ‘Thank you, pretty little child!’ said the swallow to her. ‘I am so
    beautifully warm! Soon I shall regain my strength, and then I shall be
    able to fly out again into the warm sunshine.’

    ‘Oh!’ she said, ‘it is very cold outside; it is snowing and freezing!
    stay in your warm bed; I will take care of you!’

    Then she brought him water in a petal, which he drank, after which he
    related to her how he had torn one of his wings on a bramble, so that he
    could not fly as fast as the other swallows, who had flown far away
    to warmer lands. So at last he had dropped down exhausted, and then he
    could remember no more. The whole winter he remained down there, and
    Thumbelina looked after him and nursed him tenderly. Neither the mole
    nor the field-mouse learnt anything of this, for they could not bear the
    poor swallow.

    When the spring came, and the sun warmed the earth again, the swallow
    said farewell to Thumbelina, who opened the hole in the roof for him
    which the mole had made. The sun shone brightly down upon her, and the
    swallow asked her if she would go with him; she could sit upon his back.
    Thumbelina wanted very much to fly far away into the green wood, but
    she knew that the old field-mouse would be sad if she ran away. ‘No, I
    mustn’t come!’ she said.

    ‘Farewell, dear good little girl!’ said the swallow, and flew off into
    the sunshine. Thumbelina gazed after him with the tears standing in her
    eyes, for she was very fond of the swallow.

    ‘Tweet, tweet!’ sang the bird, and flew into the green wood. Thumbelina
    was very unhappy. She was not allowed to go out into the warm sunshine.
    The corn which had been sowed in the field over the field-mouse’s home
    grew up high into the air, and made a thick forest for the poor little
    girl, who was only an inch high.

    ‘Now you are to be a bride, Thumbelina!’ said the field-mouse, ‘for our
    neighbour has proposed for you! What a piece of fortune for a poor child
    like you! Now you must set to work at your linen for your dowry, for
    nothing must be lacking if you are to become the wife of our neighbour,
    the mole!’

    Thumbelina had to spin all day long, and every evening the mole visited
    her, and told her that when the summer was over the sun would not shine
    so hot; now it was burning the earth as hard as a stone. Yes, when the
    summer had passed, they would keep the wedding.

    But she was not at all pleased about it, for she did not like the stupid
    mole. Every morning when the sun was rising, and every evening when it
    was setting, she would steal out of the house-door, and when the breeze
    parted the ears of corn so that she could see the blue sky through them,
    she thought how bright and beautiful it must be outside, and longed to
    see her dear swallow again. But he never came; no doubt he had flown
    away far into the great green wood.

    By the autumn Thumbelina had finished the dowry.

    ‘In four weeks you will be married!’ said the field-mouse; ‘don’t be
    obstinate, or I shall bite you with my sharp white teeth! You will get
    a fine husband! The King himself has not such a velvet coat. His
    store-room and cellar are full, and you should be thankful for that.’

    Well, the wedding-day arrived. The mole had come to fetch Thumbelina
    to live with him deep down under the ground, never to come out into the
    warm sun again, for that was what he didn’t like. The poor little girl
    was very sad; for now she must say good-bye to the beautiful sun.

    ‘Farewell, bright sun!’ she cried, stretching out her arms towards it,
    and taking another step outside the house; for now the corn had
    been reaped, and only the dry stubble was left standing. ‘Farewell,
    farewell!’ she said, and put her arms round a little red flower that
    grew there. ‘Give my love to the dear swallow when you see him!’

    ‘Tweet, tweet!’ sounded in her ear all at once. She looked up. There was
    the swallow flying past! As soon as he saw Thumbelina, he was very glad.
    She told him how unwilling she was to marry the ugly mole, as then she
    had to live underground where the sun never shone, and she could not
    help bursting into tears.

    ‘The cold winter is coming now,’ said the swallow. ‘I must fly away to
    warmer lands: will you come with me? You can sit on my back, and we will
    fly far away from the ugly mole and his dark house, over the mountains,
    to the warm countries where the sun shines more brightly than here,
    where it is always summer, and there are always beautiful flowers.
    Do come with me, dear little Thumbelina, who saved my life when I lay
    frozen in the dark tunnel!’

    ‘Yes, I will go with you,’ said Thumbelina, and got on the swallow’s
    back, with her feet on one of his outstretched wings. Up he flew into
    the air, over woods and seas, over the great mountains where the snow
    is always lying. And if she was cold she crept under his warm feathers,
    only keeping her little head out to admire all the beautiful things in
    the world beneath. At last they came to warm lands; there the sun was
    brighter, the sky seemed twice as high, and in the hedges hung the
    finest green and purple grapes; in the woods grew oranges and lemons:
    the air was scented with myrtle and mint, and on the roads were
    pretty little children running about and playing with great gorgeous
    butterflies. But the swallow flew on farther, and it became more and
    more beautiful. Under the most splendid green trees besides a blue
    lake stood a glittering white-marble castle. Vines hung about the high
    pillars; there were many swallows’ nests, and in one of these lived the
    swallow who was carrying Thumbelina.

    ‘Here is my house!’ said he. ‘But it won’t do for you to live with me; I
    am not tidy enough to please you. Find a home for yourself in one of the
    lovely flowers that grow down there; now I will set you down, and you
    can do whatever you like.’

    ‘That will be splendid!’ said she, clapping her little hands.

    There lay a great white marble column which had fallen to the ground
    and broken into three pieces, but between these grew the most beautiful
    white flowers. The swallow flew down with Thumbelina, and set her upon
    one of the broad leaves. But there, to her astonishment, she found
    a tiny little man sitting in the middle of the flower, as white and
    transparent as if he were made of glass; he had the prettiest golden
    crown on his head, and the most beautiful wings on his shoulders; he
    himself was no bigger than Thumbelina. He was the spirit of the flower.
    In each blossom there dwelt a tiny man or woman; but this one was the
    King over the others.

    ‘How handsome he is!’ whispered Thumbelina to the swallow.

    The little Prince was very much frightened at the swallow, for in
    comparison with one so tiny as himself he seemed a giant. But when he
    saw Thumbelina, he was delighted, for she was the most beautiful girl he
    had ever seen. So he took his golden crown from off his head and put it
    on hers, asking her her name, and if she would be his wife, and then
    she would be Queen of all the flowers. Yes! he was a different kind of
    husband to the son of the toad and the mole with the black-velvet coat.
    So she said ‘Yes’ to the noble Prince. And out of each flower came a
    lady and gentleman, each so tiny and pretty that it was a pleasure to
    see them. Each brought Thumbelina a present, but the best of all was a
    beautiful pair of wings which were fastened on to her back, and now she
    too could fly from flower to flower. They all wished her joy, and the
    swallow sat above in his nest and sang the wedding march, and that he
    did as well as he could; but he was sad, because he was very fond of
    Thumbelina and did not want to be separated from her.

    ‘You shall not be called Thumbelina!’ said the spirit of the flower to
    her; ‘that is an ugly name, and you are much too pretty for that. We
    will call you May Blossom.’

    ‘Farewell, farewell!’ said the little swallow with a heavy heart, and
    flew away to farther lands, far, far away, right back to Denmark. There
    he had a little nest above a window, where his wife lived, who can tell
    fairy-stories. ‘Tweet, tweet!’ he sang to her. And that is the way we
    learnt the whole story.

     

    THE NIGHTINGALE

    In China, as I daresay you know, the Emperor is a Chinaman, and all his
    courtiers are also Chinamen. The story I am going to tell you happened
    many years ago, but it is worth while for you to listen to it, before it
    is forgotten.

    The Emperor’s Palace was the most splendid in the world, all made of
    priceless porcelain, but so brittle and delicate that you had to take
    great care how you touched it. In the garden were the most beautiful
    flowers, and on the loveliest of them were tied silver bells which
    tinkled, so that if you passed you could not help looking at the
    flowers. Everything in the Emperor’s garden was admirably arranged with
    a view to effect; and the garden was so large that even the gardener
    himself did not know where it ended. If you ever got beyond it, you came
    to a stately forest with great trees and deep lakes in it. The forest
    sloped down to the sea, which was a clear blue. Large ships could
    sail under the boughs of the trees, and in these trees there lived a
    Nightingale. She sang so beautifully that even the poor fisherman who
    had so much to do stood and listened when he came at night to cast his
    nets. ‘How beautiful it is!’ he said; but he had to attend to his work,
    and forgot about the bird. But when she sang the next night and the
    fisherman came there again, he said the same thing, ‘How beautiful it
    is!’

    From all the countries round came travellers to the Emperor’s town, who
    were astonished at the Palace and the garden. But when they heard the
    Nightingale they all said, ‘This is the finest thing after all!’

    The travellers told all about it when they went home, and learned
    scholars wrote many books upon the town, the Palace, and the garden. But
    they did not forget the Nightingale; she was praised the most, and all
    the poets composed splendid verses on the Nightingale in the forest by
    the deep sea.

    The books were circulated throughout the world, and some of them reached
    the Emperor. He sat in his golden chair, and read and read. He nodded
    his head every moment, for he liked reading the brilliant accounts of
    the town, the Palace, and the garden. ‘But the Nightingale is better
    than all,’ he saw written.

    ‘What is that?’ said the Emperor. ‘I don’t know anything about the
    Nightingale! Is there such a bird in my empire, and so near as in my
    garden? I have never heard it! Fancy reading for the first time about it
    in a book!’

    And he called his First Lord to him. He was so proud that if anyone of
    lower rank than his own ventured to speak to him or ask him anything, he
    would say nothing but ‘P!’ and that does not mean anything.

    ‘Here is a most remarkable bird which is called a Nightingale!’ said the
    Emperor. ‘They say it is the most glorious thing in my kingdom. Why has
    no one ever said anything to me about it?’

    ‘I have never before heard it mentioned!’ said the First Lord. ‘I will
    look for it and find it!’

    But where was it to be found? The First Lord ran up and down stairs,
    through the halls and corridors; but none of those he met had ever heard
    of the Nightingale. And the First Lord ran again to the Emperor, and
    told him that it must be an invention on the part of those who had
    written the books.

    ‘Your Imperial Majesty cannot really believe all that is written! There
    are some inventions called the Black Art!’

    ‘But the book in which I read this,’ said the Emperor, ‘is sent me by
    His Great Majesty the Emperor of Japan; so it cannot be untrue, and I
    will hear the Nightingale! She must be here this evening! She has my
    gracious permission to appear, and if she does not, the whole Court
    shall be trampled under foot after supper!’

    ‘Tsing pe!’ said the First Lord; and he ran up and down stairs, through
    the halls and corridors, and half the Court ran with him, for they
    did not want to be trampled under foot. Everyone was asking after the
    wonderful Nightingale which all the world knew of, except those at
    Court.

    At last they met a poor little girl in the kitchen, who said, ‘Oh! I
    know the Nightingale well. How she sings! I have permission to carry the
    scraps over from the Court meals to my poor sick mother, and when I am
    going home at night, tired and weary, and rest for a little in the wood,
    then I hear the Nightingale singing! It brings tears to my eyes, and I
    feel as if my mother were kissing me!’

    ‘Little kitchenmaid!’ said the First Lord, ‘I will give you a place in
    the kitchen, and you shall have leave to see the Emperor at dinner, if
    you can lead us to the Nightingale, for she is invited to come to Court
    this evening.’

    And so they all went into the wood where the Nightingale was wont to
    sing, and half the Court went too.

    When they were on the way there they heard a cow mooing.

    ‘Oh!’ said the Courtiers, ‘now we have found her! What a wonderful power
    for such a small beast to have! I am sure we have heard her before!’

    ‘No; that is a cow mooing!’ said the little kitchenmaid. ‘We are still a
    long way off!’

    Then the frogs began to croak in the marsh. ‘Splendid!’ said the Chinese
    chaplain. ‘Now we hear her; it sounds like a little church-bell!’

    ‘No, no; those are frogs!’ said the little kitchenmaid. ‘But I think we
    shall soon hear her now!’

    Then the Nightingale began to sing.

    ‘There she is!’ cried the little girl. ‘Listen! She is sitting there!’
    And she pointed to a little dark-grey bird up in the branches.

    ‘Is it possible!’ said the First Lord. ‘I should never have thought it!
    How ordinary she looks! She must surely have lost her feathers because
    she sees so many distinguished men round her!’

    ‘Little Nightingale,’ called out the little kitchenmaid, ‘our Gracious
    Emperor wants you to sing before him!’

    ‘With the greatest of pleasure!’ said the Nightingale; and she sang so
    gloriously that it was a pleasure to listen.

    ‘It sounds like glass bells!’ said the First Lord. ‘And look how her
    little throat works! It is wonderful that we have never heard her
    before! She will be a great success at Court.’

    ‘Shall I sing once more for the Emperor?’ asked the Nightingale,
    thinking that the Emperor was there.

    ‘My esteemed little Nightingale,’ said the First Lord, ‘I have the
    great pleasure to invite you to Court this evening, where His Gracious
    Imperial Highness will be enchanted with your charming song!’

    ‘It sounds best in the green wood,’ said the Nightingale; but still, she
    came gladly when she heard that the Emperor wished it.

    At the Palace everything was splendidly prepared. The porcelain walls
    and floors glittered in the light of many thousand gold lamps; the most
    gorgeous flowers which tinkled out well were placed in the corridors.
    There was such a hurrying and draught that all the bells jingled so much
    that one could not hear oneself speak. In the centre of the great hall
    where the Emperor sat was a golden perch, on which the Nightingale sat.
    The whole Court was there, and the little kitchenmaid was allowed to
    stand behind the door, now that she was a Court-cook. Everyone was
    dressed in his best, and everyone was looking towards the little grey
    bird to whom the Emperor nodded.

    The Nightingale sang so gloriously that the tears came into the
    Emperor’s eyes and ran down his cheeks. Then the Nightingale sang even
    more beautifully; it went straight to all hearts. The Emperor was so
    delighted that he said she should wear his gold slipper round her neck.
    But the Nightingale thanked him, and said she had had enough reward
    already. ‘I have seen tears in the Emperor’s eyes–that is a great
    reward. An Emperor’s tears have such power!’ Then she sang again with
    her gloriously sweet voice.

    ‘That is the most charming coquetry I have ever seen!’ said all the
    ladies round. And they all took to holding water in their mouths that
    they might gurgle whenever anyone spoke to them. Then they thought
    themselves nightingales. Yes, the lackeys and chambermaids announced
    that they were pleased; which means a great deal, for they are the most
    difficult people of all to satisfy. In short, the Nightingale was a real
    success.

    She had to stay at Court now; she had her own cage, and permission to
    walk out twice in the day and once at night.

    She was given twelve servants, who each held a silken string which was
    fastened round her leg. There was little pleasure in flying about like
    this.

    The whole town was talking about the wonderful bird, and when two people
    met each other one would say ‘Nightin,’ and the other ‘Gale,’ and then
    they would both sigh and understand one another.

    Yes, and eleven grocer’s children were called after her, but not one of
    them could sing a note.

    One day the Emperor received a large parcel on which was written ‘The
    Nightingale.’

    ‘Here is another new book about our famous bird!’ said the Emperor.

    But it was not a book, but a little mechanical toy, which lay in a
    box–an artificial nightingale which was like the real one, only that it
    was set all over with diamonds, rubies, and sapphires. When it was wound
    up, it could sing the piece the real bird sang, and moved its tail
    up and down, and glittered with silver and gold. Round its neck was a
    little collar on which was written, ‘The Nightingale of the Emperor of
    Japan is nothing compared to that of the Emperor of China.’

    ‘This is magnificent!’ they all said, and the man who had brought
    the clockwork bird received on the spot the title of ‘Bringer of the
    Imperial First Nightingale.’

    ‘Now they must sing together; what a duet we shall have!’

    And so they sang together, but their voices did not blend, for the real
    Nightingale sang in her way and the clockwork bird sang waltzes.

    ‘It is not its fault!’ said the bandmaster; ‘it keeps very good time and
    is quite after my style!’

    Then the artificial bird had to sing alone. It gave just as much
    pleasure as the real one, and then it was so much prettier to look at;
    it sparkled like bracelets and necklaces. Three-and-thirty times it sang
    the same piece without being tired. People would like to have heard it
    again, but the Emperor thought that the living Nightingale should sing
    now–but where was she? No one had noticed that she had flown out of the
    open window away to her green woods.

    ‘What SHALL we do!’ said the Emperor.

    And all the Court scolded, and said that the Nightingale was very
    ungrateful. ‘But we have still the best bird!’ they said and the
    artificial bird had to sing again, and that was the thirty-fourth time
    they had heard the same piece. But they did not yet know it by heart;
    it was much too difficult. And the bandmaster praised the bird
    tremendously; yes, he assured them it was better than a real
    nightingale, not only because of its beautiful plumage and diamonds, but
    inside as well. ‘For see, my Lords and Ladies and your Imperial Majesty,
    with the real Nightingale one can never tell what will come out, but all
    is known about the artificial bird! You can explain it, you can open it
    and show people where the waltzes lie, how they go, and how one follows
    the other!’

    ‘That’s just what we think!’ said everyone; and the bandmaster received
    permission to show the bird to the people the next Sunday. They should
    hear it sing, commanded the Emperor. And they heard it, and they were
    as pleased as if they had been intoxicated with tea, after the Chinese
    fashion, and they all said ‘Oh!’ and held up their forefingers and
    nodded time. But the poor fishermen who had heard the real Nightingale
    said: ‘This one sings well enough, the tunes glide out; but there is
    something wanting–I don’t know what!’

    The real Nightingale was banished from the kingdom.

    The artificial bird was put on silken cushions by the Emperor’s bed, all
    the presents which it received, gold and precious stones, lay round
    it, and it was given the title of Imperial Night-singer, First from the
    left. For the Emperor counted that side as the more distinguished, being
    the side on which the heart is; the Emperor’s heart is also on the left.

    And the bandmaster wrote a work of twenty-five volumes about the
    artificial bird. It was so learned, long, and so full of the hardest
    Chinese words that everyone said they had read it and understood it; for
    once they had been very stupid about a book, and had been trampled under
    foot in consequence. So a whole year passed. The Emperor, the Court, and
    all the Chinese knew every note of the artificial bird’s song by heart.
    But they liked it all the better for this; they could even sing with
    it, and they did. The street boys sang ‘Tra-la-la-la-la, and the Emperor
    sang too sometimes. It was indeed delightful.

    But one evening, when the artificial bird was singing its best, and the
    Emperor lay in bed listening to it, something in the bird went crack.
    Something snapped! Whir-r-r! all the wheels ran down and then the music
    ceased. The Emperor sprang up, and had his physician summoned, but
    what could HE do! Then the clockmaker came, and, after a great deal of
    talking and examining, he put the bird somewhat in order, but he said
    that it must be very seldom used as the works were nearly worn out, and
    it was impossible to put in new ones. Here was a calamity! Only once a
    year was the artificial bird allowed to sing, and even that was almost
    too much for it. But then the bandmaster made a little speech full
    of hard words, saying that it was just as good as before. And so, of
    course, it WAS just as good as before. So five years passed, and then a
    great sorrow came to the nation. The Chinese look upon their Emperor as
    everything, and now he was ill, and not likely to live it was said.

    Already a new Emperor had been chosen, and the people stood outside in
    the street and asked the First Lord how the old Emperor was. ‘P!’ said
    he, and shook his head.

    Cold and pale lay the Emperor in his splendid great bed; the whole
    Court believed him dead, and one after the other left him to pay their
    respects to the new Emperor. Everywhere in the halls and corridors cloth
    was laid down so that no footstep could be heard, and everything was
    still–very, very still. And nothing came to break the silence.

    The Emperor longed for something to come and relieve the monotony of
    this deathlike stillness. If only someone would speak to him! If only
    someone would sing to him. Music would carry his thoughts away, and
    would break the spell lying on him. The moon was streaming in at the
    open window; but that, too, was silent, quite silent.

    ‘Music! music!’ cried the Emperor. ‘You little bright golden bird, sing!
    do sing! I gave you gold and jewels; I have hung my gold slipper round
    your neck with my own hand–sing! do sing!’ But the bird was silent.
    There was no one to wind it up, and so it could not sing. And all was
    silent, so terribly silent!

    All at once there came in at the window the most glorious burst of song.
    It was the little living Nightingale, who, sitting outside on a bough,
    had heard the need of her Emperor and had come to sing to him of comfort
    and hope. And as she sang the blood flowed quicker and quicker in the
    Emperor’s weak limbs, and life began to return.

    ‘Thank you, thank you!’ said the Emperor. ‘You divine little bird!
    I know you. I chased you from my kingdom, and you have given me life
    again! How can I reward you?’

    ‘You have done that already!’ said the Nightingale. ‘I brought tears
    to your eyes the first time I sang. I shall never forget that. They
    are jewels that rejoice a singer’s heart. But now sleep and get strong
    again; I will sing you a lullaby.’ And the Emperor fell into a deep,
    calm sleep as she sang.

    The sun was shining through the window when he awoke, strong and well.
    None of his servants had come back yet, for they thought he was dead.
    But the Nightingale sat and sang to him.

    ‘You must always stay with me!’ said the Emperor. ‘You shall sing
    whenever you like, and I will break the artificial bird into a thousand
    pieces.’

    ‘Don’t do that!’ said the Nightingale. ‘He did his work as long as he
    could. Keep him as you have done! I cannot build my nest in the Palace
    and live here; but let me come whenever I like. I will sit in the
    evening on the bough outside the window, and I will sing you something
    that will make you feel happy and grateful. I will sing of joy, and of
    sorrow; I will sing of the evil and the good which lies hidden from you.
    The little singing-bird flies all around, to the poor fisherman’s hut,
    to the farmer’s cottage, to all those who are far away from you and your
    Court. I love your heart more than your crown, though that has about it
    a brightness as of something holy. Now I will sing to you again; but you
    must promise me one thing—-’

    ‘Anything!’ said the Emperor, standing up in his Imperial robes, which
    he had himself put on, and fastening on his sword richly embossed with
    gold.

    ‘One thing I beg of you! Don’t tell anyone that you have a little bird
    who tells you everything. It will be much better not to!’ Then the
    Nightingale flew away.

    The servants came in to look at their dead Emperor.

    The Emperor said, ‘Good-morning!’

     

    HERMOD AND HADVOR (32)

    (32) From the Icelandic.

    Once upon a time there were a King and a Queen who had an only daughter,
    called Hadvor, who was fair and beautiful, and being an only child, was
    heir to the kingdom. The King and Queen had also a foster son, named
    Hermod, who was just about the same age as Hadvor, and was good-looking,
    as well as clever at most things. Hermod and Hadvor often played
    together while they were children, and liked each other so much that
    while they were still young they secretly plighted their troth to each
    other.

    As time went on the Queen fell sick, and suspecting that it was her last
    illness, sent for the King to come to her. When he came she told him
    that she had no long time to live, and therefore wished to ask one thing
    of him, which was, that if he married another wife he should promise to
    take no other one than the Queen of Hetland the Good. The King gave the
    promise, and thereafter the Queen died.

    Time went past, and the King, growing tired of living alone, fitted
    out his ship and sailed out to sea. As he sailed there came upon him
    so thick a mist that he altogether lost his bearings, but after long
    trouble he found land. There he laid his ship to, and went on shore all
    alone. After walking for some time he came to a forest, into which he
    went a little way and stopped. Then he heard sweet music from a harp,
    and went in the direction of the sound until he came to a clearing, and
    there he saw three women, one of whom sat on a golden chair, and was
    beautifully and grandly dressed; she held a harp in her hands, and
    was very sorrowful. The second was also finely dressed, but younger
    in appearance, and also sat on a chair, but it was not so grand as the
    first one’s. The third stood beside them, and was very pretty to look
    at; she had a green cloak over her other clothes, and it was easy to see
    that she was maid to the other two.

    After the King had looked at them for a little he went forward and
    saluted them. The one that sat on the golden chair asked him who he
    was and where he was going; and he told her all the story–how he was
    a king, and had lost his queen, and was now on his way to Hetland the
    Good, to ask the Queen of that country in marriage. She answered that
    fortune had contrived this wonderfully, for pirates had plundered
    Hetland and killed the King, and she had fled from the land in terror,
    and had come hither after great trouble, and she was the very person
    he was looking for, and the others were her daughter and maid. The
    King immediately asked her hand; she gladly received his proposal and
    accepted him at once. Thereafter they all set out, and made their way to
    the ship; and after that nothing is told of their voyage until the King
    reached his own country. There he made a great feast, and celebrated his
    marriage with this woman; and after that things are quiet for a time.

    Hermod and Hadvor took but little notice of the Queen and her daughter,
    but, on the other hand, Hadvor and the Queen’s maid, whose name was
    Olof, were very friendly, and Olof came often to visit Hadvor in her
    castle. Before long the King went out to war, and no sooner was he away
    than the Queen came to talk with Hermod, and said that she wanted him to
    marry her daughter. Hermod told her straight and plain that he would
    not do so, at which the Queen grew terribly angry, and said that in that
    case neither should he have Hadvor, for she would now lay this spell on
    him, that he should go to a desert island and there be a lion by day and
    a man by night. He should also think always of Hadvor, which would cause
    him all the more sorrow, and from this spell he should never be freed
    until Hadvor burned the lion’s skin, and that would not happen very
    soon.

    As soon as the Queen had finished her speech Hermod replied that he also
    laid a spell on her, and that was, that as soon as he was freed from her
    enchantments she should become a rat and her daughter a mouse, and fight
    with each other in the hall until he killed them with his sword.

    After this Hermod disappeared, and no one knew what had become of him;
    the Queen caused search to be made for him, but he could nowhere be
    found. One time, when Olof was in the castle beside Hadvor, she asked
    the Princess if she knew where Hermod had gone to. At this Hadvor became
    very sad, and said that she did not.

    ‘I shall tell you then,’ said Olof, ‘for I know all about it. Hermod has
    disappeared through the wicked devices of the Queen, for she is a witch,
    and so is her daughter, though they have put on these beautiful forms.
    Because Hermod would not fall in with the Queen’s plans, and marry her
    daughter, she has laid a spell on him, to go on an island and be a lion
    by day and a man by night, and never be freed from this until you burn
    the lion’s skin. Besides,’ said Olof, ‘she has looked out a match for
    you; she has a brother in the Underworld, a three-headed Giant, whom she
    means to turn into a beautiful prince and get him married to you. This
    is no new thing for the Queen; she took me away from my parents’ house
    and compelled me to serve her; but she has never done me any harm, for
    the green cloak I wear protects me against all mischief.

    Hadvor now became still sadder than before at the thought of the
    marriage destined for her, and entreated Olof to think of some plan to
    save her.

    ‘I think,’ said Olof, ‘that your wooer will come up through the floor of
    the castle to you, and so you must be prepared when you hear the noise
    of his coming and the floor begins to open, and have at hand blazing
    pitch, and pour plenty of it into the opening. That will prove too much
    for him.’

    About this time the King came home from his expedition, and thought it
    a great blow that no one knew what had become of Hermod; but the Queen
    consoled him as best she could, and after a time the King thought less
    about his disappearance.

    Hadvor remained in her castle, and had made preparations to receive her
    wooer when he came. One night, not long after, a loud noise and rumbling
    was heard under the castle. Hadvor at once guessed what it was, and told
    her maids to be ready to help her. The noise and thundering grew louder
    and louder, until the floor began to open, whereupon Hadvor made them
    take the caldron of pitch and pour plenty of it into the opening. With
    that the noises grew fainter and fainter, till at last they ceased
    altogether.

    Next morning the Queen rose early, and went out to the Palace gate, and
    there she found her brother the Giant lying dead. She went up to him and
    said, ‘I pronounce this spell, that you become a beautiful prince, and
    that Hadvor shall be unable to say anything against the charges that I
    shall bring against her.’

    The body of the dead Giant now became that of a beautiful prince, and
    the Queen went in again.

    ‘I don’t think,’ said she to the King, ‘that your daughter is as good as
    she is said to be. My brother came and asked her hand, and she has had
    him put to death. I have just found his dead body lying at the Palace
    gate.’

    The King went along with the Queen to see the body, and thought it all
    very strange; so beautiful a youth, he said, would have been a worthy
    match for Hadvor, and he would readily have agreed to their marriage.
    The Queen asked leave to decide what Hadvor’s punishment should be,
    which the King was very willing to allow, so as to escape from punishing
    his own daughter. The Queen’s decision was that the King should make a
    big grave-mound for her brother, and put Hadvor into it beside him.

    Olof knew all the plans of the Queen, and went to tell the Princess what
    had been done, whereupon Hadvor earnestly entreated her to tell her what
    to do.

    ‘First and foremost,’ said Olof, ‘you must get a wide cloak to wear over
    your other clothes, when you are put into the mound. The Giant’s ghost
    will walk after you are both left together in there, and he will have
    two dogs along with him. He will ask you to cut pieces out of his legs
    to give to the dogs, but that you must not promise to do unless he tells
    you where Hermod has gone to, and tells you how to find him. He will
    then let you stand on his shoulders, so as to get out of the mound; but
    he means to cheat you all the same, and will catch you by the cloak to
    pull you back again; but you must take care to have the cloak loose on
    your shoulders, so that he will only get hold of that.’

    The mound was all ready now, and the Giant laid in it, and into it
    Hadvor also had to go without being allowed to make any defence. After
    they were both left there everything happened just as Olof had said. The
    prince became a Giant again, and asked Hadvor to cut the pieces out of
    his legs for the dogs; but she refused until he told her that Hermod was
    in a desert island, which she could not reach unless she took the skin
    off the soles of his feet and made shoes out of that; with these shoes
    she could travel both on land and sea. This Hadvor now did, and the
    Giant then let her get up on his shoulders to get out of the mound. As
    she sprang out he caught hold of her cloak; but she had taken care to
    let it lie loose on her shoulders, and so escaped.

    She now made her way down to the sea, to where she knew there was the
    shortest distance over to the island in which Hermod was. This strait
    she easily crossed, for the shoes kept her up. On reaching the island
    she found a sandy beach all along by the sea, and high cliffs above. Nor
    could she see any way to get up these, and so, being both sad at heart
    and tired with the long journey, she lay down and fell asleep. As she
    slept she dreamed that a tall woman came to her and said, ‘I know that
    you are Princess Hadvor, and are searching for Hermod. He is on this
    island; but it will be hard for you to get to him if you have no one to
    help you, for you cannot climb the cliffs by your own strength. I have
    therefore let down a rope, by which you will be able to climb up; and as
    the island is so large that you might not find Hermod’s dwelling-place
    so easily, I lay down this clew beside you. You need only hold the end
    of the thread, and the clew will run on before and show you the way. I
    also lay this belt beside you, to put on when you awaken; it will keep
    you from growing faint with hunger.’

    The woman now disappeared, and Hadvor woke, and saw that all her dream
    had been true. The rope hung down from the cliff, and the clew and belt
    lay beside her. The belt she put on, the rope enabled her to climb up
    the cliff, and the clew led her on till she came to the mouth of a cave,
    which was not very big. She went into the cave, and saw there a low
    couch, under which she crept and lay down.

    When evening came she heard the noise of footsteps outside, and became
    aware that the lion had come to the mouth of the cave, and shook itself
    there, after which she heard a man coming towards the couch. She was
    sure this was Hermod, because she heard him speaking to himself about
    his own condition, and calling to mind Hadvor and other things in the
    old days. Hadvor made no sign, but waited till he had fallen asleep, and
    then crept out and burned the lion’s skin, which he had left outside.
    Then she went back into the cave and wakened Hermod, and they had a most
    joyful meeting.

    In the morning they talked over their plans, and were most at a loss
    to know how to get out of the island. Hadvor told Hermod her dream, and
    said she suspected there was some one in the island who would be able to
    help them. Hermod said he knew of a Witch there, who was very ready to
    help anyone, and that the only plan was to go to her. So they went to
    the Witch’s cave, and found her there with her fifteen young sons, and
    asked her to help them to get to the mainland.

    ‘There are other things easier than that,’ said she, ‘for the Giant that
    was buried will be waiting for you, and will attack you on the way,
    as he has turned himself into a big whale. I shall lend you a boat,
    however, and if you meet the whale and think your lives are in danger,
    then you can name me by name.’

    They thanked her greatly for her help and advice, and set out from the
    island, but on the way they saw a huge fish coming towards them, with
    great splashing and dashing of waves. They were sure of what it was, and
    thought they had as good reason as ever they would have to call on
    the Witch, and so they did. The next minute they saw coming after them
    another huge whale, followed by fifteen smaller ones. All of these swam
    past the boat and went on to meet the whale. There was a fierce battle
    then, and the sea became so stormy that it was not very easy to keep the
    boat from being filled by the waves. After this fight had gone on for
    some time, they saw that the sea was dyed with blood; the big whale
    and the fifteen smaller ones disappeared, and they got to land safe and
    sound.

    Now the story goes back to the King’s hall, where strange things had
    happened in the meantime. The Queen and her daughter had disappeared,
    but a rat and a mouse were always fighting with each other there. Ever
    so many people had tried to drive them away, but no one could manage it.
    Thus some time went on, while the King was almost beside himself with
    sorrow and care for the loss of his Queen, and because these monsters
    destroyed all mirth in the hall.

    One evening, however, while they all sat dull and down-hearted, in came
    Hermod with a sword by his side, and saluted the King, who received
    him with the greatest joy, as if he had come back from the dead. Before
    Hermod sat down, however, he went to where the rat and the mouse were
    fighting, and cut them in two with his sword. All were astonished then
    by seeing two witches lying dead on the floor of the hall.

    Hermod now told the whole story to the King, who was very glad to be rid
    of such vile creatures. Next he asked for the hand of Hadvor, which the
    King readily gave him, and being now an old man, gave the kingdom to him
    as well; and so Hermod became King.

    Olof married a good-looking nobleman, and that is the end of the story.

     

    THE STEADFAST TIN-SOLDIER

    There were once upon a time five-and twenty tin-soldiers–all brothers,
    as they were made out of the same old tin spoon. Their uniform was red
    and blue, and they shouldered their guns and looked straight in front of
    them. The first words that they heard in this world, when the lid of the
    box in which they lay was taken off, were: ‘Hurrah, tin-soldiers!’ This
    was exclaimed by a little boy, clapping his hands; they had been given
    to him because it was his birthday, and now he began setting them out on
    the table. Each soldier was exactly like the other in shape, except just
    one, who had been made last when the tin had run short; but there he
    stood as firmly on his one leg as the others did on two, and he is the
    one that became famous.

    There were many other playthings on the table on which they were being
    set out, but the nicest of all was a pretty little castle made of
    cardboard, with windows through which you could see into the rooms. In
    front of the castle stood some little trees surrounding a tiny mirror
    which looked like a lake. Wax swans were floating about and reflecting
    themselves in it. That was all very pretty; but the most beautiful thing
    was a little lady, who stood in the open doorway. She was cut out of
    paper, but she had on a dress of the finest muslin, with a scarf of
    narrow blue ribbon round her shoulders, fastened in the middle with a
    glittering rose made of gold paper, which was as large as her head. The
    little lady was stretching out both her arms, for she was a Dancer, and
    was lifting up one leg so high in the air that the Tin-soldier couldn’t
    find it anywhere, and thought that she, too, had only one leg.

    ‘That’s the wife for me!’ he thought; ‘but she is so grand, and lives in
    a castle, whilst I have only a box with four-and-twenty others. This is
    no place for her! But I must make her acquaintance.’ Then he stretched
    himself out behind a snuff-box that lay on the table; from thence he
    could watch the dainty little lady, who continued to stand on one leg
    without losing her balance.

    When the night came all the other tin-soldiers went into their box,
    and the people of the house went to bed. Then the toys began to play at
    visiting, dancing, and fighting. The tin-soldiers rattled in their box,
    for they wanted to be out too, but they could not raise the lid. The
    nut-crackers played at leap-frog, and the slate-pencil ran about the
    slate; there was such a noise that the canary woke up and began to talk
    to them, in poetry too! The only two who did not stir from their places
    were the Tin-soldier and the little Dancer. She remained on tip-toe,
    with both arms outstretched; he stood steadfastly on his one leg, never
    moving his eyes from her face.

    The clock struck twelve, and crack! off flew the lid of the snuff-box;
    but there was no snuff inside, only a little black imp–that was the
    beauty of it.

    ‘Hullo, Tin-soldier!’ said the imp. ‘Don’t look at things that aren’t
    intended for the likes of you!’

    But the Tin-soldier took no notice, and seemed not to hear.

    ‘Very well, wait till to-morrow!’ said the imp.

    When it was morning, and the children had got up, the Tin-soldier was
    put in the window; and whether it was the wind or the little black imp,
    I don’t know, but all at once the window flew open and out fell the
    little Tin-soldier, head over heels, from the third-storey window! That
    was a terrible fall, I can tell you! He landed on his head with his leg
    in the air, his gun being wedged between two paving-stones.

    The nursery-maid and the little boy came down at once to look for him,
    but, though they were so near him that they almost trod on him, they did
    not notice him. If the Tin-soldier had only called out ‘Here I am!’ they
    must have found him; but he did not think it fitting for him to cry out,
    because he had on his uniform.

    Soon it began to drizzle; then the drops came faster, and there was a
    regular down-pour. When it was over, two little street boys came along.

    ‘Just look!’ cried one. ‘Here is a Tin-soldier! He shall sail up and
    down in a boat!’

    So they made a little boat out of newspaper, put the Tin-soldier in it,
    and made him sail up and down the gutter; both the boys ran along beside
    him, clapping their hands. What great waves there were in the gutter,
    and what a swift current! The paper-boat tossed up and down, and in the
    middle of the stream it went so quick that the Tin-soldier trembled; but
    he remained steadfast, showed no emotion, looked straight in front
    of him, shouldering his gun. All at once the boat passed under a long
    tunnel that was as dark as his box had been.

    ‘Where can I be coming now?’ he wondered. ‘Oh, dear! This is the black
    imp’s fault! Ah, if only the little lady were sitting beside me in the
    boat, it might be twice as dark for all I should care!’

    Suddenly there came along a great water-rat that lived in the tunnel.

    ‘Have you a passport?’ asked the rat. ‘Out with your passport!’

    But the Tin-soldier was silent, and grasped his gun more firmly.

    The boat sped on, and the rat behind it. Ugh! how he showed his teeth,
    as he cried to the chips of wood and straw: ‘Hold him, hold him! he has
    not paid the toll! He has not shown his passport!’

    But the current became swifter and stronger. The Tin-soldier could
    already see daylight where the tunnel ended; but in his ears there
    sounded a roaring enough to frighten any brave man. Only think! at the
    end of the tunnel the gutter discharged itself into a great canal; that
    would be just as dangerous for him as it would be for us to go down a
    waterfall.

    Now he was so near to it that he could not hold on any longer. On went
    the boat, the poor Tin-soldier keeping himself as stiff as he could: no
    one should say of him afterwards that he had flinched. The boat whirled
    three, four times round, and became filled to the brim with water: it
    began to sink! The Tin-soldier was standing up to his neck in water, and
    deeper and deeper sank the boat, and softer and softer grew the paper;
    now the water was over his head. He was thinking of the pretty little
    Dancer, whose face he should never see again, and there sounded in his
    ears, over and over again:

    ‘Forward, forward, soldier bold!
    Death’s before thee, grim and cold!’

    The paper came in two, and the soldier fell–but at that moment he was
    swallowed by a great fish.

    Oh! how dark it was inside, even darker than in the tunnel, and it was
    really very close quarters! But there the steadfast little Tin-soldier
    lay full length, shouldering his gun.

    Up and down swam the fish, then he made the most dreadful contortions,
    and became suddenly quite still. Then it was as if a flash of lightning
    had passed through him; the daylight streamed in, and a voice exclaimed,
    ‘Why, here is the little Tin-soldier!’ The fish had been caught, taken
    to market, sold, and brought into the kitchen, where the cook had cut it
    open with a great knife. She took up the soldier between her finger and
    thumb, and carried him into the room, where everyone wanted to see the
    hero who had been found inside a fish; but the Tin-soldier was not at
    all proud. They put him on the table, and–no, but what strange things
    do happen in this world!–the Tin-soldier was in the same room in which
    he had been before! He saw the same children, and the same toys on
    the table; and there was the same grand castle with the pretty little
    Dancer. She was still standing on one leg with the other high in the
    air; she too was steadfast. That touched the Tin-soldier, he was nearly
    going to shed tin-tears; but that would not have been fitting for a
    soldier. He looked at her, but she said nothing.

    All at once one of the little boys took up the Tin-soldier, and threw
    him into the stove, giving no reasons; but doubtless the little black
    imp in the snuff-box was at the bottom of this too.

    There the Tin-soldier lay, and felt a heat that was truly terrible; but
    whether he was suffering from actual fire, or from the ardour of his
    passion, he did not know. All his colour had disappeared; whether this
    had happened on his travels or whether it was the result of trouble, who
    can say? He looked at the little lady, she looked at him, and he felt
    that he was melting; but he remained steadfast, with his gun at his
    shoulder. Suddenly a door opened, the draught caught up the little
    Dancer, and off she flew like a sylph to the Tin-soldier in the stove,
    burst into flames–and that was the end of her! Then the Tin-soldier
    melted down into a little lump, and when next morning the maid was
    taking out the ashes, she found him in the shape of a heart. There was
    nothing left of the little Dancer but her gilt rose, burnt as black as a
    cinder.

     

    BLOCKHEAD-HANS

    Far away in the country lay an old manor-house where lived an old squire
    who had two sons. They thought themselves so clever, that if they had
    known only half of what they did know, it would have been quite enough.
    They both wanted to marry the King’s daughter, for she had proclaimed
    that she would have for her husband the man who knew best how to choose
    his words.

    Both prepared for the wooing a whole week, which was the longest time
    allowed them; but, after all, it was quite long enough, for they both
    had preparatory knowledge, and everyone knows how useful that is. One
    knew the whole Latin dictionary and also three years’ issue of the daily
    paper of the town off by heart, so that he could repeat it all backwards
    or forwards as you pleased. The other had worked at the laws of
    corporation, and knew by heart what every member of the corporation
    ought to know, so that he thought he could quite well speak on State
    matters and give his opinion. He understood, besides this, how to
    embroider braces with roses and other flowers, and scrolls, for he was
    very ready with his fingers.

    ‘I shall win the king’s daughter!’ they both cried.

    Their old father gave each of them a fine horse; the one who knew the
    dictionary and the daily paper by heart had a black horse, while the
    other who was so clever at corporation law had a milk-white one. Then
    they oiled the corners of their mouths so that they might be able to
    speak more fluently. All the servants stood in the courtyard and saw
    them mount their steeds, and here by chance came the third brother; for
    the squire had three sons, but nobody counted him with his brothers,
    for he was not so learned as they were, and he was generally called
    ‘Blockhead-Hans.’

    ‘Oh, oh!’ said Blockhead-Hans. ‘Where are you off to? You are in your
    Sunday-best clothes!’

    ‘We are going to Court, to woo the Princess! Don’t you know what is
    known throughout all the country side?’ And they told him all about it.

    ‘Hurrah! I’ll go to!’ cried Blockhead-Hans; and the brothers laughed at
    him and rode off.

    ‘Dear father!’ cried Blockhead-Hans, ‘I must have a horse too. What a
    desire for marriage has seized me! If she will have me, she WILL have
    me, and if she won’t have me, I will have her.’

    ‘Stop that nonsense!’ said the old man. ‘I will not give you a horse.
    YOU can’t speak; YOU don’t know how to choose your words. Your brothers!
    Ah! they are very different lads!’

    ‘Well,’ said Blockhead-Hans, ‘if I can’t have a horse, I will take the
    goat which is mine; he can carry me!’

    And he did so. He sat astride on the goat, struck his heels into its
    side, and went rattling down the high-road like a hurricane.

    ‘Hoppetty hop! what a ride!’ Here I come!’ shouted Blockhead-Hans,
    singing so that the echoes were roused far and near. But his brothers
    were riding slowly in front. They were not speaking, but they were
    thinking over all the good things they were going to say, for everything
    had to be thought out.

    ‘Hullo!’ bawled Blockhead-Hans, ‘here I am! Just look what I found on
    the road!’–and he showed them a dead crow which he had picked up.

    ‘Blockhead!’ said his brothers, ‘what are you going to do with it?’

    ‘With the crow? I shall give it to the Princess!’

    ‘Do so, certainly!’ they said, laughing loudly and riding on.

    ‘Slap! bang! here I am again! Look what I have just found! You don’t
    find such things every day on the road!’ And the brothers turned round
    to see what in the world he could have found.

    ‘Blockhead!’ said they, ‘that is an old wooden shoe without the top! Are
    you going to send that, too, to the Princess?’

    ‘Of course I shall!’ returned Blockhead-Hans; and the brothers laughed
    and rode on a good way.

    ‘Slap! bang! here I am!’ cried Blockhead-Hans; ‘better and better–it is
    really famous!’

    ‘What have you found now?’ asked the brothers.

    ‘Oh,’ said Blockhead-Hans, ‘it is really too good! How pleased the
    Princess will be!’

    ‘Why!’ said the brothers, ‘this is pure mud, straight from the ditch.’

    ‘Of course it is!’ said Blockhead-Hans, ‘and it is the best kind! Look
    how it runs through one’s fingers!’ and, so saying, he filled his pocket
    with the mud.

    But the brothers rode on so fast that dust and sparks flew all around,
    and they reached the gate of the town a good hour before Blockhead-Hans.
    Here came the suitors numbered according to their arrival, and they were
    ranged in rows, six in each row, and they were so tightly packed
    that they could not move their arms. This was a very good thing, for
    otherwise they would have torn each other in pieces, merely because the
    one was in front of the other.

    All the country people were standing round the King’s throne, and were
    crowded together in thick masses almost out of the windows to see the
    Princess receive the suitors; and as each one came into the room all his
    fine phrases went out like a candle!

    ‘It doesn’t matter!’ said the Princess. ‘Away! out with him!’

    At last she came to the row in which the brother who knew the dictionary
    by heart was, but he did not know it any longer; he had quite forgotten
    it in the rank and file. And the floor creaked, and the ceiling was all
    made of glass mirrors, so that he saw himself standing on his head, and
    by each window were standing three reporters and an editor; and each
    of them was writing down what was said, to publish it in the paper that
    came out and was sold at the street corners for a penny. It was fearful,
    and they had made up the fire so hot that it was grilling.

    ‘It is hot in here, isn’t it!’ said the suitor.

    ‘Of course it is! My father is roasting young chickens to-day!’ said the
    Princess.

    ‘Ahem!’ There he stood like an idiot. He was not prepared for such a
    speech; he did not know what to say, although he wanted to say something
    witty. ‘Ahem!’

    ‘It doesn’t matter!’ said the Princess. ‘Take him out!’ and out he had
    to go.

    Now the other brother entered.

    ‘How hot it is!’ he said.

    ‘Of course! We are roasting young chickens to-day!’ remarked the
    Princess.

    ‘How do you–um!’ he said, and the reporters wrote down. ‘How do
    you–um.’

    ‘It doesn’t matter!’ said the Princess. ‘Take him out!’

    Now Blockhead-Hans came in; he rode his goat right into the hall.

    ‘I say! How roasting hot it is here!’ said he.

    ‘Of course! I am roasting young chickens to-day!’ said the Princess.

    ‘That’s good!’ replied Blockhead-Hans; ‘then can I roast a crow with
    them?’

    ‘With the greatest of pleasure!’ said the Princess; ‘but have you
    anything you can roast them in? for I have neither pot nor saucepan.’

    ‘Oh, rather!’ said Blockhead-Hans. ‘Here is a cooking implement with tin
    rings,’ and he drew out the old wooden shoe, and laid the crow in it.

    ‘That is quite a meal!’ said the Princess; ‘but where shall we get the
    soup from?’

    ‘I’ve got that in my pocket!’ said Blockhead-Hans. ‘I have so much that
    I can quite well throw some away!’ and he poured some mud out of his
    pocket.

    ‘I like you!’ said the Princess. ‘You can answer, and you can speak, and
    I will marry you; but do you know that every word which we are saying
    and have said has been taken down and will be in the paper to-morrow?
    By each window do you see there are standing three reporters and an
    old editor, and this old editor is the worst, for he doesn’t understand
    anything!’ but she only said this to tease Blockhead-Hans. And the
    reporters giggled, and each dropped a blot of ink on the floor.

    ‘Ah! are those the great people?’ said Blockhead-Hans. ‘Then I will give
    the editor the best!’ So saying, he turned his pockets inside out, and
    threw the mud right in his face.

    ‘That was neatly done!’ said the Princess. ‘I couldn’t have done it; but
    I will soon learn how to!’

    Blockhead-Hans became King, got a wife and a crown, and sat on the
    throne; and this we have still damp from the newspaper of the editor and
    the reporters–and they are not to be believed for a moment.

     

    A STORY ABOUT A DARNING-NEEDLE

    There was once a Darning-needle who thought herself so fine that she
    believed she was an embroidery-needle. ‘Take great care to hold me
    tight!’ said the Darning-needle to the Fingers who were holding her.
    ‘Don’t let me fall! If I once fall on the ground I shall never be found
    again, I am so fine!’

    ‘It is all right!’ said the Fingers, seizing her round the waist.

    ‘Look, I am coming with my train!’ said the Darning-needle as she drew a
    long thread after her; but there was no knot at the end of the thread.

    The Fingers were using the needle on the cook’s shoe. The upper leather
    was unstitched and had to be sewn together.

    ‘This is common work!’ said the Darning-needle. ‘I shall never get
    through it. I am breaking! I am breaking!’ And in fact she did break.
    ‘Didn’t I tell you so!’ said the Darning-needle. ‘I am too fine!’

    ‘Now she is good for nothing!’ said the Fingers; but they had to hold
    her tight while the cook dropped some sealing-wax on the needle and
    stuck it in the front of her dress.

    ‘Now I am a breast-pin!’ said the Darning-needle. ‘I always knew I
    should be promoted. When one is something, one will become something!’
    And she laughed to herself; you can never see when a Darning-needle is
    laughing. Then she sat up as proudly as if she were in a State coach,
    and looked all round her.

    ‘May I be allowed to ask if you are gold?’ she said to her neighbour,
    the Pin. ‘You have a very nice appearance, and a peculiar head; but
    it is too small! You must take pains to make it grow, for it is
    not everyone who has a head of sealing-wax.’ And so saying the
    Darning-needle raised herself up so proudly that she fell out of the
    dress, right into the sink which the cook was rinsing out.

    ‘Now I am off on my travels!’ said the Darning-needle. ‘I do hope I
    sha’n’t get lost!’ She did indeed get lost.

    ‘I am too fine for this world!’ said she as she lay in the gutter; ‘but
    I know who I am, and that is always a little satisfaction!’

    And the Darning-needle kept her proud bearing and did not lose her
    good-temper.

    All kinds of things swam over her–shavings, bits of straw, and scraps
    of old newspapers.

    ‘Just look how they sail along!’ said the Darning-needle. ‘They don’t
    know what is underneath them! Here I am sticking fast! There goes a
    shaving thinking of nothing in the world but of itself, a mere chip!
    There goes a straw–well, how it does twist and twirl, to be sure! Don’t
    think so much about yourself, or you will be knocked against a stone.
    There floats a bit of newspaper. What is written on it is long ago
    forgotten, and yet how proud it is! I am sitting patient and quiet. I
    know who I am, and that is enough for me!’

    One day something thick lay near her which glittered so brightly that
    the Darning-needle thought it must be a diamond. But it was a bit of
    bottle-glass, and because it sparkled the Darning-needle spoke to it,
    and gave herself out as a breast-pin.

    ‘No doubt you are a diamond?’

    ‘Yes, something of that kind!’ And each believed that the other was
    something very costly; and they both said how very proud the world must
    be of them.

    ‘I have come from a lady’s work-box,’ said Darning-needle, ‘and this
    lady was a cook; she had five fingers on each hand; anything so proud as
    these fingers I have never seen! And yet they were only there to take me
    out of the work-box and to put me back again!’

    ‘Were they of noble birth, then?’ asked the bit of bottle-glass.

    ‘Of noble birth!’ said the Darning-needle; ‘no indeed, but proud! They
    were five brothers, all called ‘’Fingers.’’ They held themselves proudly
    one against the other, although they were of different sizes. The
    outside one, the Thumb, was short and fat; he was outside the rank, and
    had only one bend in his back, and could only make one bow; but he said
    that if he were cut off from a man that he was no longer any use as
    a soldier. Dip-into-everything, the second finger, dipped into sweet
    things as well as sour things, pointed to the sun and the moon, and
    guided the pen when they wrote. Longman, the third, looked at the others
    over his shoulder. Goldband, the fourth, had a gold sash round his
    waist; and little Playman did nothing at all, and was the more proud.
    There was too much ostentation, and so I came away.’

    ‘And now we are sitting and shining here!’ said the bit of bottle-glass.

    At that moment more water came into the gutter; it streamed over the
    edges and washed the bit of bottle-glass away.

    ‘Ah! now he has been promoted!’ said the Darning-needle. ‘I remain here;
    I am too fine. But that is my pride, which is a sign of respectability!’
    And she sat there very proudly, thinking lofty thoughts.

    ‘I really believe I must have been born a sunbeam, I am so fine! It
    seems to me as if the sunbeams were always looking under the water for
    me. Ah, I am so fine that my own mother cannot find me! If I had my old
    eye which broke off, I believe I could weep; but I can’t–it is not fine
    to weep!’

    One day two street-urchins were playing and wading in the gutter,
    picking up old nails, pennies, and such things. It was rather dirty
    work, but it was a great delight to them.

    ‘Oh, oh!’ cried out one, as he pricked himself with the Darning-needle;
    ‘he is a fine fellow though!’

    ‘I am not a fellow; I am a young lady!’ said the Darning-needle; but no
    one heard. The sealing-wax had gone, and she had become quite black; but
    black makes one look very slim, and so she thought she was even finer
    than before.

    ‘Here comes an egg-shell sailing along!’ said the boys, and they stuck
    the Darning-needle into the egg-shell.

    ‘The walls white and I black–what a pretty contrast it makes!’ said
    the Darning-needle. ‘Now I can be seen to advantage! If only I am not
    sea-sick! I should give myself up for lost!’

    But she was not sea-sick, and did not give herself up.

    ‘It is a good thing to be steeled against sea-sickness; here one has
    indeed an advantage over man! Now my qualms are over. The finer one is
    the more one can beat.’

    ‘Crack!’ said the egg-shell as a wagon-wheel went over it.

    ‘Oh! how it presses!’ said the Darning-needle. ‘I shall indeed be
    sea-sick now. I am breaking!’ But she did not break, although the
    wagon-wheel went over her; she lay there at full length, and there she
    may lie.

  • THE PINK FAIRY BOOK

    By Various

    Edited by Andrew Lang

     

    Preface

    All people in the world tell nursery tales to their children. The
    Japanese tell them, the Chinese, the Red Indians by their camp fires,
    the Eskimo in their dark dirty winter huts. The Kaffirs of South Africa
    tell them, and the modern Greeks, just as the old Egyptians did, when
    Moses had not been many years rescued out of the bulrushes. The Germans,
    French, Spanish, Italians, Danes, Highlanders tell them also, and the
    stories are apt to be like each other everywhere. A child who has read
    the Blue and Red and Yellow Fairy Books will find some old friends with
    new faces in the Pink Fairy Book, if he examines and compares. But the
    Japanese tales will probably be new to the young student; the Tanuki is
    a creature whose acquaintance he may not have made before. He may remark
    that Andersen wants to ‘point a moral,’ as well as to ‘adorn a tale; ‘
    that he is trying to make fun of the follies of mankind, as they exist
    in civilised countries. The Danish story of ‘The Princess in the Chest’
    need not be read to a very nervous child, as it rather borders on a
    ghost story. It has been altered, and is really much more horrid in the
    language of the Danes, who, as history tells us, were not a nervous or
    timid people. I am quite sure that this story is not true. The other
    Danish and Swedish stories are not alarming. They are translated by
    Mr. W. A. Craigie. Those from the Sicilian (through the German) are
    translated, like the African tales (through the French) and the Catalan
    tales, and the Japanese stories (the latter through the German), and an
    old French story, by Mrs. Lang. Miss Alma Alleyne did the stories from
    Andersen, out of the German. Mr. Ford, as usual, has drawn the monsters
    and mermaids, the princes and giants, and the beautiful princesses, who,
    the Editor thinks, are, if possible, prettier than ever. Here, then, are
    fancies brought from all quarters: we see that black, white, and yellow
    peoples are fond of just the same kinds of adventures. Courage, youth,
    beauty, kindness, have many trials, but they always win the battle;
    while witches, giants, unfriendly cruel people, are on the losing hand.
    So it ought to be, and so, on the whole, it is and will be; and that is
    all the moral of fairy tales. We cannot all be young, alas! and pretty,
    and strong; but nothing prevents us from being kind, and no kind man,
    woman, or beast or bird, ever comes to anything but good in these oldest
    fables of the world. So far all the tales are true, and no further.

     

    Contents

    The Cat’s Elopement.
    How the Dragon was Tricked
    The Goblin and the Grocer
    The House in the Wood
    Uraschimataro and the Turtle
    The Slaying of the Tanuki
    The Flying Trunk
    The Snow Man.
    The Shirt-Collar
    The Princess in the Chest
    The Three Brothers
    The Snow-queen
    The Fir-Tree
    Hans, the Mermaid’s Son
    Peter Bull
    The Bird ‘Grip’
    Snowflake
    I know what I have learned
    The Cunning Shoemaker
    The King who would have a Beautiful Wife
    Catherine and her Destiny
    How the Hermit helped to win the King’s Daughter
    The Water of Life
    The Wounded Lion
    The Man without a Heart
    The Two Brothers
    Master and Pupil
    The Golden Lion
    The Sprig of Rosemary
    The White Dove
    The Troll’s Daughter
    Esben and the Witch
    Princess Minon-Minette
    Maiden Bright-eye
    The Merry Wives
    King Lindorm
    The Jackal, the Dove, and the Panther
    The Little Hare
    The Sparrow with the Slit Tongue
    The Story of Ciccu
    Don Giovanni de la Fortuna.

     

    The Cat’s Elopement

    [From the Japanische Marchen und Sagen, von David Brauns (Leipzig:
    Wilhelm Friedrich).]

    Once upon a time there lived a cat of marvellous beauty, with a skin as
    soft and shining as silk, and wise green eyes, that could see even in
    the dark. His name was Gon, and he belonged to a music teacher, who
    was so fond and proud of him that he would not have parted with him for
    anything in the world.

    Now not far from the music master’s house there dwelt a lady who
    possessed a most lovely little pussy cat called Koma. She was such a
    little dear altogether, and blinked her eyes so daintily, and ate her
    supper so tidily, and when she had finished she licked her pink nose so
    delicately with her little tongue, that her mistress was never tired of
    saying, ‘Koma, Koma, what should I do without you?’

    Well, it happened one day that these two, when out for an evening
    stroll, met under a cherry tree, and in one moment fell madly in love
    with each other. Gon had long felt that it was time for him to find a
    wife, for all the ladies in the neighbourhood paid him so much attention
    that it made him quite shy; but he was not easy to please, and did not
    care about any of them. Now, before he had time to think, Cupid had
    entangled him in his net, and he was filled with love towards Koma. She
    fully returned his passion, but, like a woman, she saw the difficulties
    in the way, and consulted sadly with Gon as to the means of overcoming
    them. Gon entreated his master to set matters right by buying Koma, but
    her mistress would not part from her. Then the music master was asked to
    sell Gon to the lady, but he declined to listen to any such suggestion,
    so everything remained as before.

    At length the love of the couple grew to such a pitch that they
    determined to please themselves, and to seek their fortunes together.
    So one moonlight night they stole away, and ventured out into an unknown
    world. All day long they marched bravely on through the sunshine, till
    they had left their homes far behind them, and towards evening they
    found themselves in a large park. The wanderers by this time were very
    hot and tired, and the grass looked very soft and inviting, and the
    trees cast cool deep shadows, when suddenly an ogre appeared in this
    Paradise, in the shape of a big, big dog! He came springing towards them
    showing all his teeth, and Koma shrieked, and rushed up a cherry tree.
    Gon, however, stood his ground boldly, and prepared to give battle, for
    he felt that Koma’s eyes were upon him, and that he must not run away.
    But, alas! his courage would have availed him nothing had his enemy once
    touched him, for he was large and powerful, and very fierce. From her
    perch in the tree Koma saw it all, and screamed with all her might,
    hoping that some one would hear, and come to help. Luckily a servant of
    the princess to whom the park belonged was walking by, and he drove off
    the dog, and picking up the trembling Gon in his arms, carried him to
    his mistress.

    So poor little Koma was left alone, while Gon was borne away full of
    trouble, not in the least knowing what to do. Even the attention paid
    him by the princess, who was delighted with his beauty and pretty ways,
    did not console him, but there was no use in fighting against fate, and
    he could only wait and see what would turn up.

    The princess, Gon’s new mistress, was so good and kind that everybody
    loved her, and she would have led a happy life, had it not been for a
    serpent who had fallen in love with her, and was constantly annoying her
    by his presence. Her servants had orders to drive him away as often as
    he appeared; but as they were careless, and the serpent very sly, it
    sometimes happened that he was able to slip past them, and to frighten
    the princess by appearing before her. One day she was seated in her
    room, playing on her favourite musical instrument, when she felt
    something gliding up her sash, and saw her enemy making his way to kiss
    her cheek. She shrieked and threw herself backwards, and Gon, who had
    been curled up on a stool at her feet, understood her terror, and with
    one bound seized the snake by his neck. He gave him one bite and one
    shake, and flung him on the ground, where he lay, never to worry the
    princess any more. Then she took Gon in her arms, and praised and
    caressed him, and saw that he had the nicest bits to eat, and the
    softest mats to lie on; and he would have had nothing in the world to
    wish for if only he could have seen Koma again.

    Time passed on, and one morning Gon lay before the house door, basking
    in the sun. He looked lazily at the world stretched out before him,
    and saw in the distance a big ruffian of a cat teasing and ill-treating
    quite a little one. He jumped up, full of rage, and chased away the big
    cat, and then he turned to comfort the little one, when his heart nearly
    burst with joy to find that it was Koma. At first Koma did not know him
    again, he had grown so large and stately; but when it dawned upon her
    who it was, her happiness knew no bounds. And they rubbed their heads
    and their noses again and again, while their purring might have been
    heard a mile off.

    Paw in paw they appeared before the princess, and told her the story of
    their life and its sorrows. The princess wept for sympathy, and promised
    that they should never more be parted, but should live with her to the
    end of their days. By-and-bye the princess herself got married, and
    brought a prince to dwell in the palace in the park. And she told him
    all about her two cats, and how brave Gon had been, and how he had
    delivered her from her enemy the serpent.

    And when the prince heard, he swore they should never leave them, but
    should go with the princess wherever she went. So it all fell out as
    the princess wished; and Gon and Koma had many children, and so had the
    princess, and they all played together, and were friends to the end of
    their lives.

     

    How the Dragon Was Tricked

    From Griechtsche und Albanesische Marchen, von J. G. von Hahn. (Leipzig:
    Engelmann. 1864.)

    Once upon a time there lived a man who had two sons but they did not
    get on at all well together, for the younger was much handsomer than his
    elder brother who was very jealous of him. When they grew older, things
    became worse and worse, and at last one day as they were walking through
    a wood the elder youth seized hold of the other, tied him to a tree, and
    went on his way hoping that the boy might starve to death.

    However, it happened that an old and humpbacked shepherd passed the tree
    with his flock, and seeing the prisoner, he stopped and said to him,
    ‘Tell me, my son why are you tied to that tree?’

    ‘Because I was so crooked,’ answered the young man; ‘but it has quite
    cured me, and now my back is as straight as can be.’

    ‘I wish you would bind me to a tree,’ exclaimed the shepherd, ‘so that
    my back would get straight.’

    ‘With all the pleasure in life,’ replied the youth. ‘If you will loosen
    these cords I will tie you up with them as firmly as I can.’

    This was soon done, and then the young man drove off the sheep, leaving
    their real shepherd to repent of his folly; and before he had gone very
    far he met with a horse boy and a driver of oxen, and he persuaded them
    to turn with him and to seek for adventures.

    By these and many other tricks he soon became so celebrated that his
    fame reached the king’s ears, and his majesty was filled with curiosity
    to see the man who had managed to outwit everybody. So he commanded his
    guards to capture the young man and bring him before him.

    And when the young man stood before the king, the king spoke to him
    and said, ‘By your tricks and the pranks that you have played on other
    people, you have, in the eye of the law, forfeited your life. But on one
    condition I will spare you, and that is, if you will bring me the flying
    horse that belongs to the great dragon. Fail in this, and you shall be
    hewn in a thousand pieces.’

    ‘If that is all,’ said the youth, ‘you shall soon have it.’

    So he went out and made his way straight to the stable where the flying
    horse was tethered. He stretched his hand cautiously out to seize the
    bridle, when the horse suddenly began to neigh as loud as he could. Now
    the room in which the dragon slept was just above the stable, and at
    the sound of the neighing he woke and cried to the horse, ‘What is the
    matter, my treasure? is anything hurting you?’ After waiting a little
    while the young man tried again to loose the horse, but a second time it
    neighed so loudly that the dragon woke up in a hurry and called out
    to know why the horse was making such a noise. But when the same thing
    happened the third time, the dragon lost his temper, and went down
    into the stable and took a whip and gave the horse a good beating. This
    offended the horse and made him angry, and when the young man stretched
    out his hand to untie his head, he made no further fuss, but suffered
    himself to be led quietly away. Once clear of the stable the young man
    sprang on his back and galloped off, calling over his shoulder, ‘Hi!
    dragon! dragon! if anyone asks you what has become of your horse, you
    can say that I have got him!’

    But the king said, ‘The flying horse is all very well, but I want
    something more. You must bring me the covering with the little bells
    that lies on the bed of the dragon, or I will have you hewn into a
    thousand pieces.’

    ‘Is that all?’ answered the youth. ‘That is easily done.’

    And when night came he went away to the dragon’s house and climbed up on
    to the roof. Then he opened a little window in the roof and let down
    the chain from which the kettle usually hung, and tried to hook the bed
    covering and to draw it up. But the little bells all began to ring, and
    the dragon woke and said to his wife, ‘Wife, you have pulled off all the
    bed-clothes!’ and drew the covering towards him, pulling, as he did so,
    the young man into the room. Then the dragon flung himself on the
    youth and bound him fast with cords saying as he tied the last knot,
    ‘To-morrow when I go to church you must stay at home and kill him and
    cook him, and when I get back we will eat him together.’

    So the following morning the dragoness took hold of the young man and
    reached down from the shelf a sharp knife with which to kill him. But as
    she untied the cords the better to get hold of him, the prisoner caught
    her by the legs, threw her to the ground, seized her and speedily cut
    her throat, just as she had been about to do for him, and put her body
    in the oven. Then he snatched up the covering and carried it to the
    king.

    The king was seated on his throne when the youth appeared before him and
    spread out the covering with a deep bow. ‘That is not enough,’ said his
    majesty; ‘you must bring me the dragon himself, or I will have you hewn
    into a thousand pieces.’

    ‘It shall be done,’ answered the youth; ‘but you must give me two years
    to manage it, for my beard must grow so that he may not know me.’

    ‘So be it,’ said the king.

    And the first thing the young man did when his beard was grown was to
    take the road to the dragon’s house and on the way he met a beggar, whom
    he persuaded to change clothes with him, and in the beggar’s garments he
    went fearlessly forth to the dragon.

    He found his enemy before his house, very busy making a box, and
    addressed him politely, ‘Good morning, your worship. Have you a morsel
    of bread?’

    ‘You must wait,’ replied the dragon, ‘till I have finished my box, and
    then I will see if I can find one.’

    ‘What will you do with the box when it is made?’ inquired the beggar.

    ‘It is for the young man who killed my wife, and stole my flying horse
    and my bed covering,’ said the dragon.

    ‘He deserves nothing better,’ answered the beggar, ‘for it was an ill
    deed. Still that box is too small for him, for he is a big man.’

    ‘You are wrong,’ said the dragon. ‘The box is large enough even for me.’

    ‘Well, the rogue is nearly as tall as you,’ replied the beggar, ‘and,
    of course, if you can get in, he can. But I am sure you would find it a
    tight fit.’

    ‘No, there is plenty of room,’ said the dragon, tucking himself
    carefully inside.

    But no sooner was he well in, than the young man clapped on the lid and
    called out, ‘Now press hard, just to see if he will be able to get out.’

    The dragon pressed as hard as he could, but the lid never moved.

    ‘It is all right,’ he cried; ‘now you can open it.’

    But instead of opening it, the young man drove in long nails to make it
    tighter still; then he took the box on his back and brought it to the
    king. And when the king heard that the dragon was inside, he was so
    excited that he would not wait one moment, but broke the lock and lifted
    the lid just a little way to make sure he was really there. He was
    very careful not to leave enough space for the dragon to jump out, but
    unluckily there was just room for his great mouth, and with one snap
    the king vanished down his wide red jaws. Then the young man married the
    king’s daughter and ruled over the land, but what he did with the dragon
    nobody knows.

     

    The Goblin and the Grocer

    Translated from the German of Hans Andersen.

    There was once a hard-working student who lived in an attic, and he had
    nothing in the world of his own. There was also a hard-working grocer
    who lived on the first floor, and he had the whole house for his own.

    The Goblin belonged to him, for every Christmas Eve there was waiting
    for him at the grocer’s a dish of jam with a large lump of butter in the
    middle.

    The grocer could afford this, so the Goblin stayed in the grocer’s shop;
    and this teaches us a good deal. One evening the student came in by the
    back door to buy a candle and some cheese; he had no one to send, so he
    came himself.

    He got what he wanted, paid for it, and nodded a good evening to the
    grocer and his wife (she was a woman who could do more than nod; she
    could talk).

    When the student had said good night he suddenly stood still, reading
    the sheet of paper in which the cheese had been wrapped.

    It was a leaf torn out of an old book–a book of poetry

    ‘There’s more of that over there!’ said the grocer ‘I gave an old woman
    some coffee for the book. If you like to give me twopence you can have
    the rest.’

    ‘Yes,’ said the student, ‘give me the book instead of the cheese. I can
    eat my bread without cheese. It would be a shame to leave the book to
    be torn up. You are a clever and practical man, but about poetry you
    understand as much as that old tub over there!’

    And that sounded rude as far as the tub was concerned, but the grocer
    laughed, and so did the student. It was only said in fun.

    But the Goblin was angry that anyone should dare to say such a thing to
    a grocer who owned the house and sold the best butter.

    When it was night and the shop was shut, and everyone was in bed except
    the student, the Goblin went upstairs and took the grocer’s wife’s
    tongue. She did not use it when she was asleep, and on whatever object
    in the room he put it that thing began to speak, and spoke out its
    thoughts and feelings just as well as the lady to whom it belonged. But
    only one thing at a time could use it, and that was a good thing, or
    they would have all spoken together.

    The Goblin laid the tongue on the tub in which were the old newspapers.

    ‘Is it true,’ he asked, ‘ that you know nothing about poetry?’

    ‘Certainly not!’ answered the tub. ‘Poetry is something that is in the
    papers, and that is frequently cut out. I have a great deal more in
    me than the student has, and yet I am only a small tub in the grocer’s
    shop.’

    And the Goblin put the tongue on the coffee-mill, and how it began to
    grind! He put it on the butter-cask, and on the till, and all were
    of the same opinion as the waste-paper tub. and one must believe the
    majority.

    ‘Now I will tell the student!’ and with these words he crept softly up
    the stairs to the attic where the student lived.

    There was a light burning, and the Goblin peeped through the key-hole
    and saw that he was reading the torn book that he had bought in the
    shop.

    But how bright it was! Out of the book shot a streak of light which grew
    into a large tree and spread its branches far above the student. Every
    leaf was alive, and every flower was a beautiful girl’s head, some with
    dark and shining eyes, others with wonderful blue ones. Every fruit was
    a glittering star, and there was a marvellous music in the student’s
    room. The little Goblin had never even dreamt of such a splendid sight,
    much less seen it.

    He stood on tiptoe gazing and gazing, till the candle in the attic
    was put out; the student had blown it out and had gone to bed, but the
    Goblin remained standing outside listening to the music, which very
    softly and sweetly was now singing the student a lullaby.

    ‘I have never seen anything like this!’ said the Goblin. ‘I never
    expected this! I must stay with the student.’

    The little fellow thought it over, for he was a sensible Goblin. Then he
    sighed, ‘The student has no jam!’

    And on that he went down to the grocer again. And it was a good thing
    that he did go back, for the tub had nearly worn out the tongue. It had
    read everything that was inside it, on the one side, and was just going
    to turn itself round and read from the other side when the Goblin came
    in and returned the tongue to its owner.

    But the whole shop, from the till down to the shavings, from that night
    changed their opinion of the tub, and they looked up to it, and had such
    faith in it that they were under the impression that when the grocer
    read the art and drama critiques out of the paper in the evenings, it
    all came from the tub.

    But the Goblin could no longer sit quietly listening to the wisdom and
    intellect downstairs. No, as soon as the light shone in the evening
    from the attic it seemed to him as though its beams were strong ropes
    dragging him up, and he had to go and peep through the key-hole. There
    he felt the sort of feeling we have looking at the great rolling sea in
    a storm, and he burst into tears. He could not himself say why he wept,
    but in spite of his tears he felt quite happy. How beautiful it must be
    to sit under that tree with the student, but that he could not do; he
    had to content himself with the key-hole and be happy there!

    There he stood out on the cold landing, the autumn wind blowing through
    the cracks of the floor. It was cold–very cold, but he first found it
    out when the light in the attic was put out and the music in the wood
    died away. Ah! then it froze him, and he crept down again into his warm
    corner; there it was comfortable and cosy.

    When Christmas came, and with it the jam with the large lump of butter,
    ah! then the grocer was first with him.

    But in the middle of the night the Goblin awoke, hearing a great noise
    and knocking against the shutters–people hammering from outside. The
    watchman was blowing his horn: a great fire had broken out; the whole
    town was in flames.

    Was it in the house? or was it at a neighbour’s? Where was it?

    The alarm increased. The grocer’s wife was so terrified that she took
    her gold earrings out of her ears and put them in her pocket in order
    to save something. The grocer seized his account books. and the maid her
    black silk dress.

    Everyone wanted to save his most valuable possession; so did the Goblin,
    and in a few leaps he was up the stairs and in the student’s room. He
    was standing quietly by the open window looking at the fire that was
    burning in the neighbour’s house just opposite. The Goblin seized the
    book lying on the table, put it in his red cap, and clasped it with both
    hands. The best treasure in the house was saved, and he climbed out on
    to the roof with it–on to the chimney. There he sat, lighted up by the
    flames from the burning house opposite, both hands holding tightly on
    his red cap, in which lay the treasure; and now he knew what his heart
    really valued most–to whom he really belonged. But when the fire was
    put out, and the Goblin thought it over–then–

    ‘I will divide myself between the two,’ he said. ‘I cannot quite give up
    the grocer, because of the jam!’

    And it is just the same with us. We also cannot quite give up the
    grocer–because of the jam.

     

    The House in the Wood

    From the German of Grimm.

    A poor woodcutter lived with his wife and three daughters in a little
    hut on the borders of a great forest.

    One morning as he was going to his work, he said to his wife, ‘Let our
    eldest daughter bring me my lunch into the wood; and so that she shall
    not lose her way, I will take a bag of millet with me, and sprinkle the
    seed on the path.’

    When the sun had risen high over the forest, the girl set out with a
    basin of soup. But the field and wood sparrows, the larks and finches,
    blackbirds and green finches had picked up the millet long ago, and the
    girl could not find her way.

    She went on and on, till the sun set and night came on. The trees
    rustled in the darkness, the owls hooted, and she began to be very much
    frightened. Then she saw in tile distance a light that twinkled between
    the trees. ‘There must be people living yonder,’ she thought, ‘who will
    take me in for the night,’ and she began walking towards it.

    Not long afterwards she came to a house with lights in the windows.

    She knocked at the door, and a gruff voice called, ‘Come in!’

    The girl stepped into the dark entrance, and tapped at the door of the
    room.

    ‘Just walk in,’ cried the voice, and when she opened the door there sat
    an old gray-haired man at the table. His face was resting on his hands,
    and his white beard flowed over the table almost down to the ground.

    By the stove lay three beasts, a hen, a cock, and a brindled cow. The
    girl told the old man her story, and asked for a night’s lodging.

    The man said:

    Pretty cock,
    Pretty hen,
    And you, pretty brindled cow,
    What do you say now?

    ‘Duks,’ answered the beasts; and that must have meant, ‘We are quite
    willing,’ for the old man went on, ‘Here is abundance; go into the back
    kitchen and cook us a supper.’

    The girl found plenty of everything in the kitchen, and cooked a good
    meal, but she did not think of the beasts.

    She placed the full dishes on the table, sat down opposite the
    gray-haired man, and ate till her hunger was appeased.

    When she was satisfied, she said, ‘But now I am so tired, where is a bed
    in which I can sleep? ‘

    The beasts answered:

    You have eaten with him,
    You have drunk with him,
    Of us you have not thought,
    Sleep then as you ought!

    Then the old man said, ‘Go upstairs, and there you will find a bedroom;
    shake the bed, and put clean sheets on, and go to sleep.’

    The maiden went upstairs, and when she had made the bed, she lay down.

    After some time the gray-haired man came, looked at her by the light
    of his candle, and shook his head. And when he saw that she was sound
    asleep, he opened a trapdoor and let her fall into the cellar.

    The woodcutter came home late in the evening, and reproached his wife
    for leaving him all day without food.

    ‘No, I did not,’ she answered; ‘the girl went off with your dinner. She
    must have lost her way, but will no doubt come back to-morrow.’

    But at daybreak the woodcutter started off into the wood, and this time
    asked his second daughter to bring his food.

    ‘I will take a bag of lentils,’ said he; ‘they are larger than millet,
    and the girl will see them better and be sure to find her way.’

    At midday the maiden took the food, but the lentils had all gone; as on
    the previous day, the wood birds had eaten them all.

    The maiden wandered about the wood till nightfall, when she came in
    the same way to the old man’s house, and asked for food and a night’s
    lodging.

    The man with the white hair again asked the beasts:

    Pretty cock,
    Pretty hen,
    And you, pretty brindled cow,
    What do you say now?

    The beasts answered, ‘Duks,’ and everything happened as on the former
    day.

    The girl cooked a good meal, ate and drank with the old man, and did not
    trouble herself about the animals.

    And when she asked for a bed, they replied:

    You have eaten with him
    You have drunk with him,
    Of us you have not thought,

    Now sleep as you ought!

    And when she was asleep, the old man shook his head over her, and let
    her fall into the cellar.

    On the third morning the woodcutter said to his wife, ‘Send our youngest
    child to-day with my dinner. She is always good and obedient, and will
    keep to the right path, and not wander away like her sisters, idle
    drones!’

    But the mother said, ‘Must I lose my dearest child too?’

    ‘Do not fear,’ he answered; ‘she is too clever and intelligent to lose
    her way. I will take plenty of peas with me and strew them along; they
    are even larger than lentils, and will show her the way.’

    But when the maiden started off with the basket on her arm, the wood
    pigeons had eaten up the peas, and she did not know which way to go. She
    was much distressed, and thought constantly of her poor hungry father
    and her anxious mother. At last, when it grew dark, she saw the little
    light, and came to the house in the wood. She asked prettily if she
    might stay there for the night, and the man with the white beard asked
    his beasts again:

    Pretty cock,
    Pretty hen,
    And you, pretty brindled cow,
    What do you say now?

    ‘Duks,’ they said. Then the maiden stepped up to the stove where the
    animals were lying, and stroked the cock and the hen, and scratched the
    brindled cow between its horns.

    And when at the bidding of the old man she had prepared a good supper,
    and the dishes were standing on the table, she said, ‘Shall I have
    plenty while the good beasts have nothing? There is food to spare
    outside; I will attend to them first.’

    Then she went out and fetched barley and strewed it before the cock and
    hen, and brought the cow an armful of sweet-smelling hay.

    ‘Eat that, dear beasts,’ she said,’ and when you are thirsty you shall
    have a good drink.’

    Then she fetched a bowl of water, and the cock and hen flew on to the
    edge, put their beaks in, and then held up their heads as birds do when
    they drink, and the brindled cow also drank her fill. When the beasts
    were satisfied, the maiden sat down beside the old man at the table and
    ate what was left for her. Soon the cock and hen began to tuck their
    heads under their wings, and the brindled cow blinked its eyes, so the
    maiden said, ‘Shall we not go to rest now?’

    Pretty cock,
    Pretty hen,
    And you, pretty brindled cow,
    What do you say now?

    The animals said, ‘Duks:

    You have eaten with us,
    You have drunk with us,
    You have tended us right,
    So we wish you good night.’

    The maiden therefore went upstairs, made the bed and put on clean sheets
    and fell asleep. She slept peacefully till midnight, when there was such
    a noise in the house that she awoke. Everything trembled and shook; the
    animals sprang up and dashed themselves in terror against the wall; the
    beams swayed as if they would be torn from their foundations, it seemed
    as if the stairs were tumbling down, and then the roof fell in with a
    crash. Then all became still, and as no harm came to the maiden she lay
    down again and fell asleep. But when she awoke again in broad daylight,
    what a sight met her eyes! She was lying in a splendid room furnished
    with royal splendour; the walls were covered with golden flowers on a
    green ground; the bed was of ivory and the counterpane of velvet, and on
    a stool near by lay a pair of slippers studded with pearls. The maiden
    thought she must be dreaming, but in came three servants richly dressed,
    who asked what were her commands. ‘Go,’ said the maiden, ‘I will get up
    at once and cook the old man’s supper for him, and then I will feed the
    pretty cock and hen and the brindled cow.’

    But the door opened and in came a handsome young man, who said, ‘I am a
    king’s son, and was condemned by a wicked witch to live as an old man
    in this wood with no company but that of my three servants, who were
    transformed into a cock, a hen, and a brindled cow. The spell could only
    be broken by the arrival of a maiden who should show herself kind
    not only to men but to beasts. You are that maiden, and last night at
    midnight we were freed, and this poor house was again transformed into
    my royal palace.

    As they stood there the king’s son told his three servants to go and
    fetch the maiden’s parents to be present at the wedding feast.

    ‘But where are my two sisters?’ asked the maid.

    ‘I shut them up in the cellar, but in the morning they shall be led
    forth into the forest and shall serve a charcoal burner until they have
    improved, and will never again suffer poor animals to go hungry.’

     

    Uraschimataro and the Turtle

    From the Japanische Marchen und Sagen, von David Brauns (Leipzig:
    Wilhelm Friedrich).

    There was once a worthy old couple who lived on the coast, and supported
    themselves by fishing. They had only one child, a son, who was their
    pride and joy, and for his sake they were ready to work hard all day
    long, and never felt tired or discontented with their lot. This son’s
    name was Uraschimataro, which means in Japanese, ‘Son of the island,’
    and he was a fine well-grown youth and a good fisherman, minding neither
    wind nor weather. Not the bravest sailor in the whole village dared
    venture so far out to sea as Uraschimataro, and many a time the
    neighbours used to shake their heads and say to his parents, ‘If your
    son goes on being so rash, one day he will try his luck once too often,
    and the waves will end by swallowing him up.’ But Uraschimataro paid no
    heed to these remarks, and as he was really very clever in managing a
    boat, the old people were very seldom anxious about him.

    One beautiful bright morning, as he was hauling his well-filled nets
    into the boat, he saw lying among the fishes a tiny little turtle. He
    was delighted with his prize, and threw it into a wooden vessel to
    keep till he got home, when suddenly the turtle found its voice, and
    tremblingly begged for its life. ‘After all,’ it said, ‘what good can
    I do you? I am so young and small, and I would so gladly live a little
    longer. Be merciful and set me free, and I shall know how to prove my
    gratitude.’

    Now Uraschimataro was very good-natured, and besides, he could never
    bear to say no, so he picked up the turtle, and put it back into the
    sea.

    Years flew by, and every morning Uraschimataro sailed his boat into the
    deep sea. But one day as he was making for a little bay between some
    rocks, there arose a fierce whirlwind, which shattered his boat to
    pieces, and she was sucked under by the waves. Uraschimataro himself
    very nearly shared the same fate. But he was a powerful swimmer, and
    struggled hard to reach the shore. Then he saw a large turtle coming
    towards him, and above the howling of the storm he heard what it said:
    ‘I am the turtle whose life you once saved. I will now pay my debt and
    show my gratitude. The land is still far distant, and without my help
    you would never get there. Climb on my back, and I will take you where
    you will.’ Uraschimataro did not wait to be asked twice, and thankfully
    accepted his friend’s help. But scarcely was he seated firmly on the
    shell, when the turtle proposed that they should not return to the shore
    at once, but go under the sea, and look at some of the wonders that lay
    hidden there.

    Uraschimataro agreed willingly, and in another moment they were deep,
    deep down, with fathoms of blue water above their heads. Oh, how quickly
    they darted through the still, warm sea! The young man held tight, and
    marvelled where they were going and how long they were to travel, but
    for three days they rushed on, till at last the turtle stopped before
    a splendid palace, shining with gold and silver, crystal and precious
    stones, and decked here and there with branches of pale pink coral and
    glittering pearls. But if Uraschimataro was astonished at the beauty of
    the outside, he was struck dumb at the sight of the hall within, which
    was lighted by the blaze of fish scales.

    ‘Where have you brought me?’ he asked his guide in a low voice.

    ‘To the palace of Ringu, the house of the sea god, whose subjects we all
    are,’ answered the turtle. ‘I am the first waiting maid of his daughter,
    the lovely princess Otohime, whom you will shortly see.’

    Uraschimataro was still so puzzled with the adventures that had befallen
    him, that he waited in a dazed condition for what would happen next. But
    the turtle, who had talked so much of him to the princess that she had
    expressed a wish to see him, went at once to make known his arrival.
    And directly the princess beheld him her heart was set on him, and she
    begged him to stay with her, and in return promised that he should never
    grow old, neither should his beauty fade. ‘Is not that reward enough?’
    she asked, smiling, looking all the while as fair as the sun itself. And
    Uraschimataro said ‘Yes,’ and so he stayed there. For how long? That he
    only knew later.

    His life passed by, and each hour seemed happier than the last, when
    one day there rushed over him a terrible longing to see his parents. He
    fought against it hard, knowing how it would grieve the princess, but it
    grew on him stronger and stronger, till at length he became so sad that
    the princess inquired what was wrong. Then he told her of the longing he
    had to visit his old home, and that he must see his parents once more.
    The princess was almost frozen with horror, and implored him to stay
    with her, or something dreadful would be sure to happen. ‘You will never
    come back, and we shall meet again no more,’ she moaned bitterly. But
    Uraschimataro stood firm and repeated, ‘Only this once will I leave you,
    and then will I return to your side for ever.’ Sadly the princess shook
    her head, but she answered slowly, ‘One way there is to bring you safely
    back, but I fear you will never agree to the conditions of the bargain.’

    ‘I will do anything that will bring me back to you,’ exclaimed
    Uraschimataro, looking at her tenderly, but the princess was silent: she
    knew too well that when he left her she would see his face no more. Then
    she took from a shelf a tiny golden box, and gave it to Uraschimataro,
    praying him to keep it carefully, and above all things never to open it.
    ‘If you can do this,’ she said as she bade him farewell, ‘your friend
    the turtle will meet you at the shore, and will carry you back to me.’

    Uraschimataro thanked her from his heart, and swore solemnly to do her
    bidding. He hid the box safely in his garments, seated himself on the
    back of the turtle, and vanished in the ocean path, waving his hand to
    the princess. Three days and three nights they swam through the sea, and
    at length Uraschimataro arrived at the beach which lay before his old
    home. The turtle bade him farewell, and was gone in a moment.

    Uraschimataro drew near to the village with quick and joyful steps.
    He saw the smoke curling through the roof, and the thatch where green
    plants had thickly sprouted. He heard the children shouting and calling,
    and from a window that he passed came the twang of the koto, and
    everything seemed to cry a welcome for his return. Yet suddenly he
    felt a pang at his heart as he wandered down the street. After all,
    everything was changed. Neither men nor houses were those he once knew.
    Quickly he saw his old home; yes, it was still there, but it had a
    strange look. Anxiously he knocked at the door, and asked the woman who
    opened it after his parents. But she did not know their names, and could
    give him no news of them.

    Still more disturbed, he rushed to the burying ground, the only place
    that could tell him what he wished to know. Here at any rate he would
    find out what it all meant. And he was right. In a moment he stood
    before the grave of his parents, and the date written on the stone
    was almost exactly the date when they had lost their son, and he had
    forsaken them for the Daughter of the Sea. And so he found that since he
    had deft his home, three hundred years had passed by.

    Shuddering with horror at his discovery he turned back into the village
    street, hoping to meet some one who could tell him of the days of old.
    But when the man spoke, he knew he was not dreaming, though he felt as
    if he had lost his senses.

    In despair he bethought him of the box which was the gift of the
    princess. Perhaps after all this dreadful thing was not true. He
    might be the victim of some enchanter’s spell, and in his hand lay the
    counter-charm. Almost unconsciously he opened it, and a purple vapour
    came pouring out. He held the empty box in his hand, and as he looked he
    saw that the fresh hand of youth had grown suddenly shrivelled, like the
    hand of an old, old man. He ran to the brook, which flowed in a clear
    stream down from the mountain. and saw himself reflected as in a mirror.
    It was the face of a mummy which looked back at him. Wounded to death,
    he crept back through the village, and no man knew the old, old man to
    be the strong handsome youth who had run down the street an hour before.
    So he toiled wearily back, till he reached the shore, and here he sat
    sadly on a rock, and called loudly on the turtle. But she never came
    back any more, but instead, death came soon, and set him free. But
    before that happened, the people who saw him sitting lonely on the shore
    had heard his story, and when their children were restless they used to
    tell them of the good son who from love to his parents had given up for
    their sakes the splendour and wonders of the palace in the sea, and the
    most beautiful woman in the world besides.

     

    The Slaying of the Tanuki

    From the Japanische Murchen und Sagen.

    Near a big river, and between two high mountains, a man and his wife
    lived in a cottage a long, long time ago. A dense forest lay all round
    the cottage, and there was hardly a path or a tree in the whole wood
    that was not familiar to the peasant from his boyhood. In one of his
    wanderings he had made friends with a hare, and many an hour the two
    passed together, when the man was resting by the roadside, eating his
    dinner.

    Now this strange friendship was observed by the Tanuki, a wicked,
    quarrelsome beast, who hated the peasant, and was never tired of doing
    him an ill turn. Again and again he had crept to the hut, and finding
    some choice morsel put away for the little hare, had either eaten it if
    he thought it nice, or trampled it to pieces so that no one else should
    get it, and at last the peasant lost patience, and made up his mind he
    would have the Tanuki’s blood.

    So for many days the man lay hidden, waiting for the Tanuki to come by,
    and when one morning he marched up the road thinking of nothing but the
    dinner he was going to steal, the peasant threw himself upon him and
    bound his four legs tightly, so that he could not move. Then he dragged
    his enemy joyfully to the house, feeling that at length he had got the
    better of the mischievous beast which had done him so many ill turns.
    ‘He shall pay for them with his skin,’ he said to his wife. ‘We will
    first kill him, and then cook him.’ So saying, he hanged the Tanuki,
    head downwards, to a beam, and went out to gather wood for a fire.

    Meanwhile the old woman was standing at the mortar pounding the rise
    that was to serve them for the week with a pestle that made her arms
    ache with its weight. Suddenly she heard something whining and weeping
    in the corner, and, stopping her work, she looked round to see what it
    was. That was all that the rascal wanted, and he put on directly his
    most humble air, and begged the woman in his softest voice to loosen his
    bonds, which her hurting him sorely. She was filled with pity for him,
    but did not dare to set him free, as she knew that her husband would be
    very angry. The Tanuki, however, did not despair, and seeing that her
    heart was softened, began his prayers anew. ‘He only asked to have his
    bonds taken from him,’ he said. ‘He would give his word not to attempt
    to escape, and if he was once set free he could soon pound her rice for
    her.’ ‘Then you can have a little rest,’ he went on, ‘for rice pounding
    is very tiring work, and not at all fit for weak women.’ These last
    words melted the good woman completely, and she unfastened the bonds
    that held him. Poor foolish creature! In one moment the Tanuki had
    seized her, stripped off all her clothes, and popped her in the mortar.
    In a few minutes more she was pounded as fine as the rice; and not
    content with that, the Tanuki placed a pot on the hearth and made ready
    to cook the peasant a dinner from the flesh of his own wife!

    When everything was complete he looked out of the door, and saw the old
    man coming from the forest carrying a large bundle of wood. Quick as
    lightning the Tanuki not only put on the woman’s clothes, but, as he was
    a magician, assumed her form as well. Then he took the wood, kindled the
    fire, and very soon set a large dinner before the old man, who was very
    hungry, and had forgotten for the moment all about his enemy. But when
    the Tanuki saw that he had eaten his fill and would be thinking about
    his prisoner, he hastily shook off the clothes behind a door and took
    his own shape. Then he said to the peasant, ‘You are a nice sort of
    person to seize animals and to talk of killing them! You are caught in
    your own net. It is your own wife that you have eaten, and if you want
    to find her bones you have only to look under the floor.’ With these
    words he turned and made for the forest.

    The old peasant grew cold with horror as he listened, and seemed frozen
    to the place where he stood. When he had recovered himself a little,
    he collected the bones of his dead wife, buried them in the garden, and
    swore over the grave to be avenged on the Tanuki. After everything was
    done he sat himself down in his lonely cottage and wept bitterly, and
    the bitterest thought of all was that he would never be able to forget
    that he had eaten his own wife.

    While he was thus weeping and wailing his friend the hare passed by,
    and, hearing the noise, pricked up his ears and soon recognised the old
    man’s voice. He wondered what had happened, and put his head in at the
    door and asked if anything was the matter. With tears and groans the
    peasant told him the whole dreadful story, and the hare, filled with
    anger and compassion, comforted him as best he could, and promised to
    help him in his revenge. ‘The false knave shall not go unpunished,’ said
    he.

    So the first thing he did was to search the house for materials to make
    an ointment, which he sprinkled plentifully with pepper and then put in
    his pocket. Next he took a hatchet, bade farewell to the old man, and
    departed to the forest. He bent his steps to the dwelling of the Tanuki
    and knocked at the door. The Tanuki, who had no cause to suspect the
    hare, was greatly pleased to see him, for he noticed the hatchet at
    once, and began to lay plots how to get hold of it.

    To do this he thought he had better offer to accompany the hare, which
    was exactly what the hare wished and expected, for he knew all the
    Tanuki’s cunning, and understood his little ways. So he accepted the
    rascal’s company with joy, and made himself very pleasant as they
    strolled along. When they were wandering in this manner through the
    forest the hare carelessly raised his hatchet in passing, and cut down
    some thick boughs that were hanging over the path, but at length,
    after cutting down a good big tree, which cost him many hard blows, he
    declared that it was too heavy for him to carry home, and he must just
    leave it where it was. This delighted the greedy Tanuki, who said that
    they would be no weight for him, so they collected the large branches,
    which the hare bound tightly on his back. Then he trotted gaily to the
    house, the hare following after with his lighter bundle.

    By this time the hare had decided what he would do, and as soon as they
    arrived, he quietly set on fire the wood on the back of the Tanuki. The
    Tanuki, who was busy with something else, observed nothing, and only
    called out to ask what was the meaning of the crackling that he heard.
    ‘It is just the rattle of the stones which are rolling down the side of
    the mountain,’ the hare said; and the Tanuki was content, and made no
    further remarks, never noticing that the noise really sprang from the
    burning boughs on his back, until his fur was in flames, and it was
    almost too late to put it out. Shrieking with pain, he let fall the
    burning wood from his back, and stamped and howled with agony. But the
    hare comforted him, and told him that he always carried with him an
    excellent plaster in case of need, which would bring him instant relief,
    and taking out his ointment he spread it on a leaf of bamboo, and
    laid it on the wound. No sooner did it touch him than the Tanuki leapt
    yelling into the air, and the hare laughed, and ran to tell his friend
    the peasant what a trick he had played on their enemy. But the old man
    shook his head sadly, for he knew that the villain was only crushed for
    the moment, and that he would shortly be revenging himself upon them.
    No, the only way every to get any peace and quiet was to render the
    Tanuki harmless for ever. Long did the old man and the hare puzzle
    together how this was to be done, and at last they decided that they
    would make two boats, a small one of wood and a large one of clay. Then
    they fell to work at once, and when the boats were ready and properly
    painted, the hare went to the Tanuki, who was still very ill, and
    invited him to a great fish-catching. The Tanuki was still feeling angry
    with the hare about the trick he had played him, but he was weak and
    very hungry, so he gladly accepted the proposal, and accompanied the
    hare to the bank of the river, where the two boats were moored, rocked
    by the waves. They both looked exactly alike, and the Tanuki only saw
    that one was bigger than the other, and would hold more fish, so he
    sprang into the large one, while the hare climbed into the one which was
    made of wood. They loosened their moorings, and made for the middle of
    the stream, and when they were at some distance from the bank, the hare
    took his oar, and struck such a heavy blow at the other boat, that it
    broke in two. The Tanuki fell straight into the water, and was held
    there by the hare till he was quite dead. Then he put the body in his
    boat and rowed to land, and told the old man that his enemy was dead at
    last. And the old man rejoiced that his wife was avenged, and he took
    the hare into his house, and they lived together all their days in peace
    and quietness upon the mountain.

     

    The Flying Trunk

    Translated from the German of Hans Andersen.

    There was once a merchant who was so rich that he could have paved
    the whole street, and perhaps even a little side-street besides, with
    silver. But he did not do that; he knew another way of spending his
    money. If he spent a shilling he got back a florin-such an excellent
    merchant he was till he died.

    Now his son inherited all this money. He lived very merrily; he went
    every night to the theatre, made paper kites out of five-pound notes,
    and played ducks and drakes with sovereigns instead of stones. In this
    way the money was likely to come soon to an end, and so it did.

    At last he had nothing left but four shillings, and he had no clothes
    except a pair of slippers and an old dressing-gown.

    His friends did not trouble themselves any more about him; they would
    not even walk down the street with him.

    But one of them who was rather good-natured sent him an old trunk with
    the message, ‘Pack up!” That was all very well, but he had nothing to
    pack up, so he got into the trunk himself.

    It was an enchanted trunk, for as soon as the lock was pressed it could
    fly. He pressed it, and away he flew in it up the chimney, high into the
    clouds, further and further away. But whenever the bottom gave a little
    creak he was in terror lest the trunk should go to pieces, for then he
    would have turned a dreadful somersault-just think of it!

    In this way he arrived at the land of the Turks. He hid the trunk in a
    wood under some dry leaves, and then walked into the town. He could
    do that quite well, for all the Turks were dressed just as he was-in a
    dressing-gown and slippers.

    He met a nurse with a little child.

    ‘Halloa! you Turkish nurse,’ said he, ‘what is that great castle there
    close to the town? The one with the windows so high up?’

    ‘The sultan’s daughter lives there,’ she replied. ‘It is prophesied that
    she will be very unlucky in her husband, and so no one is allowed to see
    her except when the sultan and sultana are by.’

    ‘Thank you,’ said the merchant’s son, and he went into the wood, sat
    himself in his trunk, flew on to the roof, and crept through the window
    into the princess’s room.

    She was lying on the sofa asleep, and was so beautiful that the young
    merchant had to kiss her. Then she woke up and was very much frightened,
    but he said he was a Turkish god who had come through the air to see
    her, and that pleased her very much.

    They sat close to each other, and he told her a story about her eyes.
    They were beautiful dark lakes in which her thoughts swam about like
    mermaids. And her forehead was a snowy mountain, grand and shining.
    These were lovely stories.

    Then he asked the princess to marry him, and she said yes at once.

    ‘But you must come here on Saturday,’ she said, ‘for then the sultan and
    the sultana are coming to tea with me. They will be indeed proud that
    I receive the god of the Turks. But mind you have a really good story
    ready, for my parents like them immensely. My mother likes something
    rather moral and high-flown, and my father likes something merry to make
    him laugh.’

    ‘Yes, I shall only bring a fairy story for my dowry,’ said he, and so
    they parted. But the princess gave him a sabre set with gold pieces
    which he could use.

    Then he flew away, bought himself a new dressing-gown, and sat down
    in the wood and began to make up a story, for it had to be ready by
    Saturday, and that was no easy matter.

    When he had it ready it was Saturday.

    The sultan, the sultana, and the whole court were at tea with the
    princess.

    He was most graciously received.

    ‘Will you tell us a story?’ said the sultana; ‘one that is thoughtful
    and instructive?’

    ‘But something that we can laugh at,’ said the sultan.

    ‘Oh, certainly,’ he replied, and began: ‘Now, listen attentively. There
    was once a box of matches which lay between a tinder-box and an old iron
    pot, and they told the story of their youth.

    ‘“We used to be on the green fir-boughs. Every morning and evening
    we had diamond-tea, which was the dew, and the whole day long we had
    sunshine, and the little birds used to tell us stories. We were very
    rich, because the other trees only dressed in summer, but we had green
    dresses in summer and in winter. Then the woodcutter came, and our
    family was split up. We have now the task of making light for the lowest
    people. That is why we grand people are in the kitchen.”

    ‘“My fate was quite different,” said the iron pot, near which the
    matches lay.

    ‘“Since I came into the world I have been many times scoured, and have
    cooked much. My only pleasure is to have a good chat with my companions
    when I am lying nice and clean in my place after dinner.”

    ‘“Now you are talking too fast,” spluttered the fire.

    ‘“Yes, let us decide who is the grandest!” said the matches.

    ‘“No, I don’t like talking about myself,” said the pot.

    ‘“Let us arrange an evening’s entertainment. I will tell the story of my
    life.

    ‘“On the Baltic by the Danish shore-”

    ‘What a beautiful beginning!” said all the plates. “That’s a story that
    will please us all.”

    ‘And the end was just as good as the beginning. All the plates clattered
    for joy.

    ‘“Now I will dance,” said the tongs, and she danced. Oh! how high she
    could kick!

    ‘The old chair-cover in the corner split when he saw her.

    ‘The urn would have sung but she said she had a cold; she could not sing
    unless she boiled.

    ‘In the window was an old quill pen. There was nothing remarkable about
    her except that she had been dipped too deeply into the ink. But she was
    very proud of that.

    ‘“If the urn will not sing,” said she, “outside the door hangs a
    nightingale in a cage who will sing.”

    ‘“I don’t think it’s proper,” said the kettle, “that such a foreign bird
    should be heard.”

    ‘“Oh, let us have some acting,” said everyone. “Do let us!”

    ‘Suddenly the door opened and the maid came in. Everyone was quite
    quiet. There was not a sound. But each pot knew what he might have done,
    and how grand he was.

    ‘The maid took the matches and lit the fire with them. How they
    spluttered and flamed, to be sure! “Now everyone can see,” they thought,
    “that we are the grandest! How we sparkle! What a light-”

    ‘But here they were burnt out.’

    ‘That was a delightful story!’ said the sultana. ‘I quite feel myself in
    the kitchen with the matches. Yes, now you shall marry our daughter.’

    ‘Yes, indeed,’ said the sultan, ‘you shall marry our daughter on
    Monday.’ And they treated the young man as one of the family.

    The wedding was arranged, and the night before the whole town was
    illuminated.

    Biscuits and gingerbreads were thrown among the people, the street boys
    stood on tiptoe crying hurrahs and whistling through their fingers. It
    was all splendid.

    ‘Now I must also give them a treat,’ thought the merchant’s son. And
    so he bought rockets, crackers, and all the kinds of fireworks you can
    think of, put them in his trunk, and flew up with them into the air.

    Whirr-r-r, how they fizzed and blazed!

    All the Turks jumped so high that their slippers flew above their heads;
    such a splendid glitter they had never seen before.

    Now they could quite well understand that it was the god of the Turks
    himself who was to marry the princess.

    As soon as the young merchant came down again into the wood with his
    trunk he thought, ‘Now I will just go into the town to see how the show
    has taken.’

    And it was quite natural that he should want to do this.

    Oh! what stories the people had to tell!

    Each one whom he asked had seen it differently, but they had all found
    it beautiful.

    ‘I saw the Turkish god himself,’ said one. ‘He had eyes like glittering
    stars, and a beard like foaming water.’

    ‘He flew away in a cloak of fire,’ said another. They were splendid
    things that he heard, and the next day was to be his wedding day.

    Then he went back into the wood to sit in his trunk; but what had become
    of it? The trunk had been burnt. A spark of the fireworks had set it
    alight, and the trunk was in ashes. He could no longer fly, and could
    never reach his bride.

    She stood the whole day long on the roof and waited; perhaps she is
    waiting there still.

    But he wandered through the world and told stories; though they are not
    so merry as the one he told about the matches.

     

    The Snow-man

    Translated from the German of Hans Andersen.

    ‘How astonishingly cold it is! My body is cracking all over!’ said the
    Snow-man. ‘The wind is really cutting one’s very life out! And how that
    fiery thing up there glares!’ He meant the sun, which was just setting.
    ‘It sha’n’t make me blink, though, and I shall keep quite cool and
    collected.’

    Instead of eyes he had two large three-cornered pieces of slate in his
    head; his mouth consisted of an old rake, so that he had teeth as well.

    He was born amidst the shouts and laughter of the boys, and greeted by
    the jingling bells and cracking whips of the sledges.

    The sun went down, the full moon rose, large, round, clear and
    beautiful, in the dark blue sky.

    ‘There it is again on the other side!’ said the Snow-man, by which he
    meant the sun was appearing again. ‘I have become quite accustomed to
    its glaring. I hope it will hang there and shine, so that I may be
    able to see myself. I wish I knew, though, how one ought to see about
    changing one’s position. I should very much like to move about. If I
    only could, I would glide up and down the ice there, as I saw the boys
    doing; but somehow or other, I don’t know how to run.’

    ‘Bow-wow!’ barked the old yard-dog; he was rather hoarse and couldn’t
    bark very well. His hoarseness came on when he was a house-dog and used
    to lie in front of the stove. ‘The sun will soon teach you to run! I saw
    that last winter with your predecessor, and farther back still with his
    predecessors! They have all run away!’

    ‘I don’t understand you, my friend,’ said the Snow-man. ‘That thing up
    there is to teach me to run?’ He meant the moon. ‘Well, it certainly did
    run just now, for I saw it quite plainly over there, and now here it is
    on this side.’

    ‘You know nothing at all about it,’ said the yard-dog. ‘Why, you have
    only just been made. The thing you see there is the moon; the other
    thing you saw going down the other side was the sun. He will come up
    again tomorrow morning, and will soon teach you how to run away down the
    gutter. The weather is going to change; I feel it already by the pain in
    my left hind-leg; the weather is certainly going to change.’

    ‘I can’t understand him,’ said the Snow-man; ‘but I have an idea that he
    is speaking of something unpleasant. That thing that glares so, and then
    disappears, the sun, as he calls it, is not my friend. I know that by
    instinct.’

    ‘Bow-wow!’ barked the yard-dog, and walked three times round himself,
    and then crept into his kennel to sleep. The weather really did change.
    Towards morning a dense damp fog lay over the whole neighbourhood; later
    on came an icy wind, which sent the frost packing. But when the sun
    rose, it was a glorious sight. The trees and shrubs were covered with
    rime, and looked like a wood of coral, and every branch was thick with
    long white blossoms. The most delicate twigs, which are lost among the
    foliage in summer-time, came now into prominence, and it was like a
    spider’s web of glistening white. The lady-birches waved in the wind;
    and when the sun shone, everything glittered and sparkled as if it were
    sprinkled with diamond dust, and great diamonds were lying on the snowy
    carpet.

    ‘Isn’t it wonderful?’ exclaimed a girl who was walking with a young
    man in the garden. They stopped near the Snow-man, and looked at the
    glistening trees. ‘Summer cannot show a more beautiful sight,’ she said,
    with her eyes shining.

    ‘And one can’t get a fellow like this in summer either,’ said the young
    man, pointing to the Snow-man. ‘He’s a beauty!’

    The girl laughed, and nodded to the Snow-man, and then they both danced
    away over the snow.

    ‘Who were those two?’ asked the Snow-man of the yard-dog. ‘You have been
    in this yard longer than I have. Do you know who they are?’

    ‘Do I know them indeed?’ answered the yard-dog. ‘She has often stroked
    me, and he has given me bones. I don’t bite either of them!’

    ‘But what are they?’ asked the Snow-man.

    ‘Lovers!’ replied the yard-dog. ‘They will go into one kennel and gnaw
    the same bone!’

    ‘Are they the same kind of beings that we are?’ asked the Snow-man.

    ‘They are our masters,’ answered the yard-dog. ‘Really people who have
    only been in the world one day know very little.’ That’s the conclusion
    I have come to. Now I have age and wisdom; I know everyone in the house,
    and I can remember a time when I was not lying here in a cold kennel.
    Bow-wow!’

    ‘The cold is splendid,’ said the Snow-man. ‘Tell me some more. But don’t
    rattle your chain so, it makes me crack!’

    ‘Bow-wow!’ barked the yard-dog. ‘They used to say I was a pretty little
    fellow; then I lay in a velvet-covered chair in my master’s house. My
    mistress used to nurse me, and kiss and fondle me, and call me her dear,
    sweet little Alice! But by-and-by I grew too big, and I was given to the
    housekeeper, and I went into the kitchen. You can see into it from where
    you are standing; you can look at the room in which I was master, for so
    I was when I was with the housekeeper. Of course it was a smaller place
    than upstairs, but it was more comfortable, for I wasn’t chased about
    and teased by the children as I had been before. My food was just as
    good, or even better. I had my own pillow, and there was a stove there,
    which at this time of year is the most beautiful thing in the world. I
    used to creep right under that stove. Ah me! I often dream of that stove
    still! Bow-wow!’

    ‘Is a stove so beautiful?’ asked the Snow-man. ‘Is it anything like me?’

    ‘It is just the opposite of you! It is coal-black, and has a long neck
    with a brass pipe. It eats firewood, so that fire spouts out of its
    mouth. One has to keep close beside it-quite underneath is the nicest of
    all. You can see it through the window from where you are standing.’

    And the Snow-man looked in that direction, and saw a smooth polished
    object with a brass pipe. The flicker from the fire reached him across
    the snow. The Snow-man felt wonderfully happy, and a feeling came over
    him which he could not express; but all those who are not snow-men know
    about it.

    ‘Why did you leave her?’ asked the Snow-man. He had a feeling that such
    a being must be a lady. ‘How could you leave such a place?’

    ‘I had to!’ said the yard-dog. ‘They turned me out of doors, and chained
    me up here. I had bitten the youngest boy in the leg, because he took
    away the bone I was gnawing; a bone for a bone, I thought! But they were
    very angry, and from that time I have been chained here, and I have lost
    my voice. Don’t you hear how hoarse I am? Bow-wow! I can’t speak like
    other dogs. Bow-wow! That was the end of happiness!’

    The Snow-man, however, was not listening to him any more; he was looking
    into the room where the housekeeper lived, where the stove stood on its
    four iron legs, and seemed to be just the same size as the Snow-man.

    ‘How something is cracking inside me!’ he said. ‘Shall I never be able
    to get in there? It is certainly a very innocent wish, and our innocent
    wishes ought to be fulfilled. I must get there, and lean against the
    stove, if I have to break the window first!’

    ‘You will never get inside there!’ said the yard-dog; ‘and if you were
    to reach the stove you would disappear. Bow-wow!’

    ‘I’m as good as gone already!’ answered the Snow-man. ‘I believe I’m
    breaking up!’

    The whole day the Snow-man looked through the window; towards dusk the
    room grew still more inviting; the stove gave out a mild light, not at
    all like the moon or even the sun; no, as only a stove can shine, when
    it has something to feed upon. When the door of the room was open, it
    flared up-this was one of its peculiarities; it flickered quite red upon
    the Snow-man’s white face.

    ‘I can’t stand it any longer!’ he said. ‘How beautiful it looks with its
    tongue stretched out like that!’

    It was a long night, but the Snow-man did not find it so; there he
    stood, wrapt in his pleasant thoughts, and they froze, so that he
    cracked.

    Next morning the panes of the kitchen window were covered with ice, and
    the most beautiful ice-flowers that even a snow-man could desire, only
    they blotted out the stove. The window would not open; he couldn’t see
    the stove which he thought was such a lovely lady. There was a cracking
    and cracking inside him and all around; there was just such a frost as a
    snow-man would delight in. But this Snow-man was different: how could he
    feel happy?

    ‘Yours is a bad illness for a Snow-man!’ said the yard-dog. ‘I also
    suffered from it, but I have got over it. Bow-wow!’ he barked. ‘The
    weather is going to change!’ he added.

    The weather did change. There came a thaw.

    When this set in the Snow-man set off. He did not say anything, and he
    did not complain, and those are bad signs.

    One morning he broke up altogether. And lo! where he had stood there
    remained a broomstick standing upright, round which the boys had built
    him!

    ‘Ah! now I understand why he loved the stove,’ said the yard-dog.
    ‘That is the raker they use to clean out the stove! The Snow-man had a
    stove-raker in his body! That’s what was the matter with him! And now
    it’s all over with him! Bow-wow!’

    And before long it was all over with the winter too! ‘Bow-wow!’ barked
    the hoarse yard-dog.

    But the young girl sang:

    Woods, your bright green garments don!
    Willows, your woolly gloves put on!
    Lark and cuckoo, daily sing– February has brought the spring!
    My heart joins in your song so sweet;
    Come out, dear sun, the world to greet!

    And no one thought of the Snow-man.

     

    The Shirt-collar

    Translated from the German of Hans Andersen.

    There was once a fine gentleman whose entire worldly possessions
    consisted of a boot-jack and a hair-brush; but he had the most beautiful
    shirt-collar in the world, and it is about this that we are going to
    hear a story.

    The shirt-collar was so old that he began to think about marrying;
    and it happened one day that he and a garter came into the wash-tub
    together.

    ‘Hulloa!’ said the shirt-collar, ‘never before have I seen anything so
    slim and delicate, so elegant and pretty! May I be permitted to ask your
    name?’

    ‘I shan’t tell you,’ said the garter.

    ‘Where is the place of your abode?’ asked the shirt-collar.

    But the garter was of a bashful disposition, and did not think it proper
    to answer.

    ‘Perhaps you are a girdle?’ said the shirt-collar, ‘an under girdle? for
    I see that you are for use as well as for ornament, my pretty miss!’

    ‘You ought not to speak to me!’ said the garter’ ‘I’m sure I haven’t
    given you any encouragement!’

    ‘When anyone is as beautiful as you,’ said the shirt-collar, ‘is not
    that encouragement enough?’

    ‘Go away, don’t come so close!’ said the garter. ‘You seem to be a
    gentleman!’

    ‘So I am, and a very fine one too!’ said the shirt-collar; ‘I possess a
    boot-jack and a hair-brush!’

    That was not true; it was his master who owned these things; but he was
    a terrible boaster.

    ‘Don’t come so close,’ said the garter. ‘I’m not accustomed to such
    treatment!’

    ‘What affectation!’ said the shirt-collar. And then they were taken out
    of the wash-tub, starched, and hung on a chair in the sun to dry, and
    then laid on the ironing-board. Then came the glowing iron.

    ‘Mistress widow!’ said the shirt-collar, ‘dear mistress widow! I am
    becoming another man, all my creases are coming out; you are burning a
    hole in me! Ugh! Stop, I implore you!’

    ‘You rag!’ said the iron, travelling proudly over the shirt-collar, for
    it thought it was a steam engine and ought to be at the station drawing
    trucks.

    ‘Rag!’ it said.

    The shirt-collar was rather frayed out at the edge, so the scissors came
    to cut off the threads.

    ‘Oh!’ said the shirt-collar, ‘you must be a dancer! How high you can
    kick! That is the most beautiful thing I have ever seen! No man can
    imitate you!’

    ‘I know that!’ said the scissors.

    ‘You ought to be a duchess!’ said the shirt-collar. ‘My worldly
    possessions consist of a fine gentleman, a boot-jack, and a hair-brush.
    If only I had a duchy!’

    ‘What! He wants to marry me?’ said the scissors, and she was so angry
    that she gave the collar a sharp snip, so that it had to be cast aside
    as good for nothing.

    ‘Well, I shall have to propose to the hair-brush!’ thought the
    shirt-collar. ‘It is really wonderful what fine hair you have, madam!
    Have you never thought of marrying?’

    ‘Yes, that I have!’ answered the hair-brush; ‘I’m engaged to the
    boot-jack!’

    ‘Engaged!’ exclaimed the shirt-collar. And now there was no one he could
    marry, so he took to despising matrimony.

    Time passed, and the shirt-collar came in a rag-bag to the paper-mill.
    There was a large assortment of rags, the fine ones in one heap, and the
    coarse ones in another, as they should be. They had all much to tell,
    but no one more than the shirt-collar, for he was a hopeless braggart.

    ‘I have had a terrible number of love affairs!’ he said. ‘They give me
    no peace. I was such a fine gentleman, so stiff with starch! I had a
    boot-jack and a hair-brush, which I never used! You should just have
    seen me then! Never shall I forget my first love! She was a girdle, so
    delicate and soft and pretty! She threw herself into a wash-tub for my
    sake! Then there was a widow, who glowed with love for me. But I
    left her alone, till she became black. Then there was the dancer, who
    inflicted the wound which has caused me to be here now; she was very
    violent! My own hair-brush was in love with me, and lost all her hair
    in consequence. Yes, I have experienced much in that line; but I grieve
    most of all for the garter,-I mean, the girdle, who threw herself into a
    wash-tub. I have much on my conscience; it is high time for me to become
    white paper!’

    And so he did! he became white paper, the very paper on which this story
    is printed. And that was because he had boasted so terribly about things
    which were not true. We should take this to heart, so that it may not
    happen to us, for we cannot indeed tell if we may not some day come to
    the rag-bag, and be made into white paper, on which will be printed our
    whole history, even the most secret parts, so that we too go about the
    world relating it, like the shirt-collar.

     

    The Princess in the Chest

    Translated from the Danish.

    There were once a king and a queen who lived in a beautiful castle, and
    had a large, and fair, and rich, and happy land to rule over. From
    the very first they loved each other greatly, and lived very happily
    together, but they had no heir.

    They had been married for seven years, but had neither son nor daughter,
    and that was a great grief to both of them. More than once it happened
    that when the king was in a bad temper, he let it out on the poor queen,
    and said that here they were now, getting old, and neither they nor the
    kingdom had an heir, and it was all her fault. This was hard to listen
    to, and she went and cried and vexed herself.

    Finally, the king said to her one day, ‘This can’t be borne any longer.
    I go about childless, and it’s your fault. I am going on a journey and
    shall be away for a year. If you have a child when I come back again,
    all will be well, and I shall love you beyond all measure, and never
    more say an angry word to you. But if the nest is just as empty when I
    come home, then I must part with you.’

    After the king had set out on his journey, the queen went about in her
    loneliness, and sorrowed and vexed herself more than ever. At last her
    maid said to her one day, ‘I think that some help could be found, if
    your majesty would seek it.’ Then she told about a wise old woman in
    that country, who had helped many in troubles of the same kind, and
    could no doubt help the queen as well, if she would send for her. The
    queen did so, and the wise woman came, and to her she confided her
    sorrow, that she, was childless, and the king and his kingdom had no
    heir.

    The wise woman knew help for this. ‘Out in the king’s garden,’ said she,
    ‘under the great oak that stands on the left hand, just as one goes out
    from the castle, is a little bush, rather brown than green, with hairy
    leaves and long spikes. On that bush there are just at this moment three
    buds. If your majesty goes out there alone, fasting, before sunrise, and
    takes the middle one of the three buds, and eats it, then in six months
    you will bring a princess into the world. As soon as she is born, she
    must have a nurse, whom I shall provide, and this nurse must live with
    the child in a secluded part of the palace; no other person must visit
    the child; neither the king nor the queen must see it until it is
    fourteen years old, for that would cause great sorrow and misfortune.’

    The queen rewarded the old woman richly, and next morning, before the
    sun rose, she was down in the garden, found at once the little bush
    with the three buds, plucked the middle one and ate it. It was sweet to
    taste, but afterwards was as bitter as gall. Six months after this, she
    brought into the world a little girl. There was a nurse in readiness,
    whom the wise woman had provided, and preparations were made for her
    living with the child, quite alone, in a secluded wing of the castle,
    looking out on the pleasure-park. The queen did as the wise woman had
    told her; she gave up the child immediately, and the nurse took it and
    lived with it there.

    When the king came home and heard that a daughter had been born to him,
    he was of course very pleased and happy, and wanted to see her at once.

    The queen had then to tell him this much of the story, that it had been
    foretold that it would cause great sorrow and misfortune if either he or
    she got a sight of the child until it had completed its fourteenth year.

    This was a long time to wait. The king longed so much to get a sight of
    his daughter, and the queen no less than he, but she knew that it was
    not like other children, for it could speak immediately after it was
    born, and was as wise as older folk. This the nurse had told her, for
    with her the queen had a talk now and again, but there was no one who
    had ever seen the princess. The queen had also seen what the wise woman
    could do, so she insisted strongly that her warning should be obeyed.
    The king often lost his patience, and was determined to see his
    daughter, but the queen always put him off the idea, and so things went
    on, until the very day before the princess completed her fourteenth
    year.

    The king and the queen were out in the garden then, and the king said,
    ‘Now I can’t and I won’t wait any longer. I must see my daughter at
    once. A few hours, more or less, can’t make any difference.’

    The queen begged him to have patience till the morning. When they had
    waited so long, they could surely wait a single day more. But the king
    was quite unreasonable. ‘No nonsense,’ said he; ‘she is just as much
    mine as yours, and I will see her,’ and with that he went straight up to
    her room.

    He burst the door open, and pushed aside the nurse, who tried to
    stop him, and there he saw his daughter. She was the loveliest young
    princess, red and white, like milk and blood, with clear blue eyes and
    golden hair, but right in the middle of her forehead there was a little
    tuft of brown hair.

    The princess went to meet her father, fell on his neck and kissed him,
    but with that she said, ‘O father, father! what have you done now?
    to-morrow I must die, and you must choose one of three things: either
    the land must be smitten with the black pestilence, or you must have a
    long and bloody war, or you must as soon as I am dead, lay me in a plain
    wooden chest, and set it in the church, and for a whole year place a
    sentinel beside it every night.’

    The king was frightened indeed, and thought she was raving, but in order
    to please her, he said, ‘Well, of these three things I shall choose the
    last; if you die, I shall lay you at once in a plain wooden chest, and
    have it set in the church, and every night I shall place a sentinel
    beside it. But you shall not die, even if you are ill now.’

    He immediately summoned all the best doctors in the country, and they
    came with all their prescriptions and their medicine bottles, but next
    day the princess was stiff and cold in death. All the doctors could
    certify to that and they all put their names to this and appended their
    seals, and then they had done all they could.

    The king kept his promise. The princess’s body was lain the same day in
    a plain wooden chest, and set in the chapel of the castle, and on that
    night and every night after it, a sentinel was posted in the church, to
    keep watch over the chest.

    The first morning when they came to let the sentinel out, there was no
    sentinel there. They thought he had just got frightened and run away,
    and next evening a new one was posted in the church. In the morning he
    was also gone. So it went every night. When they came in the morning to
    let the sentinel out, there was no one there, and it was impossible to
    discover which way he had gone if he had run away. And what should they
    run away for, every one of them, so that nothing more was over heard
    or seen of them, from the hour that they were set on guard beside the
    princess’s chest?

    It became now a general belief that the princess’s ghost walked, and ate
    up all those who were to guard her chest, and very soon there was no one
    left who would be placed on this duty, and the king’s soldiers deserted
    the service, before their turn came to be her bodyguard. The king then
    promised a large reward to the soldier who would volunteer for the post.
    This did for some time, as there were found a few reckless fellows,
    who wished to earn this good payment. But they never got it, for in the
    morning, they too had disappeared like the rest.

    So it had gone on for something like a whole year; every night a
    sentinel had been placed beside the chest, either by compulsion or of
    his own free will, but not a single one of the sentinels was to be seen,
    either on the following day or any time thereafter. And so it had also
    gone with one, on the night before a certain day, when a merry young
    smith came wandering to the town where the king’s castle stood. It was
    the capital of the country, and people of every king came to it to
    get work. This smith, whose name was Christian, had come for that same
    purpose. There was no work for him in the place he belonged to, and he
    wanted now to seek a place in the capital.

    There he entered an inn where he sat down in the public room, and got
    something to eat. Some under-officers were sitting there, who were out
    to try to get some one enlisted to stand sentry. They had to go in this
    way, day after day, and hitherto they had always succeeded in finding
    one or other reckless fellow. But on this day they had, as yet, found no
    one. It was too well known how all the sentinels disappeared, who were
    set on that post, and all that they had got hold of had refused with
    thanks. These sat down beside Christian, and ordered drinks, and drank
    along with him. Now Christian was a merry fellow who liked good company;
    he could both drink and sing, and talk and boast as well, when he got a
    little drop in his head. He told these under-officers that he was one of
    that kind of folk who never are afraid of anything. Then he was just
    the kind of man they liked, said they, and he might easily earn a good
    penny, before he was a day older, for the king paid a hundred dollars to
    anyone who would stand as sentinel in the church all night, beside his
    daughter’s chest.

    Christian was not afraid of that he wasn’t afraid of anything, so they
    drank another bottle of wine on this, and Christian went with them up
    to the colonel, where he was put into uniform with musket, and all the
    rest, and was then shut up in the church, to stand as sentinel that
    night.

    It was eight o’clock when he took up his post, and for the first hour
    he was quite proud of his courage; during the second hour he was well
    pleased with the large reward that he would get, but in the third hour,
    when it was getting near eleven, the effects of the wine passed off, and
    he began to get uncomfortable, for he had heard about this post; that
    no one had ever escapeed alive from it, so far as was known. But neither
    did anyone know what had become of all the sentinels. The thought of
    this ran in his head so much, after the wine was out of it, that he
    searched about everywhere for a way of escape, and finally, at eleven
    o’clock, he found a little postern in the steeple which was not locked,
    and out at this he crept, intending to run away.

    At the same moment as he put his foot outside the church door, he saw
    standing before him a little man, who said, ‘Good evening, Christian,
    where are you going?’

    With that he felt as if he were rooted to the spot and could not move.

    ‘Nowhere,’ said he.

    ‘Oh, yes,’ said the little man, ‘You were just about to run away, but
    you have taken upon you to stand sentinel in the church to-night, and
    there you must stay.’

    Christian said, very humbly, that he dared not, and therefore wanted to
    get away, and begged to be let go.

    ‘No,’ said the little one, ‘you must remain at your post, but I shall
    give you a piece of good advice; you shall go up into the pulpit, and
    remain standing there. You need never mind what you see or hear, it will
    not be able to do you any harm, if you remain in your place until you
    hear the lid of the chest slam down again behind the dead; then all
    danger is past, and you can go about the church, wherever you please.’

    The little man then pushed him in at the door again, and locked it after
    him. Christian made haste to get up into the pulpit, and stood there,
    without noticing anything, until the clock struck twelve. Then the lid
    of the princess’s chest sprang up, and out of it there came something
    like the princess, dressed as you see in the picture. It shrieked and
    howled, ‘Sentry, where are you? Sentry, where are you? If you don’t
    come, you shall get the most cruel death anyone had ever got.’

    It went all round the church, and when it finally caught sight of the
    smith, up in the pulpit, it came rushing thither and mounted the steps.
    But it could not get up the whole way, and for all that it stretched and
    strained, it could not touch Christian, who meanwhile stood and trembled
    up in the pulpit. When the clock struck one, the appearance had to go
    back into the chest again, and Christian heard the lid slam after it.
    After this there was dead silence in the church. He lay down where he
    was and fell asleep, and did not awake before it was bright daylight,
    and he heard steps outside, and the noise of the key being put into the
    lock. Then he came down from the pulpit, and stood with his musket in
    front of the princess’s chest.

    It was the colonel himself who came with the patrol, and he was not a
    little surprised when he found the recruit safe and sound. He wanted
    to have a report, but Christian would give him none, so he took him
    straight up to the king, and announced for the first time that here
    was the sentinel who had stood guard in the church over-night. The king
    immediately got out of bed, and laid the hundred dollars for him on the
    table, and then wanted to question him. ‘Have you seen anything?’ said
    he. ‘Have you seen my daughter?’ ‘I have stood at my post,’ said the
    young smith, ‘and that is quite enough; I undertook nothing more.’
    He was not sure whether he dared tell what he had seen and heard, and
    besides he was also a little conceited because he had done what no other
    man had been able to do, or had had courage for. The king professed to
    be quite satisfied, and asked him whether he would engage himself
    to stand on guard again the following night. ‘No, thank you,’ said
    Christian, ‘I will have no more of that!’

    ‘As you please,’ said the king, ‘you have behaved like a brave fellow,
    and now you shall have your breakfast. You must be needing something to
    strengthen you after that turn.’

    The king had breakfast laid for him, and sat down at the table with him
    in person; he kept constantly filling his glass for him and praising
    him, and drinking his health. Christian needed no pressing, but did full
    justice both to the food and drink, and not least to the latter. Finally
    he grew bold, and said that if the king would give him two hundred
    dollars for it, he was his man to stand sentry next night as well.

    When this was arranged, Christian bade him ‘Good-day,’ and went down
    among the guards, and then out into the town along with other soldiers
    and under-officers. He had his pocket full of money, and treated them,
    and drank with them and boasted and made game of the good-for-nothings
    who were afraid to stand on guard, because they were frightened that the
    dead princess would eat them. See whether she had eaten him! So the day
    passed in mirth and glee, but when eight o’clock came, Christian was
    again shut up in the church, all alone.

    Before he had been there two hours, he got tired of it, and thought only
    of getting away. He found a little door behind the altar which was not
    locked, and at ten o’clock he slipped out at it, and took to his heels
    and made for the beach. He had got half-way thither, when all at once
    the same little man stood in front of him and said, ‘Good evening,
    Christian, where are you going?’ ‘I’ve leave to go where I please,’
    said the smith, but at the same time he noticed that he could not move a
    foot. ‘No, you have undertaken to keep guard to-night as well,’ said the
    little man, ‘and you must attend to that.’ He then took hold of him, and
    however unwilling he was, Christian had to go with him right back to
    the same little door that he had crept out at. When they got there, the
    little man said to him, ‘Go in front of the altar now, and take in your
    hand the book that is lying there. There you shall stay till you hear
    the lid of the chest slam down over the dead. In that way you will come
    to no harm.’

    With that the little man shoved him in at the door, and locked it.
    Christian then immediately went in front of the altar, and took the
    book in his hand, and stood thus until the clock struck twelve, and
    the appearance sprang out of the chest. ‘Sentry, where are you? Sentry,
    where are you?’ it shrieked, and then rushed to the pulpit, and right
    up into it. But there was no one there that night. Then it howled and
    shrieked again,

    My father has set no sentry in,
    War and Pest this night begin.

    At the same moment, it noticed the smith standing in front of the altar,
    and came rushing towards him. ‘Are you there?’ it screamed; ‘now I’ll
    catch you.’ But it could not come up over the step in front of the
    altar, and there it continued to howl, and scream, and threaten, until
    the clock struck one, when it had to go into the chest again, and
    Christian heard the lid slam above it. That night, however, it had not
    the same appearance as on the previous one; it was less ugly.

    When all was quiet in the church, the smith lay down before the altar
    and slept calmly till the following morning, when the colonel came to
    fetch him. He was taken up to the king again, and things went on as the
    day before. He got his money, but would give no explanation whether he
    had seen the king’s daughter, and he would not take the post again,
    he said. But after he had got a good breakfast, and tasted well of the
    king’s wines, he undertook to go on guard again the third night, but he
    would not do it for less than the half of the kingdom, he said, for it
    was a dangerous post, and the king had to agree, and promise him this.

    The remainder of the day went like the previous one. He played
    the boastful soldier, and the merry smith, and he had comrades and
    boon-companions in plenty. At eight o’clock he had to put on his uniform
    again, and was shut up in the church. He had not been there for an hour
    before he had come to his senses, and thought, ‘It’s best to stop now,
    while the game is going well.’ The third night, he was sure, would be
    the worst; he had been drunk when he promised it, and the half of the
    kingdom, the king could never have been in earnest about that! So he
    decided to leave, without waiting so long as on the previous nights. In
    that way he would escape the little man who had watched him before. All
    the doors and posterns were locked, but he finally though of creeping
    up to a window, and opening that, and as the clock struck nine, he crept
    out there. It was fairly high in the wall, but he got to the ground with
    no bones broken, and started to run. He got down to the shore without
    meeting anyone, and there he got into a boat, and pushed off from land.
    He laughed immensely to himself at the thought of how cleverly he had
    managed and how he had cheated the little man. Just then he heard a
    voice from the shore, ‘Good evening, Christian, where are you going?’ He
    gave no answer. ‘To-night your legs will be too short,’ he thought, and
    pulled at the oars. But he then felt something lay hold of the boat, and
    drag it straight in to shore, for all that he sat and struggled with the
    oars.

    The man then laid hold of him, and said, ‘You must remain at your post,
    as you have promised,’ and whether he liked it or not, Christian had
    just to go back with him the whole way to the church.

    He could never get in at that window again, Christian said; it was far
    too high up.

    ‘You must go in there, and you shall go in there,’ said the little man,
    and with that he lifted him up on to the window-sill. Then he said to
    him: ‘Notice well now what you have to do. This evening you must stretch
    yourself out on the left-hand side of her chest. The lid opens to the
    right, and she comes out to the left. When she has got out of the chest
    and passed over you, you must get into it and lie there, and that in
    a hurry, without her seeing you. There you must remain lying until day
    dawns, and whether she threatens you or entreats you, you must not come
    out of it, or give her any answer. Then she has no power over you, and
    both you and she are freed.’

    The smith then had to go in at the window, just as he came out, and
    went and laid himself all his length on the left side of the princess’s
    chest, close up to it, and there he lay stiff as a rock until the clock
    struck twelve. Then the lid sprang up to the right, and the princess
    came out, straight over him, and rushed round the church, howling and
    shrieking ‘Sentry, where are you? Sentry, where are you?’ She went
    towards the altar, and right up to it, but there was no one there; then
    she screamed again,

    My father has set no sentry in,
    War and Pest will now begin.

    Then she went round the whole church, both up and down, sighing and
    weeping,

    My father has set no sentry in,
    War and Pest will now begin.

    Then she went away again, and at the same moment the clock in the tower
    struck one.

    Then the smith heard in the church a soft music, which grew louder and
    louder, and soon filled the whole building. He heard also a multitude of
    footsteps, as if the church was being filled with people. He heard
    the priest go through the service in front of the altar, and there was
    singing more beautiful than he had ever heard before. Then he also heard
    the priest offer up a prayer of thanksgiving because the land had been
    freed from war and pestilence, and from all misfortune, and the king’s
    daughter delivered from the evil one. Many voices joined in, and a hymn
    of praise was sung; then he heard the priest again, and heard his own
    name and that of the princess, and thought that he was being wedded to
    her. The church was packed full, but he could see nothing. Then he heard
    again the many footsteps as ol’ folk leaving the church, while the music
    sounded fainter and fainter, until it altogether died away. When it was
    silent, the light of day began to break in through the windows.

    The smith sprang up out of the chest and fell on his knees and thanked
    God. The church was empty, but up in front of the altar lay the
    princess, white and red, like a human being, but sobbing and crying, and
    shaking with cold in her white shroud. The smith took his sentry coat
    and wrapped it round her; then she dried her tears, and took his hand
    and thanked him, and said that he had now freed her from all the sorcery
    that had been in her from her birth, and which had come over her again
    when her father broke the command against seeing her until she had
    completed her fourteenth year.

    She said further, that if he who had delivered her would take her in
    marriage, she would be his. If not, she would go into a nunnery, and he
    could marry no other as long as she lived, for he was wedded to her with
    the service of the dead, which he had heard.

    She was now the most beautiful young princess that anyone could wish to
    see, and he was now lord of half the kingdom, which had been promised
    him for standing on guard the third nigh. So they agreed that they would
    have each other, and love each other all their days.

    With the first sunbeam the watch came and opened the church, and not
    only was the colonel there, but the king in person, come to see what had
    happened to the sentinel. He found them both sitting hand in hand on the
    step in front of the altar, and immediately knew his daughter again,
    and took her in his arms, thanking God and her deliverer. He made no
    objections to what they had arranged, and so Christian the smith held
    his wedding with the princess, and got half the kingdom at once, and the
    whole of it when the king died.

    As for the other sentries, with so many doors and windows open, no doubt
    they had run away, and gone into the Prussian service. And as for what
    Christian said he saw, he had been drinking more wine than was good for
    him.

     

    The Three Brothers

    Translated from the German of the Brothers Grimm.

    There was once a man who had three sons, and no other possessions
    beyond the house in which he lived. Now the father loved his three sons
    equally, so that he could not make up his mind which of them should have
    the house after his death, because he did not wish to favour any one
    more than the others. And he did not want to sell the house, because
    it had belonged to his family for generations; otherwise he could have
    divided the money equally amongst them. At last an idea struck him, and
    he said to his sons: ‘You must all go out into the world, and look about
    you, and each learn a trade, and then, when you return, whoever can
    produce the best masterpiece shall have the house.’

    The sons were quite satisfied. The eldest wished to be a blacksmith, the
    second a barber, and the third a fencing-master. They appointed a time
    when they were to return home, and then they all set out.

    It so happened that each found a good master, where he learnt all that
    was necessary for his trade in the best possible way. The blacksmith had
    to shoe the king’s horses, and thought to himself, ‘Without doubt the
    house will be yours!’ The barber shaved the best men in the kingdom,
    and he, too, made sure that the house would be his. The fencing-master
    received many a blow, but he set his teeth, and would not allow himself
    to be troubled by them, for he thought to himself, ‘If you are afraid of
    a blow you will never get the house.’

    When the appointed time had come the three brothers met once more, and
    they sat down and discussed the best opportunity of showing off their
    skill. Just then a hare came running across the field towards them.
    ‘Look!’ said the barber, ‘here comes something in the nick of time!’
    seized basin and soap, made a lather whilst the hare was approaching,
    and then, as it ran at full tilt, shaved its moustaches, without cutting
    it or injuring a single hair on its body.

    ‘I like that very much indeed,’ said the father. ‘Unless the others
    exert themselves to the utmost, the house will be yours.’

    Soon after they saw a man driving a carriage furiously towards them.
    ‘Now, father, you shall see what I can do!’ said the blacksmith, and he
    sprang after the carriage, tore off the four shoes of the horse as
    it was going at the top of its speed, and shod it with four new ones
    without checking its pace.

    ‘You are a clever fellow!’ said the father, ‘and know your trade as well
    as your brother. I really don’t know to which of you I shall give the
    house.’

    Then the third son said, ‘Father, let me also show you something;’ and,
    as it was beginning to rain, he drew his sword and swung it in cross
    cuts above his head, so that not a drop fell on him, and the rain fell
    heavier and heavier, till at last it was coming down like a waterspout,
    but he swung his sword faster and faster, and kept as dry as if he were
    under cover.

    When the father saw this he was astonished, and said, ‘You have produced
    the greatest masterpiece: the house is yours.’

    Both the other brothers were quite satisfied, and praised him too, and
    as they were so fond of each other they all three remained at home and
    plied their trades: and as they were so experienced and skilful they
    earned a great deal of money. So they lived happily together till they
    were quite old, and when one was taken ill and died the two others were
    so deeply grieved that they were also taken ill and died too. And so,
    because they had all been so clever, and so fond of each other, they
    were all laid in one grave.

     

    The Snow-queen

    Translated from the German of Hans Andersen by Miss Alma Alleyne.

    There was once a dreadfully wicked hobgoblin. One day he was in capital
    spirits because he had made a looking-glass which reflected everything
    that was good and beautiful in such a way that it dwindled almost to
    nothing, but anything that was bad and ugly stood out very clearly and
    looked much worse. The most beautiful landscapes looked like boiled
    spinach, and the best people looked repulsive or seemed to stand on
    their heads with no bodies; their faces were so changed that they could
    not be recognised, and if anyone had a freckle you might be sure it
    would be spread over the nose and mouth.

    That was the best part of it, said the hobgoblin.

    But one day the looking-glass was dropped, and it broke into a
    million-billion and more pieces.

    And now came the greatest misfortune of all, for each of the pieces
    was hardly as large as a grain of sand and they flew about all over the
    world, and if anyone had a bit in his eye there it stayed, and then he
    would see everything awry, or else could only see the bad sides of a
    case. For every tiny splinter of the glass possessed the same power that
    the whole glass had.

    Some people got a splinter in their hearts, and that was dreadful, for
    then it began to turn into a lump of ice.

    The hobgoblin laughed till his sides ached, but still the tiny bits of
    glass flew about.

    And now we will hear all about it.

    In a large town, where there were so many people and houses that there
    was not room enough for everybody to have gardens, lived two poor
    children. They were not brother and sister, but they loved each other
    just as much as if they were. Their parents lived opposite one another
    in two attics, and out on the leads they had put two boxes filled with
    flowers. There were sweet peas in it, and two rose trees, which grow
    beautifully, and in summer the two children were allowed to take their
    little chairs and sit out under the roses. Then they had splendid games.

    In the winter they could not do this, but then they put hot pennies
    against the frozen window-panes, and made round holes to look at each
    other through.

    His name was Kay, and hers was Gerda.

    Outside it was snowing fast.

    ‘Those are the white bees swarming,’ said the old grandmother.

    ‘Have they also a queen bee?’ asked the little boy, for he knew that the
    real bees have one.

    ‘To be sure,’ said the grandmother. ‘She flies wherever they swarm
    the thickest. She is larger than any of them, and never stays upon the
    earth, but flies again up into the black clouds. Often at midnight she
    flies through the streets, and peeps in at all the windows, and then
    they freeze in such pretty patterns and look like flowers.’

    ‘Yes, we have seen that,’ said both children; they knew that it was
    true.

    ‘Can the Snow-queen come in here?’ asked the little girl.

    ‘Just let her!’ cried the boy, ‘I would put her on the stove, and melt
    her!’

    But the grandmother stroked his hair, and told some more stories.

    In the evening, when little Kay was going to bed, he jumped on the chair
    by the window, and looked through the little hole. A few snow-flakes
    were falling outside, and one of the, the largest, lay on the edge of
    one of the window-boxes. The snow-flake grew larger and larger till it
    took the form of a maiden, dressed in finest white gauze.

    She was so beautiful and dainty, but all of ice, hard bright ice.

    Still she was alive; her eyes glittered like two clear stars, but there
    was no rest or peace in them. She nodded at the window, and beckoned
    with her hand. The little boy was frightened, and sprang down from the
    chair. It seemed as if a great white bird had flown past the window.

    The next day there was a harder frost than before.

    Then came the spring, then the summer, when the roses grew and smelt
    more beautifully than ever.

    Kay and Gerda were looking at one of their picture-books–the clock in
    the great church-tower had just struck five, when Kay exclaimed, ‘Oh!
    something has stung my heart, and I’ve got something in my eye!’

    The little girl threw her arms round his neck; he winked hard with both
    his eyes; no, she could see nothing in them.

    ‘I think it is gone now,’ said he; but it had not gone. It was one of
    the tiny splinters of the glass of the magic mirror which we have heard
    about, that turned everything great and good reflected in it small and
    ugly. And poor Kay had also a splinter in his heart, and it began to
    change into a lump of ice. It did not hurt him at all, but the splinter
    was there all the same.

    ‘Why are you crying?’ he asked; ‘it makes you look so ugly! There’s
    nothing the matter with me. Just look! that rose is all slug-eaten, and
    this one is stunted! What ugly roses they are!’

    And he began to pull them to pieces.

    ‘Kay, what are you doing?’ cried the little girl.

    And when he saw how frightened she was, he pulled off another rose, and
    ran in at his window away from dear little Gerda.

    When she came later on with the picture book, he said that it was only
    fit for babies, and when his grandmother told them stories, he was
    always interrupting with, ‘But–’ and then he would get behind her and
    put on her spectacles, and speak just as she did. This he did very well,
    and everybody laughed. Very soon he could imitate the way all the people
    in the street walked and talked.

    His games were now quite different. On a winter’s day he would take a
    burning glass and hold it out on his blue coat and let the snow-flakes
    fall on it.

    ‘Look in the glass, Gerda! Just see how regular they are! They are much
    more interesting than real flowers. Each is perfect; they are all made
    according to rule. If only they did not melt!’

    One morning Kay came out with his warm gloves on, and his little
    sledge hung over his shoulder. He shouted to Gerda, ‘I am going to the
    market-place to play with the other boys,’ and away he went.

    In the market-place the boldest boys used often to fasten their sledges
    to the carts of the farmers, and then they got a good ride.

    When they were in the middle of their games there drove into the square
    a large sledge, all white, and in it sat a figure dressed in a rough
    white fur pelisse with a white fur cap on.

    The sledge drove twice round the square, and Kay fastened his little
    sledge behind it and drove off. It went quicker and quicker into the
    next street. The driver turned round, and nodded to Kay ina friendly
    way as if they had known each other before. Every time that Kay tried
    to unfasten his sledge the driver nodded again, and Kay sat still once
    more. Then they drove out of the town, and the snow began to fall so
    thickly that the little boy could not see his hand before him, and on
    and on they went. He quickly unfastened the cord to get loose from the
    big sledge, but it was of no use; his little sledge hung on fast, and it
    went on like the wind.

    Then he cried out, but nobody heard him. He was dreadfully frightened.

    The snowflakes grew larger and larger till they looked like great white
    birds. All at once they flew aside, the large sledge stood still, and
    the figure who was driving stood up. The fur cloak and cap were all
    of snow. It was a lady, tall and slim, and glittering. It was the
    Snow-queen.

    ‘We have come at a good rate,’ she said; ‘but you are almost frozen.
    Creep in under my cloak.’

    And she set him close to her in the sledge and drew the cloak over him.
    He felt as though he were sinking into a snow-drift.

    ‘Are you cold now?’ she asked, and kissed his forehead. The kiss was
    cold as ice and reached down to his heart, which was already half a lump
    of ice.

    ‘My sledge! Don’t forget my sledge!’ He thought of that first, and it
    was fastened to one of the great white birds who flew behind with the
    sledge on its back.

    The Snow-queen kissed Kay again, and then he forgot all about little
    Gerda, his grandmother, and everybody at home.

    ‘Now I must not kiss you any more,’ she said, ‘or else I should kiss you
    to death.’

    Then away they flew over forests and lakes, over sea and land. Round
    them whistled the cold wind, the wolves howled, and the snow hissed;
    over them flew the black shrieking crows. But high up the moon shone
    large and bright, and thus Kay passed the long winter night. In the day
    he slept at the Snow-queen’s feet.

    But what happened to little Gerda when Kay did not come back?

    What had become of him? Nobody knew. The other boys told how they had
    seen him fasten his sledge on to a large one which had driven out of the
    town gate.

    Gerda cried a great deal. The winter was long and dark to her.

    Then the spring came with warm sunshine. ‘I will go and look for Kay,’
    said Gerda.

    So she went down to the river and got into a little boat that was there.
    Presently the stream began to carry it away.

    ‘Perhaps the river will take me to Kay,’ thought Gerda. She glided down,
    past trees and fields, till she came to a large cherry garden, in which
    stood a little house with strange red and blue windows and a straw roof.
    Before the door stood two wooden soldiers, who were shouldering arms.

    Gerda called to them, but they naturally did not answer. The river
    carried the boat on to the land.

    Gerda called out still louder, and there came out of the house a very
    old woman. She leant upon a crutch, and she wore a large sun-hat which
    was painted with the most beautiful flowers.

    ‘You poor little girl!’ said the old woman.

    And then she stepped into the water, brought the boat in close with her
    crutch, and lifted little Gerda out.

    ‘And now come and tell me who you are, and how you came here,’ she said.

    Then Gerda told her everything, and asked her if she had seen Kay. But
    she said he had not passed that way yet, but he would soon come.

    She told Gerda not to be sad, and that she should stay with her and take
    of the cherry trees and flowers, which were better than any picture-bok,
    as they could each tell a story.

    She then took Gerda’s hand and led her into the little house and shut
    the door.

    The windows were very high, and the panes were red, blue, and yellow,
    so that the light came through in curious colours. On the table were the
    most delicious cherries, and the old woman let Gerda eat as many as she
    liked, while she combed her hair with a gold comb as she ate.

    The beautiful sunny hair rippled and shone round the dear little face,
    which was so soft and sweet. ‘I have always longed to have a dear little
    girl just like you, and you shall see how happy we will be together.’

    And as she combed Gerda’s hair, Gerda thought less and less about Kay,
    for the old woman was a witch, but not a wicked witch, for she only
    enchanted now and then to amuse herself, and she did want to keep little
    Gerda very much.

    So she went into the garden and waved her stick over all the rose bushes
    and blossoms and all; they sank down into the black earth, and no one
    could see where they had been.

    The old woman was afraid that if Gerda saw the roses she would begin to
    think about her own, and then would remember Kay and run away.

    Then she led Gerda out into the garden. How glorious it was, and what
    lovely scents filled the air! All the flowers you can think of blossomed
    there all the year round.

    Gerda jumped for joy and played there till the sun set behind the
    tall cherry trees, and then she slept in a beautiful bed with red silk
    pillows filled with violets, and she slept soundly and dreamed as a
    queen does on her wedding day.

    The next day she played again with the flowers in the warm sunshine, and
    so many days passed by. Gerda knew every flower, but although there were
    so many, it seemed to her as if one were not there, though she could not
    remember which.

    She was looking one day at the old woman’s sun-hat which had hte painted
    flowers on it, and there she saw a rose.

    The witch had forgotten to make that vanish when she had made the
    other roses disappear under the earth. it was so difficult to think of
    everything.

    ‘Why, there are no roses here!’ cried Gerda,, and she hunted amongst all
    the flowers, but not one was to be found. Then she sat down and cried,
    but her tears fell just on the spot where a rose bush had sunk, and when
    her warm tears watered the earth, the bush came up in full bloom just
    as it had been before. Gerda kissed the roses and thought of the lovely
    roses at home, and with them came the thought of little Kay.

    ‘Oh, what have I been doing!’ said the little girl. ‘I wanted to look
    for Kay.’

    She ran to the end of the garden. The gate was shut, but she pushed
    against the rusty lock so that it came open.

    She ran out with her little bare feet. No one came after her. At last
    she could not run any longer, and she sat down on a large stone. When
    she looked round she saw that the summer was over; it was late autumn.
    It had not changed in the beautiful garden, where were sunshine and
    flowers all the year round.

    ‘Oh, dear, how late I have made myself!’ said Gerda. ‘It’s autumn
    already! I cannot rest!’ And she sprang up to run on.

    Oh, how tired and sore her little feet grew, and it became colder and
    colder.

    She had to rest again, and there on the snow in front of her was a large
    crow.

    It had been looking at her for some time, and it nodded its head and
    said, ‘Caw! caw! good day.’ Then it asked the little girl why she was
    alone in the world. She told the crow her story, and asked if he had
    seen Kay.

    The crow nodded very thoughtfully and said, ‘It might be! It might be!’

    ‘What! Do you think you have?’ cried the little girl, and she almost
    squeezed the crow to death as she kissed him.

    ‘Gently, gently!’ said the crow. ‘I think–I know I think–it might be
    little Kay, but now he has forgotten you for the princess!’

    ‘Does he live with a princess?’ asked Gerda.

    ‘Yes, listen,’ said the crow.

    Then he told her all he knew.

    ‘In the kingdom in which we are now sitting lives a princess who is
    dreadfully clever. She has read all the newspapers in the world and has
    forgotten them again. She is as clever as that. The other day she came
    to the throne, and that is not so pleasant as people think. Then she
    began to say, “Why should I not marry?” But she wanted a husband who
    could answer when he was spoken to, not one who would stand up stiffly
    and look respectable–that would be too dull.

    ‘When she told all the Court ladies, they were delighted. You can
    believe every word I say,’ said the crow, ‘I have a tame sweetheart in
    the palace, and she tells me everything.’

    Of course his sweetheart was a crow.

    ‘The newspapers came out next morning with a border of hearts round it,
    and the princess’s monogram on it, and inside you could read that every
    good-looking young man might come into the palace and speak to the
    princess, and whoever should speak loud enough to be heard would be
    well fed and looked after, and the one who spoke best should become the
    princess’s husband. Indeed,’ said the crow, ‘you can quite believe me.
    It is as true as that I am sitting here.

    ‘Young men came in streams, and there was such a crowding and a mixing
    together! But nothing came of it on the first nor on the second day.
    They could all speak quite well when they were in the street, but as
    soon as they came inside the palace door, and saw the guards in silver,
    and upstairs the footmen in gold, and the great hall all lighted up,
    then their wits left them! And when they stood in front of the throne
    where the princess was sitting, then they could not think of anything to
    say except to repeat the last word she had spoken, and she did not much
    care to hear that again. It seemed as if they were walking in their
    sleep until they came out into the street again, when they could speak
    once more. There was a row stretching from the gate of the town up to
    the castle.

    ‘They were hungry and thirsty, but in the palace they did not even get a
    glass of water.

    ‘A few of the cleverest had brought some slices of bread and butter
    with them, but they did not share them with their neighbour, for they
    thought, “If he looks hungry, the princess will not take him!”’

    ‘But what about Kay?’ asked Gerda. ‘When did he come? Was he in the
    crowd?’

    ‘Wait a bit; we are coming to him! On the third day a little figure came
    without horse or carriage and walked jauntily up to the palace. His eyes
    shone as yours do; he had lovely curling hair, but quite poor clothes.’

    ‘That was Kay!’ cried Gerda with delight. ‘Oh, then I have found him!’
    and she clapped her hands.

    ‘He had a little bundle on his back,’ said the crow.

    ‘No, it must have been his skates, for he went away with his skates!’

    ‘Very likely,’ said the crow, ‘I did not see for certain. But I know
    this from my sweetheart, that when he came to the palace door and saw
    the royal guards in silver, and on the stairs the footmen in gold, he
    was not the least bit put out. He nodded to them, saying, “It must be
    rather dull standing on the stairs; I would rather go inside!”

    ‘The halls blazed with lights; councillors and ambassadors were walking
    about in noiseless shoes carrying gold dishes. It was enough to make one
    nervous! His boots creaked dreadfully loud, but he was not frightened.’

    ‘That must be Kay!’ said Gerda. ‘I know he had new boots on; I have
    heard them creaking in his grandmother’s room!’

    ‘They did creak, certainly!’ said the crow. ‘And, not one bit afraid, up
    he went to the princess, who was sitting on a large pearl as round as a
    spinning wheel. All the ladies-in-waiting were standing round, each with
    their attendants, and the lords-in-waiting with their attendants. The
    nearer they stood to the door the prouder they were.’

    ‘It must have been dreadful!’ said little Gerda. ‘And Kay did win the
    princess?’

    ‘I heard from my tame sweetheart that he was merry and quick-witted; he
    had not come to woo, he said, but to listen to the princess’s wisdom.
    And the end of it was that they fell in love with each other.’

    ‘Oh, yes; that was Kay!’ said Gerda. ‘He was so clever; he could do sums
    with fractions. Oh, do lead me to the palace!’

    ‘That’s easily said!’ answered the crow, ‘but how are we to manage that?
    I must talk it over with my tame sweetheart. She may be able to advise
    us, for I must tell you that a little girl like you could never get
    permission to enter it.’

    ‘Yes, I will get it!’ said Gerda. ‘When Kay hears that I am there he
    will come out at once and fetch me!’

    ‘Wait for me by the railings,’ said the crow, and he nodded his head and
    flew away.

    It was late in the evening when he came back.

    ‘Caw, caw!’ he said, ‘I am to give you her love, and here is a little
    roll for you. She took it out of the kitchen; there’s plenty there,
    and you must be hungry. You cannot come into the palace. The guards in
    silver and the footmen in gold would not allow it. But don’t cry! You
    shall get in all right. My sweetheart knows a little back-stairs which
    leads to the sleeping-room, and she knows where to find the key.’

    They went into the garden, and when the lights in the palace were put
    out one after the other, the crow led Gerda to a back-door.

    Oh, how Gerda’s heart beat with anxiety and longing! It seemed as if she
    were going to do something wrong, but she only wanted to know if it were
    little Kay. Yes, it must be he! She remembered so well his clever eyes,
    his curly hair. She could see him smiling as he did when they were at
    home under the rose trees! He would be so pleased to see her, and to
    hear how they all were at home.

    Now they were on the stairs; a little lamp was burning, and on the
    landing stood the tame crow. She put her head on one side and looked at
    Gerda, who bowed as her grandmother had taught her.

    ‘My betrothed has told me many nice things about you, my dear young
    lady,’ she said. ‘Will you take the lamp while I go in front? We go this
    way so as to meet no one.’

    Through beautiful rooms they came to the sleeping-room. In the middle of
    it, hung on a thick rod of gold, were two beds, shaped like lilies, one
    all white, in which lay the princess, and the other red, in which Gerda
    hoped to find Kay. She pushed aside the curtain, and saw a brown neck.
    Oh, it was Kay! She called his name out loud, holding the lamp towards
    him.

    He woke up, turned his head and–it was not Kay!

    It was only his neck that was like Kay’s, but he was young and handsome.
    The princess sat up in her lily-bed and asked who was there.

    Then Gerda cried, and told her story and all that the crows had done.

    ‘You poor child!’ said the prince and princess, and they praised the
    crows, and said that they were not angry with them, but that they must
    not do it again. Now they should have a reward.

    ‘Would you like to fly away free?’ said the princess, ‘or will you have
    a permanent place as court crows with what you can get in the kitchen?’

    And both crows bowed and asked for a permanent appointment, for they
    thought of their old age.

    And they put Gerda to bed, and she folded her hands, thinking, as she
    fell asleep, ‘How good people and animals are to me!’

    The next day she was dressed from head to foot in silk and satin.
    They wanted her to stay on in the palace, but she begged for a little
    carriage and a horse, and a pair of shoes so that she might go out again
    into the world to look for Kay.

    They gave her a muff as well as some shoes; she was warmly dressed, and
    when she was ready, there in front of the door stood a coach of pure
    gold, with a coachman, footmen and postilions with gold crowns on.

    The prince and princess helped her into the carriage and wished her good
    luck.

    The wild crow who was now married drove with her for the first three
    miles; the other crow could not come because she had a bad headache.

    ‘Good-bye, good-bye!’ called the prince and princess; and little Gerda
    cried, and the crow cried.

    When he said good-bye, he flew on to a tree and waved with his black
    wings as long as the carriage, which shone like the sun, was in sight.

    They came at last to a dark wood, but the coach lit it up like a torch.
    When the robbers saw it, they rushed out, exclaiming, ‘Gold! gold!’

    They seized the horses, killed the coachman, footmen and postilions, and
    dragged Gerda out of the carriage.

    ‘She is plump and tender! I will eat her!’ said the old robber-queen,
    and she drew her long knife, which glittered horribly.

    ‘You shall not kill her!’ cried her little daughter. ‘She shall play
    with me. She shall give me her muff and her beautiful dress, and she
    shall sleep in my bed.’

    The little robber-girl was as big as Gerda, but was stronger, broader,
    with dark hair and black eyes. She threw her arms round Gerda and said,
    ‘They shall not kill you, so long as you are not naughty. Aren’t you a
    princess?’

    ‘No,’ said Gerda, and she told all that had happened to her, and how
    dearly she loved little Kay.

    The robber-girl looked at her very seriously, and nodded her head,
    saying, ‘They shall not kill you, even if you are naughty, for then I
    will kill you myself!’

    And she dried Gerda’s eyes, and stuck both her hands in the beautiful
    warm muff.

    The little robber-girl took Gerda to a corner of the robbers’ camp where
    she slept.

    All round were more than a hundred wood-pigeons which seemed to be
    asleep, but they moved a little when the two girls came up.

    There was also, near by, a reindeer which the robber-girl teased by
    tickling it with her long sharp knife.

    Gerda lay awake for some time.

    ‘Coo, coo!’ said the wood-pigeons. ‘We have seen little Kay. A white
    bird carried his sledge; he was sitting in the Snow-queen’s carriage
    which drove over the forest when our little ones were in the nest. She
    breathed on them, and all except we two died. Coo, coo!’

    ‘What are you saying over there?’ cried Gerda. ‘Where was the Snow-queen
    going to? Do you know at all?’

    ‘She was probably travelling to Lapland, where there is always ice and
    snow. Ask the reindeer.’

    ‘There is capital ice and snow there!’ said the reindeer. ‘One can jump
    about there in the great sparkling valleys. There the Snow-queen has
    her summer palace, but her best palace is up by the North Pole, on the
    island called Spitzbergen.’

    ‘O Kay, my little Kay!’ sobbed Gerda.

    ‘You must lie still,’ said the little robber-girl, ‘or else I shall
    stick my knife into you!’

    In the morning Gerda told her all that the wood-pigeons had said. She
    nodded. ‘Do you know where Lapland is?’ she asked the reindeer.

    ‘Who should know better than I?’ said the beast, and his eyes sparkled.
    ‘I was born and bred there on the snow-fields.’

    ‘Listen!’ said the robber-girl to Gerda; ‘you see that all the robbers
    have gone; only my mother is left, and she will fall asleep in the
    afternoon–then I will do something for you!’

    When her mother had fallen asleep, the robber-girl went up to the
    reindeer and said, ‘I am going to set you free so that you can run
    to Lapland. But you must go quickly and carry this little girl to the
    Snow-queen’s palace, where her playfellow is. You must have heard all
    that she told about it, for she spoke loud enough!’

    The reindeer sprang high for joy. The robber-girl lifted little Gerda
    up, and had the foresight to tie her on firmly, and even gave her a
    little pillow for a saddle. ‘You must have your fur boots,’ she said,
    ‘for it will be cold; but I shall keep your muff, for it is so cosy!
    But, so that you may not freeze, here are my mother’s great fur gloves;
    they will come up to your elbows. Creep into them!’

    And Gerda cried for joy.

    ‘Don’t make such faces!’ said the little robber-girl. ‘You must look
    very happy. And here are two loaves and a sausage; now you won’t be
    hungry!’

    They were tied to the reindeer, the little robber-girl opened the door,
    made all the big dogs come away, cut through the halter with her sharp
    knife, and said to the reindeer, ‘Run now! But take great care of the
    little girl.’

    And Gerda stretched out her hands with the large fur gloves towards the
    little robber-girl and said, ‘Good-bye!’

    Then the reindeer flew over the ground, through the great forest, as
    fast as he could.

    The wolves howled, the ravens screamed, the sky seemed on fire.

    ‘Those are my dear old northern lights,’ said the reindeer; ‘see how
    they shine!’

    And then he ran faster still, day and night.

    The loaves were eaten, and the sausage also, and then they came to
    Lapland.

    They stopped by a wretched little house; the roof almost touched the
    ground, and the door was so low that you had to creep in and out.

    There was no one in the house except an old Lapland woman who was
    cooking fish over an oil-lamp. The reindeer told Gerda’s whole history,
    but first he told his own, for that seemed to him much more important,
    and Gerda was so cold that she could not speak.

    ‘Ah, you poor creatures!’ said the Lapland woman; ‘you have still
    further to go! You must go over a hundred miles into Finland, for there
    the Snow-queen lives, and every night she burns Bengal lights. I will
    write some words on a dried stock-fish, for I have no paper, and you
    must give it to the Finland woman, for she can give you better advice
    than I can.’

    And when Gerda was warmed and had had something to eat and drink, the
    Lapland woman wrote on a dried stock-fish, and begged Gerda to take care
    of it, tied Gerda securely on the reindeer’s back, and away they went
    again.

    The whole night was ablaze with northern lights, and then they came to
    Finland and knocked at the Finland woman’s chimney, for door she had
    none.

    Inside it was so hot that the Finland woman wore very few clothes; she
    loosened Gerda’s clothes and drew off her fur gloves and boots. She laid
    a piece of ice on the reindeer’s head, and then read what was written on
    the stock-fish. She read it over three times till she knew it by heart,
    and then put the fish in the saucepan, for she never wasted anything.

    Then the reindeer told his story, and afterwards little Gerda’s and the
    Finland woman blinked her eyes but said nothing.

    ‘You are very clever,’ said the reindeer. ‘I know. Cannot you give the
    little girl a drink so that she may have the strength of twelve men and
    overcome the Snow-queen?’

    ‘The strength of twelve men!’ said the Finland woman; ‘that would not
    help much. Little Kay is with the Snow-queen and he likes everything
    there very much and thinks it the best place in the world. But that is
    because he has a splinter of glass in his heart and a bit in his eye.
    If these do not come out, he will never be free, and the Snow-queen will
    keep her power over him.’

    ‘But cannot you give little Gerda something so that she can have power
    over her?’

    ‘I can give her no greater power than she has already; don’t you see
    how great it is? Don’t you see how men and beasts must help her when she
    wanders into the wide world with her bare feet? She is powerful already,
    because she is a dear little innocent child. If she cannot by herself
    conquer the Snow-queen and take away the glass splinters from little
    Kay, we cannot help her! The Snow-queen’s garden begins two miles from
    here. You can carry the little maiden so far; put her down by the large
    bush with red berries growing in the snow. Then you must come back here
    as fast as you can.’

    Then the Finland woman lifted little Gerda on the reindeer and away he
    sped.

    ‘Oh, I have left my gloves and boots behind!’ cried Gerda. She missed
    them in the piercing cold, but the reindeer did not dare to stop. On he
    ran till he came to the bush with red berries. Then he set Gerda down
    and kissed her mouth, and great big tears ran down his cheeks, and then
    he ran back. There stood poor Gerda, without shoes or gloves in the
    middle of the bitter cold of Finland.

    She ran on as fast as she could. A regiment of gigantic snowflakes came
    against her, but they melted when they touched her, and she went on with
    fresh courage.

    And now we must see what Kay was doing. He was not thinking of Gerda,
    and never dreamt that she was standing outside the palace.

    The walls of the palace were built of driven snow, and the doors and
    windows of piercing winds. There were more than a hundred halls in
    it all of frozen snow. The largest was several miles long; the bright
    Northern lights lit them up, and very large and empty and cold and
    glittering they were! In the middle of the great hall was a frozen lake
    which had cracked in a thousand pieces; each piece was exactly like the
    other. Here the Snow-queen used to sit when she was at home.

    Little Kay was almost blue and black with cold, but he did not feel it,
    for she had kissed away his feelings and his heart was a lump of ice.

    He was pulling about some sharp, flat pieces of ice, and trying to fit
    one into the other. He thought each was most beautiful, but that was
    because of the splinter of glass in his eye. He fitted them into a
    great many shapes, but he wanted to make them spell the word ‘Love.’ The
    Snow-queen had said, ‘If you can spell out that word you shalt be your
    own master. I will give you the whole world and a new pair of skates.’

    But he could not do it.

    ‘Now I must fly to warmer countries,’ said the Snow-queen. ‘I must go
    and powder my black kettles!’ (This was what she called Mount Etna and
    Mount Vesuvius.) ‘It does the lemons and grapes good.’

    And off she flew, and Kay sat alone in the great hall trying to do his
    puzzle.

    He sat so still that you would have thought he was frozen.

    Then it happened that little Gerda stepped into the hall. The biting
    cold winds became quiet as if they had fallen asleep when she appeared
    in the great, empty, freezing hall.

    She caught sight of Kay; she recognised him, and ran and put her arms
    round his neck, crying, ‘Kay! dear little Kay! I have found you at
    last!’

    But he sat quite still and cold. Then Gerda wept hot tears which fell
    on his neck and thawed his heart and swept away the bit of the
    looking-glass. He looked at her and then he burst into tears. He cried
    so much that the glass splinter swam out of his eye; then he knew her,
    and cried out, ‘Gerda! dear little Gerda! Where have you been so long?
    and where have I been?’

    And he looked round him.

    ‘How cold it is here! How wide and empty!’ and he threw himself on
    Gerda, and she laughed and wept for joy. It was such a happy time that
    the pieces of ice even danced round them for joy, and when they were
    tired and lay down again they formed themselves into the letters that
    the Snow-queen had said he must spell in order to become his own master
    and have the whole world and a new pair of skates.

    And Gerda kissed his cheeks and they grew rosy; she kissed his eyes and
    they sparkled like hers; she kissed his hands and feet and he became
    warm and glowing. The Snow-queen might come home now; his release–the
    word ‘Love’–stood written in sparkling ice.

    They took each other’s hands and wandered out of the great palace; they
    talked about the grandmother and the roses on the leads, wherever they
    came the winds hushed and the sun came out. When they reached the bush
    with red berries there stood the reindeer waiting for them.

    He carried Kay and Gerda first to the Finland woman, who warmed them in
    her hot room and gave them advice for their journey home.

    Then they went to the Lapland woman, who gave them new clothes and
    mended their sleigh. The reindeer ran with them until they came to the
    green fields fresh with the spring green. Here he said good-bye.

    They came to the forest, which was bursting into bud, and out of it came
    a splendid horse which Gerda knew; it was the one which had drawn the
    gold coach ridden by a young girl with a red cap on and pistols in her
    belt. It was the little robber girl who was tired of being at home and
    wanted to go out into the world. She and Gerda knew each other at once.

    ‘You are a nice fellow!’ she said to Kay. ‘I should like to know if you
    deserve to be run all over the world!’

    But Gerda patted her cheeks and asked after the prince and princess.

    ‘They are travelling about,’ said the robber girl.

    ‘And the crow?’ asked Gerda.

    ‘Oh, the crow is dead!’ answered the robber-girl. ‘His tame sweetheart
    is a widow and hops about with a bit of black crape round her leg. She
    makes a great fuss, but that’s all nonsense. But tell me what happened
    to you, and how you caught him.’

    And Kay and Gerda told her all.

    ‘Dear, dear!’ said the robber-girl, shook both their hands, and promised
    that if she came to their town she would come and see them. Then she
    rode on.

    But Gerda and Kay went home hand in hand. There they found the
    grandmother and everything just as it had been, but when they went
    through the doorway they found they were grown-up.

    There were the roses on the leads; it was summer, warm, glorious summer.

     

    The Fir-tree

    Translated from the German of Hans Christian Andersen.

    There was once a pretty little fir-tree in a wood. It was in a capital
    position, for it could get sun, and there was enough air, and all around
    grew many tall companions, both pines and firs. It did not heed the warm
    sun and the fresh air, or notice the little peasant children who ran
    about chattering when they came out to gather wild strawberries and
    raspberries. Often they found a whole basketful and strung strawberries
    on a straw; they would sit down by the little fir-tree and say, ‘What a
    pretty little one this is!’ The tree did not like that at all.

    By the next year it had grown a whole ring taller, and the year after
    that another ring more, for you can always tell a fir-tree’s age from
    its rings.

    ‘Oh! if I were only a great tree like the others!’ sighed the little
    fir-tree, ‘then I could stretch out my branches far and wide and look
    out into the great world! The birds would build their nests in my
    branches, and when the wind blew I would bow to it politely just like
    the others!’ It took no pleasure in the sunshine, nor in the birds, nor
    in the rose-coloured clouds that sailed over it at dawn and at sunset.
    Then the winter came, and the snow lay white and sparkling all around,
    and a hare would come and spring right over the little fir-tree, which
    annoyed it very much. But when two more winters had passed the fir-tree
    was so tall that the hare had to run round it. ‘Ah! to grow and grow,
    and become great and old! that is the only pleasure in life,’ thought
    the tree. In the autumn the woodcutters used to come and hew some of the
    tallest trees; this happened every year, and the young fir-tree would
    shiver as the magnificent trees fell crashing and crackling to the
    ground, their branches hewn off, and the great trunks left bare, so that
    they were almost unrecognisable. But then they were laid on waggons
    and dragged out of the wood by horses. ‘Where are they going? What will
    happen to them?’

    In spring, when the swallows and storks came, the fir-tree asked them,
    ‘Do you know where they were taken? Have you met them?’

    The swallows knew nothing of them, but the stork nodded his head
    thoughtfully, saying, ‘I think I know. I met many new ships as I flew
    from Egypt; there were splendid masts on the ships. I’ll wager those
    were they! They had the scent of fir-trees. Ah! those are grand, grand!’

    ‘Oh! if I were only big enough to sail away over the sea too! What sort
    of thing is the sea? what does it look like?’

    ‘Oh! it would take much too long to tell you all that,’ said the stork,
    and off he went.

    ‘Rejoice in your youth,’ said the sunbeams, ‘rejoice in the sweet
    growing time, in the young life within you.’

    And the wind kissed it and the dew wept tears over it, but the fir-tree
    did not understand.

    Towards Christmas-time quite little trees were cut down, some not as big
    as the young fir-tree, or just the same age, and now it had no peace or
    rest for longing to be away. These little trees, which were chosen for
    their beauty, kept all their branches; they were put in carts and drawn
    out of the wood by horses.

    ‘Whither are those going?’ asked the fir-tree; ‘they are no bigger than
    I, and one there was much smaller even! Why do they keep their branches?
    Where are they taken to?’

    ‘We know! we know!’ twittered the sparrows. ‘Down there in the city we
    have peeped in at the windows, we know where they go! They attain to the
    greatest splendour and magnificence you can imagine! We have looked in
    at the windows and seen them planted in the middle of the warm room and
    adorned with the most beautiful things-golden apples, sweet-meats, toys
    and hundreds of candles.’

    ‘And then?’ asked the fir-tree, trembling in every limb with eagerness,
    ‘and then? what happens then?’

    ‘Oh, we haven’t seen anything more than that. That was simply
    matchless!’

    ‘Am I too destined to the same brilliant career?’ wondered the fir-tree
    excitedly. ‘That is even better than sailing over the sea! I am sick
    with longing. If it were only Christmas! Now I am tall and grown-up like
    those which were taken away last year. Ah, if I were only in the cart!
    If I were only in the warm room with all the splendour and magnificence!
    And then? Then comes something better, something still more beautiful,
    else why should they dress us up? There must be something greater,
    something grander to come–but what? Oh! I am pining away! I really
    don’t know what’s the matter with me!’

    ‘Rejoice in us,’ said the air and sunshine, ‘rejoice in your fresh youth
    in the free air!’

    But it took no notice, and just grew and grew; there it stood fresh and
    green in winter and summer, and all who saw it said, ‘What a beautiful
    tree!’ And at Christmas-time it was the first to be cut down. The axe
    went deep into the pith; the tree fell to the ground with a groan; it
    felt bruised and faint. It could not think of happiness, it was sad at
    leaving its home, the spot where it had sprung up; it knew, too, that it
    would never see again its dear old companions, or the little shrubs
    and flowers, perhaps not even the birds. Altogether the parting was not
    pleasant.

    When the tree came to itself again it was packed in a yard with other
    trees, and a man was saying, ‘This is a splendid one, we shall only want
    this.’

    Then came two footmen in livery and carried the fir-tree to a large and
    beautiful room. There were pictures hanging on the walls, and near the
    Dutch stove stood great Chinese vases with lions on their lids; there
    were armchairs, silk-covered sofas, big tables laden with picture-books
    and toys, worth hundreds of pounds-at least, so the children said. The
    fir-tree was placed in a great tub filled with sand, but no one could
    see that it was a tub, for it was all hung with greenery and stood on a
    gay carpet. How the tree trembled! What was coming now? On its
    branches they hung little nets cut out of coloured paper, each full of
    sugarplums; gilt apples and nuts hung down as if they were growing, over
    a hundred red, blue, and white tapers were fastened among the branches.
    Dolls as life-like as human beings–the fir-tree had never seen any
    before were suspended among the green, and right up at the top was fixed
    a gold tinsel star; it was gorgeous, quite unusually gorgeous!

    ‘To-night,’ they all said, ‘to-night it will be lighted!’

    ‘Ah!’ thought the tree, ‘if it were only evening! Then the tapers would
    soon be lighted. What will happen then? I wonder whether the trees will
    come from the wood to see me, or if the sparrows will fly against the
    window panes? Am I to stand here decked out thus through winter and
    summer?’

    It was not a bad guess, but the fir-tree had real bark-ache from sheer
    longing, and bark-ache in trees is just as bad as head-ache in human
    beings.

    Now the tapers were lighted. What a glitter! What splendour! The tree
    quivered in all its branches so much, that one of the candles caught
    the green, and singed it. ‘Take care!’ cried the young ladies, and they
    extinguished it.

    Now the tree did not even dare to quiver. It was really terrible! It was
    so afraid of losing any of its ornaments, and it was quite bewildered by
    all the radiance.

    And then the folding doors were opened, and a crowd of children rushed
    in, as though they wanted to knock down the whole tree, whilst the older
    people followed soberly. The children stood quite silent, but only for
    a moment, and then they shouted again, and danced round the tree, and
    snatched off one present after another.

    ‘What are they doing?’ thought the tree. ‘What is going to happen?’ And
    the tapers burnt low on the branches, and were put out one by one, and
    then the children were given permission to plunder the tree. They rushed
    at it so that all its boughs creaked; if it had not been fastened by the
    gold star at the top to the ceiling, it would have been overthrown.

    The children danced about with their splendid toys, and no one looked at
    the tree, except the old nurse, who came and peeped amongst the boughs,
    just to see if a fig or an apple had been forgotten.

    ‘A story! a story!’ cried the children, and dragged a little stout
    man to the tree; he sat down beneath it, saying, ‘Here we are in the
    greenwood, and the tree will be delighted to listen! But I am only going
    to tell one story. Shall it be Henny Penny or Humpty Dumpty who fell
    downstairs, and yet gained great honour and married a princess?’

    ‘Henny Penny!’ cried some; ‘Humpty Dumpty!’ cried others; there was a
    perfect babel of voices! Only the fir-tree kept silent, and thought, ‘Am
    I not to be in it? Am I to have nothing to do with it?’

    But it had already been in it, and played out its part. And the man told
    them about Humpty Dumpty who fell downstairs and married a princess. The
    children clapped their hands and cried, ‘Another! another!’ They wanted
    the story of Henny Penny also, but they only got Humpty Dumpty. The
    fir-tree stood quite astonished and thoughtful; the birds in the wood
    had never related anything like that. ‘Humpty Dumpty fell downstairs and
    yet married a princess! yes, that is the way of the world!’ thought the
    tree, and was sure it must be true, because such a nice man had told
    the story. ‘Well, who knows? Perhaps I shall fall downstairs and marry a
    princess.’ And it rejoiced to think that next day it would be decked out
    again with candles, toys, glittering ornaments, and fruits. ‘To-morrow
    I shall quiver again with excitement. I shall enjoy to the full all my
    splendour. To-morrow I shall hear Humpty Dumpty again, and perhaps Henny
    Penny too.’ And the tree stood silent and lost in thought all through
    the night.

    Next morning the servants came in. ‘Now the dressing up will begin
    again,’ thought the tree. But they dragged it out of the room, and up
    the stairs to the lumber-room, and put it in a dark corner, where no ray
    of light could penetrate. ‘What does this mean?’ thought the tree. ‘What
    am I to do here? What is there for me to hear?’ And it leant against the
    wall, and thought and thought. And there was time enough for that, for
    days and nights went by, and no one came; at last when some one did
    come, it was only to put some great boxes into the corner. Now the tree
    was quite covered; it seemed as if it had been quite forgotten.

    ‘Now it is winter out-doors,’ thought the fir-tree. ‘The ground is hard
    and covered with snow, they can’t plant me yet, and that is why I am
    staying here under cover till the spring comes. How thoughtful they are!
    Only I wish it were not so terribly dark and lonely here; not even
    a little hare! It was so nice out in the wood, when the snow lay all
    around, and the hare leapt past me; yes, even when he leapt over me: but
    I didn’t like it then. It’s so dreadfully lonely up here.’

    ‘Squeak, squeak!’ said a little mouse, stealing out, followed by a
    second. They sniffed at the fir-tree, and then crept between its boughs.
    ‘It’s frightfully cold,’ said the little mice. ‘How nice it is to be
    here! Don’t you think so too, you old fir-tree?’

    ‘I’m not at all old,’ said the tree; ‘there are many much older than I
    am.’

    ‘Where do you come from?’ asked the mice, ‘and what do you know?’ They
    were extremely inquisitive. ‘Do tell us about the most beautiful
    place in the world. Is that where you come from? Have you been in the
    storeroom, where cheeses lie on the shelves, and hams hang from the
    ceiling, where one dances on tallow candles, and where one goes in thin
    and comes out fat?’

    ‘I know nothing about that,’ said the tree. ‘But I know the wood, where
    the sun shines, and the birds sing.’ And then it told them all about
    its young days, and the little mice had never heard anything like that
    before, and they listened with all their ears, and said: ‘Oh, how much
    you have seen! How lucky you have been!’

    ‘I?’ said the fir-tree, and then it thought over what it had told them.
    ‘Yes, on the whole those were very happy times.’ But then it went on to
    tell them about Christmas Eve, when it had been adorned with sweet-meats
    and tapers.

    ‘Oh!’ said the little mice, ‘how lucky you have been, you old fir-tree!’

    ‘I’m not at all old’ said the tree. ‘I only came from the wood this
    winter. I am only a little backward, perhaps, in my growth.’

    ‘How beautifully you tell stories!’ said the little mice. And next
    evening they came with four others, who wanted to hear the tree’s story,
    and it told still more, for it remembered everything so clearly and
    thought: ‘Those were happy times! But they may come again. Humpty dumpty
    fell downstairs, and yet he married a princess; perhaps I shall also
    marry a princess!’ And then it thought of a pretty little birch-tree
    that grew out in the wood, and seemed to the fir-tree a real princess,
    and a very beautiful one too.

    ‘Who is Humpty Dumpty?’ asked the little mice.

    And then the tree told the whole story; it could remember every single
    word, and the little mice were ready to leap on to the topmost branch
    out of sheer joy! Next night many more mice came, and on Sunday even
    two rats; but they did not care about the story, and that troubled the
    little mice, for now they thought less of it too.

    ‘Is that the only story you know?’ asked the rats.

    ‘The only one,’ answered the tree. ‘I heard that on my happiest evening,
    but I did not realise then how happy I was.’

    ‘That’s a very poor story. Don’t you know one about bacon or tallow
    candles? a storeroom story?’

    ‘No,’ said the tree.

    ‘Then we are much obliged to you,’ said the rats, and they went back to
    their friends.

    At last the little mice went off also, and the tree said, sighing:
    ‘Really it was very pleasant when the lively little mice sat round and
    listened whilst I told them stories. But now that’s over too. But now I
    will think of the time when I shall be brought out again, to keep up my
    spirits.’

    But when did that happen? Well, it was one morning when they came to
    tidy up the lumber-room; they threw it really rather roughly on the
    floor, but a servant dragged it off at once downstairs, where there was
    daylight once more.

    ‘Now life begins again!’ thought the tree. It felt the fresh air, the
    first rays of the sun, and there it was out in the yard! Everything
    passed so quickly; the tree quite forgot to notice itself, there was so
    much to look at all around. The yard opened on a garden full of flowers;
    the roses were so fresh and sweet, hanging over a little trellis,
    the lime-trees were in blossom, and the swallows flew about, saying:
    ‘Quirre-virre-vil, my husband has come home;’ but it was not the
    fir-tree they meant.

    ‘Now I shall live,’ thought the tree joyfully, stretching out its
    branches wide; but, alas! they were all withered and yellow; and it was
    lying in a corner among weeds and nettles. The golden star was still on
    its highest bough, and it glittered in the bright sunlight. In the yard
    some of the merry children were playing, who had danced so gaily round
    the tree at Christmas. One of the little ones ran up, and tore off the
    gold star.

    ‘Look what was left on the ugly old fir-tree!’ he cried, and stamped on
    the boughs so that they cracked under his feet.

    And the tree looked at all the splendour and freshness of the flowers in
    the garden, and then looked at itself, and wished that it had been left
    lying in the dark corner of the lumber-room; it thought of its fresh
    youth in the wood, of the merry Christmas Eve, and of the little mice
    who had listened so happily to the story of Humpty Dumpty.

    ‘Too late! Too late!’ thought the old tree. ‘If only I had enjoyed
    myself whilst I could. Now all is over and gone.’

    And a servant came and cut the tree into small pieces, there was quite
    a bundle of them; they flickered brightly under the great copper in
    the brew-house; the tree sighed deeply, and each sigh was like a
    pistol-shot; so the children who were playing there ran up, and sat in
    front of the fire, gazing at it, and crying, ‘Piff! puff! bang!’ But
    for each report, which was really a sigh, the tree was thinking of a
    summer’s day in the wood, or of a winter’s night out there, when the
    stars were shining; it thought of Christmas Eve, and of Humpty Dumpty,
    which was the only story it had heard, or could tell, and then the tree
    had burnt away.

    The children played on in the garden, and the youngest had the golden
    star on his breast, which the tree had worn on the happiest evening of
    its life; and now that was past–and the tree had passed away–and the
    story too, all ended and done with.

    And that’s the way with all stories!

    Here our Danish author ends. This is what people call sentiment, and I
    hope you enjoy it!

     

    Hans, the Mermaid’s Son

    Translated from the Danish.

    In a village there once lived a smith called Basmus, who was in a very
    poor way. He was still a young man, and a strong handsome fellow to
    boot, but he had many little children and there was little to be earned
    by his trade. He was, however, a diligent and hard-working man, and when
    he had no work in the smithy he was out at sea fishing, or gathering
    wreckage on the shore.

    It happened one time that he had gone out to fish in good weather,
    all alone in a little boat, but he did not come home that day, nor the
    following one, so that all believed he had perished out at sea. On the
    third day, however, Basmus came to shore again and had his boat full
    of fish, so big and fat that no one had ever seen their like. There
    was nothing the matter with him, and he complained neither of hunger or
    thirst. He had got into a fog, he said, and could not find land again.
    What he did not tell, however, was where he had been all the time; that
    only came out six years later, when people got to know that he had been
    caught by a mermaid out on the deep sea, and had been her guest during
    the three days that he was missing. From that time forth he went out no
    more to fish; nor, indeed, did he require to do so, for whenever he went
    down to the shore it never failed that some wreckage was washed up, and
    in it all kinds of valuable things. In those days everyone took what
    they found and got leave to keep it, so that the smith grew more
    prosperous day by day.

    When seven years had passed since the smith went out to sea, it happened
    one morning, as he stood in the smithy, mending a plough, that a
    handsome young lad came in to him and said, ‘Good-day, father; my mother
    the mermaid sends her greetings, and says that she has had me for six
    years now, and you can keep me for as long.’

    He was a strange enough boy to be six years old, for he looked as if he
    were eighteen, and was even bigger and stronger than lads commonly are
    at that age.

    ‘Will you have a bite of bread?’ said the smith.

    ‘Oh, yes,’ said Hans, for that was his name.

    The smith then told his wife to cut a piece of bread for him. She did
    so, and the boy swallowed it at one mouthful and went out again to the
    smithy to his father.

    ‘Have you got all you can eat?’ said the smith.

    ‘No,’ said Hans, ‘that was just a little bit.’

    The smith went into the house and took a whole loaf, which he cut into
    two slices and put butter and cheese between them, and this he gave to
    Hans. In a while the boy came out to the smithy again.

    ‘Well, have you got as much as you can eat?’ said the smith.

    ‘No, not nearly,’ said Hans; ‘I must try to find a better place than
    this, for I can see that I shall never get my fill here.’

    Hans wished to set off at once, as soon as his father would make a staff
    for him of such a kind as he wanted.

    ‘It must be of iron,’ said he, ‘and one that can hold out.’

    The smith brought him an iron rod as thick as an ordinary staff, but
    Hans took it and twisted it round his finger, so that wouldn’t do. Then
    the smith came dragging one as thick as a waggon-pole, but Hans bent it
    over his knee and broke it like a straw. The smith then had to collect
    all the iron he had, and Hans held it while his father forged for him a
    staff, which was heavier than the anvil. When Hans had got this he said,
    ‘Many thanks, father; now I have got my inheritance.’ With this he set
    off into the country, and the smith was very pleased to be rid of that
    son, before he ate him out of house and home.

    Hans first arrived at a large estate, and it so happened that the squire
    himself was standing outside the farmyard.

    ‘Where are you going?’ said the squire.

    ‘I am looking for a place,’ said Hans, ‘where they have need of strong
    fellows, and can give them plenty to eat.’

    ‘Well,’ said the squire, ‘I generally have twenty-four men at this time
    of the year, but I have only twelve just now, so I can easily take you
    on.’

    ‘Very well,’ said Hans, ‘I shall easily do twelve men’s work, but then I
    must also have as much to eat as the twelve would.’

    All this was agreed to, and the squire took Hans into the kitchen, and
    told the servant girls that the new man was to have as much food as the
    other twelve. It was arranged that he should have a pot to himself, and
    he could then use the ladle to take his food with.

    It was in the evening that Hans arrived there, so he did nothing more
    that day than eat his supper–a big pot of buck-wheat porridge, which
    he cleaned to the bottom and was then so far satisfied that he said he
    could sleep on that, so he went off to bed. He slept both well and long,
    and all the rest were up and at their work while he was still sleeping
    soundly. The squire was also on foot, for he was curious to see how the
    new man would behave who was both to eat and work for twelve.

    But as yet there was no Hans to be seen, and the sun was already high in
    the heavens, so the squire himself went and called on him.

    ‘Get up, Hans,’ he cried; ‘you are sleeping too long.’

    Hans woke up and rubbed his eyes. ‘Yes, that’s true,’ he said, ‘I must
    get up and have my breakfast.’

    So he rose and dressed himself, and went into the kitchen, where he got
    his pot of porridge; he swallowed all of this, and then asked what work
    he was to have.

    He was to thresh that day, said the squire; the other twelve men were
    already busy at it. There were twelve threshing-floors, and the twelve
    men were at work on six of them–two on each. Hans must thresh by
    himself all that was lying upon the other six floors. He went out to the
    barn and got hold of a flail. Then he looked to see how the others did
    it and did the same, but at hte first stroke he smashed the flail in
    pieces. There were several flails hanging there, and Hans took the one
    after the other, but they all went the same way, every one flying in
    splinters at the first stroke. He then looked round for something else
    to work with, and found a pair of strong beams lying near. Next he
    caught sight of a horse-hide nailed up on the barn-door. With the beams
    he made a flail, using the skin to tie them together. The one beam he
    used as a handle, and the other to strike with, and now that was all
    right. But the barn was too low, there was no room to swing the flail,
    and the floors were too small. Hans, however, found a remedy for
    this–he simply lifted the whole roof off the barn, and set it down in
    the field beside. He then emptied down all the corn that he could lay
    his hands on and threshed away. He went through one lot after another,
    and it was ll the same to him what he got hold of, so before midday he
    had threshed all the squire’s grain, his rye and wheat and barley and
    oats, all mixed through each other. When he was finished with this, he
    lifted the roof up on the barn again, like setting a lid on a box, and
    went in and told the squire that the job was done.

    The squire opened his eyes at this announcement; and came out to see
    if it was really true. It was true, sure enough, but he was scarcely
    delighted with the mixed grain that he got from all his crops. However,
    when he saw the flail that Hans had used, and learned how he had made
    room for himself to swing it, he was so afraid of the strong fellow,
    that he dared not say anything, except that it was a good thing he had
    got it threshed; but it had still to be cleaned.

    ‘What does that mean?’ asked Hans.

    It was explained to him that the corn and the chaff had to be separated;
    as yet both were lying in one heap, right up to the roof. Hans began
    to take up a little and sift it in his hands, but he soon saw that
    this would never do. He soon thought of a plan, however; he opened both
    barn-doors, and then lay down at one end and blew, so that all the chaff
    flew out and lay like a sand-bank at the other end of the barn, and the
    grain was as clean as it could be. Then he reported to the squire that
    that job also was done. The squire said that that was well; there was
    nothing more for him to do that day. Off went Hans to the kitchen, and
    got as much as he could eat; then he went and took a midday nap which
    lasted till supper-time.

    Meanwhile the squire was quite miserable, and made his moan to his wife,
    saying that she must help him to find some means to getting rid of this
    strong fellow, for he durst not give him his leave. She sent for the
    steward, and it was arranged that next day all the men should go to the
    forest for fire-wood, and that they should make a bargain among them,
    that the one who came home last with his load should be hanged. They
    thought they could easily manage that it would be Hans who would lose
    his life, for the others would be early on the road, while Hans would
    certainly oversleep himself. In the evening, therefore, the men sat and
    talked together, saying that next morning they must set out early to
    the forest, and as they had a hard day’s work and a long journey before
    them, they would, for their amusement, make a compact, that whichever of
    them came home last with his load should lose his life on the gallows.
    So Hans had no objections to make.

    Long before the sun was up next morning, all the twelve men were on
    foot. They took all the best horses and carts, and drove off to the
    forest. Hans, however, lay and slept on, and the squire said, ‘Just let
    him lie.’

    At last, Hans thought it was time to have his breakfast, so he got up
    and put on his clothes. He took plenty of time to his breakfast, and
    then went out to get his horse and cart ready. The others had taken
    everything that was any good, so that he had a difficulty in scraping
    together four wheels of different sizes and fixing them to an old cart,
    and he could find no other horses than a pair of old hacks. He did not
    know where it lay, but he followed the track of the other carts, and in
    that way came to it all right. On coming to the gate leading into the
    forest, he was unfortunate enough to break it in pieces, so he took a
    huge stone that was lying on the field, seven ells long, and seven ells
    broad, and set this in the gap, then he went on and joined the others.
    These laughed at him heartily, for they had laboured as hard as they
    could since daybreak, and had helped each other to fell trees and put
    them on the carts, so that all of these were now loaded except one.

    Hans got hold of a woodman’s axe and proceeded to fell a tree, but he
    destroyed the edge and broke the shaft at the first blow. He therefore
    laid down the axe, put his arms round the tree, and pulled it up by the
    roots. This he threw upon his cart, and then another and another, and
    thus he went on while all the others forgot their work, and stood with
    open mouths, gazing at this strange woodcraft. All at once they began to
    hurry; the last cart was loaded, and they whipped up their horses, so as
    to be the first to arrive home.

    When Hans had finished his work, he again put his old hacks into the
    cart, but they could not move it from the spot. He was annoyed at this,
    and took them out again, twisted a rope round the cart, and all the
    trees, lifted the whole affair on his back, and set off home, leading
    the horses behind him by the rein. When he reached the gate, he found
    the whole row of carts standing there, unable to get any further for the
    stone which lay in the gap.

    ‘What!’ said Hans, ‘can twelve men not move that stone?’ With that he
    lifted it and threw it out of hte way, and went on with his burden on
    his back, and the horses behind him, and arrived at the farm long before
    any of the others. The squire was walking about there, looking and
    looking, for he was very curious to know what had happened. Finally, he
    caught sight of Hans coming along in this fashion, and was so frightened
    that he did not know what to do, but he shut the gate and put on the
    bar. When Hans reached the gate of the courtyard, he laid down the trees
    and hammered at it, but no one came to open it. He then took the trees
    and tossed them over the barn into the yard, and the cart after them, so
    that every wheel flew off in a different direction.

    When the squire saw this, he thought to himself, ‘The horses will come
    the same way if I don’t open the door,’ so he did this.

    ‘Good day, master,’ said Hans, and put the horses into the stable, and
    went into the kitchen, to get something to eat. At length the other men
    came home with their loads. When they came in, Hans said to them, ‘Do
    you remember the bargain we made last night? Which of you is it that’s
    going to be hanged?’ ‘Oh,’ said they, ‘that was only a joke; it didn’t
    mean anything.’ ‘Oh well, it doesn’t matter, ‘said Hans, and there was
    no more about it.

    The squire, however, and his wife and the steward, had much to say to
    each other about the terrible man they had got, and all were agreed that
    they must get rid of him in some way or other. The steward said that he
    would manage this all right. Next morning they were to clean the well,
    and they would use of that opportunity. They would get him down into
    the well, and then have a big mill-stone ready to throw down on top of
    him–that would settle him. After that they could just fill in the well,
    and then escape being at any expense for his funeral. Both the squire
    and his wife thought this a splendid idea, and went about rejoicing at
    the thought that now they would get rid of Hans.

    But Hans was hard to kill, as we shall see. He slept long next morning,
    as he always did, and finally, as he would not waken by himself, the
    squire had to go and call him. ‘Get up, Hans, you are sleeping too
    long,’ he cried. Hans woke up and rubbed his eyes. ‘That’s so,’ said
    he, ‘I shall rise and have my breakfast.’ He got up then and dressed
    himself, while the breakfast stood waiting for him. When he had finished
    the whole of this, he asked what he was to do that day. He was told to
    help the other men to clean out the well. That was all right, and he
    went out and found the other men waiting for him. To these he said that
    they could choose whichever task they liked–either to go down into the
    well and fill the buckets while he pulled them up, or pull them up, and
    he alone would go down to the bottom of the well. They answered that
    they would rather stay above-ground, as there would be no room for so
    many of them down in the well.

    Hans therefore went down alone, and began to clean out the well, but
    the men had arranged how they were to act, and immediately each of them
    seized a stone from a heap of huge blocks, and threw them down above
    him, thinking to kill him with these. Hans, however, gave no more heed
    to this than to shout up to them, to keep the hens away from the well,
    for they were scraping gravel down on the top of him.

    They then saw that they could not kill him with little stones, but they
    had still the big one left. The whole twelve of them set to work with
    poles and rollers and rolled the big mill-stone to the brink of the
    well. It was with the greatest difficulty that they got it thrown down
    there, and now they had no doubt that he had got all that he wanted. But
    the stone happened to fall so luckily that his head went right through
    the hole in the middle of the mill-stone, so that it sat round his neck
    like a priest’s collar. At this, Hans would stay down no longer. He came
    out of the well, with the mill-stone round his neck, ad went straight to
    the squire and complained that the other men were trying to make a
    fool of him. He would not be their priest, he said; he had too little
    learning for that. Saying this, he bent down his head and shook the
    stone off, so that it crushed one of the squire’s big toes.

    The squire went limping in to his wife, and the steward was sent for. He
    was told that he must devise some plan for getting rid of this terrible
    person. The scheme he had devised before had been of no use, and now
    good counsel was scarce.

    ‘Oh, no’ said the steward, ‘there are good enough ways yet. The squire
    can send him this evening to fish in Devilmoss Lake: he will never
    escape alive from there, for no one can go there by night for Old Eric.’

    That was a grand idea, both the squire and his wife thought, and so
    he limped out again to Hans, and said that he would punish his men for
    having tried to make a fool of him. Meanwhile, Hans could do a little
    job where he would be free from these rascals. He should go out on the
    lake and fish there that night, and would then be free from all work on
    the following day.

    ‘All right,’ said Hans; ‘I am well content with that, but I must have
    something with me to eat–a baking of bread, a cask of butter, a barrel
    of ale, and a keg of brandy. I can’t do with less than that.’

    The squire said that he could easily get all that, so Hans got all of
    these tied up together, hung them over his shoulder on his good staff,
    and tramped away to Devilmoss Lake.

    There he got into the boat, rowed out upon the lake, and got everything
    ready to fish. As he now lay out there in the middle of the lake, and
    it was pretty late in the evening, he thought he would have something to
    eat first, before starting to work. Just as he was at his busiest with
    this, Old Eric rose out of the lake, caught him by the cuff of the neck,
    whipped him out of the boat, and dragged him down to the bottom. It was
    a lucky thing that Hans had his walking-stick with him that day, and had
    just time to catch hold of it when he felt Old Eric’s claws in his neck,
    so when they got down to the bottom he said, ‘Stop now, just wait a
    little; here is solid ground.’ With that he caught Old Eric by the back
    of the neck with one hand, and hammered away on his back with the staff,
    till he beat him out as flat as a pancake. Old Eric then began to lament
    and howl, begging him just to let him go, and he would never come back
    to the lake again.

    ‘No, my good fellow,’ said Hans, ‘you won’t get off until you promise
    to bring all the fish in the lake up to the squire’s courtyard, before
    to-morrow morning.’

    Old Eric eagerly promised this, if Hans would only let him go; so Hans
    rowed ashore, ate up the rest of his provisions, and went home to bed.

    Next morning, when the squire rose and opened his front door, the fish
    came tumbling into the porch, and the whole yard was crammed full of
    them. He ran in again to his wife, for he could never devise anything
    himself, and said to her, ‘What shall we do with him now? Old Eric
    hasn’t taken him. I am certain that all the fish are out of the lake,
    for the yard is just filled with them.’

    ‘Yes, that’s a bad business,’ said she; ‘you must see if you can’t get
    him sent to Purgatory, to demand tribute.’ The squire therefore made
    his way to the men’s quarters, to speak to Hans, and it took him all his
    time to push his way along the walls, under the eaves, on account of the
    fish that filled the yard. He thanked Hans for having fished so well,
    and said that now he had an errand for him, which he could only give to
    a trusty servant, and that was to journey to Purgatory, and demand three
    years tribute, which, he said, was owing to him from that quarter.

    ‘Willingly,’ said Hans; ‘but what road do I go, to get there?’

    The squire stood, and did not know what to say, and had first to go in
    to his wife to ask her.

    ‘Oh, what a fool you are!’ said she, ‘can’t you direct him straight
    forward, south through the wood? Whether he gets there or not, we shall
    be quit of him.’

    Out goes the squire again to Hans.

    ‘The way lies straight forward, south through the wood,’ said he.

    Hans then must have his provisions for the journey; two bakings of
    bread, two casks of butter, two barrels of ale, and two kegs of brandy.
    He tied all these up together, and got them on his shoulder hanging on
    his good walking-stick, and off he tramped southward.

    After he had got through the wood, there was more than one road, and he
    was in doubt which of them was the right one, so he sat down and opened
    up his bundle of provisions. He found he had left his knife at home, but
    by good chance, there was a plough lying close at hand, so he took the
    coulter of this to cut the bread with. As he sat there and took his
    bite, a man came riding past him.

    ‘Where are you from?’ said Hans.

    ‘From Purgatory,’ said the man.

    ‘Then stop and wait a little,’ said Hans; but the man was in a hurry,
    and would not stop, so Hans ran after him and caught the horse by the
    tail. This brought it down on its hind legs, and the man went flying
    over its head into a ditch. ‘Just wait a little,’ said Hans; ‘I am going
    the same way.’ He got his provisions tied up again, and laid them on the
    horse’s back; then he took hold of the reins and said to the man, ‘We
    two can go along together on foot.’

    As they went on their way Hans told the stranger both about the errand
    he had on hand and the fun he had had with Old Eric. The other said but
    little but he was well acquainted with the way, and it was no long time
    before they arrived at the gate. There both horse and rider disappeared,
    and Hans was left alone outside. ‘They will come and let me in
    presently,’ he thought to himself; but no one came. He hammered at the
    gate; still no one appeared. Then he got tired of waiting, and smashed
    at the gate with his staff until he knocked it in pieces and got inside.
    A whole troop of little demons came down upon him and asked what he
    wanted. His master’s compliments, said Hans, and he wanted three years’
    tribute. At this they howled at him, and were about to lay hold of him
    and drag him off; but when they had got some raps from his walking-stick
    they let go again, howled still louder than before, and ran in to Old
    Eric, who was still in bed, after his adventure in the lake. They told
    him that a messenger had come from the squire at Devilmoss to demand
    three years’ tribute. He had knocked the gate to pieces and bruised
    their arms and legs with his iron staff.

    ‘Give him three years’! give him ten!’ shouted Old Eric, ‘only don’t let
    him come near me.’

    So all the little demons came dragging so much silver and gold that it
    was something awful. Hans filled his bundle with gold and silver coins,
    put it on his neck, and tramped back to his master, who was scared
    beyond all measure at seeing him again.

    But Hans was also tired of service now. Of all the gold and silver
    he brought with him he let the squire keep one half, and he was glad
    enough, both for the money and at getting rid of Hans. The other half
    he took home to his father the smith in Furreby. To him also he said,
    ‘Farewell;’ he was now tired of living on shore among mortal men, and
    preferred to go home again to his mother. Since that time no one has
    ever seen Hans, the Mermaid’s son.

     

    Peter Bull

    From the Danish.

    There once lived in Denmark a peasant and his wife who owned a very good
    farm, but had no children. They often lamented to each other that they
    had no one of their own to inherit all the wealth that they possessed.
    They continued to prosper, and became rich people, but there was no heir
    to it all.

    One year it happened that they owned a pretty little bull-calf, which
    they called Peter. It was the prettiest little creature they had ever
    seen–so beautiful and so wise that it understood everything that was
    said to it, and so gentle and so full of play that both the man and his
    wife came to be as fond of it as if it had been their own child.

    One day the man said to his wife, ‘I wonder, now, whether our parish
    clerk could teach Peter to talk; in that case we could not do better
    than adopt him as our son, and let him inherit all that we possess.’

    ‘Well, I don’t know,’ said his wife, ‘our clerk is tremendously learned,
    and knows much more than his Paternoster, and I could almost believe
    that he might be able to teach Peter to talk, for Peter has a
    wonderfully good head too. You might at least ask him about it.’

    Off went the man to the clerk, and asked him whether he thought he could
    teach a bull-calf that they had to speak, for they wished so much to
    have it as their heir.

    The clerk was no fool; he looked round about to see that no one could
    overhear them, and said, ‘Oh, yes, I can easily do that, but you must
    not speak to anyone about it. It must be done in all secrecy, and the
    priest must not know of it, otherwise I shall get into trouble, as it is
    forbidden. It will also cost you something, as some very expensive books
    are required.’

    That did not matter at all, the man said; they would not care so very
    much what it cost. The clerk could have a hundred dollars to begin with
    to buy the books. He also promised to tell no one about it, and to bring
    the calf round in the evening.

    He gave the clerk the hundred dollars on the spot, and in the evening
    took the calf round to him, and the clerk promised to do his best with
    it. In a week’s time he came back to the clerk to hear about the calf
    and see how it was thriving. The clerk, however, said that he could not
    get a sight of it, for then Peter would long after him and forget all
    that he had already learned. He was getting on well with his learning,
    but another hundred dollars were needed, as they must have more books.
    The peasant had the money with him, so he gave it to the clerk, and went
    home again with high hopes.

    In another week the man came again to learn what progress Peter had made
    now.

    ‘He is getting on very well,’ said the clerk.

    ‘I suppose he can’t say anything yet?’ said the man.

    ‘Oh, yes,’ said the clerk, ‘he can say “Moo” now.’

    ‘Do you think he will get on with his learning?’ asked the peasant.

    ‘Oh, yes,’ said the clerk, ‘but I shall want another hundred dollars for
    books. Peter can’t learn well out of the ones that he has got.’

    ‘Well, well,’ said the man, ‘what must be spent shall be spent.’

    So he gave the clerk the third hundred dollars for books, and a cask of
    good old ale for Peter. The clerk drank the ale himself, and gave the
    calf milk, which he thought would be better for it.

    Some weeks passed, during which the peasant did not come round to ask
    after the calf, being frightened lest it should cost him another hundred
    dollars, for he had begun to squirm a bit at having to part with so much
    money. Meanwhile the clerk decided that the calf was as fat as it could
    be, so he killed it. After he had got all the beef out of the way he
    went inside, put on his black clothes, and made his way to the peasant’s
    house.

    As soon as he had said ‘Good-day’ he asked, ‘Has Peter come home here?’

    ‘No, indeed, he hasn’t,’ said the man; ‘surely he hasn’t run away?’

    ‘I hope,’ said the clerk, ‘that he would not behave so contemptibly
    after all the trouble I have had to teach him, and all that I have spent
    upon him. I have had to spend at least a hundred dollars of my own money
    to buy books for him before I got him so far on. He could say anything
    he liked now, so he said to-day that he longed to see his parents
    again. I was willing to give him that pleasure, but I was afraid that he
    wouldn’t be able to find the way here by himself, so I made myself ready
    to go with him. When we had got outside the house I remembered that I
    had left my stick inside, and went in again to get it. When I came out
    again Peter had gone off on his own account. I thought he would be here,
    and if he isn’t I don’t know where he is.’

    The peasant and his wife began to lament bitterly that Peter had run
    away in this fashion just when they were to have so much joy of him, and
    after they had spent so much on his education. The worst of it was that
    now they had no heir after all. The clerk comforted them as best he
    could; he also was greatly distressed that Peter should have behaved
    in such a way just when he should have gained honour from his pupil.
    Perhaps he had only gone astray, and he would advertise him at church
    next Sunday, and find out where anyone had seen him. Then he bade them
    ‘Good-bye,’ and went home nad dined on a good fat veal roast.

    Now it so happened that the clerk took in a newspaper, and one day he
    chanced to read in its columns of a new merchant who had settled in
    a town at some distance, and whose name was ‘Peter Bull.’ He put the
    newspaper in his pocket, and went round to the sorrowing couple who had
    lost their heir. He read the paragraph to them, and added, ‘I wonder,
    now, whether that could be your bull-calf Peter?’

    ‘Yes, of course it is,’ said the man; ‘who else would it be?’

    His wife then spoke up and said, ‘You must set out, good man, and see
    about him, for it is him, I am perfectly certain. Take a good sum of
    money with you, too; for who knows but what he may want some cash now
    that he has turned a merchant!’

    Next day the man got a bag of money on his back and a sandwich in his
    pocket, and his pipe in his mouth, and set out for the town where the
    new merchant lived. It was no short way, and he travelled for many days
    before he finally arrived there. He reached it one morning, just at
    daybreak, found out the right place, and asked if the merchant was at
    home. Yes, he was, said the people, but he was not up yet.

    ‘That doesn’t matter,’ said the peasant, ‘for I am his father. Just show
    me up to his bedroom.’

    He was shown up to the room, and as soon as he entered it, ad caught
    sight of the merchant, he recognised him at once. He had the same broad
    forehead, the same thick neck, and same red hair, but in other respects
    he was now like a human being. The peasant rushed straight up to him
    and took a firm hold of him. ‘O Peter,’ said he, ‘what a sorrow you have
    caused us, both myself and your mother, by running off like this just
    as we had got you well educated! Get up, now, so that I can see you
    properly, and have a talk with you.’

    The merchant thought that it was a lunatic who had made his way in to
    him, and thought it best to take things quietly.

    ‘All right,’ said he, ‘I shall do so at once.’ He got out of bed and
    made haste to dress himself.

    ‘Ay,’ said the peasant, ‘now I can see how clever our clerk is. He
    has done well by you, for now you look just like a human being. If one
    didn’t know it, one would never think that it was you we got from the
    red cow; will you come home with me now?’

    ‘No,’ said the merchant, ‘I can’t find time just now. I have a big
    business to look after.’

    ‘You could have the farm at once, you know,’ said the peasant, ‘and we
    old people would retire. But if you would rather stay in business, of
    course you may do so. Are you in want of anything?’

    ‘Oh, yes,’ said the merchant; ‘I want nothing so much as money. A
    merchant has always a use for that.’

    ‘I can well believe that,’ said the peasant, ‘for you had nothing at all
    to start with. I have brought some with me for that very end.’ With
    that he emptied his bag of money out upon the table, so that it was all
    covered with bright dollars.

    When the merchant saw what kind of man he had before him he began to
    speak him fair, and invited him to stay with him for some days, so that
    they might have some more talk together.

    ‘Very well,’ said the peasant, ‘but you must call me “Father.”’

    ‘I have neither father nor mother alive,’ said Peter Bull.

    ‘I know that,’ said the man; ‘your real father was sold at Hamburg last
    Michaelmas, and your real mother died while calving in spring; but my
    wife and I have adopted you as our own, and you are our only heir, so
    you must call me “Father.”’

    Peter Bull was quite willing to do so, and it was settled that he should
    keep the money, while the peasant made his will and left to him all that
    he had, before he went home to his wife, and told her the whole story.

    She was delighted to hear that it was true enough about Peter Bull–that
    he was no other than their own bull-calf.

    ‘You must go at once and tell the clerk,’ said she, ‘and pay him the
    hundred dollars of his own money that he spent upon our son. He has
    earned them well, and more besides, for all the joy he has given us in
    having such a son and heir.’

    The man agreed with this, and thanked the clerk for all he had done, and
    gave him two hundred dollars. Then he sold the farm, and removed with
    his wife to the town where their dear son and heir was living. To him
    they gave all their wealth, and lived with him till their dying day.

     

    The Bird ‘Grip’

    Translated from the Swedish.

    It happened once that a king, who had a great kingdom and three sons,
    became blind, and no human skill or art could restore to him his sight.
    At last there came to the palace an old woman, who told him that in the
    whole world there was only one thing that could give him back his sight,
    and that was to get the bird Grip; his song would open the King’s eyes.

    When the king’s eldest son heard this he offered to bring the bird Grip,
    which was kept in a cage by a king in another country, and carefully
    guarded as his greatest treasure. The blind king was greatly rejoiced at
    his son’s resolve, fitted him out in the best way he could, and let him
    go. When the prince had ridden some distance he came to an inn, in which
    there were many guests, all of whom were merry, and drank and sang and
    played at dice. This joyous life pleased the prince so well that he
    stayed in the inn, took part in the playing and drinking, and forgot
    both his blind father and the bird Grip.

    Meanwhile the king waited with both hope and anxiety for his son’s
    return, but as time went on and nothing was heard of him, the second
    prince asked leave to go in search of his brother, as well as to bring
    the bird Grip. The king granted his request, and fitted him out in
    the finest fashion. But when the prince came to the inn and found his
    brother among his merry companions, he also remained there and forgot
    both the bird Grip and his blind father.

    When the king noticed that neither of his sons returned, although a long
    time had passed since the second one set out, he was greatly distressed,
    for not only had he lost all hope of getting back his sight, but he had
    also lost his two eldest sons. The youngest now came to him, and offered
    to go in search of his brothers and to bring the bird Grip; he was quite
    certain that he would succeed in this. The king was unwilling to risk
    his third son on such an errand, but he begged so long that his father
    had at last to consent. This prince also was fitted out in the finest
    manner, like his brothers, and so rode away.

    He also turned into the same inn as his brothers, and when these saw
    him they assailed him with many entreaties to remain with them and share
    their merry life. But he answered that now, when he had found them,
    his next task was to get the bird Grip, for which his blind father was
    longing, and so he had not a single hour to spare with them in the inn.
    He then said farewell to his brothers, and rode on to find another inn
    in which to pass the night. When he had ridden a long way, and it began
    to grow dark, he came to a house which lay deep in the forest. Here he
    was received in a very friendly manner by the host, who put his horse
    into the stable, and led the prince himself into the guest-chamber,
    where he ordered a maid-servant to lay the cloth and set down the
    supper. It was now dark, and while the girl was laying the cloth and
    setting down the dishes, and the prince had begun to appease his hunger,
    he heard the most piteous shrieks and cries from the next room. He
    sprang up from the table and asked the girl what those cries were, and
    whether he had fallen into a den of robbers. The girl answered that
    these shrieks were heard every night, but it was no living being who
    uttered them; it was a dead man, who life the host had taken because
    he could not pay for the meals he had had in the inn. The host further
    refused to bury the dead man, as he had left nothing to pay the expenses
    of the funeral, and every night he went and scourged the dead body of
    his victim.

    When she had said this she lifted the cover off one of the dishes, and
    the prince saw that there lay on it a knife and an axe. He understood
    then that the host meant to ask him by this what kind of death he
    preferred to die, unless he was willing to ransom his life with his
    money. He then summoned the host, gave him a large sum for his own life,
    and paid the dead man’s debt as well, besides paying him for burying the
    body, which the murderer now promised to attend to.

    The prince, however, felt that his life was not safe in this murderer’s
    den, and asked the maid to help him to escape that night. She replied
    that the attempt to do so might cost her her own life, as the key of the
    stable in which the prince’s horse stood lay under the host’s pillow;
    but, as she herself was a prisoner there, she would help him to escape
    if he would take her along with him. He promised to do so, and they
    succeeded in getting away from the inn, and rode on until they came to
    another far away from it, where the prince got a good place for the girl
    before proceeding on his journey.

    As he now rode all alone through a forest there met him a fox, who
    greeted him in a friendly fashion, and asked him where he was going, and
    on what errand he was bent. The prince answered that his errand was too
    important to be confided to everyone that he met.

    ‘You are right in that,’ said the fox, ‘for it relates to the bird Grip,
    which you want to take and bring home to your blind father; I could help
    you in this, but in that case you must follow my counsel.’

    The prince thought that this was a good offer, especially as the fox was
    ready to go with him and show him the way to the castle, where the bird
    Grip sat in his cage, and so he promised to obey the fox’s instructions.
    When they had traversed the forest together they saw the castle at some
    distance. Then the fox gave the prince three grains of gold, one of
    which he was to throw into the guard-room, another into the room where
    the bird Grip sat, and the third into its cage. He could then take the
    bird, but he must beware of stroking it; otherwise it would go ill with
    him.

    The prince took the grains of gold, and promised to follow the fox’s
    directions faithfully. When he came to the guard-room of the castle he
    threw one of the grains in there, and the guards at once fell asleep.
    The same thing happened with those who kept watch in the room beside the
    bird Grip, and when he threw the third grain into its cage the bird also
    fell asleep. When the prince got the beautiful bird into his hand he
    could not resist the temptation to stroke it, whereupon it awoke and
    began to scream. At this the whole castle woke up, and the prince was
    taken prisoner.

    As he now sat in his prison, and bitterly lamented that his own
    disobedience had brought himself into trouble, and deprived his father
    of the chance of recovering his sight, the fox suddenly stood in front
    of him. The prince was very pleased to see it again, and received
    with great meekness all its reproaches, as well as promised to be more
    obedient in the future, if the fox would only help him out of his fix.
    The fox said that he had come to assist him, but he could do no more
    than advise the prince, when he was brought up for trial, to answer
    ‘yes’ to all the judge’s questions, and everything would go well. The
    prince faithfully followed his instructions, so that when the judge
    asked him whether he had meant to steal the bird Grip he said ‘Yes,’
    and when the judge asked him if he was a master-thief he again answered
    ‘Yes.’

    When the king heard that he admitted being a master-thief, he said that
    he would forgive him the attempt to steal the bird if he would go to
    the next kingdom and carry off the world’s most beautiful princess, and
    bring her to him. To this also the prince said ‘Yes.’

    When he left the castle he met the fox, who went along with him to the
    next kingdom, and when they came near the castle there, gave him three
    grains of gold–one to throw into the guard-room, another into the
    princess’s chamber, and the third into her bed. At the same time he
    strictly warned him not to kiss the princess. The prince went into the
    castle, and did with the grains of gold as the fox had told him, so that
    sleep fell upon everyone there; but when he had taken the princess into
    his arms he forgot the fox’s warning, at the sight of her beauty, and
    kissed her. Then both she and all the others in the castle woke; the
    prince was taken prisoner, and put into a strong dungeon.

    Here the fox again came to him and reproached him with his disobedience,
    but promised to help him out of this trouble also if he would answer
    ‘yes’ to everything they asked him at his trial. The prince willingly
    agreed to this, and admitted to the judge that he had meant to steal the
    princess, and that he was a master-thief.

    When the king learned this he said he would forgive his offence if he
    would go to the next kingdom and steal the horse with the four golden
    shoes. To this also the prince said ‘Yes.’

    When he had gone a little way from the castle he met the fox, and they
    continued on their journey together. When they reached the end of it the
    prince for the third time received three grains of gold from the fox,
    with directions to throw one into the guard-chamber, another into the
    stable, and the third into the horse’s stall. But the fox told him that
    above the horse’s stall hung a beautiful golden saddle, which he must
    not touch, if he did not want to bring himself into new troubles worse
    than those he had escaped from, for then the fox could help him no
    longer.

    The prince promised to be firm this time. He threw the grains of gold in
    the proper places, and untied the horse, but with that he caught
    sight of the golden saddle, and thought that none but it could suit so
    beautiful a horse, especially as it had golden shoes. But just as he
    stretched out his hand to take it he received from some invisible being
    so hard a blow on the arm that it was made quite numb. This recalled to
    him his promise and his danger, so he led out the horse without looking
    at the golden saddle again.

    The fox was waiting for him outside the castle, and the prince confessed
    to him that he had very nearly given way to temptation this time as
    well. ‘I know that,’ said the fox, ‘for it was I who struck you over the
    arm.’

    As they now went on together the prince said that he could not forget
    the beautiful princess, and asked the fox whether he did not think that
    she ought to ride home to his father’s palace on this horse with the
    golden shoes. The fox agreed that this would be excellent; if the prince
    would now go and carry her off he would give him three grains of gold
    for that purpose. The prince was quite ready, and promised to keep
    better command of himself this time, and not kiss her.

    He got the grains of gold and entered the castle, where he carried off
    the princess, set her on the beautiful horse, and held on his way. When
    they came near to the castle where the bird Grip sat in his cage he
    again asked the fox for three grains of gold. These he got, and with
    them he was successful in carrying off the bird.

    He was now full of joy, for his blind father would now recover his
    sight, while he himself owned the world’s most beautiful princess and
    the horse with the golden shoes.

    The prince and princess travelled on together with mirth and happiness,
    and the fox followed them until they came to the forest where the prince
    first met with him.

    ‘Here our ways part,’ said the fox. ‘You have now got all that your
    heart desired, and you will have a prosperous journey to your father’s
    palace if only you do not ransom anyone’s life with money.’

    The prince thanked the fox for all his help, promised to give heed to
    his warning, said farewell to him, and rode on, with the princess by his
    side and the bird Grip on his wrist.

    They soon arrived at the inn where the two eldest brothers had stayed,
    forgetting their errand. But now no merry song or noise of mirth was
    heard from it. When the prince came nearer he saw two gallows erected,
    and when he entered the inn along with the princess he saw that all the
    rooms were hung with black, and that everything inside foreboded sorrow
    and death. He asked the reason of this, and was told that two princes
    were to be hanged that day for debt; they had spent all their money in
    feasting and playing, and were now deeply in debt to the host, and as
    no one could be found to ransom their lives they were about to be hanged
    according to the law.

    The prince knew that it was his two brothers who had thus forfeited
    their lives and it cut him to the heart to think that two princes should
    suffer such a shameful death; and, as he had sufficient money with him,
    he paid their debts, and so ransomed their lives.

    At first the brothers were grateful for their liberty, but when they
    saw the youngest brother’s treasures they became jealous of his good
    fortune, and planned how to bring him to destruction, and then take the
    bird Grip, the princess, and the horse with the golden shoes, and convey
    them to their blind father. After they had agreed on how to carry out
    their treachery they enticed the prince to a den of lions and threw him
    down among them. Then they set the princess on horseback, took the bird
    Grip, and rode homeward. The princess wept bitterly, but they told her
    that it would cost her her life if she did not say that the two brothers
    had won all the treasures.

    When they arrived at their father’s palace there was great rejoicing,
    and everyone praised the two princes for their courage and bravery.

    When the king inquired after the youngest brother they answered that
    he had led such a life in the inn that he had been hanged for debt. The
    king sorrowed bitterly over this, because the youngest prince was his
    dearest son, and the joy over the treasures soon died away, for the
    bird Grip would not sing so that the king might recover his sight, the
    princess wept night and day, and no one dared to venture so close to the
    horse as to have a look at his golden shoes.

    Now when the youngest prince was thrown down into the lions’ den he
    found the fox sitting there, and the lions, instead of tearing him to
    pieces, showed him the greatest friendliness. Nor was the fox angry with
    him for having forgot his last warning. He only said that sons who could
    so forget their old father and disgrace their royal birth as those had
    done would not hesitate to betray their brother either. Then he took the
    prince up out of the lion’s den and gave him directions what to do now
    so as to come by his rights again.

    The prince thanked the fox with all his heart for his true friendship,
    but the fox answered that if he had been of any use to him he would now
    for his own part ask a service of him. The prince replied that he would
    do him any service that was in his power.

    ‘I have only one thing to ask of you,’ said the fox, ‘and that is, that
    you should cut off my head with your sword.’

    The prince was astonished, and said that he could not bring himself to
    cut the had off his truest friend, and to this he stuck in spite of all
    the fox’s declarations that it was the greatest service he could do him.
    At this the fox became very sorrowful, and declared that the prince’s
    refusal to grant his request now compelled him to do a deed which he was
    very unwilling to do–if the prince would not cut off his head, then
    he must kill the prince himself. Then at last the prince drew his good
    sword and cut off the fox’s head, and the next moment a youth stood
    before him.

    ‘Thanks,’ said he, ‘for this service, which has freed me from a spell
    that not even death itself could loosen. I am the dead man who lay
    unburied in the robber’s inn, where you ransomed me and gave me
    honourable burial, and therefore I have helped you in your journey.’

    With this they parted and the prince, disguising himself as a
    horse-shoer, went up to his father’s palace and offered his services
    there.

    The king’s men told him that a horse-shoer was indeed wanted at the
    palace, but he must be one who could lift up the feet of the horse with
    the golden shoes, and such a one they had not yet been able to find. The
    prince asked to see the horse, and as soon as he entered the stable the
    steed began to neigh in a friendly fashion, and stood as quiet and still
    as a lamb while the prince lifted up his hoofs, one after the other, and
    showed the king’s men the famous golden shoes.

    After this the king’s men began to talk about the bird Grip, and how
    strange it was that he would not sing, however well he was attended to.
    The horse-shoer then said that he knew the bird very well; he had seen
    it when it sat in its cage in another king’s palace, and if it did
    not sing now it must be because it did not have all that it wanted. He
    himself knew so much about the bird’s ways that if he only got to see it
    he could tell at once what it lacked.

    The king’s men now took counsel whether they ought to take the stranger
    in before the king, for in his chamber sat the bird Grip along with the
    weeping princess. It was decided to risk doing so, and the horse-shoer
    was led into the king’s chamber, where he had no sooner called the bird
    by its name than it began to sing and the princess to smile. Then the
    darkness cleared away from the king’s eyes, and the more the bird sang
    the more clearly did he see, till at last in the strange horse-shoer
    he recognised his youngest son. Then the princess told the king how
    treacherously his eldest sons had acted, and he had them banished from
    his kingdom; but the youngest prince married the princess, and got the
    horse with the golden shoes and half the kingdom from his father, who
    kept for himself so long as he lived the bird Grip, which now sang with
    all its heart to the king and all his court.

     

    Snowflake

    Slavonic story. Contes Populaires Slaves, traduits par Louis Leger.
    Paris: Leroux, Editeur.

    Once upon a time there lived a peasant called Ivan, and he had a wife
    whose name was Marie. They would have been quite happy except for one
    thing: they had no children to play with, and as they were now old
    people they did not find that watching the children of their neighbours
    at all made up to them for having one of their own.

    One winter, which nobody living will ever forget, the snow lay so deep
    that it came up to the knees of even the tallest man. When it had all
    fallen, and the sun was shining again, the children ran out into the
    street to play, and the old man and his wife sat at their window and
    gazed at them. The children first made a sort of little terrace, and
    stamped it hard and firm, and then they began to make a snow woman. Ivan
    and Marie watched them, the while thinking about many things.

    Suddenly Ivan’s face brightened, and, looking at his wife, he said,
    ‘Wife, why shouldn’t we make a snow woman too?’

    ‘Why not?’ replied Marie, who happened to be in a very good temper; ‘it
    might amuse us a little. But there is no use making a woman. Let us make
    a little snow child, and pretend it is a living one.’

    ‘Yes, let us do that,’ said Ivan, and he took down his cap and went into
    the garden with his old wife.

    Then the two set to work with all their might to make a doll out of
    the snow. They shaped a little body and two little hands and two little
    feet. On top of all they placed a ball of snow, out of which the head
    was to be.

    ‘What in the world are you doing?’ asked a passer-by.

    ‘Can’t you guess?’ returned Ivan.

    ‘Making a snow-child,’ replied Marie.

    They had finished the nose and the chin. Two holes were left for the
    eyes, and Ivan carefully shaped out the mouth. No sooner had he done so
    than he felt a warm breath upon his cheek. He started back in surprise
    and looked–and behold! the eyes of the child met his, and its lips,
    which were as red as raspberries, smiled at him!

    ‘What is it?’ cried Ivan, crossing himself. ‘Am I mad, or is the thing
    bewitched?’

    The snow-child bent its head as if it had been really alive. It moved
    its little arms and its little legs in the snow that lay about it just
    as the living children did theirs.

    ‘Ah! Ivan, Ivan,’ exclaimed Marie, trembling with joy, ‘heaven has sent
    us a child at last!’ And she threw herself upon Snowflake (for that was
    the snow-child’s name) and covered her with kisses. And the loose snow
    fell away from Snowflake as an egg shell does from an egg, and it was a
    little girl whom Marie held in her arms.

    ‘Oh! my darling Snowflake!’ cried the old woman, and led her into the
    cottage.

    And Snowflake grew fast; each hour as well as each day made a
    difference, and every day she became more and more beautiful. The old
    couple hardly knew how to contain themselves for joy, and thought of
    nothing else. The cottage was always full of village children, for they
    amused Snowflake, and there was nothing in the world they would not
    have done to amuse her. She was their doll, and they were continually
    inventing new dresses for her, and teaching her songs or playing with
    her. Nobody knew how clever she was! She noticed everything, and could
    learn a lesson in a moment. Anyone would have taken her for thirteen
    at least! And, besides all that, she was so good and obedient; and
    so pretty, too! Her skin was as white as snow, her eyes as blue as
    forget-me-nots, and her hair was long and golden. Only her cheeks had no
    colour in them, but were as fair as her forehead.

    So the winter went on, till at last the spring sun mounted higher in the
    heavens and began to warm the earth. The grass grew green in the fields,
    and high in the air the larks were heard singing. The village girls met
    and danced in a ring, singing, ‘Beautiful spring, how came you here?
    How came you here? Did you come on a plough, or was it a harrow?’ Only
    Snowflake sat quite still by the window of the cottage.

    ‘What is the matter, dear child?’ asked Marie. ‘Why are you so sad? Are
    you ill? or have they treated you unkindly?’

    ‘No,’ replied Snowflake, ‘it is nothing, mother; no one has hurt me; I
    am well.’

    The spring sun had chased away the last snow from its hiding place under
    the hedges; the fields were full of flowers; nightingales sang in the
    trees, and all the world was gay. But the gayer grew the birds and the
    flowers the sadder became Snowflake. She hid herself from her playmates,
    and curled herself up where the shadows were deepest, like a lily
    amongst its leaves. Her only pleasure was to lie amid the green willows
    near some sparkling stream. At the dawn and at twilight only she seemed
    happy. When a great storm broke, and the earth was white with hail, she
    became bright and joyous as the Snowflake of old; but when the clouds
    passed, and the hail melted beneath the sun, Snowflake would burst into
    tears and weep as a sister would weep over her brother.

    The spring passed, and it was the eve of St. John, or Midsummer Day.
    This was the greatest holiday of the year, when the young girls met in
    the woods to dance and play. They went to fetch Snowflake, and said to
    Marie: ‘Let her come and dance with us.’

    But Marie was afraid; she could not tell why, only she could not bear
    the child to go. Snowflake did not wish to go either, but they had no
    excuse ready. So Marie kissed the girl and said: ‘Go, my Snowflake, and
    be happy with your friends, and you, dear children, be careful of her.
    You know she is the light of my eyes to me.’

    ‘Oh, we will take care of her,’ cried the girls gaily, and they ran off
    to the woods. There they wore wreaths, gathered nosegays, and sang songs
    some sad, some merry. And whatever they did Snowflake did too.

    When the sun set they lit a fire of dry grass, and placed themselves in
    a row, Snowflake being the last of all. ‘Now, watch us,’ they said, ‘and
    run just as we do.’

    And they all began to sing and to jump one after another across the
    fire.

    Suddenly, close behind them, they heard a sigh, then a groan. ‘Ah!’ They
    turned hastily and looked at each other. There was nothing. They
    looked again. Where was Snowflake? She has hidden herself for fun, they
    thought, and searched for her everywhere. ‘Snowflake! Snowflake!’ But
    there was no answer. ‘Where can she be? Oh, she must have gone home.’
    They returned to the village, but there was no Snowflake.

    For days after that they sought her high and low. They examined every
    bush and every hedge, but there was no Snowflake. And long after
    everyone else had given up hope Ivan and Marie would wander through the
    woods crying ‘Snowflake, my dove, come back, come back!’ And sometimes
    they thought they heard a call, but it was never the voice of Snowflake.

    And what had become of her? Had a fierce wild beast seized her and
    dragged her into his lair in the forest? Had some bird carried her off
    across the wide blue sea?

    No, no beast had touched her, no bird had borne her away. With the
    first breath of flame that swept over her when she ran with her friends
    Snowflake had melted away, and a little soft haze floating upwards was
    all that remained of her.

     

    I Know What I Have Learned

    From the Danish.

    There was once a man who had three daughters, and they were all married
    to trolls, who lived underground. One day the man thought that he would
    pay them a visit, and his wife gave him some dry bread to eat by the
    way. After he had walked some distance he grew both tired and hungry, so
    he sat down on the east side of a mound and began to eat his dry bread.
    The mound then opened, and his youngest daughter came out of it, and
    said, ‘Why, father! why are you not coming in to see me?’

    ‘Oh,’ said he, ‘if I had known that you lived here, and had seen any
    entrance, I would have come in.’

    Then he entered the mound along with her.

    The troll came home soon after this, and his wife told him that her
    father was come, and asked him to go and buy some beef to make broth
    with.

    ‘We can get it easier than that!’ said the troll.

    He fixed an iron spike into one of the beams of the roof, and ran his
    head against this till he had knocked several large pieces off his head.
    He was just as well as ever after doing this, and they got their broth
    without further trouble.

    The troll then gave the old man a sackful of money, and laden with this
    he betook himself homewards. When he came near his home he remembered
    that he had a cow about to calve, so he laid down the money on the
    ground, ran home as fast as he could, and asked his wife whether the cow
    had calved yet.

    ‘What kind of a hurry is this to come home in?’ said she. ‘No, the cow
    has not calved yet.’

    ‘Then you must come out and help me in with a sackful of money,’ said
    the man.

    ‘A sackful of money?’ cried his wife.

    ‘Yes, a sackful of money,’ said he. ‘Is that so very wonderful?’

    His wife did not believe very much what he told her, but she humoured
    him, and went out with him.

    When they came to the spot where he had left it there was no money
    there; a thief had come along and stolen it. His wife then grew angry
    and scolded him heartily.

    ‘Well, well!’ said he, ‘hang the money! I know what I have learned.’

    ‘What have you learned?’ said she.

    ‘Ah! I know that,’ said the man.

    After some time had passed the man had a mind to visit his second eldest
    daughter. His wife again gave him some dry bread to eat, and when he
    grew tired and hungry he sat down on the east side of a mound and began
    to eat it. As he sat there his daughter came up out of the mound, and
    invited him to come inside, which he did very willingly.

    Soon after this the troll came home. It was dark by that time, and his
    wife bade him go and buy some candles.

    ‘Oh, we shall soon get a light,’ said the troll. With that he dipped his
    fingers into the fire, and they then gave light without being burned in
    the least.

    The old man got two sacks of money here, and plodded away homewards with
    these. When he was very nearly home he again thought of the cow that
    was with calf, so he laid down the money, ran home, and asked his wife
    whether the cow had calved yet.

    ‘Whatever is the matter with you?’ said she. ‘You come hurrying as if
    the whole house was about to fall. You may set your mind at rest: the
    cow has not calved yet.’

    The man now asked her to come and help him home with the two sacks of
    money. She did not believe him very much, but he continued to assure her
    that it was quite true, till at last she gave in and went with him. When
    they came to the spot there had again been a thief there and taken the
    money. It was no wonder that the woman was angry about this, but the man
    only said, ‘Ah, if you only knew what I have learned.’

    A third time the man set out–to visit his eldest daughter. When he
    came to a mound he sat down on the east side of it and ate the dry bread
    which his wife had given him to take with him. The daughter then came
    out of the mound and invited her father to come inside.

    In a little the troll came home, and his wife asked him to go and buy
    some fish.

    ‘We can get them much more easily than that,’ said the troll. ‘Give me
    your dough trough and your ladle.’

    They seated themselves in the trough, and rowed out on the lake which
    was beside the mound. When they had got out a little way the troll said
    to his wife, ‘Are my eyes green?’

    ‘No, not yet,’ said she.

    He rowed on a little further and asked again, ‘Are my eyes not green
    yet?’

    ‘Yes,’ said his wife, ‘they are green now.’

    Then the troll sprang into the water and ladled up so many fish that in
    a short time the trough could hold no more. They then rowed home again,
    and had a good meal off the fish.

    The old man now got three sacks full of money, and set off home with
    them. When he was almost home the cow again came into his head, and he
    laid down the money. This time, however, he took his wooden shoes and
    laid them above the money, thinking that no one would take it after
    that. Then he ran home and asked his wife whether the cow had calved. It
    had not, and she scolded him again for behaving in this way, but in the
    end he persuaded her to go with him to help him with the three sacks of
    money.

    When they came to the spot they found only the wooden shoes, for a thief
    had come along in the meantime and taken all the money. The woman was
    very angry, and broke out upon her husband; but he took it all very
    quietly, and only said, ‘Hang the money! I know what I have learned.’

    ‘What have you learned I should like to know?’ said his wife.

    ‘You will see that yet,’ said the man.

    One day his wife took a fancy for broth, and said to him, ‘Oh, go to the
    village, and buy a piece of beef to make broth.’

    ‘There’s no need of that,’ said he; ‘we can get it an easier way.’ With
    that he drove a spike into a beam, and ran his head against it, and in
    consequence had to lie in bed for a long time afterwards.

    After he had recovered from this his wife asked him one day to go and
    buy candles, as they had none.

    ‘No,’ he said, ‘there’s no need for that;’ and he stuck his hand into
    the fire. This also made him take to bed for a good while.

    When he had got better again his wife one day wanted fish, and asked him
    to go and buy some. The man, however, wished again to show what he had
    learned, so he asked her to come along with him and bring her dough
    trough and a ladle. They both seated themselves in this, and rowed upon
    the lake. When they had got out a little way the man said, ‘Are my eyes
    green?’

    ‘No,’ said his wife; ‘why should they be?’

    They rowed a little further out, and he asked again, ‘Are my eyes not
    green yet?’

    ‘What nonsense is this?’ said she; ‘why should they be green?’

    ‘Oh, my dear,’ said he, ‘can’t you just say that they are green?’

    ‘Very well,’ said she, ‘they are green.’

    As soon as he heard this he sprang out into the water with the ladle for
    the fishes, but he just got leave to stay there with them!

     

    The Cunning Shoemaker

    Sicilianische Mahrchen.

    Once upon a time there lived a shoemaker who could get no work to do,
    and was so poor that he and his wife nearly died of hunger. At last he
    said to her, ‘It is no use waiting on here–I can find nothing; so I
    shall go down to Mascalucia, and perhaps there I shall be more lucky.’

    So down he went to Mascalucia, and walked through the streets crying,
    ‘Who wants some shoes?’ And very soon a window was pushed up, and a
    woman’s head was thrust out of it.

    ‘Here are a pair for you to patch,’ she said. And he sat down on her
    doorstep and set about patching them.

    ‘How much do I owe you?’ she asked when they were done.

    ‘A shilling.’

    ‘Here is eighteen pence, and good luck to you.’ And he went his way. He
    turned into the next street and set up his cry again, and it was not
    long before another window was pushed up and another head appeared.

    ‘Here are some shoes for you to patch.’

    And the shoemaker sat down on the doorstep and patched them.

    ‘How much do I owe you?’ asked the woman when the shoes were finished.

    ‘A florin.’

    ‘Here is a crown piece, and good luck to you.’ And she shut the window.

    ‘Well,’ thought the shoemaker, ‘I have done finely. But I will not go
    back to my wife just yet, as, if I only go on at this rate, I shall soon
    have enough money to buy a donkey.’

    Having made up his mind what was best to do, he stayed in the town a few
    days longer till he had four gold pieces safe in his purse. Then he went
    to the market and for two of them he bought a good strong donkey, and,
    mounting on its back, he rode home to Catania. But as he entered a thick
    wood he saw in the distance a band of robbers who were coming quickly
    towards him.

    ‘I am lost,’ thought he; ‘they are sure to take from me all the money
    that I have earned, and I shall be as poor as ever I was. What can I
    do?’ However, being a clever little man and full of spirit, he did not
    lose heart, but, taking five florins, he fastened them out of sight
    under the donkey’s thick mane. Then he rode on.

    Directly the robber came up to him they seized him exactly as he had
    foretold and took away all his money.

    ‘Oh, dear friends!’ he cried, wringing his hands, ‘I am only a poor
    shoemaker, and have nothing but this donkey left in the world.’

    As he spoke the donkey gave himself a shake, and down fell the five
    florins.

    ‘Where did that come from?’ asked the robbers.

    ‘Ah,’ replied the shoemaker, ‘you have guessed my secret. The donkey is
    a golden donkey, and supplies me with all my money.’

    ‘Sell him to us,’ said the robbers. ‘We will give you any price you
    like.’

    The shoemaker at first declared that nothing would induce him to sell
    him, but at last he agreed to hand him over to the robbers for fifty
    gold pieces. ‘But listen to what I tell you,’ said he. ‘You must each
    take it in turn to own him for a night and a day, or else you will all
    be fighting over the money.’

    With these words they parted, the robbers driving the donkey to their
    cave in the forest and the shoemaker returning home, very pleased with
    the success of his trick. He just stopped on the way to pick up a good
    dinner, and the next day spent most of his gains in buying a small
    vineyard.

    Meanwhile the robbers had arrived at the cave where they lived, and the
    captain, calling them all round him, announced that it as his right to
    have the donkey for the first night. His companions agreed, and then he
    told his wife to put a mattress in the stable. She asked if he had gone
    out of his mind, but he answered crossly, ‘What is that to you? Do as
    you are bid, and to-morrow I will bring you some treasures.’

    Very early the captain awoke and searched the stable, but could find
    nothing, and guessed that Master Joseph had been making fun of them.
    ‘Well,’ he said to himself, ‘if I have been taken in, the others shall
    not come off any better.’

    So, when one of his men arrived and asked him eagerly how much money he
    had got, he answered gaily, ‘Oh, comrade, if you only knew! But I shall
    say nothing about it till everyone has had his turn!’

    One after another they all took the donkey, but no money was forthcoming
    for anybody. At length, when all the band had been tricked, they held a
    council, and resolved to march to the shoemaker’s house and punish him
    well for his cunning. Just as before, the shoemaker saw them a long way
    off, and began to think how he could outwit them again. When he had hit
    upon a plan he called his wife, and said to her, ‘Take a bladder and
    fill it with blood, and bind it round your neck. When the robbers come
    and demand the money they gave me for the donkey I shall shout to you
    and tell you to get it quickly. You must argue with me, and decline to
    obey me, and then I shall plunge my knife into the bladder, and you must
    fall to the ground as if you were dead. There you must lie till I play
    on my guitar; then get up and begin to dance.’

    The wife made haste to do as she was bid, and there was no time to lose,
    for the robbers were drawing very near the house. They entered with a
    great noise, and overwhelmed the shoemaker with reproaches for having
    deceived them about the donkey.

    ‘The poor beast must have lost its power owing to the change of
    masters,’ said he; ‘but we will not quarrel about it. You shall have
    back the fifty gold pieces that you gave for him. ‘Aite,’ he cried to his
    wife, ‘go quickly to the chest upstairs, and bring down the money for
    these gentlemen.’

    ‘Wait a little,’ answered she; ‘I must first bake this fish. It will be
    spoilt if I leave it now.’

    ‘Go this instant, as you are bid,’ shouted the shoemaker, stamping as if
    he was in a great passion; but, as she did not stir, he drew his knife,
    and stabbed her in the neck. The blood spurted out freely, and she fell
    to the ground as if she was dead.

    ‘What have you done?’ asked the robbers, looking at him in dismay. ‘The
    poor woman was doing nothing.’

    ‘Perhaps I was hasty, but it is easily set right,’ replied the
    shoemaker, taking down his guitar and beginning to play. Hardly had he
    struck the first notes than his wife sat up; then got on her feet and
    danced.

    The robbers stared with open mouths, and at last they said, ‘Master
    Joseph, you may keep the fifty gold pieces. But tell us what you will
    take for your guitar, for you must sell it to us?’

    ‘Oh, that is impossible!’ replied the shoemaker, ‘for every time I have
    a quarrel with my wife I just strike her dead, and so give vent to my
    anger. This has become such a habit with me that I don’t think I could
    break myself of it; and, of course, if I got rid of the guitar I could
    never bring her back to life again.’

    However, the robbers would not listen to him, and at last he consented
    to take forty gold pieces for the guitar.

    Then they all returned to their cave in the forest, delighted with their
    new purchase, and longing for a chance of trying its powers. But the
    captain declared that the first trial belonged to him, and after that
    the others might have their turn.

    That evening he called to his wife and said, ‘What have you got for
    supper?’

    ‘Macaroni,’ answered she.

    ‘Why have you not boiled a fish?’ he cried, and stabber in the neck so
    that she fell dead. The captain, who was not in the least angry, seized
    the guitar and began to play; but, let him play as loud as he would, the
    dead woman never stirred. ‘Oh, lying shoemaker! Oh, abominable knave!
    Twice has he got the better of me. But I will pay him out!’

    So he raged and swore, but it did him no good. The fact remained that he
    had killed his wife and could not bring her back again.

    The next morning came one of the robbers to fetch the guitar, and to
    hear what had happened.

    ‘Well, how have you got on?’

    ‘Oh, splendidly! I stabbed my wife, and then began to play, and now she
    is as well as ever.’

    ‘Did you really? Then this evening I will try for myself.’

    Of course the same thing happened over again, till all the wives had
    been killed secretly, and when there were no more left they whispered to
    each other the dreadful tale, and swore to be avenged on the shoemaker.

    The band lost no time in setting out for his house, and, as before,
    the shoemaker saw them coming from afar. He called to his wife, who was
    washing in the kitchen: ‘Listen, Aita: when the robbers come and ask for
    me say I have gone to the vineyard. Then tell the dog to call me, and
    chase him from the house.’

    When he had given these directions he ran out of the back door and hid
    behind a barrel. A few minutes later the robbers arrived, and called
    loudly for the shoemaker.

    ‘Alas! good gentlemen, he is up in the vineyard, but I will send the
    dog after him at once. Here! now quickly to the vineyard, and tell your
    master some gentlemen are here who wish to speak to him. Go as fast as
    you can.’ And she opened the door and let the dog out.

    ‘You can really trust the dog to call your husband?’ asked the robbers.

    ‘Dear me, yes! He understands everything, and will always carry any
    message I give him.’

    By-and-bye the shoemaker came in and said, ‘Good morning, gentlemen; the
    dog tells me you wish to speak to me.’

    ‘Yes, we do,’ replied the robber; ‘we have come to speak to you about
    that guitar. It is your fault that we have murdered all our wives; and,
    though we played as you told us, none of them ever came back to life.’

    ‘You could not have played properly,’ said the shoemaker. ‘It was your
    own fault.’

    ‘Well, we will forget all about it,’ answered the robbers, ‘if you will
    only sell us your dog.’

    ‘Oh, that is impossible! I should never get on without him.’

    But the robbers offered him forty gold pieces, and at last he agreed to
    let them have the dog.

    So they departed, taking the dog with them, and when they got back to
    their cave the captain declared that it was his right to have the first
    trial.

    He then called his daughter, and said to her, ‘I am going to the inn; if
    anybody wants me, loose the dog, and send him to call me.’

    About an hour after some one arrived on business, and the girl untied
    the dog and said, ‘Go to the inn and call my father!’ The dog bounded
    off, but ran straight to the shoemaker.

    When the robber got home and found no dog he thought ‘He must have gone
    back to his old master,’ and, though night had already fallen, he went
    off after him.

    ‘Master Joseph, is the dog here?’ asked he.

    ‘Ah! yes, the poor beast is so fond of me! You must give him time to get
    accustomed to new ways.’

    So the captain brought the dog back, and the following morning handed
    him over to another of the band, just saying that the animal really
    could do what the shoemaker had said.

    The second robber carefully kept his own counsel, and fetched the dog
    secretly back from the shoemaker, and so on through the whole band. At
    length, when everybody had suffered, they met and told the whole story,
    and next day they all marched off in fury to the man who had made game
    of them. After reproaching him with having deceived them, they tied him
    up in a sack, and told him they were going to throw him into the sea.
    The shoemaker lay quite still, and let them do as they would.

    They went on till they came to a church, and the robbers said, ‘The sun
    is hot and the sack is heavy; let us leave it here and go in and rest.’
    So they put the sack down by the roadside, and went into the church.

    Now, on a hill near by there was a swineherd looking after a great herd
    of pigs and whistling merrily.

    When Master Joseph heard him he cried out as loud as he could, ‘I won’t;
    I won’t, I say.’

    ‘What won’t you do?’ asked the swineherd.

    ‘Oh,’ replied the shoemaker. ‘They want me to marry the king’s daughter,
    and I won’t do it.’

    ‘How lucky you are!’ sighed the swineherd. ‘Now, if it were only me!’

    ‘Oh, if that’s all!’ replied the cunning shoemaker, ‘get you into this
    sack, and let me out.’

    Then the swineherd opened the sack and took the place of the shoemaker,
    who went gaily off, driving the pigs before him.

    When the robbers were rested they came out of the church, took up the
    sack, and carried it to the sea, where they threw it in, and it sank
    directly. As they came back they met the shoemaker, and stared at him
    with open mouths.

    ‘Oh, if you only knew how many pigs live in the sea,’ he cried. ‘And the
    deeper you go the more there are. I have just brought up these, and mean
    to return for some more.’

    ‘There are still some left there?’

    ‘Oh, more than I could count,’ replied the shoemaker. ‘I will show you
    what you must do.’ Then he led the robbers back to the shore. ‘Now,’
    said he, ‘you must each of you tie a stone to your necks, so that you
    may be sure to go deep enough, for I found the pigs that you saw very
    deep down indeed.’

    Then the robbers all tied stones round their necks, and jumped in, and
    were drowned, and Master Joseph drove his pigs home, and was a rich man
    to the end of his days.

     

    The King Who Would Have a Beautiful Wife

    Sicilianische Mahrchen.

    Fifty years ago there lived a king who was very anxious to get married;
    but, as he was quite determined that his wife should be as beautiful as
    the sun, the thing was not so easy as it seemed, for no maiden came up
    to his standard. Then he commanded a trusty servant to search through
    the length and breadth of the land till he found a girl fair enough to
    be queen, and if he had the good luck to discover one he was to bring
    her back with him.

    The servant set out at once on his journey, and sought high and low-in
    castles and cottages; but though pretty maidens were plentiful as
    blackberries, he felt sure that none of them would please the king.

    One day he had wandered far and wide, and was feeling very tired and
    thirsty. By the roadside stood a tiny little house, and here he knocked
    and asked for a cup of water. Now in this house dwelt two sisters, and
    one was eighty and the other ninety years old. They were very poor, and
    earned their living by spinning. This had kept their hands very soft and
    white, like the hands of a girl, and when the water was passed through
    the lattice, and the servant saw the small, delicate fingers, he said to
    himself: ‘A maiden must indeed be lovely if she has a hand like that.’
    And he made haste back, and told the king.

    ‘Go back at once,’ said his majesty, ‘and try to get a sight of her.’

    The faithful servant departed on his errand without losing any time,
    and again he knocked at the door of the little house and begged for some
    water. As before, the old woman did not open the door, but passed the
    water through the lattice.

    ‘Do you live here alone?’ asked the man.

    ‘No,’ replied she, ‘my sister lives with me. We are poor girls, and have
    to work for our bread.’

    ‘How old are you?’

    ‘I am fifteen, and she is twenty.’

    Then the servant went back to the king, and told him all he knew. And
    his majesty answered: ‘I will have the fifteen-year-old one. Go and
    bring her here.’

    The servant returned a third time to the little house and knocked at the
    door. In reply to his knock the lattice window was pushed open, and a
    voice inquired what it was he wanted.

    ‘The king has desired me to bring back the youngest of you to become his
    queen,’ he replied.

    ‘Tell his majesty I am ready to do his bidding, but since my birth no
    ray of light has fallen upon my face. If it should ever do so I shall
    instantly grow black. Therefore beg, I pray you, his most gracious
    majesty to send this evening a shut carriage, and I will return in it to
    the castle.

    When the king heard this he ordered his great golden carriage to be
    prepared, and in it to be placed some magnificent robes; and the old
    woman wrapped herself in a thick veil, and was driven to the castle.

    The king was eagerly awaiting her, and when she arrived he begged her
    politely to raise her veil and let him see her face.

    But she answered: ‘Here the tapers are too bright and the light too
    strong. Would you have me turn black under your very eyes?’

    And the king believed her words, and the marriage took place without the
    veil being once lifted. Afterwards, when they were alone, he raised the
    corner, and knew for the first time that he had wedded a wrinkled old
    woman. And, in a furious burst of anger, he dashed open the window and
    flung her out. But, luckily for her, her clothes caught on a nail in the
    wall, and kept her hanging between heaven and earth.

    While she was thus suspended, expecting every moment to be dashed to the
    ground, four fairies happened to pass by.

    ‘Look, sisters,’ cried one, ‘surely that is the old woman that the king
    sent for. Shall we wish that her clothes may give way, and that she
    should be dashed to the ground?’

    ‘Oh no! no!’ exclaimed another. ‘Let us wish her something good. I
    myself will wish her youth.’

    ‘And I beauty.’

    ‘And I wisdom.’

    ‘And I a tender heart.’

    So spake the fairies, and went their way, leaving the most beautiful
    maiden in the world behind them.

    The next morning when the king looked from his window he saw this lovely
    creature hanging on the nail. ‘Ah! what have I done? Surely I must have
    been blind last night!’

    And he ordered long ladders to be brought and the maiden to be rescued.
    Then he fell on his knees before her, and prayed her to forgive him, and
    a great feast was made in her honour.

    Some days after came the ninety-year-old sister to the palace and asked
    for the queen.

    ‘Who is that hideous old witch?’ said the king.

    ‘Oh, an old neighbour of mine, who is half silly,’ she replied.

    But the old woman looked at her steadily, and knew her again, and said:
    ‘How have you managed to grow so young and beautiful? I should like to
    be young and beautiful too.’

    This question she repeated the whole day long, till at length the queen
    lost patience and said: ‘I had my old head cut off, and this new head
    grew in its place.’

    Then the old woman went to a barber, and spoke to him, saying, ‘I will
    give you all you ask if you will only cut off my head, so that I may
    become young and lovely.’

    ‘But, my good woman, if I do that you will die!’

    But the old woman would listen to nothing; and at last the barber took
    out his knife and struck the first blow at her neck.

    ‘Ah!’ she shrieked as she felt the pain.

    ‘Il faut souffrir pour etre belle,’ said the barber, who had been in
    France.

    And at the second blow her head rolled off, and the old woman was dead
    for good and all.

     

    Catherine and Her Destiny

    Sicilianische Mahrchen von Laura Gonzenbach. Leipzig, Engelmann, 1870.

    Long ago there lived a rich merchant who, besides possessing more
    treasures than any king in the world, had in his great hall three
    chairs, one of silver, one of gold, and one of diamonds. But his
    greatest treasure of all was his only daughter, who was called
    Catherine.

    One day Catherine was sitting in her own room when suddenly the door
    flew open, and in came a tall and beautiful woman holding in her hands a
    little wheel.

    ‘Catherine,’ she said, going up to the girl, ‘which would you rather
    have-a happy youth or a happy old age?’

    Catherine was so taken by surprise that she did not know what to answer,
    and the lady repeated again, ‘Which would you rather have-a happy youth
    or a happy old age?’

    Then Catherine thought to herself, ‘If I say a happy youth, then I shall
    have to suffer all the rest of my life. No, I would bear trouble now,
    and have something better to look forward to.’ So she looked up and
    replied, ‘Give me a happy old age.’

    ‘So be it,’ said the lady, and turned her wheel as she spoke, vanishing
    the next moment as suddenly as she had come.

    Now this beautiful lady was the Destiny of poor Catherine.

    Only a few days after this the merchant heard the news that all his
    finest ships, laden with the richest merchandise, had been sunk in a
    storm, and he was left a beggar. The shock was too much for him. He took
    to his bed, and in a short time he was dead of his disappointment.

    So poor Catherine was left alone in the world without a penny or a
    creature to help her. But she was a brave girl and full of spirit, and
    soon made up her mind that the best thing she could do was to go to the
    nearest town and become a servant. She lost no time in getting herself
    ready, and did not take long over her journey; and as she was passing
    down the chief street of the town a noble lady saw her out of the
    window, and, struck by her sad face, said to her: ‘Where are you going
    all alone, my pretty girl?’

    ‘Ah, my lady, I am very poor, and must go to service to earn my bread.’

    ‘I will take you into my service,’ said she; and Catherine served her
    well.

    Some time after her mistress said to Catherine, ‘I am obliged to go out
    for a long while, and must lock the house door, so that no thieves shall
    get in.’

    So she went away, and Catherine took her work and sat down at the
    window. Suddenly the door burst open, and in came her Destiny.

    ‘Oh! so here you are, Catherine! Did you really think I was going to
    leave you in peace?’ And as she spoke she walked to the linen press
    where Catherine’s mistress kept all her finest sheets and underclothes,
    tore everything in pieces, and flung them on the floor. Poor Catherine
    wrung her hands and wept, for she thought to herself, ‘When my lady
    comes back and sees all this ruin she will think it is my fault,’ and
    starting up, she fled through the open door. Then Destiny took all the
    pieces and made them whole again, and put them back in the press, and
    when everything was tidy she too left the house.

    When the mistress reached home she called Catherine, but no Catherine
    was there. ‘Can she have robbed me?’ thought the old lady, and looked
    hastily round the house; but nothing was missing. She wondered why
    Catherine should have disappeared like this, but she heard no more of
    her, and in a few days she filled her place.

    Meanwhile Catherine wandered on and on, without knowing very well where
    she was going, till at last she came to another town. Just as before,
    a noble lady happened to see her passing her window, and called out to
    her, ‘Where are you going all alone, my pretty girl?’

    And Catherine answered, ‘Ah, my lady, I am very poor, and must go to
    service to earn my bread.’

    ‘I will take you into my service,’ said the lady; and Catherine served
    her well, and hoped she might now be left in peace. But, exactly as
    before, one day that Catherine was left in the house alone her Destiny
    came again and spoke to her with hard words: ‘What! are you here now?’
    And in a passion she tore up everything she saw, till in sheer misery
    poor Catherine rushed out of the house. And so it befell for seven
    years, and directly Catherine found a fresh place her Destiny came and
    forced her to leave it.

    After seven years, however, Destiny seemed to get tired of persecuting
    her, and a time of peace set in for Catherine. When she had been chased
    away from her last house by Destiny’s wicked pranks she had taken
    service with another lady, who told her that it would be part of her
    daily work to walk to a mountain that overshadowed the town, and,
    climbing up to the top, she was to lay on the ground some loaves
    of freshly baked bread, and cry with a loud voice, ‘O Destiny, my
    mistress,’ three times. Then her lady’s Destiny would come and take away
    the offering. ‘That will I gladly do,’ said Catherine.

    So the years went by, and Catherine was still there, and every day
    she climbed the mountain with her basket of bread on her arm. She was
    happier than she had been, but sometimes, when no one saw her, she would
    weep as she thought over her old life, and how different it was to the
    one she was now leading. One day her lady saw her, and said, ‘Catherine,
    what is it? Why are you always weeping?’ And then Catherine told her
    story.

    ‘I have got an idea,’ exclaimed the lady. ‘To-morrow, when you take the
    bread to the mountain, you shall pray my Destiny to speak to yours, and
    entreat her to leave you in peace. Perhaps something may come of it!’

    At these words Catherine dried her eyes, and next morning, when she
    climbed the mountain, she told all she had suffered, and cried, ‘O
    Destiny, my mistress, pray, I entreat you, of my Destiny that she may
    leave me in peace.’

    And Destiny answered, ‘Oh, my poor girl, know you not your Destiny lies
    buried under seven coverlids, and can hear nothing? But if you will come
    to-morrow I will bring her with me.’

    And after Catherine had gone her way her lady’s Destiny went to find
    her sister, and said to her, ‘Dear sister, has not Catherine suffered
    enough? It is surely time for her good days to begin?’

    And the sister answered, ‘To-morrow you shall bring her to me, and I
    will give her something that may help her out of her need.’

    The next morning Catherine set out earlier than usual for the mountain,
    and her lady’s Destiny took the girl by the hand and led her to her
    sister, who lay under the seven coverlids. And her Destiny held out
    to Catherine a ball of silk, saying, ‘Keep this–it may be useful some
    day;’ then pulled the coverings over her head again.

    But Catherine walked sadly down the hill, and went straight to her lady
    and showed her the silken ball, which was the end of all her high hopes.

    ‘What shall I do with it?’ she asked. ‘It is not worth sixpence, and it
    is no good to me!’

    ‘Take care of it,’ replied her mistress. ‘Who can tell how useful it may
    be?’

    A little while after this grand preparations were made for the king’s
    marriage, and all the tailors in the town were busy embroidering fine
    clothes. The wedding garment was so beautiful nothing like it had ever
    been seen before, but when it was almost finished the tailor found that
    he had no more silk. The colour was very rare, and none could be found
    like it, and the king made a proclamation that if anyone happened to
    possess any they should bring it to the court, and he would give them a
    large sum.

    ‘Catherine!’ exclaimed the lady, who had been to the tailors and seen
    the wedding garment, ‘your ball of silk is exactly the right colour.
    Bring it to the king, and you can ask what you like for it.’

    Then Catherine put on her best clothes and went to the court, and looked
    more beautiful than any woman there.

    ‘May it please your majesty,’ she said, ‘I have brought you a ball of
    silk of the colour you asked for, as no one else has any in the town.’

    ‘Your majesty,’ asked one of the courtiers, ‘shall I give the maiden its
    weight in gold?’

    The king agreed, and a pair of scales were brought; and a handful of
    gold was placed in one scale and the silken ball in the other. But lo!
    let the king lay in the scales as many gold pieces as he would, the silk
    was always heavier still. Then the king took some larger scales, and
    heaped up all his treasures on one side, but the silk on the other
    outweighed them all. At last there was only one thing left that had not
    been put in, and that was his golden crown. And he took it from his head
    and set it on top of all, and at last the scale moved and the ball had
    founds its balance.

    ‘Where got you this silk?’ asked the king.

    ‘It was given me, royal majesty, by my mistress,’ replied Catherine.

    ‘That is not true,’ said the king, ‘and if you do not tell me the truth
    I will have your head cut off this instant.’

    So Catherine told him the whole story, and how she had once been as rich
    as he.

    Now there lived at the court a wise woman, and she said to Catherine,
    ‘You have suffered much, my poor girl, but at length your luck has
    turned, and I know by the weighing of the scales through the crown that
    you will die a queen.’

    ‘So she shall,’ cried the king, who overheard these words; ‘she shall
    die my queen, for she is more beautiful than all the ladies of the
    court, and I will marry no one else.’

    And so it fell out. The king sent back the bride he had promised to wed
    to her own country, and the same Catherine was queen at the marriage
    feast instead, and lived happy and contented to the end of her life.

     

    How the Hermit Helped to Win the King’s Daughter

    Sicilianische Mahrchen

    Long ago there lived a very rich man who had three sons. When he felt
    himself to be dying he divided his property between them, making them
    share alike, both in money and lands. Soon after he died the king set
    forth a proclamation through the whole country that whoever could build
    a ship that should float both on land and sea should have his daughter
    to wife.

    The eldest brother, when he heard it, said to the other, ‘I think I will
    spend some of my money in trying to build that ship, as I should like
    to have the king for my father-in-law.’ So he called together all the
    shipbuilders in the land, and gave them orders to begin the ship without
    delay. And trees were cut down, and great preparations made, and in a
    few days everybody knew what it was all for; and there was a crowd of
    old people pressing round the gates of the yard, where the young man
    spent the most of his day.

    ‘Ah, master, give us work,’ they said, ‘so that we may earn our bread.’

    But he only gave them hard words, and spoke roughly to them. ‘You are
    old, and have lost your strength; of what use are you?’ And he drove
    them away. Then came some boys and prayed him, “master, give us work,’
    but he answered them, ‘Of what use can you be, weaklings as you are! Get
    you gone!’ And if any presented themselves that were not skilled workmen
    he would have none of them.

    At last there knocked at the gate a little old man with a long white
    beard, and said, ‘Will you give me work, so that I may earn my bread?’
    But he was only driven away like the rest.

    The ship took a long while to build, and cost a great deal of money, and
    when it was launched a sudden squall rose, and it fell to pieces, and
    with it all the young man’s hopes of winning the princess. By this time
    he had not a penny left, so he went back to his two brothers and
    told his tale. And the second brother said to himself as he listened,
    ‘Certainly he has managed very badly, but I should like to see if I
    can’t do better, and win the princess for my own self.’ So he called
    together all the shipbuilders throughout the country, and gave them
    orders to build a ship which should float on the land as well as on the
    sea. But his heart was no softer than his brother’s, and every man that
    was not a skilled workman was chased away with hard words. Last came the
    white-bearded man, but he fared no better than the rest.

    When the ship was finished the launch took place, and everything seemed
    going smoothly when a gale sprang up, and the vessel was dashed to
    pieces on the rocks. The young man had spent his whole fortune on it,
    and now it was all swallowed up, was forced to beg shelter from his
    youngest brother. When he told his story the youngest said to himself,
    ‘I am not rich enough to support us all three. I had better take my
    turn, and if I manage to win the princess there will be her fortune
    as well as my own for us to live on.’ So he called together all the
    shipbuilders in the kingdom, and gave orders that a new ship should be
    built. Then all the old people came and asked for work, and he answered
    cheerfully, ‘Oh, yes, there is plenty for everybody;’ and when the boys
    begged to be allowed to help he found something that they could do. And
    when the old man with the long white beard stood before him, praying
    that he might earn his bread, he replied, ‘Oh, father, I could not
    suffer you to work, but you shall be overseer, and look after the rest.’

    Now the old man was a holy hermit, and when he saw how kind-hearted the
    youth was he determined to do all he could for him to gain the wish of
    his heart.

    By-and-bye, when the ship was finished, the hermit said to his young
    friend, ‘Now you can go and claim the king’s daughter, for hte ship will
    float both by land and sea.’

    ‘Oh, good father,’ cried the young man, ‘you will not forsake me? Stay
    with me, I pray you, and lead me to the king!’

    ‘If you wish it, I will,’ said the hermit, ‘on condition that you will
    give me half of anything you get.’

    ‘Oh, if that is all,’ answered he, ‘it is easily promised!’ And they set
    out together on the ship.

    After they had gone some distance they saw a man standing in a thick
    fog, which he was trying to put into a sack.

    ‘Oh, good father,’ exclaimed the youth, ‘what can he be doing?’

    ‘Ask him,’ said the old man.

    ‘What are you doing, my fine fellow?’

    ‘I am putting the fog into my sack. That is my business.’

    ‘Ask him if he will come with us,’ whispered the hermit.

    And the man answered: ‘If you will give me enough to eat and drink I
    will gladly stay with you.’

    So they took him on their ship, and the youth said, as they started off
    again, ‘Good father, before we were two, and now we are three!’

    After they had travelled a little further they met a man who had torn up
    half the forest, and was carrying all the trees on his shoulders.

    ‘Good father,’ exclaimed the youth, ‘only look! What can he have done
    that for?’

    ‘Ask him why he has torn up all those trees.’

    And the man replied, ‘Why, I’ve merely been gathering a handful of
    brushwood.’

    ‘Beg him to come with us,’ whispered the hermit.

    And the strong man answered: ‘Willingly, as long as you give me enough
    to eat and drink.’ And he came on the ship.

    And the youth said to the hermit, ‘Good father, before we were three,
    and now we are four.’

    The ship travelled on again, and some miles further on they saw a man
    drinking out of a stream till he had nearly drunk it dry.

    ‘Good father,’ said the youth, ‘just look at that man! Did you ever see
    anybody drink like that?’

    ‘Ask him why he does it,’ answered the hermit.

    ‘Why, there is nothing very odd in taking a mouthful of water!’ replied
    the man, standing up.

    ‘Beg him to come with us.’ And the youth did so.

    ‘With pleasure, as long as you give me enough to eat and drink.’

    And the youth whispered to the hermit, ‘Good father, before we were
    four, and now we are five.’

    A little way along they noticed another man in the middle of a stream,
    who was shooting into the water.

    ‘Good father,’ said the youth, ‘what can he be shooting at?’

    ‘Ask him,’ answered the hermit.

    ‘Hush, hush!’ cried the man; ‘now you have frightened it away. In the
    Underworld sits a quail on a tree, and I wanted to shoot it. That is my
    business. I hit everything I aim at.’

    ‘Ask him if he will come with us.’

    And the man replied, ‘With all my heart, as long as I get enough to eat
    and drink.’

    So they took him into the ship, and the young man whispered, ‘Good
    father, before we were five, and now we are six.’

    Off they went again, and before they had gone far they met a man
    striding towards them whose steps were so long that while one foot was
    on the north of the island the other was right down in the south.

    ‘Good father, look at him! What long steps he takes!’

    ‘Ask him why he does it,’ replied the hermit.

    ‘Oh, I am only going out for a little walk,’ answered he.

    ‘Ask him if he will come with us.’

    ‘Gladly, if you will give me as much as I want to eat and drink,’ said
    he, climbing up into the ship.

    And the young man whispered, ‘Good father, before we were six, and
    now we are seven.’ But the hermit knew what he was about, and why he
    gathered these strange people into the ship.

    After many days, at last they reached the town where lived the king and
    his daughter. They stopped the vessel right in front of the palace, and
    the young man went in and bowed low before the king.

    ‘O Majesty, I have done your bidding, and now is the ship built that
    can travel over land and sea. Give me my reward, and let me have your
    daughter to wife.’

    But the king said to himself, ‘What! am I to wed my daughter to a man of
    whom I know nothing. Not even whether he be rich or poor–a knight or a
    beggar.’

    And aloud he spake: It is not enough that you have managed to build the
    ship. You must find a runner who shall take this letter to the ruler of
    the Underworld, and bring me the answer back in an hour.’

    ‘That is not in the bond,’ answered the young man.

    ‘Well, do as you like,’ replied the king, ‘only you will not get my
    daughter.’

    The young man went out, sorely troubled, to tell his old friend what had
    happened.

    ‘Silly boy!’ cried the hermit, ‘Accept his terms at once. And send off
    the long-legged man with the letter. He will take it in no time at all.’

    So the youth’s heard leapt for joy, and he returned to the king.
    ‘Majesty, I accept your terms. HEre is the messenger who will do what
    you wish.’

    The king had no choice but to give the man the letter, and he strode
    off, making short work of the distance that lay between the palace and
    the Underworld. He soon found the ruler, who looked at the letter, and
    said to him, ‘Wait a little while i write the answer;’ but the man was
    soo tired with his quick walk that he went sound asleep and forgot all
    about his errand.

    All this time the youth was anxiously counting the minutes till he
    could get back, and stood with his eyes fixed on the road down which his
    messenger must come.

    ‘What can be keeping him,’ he said to the hermit when the hour was
    nearly up. Then the hermit sent for the man who could hit everything he
    aimed at, and said to him, ‘Just see why the messenger stays so long.’

    ‘Oh, he is sound asleep in the palace of the Underworld. However, I can
    wake him.’

    Then he drew his bow, and shot an arrow straight into the man’s knee.
    The messenger awoke with such a start, and when he saw that the hour had
    almost run out he snatched up the answer and rushed back with such speed
    that the clock had not yet struck when he entered the palace.

    Now the young man thought he was sure of his bride, but the king said,
    “Still you have not done enough. Before I give you my daughter you must
    find a man who can drink half the contents of my cellar in one day.’

    ‘That is not in the bond,’ complained the poor youth.

    ‘Well, do as you like, only you will not get my daughter.’

    The young man went sadly out, and asked the hermit what he was to do.

    ‘Silly boy!’ said he. ‘Why, tell the man to do it who drinks up
    everything.’

    So they sent for the man and said, ‘Do you think you are able to drink
    half the royal cellar in one day?’

    ‘Dear me, yes, and as much more as you want,’ answered he. ‘I am never
    satisfied.’

    The king was not pleased at the young man agreeing so readily, but he
    had no choice, and ordered the servant to be taken downstairs. Oh, how
    he enjoyed himself! All day long he drank, and drank, and drank, till
    instead of half the cellar, he had drunk the whole, and there was not
    a cask but what stood empty. And when the king saw this he said to the
    youth, ‘You have conquered, and I can no longer withhold my daughter.
    But, as her dowry, I shall only give so much as one man can carry away.’

    ‘But,’ answered he, ‘let a man be ever so strong, he cannot carry more
    than a hundredweight, and what is that for a king’s daughter?’

    ‘Well, do as you like; I have said my say. It is your affair–not mine.’

    The young man was puzzled, and did not know what to reply, for, though
    he would gladly have married the princess without a sixpence, he had
    spent all his money in building the ship, and knew he could not give her
    all she wanted. So he went to the hermit and said to him, ‘The king will
    only give for her dowry as much as a man can carry. I have no money of
    my own left, and my brothers have none either.’

    ‘Silly boy! Why, you have only got to fetch the man who carried half the
    forest on his shoulders.’

    And the youth was glad, and called the strong man, and told him what he
    must do. ‘Take everything you can, till you are bent double. Never mind
    if you leave the palace bare.’

    The strong man promised, and nobly kept his word. He piled all he
    could see on his back–chairs, tables, wardrobes, chests of gold and
    silver–till there was nothing left to pile. At last he took the king’s
    crown, and put it on the top. He carried his burden to the ship and
    stowed his treasures away, and the youth followed, leading the king’s
    daughter. But the king was left raging in his empty palace, and he
    called together his army, and got ready his ships of war, in order that
    he might go after the vessel and bring back what had been taken away.

    And the king’s ships sailed very fast, and soon caught up the little
    vessel, and the sailors all shouted for joy. Then the hermit looked out
    and saw how near they were, and he said to the youth, ‘Do you see that?’

    The youth shrieked and cried, ‘Ah, good father, it is a fleet of ships,
    and they are chasing us, and in a few moments they will be upon us.’

    But the hermit bade him call the man who had the fog in his sack, and
    the sack was opened and the fog flew out, and hung right round the
    king’s ships, so that they could see nothing. So they sailed back to the
    palace, and told the king what strange things had happened. Meanwhile
    the young man’s vessel reached home in safety.

    ‘Well, here you are once more’ said the hermit; ‘and now you can fulfil
    the promise you made me to give me the half of all you had.’

    ‘That will I do with all my heart,’ answered the youth, and began to
    divide all his treasures, putting part on one side for himself and
    setting aside the other for his friend. ‘Good father, it is finished,’
    said he at length; ‘there is nothing more left to divide.’

    ‘Nothing more left!’ cried the hermit. ‘Why, you have forgotten the best
    thing of all!’

    ‘What can that be?’ asked he. ‘We have divided everything.’

    ‘And the king’s daughter?’ said the hermit.

    Then the young man’s heart stood still, for he loved her dearly. But he
    answered, ‘It is well; I have sworn, and I will keep my word,’ and drew
    his sword to cut her in pieces. When the hermit saw that he held his
    honour dearer than his wife he lifted his hand and cried, ‘Hold! she
    is yours, and all the treasures too. I gave you my help because you had
    pity on those that were in need. And when you are in need yourself, call
    upon me, and I will come to you.’

    As he spoke he softly touched their heads and vanished.

    The next day the wedding took place, and the two brothers came to the
    house, and they all lived happily together, but they never forgot the
    holy man who had been such a good friend.

     

    The Water of Life

    Cuentos Populars Catalans, per lo Dr. D. Francisco de S. Maspous y
    Labros. Barcelona, 1885.

    Three brothers and one sister lived together in a small cottage, and
    they loved one another dearly. One day the eldest brother, who had never
    done anything but amuse himself from sunrise to sunset, said to the
    rest, ‘Let us all work hard, and perhaps we shall grow rich, and be able
    to build ourselves a palace.’

    And his brothers and sister answered joyfully, ‘Yes, we will all work!’

    So they fell to working with all their might, till at last they became
    rich, and were able to build themselves a beautiful palace; and everyone
    came from miles round to see its wonders, and to say how splendid it
    was. No one thought of finding any faults, till at length an old woman,
    who had been walking through the rooms with a crowd of people, suddenly
    exclaimed, ‘Yes, it is a splendid palace, but there is still something
    it needs!’

    ‘And what may that be?’

    ‘A church.’

    When they heard this the brothers set to work again to earn some more
    money, and when they had got enough they set about building a church,
    which should be as large and beautiful as the palace itself.

    And after the church was finished greater numbers of people than
    ever flocked to see the palace and the church and vast gardens and
    magnificent halls.

    But one day, as the brothers were as usual doing the honours to their
    guests, an old man turned to them and said, ‘Yes, it is all most
    beautiful, but there is still something it needs!’

    ‘And what may that be?’

    ‘A pitcher of the water of life, a branch of the tree the smell of whose
    flowers gives eternal beauty, and the talking bird.’

    ‘And where am I to find all those?’

    ‘Go to the mountain that is far off yonder, and you will find what you
    seek.’

    After the old man had bowed politely and taken farewell of them the
    eldest brother said to the rest, ‘I will go in search of the water of
    life, and the talking bird, and the tree of beauty.’

    ‘But suppose some evil thing befalls you?’ asked his sister. ‘How shall
    we know?’

    ‘You are right,’ he replied; ‘ I had not thought of that!’

    Then they followed the old man, and said to him, ‘My eldest brother
    wishes to seek for the water of life, and the tree of beauty, and the
    talking bird, that you tell him are needful to make our palace perfect.
    But how shall we know if any evil thing befall him?’

    So the old man took them a knife, and gave it to them, saying, ‘Keep
    this carefully, and as long as the blade is bright all is well; but if
    the blade is bloody, then know that evil has befallen him.’

    The brothers thanked him, and departed, and went straight to the palace,
    where they found the young man making ready to set out for the mountain
    where the treasures he longed for lay hid.

    And he walked, and he walked, and he walked, till he had gone a great
    way, and there he met a giant.

    ‘Can you tell me how much further I have still to go before I reach that
    mountain yonder?’

    ‘And why do you wish to go there?’

    ‘I am seeking the water of life, the talking bird, and a branch of the
    tree of beauty.’

    ‘Many have passed by seeking those treasures, but none have ever come
    back; and you will never come back either, unless you mark my words.
    Follow this path, and when you reach the mountain you will find it
    covered with stones. Do not stop to look at them, but keep on your way.
    As you go you will hear scoffs and laughs behind you; it will be the
    stones that mock. Do not heed them; above all, do not turn round. If you
    do you will become as one of them. Walk straight on till you get to the
    top, and then take all you wish for.’

    The young man thanked him for his counsel, and walked, and walked, and
    walked, till he reached the mountain. And as he climbed he heard behind
    him scoffs and jeers, but he kept his ears steadily closed to them. At
    last the noise grew so loud that he lost patience, and he stooped to
    pick up a stone to hurl into the midst of the clamour, when suddenly his
    arm seemed to stiffen, and the next moment he was a stone himself!

    That day his sister, who thought her brother’s steps were long in
    returning, took out the knife and found the blade was red as blood. Then
    she cried out to her brothers that something terrible had come to pass.

    ‘I will go and find him,’ said the second. And he went.

    And he walked, and he walked, and he walked, till he met the giant, and
    asked him if he had seen a young man travelling towards the mountain.

    And the giant answered, ‘Yes, I have seen him pass, but I have not seen
    him come back. The spell must have worked upon him.’

    ‘Then what can I do to disenchant him, and find the water of life, the
    talking bird, and a branch of the tree of beauty?’

    ‘Follow this path, and when you reach the mountain you will find it
    covered with stones. Do not stop to look at them, but climb steadily on.
    Above all, heed not the laughs and scoffs that will arise on all sides,
    and never turn round. And when you reach the top you can then take all
    you desire.’

    The young man thanked him for his counsel, and set out for the mountain.
    But no sooner did he reach it than loud jests and gibes broke out on
    every side, and almost deafened him. For some time he let them rail,
    and pushed boldly on, till he had passed the place which his brother had
    gained; then suddenly he thought that among the scoffing sounds he heard
    his brother’s voice. He stopped and looked back; and another stone was
    added to the number.

    Meanwhile the sister left at home was counting the days when her two
    brothers should return to her. The time seemed long, and it would be
    hard to say how often she took out the knife and looked at its polished
    blade to make sure that this one at least was still safe. The blade was
    always bright and clear; each time she looked she had the happiness of
    knowing that all was well, till one evening, tired and anxious, as she
    frequently was at the end of the day, she took it from its drawer, and
    behold! the blade was red with blood. Her cry of horror brought her
    youngest brother to her, and, unable to speak, she held out the knife!

    ‘I will go,’ he said.

    So he walked, and he walked, and he walked, until he met the giant, and
    he asked, ‘Have two young men, making for yonder mountain, passed this
    way?’

    And the giant answered, ‘Yes, they have passed by, but they never came
    back, and by this I know that the spell has fallen upon them.’

    ‘Then what must I do to free them, and to get the water of life, and the
    talking bird, and the branch of the tree of beauty?’

    ‘Go to the mountain, which you will find so thickly covered with stones
    that you will hardly be able to place your feet, and walk straight
    forward, turning neither to the right hand nor to the left, and paying
    no heed to the laughs and scoffs which will follow you, till you reach
    the top, and then you may take all that you desire.’

    The young man thanked the giant for his counsel, and set forth to the
    mountain. And when he began to climb there burst forth all around him
    a storm of scoffs and jeers; but he thought of the giant’s words, and
    looked neither to the right hand nor to the left, till the mountain top
    lay straight before him. A moment now and he would have gained it, when,
    through the groans and yells, he heard his brothers’ voices. He turned,
    and there was one stone the more.

    And all this while his sister was pacing up and down the palace, hardly
    letting the knife out of her hand, and dreading what she knew she would
    see, and what she did see. The blade grew red before her eyes, and she
    said, ‘Now it is my turn.’

    So she walked, and she walked, and she walked till she came to the
    giant, and prayed him to tell her if he had seen three young men pass
    that way seeking the distant mountain.

    ‘I have seen them pass, but they have never returned, and by this I know
    that the spell has fallen upon them.’

    ‘And what must I do to set them free, and to find the water of life, and
    the talking bird, and a branch of the tree of beauty?’

    ‘You must go to that mountain, which is so full of stones that your
    feet will hardly find a place to tread, and as you climb you will hear
    a noise as if all the stones in the world were mocking you; but pay
    no heed to anything you may hear, and, once you gain the top, you have
    gained everything.’

    The girl thanked him for his counsel, and set out for the mountain; and
    scarcely had she gone a few steps upwards when cries and screams broke
    forth around her, and she felt as if each stone she trod on was a living
    thing. But she remembered the words of the giant, and knew not what had
    befallen her brothers, and kept her face steadily towards the mountain
    top, which grew nearer and nearer every moment. But as she mounted the
    clamour increased sevenfold: high above them all rang the voices of her
    three brothers. But the girl took no heed, and at last her feet stood
    upon the top.

    Then she looked round, and saw, lying in a hollow, the pool of the water
    of life. And she took the brazen pitcher that she had brought with her,
    and filled it to the brim. By the side of the pool stood the tree of
    beauty, with the talking bird on one of its boughs; and she caught the
    bird, and placed it in a cage, and broke off one of the branches.

    After that she turned, and went joyfully down the hill again, carrying
    her treasures, but her long climb had tired her out, and the brazen
    pitcher was very heavy, and as she walked a few drops of the water spilt
    on the stones, and as it touched them they changed into young men and
    maidens, crowding about her to give thanks for their deliverance.

    So she learnt by this how the evil spell might be broken, and she
    carefully sprinkled every stone till there was not one left–only a
    great company of youths and girls who followed her down the mountain.

    When they arrived at the palace she did not lose a moment in planting
    the branch of the tree of beauty and watering it with the water of life.
    And the branch shot up into a tree, and was heavy with flowers, and the
    talking bird nestled in its branches.

    Now the fame of these wonders was noised abroad, and the people flocked
    in great numbers to see the three marvels, and the maiden who had won
    them; and among the sightseers came the king’s son, who would not go
    till everything was shown him, and till he had heard how it had all
    happened. And the prince admired the strangeness and beauty of the
    treasures in the palace, but more than all he admired the beauty and
    courage of the maiden who had brought them there. So he went home and
    told his parents, and gained their consent to wed her for his wife.

    Then the marriage was celebrated in the church adjoining the palace.
    Then the bridegroom took her to his own home, where they lived happy for
    ever after.

     

    The Wounded Lion

    Cuentos Populars Catalans.

    There was once a girl so poor that she had nothing to live on, and
    wandered about the world asking for charity. One day she arrived at
    a thatched cottage, and inquired if they could give her any work. The
    farmer said he wanted a cowherd, as his own had left him, and if the
    girl liked the place she might take it. So she became a cowherd.

    One morning she was driving her cows through the meadows when she heard
    near by a loud groan that almost sounded human. She hastened to the spot
    from which the noise came, and found it proceeded from a lion who lay
    stretched upon the ground.

    You can guess how frightened she was! But the lion seemed in such pain
    that she was sorry for him, and drew nearer and nearer till she saw he
    had a large thorn in one foot. She pulled out the thorn and bound up the
    place, and the lion was grateful, and licked her hand by way of thanks
    with his big rough tongue.

    When the girl had finished she went back to find the cows, but they had
    gone, and though she hunted everywhere she never found them; and she had
    to return home and confess to her master, who scolded her bitterly, and
    afterwards beat her. Then he said, ‘Now you will have to look after the
    asses.’

    So every day she had to take the asses to the woods to feed, until one
    morning, exactly a year after she had found the lion, she heard a groan
    which sounded quite human. She went straight to the place from which the
    noise came, and, to her great surprise, beheld the same lion stretched
    on the ground with a deep wound across his face.

    This time she was not afraid at all, and ran towards him, washing the
    wound and laying soothing herbs upon it; and when she had bound it up
    the lion thanked her in the same manner as before.

    After that she returned to her flock, but they were nowhere to be
    seen. She searched here and she searched there, but they had vanished
    completely!

    Then she had to go home and confess to her master, who first scolded her
    and afterwards beat her. ‘Now go,’ he ended, ‘and look after the pigs!’

    So the next day she took out the pigs, and found them such good feeding
    grounds that they grew fatter every day.

    Another year passed by, and one morning when the maiden was out with her
    pigs she heard a groan which sounded quite human. She ran to see what
    it was, and found her old friend the lion, wounded through and through,
    fast dying under a tree.

    She fell on her knees before him and washed his wounds one by one, and
    laid healing herbs upon them. And the lion licked her hands and thanked
    her, and asked if she would not stay and sit by him. But the girl said
    she had her pigs to watch, and she must go and see after them.

    So she ran to the place where she had left them, but they had vanished
    as if the earth had swallowed them up. She whistled and called, but only
    the birds answered her.

    Then she sank down on the ground and wept bitterly, not daring to return
    home until some hours had passed away.

    And when she had had her cry out she got up and searched all up and down
    the wood. But it was no use; there was not a sign of the pigs.

    At last she thought that perhaps if she climbed a tree she might
    see further. But no sooner was she seated on the highest branch than
    something happened which put the pigs quite out of her head. This was a
    handsome young man who was coming down the path; and when he had almost
    reached the tree he pulled aside a rock and disappeared behind it.

    The maiden rubbed her eyes and wondered if she had been dreaming. Next
    she thought, ‘I will not stir from here till I see him come out, and
    discover who he is.’ Accordingly she waited, and at dawn the next
    morning the rock moved to one side and a lion came out.

    When he had gone quite out of sight the girl climbed down from the tree
    and went to the rock, which she pushed aside, and entered the opening
    before her. The path led to a beautiful house. She went in, swept and
    dusted the furniture, and put everything tidy. Then she ate a very good
    dinner, which was on a shelf in the corner, and once more clambered up
    to the top of her tree.

    As the sun set she saw the same young man walking gaily down the path,
    and, as before, he pushed aside the rock and disappeared behind it.

    Next morning out came the lion. He looked sharply about him on all
    sides, but saw no one, and then vanished into the forest.

    The maiden then came down from the tree and did exactly as she had done
    the day before. Thus three days went by, and every day she went and
    tidied up the palace. At length, when the girl found she was no nearer
    to discovering the secret, she resolved to ask him, and in the evening
    when she caught sight of him coming through the wood she came down from
    the tree and begged him to tell her his name.

    The young man looked very pleased to see her, and said he thought it
    must be she who had secretly kept his house for so many days. And he
    added that he was a prince enchanted by a powerful giant, but was only
    allowed to take his own shape at night, for all day he was forced to
    appear as the lion whom she had so often helped; and, more than this,
    it was the giant who had stolen the oxen and the asses and the pigs in
    revenge for her kindness.

    And the girl asked him, ‘What can I do to disenchant you?’

    But he said he was afraid it was very difficult, because the only way
    was to get a lock of hair from the head of a king’s daughter, to spin
    it, and to make from it a cloak for the giant, who lived up on the top
    of a high mountain.

    ‘Very well,’ answered the girl, ‘I will go to the city, and knock at
    the door of the king’s palace, and ask the princess to take me as a
    servant.’

    So they parted, and when she arrived at the city she walked about the
    streets crying, ‘Who will hire me for a servant? Who will hire me for a
    servant?’ But, though many people liked her looks, for she was clean and
    neat, the maiden would listen to none, and still continued crying, ‘Who
    will hire me for a servant? Who will hire me for a servant?’

    At last there came the waiting-maid of the princess.

    ‘What can you do?’ she said; and the girl was forced to confess that she
    could do very little.

    ‘Then you will have to do scullion’s work, and wash up dishes,’ said
    she; and they went straight back to the palace.

    Then the maiden dressed her hair afresh, and made herself look very neat
    and smart, and everyone admired and praised her, till by-and-bye it came
    to the ears of the princess. And she sent for the girl, and when she saw
    her, and how beautifully she had dressed her hair, the princess told her
    she was to come and comb out hers.

    Now the hair of the princess was very thick and long, and shone like
    the sun. And the girl combed it and combed it till it was brighter than
    ever. And the princess was pleased, and bade her come every day and comb
    her hair, till at length the girl took courage, and begged leave to cut
    off one of the long, thick locks.

    The princess, who was very proud of her hair, did not like the idea of
    parting with any of it, so she said no. But the girl could not give
    up hope, and each day she entreated to be allowed to cut off just one
    tress. At length the princess lost patience, and exclaimed, ‘You may
    have it, then, on condition that you shall find the handsomest prince in
    the world to be my bridegroom!’

    And the girl answered that she would, and cut off the lock, and wove it
    into a coat that glittered like silk, and brought it to the young man,
    who told her to carry it straight to the giant. But that she must be
    careful to cry out a long way off what she had with her, or else he
    would spring upon her and run her through with his sword.

    So the maiden departed and climbed up the mountain, but before she
    reached the top the giant heard her footsteps, and rushed out breathing
    fire and flame, having a sword in one hand and a club in the other. But
    she cried loudly that she had brought him the coat, and then he grew
    quiet, and invited her to come into his house.

    He tried on the coat, but it was too short, and he threw it off, and
    declared it was no use. And the girl picked it up sadly, and returned
    quite in despair to the king’s palace.

    The next morning, when she was combing the princess’s hair, she begged
    leave to cut off another lock. At first the princess said no, but the
    girl begged so hard that at length she gave in on condition that she
    should find her a prince as bridegroom.

    The maiden told her that she had already found him, and spun the lock
    into shining stuff, and fastened it on to the end of the coat. And when
    it was finished she carried it to the giant.

    This time it fitted him, and he was quite pleased, and asked her what
    he could give her in return. And she said that the only reward he could
    give her was to take the spell off the lion and bring him back to his
    own shape.

    For a long time the giant would not hear of it, but in the end he gave
    in, and told her exactly how it must all be done. She was to kill the
    lion herself and cut him up very small; then she must burn him, and cast
    his ashes into the water, and out of the water the prince would come
    free from enchantment for ever.

    But the maiden went away weeping, lest the giant should have deceived
    her, and that after she had killed the lion she would find she had also
    slain the prince.

    Weeping she came down the mountain, and weeping she joined the prince,
    who was awaiting her at the bottom; and when he had heard her story he
    comforted her, and bade her be of good courage, and to do the bidding of
    the giant.

    And the maiden believed what the prince told her; and in the morning
    when he put on his lion’s form she took a knife and slew him, and cut
    him up very small, and burnt him, and cast his ashes into the water, and
    out of the water came the prince, beautiful as the day, and as glad to
    look upon as the sun himself.

    Then the young man thanked the maiden for all she had done for him, and
    said she should be his wife and none other. But the maiden only wept
    sore, and answered that that she could never be, for she had given her
    promise to the princess when she cut off her hair that the prince should
    wed her and her only.

    But the prince replied, ‘If it is the princess, we must go quickly. Come
    with me.’

    So they went together to the king’s palace. And when the king and queen
    and princess saw the young man a great joy filled their hearts, for they
    knew him for the eldest son, who had long ago been enchanted by a giant
    and lost to them.

    And he asked his parents’ consent that he might marry the girl who had
    saved him, and a great feast was made, and the maiden became a princess,
    and in due time a queen, and she richly deserved all the honours
    showered upon her.

     

    The Man Without a Heart

    Once upon a time there were seven brothers, who were orphans, and had no
    sister. Therefore they were obliged to do all their own housework. This
    they did not like at all; so after much deliberation they decided to get
    married. There were, unfortunately, no young girls to be found in the
    place where they lived; but the elder brothers agreed to go out into the
    world and seek for brides, promising to bring back a very pretty wife
    for the youngest also if he would meanwhile stay at home and take care
    of the house. He consented willingly, and the six young men set off in
    good spirits.

    On their way they came to a small cottage standing quite by itself in
    a wood; and before the door stood an old, old man, who accosted the
    brothers saying, ‘Hullo, you young fellows! Whither away so fast and
    cheerily?’

    ‘We are going to find bonny brides for ourselves, and one for our
    youngest brother at home,’ they replied.

    ‘Oh! dear youths,’ said the old man, ‘I am terribly lonely here; pray
    bring a bride for me also; only remember, she must be young and pretty.’

    ‘What does a shrivelled old grey thing like that want with a pretty
    young bride?’ thought the brothers, and went on their way.

    Presently they came to a town where were seven sisters, as young and as
    lovely as anyone could wish. Each brother chose one, and the youngest
    they kept for their brother at home. Then the whole party set out on the
    return journey, and again their path led through the wood and past the
    old man’s cottage.

    There he stood before the door, and cried: ‘Oh! you fine fellows, what a
    charming bride you have brought me!’

    ‘She is not for you, said the young men. ‘She is for our youngest
    brother, as we promised.’

    ‘What!’ said the old man, ‘promised! I’ll make you eat your promises!’
    And with that he took his magic wand, and, murmuring a charm, he touched
    both brothers and brides, and immediately they were turned into grey
    stones.

    Only the youngest sister he had not bewitched. He took her into the
    cottage, and from that time she was obliged to keep house for him. She
    was not very unhappy, but one thought troubled her. What if the old man
    should die and leave her here alone in the solitary cottage deep in the
    heart of the wood! She would be as ‘terribly lonely’ as he had formerly
    been.

    One day she told him of her fear.

    ‘Don’t be anxious,’ he said. ‘You need neither fear my death nor desire
    it, for I have no heart in my breast! However, if I should die, you will
    find my wand above the door, and with it you can set free your sisters
    and their lovers. Then you will surely have company enough.’

    ‘Where in all the world do you keep your heart, if not in your breast?’
    asked the girl.

    ‘Do you want to know everything?’ her husband said. ‘Well, if you must
    know, my heart is in the bed-cover.’

    When the old man had gone out about his business his bride passed her
    time in embroidering beautiful flowers on the bed quilt to make his
    heart happy. The old man was much amused. He laughed, and said to
    her: ‘You are a good child, but I was only joking. My heart is really
    in–in–’

    ‘Now where is it, dear husband?’

    ‘It is in the doorway,’ he replied.

    Next day, while he was out, the girl decorated the door with gay
    feathers and fresh flowers, and hung garlands upon it. And on his return
    the old fellow asked what it all meant.

    ‘I did it to show my love for your heart,’ said the girl.

    And again the old man smiled, saying, ‘You are a dear child, but my
    heart is not in the doorway.’

    Then the poor young bride was very vexed, and said, ‘Ah, my dear! you
    really have a heart somewhere, so you may die and leave me all alone.’

    The old man did his best to comfort her by repeating all he had said
    before, but she begged him afresh to tell her truly where his heart was
    and at last he told her.

    ‘Far, far from here,’ said he, ‘in a lonely spot, stands a great church,
    as old as old can be. Its doors are of iron, and round it runs a deep
    moat, spanned by no bridge. Within that church is a bird which flies up
    and down; it never eats, and never drinks, and never dies. No one can
    catch it, and while that bird lives so shall I, for in it is my heart.’

    It made the little bride quite sad to think she could do nothing to show
    her love for the old man’s heart. She used to think about it as she sat
    all alone during the long days, for her husband was almost always out.

    One day a young traveller came past the house, and seeing such a pretty
    girl he wished her ‘Good day.’

    She returned his greeting, and as he drew near she asked him whence he
    came and where he was going.

    ‘Alas!’ sighed the youth, ‘I am very sorrowful. I had six brothers, who
    went away to find brides for themselves and one for me; but they have
    never come home, so now I am going to look for them.’

    ‘Oh, good friend,’ said the girl, ‘you need go no farther. Come, sit
    down, eat and drink, and afterwards I’ll tell you all about it.’

    She gave him food, and when he had finished his meal she told him how
    his brothers had come to the town where she lived with her sisters, how
    they had each chosen a bride, and, taking herself with them, had started
    for home. She wept as she told how the others were turned to stone,
    and how she was kept as the old man’s bride. She left out nothing, even
    telling him the story of her husband’s heart.

    When the young man heard this he said: ‘I shall go in search of the
    bird. It may be that God will help me to find and catch it.’

    ‘Yes, do go,’ she said; ‘it will be a good deed, for then you can set
    your brothers and my sisters free.’ Then she hid the young man, for it
    was now late, and her husband would soon be home.

    Next morning, when the old man had gone out, she prepared a supply of
    provisions for her guest, and sent him off on his travels, wishing him
    good luck and success.

    He walked on and on till he thought it must be time for breakfast; so
    he opened his knapsack, and was delighted to find such a store of good
    things. ‘What a feast!’ he exclaimed; ‘will anyone come and share it?’

    ‘Moo-oo,’ sounded close behind him, and looking round he saw a great
    red ox, which said, ‘I have much pleasure in accepting your kind
    invitation.’

    ‘I’m delighted to see you. Pray help yourself. All I have is at your
    service,’ said the hospitable youth. And the ox lay down comfortably,
    licking his lips, and made a hearty meal.

    ‘Many thanks to you,’ said the animal as it rose up. ‘When you are
    in danger or necessity call me, even if only by a thought,’ and it
    disappeared among the bushes.

    The young man packed up all the food that was left, and wandered on till
    the shortening shadows and his own hunger warned him that it was midday.
    he laid the cloth on the ground and spread out his provisions, saying
    at the same time: ‘Dinner is ready, and anyone who wishes to share it is
    welcome.’

    Then there was a great rustling in the undergrowth, and out ran a wild
    boar, grunting, ‘Umph, umph, umph; someone said dinner was ready. Was it
    you? and did you mean me to come?’

    ‘By all means. Help yourself to what I have,’ said the young traveller.
    And the two enjoyed their meal together.

    Afterwards the boar got up, saying, ‘Thank you; when in need you be you
    must quickly call for me,’ and he rolled off.

    For a long time the youth walked on. By evening he was miles away. He
    felt hungry again, and, having still some provisions left, thought he
    had better make ready his supper. When it was all spread out he cried as
    before, ‘Anyone who cares to share my meal is welcome.’

    He heard a sound overhead like the flapping of wings, and a shadow was
    cast upon the ground. Then a huge griffin appeared, saying: ‘I heard
    someone giving an invitation to eat; is there anything for me?’

    ‘Why not?’ said the youth. ‘Come down and take all you want. There won’t
    be much left after this.’

    So the griffin alighted and ate his fill, saying, as he flew away, ‘Call
    me if you need me.’

    ‘What a hurry he was in!’ the youth said to himself. ‘He might have been
    able to direct me to the church, for I shall never find it alone.’

    He gathered up his things, and started to walk a little farther before
    resting. He had not gone far when all of a sudden he saw the church!

    He soon came to it, or rather to the wide and deep moat which surrounded
    it without a single bridge by which to cross.

    It was too late to attempt anything now; and, besides, the poor youth
    was very tired, so he lay down on the ground and fell fast asleep.

    Next morning, when he awoke, he began to wish himself over the moat;
    and the thought occurred to him that if only the red ox were there,
    and thirsty enough to drink up all the water in the moat, he might walk
    across it dry shod.

    Scarcely had the thought crossed his brain before the ox appeared and
    began to drink up the water.

    The grateful youth hastened across as soon as the moat was dry, but
    found it impossible to penetrate the thick walls and strong iron doors
    of the church.

    ‘I believe that big boar would be of more use here than I am,’ he
    thought, and lo! at the wish the wild boar came and began to push hard
    against the wall. He managed to loosen one stone with his tusks, and,
    having made a beginning, stone after stone was poked out till he had
    made quite a large hole, big enough to let a man go through.

    The young man quickly entered the church, and saw a bird flying about,
    but he could not catch it.

    ‘Oh!’ he exclaimed, ‘if only the griffin were here, he would soon catch
    it.’

    At these words the griffin appeared, and, seizing the bird, gave it to
    the youth, who carried it off carefully, while the griffin flew away.

    The young man hurried home as fast as possible, and reached the cottage
    before evening. He told his story to the little bride, who, after giving
    him some food and drink, hid him with his bird beneath the bed.

    Presently the old man came home, and complained of feeling ill. Nothing,
    he said, would go well with him any more: his ‘heart bird’ was caught.

    The youth under the bed heard this, and thought, ‘This old fellow has
    done me no particular harm, but then he has bewitched my brothers and
    their brides, and has kept my bride for himself, and that is certainly
    bad enough.’

    So he pinched the bird, and the old man cried, ‘Ah! I feel death
    gripping me! Child, I am dying!’

    With these words he fell fainting from his chair, and as the youth,
    before he knew what he was doing, had squeezed the bird to death, the
    old man died also.

    Out crept the young man from under the bed, and the girl took the magic
    wand (which she found where the old man had told her), and, touching the
    twelve grey stones, transformed them at once into the six brothers and
    their brides.

    Then there was great joy, and kissing and embracing. And there lay the
    old man, quite dead, and no magic wand could restore him to life, even
    had they wished it.

    After that they all went away and were married, and lived many years
    happily together.

     

    The Two Brothers

    Sicilianische Malirchen. L. Gonzenbach.

    Long ago there lived two brothers, both of them very handsome, and both
    so very poor that they seldom had anything to eat but the fish which
    they caught. One day they had been out in their boat since sunrise
    without a single bite, and were just thinking of putting up their lines
    and going home to bed when they felt a little feeble tug, and, drawing
    in hastily, they found a tiny fish at the end of the hook.

    ‘What a wretched little creature!’ cried one brother. ‘However, it is
    better than nothing, and I will bake him with bread crumbs and have him
    for supper.’

    ‘Oh, do not kill me yet!’ begged the fish; ‘I will bring you good
    luck–indeed I will!’

    ‘You silly thing!’ said the young man; ‘I’ve caught you, and I shall eat
    you.’

    But his brother was sorry for the fish, and put in a word for him.

    ‘Let the poor little fellow live. He would hardly make one bite, and,
    after all, how do we know we are not throwing away our luck! Put him
    back into the sea. It will be much better.’

    ‘If you will let me live,’ said the fish, ‘you will find on the sands
    to-morrow morning two beautiful horses splendidly saddled and bridled,
    and on them you can go through the world as knights seeking adventures.’

    ‘Oh dear, what nonsense!’ exclaimed the elder; ‘and, besides, what proof
    have we that you are speaking the truth?’

    But again the younger brother interposed: ‘Oh, do let him live! You know
    if he is lying to us we can always catch him again. It is quite worth
    while trying.’

    At last the young man gave in, and threw the fish back into the sea; and
    both brothers went supperless to bed, and wondered what fortune the next
    day would bring.

    At the first streaks of dawn they were both up, and in a very few
    minutes were running down to the shore. And there, just as the fish had
    said, stood two magnificent horses, saddled and bridled, and on their
    backs lay suits of armour and under-dresses, two swords, and two purses
    of gold.

    ‘There!’ said the younger brother. ‘Are you not thankful you did not
    eat that fish? He has brought us good luck, and there is no knowing how
    great we may become! Now, we will each seek our own adventures. If you
    will take one road I will go the other.’

    ‘Very well,’ replied the elder; ‘but how shall we let each other know if
    we are both living?’

    ‘Do you see this fig-tree?’ said the younger. ‘Well, whenever we want
    news of each other we have only to come here and make a slit with our
    swords in the back. If milk flows, it is a sign that we are well and
    prosperous; but if, instead of milk, there is blood, then we are either
    dead or in great danger.’

    Then the two brothers put on their armour, buckled their swords, and
    pocketed their purees; and, after taking a tender farewell of each
    other, they mounted their horses and went their various ways.

    The elder brother rode straight on till he reached the borders of a
    strange kingdom. He crossed the frontier, and soon found himself on
    the banks of a river; and before him, in the middle of the stream, a
    beautiful girl sat chained to a rock and weeping bitterly. For in this
    river dwelt a serpent with seven heads, who threatened to lay waste the
    whole land by breathing fire and flame from his nostrils unless the king
    sent him every morning a man for his breakfast. This had gone on so long
    that now there were no men left, and he had been obliged to send his
    own daughter instead, and the poor girl was waiting till the monster got
    hungry and felt inclined to eat her.

    When the young man saw the maiden weeping bitterly he said to her, ‘What
    is the matter, my poor girl?’

    ‘Oh!’ she answered, ‘I am chained here till a horrible serpent with
    seven heads comes to eat me. Oh, sir, do not linger here, or he will eat
    you too.’

    ‘I shall stay,’ replied the young man, ‘for I mean to set you free.’

    ‘That is impossible. You do not know what a fearful monster the serpent
    is; you can do nothing against him.’

    ‘That is my affair, beautiful captive,’ answered he; ‘only tell me,
    which way will the serpent come?’

    ‘Well, if you are resolved to free me, listen to my advice. Stand a
    little on one side, and then, when the serpent rises to the surface, I
    will say to him, “O serpent, to-day you can eat two people. But you had
    better begin first with the young man, for I am chained and cannot run
    away.” When he hears this most likely he will attack you.’

    So the young man stood carefully on one side, and by-and-bye he heard
    a great rushing in the water; and a horrible monster came up to the
    surface and looked out for the rock where the king’s daughter was
    chained, for it was getting late and he was hungry.

    But she cried out, ‘O serpent, to-day you can eat two people. And you
    had better begin with the young man, for I am chained and cannot run
    away.’

    Then the serpent made a rush at the youth with wide open jaws to swallow
    him at one gulp, but the young man leaped aside and drew his sword,
    and fought till he had cut off all the seven heads. And when the great
    serpent lay dead at his feet he loosed the bonds of the king’s daughter,
    and she flung herself into his arms and said, ‘You have saved me from
    that monster, and now you shall be my husband, for my father has made
    a proclamation that whoever could slay the serpent should have his
    daughter to wife.’

    But he answered, ‘I cannot become your husband yet, for I have still far
    to travel. But wait for me seven years and seven months. Then, if I do
    not return, you are free to marry whom you will. And in case you should
    have forgotten, I will take these seven tongues with me so that when I
    bring them forth you may know that I am really he who slew the serpent.’

    So saying he cut out the seven tongues, and the princess gave him a
    thick cloth to wrap them in; and he mounted his horse and rode away.

    Not long after he had gone there arrived at the river a slave who had
    been sent by the king to learn the fate of his beloved daughter. And
    when the slave saw the princess standing free and safe before him, with
    the body of the monster lying at her feet, a wicked plan came into his
    head, and he said, ‘Unless you promise to tell your father it was I who
    slew the serpent, I will kill you and bury you in this place, and no one
    will ever know what befell.’

    What could the poor girl do? This time there was no knight to come to
    her aid. So she promised to do as the slave wished, and he took up the
    seven heads and brought the princess to her father.

    Oh, how enchanted the king was to see her again, and the whole town
    shared his joy!

    And the slave was called upon to tell how he had slain the monster, and
    when he had ended the king declared that he should have the princess to
    wife.

    But she flung herself at her father’s feet, and prayed him to delay.
    ‘You have passed your royal word, and cannot go back from it Yet grant
    me this grace, and let seven years and seven months go by before you
    wed me. When they are over, then I will marry the slave.’ And the king
    listened to her, and seven years and seven months she looked for her
    bridegroom, and wept for him night and day.

    All this time the young man was riding through the world, and when the
    seven years and seven months were over he came back to the town where
    the princess lived–only a few days before the wedding. And he stood
    before the king, and said to him: ‘Give me your daughter, O king, for
    I slew the seven-headed serpent. And as a sign that my words are true,
    look on these seven tongues, which I cut from his seven heads, and on
    this embroidered cloth, which was given me by your daughter.’

    Then the princess lifted up her voice and said, ‘Yes, dear father, he
    has spoken the truth, and it is he who is my real bridegroom. Yet pardon
    the slave, for he was sorely tempted.’

    But the king answered, ‘Such treachery can no man pardon. Quick, away
    with him, and off with his head!’

    So the false slave was put to death, that none might follow in his
    footsteps, and the wedding feast was held, and the hearts of all
    rejoiced that the true bridegroom had come at last.

    These two lived happy and contentedly for a long while, when one
    evening, as the young man was looking from the window, he saw on a
    mountain that lay out beyond the town a great bright light.

    ‘What can it be?’ he said to his wife.

    ‘Ah! do not look at it,’ she answered, ‘for it comes from the house of
    a wicked witch whom no man can manage to kill.’ But the princess had
    better have kept silence, for her words made her husband’s heart burn
    within him, and he longed to try his strength against the witch’s
    cunning. And all day long the feeling grew stronger, till the next
    morning he mounted his horse, and in spite of his wife’s tears, he rode
    off to the mountain.

    The distance was greater than he thought, and it was dark before he
    reached the foot of the mountain; indeed, he could not have found the
    road at all had it not been for the bright light, which shone like the
    moon on his path. At length he came to the door of a fine castle, which
    had a blaze streaming from every window. He mounted a flight of steps
    and entered a hall where a hideous old woman was sitting on a golden
    chair.

    She scowled at the young man and said, ‘With a single one of the hairs
    of my head I can turn you into stone.’

    ‘Oh, what nonsense!’ cried he. ‘Be quiet, old woman. What could you
    do with one hair?’ But the witch pulled out a hair and laid it on his
    shoulder, and his limbs grew cold and heavy, and he could not stir.

    Now at this very moment the younger brother was thinking of him, and
    wondering how he had got on during all the years since they had parted.
    ‘I will go to the fig-tree,’ he said to himself, ‘to see whether he is
    alive or dead.’ So he rode through the forest till he came where the
    fig-tree stood, and cut a slit in the bark, and waited. In a moment a
    little gurgling noise was heard, and out came a stream of blood, running
    fast. ‘Ah, woe is me!’ he cried bitterly. ‘My brother is dead or dying!
    Shall I ever reach him in time to save his life?’ Then, leaping on his
    horse, he shouted, ‘Now, my steed, fly like the wind!’ and they rode
    right through the world, till one day they came to the town where the
    young man and his wife lived. Here the princess had been sitting every
    day since the morning that her husband had left her, weeping bitter
    tears, and listening for his footsteps. And when she saw his brother
    ride under the balcony she mistook him for her own husband, for they
    were so alike that no man might tell the difference, and her heart
    bounded, and, leaning down, she called to him, ‘At last! at last! how
    long have I waited for thee!’ When the younger brother heard these words
    he said to himself, ‘So it was here that my brother lived, and this
    beautiful woman is my sister-in-law,’ but he kept silence, and let her
    believe he was indeed her husband. Full of joy, the princess led him to
    the old king, who welcomed him as his own son, and ordered a feast to
    be made for him. And the princess was beside herself with gladness, but
    when she would have put her arms round him and kissed him he held up
    his hand to stop her, saying, ‘Touch me not,’ at which she marvelled
    greatly.

    In this manner several days went by. And one evening, as the young man
    leaned from the balcony, he saw a bright light shining on the mountain.

    ‘What can that be?’ he said to the princess.

    ‘Oh, come away,’ she cried; ‘has not that light already proved your
    bane? Do you wish to fight a second time with that old witch?’

    He marked her words, though she knew it not, and they taught him where
    his brother was, and what had befallen him. So before sunrise he stole
    out early, saddled his horse, and rode off to the mountain. But the way
    was further than he thought, and on the road he met a little old man who
    asked him whither he was going.

    Then the young man told him his story, and added. ‘Somehow or other I
    must free my brother, who has fallen into the power of an old witch.’

    ‘I will tell you what you must do,’ said the old man. ‘The witch’s power
    lies in her hair; so when you see her spring on her and seize her by
    the hair, and then she cannot harm you. Be very careful never to let her
    hair go, bid her lead you to your brother, and force her to bring him
    back to life. For she has an ointment that will heal all wounds, and
    even wake the dead. And when your brother stands safe and well before
    you, then cut off her head, for she is a wicked woman.’

    The young man was grateful for these words, and promised to obey them.
    Then he rode on, and soon reached the castle. He walked boldly up the
    steps and entered the hall, where the hideous old witch came to meet
    him. She grinned horribly at him, and cried out, ‘With one hair of my
    head I can change you into stone.’

    ‘Can you, indeed?’ said the young man, seizing her by the hair. ‘You old
    wretch! tell me what you have done with my brother, or I will cut your
    head off this very instant.’ Now the witch’s strength was all gone from
    her, and she had to obey.

    ‘I will take you to your brother,’ she said, hoping to get the better of
    him by cunning, ‘but leave me alone. You hold me so tight that I cannot
    walk.’

    ‘You must manage somehow,’ he answered, and held her tighter than ever.
    She led him into a large hall filled with stone statues, which once had
    been men, and, pointing out one, she said, ‘There is your brother.’

    The young man looked at them all and shook his head. ‘My brother is not
    here. Take me to him, or it will be the worse for you.’ But she tried
    to put him off with other statues, though it was no good, and it was
    not until they had reached the last hall of all that he saw his brother
    lying on the ground.

    ‘That is my brother,’ said he. ‘Now give me the ointment that will
    restore him to life.’

    Very unwillingly the old witch opened a cupboard close by filled with
    bottles and jars, and took down one and held it out to the young man.
    But he was on the watch for trickery, and examined it carefully, and saw
    that it had no power to heal. This happened many times, till at length
    she found it was no use, and gave him the one he wanted. And when he
    had it safe he made her stoop down and smear it over his brother’s face,
    taking care all the while never to loose her hair, and when the dead
    man opened his eyes the youth drew his sword and cut off her head with
    a single blow. Then the elder brother got up and stretched himself, and
    said, ‘Oh, how long I have slept! And where am I?’

    ‘The old witch had enchanted you, but now she is dead and you are free.
    We will wake up the other knights that she laid under her spells, and
    then we will go.’

    This they did, and, after sharing amongst them the jewels and gold they
    found in the castle, each man went his way. The two brothers remained
    together, the elder tightly grasping the ointment which had brought him
    back to life.

    They had much to tell each other as they rode along, and at last the
    younger man exclaimed, ‘O fool, to leave such a beautiful wife to go and
    fight a witch! She took me for her husband, and I did not say her nay.’

    When the elder brother heard this a great rage filled his heart, and,
    without saying one word, he drew his sword and slew his brother, and his
    body rolled in the dust. Then he rode on till he reached his home,
    where his wife was still sitting, weeping bitterly. When she saw him
    she sprang up with a cry, and threw herself into his arms. ‘Oh, how long
    have I waited for thee! Never, never must you leave me any more!’

    When the old king heard the news he welcomed him as a son, and made
    ready a feast, and all the court sat down. And in the evening, when the
    young man was alone with his wife, she said to him, ‘Why would you not
    let me touch you when you came back, but always thrust me away when I
    tried to put my arms round you or kiss you?’

    Then the young man understood how true his brother had been to him, and
    he sat down and wept and wrung his hands because of the wicked murder
    that he had done. Suddenly he sprang to his feet, for he remembered the
    ointment which lay hidden in his garments, and he rushed to the place
    where his brother still lay. He fell on his knees beside the body, and,
    taking out the salve, he rubbed it over the neck where the wound was
    gaping wide, and the skin healed and the sinews grew strong, and the
    dead man sat up and looked round him. And the two brothers embraced each
    other, and the elder asked forgiveness for his wicked blow; and they
    went back to the palace together, and were never parted any more.

     

    Master and Pupil

    From the Danish.

    There was once a man who had a son who was very clever at reading, and
    took great delight in it. He went out into the world to seek service
    somewhere, and as he was walking between some mounds he met a man, who
    asked him where he was going.

    ‘I am going about seeking for service,’ said the boy.

    ‘Will you serve me?’ asked the man.

    ‘Oh, yes; just as readily you as anyone else,’ said the boy.

    ‘But can you read?’ asked the man.

    ‘As well as the priest,’ said the boy.

    Then I can’t have you,’ said the man. ‘In fact, I was just wanting a boy
    who couldn’t read. His only work would be to dust my old books.’

    The man then went on his way, and left the boy looking after him.

    ‘It was a pity I didn’t get that place,’ thought he ‘That was just the
    very thing for me.’

    Making up his mind to get the situation if possible, he hid himself
    behind one of the mounds, and turned his jacket outside in, so that the
    man would not know him again so easily. Then he ran along behind the
    mounds, and met the man at the other end of them.

    ‘Where are you going, my little boy?’ said the man, who did not notice
    that it was the same one he had met before.

    ‘I am going about seeking for service?’ said the boy.

    ‘Will you serve me?’ asked the man.

    ‘Oh, yes; just as readily you as anyone else,’ said the boy.

    ‘But can you read?’ said the man.

    ‘No, I don’t know a single letter,’ said the boy.

    The man then took him into his service, and all the work he had to do
    was to dust his master’s books. But as he did this he had plenty of time
    to read them as well, and he read away at them until at last he was just
    as wise as his master–who was a great wizard–and could perform all
    kinds of magic. Among other feats, he could change himself into the
    shape of any animal, or any other thing that he pleased.

    When he had learned all this he did not think it worth while staying
    there any longer, so he ran away home to his parents again. Soon after
    this there was a market in the next village, and the boy told his mother
    that he had learned how to change himself into the shape of any animal
    he chose.

    ‘Now,’ said he, ‘I shall change myself to a horse, and father can take
    me to market and sell me. I shall come home again all right.’

    His mother was frightened at the idea, but the boy told her that she
    need not be alarmed; all would be well. So he changed himself to a
    horse, such a fine horse, too, that his father got a high price for it
    at the market; but after the bargain was made, and the money paid, the
    boy changed again to his own shape, when no one was looking, and went
    home.

    The story spread all over the country about the fine horse that had been
    sold and then had disappeared, and at last the news came to the ears of
    the wizard.

    ‘Aha!’ said he, ‘this is that boy of mine, who befooled me and ran away;
    but I shall have him yet.’

    The next time that there was a market the boy again changed himself to
    a horse, and was taken thither by his father. The horse soon found a
    purchaser, and while the two were inside drinking the luck-penny the
    wizard came along and saw the horse. He knew at once that it was not an
    ordinary one, so he also went inside, and offered the purchaser far more
    than he had paid for it, so the latter sold it to him.

    The first thing the wizard now did was to lead the horse away to a smith
    to get a red-hot nail driven into its mouth, because after that it could
    not change its shape again. When the horse saw this it changed itself
    to a dove, and flew up into the air. The wizard at once changed himself
    into a hawk, and flew up after it. The dove now turned into a gold ring,
    and fell into a girl’s lap. The hawk now turned into a man, and offered
    the girl a great sum of money for the gold ring, but she would not part
    with it, seeing that it had fallen down to her, as it were, from Heaven.
    However, the wizard kept on offering her more and more for it, until at
    last the gold ring grew frightened, and changed itself into a grain of
    barley, which fell on the ground. The man then turned into a hen, and
    began to search for the grain of barley, but this again changed itself
    to a pole-cat, and took off the hen’s head with a single snap.

    The wizard was now dead, the pole-cat put on human shape, and the youth
    afterwards married the girl, and from that time forward let all his
    magic arts alone.

     

    The Golden Lion

    Sicilianische Mahrchen. L. Gonzenbach.

    There was once a rich merchant who had three sons, and when they were
    grown up the eldest said to him, ‘Father, I wish to travel and see the
    world. I pray you let me.’

    So the father ordered a beautiful ship to be fitted up, and the young
    man sailed away in it. After some weeks the vessel cast anchor before a
    large town, and the merchant’s son went on shore.

    The first thing he saw was a large notice written on a board saying that
    if any man could find the king’s daughter within eight days he should
    have her to wife, but that if he tried and failed his head must be the
    forfeit.

    ‘Well,’ thought the youth as he read this proclamation, ‘that ought not
    to be a very difficult matter;’ and he asked an audience of the king,
    and told him that he wished to seek for the princess.

    ‘Certainly,’ replied the king. ‘You have the whole palace to search in;
    but remember, if you fail it will cost you your head.’

    So saying, he commanded the doors to be thrown open, and food and drink
    to be set before the young man, who, after he had eaten, began to look
    for the princess. But though he visited every corner and chest and
    cupboard, she was not in any of them, and after eight days he gave it up
    and his head was cut off.

    All this time his father and brothers had had no news of him, and were
    very anxious. At last the second son could bear it no longer, and said,
    ‘Dear father, give me, I pray you, a large ship and some money, and let
    me go and seek for my brother.’

    So another ship was fitted out, and the young man sailed away, and was
    blown by the wind into the same harbour where his brother had landed.

    Now when he saw the first ship lying at anchor his heart beat high,
    and he said to himself, ‘My brother cannot surely be far off,’ and he
    ordered a boat and was put on shore.

    As he jumped on to the pier his eye caught the notice about the
    princess, and he thought, ‘He has undertaken to find her, and has
    certainly lost his head. I must try myself, and seek him as well as her.
    It cannot be such a very difficult matter.’ But he fared no better than
    his brother, and in eight days his head was cut off.

    So now there was only the youngest at home, and when the other two never
    came he also begged for a ship that he might go in search of his lost
    brothers. And when the vessel started a high wind arose, and blew him
    straight to the harbour where the notice was set.

    ‘Oho!’ said he, as he read, ‘whoever can find the king’s daughter shall
    have her to wife. It is quite clear now what has befallen my brothers.
    But in spite of that I think I must try my luck,’ and he took the road
    to the castle.

    On the way he met an old woman, who stopped and begged.

    ‘Leave me in peace, old woman,’ replied he.

    ‘Oh, do not send me away empty,’ she said. ‘You are such a handsome
    young man you will surely not refuse an old woman a few pence.’

    ‘I tell you, old woman, leave me alone.’

    ‘You are in some trouble?’ she asked. ‘Tell me what it is, and perhaps I
    can help you.’

    Then he told her how he had set his heart on finding the king’s
    daughter.

    ‘I can easily manage that for you as long as you have enough money.’

    ‘Oh, as to that, I have plenty,’ answered he.

    ‘Well, you must take it to a goldsmith and get him to make it into a
    golden lion, with eyes of crystal; and inside it must have something
    that will enable it to play tunes. When it is ready bring it to me.’

    The young man did as he was bid, and when the lion was made the old
    woman hid the youth in it, and brought it to the king, who was so
    delighted with it that he wanted to buy it. But she replied, ‘It does
    not belong to me, and my master will not part from it at any price.’

    ‘At any rate, leave it with me for a few days,’ said he; ‘I should like
    to show it to my daughter.’

    ‘Yes, I can do that,’ answered the old woman; ‘but to-morrow I must have
    it back again. And she went away.

    The king watched her till she was quite out of sight, so as to make sure
    that she was not spying upon him; then he took the golden lion into his
    room and lifted some loose boards from the floor. Below the floor there
    was a staircase, which he went down till he reached a door at the
    foot. This he unlocked, and found himself in a narrow passage closed by
    another door, which he also opened. The young man, hidden in the golden
    lion, kept count of everything, and marked that there were in all seven
    doors. After they had all been unlocked the king entered a lovely hall,
    where the princess was amusing herself with eleven friends. All twelve
    girls wore the same clothes, and were as like each other as two peas.

    ‘What bad luck!’ thought the youth. ‘Even supposing that I managed to
    find my way here again, I don’t see how I could ever tell which was the
    princess.’

    And he stared hard at the princess as she clapped her hands with joy and
    ran up to them, crying, ‘ Oh, do let us keep that delicious beast for
    to-night; it will make such a nice plaything.’

    The king did not stay long, and when he left he handed over the lion to
    the maidens, who amused themselves with it for some time, till they got
    sleepy, and thought it was time to go to bed. But the princess took the
    lion into her own room and laid it on the floor.

    She was just beginning to doze when she heard a voice quite close to
    her, which made her jump. ‘O lovely princess, if you only knew what
    I have gone through to find you!’ The princess jumped out of bed
    screaming, ‘The lion! the lion!’ but her friends thought it was a
    nightmare, and did not trouble themselves to get up.

    ‘O lovely úprincess!’ continued the voice, ‘fear nothing! I am the son
    of a rich merchant, and desire above all things to have you for my wife.
    And in order to get to you I have hidden myself in this golden lion.’

    ‘What use is that?’ she asked. ‘For if you cannot pick me out from among
    my companions you will still lose your head.’

    ‘I look to you to help me,’ he said. ‘I have done so much for you that
    you might do this one thing for me.’

    ‘Then listen to me. On the eighth day I will tie a white sash round my
    waist, and by that you will know me.’

    The next morning the king came very early to fetch the lion, as the old
    woman was already at the palace asking for it. When they were safe from
    view she let the young man out, and he returned to the king and told him
    that he wished to find the princess.

    ‘Very good,’ said the king, who by this time was almost tired of
    repeating the same words; ‘but if you fail your head will be the
    forfeit.’

    So the youth remained quietly in the castle, eating and looking at all
    the beautiful things around him, and every now and then pretending to
    be searching busily in all the closets and corners. On the eighth day he
    entered the room where the king was sitting. ‘Take up the floor in this
    place,’ he said. The king gave a cry, but stopped himself, and asked,
    ‘What do you want the floor up for? There is nothing there.’

    But as all his courtiers were watching him he did not like to make any
    more objections, and ordered the floor to be taken up, as the young man
    desired. The youth then want straight down the staircase till he reached
    the door; then he turned and demanded that the key should be brought.
    So the king was forced to unlock the door, and the next and the next and
    the next, till all seven were open, and they entered into the hall where
    the twelve maidens were standing all in a row, so like that none might
    tell them apart. But as he looked one of them silently drew a white sash
    from her pocket and slipped it round her waist, and the young man sprang
    to her and said, ‘This is the princess, and I claim her for my wife.’
    And the king owned himself beaten, and commanded that the wedding feast
    should be held.

    After eight days the bridal pair said farewell to the king, and set
    sail for the youth’s own country, taking with them a whole shipload of
    treasures as the princess’s dowry. But they did not forget the old woman
    who had brought about all their happiness, and they gave her enough
    money to make her comfortable to the end of her days.

     

    The Sprig of Rosemary

    Cuentos Populars Catalans, per lo Dr. D. Francisco de S. Maspons y
    Labros (Barcelona: Libreria de Don Alvar Verdaguer 1885).

    Once upon a time there lived a man with one daughter and he made her
    work hard all the day. One morning when she had finished everything he
    had set her to do, he told her to go out into the woods and get some dry
    leaves and sticks to kindle a fire.

    The girl went out, and soon collected a large bundle, and then she
    plucked at a sprig of sweet-smelling rosemary for herself. But the
    harder she pulled the firmer seemed the plant, and at last, determined
    not to be beaten, she gave one great tug, and the rosemary remained in
    her hands.

    Then she heard a voice close to her saying, ‘Well?’ and turning she saw
    before her a handsome young man, who asked why she had come to steal his
    firewood.

    The girl, who felt much confused, only managed to stammer out as an
    excuse that her father had sent her.

    ‘Very well,’ replied the young man; ‘then come with me.’

    So he took her through the opening made by the torn-up root, and they
    travelled till they reached a beautiful palace, splendidly furnished,
    but only lighted from the top. And when they had entered he told
    her that he was a great lord, and that never had he seen a maiden so
    beautiful as she, and that if she would give him her heart they would be
    married and live happy for ever after.

    And the maiden said ‘yes, she would,’ and so they were married.

    The next day the old dame who looked after the house handed her all the
    keys, but pointed her out one that she would do well never to use, for
    if she did the whole palace would fall to the ground, and the grass
    would grow over it, and the damsel herself would be remembered no more.

    The bride promised to be careful, but in a little while, when there was
    nothing left for her to do, she began to wonder what could be in the
    chest, which was opened by the key. As everybody knows, if we once begin
    to think we soon begin to do, and it was not very long before the key
    was no longer in the maiden’s hand but in the lock of the chest. But the
    lock was stiff and resisted all her efforts, and in the end she had to
    break it. And what was inside after all? Why, nothing but a serpent’s
    skin, which her husband, who was, unknown to her, a magician, put on
    when he was at work; and at the sight of it the girl was turning away
    in disgust, when the earth shook violently under her feet, the palace
    vanished as if it had never been, and the bride found herself in the
    middle of a field, not knowing where she was or whither to go. She burst
    into a flood of bitter tears, partly at her own folly, but more for the
    loss of her husband, whom she dearly loved. Then, breaking a sprig of
    rosemary off a bush hard by, she resolved, cost what it might, to seek
    him through the world till she found him. So she walked and she walked
    and she walked, till she arrived at a house built of straw. And she
    knocked at the door, and asked if they wanted a servant. The mistress
    said she did, and if the girl was willing she might stay. But day by day
    the poor maiden grew more and more sad, till at last her mistress begged
    her to say what was the matter. Then she told her story–how she was
    going through the world seeking after her husband.

    And her mistress answered her, ‘Where he is, none can tell better than
    the Sun, the Moon, and the Wind, for they go everywhere!’

    On hearing these words the damsel set forth once more, and walked till
    she reached the Golden Castle, where lived the Sun. And she knocked
    boldly at the door, saying, ‘All hail, O Sun! I have come to ask if, of
    your charity, you will help me in my need. By my own fault have I fallen
    into these straits, and I am weary, for I seek my husband through the
    wide world.’

    ‘Indeed!’ spoke the Sun. ‘Do you, rich as you are, need help? But though
    you live in a palace without windows, the Sun enters everywhere, and he
    knows you.’

    Then the bride told him the whole story. and did not hide her own
    ill-doing. And the Sun listened, and was sorry for her; and though he
    could not tell her where to go, he gave her a nut, and bid her open it
    in a time of great distress. The damsel thanked him with all her heart,
    and departed, and walked and walked and walked, till she came to another
    castle, and knocked at the door which was opened by an old woman.

    ‘All hail!’ said the girl. ‘I have come, of your charity, to ask your
    help!’

    ‘It is my mistress, the Moon, you seek. I will tell her of your prayer.’

    So the Moon came out, and when she saw the maiden she knew her again,
    for she had watched her sleeping both in the cottage and in the palace.
    And she spake to her and said:

    ‘Do you, rich as you are, need help?’

    Then the girl told her the whole story, and the Moon listened, and
    was sorry for her; and though she could not tell her where to find her
    husband, she gave her an almond, and told her to crack it when she was
    in great need. So the damsel thanked her, and departed, and walked and
    walked and walked till she came to another castle. And she knocked at
    the door, and said:

    ‘All hail! I have come to ask if, of your charity, you will help me in
    my need.’

    ‘It is my lord, the Wind, that you want,’ answered the old woman who
    opened it. ‘I will tell him of your prayer.’

    And the Wind looked on her and knew her again, for he had seen her in
    the cottage and in the palace, and he spake to her and said:

    ‘Do you, rich as you are, want help?’

    And she told him the whole story. And the Wind listened, and was sorry
    for her, and he gave her a walnut that she was to eat in time of need.
    But the girl did not go as the Wind expected. She was tired and sad, and
    knew not where to turn, so she began to weep bitterly. The Wind wept too
    for company, and said:

    ‘Don’t be frightened; I will go and see if I can find out something.’

    And the Wind departed with a great noise and fuss, and in the twinkling
    of an eye he was back again, beaming with delight.

    ‘From what one person and another have let fall,’ he exclaimed, ‘I have
    contrived to learn that he is in the palace of the king, who keeps him
    hidden lest anyone should see him; and that to-morrow he is to marry the
    princess, who, ugly creature that she is, has not been able to find any
    man to wed her.’

    Who can tell the despair which seized the poor maiden when she heard
    this news! As soon as she could speak she implored the Wind to do all
    he could to get the wedding put off for two or three days, for it would
    take her all that time to reach the palace of the king.

    The Wind gladly promised to do what he could, and as he travelled much
    faster than the maiden he soon arrived at the palace, where he found
    five tailors working night and day at the wedding clothes of the
    princess.

    Down came the Wind right in the middle of their lace and satin and
    trimmings of pearl! Away they all went whiz! through the open windows,
    right up into the tops of the trees, across the river, among the dancing
    ears of corn! After them ran the tailors, catching, jumping, climbing,
    but all to no purpose! The lace was torn, the satin stained, the pearls
    knocked off! There was nothing for it but to go to the shops to buy
    fresh, and to begin all over again! It was plainly quite impossible that
    the wedding clothes could be ready next day.

    However, the king was much too anxious to see his daughter married to
    listen to any excuses, and he declared that a dress must be put together
    somehow for the bride to wear. But when he went to look at the princess,
    she was such a figure that he agreed that it would be unfitting for her
    position to be seen in such a gown, and he ordered the ceremony and the
    banquet to be postponed for a few hours, so that the tailors might take
    the dress to pieces and make it fit.

    But by this time the maiden had arrived footsore and weary at the
    castle, and as soon as she reached the door she cracked her nut and
    drew out of it the most beautiful mantle in the world. Then she rang the
    bell, and asked:

    ‘Is not the princess to be married to-day?’

    ‘Yes, she is.’

    ‘Ask her if she would like to buy this mantle.’

    And when the princess saw the mantle she was delighted, for her wedding
    mantle had been spoilt with all the other things, and it was too late to
    make another. So she told the maiden to ask what price she would, and it
    should be given her.

    The maiden fixed a large sum, many pieces of gold, but the princess had
    set her heart on the mantle, and gave it readily.

    Now the maiden hid her gold in the pocket of her dress, and turned away
    from the castle. The moment she was out of sight she broke her almond,
    and drew from it the most magnificent petticoats that ever were seen.
    Then she went back to the castle, and asked if the princess wished to
    buy any petticoats. No sooner did the princess cast her eyes on the
    petticoats than she declared they were even more beautiful than the
    mantle, and that she would give the maiden whatever price she wanted for
    them. And the maiden named many pieces of gold, which the princess paid
    her gladly, so pleased was she with her new possessions.

    Then the girl went down the steps where none could watch her and
    cracked her walnut, and out came the most splendid court dress that any
    dressmaker had ever invented; and, carrying it carefully in her arms,
    she knocked at the door, and asked if the princess wished to buy a court
    dress.

    When the message was delivered the princess sprang to her feet with
    delight, for she had been thinking that after all it was not much use to
    have a lovely mantle and elegant petticoats if she had no dress, and she
    knew the tailors would never be ready in time. So she sent at once to
    say she would buy the dress, and what sum did the maiden want for it.

    This time the maiden answered that the price of the dress was the
    permission to see the bridegroom.

    The princess was not at all pleased when she heard the maiden’s reply,
    but, as she could not do without the dress, she was forced to give in,
    and contented herself with thinking that after all it did not matter
    much.

    So the maiden was led to the rooms which had been given to her husband.
    And when she came near she touched him with the sprig of rosemary that
    she carried; and his memory came back, and he knew her, and kissed her,
    and declared that she was his true wife, and that he loved her and no
    other.

    Then they went back to the maiden’s home, and grew to be very old, and
    lived happy all the days of their life.

     

    The White Dove

    From the Danish.

    A king had two sons. They were a pair of reckless fellows, who always
    had something foolish to do. One day they rowed out alone on the sea in
    a little boat. It was beautiful weather when they set out, but as soon
    as they had got some distance from the shore there arose a terrific
    storm. The oars went overboard at once, and the little boat was tossed
    about on the rolling billows like a nut-shell. The princes had to hold
    fast by the seats to keep from being thrown out of the boat.

    In the midst of all this they met a wonderful vessel–it was a
    dough-trough, in which there sat an old woman. She called to them, and
    said that they could still get to shore alive if they would promise her
    the son that was next to come to their mother the queen.

    ‘We can’t do that,’ shouted the princes; ‘he doesn’t belong to us so we
    can’t give him away.’

    ‘Then you can rot at the bottom of the sea, both of you,’ said the old
    woman; ‘and perhaps it may be the case that your mother would rather
    keep the two sons she has than the one she hasn’t got yet.’

    Then she rowed away in her dough-trough, while the storm howled still
    louder than before, and the water dashed over their boat until it was
    almost sinking. Then the princes thought that there was something in
    what the old woman had said about their mother, and being, of course,
    eager to save their lives, they shouted to her, and promised that she
    should have their brother if she would deliver them from this danger. As
    soon as they had done so the storm ceased and the waves fell. The boat
    drove ashore below their father’s castle, and both princes were received
    with open arms by their father and mother, who had suffered great
    anxiety for them.

    The two brothers said nothing about what they had promised, neither at
    that time nor later on when the queen’s third son came, a beautiful boy,
    whom she loved more than anything else in the world. He was brought up
    and educated in his father’s house until he was full grown, and still
    his brothers had never seen or heard anything about the witch to whom
    they had promised him before he was born.

    It happened one evening that there arose a raging storm, with mist and
    darkness. It howled and roared around the king’s palace, and in the
    midst of it there came a loud knock on the door of the hall where the
    youngest prince was. He went to the door and found there an old woman
    with a dough- trough on her back, who said to him that he must go with
    her at once; his brothers had promised him to her if she would save
    their lives.

    ‘Yes,’ said he; ‘if you saved my brothers’ lives, and they promised me
    to you, then I will go with you.’

    They therefore went down to the beach together, where he had to take his
    seat in the trough, along with the witch, who sailed away with him, over
    the sea, home to her dwelling.

    The prince was now in the witch’s power, and in her service. The first
    thing she set him to was to pick feathers. ‘The heap of feathers that
    you see here,’ said she, ‘you must get finished before I come home in
    the evening, otherwise you shall be set to harder work.’ He started
    to the feathers, and picked and picked until there was only a single
    feather left that had not passed through his hands. But then there came
    a whirlwind and sent all the feathers flying, and swept them along the
    floor into a heap, where they lay as if they were trampled together.
    He had now to begin all his work over again, but by this time it only
    wanted an hour of evening, when the witch was to be expected home, and
    he easily saw that it was impossible for him to be finished by that
    time.

    Then he heard something tapping at the window pane, and a thin voice
    said, ‘Let me in, and I will help you.’ It was a white dove, which sat
    outside the window, and was pecking at it with its beak. He opened the
    window, and the dove came in and set to work at once, and picked all
    the feathers out of the heap with its beak. Before the hour was past the
    feathers were all nicely arranged: the dove flew out at the window, and
    at, the same moment the witch came in at the door.

    ‘Well, well,’ said she, ‘it was more than I would have expected of you
    to get all the feathers put in order so nicely. However, such a prince
    might be expected to have neat fingers.’

    Next morning the witch said to the prince, ‘To-day you shall have some
    easy work to do. Outside the door I have some firewood lying; you must
    split that for me into little bits that I can kindle the fire with. That
    will soon be done, but you must be finished before I come home.’

    The prince got a little axe and set to work at once. He split and clove
    away, and thought that he was getting on fast; but the day wore on until
    it was long past midday, and he was still very far from having finished.
    He thought, in fact, that the pile of wood rather grew bigger than
    smaller, in spite of what he took off it; so he let his hands fall by
    his side, and dried the sweat from his forehead, and was ill at ease,
    for he knew that it would be bad for him if he was not finished with the
    work before the witch came home.

    Then the white dove came flying and settled down on the pile of wood,
    and cooed and said, ‘Shall I help you?’

    ‘Yes,’ said the prince, ‘many thanks for your help yesterday, and for
    what you offer to-day.’ Thereupon the little dove seized one piece of
    wood after another and split it with its beak. The prince could not take
    away the wood as quickly as the dove could split it, and in a short time
    it was all cleft into little sticks.

    The dove then flew up on his shoulder and sat there and the prince
    thanked it, and stroked and caressed its white feathers, and kissed
    its little red beak. With that it was a dove no longer, but a beautiful
    young maiden, who stood by his side. She told him then that she was a
    princess whom the witch had stolen, and had changed to this shape,
    but with his kiss she had got her human form again; and if he would be
    faithful to her, and take her to wife, she could free them both from the
    witch’s power.

    The prince was quite captivated by the beautiful princess, and was quite
    willing to do anything whatsoever to get her for himself.

    She then said to him, ‘When the witch comes home you must ask her to
    grant you a wish, when you have accomplished so well all that she has
    demanded of you. When she agrees to this you must ask her straight out
    for the princess that she has flying about as a white dove. But just now
    you must take a red silk thread and tie it round my little finger, so
    that you may be able to recognise me again, into whatever shape she
    turns me.’

    The prince made haste to get the silk thread tied round her little white
    finger; at the same moment the princess became a dove again and flew
    away, and immediately after that the old witch came home with her
    dough-trough on he back.

    ‘Well,’ said she, ‘I must say that you are clever at your work, and it
    is something, too, that such princely hands are not accustomed to.’

    ‘Since you are so well pleased with my work, said the prince, ‘you
    will, no doubt, be willing to give me a little pleasure too, and give me
    something that I have taken a fancy to.’

    ‘Oh yes, indeed,’ said the old woman; ‘what is it that you want?’

    ‘I want the princess here who is in the shape of a white dove,’ said the
    prince.

    ‘What nonsense!’ said the witch. ‘Why should you imagine that there are
    princesses here flying about in the shape of white doves? But if you
    will have a princess, you can get one such as we have them.’ She then
    came to him, dragging a shaggy little grey ass with long ears. ‘Will you
    have this?’ said she; ‘you can’t get any other princess!’

    The prince used his eyes and saw the red silk thread on one of the ass’s
    hoofs, so he said, ‘Yes, just let me have it.’

    ‘What will you do with it?’ asked the witch.

    ‘I will ride on it,’ said the prince; but with that the witch dragged
    it away again, and came back with an old, wrinkled, toothless hag, whose
    hands trembled with age. ‘You can have no other princess,’ said she.
    ‘Will you have her?’

    ‘Yes, I will,’ said the prince, for he saw the red silk thread on the
    old woman’s finger.

    At this the witch became so furious that she danced about and knocked
    everything to pieces that she could lay her hands upon, so that the
    splinters flew about the ears of the prince and princess, who now stood
    there in her own beautiful shape.

    Then their marriage had to be celebrated, for the witch had to stick
    to what she had promised, and he must get the princess whatever might
    happen afterwards.

    The princess now said to him, ‘At the marriage feast you may eat what
    you please, but you must not drink anything whatever, for if you do that
    you will forget me.’

    This, however, the prince forgot on the wedding day, and stretched out
    his hand and took a cup of wine; but the princess was keeping watch over
    him, and gave him a push with her elbow, so that the wine flew over the
    table- cloth.

    Then the witch got up and laid about her among the plates and dishes, so
    that the pieces flew about their ears, just as she had done when she was
    cheated the first time.

    They were then taken to the bridal chamber, and the door was shut. Then
    the princess said, ‘Now the witch has kept her promise, but she will do
    no more if she can help it, so we must fly immediately. I shall lay two
    pieces of wood in the bed to answer for us when the witch speaks to us.
    You can take the flower-pot and the glass of water that stands in the
    window, and we must slip out by that and get away.’

    No sooner said than done. They hurried off out into the dark night, the
    princess leading, because she knew the way, having spied it out while
    she flew about as a dove.

    At midnight the witch came to the door of the room and called in to
    them, and the two pieces of wood answered her, so that she believed they
    were there, and went away again. Before daybreak she was at the door
    again and called to them, and again the pieces of wood answered for
    them. She thus thought that she had them, and when the sun rose the
    bridal night was past: she had then kept her promise, and could vent her
    anger and revenge on both of them. With the first sunbeam she broke into
    the room, but there she found no prince and no princess–nothing but the
    two pieces of firewood, which lay in the bed, and stared, and spoke not
    a word. These she threw on the floor, so that they were splintered into
    a thousand pieces, and off she hastened after the fugitives.

    With the first sunbeam the princess said to the prince, ‘Look round; do
    you see anything behind us?’

    ‘Yes, I see a dark cloud, far away,’ said he.

    ‘Then throw the flower-pot over your head,’ said she. When this was done
    there was a large thick forest behind them.

    When the witch came to the forest she could not get through it until she
    went home and brought her axe to cut a path.

    A little after this the princess said again to the prince, ‘Look round;
    do you see anything behind us?’

    ‘Yes,’ said the prince, ‘the big black cloud is there again.’

    ‘Then throw the glass of water over your head,’ said she.

    When he had done this there was a great lake behind them, and this
    the witch could not cross until she ran home again and brought her
    dough-trough.

    Meanwhile the fugitives had reached the castle which was the prince’s
    home. They climbed over the garden wall, ran across the garden, and
    crept in at an open window. By this time the witch was just at their
    heels, but the princess stood in the window and blew upon the witch;
    hundreds of white doves flew out of her mouth, fluttered and flapped
    around the witch’s head until she grew so angry that she turned into
    flint, and there she stands to this day, in the shape of a large flint
    stone, outside the window.

    Within the castle there was great rejoicing over the prince and his
    bride. His two elder brothers came and knelt before him and confessed
    what they had done, and said that he alone should inherit the kingdom,
    and they would always be his faithful subjects.

     

    The Troll’s Daughter

    From the Danish.

    There was once a lad who went to look for a place. As he went along he
    met a man, who asked him where he was going. He told him his errand, and
    the stranger said, ‘Then you can serve me; I am just in want of a lad
    like you, and I will give you good wages–a bushel of money the first
    year, two the second year, and three the third year, for you must serve
    me three years, and obey me in everything, however strange it seems to
    you. You need not be afraid of taking service with me, for there is no
    danger in it if you only know how to obey.’

    The bargain was made, and the lad went home with the man to whom he had
    engaged himself. It was a strange place indeed, for he lived in a bank
    in the middle of the wild forest, and the lad saw there no other person
    than his master. The latter was a great troll, and had marvellous power
    over both men and beasts.

    Next day the lad had to begin his service. The first thing that the
    troll set him to was to feed all the wild animals from the forest. These
    the troll had tied up, and there were both wolves and bears, deer and
    hares, which the troll had gathered in the stalls and folds in his
    stable down beneath the ground, and that stable was a mile long. The
    boy, however, accomplished all this work on that day, and the troll
    praised him and said that it was very well done.

    Next morning the troll said to him, ‘To-day the animals are not to be
    fed; they don’t get the like of that every day. You shall have leave to
    play about for a little, until they are to be fed again.’

    Then the troll said some words to him which he did not understand, and
    with that the lad turned into a hare, and ran out into the wood. He got
    plenty to run for, too, for all the hunters aimed at him, and tried to
    shoot him, and the dogs barked and ran after him wherever they got wind
    of him. He was the only animal that was left in the wood now, for the
    troll had tied up all the others, and every hunter in the whole country
    was eager to knock him over. But in this they met with no success; there
    was no dog that could overtake him, and no marksman that could hit him.
    They shot and shot at him, and he ran and ran. It was an unquiet life,
    but in the long run he got used to it, when he saw that there was no
    danger in it, and it even amused him to befool all the hunters and dogs
    that were so eager after him.

    Thus a whole year passed, and when it was over the troll called him
    home, for he was now in his power like all the other animals. The troll
    then said some words to him which he did not understand, and the hare
    immediately became a human being again. ‘Well, how do you like to serve
    me?’ said the troll, ‘and how do you like being a hare?’

    The lad replied that he liked it very well; he had never been able to go
    over the ground so quickly before. The troll then showed him the bushel
    of money that he had already earned, and the lad was well pleased to
    serve him for another year.

    The first day of the second year the boy had the same work to do as on
    the previous one–namely, to feed all the wild animals in the troll’s
    stable. When he had done this the troll again said some words to him,
    and with that he became a raven, and flew high up into the air. This was
    delightful, the lad thought; he could go even faster now than when he
    was a hare, and the dogs could not come after him here. This was a great
    delight to him, but he soon found out that he was not to be left quite
    at peace, for all the marksmen and hunters who saw him aimed at him and
    fired away, for they had no other birds to shoot at than himself, as the
    troll had tied up all the others.

    This, however, he also got used to, when he saw that they could never
    hit him, and in this way he flew about all that year, until the troll
    called him home again, said some strange words to him, and gave him
    his human shape again. ‘Well, how did you like being a raven?’ said the
    troll.

    ‘I liked it very well,’ said the lad, ‘for never in all my days have I
    been able to rise so high.’ The troll then showed him the two bushels
    of money which he had earned that year, and the lad was well content to
    remain in his service for another year.

    Next day he got his old task of feeding all the wild beasts. When this
    was done the troll again said some words to him, and at these he turned
    into a fish, and sprang into the river. He swam up and he swam down, and
    thought it was pleasant to let himself drive with the stream. In this
    way he came right out into the sea, and swam further and further out. At
    last he came to a glass palace, which stood at the bottom of the sea. He
    could see into all the rooms and halls, where everything was very grand;
    all the furniture was of white ivory, inlaid with gold and pearl. There
    were soft rugs and cushions of all the colours of the rainbow, and
    beautiful carpets that looked like the finest moss, and flowers and
    trees with curiously crooked branches, both green and yellow, white and
    red, and there were also little fountains which sprang up from the most
    beautiful snail-shells, and fell into bright mussel-shells, and at the
    same time made a most delightful music, which filled the whole palace.

    The most beautiful thing of all, however, was a young girl who went
    about there, all alone. She went about from one room to another, but did
    not seem to be happy with all the grandeur she had about her. She walked
    in solitude and melancholy, and never even thought of looking at her
    own image in the polished glass walls that were on every side of her,
    although she was the prettiest creature anyone could wish to see. The
    lad thought so too while he swam round the palace and peeped in from
    every side.

    ‘Here, indeed, it would be better to be a man than such a poor dumb fish
    as I am now,’ said he to himself; ‘if I could only remember the words
    that the troll says when he changes my shape, then perhaps I could help
    myself to become a man again.’ He swam and he pondered and he thought
    over this until he remembered the sound of what the troll said, and then
    he tried to say it himself. In a moment he stood in human form at the
    bottom of the sea.

    He made haste then to enter the glass palace, and went up to the young
    girl and spoke to her.

    At first he nearly frightened the life out of her, but he talked to
    her so kindly and explained how he had come down there that she soon
    recovered from her alarm, and was very pleased to have some company to
    relieve the terrible solitude that she lived in. Time passed so quickly
    for both of them that the youth (for now he was quite a young man, and
    no more a lad) forgot altogether how long he had been there.

    One day the girl said to him that now it was close on the time when he
    must become a fish again–the troll would soon call him home, and he
    would have to go, but before that he must put on the shape of the fish,
    otherwise he could not pass through the sea alive. Before this, while he
    was staying down there, she had told him that she was a daughter of the
    same troll whom the youth served, and he had shut her up there to keep
    her away from everyone. She had now devised a plan by which they could
    perhaps succeed in getting to see each other again, and spending the
    rest of their lives together. But there was much to attend to, and he
    must give careful heed to all that she told him.

    She told him then that all the kings in the country round about were
    in debt to her father the troll, and the king of a certain kingdom,
    the name of which she told him, was the first who had to pay, and if he
    could not do so at the time appointed he would lose his head. ‘And he
    cannot pay,’ said she; ‘I know that for certain. Now you must, first of
    all, give up your service with my father; the three years are past,
    and you are at liberty to go. You will go off with your six bushels
    of money, to the kingdom that I have told you of, and there enter the
    service of the king. When the time comes near for his debt becoming due
    you will be able to notice by his manner that he is ill at ease. You
    shall then say to him that you know well enough what it is that is
    weighing upon him–that it is the debt which he owes to the troll and
    cannot pay, but that you can lend him the money. The amount is six
    bushels–just what you have. You shall, however, only lend them to
    him on condition that you may accompany him when he goes to make the
    payment, and that you then have permission to run before him as a fool.
    When you arrive at the troll’s abode, you must perform all kinds of
    foolish tricks, and see that you break a whole lot of his windows, and
    do all other damage that you can. My father will then get very angry,
    and as the king must answer for what his fool does he will sentence him,
    even although he has paid his debt, either to answer three questions or
    to lose his life. The first question my father will ask will be, “Where
    is my daughter?” Then you shall step forward and answer “She is at the
    bottom of the sea.” He will then ask you whether you can recognise her,
    and to this you will answer “Yes.” Then he will bring forward a whole
    troop of women, and cause them to pass before you, in order that you may
    pick out the one that you take for his daughter. You will not be able
    to recognise me at all, and therefore I will catch hold of you as I go
    past, so that you can notice it, and you must then make haste to catch
    me and hold me fast. You have then answered his first question. His next
    question will be, “Where is my heart?” You shall then step forward again
    and answer, “It is in a fish.” “Do you know that fish?” he will say,
    and you will again answer “Yes.” He will then cause all kinds of fish
    to come before you, and you shall choose between them. I shall take good
    care to keep by your side, and when the right fish comes I will give you
    a little push, and with that you will seize the fish and cut it up. Then
    all will be over with the troll; he will ask no more questions, and we
    shall be free to wed.’

    When the youth had got all these directions as to what he had to do when
    he got ashore again the next thing was to remember the words which the
    troll said when he changed him from a human being to an animal; but
    these he had forgotten, and the girl did not know them either. He went
    about all day in despair, and thought and thought, but he could not
    remember what they sounded like. During the night he could not sleep,
    until towards morning he fell into a slumber, and all at once it flashed
    upon him what the troll used to say. He made haste to repeat the words,
    and at the same moment he became a fish again and slipped out into the
    sea. Immediately after this he was called upon, and swam through the sea
    up the river to where the troll stood on the bank and restored him to
    human shape with the same words as before.

    ‘Well, how do you like to be a fish?’ asked the troll.

    It was what he had liked best of all, said the youth, and that was no
    lie, as everybody can guess.

    The troll then showed him the three bushels of money which he had earned
    during the past year; they stood beside the other three, and all the six
    now belonged to him.

    ‘Perhaps you will serve me for another year yet,’ said the troll, ‘and
    you will get six bushels of money for it; that makes twelve in all, and
    that is a pretty penny.’

    ‘No,’ said the youth; he thought he had done enough, and was anxious to
    go to some other place to serve, and learn other people’s ways; but he
    would, perhaps, come back to the troll some other time.

    The troll said that he would always be welcome; he had served him
    faithfully for the three years they had agreed upon, and he could make
    no objections to his leaving now.

    The youth then got his six bushels of money, and with these he betook
    himself straight to the kingdom which his sweetheart had told him of.
    He got his money buried in a lonely spot close to the king’s palace, and
    then went in there and asked to be taken into service. He obtained his
    request, and was taken on as stableman, to tend the king’s horses.

    Some time passed, and he noticed how the king always went about
    sorrowing and grieving, and was never glad or happy. One day the king
    came into the stable, where there was no one present except the youth,
    who said straight out to him that, with his majesty’s permission, he
    wished to ask him why he was so sorrowful.

    ‘It’s of no use speaking about that,’ said the king; ‘you cannot help
    me, at any rate.’

    ‘You don’t know about that,’ said the youth; ‘ I know well enough what
    it is that lies so heavy on your mind, and I know also of a plan to get
    the money paid.’

    This was quite another case, and the king had more talk with the
    stableman, who said that he could easily lend the king the six bushels
    of money, but would only do it on condition that he should be allowed to
    accompany the king when he went to pay the debt, and that he should
    then be dressed like the king’s court fool, and run before him. He would
    cause some trouble, for which the king would be severely spoken to, but
    he would answer for it that no harm would befall him.

    The king gladly agreed to all that the youth proposed, and it was now
    high time for them to set out.

    When they came to the troll’s dwelling it was no longer in the bank, but
    on the top of this there stood a large castle which the youth had never
    seen before. The troll could, in fact, make it visible or invisible,
    just as he pleased, and, knowing as much as he did of the troll’s magic
    arts, the youth was not at all surprised at this.

    When they came near to this castle, which looked as if it was of pure
    glass, the youth ran on in front as the king’s fool. Heran sometimes
    facing forwards, sometimes backwards, stood sometimes on his head, and
    sometimes on his feet, and he dashed in pieces so many of the troll’s
    big glass windows and doors that it was something awful to see, and
    overturned everything he could, and made a fearful disturbance.

    The troll came rushing out, and was so angry and furious, and abused the
    king with all his might for bringing such a wretched fool with him, as
    he was sure that he could not pay the least bit of all the damage that
    had been done when he could not even pay off his old debt.

    The fool, however, spoke up, and said that he could do so quite easily,
    and the king then came forward with the six bushels of money which the
    youth had lent him. They were measured and found to be correct. This the
    troll had not reckoned on, but he could make no objection against it.
    The old debt was honestly paid, and the king got his bond back again.

    But there still remained all the damage that had been done that day, and
    the king had nothing with which to pay for this. The troll, therefore,
    sentenced the king, either to answer three questions that he would put
    to him, or have his head taken off, as was agreed on in the old bond.

    There was nothing else to be done than to try to answer the troll’s
    riddles. The fool then stationed himself just by the king’s side while
    the troll came forward with his questions. He first asked, ‘Where is my
    daughter?’

    The fool spoke up and said, ‘She is at the bottom of the sea.’

    ‘How do you know that?’ said the troll.

    ‘The little fish saw it,’ said the fool.

    ‘Would you know her?’ said the troll.

    ‘Yes, bring her forward,’ said the fool.

    The troll made a whole crowd of women go past them, one after the other,
    but all these were nothing but shadows and deceptions. Amongst the very
    last was the troll’s real daughter, who pinched the fool as she went
    past him to make him aware of her presence. He thereupon caught her
    round the waist and held her fast, and the troll had to admit that his
    first riddle was solved.

    Then the troll asked again: ‘Where is my heart?’

    ‘It is in a fish,’ said the fool.

    ‘Would you know that fish?’ said the troll.

    ‘Yes, bring it forward,’ said the fool.

    Then all the fishes came swimming past them, and meanwhile the troll’s
    daughter stood just by the youth’s side. When at last the right fish
    came swimming along she gave him a nudge, and he seized it at once,
    drove his knife into it, and split it up, took the heart out of it, and
    cut it through the middle.

    At the same moment the troll fell dead and turned into pieces of flint.
    With that a,ll the bonds that the troll had bound were broken; all the
    wild beasts and birds which he had caught and hid under the ground were
    free now, and dispersed themselves in the woods and in the air.

    The youth and his sweetheart entered the castle, which was now theirs,
    and held their wedding; and all the kings roundabout, who had been
    in the troll’s debt, and were now out of it, came to the wedding, and
    saluted the youth as their emperor, and he ruled over them all, and kept
    peace between them, and lived in his castle with his beautiful empress
    in great joy and magnificence. And if they have not died since they are
    living there to this day.

     

    Esben and the Witch

    From the Danish.

    There was once a man who had twelve sons: the eleven eldest were both
    big and strong, but the twelfth, whose name was Esben, was only a
    little fellow. The eleven eldest went out with their father to field and
    forest, but Esben preferred to stay at home with his mother, and so he
    was never reckoned at all by the rest, but was a sort of outcast among
    them.

    When the eleven had grown up to be men they decided to go out into the
    world to try their fortune, and they plagued their father to give them
    what they required for the journey. The father was not much in favour
    of this, for he was now old and weak, and could not well spare them from
    helping him with his work, but in the long run he had to give in. Each
    one of the eleven got a fine white horse and money for the journey, and
    so they said farewell to their father and their home, and rode away.

    As for Esben, no one had ever thought about him; his brothers had not
    even said farewell to him.

    After the eleven were gone Esben went to his father and said, ‘Father,
    give me also a horse and money; I should also like to see round about me
    in the world.’

    ‘You are a little fool,’ said his father. ‘If I could have let you go,
    and kept your eleven brothers at home, it would have been better for me
    in my old age.’

    ‘Well, you will soon be rid of me at any rate,’ said Esben.

    As he could get no other horse, he went into the forest, broke off a
    branch, stripped the bark off it, so that it became still whiter than
    his brothers’ horses, and, mounted on this. rode off after his eleven
    brothers.

    The brothers rode on the whole day, and towards evening they came to
    a great forest, which they entered. Far within the wood they came to a
    little house, and knocked at the door. There came an old, ugly, bearded
    hag, and opened it, and they asked her whether all of them could get
    quarters for the night.

    ‘Yes,’ said the old, bearded hag, ‘you shall all have quarters for the
    night, and, in addition, each of you shall have one of my daughters.’

    The eleven brothers thought that they had come to very hospitable
    people. They were well attended to, and when they went to bed, each of
    them got one of the hag’s daughters.

    Esben had been coming along behind them, and had followed the same way,
    and had also found the same house in the forest. He slipped into this,
    without either the witch or her daughters noticing him, and hid himself
    under one of the beds. A little before midnight he crept quietly out
    and wakened his brothers. He told these to change night-caps with the
    witch’s daughters. The brothers saw no reason for this, but, to get rid
    of Esben’s persistence, they made the exchange, and slept soundly again.

    When midnight came Esben heard the old witch come creeping along. She
    had a broad-bladed axe in her hand, and went over all the eleven beds.
    It was so dark that she could not see a hand’s breadth before her, but
    she felt her way, and hacked the heads off all the sleepers who had the
    men’s night-caps on–and these were her own daughters. As soon as she
    had gone her way Esben wakened his brothers, and they hastily took their
    horses and rode off from the witch’s house, glad that they had escaped
    so well. They quite forgot to thank Esben for what he had done for them.

    When they had ridden onwards for some time they reached a king’s palace,
    and inquired there whether they could be taken into service. Quite
    easily, they were told, if they would be stablemen, otherwise the king
    had no use for them. They were quite ready for this, and got the task of
    looking after all the king’s horses.

    Long after them came Esben riding on his stick, and he also wanted to
    get a place in the palace, but no one had any use for him, and he was
    told that he could just go back the way he had come. However, he stayed
    there and occupied himself as best he could. He got his food, but
    nothing more, and by night he lay just where he could.

    At this time there was in the palace a knight who was called Sir Red. He
    was very well liked by the king, but hated by everyone else, for he was
    wicked both in will and deed. This Sir Red became angry with the eleven
    brothers, because they would not always stand at attention for him, so
    he determined to avenge himself on them.

    One day, therefore, he went to the king, and said that the eleven
    brothers who had come to the palace a little while ago, and served as
    stablemen, could do a great deal more than they pretended. One day he
    had heard them say that if they liked they could get for the king a
    wonderful dove which had a feather of gold and a feather of silver time
    about. But they would not procure it unless they were threatened with
    death.

    The king then had the eleven brothers called before him, and said to
    them, ‘You have said that you can get me a dove which has feathers of
    gold and silver time about.’

    All the eleven assured him that they had never said anything of the
    kind, and they did not believe that such a dove existed in the whole
    world.

    ‘Take your own mind of it,’ said the king; ‘but if you don’t get that
    dove within three days you shall lose your heads, the whole lot of you.’

    With that the king let them go, and there was great grief among them;
    some wept and others lamented.

    At that moment Esben came along, and, seeing their sorrowful looks, said
    to them, ‘Hello, what’s the matter with you?’

    ‘What good would it do to tell you, you little fool? You can’t help us.’

    ‘Oh, you don’t know that,’ answered Esben. ‘I have helped you before.’

    In the end they told him how unreasonable the king was, and how he had
    ordered them to get for him a dove with feathers of gold and silver time
    about.

    ‘Give me a bag of peas’ said Esben, ‘and I shall see what I can do for
    you.’

    Esben got his bag of peas; then he took his white stick, and said,

    Fly quick, my little stick, Carry me across the stream.

    Straightway the stick carried him across the river and straight into the
    old witch’s courtyard. Esben had noticed that she had such a dove; so
    when he arrived in the courtyard he shook the peas out of the bag, and
    the dove came fluttering down to pick them up. Esben caught it at once,
    put it into the bag, and hurried off before the witch caught sight of
    him; but the next moment she came running, and shouted after him, ‘ I
    Hey is that you, Esben.?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘Is it you that has taken my dove?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘Was it you that made me kill my eleven daughters?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘Are you coming back again?’

    ‘That may be,’ said Esben.

    ‘Then you’ll catch it,’ shouted the witch.

    The stick carried Esben with the dove back to the king’s palace, and his
    brothers were greatly delighted. The king thanked them many times for
    the dove, and gave them in return both silver and gold. At this Sir Red
    became still more embittered, and again thought of how to avenge himself
    on the brothers.

    One day he went to the king and told him that the dove was by no means
    the best thing that the brothers could get for him; for one day he had
    heard them talking quietly among themselves, and they had said that they
    could procure a boar whose bristles were of gold and silver time about.

    The king again summoned the brothers before him, and asked whether it
    was true that they had said that they could get for him a boar whose
    bristles were of gold and silver time about.

    ‘No,’ said the brothers; they had never said nor thought such a thing,
    and they did not believe that there was such a boar in the whole world.

    ‘You must get me that boar within three days,’ said the king, ‘or it
    will cost you your heads.’

    With that they had to go. This was still worse than before, they
    thought. Where could they get such a marvellous boar? They all went
    about hanging their heads; but when only one day remained of the three
    Esben came along. When he saw his brothers’ sorrowful looks he cried,
    ‘Hallo, what’s the matter now?’

    ‘Oh, what’s the use of telling you?’ said his brothers. ‘You can’t help
    us, at any rate.’

    ‘Ah, you don’t know that,’ said Esben; ‘I’ve helped you before.’

    In the end they told him how Sir Red had stirred up the king against
    them, so that he had ordered them to get for him a boar with bristles of
    gold and silver time about.

    ‘That’s all right,’ said Esben; ‘give me a sack of malt, and it is not
    quite impossible that I may be able to help you.’

    Esben got his sack of malt; then he took his little white stick, set
    himself upon it, and said,

    Fly quick, my little stick, Carry me across the stream.

    Off went the stick with him, and very soon he was again in the witch’s
    courtyard. There he emptied out the malt, and next moment came the boar,
    which had every second bristle of gold and of silver. Esben at once put
    it into his sack and hurried off before the witch should catch sight of
    him; but the next moment she came running, and shouted after him, ‘Hey!
    is that you, Esben?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘Is it you that has taken my pretty boar?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘It was also you that took my dove?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘And it was you that made me kill my eleven daughters?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘Are you coming back again?’

    ‘That may be,’ said Esben.

    ‘Then you’ll catch it,’ said the witch.

    Esben was soon back at the palace with the boar, and his brothers
    scarcely knew which leg to stand on, so rejoiced were they that they
    were safe again. Not one of them, however, ever thought of thanking
    Esben for what he had done for them.

    The king was still more rejoiced over the boar than he had been over the
    dove, and did not know what to give the brothers for it. At this Sir
    Red was again possessed with anger and envy, and again he went about and
    planned how to get the brothers into trouble.

    One day he went again to the king and said, ‘These eleven brothers have
    now procured the dove and the boar, but they can do much more than that;
    I know they have said that if they liked they could get for the king a
    lamp that can shine over seven kingdoms.’

    ‘If they have said that,’ said the king, ‘they shall also be made to
    bring it to me. That would be a glorious lamp for me.’

    Again the king sent a message to the brothers to come up to the palace.
    They went accordingly, although very unwillingly, for they suspected
    that Sir Red had fallen on some new plan to bring them into trouble.

    As soon as they came before the king he said to them,

    ‘You brothers have said that you could, if you liked, get for me a lamp
    that can shine over seven kingdoms. That lamp must be mine within three
    days, or it will cost you your lives.’

    The brothers assured him that they had never said so, and they were sure
    that no such lamp existed, but their words were of no avail.

    ‘The lamp!’ said the king, ‘or it will cost you your heads.’

    The brothers were now in greater despair than ever. They did not know
    what to do, for such a lamp no one had ever heard of. But just as things
    looked their worst along came Esben.

    ‘Something wrong again?’ said he. ‘What’s the matter with you now?’

    ‘Oh, it’s no use telling you,’ said they. ‘You can’t help us, at any
    rate.’

    ‘Oh, you might at least tell me,’ said Esben; ‘I have helped you
    before.’

    In the end they told him that the king had ordered them to bring him a
    lamp which could shine over seven kingdoms, but such a lamp no one had
    ever heard tell of.

    ‘Give me a bushel of salt,’ said Esben, ‘and we shall see how matters
    go.’

    He got his bushel of salt, and then mounted his little white stick, and
    said,

    Fly quick, my little stick, Carry me across the stream.

    With that both he and his bushel of salt were over beside the witch’s
    courtyard. But now matters were less easy, for he could not get inside
    the yard, as it was evening and the gate was locked. Finally he hit upon
    a plan; he got up on the roof and crept down the chimney.

    He searched all round for the lamp, but could find it nowhere, for the
    witch always had it safely guarded, as it was one of her most precious
    treasures. When he became tired of searching for it he crept into the
    baking- oven, intending to lie down there and sleep till morning; but
    just at that moment he heard the witch calling from her bed to one of
    her daughters, and telling her to make some porridge for her. She had
    grown hungry, and had taken such a fancy to some porridge. The daughter
    got out of bed, kindled the fire, and put on a pot with water in it.

    ‘You mustn’t put any salt in the porridge, though,’ cried the witch.

    ‘No, neither will I,’ said the daughter; but while she was away getting
    the meal Esben slipped out of the oven and emptied the whole bushel of
    salt into the pot. The daughter came back then and put in the meal, and
    after it had boiled a little she took it in to her mother. The witch
    took a spoonful and tasted it.

    ‘Uh!’ said she; ‘didn’t I tell you not to put any salt in it, and it’s
    just as salt as the sea.’

    So the daughter had to go and make new porridge, and her mother warned
    her strictly not to put any salt in it. But now there was no water in
    the house, so she asked her mother to give her the lamp, so that she
    could go to the well for more.

    ‘There you have it, then,’ said the witch; ‘but take good care of it.’

    The daughter took the lamp which shone over seven kingdoms, and went out
    to the well for water, while Esben slipped out after her. When she was
    going to draw the water from the well she set the lamp down on a stone
    beside her. Esben watched his chance, seized the lamp, and gave her a
    push from behind, so that she plumped head first into the well. Then he
    made off with the lamp. But the witch got out of her bed and ran after
    him, crying:

    ‘Hey! is that you again, Esben?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘Was it you that took my dove?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘Was it also you that took my boar?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘And it was you that made me kill my eleven daughters?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘And now you have taken my lamp, and drowned my twelfth daughter in the
    well?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘Are you coming back again?’

    ‘That may be,’ said Esben.

    ‘Then you’ll catch it,’ said the witch.

    It was only a minute before the stick had again landed Esben at the
    king’s palace, and the brothers were then freed from their distress. The
    king gave them many fine presents, but Esben did not get even so much as
    thanks from them.

    Never had Sir Red been so eaten up with envy as he was now, and he
    racked his brain day and night to find something quite impossible to
    demand from the brothers.

    One day he went to the king and told him that the lamp the brothers had
    procured was good enough, but they could still get for him something
    that was far better. The king asked what that was.

    ‘It is,’ said Sir Red, ‘the most beautiful coverlet that any mortal ever
    heard tell of. It also has the property that, when anyone touches it, it
    sounds so that it can be heard over eight kingdoms.’

    ‘That must be a splendid coverlet,’ said the king, and he at once sent
    for the brothers.

    ‘You have said that you know of a coverlet, the most beautiful in the
    whole world, and which sounds over eight kingdoms when anyone touches
    it. You shall procure it for me, or else lose your lives,’ said he.

    The brothers answered him that they had never said a word about such a
    coverlet, did not believe it existed, and that it was quite impossible
    for them to procure it. But the king would not hear a word; he drove
    them away, telling them that if they did not get it very soon it would
    cost them their heads.

    Things looked very black again for the brothers, for they were sure
    there was no escape for them. The youngest of them, indeed, asked where
    Esben was, but the others said that that little fool could scarcely keep
    himself in clothes, and it was not to be expected that he could help
    them. Not one of them thought it worth while to look for Esben, but he
    soon came along of himself.

    ‘Well, what’s the matter now?’ said he.

    ‘Oh, what’s the use of telling you?’ said the brothers. ‘You can’t help
    us, at any rate.’

    ‘Ah! who knows that?’ said Esben. ‘I have helped you before.’

    In the end the brothers told him about the coverlet which, when one
    touched it, sounded so that it could be heard over eight kingdoms. Esben
    thought that this was the worst errand that he had had yet, but he could
    not do worse than fail, and so he would make the attempt.

    He again took his little white stick, set himself on it, and said,

    Fly quick, my little stick, Carry me across the stream.

    Next moment he was across the river and beside the witch’s house. It was
    evening, and the door was locked, but he knew the way down the chimney.
    When he had got into the house, however, the worst yet remained to do,
    for the coverlet was on the bed in which the witch lay and slept. He
    slipped into the room without either she or her daughter wakening; but
    as soon as he touched the coverlet to take it it sounded so that it
    could be heard over eight kingdoms. The witch awoke, sprang out of bed,
    and caught hold of Esben. He struggled with her, but could not free
    himself, and the witch called to her daughter, ‘Come and help me; we
    shall put him into the little dark room to be fattened. Ho, ho! now I
    have him!’

    Esben was now put into a little dark hole, where he neither saw sun nor
    moon, and there he was fed on sweet milk and nut-kernels. The daughter
    had enough to do cracking nuts for him, and at the end of fourteen days
    she had only one tooth left in her mouth; she had broken all the rest
    with the nuts. In this time however, she had taken a liking to Esben,
    and would willingly have set him free, but could not.

    When some time had passed the witch told her daughter to go and cut a
    finger off Esben, so that she could see whether he was nearly fat enough
    yet. The daughter went and told Esben, and asked him what she should do.
    Esben told her to take an iron nail and wrap a piece of skin round it:
    she could then give her mother this to bite at.

    The daughter did so, but when the witch bit it she cried, ‘Uh! no, no!
    This is nothing but skin and bone; he must be fattened much longer yet.’

    So Esben was fed for a while longer on sweet milk and nut-kernels, until
    one day the witch thought that now he must surely be fat enough, and
    told her daughter again to go and cut a finger off him. By this time
    Esben was tired of staying in the dark hole, so he told her to go and
    cut a teat off a cow, and give it to the witch to bite at. This the
    daughter did, and the witch cried, ‘Ah! now he is fat–so fat that one
    can scarcely feel the bone in him. Now he shall be killed.’

    Now this was just the very time that the witch had to go to Troms
    Church, where all the witches gather once every year, so she had no time
    to deal with Esben herself. She therefore told her daughter to heat up
    the big oven while she was away, take Esben out of his prison, and roast
    him in there before she came back. The daughter promised all this, and
    the witch went off on her journey.

    The daughter then made the oven as hot as could be, and took Esben out
    of his prison in order to roast him. She brought the oven spade, and
    told Esben to seat himself on it, so that she could shoot him into the
    oven. Esben accordingly took his seat on it, but when she had got him to
    the mouth of the oven he spread his legs out wide, so that she could not
    get him pushed in.

    ‘You mustn’t sit like that,’ said she.

    ‘How then?’ said Esben.

    ‘You must cross your legs,’ said the daughter; but Esben could not
    understand what she meant by this.

    ‘Get out of the way,’ said she, ‘and I will show you how to place
    yourself.’

    She seated herself on the oven spade, but no sooner had she done so than
    Esben laid hold of it, shot her into the oven, and fastened the door
    of it. Then he ran and seized the coverlet, but as soon as he did so it
    sounded so that it could be heard over eight kingdoms, and the witch,
    who was at Troms Church, came flying home, and shouted, ‘Hey! is that
    you again, Esben?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘It was you that made me kill my eleven daughters?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘And took my dove?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘And my beautiful boar?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘And drowned my twelfth daughter in the well, and took my lamp?’

    ‘Ye–e–s!’

    ‘And now you have roasted my thirteenth and last daughter in the oven,
    and taken my coverlet?’

    ‘YeÄeÄs!’

    ‘Are you coming back again?’

    ‘No, never again,’ said Esben.

    At this the witch became so furious that she sprang into numberless
    pieces of flint, and from this come all the flint stones that one finds
    about the country.

    Esben had found again his little stick, which the witch had taken from
    him, so he said,

    Fly quick, my little stick, Carry me across the stream.

    Next moment he was back at the king’s palace. Here things were in a bad
    way, for the king had thrown all the eleven brothers into prison, and
    they were to be executed very shortly because they had not brought him
    the coverlet. Esben now went up to the king and gave him the coverlet,
    with which the king was greatly delighted. When he touched it it could
    be heard over eight kingdoms, and all the other kings sat and were angry
    because they had not one like it.

    Esben also told how everything had happened, and how Sir Red had done
    the brothers all the ill he could devise because he was envious of
    them. The brothers were at once set at liberty, while Sir Red, for his
    wickedness, was hanged on the highest tree that could be found, and so
    he got the reward he deserved.

    Much was made of Esben and his brothers, and these now thanked him for
    all that he had done for them. The twelve of them received as much gold
    and silver as they could carry, and betook themselves home to their old
    father. When he saw again his twelve sons, whom he had never expected to
    see more, he was so glad that he wept for joy. The brothers told him
    how much Esben had done, and how he had saved their lives, and from that
    time forward he was no longer the butt of the rest at home.

     

    Princess Minon-minette

    Bibliotheque des Fees et aes Genies

    Once upon a time there lived a young king whose name was Souci, and he
    had been brought up, ever since he was a baby, by the fairy Inconstancy.
    Now the fairy Girouette had a kind heart, but she was a very trying
    person to live with, for she never knew her own mind for two minutes
    together, and as she was the sole ruler at Court till the prince grew
    up everything was always at sixes and sevens. At first she determined to
    follow the old custom of keeping the young king ignorant of the duties
    he would have to perform some day; then, quite suddenly, she resigned
    the reins of government into his hands; but, unluckily, it was too late
    to train him properly for the post. However, the fairy did not think of
    that, but, carried away by her new ideas, she hastily formed a Council,
    and named as Prime Minister the excellent ‘Ditto,’ so called because he
    had never been known to contradict anybody.

    Young Prince Souci had a handsome face, and at the bottom a good deal of
    common sense; but he had never been taught good manners, and was shy and
    awkward; and had, besides, never learned how to use his brains.

    Under these circumstances it is not surprising that the Council did not
    get through much work. Indeed, the affairs of the country fell into such
    disorder that at last the people broke out into open rebellion, and it
    was only the courage of the king, who continued to play the flute while
    swords and spears were flashing before the palace gate, that prevented
    civil war from being declared.

    No sooner was the revolt put down than the Council turned their
    attention to the question of the young king’s marriage. Various
    princesses were proposed to him, and the fairy, who was anxious to
    get the affair over before she left the Court for ever, gave it as her
    opinion that the Princess Diaphana would make the most suitable wife.
    Accordingly envoys were sent to bring back an exact report of the
    princess’s looks and ways, and they returned saying that she was tall
    and well made, but so very light that the equerries who accompanied her
    in her walks had to be always watching her, lest she should suddenly be
    blown away. This had happened so often that her subjects lived in terror
    of losing her altogether, and tried everything they could think of
    to keep her to the ground. They even suggested that she should carry
    weights in her pockets, or have them tied to her ankles; but this idea
    was given up, as the princess found it so uncomfortable. At length it
    was decided that she was never to go out in a wind, and in order to make
    matters surer still the equerries each held the end of a string which
    was fastened to her waist.

    The Council talked over this report for some days, and then the king
    made up his mind that he would judge for himself, and pretend to be
    his own ambassador. This plan was by no means new, but it had often
    succeeded, and, anyhow, they could think of nothing better.

    Such a splendid embassy had never before been seen in any country.
    The kingdom was left in the charge of the Prime Minister, who answered
    ‘Ditto’ to everything; but the choice was better than it seemed, for the
    worthy man was much beloved by the people, as he agreed with all they
    said, and they left him feeling very pleased with themselves and their
    own wisdom.

    When the king arrived at Diaphana’s Court he found a magnificent
    reception awaiting him, for, though they pretended not to know who he
    was, secrets like this are never hidden. Now the young king had a great
    dislike to long ceremonies, so he proposed that his second interview
    with the princess should take place in the garden. The princess made
    some difficulties, but, as the weather was lovely and very still, she
    at last consented to the king’s wishes. But no sooner had they finished
    their first bows and curtseys than a slight breeze sprung up, and began
    to sway the princess, whose equerries had retired out of respect. The
    king went forward to steady her, but the wind that he caused only drove
    her further away from him. He rushed after her exclaiming, ‘O princess!
    are you really running away from me?’

    ‘Good gracious, no!’ she replied. ‘Run a little quicker and you will be
    able to stop me, and I shall be for ever grateful. That is what comes
    of talking in a garden,’ she added in disgust; ‘as if one wasn’t much
    better in a room that was tightly closed all round.’

    The king ran as fast as he could, but the wind ran faster still, and in
    a moment the princess was whirled to the bottom of the garden, which was
    bounded by a ditch. She cleared it like a bird, and the king, who was
    obliged to stop short at the edge, saw the lovely Diaphana flying over
    the plain, sometimes driven to the right, sometimes to the left, till at
    last she vanished out of sight.

    By this time the whole court were running over the plain, some on foot
    and some on horseback, all hurrying to the help of their princess, who
    really was in some danger, for the wind was rising to the force of
    a gale. The king looked on for a little, and then returned with his
    attendants to the palace, reflecting all the while on the extreme
    lightness of his proposed bride and the absurdity of having a wife that
    rose in the air better than any kite. He thought on the whole that it
    would be wiser not to wait longer, but to depart at once, and he started
    on horseback at the very moment when the princess had been found by
    her followers, wet to the skin, and blown against a rick. Souci met the
    carriage which was bringing her home, and stopped to congratulate her on
    her escape, and to advise her to put on dry clothes. Then he continued
    his journey.

    It took a good while for the king to get home again, and he was rather
    cross at having had so much trouble for nothing. Besides which, his
    courtiers made fun at his adventure, and he did not like being laughed
    at, though of course they did not dare to do it before his face. And
    the end of it was that very soon he started on his travels again,
    only allowing one equerry to accompany him, and even this attendant he
    managed to lose the moment he had left his own kingdom behind him.

    Now it was the custom in those days for princes and princesses to be
    brought up by fairies, who loved them as their own children, and did not
    mind what inconvenience they put other people to for their sakes, for
    all the world as if they had been real mothers. The fairy Aveline, who
    lived in a country that touched at one point the kingdom of King Souci,
    had under her care the lovely Princess Minon-Minette, and had made up
    her mind to marry her to the young king, who, in spite of his awkward
    manners, which could be improved, was really very much nicer than most
    of the young men she was likely to meet.

    So Aveline made her preparations accordingly, and began by arranging
    that the equerry should lose himself in the forest, after which she took
    away the king’s sword and his horse while he lay asleep under a tree.
    Her reason for this was that she felt persuaded that, finding himself
    suddenly alone and robbed of everything, the king would hide his real
    birth, and would have to fall back on his powers of pleasing, like other
    men, which would be much better for him.

    When the king awoke and found that the tree to which he had tied his
    horse had its lowest branch broken, and that nothing living was in
    sight, he was much dismayed, and sought high and low for his lost
    treasure, but all in vain. After a time he began to get hungry, so he
    decided that he had better try to find his way out of the forest, and
    perhaps he might have a chance of getting something to eat. He had only
    gone a few steps when he met Aveline, who had taken the shape of an old
    woman with a heavy bundle of faggots on her back. She staggered along
    the path and almost fell at his feet, and Souci, afraid that she might
    have hurt herself, picked her up and set her on her feet again before
    passing on his way. But he was not to be let off so easy.

    ‘What about my bundle?’ cried the old woman. ‘Where is your politeness?
    Really, you seem to have been very nicely brought up! What have they
    taught you?’

    ‘Taught me? Nothing,’ replied he.

    ‘I can well believe it!’ she said. ‘You don’t know even how to pick up
    a bundle. Oh, you can come near; I am cleverer than you, and know how to
    pick up a bundle very well.’

    The king blushed at her words, which he felt had a great deal of truth
    in them, and took up the bundle meekly.

    Aveline, delighted at the success of her first experiment, hobbled along
    after him, chattering all the while, as old women do.

    ‘I wish,’ she said, ‘that all kings had done as much once in their
    lives. Then they would know what a lot of trouble it takes to get wood
    for their fires.’

    Souci felt this to be true, and was sorry for the old woman.

    ‘Where are we going to?’ asked he.

    ‘To the castle of the White Demon; and if you are in want of work I will
    find you something to do.’

    ‘But I can’t do anything,’ he said, ‘except carry a bundle, and I shan’t
    earn much by that.’

    ‘Oh, you are learning,’ replied the old woman, ‘and it isn’t bad for a
    first lesson.’ But the king was paying very little attention to her, for
    he was rather cross and very tired. Indeed, he felt that he really could
    not carry the bundle any further, and was about to lay it down when
    up came a young maiden more beautiful than the day, and covered with
    precious stones. She ran to them, exclaiming to the old woman,

    ‘Oh, you poor thing! I was just coming after you to see if I could help
    you.’

    ‘Here is a young man,’ replied the old woman, ‘who will be quite ready
    to give you up the bundle. You see he does not look as if he enjoyed
    carrying it.’

    ‘Will you let me take it, sir?’ she asked.

    But the king felt ashamed of himself, and held on to it tightly, while
    the presence of the princess put him in a better temper.

    So they all travelled together till they arrived at a very
    ordinary-looking house, which Aveline pointed out as the castle of the
    White Demon, and told the king that he might put down his bundle in
    the courtyard. The young man was terribly afraid of being recognised by
    someone in this strange position, and would have turned on his heel and
    gone away had it not been for the thought of Minon-Minette. Still, he
    felt very awkward and lonely, for both the princess and the old woman
    had entered the castle without taking the slightest notice of the young
    man, who remained where he was for some time, not quite knowing what
    he had better do. At length a servant arrived and led him up into a
    beautiful room filled with people, who were either playing on musical
    instruments or talking in a lively manner, which astonished the king,
    who stood silently listening, and not at all pleased at the want of
    attention paid him.

    Matters went on this way for some time. Every day the king fell more and
    more in love with Minon-Minette, and every day the princess seemed more
    and more taken up with other people. At last, in despair, the prince
    sought out the old woman, to try to get some advice from her as to
    his conduct, or, anyway, to have the pleasure of talking about
    Minon-Minette.

    He found her spinning in an underground chamber, but quite ready to tell
    him all he wanted to know. In answer to his questions he learned that
    in order to win the hand of the princess it was not enough to be born a
    prince, for she would marry nobody who had not proved himself faithful,
    and had, besides, all those talents and accomplishments which help to
    make people happy.

    For a moment Souci was very much cast down on hearing this, but then
    he plucked up. ‘Tell me what I must do in order to win the heart of the
    princess, and no matter how hard it is I will do it. And show me how I
    can repay you for your kindness, and you shall have anything I can give
    you. Shall I bring in your bundle of faggots every day?’

    ‘It is enough that you should have made the offer,’ replied the old
    woman; and she added, holding out a skein of thread, ‘Take this; one
    day you will be thankful for it, and when it becomes useless your
    difficulties will be past.’

    ‘Is it the skein of my life?’ he asked.

    ‘It is the skein of your love’s ill-luck,’ she said.

    And he took it and went away.

    Now the fairy Girouette, who had brought up Souci, had an old friend
    called Grimace, the protectress of Prince Fluet. Grimace often talked
    over the young prince’s affairs with Girouette, and, when she decided
    that he was old enough to govern his own kingdom, consulted Girouette
    as to a suitable wife. Girouette, who never stopped to think or to make
    inquiries, drew such a delightful picture of Minon-Minette that
    Grimace determined to spare no pains to bring about the marriage, and
    accordingly Fluet was presented at court. But though the young man was
    pleasant and handsome, the princess thought him rather womanish in some
    ways, and displayed her opinion so openly as to draw upon herself and
    Aveline the anger of the fairy, who declared that Minon-Minette should
    never know happiness till she had found a bridge without an arch and a
    bird without feathers. So saying, she also went away.

    Before the king set out afresh on his travels Aveline had restored to
    him his horse and his sword, and though these were but small consolation
    for the absence of the princess, they were better than nothing, for he
    felt that somehow they might be the means of leading him back to her.

    After crossing several deserts the king arrived at length in a country
    that seemed inhabited, but the instant he stepped over the border he
    was seized and flung into chains, and dragged at once to the capital.
    He asked his guards why he was treated like this, but the only answer he
    got was that he was in the territory of the Iron King, for in those days
    countries had no names of their own, but were called after their rulers.

    The young man was led into the presence of the Iron King, who was seated
    on a black throne in a hall also hung with black, as a token of mourning
    for all the relations whom he had put to death.

    ‘What are you doing in my country?’ he cried fiercely.

    ‘I came here by accident,’ replied Souci, ‘and if I ever escape
    from your clutches I will take warning by you and treat my subjects
    differently.’

    ‘Do you dare to insult me in my own court?’ cried the king. ‘Away with
    him to Little Ease!’

    Now Little Ease was an iron cage hung by four thick chains in the middle
    of a great vaulted hall, and the prisoner inside could neither sit,
    nor stand, nor lie; and, besides that, he was made to suffer by turns
    unbearable heat and cold, while a hundred heavy bolts kept everything
    safe. Girouette, whose business it was to see after Souci, had forgotten
    his existence in the excitement of some new idea, and he would not have
    been alive long to trouble anybody if Aveline had not come to the rescue
    and whispered in his ear, ‘And the skein of thread?’ He took it up
    obediently, though he did not see how it would help him but he tied it
    round one of the iron bars of his cage, which seemed the only thing he
    could do, and gave a pull. To his surprise the bar gave way at once, and
    he found he could break it into a thousand pieces. After this it did
    not take him long to get out of his cage, or to treat the closely barred
    windows of the hall in the same manner. But even after he had done all
    this freedom appeared as far from him as ever, for between him and the
    open country was a high wall, and so smooth that not even a monkey could
    climb it. Then Souci’s heart died within him. He saw nothing for it but
    to submit to some horrible death, but he determined that the Iron King
    should not profit more than he could help, and flung his precious thread
    into the air, saying, as he did so, ‘O fairy, my misfortunes are greater
    than your power. I am grateful for your goodwill, but take back your
    gift!’ The fairy had pity on his youth and want of faith, and took care
    that one end of the thread remained in his hand. He suddenly felt a
    jerk, and saw that the thread must have caught on something, and this
    thought filled him with the daring that is born of despair. ‘Better,’ he
    said to himself, ‘trust to a thread than to the mercies of a king;’ and,
    gliding down, he found himself safe on the other side of the wall. Then
    he rolled up the thread and put it carefully into his pocket, breathing
    silent thanks to the fairy.

    Now Minon-Minette had been kept informed by Aveline of the prince’s
    adventures, and when she heard of the way in which he had been treated
    by the Iron King she became furious, and began to prepare for war. She
    made her plans with all the secrecy she could, but when great armies are
    collected people are apt to suspect a storm is brewing, and of course it
    is very difficult to keep anything hidden from fairy godmothers. Anyway,
    Grimace soon heard of it, and as she had never forgiven Minon-Minette
    for refusing Prince Fluet, she felt that here was her chance of revenge.

    Up to this time Aveline had been able to put a stop to many of Grimace’s
    spiteful tricks, and to keep guard over Minon-Minette, but she had no
    power over anything that happened at a distance; and when the princess
    declared her intention of putting herself at the head of her army,
    and began to train herself to bear fatigue by hunting daily, the fairy
    entreated her to be careful never to cross the borders of her dominions
    without Aveline to protect her. The princess at once gave her promise,
    and all went well for some days. Unluckily one morning, as Minon-Minette
    was cantering slowly on her beautiful white horse, thinking a great deal
    about Souci and not at all of the boundaries of her kingdom (of which,
    indeed, she was very ignorant), she suddenly found herself in front of
    a house made entirely of dead leaves, which somehow brought all sorts of
    unpleasant things into her head. She remembered Aveline’s warning, and
    tried to turn her horse, but it stood as still as if it had been marble.
    Then the princess felt that she was slowly, and against her will, being
    dragged to the ground. She shrieked, and clung tightly to the saddle,
    but it was all in vain; she longed to fly, but something outside herself
    proved too strong for her, and she was forced to take the path that led
    to the House of Dead Leaves.

    Scarcely had her feet touched the threshold than Grimace appeared. ‘So
    here you are at last, Minon-Minette! I have been watching for you a long
    time, and my trap was ready for you from the beginning. Come here, my
    darling! I will teach you to make war on my friends! Things won’t turn
    out exactly as you fancied. What you have got to do now is to go on
    your knees to the king and crave his pardon, and before he consents to
    a peace you will have to implore him to grant you the favour of becoming
    his wife. Meanwhile you will have to be my servant.’

    From that day the poor princess was put to the hardest and dirtiest
    work, and each morning something more disagreeable seemed to await her.
    Besides which, she had no food but a little black bread, and no bed but
    a little straw. Out of pure spite she was sent in the heat of the day to
    look after the geese, and would most likely have got a sunstroke if she
    had not happened to pick up in the fields a large fan, with which she
    sheltered her face. To be sure, a fan seems rather an odd possession for
    a goose girl, but the princess did not think of that, and she forgot
    all her troubles when, on opening the fan to use it as a parasol, out
    tumbled a letter from her lover. Then she felt sure that the fairy had
    not forgotten her, and took heart.

    When Grimace saw that Minon-Minette still managed to look as white as
    snow, instead of being burnt as brown as a berry, she wondered what
    could have happened, and began to watch her closely. The following day,
    when the sun was at its highest and hottest, she noticed her draw a fan
    from the folds of her dress and hold it before her eyes. The fairy, in a
    rage, tried to snatch it from her, but the princess would not let it go.
    ‘Give me that fan at once!’ cried Grimace.

    ‘Never while I live!’ answered the princess, and, not knowing where
    it would be safest, placed it under her feet. In an instant she felt
    herself rising from the ground, with the fan always beneath her, and
    while Grimace was too much blinded by her fury to notice what was going
    on the princess was quickly soaring out of her reach.

    All this time Souci had been wandering through the world with his
    precious thread carefully fastened round him, seeking every possible
    and impossible place where his beloved princess might chance to be. But
    though he sometimes found traces of her, or even messages scratched on a
    rock, or cut in the bark of a tree, she herself was nowhere to be found.
    ‘If she is not on the earth,’ said Souci to himself, ‘perhaps she is
    hiding somewhere in the air. It is there that I shall find her.’ So, by
    the help of his thread, he tried to mount upwards, but he could go such
    a little way, and hurt himself dreadfully when he tumbled back to earth
    again. Still he did not give up, and after many days of efforts and
    tumbles he found to his great joy that he could go a little higher and
    stay up a little longer than he had done at first, and by-and-bye he
    was able to live in the air altogether. But alas! the world of the air
    seemed as empty of her as the world below, and Souci was beginning to
    despair, and to think that he must go and search the world that lay in
    the sea. He was floating sadly along, not paying any heed to where he
    was going, when he saw in the distance a beautiful, bright sort of bird
    coming towards him. His heart beat fast–he did not know why–and as
    they both drew near the voice of the princess exclaimed, ‘Behold the
    bird without feathers and the bridge without an arch!’

    So their first meeting took place in the air, but it was none the less
    happy for that; and the fan grew big enough to hold the king as well as
    Aveline, who had hastened to give them some good advice. She guided the
    fan above the spot where the two armies lay encamped before each other
    ready to give battle. The fight was long and bloody, but in the end the
    Iron King was obliged to give way and surrender to the princess, who
    set him to keep King Souci’s sheep, first making him swear a solemn oath
    that he would treat them kindly.

    Then the marriage took place, in the presence of Girouette, whom
    they had the greatest trouble to find, and who was much astonished to
    discover how much business had been got through in her absence.

     

    Maiden Bright-eye

    From the Danish

    Once, upon a time there was a man and his wife who had two children, a
    boy and a girl. The wife died, and the man married again. His new
    wife had an only daughter, who was both ugly and untidy, whereas her
    stepdaughter was a beautiful girl, and was known as Maiden Bright-eye.
    Her stepmother was very cruel to her on this account; she had always to
    do the hardest work, and got very little to eat, and no attention paid
    to her; but to her own daughter she was all that was good. She was
    spared from all the hardest of the housework, and had always the
    prettiest clothes to wear.

    Maiden Bright-eye had also to watch the sheep, but of course it would
    never do to let her go idle and enjoy herself too much at this work, so
    she had to pull heather while she was out on the moors with them. Her
    stepmother gave her pancakes to take with her for her dinner, but she
    had mixed the flour with ashes, and made them just as bad as she could.

    The little girl came out on the moor and began to pull heather on the
    side of a little mound, but next minute a little fellow with a red cap
    on his head popped up out of the mound and said:

    ‘Who’s that pulling the roof off my house?’

    ‘Oh, it’s me, a poor little girl,’ said she; ‘my mother sent me out
    here, and told me to pull heather. If you will be good to me I will give
    you a bit of my dinner.’

    The little fellow was quite willing, and she gave him the biggest share
    of her pancakes. They were not particularly good, but when one is hungry
    anything tastes well. After he had got them all eaten he said to her:

    ‘Now, I shall give you three wishes, for you are a very nice little
    girl; but I will choose the wishes for you. You are beautiful, and much
    more beautiful shall you be; yes, so lovely that there will not be your
    like in the world. The next wish shall be that every time you open your
    mouth a gold coin shall fall out of it, and your voice shall be like the
    most beautiful music. The third wish shall be that you may be married to
    the young king, and become the queen of the country. At the same time
    I shall give you a cap, which you must carefully keep, for it can save
    you, if you ever are in danger of your life, if you just put it on your
    head.

    Maiden Bright-eye thanked the little bergman ever so often, and drove
    home her sheep in the evening. By that time she had grown so beautiful
    that her people could scarcely recognise her. Her stepmother asked her
    how it had come about that she had grown so beautiful. She told the
    whole story–for she always told the truth–that a little man had come
    to her out on the moor and had given her all this beauty. She did not
    tell, however, that she had given him a share of her dinner.

    The stepmother thought to herself, ‘If one can become so beautiful by
    going out there, my own daughter shall also be sent, for she can well
    stand being made a little prettier.’

    Next morning she baked for her the finest cakes, and dressed her
    prettily to go out with the sheep. But she was afraid to go away there
    without having a stick to defend herself with if anything should come
    near her.

    She was not very much inclined for pulling the heather, as she never was
    in the habit of doing any work, but she was only a minute or so at it
    when up came the same little fellow with the red cap, and said:

    ‘Who’s that pulling the roof off my house?’

    ‘What’s that to you?’ said she.

    ‘Well, if you will give me a bit of your dinner I won’t do you any
    mischief,’ said he.

    ‘I will give you something else in place of my dinner,’ said she. ‘I
    can easily eat it myself; but if you will have something you can have
    a whack of my stick,’ and with that she raised it in the air and struck
    the bergman over the head with it.

    ‘What a wicked little girl you are!’ said he; ‘but you shall be none the
    better of this. I shall give you three wishes, and choose them for you.
    First, I shall say, “Ugly are you, but you shall become so ugly that
    there will not be an uglier one on earth.” Next I shall wish that every
    time you open your mouth a big toad may fall out of it, and your voice
    shall be like the roaring of a bull. In the third place I shall wish for
    you a violent death.’

    The girl went home in the evening, and when her mother saw her she was
    as vexed as she could be, and with good reason, too; but it was still
    worse when she saw the toads fall out of her mouth and heard her voice.

    Now we must hear something about the stepson. He had gone out into the
    world to look about him, and took service in the king’s palace. About
    this time he got permission to go home and see his sister, and when he
    saw how lovely and beautiful she was, he was so pleased and delighted
    that when he came back to the king’s palace everyone there wanted to
    know what he was always so happy about. He told them that it was because
    he had such a lovely sister at home.

    At last it came to the ears of the king what the brother said about his
    sister, and, besides that, the report of her beauty spread far and
    wide, so that the youth was summoned before the king, who asked him if
    everything was true that was told about the girl. He said it was quite
    true, for he had seen her beauty with his own eyes, and had heard with
    his own ears how sweetly she could sing and what a lovely voice she had.

    The king then took a great desire for her, and ordered her brother to
    go home and bring her back with him, for he trusted no one better to
    accomplish that errand. He got a ship, and everything else that he
    required, and sailed home for his sister. As soon as the stepmother
    heard what his errand was she at once said to herself, ‘This will never
    come about if I can do anything to hinder it. She must not be allowed to
    come to such honour.’

    She then got a dress made for her own daughter, like the finest robe for
    a queen, and she had a mask prepared and put upon her face, so that she
    looked quite pretty, and gave her strict orders not to take it off until
    the king had promised to wed her.

    The brother now set sail with his two sisters, for the stepmother
    pretended that the ugly one wanted to see the other a bit on her way.
    But when they got out to sea, and Maiden Bright-eye came up on deck,
    the sister did as her mother had instructed her–she gave her a push and
    made her fall into the water. When the brother learned what had happened
    he was greatly distressed, and did not know what to do. He could not
    bring himself to tell the truth about what had happened, nor did he
    expect that the king would believe it. In the long run he decided to
    hold on his way, and let things go as they liked. What he had expected
    happened–the king received his sister and wedded her at once, but
    repented it after the first night, as he could scarcely put down his
    foot in the morning for all the toads that were about the room, and when
    he saw her real face he was so enraged against the brother that he had
    him thrown into a pit full of serpents. He was so angry, not merely
    because he had been deceived, but because he could not get rid of the
    ugly wretch that was now tied to him for life.

    Now we shall hear a little about Maiden Bright-eye When she fell into
    the water she was fortunate enough to get the bergman’s cap put on
    her head, for now she was in danger of her life, and she was at once
    transformed into a duck. The duck swam away after the ship, and came to
    the king’s palace on the next evening. There it waddled up the drain,
    and so into the kitchen, where her little dog lay on the hearth-stone;
    it could not bear to stay in the fine chambers along with the ugly
    sister, and had taken refuge down here. The duck hopped up till it could
    talk to the dog.

    ‘Good evening,’ it said.

    ‘Thanks, Maiden Bright-eye,’ said the dog.

    ‘Where is my brother?’

    ‘He is in the serpent-pit.’

    ‘Where is my wicked sister?’

    ‘She is with the noble king.’

    ‘Alas! alas! I am here this evening, and shall be for two evenings yet,
    and then I shall never come again.’

    When it had said this the duck waddled off again. Several of the servant
    girls heard the conversation, and were greatly surprised at it, and
    thought that it would be worth while to catch the bird next evening and
    see into the matter a little more closely. They had heard it say that it
    would come again.

    Next evening it appeared as it had said, and a great many were present
    to see it. It came waddling in by the drain, and went up to the dog,
    which was lying on the hearth-stone.

    ‘Good evening,’ it said.

    ‘Thanks, Maiden Bright-eye,’ said the dog.

    ‘Where is my brother?’

    ‘He is in the serpent-pit.’

    ‘Where is my wicked sister?’

    ‘She is with the noble king.’

    ‘Alas! alas! I am here this evening, and shall be for one evening yet,
    and then I shall never come again.’

    After this it slipped out, and no one could get hold of it. But the
    king’s cook thought to himself, ‘I shall see if I can’t get hold of you
    to-morrow evening.’

    On the third evening the duck again came waddling in by the drain, and
    up to the dog on the hearth-stone.

    ‘Good evening,’ it said.

    ‘Thanks, Maiden Bright-eye,’ said the dog.

    ‘Where is my brother?’

    ‘He is in the serpent-pit.’

    ‘Where is my wicked sister?’

    ‘She is with the noble king.’

    ‘Alas! alas! now I shall never come again.’

    With this it slipped out again, but in the meantime the cook had posted
    himself at the outer end of the drain with a net, which he threw over it
    as it came out. In this way he caught it, and came in to the others with
    the most beautiful duck they had ever seen–with so many golden feathers
    on it that everyone marvelled. No one, however, knew what was to be
    done with it; but after what they had heard they knew that there was
    something uncommon about it, so they took good care of it.

    At this time the brother in the serpent-pit dreamed that his right
    sister had come swimming to the king’s palace in the shape of a duck,
    and that she could not regain her own form until her beak was cut off.
    He got this dream told to some one, so that the king at last came to
    hear of it, and had him taken up out of the pit and brought before
    him. The king then asked him if he could produce to him his sister as
    beautiful as he had formerly described her. The brother said he could if
    they would bring him the duck and a knife.

    Both of them were brought to him, and he said, ‘I wonder how you would
    look if I were to cut the point off your beak.’

    With this he cut a piece off the beak, and there came a voice which
    said, ‘Oh, oh, you cut my little finger!’

    Next moment Maiden Bright-eye stood there, as lovely and beautiful as he
    had seen her when he was home. This was his sister now, he said; and the
    whole story now came out of how the other had behaved to her. The wicked
    sister was put into a barrel with spikes round it which was dragged
    off by six wild horses, and so she came to her end.:But the king was
    delighted with Maiden Bright-eye, and immediately made her his queen,
    while her brother became his prime minister.

     

    The Merry Wives

    From the Danish

    There lay three houses in a row, in one of which there lived a tailor,
    in another a carpenter, and in the third a smith. All three were
    married, and their wives were very good friends. They often talked about
    how stupid their husbands were, but they could never agree as to which
    of them had the most stupid one; each one stuck up for her own husband,
    and maintained that it was he.

    The three wives went to church together every Sunday, and had a regular
    good gossip on the way, and when they were coming home from church they
    always turned into the tavern which lay by the wayside and drank half
    a pint together. This was at the time when half a pint of brandy cost
    threepence, so that was just a penny from each of them.

    But the brandy went up in price, and the taverner said that he must have
    fourpence for the half-pint.

    They were greatly annoyed at this, for there were only the three of them
    to share it, and none of them was willing to pay the extra penny.

    As they went home from the church that day they decided to wager with
    each other as to whose husband was the most stupid, and the one who, on
    the following Sunday, should be judged to have played her husband the
    greatest trick should thereafter go free from paying, and each of the
    two others would give twopence for their Sunday’s half-pint.

    Next day the tailor’s wife said to her husband, ‘I have some girls
    coming to-day to help to card my wool there is a great deal to do, and
    we must be very busy. I am so annoyed that our watchdog is dead, for in
    the evening the young fellows will come about to get fun with the girls,
    and they will get nothing done. If we had only had a fierce watchdog he
    would have kept them away.’

    ‘Yes,’ said the man, ‘that would have been a good thing.’

    ‘Listen, good man,’ said the wife, ‘you must just be the watchdog
    yourself, and scare the fellows away from the house.’

    The husband was not very sure about this, although otherwise he was
    always ready to give in to her.

    ‘Oh yes, you will see it will work all right,’ said the wife.

    And so towards evening she got the tailor dressed up in a shaggy fur
    coat, tied a black woollen cloth round his head, and chained him up
    beside the dog’s kennel.’

    There he stood and barked and growled at everyone that moved in his
    neighbourhood. The neighbour wives knew all about this, and were greatly
    amused at it.

    On the day after this the carpenter had been out at work, and came home
    quite merry; but as soon as he entered the house his wife clapped her
    hands together and cried, ‘My dear, what makes you look like that? You
    are ill.’

    The carpenter knew nothing about being ill; he only thought that he
    wanted something to eat, so he sat down at the table and began his
    dinner.

    His wife sat straight in front of him, with her hands folded, and shook
    her head, and looked at him with an anxious air.

    ‘You are getting worse, my dear,’ she said; ‘you are quite pale now; you
    have a serious illness about you; I can see it by your looks.’

    The husband now began to grow anxious, and thought that perhaps he was
    not quite well.

    ‘No, indeed,’ said she; ‘it’s high time that you were in bed.’

    She then got him to lie down, and piled above him all the bedclothes
    she could find, and gave him various medicines, while he grew worse and
    worse.

    ‘You will never get over it,’ said she; ‘I am afraid you are going to
    die.’

    ‘Do you think so?’ said the carpenter; ‘I can well believe it, for I am
    indeed very poorly.’

    In a little while she said again, ‘Ah, now I must part with you. Here
    comes Death. Now I must close your eyes.’ And she did so.

    The carpenter believed everything that his wife said, and so he believed
    now that he was dead, and lay still and let her do as she pleased.

    She got her neighbours summoned, and they helped to lay him in the
    coffin–it was one of those he himself had made; but his wife had bored
    holes in it to let him get some air. She made a soft bed under him, and
    put a coverlet over him, and she folded his hands over his breast;
    but instead of a flower or a psalm-book, she gave him a pint-bottle of
    brandy in his hands. After he had lain for a little he took a little
    pull at this, and then another and another, and he thought this did
    him good, and soon he was sleeping sweetly, and dreaming that he was in
    heaven.

    Meanwhile word had gone round the village that the carpenter was dead,
    and was to be buried next day.

    It was now the turn of the smith’s wife. Her husband was lying sleeping
    off the effects of a drinking bout, so she pulled off all his clothes
    and made him black as coal from head to foot, and then let him sleep
    till far on in the day.

    The funeral party had already met at the carpenter’s, and marched oft
    towards the church with the coffin, when the smith’s wife came rushing
    in to her husband.

    ‘Gracious, man,’ said she, ‘you are lying there yet? You are sleeping
    too long. You know you are going to the funeral.’

    The smith was quite confused; he knew nothing about any funeral.

    ‘It’s our neighbour the carpenter,’ said his wife, ‘who is to be buried
    to-day. They are already half-way to church with him.’

    ‘All right,’ said the smith, ‘make haste to help me on with my black
    clothes.’

    ‘What nonsense!’ said his wife, ‘you have them on already. Be off with
    you now.’

    The smith looked down at his person and saw that he was a good deal
    blacker than he usually was, so he caught up his hat and ran out after
    the funeral. This was already close to the church, and the smith wanted
    to take part in carrying the coffin, like a good neighbour. So he ran
    with all his might, and shouted after them, ‘Hey! wait a little; let me
    get a hold of him!’

    The people turned round and saw the black figure coming, and thought it
    was the devil himself, who wanted to get hold of the carpenter, so they
    threw down the coffin and took to their heels.

    The lid sprang off the coffin with the shock, and the carpenter woke up
    and looked out. He remembered the whole affair; he knew that he was dead
    and was going to be buried, and recognising the smith, he said to him,
    in a low voice, ‘My good neighbour, if I hadn’t been dead already, I
    should have laughed myself to death now to see you coming like this to
    my funeral.’

    From that time forth the carpenter’s wife drank free of expense every
    Sunday, for the others had to admit that she had fooled her husband the
    best.

     

    King Lindorm

    From the Swedish.

    There once lived a king and a queen who ruled over a very great kingdom.
    They had large revenues, and lived happily with each other; but, as the
    years went past, the king’s heart became heavy, because the queen had no
    children. She also sorrowed greatly over it, because, although the king
    said nothing to her about this trouble, yet she could see that it vexed
    him that they had no heir to the kingdom; and she wished every day that
    she might have one.

    One day a poor old woman came to the castle and asked to speak with the
    queen. The royal servants answered that they could not let such a poor
    beggar-woman go in to their royal mistress. They offered her a penny,
    and told her to go away. Then the woman desired them to tell the queen
    that there stood at the palace gate one who would help her secret
    sorrow. This message was taken to the queen, who gave orders to bring
    the old woman to her. This was done, and the old woman said to her:

    ‘I know your secret sorrow, O queen, and am come to help you in it. You
    wish to have a son; you shall have two if you follow my instructions.’

    The queen was greatly surprised that the old woman knew her secret wish
    so well, and promised to follow her advice.

    ‘You must have a bath set in your room, O queen,’ said she, ‘and filled
    with running water. When you have bathed in this you will find. under
    the bath two red onions. These you must carefully peel and eat, and in
    time your wish will be fulfilled.’

    The queen did as the poor woman told her; and after she had bathed she
    found the two onions under the bath. They were both alike in size
    and appearance. When she saw these she knew that the woman had been
    something more than she seemed to be, and in her delight she ate up one
    of the onions, skin and all. When she had done so she remembered that
    the woman had told her to peel them carefully before she ate them. It
    was now too late for the one of them, but she peeled the other and then
    ate it too.

    In due time it happened as the woman had said; but the first that the
    queen gave birth to was a hideous lindorm, or serpent. No one saw this
    but her waiting-woman, who threw it out of the window into the forest
    beside the castle. The next that came into the world was the most
    beautiful little prince, and he was shown to the king and queen, who
    knew nothing about his brother the lindorm.

    There was now joy in all the palace and over the whole country on
    account of the beautiful prince; but no one knew that the queen’s
    first-born was a lindorm, and lay in the wild forest. Time passed
    with the king, the queen, and the young prince in all happiness and
    prosperity, until he was twenty years of his age. Then his parents said
    to him that he should journey to another kingdom and seek for himself a
    bride, for they were beginning to grow old, and would fain see their son
    married. before they were laid in their grave. The prince obeyed, had
    his horses harnessed to his gilded chariot, and set out to woo his
    bride. But when he came to the first cross-ways there lay a huge and
    terrible lindorm right across the road, so that his horses had to come
    to a standstill.

    ‘Where are you driving to? ‘ asked the lindorm with a hideous voice.

    ‘That does not concern you,’ said the prince. ‘I am the prince, and can
    drive where I please.’

    ‘Turn back,’ said the lindorm. ‘I know your errand, but you shall get no
    bride until I have got a mate and slept by her side.’

    The prince turned home again, and told the king and the queen what he
    had met at the cross-roads; but they thought that he should try again on
    the following day, and see whether he could not get past it, so that he
    might seek a bride in another kingdom.

    The prince did so, but got no further than the first cross-roads; there
    lay the lindorm again, who stopped him in the same way as before.

    The same thing happened on the third day when the prince tried to get
    past: the lindorm said, with a threatening voice, that before the prince
    could get a bride he himself must find a mate.

    When the king and queen heard this for the third time they could think
    of no better plan than to invite the lindorm to the palace, and they
    should find him a mate. They thought that a lindorm would be quite well
    satisfied with anyone that they might give him, and so they would get
    some slave-woman to marry the monster. The lindorm came to the palace
    and received a bride of this kind, but in the morning she lay torn in
    pieces. So it happened every time that the king and queen compelled any
    woman to be his bride.

    The report of this soon spread over all the country. Now it happened
    that there was a man who had married a second time, and his wife heard
    of the lindorm with great delight. Her husband had a daughter by his
    first wife who was more beautiful than all other maidens, and so gentle
    and good that she won the heart of all who knew her. His second wife,
    however, had also a grown-up daughter, who by herself would have
    been ugly and disagreeable enough, but beside her good and beautiful
    stepsister seemed still more ugly and wicked, so that all turned from
    her with loathing.

    The stepmother had long been annoyed that her husband’s daughter was
    so much more beautiful than her own, and in her heart she conceived a
    bitter hatred for her stepdaughter. When she now heard that there was in
    the king’s palace a lindorm which tore in pieces all the women that were
    married to him, and demanded a beautiful maiden for his bride, she went
    to the king, and said that her stepdaughter wished to wed the lindorm,
    so that the country’s only prince might travel and seek a bride. At
    this the king was greatly delighted, and gave orders that the young girl
    should be brought to the palace.

    When the messengers came to fetch her she was terribly frightened, for
    she knew that it was her wicked stepmother who in this way was aiming at
    her life. She begged that she might be allowed to spend another night in
    her father’s house. This was granted her, and she went to her mother’s
    grave. There she lamented her hard fate in being given over to the
    lindorm, and earnestly prayed her mother for counsel. How long she lay
    there by the grave and wept one cannot tell, but sure it is that she
    fell asleep and slept until the sun rose. Then she rose up from the
    grave, quite happy at heart, and began to search about in the fields.
    There she found three nuts, which she carefully put away in her pocket.

    ‘When I come into very great danger I must break one of these,’ she said
    to herself. Then she went home, and set out quite willingly with the
    king’s messengers.

    When these arrived at the palace with the beautiful young maiden
    everyone pitied her fate; but she herself was of good courage, and asked
    the queen for another bridal chamber than the one the lindorm had had
    before. She got this, and then she requested them to put a pot full of
    strong lye on the fire and lay down three new scrubbing brushes. The
    queen gave orders that everything should be done as she desired; and
    then the maiden dressed herself in seven clean snow-white shirts, and
    held her wedding with the lindorm.

    When they were left alone in the bridal chamber the lindorm, in a
    threatening voice, ordered her to undress herself.

    ‘Undress yourself first!’ said she.

    ‘None of the others bade me do that,’ said he in surprise.

    ‘But I bid you,’ said she.

    Then the lindorm began to writhe, and groan, and breathe heavily; and
    after a little he had cast his outer skin, which lay on the floor,
    hideous to behold. Then his bride took off one of her snow-white shirts,
    and cast it on the lindorm’s skin. Again he ordered her to undress,
    and again she commanded him to do so first. He had to obey, and with
    groaning and pain cast off one skin after another, and for each skin the
    maiden threw off one of her shirts, until there lay on the floor seven
    lindorm skins and six snow-white shirts; the seventh she still had on.
    The lindorm now lay before her as a formless, slimy mass, which she with
    all her might began to scrub with the lye and new scrubbing brushes.

    When she had nearly worn out the last of these there stood before her
    the loveliest youth in the world. He thanked her for having saved him
    from his enchantment, and told her that he was the king and queen’s
    eldest son, and heir to the kingdom. Then he asked her whether she would
    keep the promise she had made to the lindorm, to share everything with
    him. To this she was well content to answer ‘Yes.’

    Each time that the lindorm had held his wedding one of the king’s
    retainers was sent next morning to open the door of the bridal chamber
    and see whether the bride was alive. This next morning also he peeped
    in at the door, but what he saw there surprised him so much that he
    shut the door in a hurry, and hastened to the king and queen, who were
    waiting for his report. He told them of the wonderful sight he had seen.
    On the floor lay seven lindorm skins and six snow-white shirts, and
    beside these three worn-out scrubbing brushes, while in the bed a
    beautiful youth was lying asleep beside the fair young maiden.

    The king and queen marvelled greatly what this could mean; but just then
    the old woman who was spoken of in the beginning of the story was again
    brought in to the queen. She reminded her how she had not followed her
    instructions, but had eaten the first onion with all its skins, on which
    account her first-born had been a lindorm. The waiting-woman was then
    summoned, and admitted that she had thrown it out through the window
    into the forest. The king and queen now sent for their eldest son and
    his young bride. They took them both in their arms, and asked him to
    tell about his sorrowful lot during the twenty years he had lived in the
    forest as a hideous lindorm. This he did, and then his parents had it
    proclaimed over the whole country that he was their eldest son, and
    along with his spouse should inherit the country and kingdom after them.

    Prince Lindorm and his beautiful wife now lived in joy and prosperity
    for a time in the palace; and when his father was laid in the grave,
    not long after this, he obtained the whole kingdom. Soon afterwards his
    mother also departed from this world.

    Now it happened that an enemy declared war against the young king; and,
    as he foresaw that it would be three years at the least before he could
    return to his country and his queen, he ordered all his servants who
    remained at home to guard her most carefully. That they might be able to
    write to each other in confidence, he had two seal rings made, one for
    himself and one for his young queen, and issued an order that no one,
    under pain of death, was to open any letter that was sealed with one of
    these. Then he took farewell of his queen, and marched out to war.

    The queen’s wicked stepmother had heard with great grief that her
    beautiful stepdaughter had prospered so well that she had not only
    preserved her life, but had even become queen of the country. She now
    plotted continually how she might destroy her good fortune. While King
    Lindorm was away at the war the wicked woman came to the queen,
    and spoke fair to her, saying that she had always foreseen that her
    stepdaughter was destined to be something great in the world, and
    that she had on this account secured that she should be the enchanted
    prince’s bride. The queen, who did not imagine that any person could be
    so deceitful, bade her stepmother welcome, and kept her beside her.

    Soon after this the queen had two children, the prettiest boys that
    anyone could see. When she had written a letter to the king to tell him
    of this her stepmother asked leave to comb her hair for her, as her own
    mother used to do. The queen gave her permission, and the stepmother
    combed her hair until she fell asleep. Then she took the seal ring off
    her neck, and exchanged the letter for another, in which she had written
    that the queen had given birth to two whelps.

    When the king received. this letter he was greatly distressed, but he
    remembered how he himself had lived for twenty years as a lindorm, and
    had been freed from the spell by his young queen. He therefore wrote
    back to his most trusted retainer that the queen and her two whelps
    should be taken care of while he was away.

    The stepmother, however, took this letter as well, and wrote a new one,
    in which the king ordered that the queen and the two little princes
    should be burnt at the stake. This she also sealed with the queen’s
    seal, which was in all respects like the king’s.

    The retainer was greatly shocked and grieved at the king’s orders,
    for which he could discover no reason; but, as he had not the heart to
    destroy three innocent beings, he had a great fire kindled, and in this
    he burned a sheep and two lambs, so as to make people believe that he
    had carried out the king’s commands. The stepmother had made these known
    to the people, adding that the queen was a wicked sorceress.

    The faithful servant, however, told the queen that it was the king’s
    command that during the years he was absent in the war she should keep
    herself concealed in the castle, so that no one but himself should see
    her and the little princes.

    The queen obeyed, and no one knew but that both she and her children had
    been burned. But when the time came near for King Lindorm to return home
    from the war the old retainer grew frightened because he had not obeyed
    his orders. He therefore went to the queen, and told her everything, at
    the same time showing her the king’s letter containing the command to
    burn her and the princes. He then begged her to leave the palace before
    the king returned.

    The queen now took her two little sons, and wandered out into the wild
    forest. They walked all day without ending a human habitation, and
    became very tired. The queen then caught sight of a man who carried some
    venison. He seemed very poor and wretched, but the queen was glad to see
    a human being, and asked him whether he knew where she and her little
    children could get a house over their heads for the night.

    The man answered that he had a little hut in the forest, and that she
    could rest there; but he also said that he was one who lived entirely
    apart from men, and owned no more than the hut, a horse, and a dog, and
    supported himself by hunting.

    The queen followed him to the hut and rested there overnight with her
    children, and when she awoke in the morning the man had already gone out
    hunting. The queen then began to put the room in order and prepare food,
    so that when the man came home he found everything neat and tidy, and
    this seemed to give him some pleasure. He spoke but little, however, and
    all that he said about himself was that his name was Peter.

    Later in the day he rode out into the forest, and the queen thought that
    he looked very unhappy. While he was away she looked about her in the
    hut a little more closely, and found a tub full of shirts stained with
    blood, lying among water. She was surprised at this, but thought that
    the man would get the blood on his shirt when he was carrying home
    venison. She washed the shirts, and hung them up to dry, and said
    nothing to Peter about the matter.

    After some time had passed she noticed that every day he came riding
    home from the forest he took off a blood-stained shirt and put on a
    clean one. She then saw that it was something else than the blood of the
    deer that stained his shirts, so one day she took courage and asked him
    about it.

    At first he refused to tell her, but she then related to him her own
    story, and how she had succeeded in delivering the lindorm. He then told
    her that he had formerly lived a wild life, and had finally entered
    into a written contract * with the Evil Spirit. Before this contract
    had expired he had repented and turned from his evil ways, and withdrawn
    himself to this solitude. The Evil One had then lost all power to take
    him, but so long as he had the contract he could compel him to meet him
    in the forest each day at a certain time, where the evil spirits then
    scourged him till he bled.

    Next day, when the time came for the man to ride into the forest, the
    queen asked him to stay at home and look after the princes, and she
    would go to meet the evil spirits in his place. The man was amazed, and
    said that this would not only cost her her life, but would also bring
    upon him a greater misfortune than the one he was already under. She
    bade him be of good courage, looked to see that she had the three nuts
    which she had found beside her mother’s grave, mounted her horse, and
    rode out into the forest. When she had ridden for some time the evil
    spirits came forth and said, ‘Here comes Peter’s horse and Peter’s
    hound; but Peter himself is not with them.’

    Then at a distance she heard a terrible voice demanding to know what she
    wanted.

    ‘I have come to get Peter’s contract,’ said she.

    At this there arose a terrible uproar among the evil spirits, and the
    worst voice among them all said, ‘Ride home and tell Peter that when he
    comes to-morrow he shall get twice as many strokes as usual.’

    The queen then took one of her nuts and cracked it, and turned her horse
    about. At this sparks of fire flew out of all the trees, and the evil
    spirits howled as if they were being scourged back to their abode.

    Next day at the same time the queen again rode out into the forest;
    but on this occasion the spirits did not dare to come so near her. They
    would not, however, give up the contract, but threatened both her and
    the man. Then she cracked her second nut, and all the forest behind her
    seemed to be in fire and flames, and the evil spirits howled even worse
    than on the previous day; but the contract they would not give up.

    The queen had only one nut left now, but even that she was ready to give
    up in order to deliver the man. This time she cracked the nut as soon
    as she came near the place where the spirits appeared, and what then
    happened to them she could not see, but amid wild screams and howls the
    contract was handed to her at the end of a long branch. The queen rode
    happy home to the hut, and happier still was the man, who had been
    sitting there in great anxiety, for now he was freed from all the power
    of the evil spirits.

    Meanwhile King Lindorm had come home from the war, and the first
    question he asked when he entered the palace was about the queen and the
    whelps. The attendants were surprised: they knew of no whelps. The queen
    had had two beautiful princes; but the king had sent orders that all
    these were to be burned.

    The king grew pale with sorrow and anger, and ordered them to summon his
    trusted retainer, to whom he had sent the instructions that the queen
    and the whelps were to be carefully looked after. The retainer, however,
    showed him the letter in which there was written that the queen and her
    children were to be burned, and everyone then understood that some great
    treachery had been enacted.

    When the king’s trusted retainer saw his master’s deep sorrow he
    confessed to him that he had spared the lives of the queen and the
    princes, and had only burned a sheep and two lambs, and had kept the
    queen and her children hidden in the palace for three years, but had
    sent her out into the wild forest just when the king was expected home.
    When the king heard this his sorrow was lessened, and he said that he
    would wander out into the forest and search for his wife and children.
    If he found them he would return to his palace; but if he did not find
    them he would never see it again, and in that case the faithful retainer
    who had saved the lives of the queen and the princes should be king in
    his stead.

    The king then went forth alone into the wild forest, and wandered there
    the whole day without seeing a single human being. So it went with him
    the second day also, but on the third day he came by roundabout ways to
    the little hut. He went in there, and asked for leave to rest himself
    for a little on the bench. The queen and the princes were there, but she
    was poorly clad and so sorrowful that the king did not recognise her,
    neither did he think for a moment that the two children, who were
    dressed only in rough skins, were his own sons.

    He lay down on the bench, and, tired as he was, he soon fell asleep. The
    bench was a narrow one, and as he slept his arm fell down and hung by
    the side of it.

    ‘My son, go and lift your father’s arm up on the bench,’ said the queen
    to one of the princes, for she easily knew the king again, although
    she was afraid to make herself known to him. The boy went and took the
    king’s arm, but, being only a child, he did not lift it up very gently
    on to the bench.

    The king woke at this, thinking at first that he had fallen into a den
    of robbers, but he decided to keep quiet and pretend that he was asleep
    until he should find out what kind of folk were in the house. He lay
    still for a little, and, as no one moved in the room, he again let his
    arm glide down off the bench. Then he heard a woman’s voice say, ‘My
    son, go you and lift your father’s arm up on the bench, but don’t do
    it so rough!y as your brother did.’ Then he felt a pair of little hands
    softly clasping his arm; he opened his eyes, and saw his queen and her
    children.

    He sprang up and caught all three in his arms, and afterwards took them,
    along with the man and his horse and his hound, back to the palace with
    great joy. The most unbounded rejoicing reigned there then, as well as
    over the whole kingdom, but the wicked stepmother was burned.

    King Lindorm lived long and happily with his queen, and there are some
    who say that if they are not dead now they are still living to this day.

     

    The Jackal, the Dove, and the Panther

    Contes populaires des Bassoutos. Recueillis et traduits par E. Jacottet.
    Paris: Leroux, Editeur.

    There was once a dove who built a nice soft nest as a home for her three
    little ones. She was very proud of their beauty, and perhaps talked
    about them to her neighbours more than she need have done, till at last
    everybody for miles round knew where the three prettiest baby doves in
    the whole country-side were to be found.

    One day a jackal who was prowling about in search of a dinner came by
    chance to the foot of the rock where the dove’s nest was hidden away,
    and he suddenly bethought himself that if he could get nothing better he
    might manage to make a mouthful of one of the young doves. So he shouted
    as loud as he could, ‘Ohe, ohe, mother dove.’

    And the dove replied, trembling with fear, ‘What do you want, sir?’

    ‘One of your children,’ said he; ‘and if you don’t throw it to me I will
    eat up you and the others as well.’

    Now, the dove was nearly driven distracted at the jackal’s words; but,
    in order to save the lives of the other two, she did at last throw
    the little one out of the nest. The jackal ate it up, and went home to
    sleep.

    Meanwhile the mother dove sat on the edge of her nest, crying bitterly,
    when a heron, who was flying slowly past the rock, was filled with pity
    for her, and stopped to ask, ‘What is the matter, you poor dove?’

    And the dove answered, ‘A jackal came by, and asked me to give him one
    of my little ones, and said that if I refused he would jump on my nest
    and eat us all up.’

    But the heron replied, ‘You should not have believed him. He could never
    have jumped so high. He only deceived you because he wanted something
    for supper.’ And with these words the heron flew off.

    He had hardly got out of sight when again the jackal came creeping
    slowly round the foot of the rock. And when he saw the dove he cried out
    a second time, ‘Ohe, ohe, mother dove! give me one of your little ones,
    or I will jump on your nest and eat you all up.’

    This time the dove knew better, and she answered boldly, ‘Indeed, I
    shall do nothing of the sort,’ though her heart beat wildly with fear
    when she saw the jackal preparing for a spring.

    However, he only cut himself against the rock, and thought he had better
    stick to threats, so he started again with his old cry, ‘Mother dove,
    mother dove! be quick and give me one of your little ones, or I will eat
    you all up.’

    But the mother dove only answered as before, ‘Indeed, I shall do nothing
    of the sort, for I know we are safely out of your reach.’

    The jackal felt it was quite hopeless to get what he wanted, and asked,
    ‘Tell me, mother dove, how have you suddenly become so wise?’

    ‘It was the heron who told me,’ replied she.

    ‘And which way did he go?’ said the jackal.

    ‘Down there among the reeds. You can see him if you look,’ said the
    dove.

    Then the jackal nodded good-bye, and went quickly after the heron. He
    soon came up to the great bird, who was standing on a stone on the edge
    of the river watching for a nice fat fish. ‘Tell me, heron,’ said he,
    ‘when the wind blows from that quarter, to which side do you turn?’

    ‘And which side do you turn to?’ asked the heron.

    The jackal answered, ‘I always turn to this side.’

    ‘Then that is the side I turn to,’ remarked the heron.

    ‘And when the rain comes from that quarter, which side do you turn to?’

    And the heron replied, ‘And which side do you turn to?’

    ‘Oh, I always turn to this side,’ said the jackal.

    ‘Then that is the side I turn to,’ said the heron.

    ‘And when the rain comes straight down, what do you do?’

    ‘What do you do yourself?’ asked the heron.

    ‘I do this,’ answered the jackal. ‘I cover my head with my paws.’

    ‘Then that is what I do,’ said the heron. ‘I cover my head with my
    wings,’ and as he spoke he lifted his large wings and spread them
    completely over his head.

    With one bound the jackal had seized him by the neck, and began to shake
    him.

    ‘Oh, have pity, have pity!’ cried the heron. ‘I never did you any harm.’

    ‘You told the dove how to get the better of me, and I am going to eat
    you for it.’

    ‘But if you will let me go,’ entreated the heron, ‘I will show you the
    place where the panther has her lair.’

    ‘Then you had better be quick about it,’ said the jackal, holding tight
    on to the heron until he had pointed out the panther’s den. ‘Now you may
    go, my friend, for there is plenty of food here for me.’

    So the jackal came up to the panther, and asked politely, ‘Panther,
    would you like me to look after your children while you are out
    hunting?’

    ‘I should be very much obliged,’ said the panther; ‘but be sure you take
    care of them. They always cry all the time that I am away.’

    So saying she trotted off, and the jackal marched into the cave, where
    he found ten little panthers, and instantly ate one up. By-and-bye the
    panther returned from hunting, and said to him, ‘Jackal, bring out my
    little ones for their supper.’

    The jackal fetched them out one by one till he had brought out nine, and
    he took the last one and brought it out again, so the whole ten seemed
    to be there, and the panther was quite satisfied.

    Next day she went again to the chase, and the jackal ate up another
    little panther, so now there were only eight. In the evening, when she
    came back, the panther said, ‘Jackal, bring out my little ones!’

    And the jackal brought out first one and then another, and the last one
    he brought out three times, so that the whole ten seemed to be there.

    The following day the same thing happened, and the next and the next and
    the next, till at length there was not even one left, and the rest of
    the day the jackal busied himself with digging a large hole at the back
    of the den.

    That night, when the panther returned from hunting, she said to him as
    usual, ‘Jackal, bring out my little ones.’

    But the jackal replied: ‘Bring out your little ones, indeed! Why, you
    know as well as I do that you have eaten them all up.’

    Of course the panther had not the least idea what the jackal meant by
    this, and only repeated, ‘Jackal, bring out my children.’ As she got
    no answer she entered the cave, but found no jackal, for he had crawled
    through the hole he had made and escaped. And, what was worse, she did
    not find the little ones either.

    Now the panther was not going to let the jackal get off like that, and
    set off at a trot to catch him. The jackal, however, had got a good
    start, and he reached a place where a swarm of bees deposited their
    honey in the cleft of a rock. Then he stood still and waited till the
    panther came up to him: ‘Jackal, where are my little ones?’ she asked.

    And the jackal answered: ‘They are up there. It is where I keep school.’

    The panther looked about, and then inquired, ‘But where? I see nothing
    of them.’

    ‘Come a little this way,’ said the jackal, ‘and you will hear how
    beautifully they sing.’

    So the panther drew near the cleft of the rock.

    ‘Don’t you hear them?’ said the jackal; ‘they are in there,’ and slipped
    away while the panther was listening to the song of the children.

    She was still standing in the same place when a baboon went by. ‘What
    are you doing there, panther?’

    ‘I am listening to my children singing. It is here that the jackal keeps
    his school.’

    Then the baboon seized a stick, and poked it in the cleft of the rock,
    exclaiming, ‘Well, then, I should like to see your children!’

    The bees flew out in a huge swarm, and made furiously for the panther,
    whom they attacked on all sides, while the baboon soon climbed up out of
    the way, crying, as he perched himself on the branch of a tree, ‘I wish
    you joy of your children!’ while from afar the jackal’s voice was heard
    exclaiming: ‘Sting, her well! don’t let her go!’

    The panther galloped away as if she was mad, and flung herself into the
    nearest lake, but every time she raised her head, the bees stung her
    afresh so at last the poor beast was drowned altogether.

     

    The Little Hare

    Contes populaires des Bassoutos. Recueillis et traduits par E. Jacottet.
    Paris: Leroux, Editeur.

    A long, long way off, in a land where water is very scarce, there lived
    a man and his wife and several children. One day the wife said to her
    husband, ‘I am pining to have the liver of a nyamatsane for my dinner.
    If you love me as much as you say you do, you will go out and hunt for
    a nyamatsane, and will kill it and get its liver. If not, I shall know
    that your love is not worth having.’

    ‘Bake some bread,’ was all her husband answered, ‘then take the crust
    and put it in this little bag.’

    The wife did as she was told, and when she had finished she said to her
    husband, ‘The bag is all ready and quite full.’

    ‘Very well,’ said he, ‘and now good-bye; I am going after the
    nyamatsane.’

    But the nyamatsane was not so easy to find as the woman had hoped. The
    husband walked on and on and on without ever seeing one, and every now
    and then he felt so hungry that he was obliged to eat one of the
    crusts of bread out of his bag. At last, when he was ready to drop from
    fatigue, he found himself on the edge of a great marsh, which bordered
    on one side the country of the nyamatsanes. But there were no more
    nyamatsanes here than anywhere else. They had all gone on a hunting
    expedition, as their larder was empty, and the only person left at
    home was their grandmother, who was so feeble she never went out of
    the house. Our friend looked on this as a great piece of luck, and made
    haste to kill her before the others returned, and to take out her liver,
    after which he dressed himself in her skin as well as he could. He had
    scarcely done this when he heard the noise of the nyamatsanes coming
    back to their grandmother, for they were very fond of her, and never
    stayed away from her longer than they could help. They rushed clattering
    into the hut, exclaiming, ‘We smell human flesh! Some man is here,’ and
    began to look about for him; but they only saw their old grandmother,
    who answered, in a trembling voice, ‘No, my children, no! What should
    any man be doing here?’ The nyamatsanes paid no attention to her, and
    began to open all the cupboards, and peep under all the beds, crying
    out all the while, ‘A man is here! a man is here!’ but they could find
    nobody, and at length, tired out with their long day’s hunting, they
    curled themselves up and fell asleep.

    Next morning they woke up quite refreshed, and made ready to start
    on another expedition; but as they did not feel happy about their
    grandmother they said to her, ‘Grandmother, won’t you come to-day and
    feed with us?’ And they led their grandmother outside, and all of them
    began hungrily to eat pebbles. Our friend pretended to do the same,
    but in reality he slipped the stones into his pouch, and swallowed the
    crusts of bread instead. However, as the nyamatsanes did not see this
    they had no idea that he was not really their grandmother. When they had
    eaten a great many pebbles they thought they had done enough for that
    day, and all went home together and curled themselves up to sleep. Next
    morning when they woke they said, ‘Let us go and amuse ourselves by
    jumping over the ditch,’ and every time they cleared it with a bound.
    Then they begged their grandmother to jump over it too, end with a
    tremendous effort she managed to spring right over to the other side.
    After this they had no doubt at all of its being their true grandmother,
    and went off to their hunting, leaving our friend at home in the hut.

    As soon as they had gone out of sight our hero made haste to take the
    liver from the place where he had hid it, threw off the skin of the old
    nyamatsane, and ran away as hard as he could, only stopping to pick up a
    very brilliant and polished little stone, which he put in his bag by the
    side of the liver.

    Towards evening the nyamatsanes came back to the hut full of anxiety to
    know how their grandmother had got on during their absence. The first
    thing they saw on entering the door was her skin lying on the floor, and
    then they knew that they had been deceived, and they said to each other,
    ‘So we were right, after all, and it was human flesh we smelt.’ Then
    they stooped down to find traces of the man’s footsteps, and when they
    had got them instantly set out in hot pursuit.

    Meanwhile our friend had journeyed many miles, and was beginning to feel
    quite safe and comfortable, when, happening to look round, he saw in
    the distance a thick cloud of dust moving rapidly. His heart stood still
    within him, and he said to himself, ‘I am lost. It is the nyamatsanes,
    and they will tear me in pieces,’ and indeed the cloud of dust was
    drawing near with amazing quickness, and the nyamatsanes almost felt as
    if they were already devouring him. Then as a last hope the man took the
    little stone that he had picked up out of his bag and flung it on the
    ground. The moment it touched the soil it became a huge rock, whose
    steep sides were smooth as glass, and on the top of it our hero hastily
    seated himself. It was in vain that the nyamatsanes tried to climb up
    and reach him; they slid down again much faster than they had gone up;
    and by sunset they were quite worn out, and fell asleep at the foot of
    the rock.

    No sooner had the nyamatsanes tumbled off to sleep than the man stole
    softly down and fled away as fast as his legs would carry him, and by
    the time his enemies were awake he was a very long way off. They sprang
    quickly to their feet and began to sniff the soil round the rock, in
    order to discover traces of his footsteps, and they galloped after him
    with terrific speed. The chase continued for several days and nights;
    several times the nyamatsanes almost reached him, and each time he was
    saved by his little pebble.

    Between his fright and his hurry he was almost dead of exhaustion when
    he reached his own village, where the nyamatsanes could not follow him,
    because of their enemies the dogs, which swarmed over all the roads. So
    they returned home.

    Then our friend staggered into his own hut and called to his wife:
    ‘Ichou! how tired I am! Quick, give me something to drink. Then go and
    get fuel and light a fire.’

    So she did what she was bid, and then her husband took the nyamatsane’s
    liver from his pouch and said to her, ‘There, I have brought you what
    you wanted, and now you know that I love you truly.’

    And the wife answered, ‘It is well. Now go and take out the children, so
    that I may remain alone in the hut,’ and as she spoke she lifted down an
    old stone pot and put on the liver to cook. Her husband watched her for
    a moment, and then said, ‘Be sure you eat it all yourself. Do not give
    a scrap to any of the children, but eat every morsel up.’ So the woman
    took the liver and ate it all herself.

    Directly the last mouthful had disappeared she was seized with such
    violent thirst that she caught up a great pot full of water and drank it
    at a single draught. Then, having no more in the house, she ran in next
    door and said, ‘Neighbour, give me, I pray you, something to drink.’ The
    neighbour gave her a large vessel quite full, and the woman drank it off
    at a single draught, and held it out for more.

    But the neighbour pushed her away, saying, ‘No, I shall have none left
    for my children.’

    So the woman went into another house, and drank all the water she could
    find; but the more she drank the more thirsty she became. She wandered
    in this manner through the whole village till she had drunk every
    water-pot dry. Then she rushed off to the nearest spring, and swallowed
    that, and when she had finished all the springs and wells about she
    drank up first the river and then a lake. But by this time she had drunk
    so much that she could not rise from the ground.

    In the evening, when it was time for the animals to have their drink
    before going to bed, they found the lake quite dry, and they had to make
    up their minds to be thirsty till the water flowed again and the streams
    were full. Even then, for some time, the lake was very dirty, and the
    lion, as king of the beasts, commanded that no one should drink till it
    was quite clear again.

    But the little hare, who was fond of having his own way, and was very
    thirsty besides, stole quietly off when all the rest were asleep in
    their dens, and crept down to the margin of the lake and drank his fill.
    Then he smeared the dirty water all over the rabbit’s face and paws, so
    that it might look as if it were he who had been disobeying Big Lion’s
    orders.

    The next day, as soon as it was light, Big Lion marched straight for
    the lake, and all the other beasts followed him. He saw at once that the
    water had been troubled again, and was very angry.

    ‘Who has been drinking my water?’ said he; and the little hare gave a
    jump, and, pointing to the rabbit, he answered, ‘Look there! it must be
    he! Why, there is mud all over his face and paws!’

    The rabbit, frightened out of his wits, tried to deny the fact,
    exclaiming, ‘Oh, no, indeed I never did;’ but Big Lion would not listen,
    and commanded them to cane him with a birch rod.

    Now the little hare was very much pleased with his cleverness in causing
    the rabbit to be beaten instead of himself, and went about boasting
    of it. At last one of the other animals overheard him, and called out,
    ‘Little hare, little hare! what is that you are saying?’

    But the little hare hastily replied, ‘I only asked you to pass me my
    stick.’

    An hour or two later, thinking that no one was near him, he said to
    himself again, ‘It was really I who drank up the water, but I made them
    think it was the rabbit.’

    But one of the beasts whose ears were longer than the rest caught the
    words, and went to tell Big Lion about it. Do you hear what the little
    hare is saying?’

    So Big Lion sent for the little hare, and asked him what he meant by
    talking like that.

    The little hare saw that there was no use trying to hide it, so he
    answered pertly, ‘It was I who drank the water, but I made them think
    it was the rabbit.’ Then he turned and ran as fast as he could, with all
    the other beasts pursuing him.

    They were almost up to him when he dashed into a very narrow cleft in
    the rock, much too small for them to follow; but in his hurry he had
    left one of his long ears sticking out, which they just managed to
    seize. But pull as hard as they might they could not drag him out of the
    hole, and at last they gave it up and left him, with his ear very much
    torn and scratched.

    When the last tail was out of sight the little hare crept cautiously
    out, and the first person he met was the rabbit. He had plenty of
    impudence, so he put a bold face on the matter, and said, ‘Well, my good
    rabbit, you see I have had a beating as well as you.’

    But the rabbit was still sore and sulky, and he did not care to talk, so
    he answered, coldly, ‘You have treated me very badly. It was really you
    who drank that water, and you accused me of having done it.’

    ‘Oh, my good rabbit, never mind that! I’ve got such a wonderful secret
    to tell you! Do you know what to do so as to escape death?’

    ‘No, I don’t.’

    ‘Well, we must begin by digging a hole.’

    So they dug a hole, and then the little hare said, ‘The next thing is to
    make a fire in the hole,’ and they set to work to collect wood, and lit
    quite a large fire.

    When it was burning brightly the little hare said to the rabbit,
    ‘Rabbit, my friend, throw me into the fire, and when you hear my fur
    crackling, and I call “Itchi, Itchi,” then be quick and pull me out.’

    The rabbit did as he was told, and threw the little hare into the fire;
    but no sooner did the little hare begin to feel the heat of the flames
    than he took some green bay leaves he had plucked for the purpose and
    held them in the middle of the fire, where they crackled and made a
    great noise. Then he called loudly ‘Itchi, Itchi! Rabbit, my friend, be
    quick, be quick! Don’t you hear how my skin is crackling?’

    And the rabbit came in a great hurry and pulled him out.

    Then the little hare said, ‘Now it is your turn!’ and he threw the
    rabbit in the fire. The moment the rabbit felt the flames he cried out
    ‘Itchi, Itchi, I am burning; pull me out quick, my friend!’

    But the little hare only laughed, and said, ‘No, you may stay there! It
    is your own fault. Why were you such a fool as to let yourself be thrown
    in? Didn’t you know that fire burns?’ And in a very few minutes nothing
    was left of the rabbit but a few bones.

    When the fire was quite out the little hare went and picked up one of
    these bones, and made a flute out of it, and sang this song:

    Pii, pii, O flute that I love, Pii, pii, rabbits are but little boys.
    Pii, pii, he would have burned me if he could; Pii, pii, but I burned
    him, and he crackled finely.

    When he got tired of going through the world singing this the little
    hare went back to his friends and entered the service of Big Lion. One
    day he said to his master, ‘Grandfather, shall I show you a splendid way
    to kill game?’

    ‘What is it?’ asked Big Lion.

    ‘We must dig a ditch, and then you must lie in it and pretend to be
    dead.’

    Big Lion did as he was told, and when he had lain down the little hare
    got up on a wall blew a trumpet and shouted–

    Pii, pii, all you animals come and see, Big Lion is dead, and now peace
    will be.

    Directly they heard this they all came running. The little hare received
    them and said, ‘Pass on, this way to the lion.’ So they all entered into
    the Animal Kingdom. Last of all came the monkey with her baby on her
    back. She approached the ditch, and took a blade of grass and tickled
    Big Lion’s nose, and his nostrils moved in spite of his efforts to keep
    them still. Then the monkey cried, ‘Come, my baby, climb on my back and
    let us go. What sort of a dead body is it that can still feel when it
    is tickled?’ And she and her baby went away in a fright. Then the
    little hare said to the other beasts, ‘Now, shut the gate of the Animal
    Kingdom.’ And it was shut, and great stones were rolled against it. When
    everything was tight closed the little hare turned to Big Lion and said
    ‘Now!’ and Big Lion bounded out of the ditch and tore the other animals
    in pieces.

    But Big Lion kept all the choice bits for himself, and only gave away
    the little scraps that he did not care about eating; and the little hare
    grew very angry, and determined to have his revenge. He had long ago
    found out that Big Lion was very easily taken in; so he laid his plans
    accordingly. He said to him, as if the idea had just come into his head,
    ‘Grandfather, let us build a hut,’ and Big Lion consented. And when they
    had driven the stakes into the ground, and had made the walls of the
    hut, the little hare told Big Lion to climb upon the top while he stayed
    inside. When he was ready he called out, ‘Now, grandfather, begin,’
    and Big Lion passed his rod through the reeds with which the roofs are
    always covered in that country. The little hare took it and cried, ‘Now
    it is my turn to pierce them,’ and as he spoke he passed the rod back
    through the reeds and gave Big Lion’s tail a sharp poke.

    ‘What is pricking me so?’ asked Big Lion.

    ‘Oh, just a little branch sticking out. I am going to break it,’
    answered the little hare; but of course he had done it on purpose, as he
    wanted to fix Big Lion’s tail so firmly to the hut that he would not
    be able to move. In a little while he gave another prick, and Big Lion
    called again, ‘What is pricking me so?’

    This time the little hare said to himself, ‘He will find out what I am
    at. I must try some other plan. ‘So he called out, ‘Grandfather, you had
    better put your tongue here, so that the branches shall not touch you.’
    Big Lion did as he was bid, and the little hare tied it tightly to the
    stakes of the wall. Then he went outside and shouted, ‘Grandfather, you
    can come down now,’ and Big Lion tried, but he could not move an inch.

    Then the little hare began quietly to eat Big Lion’s dinner right before
    his eyes, and paying no attention at all to his growls of rage. When
    he had quite done he climbed up on the hut, and, blowing his flute, he
    chanted ‘Pii, pii, fall rain and hail,’ and directly the sky was full of
    clouds, the thunder roared, and huge hailstones whitened the roof of
    the hut. The little hare, who had taken refuge within, called out again,
    ‘Big Lion, be quick and come down and dine with me.’ But there was no
    answer, not even a growl, for the hailstones had killed Big Lion.

    The little hare enjoyed himself vastly for some time, living comfortably
    in the hut, with plenty of food to eat and no trouble at all in getting
    it. But one day a great wind arose, and flung down the Big Lion’s
    half-dried skin from the roof of the hut. The little hare bounded with
    terror at the noise, for he thought Big Lion must have come to life
    again; but on discovering what had happened he set about cleaning
    the skin, and propped the mouth open with sticks so that he could get
    through. So, dressed in Big Lion’s skin, the little hare started on his
    travels.

    The first visit he paid was to the hyaenas, who trembled at the sight
    of him, and whispered to each other, ‘How shall we escape from this
    terrible beast?’ Meanwhile the little hare did not trouble himself
    about them, but just asked where the king of the hyaenas lived, and
    made himself quite at home there. Every morning each hyaena thought to
    himself, ‘To-day he is certain to eat me;’ but several days went by,
    and they were all still alive. At length, one evening, the little hare,
    looking round for something to amuse him, noticed a great pot full of
    boiling water, so he strolled up to one of the hyaenas and said, ‘Go and
    get in.’ The hyaena dared not disobey, and in a few minutes was scalded
    to death. Then the little hare went the round of the village, saying to
    every hyaena he met, ‘Go and get into the boiling water,’ so that in a
    little while there was hardly a male left in the village.

    One day all the hyaenas that remained alive went out very early into
    the fields, leaving only one little daughter at home. The little hare,
    thinking he was all alone, came into the enclosure, and, wishing to
    feel what it was like to be a hare again, threw off Big Lion’s skin, and
    began to jump and dance, singing–

    I am just the little hare, the little hare, the little hare; I am just
    the little hare who killed the great hyaenas.

    The little hyaena gazed at him in surprise, saying to herself, ‘What!
    was it really this tiny beast who put to death all our best people?’
    when suddenly a gust of wind rustled the reeds that surrounded the
    enclosure, and the little hare, in a fright, hastily sprang back into
    Big Lion’s skin.

    When the hyaenas returned to their homes the little hyaena said to her
    father: ‘Father, our tribe has very nearly been swept away, and all this
    has been the work of a tiny creature dressed in the lion’s skin.’

    But her father answered, ‘Oh, my dear child, you don’t know what you are
    talking about.’

    She replied, ‘Yes, father, it is quite true. I saw it with my own eyes.’

    The father did not know what to think, and told one of his friends, who
    said, ‘To-morrow we had better keep watch ourselves.’

    And the next day they hid themselves and waited till the little hare
    came out of the royal hut. He walked gaily towards the enclosure, threw
    off, Big Lion’s skin, and sang and danced as before–

    I am just the little hare, the little hare, the little hare, I am just
    the little hare, who killed the great hyaenas.

    That night the two hyaenas told all the rest, saying, ‘Do you know that
    we have allowed ourselves to be trampled on by a wretched creature with
    nothing of the lion about him but his skin?’

    When supper was being cooked that evening, before they all went to bed,
    the little hare, looking fierce and terrible in Big Lion’s skin, said as
    usual to one of the hyaenas ‘Go and get into the boiling water.’ But the
    hyaena never stirred. There was silence for a moment; then a hyaena took
    a stone, and flung it with all his force against the lion’s skin. The
    little hare jumped out through the mouth with a single spring, and fled
    away like lightning, all the hyaenas in full pursuit uttering great
    cries. As he turned a corner the little hare cut off both his ears,
    so that they should not know him, and pretended to be working at a
    grindstone which lay there.

    The hyaenas soon came up to him and said, ‘Tell me, friend, have you
    seen the little hare go by?’

    ‘No, I have seen no one.’

    ‘Where can he be?’ said the hyaenas one to another. ‘Of course, this
    creature is quite different, and not at all like the little hare.’ Then
    they went on their way, but, finding no traces of the little hare,
    they returned sadly to their village, saying, ‘To think we should have
    allowed ourselves to be swept away by a wretched creature like that!’

     

    The Sparrow with the Slit Tongue

    From the Japanische Marchen und Sagen.

    A long long time ago, an old couple dwelt in the very heart of a high
    mountain. They lived together in peace and harmony, although they were
    very different in character, the man being good-natured and honest, and
    the wife being greedy and quarrelsome when anyone came her way that she
    could possibly quarrel with.

    One day the old man was sitting in front of his cottage, as he was very
    fond of doing, when he saw flying towards him a little sparrow, followed
    by a big black raven. The poor little thing was very much frightened and
    cried out as it flew, and the great bird came behind it terribly fast,
    flapping its wings and craning its beak, for it was hungry and wanted
    some dinner. But as they drew near the old man, he jumped up, and beat
    back the raven, which mounted, with hoarse screams of disappointment,
    into the sky, and the little bird, freed from its enemy, nestled into
    the old man’s hand, and he carried it into the house. He stroked its
    feathers, and told it not to be afraid, for it was quite safe; but as
    he still felt its heart beating, he put it into a cage, where it soon
    plucked up courage to twitter and hop about. The old man was fond of
    all creatures, and every morning he used to open the cage door, and the
    sparrow flew happily about until it caught sight of a cat or a rat or
    some other fierce beast, when it would instantly return to the cage,
    knowing that there no harm could come to it.

    The woman, who was always on the look-out for something to grumble at,
    grew very jealous of her husband’s affection for the bird, and would
    gladly have done it some harm had she dared. At last, one morning her
    opportunity came. Her husband had gone to the town some miles away down
    the mountain, and would not be back for several hours, but before he
    left he did not forget to open the door of the cage. The sparrow hopped
    about as usual, twittering happily, and thinking no evil, and all the
    while the woman’s brow became blacker and blacker, and at length her
    fury broke out. She threw her broom at the bird, who was perched on a
    bracket high up on the wall. The broom missed the bird, but knocked down
    and broke the vase on the bracket, which did not soothe the angry woman.
    Then she chased it from place to place, and at last had it safe between
    her fingers, almost as frightened as on the day that it had made its
    first entrance into the hut.

    By this time the woman was more furious than ever. If she had dared,
    she would have killed the sparrow then and there, but as it was she only
    ventured to slit its tongue. The bird struggled and piped, but there was
    no one to hear it, and then, crying out loud with the pain, it flew from
    the house and was lost in the depths of the forest.

    By-and-bye the old man came back, and at once began to ask for his pet.
    His wife, who was still in a very bad temper, told him the whole story,
    and scolded him roundly for being so silly as to make such a fuss over
    a bird. But the old man, who was much troubled, declared she was a bad,
    hard-hearted woman, to have behaved so to a poor harmless bird; then he
    left the house, and went into the forest to seek for his pet. He walked
    many hours, whistling and calling for it, but it never came, and he went
    sadly home, resolved to be out with the dawn and never to rest till he
    had brought the wanderer back. Day after day he searched and called; and
    evening after evening he returned in despair. At length he gave up hope,
    and made up his mind that he should see his little friend no more.

    One hot summer morning, the old man was walking slowly under the cool
    shadows of the big trees, and without thinking where he was going,
    he entered a bamboo thicket. As the bamboos became thinner, he found
    himself opposite to a beautiful garden, in the centre of which stood
    a tiny spick-and-span little house, and out of the house came a lovely
    maiden, who unlatched the gate and invited him in the most hospitable
    way to enter and rest. ‘Oh, my dear old friend,’ she exclaimed, ‘how
    glad I am you have found me at last! I am your little sparrow, whose
    life you saved, and whom you took such care of.’

    The old man seized her hands eagerly, but no time was given him to ask
    any questions, for the maiden drew him into the house, and set food
    before him, and waited on him herself.

    While he was eating, the damsel and her maids took their lutes, and sang
    and danced to him, and altogether the hours passed so swiftly that the
    old man never saw that darkness had come, or remembered the scolding he
    would get from his wife for returning home so late.

    Thus, in dancing and singing, and talking over the days when the maiden
    was a sparrow hopping in and out of her cage, the night passed away, and
    when the first rays of sun broke through the hedge of bamboo, the
    old man started up, thanked his hostess for her friendly welcome, and
    prepared to say farewell. ‘I am not going to let you depart like that,’
    said she; ‘I have a present for you, which you must take as a sign of my
    gratitude.’ And as she spoke, her servants brought in two chests, one
    of them very small, the other large and heavy. ‘Now choose which of them
    you will carry with you.’ So the old man chose the small chest, and hid
    it under his cloak, and set out on his homeward way.

    But as he drew near the house his heart sank a little, for he knew
    what a fury his wife would be in, and how she would abuse him for
    his absence. And it was even worse than he expected. However, long
    experience had taught him to let her storm and say nothing, so he lit
    his pipe and waited till she was tired out. The woman was still raging,
    and did not seem likely to stop, when her husband, who by this time had
    forgotten all about her, drew out the chest from under his cloak, and
    opened it. Oh, what a blaze met his eyes! gold and precious stones were
    heaped up to the very lid, and lay dancing in he sunlight. At the
    sight of these wonders even the scolding tongue ceased, and the woman
    approached, and took the stones in her hand, setting greedily aside
    those that were the largest and most costly. Then her voice softened,
    and she begged him quite politely to tell her where he had spent his
    evening, and how he had come by these wonderful riches. So he told her
    the whole story, and she listened with amazement, till he came to the
    choice which had been given him between the two chests. At this her
    tongue broke loose again, as she abused him for his folly in taking
    the little one, and she never rested till her husband had described the
    exact way which led to the sparrow-princess’s house. When she had got it
    into her head, she put on her best clothes and set out at once. But in
    her blind haste she often missed the path, and she wandered for several
    hours before she at length reached the little house. She walked boldly
    up to the door and entered the room as if the whole place belonged to
    her, and quite frightened the poor girl, who was startled at the sight
    of her old enemy. However, she concealed her feelings as well as she
    could, and bade the intruder welcome, placing before her food and wine,
    hoping that when she had eaten and drunk she might take her leave. But
    nothing of the sort.

    ‘You will not let me go without a little present?’ said the greedy wife,
    as she saw no signs of one being offered her. ‘Of course not,’ replied
    the girl, and at her orders two chests were brought in, as they had been
    before. The old woman instantly seized the bigger, and staggering under
    the weight of it, disappeared into the forest, hardly waiting even to
    say good-bye.

    It was a long way to her own house, and the chest seemed to grow heavier
    at every step. Sometimes she felt as if it would be impossible for
    her to get on at all, but her greed gave her strength, and at last she
    arrived at her own door. She sank down on the threshold, overcome with
    weariness, but in a moment was on her feet again, fumbling with the lock
    of the chest. But by this time night had come, and there was no light in
    the house, and the woman was in too much hurry to get to her treasures,
    to go and look for one. At length, however, the lock gave way, and
    the lid flew open, when, O horror! instead of gold and jewels, she saw
    before her serpents with glittering eyes and forky tongues. And they
    twined themselves about her and darted poison into her veins, and she
    died, and no man regretted her.

     

    The Story of Ciccu

    From Sicilianische Mahrchen.

    Once upon a time there lived a man who had three sons. The eldest was
    called Peppe, the second Alfin, and the youngest Ciccu. They were all
    very poor, and at last things got so bad that they really had not enough
    to eat. So the father called his sons, and said to them, ‘ My dear boys,
    I am too old to work any more, and there is nothing left for me but to
    beg in the streets.’

    ‘No, no!’ exclaimed his sons; ‘that you shall never do. Rather, if it
    must be, would we do it ourselves. But we have thought of a better plan
    than that.’

    ‘What is it?’ asked the father.

    ‘Well, we will take you in the forest, where you shall cut wood, and
    then we will bind it up in bundles and sell it in the town.’ So their
    father let them do as they said, and they all made their way into the
    forest; and as the old man was weak from lack of food his sons took it
    in turns to carry him on their backs. Then they built a little hut where
    they might take shelter, and set to work. Every morning early the father
    cut his sticks, and the sons bound them in bundles, and carried them to
    the town, bringing back the food the old man so much needed.

    Some months passed in this way, and then the father suddenly fell ill,
    and knew that the time had come when he must die. He bade his sons fetch
    a lawyer, so that he might make his will, and when the man arrived he
    explained his wishes.

    ‘I have,’ said he, ‘a little house in the village, and over it grows a
    fig-tree. The house I leave to my sons, who are to live in it together;
    the fig-tree I divide as follows. To my son Peppe I leave the branches.
    To my son Alfin I leave the trunk. To my son Ciccu I leave the fruit.
    Besides the house and tree, I have an old coverlet, which I leave to
    my eldest son. And an old purse, which I leave to my second son. And a
    horn, which I leave to my youngest son. And now farewell.’

    Thus speaking, he laid himself down, and died quietly. The brothers wept
    bitterly for their father, whom they loved, and when they had buried him
    they began to talk over their future lives. ‘What shall we do now?’ said
    they. ‘Shall we live in the wood, or go back to the village?’ And they
    made up their minds to stay where they were and continue to earn their
    living by selling firewood.

    One very hot evening, after they had been working hard all day, they
    fell asleep under a tree in front of the hut. And as they slept there
    came by three fairies, who stopped to look at them.

    ‘What fine fellows!’ said one. ‘Let us give them a present.’

    ‘Yes, what shall it be?’ asked another.

    ‘This youth has a coverlet over him,’ said the first fairy. ‘When
    he wraps it round him, and wishes himself in any place, he will find
    himself there in an instant.’

    Then said the second fairy: ‘This youth has a purse in his hand. I will
    promise that it shall always give him as much gold as he asks for.’

    Last came the turn of the third fairy. ‘This one has a horn slung round
    him. When he blows at the small end the seas shall be covered with
    ships. And if he blows at the wide end they shall all be sunk in the
    waves.’ So they vanished, without knowing that Ciccu had been awake and
    heard all they said.

    The next day, when they were all cutting wood, he said to his brothers,
    ‘That old coverlet and the purse are no use to you; I wish you would
    give them to me. I have a fancy for them, for the sake of old times.’
    Now Peppe and Alfin were very fond of Ciccu, and never refused him
    anything, so they let him have the coverlet and the purse without a
    word. When he had got them safely Ciccu went on, ‘Dear brothers, I
    am tired of the forest. I want to live in the town, and work at some
    trade.’

    ‘O Ciccu! stay with us,’ they cried. ‘We are very happy here; and who
    knows how we shall get on elsewhere?’

    ‘We can always try,’ answered Ciccu; ‘and if times are bad we can come
    back here and take up wood-cutting.’ So saying he picked up his bundle
    of sticks, and his brothers did the same.

    But when they reached the town they found that the market was
    overstocked with firewood, and they did not sell enough to buy
    themselves a dinner, far less to get any food to carry home. They were
    wondering sadly what they should do when Ciccu said, ‘Come with me to
    the inn and let us have something to eat.’ They were so hungry by this
    time that they did not care much whether they paid for it or not, so
    they followed Ciccu, who gave his orders to the host. ‘Bring us three
    dishes, the nicest that you have, and a good bottle of wine.’

    ‘Ciccu! Ciccu!’ whispered his brothers, horrified at this extravagance,
    ‘are you mad? How do you ever mean to pay for it?’

    ‘Let me alone,’ replied Ciccu; ‘I know what I am about.’ And when they
    had finished their dinner Ciccu told the others to go on, and he would
    wait to pay the bill.

    The brothers hurried on, without needing to be told twice, ‘for,’
    thought they, ‘he has no money, and of course there will be a row.’

    When they were out of sight Ciccu asked the landlord how much he owed,
    and then said to his purse, ‘Dear purse, give me, I pray you, six
    florins,’ and instantly six florins were in the purse. Then he paid the
    bill and joined his brothers.

    ‘How did you manage?’ they asked.

    ‘Never you mind,’ answered he. ‘I have paid every penny,’ and no more
    would he say. But the other two were very uneasy, for they felt sure
    something must be wrong, and the sooner they parted company with Ciccu
    the better. Ciccu understood what they were thinking, and, drawing forty
    gold pieces from his pocket, he held out twenty to each, saying, ‘Take
    these and turn them to good account. I am going away to seek my own
    fortune.’ Then he embraced them, and struck down another road.

    He wandered on for many days, till at length he came to the town where
    the king had his court. The first thing Ciccu did was to order himself
    some fine clothes, and then buy a grand house, just opposite the palace.

    Next he locked his door, and ordered a shower of gold to cover the
    staircase, and when this was done, the door was flung wide open, and
    everyone came and peeped at the shining golden stairs. Lastly the rumour
    of these wonders reached the ears of the king, who left his palace to
    behold these splendours with his own eyes. And Ciccu received him with
    all respect, and showed him over the house.

    When the king went home he told such stories of what he had seen that
    his wife and daughter declared that they must go and see them too. So
    the king sent to ask Ciccu’s leave, and Ciccu answered that if the queen
    and the princess would be pleased to do him such great honour he would
    show them anything they wished. Now the princess was as beautiful as the
    sun, and when Ciccu looked upon her his heart went out to her, and he
    longed to have her to wife. The princess saw what was passing in his
    mind, and how she could make use of it to satisfy her curiosity as to
    the golden stairs; so she praised him and flattered him, and put cunning
    questions, till at length Ciccu’s head was quite turned, and he told her
    the whole story of the fairies and their gifts. Then she begged him to
    lend her the purse for a few days, so that she could have one made like
    it, and so great was the love he had for her that he gave it to her at
    once.

    The princess returned to the palace, taking with her the purse, which
    she had not the smallest intention of ever restoring to Ciccu. Very
    soon Ciccu had spent all the money he had by him, and could get no more
    without the help of his purse. Of course, he went at once to the king’s
    daughter, and asked her if she had done with it, but she put him off
    with some excuse, and told him to come back next day. The next day it
    was the same thing, and the next, till a great rage filled Ciccu’s heart
    instead of the love that had been there. And when night came he took
    in his hand a thick stick, wrapped himself in the coverlet, and wished
    himself in the chamber of the princess. The princess was asleep, but
    Ciccu seized her arm and pulled her out of bed, and beat her till she
    gave back the purse. Then he took up the coverlet, and wished he was
    safe in his own house.

    No sooner had he gone than the princess hastened to her father and
    complained of her sufferings. Then the king rose up in a fury, and
    commanded Ciccu to be brought before him. ‘You richly deserve death,’
    said he, ‘but I will allow you to live if you will instantly hand over
    to me the coverlet, the purse, and the horn.’

    What could Ciccu do? Life was sweet, and he was in the power of the
    king; so he gave up silently his ill-gotten goods, and was as poor as
    when he was a boy.

    While he was wondering how he was to live it suddenly came into his mind
    that this was the season for the figs to ripen, and he said to himself,
    ‘I will go and see if the tree has borne well.’ So he set off
    home, where his brothers still lived, and found them living very
    uncomfortably, for they had spent all their money, and did not know
    how to make any more. However, he was pleased to see that the fig-tree
    looked in splendid condition, and was full of fruit. He ran and fetched
    a basket, and was just feeling the figs, to make sure which of them were
    ripe, when his brother Peppe called to him, ‘Stop! The figs of course
    are yours, but the branches they grow on are mine, and I forbid you to
    touch them.’

    Ciccu did not answer, but set a ladder against the tree, so that he
    could reach the topmost branches, and had his foot already on the first
    rung when he heard the voice of his brother Alfin: ‘Stop! the trunk
    belongs to me, and I forbid you to touch it!’

    Then they began to quarrel violently, and there seemed no chance that
    they would ever cease, till one of them said, ‘Let us go before a
    judge.’ The others agreed, and when they had found a man whom they could
    trust Ciccu told him the whole story.

    ‘This is my verdict,’ said the judge. ‘The figs in truth belong to
    you, but you cannot pluck them without touching both the trunk and the
    branches. Therefore you must give your first basketful to your brother
    Peppe, as the price of his leave to put your ladder against the tree;
    and the second basketful to your brother Alfin, for leave to shake his
    boughs. The rest you can keep for yourself.’

    And the brothers were contented, and returned home, saying one to the
    other, ‘We will each of us send a basket of figs to the king. Perhaps
    he will give us something in return, and if he does we will divide it
    faithfully between us.’ So the best figs were carefully packed in a
    basket, and Peppe set out with it to the castle.

    On the road he met a little old man who stopped and said to him, ‘What
    have you got there, my fine fellow?’

    ‘What is that to you?’ was the answer; ‘mind your own business.’ But
    the old man only repeated his question, and Peppe, to get rid of him,
    exclaimed in anger, ‘Dirt.’

    ‘Good,’ replied the old man; ‘dirt you have said, and dirt let it be.’

    Peppe only tossed his head and went on his way till he got to the
    castle, where he knocked at the door. ‘I have a basket of lovely figs
    for the king,’ he said to the servant who opened it, ‘if his majesty
    will be graciously pleased to accept them with my humble duty.’

    The king loved figs, and ordered Peppe to be admitted to his presence,
    and a silver dish to be brought on which to put the figs. When Peppe
    uncovered his basket sure enough a layer of beautiful purple figs met
    the king’s eyes, but underneath there was nothing but dirt. ‘How dare
    you play me such a trick?’ shrieked the king in a rage. ‘Take him away,
    and give him fifty lashes.’ This was done, and Peppe returned home, sore
    and angry, but determined to say nothing about his adventure. And when
    his brothers asked him what had happened he only answered, ‘When we have
    all three been I will tell you.’

    A few days after this more figs were ready for plucking, and Alfin
    in his turn set out for the palace. He had not gone far down the road
    before he met the old man, who asked him what he had in his basket.

    ‘Horns,’ answered Alfin, shortly.

    ‘Good,’ replied the old man; ‘horns you have said, and horns let it be.’

    When Alfin reached the castle he knocked at the door and said to the
    servant: ‘Here is a basket of lovely figs, if his majesty will be good
    enough to accept them with my humble duty.’

    The king commanded that Alfin should be admitted to his presence, and a
    silver dish to be brought on which to lay the figs. When the basket
    was uncovered some beautiful purple figs lay on the top, but underneath
    there was nothing but horns. Then the king was beside himself with
    passion, and screamed out, ‘Is this a plot to mock me? Take him away,
    and give him a hundred and fifty lashes!’ So Alfin went sadly home, but
    would not tell anything about his adventures, only saying grimly, ‘Now
    it is Ciccu’s turn.’

    Ciccu had to wait a little before he gathered the last figs on the tree,
    and these were not nearly so good as the first set. However, he plucked
    them, as they had agreed, and set out for the king’s palace. The old man
    was still on the road, and he came up and said to Ciccu, ‘What have you
    got in that basket?’

    ‘Figs for the king,’ answered he.

    ‘Let me have a peep,’ and Ciccu lifted the lid. ‘Oh, do give me one, I
    am so fond of figs,’ begged the little man.

    ‘I am afraid if I do that the hole will show,’ replied Ciccu, but as he
    was very good-natured he gave him one. The old man ate it greedily and
    kept the stalk in his hand, and then asked for another and another and
    another till he had eaten half the basketful. ‘But there are not enough
    left to take to the king,’ murmured Ciccu.

    ‘Don’t be anxious,’ said the old man, throwing the stalks back into
    the basket; ‘just go on and carry the basket to the castle, and it will
    bring you luck.’

    Ciccu did not much like it; however he went on his way, and with a
    trembling heart rang the castle bell. ‘Here are some lovely figs for
    the king,’ said he, ‘if his majesty will graciously accept them with my
    humble duty.’

    When the king was told that there was another man with a basket of figs
    he cried out, ‘Oh, have him in, have him in! I suppose it is a wager!’
    But Ciccu uncovered the basket, and there lay a pile of beautiful ripe
    figs. And the king was delighted, and emptied them himself on the silver
    dish, and gave five florins to Ciccu, and offered besides to take him
    into his service. Ciccu accepted gratefully, but said he must first
    return home and give the five florins to his brothers.

    When he got home Peppe spoke: ‘Now we will see what we each have got
    from the king. I myself received from him fifty lashes.’

    ‘And I a hundred and fifty,’ added Alfin.

    ‘And I five florins and some sweets, which you can divide between you,
    for the king has taken me into his service.’ Then Ciccu went back to the
    Court and served the king, and the king loved him.

    The other two brothers heard that Ciccu had become quite an important
    person, and they grew envious, and thought how they could put him to
    shame. At last they came to the king and said to him, ‘O king! your
    palace is beautiful indeed, but to be worthy of you it lacks one
    thing–the sword of the Man-eater.’

    ‘How can I get it?’ asked the king.

    ‘Oh, Ciccu can get it for you; ask him.’

    So the king sent for Ciccu and said to him, ‘Ciccu, you must at any
    price manage to get the sword of the Man-eater.’

    Ciccu was very much surprised at this sudden command, and he walked
    thoughtfully away to the stables and began to stroke his favourite
    horse, saying to himself, ‘Ah, my pet, we must bid each other good-bye,
    for the king has sent me away to get the sword of the Maneater.’ Now
    this horse was not like other horses, for it was a talking horse, and
    knew a great deal about many things, so it answered, ‘Fear nothing, and
    do as I tell you. Beg the king to give you fifty gold pieces and leave
    to ride me, and the rest will be easy.’ Ciccu believed what the horse
    said, and prayed the king to grant him what he asked. Then the two
    friends set out, but the horse chose what roads he pleased, and directed
    Ciccu in everything.

    It took them many days’ hard riding before they reached the country
    where the Man-eater lived, and then the horse told Ciccu to stop a group
    of old women who were coming chattering through the wood, and offer them
    each a shilling if they would collect a number of mosquitos and tie
    them up in a bag. When the bag was full Ciccu put it on his shoulder
    and stole into the house of the Man-eater (who had gone to look for his
    dinner) and let them all out in his bedroom. He himself hid carefully
    under the bed and waited. The Man-eater came in late, very tired with
    his long walk, and flung himself on the bed, placing his sword with its
    shining blade by his side. Scarcely had he lain down than the mosquitos
    began to buzz about and bite him, and he rolled from side to side trying
    to catch them, which he never could do, though they always seemed to
    be close to his nose. He was so busy over the mosquitos that he did
    not hear Ciccu steal softly out, or see him catch up the sword. But the
    horse heard and stood ready at the door, and as Ciccu came flying down
    the stairs and jumped on his back he sped away like the wind, and never
    stopped till they arrived at the king’s palace.

    The king had suffered much pain in his absence, thinking that if the
    Man-eater ate Ciccu, it would be all his fault. And he was so overjoyed
    to have him safe that he almost forgot the sword which he had sent him
    to bring. But the two brothers did not love Ciccu any better because
    he had succeeded when they hoped he would have failed, and one day they
    spoke to the king. ‘It is all very well for Ciccu to have got possession
    of the sword, but it would have been far more to your majesty’s honour
    if he had captured the Man-eater himself.’ The king thought upon these
    words, and at last he said to Ciccu, ‘Ciccu, I shall never rest until
    you bring me back the Man-eater himself. You may have any help you like,
    but somehow or other you must manage to do it.’ Ciccu felt very much
    cast, down at these words, and went to the stable to ask advice of his
    friend the horse. ‘Fear nothing,’ said the horse; ‘just say you want me
    and fifty pieces of gold.’ Ciccu did as he was bid, and the two set out
    together.

    When they reached the country of the Man-eater, Ciccu made all the
    church bells toll and a proclamation to be made. ‘Ciccu, the servant of
    the king, is dead.’ The Man-eater soon heard what everyone was saying,
    and was glad in his heart, for he thought, ‘Well, it is good news that
    the thief who stole my sword is dead.’ But Ciccu bought an axe and a
    saw, and cut down a pine tree in the nearest wood, and began to hew it
    into planks.

    ‘What are you doing in my wood?’ asked the Maneater, coming up.

    ‘Noble lord,’ answered Ciccu, ‘I am making a coffin for the body of
    Ciccu, who is dead.’

    ‘Don’t be in a hurry,’ answered the Man-eater, who of course did not
    know whom he was talking to, ‘and perhaps I can help you;’ and they set
    to work sawing and fitting, and very soon the coffin was finished.

    Then Ciccu scratched his ear thoughtfully, and cried, ‘Idiot that I am!
    I never took any measures. How am I to know if it is big enough? But now
    I come to think of it, Ciccu was about your size. I wonder if you would
    be so good as just to put yourself in the coffin, and see if there is
    enough room.’

    ‘Oh, delighted!’ said the Man-eater, and laid himself at full length in
    the coffin. Ciccu clapped on the lid, put a strong cord round it, tied
    it fast on his horse, and rode back to the king. And when the king saw
    that he really had brought back the Man-eater, he commanded a huge iron
    chest to be brought, and locked the coffin up inside.

    Just about this time the queen died, and soon after the king thought he
    should like to marry again. He sought everywhere, but he could not hear
    of any princess that took his fancy. Then the two envious brothers came
    to him and said, ‘O king! there is but one woman that is worthy of being
    your wife, and that is she who is the fairest in the whole world.’

    ‘But where can I find her?’ asked the king

    ‘Oh, Ciccu will know, and he will bring her to you.’

    Now the king had got so used to depending on Ciccu, that he really
    believed he could do everything. So he sent for him and said, ‘Ciccu,
    unless within eight days you bring me the fairest in the whole world, I
    will have you hewn into a thousand pieces.’ This mission seemed to Ciccu
    a hundred times worse than either of the others, and with tears in his
    eyes he took his way to the stables.

    ‘Cheer up,’ laughed the horse; ‘tell the king you must have some bread
    and honey, and a purse of gold, and leave the rest to me.’

    Ciccu did as he was bid, and they started at a gallop.

    After they had ridden some way, they saw a swarm of bees lying on the
    ground, so hungry and weak that they were unable to fly. ‘Get down, and
    give the poor things some honey,’ said the horse, and Ciccu dismounted.
    By-and-bye they came to a stream, on the bank of which was a fish,
    flapping feebly about in its efforts to reach the water. ‘Jump down, and
    throw the fish into the water; he will be useful to us,’ and Ciccu did
    so. Farther along the hillside they saw an eagle whose leg was caught
    in a snare. ‘Go and free that eagle from the snare; he will be useful to
    us; ‘ and in a moment the eagle was soaring up into the sky.

    At length they came to the castle where the fairest in the world lived
    with her parents. Then said the horse, ‘You must get down and sit upon
    that stone, for I must enter the castle alone. Directly you see me come
    tearing by with the princess on my back, jump up behind, and hold her
    tight, so that she does not escape you. If you fail to do this, we are
    both lost.’ Ciccu seated himself on the stone, and the horse went on to
    the courtyard of the castle, where he began to trot round in a graceful
    and elegant manner. Soon a crowd collected first to watch him and then
    to pat him, and the king and queen and princess came with the rest.
    The eyes of the fairest in the world brightened as she looked, and she
    sprang on the horse’s saddle, crying, ‘Oh, I really must ride him a
    little!’ But the horse made one bound forward, and the princess was
    forced to hold tight by his mane, lest she should fall off. And as they
    dashed past the stone where Ciccu was waiting for them, he swung himself
    up and held her round the waist. As he put his arms round her waist, the
    fairest in the world unwound the veil from her head and cast it to the
    ground, and then she drew a ring from her finger and flung it into the
    stream. But she said nothing, and they rode on fast, fast.

    The king of Ciccu’s country was watching for them from the top of a
    tower, and when he saw in the distance a cloud of dust, he ran down
    to the steps so as to be ready to receive them. Bowing low before the
    fairest in the world, he spoke: ‘Noble lady, will you do me the honour
    to become my wife?’

    But she answered, ‘That can only be when Ciccu brings me the veil that I
    let fall on my way here.’

    And the king turned to Ciccu and said, ‘Ciccu, if you do not find the
    veil at once, you shall lose your head.’

    Ciccu, who by this time had hoped for a little peace, felt his heart
    sink at this fresh errand, and he went into the stable to complain to
    the faithful horse.

    ‘It will be all right,’ answered the horse when he had heard his tale;
    ‘just take enough food for the day for both of us, and then get on my
    back.’

    They rode back all the way they had come till they reached the place
    where they had found the eagle caught in the snare; then the horse bade
    Ciccu to call three times on the king of the birds, and when he replied,
    to beg him to fetch the veil which the fairest in the world had let
    fall.

    ‘Wait a moment,’ answered a voice that seemed to come from somewhere
    very high up indeed. ‘An eagle is playing with it just now, but he will
    be here with it in an instant;’ and a few minutes after there was a
    sound of wings, and an eagle came fluttering towards them with the veil
    in his beak. And Ciccu saw it was the very same eagle that he had freed
    from the snare. So he took the veil and rode back to the king.

    Now the king was enchanted to see him so soon, and took the veil from
    Ciccu and flung it over the princess, crying, ‘Here is the veil you
    asked for, so I claim you for my wife.’

    ‘Not so fast,’ answered she. ‘I can never be your wife till Ciccu puts
    on my finger the ring I threw into the stream. Ciccu, who was standing
    by expecting something of the sort, bowed his head when he heard her
    words, and went straight to the horse.

    ‘Mount at once,’ said the horse; ‘this time it is very simple,’ and he
    carried Ciccu to the banks of the little stream. ‘Now, call three times
    on the emperor of the fishes, and beg him to restore you the ring that
    the princess dropped.

    Ciccu did as the horse told him, and a voice was heard in answer that
    seemed to come from a very long way off.

    ‘What is your will?’ it asked; and Ciccu replied that he had been
    commanded to bring back the ring that the princess had flung away, as
    she rode past.

    ‘A fish is playing with it just now,’ replied the voice; ‘however, you
    shall have it without delay.’

    And sure enough, very soon a little fish was seen rising to the surface
    with the lost ring in his mouth. And Ciccu knew him to be the fish that
    he had saved from death, and he took the ring and rode back with it to
    the king.

    ‘That is not enough,’ exclaimed the princess when she saw the ring;
    ‘before we can be man and wife, the oven must be heated for three days
    and three nights, and Ciccu must jump in.’ And the king forgot how Ciccu
    had served him, and desired him to do as the princess had said.

    This time Ciccu felt that no escape was possible, and he went to the
    horse and laid his hand on his neck. ‘Now it is indeed good-bye, and
    there is no help to be got even from you,’ and he told him what fate
    awaited him.

    But the horse said, ‘Oh, never lose heart, but jump on my back, and make
    me go till the foam flies in flecks all about me. Then get down, and
    scrape off the foam with a knife. This you must rub all over you, and
    when you are quite covered, you may suffer yourself to be cast into the
    oven, for the fire will not hurt you, nor anything else.’ And Ciccu did
    exactly as the horse bade him, and went back to the king, and before the
    eyes of the fairest in the world he sprang into the oven.

    And when the fairest in the world saw what he had done, love entered
    into her heart, and she said to the king, ‘One thing more: before I can
    be your wife, you must jump into the oven as Ciccu has done.’

    ‘Willingly,’ replied the king, stooping over the oven. But on the brink
    he paused a moment and called to Ciccu, ‘Tell me, Ciccu, how did you
    manage to prevent the fire burning you?’

    Now Ciccu could not forgive his master, whom he had served so
    faithfully, for sending him to his death without a thought, so he
    answered, ‘I rubbed myself over with fat, and I am not even singed.’

    When he heard these words, the king, whose head was full of the
    princess, never stopped to inquire if they could be true, and smeared
    himself over with fat, and sprang into the oven. And in a moment the
    fire caught him, and he was burned up.

    Then the fairest in the world held out her hand to Ciccu and smiled,
    saying, ‘Now we will be man and wife.’ So Ciccu married the fairest in
    the world, and became king of the country.

     

    Don Giovanni De La Fortuna

    Sicilianische Mahrchen

    There was once a man whose name was Don Giovanni de la Fortuna, and he
    lived in a beautiful house that his father had built, and spent a great
    deal of money. Indeed, he spent so much that very soon there was none
    left, and Don Giovanni, instead of being a rich man with everything
    he could wish for, was forced to put on the dress of a pilgrim, and to
    wander from place to place begging his bread.

    One day he was walking down a broad road when he was stopped by a
    handsome man he had never seen before, who, little as Don Giovanni knew
    it, was the devil himself.

    ‘Would you like to be rich,’ asked the devil, ‘and to lead a pleasant
    life?’

    ‘Yes, of course I should,’ replied the Don.

    ‘Well, here is a purse; take it and say to it, “Dear purse, give me some
    money,” and you will get as much as you can want But the charm will only
    work if you promise to remain three years, three months, and three days
    without washing and without combing and without shaving your beard or
    changing your clothes. If you do all this faithfully, when the time is
    up you shall keep the purse for yourself, and I will let you off any
    other conditions.’

    Now Don Giovanni was a man who never troubled his head about the future.
    He did not once think how very uncomfortable he should be all those
    three years, but only that he should be able, by means of the purse,
    to have all sorts of things he had been obliged to do without; so he
    joyfully put the purse in his pocket and went on his way. He soon began
    to ask for money for the mere pleasure of it, and there was always as
    much as he needed. For a little while he even forgot to notice how dirty
    he was getting, but this did not last long, for his hair became matted
    with dirt and hung over his eyes, and his pilgrim’s dress was a mass of
    horrible rags and tatters.

    He was in this state when, one morning, he happened to be passing a fine
    palace; and, as the sun was shining bright and warm, he sat down on the
    steps and tried to shake off some of the dust which he had picked up on
    the road. But in a few minutes a maid saw him, and said to her master,
    ‘I pray you, sir, to drive away that beggar who is sitting on the steps,
    or he will fill the whole house with his dirt.’

    So the master went out and called from some distance off, for he was
    really afraid to go near the man, ‘You filthy beggar, leave my house at
    once!’

    ‘You need not be so rude,’ said Don Giovanni; ‘I am not a beggar, and if
    I chose I could force you and your wife to leave your house.’

    ‘What is that you can do?’ laughed the gentleman.

    ‘Will you sell me your house?’ asked Don Giovanni. ‘I will buy it from
    you on the spot.’

    ‘Oh, the dirty creature is quite mad!’ thought the gentleman. ‘I shall
    just accept his offer for a joke.’ And aloud he said: ‘ All right;
    follow me, and we will go to a lawyer and get him to make a contract.’
    And Don Giovanni followed him, and an agreement was drawn up by which
    the house was to be sold at once, and a large sum of money paid down in
    eight days. Then the Don went to an inn, where he hired two rooms, and,
    standing in one of them, said to his purse, ‘ Dear purse, fill this room
    with gold;’ and when the eight days were up it was so full you could not
    have put in another sovereign.

    When the owner of the house came to take away his money Don Giovanni
    led him into the room and said: ‘There, just pocket what you want.’ The
    gentleman stared with open mouth at the astonishing sight; but he had
    given his word to sell the house, so he took his money, as he was told,
    and went away with his wife to look for some place to live in. And Don
    Giovanni left the inn and dwelt in the beautiful rooms, where his rags
    and dirt looked sadly out of place. And every day these got worse and
    worse.

    By-and-bye the fame of his riches reached the ears of the king, and, as
    he himself was always in need of money, he sent for Don Giovanni, as he
    wished to borrow a large sum. Don Giovanni readily agreed to lend him
    what he wanted, and sent next day a huge waggon laden with sacks of
    gold.

    ‘Who can he be?’ thought the king to himself. ‘Why, he is much richer
    than I!’

    The king took as much as he had need of; then ordered the rest to be
    returned to Don Giovanni, who refused to receive it, saying, ‘Tell his
    majesty I am much hurt at his proposal. I shall certainly not take
    back that handful of gold, and, if he declines to accept it, keep it
    yourself.’

    The servant departed and delivered the message, and the king wondered
    more than ever how anyone could be so rich. At last he spoke to the
    queen: ‘Dear wife, this man has done me a great service, and has,
    besides, behaved like a gentleman in not allowing me to send back the
    money. I wish to give him the hand of our eldest daughter.’

    The queen was quite pleased at this idea, and again messenger was sent
    to Don Giovanni, offering him the hand of the eldest princess.

    ‘His majesty is too good,’ he replied. ‘I can only humbly accept the
    honour.’

    The messenger took back this answer, but a second time returned with the
    request that Don Giovanni would present them with his picture, so that
    they might know what sort of a person to expect. But when it came, and
    the princess saw the horrible figure, she screamed out, ‘What! marry
    this dirty beggar? Never, never!’

    ‘Ah, child,’ answered the king, ‘how could I ever guess that the rich
    Don Giovanni would ever look like that? But I have passed my royal word,
    and I cannot break it, so there is no help for you.’

    ‘No, father; you may cut off my head, if you choose, but marry that
    horrible beggar–I never will!’

    And the queen took her part, and reproached her husband bitterly for
    wishing his daughter to marry a creature like that.

    Then the youngest daughter spoke: ‘Dear father, do not look so sad. As
    you have given your word, I will marry Don Giovanni.’ The king fell on
    her neck, and thanked her and kissed her, but the queen and the elder
    girl had nothing for her but laughs and jeers.

    So it was settled, and then the king bade one of his lords go to
    Don Giovanni and ask him when the wedding day was to be, so that the
    princess might make ready.

    ‘Let it be in two months,’ answered Don Giovanni, for the time was
    nearly up that the devil had fixed, and he wanted a whole month to
    himself to wash off the dirt of the past three years.

    The very minute that the compact with the devil had come to an end his
    beard was shaved, his hair was cut, and his rags were burned, and day
    and night he lay in a bath of clear warm water. At length he felt he was
    clean again, and he put on splendid clothes, and hired a beautiful ship,
    and arrived in state at the king’s palace.

    The whole of the royal family came down to the ship to receive him, and
    the whole way the queen and the elder princess teased the sister about
    the dirty husband she was going to have. But when they saw how handsome
    he really was their hearts were filled with envy and anger, so that
    their eyes were blinded, and they fell over into the sea and were
    drowned. And the youngest daughter rejoiced in the good luck that had
    come to her, and they had a splendid wedding when the days of mourning
    for her mother and sister were ended.

    Soon after the old king died, and Don Giovanni became king. And he was
    rich and happy to the end of his days, for he loved his wife, and his
    purse always gave him money.

  • THE
    BAD CHILD’S
    BOOK OF
    BEASTS

    Verses by

    H. BELLOC

    Pictures by

    B. T. B.

    DUCKWORTH,
    3 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden

    Child! do not throw this book about;
    Refrain from the unholy pleasure
    Of cutting all the pictures out!
    Preserve it as your chiefest treasure.

    Child, have you never heard it said
    That you are heir to all the ages?
    Why, then, your hands were never made
    To tear these beautiful thick pages!

    Your little hands were made to take
    The better things and leave the worse ones.
    They also may be used to shake
    The Massive Paws of Elder Persons.

    And when your prayers complete the day,
    Darling, your little tiny hands
    Were also made, I think, to pray
    For men that lose their fairylands.

    Made and Printed in Great Britain by The Camelot Press Limited, London and Southampton


    DEDICATION

    To
    Master EVELYN BELL
    Of Oxford

    Evelyn Bell,
    I love you well.

     

    beasts

    INTRODUCTION

    I call you bad, my little child,
    Upon the title page,
    Because a manner rude and wild
    Is common at your age.

    The Moral of this priceless work
    (If rightly understood)
    Will make you—from a little Turk—
    Unnaturally good.

    Do not as evil children do,
    Who on the slightest grounds
    Will imitate

    Kangaroo
    the Kangaroo,
    With wild unmeaning bounds:

     

    Do not as children badly bred,
    Who eat like little Hogs,
    And when they have to go to bed
    Will whine like Puppy Dogs:

    Who take their manners from the Ape,
    Their habits from the Bear,
    Indulge the loud unseemly jape,
    And never brush their hair.

    But so control your actions that
    Your friends may all repeat.

    Child is dainty
    ‘This child is dainty as the Cat,
    And as the Owl discreet.’

     


    The Yak

    As a friend to the children
    Yak
    commend me the Yak.
    You will find it exactly the thing:
    It will carry and fetch,
    Carry and fetch
    you can ride on its back,
    Or lead it about
    Leading it about with a string
    with a string.

     

    The Tartar who dwells on the plains of Thibet
    (A desolate region of snow)
    A pet in Thibet
    Has for centuries made it a nursery pet,
    And surely the Tartar should know!

     

    Then tell your papa where the Yak can be got,
    Where a yak can be got
    And if he is awfully rich
    He will buy you the creature—
    or else
    Father and son
    he will not.
    (I cannot be positive which.)

     


    The Polar Bear

    The Polar Bear is unaware
    The polar bear
    Of cold that cuts me through:
    For why? He has a coat of hair.
    I wish I had one too!

     


    The Lion

    The Lion, the Lion, he dwells in the waste,
    He has a big head and a very small waist;
    The lion
    But his shoulders are stark, and his jaws they are grim,
    And a good little child will not play with him.

     


    The Tiger

    The Tiger on the other hand,
    The tiger
    is kittenish and mild,
    He makes a pretty playfellow for any little child;
    And mothers of large families (who claim to common sense)
    The tiger again
    Will find a Tiger well repay the trouble and expense.

     


    The Dromedary

    The Dromedary is a cheerful bird:
    Dromedary
    I cannot say the same about the Kurd.

     


    The Whale

    The whale
    The Whale that wanders round the Pole
    Is not
    Whale is not a table dish
    a table fish.
    You cannot bake or boil him whole
    Nor serve him in a dish;

     

    Cut his blubber up
    But you may cut his blubber up
    And melt it down for oil.
    And so replace
    Oil for light
    the colza bean
    (A product of the soil).

     

    These facts should all be noted down
    And ruminated on,
    Be ruminated on
    By every boy in Oxford town
    Who wants to be a Don.

     


    The Camel

    Camel
    “The Ship of the Desert.”

    The Hippopotamus

    I shoot the Hippopotamus
    Shot hippo
    with bullets made of platinum,
    Because if I use leaden ones
    Flatten 'em
    his hide is sure to flatten ’em.

     


    The

    The Dodo

    Dodo

    The Island
    The Dodo used
    to walk around,
    Dodo walking around
    And take the sun and air.
    The sun yet warms his native ground—

     

    The Dodo is not there!
    Dodo is not there
    The voice which used to squawk and squeak
    Is now for ever dumb—
    In a museum
    Yet may you see his bones and beak
    All in the Mu-se-um.

    The Marmozet

    The species Man and Marmozet
    Are intimately linked;
    Marmozet
    The Marmozet survives as yet,
    But Men are all extinct.

     


    The Camelopard

    The camelopard
    The Camelopard, it is said
    By travellers (who never lie),
    He cannot stretch out straight in bed
    Because he is so high.
    The clouds surround his lofty head,
    His hornlets touch the sky.
    How shall
    I hunt
    I
    Hunting the camelopard this quadruped?
    cannot tell!
    Not I!
    (A picture of how people try
    And fail to hit that head so high.)

    I’ll buy a little parachute
    (A common parachute with wings),
    I’ll fill it full of arrowroot
    And other necessary things,

    Camelopard running
    And I will slay this fearful brute
    With stones and sticks and guns and slings.

     

    (A picture of
    Parachute and wings
    how people shoot
    With comfort from a parachute.)

     


    The Learned Fish

    The Learned Fish
    This learned Fish has not sufficient brains
    To go into the water when it rains.

    The Elephant

    The Elephant
    When people call this beast to mind,
    They marvel more and more
    At such a
    Tail
    little tail behind,
    Trunk
    So LARGE a trunk before.

     


    The Big Baboon

    The Big Baboon
    The Big Baboon is found upon
    The plains of Cariboo:
    He goes about
    With nothing on
    with nothing on
    (A shocking thing to do).

     

    But if he
    Dressed respectfully
    dressed respectably
    And let his whiskers grow,
    How like this Big Baboon would be
    Like Mr. So-and-So
    To Mister So-and-so!

     


    The Rhinoceros

    Rhinoceros, your hide looks all undone,
    The Rhinoceros
    You do not take my fancy in the least:
    You have a horn
    You have a horn where other brutes have none:
    Rhinoceros, you are an ugly beast.

     


    The Frog

    The Frog
    Be kind and tender to the Frog,
    And do not call him names,
    As ‘Slimy skin,’ or ‘Polly-wog,’
    Or likewise ‘Ugly James,’
    Or ‘Gap-a-grin,’ or ‘Toad-gone-wrong,’
    Or ‘Bill Bandy-knees’:
    The frog is sensitive
    The Frog is justly sensitive
    To epithets like these.

     

    No animal will more repay
    A treatment kind and fair;
    At least
    Or so lonely people say
    so lonely people say
    Who keep a frog (and, by the way,
    They are extremely rare).

     

    Oh! My!
    Oh! My!
  • Hello world!

    Welcome to WordPress. This is your first post. Edit or delete it, then start writing!